A weekly podcast exploring how e-commerce and digital trends shape your business and marketing strategy
If AI is doing all the work — the writing, the research, the analysis — what happens to the people who are supposed to decide whether the work is any good?
Steve Cummins calls it the validator problem. And it’s not theoretical. It’s playing out right now in every marketing team handing a junior marketer an AI tool on day one and calling it onboarding.
In Part 2 of their conversation, Steve and Tim dig into the question that keeps Steve up at night: how do you build real marketing expertise when AI is doing the work you used to learn from? The answer isn’t what most people expect. It’s not about tools or frameworks. It’s about curiosity. And it turns out that’s much harder to teach than anyone wants to admit.
They also get into what actually changes a founder’s mind about focus, why the fractional marketing model is becoming essential for growth companies, and why simple still works even when the technology around it has gotten infinitely more complicated.
What You’ll Learn in This Episode The validator problem. What is the validator problem? Why does it keep Steve up at night? And, most importantly, what does it mean for every marketing team hiring junior talent right now? * The Foundation Capital workforce study. Four roles AI will need, and why one of them is already a problem. * How do you become a good validator if you’ve never done the work yourself? * Why curiosity is the single most important hiring attribute in an AI world. And why it’s almost impossible to teach. * Hire for attitude, train for skill. What that actually means in practice. * Why hiring only from within your industry is a mistake. What Tim’s experience in hospitality proves about starting with industry focus. * The five whys and other frameworks. Build critical thinking regardless of which AI tool is dominant. * What actually changes a founder’s mind about focus, tailored by personality type * The fractional marketing model. What it is, what it isn’t, and why Steve avoids the "fractional CMO" label * One final takeaway:* Pick three things and do them well
The Validator ProblemFoundation Capital identified four roles AI will need in the workforce: C-suite accountability, architects (who build the AI processes), relationship people (effectively salespeople), and validators. Those are the people who take AI output, iterate with it, check it, and validate it.
Steve’s concern: how do you get to be a good validator if you’ve never done the work yourself? The graphic designers and art directors who are genuinely good at their craft only got there by doing the grunt work and working their way up. Same with lots of other roles. If AI removes that learning layer, the risk isn’t replacement. Instead, it’s a tendency toward mediocrity, where validators who are "okay" at their job validate "okay" output, and nobody ever gets better.
Steve’s three-part answer:
The Fractional Marketing Model — And Why Steve Avoids "Fractional CMO"Most growth companies need marketing strategy much earlier than they can afford a full-time marketing leader. That’s the gap the fractional model fills. Not just a consultant who writes a report and throws it over the fence, but someone embedded with the company a day or two each week, driven by their success, who knows the people and can bring a higher level of strategic thinking than a seed or Series A startup could otherwise access.
Steve’s issue with "fractional CMO" as a label: most small growth companies don’t need a CMO. A CMO deals with the board and investors. What they need is someone who can do the planning and roll their sleeves up. And too many people on LinkedIn calling themselves fractional CMOs have never even been a VP of marketing, let alone a CMO… or are simply doing consulting while they wait for a full-time job, which is a different thing entirely.
The real value of the fractional model is continuity. Being part of a team’s growth process over time, not just dropping in with an ICP, a couple of recommendations, and then moving on.
Resources Mentioned Co-Intelligence: Living and Working with AI by Ethan Mollick * Range* by David Epstein * Steve Cummins on LinkedIn * The Marketing Mix Newsletter on Substack * Solent Strategies
Related Episodes* Steve Cummins: You Have to Start on Rented Land. Here’s What to Build While You’re There. — Part 1 of 2 (Episode 503) * Google Didn’t Kill Blogging. It Killed Borrowed Brand Equity. (Episode 502) * The AI Winners Didn’t Pivot. They Prepared. — Digital Reset Foundations (Episode 501) * The Complete Roadmap for Owning Your Customer — Part 3 of 3 (Episode 500) * Who Really Owns Your Customer? — Part 2 of 3 (Episode 499) * The Real Cost When You Don’t Own Your Customer — Part 1 of 3 (Episode 498) * Google Search Hit an All-Time High… And It’s Costing You (Digital Reset 495) * The Long Game: What 15 Years of Digital Marketing Teaches Us About AI (Digital Reset Episode 489)
Buy the Book — Digital Reset: Driving Marketing and Customer Acquisition Beyond Big TechTim Peter has written a new book called Digital Reset: Driving Marketing Beyond Big Tech. You can learn more about it here on the site. Or buy your copy on Amazon.com today.
See Tim Peter in ActionWatch Tim Peter and Steve Cummins on the validator problem, why curiosity is the most important hiring attribute in an AI world, and why simple marketing still works, even when the technology has gotten infinitely more complicated.
Free DownloadsWe have some free downloads for you to help you navigate the current situation, which you can find right here:
Subscribe to Digital Reset* Subscribe on Apple Podcasts * Subscribe on Spotify * Subscribe on Amazon Music * Watch all episodes on YouTube * Subscribe via RSS Feed
Contact information for the podcast: podcast@timpeter.com
Technical Details for Digital ResetRecorded using a Shure SM7B Vocal Dynamic Microphone and a Focusrite Scarlett 4i4 (3rd Gen) USB Audio Interface.
Running time: 32:11
Transcript: Steve Cummins: If AI Is Doing All the Work, Are You Building Skills or a House of Cards? — Part 2 of 2 (Episode 504)[TIM PETER]:
Last week, Steve Cummins and I talked about where the owned channel argument breaks down, how a marketing team of one actually uses AI day-to-day, and why you might have to start on rented land, but also need to be deliberate about what you build while you’re there.
This week, Steve and I get into something I’ve been thinking about for a long time and something that Steve calls the validator problem. Here it is in the simplest terms I can put it in. You know, if AI is doing more and more of the actual work, the writing, the research, the analysis, what happens to the people who are supposed to evaluate whether the work is any good? How do they build their skills?
This is not just about theory. This is playing out right now in every marketing team hiring a junior marketer and handing them an AI tool on day one. Steve has strong views on what that means for the people coming up in their careers, for their leaders, and for what curiosity actually means as a hiring attribute this year and down the road.
This is part two of my interview with Steve Cummins. I’m Tim Peter. This is the Digital Reset Podcast. Let’s dive in.
[TIM PETER]:
Probably the most misunderstood part of my book — and there’s probably something in this to the way I put it together — is, you know, I talk about Big Tech gatekeepers and how gatekeepers gonna gate and things like that. And I think people hear that and think it means you shouldn’t work with Google or you shouldn’t work with Meta or you shouldn’t work with LinkedIn or whatever the case is. And the subtitle of the book says "Beyond Big Tech," right? It doesn’t mean instead of Big Tech, right? Of course you’re gonna show up on Google. Of course you’re going to show up on the social media channels that are appropriate to your audience and your business and the like. That is a given. It is what do you do in addition to that that allows you to grow a customer base over the longer term…
[STEVE CUMMINS]:
Yeah, it’s, it’s table stakes, right?
[TIM PETER]:
It’s table stakes, 100%, yeah.
[STEVE CUMMINS]:
It’d be great if you could exist without them, but obviously they’re going to be a big part of business for — and that’s the first thing you gotta establish.
The other frustration I have when I first talk to founders — nearly every time, you know, I say, "What have you done for marketing?" They say, "Well, we did some Google Ads, but it didn’t really work out," right? Um, and I think because Google Ads is, once you’ve got a website and all that, Google Ads is the next easiest and the next — of course — um, but as with all these things, there’s a skill to it. You have to invest a decent amount of money to make it worthwhile. You have to have focus and all that. But it’s sort of like a bingo card when I’m talking to a founder for the first time. It’s like, at what point is he gonna bring up Google Ads?
[TIM PETER]:
100%. Yeah, yeah.
I wanna go back to your point about wearing different hats and especially earlier in your career, ’cause I wanna dive into this in just a second. Um, I love to tell the story about when I started my career. I actually worked for Charles Schwab during the dot-com boom. That’s a story I’ve told people for years. But one of the things I loved about the job was because it was the dot-com boom and because I was early in my career — you know, much like you were talking about, the advice you give about AI this month versus two months ago versus two months from now might change — the early days of the internet, the early days of the web, the early days of digital was a very similar thing. And what I loved about my experience at Schwab more than anything else was every three months there was a new opportunity to learn and grow, right? There was an opportunity to do something different, and it helped me a lot in my career.
It has helped me a lot in my career, that in those early days, you know, something new would come up and it’s like, "We’re gonna talk about search." And I’d go, "Oh, I wanna do that." And then, you know, they were like, "We’re gonna talk about email marketing." And I was like, "Oh, I wanna do that. Oh, we’re gonna talk about…" And I’m like, "I wanna do…" You know, just raising your hand. And I was probably the second or third worst at everything in the company, right? Like, you know, ’cause there were people who were really good at one specific thing. But because I was the second or third or fourth person at all of those things, I could backfill anybody. And it made me very employable over the course of my career ’cause I can go, "Oh, wait a second, I actually know something about this. Oh, I know something about this." Obviously, you tend to get more specialized at a middle part of your career. But for sure, it was definitely something that worked to my advantage, I think.
[STEVE CUMMINS]:
Um, so to this point of people early in their career — and I know this is something that is very, very near and dear to your heart at the moment — you know, you wrote that the validator problem keeps you up at night, right? How do people build expertise, um, early in their career specifically if AI is doing all the work?
[TIM PETER]:
Uh, I think about this one all the time, you know. But if you’re a one-person team using AI to cover channels that they don’t fully understand, are they building capabilities? Are they building for their long-term growth? Or are they building a house of cards?
[STEVE CUMMINS]:
Yeah. So it’s been rattling around in my head for a while. I was in a session, they were talking about this study that had been put together by Foundation Capital, and there was a lot about the future workforce, but they identified four roles that they thought were gonna be needed, right? So first is the C-suite or chief accountability officer, to give direction and talk to the investors and all that. The architects, so how to build out these processes and build out these AI agents. Relationship people, so salespeople effectively, and then validators. So the idea that you’re running all these agents, you get output from them, and then these validators are the ones that take that, iterate with it, check it, validate it effectively.
[TIM PETER]:
Sort of the QA people, the quality assurance.
[STEVE CUMMINS]:
Yeah, absolutely. That’s probably not the right term, but functionally they’re the quality assurance.
My concern — I have a lot of concerns with that, but one of my big concerns is how do you get to be a good validator if you’ve never done the work yourself, right? It’s worried me for years ’cause I work with a lot of graphic designers, art directors. Some very good ones, but they only get to be good by doing the grunt work and the junior work and working their way up. So if we’re now taking out that level of experience, how do you ever get to be good? And then my fear with that is, well, then you just tend towards mediocrity because all of the validators are gonna be okay at their job, so they’re gonna validate okay stuff. So that was the theory behind it.
Um, so I think there’s a few things that you can do. One is when you’re using these AI tools, be very critical about them, right? So don’t set it up to do something and then let it do its thing in a black box and then deliver it to you. While you’re doing it, interrogate the AI, right? I’ll go back to, uh, to your potential sponsor, Anthropic. Um, you have to expand it in most cases, but it will tell you the process that it’s going through to do something, right? So you can look at that and learn from it.
You can run your own experiments. Before AI, if you can remember such a time, I always used to be a fan of — I don’t know what I’m doing, but I’m gonna start anyway. I won’t be great at it. I guess this is your third and fourth best argument, right? I’m gonna learn as I do it, and it would then lead me to one of two things. Ideally, if I’m in a growth company, once I’ve done the basics and set up — let’s say it’s search — I can then hire somebody in to actually take it over and do it better. But I’ve learned more about it. I know who I need to hire. I’ve kind of set it up and kind of modeled the behavior for that person to come in. The other way that it helped me — I would come and hire somebody like you, Tim, which I have done in the past, to come and help me with SEO. But I know enough to talk to you knowledgeably about it, make sure that I’m bringing in the right person, and then have a good conversation about it, right? So how do we get people to that level?
And it’s curiosity. I hate to say this because that’s an undefinable thing, and I don’t know how you train people to do it. Um, you gotta be curious. You can’t put something into a black box, take out the answer, and go, "Okay, move on." Um, I think when I’ve managed people or mentored people, you get people to that point just by asking a lot of questions, right? Like, "Why did you do that? How did you do that? Did you think about doing this?" And you build that up. So I think a lot of it’s gonna be driven by, for as long as they exist, middle managers, to make sure that it’s not just "the machine has given me this answer," but, well, "why did you set it up that way? You know, what context, what questions did you give it?" And for certain things, I think you’re gonna be looking for people that have an interest in their own lives, right? So somebody’s an artist in their spare time? Well, they’re probably gonna be a good validator for graphic design. But the medals are gonna go to those who are curious and those who are willing to play around and dig into the details.
[TIM PETER]:
Yeah, I think that makes a lot of sense. I think that’s right. You know, I picked this up a long time ago — this probably was Schwab, actually, where they always talked about you hire for attitude and you train for skill, right? You look for people who have the right kinds of attitudes of "I wanna learn. I wanna grow. I wanna find out new things." Um, and that has served obviously me well in my career, but also me well in finding people who were like-minded — not in the sense of a homogeneity of thought, but in the sense of having people who also shared certain values and certain kinds of approaches to things.
[STEVE CUMMINS]:
I think that makes a ton of sense. It drives me nuts. I’ve worked for a number of companies that only want to hire people from within the industry, basically — particularly in sales. An awful lot in sales. I’ve always been of the mindset, find me a good salesperson and I can teach them the ins and outs of the industry any day over someone who’s been selling the same stuff for a different company for the last 10 years. But it’s a mindset. I think a lot of people who have only been in one industry just assume that there is some unique magic about it. I think actually the opposite is true. Bringing in outside views is a lot healthier for sure.
[TIM PETER]:
When I first moved into the hotel industry, you know, having come from first working in recording studios and then working for Charles Schwab, when I first moved into the hotel industry, I actually encountered a fair bit of that — both from people in the company who were like, "Well, you couldn’t know this. You don’t know anything about the hotel industry." And also when I wanted to hire people to bring in who I knew had specific skills in the early days of digital — with nothing but love and respect for many of the people I worked with — the hotel industry as a whole in hospitality were terrible at internet. I mean, they just were really, really… and genuinely, you know, there’s a reason why the Expedias of the world and the Booking.coms of the world and people like that got so big was because that’s what they actually focused on. Whereas the hotel industry, that wasn’t what they did, right? They just weren’t tech savvy as companies.
The other thing I would encourage people to do all the time — and it sounds like you do the same thing — is look to frameworks that encourage critical thinking. You know, I’m a big fan of the five whys, right? You know, why did this thing happen. Why did it happen? Okay, well, why did that happen? Well, why did that happen, right? And you just keep going deeper till you find a lever you can pull, until you really understand it.
[STEVE CUMMINS]:
Yeah, I think that makes a lot of sense. I think that’s right. And those frameworks are valid whatever you’re working on. Um, so yeah, getting into that mindset.
The other thing I talk about a lot is books, right? Which is not an exciting area for a lot of people. I used to, in my interviews, when I was interviewing people, I used to always ask them, "Tell me about a good book that you’ve read?" And I gave up because the number of people where I’d get the deer in the headlights, and then they’d start telling me about a blog that they’d read or something. But I actually think books are having a little bit of a resurgence. The trick with that is a lot of these books can get outdated pretty quickly. So look for ones that are more about a framework or process. Um, a book that you and I, I think both like is by Ethan Mollick — he wrote it think three years ago now. He didn’t write about AI as it was at that moment. He wrote about the concepts behind it and how we should be thinking about it. Uh, I think there’s something in there about treating it like an alien. Still valid, right? So searching for those kinds of books that are about the frameworks and the mindsets — I think that’s another smart way to keep up with things.
[TIM PETER]:
Yeah, I apologize for the aside. I don’t wanna take what little time we have left for this, but just real quick — the mistake I made with the first draft of the book was it was much more about "how" as opposed to "how to think," right? Because literally I would write a chapter and an hour later some news story would break and I’d be like, "Well, there goes that chapter in the trash," right? Like, it just took me a long time to figure out, oh, I get how you actually write a book that actually has some potential staying power.
[STEVE CUMMINS]:
I’m told the second book is much easier, Tim, so you’ll be fine.
[TIM PETER]:
I’m so sorry. I had a minor stroke there. I’ll be fine though. Um, all right.
I think we’ve kind of covered this a little bit, but, you know, we’ve both watched either well-funded companies or frankly companies that wish they were better funded try to spread their bets across every channel and call it a strategy. You know, what is the conversation that actually changes a founder or a CEO or the head of marketing — what changes their mind about focus, right? What drives the moment that matters in the room?
[STEVE CUMMINS]:
Yeah, I think a lot of it depends on the personality of that founder, CEO, VP, whatever it may be. So a lot of the founders I work with are product people, right? They are engineers, developers, or what have you. So in those cases, the conversation is, "Well, think about a product. Do you develop every feature you want in parallel at the same time? Or do you build a roadmap and you prioritize based on urgency, customer request," whatever it may be. So that might resonate with them. It’s like, "Oh yeah, you’re right. We shouldn’t be trying to do TikTok and Twitter and LinkedIn ads and events and podcasts." So that can hit sometimes.
Um, if it’s someone with more of a sales background, you know, "How did you get your first five customers? Was it by going and talking to everybody you’d ever met?" No. It was by identifying the specific group of people that are likely to buy and then targeting in on that. So I think you have to appeal to whatever their background is.
Now, if it’s a VP of marketing, CMO, whatever, it’s a little tougher. I think you have to understand why they feel as though they need to do everything, and it could be because of pressure from the top. It could be because they have not stopped and thought about what are they truly trying to achieve and who are their customers, right? So, you know, as marketers, we always talk about the ICP, right? The ideal customer profile. I tend to be dismissive of a lot of marketing theory because in startups you gotta move quick and you can’t spend a whole lot of time doing strategy. But the ICP makes a lot of sense ’cause it saves you an awful lot of time, both in targeting who you’re speaking to and where you’re spending your money. So I would always start out with that.
And it may be that for a head of marketing who’s all over the place, they haven’t done that or in a lot of cases I find they haven’t been allowed to do that. And sometimes coming in as a consultant from the outside, you are enabled to do that. You can say the thing that needs to be said. I think a lot of small companies used to just be so focused on the tactics, and they are now realizing you do have to have, albeit a thin layer of strategy or planning at the top, because marketing is so diverse now, right? And the other thing is, if it’s somebody that’s, funny you — you just talk about money. Like, where do you want to spend those resources? If you’re gonna give X amount of money and you want to have impact, you gotta tell me which of these three things we go spend it on. So I always bring it back to the three things. Let me do three things really well, and then we’ll worry about the other 20 things on your list.
[TIM PETER]:
Well, you know what I love about that story, Steve? It demonstrates why you are a great marketer. It demonstrates why I wanted you on the show, honestly — is that you’re modeling the very behavior you talk about as a marketer. You’re meeting the person you’re talking to where they are. You’re speaking in their language. You’re framing the problem in a way that resonates in their own language, right? Which is what we’re supposed to do as marketers and sometimes accomplish.
[STEVE CUMMINS]:
Well, and I think it helps. I started out as an engineer, right? I did not start out as a marketer. I worked for a GM once, and he would constantly point out that he was the only one in the room that had a marketing degree. I have an engineering degree, right? Um, but it does give you a different perspective, right? I mean, it helps me working with tech companies because I can grasp the technology fairly quickly, but I think it does also help that I haven’t always thought like a marketer, right? So it does make it a little bit easier to sort of put yourself in different frames.
[TIM PETER]:
Steve, one of the things I genuinely enjoy about our conversations is we could talk forever, frankly. And every time we talk, it’s like, why don’t we do this more often?
[STEVE CUMMINS]:
Yeah, 100%.
[TIM PETER]:
100%. So, to that point, what haven’t we talked about? What haven’t I asked you that you wished I had?
[STEVE CUMMINS]:
Well, I thought we might talk about AEO or GEO or whatever — having said that, not sure I want to talk about it because it is this minefield, and you are way more knowledgeable on it than I am. So I’m not gonna ask you to talk about that.
The one thing that I am seeing, which maybe others aren’t, is that there is a shift in expectations for marketing. And I think part of it is because of AI. I think part of it is just a general higher level awareness of what marketing is and what marketing can do. But, you know, what it’s meant for me is most of my career was running corporate teams. You know, I ran marketing at a division of Panasonic for a while. I’ve done it with smaller startup companies. But what I’ve realized is a lot of companies need marketing and marketing strategy much earlier than they can typically afford to do it.
Typically, companies would get into that — well, at some point I’m gonna be able to hire a director of marketing, VP of whatever, right? But oftentimes it was too late. Like, you need to start building that awareness much sooner than they were able to do.
Um, so this new model — a lot of people call it fractional CMO. I don’t like that phrase, um, for a couple of reasons. But this idea of being able to hire somebody on a part-time basis — so typically, when I work with companies, it’s a day a week. So what it means is I’m not there as a consultant, you know, writing a report and throwing it over the fence — I’m embedded with a company. I’m driven by their success. I know what’s going on. I know the people. And I can bring in that higher level of thinking than typically a startup — you know, a seed or even Series A startup — isn’t able to do. But I’m also not really a pure strategist, right? I can do the strategy, I can put together a plan, but I also am somebody that wants to execute on it, right?
Um, so that model, I think, is really helpful for growth companies. The way I often phrase it is, it’s for companies that know they need to do more with marketing, but don’t really know where to start. And if you hire a junior marketer, they are gonna tell you to do whatever the thing is that they know how to do, right? When all you have is a hammer, everything looks like a nail.
So I think it’s an interesting shift. It’s somewhat self-serving ’cause it’s what I’ve chosen to do. But one of the reasons I chose to do it is I have a low boredom threshold. I like to be involved in a lot of different things. And I’ve always got excited at this early stage of growth. I think it’s great to be able to help companies at that level of growth hopefully sort of get off the launchpad quicker.
Just quickly on my thing about fractional CMO — I don’t like it for a couple of reasons. One is most companies, at least smaller growth companies, they do not need a CMO. A CMO is all about strategy, dealing with the board, dealing with investors, whatever it may be. What they need is a director, or whatever — somebody who can do the planning and roll their sleeves up.
The other thing that drives me absolutely crazy, Tim, and this is LinkedIn again — the number of people I see on there that say they’re a fractional CMO, and oftentimes it’s one of two things. One, they’ve never been a CMO, never even been a VP of marketing, right? But, you know, they did a bit of marketing. And the other thing that drives me nuts is they’re actually not a fractional CMO. They’re somebody who is looking for a job, wants some consulting between times. I have no problem with that, but part of the value of a fractional CMO is you can be there through the growth curve of somebody, and if you’re looking for a job as well, you know, you’re not gonna be able to do that. As soon as you find a job, you’re gonna move on. Again, if you want to do consulting, have at it. But I truly believe the fractional marketing approach is about becoming part of a team and being a part of their growth process — and not just dropping in saying, "Oh, here’s your ICP. Here’s a couple of things you should be doing," and then moving on.
[TIM PETER]:
I love the rant. I agree with the rant 100%. I think you know my favorite clients are the clients that have been long-term engagements. My oldest client — one of the reasons, not one of the reasons, but a reason that I talk about hotels so often is my oldest client is a group of hotels. They’ve been a client literally since a week before I opened the door. 15 years now, right? Um, and it’s exactly that.
And it’s funny you tell the story about people who are just doing this while they’re waiting for a job. I literally had somebody ask me in the earliest stages of starting consulting — "Well, the reason we’re not sure we want to hire you is you’re just doing this till you get a real job, right?" And I was like, "No, I actually did this on purpose. This is what I wanted to do." But it took a little bit of time to convince people that that was actually intentional and not just doing this until a better gig comes along. I’m like, "No, this is the better gig."
And it’s tough. I mean, I still — I’ve been doing this three, four years now, and I still get the question from people. It’s like, "But if they offered you a full-time job, you’d take it, right?" "No. This is what I wanna do. This is what I enjoy doing." And there’s risks. There’s risks with everything, right? But no, this is what I chose to do. Um, and the other side I’ll say is it’s a tough job market out there, so in no way am I saying anything against anyone doing what they need to do. It’s the terminology and the approach is all I’m talking about.
[STEVE CUMMINS]:
No, that makes perfect sense. That makes perfect sense.
[TIM PETER]:
So I’ve got three — these are quick questions, we’ll wrap up here. But, uh, you know, first, just based on what you talked about — Steve, I think you know I’m a big fan of your work. I’m a big fan of what you do. I’m a big fan of the way you think about this, and I know you’re of great help and service to the clients you work with and the like. So I wanna help you actually find more people who are looking for that. Where can people learn more about you and all the great work you do?
[STEVE CUMMINS]:
Well, that’s very kind of you, Tim. Um, despite what I’ve said about LinkedIn, LinkedIn is still the "find me." Um, and I was one of those early adopters. My LinkedIn handle is actually just my name. It’s not SteveCummins73X12. It’s actually just Steve Cummins.
Um, the other thing I would say is — you said some nice things about my newsletter. It goes out every two weeks, talking primarily about B2B marketing. There’s been a lot of AI stuff in there recently, but I typically sort of tell a story about something that I’ve been dealing with, um, and then I also include what I’ve been reading this week, so I put a link out to something that I think is interesting for people. So it’s a Substack newsletter — if you just go to Substack, search either for my name or The Marketing Mix, which is the name of the newsletter. If you subscribe for that, I would be thrilled, and you’ll get a letter from me every two weeks.
[TIM PETER]:
Perfect. Perfect. And there will be links to all of those in the show notes, both on the website and on YouTube. But I love that it’s called The Marketing Mix because you’re also a bit of a mixologist. You’re somebody who really enjoys cocktails. So what’s your go-to recommendation for folks to enjoy during the summer for a cocktail?
[STEVE CUMMINS]:
I do. So I should have said, the last thing on every one of my newsletters is a cocktail that I’ve either enjoyed or am recommending. Um, and there’s a marketing tip for you. The reason I put it in there is to give people an excuse to open the newsletter every week. And the number of people I run into that say, "Oh, you know, I saw your cocktail this week;” I don’t know if they’ve read the rest of it, but they always scroll down to the bottom.
Um, so, you know, summer cocktail, something called a Hugo Spritz, ’cause it’s very refreshing. It’s low alcohol. Um, so it’s basically prosecco, it’s elderflower liqueur — the St-Germain stuff you see in these funky bottles — a little bit of soda water, some mint if you’ve got it. Um, really nice and refreshing. My other go-to cocktail — I have a lot of go-to cocktails — since I suspect a lot of people who listen to this may be road warriors as well, my travel cocktail, which is also refreshing, nobody can screw this up and you can get it on pretty much any airline, is scotch and ginger ale.
[TIM PETER]:
Oh, sure.
[STEVE CUMMINS]:
Because, you know, you can’t screw it up. It’s pretty light, and that’s my go-to. When I get on a plane, that’s my mental thing of relaxing. If I get one of those then I’m good.
[TIM PETER]:
I do a bourbon and ginger, but yeah, it’s… you’re never gonna go wrong, right?
[STEVE CUMMINS]:
Absolutely.
[TIM PETER]:
Well, Steve, this has been just… first of all, it’s always a delight getting to catch up with you. It’s always a joy to chat. I’m glad we’re able to share it with folks this time around. But we’ve talked about a lot of things today. You know, if there was just one takeaway from today’s discussion that you’d like the audience to hear, what would that be?
[STEVE CUMMINS]:
Yeah. I would say most of the stuff that you are reading about marketing and what you should be doing is intended for companies that have teams of five or 10 marketing people, right? And there are so many marketers out there that are a team of one, and they’re gonna feel as though, "Oh, I gotta be doing all of this," right? So the first thing to remember is a lot of these people have colleagues either side of them that are taking care of the blocking and tackling, which is you know, you’re also having to do.
Um, and then allied with that is this whole idea of just pick three things. Just pick three things and do them well. It’s not to say you don’t do any of the other stuff, but block out your calendar, make sure every week you’re doing something on those three things and building momentum and moving it forward. Marketing does not have to be as complicated as people think it is. You can make it very complicated, but the basics — like putting a cocktail recipe at the end of my newsletter — the basics still work. The technology around it’s gotten more complicated, but you know, just keep it simple. At least start simple.
[TIM PETER]:
What a great place to wrap up. Steve Cummins, it is again a joy to get to spend some time with you. Thank you so much for your time and for a great conversation, and we’ll chat soon.
[STEVE CUMMINS]:
Always a pleasure. Thank you, Tim.
[TIM PETER]:
If you want even more from Steve — and you should — you can find him in the same two places as last week. The Marketing Mix newsletter goes out every two weeks on Substack. Search Steve Cummins or The Marketing Mix, or you’ll find the link in the show notes. And yes, there’s a cocktail recommendation at the end of every issue, which based on the conversation Steve and I had today, I can confirm is really well-informed. If you want to work with Steve directly, you can find him on LinkedIn or at Solent Strategies. All the links, as always, are in the show notes.
This interview wraps up what I think has been a really solid stretch of episodes for the show. Uh, we started with the gatekeeper problem in episode 498. We worked through the roadmap in episodes 499 and 500, took a look at the historical view in episode 501, and validated it with Daniel Stanica’s research in episode 502. Now Steve has given us the practitioner’s view of what it all means for the people actually running marketing teams right now. Fun stuff for me, hopefully super useful for you.
I’ll be back next week with another episode. In the meantime, if you know a marketing leader who’s wrestling with what AI means for their team, send them this conversation — both parts of it. They’ll thank you for it.
You can find the show notes for today’s episode at timpeter.com/podcasts.
And if you’re ready to go deeper on building a brand that customers will ask for by name, my book, "Digital Reset: Driving Marketing and Customer Acquisition Beyond Big Tech," is the roadmap you need. You’ll find it on amazon.com and bookshop.org, and the links, of course, in the show notes.
Thank you so much for listening today and every week. I genuinely appreciate all of your support, and I would not do this show without you. Until next time, please be well, be safe, and as always, be excellent to each other. I’ll see you soon.
Take Your Next Step Toward a Digital Reset"Digital Reset with Tim Peter" helps you look beyond the "shiny objects" to build a business that lasts. How can we help you today?
The post Steve Cummins: If AI Is Doing All the Work, Are You Building Skills or a House of Cards? — Part 2 of 2 (Digital Reset Episode 504) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
Marketing exists to drive revenue. That might sound obvious. But given how obsessed many of us can be with AI tools, content calendars, and channel optimization, it’s a surprisingly easy fact to lose sight of.
Steve Cummins has spent more than 20 years making sure we don’t do that. He grew a B2B tech company to $75 million in revenue before acquisition. Their own VP of Sales said Steve took an unknown technology company to the point it was recognized as the global market leader. Today Steve works as a fractional marketing leader through Solent Strategies, helping startups and teams of one punch above their weight.
In Part 1 of this two-part conversation, Steve and Tim get into the questions marketing leaders are actually wrestling with right now: Where does the owned channel argument break down? How does a marketing team of one figure out where AI fits into their day-to-day, and not just in theory, but in reality? And if you have to start on rented land, what should you build while you’re there?
I hope you enjoy this candid conversation between two practitioners who’ve watched platform after platform change the rules on the businesses that depended on them.
What You’ll Learn in This Episode Where the owned channel argument breaks down. And how that aligns with the TPA “hub and spoke” framework * The B2B vs. hospitality distinction. Why earned media is table stakes in some industries and genuinely optional in others * The educational sale problem. What to do when your customer doesn’t know they have a problem yet * Why your toughest competitor is inertia. And what that means for how you position your brand * The three ways to approach AI right now. And why Steve and Tim are skeptical of most standalone AI tools * Why a marketing team of one probably shouldn’t be shipping code. And, most critically, what they should be doing instead * Why one paid AI subscription puts you in the top 10% of all users. And what that tells you about your business * The difference between genuine focus and going deep on rented land. More importantly, how to tell which one you’re doing * Sometimes you have to start on rented land. Here’s what to build while you’re there.*
Steve’s Three Ways to Approach AI Right Now- Use the AI already built into your current stack.
Every major platform — HubSpot, Salesforce, Adobe’s stack, Mailchimp, Klaviyo, Riverside — is rolling out AI functionality. Start there. It’s in your existing subscription, you already know the platform, and it’s built to improve your workflows. This is where every marketer should begin.
A lot of these are still in development cycles. You may spend significant time helping them make their product better. Many will be acquired or disappear. Don’t build your processes on platforms that have only been around for three months.
Agentic tools run tasks, not just conversations. Steve’s real-world example: filling an entire column of LinkedIn pages for an ABM target list, in plain English, with no mistakes. For a team of one, this is where the real leverage is. And at $20 a month, there’s no excuse not to try it.
The Focus vs. Rented Land DistinctionTim and Steve spend time on a question that trips up a lot of lean marketing teams: the difference between genuine focus ("do two or three things really well") and using focus as an excuse to go deep on someone else’s real estate.
Steve’s answer: pick two or three things you can have an impact on, get very good at them, be consistent. Then, once you’re at roughly the 90% level, add a fourth. You’re constantly building the stack, not going infinitely deep on one channel you don’t control.
And if you do have to post on rented land: think carefully about the assets you’re creating there and where else they can live. The content you create for Instagram or LinkedIn can become a blog post, a newsletter section, a video script. You may have to do it because you’re posting on rented land. Make sure you’re using those assets for something else.
Resources Mentioned Steve Cummins on LinkedIn * The Marketing Mix Newsletter on Substack * Solent Strategies * Range* by David Epstein. One of Steve’s go-to books on the value of breadth early in your career * Claude Cowork. The agentic AI tool Steve and Tim recommend for marketing teams of one * Riverside. The recording platform used for today’s interview, which also includes built-in AI editing features
Related Episodes* Google Didn’t Kill Blogging. It Killed Borrowed Brand Equity. (Episode 502) * The AI Winners Didn’t Pivot. They Prepared. — Digital Reset Foundations (Episode 501) * The Complete Roadmap for Owning Your Customer — Part 3 of 3 (Episode 500) * Who Really Owns Your Customer? — Part 2 of 3 (Episode 499) * The Real Cost When You Don’t Own Your Customer — Part 1 of 3 (Episode 498) * Google Search Hit an All-Time High… And It’s Costing You (Digital Reset 495) * The Long Game: What 15 Years of Digital Marketing Teaches Us About AI (Episode 489) * Win No Matter What: The Hub and Spoke Strategy (Digital Reset Foundations 491) * Steve Cummins: If AI Is Doing All the Work, Are You Building Skills or a House of Cards? — Part 2 of 2 (Digital Reset Episode 504)
Buy the Book — Digital Reset: Driving Marketing and Customer Acquisition Beyond Big TechTim Peter has written a new book called Digital Reset: Driving Marketing Beyond Big Tech. You can learn more about it here on the site. Or buy your copy on Amazon.com today.
See Tim Peter in ActionWatch Tim Peter and Steve Cummins discuss what AI actually means for lean marketing teams — and why the rented land argument doesn’t mean what most people think it does.
Free DownloadsWe have some free downloads for you to help you navigate the current situation, which you can find right here:
Subscribe to Digital Reset* Subscribe on Apple Podcasts * Subscribe on Spotify * Subscribe on Amazon Music * Watch all episodes on YouTube * Subscribe via RSS Feed
Contact information for the podcast: podcast@timpeter.com
Technical Details for Digital ResetRecorded using a Shure SM7B Vocal Dynamic Microphone and a Focusrite Scarlett 4i4 (3rd Gen) USB Audio Interface.
Running time: 28:23
Transcript: Steve Cummins: You Have to Start on Rented Land. Here’s What to Build While You’re There. — Part 1 of 2 (Episode 503)[TIM PETER]:
Marketing exists to drive revenue. That sounds obvious, but in a world obsessed with AI tools and content calendars and channel optimization, it’s a surprisingly easy fact to lose sight of.
My guest today has spent more than twenty years making sure that never happens. Steve Cummins has built marketing functions at companies ranging from Japanese tech giants to crowdfunded Danish startups. He grew an entrepreneurial IT business to seventy-five million dollars in revenue before it was acquired, and their own VP of sales said Steve took an unknown technology company to the point where it was recognized as the global market leader.
Today, Steve works as a fractional marketing leader through his firm Solent Strategies, helping startups and B2B companies punch above their weight. He also coaches and mentors people I think about often when I make this show: marketing teams of one.
What you’re about to hear is a candid, honest conversation about what AI actually means for marketing teams right now. There’s no hype here. There’s no fear here. It’s a practical reality of how a lean marketing function can use these tools to build something that lasts without handing ownership of your customers to yet another gatekeeper.
Today is part one of a two-part interview with Steve Cummins. I’m Tim Peter. This is the Digital Reset Podcast. Let’s dive in.
So, Steve Cummins, welcome to the show. I am so glad you’re here. You know, we’ve known each other for a long time. We’ve been I think friends for quite a while, have enjoyed working with one another over the years, and I’m just thrilled you’re here today.
[STEVE CUMMINS]:
Well, thanks Tim. Um, I, I would say I’m a longtime listener, first-time caller, I guess. Um, and yes, we’ve been in the trenches together a few times. Um, and you’re always kind enough to answer my calls when I need some help on, on SEO or whatever may be the, uh, the panic of the day.
[TIM PETER]:
Well, and vice versa. And I just, it’s always a pleasure to catch up with you. It’s fun that this time there’s gonna be an audience for it, so, uh, thanks for taking the time.
So you have just the best newsletter. I love your newsletter. I read it every month. It’s really great. Um, and you wrote recently that marketing exists to drive revenue and everything else is noise. Uh, as you know, I’ve been making a similar argument for owned channels for years. What I’m curious about is where would you push back on me? You know, because I think there’s a version of focus on what you own that becomes an excuse for avoiding the hard work of actually getting your content and getting your message in front of people, you know, distribution and the like. So in your view, where does the owned channel argument break down?
[STEVE CUMMINS]:
Yeah. So first off, obviously that is a big oversimplification that, you know, marketing only exists to drive revenue. And I have to say that so I don’t get in trouble with all of my friends and colleagues in marketing. Really what I’m trying to say is, look, marketing doesn’t exist for its own sake, right? It doesn’t exist in a vacuum. You are there to do certain things, and what it all boils down to is driving revenue. And I do think some marketers, particularly the talking heads that you see on LinkedIn, lose sight of that sometimes, and they just love to talk about marketing for marketing’s own sake. I’m not pointing fingers at you, Tim, but there are people out there that do that.
But to dig more into your question — where does the focus on owned break down? I think a lot of it depends on your domain or the industry you’re in, right? So I know you do a lot of work in hospitality and hotels. So in that world, there’s some very obvious places where people go on that first level of search, right? So could be Google Maps. That’s often how I search when I’m looking for — I go into Google Maps, and the listings are there. Maybe it’s TripAdvisor, you know, there’s a few other places. Restaurants, similar kind of thing.
So in that case, you know, the earned media is sort of a given, right? You have to do it, but it’s — of course — and then you can really focus on your owned media.
Now, a lot of what I deal with is B2B tech companies. So let’s take an example. One company I worked with, they do a fairly niche area of ed tech, educational technology, right? Something that goes into classrooms. So that first level where somebody might say, "Oh, I need this thing. Let me go find out about it," there’s not a lot of obvious places to go for that beyond good old-fashioned Google search, right? There’s not a platform like Yelp — there’s no, there’s no TripAdvisor. So you actually have to do a lot more work. Probably not even G2 or things like that — they don’t really cover that space. I mean, G2 is much more focused on software, right? So if you’re in hardware, industry websites, magazines is probably the closest you have for it. So you do have to do a fair amount of work on what little earned media there is out there.
And then the other thing is, there’s only any point in doing owned media if you can get somebody to that place. So again, in the case of hotels, somebody finds it on Google Maps or TripAdvisor. First thing I would do is go through to the website, right? So immediately you’re on it. And God bless you for that. I may be in the minority. I don’t know.
Um, but again, with a tech product, you know, how do you get somebody to your website in the first place? So something like a podcast might be, right? ‘Cause people are looking to find out more about ed tech, and maybe that’s how they find it. But I think it’s a lot tougher to get people to owned media. So yes, you should do owned media, but in certain areas, particularly where it’s a niche product, I think you have to do a lot more effort to build the blocks to get people to come to your owned media.
[TIM PETER]:
Well, and it’s an educational sale, right? I mean, for many of the kinds of things you’re talking about, sometimes people don’t know they have a problem in the first place, or they don’t know that they’ve got a need they’ve got to address. So there’s probably some work you’ve got to do just to get the message out of, "Hey, I don’t know if you know you have a problem." I mean, is that a fair…
[STEVE CUMMINS]:
Yeah, you know, that’s something that I struggle with quite a bit actually, because I will talk to some companies and that’s what they want to do, right? Because it’s sort of marketing 101. Oh, you’ve got to define the problem and educate. However, a lot of the companies I deal with are startups, and in most cases, there’s already somebody established in that field and they’ve found a better way of doing it. Cheaper, smarter, whatever it may be. So should they really spend their time educating somebody on the problem when in reality they’re probably only gonna get found if somebody is looking at the bigger players in that field and then are looking for, oh, is there a better way of doing this?
So rather than trying to explain and solve the big problem, what I would then tell them to do is focus on the thing, on the part of the problem that you solve, right? So, you know, ’cause there’s other people out there frankly with much bigger budgets that are gonna talk about the bigger pie. So really focus in on that one bit, and maybe that’s how you get people to the website. Because then it’s more of that longer tail type search where somebody’s saying — so I’ll use the ed tech example again, right? So somebody knows that they need a screen share widget. So they go out there, there’s two or three big players out there. Those are the people they find. But actually they’ve got this one problem, and this one problem is that it’s very difficult to switch between Microsoft Teams, Google Meet, Skype, right? And that’s actually the thing that this company is really good at. So you spend your time focusing on that so that when somebody starts searching, okay, I know these are the three people, but this is really the problem I have. That’s the bit that you’ve really got to get sharp on.
[TIM PETER]:
Yeah. No, that makes perfect sense. I actually — you know me, I collect pithy phrases from all over the place. And one of the ones I talk about all the time is your toughest competitor is inertia, right? Your toughest competitor is people doing what they’ve always done, and that’s true if you’re a big guy, and it’s certainly true if you’re a small person. The analogy I would use in this case from the hospitality industry is, when you work with independent hotels, you certainly don’t have to educate people on what a hotel is, obviously. Um, but getting them to understand why would I stay with this interesting little, you know, 30-room boutique property in the city center versus the Marriott where I get my points and things like that. You know, they’ve done the heavy lifting of letting people know hotels exist. But why this hotel becomes the bigger challenge, right?
[STEVE CUMMINS]:
Yeah, and I think it’s the whole status quo thing, right? So another pithy phrase used to be, you know, you never get fired for choosing IBM. Now it’s probably, you know, you don’t get fired for running on AWS, right? So yes, that’s the thing that you’re trying to overcome for sure.
[TIM PETER]:
Yeah, it makes perfect sense. So you mentioned a client in one of your newsletters whose in-house marketer is now shipping code, you know? And I’m hearing similar stories of folks who are actually building things hands-on themselves, vibe coding themselves and the like, right? And I do a fair bit of that myself. At many of the companies you work with, because they’re startups or because they’re early stage or because they’re a smaller player in a much bigger ecosystem, the marketing team might be one person, right? And I think that’s something a lot of people who listen to the show can relate to. You know, how do you figure out where AI actually fits into your day-to-day? And I’m not just talking like in theory, but like today, you know, what’s the honest answer?
[STEVE CUMMINS]:
And I’ll be super transparent about this. I don’t know that I have the answer yet, right? So I’d love — um, one of the reasons I’m asking is ’cause I wanna know. Well, and because it’s constantly changing, right? The answer I would’ve given you a month, two months ago would’ve been different, and I’m sure it will be two months from now.
That particular instance — the marketer who’s shipping code — is probably a little bit of an outlier. So they’re a cybersecurity SaaS company, Series A, right? So they’re growing fast. Two-thirds of their employees are software developers. So the whole mentality, whenever I talk to the founder, he wants to know have I done this in Claude, right? Everything they do is in Claude. So for this particular marketer, it was just expected ’cause everybody else is doing everything in Claude and it was expected.
So I don’t think that is the answer. It’s not the answer right now for most marketers, and I’m not sure it’s ever gonna be. But particularly if it’s a team of one, which is very common, right? And oftentimes I work with companies where they have a junior marketer who’s very good at the doing, and I get involved to sort of help them with the planning and the strategy and what have you. You sort of need that layer between, you know, we’re doing a lot of things, and are we doing the right things moving forward.
So if you’re a team of one, first off, you probably don’t have the time to work out how to start coding stuff and ship it and all of that, unless you’re in a software-forward company. What I encourage people to do, I think there’s probably three ways you can look at AI at the moment.
The first is pretty much every software program platform that you use is rolling out AI functionality. So the simplest way to start using AI and benefiting from AI is, you know, whether it’s HubSpot, MailChimp, whatever it is you’re using, Canva, they all have AI built in. Some is good, some is not so good. But that’s the first thing. Play around with that because it’s already in your stack, you already know how you’re using it, and it’s probably there to help with your workflows. You and I are recording this on a platform called Riverside. Every week they’re rolling out new AI things that make the editing process easier. So every marketer can do that. It’s typically included in your existing subscription. So that’s the first thing to do.
Um, second thing is, and I’m less keen on this, is there are a lot of standalone AI tools out there that will tell you, you know, "We’ve developed this AI from the ground up. This is gonna solve your problem." Not a big fan of those because, A, they’re still in their development cycle, so you may spend a lot of time effectively helping them make their product better. B, a lot of them will go away. You know, they will get bought out, disappear, whatever, and you’ve just built your stack on that. So if you’re interested, play around with it on the side, but do not build your processes on these platforms that have only been around for three months. And I apologize to any of my clients that might actually have those products right now.
Um, but I actually think the big thing — and what I’m playing around with a lot at the moment — is agentic tools, right? So I’m a big fan of Claude Cowork. And I think for a lot of people, when they think of ChatGPT or Claude, they think about the chatbots, right? You go in, you ask a question, it helps you write, and that’s all very valuable, particularly for a marketer of one.
But Claude Cowork actually helps you run tasks, right? So a real simple case, two days ago, I was working with a client, we’re building out an ABM program for them, and very simple, I was building a list of potential targets, and I realized that I hadn’t filled out the column that had their LinkedIn page on. I just put it into Cowork. And if you haven’t used Cowork, what you realize is you just speak English to it. You just say, "Hey, I have this table. I need to fill in column B with LinkedIn pages," and off it goes and does it. And as far as I could see, there were no mistakes. There was four or five that it couldn’t find, and then I went and found those myself. So start simple, right? And I think Claude Cowork is $20 a month.
[TIM PETER]:
It is. That’s what I’m paying, yeah.
[STEVE CUMMINS]:
Yeah, there you go. Yeah, exactly. Hopefully your company will pay for it. If not, pay for it yourself. I mean, really, for 20 bucks. So that would be my thing: first, features that are in your current stack, and second, invest in Claude Cowork. They all have similar things. I just think Claude Cowork is probably the best and easiest to use right now.
[TIM PETER]:
I completely agree with that, by the way. And while this episode is not brought to you by Anthropic and Claude, it could be if anybody out there is listening and wants to, you know, throw us a check… No, I’m kidding.
You know, the other thing I’ll say on that, a lot of people are very worried that they’re getting left behind on AI, right? I think you and I have talked about this before. And I have a couple of answers to that.
[STEVE CUMMINS]:
First is, yeah, you probably are because we all are. It is just impossible to keep up. But the other thing I will say — and there was a really good chart published about this a few weeks ago — if you have a paid subscription to any of the AI tools, you’re in the top 10% of all users. And if you have paid for two AI tools, you’re in the top, I think, 1% or something crazy. So if you are playing around with it, if you are doing stuff with it, you’re already ahead of the game, and you’ve just gotta keep at it.
[TIM PETER]:
You know, I’m very fond of telling people, "Don’t compare your insides to other people’s outsides," right? We run into this all the time. I do work with the Conference Board, the Digital Marketing Strategy Council there, and we get together a group of digital marketers at Fortune 500 companies once a quarter or thereabouts to have conversations about what’s top of mind for them. And invariably what we find is that, you know, Person A on the council, when we’re talking about a specific topic, will be so far behind the average in the room. And then you go to another topic, and they are so far ahead of the average in the room, right? Nobody’s good at everything. You know, you just have to accept the fact that there’s things you’re gonna be better at, there’s things you’re gonna be worse at. Don’t let the things that you’re worse at be a hole you fall into or that distract you from what you should be working on. You know, you’re probably working on the right things most of the time, right?
[STEVE CUMMINS]:
I think it’s true. And I tell you, LinkedIn is the worst for that, right? I mean, I do spend a lot of time on LinkedIn, more than I should. But…
[TIM PETER]:
Same, by the way. So if you truly believed what everybody told you they were doing on LinkedIn in terms of AI, you’d think you’re a Luddite compared to it. But people talk a good game, and to your point, they may just be very focused on that one aspect of it.
Which kind of leads to the next question I wanted to ask you because you have talked quite a bit about do a few things really well. You know, I have talked about own the channels that you build on, and to me those kind of feel like they’re the same argument or there’s a lot of overlap there, right? Fish where the fishing’s good, double down on where your opportunities are, things like that. Um, at the same time, I have seen people who I consider fairly smart use focus as a reason to go deep on a rented platform. You know, we’re gonna be on Instagram, we’re gonna be on LinkedIn, we’re gonna be on whatever channel is working right now and the like. So how do you help your clients, how do you help people you talk to, distinguish between genuine focus and just doubling down on someone else’s real estate, building your brand on rented land, and the obvious risks that that entails?
[STEVE CUMMINS]:
Yeah, so I think it is a challenge. There’s a fine line between focusing on a few things and going deep into two or three things, right? So when I say to people, "You’ve got to focus on one or two things," what I’m trying to avoid is spreading yourself so thin and trying to do so many things that basically you end up doing a lot of things not very well, right? So my thing more is about pick two or three things that you think you can have an impact on, that you have an interest in, ’cause I think it helps if you’re interested in these things. Get very good at them and be consistent with them.
But once you get to that level — and I don’t know what it is, let’s say it’s the 90% level — then you pick the fourth thing. So you’re constantly adding to the stack. So I think it’s diminishing returns to go deeper. It’s that T-shaped thing, right? Get very good at two or three things, but then broaden out.
And I think part of this came from my corporate career before I started consulting. Typically, I would join a company early on when there was maybe one or two marketers, and we would grow the company. And if you’re in that growth environment, the nice thing is if you take that approach, if you get very good at one or two things, then you get to hire somebody to take those things over and maintain and iterate. Meanwhile, you can move on to the fourth thing and the fifth thing. So yeah, I’m not a fan of going deep.
Whenever I’m talking to a new client or someone who’s asking me for help, I always do this first tier audit. You probably do the same thing, right? So I go look at their website, and one of the things I always do, I scroll down to the bottom to look at their social icons. Where are you telling your potential customers to go find out about you? And the number of people that I find that have five or six icons on there, right? They’re on LinkedIn and Twitter and Blue Sky and TikTok and all this, and then you go and click on each one of them, and the only thing they post on there was two years ago, three years ago. But you’ll find one. You don’t know what it is. It could be LinkedIn, could be YouTube, where they are very active. And so then it’s an easy conversation to say, "Look, you thought you would be able to handle four or five of these things. Let’s get rid of those other icons. Let’s get really good at the one you’re already active on. And when we think we’re ready with that, then let’s go to the second one."
I think you have to have that honest conversation. The other thing that I always laugh at is why they picked that one thing, right? Why did they decide that TikTok is gonna be the thing for them? And, you know, sometimes it’s rational. It’s very industry dependent. I worked with a company — it was actually really interesting. They had multiple businesses. One of them is hotels, and the other is a tax advisory business. Very different. Having my call with them, and they have a junior marketer who’s working on the hotel side of the business, and she’d just been brought over to the advisory side as well. And she’s telling him, "Oh, we’ve really got to do a lot on Facebook to get this." Now, they’re trying to bring in high net worth individuals to come in and do their tax advisory. You’re not gonna find those people on Facebook. But for this marketer, it was sensible for her. They’d been very successful with the hotel with Facebook, so therefore we’re gonna do that on the other one. So you also have to be very thoughtful about, once you decide you’re only gonna do two or three things, you may not find the perfect things to do, but at least make sure that they are logical.
[TIM PETER]:
It’s so funny you say this. I see this all the time for all kinds of businesses. And you know, why do we do it? "Well, ’cause our competitors do it, right?" Or because it’s the thing that the marketer happens to like personally, right? It’s their preferred social network or things like that. And plenty who do it for very rational reasons of we’ve done the research on our customers. But yeah, I love the way you’re thinking about focus.
I had to look it up — I apologize, but I couldn’t remember the source of the phrase — but there’s a phrase my dad used to use all the time about the guy who jumped on his horse and rode off madly in all directions. And that kinda doesn’t work out, you know? There’s a lot of that.
[STEVE CUMMINS]:
You see I have a lot of books behind me. So one of my favorite books is a book called Range. Um, and it was sort of ahead of its time. I can’t remember the name of the author, but it’s called Range. And he talks about — it’s very trendy and very popular to be a specialist at something. But he’s done a lot of research into this idea that actually you’re much better off, at least early on in your career, being very broad and learning a lot of things. And then over time you can specialize into certain areas. But I’ve always thought of myself as a generalist, and I gotta say, in most of my career that has worked against me because people generally are looking to hire an SEO specialist or a social media person or a video person, and my thing has always been, well, I get bored easily. I like doing a bunch of different things, so I want to be able to turn my hand to whatever is the thing that’s needed, which is honestly why I’ve worked with a lot of small companies and startups because in that environment you have to do that anyway. Being able to wear a lot of different hats — knowing what hats to wear in the first place is actually a valuable skill, right?
Absolutely. I realize I didn’t answer part of your question as well, which is the whole rented — deep on rented. The only thing I would say is I think for a lot of smaller companies, you have to start on rented land.
[TIM PETER]:
100%. Yep.
[STEVE CUMMINS]:
But think about the content, or the assets that you’re creating for that rented land and what can you do with it, right? So are you creating videos? Are you creating written material that can be a blog? So you may have to do it because you’re posting on that rented land, but make sure that you’re using those assets for something else.
[TIM PETER]:
If you want more from Steve — and you should — there are two places you can find him.
First, his newsletter, The Marketing Mix, goes out every two weeks on Substack, where he covers B2B marketing with the kind of honest, real-world perspective you just heard today. Pro tip for you: there’s a cocktail recommendation at the end of every issue. You won’t want to miss it, and you’ll find the link in the show notes.
Steve is also on LinkedIn, as you might imagine. Just search Steve Cummins. You’ll find the link to his profile in the show notes, too.
And if you want to work with Steve directly, check out Solent Strategies. All the details for how you can get in touch with him are in the show notes for today’s episode.
Now, Steve and I only covered the first half of our conversation today. Next week, Steve and I get into something that I think is one of the most important questions in marketing right now: What happens to the people building marketing skills when AI is doing more and more of the actual work? Steve calls it the validator problem, and it’s something every marketing leader needs to think about very carefully. That’s part two coming at you next week.
In the meantime, if you know somebody who’s running a marketing team right now and trying to figure out where AI actually fits in their day-to-day, do me a favor, send them a link to this episode. I think it might save them a lot of time and a whole lot of second-guessing.
You can find the show notes for today’s episode, including all of Steve’s contact info, at timpeter.com/podcasts.
And if you’re ready to go even deeper on building a brand that customers will ask for by name, my book, Digital Reset: Driving Marketing and Customer Acquisition Beyond Big Tech, might be just what you’re looking for. You’ll find it on amazon.com and bookshop.org. Links in the show notes to those too, of course.
Thank you so much for listening today. I genuinely appreciate all of your support. I would not do this show without you. Until next time, please be well, be safe, and as always, be excellent to each other. I’ll see you soon.
Take Your Next Step Toward a Digital Reset"Digital Reset with Tim Peter" helps you look beyond the "shiny objects" to build a business that lasts. How can we help you today?
The post Steve Cummins: You Have to Start on Rented Land. Here’s What to Build While You’re There. — Part 1 of 2 (Digital Reset Episode 503) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
Google killed 79 out of 100 blogs. The median site lost 85% of its search traffic between 2022 and 2026. Not the worst blog in the study. The middle. Half did worse than that.
But this isn’t really a blogging story. It’s a story about what happens to any business that builds its customer acquisition strategy on borrowed brand equity, renting visibility from a platform — a gatekeeper — that eventually shuts the gate. Daniel Stanica’s research on 100 once-successful blogs was written as a warning and a way forward for bloggers. It also produced 100 real-world data points confirming the argument Tim Peter has been making for years.
In Episode 502 of Digital Reset, Tim breaks down what the data actually says, who’s really responsible (spoiler: it’s not ChatGPT), and what every business in his audience can do about it right now… regardless of where they’re starting from.
What You’ll Learn in This Episode Why this isn’t a blogging story. It’s a story about any business that depends on organic search — and gatekeepers more generally — for its revenue * Why AI didn’t kill these blogs’ traffic. Google did. AI Overviews now appear on roughly 48% of all searches and, when they do, clickthroughs drop 58% * Why switching from Google dependence to AI dependence won’t save you. More importantly, Tim looks at what will * The four traits shared by 21 blogging survivors. Tim maps these directly to the three-pillar brand framework from Digital Reset * Why "your brand is the prompt" is the only sustainable response to a world where gatekeepers gonna gate (i.e., control discovery) * What your analytics dashboard is hiding from you right now. And why composition effects might be hurting you * The playbook for what to do next, no matter where your business is today*
What to Do Right NowPull your traffic composition by source for the last 12 months. Look at the share each source provides — not the totals. Then ask two questions:
That’s what tells you whether you’re building a relationship that only you can own.
Resources Mentioned* The Great Blogging Collapse: What Happened to 100 Successful Blogs? — Daniel Stanica
Related Episodes* The AI Winners Didn’t Pivot. They Prepared. — Digital Reset Foundations (Episode 501) * The Complete Roadmap for Owning Your Customer — Part 3 of 3 (Episode 500) * Who Really Owns Your Customer? — Part 2 of 3 (Episode 499) * The Real Cost When You Don’t Own Your Customer — Part 1 of 3 (Episode 498) * Google Search Hit an All-Time High… And It’s Costing You (Digital Reset 495) * Google’s Everything App: What I/O 2026 Means for Your Traffic, Your Brand, and Your Business (Episode 497) * The Long Game: What 15 Years of Digital Marketing Teaches Us About AI (Episode 489) * Win No Matter What: The Hub and Spoke Strategy (Digital Reset Foundations 491)
Buy the Book — Digital Reset: Driving Marketing and Customer Acquisition Beyond Big TechTim Peter has written a new book called Digital Reset: Driving Marketing Beyond Big Tech. You can learn more about it here on the site. Or buy your copy on Amazon.com today.
See Tim Peter in ActionWatch Tim Peter break down why Google — not AI — killed 79 out of 100 blogs, and what every business depending on organic search needs to do about it right now.
Free DownloadsWe have some free downloads for you to help you navigate the current situation, which you can find right here:
Subscribe to Digital Reset* Subscribe on Apple Podcasts * Subscribe on Spotify * Subscribe on Amazon Music * Watch all episodes on YouTube * Subscribe via RSS Feed
Contact information for the podcast: podcast@timpeter.com
Technical Details for Digital ResetRecorded using a Shure SM7B Vocal Dynamic Microphone and a Focusrite Scarlett 4i4 (3rd Gen) USB Audio Interface.
Running time: 21:04
Transcript: Google Didn’t Kill Blogging. It Killed Borrowed Brand Equity. (Episode 502)Google killed seventy-nine out of one hundred blogs. The median blog site reviewed in recent research lost eighty-five percent of its search traffic. Not the worst blog in the list. The middle. Half actually did worse than that. And all of that in less than four years.
Daniel Stanica researched one hundred top blogs and found that between 2022 and 2026, they got slaughtered. Again, the median dropped by 85%. Sixty-five of the one hundred saw their overall traffic drop by fifty percent or more. Another fourteen dropped by an average of 36%. Only twenty-one grew.
That’s… bad.
You know, it’s also a problem for folks beyond blogs. Any business that’s dependent on organic search for its revenue is headed for the same fall. Large publishers have warned us about this issue for years. And it’s coming for every single business that depends on search.
I’d also argue that AI won’t save us because AI is just another iteration of the same issue. It’s a gatekeeper deciding who wins… and who loses.
This is the Digital Reset Podcast. I’m Tim Peter. Today we’re talking about how Google didn’t kill blogging, but how they’re killing the businesses whose model was built on borrowed brand equity. Let’s dive in.
Daniel Stanica put together some fascinating research that looks at what’s happened to one hundred top blogs between 2022 and 2026. And as noted before the break, most of them, seventy-nine of the one hundred, got crushed. The median blog in Daniel’s study lost eighty-five percent of its search traffic. And again, sixty-five of those hundred saw overall traffic fall by fifty percent or more. And that is all kinds of bad.
Now, as Daniel noted in his post, "this is a cohort study, not a representative sample." This is a quote. He said, "I am not claiming that two-thirds of all blogs on the internet lost their traffic. I am claiming something narrower and harder to wriggle out of: Of the specific blogs publicly celebrated as the model’s biggest winners, two-thirds lost the majority of their traffic."
Again, in my view, this story isn’t really about blogs or blogging. Give me a minute and I’ll get to what it’s really about.
One of my favorite bits in Daniel’s article, though, is where he noted four traits among the twenty-one survivors. He didn’t just say, "These folks survived." He called out what they’re doing well. They are, one, first-hand experience; two, owned audiences; three, a real product; and four, brand search. That’s genuinely useful information, and if you’ve listened to past episodes, it maps directly with advice I’ve offered in the past. Again, I’ll come back to that connection in just a few minutes.
What’s worth noting here, though, is that this story isn’t a "ChatGPT stole our traffic" story. ChatGPT didn’t steal their traffic. Google did. Google gave these folks life and then snatched it away. Let me say this again. AI didn’t kill these blogs’ traffic. Google did.
AI Overviews now appear on roughly 48% of all searches on Google. Ahrefs published data in February that showed when AI Overviews appear on the search results page, click-throughs drop by roughly 58%. Worse, Google’s AI Overviews only cites the top pages in search about 38% of the time. That’s down half from 76% last year. In short, if your business depends on search engines, you’re in deep, deep trouble.
And switching or planning on switching from dependence on Google to dependence on AI probably won’t help you. Why not?
Well, first, none are stable platforms for brand growth right now. No single AI holds more than fifty percent of the market. Second, the rules of the road for each AI platform change almost daily. You know, for instance, Reddit’s citation share in ChatGPT fell from roughly sixty percent to roughly ten percent in just six weeks. So if you were depending on Reddit volume for helping you show up there, that’s just gone. Third, and most importantly, choosing this path means you’re just switching from one gatekeeper to another. You don’t get access to more customers. You’re still letting someone else decide who hears about you and who doesn’t.
AI isn’t the cavalry riding to your rescue. It’s just another gatekeeper seeking its chance to own your customers.
Yes, you want to show up in AI and you want to show up in search. They’re important signals to your customers that you’re a real, honest-to-goodness, trustworthy, reliable business. They also come with huge hurdles and more than a few strings attached.
I also want to be fair to the bloggers and other businesses who’ve built their businesses using these channels. As I talked about last week, these businesses were built by people who followed a highly functional playbook: Create high-quality content. Use search and social shares as low-cost distribution to drive awareness and traffic. Monetize that traffic. And double down on the kinds of content and distribution channels that worked best.
They didn’t do this because they were dumb. They did it because it worked. Right up until it didn’t.
In last week’s episode, I explicitly outlined the platform trap and how smart people fall into it all the time. As I mentioned last week, we’ve seen it when Google updates their algorithm, social media sites collapse reach among your fans and followers, OTAs favor paid placements, and most recently with Google AI Overviews. It’s the same storyline every time. New platforms, generous early and expensive later.
Of course, it’s even worse if you’re caught in this trap. Because you’re not just competing with the platforms. You’re competing with the folks who didn’t get caught. Those 21 blogs that Daniel cited built something sustainable beyond big tech and have an advantage that new entrants — or old competitors rebuilding their business — have to overcome.
They’ve earned citations. They’ve earned their audience. They’ve earned the right to show up in their customers’ inboxes. And they’ve set the bar for what customers expect today.
The core element that ties those 21 survivors together is that they built distinct, memorable, desirable brands. Brand is the one thing that helps you grow beyond Google and the rest of its Big Tech brethren. In the age of AI, brand isn’t everything; it’s the only thing. Remember, your brand is the prompt. It’s something that bypasses the algorithm, and teaches AI assistants and agents which products, services, and experiences their users prefer without even asking. Your brand is the prompt means you’ve beat Google at its own game by building brands customers ask for by name.
You build that kind of brand by focusing on three pillars: Content is still king. All that’s changed is the kinds of content, and where it appears. Customer experience is queen. The relationship you earn with your customers is what makes you worth asking for by name. Data is the crown jewels. Your CRM, your email list, your first-hand knowledge about your customers’ cares, concerns, and interests is what lets you connect directly with customers — and without asking Big Tech for permission.
I wrote that in Digital Reset. And it’s exactly what Stanica’s survivors all demonstrate.
"Firsthand experience that can’t be AI-summarized" is "Content is King," simply stated using different words. The content that survived came from its creators’ own first-hand, lived experiences. Only they could create that content because they’re the ones who did the thing they blog about: they cooked the recipe, they designed the outfit, they traveled to the destination, they ran the business. Only real people can share real experiences.
Similarly, the way survivors shared their lived experiences represents "the customer experience" for a content business. They didn’t just answer a question; they shared their real-world experiences with audiences who wanted to know not just how… but the who who knows how. Anyone, including and especially an AI, can produce a "top 10 list." But a real human being, sharing a real human experience is distinctly different… and distinctly valuable.
"An owned audience" is "Data is the Crown Jewels." Period. The email list, the CRM, and, most importantly, the subscriber base who can’t wait for your latest post. The 21 survivors built direct connections with customers who valued their experience and expertise. And that connection continues to exist even after any algorithm changes.
"A brand name people search for by name" is "your brand is the prompt" and "beat Google at its own game by building a brand customers ask for by name" almost word for word.
By contrast, think about the 79 blogs who lost vast amounts of traffic. I recommended a simple, three-question test in episode 498 that tells you whether you’re in trouble or not. Think about these questions in connection with those bloggers: What percentage of their acquisition ran through channels they didn’t control? Was their direct traffic growing or shrinking? What was their 90-day alternative when Google changed the rules? Seems pretty likely what those folks would answer. And that’s the whole point right there.
One quick aside. In the data that Daniel showed, he found that of the 21 winners, 3 grew by an astonishing amount. So much so, in fact, that they skewed the data for everyone else. When you look at all 100, it looks like traffic "only" fell by 32%. What really happened though is that three grew a lot and the other 97 fell by more than 63%. The point being, don’t let a few winners distract you from the problem areas. I see this all the time. As I talked about in episode 497, one business had seen decent amounts of traffic and revenue year on year. In reality, their organic traffic had fallen roughly 20% and their paid traffic grew by 85%. So, yes, their overall numbers were OK. But their costs were up big time. The "composition effect," much like in Daniel’s study, was hiding the real story: Their profitability was about to get much worse.
Of course, the question, as always, should be, what can you do about this reality? And as I did in episode 500, I’d break it down by where you sit as a company.
If you’re in the first group we talked about, companies in real trouble today, bleeding revenue or profits, your first job is not "fix your SEO." It is to grow your CRM and direct traffic as much as you can. Look for specific opportunities to gain more direct traffic. Look at your analytics and determine the highest cost gatekeeper channel. Does it fail the owned demand test? If so, redirect at least some portion of your budget towards growing your email list or your first-party data about your customers. Also, encourage all site visitors and other contact points with prospects to opt into your email or SMS communications. Give them some incentive, say, a special benefit or a one-time discount in exchange for their contact information.
For companies whose business isn’t shrinking but isn’t growing much either, your approach is actually gonna be pretty similar. The one big difference is that you’re in a position to start thinking about content that no one but you can make. What experience and expertise do you and your team have that sets you apart from everyone else? What can you talk about that your customers want to hear about? Don’t think quantity. Focus heavily on quality. A single photo essay or video or podcast or written piece that encourages engagement, sharing, and most importantly, new subscribers, is more valuable, much more valuable, than ten or twenty or one hundred automated, mediocre, meh content pieces that no one cares about.
If your company is growing and optimizing, if you’re in the third category, keep that Reddit citation collapse story in mind. Even strong citations represent rented demand that might not last for long. Your job is a continued focus on building brand equity, growing branded search, gaining more information and insights about your customers, and accumulating positive ratings, reviews, and, yes, additional citations across an array of channels. Those will put you in front of more customers and likely will turn up in the next AI model updates. The best way to offset the risk that any one channel can hurt you is to appear in as many places as you can where your customers spend their time.
Daniel mentioned in his post that the problem was, quote, "A model that was a single, large, leveraged bet that Google would be the middleman, sending free clicks indefinitely to publishers in exchange for content. However, since 2023, Google has called the bet, and websites that leveraged this model became a liability rather than an asset."
Don’t be that guy.
Your job is to be a trusted resource customers will turn to whenever you’re the right fit for their needs. Your job is to be a brand that customers want to hear from. Your job is to build a brand that customers will ask for by name.
The last few episodes we’ve done here have walked you through precisely how you can do that. Episode 498 showed you the real-world cost when you don’t own your customers. Episode 499 helped you identify whether you really own your customers… or not. Episode 500 gave you the full roadmap of what to do about it. And Episode 501 laid out the historical pattern in detail. Today’s episode, well, that’s all about what it looks like when folks get it wrong. Daniel Stanica gave us 100 real-world examples without even knowing that they underlined the argument I’ve been making for years.
Don’t borrow brand equity. Build your own.
In fact, here’s what I want you to do right now. Pull your traffic composition by source for the last 12 months and look at how much share each provides. Then ask these two questions. One, what percentage comes from direct traffic, email and SMS, and branded search? And the second question is, is that number growing or shrinking? That will tell you whether you’re building a relationship that only you can own.
Again, don’t borrow brand equity. Build your own.
Next week, I’m going to talk with a brilliant marketer, Steve Cummins, all about what this means for the folks running marketing teams right now.
In the meantime, if you know someone who would benefit from what we’ve talked about today, do me a favor. Send them a link to this episode. I hope they will appreciate it, and I know that I would.
You can find the show notes for today’s episode, as well as a full archive of our past episodes, at timpeter.com/podcasts.
And if you’re ready to go even deeper on building a brand that customers will ask for by name, my book, Digital Reset: Driving Marketing and Customer Acquisition Beyond Big Tech, might be just what you’re looking for. You’ll find it on amazon.com and bookshop.org, and of course, you’ll find the link in the show notes.
Thanks so much for listening today. I genuinely appreciate all of your support. I would not do this show without you. Until next time, please be well, be safe, and as always, be excellent to each other. I’ll see you soon.
Take Your Next Step Toward a Digital Reset"Digital Reset with Tim Peter" helps you look beyond the "shiny objects" to build a business that lasts. How can we help you today?
The post Google Didn’t Kill Blogging. It Killed Borrowed Brand Equity. (Digital Reset Episode 502) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
The brands winning in AI right now didn’t pivot when AI arrived. They didn’t need to. Everything they’d built over years — direct customer relationships, earned reviews, credible content, clear brand signals — prepared them for this moment without even knowing it. The strength of their brand drives their success in AI.
That’s not luck. It’s a 15-year pattern that plays out the same way every time a new platform rises to dominance: they’re generous early and expensive later. It was true for Google, for social media, for OTAs. And it it will be true for AI.
In this Digital Reset Foundations episode, Tim Peter draws on 15-plus years of watching platform shifts to explain why intelligent, experienced marketing leaders fall into the gatekeeper trap again and again. Tim also explains why the businesses that navigate every shift without getting captured all have one thing in common: they never fully gave up the direct relationship with the customer.
New research from Daniel Stanica, tracking 100 once-successful blogs over four years, confirms this thesis. The median site in the study lost 85% of its traffic. That’s not the lower bound. That’s the middle of the distribution. Half did worse. These were sites that built their entire strategy around a gatekeeper… and then paid for it when the gatekeeper changed the rules.
The episode that predicted this outcome is the one you’re about to enjoy.
What You’ll Learn in This Episode* Why the brands showing up in AI recommendations today didn’t pivot to AI — they prepared for it years ago * What City of Hope’s 97% AI query share teaches us about what AI actually rewards * Why "AI inclusion is an inheritance, not an acquisition" and what that means for your budget conversation * The gatekeeper trap: why smart, experienced marketing leaders fall into it every time a new platform emerges * The critical difference between a scam and a trap… and why the trap is more dangerous * Two tests to determine whether your current AI investments are building foundations or just buying shortcuts * The one thing every business that has navigated every platform shift without getting captured has in common
The Two Tests: Foundation or Shortcut?Test 1: Would this investment matter if AI changed tomorrow? Expert-authored content, review velocity programs, first-party data infrastructure, and earned media from credible sources improve your business regardless of which AI model is winning six months from now. If the investment only works because of how a specific platform runs right now, that’s a warning sign your investment might not last.
Test 2: Does this investment compound its value over time, or does it require changes every few months? Shortcuts work. Foundations compound. A review earned today is in the training data for the next round of model updates. Content cited once tends to get cited again. First-party data gets more valuable the more of it you collect. If the value shifts every time the platform updates, it’s a shortcut. If it compounds regardless of platform updates, you’re building a foundation. One of those has a better future.
The 15-Year PatternEvery platform shift follows the same arc:
It happened with Google search. With organic social reach. With OTA commissions. And it’s happening now with AI. The window where the new gatekeeper hasn’t yet started collecting the highest tolls it can is real… and not unlimited. The businesses using that window to build direct relationships rather than deepen platform dependency are the ones giving themselves options when the window closes.
Key Data Points From This Episode* City of Hope shows up in 97% of AI queries for their category &mash without a “GEO strategy” — all because of decisions made years ago * Daniel Stanica’s research tracked 100 blogs over four years: the median site lost 85% of its organic traffic. Half did worse than that. * 82% of companies remain stuck in the AI value gap despite the pattern being well understood
Resources Mentioned* The Great Blogging Collapse — Daniel Stanica’s Research
Related Episodes* The Complete Roadmap for Owning Your Customer — Part 3 of 3 (Digital Reset Episode 500) * Who Really Owns Your Customer? — Part 2 of 3 (Digital Reset Episode 499) * The Real Cost When You Don’t Own Your Customer — Part 1 of 3 (Episode 498) * Google Search Hit an All-Time High… And It’s Costing You (Digital Reset 495) * The Long Game: What 15 Years of Digital Marketing Teaches Us About AI (Digital Reset Episode 489) * Win No Matter What: The Hub and Spoke Strategy (Digital Reset Foundations 491) * The AI Coin Flip: Why AI Gives Every Customer a Different Answer (Digital Reset Episode 488) * The AI Value Gap: Why 82% of Companies are Failing to Gain from AI (Digital Reset Episode 486) * The Foundation: From Card Catalogs to Concierges — Your SEO + GEO Blueprint (Digital Reset Episode 485)
Buy the Book — Digital Reset: Driving Marketing and Customer Acquisition Beyond Big TechTim Peter has written a new book called Digital Reset: Driving Marketing Beyond Big Tech. You can learn more about it here on the site. Or buy your copy on Amazon.com today.
See Tim Peter in ActionWatch Tim Peter break down the complete roadmap for owning your customer relationships, and see why nearly 14 years and 500 episodes of observing Big Tech platform shifts all lead to the same conclusion.
Free DownloadsWe have some free downloads for you to help you navigate the current situation, which you can find right here:
Subscribe to Digital Reset * Subscribe on Apple Podcasts * Subscribe on Spotify * Subscribe on Amazon Music * Watch all episodes on YouTube * Subscribe via RSS Feed
Contact information for the podcast: podcast@timpeter.com
Technical Details for Digital ResetRecorded using a Shure SM7B Vocal Dynamic Microphone and a Focusrite Scarlett 4i4 (3rd Gen) USB Audio Interface.
Running time: 26:31
Transcript: The AI Winners Didn’t Pivot. They Prepared. — Digital Reset Foundations (Episode 501)Over the last few weeks, I’ve laid out the roadmap for owning your customer in the age of AI.
One thing that I want to make clear that runs through the entire roadmap: AI rewards great brands.
The brands and businesses winning in AI didn’t pivot when AI came along. They didn’t need to. Everything they’ve done throughout their histories prepared them for this moment.
For all the talk of GEO and social media citations and AI agents and on and on and on, what’s really happening is that AI search, AI assistants, agents, and enterprises ultimately want to point their users to the brands that best meet their needs.
Google increasingly is modifying its search algorithms to do the same. So are social sites like Meta, Instagram, and TikTok, and AI spam filters do it in email, too.
I mean, imagine that you’re a consumer. All your AI tools are trying to show you things you might actually want to keep you in their ecosystem and to eliminate everything you don’t want to see.
That’s a problem for brands that aren’t built from the ground up for this world. That’s what the roadmap I laid out in episodes 498, 499, and 500 is all about.
The point of these episodes was to help you as you go forward. The point of this episode is to show you how we got to this moment. Because I’ve been making this argument for a long time. In many ways, it’s one of the core reasons this show exists in the first place.
And in the Foundations episode we’re gonna look at today, I draw on the 15-plus years of experience and evidence that explain why I believe what I do and why the roadmap works.
In this Foundations episode, I laid out why intelligent, experienced marketing leaders fall into the gatekeeper trap again and again: Because it works… right up until it doesn’t.
They’re not dumb. They’re not foolish. They may even be aware of the problem while they’re stepping into the trap. They also need to put heads in beds, butts in seats, feet in stores, products on shelves, eyes on their product, clicks to their carts, and continued usage after the sale.
There’s nothing wrong with doing what you’ve gotta do to make sure your business succeeds day in and day out, month after month. That’s okay.
And when gatekeepers make it so easy, so enticing to simply use the tools they give you, it’s no wonder folks get trapped. Hell, it’s amazing anyone ever gets out.
But we continue to see the effects of the trap time and again.
Rand Fishkin pointed folks to new research from Daniel Stanica that shows the collapse of traffic blog sites have seen over the last four years. Daniel reviewed 100 sites over this period and found that the median site had lost 85% of their traffic. That’s not the lower bound. That’s the median. Half did worse than that.
Daniel’s research reflects exactly what today’s Foundations episode predicted. These sites depended on gatekeepers, and now, today, they’re scrambling to rebuild their businesses.
I’ll have a full review of Daniel’s research and what you can do about it in next week’s show.
In the meantime, though, I hope you’ll take a moment to enjoy today’s Foundations episode that looks at how AI winners didn’t pivot, they prepared.
I’m Tim Peter. This is episode 501 of Digital Reset. Let’s dive in.
A couple of weeks ago, you heard me talk about City of Hope and the fact that they show up in 97% of AI queries for their specific category. Well, City of Hope did not have a GEO strategy. They didn’t hire an AI optimization consultant.
They showed up in 97% of AI queries for their category because of decisions they made 10 years ago, 20 years ago, 30 years ago or more. That should tell us something about what AI actually rewards.
AI inclusion is an inheritance. It’s not an acquisition.
City of Hope inherited their position from years of peer reviewed research, independent media, and an earned reputation with their patients. The AI was trained on all of that.
Most GEO strategy, quote unquote, is sold as something you can acquire this quarter. But if AI inclusion is primarily inherited from prior fundamentals, that changes and should change your budget discussion, your budget conversation.
AIs see a weak signal, a contradictory signal, or no signal, and it loses confidence in your brand. When an AI sees a strong signal, a clear signal, a coherent signal, that’s when you win.
The brands who are showing up today, the brands who are showing up consistently today are showing up because they’ve built brands worth people asking for by name. This is what I mean when I say the brand is the prompt. But also brands that are worth answering by name, that the AI can confidently say "As a concierge, I know the answer to your question. I know who you should be talking to."
Winning in the long run isn’t just about what you do this quarter. It’s what you do for a long time.
If you go to your AI of choice, it doesn’t matter if it’s Google Gemini, it doesn’t matter if it’s ChatGPT, it doesn’t matter if it’s Perplexity, it doesn’t matter if it’s Claude, but go to the AI you like the most and ask it to describe your brand.
Everything it gets right is a sign that you have a strong signal. Everything that it gets wrong or hedges on or isn’t quite clear on, that’s where you have a gap. And that’s your roadmap. You don’t need a vendor to do an audit. The AI itself is going to tell you this is what it knows to be true about you. That’s really, really key.
Now the most common gap is when you say one thing about your brand and your customers are saying something else about your brand. It sees a difference between your statements and your customers’ reviews. That’s a huge contradiction, and that means the AI will lose confidence in you. It cannot confidently recommend you to a potential customer.
Note that this isn’t just about the discussions that are happening on platforms that the AI trusts. It’s not because they’re bad, but because you have never done the work to build review velocity for your business, it’s that you haven’t worked to gain the earned media presence that gives the AI some corroborating evidence beyond just what you say on your site or beyond just what it sees in reviews.
Neither of those gaps is going to get solved by a GEO vendor immediately. Both are solved by doing the same things that improve your direct business. Giving a better customer experience, gaining better reviews, and building clearer signal.
I’ve worked with businesses to reduce their dependency on big tech companies over the last 15 years. That’s through Google updates, through the emergence of OTAs, through social reach and now AI. And what’s interesting is how this era looks similar to what I’ve seen before.
In the book Digital Reset, I talk about a pattern that happens: a new discovery channel emerges. Something comes around, then we go, "oh, this is cool, we should check this out." We get good results from it early. We test it and we see that this is really working, and usually at a pretty low cost.
Over time, the platforms with legs grow more dominant. They build a bigger base of customers and often send more customers your way, usually at a pretty low cost.
That’s super attractive. So you double down on that. You dive in even further until suddenly that becomes a major source of your business.
But at that point, that puts them in a position of gatekeeping power. And as you’ve heard me say many times before, gatekeepers gonna gate.
They have to. They are required to because they owe it to their shareholders to monetize the traffic and the connection that they have with customers to grow their revenues and grow their profits and grow their shareholder value. And so what happens is the gatekeeper then raises the toll to you.
And this is a vicious cycle that occurs again and again and again. We’ve seen this repeatedly with search, with social, with mobile, with OTAs. It happens consistently.
Every time there’s a new platform shift, there’s a window. It could be two years, it could be three years, it could be five years, where the new gatekeepers are still building their position and they haven’t yet started collecting the highest tolls they can.
That’s huge because people look at that and marketing leaders look at that and say, this is a great opportunity for our business. And that’s good. That actually is a good idea.
We saw this — I’ll give you a real world example — with independent hotels and hotel brands even. They had an opportunity, they had two opportunities, to build direct booking capabilities and direct booking connection with customers before OTAs became kind of non-negotiable. First before September of 2001. Then in the later aughts.
The ones that took advantage of those windows built direct websites. They built email lists. They built loyalty programs, either recognition programs or reward programs to connect directly with customers and gain data. And they built direct revenue.
The ones that didn’t, well, they found themselves in a tougher spot when the OTAs started raising commission rates and changing the rules of the game.
Now, if the fundamentals are this clear and the pattern is this consistent, why are 82% of companies still stuck in the value gap? Why don’t they just do the thing?
Every new gatekeeper’s entry into the market included a period and includes a period where taking the shortcut looks like the smart play. In Google’s case, it was things like trading links, link building programs even before you had to pay for them. In social media’s case, it was building organic reach and building your follower count. In OTAs, it was things like low cost early commissions, and with AI it’s things like GEO vendors and AI content farms, and churning out high volumes of low quality, low cost content so that you show up.
But those all stop working at a certain point. They realize, "Hey, people are spamming this." So Google shuts that down. The social media channels say "we need to actually earn money off of these folks, so we’re gonna pull back the algorithm and change what your organic reach is." The OTAs are saying, "we’re contributing a lot of business to your hotel, so we need to raise commission rates."
What makes you think that the AIs are gonna do anything different?
We don’t know exactly when that will occur, but I’m really confident it’s coming because we’ve seen this happen again and again and again.
Now, I wanna be very fair to people who have gone down this path before and chosen that path. It’s not a scam. It’s a trap.
It’s not a scam because it works… at least temporarily. That’s what makes it so dangerous. A scam would be easier to resist. You’re savvy enough, the people who’ve done this are savvy enough to know that if you’re not getting value out of this thing, you would never put your efforts there. You would never put your money there.
So the people who have taken these approaches, the people who have worked with these channels are not fools. They’re not getting themselves scammed.
What they are doing is they’re saying, "Hey, this is producing results for me. I should double down on this. I should triple down on this."
That’s what makes it dangerous — the fact that it actually does work.
The challenge is that you end up owning visibility, but not the relationship with the customer.
The shortcut is always attractive exactly at the moment when you need it the most, because they’re helping you reach customers you haven’t reached before… and usually at a relatively low cost. That’s fantastic.
But all that you see at that point is the upside. By the time the cost becomes visible, too many people find themselves in a position where they’ve built far too much of their strategy depending upon that thing. That’s not a great place to be.
Marketing leaders need to think in terms of when is this a genuine investment in our foundations, and when is this a shortcut that’s dressed up as a strategy?
I would think there’s a couple of ways you would test this.
The first is to ask whether this investment would matter if AI changed tomorrow. If we look at things like expert authored content or review velocity programs or first party data infrastructure or earned media from credible sources, those are going to improve your business regardless of which AI model is dominant six months from now, 12 months from now, 18 months from now.
If the investment only works because of how ChatGPT works in Q2 of 2026, that’s probably a warning sign.
The other test you may want to consider is, does this investment compound its value over time or does it require a reset every couple of months?
Shortcuts work, foundations compound. A review earned today is in the training data for the next model update. Content that gets cited once tends to get cited again. First party data gets more valuable as you collect more of it from your customers, as you earn more of it from your customers.
If an investment value has to be reinvested every time the platform updates, that’s a shortcut. If it compounds regardless of the platform updates, then you’re building a foundation for success long term.
When you walk into your monthly review or your quarterly review and you’re making the case for the budget that you need going forward, and for the budget you’ve already spent, you should not be thinking in terms of "We shouldn’t invest in AI." That is not a thing I’m saying here.
You should be saying we should invest in AI the way businesses survive every platform shift invest. We should be investing in the things that improve our business and compound across every platform, not only in things that work for this particular algorithm or this particular artificial intelligence.
One of those has a long-term opportunity for you. One of those means you’re gonna keep throwing money after money after money every time the algorithm changes.
So when we think about budget categories, are we talking about expert authored content that earns citations? A hundred percent. Are we talking about review velocity programs? A hundred percent. Are we talking about a first-party data infrastructure? A hundred percent. If we’re talking about people selling you, "You’re gonna appear in the AI and you’re gonna appear top every single time…" you might want to take a really close look at that. You might wanna start small and test, because maybe they do know something. But you want to make sure you own the result, not just the visibility before you double down there, before you try to scale this up.
The businesses that I have watched navigate every platform shift without getting captured have all had one thing in common. And it’s not that they saw the future first. It’s not that they were smarter than everybody else. It’s just that they never fully gave up the direct relationship with the customer.
They built a long lasting brand platform, a long lasting customer relationship that survived and thrived every time the platforms shifted. They didn’t chase any short term wins at the expense of the long term opportunity.
I have had this exact conversation through the Google updates, and through the collapse of reach on social media, on Facebook and places like that, and on with hotels and OTA commissions, and now with AI.
Some of this isn’t that I’m predicting the future. I’ve seen this and seen folks get burned by it plenty in the past, including me from time to time.
This is hard won experience that you’ve eventually learned, "Hey, maybe we shouldn’t chase the ‘ooh, shiny object,’ but we should build something of lasting value."
The folks I’ve worked with who’ve acted on these conversations and learned from them and applied them, and the folks who aren’t even clients who figured it out on their own, they’re the ones who are doing great and they’re the ones who have options to continue to improve over the long run.
This is not some sophisticated or brand new AI strategy. It’s a 15 year pattern that keeps working no matter who the gatekeeper is next. And ultimately, that’s the place where you want to be.
Thanks so much for listening to today’s Foundations episode. We’ll be back with an all-new episode that dives into Daniel Stanica’s research next week.
In the meantime, if you know someone who would benefit from what we’ve talked about today, do me a favor, send them a link to the episode. I know they’d appreciate it, and I sure would.
You can find the show notes for today’s episode, as well as an archive of all our past episodes, at timpeter.com/podcasts.
And if you’re ready to go even deeper on building a brand that survives and thrives in the age of AI, my book, "Digital Reset: Driving Marketing and Customer Acquisition Beyond Big Tech," might be just what you’re looking for. You’ll find it on amazon.com and bookshop.org. Links in the show notes, of course.
Thanks so much for listening today. I genuinely appreciate all your support. Until next time, please be well, be safe, and as always, be excellent to each other. I’ll see you soon.
Take Your Next Step Toward a Digital Reset"Digital Reset with Tim Peter" helps you look beyond the "shiny objects" to build a business that lasts. How can we help you today?
The post The AI Winners Didn’t Pivot. They Prepared — Digital Reset Foundations (Episode 501) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
Today marks our 500th episode. But all 500 episodes share one single thesis: the demand you own is more valuable than the demand you rent.
That’s what “Gatekeepers gonna gate” is all about. Any platform that send you customers will eventually charge you more for that revenue.
Episode 498 outlined exactly what that costs you. Episode 499 posed the real question you need to ask. This episode gives you the roadmap.
Most businesses fall into one of three categories when it comes to owning their customer relationships:
The playbook is different for each. But the fundamental law of digital remains the same for all three: Every platform that sends you customers eventually charges you more for them. That’s not a prediction. That’s what 25-plus years of digital history teach us. And it’s playing out again right now.
In Episode 500 of the Digital Reset Podcast, Tim Peter delivers the complete strategic framework for breaking out of platform capture, a complete roadmap for owning your customer, regardless of where your business is starting from today.
Key Insights for Strategic Leaders* The one diagnostic that tells you which of the three categories your business belongs to and where to start * The Category 1 playbook: How to stop the bleeding when gatekeepers are already taking more than their share * Why "know your real cost" means actual dollars out the door, not just ROAS, CPC, or cost per acquisition * The Category 2 playbook: How to build direct relationships and brand authority when you’re growing but too slowly * Why a flat CRM list is actually a shrinking one and what to do about it * The Category 3 playbook: How to optimize for an AI-mediated world when your direct business is already strong * A real-world hospitality example of co-opetition done right: Pay once, almost never twice * The answers to the three questions Tim posed in Episode 498 you can put to work right now.
The Complete Roadmap: Three PlaybooksCategory 1 — Triage: Stop the Bleeding
Category 2 — Build: Grow Direct Relationships
Category 3 — Optimize: Build What Platforms Can’t Own
The Diagnostic: Which Category Are You?Pull traffic data from your analytics platform and Google Search Console for each of the last 12 months. Then measure whether branded search and direct navigation traffic is growing or shrinking as a share of paid and total traffic and revenue.
The Three Questions From Episode 498 — Answered1. What percentage of new customer acquisition runs through channels you don’t control? Now you know what to do, no matter what the number is. 2. Is your direct, organic, and email business growing or shrinking as a share of your total? Now you know which path to follow. 3. If your top acquisition channel changed its terms tomorrow, what’s your 90-day alternative? Now you have one.
Related Episodes* Who Really Owns Your Customer? — Part 2 of 3 (Digital Reset Episode 499) * The Real Cost When You Don’t Own Your Customer — Part 1 of 3 (Episode 498) * Google Search Hit an All-Time High… And It’s Costing You (Digital Reset 495) * Big Tech’s Q1 Wasn’t a Surprise — Here’s Why (Digital Reset FOUNDATIONS — Episode 496) * Google’s Everything App: What I/O 2026 Means for Your Traffic, Your Brand, and Your Business (Episode 497) * The Gatekeeper’s New Tax: What ChatGPT Ads Mean for Your Marketing Budget (Digital Reset Episode 490) * The Long Game: What 15 Years of Digital Marketing Teaches Us About AI (Digital Reset Episode 489) * Win No Matter What: The Hub and Spoke Strategy (Digital Reset Foundations 491) * The Foundation: From Card Catalogs to Concierges — Your SEO + GEO Blueprint (Digital Reset Podcast) * SEO vs GEO: How to Show Up When AI is the Concierge)
Buy the Book — Digital Reset: Driving Marketing and Customer Acquisition Beyond Big TechTim Peter has written a new book called Digital Reset: Driving Marketing Beyond Big Tech. You can learn more about it here on the site. Or buy your copy on Amazon.com today.
See Tim Peter in ActionWatch Tim Peter break down the complete roadmap for owning your customer relationships, and see why nearly 14 years and 500 episodes of observing Big Tech platform shifts all lead to the same conclusion.
Free DownloadsWe have some free downloads for you to help you navigate the current situation, which you can find right here:
Subscribe to Digital Reset* Subscribe on Apple Podcasts * Subscribe on Spotify * Subscribe on Amazon Music * Watch all episodes on YouTube * Subscribe via RSS Feed
Contact information for the podcast: podcast@timpeter.com
Technical Details for Digital ResetRecorded using a Shure SM7B Vocal Dynamic Microphone and a Focusrite Scarlett 4i4 (3rd Gen) USB Audio Interface.
Running time: 19:04
Transcript: The Complete Roadmap for Owning Your Customer — Part 3 of 3Hi, and welcome to episode 500 of the podcast. Roughly every 10 days for the last 13 years and, oh, nine months or so, I’ve tried to bring you the best insights and information that I could about digital strategy and commerce.
During that time, I’ve refined the focus of the show around a core thesis. And that is the demand you own is more valuable than the demand you rent.
That led to my book, and it led us to change the title of the show from Thinks Out Loud to Digital Reset. And that led to this miniseries, the show within the show that led to today’s episode.
Why are we here today?
Well, in episode 498, I recapped the problem in detail. Gatekeepers closing the gates and driving up your costs to reach your customers. We’re seeing it on the P&L, and it’s increasing every single month and quarter right now.
In episode 499, I outlined the core question: Who owns your customer relationship, you or Big Tech gatekeepers?
Today, I want to lay out the roadmap you can use to drive more direct revenue and deeper customer relationships that hopefully will sustain you for the next 14 years and, oh, I don’t know, 500 more episodes.
You know, in my experience, companies usually fall into one of three categories as they come to this question. I’m going to talk about each of these in more detail after the break. I also want you to think about which category you belong to before we begin.
The first category are people who are, you know, we’re in big trouble right now, today. They’re looking to identify the problem, to triage the problem. These conversations happen all the time. People usually don’t call a doctor when they’re healthy, and they don’t ask consultants for help when business is booming. So as you might imagine, I talk with these folks every day.
The second are folks who are growing just slowly or not as much as they might like. They’re looking to build, to drive more revenue. Their business is okay, you know, not terrible, but not great. Again, these are also people I talk with regularly and usually for similar reasons. They recognize they’ve got a problem, and they’re looking for a way out.
The final category includes companies that are seeing strong growth. They’re looking to optimize, to reach new heights. And I’m happy to say I talk with these folks very often, too. Maybe not as much as the first two, but you’d be surprised how many of these people reach out to me. They tend to recognize two basic points. The first is that no matter how good things are, they might have blind spots they don’t want to surprise them later. And the second is that you can always use help to do better. I am always happy to have those conversations and freely acknowledge that I learn as much as I share during those conversations. It’s a win all the way around.
Regardless of which category you fall into, this episode is for you.
I’m Tim Peter. This is episode 500 of Digital Reset. Today, we’re uncovering the complete roadmap for owning your customer. Let’s dive in.
I’ve already listed the three categories companies tend to fall into around owning their customer. Before we get into how you address each situation, here’s how to know which one your business fits into.
Run the simple diagnostic test I shared in our last episode. Pull traffic data from your analytics platform and Google Search Console for each of the last 12 months. Then measure whether branded search and direct navigation traffic is growing or shrinking as a share of paid and total traffic and revenue. That’s it. That’s all you have to do.
Reviewing that small data set will tell you if gatekeepers are making you pay for a greater share of your customers’ attention, if you’re holding steady, or if you’re gaining a greater share of your customers’ attention over time.
Let’s start with the folks in the first category, the people who are already likely losing share to paid channels. There is a relatively simple playbook to follow. And in order, start by running the Gatekeeper Test I outlined in episode 495 for every active channel that drives traffic and revenue to your business. First, ask, "Are we using this platform to build our business or are we building our business inside this platform?" Then ask, "Who owns the data from our interaction with the customer?"
Any channel that fails both questions must become a lower priority for your business. There’s a saying I like, "When you find yourself in a hole, stop digging." Your goal is to get out of the hole. Depending on the share of revenue your business gets from these channels, it might be a little easier or a little harder to get out of that hole, but your goal over time is to deprioritize these channels from highest cost to lowest and shift the budget towards channels you have more control over, like your website, your CRM.
I am not suggesting that you quit these channels cold turkey. Rule number one always is "stay in business." During the pandemic, lots of companies I worked with had to hedge "best practices" a bit to ensure they kept the lights on. That is okay.
At the same time, if you’re already in a hole, you want to move away from the most expensive of these channels that fail both tests as soon as possible. Over time, its share of your business, your traffic, and revenue should fall as the share of business from direct channels grows. The point isn’t that its actual traffic and revenue decline. It’s that its importance does. That’s what moving beyond Big Tech looks like. It looks like you become less dependent on gatekeeper channels over time… because you do.
Here’s how you can do that. First, figure out the actual cost of your top paid channel. I don’t mean your return on ad spend or your cost per click or your cost per acquisition. I mean the actual honest dollars and cents amount you pay every month, quarter, and year because that’s money coming straight out of your pocket and going straight into the gatekeeper’s pocket every single day. That’s your target number to save over time.
Then make a note about your single highest value customer segment. Job one is to build a direct path to those customers, and usually the simplest way to do that is through email marketing. If you don’t have their email addresses, start asking for them today. Add an email form on your website. Get your sales and customer service teams to start asking for permission to email them. Create incentives around getting people to sign up to hear from you. That’s how you grow your list over time.
You can also apply our "Core and Explore" methodology. Focus eighty percent-ish of your efforts on what’s working most effectively for your business. The money those channels throw off should help you fund efforts to drive more direct business. And use the remaining twenty percent of your budget and efforts experimenting with ways to grow your direct business, your CRM, and your email list. Ultimately, that is your job right now. That is the whole job right now.
Set a ninety-day target for your efforts. At the end of ninety days, your direct traffic and email traffic should be measurably higher than they are today. That’s your goal. If you see those results, double down on them. And if not, and assuming seasonality isn’t the cause, go back to square one, pick another expensive channel, and try again. I know you can get there. We help companies do this every day. Today, it’s time for you to start.
Category two consists of those folks whose direct business isn’t growing. You’re sitting still. The playbook actually isn’t that much different from group one. It does require a slightly different focus, though.
In this case, you want to start with the Owned Demand Test that I outlined in episode 495. Look at every current marketing investment you’re making and ask three questions: One, does it create a direct relationship with your customer? Two, does it make your brand easier to ask for by name? And three, does it work after you turn off the investment? Any channel that fails all three is one that you need to deprioritize. Just as with category one, that doesn’t mean quit them cold turkey. Not at all. It just means that the channel’s share of your business should decline over time. In ninety days, growth in direct and email traffic and revenue should make the problem channel’s volume smaller as a share of your total. That’s always what you’re trying to do.
Second, search for your business in ChatGPT, in Gemini, in Claude, and Perplexity. What does the AI know about your business? What does it get wrong? And what’s missing? That’s your content roadmap for the next quarter. And your content plan must include not only creation but content distribution. Work on developing branded content that drives engagement on social media. You want customers to like, comment, and share. Use channels where your customers are active, like YouTube, Instagram, and TikTok if you’re in B2C, and LinkedIn and YouTube if you’re in B2B. Those engagements, particularly the comments and shares, are a clear signal that validates your content to AI platforms and shows that you’re a brand worth recommending.
Third, continue building your list. The truth of any CRM is that if it’s not growing, it’s shrinking. Folks opt out, they move on, they no longer need your products and services. That’s okay. You don’t want to bother people who aren’t in the market any longer. You want instead to continually build a healthy list of people who want to hear from you, who look forward to hearing from you, and ultimately, who will buy from you.
Next and last, use your content to learn more about your customers and encourage them to share more about themselves with you. Then use what you learn about your customers in turn to create ever more personalized content and improve your segmentation in email or other CRM-delivered content.
You can also start shifting your "Core and Explore" from eighty/twenty to seventy-five/twenty-five or even seventy/thirty. Your goal is to invest more in activities that build your brand over time. You’re not just looking to be seen for a single transaction. You want to become a brand that customers will ask, and teach their AI assistants and agents to ask, for by name.
As for the folks in category three, well, congratulations. You’ve built a brand that’s working and working well. Your job now is to build on your successes and create an ever more sustainable brand.
Your primary goal is to focus on continuing your brand’s success in an AI-mediated world. AI can’t simply be an afterthought. It’s now a primary channel. The brands that AI tools recommend are the brands with the greatest authority signals. Your good work there already provides you a leg up on your competition. Keep your focus on increased quality and volume of your ratings, reviews, and social media engagement, and develop or expand your work with branded content that will gain traction and velocity in its own right.
As with category two, use the data that you get from this content to gain even deeper insights into what matters to your customers. Increasingly, you’re looking to anticipate their needs before they even know those needs exist. And feed this data into your product and service development process, too. That’ll improve the experience in every interaction customers have with your brand and help you build a stronger brand overall.
Finally, you should be interacting with Big Tech in a true coopetition mindset at this point. Big Tech and specific partners should exist as a tool for reaching customers who you can’t reach more cost-effectively on your own. The goal is that you might pay Big Tech for the first connection, but almost never for the second.
I can give you a real-world example of what that looks like. There’s a hospitality client of mine that gets a very small amount of business from Latin America. They don’t have the resources or, frankly, receive the volume that makes developing Spanish language websites, content, or email campaigns worthwhile. Just doesn’t. They’re happy to let Booking.com, Expedia, and Google metasearch deliver those guests the first time. They do, however, follow their guests’ home country privacy practices and ensure enhanced consent for opt-ins. They also work to learn more about their guests’ individual needs and address those specifically when those guests are on property. As a result, they’ve built some solid relationships with this segment and see some decent brand direct repeat business from these individuals. The benefit compounds to them over time. Is it a perfect solution? No, of course not. Nothing is. Is it more cost-effective and engaged with their brand long term? You bet.
You’ll note that across all three categories of businesses that I’ve just talked about, one point holds true, one core underlying point holds true. Every platform that sends you customers eventually charges more for them. That’s the essence of the phrase, "Gatekeepers gonna gate." It’s not a prediction, it’s a fundamental law of the digital economy. It’s been true for more than 25 years, and I’m confident it will remain true for years to come.
The only sustainable response you have in that world is to make any platform introduction a one-time cost, not a recurring one. Your job is to own the second interaction, own the third, own the data, own the relationship. That’s what the last 500 episodes of this podcast have been about. That’s what the book is about, and that’s what this roadmap is designed to help you do for your business.
As I wrap up this episode, I want to look at the three questions from a couple of weeks ago one more time:
The goal has never been to make Big Tech go away. The goal is to never need them twice. That’s thinking beyond Big Tech.
Thank you so much for listening today and for all your support over the last 13 plus years and 500 episodes. It means more to me than I can ever say.
If this episode, if this show, gives you a clearer picture of the digital economy and how you can succeed in it, please do me a favor, send it to a colleague you think it will help. It would mean so very much to me.
You can find the show notes for this episode, including a link to the book, at timpeter.com/podcasts.
Thank you again for listening. I genuinely appreciate you. Until next time, please be well, be safe, and take care everybody. I’ll see you soon.
Take Your Next Step Toward a Digital Reset"Digital Reset with Tim Peter" helps you look beyond the "shiny objects" to build a business that lasts. How can we help you today?
The post The Complete Roadmap for Owning Your Customer — Part 3 of 3 (Digital Reset Episode 500) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
If asked, “Who really owns your customer?” most marketing leaders would answer the instantly: "We do." But ownership isn’t a feeling. It’s a real, powerful, measurable outcome. For most businesses right now, the honest answer is much more complicated than they’d like to admit.
In Part 2 of this three-episode series, host Tim Peter shifts from diagnosing the cost of platform dependence to the single biggest question that reframes the entire discussion: who actually owns the relationship with your customer? Do you? Or does the platform that sent those customers to you? Your answer to this question determines whether you’re building demand for your business… or renting it. And one of those has a much, much brighter future.
Key Insights for Strategic Leaders* Why "get off Big Tech" is the wrong answer and what co-opetition actually means in practice * The critical distinction between paying for an introduction once versus paying for the same customer again and again * What platform capture really looks like… what it costs (30–40% of every transaction, every time) * The five ownership signals that tell you whether you’re building direct relationships or just renting access * Why branded search growth is the output signal that matters most, especially in an AI-mediated world * How Big Tech’s own earnings calls give you free competitive intelligence about your customers’ digital lives * Three actions you can take today to honestly assess your ownership position
The Five Ownership SignalsInput signals — what you’re building:
Output signals — whether it’s working:
3. Direct traffic as a share of total traffic
4. Branded search growth
5. Direct traffic and branded search revenue
Data Points Outlined in This Episode* Platform capture costs: Stephanie (manufacturing) paid 30–40% of every transaction. David (hospitality) paid 20–25%. Both paid every single time. * Every email address collected represents $5–$15 in future revenue on the low end; up to $1,000 or more on the high end. * For hotel clients specifically: email addresses are worth at least $8–$30 each in future revenue. * Brands showing up in AI recommendations today are almost universally the brands with the strongest branded search signals.
Three Actions You Can Take Today1. Pull your direct traffic share for the last 12 months. Is it growing or shrinking? 2. Check your CRM growth rate for the last two to three quarters. Is it accelerating or flattening? 3. Search for your brand name in ChatGPT, Gemini, Claude, and Perplexity. What do the AI tools know about you — and where are the gaps?
Related Episodes* The Complete Roadmap for Owning Your Customer – Part 3 of 3 (Epsisode 500) * The Real Cost When You Don’t Own Your Customer — Part 1 of 3 (Episode 498) * Google’s Everything App: What I/O 2026 Means for Your Traffic, Your Brand, and Your Business (Episode 497) * Google Search Hit an All-Time High… And It’s Costing You (Digital Reset 495) * Win No Matter What: The Hub and Spoke Strategy (Digital Reset Foundations 491) * The Gatekeeper’s New Tax: What ChatGPT Ads Mean for Your Marketing Budget (Digital Reset Episode 490) * The Long Game: What 15 Years of Digital Marketing Teaches Us About AI (Digital Reset Episode 489) * The Foundation: From Card Catalogs to Concierges — Your SEO + GEO Blueprint (Digital Reset Podcast) * SEO vs GEO: How to Show Up When AI is the Concierge * Why AI Won’t Kill Search—It’s Doing Something Much Bigger (Episode 483) * AI Is Changing How Customers Choose — Here’s How Brands Win in 2026 (Best of the Show: Revisiting Episode 478)
Buy the Book — Digital Reset: Driving Marketing and Customer Acquisition Beyond Big TechTim Peter has written a new book called Digital Reset: Driving Marketing Beyond Big Tech. You can learn more about it here on the site. Or buy your copy on Amazon.com today.
See Tim Peter in ActionWatch Tim Peter in conversation on digital strategy, customer acquisition, and what it actually means to build a business beyond Big Tech.
Free DownloadsWe have some free downloads for you to help you navigate the current situation, which you can find right here:
Subscribe to Thinks Out Loud* Subscribe on Apple Podcasts * Subscribe on Spotify * Subscribe on Amazon Music * Watch all episodes on YouTube * Subscribe via RSS Feed
Contact information for the podcast: podcast@timpeter.com
Technical Details for Digital ResetRecorded using a Shure SM7B Vocal Dynamic Microphone and a Focusrite Scarlett 4i4 (3rd Gen) USB Audio Interface.
Running time: 22:05
TranscriptIn our last episode, I went deep on what it costs when you don’t own your customer relationship using real dollars, real margins, and real CFO meetings. This week, I want to build on that point with a question that reframes the entire discussion, and that is: who owns the relationship with your customer, you or the platform?
Most marketing leaders would answer that instinctively and without any real hesitation: "We do!" I want to spend the next fifteen to twenty minutes showing you why that answer is almost always more complicated than it sounds and more importantly, what you can do about it.
This is part two of a three-part series. Episode 500 next week is where I’ll draw the complete roadmap. But to get there, you need to answer this question first.
I’m Tim Peter. This is episode 499 of the Digital Reset Podcast. Let’s dive in.
Before I answer the question, I want to be clear about something. The argument that I’m making, the argument I’ve made for years in person, in meetings, and in my book is not "Get off Big Tech." That’s not realistic, and sometimes, frankly, it’s not even desirable.
You’ll note the subtitle of my book is "Driving Marketing and Customer Acquisition Beyond Big Tech." Big Tech is part of the solution. Marketing beyond Big Tech acknowledges what you’ll do in addition to how you put Big Tech to work.
Chapter 9 of the book talked about it in detail, and it’s something called "co-opetition." It’s where you both compete and cooperate with all kinds of businesses. That’s the real relationship every business has with Big Tech right now and probably always will.
Paying for the first transaction, for an introduction to a customer is fine. Even paying Big Tech is fine. They have massive audiences and significant data on how to reach the right customer in the right moment. Paying for that introduction the first time you talk to a customer often is the most cost-effective decision available to you.
I’m going to go a step further, a step beyond, if you will. If you cannot cost-effectively reach a customer the first time on your own, it’s completely rational, and it’s a really good idea to pay Google or Meta or an AI platform to make that introduction for you. Sometimes the enemy of your enemy is your friend and all that. That’s not dependence. That’s smart, clever use of a distribution network.
I’ve got clients who’ve successfully leveraged Big Tech to test new ideas or new markets. They do it all the time. That’s what Big Tech is for.
The mistake isn’t using them the first time. The mistake is using them to reach that same customer on their second visit, their next purchase, and every subsequent interaction you have with them.
Paying once is smart. The mistake is in the repeat, is in going back for more and paying again and again. That’s not going beyond Big Tech. That’s capture. That’s platform capture.
In my book, I tell the stories about Stephanie and David, who are leaders of two different businesses, one in manufacturing, one in hospitality, and the fact that it costs Stephanie roughly 30 to 40% and David between 20 and 25% for every single transaction, every single sale, and pretty much every single time.
They were spending money, big money for those sales. But what they hadn’t done was build direct relationships with their customers. They paid those fees again and again and again only to keep the customer in the hands of Big Tech gatekeepers.
In David’s case, the hotel was profitable, but only just. In Stephanie’s case, the business was on the verge of failure. I mean, this was serious, serious business. And in both cases, they were spending money for every transaction, not for driving long-term connections with their customers.
Just imagine giving away even 20% of every sale every time. What do you think your business would look like in 12 months?
Their reality, what they were living with, is what Big Tech platform capture actually looks like. That’s the risk. Not that you use these platforms, but that you never build an alternative that works for your customers and works for your business today and long term.
The funny thing is Big Tech itself gives us a possible roadmap for how to break free, how to go beyond that platform capture. Because Big Tech doesn’t just connect you with your customers. There’s at least one other thing Big Tech gives you that most businesses ignore.
They define what your customers’ digital lives look like. The way Google surfaces answers and has focused on mobile for years. The way ChatGPT and Claude handle conversations. The way Amazon structures discovery and continually improves speed for delivery. The way Expedia puts its emphasis on available inventory, photos, and reviews.
Those are all signals about your customers telling you how they want to find and buy the things that matter most in their lives. That’s a huge opportunity for you to learn from and take advantage of.
Similarly, there’s a reason I consistently recap Big Tech’s earnings calls. I’m gonna do that again in just a few weeks. They’re required to tell investors the truth about the state of their businesses and what they’re doing to drive customer behaviors long term, as well as what they’re doing to adapt to changing behaviors they had nothing to do with.
The earnings calls episodes have nothing to do with finances, really. They’re a real look at the reality of our customers’ digital lives, of their digital experiences, and how those are evolving quarter after quarter, straight from the mouths of the people most actively working to shape that reality. That seems like something we all might wanna pay attention to, no?
And that’s before we talk about the many blog posts and white papers and interviews and insights they all publish in the hopes of selling their vision of the future to investors, to regulators, and to customers alike.
The statements that Big Tech makes, the data that they share, the stories that they tell, the changes they make to their products and services all provide an opportunity for you to learn what your customers want and a roadmap for how to meet your customers where they are. Study what Big Tech does, then apply it in ways that are specific to your business and to your customers’ needs. They’re giving you competitive intelligence for free. Use it.
If you’re working with Big Tech, if you’re in coopetition with them, the question I might ask is: how do you know whether you’ve been building direct relationships with customers or whether the platforms own those relationships and you’re simply renting access? I think this is one of the most crucial questions you can ask for your business.
There are five ownership signals I find valuable when you’re working to figure this out. Two of them tell you what you’re building today. The other three tell you whether what you’re building is working.
So let’s start with the what you’re building signals. They are, one, CRM and email list growth rate. You know, it’s important to understand the size of your email list, of your CRM list. Understanding the rate at which it’s growing, though, is essential.
A growing list means customers are actively choosing a direct relationship with you, whether it’s the first time they’ve talked to you or after they’ve come through Big Tech the first interaction. It doesn’t matter where they found you. It matters that they choose to continue to talk with you going forward.
Every customer you add to your own list is a customer you can reach again in the future without paying the platforms, without paying Big Tech for that access. You’re lowering, or if you wanna sound fancy, amortizing the cost of the first interaction across every interaction that follows, and that’s what driving down your cost of customer acquisition over time really looks like.
We’ve done research with a wide array of clients and have found that every email address you collect represents, on the low end, between maybe five and fifteen dollars of revenue, in future revenue, and on the high end, as much as a thousand dollars or more in future revenue.
Yes, I know, two orders of magnitude is a pretty wide variation. That’s largely because of significant differences between, say, a mid-scale hotel charging two hundred and fifty dollars a night and a SaaS company that charges tens or hundreds of thousands of dollars per year.
But let’s just look at hotel clients for a second. We typically see that email addresses are worth roughly between eight and thirty dollars each. Now, that’s still pretty wide variation. Rate plays a huge role in that, but it gives you a sense of the actual economic value of growing the list over time.
The second attribute you care about, the second signal you care about, is first-party data depth. In addition to email addresses, do you know enough about your customers using data they gave you directly to reach them, to serve them, and to make decisions about them without some platform intermediary’s help? If the answer is no, then yeah, the platform pretty much owns the relationship.
The types of data we’re talking about could include things like birthdays or anniversary dates if we’re talking about a B2C company, or things like purchase timing and budget for B2B companies. First-party data isn’t just about ensuring privacy compliance. Obviously, that’s super important. But first-party data is a core strategic asset for your business longer term. You’ve heard me say data is the crown jewels. It powers your company’s future growth. The businesses that have first-party data are having fundamentally different conversations with their customers and with their C-suite than the ones that don’t.
Email and CRM growth rate and first-party data depth are input signals that are super important to see where you’re going in the future. There are also three output signals you can pay attention to.
The first is direct traffic as a share of total traffic. Direct traffic, and especially direct traffic growth, means your brand is strong enough that customers seek you out without going through a platform intermediary first. They just show up on your website or open your app.
If your direct traffic is shrinking, even, and especially when your total traffic is growing, that means you’re becoming more dependent on Big Tech, not less. You’re falling into the shortcut trap that gatekeepers like to set.
The second thing you want to look at is branded search growth. When customers search for you by name, not by category, not by product type, but by your actual brand name or brand names, product names, for instance, that’s a huge signal that you’ve built something the platform can’t own.
Branded search growth is often the output signal I look for the most. It tells you that customers have specifically decided you’re worth looking for. It’s a direct relationship, even when Google or DuckDuckGo or ChatGPT technically is in the middle of it.
And here’s why it still matters in an AI-mediated world, because it’s still incredibly valuable. The brands showing up in AI recommendations today are almost universally the brands with the strongest branded search signals. The AIs have learned and continue to learn to recommend from the same data Google’s been collecting for years.
Yes, the search experience has moved from one of card catalogs to concierges, but the concierge is still relying largely on the same underlying information that the card catalogs have done for years. I genuinely don’t expect that to change all that soon.
The third signal you want to think about is direct traffic and branded search revenue. Now, this may sound like it’s most applicable to B2C or DTC brands, and there’s some truth to that, but there is a B2B opportunity here as well, and I’ll get to that in a moment.
Traffic share is absolutely a big deal. It’s so important. Revenue from that traffic is a much, much bigger deal. A business that has increasing direct traffic that then doesn’t convert to direct revenue doesn’t have a platform dependence problem. They have a brand trust problem. Knowing the difference matters because you want to make sure you’re clear about which one of those problems you’re working to solve.
Now, I said this might sound like it’s an opportunity mostly for B2C companies, but even in B2B, we’ve got some great frameworks that can help you assign true economic value to your direct and branded search traffic. So drop me a line if you want to talk about that. I’m happy to help there.
There is one uncomfortable truth we have to talk about as we go down this path. Each of these five signals does take a little bit of time to build. They take a little bit of investment and a little bit of effort to build. That is a fact.
Meanwhile, Big Tech and the people who want to be Big Tech can send you customers and revenue right now. That’s what makes the shortcut trap that gatekeepers use so attractive, so effective… and so dangerous.
In episodes 489 and 490, and I’ll link to both in the show notes, I walked through each gatekeeper shortcut trap in detail. Here’s the short version. Your chosen platform looks generous early. They give you stuff that works right now. That makes the shortcut look smart, and by the time they start ratcheting up the tolls, you’ve built too much of your strategy around something you don’t control.
Those five signals I just described are how you measure whether you’re building your way out of that cycle or digging yourself deeper into a hole.
I wanna be fair here, I really do. Using the platform isn’t the problem. Every business I’ve worked with, every business I work with, that has navigated platform shifts successfully has used Big Tech platforms throughout that. Some still do to reach customers they can’t reach more effectively on their own. That is okay.
The difference is that they also built direct relationships in parallel every single time. They paid for the introduction and then did the work to make sure they never had to pay for that same customer twice, or worse, more than twice.
So the question remains, who owns the relationship with your customer? You or a Big Tech platform?
If you’ve looked at those five signals honestly, you may find yourself having a more complicated answer than you did, you know, 15 to 20 minutes ago. And that’s the whole point right there.
Here’s what you can do about this today.
First, pull your direct traffic share for the last 12 months. Is it growing or is it shrinking?
Two, check your CRM growth rate for the last two to three quarters. Is it speeding up? Is it accelerating or is it flattening?
And three, search for your brand name in ChatGPT, in Gemini, in Claude, in Perplexity. What do the AI tools know about you and where are the gaps?
What you learn from those three actions will tell you so much more about your actual ownership position than any analytics dashboard you might have.
Next week is going to be this show’s 500th episode. I want to be very clear, though, I am not planning to use that as a celebration. I’m planning to use it as a document of where we need to go from here. Everything that I can think of, everything I’ve watched work across 500 episodes and 15 plus years of platform shifts is going into one episode. It’s the complete map. It’s part three of three, and I genuinely hope I’ll see you there. I hope you stick with us for it.
In the meantime, if this episode gave you a clearer picture of the world we’re living in right now and how you can start thinking about your path forward, do me a favor. Share it with a colleague who’s currently working to figure this out. It might save them and your business from heading in the wrong direction.
You can find the show notes for this episode at timpeter.com/podcasts.
And if you’re ready to go deeper on making your brand the answer that AI reaches for every single time, my book, "Digital Reset: Driving Marketing and Customer Acquisition Beyond Big Tech," is a roadmap that you can use today. You’ll find the link in the show notes.
Thank you so much for listening. I genuinely appreciate you tuning in week after week after week. Until next time, please be well, be safe, and be excellent to each other. I’ll see you next week.
Take Your Next Step Toward a Digital Reset"Digital Reset with Tim Peter" helps you look beyond the "shiny objects" to build a business that lasts. How can we help you today?
The post Who Really Owns Your Customer? — Part 2 of 3 (Digital Reset Episode 499) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
The platforms sending you customers today are systematically making themselves indispensable… and charging you more for that privilege every quarter. Organic channels are down 20–30% for many companies, across a wide array of industries. For many companies, paid channels are up 40–85%… or more. The businesses absorbing this shift aren’t “failing companies” making “bad decisions.” They’re led by competent marketing teams following a playbook that used to work, slowly trading margin for traffic while their revenue numbers give them no reason to look closer.
Today’s episode is Part 1 of a 3-episode series on what it actually costs when you don’t own your customer and what you can do about it.
Key Insights for Strategic Leaders
In this episode, Tim Peter breaks down:
The Real Cost When You Don’t Own Your Customer — Part 1 of 3 (Episode 498) — Headlines and Show NotesShow Notes and LinksRelated Episodes
Buy the Book — Digital Reset: Driving Marketing and Customer Acquisition Beyond Big TechTim Peter has written a new book called Digital Reset: Driving Marketing Beyond Big Tech. You can learn more about it here on the site. Or buy your copy on Amazon.com today.
See Tim Peter in ActionWatch Tim Peter in conversation on digital strategy, customer acquisition, and what it actually means to build a business beyond Big Tech.
Free DownloadsWe have some free downloads for you to help you navigate the current situation, which you can find right here:
Subscribe to Thinks Out Loud* Subscribe on Apple Podcasts * Subscribe on Spotify * Subscribe on Amazon Music * Watch all episodes on YouTube * Subscribe via RSS Feed
Contact information for the podcast: podcast@timpeter.com
Technical Details for Digital ResetRecorded using a Shure SM7B Vocal Dynamic Microphone and a Focusrite Scarlett 4i4 (3rd Gen) USB Audio Interface.
Running time: 18:16
Transcript: The Real Cost When You Don’t Own Your Customer — Part 1 of 3Organic channels are flat to minus thirty percent year over year. Paid channels are up forty percent or more, often a lot more. I talked with a business the other day that saw organic traffic plummet by over forty percent, and even more importantly, their revenue fall by more than thirty percent.
Even some businesses I know who are having great years, we’re seeing the same story hold true. One client of mine is having a massive revenue growth this year. They’re up over twenty-five percent year on year. They’re just paying for more of that revenue than ever before.
Big Tech gatekeepers are closing the gates.
As I talked about here on the show a couple of weeks ago, Google recently reported its most profitable quarter ever. Meta reported revenue growth of thirty-three percent. Amazon’s advertising services group grew twenty-two percent year on year, and over the last twelve months, it’s generated revenue of over seventy billion dollars. Almost all of these Big Tech gatekeepers’ growth was driven from companies like you.
Hell, Meta even acknowledged that their price per ad grew twelve percent in their most recent earnings call. None of these companies are admitting that they’re charging more on earnings calls. They’re bragging about it.
In many cases, not only are companies I talk with paying more to folks that they’ve worked with for years, they’re often paying for traffic and conversions that they never had to pay for before. Look at the continuing growth of metasearch for hotels. That has eaten into organic search in a big, big way. Similarly, the increasing budgets for paid social and creator partnerships have largely taken the place of organic social media for many businesses in a whole host of industries. These are entirely new line items in the budget that eat into your profitability.
The individual numbers change by business, by industry, by month, by quarter, but the overall pattern is the same. More traffic arriving later in the purchase journey and more from paid channels, no matter where the customer starts.
This is not just a warning sign. It’s so much more serious than that. One individual who I’m keeping anonymous for obvious reasons and with their permission, put it in stark terms. He said, "We can’t afford to go on like this." This isn’t a question of traffic or conversions or revenue. For many businesses, it’s a question of survival.
This is episode 498 of Digital Reset. I’m Tim Peter. Today, we’re talking about what it actually costs when you don’t own your customer. Let’s dive in.
I was sitting in a monthly review with a relatively new client recently. On the surface, their numbers were fine. Not spectacular, but not terrible. Their revenue was slightly down year on year, just under 2%, but they’re in a tough segment, so it was, you know, "expected." I’m definitely putting some quotes around that word, but I mean, we’ve all been there, right? We know sometimes we’re gonna have a tough year.
Their total traffic was also down slightly more than 2%, and their conversion rate actually grew marginally. Direct navigation to their website was also up about 2%, and so was branded search. Overall, they thought that everything was very much in line with their expectations and as a result, thought everything was, you know, okay. They were prepared for this reality. It wasn’t a huge shock to them.
The truth is that their expected tough comparables year on year hid a much, much darker story. I mean, they were doing the right things. They were getting what they’d wanted. They were getting what they’d "expected." And under the hood, they are slowly bleeding their business dry.
Organic channels for this business, including search and social, were off by about 20%. Paid channels were up almost 85%. They were trading "free" traffic for paid traffic. The share of traffic literally flipped from two to one in favor of organic to two to one in favor of paid in a year. And because their revenue was holding steady, the marketing team hadn’t noticed it.
While I can’t share actual revenues or profits, safe to say that it’s a material difference in terms of their marketing’s profitability. The only "good news" here, and it’s not much of that, is that the CFO hadn’t really picked up on it yet either. We had a conversation the other day, the CFO and I, and the longer-term trend was news to her too. The mid-year review doesn’t sound like it’s gonna be much fun for anyone.
The client is far from alone. I’m seeing this everywhere. The pattern keeps turning up across almost every business I’m talking with these days. Some are a bit worse off, some are doing somewhat better. But when you look at the longer-term numbers, the general trend is the same.
And most of these businesses aren’t doing anything wrong specifically. In fact, they’re following a playbook that for a long time was fairly popular: They worked with platforms that offer reach that looks great early on. They optimized for the reach and conversions that those platforms offer. And because it works, in vernacular I’ve used myself many times, they were fishing where the fishing’s good. Their owned alternatives weren’t as urgent because everything "was performing," and I’m very much putting air quotes around that. And then fourth, the various platforms, algorithms, and fees shifted, mostly gradually, in a couple of cases suddenly, and now the business has to scramble.
This is a pattern I have seen again and again and again. This was the whole point of episodes 489 and 490 in early April. At its core, it’s the fundamental problem my book was written to address.
If you listened to last week’s episode, it outlined what AI search is doing to organic traffic right now and how it’s exactly the same pattern playing out in yet another part of the ecosystem.
The toll that gatekeepers charge isn’t a future risk. It’s happening right now.
The reality is that Google’s changes to the way they present search results, and Meta’s changes to the way they display your content on Facebook and Instagram, and LinkedIn’s changes to the way they display your content in your customers’ feeds, and on and on and on make it increasingly difficult for your brand and business to be seen without paying for that visibility.
Think about it from the perspective of the client I talked about a few moments ago. If their organic channels were even flat this year as opposed to down 20%, they’d actually have grown revenue year on year despite the fact that they’re facing a tough market.
It’s not going to get much better anytime soon either, not for them and probably not for you.
Again, if you listened to last week’s episode, Google proudly announced an array of changes like intelligent AI agents and a "Universal Cart" designed to engage customers and keep them inside Google’s ecosystem… and off your site. ChatGPT and Perplexity and Claude have already delivered or are working to deliver comparable features. Social media has acted similarly for years, downplaying the reach of content with links and promoting content that keeps users engaged within their platforms. How many times have you been on LinkedIn and seen a post that included the words, "Link in the comments"? That’s just one more symptom of the reality we’re living with.
You want to bet that any of these guys are going to reverse course on this? I sure wouldn’t. They can’t. Their quarterly numbers, the ones that I cited before the break, are how they keep their investors happy. If Sundar Pichai or Mark Zuckerberg or Andy Jassy or any other Big Tech CEO, any other gatekeeper, regardless of their size, suddenly announced they weren’t going to monetize their traffic as aggressively any longer, or that they were looking for ways to drive more organic traffic and reduce paid opportunities, they might be fired even before the earnings call was over. You’d probably hear something like, "Uh, yeah, we’re experiencing technical difficulties," while they were escorting the now former CEO from the building… or shoving them out a window.
You’ve heard me say gatekeepers gonna gate many times, and given the context of what we’re talking about, let me explain it in a single short sentence: Every platform that sends you customers eventually charges you more for those customers. That’s it. That’s what gatekeepers gonna gate means in a nutshell. It’s shorthand for a reality that you live with today and will continue to live with for a long time to come, probably forever if we’re thinking about this critically. I didn’t coin that phrase as a throwaway line. Instead, it’s designed to describe a fundamental law of the digital economy.
That’s why the client I described earlier didn’t really make a mistake. It’s why they and any business that uses search or social media or other digital channels to find new business, you know, essentially all of them, isn’t wrong to partner with these folks either. It’s also why businesses aren’t stupid or wrong when they suddenly find themselves caught in one of the gatekeepers’ traps. You work with companies that provide value. That’s a good idea. And you continue working with them until they don’t provide value. That’s also a good idea.
Sometimes, though, the line between "provides value" and "doesn’t provide value" disappears, like the famous expression says, "slowly… then all at once." That’s what we’re seeing right now with organic versus paid channels.
I said on this podcast that organic search was still a key driver for many businesses as recently as six months ago. In some businesses, it’s still true. While we were certainly seeing some shifts towards ChatGPT and other AI platforms, Google still delivered — and may still deliver — the lion’s share of traffic, mostly via organic search for most businesses. It’s only in the last couple of months that it started to shift dramatically for many businesses. And of course, that shift is going to accelerate over time. Many businesses are seeing this problem today. Others won’t see it for a while yet. That’s okay. That’s super normal.
By the way, while I’m on this topic, I slightly misspoke last week, during the episode while I was talking about this very topic. I’d said at the time that, and this is a quote, "Within a couple of months, search will no longer send you large volumes of traffic every day. It might not send you traffic at all." My point wasn’t that Google will stop sending you large volumes of traffic within a couple of months. My point was that their new features launching later "this summer," that is, "in a couple of months," will be the reason Google stops sending you large volumes of traffic whenever or if that reality happens. I think it’s far more likely that Google shifts from large volumes of organic traffic to large volumes of paid traffic versus traffic or no traffic. For starters, a huge share of their revenue and profits come from folks clicking their ads. They’re not gonna give up that traffic until they have a proven way to offset the revenue they’d give up from all of the paid clicks that they get today.
Regardless, we need to acknowledge the world we’re living in. We need to understand that the share of traffic you’re getting and likely to get from free sources is declining. And once we’ve acknowledged those facts, we need to plan for what we’re going to do about it.
As we start to wrap up today’s episode, I’ve got three questions for you.
If any of those questions produced an uncomfortable answer for you, next week we’re going to look at the single question that will help you reframe how you think about all three of those questions. And the week after that, episode 500 of this podcast, I’m going to give you the most complete map, the most useful path that I can draw for what you can actually do about it. Today is part one of three. I hope you’ll stay with me because I think this is the single biggest set of questions we need to be thinking about right now.
Again, to recap those:
I hope you’ll stick with me as we go through the next couple of episodes and work this out.
In the meantime, if this episode gave you a clearer picture of the world we’re living in right now and how you can start thinking about your path forward, do me a favor. Send it to a colleague who’s currently struggling to figure this out for you and your business. It might save them and you from heading down the wrong direction.
You can find the show notes for this episode at timpeter.com/podcasts.
And if you’re ready to go deeper on making your brand the answer that AI reaches for every time, my book, "Digital Reset: Driving Marketing and Customer Acquisition Beyond Big Tech," is the roadmap you’re looking for. You’ll find the link in the show notes.
Thank you so much for listening today. I genuinely appreciate you. Until next time, please be well, be safe, and be excellent to each other. I’ll see you soon.
Take Your Next Step Toward a Digital Reset"Digital Reset with Tim Peter" helps you look beyond the "shiny objects" to build a business that lasts. How can we help you today?
The post The Real Cost When You Don’t Own Your Customer — Part 1 of 3 (Episode 498) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
For years, tech titans have chased the holy grail of "the everything app." It turns out we already had one: Google Search. But a massive shift is underway. Google is moving from a model that directs users to your website to one that answers queries, manages tasks, and completes purchases entirely within its own ecosystem… and entirely within the Search box itself.
Google’s I/O 2026 conference revealed a complete reimagining of the search experience. With the introduction of AI-powered Search agents, a multimodal Search box, and its cross-platform "Universal Cart," Google is making its play to become the ultimate destination, not just the gateway.
For businesses that have historically relied on search traffic to fuel their growth, the calculus has completely changed. Traditional search traffic volumes are already declining. Over time, they could drop precipitously, leaving brands like yours to contend with an environment where the world’s biggest gatekeeper owns your front door.
In this episode, Tim Peter breaks down exactly what Google’s latest I/O announcements mean for your customer acquisition strategy. He explores how Google is using AI to control user attention, why authentic web presence is more critical than ever, and how to build a resilient brand that means everything to your customers when Google — or anyone else in Big Tech — wants to be your customers’ “everything app.”
Key Insights for Strategic Leaders
In this episode, Tim Peter breaks down:
Google’s Everything App: What I/O 2026 Means for Your Traffic, Your Brand, and Your Business (Episode 497) — Headlines and Show NotesShow Notes and LinksRelated Episodes
Research and Source Links
Google SEO & AI Guidance
Google I/O 2026 Announcements
Google Advertising Changes
Buy the Book — Digital Reset: Driving Marketing and Customer Acquisition Beyond Big TechTim Peter has written a new book called Digital Reset: Driving Marketing Beyond Big Tech. You can learn more about it here on the site. Or buy your copy on Amazon.com today.
Past AppearancesRutgers Business School MSDM Speaker Series: a Conversation with Tim Peter, Author of “Digital Reset”
Free DownloadsWe have some free downloads for you to help you navigate the current situation, which you can find right here:
Subscribe to Thinks Out Loud* Subscribe on Apple Podcasts * Subscribe on Spotify * Subscribe on Amazon Music * Subscribe via RSS Feed
Contact information for the podcast: podcast@timpeter.com
Past Insights from Tim Peter ThinksTechnical Details for Thinks Out LoudRecorded using a Shure SM7B Vocal Dynamic Microphone and a Focusrite Scarlett 4i4 (3rd Gen) USB Audio Interface.
Running time: 22:34
You can subscribe to Thinks Out Loud in iTunes, the Google Play Store, via our dedicated podcast RSS feed (or sign up for our free newsletter). You can also download/listen to the podcast here on Thinks using the player at the top of this page.
Transcript: Google’s Everything App: What I/O 2026 Means for Your Traffic, Your Brand, and Your BusinessDid you notice how Google published marketer-friendly SEO guidance the day before its I/O conference? There is no way that their timing was accidental. It was choreographed to send a message, and that message could not be more clear.
I/O revealed Google’s new agentic tools, its "Universal Cart" for shopping and buying, and a brand-new Search box that no longer sends you traffic. It answers queries directly within Google. That completely changes the calculus for every business that’s relied on search traffic to drive their growth. Within a couple of months, Search will no longer send you large volumes of traffic every day. It might not send you traffic at all. Oh, it might be a place people can buy. But only if Google decides you’re worth showing at all.
Google has always been the real "everything app" that Big Tech titans and their wannabe contenders have promised for years. Now they’re making it official. Search is the interface that your customers will use to find information, research products and services, book travel or buy, well, anything or everything. That completely changes the calculus for every business that’s relied on search traffic to drive growth. Within a couple of months, Search will no longer send you large volumes of traffic every day. It might be a place people can buy. But only if Google decides you’re worth showing at all.
Today’s episode is longer than usual. That’s because there’s a lot to cover. Most importantly, it’s as clear a read as I can offer on what Google’s announcements mean for you and your business, what they’re not talking about, and what you can do to build a brand that can compete when the gatekeeper owns your front door. I’m Tim Peter. This is episode 497 of Digital Reset. Let’s dive in.
Google outlined how web and content teams can optimize their “websites for generative AI features on Google Search.” In short, they said that AEO and GEO ARE SEO. In a call-out that asked “What about AEO and GEO?” Google said simply, “From Google Search’s perspective, optimizing for generative AI search is optimizing for the search experience, and thus still SEO.”
Their biggest tips: “Apply foundational SEO best practices to generative AI search,” “Create valuable, non-commodity content for your audience,” and “Build and maintain a clear technical structure.” They also followed these up with a section titled “Mythbusting generative AI search: What you don’t need to do” that included ideas like: You don’t need to create new machine readable files, AI text files markup or Markdown to appear in generative search. “There’s no requirement to break your content into tiny pieces for AI to better understand it.” “You don’t need to write in a specific way just for generative AI search.” “Seeking inauthentic ‘mentions’ across the web isn’t as helpful as it might seem.” And, “Structured data isn’t required for generative AI search, and there’s no special schema.org markup you need to add.” They did follow that one up by adding: “However, it’s a good idea to continue using it, [that is, structured data/schema.org markup] as part of your overall SEO strategy, as it helps with being eligible for rich results on Google Search.”
What makes this most fascinating is that Google dropped this new guidance the day before its I/O developer conference where they introduced, in their words, “the biggest upgrade to our Search box in over 25 years — now completely reimagined with AI.” They noted that the new Search box is, “Designed to anticipate your intent, it also helps you formulate your question with AI-powered suggestions that go beyond autocomplete.” I’ll come back to that in a little bit.
The search box, “can search across modalities, using text, images, files, videos or Chrome tabs as inputs.” They also introduced “Search agents.” As their press release notes, “We’re entering the era of Search agents, where you can easily create, customize and manage multiple AI agents for your many tasks, right in Search. We’re starting with information agents. Operating in the background, 24/7, these agents intelligently reason across information to find exactly what you need at exactly the right moment.”
And they followed that up with an “intelligent, proactive shopping cart” they call “Universal Cart.” Their press release for that claims that “Universal Cart is an intelligent shopping cart and your new hub for shopping on Google. It works across merchants and across services, so you can add things to your cart while you’re browsing Search, chatting with Gemini, watching YouTube or even reading your Gmail.” The release continues, “The moment you add a product to your cart, it gets to work in the background — finding deals and price drops, giving you insights on price history and alerting you when an item is back in stock.”
That alone is a ton. But notice what they’ve done here. They’ve told you how you can show up on Google. Not how you can drive more traffic to your site. Universal Cart and Information Agents and whatever other agents follow down the road aren’t designed to drive traffic. They’re designed to keep people within Google.
For years, tech titans have talked about the idea of “the everything app.” It’s what Elon Musk is trying to do with the hollowed out husk of Twitter he calls X. It’s what Mark Zuckerberg wants to do with its social apps, AI, and smart glasses. The everything app is the holy grail, designed to take over — and ultimately replace — your customers’ phones when they’re looking to connect with friends, find information, research products and services, book travel or buy, well, anything or everything.
I’ve said that those efforts were not likely to succeed because we already had an everything app. Search. Google Search, most specifically. Search already is the everything app. It’s where customers traditionally have started most of their browsing and shopping and buying journeys. Yes, sure, your customers learn about new ideas and solutions and products and services from influencers, creators, friends, and family on social. That’s true. It’s still true. But when your customers were ready to learn more, dive deeper, browse, book, or buy, they turned to search. They turned to Google. Google was the front door. Google was, for all practical purposes, “the everything app.”
What more could you need? Turns out that I was wrong about that. Oh, sure, Search was the front door to learning and browsing and buying. But, at some point in their journey, your customers clicked away from Google and ended up at your front door. Customers showing up at your site or in your app allowed you to build direct relationships with your customers, to encourage them to return… and to do that without clicking a link from somewhere else first. To do that without searching. And that was something that Google simply couldn’t allow. Remember, gatekeepers gonna gate.
Google didn’t get here all on its own, of course. Amazon has long been the first place people searched when they were shopping. Again, X and Meta have already been working on their interpretations of “the everything app” for some time. And then, along came AI. Google has lost a little bit of market share, and more than a little bit of mindshare, to ChatGPT and Perplexity and Claude. Those AI tools offered better experiences and, at least at first, more complete visions of an “everything app” — though they didn’t say it out loud. What was happening was that your customers were able to go to their favorite AI app and chat, research, learn, and, sometimes, buy or book the products and services they wanted. They were becoming the new gatekeepers, the ones who might take a seat at Big Tech’s table… or take over the whole table for themselves. Again, that’s simply something that Google could not allow.
Google announced their most profitable quarter ever less than a month ago. They certainly weren’t going to let it be the most profitable quarter they ever would have. That’s why Search has to become the real “everything app.” That’s where agents and “universal carts” come into play. Google is making its bid to be the one place customers go when they’re seeking information, insights, products, and services… every single time.
You know that I think they’ve got a huge leg up in this arena. They connect with your customers in ways large and small every day. Sure, there’s Search. There’s also Gmail and Calendar, Workspace/Drive/Docs, Maps, News, Travel and Flights, and Cloud. Oh, yeah, Android and Chrome too. And don’t forget their deal with Apple to provide the default search and AI experiences on Apple’s hardware. That’s an incredible footprint that virtually no one else can touch.
Now, remember when I said I’d come back to how the new Search box is, “Designed to anticipate your intent, it also helps you formulate your question with AI-powered suggestions that go beyond autocomplete”? A couple of weeks ago we looked at Amazon’s “Sponsored Prompts,” which are ads that show up as customers type their query. You pay to have your brand appear in suggested prompts. I don’t know. You could even call them, oh, I don’t know, “AI-powered suggestions that go beyond autocomplete.” Where have I heard that phrase before? Right… in Google’s press release announcing the new Search box.
Gatekeepers gonna gate.
Google has also been pushing its AI Max advertising feature for the last 7-8 months. About a month ago, they also said that they’re “upgrading Dynamic Search Ads to AI Max,” which is their nice way of saying they’re killing advertiser-controlled Dynamic Search Ads, automatically created assets, and campaign-level broad match settings in favor of AI-managed ads. Don’t worry about putting in place the messages and rules and restrictions governing how and where some of your campaigns appear. AI will handle that for you. And then let you know what a good job it’s doing. Gatekeepers gonna gate. They raise the cost of connecting with your customers. I called that out in my book Digital Reset. This is just the latest example.
This is the single biggest question you have to ask yourself: How do you lower the cost of reaching your customers when their AI — or anyone else’s — is the search box, the shopping cart, the everything app between you and your customers?
First, don’t panic. Yes, you’ve got work to do. And yes, some of it’s going to be annoying. But, if you offer products or services to your customers, your brand is built more by their experiences with those products and services than anything else. You’re a hotel? Guests will learn more about your brand during their stay than anything Google or some social media creator can tell them. You offer financial services? Your advice, counsel, caring, and performance show your clients what they need to know. You offer SaaS capabilities? Your customers are hands on with your products all the time. That experience is what they’ll remember.
Second, remember that your brand is the prompt. And that your brand is built on three core elements: Content is king, Customer experience is queen, and Data is the crown jewels.
There are some subtle shifts we’re seeing in these because of AI’s growth. For instance, content distribution — being seen on social media as well as driving customer-generated content like ratings and reviews — is every bit as important as the content you create yourself. While that isn’t especially new, the added emphasis on channels beyond your website and customer commentary is.
Google said in its generative search guidance that “Seeking inauthentic ‘mentions’ across the web isn’t as helpful as it might seem.” They didn’t say — nor would they — that authentic mentions aren’t helpful. I’m seeing hotels and other businesses I work with show up in Google AI Overviews and AI Mode, as well as ChatGPT, Perplexity and Claude because they get continual and consistent high-quality reviews on Google, Yelp, TripAdvisor, G2, and social media sites.
Similarly, your CRM data takes on added weight in this new world. When you talk with customers via email or SMS, you have an opportunity to bypass AI gatekeepers and build deeper, longer-lasting connections. Which, of course, brings us back to content that your customers will find it worth their while to read, listen to, or watch. As my friend Ed St.Onge likes to say, “The point of every second of your content is to earn another second of attention.” The flipside of that is that every second that isn’t worth your customers’ attention isn’t worth sending them.
This is one of the key reasons I don’t recommend using AI to create your content. If you’re not willing to spend time on crafting content that’s relevant and useful for your customers, why would you expect your customers to spend any of their time engaging with it?
Putting this all together, Google just delivered their version of the everything app. They also told you they still expect your content to train that app and provide it with the answers it will need to keep customers in their ecosystem. And they gave you guidance on how you can ensure your content does its job for their needs. You probably have to play that game, at least to connect with customers the first time.
The businesses that think beyond Big Tech know though, that the real win comes from building deep relationships between your customers and your brand. And that building those deep relationships depends on content worth their time and customer experiences they’ll rave about to their friends and family and fans and followers… and their AI assistants and agents. And by using data wisely to better inform those discussions and experiences with your customers.
Google wants to be the everything app. Your job is to build a brand that means everything to your customers instead.
If this episode gave you a clear picture of what Google’s long game looks like in practice and how you can play it more effectively, do me a favor — send it to a colleague who’s currently struggling to figure this out. It might save them — and your business — from going down the wrong path.
You can find the show notes for this episode at timpeter.com/podcasts.
And if you’re ready to go deeper on making your brand the answer that AI reaches for every time, my book, Digital Reset: Driving Marketing and Customer Acquisition Beyond Big Tech, is the roadmap you’re looking for. You’ll find the link in the show notes.
Thank you so much for listening. I genuinely appreciate you. Until next time, please be well, be safe, and be excellent to each other. I’ll see you soon.
Take Your Next Step Toward a Digital Reset“Digital Reset with Tim Peter” helps you look beyond the "shiny objects" to build a business that lasts. How can we help you today?
The post Google’s Everything App: What I/O 2026 Means for Your Traffic, Your Brand, and Your Business (Episode 497) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
Last week, Big Tech reported its Q1 2026 earnings. Google achieved an all-time high for search queries and grew their revenue 22%. Amazon announced “Sponsored Prompts,” paid placements built directly into AI conversations. Meta raised its ad prices and increased revenue by 33%.
If you heard those numbers and thought, “How on earth did we get here?” this episode is your answer.
This is a Digital Reset Foundations episode: a conversation recorded in April that has become more useful, not less, now that the Q1 numbers have come in. The 15-year pattern described here is exactly what drove those earnings. The shortcut trap isn’t theoretical. It literally just showed up in Big Tech’s earnings calls.
And the counter to their dominance is right in front of you. The brands winning in AI right now didn’t pivot to an AI-first strategy six months ago. Almost universally, they’ve been building direct customer relationships, earning independent reviews, and publishing content credible enough to be cited — for years. City of Hope didn’t have a GEO strategy or an AI optimization consultant. They appear in 97% of AI queries for their category because of brand and customer experience decisions they made years ago.
AI inclusion, it turns out, is an inheritance. It’s not something you acquire in a quarter. It’s something you build. And if you’ve been building the right things, the AI concierge will find you.
This reality raises obvious questions. If the framework is this well understood — build credible content, earn independent reviews, make your brand signal clear — why are 82% of companies still stuck in the AI value gap? Why don’t they just do it?
The answer is the Shortcut Trap. Every new gatekeeper’s entry into the market comes with a period where taking the shortcut looks like the smart play. Link-building programs before Google’s Penguin update. Organic follower growth before social media algorithms changed. Low-commission OTA distribution before take rates and paid placements climbed. AI content farming today.
The shortcut isn’t a scam. That’s why it works… at least temporarily. That’s also what makes it dangerous. By the time the cost becomes visible, too many businesses have built far too much of their strategy around it, and they own the visibility but not the relationship.
This episode traces 15 years of that pattern across four platform shifts — Google, social, OTAs, and now AI — and draws two clear tests that separate a genuine foundation investment from a shortcut dressed up as strategy. Google’s search revenue didn’t grow 22% because they got lucky. Amazon didn’t build sponsored prompts by accident.
The window is still open. But it won’t stay open indefinitely. If you’re the one who has to walk into a budget meeting and explain your company’s AI strategy, this is the episode that gives you both the pattern and the language you need to make your case.
Key Insights for Strategic Leaders to Close the Gap
In this episode, Tim Peter breaks down:
Whether you’re in hospitality, retail, or B2B — and especially if you’re the person who has to answer "what’s our AI strategy?" while watching the platform landscape shift under your feet — this episode gives you 15 years of pattern recognition and the live proof from Q1 2026 earnings to work with.
Big Tech’s Q1 Wasn’t a Surprise — Here’s Why (Digital Reset FOUNDATIONS — Episode 496) — Headlines and Show NotesShow Notes and Links* The Long Game: What 15 Years of Digital Marketing Teaches Us About AI (Digital Reset Episode 489) * Google Search Hit an All-Time High… And It’s Costing You (Digital Reset 495) * One Year of Digital Reset: What a Year of AI Disruption Proved (Digital Reset Episode 494) * 55% of People Hate AI: How to Use it Without Losing Your Customers (Digital Reset Episode 493) * AI Made Content Free. Here’s What It Made Priceless (Digital Reset Episode 492) * The Gatekeeper’s New Tax: What ChatGPT Ads Mean for Your Marketing Budget (Digital Reset Episode 490) * The Foundation: From Card Catalogs to Concierges — Your SEO + GEO Blueprint (Digital Reset Podcast)
Buy the Book — Digital Reset: Driving Marketing and Customer Acquisition Beyond Big TechDon’t miss Tim Peter’s new book, Digital Reset: Driving Marketing Beyond Big Tech. You can learn more about it here on the site. Or buy your copy on Amazon.com today.
Past AppearancesRutgers Business School MSDM Speaker Series: a Conversation with Tim Peter, Author of "Digital Reset"
Free DownloadsWe have some free downloads for you to help you navigate the current situation, which you can find right here:
Subscribe to Thinks Out Loud* Subscribe in iTunes * Subscribe in the Google Play Store
Contact information for the podcast: podcast@timpeter.com
Past Insights from Tim Peter ThinksTechnical Details for Thinks Out LoudRecorded using a Shure SM7B Vocal Dynamic Microphone and a Focusrite Scarlett 4i4 (3rd Gen) USB Audio Interface.
Running time: 23:56
You can subscribe to Thinks Out Loud in iTunes, the Google Play Store, via our dedicated podcast RSS feed (or sign up for our free newsletter). You can also download/listen to the podcast here on Thinks using the player at the top of this page.
Transcript: Big Tech’s Q1 Wasn’t a Surprise — Here’s WhyLast week, we looked at Big Tech’s Q1 earnings. Google hit all-time high profits. Amazon is building sponsored prompts into AI conversations. Meta raised its ad prices and grew its revenue thirty-three percent.
If you heard that episode and thought, "How did we get here?" This episode is the answer.
This is a Digital Reset Foundations episode, a conversation I recorded in April that I think is as useful right now as anything I could record brand new this week.
The reason I’m bringing this one back is simple. Big Tech’s Q1 earnings didn’t surprise me. After you hear this, they won’t surprise you either.
Big Tech has built their businesses to extract more money from you and your business every single day. Gatekeepers gonna gate and all that.
Here’s the episode. I think it’ll be worth your time whether you’ve heard it before or not. Let’s dive in.
Welcome back to the show. The brands winning in AI right now didn’t pivot to an AI first strategy six months ago. Almost universally, they’ve been building direct customer relationships, earning independent reviews, and publishing content credible enough to be cited for years.
The AI didn’t teach them anything new. It just made visible who has done the work and who has been renting their results from the nearest gatekeeper. I’ve been watching this pattern play out for 15 years through Google algorithm updates, organic reach collapse on social media like Facebook and LinkedIn, increased commissions and take rates from intermediaries like online travel agencies and Amazon, and now the first wave of AI driven discovery.
Each time the businesses that navigated the shift with the least damage had the same things in common: a direct relationship with their customers, an earned reputation that didn’t depend on any single platform, and data that they owned, literally owned.
Here’s the thing. That framework isn’t complicated. Build credible content. Collect independent reviews. Earn the right to show up in your customer’s inbox. Make your brand signal clear.
Most people listening to this show already know that. The question this episode answers is, if the formula is this well understood, why are 82% of companies still stuck in the AI value gap? Why don’t they just do this?
The answer has everything to do with a trap that every new gatekeeper sets and that smart, experienced marketing leaders fall into anyway. I’ve watched it happen through four different platform shifts. I’d like to make sure it doesn’t happen to you on this one.
This is episode 489 of Digital Reset. I’m Tim Peter. Let’s dive in.
A couple of weeks ago, you heard me talk about City of Hope and the fact that they show up in 97% of AI queries for their specific category. Well, City of Hope did not have a GEO strategy. They didn’t hire an AI optimization consultant.
They showed up in 97% of AI queries for their category because of decisions they made 10 years ago, 20 years ago, 30 years ago or more. That should tell us something about what AI actually rewards. AI inclusion is an inheritance. It’s not an acquisition.
City of Hope inherited their position from years of peer reviewed research, independent media, and an earned reputation with their patients. The AI was trained on all of that.
Most GEO strategy, quote unquote, is sold as something you can acquire this quarter. But if AI inclusion is primarily inherited from prior fundamentals, that changes and should change your budget discussion, your budget conversation.
AIs see a weak signal, a contradictory signal, or no signal, and it loses confidence in your brand. When an AI sees a strong signal, a clear signal, a coherent signal, that’s when you win. The brands who are showing up consistently today are showing up because they’ve built brands worth people asking for by name. This is what I mean when I say the brand is the prompt.
But also brands that are worth answering by name, that the AI can confidently say, "As a concierge, I know the answer to your question. I know who you should be talking to."
Winning in the long run isn’t just about what you do this quarter. It’s what you do for a long time. If you go to your AI of choice — it doesn’t matter if it’s Google Gemini, it doesn’t matter if it’s ChatGPT, it doesn’t matter if it’s Perplexity, it doesn’t matter if it’s Claude — go to the AI you like the most and ask it to describe your brand.
Everything it gets right is a sign that you have a strong signal. Everything that it gets wrong or hedges on or isn’t quite clear on, that’s where you have a gap. And that’s your roadmap. You don’t need a vendor to do an audit. The AI itself is going to tell you this is what it knows to be true about you. That’s really, really key.
Now the most common gap is when you say one thing about your brand and your customers are saying something else about your brand. It sees a difference between your statements and your customer’s reviews. That’s a huge contradiction, and that means the AI will lose confidence in you. It cannot confidently recommend you to a potential customer.
Note that this isn’t just about the discussions happening on platforms that the AI trusts. It’s that you have never done the work to build review velocity for your business, that you haven’t worked to gain the earned media presence that gives the AI some corroborating evidence beyond just what you say on your site or beyond just what it sees in reviews.
Neither of those gaps is going to get solved by a GEO vendor — immediately. Both are solved by doing the same things that improve your direct business: giving a better customer experience, gaining better reviews, and building clearer signal.
I’ve worked with businesses to reduce their dependency on big tech companies over the last 15 years — through Google updates, through the emergence of OTAs, through social reach, and now AI. And what’s interesting is how this era looks similar to what I’ve seen before.
In the book Digital Reset, I talk about a pattern that happens: a new discovery channel emerges. Something comes around and we go, "oh, this is cool, we should check this out." We get good results from it early. We test it and we see that this is really working, and usually at a pretty low cost.
Over time, the platforms with legs grow more dominant. They build a bigger base of customers and often send more customers your way, usually at a pretty low cost. That’s super attractive. So you double down on that. You dive in even further until suddenly that becomes a major source of your business.
But at that point, that puts them in a position of gatekeeping power. And as you’ve heard me say many times before, gatekeepers gonna gate. They have to. They are required to, because they owe it to their shareholders to monetize the traffic and the connection that they have with customers to grow their revenues and grow their profits and grow their shareholder value. And so what happens is the gatekeeper then raises the toll to you.
This is a vicious cycle that occurs again and again and again. We’ve seen this repeatedly with search, with social, with mobile, with OTAs. It happens consistently.
Every time there’s a new platform shift, there’s a window. It could be two years, it could be three years, it could be five years, where the new gatekeepers are still building their position and they haven’t yet started collecting the highest tolls they can.
That’s huge because marketing leaders look at that and say, this is a great opportunity for our business. And that’s good. That actually is a good idea.
We saw this, I’ll give you a real world example, with independent hotels and hotel brands. They had opportunities to build direct booking capabilities and direct booking connections with customers before OTAs became kind of non-negotiable. First before September of 2001. Then in the later 2000s.
The ones that took advantage of those windows built direct websites. They built email lists. They built loyalty programs — either recognition programs or reward programs — to connect directly with customers and gain data. And they built direct revenue.
The ones that didn’t do those things are still paying 20% commissions as table stakes for 35, 40, 50% of their business. That’s not a great place to be. The boutique hotels that appear in ChatGPT answers today for questions like "the best independent hotel in Charleston," or "the best independent hotel in Orlando," are there because of the reviews they’ve been gaining for the last 10 years, for the content that they’ve been publishing for the last eight to 10 years, for press coverage that they earned five or six or seven years ago, and every year in between. They’re not there because of some AI strategy. They inherited that position because they had an overarching brand strategy and an overarching strategy of how to connect with their customers directly every single time.
The hotels that went all in on OTA distribution, the retailers that outsourced their audience to Facebook, the publishers who handed their traffic to Google — each of those folks made, I want to be fair, a rational decision in that moment. It wasn’t a mistake in the small terms. The problem was that they didn’t own anything when the platform changed the terms of the relationship.
So the question that I would ask is whether we are seeing a different game or whether it’s the same game with slightly different rules. Spoiler alert, I think it’s the same game with slightly different rules.
There are definitely new things happening here. Artificial intelligence, AI answer engines, and AI assistants and AI agents as they arrive, are weighing things like corroboration quality — is your story being backed up in other places — more than just "did you get a bunch of links." It’s much harder to game that with volume or technical tricks.
In that sense, AI is doing what search has always supposed to be doing before they had to spend so much time fighting black hat SEO types and people trying to game the system. Candidly, one reason why I’m so bullish on Google is that they know what getting gamed looks like. I’ve argued that many of the AI answer engines right now are doing a speed run through Google’s search spam learnings, and that they’re going to have to make changes that Google’s been making for years.
What hasn’t changed is expert authored content. You’re familiar with EEAT probably, from Google — Expertise, Experience, Authority, Trust. Companies and businesses that have built that expertise and have built that authority and have gained that experience and have gained that trust are the ones doing well.
What also hasn’t changed is independent validation and trusted platform reviews and a strong, well-regarded direct brand that follows from those. Those drove organic authority 10 years ago, and they’re driving AI inclusion today.
Maybe you’ve heard me say before that content is king, customer experience is queen, and data is the crown jewels. That’s what we’re still seeing even with artificial intelligence.
One thing to keep in mind here is a "first, do no harm" principle. If a GEO tactic is going to hurt your search performance, it’s probably not going to work for artificial intelligence either — and certainly not in the long term. The tactics that work for both are the same: quality content, earned external references, active review management.
The brands that win in AI today are the ones that have inherited that position. The question you should be asking right now is not "how do we acquire AI visibility?" It’s "how do we build the brand that produces AI visibility as a byproduct of being a brand that AI values?"
Now, if the fundamentals are this clear and the pattern is this consistent, why are 82% of companies still stuck in the value gap? Why don’t they just do the thing?
Every new gatekeeper’s entry into the market included — and includes — a period where taking the shortcut looks like the smart play. In Google’s case, it was things like link building programs even before you had to pay for them. In social media’s case, it was building organic reach and building your follower count. In OTAs, it was things like low cost early commissions. And with AI it’s things like GEO vendors and AI content farms and churning out high volumes of low quality, low cost content so that you show up.
But those all stop working at a certain point. They realize people are spamming this. So Google shuts that down. The social media channels say we need to actually earn money off of these folks, so we’re going to pull back the algorithm and change what your organic reach is. The OTAs are saying, we’re contributing a lot of business to your hotel, so we need to raise commission rates.
What makes you think that the AIs are going to do anything different? We don’t know exactly when that will occur, but I’m really confident it’s coming because we’ve seen this happen again and again and again.
Now, I want to be very fair to people who have gone down this path before and chosen that path. It’s not a scam. It’s a trap.
It’s not a scam because it works — at least temporarily. That’s what makes it so dangerous. A scam would be easier to resist. You’re savvy enough — the people who’ve done this are savvy enough — to know that if you’re not getting value out of something, you would never put your efforts there, you would never put your money there.
So the people who have taken these approaches are not fools. What they are doing is saying, "Hey, this is producing results for me. I should double down on this."
That’s what makes it dangerous — the fact that it actually does work. The challenge is that you end up owning visibility, but not the relationship with the customer.
The shortcut is always attractive exactly at the moment when you need it the most, because they’re helping you reach customers you haven’t reached before, usually at a relatively low cost. All that you see at that point is the upside. By the time the cost becomes visible, too many people find themselves in a position where they’ve built far too much of their strategy depending upon that thing. That’s not a great place to be.
Marketing leaders need to think in terms of: when is this a genuine investment in our foundations, and when is this a shortcut dressed up as a strategy?
I would think there are a couple of ways you would test this.
The first is to ask whether this investment would matter if AI changed tomorrow. If we look at things like expert authored content or review velocity programs or first party data infrastructure or earned media from credible sources, those are going to improve your business regardless of which AI model is dominant six months from now, 12 months from now, 18 months from now. If the investment only works because of how ChatGPT works in Q2 of 2026, that’s probably a warning sign.
The other test is: does this investment compound its value over time, or does it require a reset every couple of months?
Shortcuts work. Foundations compound. A review earned today is in the training data for the next model update. Content that gets cited once tends to get cited again. First party data gets more valuable as you collect more of it from your customers.
If an investment’s value has to be reinvested every time the platform updates, that’s a shortcut. If it compounds regardless of the platform updates, then you’re building a foundation for success long term.
When you walk into your monthly review or your quarterly review and you’re making the case for the budget you need going forward, you should not be thinking in terms of "we shouldn’t invest in AI." That’s not what I’m saying here.
You should be saying: we should invest in AI the way businesses that survive every platform shift invest. We should be investing in the things that improve our business and compound across every platform, not only in things that work for this particular algorithm or this particular artificial intelligence. One of those has a long-term opportunity for you. One of those means you’re going to keep throwing money after money after money every time the algorithm changes.
When we think about budget categories: expert authored content that earns citations — a hundred percent. Review velocity programs — a hundred percent. First-party data infrastructure — a hundred percent. If we’re talking about people selling you, "you’re going to appear in the AI top every single time" — you might want to take a really close look at that. You might want to start small and test, because maybe they do know something. But you want to make sure you own the result, not just the visibility, before you double down there, before you try to scale this up.
The businesses that I have watched navigate every platform shift without getting captured have all had one thing in common. It’s not that they saw the future first. It’s not that they were smarter than everybody else. It’s just that they never fully gave up the direct relationship with the customer.
They built a long lasting brand platform, a long lasting customer relationship that survived and thrived every time the platforms shifted. They didn’t chase any short term wins at the expense of the long term opportunity.
I have had this exact conversation through the Google updates, through the collapse of reach on social media, with hotels and OTA commissions, and now with AI. Some of this isn’t that I’m predicting the future. I’ve seen this and seen folks get burned by it plenty in the past, including me from time to time.
This is hard won experience. You eventually learn, "hey, maybe we shouldn’t chase the ooh, shiny object, but we should build something of lasting value." The folks I’ve worked with who’ve acted on these conversations and learned from them and applied them — and the folks who aren’t even clients who figured it out on their own — they’re the ones who are doing great and they’re the ones who have options to continue to improve over the long run.
This is not some sophisticated, brand new AI strategy. It’s a 15 year pattern that keeps working no matter who the gatekeeper is next. And ultimately, that’s the place where you want to be.
That conversation was from April, a few weeks before Big Tech’s earnings confirmed every pattern I described.
You and I both know that Google’s search revenue didn’t grow 22% because they got lucky. Amazon didn’t build sponsored prompts by accident.
This is the same game being played by gatekeepers, and you’ve got the same window available to you, at least for now.
Next week, we’re going to get specific — what AI search is doing to your traffic right now and the framework you can use to make sure you’re on the right side of it.
If this episode gave you a bigger picture, a better picture of what the long game looks like in practice and how you can play it more effectively, do me a favor — send it to some colleagues who are currently staring at their 2026 budget and wondering where they should put their money. It might save them and your business from spending it on the wrong things.
You can find the show notes for this episode at timpeter.com/podcast.
And if you’re ready to go deeper on making your brand the answer that AI reaches for every time, my book, Digital Reset: Driving Marketing and Customer Acquisition Beyond Big Tech, is the roadmap you’re looking for. You’ll find the link in the show notes.
Thank you so much for listening. I genuinely appreciate you. Until next time, please be well, be safe, and be excellent to each other. I’ll see you soon.
The post Big Tech’s Q1 Wasn’t a Surprise — Here’s Why (Digital Reset FOUNDATIONS — Episode 496) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
Pundits spent the last year-plus predicting that AI would kill Big Tech. Big Tech’s Q1 2026 earnings suggest they might have missed that meeting.
Google’s search queries hit an all-time high because of AI, not in spite of it — and their search ad revenues grew 19% as a result. Meta’s revenues grew 33% while the price per ad climbed 12%. Amazon introduced Sponsored Prompts, letting brands bid to appear inside prepackaged AI queries in Rufus. And Azure and Google Cloud grew 40% and 63% respectively, at least some of that fueled by payments from OpenAI, Perplexity, and all the other AI companies supposedly disrupting them. The “disruptors” are funding Big Tech incumbents.
As Philipp Schindler said on Google’s earnings call, AI gives Google the ability to monetize searches that were previously too complex to sell against. In other words, Google just told its investors that AI is helping them make money in places they couldn’t before.
And, y’know, Google was already pretty good at making money.
In this Digital Reset episode, Tim Peter breaks down what Q1 2026 earnings actually reveal about where the gatekeeper economy is heading, shares a client story about what it costs to wait too long, and offers you two diagnostic tests you can run this week to find out whether your spend is building owned demand… or if you’re just renting the same customers over and over again.
Key Insights for Strategic Leaders
Whether you’re a marketing leader in hospitality, travel, B2B services, or e-commerce, this episode gives you a clear read on what Big Tech’s Q1 2026 earnings mean for your customer acquisition strategy, and what you must do before Q2 grows the gap further.
Google Has Turned Organic Discovery Into Paid Rediscovery (Digital Reset Episode 495) — Headlines and Show NotesGoogle Search Hit an All-Time High… And It’s Costing You (Digital Reset Episode 495) — Show Notes and LinksRelated Episodes
Research and Source Links
Amazon
Meta
Microsoft
Further Reading
Buy the Book — Digital Reset: Driving Marketing and Customer Acquisition Beyond Big TechTim Peter has written a new book called Digital Reset: Driving Marketing Beyond Big Tech. You can learn more about it here on the site. Or buy your copy on Amazon.com today.
Past AppearancesRutgers Business School MSDM Speaker Series: a Conversation with Tim Peter, Author of "Digital Reset"
Free DownloadsWe have some free downloads for you to help you navigate the current situation, which you can find right here:
Subscribe to Digital Reset* Subscribe in iTunes * Subscribe in the Google Play Store
Contact information for the podcast: podcast@timpeter.com
Technical Details for Digital ResetRecorded using a Shure SM7B Vocal Dynamic Microphone and a Focusrite Scarlett 4i4 (3rd Gen) USB Audio Interface.
Running time: 15:22
You can subscribe to Digital Reset in iTunes, the Google Play Store, via our dedicated podcast RSS feed (or sign up for our free newsletter). You can also download/listen to the podcast here on Digital Reset using the player at the top of this page.
Transcript: Google Search Hit an All-Time High… And It’s Costing YouThe customer you rent will always cost more than the customer you own. No one understands that better than Google.
Pundits have spent the last year-plus predicting that AI would kill Google and blow up Big Tech. Apparently, Big Tech missed that meeting.
Big Tech’s Q1 earnings prove that that narrative is dead. Gatekeepers aren’t falling behind, far from it. They’re finding new ways to charge you for conversations with customers before those customers ever learn your name.
Google search queries hit an all-time high — that’s a quote — in Q1 because of AI, not in spite of it. Sundar Pichai said it himself that "AI experiences are driving usage." Google’s revenue grew 22% year on year. Search ad revenue grew 19%. Search contributes more than half of all Google’s revenues. And all of this happened even though its network ad revenues fell 4%.
Let me drill down on that point even more clearly. Google is making money from ads on its own sites, even as other sites that depend on Google ads for their businesses lose traffic and revenue. Google’s getting richer and grabbing a bigger slice of the pie.
Similarly, Amazon emphasized a phrase you might want to take note of. They called it "sponsored prompts." They’re letting advertisers — that is, folks like you and me — bid to show up in prepackaged prompts for products or brands directly in Amazon’s Rufus search agent. I particularly love the example they show: "What makes flakes from Nutrition Co. a healthy choice?" It’s brilliant. They’re showing product benefits as part of the prompt.
And as CEO Andy Jassy said on their earnings call: "If you look at any of these agentic experiences, they tend to be multi-turn conversations where you’re not interacting with one search and getting an answer. You tend to find that you’re asking questions, you’re narrowing questions. And in that process of having multi-turns, there are multiple opportunities to surface relevant products to customers, many of which will be organic and some of which will be sponsored. And it also gives rise to opportunities like sponsored prompts."
As I said, that’s brilliant. I mean, that is — as long as you’re willing to pay for it. I’ll bet that they’re not the last Big Tech brand to make tools like this available, or to gain the new revenues that follow. As Ben Thompson at Stratechery pointed out, "We’ll see how this works, but to the extent that it does, it’s a bullish take for Google as well." I completely agree. I couldn’t agree more.
On that same track, Meta’s revenues grew 33% with more than 8 million advertisers using the company’s creative tools to build their ads. Meta’s ad impressions grew by 19%. But the more important number is that their price per ad grew 12%. They’re making ads more effective and charging you more to enjoy those benefits.
I’m going to take it for granted that OpenAI and other AI — ahem — disruptors will try to compete. They’re fighting for their seat at Big Tech’s table too. They want to be gatekeepers also. Except keep in mind that Microsoft Azure grew by over 40% and Google Cloud grew an astonishing 63%. Google Cloud’s income — that is, its earnings, its profits — grew by over 200% year on year. All of that at least in part because of revenue they’re collecting from folks like OpenAI, Perplexity, and Anthropic.
One throwaway line by Philipp Schindler also caught my attention. He mentioned some new members that have joined their Universal Commerce Protocol Tech Council: Amazon, Meta, Microsoft, along with Salesforce and Stripe, and founding members Shopify, Etsy, Target, and Wayfair. Notice any companies missing from that group? Here’s a hint. Their names rhyme with OpenAI, Perplexity, and Anthropic.
You’ve heard me say this before: gatekeepers gonna gate. Google and the rest of its Big Tech brethren don’t look like they’re in trouble. Quite the opposite. They’re building more gates between businesses like yours and your customers. And they’re charging you more every time you use these platforms to connect with your customers. They didn’t produce quarterly results like these because they’re charging folks like you less to reach your customers.
In today’s episode, we’re looking at Big Tech’s Q1 2026 earnings and what you need to do to ensure that their gains don’t come at your expense next quarter. I’m Tim Peter. This is episode 495 of Digital Reset. Let’s dive in.
Every time a customer comes back to you through paid Google search or Meta ads or Expedia or Booking.com or Amazon — wherever — you’re paying interest on a relationship that you failed to own the first time they found you. It costs you money to talk to someone you already know. Those customers’ behaviors are starting to teach their AI assistants and agents where and how they prefer to find the products, services, and brands they need too. And if they’re always going through a gatekeeper — if customers always go through a gatekeeper first — they’re teaching those AIs that you’re not their first choice, ever.
I had a client a few years back that hired me to help them gain more customers directly and bypass Big Tech gatekeepers. At least, that’s what I thought they wanted.
We worked together for months, but over time I began to realize that I was failing. I could not convince them that they needed to change what they were doing.
The resistance made sense in theory. They got a healthy share of their revenue from third parties with no "upfront cost." I’m deliberately not naming the gatekeepers to protect that client’s anonymity. But the revenues they gained came with a heavy total cost: around 22% of each sale. As the client saw it, they only paid that 22% when the business materialized. Never mind that those sales cost them millions of dollars every year without fail. Millions.
And keep in mind that these so-called "partners" didn’t contribute 100% of their revenue. They paid those millions and had to find the rest of their business through other channels. Just far too often, not their own.
Changing their behaviors required upfront investment that, for whatever reason, I simply couldn’t convince them was worth the risk. And so we eventually decided that we should go our separate ways. Most of the team that I worked with either left or was let go. And last I heard, the company’s in a deep hole and hasn’t yet figured out a way out of it.
That’s not just about them, though. It’s a big flashing red sign in Big Tech’s earnings this quarter that shows what’s coming for you.
Yeah, sure, Google might not cost you twenty-two percent — at least not yet. And maybe ChatGPT is relatively affordable… at the moment. But if you’re paying for every customer every day, every time, it adds up. And fast.
Google is used by pretty much everyone on the planet. They didn’t grow their search ad revenues nineteen percent by finding another billion people to start searching. They did it by getting people to search more often, showing ads more often, getting people to click on those ads more often — or, as Philipp Schindler’s comments suggested, a little bit of each.
As he noted on Google’s earnings call: "We see AI Overviews and AI Mode continue to drive greater Search usage and growth in overall queries, including in commercial queries… with the ability of AI to better understand intent… I think there is upside… and overall, understanding that we have at Gemini on intent has just significantly expanded our ability to deliver ads on longer, more complex searches that were previously really difficult to monetize."
In other words, Google just told its investors that AI is helping them make money in places they couldn’t before. That’s not future risk. It’s literally what drove their earnings last quarter.
They’re going to put themselves between you and your customers for an increasingly large share of customer activity. And you’re gonna pay for it. They just said that out loud. So is Amazon. So is Meta. So are Expedia and Uber and DoorDash and all of the rest. So are the AI companies. That’s the game they’re playing.
If you’re playing by their rules, you’re already losing. It’s time you change your game.
How? My former client never really asked that question. Not really. Here’s what I wanted them to do.
First, you have to acknowledge the reality of what gatekeepers truly cost you. It’s okay to use them the first time you talk to a customer, especially if it’s someone you can’t reach more easily on your own. But if you’re paying every time you talk to your customers, you’re digging a deeper and deeper hole for yourself. So maybe let’s not do that.
There are two tests you can and should use when evaluating partners and the role they play for your business. And I mean real partners.
The first test is our Gatekeeper Test. Ask yourself two questions for every channel you’re working with right now.
One: Are we using this platform to build our business, or are we building our business inside this platform?
Two: Who owns the data from this interaction with our customer?
If you’re using the platform to build your business and you own the data, congratulations. That’s a core part of your hub. It’s the place that allows you to connect directly with your customers. If you’re building your business inside the platform but you own the data, that’s usually okay too. Just pay attention if the platform starts changing the rules or raising the rent.
If you’re using the platform to build your business but you don’t own the data, you might not actually be building your business. You’re building the platform’s business.
If they own the data — regardless of where you’re building — it’s not your customer. It’s theirs. You’re renting demand. And rented demand is always going to be more expensive than owned demand in the long run.
The second test you want to put to work is the Owned Demand Test. It’s very simple. You ask these three questions:
One: Does your investment using this platform create a direct relationship? Does it lead customers to come directly to you the next time around?
Two: Does your investment make your brand easier to ask for by name?
And three — most importantly — does the investment keep working once you stop spending?
The more you answer yes, the better off you are. And if it’s no up and down the list, you’re not building owned demand. You’re renting it. Again, one of these has a brighter future.
It’s okay to rent traffic once in a while, but it’s a bad idea to rent demand month after month after month. As Big Tech’s Q1 earnings prove, the difference between those two compounds to their advantage every single quarter.
You know that gatekeepers gonna gate. So my question for you is simple. Before you spend another dollar with a gatekeeper this week, run the Owned Demand Test on that channel. If it fails all three questions, you know what you need to do.
And if you know someone else who needs to hear this, send the episode their way. It might save them, their business, and you a world of trouble.
Thank you so much for listening today. You can find the show notes for this episode and the full archive of past episodes at timpeter.com/podcasts.
And if you’re ready to go deeper on making your brand the answer that AI reaches for, my book, Digital Reset: Driving Marketing and Customer Acquisition Beyond Big Tech, is the roadmap you’re looking for. You’ll find a link to that in the show notes, too.
Thank you so much for listening today. I genuinely appreciate you. Until next time, please be well, be safe, and be excellent to each other. I’ll see you soon.
Take Your Next Step Toward a Digital Reset“Digital Reset with Tim Peter” helps you look beyond the "shiny objects" to build a business that lasts. How can we help you today?
The post Google Search Hit an All-Time High… And It’s Costing You (Digital Reset Episode 495) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
The thesis behind Digital Reset: Driving Marketing and Customer Acquisition Beyond Big Tech was simple: the companies that stop renting their customers from Big Tech and start building direct relationships, owned media, and a genuine brand signal will have more control over their growth — and pay less for it over time. One year after Digital Reset launched, the evidence is in. The thesis holds up. In fact, given how fast AI has reshaped content, discovery, and customer trust in the past twelve months, it held much more decisively than even I expected.
This episode is an honest look back on what the book got right, what we learned, and three questions every marketing leader should be asking their team this week. BONUS: There’s a gift for readers and listeners at the end.
Key Insights for Strategic Leaders
In this episode, author and episode host Tim Peter breaks down:
Whether you’re in hospitality, travel, B2B services, or anywhere else Big Tech has its hand in your pocket — and especially if you’re the marketing leader who has to defend your AI strategy while customers are growing more skeptical by the month — this episode gives you a clear-eyed, evidence-based picture of where the industry stands one year into the Digital Reset era.
One Year of Digital Reset: What a Year of AI Disruption Proved (Digital Reset Episode 494) — Headlines and Show NotesGet Your Anniversary GiftAs a thank-you to everyone who bought the book or has been listening to the show, Tim is giving away free signed bookplates and Digital Reset bookmarks — no obligation — to anyone who’s purchased a copy of Digital Reset. Sign up in May and they’ll go out throughout the month.
Sign up for your signed bookplate and bookmark here
Show Notes and LinksRelated Episodes
Buy the Book — Digital Reset: Driving Marketing and Customer Acquisition Beyond Big TechTim Peter has written a new book called Digital Reset: Driving Marketing Beyond Big Tech. You can learn more about it here on the site. Or buy your copy on Amazon.com today.
Past AppearancesRutgers Business School MSDM Speaker: Series: a Conversation with Tim Peter, Author of "Digital Reset"
Free DownloadsWe have some free downloads for you to help you navigate the current situation, which you can find right here:
Subscribe to Thinks Out Loud* Subscribe in iTunes * Subscribe in the Google Play Store
Contact information for the podcast: podcast@timpeter.com
Past Insights from Tim Peter ThinksTechnical Details for Thinks Out LoudRecorded using a Shure SM7B Vocal Dynamic Microphone and a Focusrite Scarlett 4i4 (3rd Gen) USB Audio Interface.
Running time: 20:36
You can subscribe to Thinks Out Loud in iTunes, the Google Play Store, via our dedicated podcast RSS feed (or sign up for our free newsletter). You can also download/listen to the podcast here on Thinks using the player at the top of this page.
Transcript: One Year of Digital Reset: What a Year of AI Disruption ProvedWelcome back to the show.
My book, "Digital Reset: Driving Marketing and Customer Acquisition Beyond Big Tech," is celebrating its first anniversary this month.
I do not plan to spend this episode telling you how great the book is or why you should run out right now and pick up a copy, though I’d be thrilled if you did.
Instead, I want to spend our time together today asking: was the thesis right? Does the book’s central idea hold up given how quickly customers are adopting AI? And how do any changes that we’ve seen over the last year shape what you should do next?
I’m not going to make you wait until after the break for the answer to the first one. The answer is "Yes." The thesis, the central idea at the core of the book, remains true. In fact, as AI becomes a bigger part of our lives, of our customers’ lives, the central idea becomes even more true and more important for your business. So, yay, well done me, I guess. Okay.
In all seriousness, while the thesis and the book as a whole definitely hold up a year after publication, that doesn’t mean there aren’t some nuances and points of emphasis that we need to discuss. There are. And that’s what I’m talking about here today on the show.
In this episode, I’m going to break down what "Digital Reset" got right, what surprised me along the way, and what you should do right now to put those lessons to work for you, your brand, and your business.
I also have a special gift for readers and listeners at the end of the episode. If you hang with me for a few minutes, I’ll let you know what it is and how you can get your gift.
This is episode 494 of the Digital Reset Podcast. I’m Tim Peter. Today we’re looking at one year of "Digital Reset: Driving Marketing and Customer Acquisition Beyond Big Tech." Let’s dive in.
Writing a book about anything related to digital has one massive challenge. The digital ecosystem moves fast, like crazy fast. I started my first draft of the book before ChatGPT dropped, so you can imagine that could have killed the book before I even get started.
Instead, what it did was remind me to bet on what won’t change — the ideas and the concepts that work, no matter what Big Tech — or any aspiring members of that club — do to get between you and your customers.
My bet was that owning your customer relationships, building a brand worth asking for by name, focusing on content and customer experience to build those relationships with your customers, and being responsible stewards of customer data as you put it to work, are critical to reducing your dependency on Big Tech. And I bet that reducing that dependency would matter more over time, not less. So how’d that work out? Well, I’d say pretty well, actually.
We’ve seen a number of examples over the past year that illustrate why those continue to make sense.
First: content got cheap, but your voice became priceless.
As I mentioned in the book and in a bunch of recent episodes, AI has driven the cost of creating content to zero. The book argued that content has never been expensive, but that content that doesn’t convert is. What has become even more important is that the AI age is not only further driving down the cost of making content — it’s making developing your own distinctive, unique, and most importantly, authentic voice, priceless.
Your customers are drowning in a deluge of passable, but kind of average, bland, boring, blah, AI-created commodity content. They tolerate it most of the time, but they don’t care about it. They don’t seek it out, and they don’t give it any more time or attention than, well, frankly, the amount of time it took AI to spit that content out. That seems fair, if you ask me.
In some cases, we have seen that your customers actively hate AI-generated content, and increasingly they hate the companies that use AI — whether it’s for content creation or just about anything else. About half of customers feel that way.
What customers do want is content that speaks to them and their needs. That tells them something genuinely insightful, interesting, new, entertaining. They want to hear from people they trust. That’s why businesses that have invested in a clear point of view, that demonstrate their values, that share data and insights they’ve gained from original research and direct experience, and that do all of this with a trustworthy, original human voice, are finding that their content stands out more today than it did a year ago.
So yeah, content is still king, with one small caveat that I will come back to in just a couple of moments.
Second: great customer experiences matter even more than they did.
I have long argued that nothing will build your brand more than great customer experiences. Your customers are your business’s secret sales force. They share their favorite experiences — and even more so their truly terrible experiences — with their friends and family and fans and followers on social media. As I said in the book, "your brand is only as good as its last five reviews."
I’ve long told stories about how the single most important first impression guests get when they check into a hotel is what their room smells like. If you were to walk into a room and think it smells pleasant, or at least unnoticeable, you are more likely to return to that hotel. By contrast, if you walk into a room and it smells less than okay — it’s not downright funky — you are probably not ever coming back. In fact, if it smells bad enough, you’re not even going to complete your stay at that hotel, that trip. I mean, really. If you’re like me, you’re going to head back to the lobby and either ask for a different room or just book a different hotel in the elevator on your way out the door.
What I didn’t know at the time when I wrote the book, what I couldn’t have known, is how much AI would turn to social media and reviews to validate the content you create and share on your own channels — your business’s hub. I couldn’t have known how much AI would turn to social media to learn what other people think of that content.
The result of that is that AI inclusion is inherited from the work you’ve done all along. This is hugely, massively, crazily important to your business. Focusing on great customer experiences might be the single most important work you can do in the age of AI, because when customers have a great experience, they might tell a few friends, they might post a review on social media or on a ratings and review site. They might share photos or videos that tell your brand story. But what their behavior absolutely does is teach their go-to AI which brands they prefer.
When we enter a world where AI assistants and agents do the work for your customers, those assistants and agents will favor the brands their users like best. If you are not one of their favorites today, it will be even harder to become one of their favorites later — because their AI assistants and agents may never recommend you in the first place. So yeah, customer experience is queen for sure, and the queen’s rule is even more powerful than before.
The third big lesson that holds true is: the gatekeeper’s still gonna gate.
I am not going to spend much time on this one. You’ve noticed that Google and Amazon and Meta and Apple and Microsoft remain the biggest players in the game, and that the cost of using them to reach your customers continues to rise. Sure, ChatGPT and Claude and Perplexity are angling for their turn at bat. They want to get in the game and they are making headway there. You’ve also likely noticed that ChatGPT has introduced ads on its platform. So, for that matter, has Perplexity. Showing up organically in their answers is getting more challenging over time.
They’re also paying more to the gatekeepers we’ve known for a long time — to Google and Amazon and Microsoft for things like processing and partnerships. Huh, funny. It’s almost like all of these companies are following a playbook that we’ve seen again and again and again. Oh wait. That’s right. They are.
I told you this wouldn’t be a victory lap, so I’m going to leave this point right here. I also feel obligated to say that this reality was entirely predictable and we should expect more of this over the coming months and years. Gatekeepers gonna gate. It’s what they do.
Now, what surprised me — and this is big, because there was at least one thing that surprised me over the last year, and it’s related to content. I told you before there’d be a caveat. This is the caveat.
While I talked about the importance of content distribution in the book, it really was focused on getting content you create onto spokes, like search and social media and such. And while I talked about getting your customers to participate in creating content as your secret sales force with ratings and reviews, I did not foresee how big a role user-generated content would play in convincing AIs which brands to surface and show their users.
I’ve talked about AI as a concierge, not a card catalog, in recent months. AIs don’t just look up an answer when they’re asked questions — they know the answer. They’ve learned the right answer from reading every piece of content that they can find about your brand and your business.
That, of course, means that creating great customer experiences is more important than ever, as I’ve already mentioned. It also means that your content has almost no value in the mind of AI concierges if other folks aren’t talking about that content, if they aren’t citing that content, if they aren’t sharing it with their friends and family and fans and followers. The content just is sitting there. It’s a lump, right?
I took it for granted that links weren’t as powerful as they once were. We know that AI is learning the value of content in its own right. That’s absolutely true. What I missed was how powerful other people talking about your content — whether they linked to it or not — would be. How large a role that would play.
The book talks about creating great content. That’s still true, still valuable. But it could talk more about building authority, about building content that is worth other people talking about. Crafting one genuinely original, unique, insightful, expert-authored piece of content with a distinctive voice will do so much more to generate interest, citations, and crucially AI visibility, than 10 or 20 or 50 or a hundred moderately competent, but meh, blog posts ever will.
As I said in an episode of this show not that long ago: "’Post more content’ is not the strategy. AI isn’t counting the number of pieces of content on your site. It is weighting them by the degree to which independent verifiable sources confirm what your content says. Write less. Make it more citable. Make it more original. Make it genuinely worth citing." I guarantee that emphasis will be in any future editions of the book for sure.
Now, what you should do differently starting this week is really pretty key. I’ve talked about what’s held up and what’s surprised me over the last year since the book dropped. The real question is what you should do differently — and how soon you should do that.
To answer the question, you have to ask some other questions.
First, ask: what percentage of your content could only come from you? You’ve got great data. You’ve got great stories about your customers, your guests, your clients. You’ve got your own distinctive point of view about what has happened, what is happening, and what you think will happen. You should be sharing those. If less than 50% of your content could only come from you, you’re focused far too heavily on commodity content and not nearly enough on building a brand voice worth listening to. You cannot win with commodity content. Why would you even try?
Second: ask what message your AI use is sending to customers right now. It is abundantly clear that somewhere between a quarter and a half of customers actively hate AI usage by the companies they work with. Over time, I’m going to suspect they’re going to shift that hate from AI directly to your brand and business. I don’t even think that’s that much of a prediction. I think that’s happening right now. This isn’t about whether or not you use AI. It’s about the message you send about how and why you use it. It’s about whether that use benefits your customers, your community, and the world at large. Are you using AI to make better, safer, more useful products, services, and experiences for your customers? Or are you using it simply to slash costs and churn out a whole big load of AI slop? Your customers can tell the difference. And then they’ll tell you what they think about it, either by saying really gnarly stuff about you on social media, or by no longer choosing you at all.
Third: what does AI say about your brand when people ask about you? This is by far the easiest thing for you to do right now. Pick an AI tool of your choice, then ask it what it knows about your brand. Whatever it gets right will demonstrate where your efforts right now are paying off. The information it gets wrong is a sign of where you’ve got work to do. This doesn’t require you to conduct a big formal audit or hire a consultant to help you. Take a few minutes, though, and you’ll have a quick sense of where you need to get started now.
One quick caveat I would add: AI tools increasingly personalize their answers. So you might want to try doing this using a temporary or incognito chat just to make sure it’s giving the most common answer to you. In either case, though, it is an enlightening and really effective exercise to see what AI knows about you.
One last point before I wrap up this episode that I have to make is to say a deep and heartfelt thank you to all of the folks who bought the book, who listened to the podcast, or who work with us at TPA. I want to say thank you to everyone who shared their experiences on LinkedIn or in email or on texts. I genuinely appreciate all your support. You all made the book happen. You make this podcast happen. You make the business work. I would not be able to do any of this without your support. And on behalf of the team, I just want to say thank you very, very much. This anniversary belongs to you as much as it does to me.
I mentioned at the top of the show that I’ve got a gift for readers of the book or anyone else who’s interested. I’m giving away signed bookplates and bookmarks to anyone who’s purchased a copy of the book. There’s a link in the show notes for you to sign up and provide your details to receive a free signed bookplate for your copy of Digital Reset and a Digital Reset bookmark too. Just sign up in May of this year and we’ll get those out to folks throughout the month.
There’s a place for you to opt into other communication, but we are only using this data to send the bookplate and bookmark, and then we’re going to purge it from our database. There are no long-term obligations. This is just a pure thank you from me to you.
It would also mean the world to me if you joined in the celebration. Feel free to post a picture of yourself with your copy of the book and tag me on LinkedIn or BlueSky, and please share your favorite insight or takeaway. I would love to hear what worked for you in the book. It means so very much to me.
As always, if you know someone who would benefit from this episode, do me a favor and share it with them. I very much appreciate that, and I’d like to think that they would too.
If you’re a marketing leader in hospitality or travel or services or anywhere else that Big Tech has its hand in your pocket, and you want to talk through how to bypass Big Tech more effectively, I’d love to talk. My contact info is at timpeter.com.
All that said, thanks again for listening. I genuinely appreciate your support every week. Until next time, please be well, be safe, and be excellent to each other. I’ll see you soon.
Take Your Next Step Toward a Digital Reset“Digital Reset with Tim Peter” helps you look beyond the "shiny objects" to build a business that lasts. How can we help you today?
The post One Year of Digital Reset: What a Year of AI Disruption Proved (Digital Reset Episode 494) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
Your customers hate AI. The numbers are hard to ignore. A Quinnipiac University poll found that 55% of US adults believe AI will bring “more harm than good,” up from 44% just a year ago. Booking.com‘s research puts 26% of consumers in the “AI detractor” category, actively opposed to using it. NBC News found that nearly half of those surveyed hold a negative view of AI.
This isn’t a niche concern. It’s a mainstream sentiment. And if you’re still planning to use AI to grow your business, it’s your problem to solve.
What makes this more than a PR challenge is that many of the criticisms are valid. There will be job disruptions. Deep fakes and misinformation are real. Environmental and energy costs are escalating. And when corporate leaders publicly predict 20–30% unemployment in the next few years while announcing layoffs “because of AI,” they’re making your customers’ concerns worse, not better.
This episode is about what you can actually do about it. Tim offers four practical steps that let you use AI in ways that don’t put you on the wrong side of the backlash.
Key Insights for Strategic Leaders
In this episode, Tim Peter breaks down:
Whether you’re in hospitality, B2B, retail, or services — and especially if you’re the leader who has to answer “what’s our AI strategy?” while customer sentiment is moving in the wrong direction — this episode gives you a practical framework for using AI in ways that build trust rather than erode it.
55% of People Hate AI: How to Use it Without Losing Your Customers (Digital Reset Episode 493) — Headlines and Show NotesShow Notes and LinksResearch and References
Related Episodes
Buy the Book — Digital Reset: Driving Marketing and Customer Acquisition Beyond Big TechTim Peter has written a new book called Digital Reset: Driving Marketing Beyond Big Tech. You can learn more about it here on the site. Or buy your copy on Amazon.com today.
Past AppearancesRutgers Business School MSDM Speaker: Series: a Conversation with Tim Peter, Author of “Digital Reset”
Free DownloadsWe have some free downloads for you to help you navigate the current situation, which you can find right here:
Subscribe to Thinks Out Loud* Subscribe in iTunes * Subscribe in the Google Play Store
Contact information for the podcast: podcast@timpeter.com
Past Insights from Tim Peter ThinksTechnical Details for Thinks Out LoudRecorded using a Shure SM7B Vocal Dynamic Microphone and a Focusrite Scarlett 4i4 (3rd Gen) USB Audio Interface.
Running time: 24:52
You can subscribe to Thinks Out Loud in iTunes, the Google Play Store, via our dedicated podcast RSS feed (or sign up for our free newsletter). You can also download/listen to the podcast here on Thinks using the player at the top of this page.
Transcript: 55% of People Hate AI: How to Use it Without Losing Your CustomersWelcome back to the show.
I’m sure you know this, but a significant group of folks hate AI. Not, “I’m not sure if I like AI,” but viscerally, passionately hate AI.
Booking.com conducted research and found that while 49% of consumers have a positive view of AI, 26% — one in four — are what they call AI detractors. They’re actively opposed to AI.
NBC News has new research that adds to the story. In their study, 22% have a “very negative” view of AI. Another 24% have a “somewhat negative” view. Again, that’s almost half of everyone surveyed has a negative view of AI.
The Wall Street Journal piled on and noted “…in a Quinnipiac University study of 1,400 adults in March, 55% said they felt AI would bring more harm than good, up from 44% in a poll last year.”
So yeah, that’s bad.
This sentiment is breaking through to the mainstream. John Oliver had a fantastic, funny, and fearlessly heartfelt segment this past week on the very real harms of AI chat. While the episode was less about the business costs of AI and more about the societal costs, it spoke to the very real fears that roughly half of America feels right now, half of the country feels right now. The episode is worth watching in its entirety, even if you don’t agree with everything Oliver said. In fact, it might be most worth watching, especially if you don’t agree with everything Oliver said. It’s important for you to hear what people think about AI.
At the very same time, lots of corporate C-suites are pushing AI everywhere, along with “crediting” AI with helping them save all kinds of money, often through job reductions. There was another Wall Street Journal article where Verizon’s CEO Dan Schulman, quote, “has predicted 20% to 30% unemployment within the next two to five years.” I love personally that he added, “I think being authentic, being realistic, telling the truth as best as you can…” is important.
Which, I mean, I applaud his sentiment. Being authentic was a fairly crucial point in last week’s episode. But, jeez, dude. Read the room. Saying that “change is necessary, but it can be difficult,” doesn’t exactly make folks feel warm and fuzzy, especially if you’re talking about depression-level unemployment. Like that’s not the positive message that I think you think it is.
I have to make a disclosure here, by the way. I’ve done work with Verizon in the past. They’re not currently a client, uh, but they could be again, unless they really hate this episode.
The point is that there’s a very real backlash that customers feel about artificial intelligence. They’re concerned about what it means for them in their day-to-day lives. 55% of people don’t think AI will do “more harm than good” because, you know, they’re excited to see what happens. Seriously.
And many of the criticisms of AI are valid. As I talked about last week, “AI slop” didn’t become a term because people love AI content and can’t get enough of it.
So if an increasingly large number of people hate AI, if an increasingly large number of your customers have real valid concerns about AI and its use, and you are still planning to use AI to help your business become more effective and efficient, then you’ve got a real problem on your hands. Not a potential problem. A genuine, real, honest to goodness problem right now.
The question then is what do you do about this problem? This is episode 493 of Digital Reset. I’m Tim Peter. Today we’re talking about the AI backlash and what you can do about it. Let’s dive in.
As I mentioned before the break, various reports claim that 22% of people surveyed have a very negative view of AI, while another 24% have a somewhat negative view. 26% of people consider themselves AI detractors — they’re actively opposed to AI. And fully 55% of US adults believe that AI will cause more harm than good. That’s bad enough, but you need to know that that number was 44% a year ago. So the story for AI is not getting better.
First, we have to consider the fact that many criticisms of AI are built on valid points. To get a big one out of the way, there will be job disruptions. It’s not likely that there will be — we are seeing this in real time. Company after company is either laying people off because AI can do those jobs, or they’re saying that they’re laying people off because AI can do those jobs. I think the latter is more common than the former. I think they’re looking for something to blame the job losses on other than, you know, the economy or trying to save money or things along those lines, or trying to grow profit. But no matter what the reality is, AI is the bad guy. That’s not going to make your customers feel all that great about AI.
And if we’re being totally honest, of course AI is going to make some jobs go away. Technology of any kind always does.
I’ve told the story many times about my grandmother, Marie. Marie was a telephone operator, which at the time was one of the most common jobs for women in the country. She and her sister, when they were 24 and 26, were the only people working in their household during the Great Depression. The Depression had put their father — my great-grandfather — out of work. My grandmother and her sister paid for their family’s rent and utility bills and groceries. Today, the job that paid for their rent and utility bills and groceries doesn’t exist. They were the only two telephone operators I’ve ever met in my entire life. Technology made that job go away, period.
I want to be fair — there is a happy ending to that story. I’m going to come back to that a little bit.
So it’s safe to say that technology and automation and artificial intelligence will affect jobs for sure. There are also very real and very serious issues related to AI being used to create deep fakes and other types of misinformation, such as things like “nudify” apps and other more broad concerns. These uses are obviously terrible. Terrible. Horrible.
I’m not going to spend much time on these other than to say that anyone using AI to harm others — either individually or at scale, either as a human or as an enterprise — should be prosecuted and punished. Full stop. Period.
I am not trying to brush the criticism aside. It’s a real problem and it’s one that we need to do more to fix. But it’s going to take politicians and prosecutors to make that problem go away. It’s also not something that any credible business is doing, and if they are, they should be prosecuted and punished for it too.
Additional criticisms about electricity usage and environmental concerns also have a number of well-founded bases. I’m doing a bunch right now to learn more about this topic. I don’t feel super qualified at the moment to speak about it at any length.
What I do know is true is that you’ve heard me quote the philosopher Paul Virilio many times, who said, “when you invent the ship, you invent the shipwreck.” Another part of that quote continues: “Every technology carries its own negativity, which is invented at the same time as technical progress.” That’s 100% true. That’s why I use the quote so often. It was true when the internet and mobile and social came along. I’ve lived through this story a number of times in my career, and some of you probably have too.
Of course, this reality is far older than just the internet. One of my family’s go-to holiday movies, “Desk Set,” stars Katherine Hepburn and Spencer Tracy, and is about office workers at Christmas time worried that computers will take their jobs away. That movie came out in 1957, so almost 70 years ago. And no, I didn’t live through that one.
You probably also know that the word “sabotage” came about when a group of French workers who wore wooden shoes — they’re called “sabot” in French — interrupted production at their factories. I’m a little sad about this, but there’s a famous story that they threw their “sabots” into the machines to slow them down or wreck them, and that story apparently appears to be false, and I’m so bummed about that because that is a great story.
At any rate, though, the first use of sabotage to mean slowing down work came about very late in the 19th century and was undoubtedly inspired by fears of automation, machines, taking away jobs. Given that that was roughly 130 years ago, this is not a new problem. I am confident you could find earlier examples of workers who feared technology would take their jobs away. You know, as Maslow told us, people wanting to be able to pay rent and buy food is a fairly fundamental concern throughout human history.
The fact that we’ve heard these concerns before, strangely, gives me hope. We have lived through this problem in the past. And generally it’s worked out okay in the longer term. Yes, we still have concerns about the internet and social and mobile, mostly related to misinformation and social connections. But losing your job because of one of those technologies generally isn’t one of them.
I told you there was a happy ending around the telephone operator story. The truth is that even though telephone operator was one of the most common jobs for women roughly a hundred years ago, and today that job no longer exists, there are more women working just in the top 10 careers today than all of the women who worked when my grandmother was a telephone operator. A hundred years of technological development have created far more jobs, even in just 10 fields, than existed back then. And that’s true for men too, of course. The fact is that there are more than three times as many people working in the US today as there were when “Desk Set” came out 70 years ago, despite the 70 years of technological advancements since then. We’ve done more than survive that shipwreck. We’ve thrived because of technology.
Of course, that only matters if AI doesn’t make your job go away. Having more jobs in the long run is great. Your customers — and you — have to pay rent and buy food in the short run too, right? As Keynes famously said, “in the long run, we’re all dead.”
I am not trying to be provocative or morose about this. Instead, it’s one of those cases where two things can be true at once. The first is that AI isn’t a problem in the longer term, at least related to jobs. Probably. And the second is that we need to come up with solutions to help our customers, our communities, and our employees in the short term too.
The fact is — the truth is — that I’m not afraid of AI. If I’m afraid of anything, it’s the people using AI and making rules around AI that scare me more. Human beings, unfortunately, are very good at finding ways to be terrible to one another. As I’ve said in the past, terrorists have committed atrocities all around the world over the last few decades, and probably before that, without using AI. Sure, AI may help them do those things more successfully in the future, but the point still holds. They didn’t need AI to come up with some of these really awful things.
The real risk isn’t that AI is going to put everyone out of work. The real risk is that some CFO will — and my bigger concern is that they do so without helping people along the way. That’s what I think your customers care about more than anything else.
So yes, AI might create and is creating new risks. Your customers’ concerns exist because of how we use the tool and what steps we take — or don’t — to address those risks. That’s the reality. That’s what you’re dealing with.
Given that, I come back to the question of what do you do about it? What can you do if half of your customers hate AI? How can you use AI in ways that make your customers not hate you too?
And it’s a big question. It’s not one that has a simple answer. There are, however, four steps I’d think about.
First, follow the law. You know I’m not a lawyer. You know I don’t pretend to be one. I have no interest in being one. There are a number of disclosure laws on the books around AI in the US and in the EU, individual states in the US. You should be talking with competent, qualified counsel to understand your risks and appropriate responses for your business. Don’t ever break the law by mistake. Know what you’re doing, assess your risks, and act accordingly.
Second, understand the message that you’re sending with your company’s AI use. Verizon’s CEO talked about the ways that they’re investing in reskilling their employees, investing to help their employees reskill and help them deal with the shifting AI landscape. That is a great idea. Super cool, and something worth celebrating. They’re investing, quote, “a $20 million career transition and retraining fund for the ‘age of AI’,” unquote. That’s roughly $1,500 per person they’ve laid off. And while that may not sound like a huge number, it’s a good start. Frankly, it’s about $1,500 more than what many companies are doing.
So, I don’t know, maybe they’d want to lead with that versus “AI is gonna take away 30% of all the jobs.” Call me crazy.
When you choose to use AI, are you helping or hurting your workforce? Are you helping or hurting your community? That’s the question you should be asking. If you’re helping, how clear is it that that’s what you’re doing? How clear do you make that to your customers and to your community? There is no one-size-fits-all approach here. I can’t tell you in a single podcast episode exactly the words you should say or exactly when you should say them. But if you want to discuss on an individual level, give me a call.
The reality is you are sending a message when you choose to use AI. You need to make sure the message is the one that you mean to send.
Third, and very much to that end, develop your own voice for your brand, your business, and yourself, even when you’re using AI. Too many people — I talked about this a lot last week, so I don’t want to belabor the point — but too many people are using AI to turn out lots of content. Remember that content quantity is not your goal. It never should be. Content quality is.
Let’s just start with your voice. What is it that matters to you? What are your company’s values? What do you do? Why do you do what you do? And how do you convey that in your content and in your customer experiences every time a customer connects with you? How does that shine through in your day to day interactions?
Then when you’ve got that settled — then and only then — can you ask, how can AI help us do this more effectively or more efficiently? Because it’s only when you know what you want the output to look like, to sound like, to feel like, that you can say whether or not it’s doing a good job of reflecting you and your brand and your values.
If your goal is lots and lots and lots of cheap content, well, sure, AI can do that. But you’re creating commodity content by definition, and nobody gives a crap about commodity content.
If your goal instead is “tell a great story about our customers, their lives, and how our business helps them lead better lives,” then you have something where AI might be able to help. My favorite hospitality clients do this naturally. They want their guests to have a great experience and a comfortable, safe space to sleep or get some work done, or reconnect with their partners and kids, day after day after day. AI can become a tool to help do that better, not “the big scary monster coming to take all the jobs away.”
By the way, I need to note that while this might sound like I’m talking only about B2C businesses, B2B is also about making your customers more effective and efficient at what they do too. You are helping the folks who purchase your products and services do their jobs better, make better products and services for their customers. The same point about your values and your voice apply.
Which leads me to my final point. It’s also the most important point. And it is this: be human.
Your job is to create a customer, to connect with people in ways that make them want to work with your business. That’s what your job is in marketing and sales and customer experience every day.
I am confident that we are already seeing customers who won’t want to work with some businesses because of their approach to AI use and the impact of AI on their employees, their customers, and their community. Again, you need to ask, why are we using AI? How does it help us create better experiences for our customers? How does it help our customers in their lives?
I said sometime back that we owe it to our customers to make their lives better. I still believe that. If you’re not using AI to make your customers’ lives better, what on earth are you using it for?
None of what I’ve talked about is me saying don’t use AI. Far from it. I use AI all the time to solve all kinds of problems for my business and for my customers’ businesses. But it starts with saying, use AI in ways that are beneficial to your customers, your communities, your teams. Think about what you can and should disclose and in what ways you should do that to help your customers understand how and why you use AI. Again, maybe legal frameworks don’t require you to disclose your use, but does it make you a better member of your community if you do that?
It is clear that some customers hate AI. And it’s clear that even more have concerns about AI. It’s also clear that those concerns are built on valid points — they start from a ground truth that we need to acknowledge. We don’t know exactly how AI will affect the job market. We don’t know its long-term costs in terms of the environment or intellectual development. We are conducting real-time experiments at scale that will change the world we live in. And we have to be honest — just because we’ve seen similar shakeups in the past from internet and mobile and social, and going all the way back to the 19th century, doesn’t mean that it will all work out all right in the end this time. I’m willing to bet it will. But we know that there will be shipwrecks for sure along the way. Nothing ever comes without some costs, especially in the short term.
Your job is to acknowledge your customers’ concerns. Your job is to listen and learn from them about what they care about. And then your job is to help your customers understand what you’re doing to address those concerns. Ignoring their concerns will not make them go away — it will only make it look like you don’t care. And then AI won’t be the thing the customers hate. They just might hate you too. So maybe let’s not do that.
If this episode gave you a better picture of how you should approach AI for your business, do me a favor — send it to a colleague who’s working on AI for your organization. You might save them a world of trouble.
You can find the show notes for this episode and the full archive of past episodes at timpeter.com/podcasts.
And if you’re ready to go deeper on making your brand the answer that AI reaches for, my book, “Digital Reset: Driving Marketing and Customer Acquisition Beyond Big Tech,” is the roadmap you need. You’ll find the link in the show notes.
Thank you so much for listening today. I genuinely appreciate you. Until next time, please be well, be safe and be excellent to each other. I’ll see you soon.
Take Your Next Step Toward a Digital Reset“Digital Reset with Tim Peter” helps you look beyond the “shiny objects” to build a business that lasts. How can we help you today?
The post 55% of People Hate AI: How to Use it Without Losing Your Customers (Digital Reset Episode 493) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
The cost of producing a 1,500-word article has collapsed to somewhere near zero. That’s the supply shock, one my friend Mark Schaefer has talked about for years. The more interesting question today — the one most marketing leaders haven’t priced correctly yet — is what that collapse does to everything else.
When a factor of production goes free and infinite, value doesn’t disappear. It shifts. And in marketing today, it’s shifted somewhere most content strategies aren’t looking.
Academic evidence has seen this coming. A National Bureau of Economic Research paper using Pixiv data shows that generative AI is crowding out human creators. Ahrefs data shows that 86.5% of top-ranking pages now contain some amount of AI-generated content. And Graphite.io found that the total quantity of AI-generated articles probably surpassed the quantity of human-written articles published on the web within the last couple of of years.
Additionally, research published in Nature on "model collapse" — the degraded outputs that occur when AI trains on AI output — singal a related, and more problematic reality for marketers: a "collapse to uniformity.” That’s the steady, unrelenting increase in “textual similarity” across the web since AI started publishing in the 2010s. Those similar, AI-generated outputs have accelerated ever since ChatGPT’s earliest models, and are projected to reach 90% saturation around 2035.
If that forecast holds, we’re adding roughly 10 points of uniformity — bland, boring, blah content — every year. And that means the window for you to differentiate is not some theory. It’s real. And it’s closing on you right now.
The result is two things happening simultaneously:
That second reality isn’t happening just when content was generated by a machine. It’s also happening when it doesn’t sound human enough, when it’s too corporate, too polished… too fake.
It’s fairly likely that at least 25% to 30% of your customers will actively demand authenticity within the next two to three years… if they aren’t demeaning it already. My two-to-three year forecast isn’t pulled out of thin air — it’s the sheer math of 10 points of AI detection per year building off a base of roughly 10% today.
This episode of Digital Reset with Tim Peter identifies the three specific assets AI cannot reproduce:
We also share a three-question framework for auditing whether your content strategy is actually building any of them.
The closing argument is my own practice of writing our podcast scripts by hand, despite having AI tools running in the background: not because I can write faster than a machine. We all know that’s not true.
Instead, it’s my experience, my beliefs, my humanity are the scarcest resource our content can put to work. That the distinction that matters — separating what is abundant from what is actually scarce. It’s the core claim I’m making this time. And it’s the one that will determine which brands still get seen in three years time… and which will have blended into the background.
Key Insights for Marketing and Business Leaders Navigating AI Content in 2026
In this episode, we break down:
Whether you’re a CMO deciding where to concentrate your content budget in 2026, a marketing leader who keeps being asked about AI, or a brand that’s already noticed its content working less well than it did a year ago, this episode gives you the framework to understand why… and what you can do about it.
AI Made Content Free. Here’s What It Made Priceless. (Digital Reset Episode 492) — Headlines and Show NotesShow Notes and Links* The Single Biggest Myth in Digital: Content is Expensive (Thinks Out Loud Episode 275) * Does Generative AI Crowd Out Human Creators? Evidence from Pixiv by Sueyoul Kim, Ginger Zhe Jin, Eungik Lee :: SSRN and Does Generative AI Crowd Out Human Creators? Evidence from Pixiv | NBER * w34733.pdf * 74% of New Webpages Include AI Content (Study of 900k Pages) * More Articles Are Now Created by AI Than Humans * AI models collapse when trained on recursively generated data | Nature * [2404.01413] Is Model Collapse Inevitable? Breaking the Curse of Recursion by Accumulating Real and Synthetic Data and 2404.01413 * Future of AI Models: A Computational perspective on Model collapse * Three reasons why brand is more important in the AI Era – Schaefer Marketing Solutions: We Help Businesses {grow} * Mark Schaefer and The Most Human Company Wins – Schaefer Marketing Solutions: We Help Businesses {grow} * The most human company wins: A case study – Schaefer Marketing Solutions: We Help Businesses {grow} * Win No Matter What: The Hub and Spoke Strategy (Digital Reset Foundations 491) * The Foundation: From Card Catalogs to Concierges — Your SEO + GEO Blueprint (Digital Reset Podcast) – Tim Peter & Associates * The Long Game: What 15 Years of Digital Marketing Teaches Us About AI (Digital Reset Episode 489) * Why AI Gives Your Customer Different Answers… Every Time * The AI Value Gap: Why 82% of Companies are Failing to Gain from AI (Digital Reset Episode 486) – Tim Peter & Associates * Why AI Won’t Kill Search—It’s Doing Something Much Bigger (Episode 483) * The House Always Wins: Lessons from Google’s 2025 Earnings (Podcast Episode 484) * What Brand Tattoos Tell Us in the Age of AI (Podcast 482) * AI Is Changing How Customers Choose — Here’s How Brands Win in 2026 (Best of the Show: Revisiting Episode 478) * What Taylor Swift Can Teach You About Bypassing Gatekeepers (Thinks Out Loud Episode 393)
Buy the Book — Digital Reset: Driving Marketing and Customer Acquisition Beyond Big TechTim Peter has written a new book called Digital Reset: Driving Marketing Beyond Big Tech. You can learn more about it here on the site. Or buy your copy on Amazon.com today.
Past AppearancesRutgers Business School MSDM Speaker Series: a Conversation with Tim Peter, Author of "Digital Reset"
Free DownloadsWe have some free downloads for you to help you navigate the current situation, which you can find right here:
Subscribe to Digital Reset (formerly Thinks Out Loud)* Subscribe on Apple Podcasts * Subscribe on Spotify * Subscribe on Amazon Music * Watch all episodes on YouTube * Subscribe via RSS Feed
Contact information for the podcast: podcast@timpeter.com
Past Insights from Tim Peter ThinksTechnical Details for Digital Reset (formerly Thinks Out Loud)Recorded using a Shure SM7B Vocal Dynamic Microphone and a Focusrite Scarlett 4i4 (3rd Gen) USB Audio Interface.
Running time: 21m 52s
Transcript: AI Made Content Free. Here’s What It Made Priceless.Welcome back to the show.
A few years ago, I made the claim that content wasn’t expensive. Instead, I said that content that doesn’t convert was expensive.
Today, that’s not really true either. Not because you want content that doesn’t convert. I mean, really.
But AI has essentially driven the cost of producing content to zero. You need a 1,500-word article or a 15-second video? A quick prompt, and you’ll have what you need within minutes, if not seconds.
Sure, there’s some nominal cost to you for the AI platform you’re using. And crafting a solid prompt might take you a few minutes, assuming you don’t already have an effective process or a library of prompts to work from. Both of those are still orders of magnitude cheaper than what content creation used to cost.
Hell, according to Ahrefs, 74-plus percent of all newly created web pages contained AI-generated content.
I mean, I know I use AI all the time as part of my workflow, and I’m pretty sure if you’re watching or listening to this episode, you do too. That’s part of the point.
When everyone has access to the same tools, when the tools become part of our ambient reality, the outputs of those tools become ambient reality too. We are all contributing to the flood every day, all by ourselves.
Now, before we get started, I want to be clear. Today’s episode is not anti-AI. I use AI. Clearly I’m in favor of it. Instead, it’s about the costs of marketing and where we want to and need to invest our budget and time.
For example, I had Gemini and Claude and ChatGPT doing work in the background while I was writing this script. And they took less time to complete their tasks than even writing this introduction did.
So why did I bother writing the intro at all? Why not just let AI do it?
And that gets to the core of what we need to talk about today. Because the volume of effectively free content that’s flooding the internet has driven up costs somewhere else. As content has become free and abundant, something else — something more critical — has become expensive and scarce.
And that something else, when done well, is what will differentiate your brand and it will help you stand apart in the marketplace.
That something else is what AI can’t reproduce. It can’t generate. It can’t hallucinate. It can’t fake.
Your lived experiences, your real-world relationships, your personal touches with your customers, and a genuine voice all your own are what actually are worth cultivating. When content becomes a commodity, your human connection to your customers becomes the most scarce asset of all.
Building that asset, growing it, and nurturing it is what is going to set you apart in a flood of free, fake content. In fact, I’m going to argue in this episode that you’ve got no more than two to three years to get this right. And getting it right is what will make your brand one customers will ask for by name today and in the future.
This is episode 492 of Digital Reset. I’m Tim Peter. Let’s dive in.
It’s abundantly clear that AI-generated content is here and that it’s absolutely flooding digital spaces every single day. You do not need me to tell you that. You see it every single day.
If you’re interested in some of the economic underpinnings though, there’s a National Bureau of Economic Research paper from Kim, Jin, and Lee, published earlier this year, that used Pixiv data and shows that generative AI crowded out human creators. I’ll link to it in the show notes.
Similarly, research last year from Ahrefs said that "86.5% of top-ranking pages contained some amount of AI-generated content." That’s a quote. While I have a few quibbles with their methodology, I’m relatively convinced that a fairly healthy chunk of content on the web involves AI in its production somewhere along the way, just as their research found. And again, I’ll link to their research in the show notes.
Finally, some research from Graphite.io claims that, and this is a quote, "The quantity of AI-generated articles has surpassed the quantity of human-written articles being published on the web." They claim, contra Ahrefs’ findings, that these articles "largely do not appear in Google and ChatGPT." They also ignore "AI-generated/human-edited articles," while noting that "they may be even more prevalent." Ya think?
And yes, I’ll link to their research in the show notes too.
The point is that AI-generated content is everywhere online. It’s a core part of how content comes into being today. Most of that content is, at minimum, pretty okay, and some of it is actually quite good. I’m willing to bet that you are seeing that same reality.
At the same time, AI-generated materials are so common now that we’re starting to see a bit of a backlash lately, with lots of folks talking about "AI slop" showing up in search and on their social media timelines.
That slop critique hints at the problem. It kind of gets at the core of the problem. It’s a flashing red light that says, "we need to start doing something different." And I’m going to come back to that in just a minute.
Before I do though, there’s one other signal that I have to address that shows why we need to think beyond AI content. It’s called model collapse, and it points to a likely reality your "free" content faces longer term. In fact, it’s something you might even be dealing with today.
The basic principle behind model collapse came from a paper published in Nature by Shumailov and his team — all the way back, way, way back in July of 2024 — so less than two years ago. It found that, and this is a quote, "indiscriminate use of model-generated content in training causes irreversible defects in the resulting models."
In simple English, what their research showed was that training artificial intelligence on AI-generated content generally leads to increasingly bad outputs over time, much the same way that making a photocopy of a photocopy of a photocopy will get blurrier and blurrier until eventually the output is unusable. Shumailov’s team rightly worries that as large language models get trained on the increasing amounts of AI-generated content on the web, those LLMs will produce worse results over time. That concern seems 100% valid if we agree about the photocopy example, right?
It’s also apparently not likely to happen in practice. Because follow-up research from Gerstgrasser, Schaeffer, Day, and Rafailov shows that as long as there’s at least some original human data in the model — you know, like all the web content produced before ChatGPT emerged — we’re probably fine.
But — and this is a key point — there is a related term we do need to think about. It’s called "collapse to uniformity." A group of researchers, while testing the idea of model collapse, discovered that, and again, this is a quote, "textual similarity has been steadily increasing since 2013, with a significant acceleration from 2018 to 2022, coinciding with the public release of…" ChatGPT’s earliest models. So that would be ChatGPT 2.0 and ChatGPT 3.0.
They go on to say that "the ecosystem may reach 90% saturation around 2035," and then just get worse from there.
While 2035 may sound like a long way off, that’s less than nine years from now. If you are younger than say 50, that will occur in your career. Also, if we’re going to hit 90% in less than nine years time, it suggests that we’re hitting some percentage of it today. And I suspect that we’re going to see an increase of roughly 10 points every year from now until then. I mean, if you think about it, that’s just logical. If we’re going to be at 90% roughly nine years from now, we’ll be at 80% eight years from now, and 70% seven years from now, and 50% five years from now, and 30% three years from now.
Which is where the AI slop criticism becomes so critical.
Human beings generally are pretty good — and I’m gonna use a technical term here — they’re pretty good bullshit detectors. Sure, not everyone’s good at it to an equal degree. And sure, we all have our blind spots where we can get fooled. I know I do. But human beings are generally pretty good at sniffing out when something sounds fake.
If you’ve ever heard of "the uncanny valley" in video games or CGI, it’s where a human face looks very close to real, but not close enough, and people find it disturbing. Our brains just won’t let us accept it as real. Think about a movie like The Polar Express. It just weirded people out because it was in that uncanny valley — close to real, but not quite close enough.
AI slop, to me, is the uncanny valley of AI-generated content. AI-generated content sometimes doesn’t sound human enough and sets off your customers’ bullshit detectors, and they flag it as AI slop. They’re the first 10% this year noting that something seems off in what companies and creators they’re listening to are saying.
The funny thing about this is that sometimes people online accuse creators of AI slop even when a human being actually created the content. And it’s not because it was AI-generated. It was because it didn’t sound human, or at least human enough. It was too corporate. It was too polished. It was too fake.
I’d argue as more people get wary about the text patterns and speech patterns of AI, they’re going to also get more wary of corporations and creators relying on heavily polished statements. Marketing thought leaders — including people like me — have claimed for years that it’s important to be authentic when you speak to your customers.
If we’re picking up 10 points of AI detection every year, it’s likely that a healthy chunk of customers — 25 to 30% — will demand that you be real, that you be clearly real, in the next couple of years, if they’re not already demanding it of you today. That’s where I got that two-to-three year number in the intro.
By the way, as a quick aside, I cannot talk about this topic any further without referencing my very good friend, Mark Schaefer. Mark has written extensively on this topic and has influenced my thinking significantly. His mantra about how the most human company wins in the age of AI echoes in my brain almost every single day. I cite him in my book. He’s just a key, key speaker on this topic that you want to know about. I’m going to link to some of his thoughts in the show notes, and I would encourage you to check those out and follow him regularly.
At any rate, that’s why focusing on human connection to your customer isn’t just scarce. It’s the most precious asset you can build. Your voice — the true you — is the most precious asset you can build.
That’s why your content can no longer just be a generic explainer or a how-to video. They’re dead. They don’t work anymore. They don’t matter.
Instead, you have true, scarce, valuable assets that your content must put to work today. What are they? Well, they include several things.
The first is proprietary data. Data that you have, that you can see, and that no one else can about your customers, your market, your industry, and the world at large is something that no one else can talk about with the genuine expertise and insight that you bring to the table. It’s your story to tell, and you need to tell it if you’re going to stand apart from generic AI-generated drivel.
The second are original examples. Talk about what you’ve lived in real life — your customers, your projects, your outcomes, your experiences. There’s a reason I talk about my hotel clients and other businesses I’ve worked with on this podcast, and that’s because no one else has those specific experiences. They back up my thinking and research with real-world examples that no one else can claim. It works for my business. It’ll work for yours too.
The third, of course, is expert voice. Your expert voice. Did you notice my two-to-three year timeline that I mentioned earlier? That’s my opinion. I don’t have anything other than my expertise, my experience, and my assessment of the data that exists to back that up. I could be wrong. I could absolutely be wrong. Maybe it’s four years. Maybe it’s one and a half years. I don’t know, but I’m willing to put my name on it and make a prediction to stand out from the crowd. I’m willing to take the risk of being wrong because I believe it will help you now and it will help you in the future. And candidly, because it will help others know who I am too. If I’m right, everybody wins. If I’m wrong, I will either learn and improve — or no one should listen to me anyway. Right? Period.
Together, those three attributes help me build a connection with my clients and listeners to the podcast and audiences on social media. They all work together to build the Digital Reset brand and to foster a community of like-minded individuals who are committed to learning and growing together. That same approach can work for you too.
Here’s how I would do it.
Start by asking yourself three questions this week.
First, what is our ratio of proprietary to commodity content over the last 90 days? Are we building named assets all our own, or just generic outputs that any AI could produce?
Two, when a potential customer asks ChatGPT, Gemini, Claude, or Perplexity about our category, what specifically about us shows up? Is it a reference that could have been written only by us? Or could it have been written by anyone? One of those is better for your brand long-term than the other, as you might expect.
Three, who on our team is our named voice? Are we amplifying their signal? Are we boosting their signal? Or do they get buried in the content calendar of just generic stuff we put out there? Think about which of those has a future too.
One big takeaway these questions should point you to is to focus on what makes you… you. What makes your brand stand apart? What makes you distinct? What makes you different from anyone else in the space — and different enough that people will listen to you, and different enough that eventually people will give you money? Not for your content, but for the solutions and products and services that you offer. That’s where you want to live. That’s where you need to live — because in two to three years, if you don’t already live there, you are in big, big trouble.
Also, I don’t want you to listen to this episode and necessarily think, "we need to publish less content." I mean, sure, this is about quality over quantity. Absolutely true. But it’s about publishing more of what’s scarce and less about publishing what’s already abundant.
That’s why I wrote the introduction to this episode — and the whole episode, for that matter. Not because I can write faster or cheaper than artificial intelligence. I can’t.
But because only I can produce the most scarce resource of all: me. For better or worse, when you’re hearing these episodes — when you’re watching them on YouTube or listening to them on Spotify — you’re hearing my experiences, you’re hearing my data, you’re hearing my voice. And that will be true today, two to three years from now, and for as long as you’re willing to keep listening.
AI did not kill content marketing. AI will not kill content marketing. What it’s done is make the cheap parts worthless and the expensive parts crucial. Your job is to know which is which. Your job is to put your focus on the parts that are crucial. And it’s to do that now and in the longer term too. And if you get that right, you don’t have to worry about the next two to three years or the next nine. You’ll be in great shape no matter what happens.
If this episode gave you a clearer picture of how you should approach content marketing in the age of AI, do me a favor. Send it to a colleague who’s thinking about that problem for your business. You might just save them from going down the wrong path.
You can find the show notes from this episode as well as the full archive of all past episodes by going to timpeter.com/podcasts.
And if you’re ready to go deeper on making your brand the answer that AI reaches for, my book, Digital Reset: Driving Marketing and Customer Acquisition Beyond Big Tech, is the roadmap you need. You’ll find the link for that in the show notes too.
Thank you so much for listening today. I genuinely appreciate you. Until next time, please be well. Be safe. And be excellent to each other. I’ll see you soon.
Take Your Next Step Toward a Digital Reset“Digital Reset with Tim Peter” helps you look beyond the "shiny objects" to build a business that lasts. How can we help you today?
The post AI Made Content Free. Here’s What It Made Priceless (Digital Reset Episode 492) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
Your marketing goal should be to win no matter what happens in the digital space. Yes, the channels your customers choose first change all the time. We’ve gone through search and social and now AI. Just remember that tomorrow could be something else altogether. You don’t want to chase channels. You want a strategy that works no matter what. And that’s what the “Hub and Spoke” and “CORE” methodologies are all about.
The CORE Methodology is a framework for choosing the right channels to market your company. Your “Hub and Spoke” is about how you use those channels — the spokes — to grow your hub (website, CRM, community).
Together, both work to ensure you win no matter what. This Foundation episode of Digital Reset with Tim Peter breaks down what you need to know so you can win no matter what happens with AI… or whatever comes next.
Key Insights for Marketing Strategy Leaders Navigating the Shift to AI
Want to learn more? Here are the show notes for you.
Win No Matter What: The Hub and Spoke Strategy (Digital Reset Foundations 491) — Headlines and Show NotesShow Notes and Links* The CORE Methodology: How to Build Traffic and Revenue Beyond Google — Part 2 (Thinks Out Loud Episode 425) * The AI Value Gap: Why 82% of Companies are Failing to Gain from AI (Digital Reset Episode 486) * The AI Coin Flip: Why AI Gives Every Customer a Different Answer (Digital Reset Episode 488) * The Foundation: From Card Catalogs to Concierges — Your SEO + GEO Blueprint (Digital Reset Podcast) * The Long Game: What 15 Years of Digital Marketing Teaches Us About AI (Digital Reset Episode 489) * The Gatekeeper’s New Tax: What ChatGPT Ads Mean for Your Marketing Budget (Digital Reset Episode 490) * How to Build Traffic and Revenue Beyond Google — Part 1 (Thinks Out Loud Episode 424) * Partnerships Between Brands and Creators Will Define the Next Generation of Travel Marketing | HSMAI Americas * Can Podcasting Help Your Business Bypass the Big Tech Gatekeepers? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 413) * What Connects TikTok and the Hub and Spoke Model of Digital? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 299) * Big Trends: Bundling, Unbundling, and Customer Acquisition (Thinks Out Loud Episode 411) * How to Engage Your Hotel’s Secret Sales Force * Where Content, Community, and Customer Experience Meet (Thinks Out Loud Episode 346) – Tim Peter & Associates * Customer Experience is Queen? What Does That Mean? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 190) – Tim Peter & Associates * Big Digital Marketing Trends: Customer Experience is Cool (Thinks Out Loud Episode 375) * Content is King, Customer Experience is Queen (Thinks Out Loud Episode 188) – Tim Peter & Associates * The Future of Email Marketing — Interview with Scott Cohen from InboxArmy (Thinks Out Loud Episode 410) * Revisiting How to Escape Big Tech’s Web (Thinks Out Loud) * The Rebirth of Trusted Gatekeepers (Thinks Out Loud Episode 307) – Tim Peter & Associates * What Taylor Swift Can Teach You About Bypassing Gatekeepers (Thinks Out Loud Episode 393) * Is Social Media Anti-Social for your Brand Now? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 391) * How To Perform a Health Check for Your Business (Thinks Out Loud Episode 388)
Buy the Book — Digital Reset: Driving Marketing and Customer Acquisition Beyond Big TechTim Peter has written a new book called Digital Reset: Driving Marketing Beyond Big Tech. You can learn more about it here on the site. Or buy your copy on Amazon.com today.
Past AppearancesRutgers Business School MSDM Speaker: Series: a Conversation with Tim Peter, Author of "Digital Reset"
Free DownloadsWe have some free downloads for you to help you navigate the current situation, which you can find right here:
Subscribe to Thinks Out Loud* Subscribe in iTunes * Subscribe in the Google Play Store
Contact information for the podcast: podcast@timpeter.com
Technical Details for Thinks Out LoudRecorded using a Shure SM7B Vocal Dynamic Microphone and a Focusrite Scarlett 4i4 (3rd Gen) USB Audio Interface into Logic Pro X for the Mac.
Running time: 25m 35s
You can subscribe to Thinks Out Loud in iTunes, the Google Play Store, via our dedicated podcast RSS feed (or sign up for our free newsletter). You can also download/listen to the podcast here on Thinks using the player at the top of this page.
Transcript: Win No Matter What: The Hub and Spoke StrategyGatekeepers always offer you a shortcut, at least at first. That’s what I talked about in episode 489, and it’s why ChatGPT started charging brands $200,000 to advertise alongside answers that used to appear organically for free. That shortcut eventually becomes a toll road, always.
I glossed over one key detail in that episode.
The way out of the shortcut trap isn’t a better tactic. It’s a strategy. That strategy is what the episode you’re about to hear is all about.
A quick note before we dive in. If you’ve been listening for a while, you may know this show as Thinks Out Loud. We’ve rebranded to Digital Reset. The same show. Same host. Sharper focus on what you actually need to navigate AI and digital change right now.
The episode you’re about to hear was originally recorded in June, 2024 when everyone was worried about what Google might do next. I think you’ll find it’s aged remarkably well.
The framework at the center of this episode is the "Hub and Spoke." The hub is the audience you own: your website, your email list, your direct relationships.
The spokes are everyone else’s audience: search and social and AI and creators and employees and customers and press. The job of the spokes has always been the same: Grow the hub, not replace it, grow it.
In 2024, that was a good strategy. In 2026, it’s survival.
Your hub is your only durable defense against platform risk, including AI. So sit back and enjoy our foundation episode, “Win No Matter What: The Hub and Spoke Strategy.”
Let’s do this.
There are four ways to succeed:
If, though, you are worried about where you find these folks and how you reach these folks and you get them to do this, I always like to start with where you are first. Where does your traffic and revenue come from today? I assume that you’re using Google Analytics or Adobe Analytics or something along those lines to understand your traffic and revenue sources.
Whenever I start with a new client, whenever we start with a new client, we tend to look at the last 13 to 18 months of traffic and revenue. Then, we might look at a shorter period like the last two or three months, and then we might look at the last few weeks, a week at a time, to get a sense of what’s going on.
Looking at the longer periods helps you to understand if there’s any seasonality. You know, does your company get more business some times of the year than others? That can help you understand if there are different demand patterns or if there’s something that you can do differently to get more traffic and business at some points in the year.
If you’re not accustomed to seasonality, if your business doesn’t have it, it’s pretty common in many businesses. I talk about hospitality a lot. Hospitality tends to have very well defined peak seasons, off seasons, and what are known as “shoulder seasons,” between the peak and off season. We also see it in B2B a lot more than you think, too, based on budget cycles, you know, things like quarter end, year end, start of the new year, that sort of thing.
Getting a sense of that picture is really important because it can point you to traffic sources that you can build on, or revenue sources that you can build on.
It is sometimes easier to increase the traffic you get from existing sources, than it is to find or create entirely new sources of traffic and revenue. If you’re already getting traffic and revenue from a specific source, that’s a pretty good sign it’s something that works for your customers. And then it becomes more a question of how do we grow that source rather than “Oh my gosh, we don’t get any traffic outside of Google. Where do we go?” So it’s always a good place to start to look at the reality and understand are there any seasonal patterns that play into that. Are there times where you can expect more traffic or less traffic just as a natural consequence of where that comes from and of your customer’s natural behaviors?
The next thing that you want to do is ensure that you have a content calendar. Now, I talked in the last episode quite a bit about understanding your customers as well as you possibly can and what your customers pain points are.
We love doing this because it allows us to line up specific messages with specific seasonality where it exists. Again, if you don’t have seasonality, don’t worry about it, but there are natural things that occur during the course of your business year or occur in the natural course of your customers lives that might lead them to look for your product and service more often.
That’s really important then that you have a calendar that aligns with that. And we always think in terms of a “rock/pebbles/sand” approach.
Your rocks are the big items, the things that you know will happen, and you can plan those out weeks or months or maybe even a year in advance. You know, again, if I’m going to use the hospitality example, summer is a peak period for many, many companies, for many, many resorts, for many, many hotels. If you’re a ski resort, we know ski season is a big peak period. Well, we can put a rock saying, we need to start talking about this X weeks before, months in advance, even a year in advance.
If you’re a B2B company, maybe it’s a big trade show that occurs every year. We worked with a software company for years that went to Dreamforce every year, and that was a rock, because they knew when it occurred. If you’re, I don’t know, a restaurant, and you know the Super Bowl is going to be in your town next year, you can start planning your content for that.
Now, because we already know when that’s going to occur, we already know when there’s going to be more demand in your market. You then start to fill the calendar with pebbles.
And the pebbles are little things, smaller things, more tactical, but messages that you want to dribble out over the course of the year, that fill in some of the spaces between the rocks, right? If you think about we’re putting rocks, pebbles, and sand in a jar, you put the rocks in first, and then there’s spaces between them, and that’s where the pebbles go.
And you can plan those weeks, or even a couple of months in advance. Usually about 90 days is pretty typical.
And then the sand is small little tactical stuff. Maybe they’re social media posts. Maybe they are little blog posts or quick little videos that you’re going to put up on your website. And those get sprinkled in where there’s space.
It’s okay if you have a period where you don’t have anything to say. Just make sure that you’re doing that intentionally, you’re choosing not to speak there, you’re choosing not to create content and put it out there because it doesn’t work for your customer at that time of year. It’s only a mistake if you completely ignore your customer’s behaviors and you’re not taking advantage of it.
Now, one of the reasons that search has worked for so long is because everyone searches and they’re literally telling you what’s most important to them. Google didn’t get to an $80 billion per quarter revenue company, a $300-plus billion annual company in revenue, by ignoring what people typed into the search box every day.
Instead, they listened to those, they interpreted those searches, and they gave customers what they were looking for both in the search results and in the way they’ve modified the search results over the years to put the information in front of customers quickly and easily. That’s how we’ve ended up in this place in the first place.
Look at your site search, if you have it, as well as the terms that are driving traffic to you because those are the things that customers are saying are important. You can use tools like Google Search Console, you can use tools like Google Analytics to look at your site search. You can use tools like SEMrush or Ahrefs to look at the types of terms that your company and your competitors rank for to get a sense of the kinds of messages and the kinds of information that your customers are looking for.
Now you’ll note, in all of this, we haven’t talked about channels yet. We’ve always been talking about how do we understand our customer, how do we understand our objectives, how do we understand our content. And the reason is because the channel and the format come last.
First, you have to understand who are you talking to and what do they need to hear you say? Then you can think about “Where do I say this and in what form do I say this?”
We have always used a framework called “Hub and Spoke,” where the hub are things you control, and the spokes are things other people control.
One way to think of it is, your audience is the hub, and the spokes are other people’s audiences, you’re leveraging other people to help you reach those folks.
The hub is your audience. It’s the people who are actively seeking you out. It’s your website. It’s your app. It’s your email list or your CRM. And I’m going to come back to that in more detail in a minute.
But I want to start in detail talking about the spokes. The spokes are other people’s audience. And the job of the spokes is to grow the hub. You don’t just go out on the spokes for no reason. Ideally, you turn those spokes into customers. But when you turn them into customers, even if they buy on a spoke, you should have some contact information for them that goes into your CRM, which allows them to come back to your website or your app the next time directly without being on a spoke.
So the spoke is where we’re working with other people’s audiences. Google, obviously, has long been the biggest. It’s the whole reason we’re having this conversation.
Obviously, social is huge too. So that could be Instagram, it could be Facebook, it could be TikTok if you’re B2C, if you’re selling directly to consumers. It might be LinkedIn if you’re a B2B company, selling to businesses. You know, LinkedIn is my go to social network, but they are places where you connect with other people through other people.
It also doesn’t mean you’re creating your own content. You may be partnering with creators who have a big audience, or have, I shouldn’t even say “a big audience;” they have “the right audience.” They’re talking to your customers.
So you might partner with creators. You might work with them to say, “Hey, can you help us craft a good message for our customers who you also happen to be talking with?” That could be a partnership. It could be something where you’re paying them. It could be where you’re commenting and engaging with others content, but to be a valuable member of the community first. You’re not just going in there and saying, “Hey, let me jump into your conversation and promote me.” It could be you’re engaging with them in a really effective way by being a member of their community and then letting that organically grow into people knowing about you from that over time.
I wrote a piece of research for meta platforms and HSMAI a few years ago during the pandemic on how you can research your other creators and learn about other creators and work with other creators over time. I definitely recommend you checking that out. I’ll have the link in the show notes. But the point is that you’re letting the creators help tell a positive story on your brand’s behalf.
Another type of creator you might want to think about are your employees. I’ve worked with many companies who’ve had great success with an employee engagement program where you’re leveraging your employees social networks to talk about your products and services. You help your team understand what they should be talking about, you provide them some guidelines, you provide them some content assets, and you provide them some recognition for the work that they do. Could be a thank you, could be they win an internal contest, it could be that they get a, you know, a bonus or something along those lines. But it’s all about engaging the employees in telling a positive story.
I will be very clear, this works better for some companies than others because sometimes your employees are very representative of your company and sometimes they’re not, so you have to be clear about that. But when it works, it can work tremendously well and you’re increasing your network by the size of your total employees times the size of their network.
The other great form of engagement that you can work with as creators are your customers. Your secret sales forces, I call them, when they talk on ratings and review sites. You’ve heard me say a billion times on this show that customer experience is queen. And the reason that’s so is you want to create an experience that your customers want to talk about, that they want to talk about positively to their network.
The average person on social, whether it’s your employee, whether it’s your customer, has about 200 friends and family and fans and followers on social. So, how are you engaging them to tell a really positive story about your company and about your business? Well, you’re doing that through the experience that they get.
You also can look to PR. Are there, you know, and when I say PR, we can talk about traditional journalists or we can talk about people who are, you know, creators and what they’re doing. How are you creating a great experience that they want to share, that they want to talk about? Your goal is to build a community of people who want to tell a positive story on your behalf, whether that’s journalists, whether that’s creators, whether that’s employees, whether that’s customers.
All of these are people who have an audience that you can build off of. And of course, there’s all sorts of other things you can do. Direct mail, loyalty programs, conferences and trade shows, trade organizations, traditional advertising, paid media, etc. But the point is, you’re looking for the ones that work for your business and help you connect to your customers.
Another thing you might want to look at is what types of content do your customers engage with? Are they engaging with written articles either on your own site like a blog or on using other people’s audiences like a spoke? Are you writing in a trade journal if you’re a B2B company? Are you writing it, you know, are you getting coverage in a An online magazine if you are a B2C company.
You can do things like polls. You can do things like video and images and audio, like, I don’t know, podcasts. Now, I want to be very clear. You don’t necessarily need to do the video. You don’t necessarily need to do the audio. You don’t necessarily need to do the poll. Those can be great places to partner with creators who do that well.
The reality, though, is you want to give the people who create those something worth talking about. So, for instance, if you’re doing a podcast, why are you a good podcast guest? You find somebody who is a podcaster who speaks to your audience. What makes you a good guest?
I get pitches every day from people who say, Oh, we’ve got somebody who’d be a terrific guest for your podcast. And it’s clear they’ve never listened to the show once. Not at all. They don’t understand the show. They don’t get the show. And they’re saying, we’ve got somebody who wants to come on and talk about, you know I don’t know, women’s fashion. Nothing against women’s fashion, but it’s clearly not something we have anything to do with. They’re not being a good part of the community.
Another thing you can do is think about images. Think about things on Pinterest or Instagram. Now, the term infographics? Nobody uses any longer, but the idea of beautiful data visualizations still always works as a content mechanism. I have clients who have tremendous success with this. If you have research that’s important to your customer and you can package it in a way that’s beautiful, folks will share it on your behalf. You could do this in B2B with “Here’s something you want to know about the market today.” You can do it in B2C. You know, “Here’s a hot trend in—I don’t know—women’s fashion that you really should know about.” Right?
But the point is you’re trying to engage other people’s audience. And the way you’re going to do that is engage those people to want to share your story. You have to give them something. You have to give them a hook that’s going to be interesting to them.
The thing that you want to remember is the point is to get it to grow your audience, your hub. That’s the job of any of these spokes. And there’s a model we use for picking these. You’re not going to do every single one of these. I’m just giving you, you know, ten different high level ideas. The reality is you don’t have the resources to do all ten. So keep in mind what we call “Core and Explore.”
Remember when I talked about where your traffic and business comes from today, where’s 80% of that? What’s the 80% that’s most important to you? That’s where you should be putting most of your efforts. That’s your “Core.”
Then spend maybe 20% of your time on “Explore,” finding new channels, finding new opportunities. You’re not exploring for its own sake, though. You want to find things that can become part of your core over time.
And we use a framework that I call CORE to choose those:
So, Customers. Are your customers on that channel? Do they use or interact with that channel regularly?
Outcomes. Is this an effective platform for delivering your key message? Can it help you reach more of the people you want to reach and drive more business? And most importantly, does it actually drive more business? As you test it, are you seeing positive business results from it?
Resources. Do you have the knowledge and the skills needed to use this platform effectively? If not, how will you close those gaps? That’s a great place where working with a creator can work for you because they already know how to close those gaps.
And of course, Execution. What is your plan? What are your next steps to get started?
So as you evaluate potential channels, look at “Customers, Outcomes, Resources, Execution (CORE),” and determine which ones work best for you.
Once you’ve answered those questions, take your plan out and test it. And as you learn, see if you can make it part of your core activities. Ultimately, that’s where we’re going to go.
Now you’ll note in all this I haven’t talked about search because my concern is how Google is going to change search over time. I also want to be clear, search isn’t completely going away.
What’s also true is that the best way to beat Google at its own game is to have customers search for you by name. Every single one of these activities that I’ve mentioned could actually increase your search traffic. The difference is, customers won’t be looking for, you know, “generic service near me,” “hotels near…,” or, “restaurants near…,” or “businesses who solve X problem.” They’ll be searching for you by name. And that’s the long game.
Because then no matter what Google does, you win:
So to recap everything we’ve talked about the last two weeks
And that’s the whole point of this, is to make sure that no matter what anybody does, you’re still in a position to succeed. I can’t wait to see what you do.
I want to close this episode with something I said at the end of the original recording. I think it’s very much worth repeating. The best way to beat any gatekeeper at their own game is when customers ask for you by name. It is not about relying on a platform. It’s not about buying ads, just your brand by name every time.
That was true of Google in June of 2024. It’s true of ChatGPT in April, 2026, and it’ll be true of whatever comes next. The long game doesn’t change.
If you want a practical playbook for playing that long game in an AI first world, check out my book, Digital Reset, Driving Marketing and Customer Acquisition Beyond Big Tech. The link is in the show notes at timpeter.com/podcasts.
Also subscribe so you don’t miss what’s coming and connect with me on LinkedIn. Just search Tim Peter. Or email me at podcast@timpeter.com. I always love hearing from you.
This has been Digital Reset. I’m Tim Peter. Thanks for being here. I’ll talk with you next time. Take care everybody.
Take Your Next Step Toward a Digital Reset“Digital Reset with Tim Peter” helps you look beyond the "shiny objects" to build a business that lasts. How can we help you today?
The post Win No Matter What: The Hub and Spoke Strategy (Digital Reset Foundations 491) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
ChatGPT launched ads in its responses earlier this year. But they weren’t for everybody. They couldn’t be. Their ads came saddled with a $60 CPM and a $200,000 minimum spend. That pricing is roughly in line with prime-time NFL inventory. Naturally, the tightly-managed pilot started with only around 600 advertisers.
OpenAI might be new to the gatekeeper game, but they sure understand how to collect a tax on the traffic they offer. According to CNBC, OpenAI’s ad pilot crossed $100 million in annualized revenue in under two months.
Now, Search Engine Land is reporting that OpenAI is bringing self-serve access — and getting rid of the $200,000 minimum — this month.
Early performance data around ChatGPT’s ads isn’t as simple as OpenAI’s robust revenue headline suggests. One trade publication put it bluntly: "ChatGPT’s first advertisers can’t prove their ads worked."
The big picture is more complicated though. Yes, click-through rates are low and reporting tools have had challenges. But Criteo — the first ad-tech partner integrated with ChatGPT on the pilot — says that LLM-referred users convert at roughly 1.5 times the rate of other referral channels.
Why? Because it looks like ChatGPT’s ads are a brand awareness channel, not a performance marketing one… at least for now.
This episode of the podcast serves as the paid-media companion to Episode 489’s "The Long Game." The shortcut trap that Tim described in the last episode — where every new gatekeeper offers cheap access early, then raises the toll — is coming for AI.
The question for you isn’t whether you should advertise on AI platforms. Instead, it’s what are you you’re building while the rates are still relatively low… and whether your brand has organic signal worth amplifying in the first place.
This episode of the podcast delivers a three-question framework to help you make the right decision around ChatGPT’s ads. Tim also explains why OpenAI almost certainly will have to change how their ad model works — and why that might make now potentially the cheapest moment to learn how this channel will work for your business.
Key Insights for Marketing and Business Leaders Navigating AI Advertising
In this episode, Tim Peter breaks down:
Whether you’re a CMO deciding how to allocate a test budget, a marketing manager preparing for the question from your CEO, or a small business owner trying to understand what’s happening in AI advertising, this episode of the show gives you the framework to answer the right questions before you commit.
The Gatekeeper’s New Tax: What ChatGPT Ads Mean for Your Marketing Budget (Digital Reset Episode 490) — Headlines and Show NotesShow Notes and Links* OpenAI ads pilot tops $100 million in annualized revenue in under 2 months – CNBC * ChatGPT hits $100 million in ad revenue and is opening self-serve access in April – Search Engine Land * Criteo Joins OpenAI Advertising Pilot in ChatGPT – Criteo * ‘Still finding its feet’: Underwhelming early returns for ChatGPT Ads | Campaign US * Advertising – Worldwide | Statista Market Forecast * AI search ad spending will climb with consumer adoption * US Digital Advertising Statistics & Market Data 2026 * OpenAI CEO and CFO Diverge on IPO Timing — The Information * The Long Game: What 15 Years of Digital Marketing Teaches Us About AI (Digital Reset Episode 489) * The AI Coin Flip: Why AI Gives Every Customer a Different Answer (Digital Reset Episode 488) * Agentic Commerce: ChatGPT Bails on Its Shopping Plans (Digital Reset Episode 487) * The AI Value Gap: Why 82% of Companies are Failing to Gain from AI (Digital Reset Episode 486) * Best of the Show: In the Age of AI, Brand Isn’t Everything. It’s the Only Thing * The House Always Wins: Lessons from Google’s 2025 Earnings (Digital Reset Episode 484) * What ChatGPT Ads Mean for Your Business (Digital Reset Episode 481)
Buy the Book — Digital Reset: Driving Marketing and Customer Acquisition Beyond Big TechTim Peter has written a new book called Digital Reset: Driving Marketing Beyond Big Tech. You can learn more about it here on the site. Or buy your copy on Amazon.com today.
Past AppearancesRutgers Business School MSDM Speaker: Series: a Conversation with Tim Peter, Author of "Digital Reset"
Free DownloadsWe have some free downloads for you to help you navigate the current situation, which you can find right here:
Subscribe to Thinks Out Loud* Subscribe in iTunes * Subscribe in the Google Play Store
Contact information for the podcast: podcast@timpeter.com
Past Insights from Tim Peter ThinksTechnical Details for Thinks Out LoudRecorded using a Shure SM7B Vocal Dynamic Microphone and a Focusrite Scarlett 4i4 (3rd Gen) USB Audio Interface.
Running time: 19m 59s
You can subscribe to Thinks Out Loud in iTunes, the Google Play Store, via our dedicated podcast RSS feed (or sign up for our free newsletter). You can also download/listen to the podcast here on Thinks using the player at the top of this page.
Transcript: The Gatekeeper’s New Tax: What ChatGPT Ads Mean for Your Marketing BudgetWelcome back to the show. Last week I laid out the shortcut trap, the pattern that every new gatekeeper follows, where early access looks cheap, the shortcut looks smart, and by the time the toll arrives, too many brands have built too much of their strategy depending on the thing that’s about to change the terms on them.
In particular, I focused on how the shortcut trap applies when you’re working to show up in AI answer engines. This week I want to talk about the paid media version of that story because that’s where the tolls that the gatekeepers want you to pay show up pretty much every single time.
This isn’t some theoretical future scenario. OpenAI has had ads live on ChatGPT for roughly 600 advertisers since February. And those ads were not cheap. OpenAI required a $200,000 minimum spend and roughly a $60 CPM, about three times what you’d pay on Meta. Hell, that’s roughly comparable to what you’d pay for primetime NFL inventory. And it’s worked out well… at least for OpenAI. CNBC confirmed last week that this pilot they’ve been running has already crossed $100 million in annualized revenue in under two months.
Search Engine Land is reporting that self-serve access and the elimination of the $200,000 minimum spend requirement is coming in April. I’m putting air quotes on that because we don’t have a firm date yet. But basically they should be live this month.
And of course, Google has had ads in AI Mode and AI Overviews, at least in English, in roughly a dozen countries for some time.
I’m going to limit today’s conversation to ChatGPT only. Google is Google after all. And we’ll get a much clearer picture of their situation in a few weeks at their upcoming earnings call.
The fact remains that up until now, ads on ChatGPT was an enterprise level brand decision. With the introduction of self-serve, though, it’s about to become a decision every marketing leader is going to be asked about, doesn’t matter the size of your company.
So what’s going on with ChatGPT’s ads? How are they doing?
Well, the early performance data is mixed. One trade publication’s headline was "ChatGPT’s first advertisers can’t prove their ads worked." Woof. I want to be fair. That doesn’t mean that that takes them off the table. But it is a pretty fair if harsh description of where they stand today.
The channel isn’t proven yet. That’s a fact.
What I intend to do though, is give you a framework to decide whether ChatGPT ads belong in your budget — and what you should be doing, whether you use them or not.
This is episode 490 of Digital Reset. I’m Tim Peter. Let’s dive in.
Okay, so let’s get some big questions out of the way. As I mentioned before the break, OpenAI says they’re launching self-serve ads this month. They’re also saying that the $200,000 entry fee is going away. So for most businesses, that’s not really something you need to worry about. You don’t need to worry about those.
You don’t have $200,000 to spend. Don’t worry about it. You worried when it’ll be ready? Well, they’re coming within weeks. In short, you’ll be able to test ChatGPT ads if you choose, and I promise the rest of this episode will help you answer the question of whether or not you should choose to do so.
Before I do that though, let’s be clear about what’s happening here. I’m not going to spend too much time on setting up what the ads are and how they work because frankly, OpenAI could change the way this works at any time. In fact, as I’ll argue in a bit, they’re almost certainly going to have to change.
At any rate, the way OpenAI is handling ads on ChatGPT right now is to show them only at the bottom of ChatGPT answers. They’re clearly labeled as ads. They’re only shown to users in ChatGPT’s free and "Go" tiers. In other words, customers in the Plus, Pro, Business, Enterprise, and Education tiers won’t see the ads.
While that might sound like a lot of people in practice, something like 85% of ChatGPT’s users fall into the two tiers that are eligible for ads. At the same time, according to CNBC, this is a quote, "less than 20% are shown [ads] on a daily basis."
It’s not clear to me if that’s 20% of all users or only 20% of the 85% who could in theory see them. Since that’s still 17%, I’m not gonna consider that a material difference. And according to OpenAI, its "ads do not influence the answers ChatGPT gives you."
As I also mentioned before the break, that early performance data on the ads is mixed, which I’d think you’d expect, given that at best, only about 17% to 20% of their total audience sees these ads regularly. I’ll link to the various reports in the show notes.
The early data suggests though, that they’re seeing very low click-through rates, strikingly higher conversion rates, and some real reporting challenges in the early days. We can ignore the reporting challenges. They’ll fix that.
Criteo said that users referred from LLM platforms like ChatGPT convert at approximately one and a half times the rate of other referral channels. That’s actually pretty good.
And if we think about the low click-through rates and the high conversion rates, those make some sense.
Low click-through rates seem pretty likely given that the ads are down at the bottom of the page. And given that most conversations with large language models like ChatGPT are about getting answers, why would anyone need to click an ad once they got their answer? Assuming they ever scroll down far enough to see them.
Again on the conversion rate side, that also follows logically that it would be higher than you might expect. Because the ads shown really function more as a brand awareness tool than a direct response tool. Again, the user got an answer and the ad shows a product, service, or brand that’s related to their answer.
I suspect, and I want to be fair, I have no evidence for this other than my intuition and experience, that the ads getting actioned accompany responses containing a brand.
Well, what makes me think this? So we have seen over the last couple of years a number of clients getting increased branded search traffic because AIs are citing them in their answers.
We know that branded search converts at a much higher rate than unbranded search. And I think something similar is happening here. If you’re using these ads, your brand is showing up in the answer, it’s showing up in the ad, or it’s showing up in both.
That’s driving increased awareness of your brand and attracting people who are interested in your offering. The folks seeing those ads become more likely to buy because of the trust signals in the answer and the ad together.
And because they’ve got some affinity for your brand from seeing this, those folks likely convert at a higher rate. They’re like branded searchers. Probably.
Obviously I’d love to see more data, but my gut and my experience in digital marketing make me feel slightly confident about this. I want to be fair, this is not guaranteed. I’d peg my confidence level at maybe 60% to 70%. But it feels kind of likely that that’s what’s happening here.
In either case, I think these ads today are much more of an awareness play than a performance marketing play. Some of the data does seem to support that, and again, you’ll see those in the show notes.
Another point that you want to consider as you think about this tool, this platform, is that you don’t want to get too excited or pulled in by OpenAI’s reported hundred million dollars in revenue.
Just because they’re making money is no guarantee that you will make money.
We are in very early days of these tools and there’s very little data to go on at the moment, so you’re going to want to proceed with caution.
I’m going to give you a framework to think about how you can proceed, but I do want to touch on one point before I get there.
Earlier I said that ChatGPT almost certainly will have to change how their ads work. Their $100 million in annualized run rate kind of demonstrates why. While we’re a few weeks away from Q1 numbers, we know that in Q4 Google made almost $63 billion of its Q4 revenues — fully 55% of its Q4 revenues — from search ads.
If AI ads don’t work, advertisers aren’t going to use them. And the AI companies’ ad platforms won’t produce revenue for them.
OpenAI’s $100 million in annualized revenue is a great number. Seriously. And the fact that they managed to pull that off since February is extraordinary.
What’s also true is that Google made just short of $63 billion from search ads… in a quarter. That’s an annualized run rate just short of $251 billion from search ads alone.
For OpenAI to equal that, they’d need to grow that $100 million number over 2,508 times larger.
Again, I want to be really fair to OpenAI. If they manage to only achieve 1% of that, that’s still $25 billion in annual revenue. That would be an extraordinary, remarkable accomplishment.
It’s also only 1% of Google’s revenues. Put it another way, today they’re pulling in roughly 4% of 1% of Google’s search ad revenues. Not total revenues. Search ad revenues. Period. That is not what their investors are looking for. No way, no how.
As Matthew McConaughey famously said, "you gotta pump those numbers up. Those are rookie numbers." And that’s not going to happen if they only show ads at the bottom of the page to 20% or less of their users. Nope, not gonna happen.
I can’t tell you how they’re going to change the model. I can’t tell you when they’re going to change that model. But they’re going to pump those numbers up. I can almost guarantee it.
If you look at it that way, now might be the cheapest time you could ever choose to test their ads.
So the question comes back around, should you look at ChatGPT ads? Should you test ChatGPT ads for your business?
To answer that question, I’d like you to consider a framework built on three key questions.
The first is, what does AI know about your brand right now? You’ve heard me say this in past episodes, I’ve proposed a test that you can and should conduct so you can learn what AIs think of your brand.
Before you think about running ads in ChatGPT, ask what it knows about your brand. Ask ChatGPT, ask Gemini, ask Perplexity to describe your company. I would prompt it first to act as a novice and then to act as an expert. For example, if I were looking to see what it knows about my company, I’d ask, "tell me what you know about Tim Peter and Associates."
Afterwards, I might provide a more sophisticated prompt, such as, imagine you’re an expert in B2B consulting services with a 180 IQ, and a specific expertise in digital strategy for hotels. Give me your honest assessment of Tim Peter and Associates. Assume that I’m watching you closely and have this expertise myself. Get this right.
Obviously substitute your brand in place of mine. But see what the AI comes back with.
Whatever an AI hedges on or gets wrong is the gap you need to close. Advertising on top of a confused AI signal doesn’t fix the confusion. It amplifies it.
If ChatGPT and other LLMs cannot describe your brand accurately in an organic response, a paid placement at the bottom of that same answer isn’t going to help you.
Your number one task then has to be to help the AI learn the truth about you. And I’ll provide links in the show notes for past episodes where we’ve discussed how you do that.
The second question you need to ask is something I talked about last week. Are you building a foundation for your business or are you renting visibility? AI advertising that helps you drive email capture and direct relationships and app downloads or enrollment in your loyalty program, builds something that persists even after the campaign ends. That’s a foundation you can build on over time.
AI advertising that just drives traffic to your website, traffic that returns to zero when you stop spending, is rent. And rent isn’t necessarily wrong. But you’ve gotta know which one you’re paying for before you commit.
The third question is also from last week’s episode. Would this investment you make still matter if the AI platform changed their algorithm tomorrow?
Most AI advertising currently fails this test. Which means what you’re buying is brand awareness, not infrastructure. Don’t get me wrong, brand awareness is a legitimate goal. But only if brand awareness is what you actually need right now.
Those three questions: "what does the AI know about your brand? Are you building a foundation? And would the investment still matter if the algorithm changed tomorrow?" are where I’d start.
AI ads that help you drive direct relationships are worthwhile. Again, email list signups, first-party data collection, loyalty program enrollment, app downloads. The ad spend might be transient, but the relationship it creates when done well is permanent. That’s always something worth investing in.
This is the same lesson that independent hotels that have survived in the era of OTAs have learned. Hoteliers who used early OTA access to build direct booking programs and build up their CRM had options when costs went up.
The ones who only used OTAs to fill rooms were hostage to the commission structure.
You know that I’m a fan of playing the long game. I think there’s a long game to be played here too.
Again, ChatGPT’s revenues are 4% of 1% of Google’s search ad revenues. Search ads are the biggest driver of ad spending in the world, and AI search ads are projected to grow 10 times over in the next three years. That’s tremendous upside. Not just for ChatGPT, but for you.
And as we’ve seen before, the brands and businesses that use new platforms as a distribution channel to accelerate their direct relationship building and not as a substitute for it are the ones that will win.
If you can test this channel while it’s cheap, drive email capture, drive loyalty signups, build first-party data assets that compound — you are going to be in a really, really good place no matter what happens.
The brands that won’t fare as well are the ones who either wait entirely, and then get hit with higher costs with no first mover advantage, or the ones who treat AI advertising as a performance channel substitute, expecting direct response ROIs from what is, at least today, primarily a brand awareness play. Those folks are in trouble.
Playing the long game here doesn’t mean don’t use AI ads. It means advertise in a way that builds something you keep. Do that right, and you won’t find yourself caught behind the gatekeeper’s gate. You won’t find yourself caught in a shortcut trap. No matter what happens with AI ads in the longer term.
If this episode gave you a clearer picture of how you should approach AI ads for your business, do me a favor. Send it to a colleague who’s getting asked whether it’s time to consider AI ads. It might save them from going down the wrong path.
You can find the show notes for this episode and the full archive of past episodes at timpeter.com/podcasts.
And if you are ready to go deeper on making your brand the answer that AI reaches for, my book, "Digital Reset: Driving Marketing and Customer Acquisition Beyond Big Tech," is the roadmap. You’ll find the link in the show notes.
Thank you so much for listening today. I genuinely appreciate you. Until next time, please be well, be safe, and be excellent to each other. I’ll see you soon.
Take Your Next Step Toward a Digital Reset“Digital Reset with Tim Peter” helps you look beyond the "shiny objects" to build a business that lasts. How can we help you today?
The post The Gatekeeper’s New Tax: What ChatGPT Ads Mean for Your Marketing Budget (Digital Reset Episode 490) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
I’ve got a big secret for you today: Brands winning in AI didn’t pivot to an AI-first strategy six months ago. Almost universally, they’ve been building direct customer relationships, earning independent reviews, and publishing content credible enough to be cited, usually for years.
City of Hope probably didn’t start with a GEO strategy or an AI optimization consultant. But they still appear in 97% of AI queries for their category. Why? Because they made decisions 10, 20, and 30 years ago that continue to pay off today.
AI inclusion, it turns out, is an inheritance. It’s something you build over time — and if you’ve been building the right things, the AI will find you.
That raises two obvious questions:
We’re going to look at the second question in detail in next week’s episode. Today, we’re diving deep into the first one.
And the answer to that first question is that companies often fall into a “shortcut trap.” Every new gatekeeper’s entry into the market comes with a period where taking the shortcut looks like the smart play.
The challenge for many businesses is that the shortcut isn’t a scam — it works… at least for a while. And that’s what makes it dangerous. By the time its true costs becomes visible, too many businesses have built far too much of their strategy around it. They own visibility but not the customer relationship.
This episode traces 15 years of how that pattern has repeated across a variety of platform shifts — Google, social, OTAs, and now AI. It also outlines two clear tests you can use to separate a genuine foundation investment from a shortcut dressing up as strategy.
If you’re the one who has to explain your AI strategy at your next budget meeting, this episode highlights the pattern and the language you need to make the case.
Key Insights for Strategic Leaders to Close the Gap
In this episode, Tim Peter breaks down:
Whether you’re in hospitality, retail, or B2B — and especially if you’re the person who has to answer "what’s our AI strategy?" while watching the platform landscape shift under your feet — this episode gives you 15 years of pattern recognition to work with.
The Long Game: What 15 Years of Digital Marketing Teaches Us About AI (Digital Reset Episode 489) — Headlines and Show NotesShow Notes and Links* The AI Coin Flip: Why AI Gives Every Customer a Different Answer (Digital Reset Episode 488) * Agentic Commerce: ChatGPT Bails on Its Shopping Plans (Digital Reset Episode 487) * The AI Value Gap: Why 82% of Companies are Failing to Gain from AI (Digital Reset Episode 486) * The Foundation: From Card Catalogs to Concierges — Your SEO + GEO Blueprint (Digital Reset Episode 485)
Buy the Book — Digital Reset: Driving Marketing and Customer Acquisition Beyond Big TechTim Peter has written a new book called Digital Reset: Driving Marketing Beyond Big Tech. You can learn more about it here on the site. Or buy your copy on Amazon.com today.
Past AppearancesRutgers Business School MSDM Speaker: Series: a Conversation with Tim Peter, Author of "Digital Reset"
Free DownloadsWe have some free downloads for you to help you navigate the current situation, which you can find right here:
Subscribe to Thinks Out Loud* Subscribe in iTunes * Subscribe in the Google Play Store
Contact information for the podcast: podcast@timpeter.com
Past Insights from Tim Peter ThinksTechnical Details for Thinks Out LoudRecorded using a Shure SM7B Vocal Dynamic Microphone and a Focusrite Scarlett 4i4 (3rd Gen) USB Audio Interface.
Running time: 24:25
You can subscribe to Thinks Out Loud in iTunes, the Google Play Store, via our dedicated podcast RSS feed (or sign up for our free newsletter). You can also download/listen to the podcast here on Thinks using the player at the top of this page.
Transcript: The Long Game: What 15 Years of Digital Marketing Teaches Us About AIWelcome back to the show. The brands winning in AI right now didn’t pivot to an AI first strategy six months ago. Almost universally, they’ve been building direct customer relationships, earning independent reviews, and publishing content credible enough to be cited for years.
The AI didn’t teach them anything new. It just made visible who has done the work and who has been renting their results from the nearest gatekeeper. I’ve been watching this pattern play out for 15 years through Google algorithm updates, organic reach collapse on social media like Facebook and LinkedIn, increased commissions and take rates from intermediaries like online travel agencies and Amazon, and now the first wave of AI driven discovery.
Each time the businesses that navigated the shift with the least damage had the same things in common: a direct relationship with their customers, an earned reputation that didn’t depend on any single platform, and data that they owned, literally owned.
Here’s the thing. That framework isn’t complicated. Build credible content. Collect independent reviews. Earn the right to show up in your customer’s inbox. Make your brand signal clear.
Most people listening to this show already know that. The question this episode answers is, if the formula is this well understood, why are 82% of companies still stuck in the AI value gap? Why don’t they just do this?
The answer has everything to do with a trap that every new gatekeeper sets and that smart, experienced marketing leaders fall into anyway. I’ve watched it happen through four different platform shifts. I’d like to make sure it doesn’t happen to you on this one.
This is episode 489 of Digital Reset. I’m Tim Peter. Let’s dive in.
A couple of weeks ago, you heard me talk about City of Hope and the fact that they show up in 97% of AI queries for their specific category. Well, City of Hope did not have a GEO strategy. They didn’t hire an AI optimization consultant.
They showed up in 97% of AI queries for their category because of decisions they made 10 years ago, 20 years ago, 30 years ago or more. That should tell us something about what AI actually rewards. AI inclusion is an inheritance. It’s not an acquisition.
City of Hope inherited their position from years of peer reviewed research, independent media, and an earned reputation with their patients. The AI was trained on all of that.
Most GEO strategy, quote unquote, is sold as something you can acquire this quarter. But if AI inclusion is primarily inherited from prior fundamentals, that changes and should change your budget discussion, your budget conversation.
AIs see a weak signal, a contradictory signal, or no signal, and it loses confidence in your brand. When an AI sees a strong signal, a clear signal, a coherent signal, that’s when you win. The brands who are showing up consistently today are showing up because they’ve built brands worth people asking for by name. This is what I mean when I say the brand is the prompt.
But also brands that are worth answering by name, that the AI can confidently say, "As a concierge, I know the answer to your question. I know who you should be talking to."
Winning in the long run isn’t just about what you do this quarter. It’s what you do for a long time. If you go to your AI of choice — it doesn’t matter if it’s Google Gemini, it doesn’t matter if it’s ChatGPT, it doesn’t matter if it’s Perplexity, it doesn’t matter if it’s Claude — go to the AI you like the most and ask it to describe your brand.
Everything it gets right is a sign that you have a strong signal. Everything that it gets wrong or hedges on or isn’t quite clear on, that’s where you have a gap. And that’s your roadmap. You don’t need a vendor to do an audit. The AI itself is going to tell you this is what it knows to be true about you. That’s really, really key.
Now the most common gap is when you say one thing about your brand and your customers are saying something else about your brand. It sees a difference between your statements and your customer’s reviews. That’s a huge contradiction, and that means the AI will lose confidence in you. It cannot confidently recommend you to a potential customer.
Note that this isn’t just about the discussions happening on platforms that the AI trusts. It’s that you have never done the work to build review velocity for your business, that you haven’t worked to gain the earned media presence that gives the AI some corroborating evidence beyond just what you say on your site or beyond just what it sees in reviews.
Neither of those gaps is going to get solved by a GEO vendor — immediately. Both are solved by doing the same things that improve your direct business: giving a better customer experience, gaining better reviews, and building clearer signal.
I’ve worked with businesses to reduce their dependency on big tech companies over the last 15 years — through Google updates, through the emergence of OTAs, through social reach, and now AI. And what’s interesting is how this era looks similar to what I’ve seen before.
In the book Digital Reset, I talk about a pattern that happens: a new discovery channel emerges. Something comes around and we go, "oh, this is cool, we should check this out." We get good results from it early. We test it and we see that this is really working, and usually at a pretty low cost.
Over time, the platforms with legs grow more dominant. They build a bigger base of customers and often send more customers your way, usually at a pretty low cost. That’s super attractive. So you double down on that. You dive in even further until suddenly that becomes a major source of your business.
But at that point, that puts them in a position of gatekeeping power. And as you’ve heard me say many times before, gatekeepers gonna gate. They have to. They are required to, because they owe it to their shareholders to monetize the traffic and the connection that they have with customers to grow their revenues and grow their profits and grow their shareholder value. And so what happens is the gatekeeper then raises the toll to you.
This is a vicious cycle that occurs again and again and again. We’ve seen this repeatedly with search, with social, with mobile, with OTAs. It happens consistently.
Every time there’s a new platform shift, there’s a window. It could be two years, it could be three years, it could be five years, where the new gatekeepers are still building their position and they haven’t yet started collecting the highest tolls they can.
That’s huge because marketing leaders look at that and say, this is a great opportunity for our business. And that’s good. That actually is a good idea.
We saw this, I’ll give you a real world example, with independent hotels and hotel brands. They had opportunities to build direct booking capabilities and direct booking connections with customers before OTAs became kind of non-negotiable. First before September of 2001. Then in the later 2000s.
The ones that took advantage of those windows built direct websites. They built email lists. They built loyalty programs — either recognition programs or reward programs — to connect directly with customers and gain data. And they built direct revenue.
The ones that didn’t do those things are still paying 20% commissions as table stakes for 35, 40, 50% of their business. That’s not a great place to be. The boutique hotels that appear in ChatGPT answers today for questions like "the best independent hotel in Charleston," or "the best independent hotel in Orlando," are there because of the reviews they’ve been gaining for the last 10 years, for the content that they’ve been publishing for the last eight to 10 years, for press coverage that they earned five or six or seven years ago, and every year in between. They’re not there because of some AI strategy. They inherited that position because they had an overarching brand strategy and an overarching strategy of how to connect with their customers directly every single time.
The hotels that went all in on OTA distribution, the retailers that outsourced their audience to Facebook, the publishers who handed their traffic to Google — each of those folks made, I want to be fair, a rational decision in that moment. It wasn’t a mistake in the small terms. The problem was that they didn’t own anything when the platform changed the terms of the relationship.
So the question that I would ask is whether we are seeing a different game or whether it’s the same game with slightly different rules. Spoiler alert, I think it’s the same game with slightly different rules.
There are definitely new things happening here. Artificial intelligence, AI answer engines, and AI assistants and AI agents as they arrive, are weighing things like corroboration quality — is your story being backed up in other places — more than just "did you get a bunch of links." It’s much harder to game that with volume or technical tricks.
In that sense, AI is doing what search has always supposed to be doing before they had to spend so much time fighting black hat SEO types and people trying to game the system. Candidly, one reason why I’m so bullish on Google is that they know what getting gamed looks like. I’ve argued that many of the AI answer engines right now are doing a speed run through Google’s search spam learnings, and that they’re going to have to make changes that Google’s been making for years.
What hasn’t changed is expert authored content. You’re familiar with EEAT probably, from Google — Expertise, Experience, Authority, Trust. Companies and businesses that have built that expertise and have built that authority and have gained that experience and have gained that trust are the ones doing well.
What also hasn’t changed is independent validation and trusted platform reviews and a strong, well-regarded direct brand that follows from those. Those drove organic authority 10 years ago, and they’re driving AI inclusion today.
Maybe you’ve heard me say before that content is king, customer experience is queen, and data is the crown jewels. That’s what we’re still seeing even with artificial intelligence.
One thing to keep in mind here is a "do no harm" principle, a "first, do no harm" principle. If a GEO tactic is going to hurt your search performance, it’s probably not going to work for artificial intelligence either — and certainly not in the long term. The tactics that work for both are the same: quality content, earned external references, active review management.
The brands that win in AI today are the ones that have inherited that position. The question you should be asking right now is not "how do we acquire AI visibility?" It’s "how do we build the brand that produces AI visibility as a byproduct of being a brand that AI values?"
Now, if the fundamentals are this clear and the pattern is this consistent, why are 82% of companies still stuck in the value gap? Why don’t they just do the thing?
Every new gatekeeper’s entry into the market included — and includes — a period where taking the shortcut looks like the smart play. In Google’s case, it was things like link building programs even before you had to pay for them. In social media’s case, it was building organic reach and building your follower count. In OTAs, it was things like low cost early commissions. And with AI it’s things like GEO vendors and AI content farms and churning out high volumes of low quality, low cost content so that you show up.
But those all stop working at a certain point. They realize people are spamming this. So Google shuts that down. The social media channels say we need to actually earn money off of these folks, so we’re going to pull back the algorithm and change what your organic reach is. The OTAs are saying, we’re contributing a lot of business to your hotel, so we need to raise commission rates.
What makes you think that the AIs are going to do anything different? We don’t know exactly when that will occur, but I’m really confident it’s coming because we’ve seen this happen again and again and again.
Now, I want to be very fair to people who have gone down this path before and chosen that path. It’s not a scam. It’s a trap.
It’s not a scam because it works — at least temporarily. That’s what makes it so dangerous. A scam would be easier to resist. You’re savvy enough — the people who’ve done this are savvy enough — to know that if you’re not getting value out of something, you would never put your efforts there, you would never put your money there.
So the people who have taken these approaches are not fools. What they are doing is saying, "Hey, this is producing results for me. I should double down on this."
That’s what makes it dangerous — the fact that it actually does work. The challenge is that you end up owning visibility, but not the relationship with the customer.
The shortcut is always attractive exactly at the moment when you need it the most, because they’re helping you reach customers you haven’t reached before, usually at a relatively low cost. All that you see at that point is the upside. By the time the cost becomes visible, too many people find themselves in a position where they’ve built far too much of their strategy depending upon that thing. That’s not a great place to be.
Marketing leaders need to think in terms of: when is this a genuine investment in our foundations, and when is this a shortcut dressed up as a strategy?
I would think there are a couple of ways you would test this.
The first is to ask whether this investment would matter if AI changed tomorrow. If we look at things like expert authored content or review velocity programs or first party data infrastructure or earned media from credible sources, those are going to improve your business regardless of which AI model is dominant six months from now, 12 months from now, 18 months from now. If the investment only works because of how ChatGPT works in Q2 of 2026, that’s probably a warning sign.
The other test is: does this investment compound its value over time, or does it require a reset every couple of months?
Shortcuts work. Foundations compound. A review earned today is in the training data for the next model update. Content that gets cited once tends to get cited again. First party data gets more valuable as you collect more of it from your customers.
If an investment’s value has to be reinvested every time the platform updates, that’s a shortcut. If it compounds regardless of the platform updates, then you’re building a foundation for success long term.
When you walk into your monthly review or your quarterly review and you’re making the case for the budget you need going forward, you should not be thinking in terms of "we shouldn’t invest in AI." That’s not what I’m saying here.
You should be saying: we should invest in AI the way businesses that survive every platform shift invest. We should be investing in the things that improve our business and compound across every platform, not only in things that work for this particular algorithm or this particular artificial intelligence. One of those has a long-term opportunity for you. One of those means you’re going to keep throwing money after money after money every time the algorithm changes.
When we think about budget categories: expert authored content that earns citations — a hundred percent. Review velocity programs — a hundred percent. First-party data infrastructure — a hundred percent. If we’re talking about people selling you, "you’re going to appear in the AI top every single time" — you might want to take a really close look at that. You might want to start small and test, because maybe they do know something. But you want to make sure you own the result, not just the visibility, before you double down there, before you try to scale this up.
The businesses that I have watched navigate every platform shift without getting captured have all had one thing in common. It’s not that they saw the future first. It’s not that they were smarter than everybody else. It’s just that they never fully gave up the direct relationship with the customer.
They built a long lasting brand platform, a long lasting customer relationship that survived and thrived every time the platforms shifted. They didn’t chase any short term wins at the expense of the long term opportunity.
I have had this exact conversation through the Google updates, through the collapse of reach on social media, with hotels and OTA commissions, and now with AI. Some of this isn’t that I’m predicting the future. I’ve seen this and seen folks get burned by it plenty in the past, including me from time to time.
This is hard won experience. You eventually learn, “Hey, maybe we shouldn’t chase the ‘ooh, shiny object,’ but we should build something of lasting value." The folks I’ve worked with who’ve acted on these conversations and learned from them and applied them — and the folks who aren’t even clients who figured it out on their own — they’re the ones who are doing great and they’re the ones who have options to continue to improve over the long run.
This is not some sophisticated, brand new AI strategy. It’s a 15 year pattern that keeps working no matter who the gatekeeper is next. And ultimately, that’s the place where you want to be.
If this episode helped you think more clearly about where to put your budget this year, or gave you language for the conversation you’re about to have with your CMO or CFO, do me a favor — send this to a colleague who’s wrestling with the same question. That’s how these conversations get into the rooms where the decisions are made.
You can find the show notes for this episode, including the research we discussed and the full archive of past episodes at timpeter.com/podcasts.
And if you’re ready to go deeper on building a brand for the next platform, whatever it turns out to be, my book, "Digital Reset: Driving Marketing and Customer Acquisition Beyond Big Tech," offers the full framework. You’ll find the link in the show notes.
Thank you so much for listening today and for all of the episodes you’ve listened to. I genuinely appreciate you. Until next time, please be well, be safe and be excellent to each other. I’ll see you soon.
Take Your Next Step Toward a Digital Reset“Digital Reset with Tim Peter” helps you look beyond the "shiny objects" to build a business that lasts. How can we help you today?
The post The Long Game: What 15 Years of Digital Marketing Teaches Us About AI (Digital Reset Episode 489) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
Over the last three weeks on this show, our fearless leader, Tim Peter, covered three big ideas. These are:
Those are not three separate problems. They’re three symptoms of the same underlying condition: a weak brand signal. The brands that show up consistently — City of Hope appearing in 69 of 71 AI responses, not 2 of 71 — have built something the machine can’t easily ignore.
The question this episode answers is how they’ve successfully done this.
When this episode first aired, Tim called it the "first, do no harm" framework: the bridge between traditional SEO and the emerging world of generative engine optimization. He introduced the shift from a world of card catalogs to a world of concierges. He laid out why content is king, customer experience is queen, and data is the crown jewels also works as an operating model to drive prompt brand equity for your business. And it’s a framework that has been validated in every episode that followed.
One thing has changed since the original recording: the SparkToro research Tim mentioned at the time has since been published in full, covering 2,961 prompts by 600 volunteers across nearly two months of runs using ChatGPT, Claude, and Google. The numbers confirmed everything the original episode predicted… and then some. If you are staring at your 2026 budget wondering where to place your bets, this is the blueprint.
Key Insights for Strategic Marketing Leaders
In this episode, Tim breaks down:
Whether you’re in hospitality, retail, or B2B — and especially if the last three episodes left you with a framework but not the foundation — this episode makes everything click.
Want to learn more? Here are the show note for you.
The Foundation: From Card Catalogs to Concierges — Your SEO + GEO Blueprint (Digital Reset Episode 485) — Headlines and Show NotesShow Notes and Links* The AI Value Gap: Why 82% of Companies are Failing to Gain from AI (Digital Reset Episode 486) * Agentic Commerce: ChatGPT Bails on Its Shopping Plans (Ep. 487) * Why AI Gives Your Customer Different Answers… Every Time * GEO vs. AEO vs. AIO vs. SEO on Google Trends * Rand Fishkin proved AI recommendations are inconsistent – here’s why and how to fix it * Are Citations in AI Search Affected by Google Organic Visibility Changes? * AEO And GEO: Google’s Outbound Traffic Down 33%: The GEO Revolution Is Here * Airbnb says traffic from AI chatbots converts better than Google * LinkedIn abandons traditional SEO as 60% traffic loss forces radical strategy shift * The House Always Wins: Lessons from Google’s 2025 Earnings (Podcast Episode 484) * Why AI Won’t Kill Search—It’s Doing Something Much Bigger (Episode 483) * What Brand Tattoos Tell Us in the Age of AI (Podcast 482) * AI Is Changing How Customers Choose — Here’s How Brands Win in 2026 (Best of the Show: Revisiting Episode 478) * What ‘The Brand Is the Prompt’ Really Means for Your Business (Episode 474) * Rethinking Your Website in the Age of AI (Episode 473) * 7 Best AI Search Visibility Tools for Enterprises (2026) * Tools mentioned in this episode: + Peec AI – AI Search Analytics for Marketing Teams + seoClarity – AI Search Optimization Platform + Finseo – AI-Powered SEO Tools for Next-Gen Search Optimization + SE Ranking – AI SEO Software + Profound – Optimize Brand Visibility in AI Search + AI Search Monitoring Tool – Track ChatGPT, Perplexity & Google AIO
Buy the Book — Digital Reset: Driving Marketing and Customer Acquisition Beyond Big TechTim Peter has written a new book called Digital Reset: Driving Marketing Beyond Big Tech. You can learn more about it here on the site. Or buy your copy on Amazon.com today.
Past AppearancesRutgers Business School MSDM Speaker: Series: a Conversation with Tim Peter, Author of "Digital Reset"
Free DownloadsWe have some free downloads for you to help you navigate the current situation, which you can find right here:
Subscribe to Thinks Out Loud* Subscribe in iTunes * Subscribe in the Google Play Store
Contact information for the podcast: podcast@timpeter.com
Past Insights from Tim Peter ThinksTechnical Details for Thinks Out LoudRecorded using a Shure SM7B Vocal Dynamic Microphone and a Focusrite Scarlett 4i4 (3rd Gen) USB Audio Interface.
Running time: 18m 08s
You can subscribe to Thinks Out Loud in iTunes, the Google Play Store, via our dedicated podcast RSS feed (or sign up for our free newsletter). You can also download/listen to the podcast here on Thinks using the player at the top of this page.
Transcript: SEO vs. GEO: How to Show Up When AI is the ConciergeWelcome back to the show. Over the last few weeks, we’ve taken a deep dive into some of the uncomfortable realities about the state of AI. I’ve looked at why 88% of companies are playing with these tools while only 6% are actually seeing significant value. I call that an AI tax, the time and money spent fixing machine mistakes and chasing efficiency at the cost of customer trust.
Last week, we saw how deep that rabbit hole goes. And I discussed how AI recommendations change more than 99% of the time, proving that if you’re chasing a specific ranking in ChatGPT or Claude, you’re basically bidding your strategy on a coin flip… on a series of coin flips. And before that, we saw OpenAI pull back on agentic commerce features because operational complexity and customer behavior don’t always align with the tech press hype.
These are not three separate problems. They’re symptoms of a weak brand signal.
As we’ve seen, the brands that show up consistently, like City of Hope showing up 97% of the time, do so because they’ve built a foundation of corroborating stories, of digital witnesses, that the machines just can’t ignore.
So how do you actually build that foundation for your business? How do you move from chasing the shiny object to investing for optionality? Today, I want to revisit a foundational episode that maps exactly how you show up when the world moves from card catalogs to concierges. This is the "first, do no harm" framework that bridges the gap between traditional SEO and the new world of GEO.
If you are staring at your 2026 budget, wondering where you can place your bets most successfully, this episode is the blueprint for you.
This is Digital Reset with Tim Peter. I’m Tim Peter. Let’s dive in.
So I think we all agree it’s unbelievably important that you show up in AI answer engines. What I’m not sure we completely agree upon is the fact that you need to show up in SEO still too, in traditional search.
I want to give full credit to SEO expert Lily Ray for this idea, but we want to think about the fact that first, “do no harm.” Forget for a moment how you show up in AI answer engines. Of course you want to do that.
I also suspect, and see this with my own clients, that for most businesses, even in a world of zero-click searches, Google still represents a significant, and probably your largest, single source of traffic.
So the first thing you want is don’t do anything that screws up what Google gives you. This isn’t an SEO versus GEO question. It’s SEO plus GEO. Remember, you don’t get the plus if you mess up one side of the equation or other.
As you read GEO advice, as you listen to GEO experts, as you listen to people talk about this, you need to ask yourself, “does this have the potential to hurt our current organic situation?” If the answer is no, go ahead and do it. Do it immediately even.
If the answer is yes, well, don’t ignore it outright.
Instead, then ask, “okay, how do we gain the benefits of this recommendation while also keeping our existing SEO position — or better yet, improving that existing SEO position?”
Again, it’s not either SEO or GEO. It’s SEO and GEO, SEO plus GEO.
Second, and you’ve heard me say this many times that customer experience is queen. I’m kind of bundling the first two portions of our royal court of brand building here. You’ve heard me say many times in the book, Digital Reset, that content is king and customer experience is queen.
Those are still true. What’s also true, is that your content has always included what others say about you. You have a secret sales force working for you — or for your competitors — based on what your customers’ experiences are and what they say about those experiences in social and in ratings and reviews. They’re telling their friends and family and fans and followers all about what they think about your products and services and your brand more broadly.
If you’re in a category like hospitality or travel or any kind of B2C, what others say about you in public ratings and reviews plays a massive role here. You’re undoubtedly familiar.
In B2B, the same is still true. It just tends to happen in private. It could be text or LinkedIn messages. It could be email. It could be on Slack or Teams channels or phone calls. But folks ask other folks, “Hey, what do you know about this company? What do you know about their products and services? Do they work well for you?”
Your content has always included what others say about your brand and business. Well, the data seems pretty clear that those discussions influence whether or not you show up in AI responses. That’s something we just have to keep top of mind.
You also want to keep do no harm in mind, too, because what people say about you, whether it’s public or private, drives awareness, interest and action among your potential customers.
Ideally, that’s to your business’s benefit. But even a poor customer experience creates a narrative around your brand and one that you’ll fight against for a long time to come, especially in GEO. If “the concierge” is reading all kinds of bad things about your brand, guess what it’s going to know about your brand?
We want to move to an era where your brand is the prompt. And if somebody types in your brand and the answer engine says, “Man, I don’t know about that brand…” that’s really, really, really bad for your business. Not just now, but over the long term.
Making sure that when your brand is the prompt that the concierge has great things to say about you, about your brand, about your business, is a clear component of why customer experience is queen now more than ever. So seriously, take care of the queen. This really matters.
Finally, if you had have some exposure to our Royal Court framework that I’ve talked about many times, you’ll know that I say data is the crown jewels. And I want to talk for a minute about what that means in this case.
I’m seeing many businesses experience a big lift in branded traffic or conversions that don’t have an obvious source. Folks are just coming to your website or opening your app or reaching out to your sales team or sending you an email without starting on your site. They just kind of appear. And if they’re not doing that, well, you want them to, regardless of whether they’re doing that today or not. Listen to my prior points from a moment ago if you need more help on how you can do that.
The question we want to be thinking about then is if people just show up, what metrics matter to your business? We can’t rely on the metrics we’ve used for a long time. Now is the time to get your KPIs and your metrics in order so that you can actually determine what is our current state and are we moving forward in a direction that we want to.
Again, data is the crown jewels. They help you make better business decisions and take better care of your customers so that they actually have a better experience, so that you actually have a better shot of showing up more often.
Clearly, we’re going to lose some visibility into what’s happening compared to what we’ve had for years. You might not get the same level of tracking or the same level of insights you’ve had in the past. That’s okay. We just need to keep track of the metrics that genuinely matter and help you make better business decisions.
Now the first one should be obvious, it’s revenue, right? Are you seeing more revenue or less revenue? Ultimately, that is the final determinant of whether or not any of this is working for your business. If your revenue is going up, that’s probably a good sign that you’re doing the right thing. If your revenue is declining, that’s probably a clear sign that you need to do something different than what you’ve been doing up till now. So that’s a huge one you want to pay attention to.
Of course revenue is a trailing indicator. It only tells you what happened in the past. It’s not necessarily all that predictive of what’s going to happen in the future.
So another key performance indicator you want to watch is lead volume. That could include actual leads in a B2B context. It could also include the number of people who put items in their shopping carts in B2C or enter your booking engine in a hospitality context. Are people showing interest in engaging with your brand and your business in a commercial way?
Do they want to talk to you? Do they want to hear from you? Pay super close attention to whether they are signing up for your email lists. Are they giving you their information for SMS? Are they saying, “I want to have a conversation with you, not just now, but in the future and want to hear from you directly?” Again, that’s a super, super huge sign about where your business is going to go in the future.
We do a bunch of work with hospitality clients and we’ve determined that for your typical set of hotels, every new email address you collect is worth somewhere between five and thirty-five dollars in future revenue. So if that data isn’t showing up, if you weren’t collecting that data from your customers, it’s a pretty good sign that your future revenues are going to have some real problems.
Again, data is the crown jewels here. It points to real future revenue.
Another metric that matters a ton are brand searches. Are the number of searches for your brand in organic traffic shrinking or growing?
If it’s shrinking, you’re likely not showing up in AI or traditional search near as much as you’d like to or need to. People aren’t finding you. They then aren’t then going to Google and ask for you. Again, review my prior points for what you can do about that.
If you see those numbers rising though, it’s a pretty good sign that AI is likely surfacing you more often. AI is talking about you and people are learning about you to then come over to your website by searching you by name. That’s a really clear use case that we’ve seen customers do where they learn about you and then they go ask traditional search to help them find you and find your website. Hugely important.
A more recent and more sophisticated way to watch this is something called prompt brand equity. This is a term that we’ve talked about a bunch; it’s something that I think matters a lot as we go forward. And of course, I’ll link to in the show notes other times we’ve talked about this.
Now, prompt brand equity is not about where you rank in AI search results. It’s how often you show up at all.
There’s some great research from Rand Fishkin that shows where you appear in AI answers is not at all predictable. You could be number one in one chat, number two in another chat, and number three in a third chat, even though you’re an equally good answer for all three chats, even if the prompt was precisely the same. It’s not predictable. And it’s not predictive of what’s going to happen with your business.
The thing you want to keep in mind here is it’s not about where you rank. It’s does your brand appear at all? Do you ever show up? Don’t worry about tracking where you rank, but absolutely pay attention to whether or not you appear.
There are a bunch of pretty good tools for measuring this metric right at the moment. Tools like Peec AI, seoClarity, FinSEO, SE Ranking, Profound, and Otterly all seem to get good reviews and good feedback for how well they measure the frequency of how often your brand appears. It’s probably worth checking out each of those to see what might work best for you.
My point here isn’t to recommend one tool or another. Your specific needs may lean you towards one versus the other. My point is to strongly recommend that you keep track of whether or not your brand appears at all. Otherwise, you have no way of knowing whether in fact your brand is the prompt… or isn’t.
Tracking how frequently your brand appears is a great way to learn whether or not your content marketing and GEO efforts work. If you’re showing up, that’s a good signpost that your content is being used by AI answer engines. And if not, well, then your content pretty likely isn’t doing its job.
It’s critical to understand what’s working here and what isn’t. As I mentioned last week, we’ve moved from a world where you just needed to show up in a card catalog to a world where you need to convince a concierge that you’re the right choice. That’s why taking care of both traditional search and GEO matters.
Your successful digital reset isn’t about fighting with machines. It’s about ensuring your brand signal is clear enough for those machines to find you. Because in this new era, your brand isn’t just a logo or a label… not that it ever was. It’s that your brand is the prompt — or it needs to be if customers will consistently find you no matter where they go looking.
If this episode helped you make sense of some of the noise around SEO and GEO and about digital more broadly, do me a favor, send it to one of your colleagues who is currently staring at their 2026 budget and wondering what they should do next.
You can find the links to the GEO tracking tools we discussed, the show notes for this episode, and the full archive of all past episodes at TimPeter.com/podcast.
And if you’re ready to move beyond big tech for your business, my book, Digital Reset, Driving Marketing and Customer Acquisition Beyond Big Tech, provides the roadmap to reclaim your demand. You’ll find a link in the show notes.
Thank you so much for listening today. I genuinely appreciate you. Until next time, please be well, be safe, and be excellent to each other. I’ll see you soon.
Take Your Next Step Toward a Digital Reset“Digital Reset with Tim Peter” helps you look beyond the "shiny objects" to build a business that lasts. How can we help you today?
The post The Foundation: From Card Catalogs to Concierges — Your SEO + GEO Blueprint (Digital Reset Podcast) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
Rand Fishkin’s team ran 2,961 prompts across ChatGPT, Claude, and Google AI. 600 volunteers, 12 different prompts, two months of runs. They wanted to answer one question: how often do you see the same list of brand recommendations twice, even with the exact same prompt?
The answer? Less than 1% of the time. The odds of seeing the same list in the same order are closer to one in a thousand.
Most conversations about AI inconsistency treat it as a measurement problem: how do I know if my brand is showing up? That’s a legitimate question. But it’s not the only question. And it might not even be the most important one.
If AI systems give different recommendations essentially every time, the same inconsistency is already baked into every AI chatbot you’ve deployed — your hotel chat widget, your B2B sales assistant, your customer service tool. Most teams have never measured it. And some of those inconsistent answers are already driving negative reviews for your brand and business.
This episode connects three stories Tim has covered over the last three weeks — the AI value gap, the uncertain timeline of agentic commerce, and now AI inconsistency — showing that they all stem from the same underlying condition. It also explains what City of Hope, appearing in 69 of 71 AI responses for "West Coast cancer care hospitals," tells us about how you can fix this problem for your business.
Key Insights for Strategic Leaders to Close the Gap
In this episode, Tim Peter breaks down:
Whether you’re in hospitality, retail, or B2B, this episode is for anyone who’s deploying AI in a customer-facing role… or who’s who’s being asked to report on AI visibility and wants a better sense of what they’re actually measuring.
The AI Coin Flip: Why AI Gives Every Customer a Different Answer (Digital Reset Episode 488) — Headlines and Show NotesShow Notes and Links* NEW Research: AIs are highly inconsistent when recommending brands or products; marketers should take care when tracking AI visibility – SparkToro * Rand Fishkin proved AI recommendations are inconsistent – here’s why and how to fix it * Agentic Commerce: ChatGPT Bails on Its Shopping Plans (Ep. 487) * The AI Value Gap: Why 82% of Companies are Failing to Gain from AI (Digital Reset Episode 486) * SEO vs GEO: How to Show Up When AI is the Concierge * Peec.AI — AI brand visibility measurement * seoClarity — AI search visibility and GEO tools
Buy the Book — Digital Reset: Driving Marketing and Customer Acquisition Beyond Big TechTim Peter has written a new book called Digital Reset: Driving Marketing Beyond Big Tech. You can learn more about it here on the site. Or buy your copy on Amazon.com today.
Past AppearancesRutgers Business School MSDM Speaker: Series: a Conversation with Tim Peter, Author of "Digital Reset"
Free DownloadsWe have some free downloads for you to help you navigate the current situation, which you can find right here:
Subscribe to Thinks Out Loud* Subscribe in iTunes * Subscribe in the Google Play Store
Contact information for the podcast: podcast@timpeter.com
Past Insights from Tim Peter ThinksTechnical Details for Thinks Out LoudRecorded using a Shure SM7B Vocal Dynamic Microphone and a Focusrite Scarlett 4i4 (3rd Gen) USB Audio Interface.
Running time: 22m 01s
You can subscribe to Thinks Out Loud in iTunes, the Google Play Store, via our dedicated podcast RSS feed (or sign up for our free newsletter). You can also download/listen to the podcast here on Thinks using the player at the top of this page.
Transcript: The AI Coin Flip: Why AI Gives Every Customer a Different AnswerWelcome back to the show. I’m Tim Peter.
I’ve talked about a concept called "Prompt Brand Equity" for a while now, the idea that what matters in AI search isn’t where your brand ranks. It’s whether you show up at all, whether your brand shows up at all. And I mentioned some early research from Rand Fishkin at SparkToro, shows that AI recommendation lists were unpredictable. You could be number one in one chat and number three in the next, even with the exact same prompt, by the exact same person.
Well, the full research is out now, and the numbers are much more striking than I expected. Rand’s team ran 2,961 prompts through ChatGPT, Claude and Google AI with 600 volunteers over two months. The question they were trying to answer, how often do you see the same list of brand recommendations twice, even if you run the exact same prompt over and over?
The answer? Less than 1% of the time. I want to say that again. Less than 1% of the time do you see the same list twice. In other words, practically never. That has real consequences for how you measure your business’s AI visibility and for how you think about the AI tools that you’ve already deployed in your own business.
And for the ROI gap that I covered on episode 486, which if you missed it, was about why 88% of companies are using AI, but only 6% are seeing significant value from it. It turns out that these trends, these traits, these facts are connected. Today I want to get into how.
This is episode 488 of Digital Reset with Tim Peter. I’m Tim Peter. Let’s dive in.
Okay. Let me start with what the research actually found, because the headline number undersells it a little. Rand Fishkin partnered with Patrick O’Donnell at a company called Gumshoe.ai. They recruited 600 volunteers to run 12 different prompts, things like "recommend headphones under $300," or "what are the best project management tools."
They ran these through ChatGPT, Claude, and Google Gemini, Google AI, over and over for two months, nearly 3,000 runs in total. And what they found is this: the list of brands recommended changes more than 99% of the time. The odds of seeing the same list in the same order twice are closer to one in a thousand.
That’s nuts, right? So I wanna be fair about what this means and what it doesn’t mean. It doesn’t mean that AI is useless. It doesn’t mean that brand mentions in AI are random and it definitely doesn’t mean you should give up on showing up in AI answers. Far from it.
What it means is that where you appear in any given AI response, whether you’re number one or number three, tells you essentially nothing. That position is random. It’s not predictive of anything to you or to your business.
The useful metric isn’t rank. It isn’t where you show up. It’s frequency. How often does your brand appear at all, across a large sample of runs on the questions that matter to your customers. That number tells you something real.
That number is, of course, prompt brand equity, not position, frequency.
I mentioned Rand’s early work on this in episode 485 when I talked about how we’ve moved from a world of card catalogs to a world of concierges. The new data just puts specific numbers into what we already expected. The picture is much clearer now, and if I’m being really honest, a little more dramatic than I expected.
Now, here’s what I think is the most under-reported part of the story, and it matters a lot if you are in hospitality or honestly, if you’re in any business that has deployed AI in a customer facing role.
When people talk about AI inconsistency, they almost always frame it as a marketing measurement problem. You know, how do I know if my brand is showing up? And it’s a legitimate question. I’ll get back to that in just a moment, but it’s not the only problem here.
The second problem is operational, and it’s happening right now in your business.
If AI systems give different recommendations essentially every time to customers asking the same question, what do you think is happening when your AI chatbot answers the same question from two different customers? Think about that for a moment.
Let me give you a hospitality example. Let’s say you’ve got a guest who opens your hotel’s chat widget and asks, what’s the cancellation policy for a reservation that’s made between this date and this date? And your AI gives them an answer. An hour later, a different customer asks the exact same question because they’re staying during a high demand period.
Your AI might give a slightly different answer. Maybe the window is 48 hours in one response and 24 in another. Maybe it says that there’s a charge for one and not for the other. Maybe amenities that are included get described differently. Maybe the rate quote shifts. Is that happening? Uh, almost certainly.
Has anyone on your team actually measured it with any consistency? Almost certainly not.
By the way, this is not just a hospitality problem, it’s a B2B problem too. It’s a retail problem too. If you are using an AI tool to help your sales team respond to prospect questions or using AI to handle initial customer service inquiries, the same inconsistency is baked into those responses. Your AI isn’t giving a consistent answer. It’s giving a distribution of answers, and your customers are sampling from that distribution. That’s an operational liability, not just a measurement inconvenience.
In hospitality, especially where the expectation of guest forms before arrival is a huge driver of satisfaction. Or dissatisfaction and where dissatisfied guests write reviews that the AI then reads. And I don’t mean the AI on your website. I mean ChatGPT or Claude or Google Gemini or Google AI Overviews or AI Mode. This is a problem that you need to think carefully about.
So if AI recommendations are this inconsistent, why is it that some brands do really well and others don’t? Why do some brands appear in almost every other response while others don’t appear in very many at all? And there’s a phenomenal example, just an amazing example from the research that I want to share.
Rand’s team asked Google, specifically to recommend "West Coast cancer care hospitals" 71 times, and City of Hope appeared in 69 of those responses. That’s 97% of the responses.
That’s not luck, that’s not some glitch in the algorithm. City of Hope appears in 97% of those responses because the AI’s confidence weight for City of Hope on the topic of "West Coast cancer care" is so high that it essentially has to include them. There’s too much validating information from too many credible independent sources pointing in the same direction for the AI to leave them out with any reasonable probability.
I want to be fair here for a moment. There is a reality in Google searches where they refer to "your money or your life searches," things where it can cost somebody significant money or it can interfere with their health outcomes.
Google is very careful in YMYL searches, "your money or your life" searches, not to include any business that could reasonably harm your money or your life.
So it is possible, I want to be very clear, it’s very possible that this specific query ends up being a YMYL query, or because it’s a YMYL query, Google’s going to be particularly careful not to recommend a brand that it’s not highly confident about.
It still underscores the point that the concierge wants to give the best possible answer, not just what gets the most links, not just what ranks number one, but what it knows is the correct answer. And what City of Hope is seeing is what high prompt brand equity looks like when it’s working.
The inverse is also true. Brands that show up 5% or 10% of the time aren’t being penalized. They’re simply not validated enough. They’re simply not enough corroborating information about them for the AI to be willing to commit to the brand.
Now, when I say validated or corroborated, I want to be specific about what that means. Because "post more content" isn’t the answer here. That’s not how you’re going to win.
What AI systems are doing is triangulating. They’re looking at a variety of sources and they’re asking "Do multiple independent sources, sources that have no obvious reason to be aligned, point to this brand and only this brand—or mostly this brand—as a credible answer to this question?"
Sure your own website says you’re doing great. That’s a data point, but it’s not necessarily a very high weight one. You are a biased source. What your customers say in reviews, that’s a higher weight signal. What industry publications and third parties say about you? Also a higher weight signal. What other expert sources cite you for, again, higher weight.
They’re witnesses to your competence and your capabilities and your credibility. Digital witnesses backing up and verifying what the concierge, the large language model, knows about you.
This. This is the reason that I say content is king, customer experience is queen, and data is the crown jewels. It’s not just a branding concept, it’s an operating model that drives prompt brand equity.
The content you publish establishes what you are about. It says, "this is who we believe we are." The experience you deliver generates the reviews and the word of mouth to validate that, that corroborates the other witness’s story. And the data, the first party signals that you own and the external signals that others generate about you is what the AI draws from to decide whether or not you are the brand it should include.
When those three areas, the content, your customer experience, and your data, are aligned and consistent, the AI’s confidence weight for your brand goes up. The concierge can recommend you confidently.
When those data points, when those three elements are contradictory or thin or absent, you’re the brand that shows up one time in 10.
Your brand is the prompt, but for your brand to actually be the prompt for the AI to reach for you by name the way it reaches for City of Hope, it needs enough signal that it has no other choice of who to select.
So practically, what do you do about this? I want to give you four things to think about this time around.
First shift your measurement from rank to frequency. Stop worrying about whether you’re number one or number two in an AI response. That number will change constantly and tells you nothing at all reliable.
What you want to track is if you run the 10 questions your customers most commonly ask across ChatGPT, Google, and Perplexity, let’s say for 10 runs each, how often do you appear? That’s your baseline frequency. And you can use tools like Peec.AI or seoClarity or others to actually measure that for you. But run it again 30 days from now, 60 days, 90 days from now. If your frequency is going up, then your signals are strengthening. If it’s declining, then something needs your attention.
I talked about many of these tools in episode 485, and I’ll link to them again in the show notes. But you can start measuring today for free with nothing but an hour and a few open browser tabs. If you’ve got people on your team, great. Set them to the same task. Take a few people, take 30 minutes and ask them to do it, and record those in a Google Sheet or an Excel spreadsheet so you’ve got something to refer back to.
Second audit your internal AI tools for consistency. While you’re worrying about showing up in external AI answers, go check what your own deployed AI is telling your customers.
In fact, if you already have an AI chatbot, I would do this first.
Take a look at the most frequently asked questions. Could be five, could be 10, but the ones that get asked regularly and the ones that your team already know the answer to cold and ask your chatbot each one 10 times. If the answers differ materially on anything that would affect a customer’s expectations, you’ve got an operational problem that’s creating review risk right now. And that’s actually more urgent than any GEO tactic because you’re creating a negative impression of your brand.
Third, focus your content investment on increasing witnesses, credible witnesses, not just content volume. One piece of original expert authored content that gets cited and shared and referenced by independent sources does more for your prompt brand equity than 50 AI generated blog posts.
The AI isn’t counting the number of pieces of content on your site. It’s weighting the content by the degree to which independent verifiable sources, credible sources, confirm what your content says. Write less. Make it more citable. Make it more original. Make it more authentic. Make it genuinely worth citing. That’s how you get cited more often.
Fourth, treat review velocity as a strategic input, not just a reputation metric. Review velocity was always an important metric. This was always important. But AI makes it more true.
Reviews are one of the highest weight external signals that AI systems draw upon, particularly if you’re in hospitality or a local business, or, uh, a customer service oriented business.
Recent, detailed, specific reviews on Google, TripAdvisor, Yelp, your OTA listings are among the most direct inputs to prompt brand equity available to small, independent businesses. Larger businesses, the same is gonna be true for something like G2 because that’s where your customers go to talk about you. Getting 10 substantive high quality reviews this quarter does more for your AI visibility than almost any technical GEO tactic. And responding to those reviews where the systems allow you, all of them, not just the good ones, tells the AI that you’re a business that takes the feedback seriously. That’s a signal too.
Okay, so those four tactics out of the way, here’s the bigger picture I want to leave you with.
Over the last three weeks on this show, I’ve talked about three different stories that all come from the same root cause. I talked about the AI value gap, why 88% of companies use AI, but only 6% see significant results. I talked about agentic commerce and why even OpenAI wasn’t reasonably able to predict how soon AI driven transactions would happen. And now I’m talking about AI inconsistency, why the same prompt produces a different answer almost every single time.
I’m going to say this as clearly as I can. Those are not three separate problems. They’re three symptoms of the same underlying condition. AI systems work by constructing a best guess answer from the available signals. The concierge wants to know. When the signals are weak or inconsistent or contradictory, its output is going to be weak and inconsistent and contradictory.
When the signals are strong, deep, and consistent, the AI finds you. It commits to you. It recommends you 69 times out of 71 as opposed to one out of a thousand. The companies in the 6% who are closing the value gap, the businesses that appear consistently in AI answers, they’re not doing something exotic. They’re doing the fundamentals very, very, very well.
They’ve got clear objectives. They’ve got strong content. They’ve got data they own and trust. And they have customer experiences that earn reviews that confirm what their content says.
That’s the digital reset in practice. It’s not fighting the AI. It’s not chasing every new platform or tool or protocol. It’s making your signal clear enough that the machine finds you, no matter what form that machine takes, whether it’s Big Tech or AI or something else that comes down the road. It all works together. Do that well, and you’re gonna find yourself in a very good position for a very long time.
Now, if this episode gave you a clearer picture of what prompt brand equity actually means and how you can build it, do me a favor. Send it to one colleague who is currently staring at your 2026 budget and wondering where they put their money, what we do next. It might send them from spending time or money on the wrong thing. Even better, send this to the person on your team who is currently reporting on AI rankings. Ask them "if this list changes 99% of the time, what are we actually measuring?"
I want to remind you that you can find the show notes for this episode, including links to the SparkToro research, the brand visibility tools that I mentioned, and the full archive of past episodes at timpeter.com/podcasts.
And if you’re ready to go deeper on making your brand the answer that AI reaches for my book, "Digital Reset: Driving Marketing and Customer Acquisition Beyond Big Tech," is the roadmap that you need. You’ll find the link in the show notes.
Thank you again so much for listening. I genuinely appreciate you. Until next time, please be well, be safe and be excellent to each other. I’ll see you soon.
Take Your Next Step Toward a Digital Reset“Digital Reset with Tim Peter” helps you look beyond the "shiny objects" to build a business that lasts. How can we help you today?
The post The AI Coin Flip: Why AI Gives Every Customer a Different Answer (Digital Reset Episode 488) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
OpenAI launched in-chat checkout in September 2025, promising that users could shop and buy directly inside ChatGPT. Analysts forecast trillions in sales.
Then, just last week, the company pulled back: near-zero sales, a dozen merchants integrated out of millions, and a consumer base that was happy to research in ChatGPT but wanted to buy somewhere familiar. Expedia and Booking Holdings stocks rose on the news.
So what does this tell us about agentic commerce — the idea that AI agents will act as buyers, completing purchases on customers’ behalf?
It tells us that the direction of agentic commerce is real… and the timeline is not. The question then is what do you do when you can see where we’re headed, but not when we’ll get there. That’s what this episode of the podcast is all about.
Key Insights for Strategic Leaders to Close the Gap
In this episode, Tim Peter breaks down:
Whether you’re in hospitality, retail, or enterprise marketing—this episode is for anyone being asked "what’s your agentic commerce strategy?" and isn’t sure what to say.
Agentic Commerce: ChatGPT Bails on Its Shopping Plans (Digital Reset Episode 487) — Headlines and Show NotesShow Notes and Links* OpenAI Scales Back Shopping Plans for ChatGPT — The Information * OpenAI Kills In-Chat Checkout After Near-Zero Sales — Awesome Agents * ChatGPT to Scale Back Agentic Commerce Amid Users ‘Browsing Without Buying’ — Performance Marketing World * OpenAI Just Blinked: Nobody Seems to Want to Shop Inside ChatGPT — Spree Commerce * OpenAI’s Shift Shows Travel Is Too Complex for Quick-Fix Distribution — PhocusWire * ChatGPT Bails on Direct Bookings, Sending Expedia and Booking Stocks Soaring — Silicon Review * Lengow Blog — What Went Wrong with ChatGPT Checkout * Google Blog — Agentic Commerce Tools & Protocol * Google Makes Etsy and Wayfair Items Shoppable Within Agentic AI Search — Retail Brew * Google Ads Chief Details UCP Expansion — Search Engine Journal * March 2026: The Month Agentic Travel Gets Real — OAG * IDC — Agentic AI Will Redefine Travel and Hospitality in 2026 * Travel Brands Are Building AI Agents for a Consumer That Doesn’t Exist — Skift * OpenAI Recalibrates E-Commerce Ambitions — OpenTools AI * Structured Data’s Role in AI Search Visibility — Search Engine Journal * How Structured Data Schema Transforms AI Search Visibility in 2026 — Medium * Mews — 2026 is Make-or-Break for Hotel Transformation * The AI Value Gap: Why 82% of Companies are Failing to Gain from AI (Digital Reset Episode 486) – Tim Peter & Associates * SEO vs GEO: How to Show Up When AI is the Concierge * Why AI Won’t Kill Search—It’s Doing Something Much Bigger (Episode 483) * AI Is Changing How Customers Choose — Here’s How Brands Win in 2026 (Best of the Show: Revisiting Episode 478) * What Apple and Google’s AI Deal Means for Your Business (Podcast Episode 480) * Best of the Show: In the Age of AI, Brand Isn’t Everything. It’s the Only Thing (Podcast) * Best of the Show: What ‘Your Brand Is the Prompt’ Really Means for Your Business (Podcast) * Revisiting Will Agentic AI Kill Your Content Marketing? (Podcast) * Digital Reset: Build Customer Relationships Big Tech—and AI—Can’t Touch (Thinks Out Loud 458) * The CORE Methodology: How to Build Traffic and Revenue Beyond Google — Part 2 (Thinks Out Loud Episode 425) – Tim Peter & Associates * Google Schema Testing Tool * Why Amazon Is Going to Launch a Search Engine (Thinks Out Loud Episode 345) * What’s Amazon’s Travel Offering Really About? (Travel Tuesday) * Gartner: AI agents to command $15 trillion in B2B purchases * Strategic Predictions for 2026: How AI’s Underestimated Influence Is Reshaping Business * The Vor Game: Lois McMaster Bujold: 9780671720148: Amazon.com: Books
Buy the Book — Digital Reset: Driving Marketing and Customer Acquisition Beyond Big TechTim Peter has written a new book called Digital Reset: Driving Marketing Beyond Big Tech. You can learn more about it here on the site. Or buy your copy on Amazon.com today.
Past AppearancesRutgers Business School MSDM Speaker: Series: a Conversation with Tim Peter, Author of "Digital Reset"
Free DownloadsWe have some free downloads for you to help you navigate the current situation, which you can find right here:
Subscribe to Thinks Out Loud* Subscribe in iTunes * Subscribe in the Google Play Store
Contact information for the podcast: podcast@timpeter.com
Past Insights from Tim Peter ThinksTechnical Details for Thinks Out LoudRecorded using a Shure SM7B Vocal Dynamic Microphone and a Focusrite Scarlett 4i4 (3rd Gen) USB Audio Interface.
Running time: 23m 55s
You can subscribe to Thinks Out Loud in iTunes, the Google Play Store, via our dedicated podcast RSS feed (or sign up for our free newsletter). You can also download/listen to the podcast here on Thinks using the player at the top of this page.
Transcript: Agentic Commerce: ChatGPT Bails on Its Shopping PlansWelcome back to the show. I’m Tim Peter.
OpenAI launched a feature in September of 2025 called Instant Checkout. The idea behind it was really simple. You could browse for a product inside ChatGPT, and buy it right there without ever leaving the chat interface. The press loved it. The tech press just went nuts. Everybody on LinkedIn said, "Oh my gosh, this is the best thing ever." Analysts said that it would disrupt Google Shopping. Gartner forecast that by 2028, 90% of B2B purchases will be handled by AI.
Last week… OpenAI pulled the plug. They’ve gotten near-zero sales from it. A dozen merchants integrated with it out of millions.
OpenAI hadn’t built the state sales tax infrastructure and it turned out that users, consumers, customers are happy to research inside ChatGPT. They just don’t wanna buy there yet. In the travel space, Expedia and Booking Holdings stocks went up on the news. The OTAs, the online travel agents that were supposed to be disrupted by this got a lifeline.
Here’s what I want to do today, though. I’m not going to tell you that agentic commerce isn’t coming. It is. The direction is clear. But instead, I wanna talk about what you do when you genuinely cannot predict the timeline. Because we can’t. OpenAI just proved that.
And the right answer to that uncertainty isn’t to freeze. It’s also not to build your strategy around the next big press release. It’s to do the things that make your business better today, and also happen to prepare you for any version of the agentic future when it actually arrives.
This is episode 487 of Digital Reset with Tim Peter. I’m Tim Peter. Let’s dive in.
Here’s what happened. In September of 2025, OpenAI announced that they were going to make it possible for people to be able to book reservations right in ChatGPT.
They said that people would be able to buy things from folks like Wayfair right in ChatGPT. They were working on a big integration with Shopify so that people could buy right within ChatGPT. And here we are six months later—this is early March, 2026—and they’re pulling back from this. They’ve announced "we are not gonna do this."
And there are three reasons why this happened. And let’s start with the most important one and always the most important one, which is customer behavior. Customers were browsing, they weren’t buying. People today use ChatGPT, the way they use Google. They research and they narrow down their options, and then they complete their purchase somewhere that they trust.
It’s not an implementation issue that they’re working through here. This is a behavioral reality.
The second big reason is operational complexity. Payments require tax infrastructure. They require fraud prevention, refund handling, and consumer protection and compliance. OpenAI had built, well, none of it yet. For travel specifically, there’s also all the liability issues, cancellations, disrupted trips, customer service complaints, et cetera. PhocusWire called it too complex for quick fix distribution. These aren’t bugs that OpenAI is going to patch right away. They’re fundamental hard problems of commerce that Amazon and Expedia and Booking and lots of other folks have spent the last 30 years solving.
In travel specifically, Amazon has attempted more than once to build a commerce platform only to back off because, well, it’s hard and it doesn’t really align with what they do well. Right? They’ve got free shipping, which doesn’t matter in travel. They’ve got, uh, warehouses, which don’t matter in travel, right? All of these things don’t play to their strengths, and at the moment they don’t play to ChatGPT’s.
The third problem, the third reason, is about merchant adoption. At least according to some research, maybe a couple of dozen Shopify merchants actually integrated. That’s out of millions of Shopify merchants. Real world e-commerce doesn’t plug in the way that the developer demo suggests today.
And I wanna be really clear, I’m talking about today. I do not want you to listen to this podcast, I don’t want you to listen to anything I’m saying here and think I’m saying that AI is overhyped or it, you know, this is never going to work. That is such an easy thing to say. And it’s wrong. It is wrong. It is not a thing I’m saying.
What’s really happening, if I can borrow the classic podcast phrase, is that two things are true at the same time. What happened here, what has happened here is that ChatGPT checkout failed in its first attempt. I mean, we’ve all been there, right?
But things like Google’s Universal Commerce Protocol and ChatGPTs Agentic Commerce Protocol are still moving forward.
Etsy and Wayfair are already transacting within Google AI Mode and in some cases in ChatGPT. Sabre, PayPal and MindTrip have an end to end agentic travel booking system that they anticipate is gonna happen in Q2 of 2026. By the way, Q2 of 2026—I’m recording this on March 11th—that’s, you know, weeks from now. So the direction is real. A company that controls payments, infrastructure. Ahem, Google with Google Pay, and Google Wallet, can do things that a company that doesn’t, OpenAI as of February, 2026/March, 2026, can’t do right now. Google’s integration with Siri and, as a potential consequence of that, their potential integration with Apple Wallet just underscores the opportunity that’s available to Google right now and others who do the work to make that happen.
The timeline is what’s uncertain here, not the destination. It’s pretty clear where we’re headed.
Last week I talked about the fact that Klarna made a very similar misstep. There’s a pattern we’ve seen before here. This is simply the Klarna moment for agentic commerce.
You may recall in last week’s podcast, I talked about the fact that Klarna replaced 700 customer service agents with AI in February of 2024. The press again was all over this that, "Oh my gosh, this is the moment that AI is gonna replace all the people." Well, fast forward to spring of 2025, and the CEO of Klarna said "we went too far."
The technology was real. The timeline for how long it took to deploy was wrong. The gap between the press release and the operational reality was enormous.
I mean, that sounds familiar, right? You’ve seen this before. Agentic commerce is just following that same path. You know, the tech press that it was here, people on LinkedIn went nuts. OpenAI launched the feature. The feature didn’t work the way it was supposed to, and so it’s time to recalibrate a bit.
Again, the lesson isn’t AI doesn’t work. The lesson as always is build your strategy around principles that hold, no matter which version of the technology wins.
Lois McMaster Bojo is a sci-fi author. She wrote a book years ago called "The Vor Game." And the hero of the book, Miles Vorkosigan, learns that, quote, "the key of strategy is not to choose a path to victory, but to choose so that all paths lead to victory."
The point is the same as what I’m talking about. You want to win no matter what happens, no matter which technology folks eventually adopt.
Right now, executives across hospitality, retail, B2B are all being asked some version of "what is our agentic commerce strategy? Do we have one?"
That is a reasonable question. That’s a really important question to think about and work on for your business. It’s also impossible to answer today because the infrastructure, who controls the checkout moment, which protocol wins—whether it’s Google’s UCP, OpenAI’s ACP, or something that has not yet been proposed—and finally, what your customers will actually do simply is unsettled. We don’t know yet.
Here’s the thing. The fact that you can’t answer that question does not mean you can’t act. It means that you need to act in a way that doesn’t bet on any one specific answer. You have to bet so that all paths lead to victory.
There’s a useful concept in strategy. You’ve heard this before. It’s called investing for optionality. You wanna give yourself options.
Instead of betting on one specific outcome, you make moves that pay off across a range of outcomes. The right agentic commerce strategy right now is an optionality strategy. Do the things that make your business better today, and that also happen to put you in a position so that you do well no matter which version of agentic commerce actually arrives.
So there are four things I think are valuable right now—or GEO, for AI search, for traditional search, and for direct business/direct bookings in hospitality and travel—that also will make you ready for agentic commerce when the infrastructure, you know, shows up.
If your content has schema markup, if you’ve got schema markup on your site, AI systems in recommendation mode right now and in purchase mode, you know, sometime not too far down the road, can read about your system, about your inventory. They can read about your prices or your rates. They can understand your amenities and the benefits that you offer to customers.
There’s data that suggests that sites with proper schema markup are cited in AI responses three times more often than those that aren’t. This isn’t something that’s speculating about the future. This is improving your GEO visibility this week. It also doesn’t hurt your traditional search either.
Remember, a few weeks ago I talked about this idea of "first do no harm." This is a perfect "first, do no harm action." Help yourself today and help yourself in the future.
The second thing you want to do, and we’ve talked about this as well, is review velocity on trusted platforms. Review how often people are talking about you.
AI systems give a lot of credit right now to review recency and review volume on sources they’ve been trained to trust, whether that’s Google, whether it’s TripAdvisor, whether it’s Yelp, whether it’s industry publications, whether it’s social media. These aren’t just agentic commerce signals, by the way. They’re the same signals that drive business and AI search inclusion right now. Encouraging customers and guests to review you on the right platforms has always mattered. it now matters more than ever. It’s also another reason why customer service is queen now and always.
The third thing you wanna think about, and this one is more about hospitality, though it has applications in other, um, spheres as well, other domains as well, and that is rate parity. Any tool, whether it’s an AI agent, a search result, or human browsing that finds a lower price on an OTA than on your direct channel sends the customer to another hotel or to an OTA.
This isn’t a new problem. It’s just something that has become a much bigger problem.
If Google for instance, doesn’t see that rate parity, you’re not gonna show up in AI overviews in AI mode. Pretty much all the time you’re gonna lose in meta search pretty much all the time. This is a prerequisite for any distribution strategy today, tomorrow, traditional, or agentic… period.
The fourth thing you want to do is build direct relationships with your customers and collect first party data. You’ve heard me say that data is the crown jewels many, many, many times. This is probably the single deepest lesson from OpenAI’s walk back.
The checkout moment is still resolved when customers trust you. And trust flows through relationships that don’t depend on a third party intermediary. The hotels that have direct relationships with past guests, clean CRM data and loyalty programs, that aren’t OTA dependent, have options when the distribution landscape shifts. That’s true, by the way, in retail, it’s true with B2B. When customers buy directly from you, when customers have a direct relationship with you and trust you, they’re more likely to come back to you again and again and again. The brand becomes the prompt. That’s where you want to live.
The businesses and brands that don’t do this are at the mercy of whomever controls the next layer, right? And as we all know, they become gatekeepers and gatekeepers gonna gate.
Everything I’ve just talked about is the entire argument, the whole argument of "Digital Reset." You cannot predict which gatekeeper will control the connection with your customer next. You can’t. It could be, uh Google. It could be Meta. It could be Amazon. It could be Perplexity. It could be ChatGPT. It could be Booking.com or Expedia. It could be AI agents.
Each one has looked like the definitive answer at some point or other, or like they could be the definitive answer. Right now we don’t know which ones will. We don’t. We can’t.
The companies that build direct relationships that own their data and invest in their hub, their own channels rather than their spokes, you know, platform mediated traffic, always have options when the landscape shifts.
The ones that outsource their sales and marketing to somebody else don’t.
You don’t need an agentic commerce strategy. You need a "direct relationship with your customers" strategy, one that makes you resilient to the next gatekeeper and the next channels that they support, regardless of when that happens or who that turns out to be.
Fundamentally, that’s how you ensure all roads lead to victory.
Now I’m gonna give you a real world example of this and how we’ve seen this happen in the past. Independent hoteliers have seen this story before.
Early in the 2000s, the conventional wisdom was that OTAs were a great distribution channel. They gave you high visibility, no upfront cost, and you paid only on conversion. Properties leaned in, and a decade later, and found themselves in a situation where OTA commission rates had risen to 15 to 25%.
Parity clauses had had grown so onerous that they really lost control of their own distribution. And the properties that had built their entire distribution strategy around an Expedia or a Booking.com found that they had no leverage to negotiate… and frankly, not a lot of direct channel to fall back on.
By the way, the same thing happened again with Google and metasearch.
The agentic commerce question is structurally the same thing. The question isn’t, "will AI agents book hotels?" They will, in some form. Sometimes today. And definitely eventually.
The question is, when AI agents do book hotels, are they going to route through Google’s UCP, Booking.com‘s agentic layer, Sabre’s system… or something that doesn’t exist yet?
Nobody knows! And that includes Google. And that includes OpenAI.
But hotels that have built direct relationships with past guest data and loyalty programs and recognition programs, and direct booking engines with, realtime rates and availability, and a great guest experience, they have a seat at any of those tables.
A hotel that is dependent on OTAs or on intermediaries for 35%, 40%, 50% of their revenue? They’re waiting to find out which intermediary is gonna control the world as they go forward. Mews called 2026 a make or break year for hotel transformation. But if you look at what they said, they didn’t talk about "Get your agentic booking infrastructure ready."
Instead, they talked about, "Hey, get your systems, your data, and your teams AI ready before conversational search, and before AI agents and assistants move from experiments to everyday guest expectations."
They’re telling you how to prepare. That’s what we’re talking about too, right?
So there are three moves you can take right now that you absolutely should be doing.
The first is to "run the agentic test" today. I talked about this a couple of weeks ago. "What is AI saying about you?" Go to ChatGPT. Go to Google, Gemini. Go to Perplexity. Ask each one to recommend a business like yours or a property like yours in your market. Are you in the results? Do you even appear?
We’ve talked about prompt brand equity; do you show up? Retail, B2B, hospitality. You all face the same question.
Importantly, this is today’s question, not next week’s or next month’s or next year’s. This matters right now. What those AI assistants and agents surface in their recommendation reality today is what any future a agentic booking system or commerce system is going to start from. If you don’t appear, you’re not even in the game
Second, audit your schema. Use Google’s free Rich Results Test, which I’ll link to in the show notes, and check whether your business gets it right. Do your inventory or your rates, or your prices, or your amenities or your room types, are they all correctly exposed via schema? This is free. It takes you maybe 15 minutes and it will improve your current AI search visibility, whether or not agentic bookings arrive today, tomorrow, next week, next month, next year.
Third, always treat your direct channel as the asset that it is. You know, rate parity. A good, clean, very responsive booking engine, and a reason to book direct, a reason why guests should choose you, why customers should choose you, are prerequisites for any go-to market strategy, including agentic ones. If you don’t have this fixed today, no amount of schema markup is gonna matter when the agent does the price comparison.
The honest answer to what’s your agentic commerce strategy is "we’re building a foundation that works regardless of how the technology unfolds." Because the last company that had announced a definitive answer changed course, they reversed themselves six months later.
That is not ducking the question, that is the strategically correct answer. It’s the answer that your digital reset is built around.
Build direct relationships. Own your data. Create great, customer experiences. And make your brand the prompt.
Not because you’re predicting the future correctly, but because those investments pay off in every version of the future, including the ones that nobody predicted yet.
If you want the full framework for how we think about this and how you can think about this, not just agentic commerce, but the whole gatekeeper problem that keeps shifting, I wrote "Digital Reset" specifically for you. The king, the queen, the crown jewels framework; the hub and spoke model; Your brand is the prompt. All of it’s in there, all of it developed in full. The link is in the show notes.
Thank you so much for tuning in once again. I genuinely appreciate you being here. As you know, this show would not happen without you. You can find the show notes for this episode at timpeter.com/podcasts. And if you know somebody who you think this episode would help, please share it with them. I’d genuinely appreciate it if you would do that.
Until next time, I hope you have a spectacular rest of your week and a spectacular week ahead. Until the next time we talk, please be well, be safe, and be excellent to each other. I’ll see you soon.
The post Agentic Commerce: ChatGPT Bails on Its Shopping Plans (Digital Reset Episode 487) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
8% of companies have adopted AI. Only 6% are seeing "significant" value. That leaves a staggering 82% value gap most businesses face.
If your team feels like they are running faster just to stay in place, you aren’t suffering from a tech problem — you’re paying an "AI Tax."
In this episode, Tim Peter breaks down the data from McKinsey, Section, and Workday to reveal why the C-Suite thinks AI is a miracle while the front line sees it as a burden. More importantly, he talks about what you can do to close the gap for your business.
Key Insights for Strategic Leaders to Close the Gap
The AI Value Gap: Why 82% of Companies are Failing to Gain from AI (Digital Reset Episode 486) — Headlines and Show NotesShow Notes and Links* The State of AI: Global Survey 2025 | McKinsey * CEOs Say AI Is Making Work More Efficient. Employees Tell a Different Story. – WSJ * Klarna plans to hire humans again, as new landmark survey reveals most AI projects fail to deliver | Fortune * MLQ.ai | AI for investors * The Single Biggest Myth in Digital: Content is Expensive (Digital Reset Episode 275) * Is Content a Strategic Product for Your Business? (Digital Reset Episode 319) * Google Search Quality Evaluator Guidelines — PDF Link * SEO vs GEO: How to Show Up When AI is the Concierge * The House Always Wins: Lessons from Google’s 2025 Earnings (Podcast Episode 484) * Why AI Won’t Kill Search — It’s Doing Something Much Bigger (Episode 483) * What Brand Tattoos Tell Us in the Age of AI (Digital Reset Episode 482)
Buy the Book — Digital Reset: Driving Marketing and Customer Acquisition Beyond Big TechTim Peter has written a new book called Digital Reset: Driving Marketing Beyond Big Tech. You can learn more about it here on the site. Or buy your copy on Amazon.com today.
Past AppearancesRutgers Business School MSDM Speaker: Series: a Conversation with Tim Peter, Author of "Digital Reset"
Free DownloadsWe have some free downloads for you to help you navigate the current situation, which you can find right here:
Subscribe to Thinks Out Loud* Subscribe in iTunes * Subscribe in the Google Play Store
Contact information for the podcast: podcast@timpeter.com
Past Insights from Tim Peter ThinksTechnical Details for Thinks Out LoudRecorded using a Shure SM7B Vocal Dynamic Microphone and a Focusrite Scarlett 4i4 (3rd Gen) USB Audio Interface.
Running time: 16m 24s
You can subscribe to Thinks Out Loud in iTunes, the Google Play Store, via our dedicated podcast RSS feed (or sign up for our free newsletter). You can also download/listen to the podcast here on Thinks using the player at the top of this page.
Transcript:Welcome back to the show. 88% of companies use AI. 88% of companies use AI. Only 6% see significant value from AI. 6%. That is a massive 82% gap between those who use AI and those that actually get value from its use.
82%, for those of you who don’t love math, is a lot of percent. It’s hard to have a whole lot more percent than that.
That gap was first reported by McKinsey towards the end of last year. And in the three months since the report dropped, I’ve had conversations with C-suite and digital leaders at companies ranging from the Fortune 100 to individual hotel owner/operators that usually tell me something strikingly similar. Lots of companies are "playing with AI" or "testing AI" in some portion of their business or other. They’re mostly looking to drive efficiencies, to do more with less.
Despite these efforts, they’re mostly not seeing the value. They’re falling into that 82% value gap too.
What we’re going to talk about today is what lives in that gap and how you can get to the other side of it. This is Digital Reset with Tim Peter. I’m your host, Tim Peter. Let’s dive in.
Okay, so there’s an 82% AI value gap. That is 100% real. There’s also a big gap between the people who see real gains from AI and those that don’t.
The Wall Street Journal reported a few weeks back on a research study from a group called Section that found 76% of C-suite execs thought AI was saving them “at least four to eight hours each week.” Essentially one in five claimed that they saved more than 12 hours per week using AI.
By contrast, 40% of non-management workers said that AI didn’t save them any time at all. Another 27% said that it saved them less than two hours per week. Only 14% said that it saved them greater than four hours a week.
So that’s 76% of execs versus 14% of line employees saving more than four hours. That’s a 62% productivity gap. As the article notes,
“A new report from the business software company Workday goes so far as to call frustrations with the technology an AI tax on productivity. Though 85% of the roughly 1,600 employees it surveyed reported saving one to seven hours a week by using AI, much of the time was offset by having to correct errors and rework AI-generated content.”
Think about those numbers I’ve just talked about. Those are huge differences. An 82% value gap. A 62% productivity gap. An AI tax that employees are paying. What in the world is happening here?
First, let’s unpack McKinsey’s 82% value gap. Note that AI does produce value every day. And admittedly, a small number, 6%, see “significant” value. There’s also a larger share who see some value, just not at “significant” levels.
Similarly, think about the AI tax on productivity that 62% of workers see here.
It’s not a question of does AI work. It’s far more about how and where the folks that get the value put AI to work. I am seeing too many companies, you know, “play around with AI” or “test AI” without clear plans, clear objectives, and a clear strategy for what they really want AI to do. The McKinsey data says it. I see it every single day.
I know of companies whose execs delivered mandates to their team, things like, “Everyone will use AI for X percent of their tasks,” and similar such messages.
That’s not a strategy. It’s not even a goal, really. It’s more of a hope of what could be. What it lacks is a strategic underpinning.
You might remember Klarna famously announced a couple of years ago that, “AI did the work of 700 human agents and does it much faster.” As their CEO said in December 2024, "I am already of the opinion that AI can do all of the jobs that we as humans do."
Less than five months later, they reversed course and started hiring again in serious numbers. And the reason is simple. They moved too far, too fast, and with too little thought about what they really needed.
I didn’t say that, by the way. The company CEO, Sebastian Semetkowski, said it himself. MLQ.ai had a write-up where they wrote, "We went too far, he said, noting that the focus on efficiency and cost ultimately reduced the quality of the company’s offerings and eroded trust with customers."
Let’s start with the fact that companies that get the most out of AI, by contrast, have a clear strategy in place for what they expect of their AI efforts. They’ve got well-defined objectives they want to reach.
And those objectives aren’t, “We want to use AI 50% of the time.” Their objectives are specific. They’re relevant. They’re time bound.
Consider this hotel client of mine. They want to drive more occupancy, put more heads in beds. They want to increase the revenue they achieve from their guests. They want to increase guest satisfaction and retention. They want to lower their costs for achieving these. And they want to accomplish this within a particular time frame.
I want you to notice something about those objectives. Did you notice how none said, “by using AI?”
You know why?
Because it doesn’t matter if they achieve those goals with AI or without it. It matters if they get more customers, keep those customers happy, encourage those customers to provide more positive ratings and write more positive reviews, and reduce their operational costs while they do that. That’s how their hotel succeeds. That’s how their business succeeds.
Of course, they then looked at AI for ways to meet those objectives. And they were super willing to rethink internal processes where it made sense to do so. But the conversation started with strategic objectives and a strategy for how to get there that included AI, not “use AI and hope for the best!”
They were also realistic about where AI might not work — usually because they didn’t have the right data or the right skills available — so that they didn’t waste time and resources along the way.
Companies achieving value from their AI initiatives target growth and innovation, not just efficiency. They put in place well-defined success metrics that allow them to evaluate if they’re moving in the right direction or, you know, not. They create these metrics because they’re focused on business results, not just technology, not just AI, not just whatever the new shiny thing is.
You’ve heard me talk many times before about how data is the crown jewels. Well, your metrics are one type of data. They keep you on course. They tell you when you’re succeeding, and they tell you when you’re not.
Another type of data that matters is the data that your AI tools need to learn from. Companies succeeding right now make their data available to the tools that they’re working with. That data is a massive strategic asset. It’s what makes AI useful. They’re using AI to better understand their data and improve their products and services. And when they don’t have the data, they know that that’s not a place where AI is going to help them.
Now another thing you’ve heard me say is that content is king. That’s still true. The funny thing about AI is we can use it to create content and that’s good. We also can use AI to help our content be better and that’s better.
But weirdly, it’s not just about creating high quality content, though that’s important. It’s that you need to be careful when you use AI to create large volumes of content.
I’ve long said that content isn’t expensive, but content that doesn’t convert is. Well, that needs a little bit of modification in the era of AI in which we live, because you can use AI to crank out a ton of content.
What we’re finding though is that quality now matters even more than quantity, much, much more. Because it turns out that low quality content has a massive, massive cost to your business. Google hates low quality content. They think it’s spam. And I expect most of the other AI extra engines are working their way to that too.
Lower ranking traditional search engines is a big deal — something I talked about during last week’s show when I was referring to “first do no harm” in your search engine optimization efforts. If you have low quality content, guess what happens? You don’t show up there and you hurt your overall appearance.
In a very related way, you’ll also get less visibility in AI answer engines because they will not see your website as a trusted source.
Now, does that mean that every piece of content needs to be created by human beings? No, no, definitely not. What it does mean is that someone, a person who can exercise judgment, must review your content to make sure it works well for its intended audience, to make sure it actually speaks in your voice and is quality. You can compare your content with Google’s Search Quality Rater Guidelines; I’ll link to those in the show notes.
Those aren’t just what Google tells its quality raters. It’s also how those quality raters train Google’s various AI tools to recognize high quality content. We internally have actually built a series of instructions around using Google’s Search Quality Rater guidelines in our prompts when assessing client websites and content. Drop me a line if you want to learn more about that.
But that’s how it all works together. It’s the right specific relevant time-bound goals to measure against. It’s content that answers your customers questions and shows up in both search and AI answer engines. It’s AI initiatives that are focused on improving customer experience and greater revenue. And it’s customer data, your company’s crown jewels, that power those insights and experience.
So there are three questions I’d like you for you to think about this week that I think are really important:
As I mentioned in an episode a couple of weeks ago, Google saw its best quarter and year ever by applying AI to its ads product. And that’s cool, you would expect that from a Big Tech giant.
Individual independent hotels can see the same results, though. Businesses of any size can. Size does not matter. Strategy does. A clear goal does. Content, customer experience, data, and execution do, too.
AI is not a magic wand. It’s a mirror. It reflects the quality of your strategy and the depth of your data. If you’re just using it to crank out more content or check a box on mandated tasks by the C-suite, all you’re really doing is paying an AI tax on your brand’s future.
The 6% of companies who win, the 6% who have closed that gap don’t have an AI strategy. They have a business strategy that AI makes possible. Focus on effectiveness, protect your data, and don’t let the pursuit of efficiency kill your customer’s trust. Because ultimately, your customer’s trust is what will make your strategy pay off in the long run. And that’s where we always want to be.
If this episode helped you bridge that value gap for your business, if it helped you think about how you can bridge that value gap for your business, please do me a favor. Send it to one of your colleagues who’s currently staring at their 2026 budget and wondering how to make the numbers work.
You can find the links to the McKinsey and Workday reports and everything else we’ve talked about in the show notes, as well as a full archive of all of our past episodes at timpeter.com/podcasts.
And if you’re ready to move beyond big tech, my book, Digital Reset, is your roadmap to reclaiming your demand.
Thank you so much for listening. I genuinely appreciate you. Until next time, please be well, be safe, and be excellent to each other. I’ll see you soon.
The post The AI Value Gap: Why 82% of Companies are Failing to Gain from AI (Digital Reset Episode 486) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
There is a lot of mixed information out there regarding how to rank in the age of AI. In this episode of Digital Reset with Tim Peter, Tim cuts through the noise to explain the transition from traditional Search Engine Optimization to Generative Engine Optimization (GEO). While the tools are changing rapidly, the core mission remains the same: ensuring that your customers’ “digital concierge” knows exactly who you are and why you’re the right choice for your customer.
Key Insights for Strategic Leaders
SEO vs. GEO: How to Show Up When AI is the Concierge — Headlines and Show NotesShow Notes and Links* GEO vs. AEO vs. AIO vs. SEO on Google Trends * Rand Fishkin proved AI recommendations are inconsistent – here’s why and how to fix it * Are Citations in AI Search Affected by Google Organic Visibility Changes? * AEO And GEO: Google’s Outbound Traffic Down 33%: The GEO Revolution Is Here * Airbnb says traffic from AI chatbots converts better than Google * LinkedIn abandons traditional SEO as 60% traffic loss forces radical strategy shift * The House Always Wins: Lessons from Google’s 2025 Earnings (Podcast Episode 484) * Why AI Won’t Kill Search—It’s Doing Something Much Bigger (Episode 483) * What Brand Tattoos Tell Us in the Age of AI (Podcast 482) * AI Is Changing How Customers Choose — Here’s How Brands Win in 2026 (Best of the Show: Revisiting Episode 478) * What ‘The Brand Is the Prompt’ Really Means for Your Business (Episode 474) * Rethinking Your Website in the Age of AI (Episode 473) * 7 Best AI Search Visibility Tools for Enterprises (2026) * Tools mentioned in this episode: + Peec AI – AI Search Analytics for Marketing Teams + seoClarity – AI Search Optimization Platform + Finseo – AI-Powered SEO Tools for Next-Gen Search Optimization + SE Ranking – AI SEO Software + Profound – Optimize Brand Visibility in AI Search + AI Search Monitoring Tool – Track ChatGPT, Perplexity & Google AIO
Buy the Book — Digital Reset: Driving Marketing and Customer Acquisition Beyond Big TechTim Peter has written a new book called Digital Reset: Driving Marketing Beyond Big Tech. You can learn more about it here on the site. Or buy your copy on Amazon.com today.
Past AppearancesRutgers Business School MSDM Speaker: Series: a Conversation with Tim Peter, Author of "Digital Reset"
Free DownloadsWe have some free downloads for you to help you navigate the current situation, which you can find right here:
Subscribe to Thinks Out Loud* Subscribe in iTunes * Subscribe in the Google Play Store
Contact information for the podcast: podcast@timpeter.com
Past Insights from Tim Peter ThinksTechnical Details for Thinks Out LoudRecorded using a Shure SM7B Vocal Dynamic Microphone and a Focusrite Scarlett 4i4 (3rd Gen) USB Audio Interface and edited in Ableton Live 12 Suite.
Running time: 20m 29s
You can subscribe to Thinks Out Loud in iTunes, the Google Play Store, via our dedicated podcast RSS feed (or sign up for our free newsletter). You can also download/listen to the podcast here on Thinks using the player at the top of this page.
Transcript: SEO vs. GEO: How to Show Up When AI is the ConciergeWelcome back to Digital Reset with Tim Peter. There is so much mixed information about what’s going on with AI tools and most importantly, what you need to do to show up in AI answer engines.
That’s "mixed information," by the way, not "mis-information". I don’t think people are lying. OK, mostly nobody’s lying. I bet somebody is though.
The truth, though is that we’re still in the very early days for so much of what is going on with artificial intelligence. And so it’s hard to authoritatively state that this is the absolute one and only possible truth about the way that AI works and that AI answer engines work.
As you might imagine, I’m somewhat skeptical about that framing that there’s only one possible answer here.
First, up until recently, most digital marketers couldn’t even agree on what to call the practice of showing up in AI answer engines. Some called it GEO, some called it AEO, some called it AIO. Oy!
If you don’t know what your practice is called, if you don’t know what you’re actually working on, that’s a damned fine sign that the practice itself isn’t very mature. For now, I’m calling it GEO. At least judging by Google Trends data, GEO appears to be the winning term. It looks like a pretty clear winner.
If I’m being honest, I don’t really love the term GEO. I fully admit to thinking that doing right by search engines generally benefits AI and that it’s all SEO in the end. I appear to be losing that argument though. Such is life.
More importantly, these tools are evolving and fast. What’s true today may be less true weeks or even days from now. You can’t go a day or more without some new change being made or some new change being announced by the big players around these tools.
What is most important is making sure that AI answer engines and AI assistants and AI agents know about your brand and your business. It’s why I’m so keen on this concept that your brand is the prompt. It’s easiest to ensure you show up if your customers and their AI assistants and agents ask for you by name.
Regardless, you want, and need, these tools to surface your brand and recommend you to their users. That’s even more critical as we move towards agentic interfaces, which are coming. Your brand has to appear as an option or else you simply don’t exist. We’ve moved past an age of card catalogs into an age of concierges.
As I talked about last week, I think that Google’s AI Overviews are the biggest single AI that most customers interact with regularly. And I expect that growth to continue. So there’s a ton of overlap, not only between your SEO and GEO goals and efforts, but also in terms of how your customers might find and experience your brand in the immediate term to midterm.
My goal today for this episode isn’t to tell you how you show up. Instead, I want to talk about some foundational elements that matter as you work to show up, that ensure your brand and your business benefit, no matter how these tools evolve and change over time.
I want to make sure you can tell where it’s important to focus your energies and where it’s not as you help your customers find you. This is episode 485 of The Big Show. Today we’re talking about SEO and GEO in the age of AI. Let’s dive in.
So I think we all agree it’s unbelievably important that you show up in AI answer engines. What I’m not sure we completely agree upon is the fact that you need to show up in SEO still too, in traditional search.
I want to give full credit to SEO expert Lily Ray for this idea, but we want to think about the fact that first, “do no harm.” Forget for a moment how you show up in AI answer engines. Of course you want to do that.
I also suspect, and see this with my own clients, that for most businesses, even in a world of zero-click searches, Google still represents a significant, and probably your largest, single source of traffic.
So the first thing you want is don’t do anything that screws up what Google gives you. This isn’t an SEO versus GEO question. It’s SEO plus GEO. Remember, you don’t get the plus if you mess up one side of the equation or other.
As you read GEO advice, as you listen to GEO experts, as you listen to people talk about this, you need to ask yourself, “does this have the potential to hurt our current organic situation?” If the answer is no, go ahead and do it. Do it immediately even.
If the answer is yes, well, don’t ignore it outright.
Instead, then ask, “okay, how do we gain the benefits of this recommendation while also keeping our existing SEO position — or better yet, improving that existing SEO position?”
Again, it’s not either SEO or GEO. It’s SEO and GEO, SEO plus GEO.
Second, and you’ve heard me say this many times that customer experience is queen. I’m kind of bundling the first two portions of our royal court of brand building here. You’ve heard me say many times in the book, Digital Reset, that content is king and customer experience is queen.
Those are still true. What’s also true, is that your content has always included what others say about you. You have a secret sales force working for you — or for your competitors — based on what your customers’ experiences are and what they say about those experiences in social and in ratings and reviews. They’re telling their friends and family and fans and followers all about what they think about your products and services and your brand more broadly.
If you’re in a category like hospitality or travel or any kind of B2C, what others say about you in public ratings and reviews plays a massive role here. You’re undoubtedly familiar.
In B2B, the same is still true. It just tends to happen in private. It could be text or LinkedIn messages. It could be email. It could be on Slack or Teams channels or phone calls. But folks ask other folks, “Hey, what do you know about this company? What do you know about their products and services? Do they work well for you?”
Your content has always included what others say about your brand and business. Well, the data seems pretty clear that those discussions influence whether or not you show up in AI responses. That’s something we just have to keep top of mind.
You also want to keep do no harm in mind, too, because what people say about you, whether it’s public or private, drives awareness, interest and action among your potential customers.
Ideally, that’s to your business’s benefit. But even a poor customer experience creates a narrative around your brand and one that you’ll fight against for a long time to come, especially in GEO. If “the concierge” is reading all kinds of bad things about your brand, guess what it’s going to know about your brand?
We want to move to an era where your brand is the prompt. And if somebody types in your brand and the answer engine says, “Man, I don’t know about that brand…” that’s really, really, really bad for your business. Not just now, but over the long term.
Making sure that when your brand is the prompt that the concierge has great things to say about you, about your brand, about your business, is a clear component of why customer experience is queen now more than ever. So seriously, take care of the queen. This really matters.
Finally, if you had have some exposure to our Royal Court framework that I’ve talked about many times, you’ll know that I say data is the crown jewels. And I want to talk for a minute about what that means in this case.
I’m seeing many businesses experience a big lift in branded traffic or conversions that don’t have an obvious source. Folks are just coming to your website or opening your app or reaching out to your sales team or sending you an email without starting on your site. They just kind of appear. And if they’re not doing that, well, you want them to, regardless of whether they’re doing that today or not. Listen to my prior points from a moment ago if you need more help on how you can do that.
The question we want to be thinking about then is if people just show up, what metrics matter to your business? We can’t rely on the metrics we’ve used for a long time. Now is the time to get your KPIs and your metrics in order so that you can actually determine what is our current state and are we moving forward in a direction that we want to.
Again, data is the crown jewels. They help you make better business decisions and take better care of your customers so that they actually have a better experience, so that you actually have a better shot of showing up more often.
Clearly, we’re going to lose some visibility into what’s happening compared to what we’ve had for years. You might not get the same level of tracking or the same level of insights you’ve had in the past. That’s okay. We just need to keep track of the metrics that genuinely matter and help you make better business decisions.
Now the first one should be obvious, it’s revenue, right? Are you seeing more revenue or less revenue? Ultimately, that is the final determinant of whether or not any of this is working for your business. If your revenue is going up, that’s probably a good sign that you’re doing the right thing. If your revenue is declining, that’s probably a clear sign that you need to do something different than what you’ve been doing up till now. So that’s a huge one you want to pay attention to.
Of course revenue is a trailing indicator. It only tells you what happened in the past. It’s not necessarily all that predictive of what’s going to happen in the future.
So another key performance indicator you want to watch is lead volume. That could include actual leads in a B2B context. It could also include the number of people who put items in their shopping carts in B2C or enter your booking engine in a hospitality context. Are people showing interest in engaging with your brand and your business in a commercial way?
Do they want to talk to you? Do they want to hear from you? Pay super close attention to whether they are signing up for your email lists. Are they giving you their information for SMS? Are they saying, “I want to have a conversation with you, not just now, but in the future and want to hear from you directly?” Again, that’s a super, super huge sign about where your business is going to go in the future.
We do a bunch of work with hospitality clients and we’ve determined that for your typical set of hotels, every new email address you collect is worth somewhere between five and thirty-five dollars in future revenue. So if that data isn’t showing up, if you weren’t collecting that data from your customers, it’s a pretty good sign that your future revenues are going to have some real problems.
Again, data is the crown jewels here. It points to real future revenue.
Another metric that matters a ton are brand searches. Are the number of searches for your brand in organic traffic shrinking or growing?
If it’s shrinking, you’re likely not showing up in AI or traditional search near as much as you’d like to or need to. People aren’t finding you. They then aren’t then going to Google and ask for you. Again, review my prior points for what you can do about that.
If you see those numbers rising though, it’s a pretty good sign that AI is likely surfacing you more often. AI is talking about you and people are learning about you to then come over to your website by searching you by name. That’s a really clear use case that we’ve seen customers do where they learn about you and then they go ask traditional search to help them find you and find your website. Hugely important.
A more recent and more sophisticated way to watch this is something called prompt brand equity. This is a term that we’ve talked about a bunch; it’s something that I think matters a lot as we go forward. And of course, I’ll link to in the show notes other times we’ve talked about this.
Now, prompt brand equity is not about where you rank in AI search results. It’s how often you show up at all.
There’s some great research from Rand Fishkin that shows where you appear in AI answers is not at all predictable. You could be number one in one chat, number two in another chat, and number three in a third chat, even though you’re an equally good answer for all three chats, even if the prompt was precisely the same. It’s not predictable. And it’s not predictive of what’s going to happen with your business.
The thing you want to keep in mind here is it’s not about where you rank. It’s does your brand appear at all? Do you ever show up? Don’t worry about tracking where you rank, but absolutely pay attention to whether or not you appear.
There are a bunch of pretty good tools for measuring this metric right at the moment. Tools like Peec AI, seoClarity, FinSEO, SE Ranking, Profound, and Otterly all seem to get good reviews and good feedback for how well they measure the frequency of how often your brand appears. It’s probably worth checking out each of those to see what might work best for you.
My point here isn’t to recommend one tool or another. Your specific needs may lean you towards one versus the other. My point is to strongly recommend that you keep track of whether or not your brand appears at all. Otherwise, you have no way of knowing whether in fact your brand is the prompt… or isn’t.
Tracking how frequently your brand appears is a great way to learn whether or not your content marketing and GEO efforts work. If you’re showing up, that’s a good signpost that your content is being used by AI answer engines. And if not, well, then your content pretty likely isn’t doing its job.
It’s critical to understand what’s working here and what isn’t. As I mentioned last week, we’ve moved from a world where you just needed to show up in a card catalog to a world where you need to convince a concierge that you’re the right choice. That’s why taking care of both traditional search and GEO matters.
Your successful digital reset isn’t about fighting with machines. It’s about ensuring your brand signal is clear enough for those machines to find you. Because in this new era, your brand isn’t just a logo or a label… not that it ever was. It’s that your brand is the prompt — or it needs to be if customers will consistently find you no matter where they go looking.
If this episode helped you make sense of some of the noise around SEO and GEO and about digital more broadly, do me a favor, send it to one of your colleagues who is currently staring at their 2026 budget and wondering what they should do next.
You can find the links to the GEO tracking tools we discussed, the show notes for this episode, and the full archive of all past episodes at TimPeter.com/podcast.
And if you’re ready to move beyond big tech for your business, my book, Digital Reset, Driving Marketing and Customer Acquisition Beyond Big Tech, provides the roadmap to reclaim your demand. You’ll find a link in the show notes.
Thank you so much for listening today. I genuinely appreciate you. Until next time, please be well, be safe, and be excellent to each other. I’ll see you soon.
Take Your Next Step Toward a Digital Reset“Digital Reset with Tim Peter” helps you look beyond the "shiny objects" to build a business that lasts. How can we help you today?
The post SEO vs. GEO: How to Show Up When AI is the Concierge (Episode 485) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
The "Search Bar" isn’t dying; it’s evolving into an expensive gated community.
In this episode of Digital Reset with Tim Peter (formerly Thinks Out Loud), Tim breaks down the economic reality of Google’s bananas $400 billion year. Despite the hype surrounding AI as a "search killer," Google’s 17% growth in search ads proves that the 800-lb. gorilla still dominates the discovery landscape.
We are also witnessing a structural shift from the “Age of the Card Catalog” to the “Age of the Concierge.” AI assistants and agents are turning into “context engines,” consolidating and connecting brand signals from across the web to provide direct recommendations rather than just lists of links.
To survive this latest phase of your customers’ "Digital Reset," brands must move beyond Big Tech dependency and reclaim their demand through clear, consistent content and experiences. And they must become brands customers will ask for by name.
Key Insights for Strategic Leaders
Want to learn more? Here are the show notes for you.
The House Always Wins: Lessons from Google’s 2025 Earnings — Headlines and Show NotesShow Notes and Links* Google Earnings Q4 2025 * OpenAI CFO says annualized revenue crosses $20 billion in 2025 | Reuters * “Gatekeepers Gonna Gate” is Gonna Kill ChatGPT (Episode 477) * Digital advertising trends for 2026 – Think with Google * Marriott brings hotel bookings directly into… • Hospitality.today * Marriott (MAR) Q4 2025 Earnings Call Transcript – AOL * Alphabet earnings, Q4 2025: CEO’s remarks * Alphabet Inc. (GOOGL) Q4 FY2025 earnings call transcript * Number of ChatGPT Users (January 2026) * Google Search Statistics 2026: Search Habits Revealed Now • SQ Magazine * Google AI Overview Statistics: 2026 Trends and Impact | Heroic Rankings * New Data: Google AI Overviews Now Appear in 60% of Searches * Why AI Won’t Kill Search—It’s Doing Something Much Bigger (Episode 483) * What Brand Tattoos Tell Us in the Age of AI (Podcast 482) * AI Is Changing How Customers Choose — Here’s How Brands Win in 2026 (Best of the Show: Revisiting Episode 478) * What ChatGPT Ads Mean for Your Business (Episode 481) * What Apple and Google’s AI Deal Means for Your Business (Podcast Episode 480)
Buy the Book — Digital Reset: Driving Marketing and Customer Acquisition Beyond Big TechTim Peter has written a new book called Digital Reset: Driving Marketing Beyond Big Tech. You can learn more about it here on the site. Or buy your copy on Amazon.com today.
Past AppearancesRutgers Business School MSDM Speaker: Series: a Conversation with Tim Peter, Author of "Digital Reset"
Free DownloadsWe have some free downloads for you to help you navigate the current situation, which you can find right here:
Best of Thinks Out LoudYou can find our “Best of Thinks Out Loud” playlist on Spotify right here:
Subscribe to Thinks Out Loud* Subscribe in iTunes * Subscribe in the Google Play Store
Contact information for the podcast: podcast@timpeter.com
Past Insights from Tim Peter ThinksTechnical Details for Thinks Out LoudRecorded using a Shure SM7B Vocal Dynamic Microphone and a Focusrite Scarlett 4i4 (3rd Gen) USB Audio Interface.
Running time: 17m 43s
You can subscribe to Thinks Out Loud in iTunes, the Google Play Store, via our dedicated podcast RSS feed (or sign up for our free newsletter). You can also download/listen to the podcast here on Thinks using the player at the top of this page.
Transcript: The House Always Wins: Lessons from Google’s 2025 EarningsWelcome back to the show. I’m Tim Peter. As a marketer and digital strategist, there’s one source of Intel that I love to check out all the time, and that is Big Tech’s earnings calls.
Big Tech tends to know more about what’s going on with our customers than anyone. Where they’re making and spending money tells us more about the state of digital and where it’s headed than just about anything else we can look at.
Usually when I do this, I look at the Frightful Five as a collection. I want to see Amazon. I want to see Google. I want to see Facebook. I want to see Apple. I want to see Microsoft. Sometimes I even share thoughts from folks like Shopify or Spotify or Expedia or Booking.com to get a bigger picture of the state of digital.
This time, though, I’m going in the opposite direction. I’m only looking at the 800-pound gorilla that scares every other beast in the jungle. And that is Google.
I’ll get into some of the details of Google’s earnings and what they mean in a few minutes. For now though, it’s enough to say that Google had a giant, massive, mammoth quarter. Almost $114 billion in revenue, an 18% increase year on year. That is, in a word, bananas.
If it’s not immediately obvious, Google’s financials make all the chatter about them losing market share and mind share to OpenAI and ChatGPT look, well, downright silly.
I don’t mean to diss ChatGPT, they fired the first shot of the AI revolution. But as the saying goes, money talks and, well, other stuff walks. And Google is making serious money.
Another thing to recognize is that Google’s earnings mostly come from ads, which means that their 18% growth is pulled straight from your pockets. They’re charging more tolls in more places to more businesses and reaping the rewards. Gatekeepers gonna gate, don’t you know?
What else can we learn from Google’s earnings? What do their earnings mean for your business in reality? And what can you do to succeed in a world still controlled by the baddest beast in the entire jungle? This is Digital Reset with Tim Peter. Let’s dive in.
So yeah, Google got that bag last quarter, as the kids say. They generated $114 billion in revenue in Q4, up 17%. They also pulled in more than $400 billion in revenue for the year, their biggest ever, up 15%.
By the way, quick aside, I’m not trying to manage your portfolio. I’m only looking at this through the lens of where are your customers interacting with AI? All right, not stock advice, please.
Anyway, 15% growth is great when you’re a $25 million company. That would represent an extra $3.75 million in sales. I mean, that is good work, right? Yeah.
Okay, Google pulled in almost $53 billion in extra sales last year.
To put this in context, OpenAI made over $20 billion in revenue in 2025, according to their CFO. That means that Google’s growth in 2025 was two and a half times OpenAI’s total revenues. If you want your first big takeaway from this, it’s that Google isn’t going anywhere anytime soon.
Google also made $82.3 billion in revenue from ads in Q4, up roughly $9.8 billion year on year. That’s about a 13.6% increase. That $82.3 billion is fully 72% of Google’s total revenues. Hell, search alone represents 55% of Google’s total revenues. As CFO Ruth Porat said it best on their earnings call, “Search revenues really reflected broad-based growth across verticals. Search remained the largest contributor to revenue growth.”
Google’s ad growth happened despite lots of folks claiming that the company was under serious threat from OpenAI, ChatGPT, Perplexity, Claude, and others. Now, not to keep kicking OpenAI in the teeth, but YouTube and Google Network — that’s the non-search ads portion of Google’s advertising platform; it contributes just 16.9% of the company’s revenue — generated $7 billion more in the quarter than OpenAI did all of last year.
Damn.
Let’s just not forget though where that revenue came from. It came from you.
When you hear that Google had a great quarter or year, just remember it’s that it’s your ad dollars that paid for that. They’re collecting a toll from you to reach your customers. Google is in very good shape long-term here, built on your ad dollars. Now, I’m not saying that OpenAI is doomed, though I did hint at it at that towards the end of last year.
What I am saying is that they’ve got a long way to go if they’re going to compete head to head with Google’s money machine.
And all of that is before we talk about Google being the AI underneath the hood for Siri on Apple devices, which I broke down here on the show last month. So that’s two big takeaways.
The third major takeaway is that Google is using AI to improve its ad products in a big, big way. Philip Schindler noted on Google’s earnings call that, and this is a quote, “AI innovation across our ads ecosystem is core to every aspect of our product portfolio, from targeting, bidding, creative, measurement, and across campaign types.”
In short, Google is using AI. It’s heavily integrating AI into its core product to make that product better and better and better. Google’s ads alone produced four times more revenue than OpenAI did. Google is building an AI-enabled company, an AI-native company, and they’re reaping the rewards from it.
In a blog post talking about how the company is reinventing ads for the new era of search, Google’s VP and GM of ads and commerce Vidya Srinivasan wrote, “In 2026, this shift is turning search into a more powerful tool for discovery where ads can inspire an answer all at once. We aren’t just bringing ads to AI experiences in search," she writes. She said "we are reinventing what an ad is."
She goes on to say, "Take AI Mode, for example. It offers new opportunities for businesses to fit naturally into the conversation. That’s why we’ve spent the past year testing new ad formats that bridge inspiration and action."
Google is clearly integrating ads directly into AI Overviews and AI Mode that makes those a holistic part of the conversation with customers. That aligns with my idea that search is moving from being a card catalog to being a concierge. Google clearly intends ads to be part of that experience. Again, gatekeepers gonna gate and you’re the one paying the toll.
Now this might end up being more like a local business providing a spiff to the concierge for recommending their shop, then paying to present a separate card in the catalog the way ads have worked up until now.
The net result to you though is the same. You’re paying for that traffic. You’re paying for that customer.
We’re already seeing brands get on board with this approach. Marriott, Etsy, and Wayfair are already selling directly in AI Mode in Gemini. Google also claims that Shopify, Target, and Walmart are coming soon. And as you’ve probably heard, Google also introduced its universal commerce platform to, quote, “standardize how businesses connect with AI agents across the entire shopping journey.”
That’s powerful. It might get expensive for you, too.
Now, Srinivasan’s blog post and Google’s earning call ignored at least one big wild card that we want to an eye on, that you want to keep an eye on. I haven’t seen anything where Google tells us how much of its ads revenue came from AI Overviews or AI Mode.
They also haven’t told us how often searchers see AI Overviews or explicitly select AI Mode where they click the link to go into AI Mode. Google’s earnings release claimed that its Gemini app has more than 750 million monthly active users. And though sources vary on this, it’s likely that ChatGPT is somewhere in the rough ballpark of maybe one billion monthly active users. I’d call that a win in OpenAI’s favor at the moment, but not a massive one, not one that Google can’t overcome in time.
I strongly suspect that AI Overviews and AI Mode are bigger than both of those, really, and very possibly bigger than both of them combined.
We know that Google gets in the ballpark of maybe five trillion searches every year. If we just straight line that, that means they’re getting around 417 billion monthly searches. And given that most users search between three and four times per day, some quick back of the envelope math suggests that Google search has somewhere between three-and-a-half billion and 4.6 billion monthly active users. Though the numbers on this are a bit sketchy, AI Overviews appear somewhere around 40 to 60% of the time on searches.
Again, it seems most likely given these numbers that that’s the people’s most common source of AI interactions. We just need Google to confirm that. I’d surely like it if they would.
Now, it’s possible that the numbers are worse than they’d like, and that’s why they haven’t said anything yet. It’s also possible that they’re holding back on that until they’re ready to drop a huge number on us, like the five trillion number they shared. Time will tell, I guess. You can bet I’m going to be keeping an eye on that.
So the state of AI and digital, at least by Google’s reckoning, is great. It is huge. I think the financial data shows that they are undoubtedly winning the long term race. It definitely shows that they’re not losing it.
The last takeaway then is what you should do about it. And I’ve got a few quick points I’d like you to keep in mind.
First, remember that we’re moving from an era of card catalogs to an era of concierges. Search doesn’t point people to an answer. It tells them what the answer is. That’s the way search works in 2026.
I’d recommend that you regularly prompt your favorite AI to tell you about your brand. Better yet, prompt all of them. Try something along the lines of, “imagine that you’re a strategic advisor for the industry your business is in with a 180 IQ. Forget what you know about my relationship with my brand. Tell me the truth about this brand.”
See what those AIs say about you. Ask them to cite their sources. Those answers will help guide you to where you have a strong presence and where you have work to do.
Pay attention in particular to anything that these tools get wrong. Those are clear signs that the data about your brand in that area is either outdated or often non-existent. That provides you with a roadmap of what you need to improve on if you’re going to get recommended by the concierge.
Finally, Google makes money because they know what customers want and need. They’ve built product after product because customers literally told them what they wanted when they searched. That’s how the company became a verb. Customers don’t just search, they Google, right? That’s the idea behind your brand is the prompt in action.
Obviously your brand likely isn’t going to become a verb. I get that. I don’t want you to think like I’m living in some fantasy world where we’re all gonna get, you know, “Tim-ed” tomorrow.
But conducting a successful digital reset for your company is all about creating a brand experience that customers will ask for by name. And it’s much easier than you think.
Look at the amount of branded search traffic that you get today in Google Search Console or Bing Search Console. Clearly, some folks already know to ask for you by name. You’ve done the work already that makes that happen. Now it’s about building on that success for the next generation of customers.
If you get that right, you might not end up with $114 billion in quarterly revenue, sorry to say, but you’ll end up with a sustainable long-term business no matter where your customers ask for you. And I think that’s a takeaway we all can live with.
So the final takeaway here isn’t that Google is too big to beat, they’re not too big to compete with. It’s that the rules of the game have shifted some. We’ve moved from a world where you need to just show up in a card catalog to a world where you need to convince a concierge that you’re the right choice for your customers. A successful digital reset isn’t about fighting machines. It’s about ensuring your brand signal is clear enough so that the machines find you when your customers need you.
If this episode helped you cut through the noise a bit, please do me a favor. Send it to one colleague who is currently staring at their 2026 budget, wondering what to do next.
You can find the show notes and the full archive of these shows at TimPeter.com/podcasts. And if you’re ready to move beyond Big Tech, my book, Digital Reset, provides the roadmap to reclaim your demand. You’ll find the link in the show notes.
Thanks so much for listening. I genuinely appreciate you. Until next time, please be well, be safe, and be excellent to each other. I’ll see you soon.
Take Your Next Step Toward a Digital Reset“Digital Reset with Tim Peter” helps you look beyond the "shiny objects" to build a business that lasts. How can we help you today?
The post The House Always Wins: Lessons from Google’s 2025 Earnings (Podcast Episode 484) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
Summary: In this episode, Tim Peter explores why we need to stop asking if AI is a replacement for social or search, and start seeing it for what it truly is: The Context Engine for your customers. As Tim explains in the episode, AI doesn’t just find links. It’s not a social site where your customers hang out. AI is a Context Engine that synthesizes your website, your social signals, your content, and your reviews to create a context that guests and agents trust.
The discussion outlines why social media and search remain critical as "human signal" providers that customers’ AI assistants and agents use to build a consensus view of your brand and business.
Key Takeaways for Leaders:
Why AI Won’t Kill Search—It’s Doing Something Much Bigger (Episode 483) — Headlines and Show NotesShow Notes and Links* Are chatbots the new social media? * The Brand is the Prompt (Thinks Out Loud 465) * AI Is Changing How Customers Choose — Here’s How Brands Win in 2026 (Best of the Show: Revisiting Episode 478) * What ChatGPT Ads Mean for Your Business (Episode 481) * What Apple and Google’s AI Deal Means for Your Business (Podcast Episode 480) * Should Your Business Have a ChatGPT App? (Episode 479) * What Changed in AI and Marketing This Year, Why It Matters, and What Comes Next (Episode 478) * “Gatekeepers Gonna Gate” is Gonna Kill ChatGPT (Episode 477) * What ‘The Brand Is the Prompt’ Really Means for Your Business (Episode 474) * In the Age of AI, Brand Isn’t Everything. It’s the Only Thing (Episode 472) * Will Agentic AI Kill Your Content Marketing? (Episode 470) * The New SEO? (Episode 469) * The Rise of Agentic AI Among Your Customers (Episode 466)
Buy the Book — Digital Reset: Driving Marketing and Customer Acquisition Beyond Big TechTim Peter has written a new book called Digital Reset: Driving Marketing Beyond Big Tech. You can learn more about it here on the site. Or buy your copy on Amazon.com today.
Past AppearancesRutgers Business School MSDM Speaker: Series: a Conversation with Tim Peter, Author of "Digital Reset"
Free DownloadsWe have some free downloads for you to help you navigate the current situation, which you can find right here:
Best of Thinks Out LoudYou can find our “Best of Thinks Out Loud” playlist on Spotify right here:
Subscribe to Thinks Out Loud* Subscribe in iTunes * Subscribe in the Google Play Store
Contact information for the podcast: podcast@timpeter.com
Past Insights from Tim Peter ThinksTechnical Details for Thinks Out LoudRecorded using a Shure SM7B Vocal Dynamic Microphone and a Focusrite Scarlett 4i4 (3rd Gen) USB Audio Interface into Logic Pro X for the Mac.
Running time: 16m 51s
You can subscribe to Thinks Out Loud in iTunes, the Google Play Store, via our dedicated podcast RSS feed (or sign up for our free newsletter). You can also download/listen to the podcast here on Thinks using the player at the top of this page.
Transcript: Why AI Won’t Kill Search—It’s Doing Something Much BiggerWelcome back to the show. I’m Tim Peter. So I wrote a piece the other day. I think people who watch this show regularly know that I sometimes contribute to a series on hospitality net that they call the World Panel, where we talk about various issues in hospitality marketing and in digital marketing more broadly. And there was a whole discussion around a
question that keeps coming up again and again and again, which is, you know, is AI replacing search? Is AI replacing social? Are chat bots the new social media? And what struck me about this is we keep asking whether one channel replaces another. And that’s almost never how this works. Channels don’t die.
They accumulate. And I can’t imagine that AI is going to replace them. It consumes them. And what I mean by that is it requires the information that comes from search and that comes from social in order to do what it does. So in today’s episode, we’re going to talk about how you can stop chasing shiny objects.
understand how discovery actually works right now, and then decide where you can focus so you don’t have to try to do everything. Sounds cool? Let’s dive in.
So let’s talk about what happens with regard to new channels coming up. Obviously today we’re talking about AI, but previously we could have talked about search. Previously we could have talked about social media.
If you think about it, we don’t see any channel completely wipe out another one all that often. TV did not kill radio. Some of you probably still listen to the radio pretty regularly. I hope you’re listening to this right now. Even podcasts didn’t kill radio. Social didn’t kill email. Texting didn’t kill email. Mobile didn’t kill desktop. Channels don’t.
die. What happens instead is that our customers make changes in terms of validating their decisions. They need different sources. They look for different sources to check, particularly for purchases that are more complicated, purchases that are bigger, purchases that matter more in their lives.
So what changes is not what channels get used, but how many sources our customers check. So obviously, when we talk about social and we talk about hospitality specifically, this is true in B2B, this is true in a lot of different industries. But we know that customers today check social media, they check influencers, they check online travel agencies in the case of travel, they check artificial intelligence, and all of those are growing. All of those are growing at the same time.
This isn’t a one-off. This is something that’s changing every single day. When people care about a decision, they don’t look in fewer places. They look in more.
So yes, AI is growing faster than any of those others, but all of them are growing. The funny thing is even TV grew a little bit year on year in terms of where customers look for validation of the answers that matter to them. And that’s a really important thing for you to think about. Because when we think about artificial intelligence, when we think about how it works with social or how it works with search,
It’s a synthesis engine. You know, it isn’t just a place. I’m going to pick all that up. I got to take a sip of water.
Ahem.
So when we think about artificial intelligence, it’s not just another place for people to get inspiration for the things they’re looking for. That absolutely happens. I want to be really clear. That is a thing that occurs.
What it also is, is it’s a synthesis engine. It is a place that brings together content from a variety of different sources and provides some context for your customers and provides some additional information for your customers. It helps them ask deeper and sometimes more meaningful questions that matter to them. But if you think about this for, you know, a minute.
recognize that where AI gets its information, where it gains its understanding from what you say on your website, it gets it from what you say on social posts, it gets it from what other people say about you on social media and in social posts and in ratings and reviews. And it gets that information from other third party mentions. So that could be PR, it could be…
you know, other kinds of press. could be other websites talking about you. It could be things like if you have an online travel agency or if there’s another kind of intermediary in your specific industry, mentions on those third party sites that tell the AI all about you and help the AI understand the content that confirms what it’s seeing in other places.
So social still absolutely matters. still a crucial component of what you do with your business because it provides human signals on top of things that maybe you said about yourself or I don’t know, maybe had an AI write about your brand.
Social provides human signals. It adds tone. It adds credibility. It adds consistency.
You know, when we think about search engine optimization and generative engine optimization, GEO seems to be the name folks are settling on these days. Obviously, we’re not optimizing around keywords. We’re helping machines understand who we are. And there’s fancy words, you know, when we think about things like entity relationships and entity graphs and the like that help connect.
the AI to your content and help make your content stand out or help your content be better interpreted, better understood by the AI. That’s really, really good. That’s really useful and something you need to think about. But we also have to recognize that artificial intelligence doesn’t replace social. It doesn’t replace your website. It doesn’t really even replace search. It learns from it.
I’m going to talk about this in a future episode, I Google just reported its earnings for 2025 and for Q4 of 2025 and had a monstrous year. was above $400 billion in revenue for the first time. Search ads grew 17% year on year, right? So they’re getting great growth here because customers are using those channels just as AI is.
all working as part of a whole in terms of how your customers understand your brand and your business and how they can actually find the products and services that work best for them. AI is a part of that for sure, but so is social. So is the experience your customers have with you so that they can tell a story about your brand and business on social media. So we need to think about
how we operate in this new world. I am still a big believer that content is king, customer experience is queen, and data is the crown jewels. It’s something I’ve talked about many times in the book and things along those lines.
We have to think about what we’re doing today with content. We’re not just publishing content. We are, that’s core, but that content creates signals. It creates signals that artificial intelligence can understand and interpret to learn about us.
that content creates signals in the social media. It helps customers understand us better when they come across us. And it might plant some seeds that when they’re talking about us on social, they’re talking about the things we’d like them to talk about, about our brand and our business.
Those signals have to represent what matters to our business, what we stand for, what benefits we provide to our customers. And it’s things like consistent positioning. Who are you and what do you stand for? It includes things like engagement and replies. When customers are talking about you on social, are you engaging with them? Are you commenting back? Are you part of a conversation?
or you’re just letting it happen to you. When customers are leaving reviews, the reviews and responses matter a ton. I said for years that when you were replying to a review on social media, weren’t, excuse me, replying to a review, you weren’t replying to a review for the reviewer. You were replying to a review for the person who read that review.
Well, now the person reading that review is an AI, right? The person is an artificial intelligence. So your response helps validate again the kinds of experience you offer your customers to the AI. I’m going to come back to that in one more place in just a moment. But signals look like consistent positioning, engagements and replies, reviews and responses, and of course, any third party validation that other people say about you.
Now I said I was gonna come back to reviews and responses. Again, I mentioned a moment ago, content is king, customer experience is queen.
Customer experience is where those reviews come from and those reviews are being ingested by artificial intelligence. So what the AI reads about you in those reviews is what it knows to be true about you just like was true for customers when they read those reviews. So it’s really important that you give the kind of customer experience that will cause people to write a good review about you or at minimum
least not write a bad review about you, right? Because if they write a bad review, what is the AI going to know about you? If they write a great review, what is the AI going to know about you?
And if you respond to those reviews, actually skip that, if you don’t respond to those reviews, what is the AI going to know about you? It’s going to know you’re the company that doesn’t reply to its reviews. You’re the company that doesn’t care about what people say about your brand of business.
Whereas if you do reply, it shows you care. It shows that those reviews matter to you. And that’s another signal that we need to pay attention to. The reason that this matters so much is because AI trusts patterns and it trusts consensus.
It knows what it sees about you everywhere. And if what it sees about you everywhere is people say, hey, this place is great. This business is amazing. They take care of their customers. They create great experiences. Guess what it’s going to say about you. Hey, this place is great. Hey, this place cares about its customers. Hey, this place provides great experiences. You see how those all connect.
If you’re in hospitality specifically, that’s why what it says about your brand, what it says about your property, online travel agency, or in reviews, or in social mentions, and what you say about yourself in your owned content on your website, all reinforce or contradict one another. And that’s true regardless of the business you’re in.
But if your website says one thing and your social media says another and your reviews say something else, the AI either doesn’t know who to trust or it’s going to believe the reviews. But I would bank on it’s going to be more of the former than the latter.
OK, so here’s how I would encourage you to think about this. We need to move away from asking the question which channel wins. We instead should say what story exists about our brand, about our business on the Internet? What story is the Internet telling our customers and their AI assistants and agents about our business?
It’s absolutely a good idea at this point to be doing the work to show up in AI. You want to be, you know, doing, setting up the right schema on your website and on your appropriate pages. You want to also make sure that you’re, you know, if you’re testing an MCP server or you’re feeding your data to an AI directly, that’s something worth testing. What we don’t want to do is chase the fastest
growing channels at the expense of the channels that continue to produce visibility and awareness and revenue for your business. And that includes search and social. What actually differentiates your brand and what will differentiate your brand and AI is clarity, consistency, and your humanity. You’ve heard me say many times, your brand is the prompt.
All of these things put together show why your brand matters more, not less in an era of AI.
If there’s one thing that I hope you take away from this, it’s this. AI does not make social media, search or content less important for your business. It makes clarity and consistency and customer experience more important.
The brands that show up when AI assistants and agents start making recommendations won’t be the ones that are chasing after every new channel.
They’ll be the ones that consistently show who they are, what they stand for, how they take care of their customers, and why they’re worth choosing, no matter where a customer starts their interaction or starts their journey with your brand or business.
If this episode has made you think about a brand you work on or someone on your team who’s wrestling with these questions, please do me a favor and send them a link. Make sure you tell them why it stuck with you too. That’s how these conversations spread. I want to remind you that you can find the show notes and the full archive of our episodes at TimPeter.com/podcasts.
And if you want to go deeper on this idea, my book, Digital Reset, Driving Marketing and Custom Requisition Beyond Big Tech, expands on how brands, platforms and AI intersect. You’ll find the links in the show notes.
Thanks so much for listening to this episode. I really do appreciate you. And in the meantime, till we’re together again, please be well, be safe, and be excellent to each other. I’ll see you soon.
Take Your Next Step Toward a Digital Reset“Digital Reset with Tim Peter” helps you look beyond the "shiny objects" to build a business that lasts. How can we help you today?
The post Why AI Won’t Kill Search—It’s Doing Something Much Bigger (Episode 483) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
I’ve never seen a single person with a tattoo for Marriott Bonvoy, the hotel brand’s “loyalty” program. Or, for that matter, for Hilton Honors (its loyalty program) or Wyndham Rewards (its loyalty program). Hell, I don’t have a tattoo for United Airlines MileagePlus, and I fly roughly 80,000 miles with the company every year.
But I’ve see a ton of folks with tattoos for Harley Davidson. And Fender guitars. And Disney. And Lego. And Nike.
Wouldn’t you think that more “loyal” customers would have tattoos for brands that depend on loyalty programs for their businesses? I know I would.
The fact is that loyalty often isn’t all it’s cracked up to be. And, in the age of AI, that’s a huge problem. Because if your customers aren’t willing to ask for your brand by name, you might be in real trouble.
In this episode of the show, I take a look at:
Want to learn more? Here are the show notes for you.
Why Nobody Has a Marriott Bonvoy Tattoo… And Why That Matters in the Age of AI (Episode 482) & — Headlines and Show NotesShow Notes and Links* What ‘The Brand Is the Prompt’ Really Means for Your Business (Episode 474) * In the Age of AI, Brand Isn’t Everything. It’s the Only Thing (Episode 472) * What Changed in AI and Marketing This Year, Why It Matters, and What Comes Next (Episode 478) * Will Agentic AI Kill Your Content Marketing? (Episode 470) * The Rise of Agentic AI Among Your Customers (Episode 466) * Belonging to the Brand Book – Schaefer Marketing Solutions: We Help Businesses {grow} * What ChatGPT Ads Mean for Your Business (Episode 481) * Should Your Business Have a ChatGPT App? (Episode 479) * Are ChatGPT’s Apps Good for Your Business? (Episode 471) * AI and Zero-Click Search: The Real Story (Episode 467) * The Brand is the Prompt (Thinks Out Loud 465)
Buy the Book — Digital Reset: Driving Marketing and Customer Acquisition Beyond Big TechTim Peter has written a new book called Digital Reset: Driving Marketing Beyond Big Tech. You can learn more about it here on the site. Or buy your copy on Amazon.com today.
Past AppearancesRutgers Business School MSDM Speaker: Series: a Conversation with Tim Peter, Author of "Digital Reset"
Free DownloadsWe have some free downloads for you to help you navigate the current situation, which you can find right here:
Best of Thinks Out LoudYou can find our “Best of Thinks Out Loud” playlist on Spotify right here:
Subscribe to Thinks Out Loud* Subscribe in iTunes * Subscribe in the Google Play Store
Contact information for the podcast: podcast@timpeter.com
Past Insights from Tim Peter ThinksTechnical Details for Thinks Out LoudRecorded using a Shure SM7B Vocal Dynamic Microphone and a Focusrite Scarlett 4i4 (3rd Gen) USB Audio Interface into Logic Pro X for the Mac.
Running time: 16m 08s
You can subscribe to Thinks Out Loud in iTunes, the Google Play Store, via our dedicated podcast RSS feed (or sign up for our free newsletter). You can also download/listen to the podcast here on Thinks using the player at the top of this page.
Transcript: Why Nobody Has a Marriott Bonvoy Tattoo… And Why That Matters in the Age of AIWelcome back to the show. I’m Tim Peter. I was honored to take part in a fireside chat at a hotel conference the other day, and at one point something I said got a much bigger reaction than I expected. I said that “I’ve seen a lot of Harley Davidson tattoos on people who love that brand. I’ve never seen a Marriott Bonvoy tattoo.”
First, some folks in the audience laughed. So, you know, that’s nice. I’m not gonna lie. I think it’s a funny line too. Then the room got really quiet though. Like pin-drop quiet. Curious, no?
Later, as I was signing books, person after person came up to me and said some version of the same thing. They said, “what you said really hit me because we spend so much time on loyalty, but we don’t really know our guests as human beings.”
Now, don’t get me wrong, this story isn’t just about hotels. Every company that deals with customers is going to face some version of this same story. And that’s what I want to talk about today.
Because in a world where AI assistants and agents are starting to choose hotels on behalf of guests, where AI assistants and agents mediate the conversation between you and your customers, the difference between a brand people care about and a brand that’s just another option on a screen is going to matter more than ever.
Let’s dive in and look at this in detail.
So there was an amazing audience at this conference, an amazing group of people & hotel marketers and revenue managers and customer experience teams and reservations folks and IT people & just a wide array of people all focused on how they took care of their customers.
None of these people were, you know, “stuffy corporate types.” These are the folks who actually deal with customers with their guests when something goes wrong. They live in the trenches. Their job is to keep their customers happy every single day.
So I obviously I made the crack about Marriott Bonvoy and then I talked to people afterwards. And literally, to a person, people kept wanting to talk about how they’ve got all of these profiles, they’ve got all of these accounts, but they don’t really know what matters to the guests on a given trip, during a given stay, during a given interaction.
Does that sound familiar to you? Is that what it feels like when you’re talking to your customers? Because you’re not alone if that’s the case.
Here’s the dirty little secret about loyalty in hospitality and in airlines and in retail and lots and lots more. Most loyalty programs are really about points. They’re really about how many rewards your customer’s gonna get.
Real loyalty though, real loyalty to your brand. It’s about identity. It’s about customers who feel like you’re a part of them, who feel like you belong with them or not.
That Harley Davidson versus Bonvoy line isn’t a joke. It’s a warning.
People don’t get tattoos about discounts or perks or elite status. It’s just not a thing that actually makes them feel seen.
What do they tattoo? Who they believe they are.
In my book, Digital Reset, I share the story of how I realized that fact about brand tattoos. I used to go to this local brew pub where I lived, near where I lived & I didn’t live at the brew pub. I probably felt that way some days.
But, you know, on nice Sunday afternoons we might stop by. And there was a group of Harley Davidson enthusiasts who would pull in after enjoying their weekly ride. This was something they did all the time. The group were, generally speaking, contractors and construction workers and folks like that. And as I wrote in the book, “…one dentist with the heart of a rebel yearning to break free.”
But the thing is, that’s not a joke. He lived the concept of “live to ride, ride to live,” despite his otherwise, well, dentist-like demeanor. He didn’t like Harley Davidson. He lived Harley Davidson. This guy was a Harley Davidson rider, just like I’m a Fender guitar player or a Martin guitar player. Those speak to me.
And many hotel brands — hell, many brands overall — don’t give their customers a story about themselves. They give a transaction.
There are absolutely exceptions to this rule. Margaritaville Hotels and Resorts does this really well. 21C Museum Hotels, I think, does a great job of this. Very high end luxury hotels like the Ritz in London, the George V in Paris, or the Metropole at Monte Carlo, along with independent hotels like the Drover in Fort Worth, the Acoma House in Denver, and my friends and clients at the Wentworth Mansion, John Rutledge House Inn, King’s Courtyard, and Fulton Lane Inn all do this brilliantly.
There are loads of examples outside hospitality too of brands that customers adore even though some aren’t very large companies. All of which should signal that it’s possible to do this no matter who you are or how big your company is. And that should give you hope.
Because AI makes the fact that most businesses don’t do this, perilous for their long-term prospects.
Okay, so why is this perilous? Why is this perilous for long-term prospects?
Well, when an AI assistant or agent chooses your business, it chooses your company, it chooses your hotel if you’re a hotel, it’s not going to ask who has the best vibes. It’s going to ask which business meets criteria it can measure.
Your brand runs the risk of being reduced to nothing more than a price, a location, an availability of your product or service or a room, or the points that you offer. You get turned into a commodity. Your brand becomes invisible. All that matters then is some very specific, tactical, practical, measurable summary.
And that’s what scares me. Not AI, but what happens to brands that never build anything that people care about.
I’ll repeat a mantra you’ve heard me say before: “Your brand is the prompt.” There’s actually a follow-on to that that I never really say out loud because if you don’t hear this, you should. “Your brand is the prompt… or you won’t exist.”
That’s a huge, huge reality that you need to be conscious about.
The other way you will get found by AI assistants and agents is for your customers to teach them that you’re the one that they love. You’re the one that they want. You’re the one that makes them feel like who they believe they are, who they are meant to be.
Part of doing this well depends on having great data. That’s absolutely true. It matters for the AIs too.
But making this happen depends two big steps.
The first is you have to drive data fluency among your team. And by data fluency, I don’t mean the ability to read reports. I mean that your team uses data about your business and about your customers to curate great experiences for those customers. I’m gonna have more to say about this point in just a moment.
As part of that data fluency, it’s critical that you help your team — whether they’re on the front lines, in the C-suite, or anywhere in between — to understand that when they’re putting data to work, they really, really, really have to be very conscious of the difference between being cool and being creepy.
You’ve undoubtedly heard me talk about the creepy line before and why it’s so dangerous to get too close to that line, or worse, cross it.
The example I always use is this. Let’s imagine you’re visiting a resort with your favorite traveling companion. Doesn’t matter who it is, but you’ve opted in.
When you get to the resort, you opt in to receive updates w hile you’re at the property. And your first full day on the property, you get an alert for a two for one margarita special at the pool.
Now, when you say that, when you get an alert that pops up on your phone that says, “hey, we have two for one, a two for one special on margaritas,” do you think that’s cool or do think that’s creepy? Remember, you opted in to receive these alerts.
Most people, when I ask this question, will say, “that’s cool.” Occasionally, some will say, “no, no, that’s a little creepy.”
OK, I’m going to give you the same scenario again. You’ve opted in all that jazz. You say, “I want this. I want to hear this.” And then you get an alert that says, “Hey, we saw that you and your traveling companion each had seven margaritas last night. How about a Bloody Mary to help you recuperate from that decision?”
Is that cool or is that creepy?
Usually people find this one creepy… even though the business’s ability to execute that experience relies on essentially the exact same data as the first one: We know you like margaritas.
But you can see how the first one demonstrates data fluency in action, while the second one demonstrates that your company is full of creeps.
Only when you get that first part right does it make sense to do the second thing that you have to do, which is invest in technology integrations that put that data in front of your team so that they can demonstrate good judgment and demonstrate good value to your customers.
Now, I can’t speak to every industry on this next point, but I can say that hospitality’s biggest flaw — and biggest superpower — has always been its people. Hotels and resorts have notoriously been behind the curve on technology. The technology investments sometimes lag, particularly when you’ve got a lot of hotels to deal with in your company. We hide that limitation behind human beings. We’ve been using people to paper over broken systems and still provide great experiences to guests for as long as I can remember.
Other industries can actually learn a lot from hospitality in that regard because you need to invest in great people or you need to invest in great tech.
If you scrimp on both, that all the guarantees that you’re going to end up as a commodity that nobody loves… because nobody will ever get a great experience. Worse, they may get a terrible experience and tell all their friends and family and fans and followers on social media about it. And then you’ve hurt the next generation of consumers, the next generation of customers.
Then what are the AI tools going to know about you? That you do a really bad job. So that’s a lose, lose, lose proposition.
What gave me the most hope after this session at this event I attended was how many of the event attendees who came up to me at the book signing and said, “we want to do this better.” These weren’t cynical burnt out execs or disgruntled frontline folks. These were sharp, sophisticated business leaders who care so much about doing right by their customers.
And “leaders” in this case had nothing to do with their job title. It had everything to do with their commitment to creating brand experiences that their customers will always remember, that customers will ask for by name — and that customers will teach their AI assistants and agents to choose each and every time.
The future of your business is not about smarter machines. It’s about whether you use those machines to give your people more room to be human. I can’t guarantee your customers will rush right out and get their brand tattooed on their bodies. But you might just build a brand your customers will ask for by name. And that’s pretty damn good too.
If this episode made you think about someone on your team or a brand who you work with, send them a link and tell them why it stuck with you. That’s how these conversations spread. You can find the show notes for today’s episode and the full archive at TimPeter.com/podcasts.
If you want to go deeper on this, my book, Digital Reset: Driving Marketing and Customer Acquisition Beyond Big Tech, expands these ideas into a practical framework that you can apply. Links are in the show notes.
Thanks so much for listening. I really appreciate you doing that. This show would not happen without you. If you have ideas for things you’d like to hear about here on the show, make sure you drop me a line at podcast.timpeter.com. I’d love to hear from you.
Until next time, please be well, be safe, and be excellent to each other. I’ll see you soon.
The post Why Nobody Has a Marriott Bonvoy Tattoo… And Why That Matters in the Age of AI (Episode 482) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
As I’ve mentioned in the past, last year was not about incremental change. Nope. It was all about dramatic change. We all started off last year “playing with AI.” Today? The question is if and when AI assistants and agents will be the norm for every interaction we have with our customers.
What do we need to do to act accordingly? How do we create experiences that work whether we’re talking with human beings or with machines acting on behalf of those human beings? Most importantly, how do we build brands worth asking for by name when people might not see the brand until their AI picks it for them?
In this “Best of the Show” episode, I try to answer these questions and place them into an actionable framework you can use, right now, and make sure your customers & and your business & both get to enjoy the benefits AI can bring.
Want to learn more? Here are the show notes for you.
AI Is Changing How Customers Choose — Here’s How Brands Win in 2026 (Best of the Show: Revisiting Episode 478) — Headlines and Show NotesShow Notes and Links* AI and Zero-Click Search: The Real Story (Episode 467) * Here We Go Again: Marketing in Another Bizarre Economy (Thinks Out Loud 456) * In the Age of AI, Brand Isn’t Everything. It’s the Only Thing (Episode 472) * The Rise of Agentic AI Among Your Customers (Episode 466) * Will Agentic AI Kill Your Content Marketing? (Episode 470) * Will AI Kill Content Marketing for Customer Acquisition? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 449) * Digital Reset: Build Customer Relationships Big Tech—and AI—Can’t Touch (Thinks Out Loud 458) * Digital Reset is Here (Thinks Out Loud 461) * Rethinking Your Website in the Age of AI (Episode 473) * AI Can’t Save Bad Strategy: Why Fundamentals Still Matter in 2025 (Thinks Out Loud Episode 455) * What Changed in AI and Marketing This Year, Why It Matters, and What Comes Next (Episode 478)
Buy the Book — Digital Reset: Driving Marketing and Customer Acquisition Beyond Big TechTim Peter has written a new book called Digital Reset: Driving Marketing Beyond Big Tech. You can learn more about it here on the site. Or buy your copy on Amazon.com today.
Past AppearancesRutgers Business School MSDM Speaker: Series: a Conversation with Tim Peter, Author of "Digital Reset"
Free DownloadsWe have some free downloads for you to help you navigate the current situation, which you can find right here:
Best of Thinks Out LoudYou can find our “Best of Thinks Out Loud” playlist on Spotify right here:
Subscribe to Thinks Out Loud* Subscribe in iTunes * Subscribe in the Google Play Store
Contact information for the podcast: podcast@timpeter.com
Past Insights from Tim Peter ThinksTechnical Details for Thinks Out LoudRecorded using a Shure SM7B Vocal Dynamic Microphone and a Focusrite Scarlett 4i4 (3rd Gen) USB Audio Interface into Logic Pro X for the Mac.
Running time: 19m 08s
You can subscribe to Thinks Out Loud in iTunes, the Google Play Store, via our dedicated podcast RSS feed (or sign up for our free newsletter). You can also download/listen to the podcast here on Thinks using the player at the top of this page.
Transcript: AI Is Changing How Customers Choose — Here’s How Brands Win in 2026 Welcome back to the show. I’m Tim Peter. This week looks a little different than normal. I’ve been traveling and speaking like mad, and instead of pushing out something rushed or half baked, I wanted to make sure you still got something that actually moves the needle for you and your business. Because as you’ve seen, marketing is at a turning point.
AI is not just another trend. It is an entirely structural shift in how customers discover brands, how they make decisions, and how businesses like yours continue to grow. So today I’m bringing you one of the most important episodes. We’ve recorded a conversation that pulls together what changed, what matters, and what comes next for anyone responsible for growth, brand or customer experience.
This isn’t a conversation about tools. It’s about how to make sure your brand still gets chosen when AI assistance and agents do more of the choosing. Even if you’ve heard this before, give it another listen with fresh ears, because the future I was talking about then is already here. Let’s dive in.
If you think back to the beginning of 2025, we were asking very simple questions about what AI was going to do for us. We were asking things like, “Can AI write a blog post? Can it write a headline? Can it create an image?"
Today, we’re already asking whether AI is going to replace the very concept of searching and “how soon AI will become your customer.” How soon the things that you will do will not be on behalf of the human, but on behalf of the artificial intelligence?
And the big idea here is that this has not been a year of incremental change. This has been a year of decoupling.
We’re seeing the decoupling of finding from clicking. We’re seeing the decoupling of discovery from awareness. And we’re seeing the decoupling of our brands and our websites from the people who traditionally have used them.
Now over the course of the last year, we’ve done 33 episodes of this show, and I’m going to try as best I can to synthesize those 33 episodes down into one actionable framework that you can use going forward. I’m going to cover a bunch of stuff. All of the realities that we’re seeing in terms of what’s happening with gatekeepers, why I think it’s ever more important that your brand is the prompt and in particular, why your digital reset is your core path forward in 2026.
So let’s start with “Gatekeepers gonna gate." You’ve heard me say this a gazillion times on this show. Earlier this year, we talked about all of the different ways that Big Tech gets between you and your customers and all of the things that they do to build that relationship. Not for you, but for themselves.
As you know, Big Tech isn’t here to help you find customers. Big Tech is here to help themselves find customers. They are here to keep customers within their ecosystem. Yes, they are dependent upon ads, so there will have to be clicks at some point in the process if they are going to make some money.
What’s also true is that for many years when we think about search or we think about social, we’ve been in a reality where some of those clicks, some of the time, were free. Increasingly, we’re entering a world where every meaningful click for your business may be paid from these folks.
In episode 467, we looked at the real story of zero-click search. And if Google provides an answer via an AI Overview or within Gemini, or ChatGPT provides an answer, or Claude provides an answer, or Perplexity provides an answer, your blue link, your organic search result doesn’t matter. That ship has sailed. Those days are gone.
The reality is that you aren’t competing with other brands anymore. You’re competing with the platform’s desire and need to keep the user. You’re competing with Big Tech itself.
Now, as you well know, that means that the cost of rented land is essentially going up. You’ve heard me say — you’ve heard lots of people over the years say — "don’t build your brand on rented land.” The reality now is that everything is becoming rented land.
We’re in a crazy new world and it’s just going to get crazier. We know that Google is already testing ad products. We know that ChatGPT has tested some and may again and we just should expect more of that.
We also know, as we discussed in episode 456 of the show, that we’re in a strange economy. Things might be tough in 2026. You can’t afford to pay a toll to Big Tech on every transaction. It doesn’t matter if it’s 10 percent. It doesn’t matter if it’s 20 percent. It doesn’t matter if it’s 30 percent. It’s more expensive than you want to have to pay in an environment where you’re probably going to be competing for every last dollar and if every last penny.
And so the key question that I think we have to ask ourselves, regardless of which member of Big Tech we’re talking about, is if Google or Meta or ChatGPT or Amazon, whomever, Expedia, Booking.com, Yelp, Yext, OpenTable, right? Any of these folks. If they turned off your traffic tomorrow, would your business survive another day?
That’s the world we’re living in now and that’s the question you need to ask. If Google turned off your traffic tomorrow, how long could you survive?
To me, that was the aha moment of the year. And it’s why I’ve become so convinced that your brand is the prompt. In an AI world, the notion of generic search, the notion of unbranded search is dead.
If someone asked an AI for best hotel, the AI is going to choose the winner. You really don’t get a lot of say in that. If someone asked for a specific hotel, "Tim’s Hotel in Charleston," "Tim’s Hotel in Orlando," you are the only answer. That’s where you’re trying to get to.
We need to think about our brand as the insurance policy that sets us apart from everybody else. As I mentioned in episode 472, "brand isn’t everything; it’s the only thing." Your brand is the only thing an AI cannot replicate. It’s the only thing it can’t answer in place of you, right? When somebody asks for you by brand, aure, the AI might hallucinate, but that’s going to tell the customer pretty quickly that that’s not giving them the answer they’re looking for.
The other thing is your brand is a mental shortcut for your customers. It forces the AI to surface your business. That becomes even more important when we think about agentic AI, something I talked about in episodes 466, something I talked about in episode 470. We’ve moved from talking about chatbots to talking about agents. We’re entering a world where AI isn’t just software and programs that talk. They’re software that does. They’re software that acts.
When an AI agent is shopping for your customer, your emotional branding may not work, but your authority does. The data you have about your customer, the data that helps you talk to what your customer’s needs are, does. Your content becomes so much more important, not just in terms of being distinct, though that’s important.
But it makes it important that your content actually answers the questions your customers have. In episode 449, I talked about the death of content marketing. And I said, know, AI will only kill content if your content is generic.
If an AI can write your content, maybe you don’t need to publish that content unless it’s answering a very specific question. Your content has to be a 24x7x365 salesperson and a 24x7x365 customer service rep. It has to answer the questions your customer has and many of those questions have to be about your values:
When we think about the digital reset and how that plays into that — and obviously this is something I talked about in episode 458, 461, 473 — your digital reset is the core of my new book and it’s something I spent the back half of the year talking about.
What you want to remember is that your reset isn’t about ignoring AI. It isn’t even about ignoring gatekeepers. It’s about bypassing them. It’s about thinking beyond them every chance you get.
And we’ve talked about this many, many, many times that what you’re trying to do is you’re trying to have content, customer experience, and data that allows you to connect with your customers directly.
So I’m actually going to flip these on their head for a moment because first we want to talk about data. If you don’t have a direct line to your customers, whether it’s email, whether it’s SMS, whether it’s snail mail to your customer, if you can’t talk to them directly, you don’t own your business. A gatekeeper does.
You also need to own the experience. If your website, if your app, if however your customer is connecting with you isn’t distinct and isn’t easy for them to use and doesn’t solve their problem, you’re never going to give them a reason to come back. They’re not going to remember you. Your site isn’t a brochure. It isn’t content just for content sake. It’s a utility. It solves a problem.
And it might be that the AI is what interacts with that site. But at a certain point, they may come to your site and the site needs to be something that’s so useful they’ll want to come back again or at least direct their AI to it the next time that they have a problem that you can solve.
You also want to make sure that it’s designed to capture data from the customer and give them a good reason to want to give you their data and continue the conversation. Hugely important.
You want to give them a reason to come to you that an AI cannot summarize in a paragraph. And of course, all of this has to do with owning trust. In an age of AI fakes, a deep fakes, of AI slop, humanity, the thing that sets you apart, is a premium product. It’s a thing that your customers will remember. You need to be not just known, you need to be loved. You don’t just need to be found, you need to be sought out. That’s crucial.
You’ve got to share your face. You’ve got to share your values. You have to tell them the why behind the what. Because that’s going to be crucial for customers saying not just, "help me find a thing," but “Help me find your thing. Help me find you."
It’s really about focusing on fundamentals, building a deep, meaningful, lasting relationship with your customers. As I said in episode 455, AI can’t save you from a bad strategy. This isn’t about looking for the ChatGPT prompt of the week. It’s about looking for how to make your customers’ lives better. It’s the only strategy that is truly future-proof.
Think of your favorite brands, ever. The brands you know and trust and love more than anything else. You don’t have to go ask an AI to help you find something like that. You already know them. You might tell your agent, go there, go get this for me from the people who I like. But you don’t have to ask the AI what the answer to the question is. You know the answer to the question. That’s what you want your customers to do with your brand too.
So 2025 was the year that we realized the era of SEO and social as we knew it is, if not over, certainly coming to an end. What takes its place is an era of brand autonomy, an era of brand differentiation and brand distinction and brands that customers ask for by name. Your brand is the prompt.
And I think there’s really three immediate actions as you go into 2026.
First, take a look at all of the places where you rely upon rented land today. It doesn’t matter if it’s Google, it doesn’t matter if it’s Meta, it doesn’t matter if it’s TikTok, it doesn’t matter if it’s LinkedIn. If one of them were to change their algorithm tomorrow, how long would your business survive? You need to understand how vulnerable you are so that you can start to take the actions necessary to reduce the risk to your brand.
The next is that you need to focus your brand on being remembered, not just found. What are the things that set you apart in terms of your values, in terms of your face, in terms of your voice, in terms of your utility that genuinely differentiate you from anybody else in the marketplace?
You also need to think about your owned assets in detail. Are you investing in your email list? Are you investing in your SMS communications? Are you investing in ways to contact your customer directly and making them want to contact you directly? This isn’t about, you know, "hey, let’s scam them into giving us data they don’t want to give us." It’s about being a place they can’t wait to give us data that they want to talk to.
Invest in those and so that you can grow a connection with your customers over the long run.
We know that gatekeepers are gonna gate it’s what they do But they can only put those gates in front of people who don’t have direct relationships with their customers. It is time for you to stop being somebody on the wrong side of the gate. It’s time for you to be a destination unto yourself. It is time for you to be the brand that is the prompt. And if you do that all throughout 2026, I’m confident you’re going to do just fine.
Show Wrap-Up and Credits Thanks so much for taking some time to check out this episode. If there’s one thing that I want you to remember, it’s this: The brands that win will be the ones most worth choosing.
If this episode helped you see what’s changing in marketing, what’s really happening in marketing, please do me a quick favor and follow and subscribe to the show wherever you’re listening.
That way you won’t miss what’s coming next, and it will help more people like you find this conversation. If you’re watching on YouTube, please leave a comment, hit like, tell me what stood out for you. Those signals really do shape what we do here and help make the show a better experience for everybody.
We’ve got new episodes on the way with some practical ways to put these ideas we talked about today into action. Until then, stay curious, stay strategic, and be excellent to each other. I’ll talk with you soon.
The post AI Is Changing How Customers Choose — Here’s How Brands Win in 2026 (Best of the Show: Revisiting Episode 478) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
We’ve all known it was coming, but OpenAI finally announced its long-awaited introduction of ads into ChatGPT. Now, you can buy your way into ChatGPT’s chats so your brand can be seen by potential customers when they’re having conversations relevant to your business.
This is great, right? I mean, don’t you want to be the first company to sign up?
Maybe. But, maybe there’s a bigger picture that we need to look at too.
In this episode of The Digital Reset Show with Tim Peter, Tim looks at:
And a whole lot more. Want to learn more? Here are the show notes for you.
What ChatGPT Ads Mean for Your Business (Podcast Episode 481) — Headlines and Show NotesShow Notes and Links* ChatGPT’s announcement about ads: Our approach to advertising and expanding access to ChatGPT * George Roukas’ brilliant comment on LinkedIn about customers explicitly training AI to avoid brands they’ve had bad experiences with. Genius. * What Apple and Google’s AI Deal Means for Your Business (Podcast Episode 480) * Google Is Personalizing Some AI Overviews & AI Mode Answers * Google Announces AI Mode Checkout Protocol, Business Agent * Google Gemini Gains Share As ChatGPT Declines In Similarweb Data + PDF link to original Similarweb study * Google’s blog post “New ways to plan travel with AI in Search” * The CORE Methodology: How to Build Traffic and Revenue Beyond Google — Part 2 (Episode 425) * Rethinking Your Website in the Age of AI (Episode 473) * “Gatekeepers Gonna Gate” is Gonna Kill ChatGPT (Episode 477) * What ‘The Brand Is the Prompt’ Really Means for Your Business (Episode 474) * Google AI Mode Ads – Explore Guides and Articles * Google Introduces Agentic Commerce Protocol & Direct Offers Ads In AI Mode * Google Announces AI Mode Checkout Protocol, Business Agent
Buy the Book — Digital Reset: Driving Marketing and Customer Acquisition Beyond Big TechTim Peter has written a new book called Digital Reset: Driving Marketing Beyond Big Tech. You can learn more about it here on the site. Or buy your copy on Amazon.com today.
Past AppearancesRutgers Business School MSDM Speaker: Series: a Conversation with Tim Peter, Author of "Digital Reset"
Free DownloadsWe have some free downloads for you to help you navigate the current situation, which you can find right here:
Best of Thinks Out LoudYou can find our “Best of Thinks Out Loud” playlist on Spotify right here:
Subscribe to Thinks Out Loud* Subscribe in iTunes * Subscribe in the Google Play Store
Contact information for the podcast: podcast@timpeter.com
Past Insights from Tim Peter ThinksTechnical Details for Thinks Out LoudRecorded using the travel rig: Shure SM57 Cardioid Dynamic Instrument Microphone and a IK Multimedia iRig Pro Duo IO USB audio interface into Logic Pro X for the Mac.
Running time: 17m 28s
You can subscribe to Thinks Out Loud in iTunes, the Google Play Store, via our dedicated podcast RSS feed (or sign up for our free newsletter). You can also download/listen to the podcast here on Thinks using the player at the top of this page.
Transcript: What ChatGPT Ads Mean for Your Business (Episode 481)Welcome back to the show. I’m Tim Peter. Well, it’s happening. ChatGPT is putting ads in its chats. We’ve kind of all known this was coming for a while. They’ve announced that they’re going to "start testing ads in the US for the free and Go tiers." That’s a quote. And that Go tier is a new plan that they’re offering for eight bucks per month. OpenAI also mentioned that their "Plus, Pro, Business, and Enterprise subscriptions will not include ads." That’s also a quote and more about that later.
We’ve all known that ads were coming to ChatGPT. The world of gatekeepers gonna gate essentially demands it. What we didn’t know was how those ads would work. And now we kind of do, at least in a few ways.
The question is, what do ads on ChatGPT mean for your business? Should you participate in these? Should you use these? What are these ads good for? And most importantly, how should you think about ads and artificial intelligence overall for your business?
This is episode 481 of The Big Show. Let’s dive in.
There are a few points that marketers should keep in mind for the moment when it comes to ads on ChatGPT. And I’m kind of going to go through these one by one. OpenAI says that, and this is a quote, "To start, we plan to test ads at the bottom of answers in ChatGPT when there’s a relevant sponsored product or service based on your current conversation."
I’m gonna be abundantly clear. I think that that is a capital G, capital T, good thing. Aligning ads with relevant answers ensures that customers continue to have a positive experience with your brand and a positive perception of your brand. You’re not interrupting them, you’re not getting in the way of what they’re trying to do, you’re simply enhancing that experience. That’s great on a number of levels.
My colleague George Roukas pointed out on LinkedIn that customers at some point will be able to train their agents and AI assistants not to suggest given brands if they’ve had bad experiences with those brands in the past. That’s a huge deal. This obviously underscores my long-standing point that customer experience is queen.
It also shows why it’s so important that ChatGPT’s ads not give bad vibes to potential customers. For as much as I’ve talked about the downsides of negative reviews on social and other places online, I hadn’t really thought about how damaging it might be if your customers taught their agents never to buy from you, never to recommend you, ever.
So that’s a really great point, George. I really appreciate you bringing that one to the conversation. It’s definitely food for thought as you consider ChatGPT’s ads.
Now, another piece of good news is that I’ve always been a fan of search ads because they’re tied to what customers are looking for. Google didn’t make roughly $400 billion last year by ignoring what their customers literally asked them for. Google Ads is one of the most successful products in history simply because it actually solves a problem in a moment of need.
ChatGPT, following a similar approach, makes loads and loads of sense for them. It also has the potential to make loads and loads of dollars for OpenAI, too. I think it’s a really, really smart play.
So cool, that’s the good news portion of the program. I don’t want to say the next bit is the bad news portion. It’s that there are a lot of unknowns.
There is no indication yet of whether the ads in ChatGPT will link to your web presence or whether they’ll keep customers within the ChatGPT environment. I will tell you, I know which one I’m betting on long term.
You know, you may receive brand awareness, you may receive organic traffic or branded search volume from people finding you in these ads, but you still might not get many clicks or, you know, any clicks. Time will tell if they’re going to limit these solely to businesses connected via ChatGPT’s apps and whether that’s going to happen at launch or whether that’s going to happen in the future. I’m not gonna have much else to say on this one until we see how the ads work in practice, but you can bet I’m going to be watching.
Speaking of, ChatGPT has stated a number of principles around how they believe ads should work as part of their environment and why it matters so much to them to maintain user trust.
I think that’s great. I genuinely believe in this. And I believe them. Just like I believe that Google honestly meant “Don’t be evil” back when they used to say that. You know, keep OpenAI’s words I just said a moment ago in mind. “To start,” they said.
Keep that mind. This is a test. They don’t know how ads will work for users in practice, maybe not even as much as we do. It’s tough to predict too much about what you should or should not do in terms of their ads because they don’t really exist yet. They’re announced, but we haven’t seen them. What their ads product will look like when it launches and what it will look like 90 days later could be radically different. I’m going to bet it will be.
So you can bet I’m going to review what they’re actually doing maybe 30 days, 60 days and 90 days after launch to see whether any of that has changed. To say nothing of what might happen six months down the road or a year down the road
I have a pretty, pretty high degree of confidence that if ChatGPT’s ads don’t satisfy advertisers’ demands for traffic or contribute meaningfully to ChatGPT’s bottom line, they’ll almost certainly make sure those ads are featured much more prominently.
Now, it took a long time for Google’s ads to become as prominent as they are today. If you do a Google search, they’re all over the place. When they first started, they kind of appeared off to the side. I also expect that ChatGPT’s ads will evolve a lot faster than Google’s did. They’re competing in a much more cutthroat environment. There’s way, way, way more skin in the game today than there was 20 years ago or 15 years ago.
One big takeaway though is that you can’t really think of what’s happening here in terms of absolutes.
This undoubtedly will be a rapidly-evolving environment, one in which OpenAI has almost as much to learn as you do about how customers will use these. If there was ever a scenario where you want to test and learn and then test again, this is going to be that one.
I don’t know that there’s much of a first mover advantage in this case. Instead, I suspect that the one where folks learn and adapt fastest are the people who will see the greatest benefit.
Speaking of learning and adapting, I want to point out that that’s a huge component of what we help companies do here at Tim Peter & Associates. You can drop me a line at podcast@timpeter.com if you’d like to learn more about how we can help you do that too.
I also talk about how your business can adapt and learn quickly in my book, Digital Reset: Driving Marketing and Customer Acquisition Beyond Big Tech. You can find Digital Reset on Amazon.com or Bookshop.org.
Now getting back to the key points of what’s going on with ChatGPT and ads, don’t forget that Google is also testing ads within AI Mode, AI Overviews, and later this year, Gemini. They’ve announced all of that.
Ads in AI, aren’t going to be limited to ChatGPT, in other words. Google is going to be a player here too, and I expect they will be a really, really big player.
According to SimilarWeb, Google is steadily stealing market share and mine share from ChatGPT. It’s no secret that I think their deal with Apple and experience with advertising as a product, which I covered pretty extensively in last week’s show, positions Google for much better long-term success than ChatGPT does.
I also think that ChatGPT’s origins as a nonprofit entity hurt it. I’ve heard from a number of sources, I’ve talked to a bunch of people, that ChatGPT’s vision of commerce is not terribly focused or complete.
In one case, I heard from an executive e-commerce company that had conversations with OpenAI that were super frustrating from both sides. The discussions kept tripping up over relatively simple things because the OpenAI team simply didn’t have enough commercial experience. They were kind of stuck on how to actually give money and get money from the people they were talking to.
Now that’s absolutely a solvable problem for open AI. The question in the near term is how much of that is merely that they need to add talent and how much of that is its culture being too “science project-y” or “non-profit oriented” to fix quickly.
Just keep in mind that Google does not have that problem, not in any way, shape, or form. We know that’s true.
Google knows how to make money from this stuff. There’s lots of evidence of this, apart from just their $400 billion in revenue.
Take hotels, for an example. Google wrote in a blog post, something that they’re testing right now, they said, “just describe what you’re looking for to compare different flights or hotels and brown schedules, prices, room photos, amenities and reviews. You’ll be able to follow up and refine your options. And then once you’re ready, you can quickly complete the booking with the partner of your choice.” The blog post continued, there’s a quote, “we’re already working with partners, including Booking.com, Choice Hotels International, Expedia, IHG Hotels and Resorts, Marriott International, and Wyndham Hotels and Resorts to make this possible.”
That seems like a pretty big deal, no? And it illustrates that Google already has, a lot of these partnerships in place today. They’re in a much better position, I think, than ChatGPT is.
Normally, this is the point in the show where I outline a strategy around how you would use this new cool thing we’re talking about, like ChatGPT’s ads. In this case, though, I’m going to be really transparent. That feels premature. It feels early.
Again, for starters, the product isn’t fully live yet. Anything that’s too specific about, you must do this or you must do that will likely prove false eventually, possibly sooner than later.
Instead, I’d encourage you to take a step back and think about ads on ChatGPT as it fits into the big picture.
ChatGPT’s ads will undoubtedly offer you a great opportunity to explore reaching new customers. You can use our “Core and Explore” methodology, something I’ve talked about before, and I will link to that in the show notes so you can refresh your memory.
The other thing I want you to think about is that ads cost money. Now, I don’t mean that to be flip. Remember organic search though? Wasn’t it better when customers found your brand for free? Wasn’t it better when you didn’t have to pay for every customer? While it’s clearly a positive that ChatGPT is offering new ways for customers to find your business, to find your brand, it’s even better when they search for you by name, when they ask for you by name. Your mantra long-term still needs to be that “your brand is the prompt.”
Building a brand that customers ask for by name has to be at the core of your digital reset. Wyman Hawkins said brilliantly on my LinkedIn post, quote, “The ad mechanics will change. The need to be asked for by name won’t.”
If you’re chasing customers on ChatGPT or any other AI solely using ads, you’re simply trading one gatekeeper for another.
So as exciting as it is that ChatGPT is starting to offer ads, maybe we don’t want to go too far down that path without also building a brand that our customers ask for by name.
I’ll keep an eye on ads in ChatGPT and update you once you know more. I would encourage you to subscribe to the podcast on Spotify, YouTube, or wherever you get your favorite podcasts so you can stay up to date too. I’ll also remind you, you can find this episode, episode 481, and subscribe at timpeter.com/podcasts. Again, that’s timpeter.com/podcasts. I hope you’ll do that.
Show Wrap-Up and CreditsNow, looking at the clock on the wall, we are out of time for this week. I’m willing to bet that you might know someone who would benefit from what we’ve talked about here today. Are you thinking of someone? Why not send them link to the episode and let them know what you think too. Keep the conversation going. We all get smarter the more we have a chance to chat about this stuff.
If you’re looking for something new to read, mentioned it a little earlier in the show, but I’d love to suggest my book called Digital Reset: Driving Marketing and Customer Acquisition Beyond Big Tech. You can pick up a copy on Amazon.com or Bookshop.org. And let me know what you think. I’d really love to hear from you. I would genuinely appreciate that.
I want to thank you so much for listening this week and every week. This show would not happen without you. I’ll be back with a new episode next week, and until then, please be well, be safe, and as the saying goes, be excellent to each other. I’ll see you soon.
The post What ChatGPT Ads Mean for Your Business (Episode 481) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
Apple just signed a billion-dollar deal to have Google’s AI power Siri and other AI experiences on its devices. This is a huge blow to OpenAI. It’s also fairly meaningful for your business too.
Why is that? What does the Apple/Google AI deal mean for your business?
In this episode of The Digital Reset Show with Tim Peter, Tim looks at:
Want to learn more? Here are the show notes for you.
What Google and Apple’s AI Deal Means for Your Business (Podcast Episode 480) — Headlines and Show NotesShow Notes and Links Joint statement from Google and Apple * How Apple Is Buying an AI Strategy From Google * Apple is genius for tapping Google to fix Siri and Apple Intelligence – Fast Company * Apple, Google strike Gemini deal for revamped Siri in major win for Alphabet | Reuters * The LinkedIn post that inspired this episode. Feel free to join the conversation there: Post on LinkedIn * Rethinking Your Website in the Age of AI (Episode 473) * “Gatekeepers Gonna Gate” is Gonna Kill ChatGPT (Episode 477) * What ‘The Brand Is the Prompt’ Really Means for Your Business (Episode 474) Blow for OpenAI in Germany as court rules song lyrics used illegally | dpa international * A consumer watchdog issued a warning about Google’s AI agent shopping protocol — Google says she’s wrong | TechCrunch * Alphabet hits $4 trillion valuation as AI refocus lifts sentiment | Reuters * Google Gemini Gains Share As ChatGPT Declines In Similarweb Data + Similarweb study PDF link * Google Announces AI Mode Checkout Protocol, Business Agent * Google Is Personalizing Some AI Overviews & AI Mode Answers * What’s next for AI in 2026 | MIT Technology Review * Google: Don’t make “bite-sized” content for LLMs if you care about search rank – Ars Technica * Google announces AI Overviews in Gmail search, experimental AI-organized inbox – Ars Technica
Buy the Book — Digital Reset: Driving Marketing and Customer Acquisition Beyond Big TechTim Peter has written a new book called Digital Reset: Driving Marketing Beyond Big Tech. You can learn more about it here on the site. Or buy your copy on Amazon.com today.
Past AppearancesRutgers Business School MSDM Speaker: Series: a Conversation with Tim Peter, Author of "Digital Reset"
Free DownloadsWe have some free downloads for you to help you navigate the current situation, which you can find right here:
Best of Thinks Out LoudYou can find our “Best of Thinks Out Loud” playlist on Spotify right here:
Subscribe to Thinks Out Loud* Subscribe in iTunes * Subscribe in the Google Play Store
Contact information for the podcast: podcast@timpeter.com
Past Insights from Tim Peter ThinksTechnical Details for Thinks Out LoudRecorded using a Shure SM7B Vocal Dynamic Microphone and a Focusrite Scarlett 4i4 (3rd Gen) USB Audio Interface into Logic Pro X for the Mac.
Running time: 18m 07s
You can subscribe to Thinks Out Loud in iTunes, the Google Play Store, via our dedicated podcast RSS feed (or sign up for our free newsletter). You can also download/listen to the podcast here on Thinks using the player at the top of this page.
Transcript: What Google and Apple’s AI Deal Means for Your BusinessHey everyone, welcome back to the show.
You may have seen the news that Apple has signed a deal to have Google provide AI capabilities for Siri and its devices. As New York Magazine put it, “Apple is buying an AI strategy from Google.”
And I posted on LinkedIn about why this is really, really bad news for OpenAI and ChatGPT. But this isn’t a story about Apple or Google or OpenAI or anyone else, really. It’s a story about your brand and your business and why this matters. Why? What makes this deal matter to you?
I’m Tim Peter. This is episode 480 of The Big Show. Let’s dive in.
My first reaction when I saw the Apple/Google AI news was that OpenAI, the folks that make ChatGPT, is screwed. And let’s be clear, I still think that, by the way. It’s just not the most important part of the story. To get to the most important part of the story though, takes a little bit of setup. And here’s why.
I have argued for a while that OpenAI is in big trouble. OpenAI and Google, along with others, can only drive adoption of their core AI technologies by offering customers useful capabilities, getting those capabilities into customers’ hands, and then finding a way to make revenue and profits from that.
Those are the three legs of the stool anytime you offer a product or service: utility, distribution, and monetization. ChatGPT clearly provides utility. But its distribution and monetization plans have been, well, to put it mildly, lacking for some time.
I talked about this a few episodes ago, which I’ll link to in the show notes, but that’s why they have introduced a browser and they’re talking about making physical devices. They need a way to put their tools in more customers’ hands, sometimes literally.
The deal that Google and Apple have just announced absolutely destroys one of their best paths forward for distribution and monetization, which would have been to develop a deep partnership with Apple. Google has taken that away.
Clearly Gemini was always going to be the default on Android devices, right? Google simply wasn’t going to use someone else’s AI on their hardware. Now Gemini is going to be the default on Siri and more importantly, more broadly on iPhones and Macs and AirPods and Apple watches and Apple’s ecosystem overall.
Being the default matters. There’s a reason that Google pays Apple over $20 billion per year to be the default search engine on iPhones and iPads. That’s how they ensure that customers use their products on Apple devices. People use defaults way more than we’d like to think. Safari is one of the top browsers in the world because it’s the default. Apple Mail is one of the top email tools. And even Apple Maps gets more use than you might expect. Regardless of what the stories tell you, there’s a lot of folks out there using Apple Maps.
I’d originally assumed that being the default was so important that Google was going to pay Apple to be the default. Apparently not though. According to some of the stories I’ve seen, Apple’s going to pay Google about a billion dollars.
And while that might sound like a lot of money, Fast Company’s Mark Wilson put it best. He said “Apple just straight up robbed Google.”
Wilson continues by saying that,
”…increasingly, AI is a commodity. That’s one reason that, for Apple, this deal with Google is a steal. While headlines focus on the shocking nature of Google-powering Siri, it’s a fact that I suspect most iOS users will forget about in day-to-day use as they encounter more and more touchpoints of ‘Apple Intelligence.’”
I completely agree.
I’ve been saying for some time that AI isn’t a product all by itself. Instead, it’s more like the internet or social media. It’s an enabler that makes other products or services better.
Apple’s revenues already are around $400 billion. And now it’s going to have even better AI-powered products for the low, low price of one-quarter of 1% of its annual revenues. That is dirt cheap.
Even better for Google — forget the billion dollars that they’re going to get from Apple — is that they already have a way to pay for this.
Google prints money. Their Ads platform is one of the all-time great revenue generation machines in history. It’s turned them into a company valued at more than $4 trillion. That’s trillion. With a T. That’s an astonishing amount of money, the highest market capitalization for any company ever.
Now Google’s introduction of AI to consumers and their use of AI within their Ads platform simply make that machine, that revenue generation machine of theirs, even more effective, even more valuable. They’re already starting to add personalized ads into AI so they can get even more money here.
Yes, it’s for the user’s benefit. If we have to see ads, I would argue we’re absolutely better off seeing ads we’re interested in
What’s also true is that we’re more likely to click on ads that we’re interested in and drive more revenue for Google. These guys did not get to a $4 trillion valuation by mistake. Again, they know how to turn traffic into money.
And as I’ve already said, this is a huge blow to OpenAI in the longer term. And that’s why this matters to your business.
Because this is another example of gatekeepers gonna gate in action. OpenAI is getting shut out by gatekeepers cutting off its access to customers. That’s what gatekeepers do. They’ve done it to brands large and small for years. Of course they were going to gatekeep the next company trying to gain access to their club.
That’s what they do to you too. Your brand is almost certainly downstream of these gatekeepers. It probably has been since many of these folks came into existence.
You’re well aware that Google and Apple make money by standing between you and your potential customers and charging you for access to those folks via ads or their app stores, the revenue share that they get in the app stores. That $20 billion that Google pays Apple for search and the billion dollars that Apple is giving back to Google for its AI doesn’t come from their pockets. It comes from yours.
Well, what should you do about this? If this is the case, what should you do? As I’ve argued in my book, Digital Reset and other places, your best path to success is to make sure your brand is the prompt.
Your job is to build a brand that your customers ask for by name, no matter which AI tool they use. I might be wrong about which AI platform your customers will end up using for the long term and which one will succeed or which ones will succeed in the marketplace. OpenAI has a ton of smart people working there. Maybe they’ll find a way to bypass big tech gatekeepers like Apple and Google, and maybe they’ll end up on top.
What’s also true is that you need your customers to ask for you and find you. Gatekeepers be damned.
Remember our core framework that says “content is king, customer experience is queen, data is the crown jewels.” That’s how you build a brand your customers seek out and choose again and again and again. The alternative is to pay again and again and again to talk to your own customers. At which point, this isn’t just a problem for OpenAI. It’s your problem too.
Content is king, customer experience is queen, and data is the crown jewels, all start with a focus on your customer. Your content needs to address your customer’s needs and how you solve those needs every single time. Think about these questions. I’ve shared these with you before, but think about:
If your content isn’t answering those questions for your customers regularly, it’s not going to show up in AI answer engines and it’s not going to do its job when and if customers come to your website or interact with you on other channels.
Speaking of other channels, you need to think about your content from a content distribution perspective too. To paraphrase my good friend Mark Schaefer, great content doesn’t work if no one ever sees it.
Well, how do you get your content in front of your customers? In the age of AI, content distribution, weirdly, should start with your CRM. Your job is to show up in the places your customers already ask for content, their email, their text inbox, their social messaging inboxes.
That means that your website then has to focus not just on closing the sale when people show up, but getting customers to sign up to hear from you directly. In an ideal world, everyone who visits your website would sign up for your email and would sign up for your SMS. So think about your website, not just in terms of selling your products, but your conversions should be also around encouraging customers to connect directly with you via email, via SMS, or via social follows. Ideally, all of those.
Look at the chat on your site and your website search too, so that you’re providing the same experience customers increasingly expect when they connect with any company anywhere.
Now, of course, your own website is still going to be a place where your content lives, but you need to make sure your content is available on social media for customers too, given how frequently customers spend their time there. It might be Instagram, it might be YouTube, it might be TikTok, it might be LinkedIn. The key point is that your content has to be where your customers can see it.
Most importantly, you need to ensure that your customers tell a great brand story on your behalf when they’re connecting with friends and family and fans and followers on social media too. And that’s why customer experience is queen.
I want to ask you a question. Have you ever had a great experience? I’m sure you have, probably somewhere along the way. Did you tell anyone about it? Probably a couple folks, right? Most people do.
Okay, now think back to your most recent bad experience with a company. Did you tell anyone about it? Of course you did. If you’re like most people, you tell everyone about it.
Customers tell their friends and family and fans and followers about experience that they’ve had good or bad — and especially the bad ones — in almost every social opportunity. It happens online, it happens in group chats, it happens in face-to-face and sometimes even random casual encounters. You know, if you’re at standing in line at the coffee shop or waiting to board a plane, I guarantee either you’re telling somebody about a story you’ve had with a brand or they’re telling you about a story they’ve had with a brand. I mean, if you’ve got a good story to tell, you know you’re going to tell it.
That’s why it’s so crucial that you make sure the story they’re telling, that your customers are telling, about your brand is a positive one. That’s why customer experience matters so much. It’s why customer experience is queen.
Last, but by no means least, pay attention to your data. Obviously, we’re starting to see shifts in traffic from AI or AI browsers. We’re seeing traffic show up in all kinds of ways. And to understand where this is coming from, we’re paying increasing attention to a metric that we call prompt brand equity.
Does your brand show up when your customers prompt AI? Are customers asking for you by name?
It’s so important that you start keeping track of how often your brand is cited by AI answers, both when they’re asking for you by name, but also when they’re having high intent discussions without referencing anyone’s brand.
The frequency with which your brand is cited, sourced, or mentioned within an AI-generated answer and the context it’s mentioned in is hugely important for your business. Prompt brand equity helps you measure how often the AI thinks your brand is a relevant answer for a given customer’s needs.
And obviously, it builds true equity in your brand with those customers going forward.
So yes, the AI deal that Apple and Google just signed matters a ton for Apple, Google, OpenAI, and frankly, the rest of the AI ecosystem. But what it signals about how gatekeepers go to gate matters even more to your business.
Gatekeepers gonna gate is the core argument in my book, Digital Reset, Driving Marketing and Customer Acquisition Beyond Big Tech. Gatekeepers are always looking for new ways to charge you and OpenAI and everyone else for access to your customers. Your job is to make sure that doesn’t happen and your digital reset is all about ensuring that it doesn’t.
Remember that content is king, customer experience is queen, data is the crown jewels, and that your brand is the prompt. And you’ll have a pretty good shot at succeeding, no matter what happens with Big Tech.
Show Wrap-Up and CreditsNow, looking at the clock on the wall, we are out of time for this week.
I’m willing to bet that you might know someone who would benefit from what we’ve talked about here today. Are you thinking of someone? Why not send them a link to the episode and let them know what you think too. Keep the conversation going.
You can also find the show notes for this episode, episode 480, as well as an archive of all past episodes by going to timpeter.com/podcast. Again, that’s timpeter.com/podcast.
And as always, of course, be sure to like and subscribe wherever you get your favorite podcasts.
If you’re looking for something new to read, I’d love to suggest my book called Digital Reset: Driving Marketing and Customer Acquisition Beyond Big Tech. You can pick up a copy on Amazon.com or Bookshop.org. And let me know what you think. I’d really love to hear from you. I would genuinely appreciate that.
Finally, I want to thank you so much for listening. I know I say this just about every week, but this show would not happen without you. I’ll be back with a new episode next week. And until then, please be well, be safe, and as the saying goes, be excellent to each other. I’ll see you soon.
The post What Apple and Google’s AI Deal Means for Your Business (Podcast Episode 480) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
ChatGPT has opened up its app platforms to all businesses. In general terms, that’s a Good Thing. Seriously. The question is whether this general good thing is specifically good for your and your business.
In this episode of the podcast, host Tim Peter looks at ChatGPT’s apps and addresses the following questions:
All that and more in this episode of the show. Here are the show notes for you.
Should Your Business Have a ChatGPT App? (Episode 479) — Headlines and Show NotesShow Notes and Links* Developers can now submit apps to ChatGPT | OpenAI * App submission guidelines * Introducing apps in ChatGPT and the new Apps SDK | OpenAI * The Biggest Risk to Your Business? Becoming a “Hidden Intermediary” * How Intermediaries Drive Up Your Costs: 5 Ways to Protect Yourself (Travel Tuesday) * The Brand is the Prompt (Thinks Out Loud 465) * “Gatekeepers Gonna Gate” is Gonna Kill ChatGPT (Episode 477) * What Changed in AI and Marketing This Year, Why It Matters, and What Comes Next (Episode 478) * What ‘The Brand Is the Prompt’ Really Means for Your Business (Episode 474) * In the Age of AI, Brand Isn’t Everything. It’s the Only Thing (Episode 472) * Are ChatGPT’s Apps Good for Your Business? (Episode 471) * AI and Zero-Click Search: The Real Story (Episode 467)
Buy the Book — Digital Reset: Driving Marketing and Customer Acquisition Beyond Big TechTim Peter has written a new book called Digital Reset: Driving Marketing Beyond Big Tech. You can learn more about it here on the site. Or buy your copy on Amazon.com today.
Past AppearancesRutgers Business School MSDM Speaker: Series: a Conversation with Tim Peter, Author of “Digital Reset”
Free DownloadsWe have some free downloads for you to help you navigate the current situation, which you can find right here:
Best of Thinks Out LoudYou can find our “Best of Thinks Out Loud” playlist on Spotify right here:
Subscribe to Thinks Out Loud* Subscribe in iTunes * Subscribe in the Google Play Store
Contact information for the podcast: podcast@timpeter.com
Past Insights from Tim Peter ThinksTechnical Details for Thinks Out LoudRecorded using a Heil PR-40 Dynamic Studio Recording Mic and a Focusrite Scarlett 4i4 (3rd Gen) USB Audio Interface into Logic Pro X for the Mac.
Running time: 19m 17s
You can subscribe to Thinks Out Loud in iTunes, the Google Play Store, via our dedicated podcast RSS feed (or sign up for our free newsletter). You can also download/listen to the podcast here on Thinks using the player at the top of this page.
Transcript: Should Your Business Have a ChatGPT App?You probably saw the news right before the holidays that ChatGPT has opened up its apps to, well, essentially everyone. I think that this is a good news story generally and one that also illustrates where we’re likely to head long term. Because I’m really comfortable that we’ve all seen this movie before.
In my view, we’re definitely headed for another gatekeepers gonna gate reality. Why? Well, that’s what this episode is all about.
I’m going to look at ChatGPT apps, as well as the future landscape of apps in Gemini, Perplexity and Claude, and talk a bit about what those mean for your business today and longer term.
I’m Tim Peter. This is episode 470 of The Big Show. Let’s dive in.
So yeah, ChatGPT now lets developers submit apps to their platform. That is almost certainly a good news story. It’s certainly far more good news than bad. It’s very cool. It levels the playing field for most businesses. One of the biggest problems in my opinion of the launch of apps in ChatGPT was that it really favored large companies. It was limited to large companies. And it heavily skewed towards intermediaries like Zillow, OpenTable, Expedia, Booking.com, TripAdvisor, DoorDash, Instacart, and Spotify. Y’know, gatekeepers of some size or other.
But by opening apps up to the world — and of course with moderation to ensure that your app meets their various guidelines — now apps in ChatGPT aren’t just for Expedia and Booking and Zillow and the like any longer. There are some downsides, and I’m gonna come back to that shortly, and more importantly, what you can do about those downsides.
But overall, this is a really good thing. This is really, really beneficial and puts you, at least in theory, on an even playing field with some of the biggest players in many different verticals.
Another huge benefit is that it’s almost always great when potential gatekeepers are forced to compete with one another. You have more opportunity to show up and usually have lower cost to do so, at least in the short time, when there two or more big players in a space.
So having ChatGPT provide all these different apps puts a little bit of pressure on Google in some ways that could make your costs lower there in the near term.
When ChatGPT limited the apps to its partners, it automatically positioned them as gatekeepers. And that’s not great. Why? Well, say it with me now: Gatekeepers gonna gate.
One of the reasons that Google and Facebook and Amazon have gotten away with treating businesses and advertisers and sometimes computers like crap for so long is that there really isn’t another significant player in the areas they work in to keep them from treating people like crap.
Back in the dark ages of hospitality and commerce, the very early 2000s, Expedia was a bit of a bully to hotels in the United States because Expedia simply didn’t have a credible competitor to prevent that from happening. When Booking.com showed up in the US, though, suddenly Expedia became a much better partner and the overall ecosystem has been healthier for it over the long term.
And of course, both Booking and Expedia really became great partners once Google became a major player in the hospitality value chain. So “yay, competition!”
One final positive for apps existing is that they provide marketers and e-commerce folks and businesses overall a much better path to make sure that they show up on ChatGPT. There will be less uncertainty, less guesswork around how you can actually appear on ChatGPT. A lot less smoke and mirrors and I would assume a lot less BS around the kinds of, “you have to post on Reddit three times a day to show up” nonsense we’ve all seen far too often over the last year or two.
In short, apps on ChatGPT are a positive development overall, in my view.
Of course, every silver lining has a cloud, right? We’d be foolish to overlook the potential downsides here and what they mean for your business.
The biggest downside is that early adopters will probably get some quick wins, but longer term discovery is going to be a challenge for everyone.
Why? I’m glad you asked.
Let’s say that some tiny share of the 200 million actively maintained websites in the world, maybe 1-2%, deploy MCP servers to expose their content and data to apps in ChatGPT and to other AI agents or answer engines. For comparison’s sake, by the way, there’s roughly 2 million apps in Apple’s App Store and maybe 3 to 4 million in Google’s App Store. So, you know, 1-2%.
That two to four million apps matters. Remember when I said that ChatGPT is going to moderate the apps allowed into its app store? There is no universe where that moderation is anything other than automated. There will be far too many apps for human moderation to be the norm. That’s what Apple and Google do today. And I’m going to come back to that in just a second.
I think this is going to be true for pretty much all the AI answer engines, by the way. This isn’t just about apps and ChatGPT. Today there is a community maintained MCP Registry and some private MCP registries to find MCP servers so that, you know, various tools can find MCP your servers.
But what happens when the number of servers scales up to the single digit millions, if not the tens of millions? Human moderation starts to break once you get past a certain point.
Take Wikipedia, for example. Wikipedia has about 50 million articles. They are also the first to acknowledge that many of those 50 million articles are pretty low quality and they have almost 300,000 editors. Okay, in practice, there’s only a few thousand who are super active, but still it illustrates the problem.
You don’t want a whole bunch of low quality crap if you’re ChatGPT or if you’re Perplexity or if you’re Claude. You don’t want apps coming through that just aren’t going to be all that good. There is simply no way where ChatGPT or any other serious player lets that happen with apps on their platform. No way, no how, nuh-uh. I’m 100% confident on that one.
So how are apps or MCP servers going to get discovered? Well, the likely volume strongly implies that there’s going to have to be some sort of search engine, an MCP server search engine, an AI answer engine app search platform. And that implies another gatekeeping opportunity.
ChatGPT is going to become that by default for apps on its platforms. They have to, or the experience is gonna be total garbage and people won’t use ChatGPT. We just know that. I’m pretty confident the same is going to happen for any other AI platform that offers apps. And those that don’t offer apps create an opportunity for a new MCP search engine to fill that role.
In short, each of these scenarios creates a new opportunity where gatekeepers gonna gate.
Also, there’s a lot of money to be made here for those who step up. mean, ignore Google for a second. We know how much Google makes by finding the right answer to the question. And even if you only look at Apple’s App Store, Apple has noted in many press releases over the years that they have facilitated over $1.3 trillion for their App Store partners. While they don’t break out their App Store revenue, they don’t tell you exactly how much they make, their services revenue, of which the App Store is a big component, is somewhere over $100 billion per year. That’s not nothing. That’s a pretty big deal.
Being found in app stores is a reality unto itself too. There’s a whole category of app store optimization techniques that exist for Apple and Google’s app stores. If you’re not familiar with these, they’re like SEO, but for apps. If you want your ChatGPT app to be found, at some point, you’ll undoubtedly have to learn how to optimize for their algorithm once it exists.
Or you’ll have to pay them for visibility.
Or, and hear me out here, you’ll have to convince customers to search for your app by name.
Probably all of the above, if we’re being honest.
Does any of this sound familiar to you?
I don’t actually think I’m making a bold prediction. I think this reality is inevitable. Now, usually in the show, this is the part where I tell you why I could be wrong or what my confidence level is or how much would I bet on this specific thing coming to pass. And I fully recognize that when you have a hammer, sometimes everything looks like a nail. So sure, I suppose that I could be applying my thinking that I’ve done in other situations to a fundamentally different situation.
I just don’t think that’s likely in this case though. I feel pretty good about this one.
And the reason I feel pretty good is because this is a fundamental pattern of information products, just being applied in a brand new context. As I talked about in my book, Digital Reset, the world has gone through this same pattern again and again and again. Libraries and card catalogs, phone numbers and phone books, the internet and search engines, beings and social networks, mobile phones and app stores, and so on.
Once a sufficient volume of information exists, books, phone numbers, websites, human beings, apps, what have you, the problem isn’t that the information you want isn’t out there. The problem isn’t that the information you want doesn’t exist. Instead, the problem is finding the information you want and, of course, for businesses, for marketers, is being found among all the other choices that exist. That’s the actual problem.
ChatGPT apps and MCP servers are all simply sources of information. So the same pattern is going to apply. We’re obviously not there yet. mean, ChatGPT only announced this a couple of weeks ago. But at some point, and probably sooner rather than later, making sure that your app or MCP server gets found by whomever you want to find it is going to be your single biggest challenge of making these work for your business. Just like SEO or just like App Store optimization if you’re doing that.
Most commercial platforms tend to solve for this longer term problem, you know, by charging for preferred placement. Again, sound familiar? Gatekeepers gonna gate, man, that’s what they do. And they’re going to drive up your cost of being seen.
So the question I would be asking right now, the question I am asking right now, is what do we do about all of this? What should you do about all of this? Well, first, you probably should be thinking about whether a ChatGPT app makes sense for your business.
Spoiler, I’d argue that it does, not least because you’ll need an MCP server for a ChatGPT app or essentially any other AI answer engine out there that you want to show up on. An MCP server is rapidly going to become table stakes. Maybe some technology surpasses it in the longer term, but today that is the game.
Second, I would take some time and review ChatGPT’s app store guidelines. I’ll link to them in the show notes and this shouldn’t surprise you given what I’ve been talking about, but they look remarkably comparable to existing app store guidelines for Apple and for Google. Funny how that works, isn’t it?
Third, and most importantly, you’ve also got to work on making your content and experiences ones that your customers will seek out by name. I call it “your brand is the prompt.” Otherwise, you’re just moving towards a world where you’re going to have to pay ChatGPT or whatever AI tool your customers prefer for your brand and business to get seen, just like we did with search, just like we did with the internet, just like we did with, I don’t know, just about everything else that’s happened over the last 20 years.
So maybe this time we plan ahead to make sure we don’t have to pay for every customer. Maybe this time we start building a brand our customers seek out intentionally where customers ask for you by name. That’s how your cost of acquisition goes down longer term. That’s what I mean when I say “your brand is the prompt in the age of AI.” That’s why “your brand is the prompt” matters.
So to sum all of this up, I think that ChatGPT apps opening up to everyone is a Good Thing for brands and businesses that want customers to connect through ChatGPT. I think it’ll also likely push other AI engines, answer engines to do something similar. And it’s almost certainly worth doing the work and testing for your business.
But it’s not going to answer all of your prayers and guarantee that customers or guests or clients find and choose you every single time. In fact, what it does is it ups the ante on making sure your brand is the prompt. If you don’t, you’re putting yourself right back in the same position you’ve been in for years.
So maybe let’s not do that.
The time to act is now. I’m confident you can succeed at this. And I can’t wait to see how you do.
Show Wrap-Up and CreditsNow, looking at the clock on the wall, we are out of time for this week. I’m willing to bet that you might know someone who would benefit from what we’ve talked about today. Are you thinking of someone? Why not send them a link to the episode and let them know what you think. Keep the conversation going.
You can also find the show notes for this episode, which is episode 479, as well as an archive of all past episodes by going to timpeter.com/podcast. Again, that’s timpeter.com/podcast. And of course, be sure to like and subscribe wherever you get your favorite podcasts.
If you’re looking for something new to read, I’d love to suggest Digital Reset: Driving Marketing and Customer Acquisition Beyond Big Tech and written by me. It dives in today’s topic in even greater detail. Make sure you pick up a copy, share it with your friends, and let me know what you think. I’d genuinely appreciate your support.
Finally, thank you so much for listening. This show would not happen without you. I say that all the time, but it really, really matters that you’re here. I’ll be back with a new episode next week and until then please be well, be safe and as always be excellent to each other. I’ll see you soon.
The post Should Your Business Have a ChatGPT App? (Episode 479) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
Anyone who’s read my writing or listened to the show knows that I’m generally bullish on the potential benefits of AI for customers and brands. Where I’m far less bullish is when “experts” tell you that AI will prevent you from building meaningful connections between your brand and your customers. Whether they mean to or not, they’re describing a world where every brand becomes a commodity. And, frankly, I simply refuse to go along. That view is simply nonsense. Brands exist so that customers can easily identify the products and services they know and trust. That was true 100 years ago. It will be true 100 years from now.
Or, at least, it will be if we do the work, right now, that will teach customers to ask for us by name. Getting that right depends on building brands customers care about, that they’ll love, that they’ll demand. Put simply, in the age of AI, brand isn’t everything. It’s the only thing.
Why is brand “the only thing” in the age of AI? Why does it matter? And what can you do to ensure customers ask for you by name?
That’s what this “Best of the Show” episode is all about. Here are the show notes for you.
Best of the Show: In the Age of AI, Brand Isn’t Everything. It’s the Only Thing — Headlines and Show NotesShow Notes and Links* In the Age of AI, Brand Isn’t Everything. It’s the Only Thing (Episode 472) * What Changed in AI and Marketing This Year, Why It Matters, and What Comes Next (Episode 478) * Best of the Show: What ‘Your Brand Is the Prompt’ Really Means for Your Business (Podcast) * What Amazon’s Perplexity Lawsuit Means for the Future of AI and Marketing (Episode 476) * What ‘The Brand Is the Prompt’ Really Means for Your Business (Episode 474) * Trivago – Wikipedia * Metasearch engine – Wikipedia * AI at Meta * The Biggest Risk to Your Business? Becoming a "Hidden Intermediary" * The Hotel Marketing and Distribution Trend You Care About Most This Year * Revisiting “The New SEO” (Podcast) * The Hidden Factor OTA’s Use to Get Between You and Your Guests (Travel Tuesday) – Tim Peter & Associates * Most Popular Apps (2025) – Business of Apps * Are ChatGPT’s Apps Good for Your Business? (Episode 471) * ChatGPT Atlas * OpenAI’s Sam Altman hypes mystery ChatGPT device — ‘It’s so beautiful, a case would be a crime’ | Tom’s Guide * These are the ChatGPT-powered AI devices that OpenAI might be working on | TechRadar * Comet Browser: a Personal AI Assistant * This new AI browser lets you set up ‘Skills’ to take on your everyday tasks – how it works | ZDNET * Top AI Web Browsers Benchmark Including ChatGPT Atlas * The Brand is the Prompt (Thinks Out Loud 465)
Buy the Book — Digital Reset: Driving Marketing and Customer Acquisition Beyond Big TechTim Peter has written a new book called Digital Reset: Driving Marketing Beyond Big Tech. You can learn more about it here on the site. Or buy your copy on Amazon.com today.
Past AppearancesRutgers Business School MSDM Speaker: Series: a Conversation with Tim Peter, Author of "Digital Reset"
Free DownloadsWe have some free downloads for you to help you navigate the current situation, which you can find right here:
Best of Thinks Out LoudYou can find our “Best of Thinks Out Loud” playlist on Spotify right here:
Subscribe to Thinks Out Loud* Subscribe in iTunes * Subscribe in the Google Play Store
Contact information for the podcast: podcast@timpeter.com
Past Insights from Tim Peter ThinksTechnical Details for Thinks Out LoudRecorded using a Heil PR-40 Dynamic Studio Recording Mic and a Focusrite Scarlett 4i4 (3rd Gen) USB Audio Interface into Logic Pro X for the Mac.
Running time: 15m 49s
You can subscribe to Thinks Out Loud in iTunes, the Google Play Store, via our dedicated podcast RSS feed (or sign up for our free newsletter). You can also download/listen to the podcast here on Thinks using the player at the top of this page.
Transcript: In the Age of AI, Brand Isn’t Everything. It’s the Only ThingThe single biggest story in marketing and customer acquisition this year has been artificial intelligence. That’s no surprise for anyone listening to this show. What I think is a shock and a surprise, though, is that more people don’t recognize why AI makes building your company’s brand more important than ever.
AI is already disrupting relationships between customers and your brand. Right now. Today. And the typical advice around what you should do is to make sure you show up in the answer engines.
That’s fine. You should do that. It’s also not enough.
Let me state this right up front: AI will only hurt your relationship with your customers if you let it. The key to winning next year — and beyond! — is to build a brand your customers want to ask for by name. Which is why in the age of AI, brand isn’t everything. It’s the only thing.
Customers use ChatGPT, Claude, Perplexity, Grok,MetaAI, Google Gemini — and, more critically, Google AI Overviews and Google AI Mode every single day. These tools lead your customers to products and services and brands that meet their needs. Ideally, the products, services, and brands these AI platforms offer are yours. Unfortunately, far too often, they’re not.
The discussion of where what that means for your business often misses a crucial point. Because many of the people talking about this shift to AI and this shift to your customers using AI for shopping and buying and engaging with brands as though the only way to win on AI is to appear in AI — solely, purely.
You want to appear there, of course. But it can’t be your entire strategy. We can’t be all in with AI the expense of your website, your CRM, and your other owned channels or experiences. We can’t be all-in with AI at the expense of building a brand that customers are willing to ask for by name.
How did Google get so dominant? How did Facebook? How did Amazon? Because for many businesses, they focused on appearing on those channels without working equally hard to get customers to engage directly.
I refuse to concede this point. Again: AI will only hurt your relationship with your customers if you let it. The key to winning is to build a brand your customers want to ask for by name.
In this Best of the Show, I looked at why in the age of AI, brand isn’t everything. It’s the only thing. I hope you’ll enjoy it. Let’s dive in.
Intermediaries in the digital space are nothing new. I grew up in the hospitality industry and watched intermediaries like Expedia and Booking(.)com get between our guests and our hotels all the time. They were the first big tech that I really experienced. They were the intermediaries that inspired the original research that led to my book, Digital Reset. I then watched these digitally-native powerhouses slowly lose share to the real Big Tech players like Google and Facebook or Instagram, which only drove the point home further. The lion’s share of Booking and Expedia’s marketing spend every quarter goes to Google and to social media like Instagram or Facebook.
Quick aside:, the way, Kayak and Trivago’s core business is known as the travel industry as Metasearch. They display rates from a wide array of sources so that travelers can see how much they’d pay based on where they book their reservation. I’m deliberately not referring to Facebook as "Meta" to avoid confusion with the kinds of metasearch offered by Kayak and Trivago, which are owned by Booking(.)com and Expedia, respectively.
Okay, so sure, AI is a different kind of platform. It’s a different kind of threat. It might be the first and only place your customers go to find what they need.
But it’s not just a threat, it’s also an opportunity.
In fact, I’d suggest that the interaction with AI is starting to look more like the interaction with phones than the interaction with, for instance, search. Your customers have a lot of apps on their phones. And many of these apps allow for them to search for different things. They have Google. They have Amazon. They have Temu. They have Shein. They have Safari or Chrome. They have YouTube. They have Instagram or TikTok—or I guess if they’re over 45, Facebook. They have Spotify. They might have Expedia or Booking(.)com.
The point is that they choose the app that works best to find what they need in that moment. But they don’t start by opening the app. They start by picking up their phone.
Consumers increasingly are treating AI like it’s a device. It’s where customers start before they choose the app or before they buy. In fact, it doesn’t surprise me that ChatGPT calls its integrations with other companies "apps," not integrations. They’ve partnered with companies like Expedia and Booking and Zillow and Spotify and Canva and Figma to offer apps within the ChatGPT experience.
They’ve also launched its browser, Atlas, and it’s why they’re working on physical devices. They want to be the first place people go. This is why Perplexity has launched its Comet browser that, to quote the company, "works for you." Note the emphasis. It’s doing the work, not you, not your customer. The AI—or if you’d rather call it this, the agent that’s built into the browser—does the work. And there are others that are coming.
These companies want and need to be the first place that customers start, every time, if they have any hope of replacing Google or Apple as the first place customers start every time. As I mentioned in the intro, that’s our opportunity: to be the place that people ask for when they pick up that phone when they pick up that app, when they look into the device, when they start the conversation with AI.
That’s why AI will only hurt your relationship if you let it.
The key to winning is to build a brand that your customers will ask for by name. I’ve said it another way in the past. I’ve said that the brand is the prompt. The last thing you want is for AI to turn your brand into a commodity. The last thing you want is to let AI turn your brand into a commodity, differentiated only by price or sales channels. That’s just not a way to win. You’ve heard it said for years, "don’t build your brand on rented land." And this just isn’t that much different from that perspective.
I mean, sure, we’ll use these tools to increase the reach and awareness of our brands. But we cannot let AI replace our brands. Keep repeating to yourself that in the age of AI, "brand isn’t everything, it’s the only thing."
We should be thinking of these tools as ways to build our brand, not replace them. Look at current customer behaviors. Customers ask AI questions, then come directly to your website by typing in the URL or by searching on your brand name. Obviously, over time, that’s going to change some.
First, more features, more integrations, more apps within AI platforms will allow your customers to buy or book or connect with your sales team without leaving that experience. Second, as agents emerge, the agents themselves will be able to buy or book or connect with your sales team without the human being being involved all that much, or at least they won’t bother them until the very end of the process.
Our job as marketers and e-commerce leaders then is to make sure that they’re either choosing to buy or book or connect with our sales team on our owned web channels or to make sure they’re asking for us by name when they buy or book or connect with sales teams within the AI platforms. That should consume almost all of your energies right now, driving that behavior now. Because it’ll be much harder later to change customer behaviors once they get accustomed to bypassing you to just working through the AI.
Like I said, we’ve seen this movie before. We know what it looks like when customers buy through a third party and then we have to spend the time and energy and expense to get them to choose us directly. That is super hard. So maybe let’s not do that part.
Now, it’s entirely fair for you to ask, okay, how do you get your customers to ask for you by name?
First, you’ve got to build direct demand, on connecting with customers now. Push your loyalty and CRM. Push email and SMS to connect with customers directly. Focus on improving on-site conversion now so that they know to come back when they’re ready to buy. And then treat your industry’s various marketplaces and social media as paid shelves to fill gaps in demand as it’s needed.
Next, make your content AI ready. Build structured offers through schema and product or service feeds. Look at MCPs as a potential way to make your content—especially your structured data—available to the large language models. Lean into concise, clear, well-structured content like FAQs and authoritative explainers that AI tools and agents can cite to their users.
Next, diversify your channels. Balance search with social or YouTube or outdoor and print media. Look at some high intent partner channels. Who’s connecting with the people that you want to connect with? For each of these, make sure that you’re measuring the incrementality of these channels. We want to measure whether they’re delivering additional benefits or if they’re just taking credit for things that would have happened.
Finally, you’re to want to test some of the new messaging commerce functions that exist out there. Stand up a WhatsApp or iMessage flow where it’s appropriate. And look at blending service and sales into a holistic experience. Remember the idea that we’ve talked about so many times on the show that customer service is queen.
If you can do these things, if you can start to make sure your content and your experiences and the engagement you have with your customers is such that they actually like you and actually want to work with you again and again, you’re increasing the odds that they’re going to ask for you by name. You’re increasing the odds that you will not become a commodity. You’re increasing the odds that people actually want you.
The bottom line remains that AI will only hurt relationships with your customers if you let it. And the key to winning is to build a brand that your customers ask for by name. Again, and finally, remember that in the age of AI, brand isn’t everything. It’s the only thing.
Show Wrap-Up and CreditsNow, looking at the clock on the wall, we are out of time for this week. I’m willing to bet that you might know someone who would benefit from what we’ve talked about today. Are you thinking of someone? Why not send them a link to the episode and let them know what you think. Keep the conversation going.
You can also find the show notes for this episode, which is episode 472, as well as an archive of all past episodes by going to timpeter.com/podcast. Again, that’s timpeter.com/podcast. And of course, be sure to like and subscribe wherever you get your favorite podcasts.
If you’re looking for something new to read, I’d love to suggest Digital Reset: Driving Marketing and Customer Acquisition Beyond Big Tech and written by me. It dives in today’s topic in even greater detail. Make sure you pick up a copy, share it with your friends, and let me know what you think. I’d genuinely appreciate it.
Finally, thank you so much for listening. This show would not happen without you. We’ll be back with a new episode next week and until then, please be well, be safe and as always, be excellent to each other. We’ll see you soon.
The post Best of the Show: In the Age of AI, Brand Isn’t Everything. It’s the Only Thing (Podcast) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
The holidays are a great time to catch up on some of the big ideas we’ve covered on the podcast this year. And one of the biggest is the notion that “Your brand is the prompt.” That idea is even more important now that ChatGPT has opened access for any business to release their own app on the ChatGPT platform.
Once businesses start taking advantage, your biggest problem won’t be getting ChatGPT to find you. It will be getting them to show you instead of the millions of other businesses who also want ChatGPT to show them.
If only there was a way that companies could stand apart. If only there was a way to ensure customers found you, every single time.
Oh, wait. There is. It’s called building a brand.
I’ve studied how we can build brands beyond Big Tech for over 20 years. That’s the core of what my book Digital Reset is all about.
Building a brand that works in the age of AI is exactly what “your brand is the prompt” really means for your business. And it’s what this Best of the Show episode of the podcast is all about.
We hope you’ll enjoy revisiting this topic. We’ll be back with new episodes after the holidays. In the meantime, here are the show notes for you.
Best of the Show: What ‘Your Brand Is the Prompt’ Really Means for Your Business — Headlines and Show NotesShow Notes and Links* What ‘The Brand Is the Prompt’ Really Means for Your Business (Episode 474) * Tim Peter’s quick thoughts about ChatGPT opening apps to all on LinkedIn * OpenAI opens ChatGPT to third-party travel apps • Hospitality.today * Developers can now submit apps to ChatGPT | OpenAI * In the Age of AI, Brand Isn’t Everything. It’s the Only Thing (Episode 472) * Are ChatGPT’s Apps Good for Your Business? (Episode 471) * Mark Schaefer on the most important "soft skill" in the AI Era where he talks about Amazon limiting the number of books that a person can self-publish to three per day. * The Brand is the Prompt (Thinks Out Loud 465) * My original post about “The Brand is the Prompt” on LinkedIn * Will Agentic AI Kill Your Content Marketing? (Episode 470) * The New SEO? (Episode 469) * AI and Zero-Click Search: The Real Story (Episode 467)
Buy the Book — Digital Reset: Driving Marketing and Customer Acquisition Beyond Big TechTim Peter has written a new book called Digital Reset: Driving Marketing Beyond Big Tech. You can learn more about it here on the site. Or buy your copy on Amazon.com today.
Past AppearancesRutgers Business School MSDM Speaker: Series: a Conversation with Tim Peter, Author of "Digital Reset"
Free DownloadsWe have some free downloads for you to help you navigate the current situation, which you can find right here:
Best of Thinks Out LoudYou can find our “Best of Thinks Out Loud” playlist on Spotify right here:
Subscribe to Thinks Out Loud* Subscribe in iTunes * Subscribe in the Google Play Store
Contact information for the podcast: podcast@timpeter.com
Past Insights from Tim Peter ThinksTechnical Details for Thinks Out LoudRecorded using a Shure SM7B Vocal Dynamic Microphone and a Focusrite Scarlett 4i4 (3rd Gen) USB Audio Interface into Logic Pro X for the Mac.
Running time: 22m 09s
You can subscribe to Thinks Out Loud in iTunes, the Google Play Store, via our dedicated podcast RSS feed (or sign up for our free newsletter). You can also download/listen to the podcast here on Thinks using the player at the top of this page.
Transcript: Best of the Show—What ‘Your Brand Is the Prompt’ Really Means for Your Business 2025 reinforced many of the lessons from my book, Digital Reset. One of the biggest revelations is the idea that “your brand is the prompt.”
In the book I talked about why your brand is a moat that protects you from competitors and gatekeepers alike. Well, news from ChatGPT highlights exactly how important this is.
You see, just last week ChatGPT announced that it’s opening up its app store to essentially anyone. I’m going to have a full show about this after the holidays, but I think we’re overlooking one key point when we only look at the upsides of ChatGPT making apps available to any business.
Turns out that there are almost a billion websites in the world, roughly 200 million of them actively updated. If we assume that even one-tenth of those actively updated sites makes their content available as an app, that would create essentially 20 million apps within ChatGPT’s App Store. That’s 20 million apps that ChatGPT would have to index and curate and expose when customers asked for the services or needed the services that those apps provide.
That’s not going to be managed by human beings. It’s going to be managed algorithmically. There will be — there will have to be — some form of “app store optimization” that you or your team will need to learn for you to have any chance of potential customers finding your app.
Don’t believe me? Well, that’s how showing up in Apple and Google’s mobile app stores works today and they only have roughly two and 4 million apps, respectively.
Put another way, visibility today depends on an algorithm when we’re talking about a scale, roughly one-tenth the size of the apps that ChatGPT will likely have.
Now in our best of show episode that we’re revisiting today, I shared a story from my friend Mark Schaefer, who noted earlier this year that,
Amazon has limited the number of books that a person can self-publish to three per day.
As I said at the time:
Three books per day?!? I’m an author. I wrote a book. Imagine how tough it is for my book to be seen when a single AI “author” — and I’m using that term loosely — focused on my topic can “create” — again loosely — then upload roughly 1,100 books per year. And that’s only one person. If a thousand people do this, that’s essentially 1.1 million books every single year.
This isn’t only about books. Extrapolate that to every piece of content that you create for your brand:
- Every webpage
- Every blog post
- Every social media post
- Every email
- Every SMS.
That’s what I said at the time. What I didn’t share then was ChatGPT apps, or those on any other AI platform, because mostly they didn’t exist at the time. Sure, we knew they were coming. But most of the business implications were largely hypothetical.
Well, they’re here now and it is time to take those hypothetical implications seriously.
The good news is that there’s an easier way to ensure you get found among ChatGPT many, many, many apps, and that is that “your brand is the prompt.”
When you create a brand experience that customers and clients and guests love so much, they’ll seek you out by name. And “your brand is the prompt” is the topic of today’s Best of the Show episode.
We’ll discuss what your brand is the prompt really means for your business. I hope you enjoy it.
AI slop is here today. exists. Mark Schaefer’s story about Amazon limiting the number of books that a person can self-publish to three per day illustrates the point perfectly. Almost all of those books are, to use a technical term, crap. They’re just absolute garbage. But they’re garbage that every decent quality book has to compete against just to be seen. So you’d think that’d be the doom, that’d be the end of books, right?
If you look at Amazon’s best-selling book list, though, you won’t see a whole lot of AI slop. You’ll see well-known, well-regarded books by authors we’ve all come to know and trust. Hmm. That sounds important, don’t you think? These are authors who’ve built reputations good enough that their readers ask for them by name.
Cool. Keep that in mind.
Now let’s shift this discussion to AI answer engines and agents. We know that technology shapes customer behavior. Customers are starting to use AI agents and AI answer engines differently than the way they’ve traditionally used search engines. They’re having more robust, more detailed, more personal, more intimate conversations than simply a search query.
As a result, lots of folks are focused on teaching you how to show up when your potential customers have these conversations with their favorite AI tool. And that’s a good thing, by the way. Sometimes I’m one of those folks. You should 100% do the work to show up in those contexts. No two ways about it. What’s also true, though, is that we need to flip this idea on its head. Because customer behavior also shapes the technology.
For instance, tech that doesn’t meet customer expectations doesn’t get adopted ever. History is littered with great technology that failed in the marketplace because it didn’t meet its customers’ needs.
Supposedly, Betamax was a better videotape format than VHS, which won in the marketplace. AOL got everyone on the internet and then promptly vanished. Blackberry was a smartphone before anyone called them that. MySpace was social media before Facebook came along. Google Glass was smart glasses before Ray-Ban’s Meta AI glasses. And, you we’re gonna have to see if those will stick around.
But you see the point. We know the ideas work because most of those technology concepts still exist. We still have video, we still have the internet, we still have smartphones, we still have social media—for better or worse—and we’re seeing an increasing number of smart wearable devices in day-to-day lives. Even if the Ray-Ban Meta partnership ultimately isn’t the winner, I strongly suspect that the format is going to live on and probably for a long time to come.
The technologies, the tools that live on are the ones we know by name. YouTube, Verizon, and AT&T, iPhone and Android and Samsung, Facebook, Instagram, TikTok, LinkedIn. These brands are the brands we know and trust—or okay, more or less trust—to help us meet our needs.
You may not know this, but were you aware that one of the top searches on Google is YouTube? Another is Facebook. Another is Amazon. Customers aren’t just going to those websites, they’re "searching" by typing in a name they already know. They’re not asking, "Where should I look for video? Where should I look for my social network?" They’re telling Google, "Take me to the place I already know." These services have built reputations that are good enough that their users, their customers, ask for them by name.
Again, that’s the key lesson. I’m convinced that AI is going to work, will work the same way because humans have needs.
We talk about agents getting between our businesses and our customers as though it’s inevitable. Bullshit. I don’t believe it’s inevitable. I believe it’s only inevitable if we let it happen. Instead, we have to make sure that our customers know and care about us enough to ask for us by name. There’s this belief that the tools will provide the perfect, true, one and only answer that meets customer needs every time.
How exactly do you think that’s going to happen?
I said a couple of minutes ago that customer behavior also shapes the technology. That happens first. I’m convinced that will happen here.
An AI answer engine or agent cannot give you the perfect, true, one and only answer until it knows what’s perfect and true for your customer. The AI is going to have to learn.
Sometimes it will learn by inference. It will watch customer behaviors, for instance, in an AI-powered browser like Atlas, Comet, or Chrome, and it will figure out what your customer likes best. Sometimes its learning will be explicit. It will ask, "do you like option A or do you like option B?"
But until it learns, it can’t possibly recommend the perfect, true, one and only answer. Our job is to get our customers to teach their AI tools that our brands are the ones that they want. And the time to do that is right now before our customers teach AIs to recommend someone else.
It’s easy when we do this to focus on what our business needs first. That’s why we’re putting so much attention into things like GEO. And we should do that. We also have to pay attention, we must pay attention to what our customers need and find the intersections between their needs and our own.
The Venn diagram of those two needs will never be a perfect circle. For starters, customers will almost always want to pay less than you want to charge. The point remains that the more you can make that Venn diagram overlap, the better a chance you have of getting customers to ask for you by name.
I’m going to give you an example from the hospitality industry where I’ve done lots of work over the years. The first time guests travel somewhere new, they choose hotels for a combination of four reasons:
Those four attributes—price, proximity, quality, qualities—make up our P’s&Q’s model. We’ve used this for years.
There is a fifth attribute that I don’t talk about as much, which is brand. Brand absolutely plays a key role in many cases, and especially for the next time a guest chooses a hotel in the same city or town, or the same brand in a different city or town. A well-known, well-regarded brand provides an easy short-cut to understand the P’s&Q’s that matter to me as a traveler. Guests say "I really liked the Four Seasons when I stayed in Orlando. I’ll probably like the one in Chicago, too." That’s the reason why so many of the hotels in the U.S. carry a well-known, franchised brand like Marriott or Hilton or Hyatt or Wyndham or whomever. It makes it easy for someone who wants to open a hotel to tell guests whether or not the hotel is any good without them having to do a whole bunch of other work first.
In any case, hotels build brand equity first by being a good fit for their guests, P’s&Q’s. The best hotels then reinforce that by offering amazing, memorable experiences. As you’ve heard me say, customer experience is queen. That’s kind of where that came from.
Many hotels also offer loyalty or reward points to keep you coming back. And those are particularly important when your experience isn’t as distinct, it isn’t as differentiated. If I can’t make you remember the place, I can at least remind you that you’ll get paid for staying with me. The point is that great experiences that guests remember help guests remember the hotel and ask for it by name the next time they’re heading to that town.
Other businesses and other industries have their own versions of the P’s&Q’s. They’re not going to be exactly the same. But, know, Jeff Bezos famously built Amazon by always providing "broad selection, fast shipping, and low prices." Walmart did something similar in the days before e-commerce without having to worry about the fast shipping part. Nordstrom’s famously focused on remarkable customer service for every single shopper, every single time. FedEx was built on fast delivery. Apple focused all their energies on what they called "insanely great products." Google provided the best search results. And Facebook originally was the one place where all your friends and family were online. You see the same pattern again and again.
And if you notice, these are all brands that we know and love. Well, okay… brands we know.
Besides that, what do these brands all have in common? Well, they’re all different; you have to be different. They all have values and you have to have values, authentic values. To be fair, most companies, most people aren’t that authentic. They’re presenting "processed cheese authenticity," a version of themselves designed for mass public consumption. Unless folks and brands are willing to stand apart and take the risks associated with that stance, they’re going to drown in the flood of AI slop.
These brands that we know don’t just meet the P’s&Q’s. They’re great at something. Customer experience, product quality, executing flawlessly every time. They’re memorable. They’re different. They stand apart from their competitors. They’re authentically who they are.
My friend, Mark Schaefer, calls this practice of standing apart this way, being audacious. He talked about this in his book Audacious. The title alone models the behavior. He could have called the book "Different." He could have called it "Distinct." He could have called it "Authentic." Because you do need to be different, distinct, and authentic.
But Audacious? That’s literally putting it out there. That is drawing a line in the sand and saying this is what matters.
By the way doing this strategy isn’t just coming from me. Google has said, Danny Sullivan at Google has said, "are you doing the things that are useful for human beings? That’s what we want to reward." Perplexity is, and this is a quote, "advising marketers that AI search will shift budgets toward old fashioned brand marketing."
Focus on your customers. Build a brand that customers love. How about that?
I don’t think people like Mark have to worry about getting lost behind AI slop. I don’t think the great hotels I work with do either. I don’t think Nordstrom’s or Apple or BMW or Fender or a host of amazing brands have that concern. They know that their customers will ask for them by name.
Their brands are the prompt.
And that’s really the key. That’s what you have to do.
Pick one area to be great at:
Then focus your content and your customer experience on reinforcing that point every chance you get. Ask your customers to connect with you directly through your email, your CRM, what have you, so you can talk directly with them and bypass AI and bypass Big Tech overall. That’s how you teach customers to ask for you by name. That’s how you get them to teach their AI agents that you’re the one they want. That’s what "the brand is the prompt" means. And that’s why it’s so critical for your digital reset, your brand and your business long term.
It’s not just "the brand is the prompt." It’s "your brand is the prompt." When your customers do that, it won’t matter whether they use traditional search, AI, or whatever comes next, because they’ll always end up coming to you.
Show Wrap-Up and CreditsNow looking at the clock on the wall, we are out of time for this week. I’m willing to bet that you know someone who would benefit from what we’ve talked about today. Are you thinking of someone? Why not send them a link to the episode and let them know what you think too. Keep the conversation going.
You can also find the show notes for this episode, episode 474, and an archive of all of our past episodes.by going to timpeter.com/podcast. Again, that’s timpeter.com/podcast.
And of course, be sure to like and subscribe wherever you get your favorite podcasts.
If you’re looking for something to read about this topic in more detail, I’d love to suggest my book, Digital Reset: Driving Marketing and Customer Acquisition Beyond Big Tech, that you can find on Amazon.com or Bookshop.org. Please pick up a copy and let me know what you think. I’d genuinely appreciate it.
Finally, I just want to say thanks so much for listening. This show would not happen without you. We’ll be back with a new episode next week. Until then, please be well, be safe, and as the saying goes, be excellent to each other. We’ll see you soon.
The post Best of the Show: What ‘Your Brand Is the Prompt’ Really Means for Your Business (Podcast) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
2025 has not been a year of incremental change. We’re living through dramatic changes. Most marketers and e-commerce folks started the year “playing with AI.” Now we’re considering when it will replace everyday interactions with our customers.
This much change, this fast, requires us to take a moment and reflect on what we’ve learned in the last year, why it matters for our businesses, and what we need to do to deal with whatever comes next. That’s what this episode of the podcast is all about.
Most importantly, I try to wrap up these lessons into an actionable framework you can use, today, and make sure your business gets the benefits of AI, not just the costs.
Want to learn more? Here are the show notes for you.
What Changed in AI and Marketing This Year, Why It Matters, and What Comes Next (Episode 478) — Headlines and Show NotesShow Notes and Links* AI and Zero-Click Search: The Real Story (Episode 467) * Here We Go Again: Marketing in Another Bizarre Economy (Thinks Out Loud 456) * In the Age of AI, Brand Isn’t Everything. It’s the Only Thing (Episode 472) * The Rise of Agentic AI Among Your Customers (Episode 466) * Will Agentic AI Kill Your Content Marketing? (Episode 470) * Will AI Kill Content Marketing for Customer Acquisition? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 449) * Digital Reset: Build Customer Relationships Big Tech—and AI—Can’t Touch (Thinks Out Loud 458) * Digital Reset is Here (Thinks Out Loud 461) * Rethinking Your Website in the Age of AI (Episode 473) * AI Can’t Save Bad Strategy: Why Fundamentals Still Matter in 2025 (Thinks Out Loud Episode 455)
Buy the Book — Digital Reset: Driving Marketing and Customer Acquisition Beyond Big TechTim Peter has written a new book called Digital Reset: Driving Marketing Beyond Big Tech. You can learn more about it here on the site. Or buy your copy on Amazon.com today.
Past AppearancesRutgers Business School MSDM Speaker: Series: a Conversation with Tim Peter, Author of "Digital Reset"
Free DownloadsWe have some free downloads for you to help you navigate the current situation, which you can find right here:
Best of Thinks Out LoudYou can find our “Best of Thinks Out Loud” playlist on Spotify right here:
Subscribe to Thinks Out Loud* Subscribe in iTunes * Subscribe in the Google Play Store
Contact information for the podcast: podcast@timpeter.com
Past Insights from Tim Peter ThinksTechnical Details for Thinks Out LoudRecorded using a Shure SM7B Vocal Dynamic Microphone and a Focusrite Scarlett 4i4 (3rd Gen) USB Audio Interface into Logic Pro X for the Mac.
Running time: 19m 39s
You can subscribe to Thinks Out Loud in iTunes, the Google Play Store, via our dedicated podcast RSS feed (or sign up for our free newsletter). You can also download/listen to the podcast here on Thinks using the player at the top of this page.
Transcript: What Changed in AI and Marketing This Year, Why It Matters, and What Comes NextWelcome back to the show. I’m Tim Peter. As the year wraps up, I wanted to do something a little different than what I usually do. This is not a "best of" episode and it’s not about tools or trends or predictions. Instead, it’s about the ideas that kept coming up no matter what was going on in the headlines or the news all year long.
Because when I look back at 2025, we talked about AI, we talked about Google, we talked about content and SEO and brand and platforms and jobs and just a whole host of things. But underneath all of that, we were really talking about three big ideas:
So this episode is a recap of what changed this year, why it matters more than most people realize, and what I think you should do about it going into next year. This is episode 478 of The Big Show. Let’s dive in.
If you think back to the beginning of 2025, we were asking very simple questions about what AI was going to do for us. We were asking things like, “Can AI write a blog post? Can it write a headline? Can it create an image?"
Today, we’re already asking whether AI is going to replace the very concept of searching and “how soon AI will become your customer.” How soon the things that you will do will not be on behalf of the human, but on behalf of the artificial intelligence?
And the big idea here is that this has not been a year of incremental change. This has been a year of decoupling.
We’re seeing the decoupling of finding from clicking. We’re seeing the decoupling of discovery from awareness. And we’re seeing the decoupling of our brands and our websites from the people who traditionally have used them.
Now over the course of the last year, we’ve done 33 episodes of this show, and I’m going to try as best I can to synthesize those 33 episodes down into one actionable framework that you can use going forward. I’m going to cover a bunch of stuff. All of the realities that we’re seeing in terms of what’s happening with gatekeepers, why I think it’s ever more important that your brand is the prompt and in particular, why your digital reset is your core path forward in 2026.
So let’s start with “Gatekeepers gonna gate." You’ve heard me say this a gazillion times on this show. Earlier this year, we talked about all of the different ways that Big Tech gets between you and your customers and all of the things that they do to build that relationship. Not for you, but for themselves.
As you know, Big Tech isn’t here to help you find customers. Big Tech is here to help themselves find customers. They are here to keep customers within their ecosystem. Yes, they are dependent upon ads, so there will have to be clicks at some point in the process if they are going to make some money.
What’s also true is that for many years when we think about search or we think about social, we’ve been in a reality where some of those clicks, some of the time, were free. Increasingly, we’re entering a world where every meaningful click for your business may be paid from these folks.
In episode 467, we looked at the real story of zero-click search. And if Google provides an answer via an AI Overview or within Gemini, or ChatGPT provides an answer, or Claude provides an answer, or Perplexity provides an answer, your blue link, your organic search result doesn’t matter. That ship has sailed. Those days are gone.
The reality is that you aren’t competing with other brands anymore. You’re competing with the platform’s desire and need to keep the user. You’re competing with Big Tech itself.
Now, as you well know, that means that the cost of rented land is essentially going up. You’ve heard me say — you’ve heard lots of people over the years say — "don’t build your brand on rented land.” The reality now is that everything is becoming rented land.
We’re in a crazy new world and it’s just going to get crazier. We know that Google is already testing ad products. We know that ChatGPT has tested some and may again and we just should expect more of that.
We also know, as we discussed in episode 456 of the show, that we’re in a strange economy. Things might be tough in 2026. You can’t afford to pay a toll to Big Tech on every transaction. It doesn’t matter if it’s 10 percent. It doesn’t matter if it’s 20 percent. It doesn’t matter if it’s 30 percent. It’s more expensive than you want to have to pay in an environment where you’re probably going to be competing for every last dollar and if every last penny.
And so the key question that I think we have to ask ourselves, regardless of which member of Big Tech we’re talking about, is if Google or Meta or ChatGPT or Amazon, whomever, Expedia, Booking.com, Yelp, Yext, OpenTable, right? Any of these folks. If they turned off your traffic tomorrow, would your business survive another day?
That’s the world we’re living in now and that’s the question you need to ask. If Google turned off your traffic tomorrow, how long could you survive?
To me, that was the aha moment of the year. And it’s why I’ve become so convinced that your brand is the prompt. In an AI world, the notion of generic search, the notion of unbranded search is dead.
If someone asked an AI for best hotel, the AI is going to choose the winner. You really don’t get a lot of say in that. If someone asked for a specific hotel, "Tim’s Hotel in Charleston," "Tim’s Hotel in Orlando," you are the only answer. That’s where you’re trying to get to.
We need to think about our brand as the insurance policy that sets us apart from everybody else. As I mentioned in episode 472, "brand isn’t everything; it’s the only thing." Your brand is the only thing an AI cannot replicate. It’s the only thing it can’t answer in place of you, right? When somebody asks for you by brand, aure, the AI might hallucinate, but that’s going to tell the customer pretty quickly that that’s not giving them the answer they’re looking for.
The other thing is your brand is a mental shortcut for your customers. It forces the AI to surface your business. That becomes even more important when we think about agentic AI, something I talked about in episodes 466, something I talked about in episode 470. We’ve moved from talking about chatbots to talking about agents. We’re entering a world where AI isn’t just software and programs that talk. They’re software that does. They’re software that acts.
When an AI agent is shopping for your customer, your emotional branding may not work, but your authority does. The data you have about your customer, the data that helps you talk to what your customer’s needs are, does. Your content becomes so much more important, not just in terms of being distinct, though that’s important.
But it makes it important that your content actually answers the questions your customers have. In episode 449, I talked about the death of content marketing. And I said, know, AI will only kill content if your content is generic.
If an AI can write your content, maybe you don’t need to publish that content unless it’s answering a very specific question. Your content has to be a 24x7x365 salesperson and a 24x7x365 customer service rep. It has to answer the questions your customer has and many of those questions have to be about your values:
When we think about the digital reset and how that plays into that — and obviously this is something I talked about in episode 458, 461, 473 — your digital reset is the core of my new book and it’s something I spent the back half of the year talking about.
What you want to remember is that your reset isn’t about ignoring AI. It isn’t even about ignoring gatekeepers. It’s about bypassing them. It’s about thinking beyond them every chance you get.
And we’ve talked about this many, many, many times that what you’re trying to do is you’re trying to have content, customer experience, and data that allows you to connect with your customers directly.
So I’m actually going to flip these on their head for a moment because first we want to talk about data. If you don’t have a direct line to your customers, whether it’s email, whether it’s SMS, whether it’s snail mail to your customer, if you can’t talk to them directly, you don’t own your business. A gatekeeper does.
You also need to own the experience. If your website, if your app, if however your customer is connecting with you isn’t distinct and isn’t easy for them to use and doesn’t solve their problem, you’re never going to give them a reason to come back. They’re not going to remember you. Your site isn’t a brochure. It isn’t content just for content sake. It’s a utility. It solves a problem.
And it might be that the AI is what interacts with that site. But at a certain point, they may come to your site and the site needs to be something that’s so useful they’ll want to come back again or at least direct their AI to it the next time that they have a problem that you can solve.
You also want to make sure that it’s designed to capture data from the customer and give them a good reason to want to give you their data and continue the conversation. Hugely important.
You want to give them a reason to come to you that an AI cannot summarize in a paragraph. And of course, all of this has to do with owning trust. In an age of AI fakes, a deep fakes, of AI slop, humanity, the thing that sets you apart, is a premium product. It’s a thing that your customers will remember. You need to be not just known, you need to be loved. You don’t just need to be found, you need to be sought out. That’s crucial.
You’ve got to share your face. You’ve got to share your values. You have to tell them the why behind the what. Because that’s going to be crucial for customers saying not just, "help me find a thing," but “Help me find your thing. Help me find you."
It’s really about focusing on fundamentals, building a deep, meaningful, lasting relationship with your customers. As I said in episode 455, AI can’t save you from a bad strategy. This isn’t about looking for the ChatGPT prompt of the week. It’s about looking for how to make your customers’ lives better. It’s the only strategy that is truly future-proof.
Think of your favorite brands, ever. The brands you know and trust and love more than anything else. You don’t have to go ask an AI to help you find something like that. You already know them. You might tell your agent, go there, go get this for me from the people who I like. But you don’t have to ask the AI what the answer to the question is. You know the answer to the question. That’s what you want your customers to do with your brand too.
So 2025 was the year that we realized the era of SEO and social as we knew it is, if not over, certainly coming to an end. What takes its place is an era of brand autonomy, an era of brand differentiation and brand distinction and brands that customers ask for by name. Your brand is the prompt.
And I think there’s really three immediate actions as you go into 2026.
First, take a look at all of the places where you rely upon rented land today. It doesn’t matter if it’s Google, it doesn’t matter if it’s Meta, it doesn’t matter if it’s TikTok, it doesn’t matter if it’s LinkedIn. If one of them were to change their algorithm tomorrow, how long would your business survive? You need to understand how vulnerable you are so that you can start to take the actions necessary to reduce the risk to your brand.
The next is that you need to focus your brand on being remembered, not just found. What are the things that set you apart in terms of your values, in terms of your face, in terms of your voice, in terms of your utility that genuinely differentiate you from anybody else in the marketplace?
You also need to think about your owned assets in detail. Are you investing in your email list? Are you investing in your SMS communications? Are you investing in ways to contact your customer directly and making them want to contact you directly? This isn’t about, you know, "hey, let’s scam them into giving us data they don’t want to give us." It’s about being a place they can’t wait to give us data that they want to talk to.
Invest in those and so that you can grow a connection with your customers over the long run.
We know that gatekeepers are gonna gate it’s what they do But they can only put those gates in front of people who don’t have direct relationships with their customers. It is time for you to stop being somebody on the wrong side of the gate. It’s time for you to be a destination unto yourself. It is time for you to be the brand that is the prompt. And if you do that all throughout 2026, I’m confident you’re going to do just fine.
Show Wrap-Up and CreditsNow, looking at the clock on the wall, we are out of time for this week.
I’m willing to bet that you might know someone who would benefit from what we’ve talked about today. Are you thinking of someone? Why not send them a link to the episode? And let them know what you think, too. Keep the conversation going.
You can also find the show notes for this episode, episode 478, as well as an archive of all past episodes by going to timpeter.com/podcast. Again, that’s timpeter.com/podcast.
And as always, of course, be sure to like and subscribe wherever you get your favorite podcasts.
If you’re looking for something new to read, something that goes deeper into this topic, I would love to suggest Digital Reset: Driving Marketing and Customer Acquisition Beyond Big Tech and written by me. It dives into today’s topic in even greater detail. Please pick up a copy, share it with your friends, and l let me know what you think once you’ve read it. I would genuinely appreciate hearing from you.
Finally, thank you so much for listening, not just today, but all year long. This show, I’ve said this many, times, but this show simply would not happen without you.
We’re going to take the next two weeks off for the holidays. I hope you all have a fantastic holiday season. We will post some of the best of the pod over the next couple of weeks for you to revisit some topics you might remember. But until then, I hope you have a wonderful holiday. hope you please, please, please be well. Please be safe and as always, be excellent to each other. I’ll see you soon.
The post What Changed in AI and Marketing This Year, Why It Matters, and What Comes Next (Episode 478) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
You’ve heard me say that “gatekeepers gonna gate” for a long, long time. Hell, I wrote a whole book about the topic. The funny thing is that most folks assume that OpenAI and ChatGPT are going to bypass the gatekeepers — and will likely become the biggest gatekeepers of all.
Maybe… But I’m not so sure.
While I could be wrong about this, I think that OpenAI is in fact in deep trouble and largely because of their own actions — and, more importantly, those of Big Tech gatekeepers. I’m reasonably sure that gatekeepers — and the reality that gatekeepers gonna gate & mdash; is bad news for ChatGPT. I don’t actually think that they’ll kill ChatGPT or OpenAI outright. But they’re likely to hurt them something bad.
Why do I think “gatekeepers gonna gate” is gonna kill ChatGPT? What do I think is really going on here? And, most importantly, what does this mean for your business? That’s what this episode of the podcast is all about.
Here are the show notes for you.
“Gatekeepers Gonna Gate” is Gonna Kill ChatGPT (Episode 477) — Headlines and Show NotesShow Notes and Links* What Changed in AI and Marketing This Year, Why It Matters, and What Comes Next (Episode 478) * OpenAI is a loss-making machine, can it outlast the bubble? | Windows Central * ChatGPT and the end of learning – by Lakshya Jain * Yann LeCun Has Been Right About AI for 40 Years. Now He Thinks Everyone Is Wrong. – WSJ * OpenAI’s Sam Altman hypes mystery ChatGPT device — ‘It’s so beautiful, a case would be a crime’ | Tom’s Guide * Google executive sees AI search as expansion for web | Reuters * AI bubble a “key downside risk” to US economy, OECD warns * The AI bust scenario that no one is talking about * CROSSPOST: NOAH SMITH: The AI Bust Scenario That No One Is Talking About * The AI-Bubble’s Most Likely Endgame Looks to Be Not Apocalypse, But an Awful Lot of Useful Compost * Six reasons to think there’s an AI bubble — and six reasons not to * The Future of the Metaverse? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 363) * Meta’s Zuckerberg plans deep cuts for company’s metaverse efforts – Los Angeles Times * Cryptocurrency Prices, Charts And Market Capitalizations | CoinMarketCap * Bitcoin price today, BTC to USD live price, marketcap and chart | CoinMarketCap * Are ChatGPT’s Apps Good for Your Business? (Episode 471) * What ‘The Brand Is the Prompt’ Really Means for Your Business (Episode 474)
Buy the Book — Digital Reset: Driving Marketing and Customer Acquisition Beyond Big TechTim Peter has written a new book called Digital Reset: Driving Marketing Beyond Big Tech. You can learn more about it here on the site. Or buy your copy on Amazon.com today.
Past AppearancesRutgers Business School MSDM Speaker: Series: a Conversation with Tim Peter, Author of "Digital Reset"
Free DownloadsWe have some free downloads for you to help you navigate the current situation, which you can find right here:
Best of Thinks Out LoudYou can find our “Best of Thinks Out Loud” playlist on Spotify right here:
Subscribe to Thinks Out Loud* Subscribe in iTunes * Subscribe in the Google Play Store
Contact information for the podcast: podcast@timpeter.com
Past Insights from Tim Peter ThinksTechnical Details for Thinks Out LoudRecorded using the travel rig: Shure SM57 Cardioid Dynamic Instrument Microphone and a IK Multimedia iRig Pro Duo IO USB audio interface into Logic Pro X for the Mac.
Running time: 23m 31s
You can subscribe to Thinks Out Loud in iTunes, the Google Play Store, via our dedicated podcast RSS feed (or sign up for our free newsletter). You can also download/listen to the podcast here on Thinks using the player at the top of this page.
Transcript: “Gatekeepers Gonna Gate” is Gonna Kill ChatGPTAnyone who’s listened to the show has heard me say that gatekeepers gonna gate. That’s what they do. Right now, three years after the launch of ChatGPT, there is not a gatekeeper for artificial intelligence. There’s too many players out there. The market is super unsettled.
ChatGPT and Google and Meta could all make the claim that they’re the most used AI and those three, plus Perplexity or Claude could suggest that they are the most capable AI. They’re all kind of fighting for the same leadership crown and they all need to become the winner. They need this because they need to make more money, right?
And to do that, first they have to put the AI, they have to put their artificial intelligence in front of more people. They have to get more people to use it. It’s a distribution challenge.
That’s why you’re seeing things like the launch of AI browsers like ChatGPT Atlas or Perplexity Comet or Microsoft and Google embedding Copilot and Gemini into Google Chrome and Microsoft Edge, respectively. And the browser is a core part of what I want to talk about today. So I’m going to come back to that in just a moment.
We are, of course, also seeing folks like Microsoft and Google putting Copilot and Gemini into all of their products. Again, they’re trying to solve for distribution.
When you have distribution, you also need some degree of monetization. Every single one of these players needs to find the right monetization strategy that covers their massive, massive and accelerating costs—and drives profits. Now they don’t need this immediately, but every single one of these suppliers, every single one of these tech companies, needs to show investors that they’ll have some path to profits someday.
And then of course the third leg of the stool around adoption here is that they have to provide functionality, they have to provide utility. Putting AI tools in front of customers doesn’t matter if customers don’t actually use them very often and customers won’t use them if they feel the AI doesn’t provide them utility. OpenAI CEO Sam Altman has even declared a "code red" because of his concern that Google’s functionality is gaining on them.
Now, I think that the launch of the AI browsers—Atlas, Comet, Gemini in Chrome—are one way that many of these companies are trying to solve for the utility and distribution problems.
I also think that these are the true beginning of agentic AI. You simply tell the browser to do work for you. You don’t even go to a website. You just say, "hey, go take care of this for me." And if you, the customer, find that the browser does the work for you, you might use it more often. And you might prefer a browser like Atlas or like Comet over Chrome or Safari. Agentic AI might be the true AI gatekeeper that we’re going to run into. I’m pretty confident that’s the most likely scenario.
So, by the way, is Amazon. Amazon is suing Perplexity to prevent their browser, Comet, from using its agentic capabilities to shop and purchase on Amazon.
Why?
Because Amazon knows that gatekeepers gonna gate more than just about anyone. Amazon, along with Google and Meta and Apple and Microsoft, essentially invented the practice of gatekeeping for the internet age.
And this lawsuit, this action that Amazon is taking, should be a massive wake-up call about the risks that agentic AI poses to your brand and to your business. Amazon being worried enough about this to take Perplexity to court is a flashing red light signaling all of us that big changes are coming.
This is episode 476 of The Big Show. Today we’re looking at what Amazon’s lawsuit tells us about the future of AI and about the future of marketing more broadly. Let’s dive in.
There’s a great article over on The Verge about Amazon’s lawsuit against Perplexity, and it includes the following banger quote. This is from The Verge.
Amazon’s statement says third-party applications that purchase products for customers on its site “should respect service provider decisions about whether or not to participate,” and claims the comment provides "a significantly degraded shopping and customer service experience”
A "significantly degraded shopping and customer service experience." Amazon clearly recognizes the same threat around AI agents that I do and I think many of you do.
Those agents will make it harder for companies to create great distinct experiences that help us build long-term trust and relationships with our customers. We can ignore for a moment whether most companies actually do this or not, but the reality is that’s what we need to do.
Amazon recognizes that Comet—and really, any agentic experience—can turn Amazon into a commodity. They’re scared. And they probably should be. At least to some degree, you should probably be a little concerned too. I don’t want you to be scared. My job here is not to scare you. But we need to be honest about what’s happening here.
Agentic AI, whether delivered through a web browser, an app, or built into our device’s operating system will likely determine who wins and who loses at a level we’ve never seen before.
Yes, customers have started their journeys for years using search and social. But “search" and “social" represent two entirely different platforms. And each of those have more or less more than one player.
Obviously, there’s a dominant player. Sure, customers search on Google. But they also search, among others, on Bing and Expedia and Booking.com and OpenTable and Yelp and G2… and sure, Google and YouTube and Google Maps. Google is the biggest one. But there have long been places where you can have your brand show up beyond just Google.
Social has been dominated by Meta for a long time, via Facebook and Instagram. But Pinterest and YouTube and Snapchat and Reddit all existed even before TikTok came along to really shake things up. Again, you had a number of options for getting your product or your service and your brand in front of customers.
Once customers use AI agents, though, they likely will stick with just one or two of them. Probably. And in my view, probably, the ones they’ll use will be the one or two integrated into their phone or their laptop or smart wearables like glasses and earbuds or the very small number of apps they still choose such as their browser and email.
By the way, as a quick aside, this is one of the reasons that I think Google is in such a great position here. They already own and offer most of these services. Microsoft has a less secure position with home Windows consumers, but they have a great position with enterprise users for the same reason. And Meta is doing its best to win the wearables race and own the next device experience. Finally, whomever Apple partners with has a huge chance to win those customers. It could be OpenAI, it could be Google, it could be someone else. I’ve kind of been joking with a friend of mine that, you know, I wouldn’t be surprised if OpenAI buys Apple or Apple buys OpenAI. Right? Because that would be the perfect marriage from that perspective.
The point remains that the agent, regardless of where customers interact with it, will likely be the next major gatekeeper. And that’s why Amazon is trying to nip Perplexity in the bud here.
Now, the real key for you though is what do you do about it? Well, you want to remember that your brand is the prompt. That’s what we’re trying to work towards. And also remember that "The King, The Queen, And The Crown Jewels" are still key to building brand equity among customers. They’re still the key to having customers ask for you by name.
Now, if you don’t remember "The King, The Queen, And The Crown Jewels,” they are "content is king, customer experience is queen, and data is the crown jewels".
All three of those start with focusing on your customer. Your content needs to think about your customer’s needs and how you solve for those needs every single time.
We of course also need to think about content distribution. How do you deliver that content to customers? Well, first and foremost, especially in the age of AI, content distribution has to start with CRM. And your website has to be a machine for getting customers to talk to you directly. In a perfect world, everyone who comes to your website will sign up for your email or will sign up for SMS. On your website, you have to think about website conversions not just in terms of selling product, but in terms of getting customers to connect directly with you. Again, via email, via SMS, or via social follows.
You also want to look at chat on your site and the website search on your site so that you’re providing the same kind of experience customers expect when they connect with any company anywhere.
Of course, your own website is still going to be a place where your content lives, but you also need to make sure your content is available on social for the customers who are engaging there.
And finally, you need to ensure your customers tell a great brand story on your behalf when they’re on social. And that’s where customer experience comes in.
We’ve seen for years that customers will tell their friends and family and fans and followers about experiences they’ve had, good or bad, at almost every social opportunity. Sure, online, but also in group chats and face-to-face and even in casual encounters sometimes, if there’s a chance that they’ve got a good story to tell.
It’s really critical for you to make sure that the story they’re telling about your brand is a positive one. That’s why customer experience matters so much. It’s why customer experience is queen.
Finally, pay attention to your data. Obviously, we’re already starting to see shifts in traffic from AI or AI browsers. We’re seeing traffic show up in all kinds of ways.
One of the main metrics I would encourage you to think about is something we call "prompt brand equity." I talked about this a couple of weeks ago in "What Your Brand Is The Prompt Really Means For Your Business." And that’ll be linked to in the show notes.
Your data is going to be more valuable than syndicated or proprietary vendor research. There’s a fantastic article over on Search Engine Land about why this point matters so much. Essentially the idea is that most of this research is measuring different characteristics and that many of the specific narratives that they’re trying to tell are somewhat tied to their business objectives. They’re somewhat tied to the question that they ask and somewhat tied to what are they trying to accomplish with this research. It doesn’t mean that they’re faking the research. It doesn’t mean that they’re trying to lie to you with the research. It just means they’re coming from a specific lens. That’s why your data is going to tell you more than other data you see out there.
Now, if that “content, customer experience, data, King, Queen, Crown Jewels” sounds like a framework you’ve heard about before, either here or in my book, Digital Reset, there’s a reason for that. And that’s because it’s based on tons of research into the way your customers act in a digital environment.
AI is a new platform, but ultimately customer behaviors are still going to drive where we end up. Our job is to put customers first and make sure we’re not letting someone else get between our customers and our businesses.
Amazon gets that. They also get that:
A.) Gatekeeper’s gonna gate.
B.) That agentic AI—probably delivered through a browser for now—is (probably) the next gatekeeper, and…
C.) That they need to act today to ensure that customers keep asking for my name.
While I’m not suggesting you sue Perplexity or anyone else, I would take a page out of Amazon’s playbook and act now to ensure you don’t find yourself on the wrong side of a new gatekeeper’s new gate.
The shift is coming. The time to act is now. Take the right actions today.
Focus on your content, your customer experience, your data and your customer and you should end up in a really good position.
Keep me posted. I can’t wait to see how well you do.
Show Wrap-Up and CreditsNow, looking at the clock on the wall, we are out of time for this week.
I’m willing to bet that you might know someone who would benefit from what we’ve talked about today. Are you thinking of someone? Why not send them a link to the episode? And let them know what you think, too. Keep the conversation going.
You can also find the show notes for this episode, episode 476, as well as an archive of all past episodes by going to timpeter.com/podcast. Again, that’s timpeter.com/podcast.
And as always, of course, be sure to like and subscribe wherever you get your favorite podcasts.
If you’re looking for something new to read, something that goes deeper into this topic, I would love to suggest Digital Reset: Driving Marketing and Customer Acquisition Beyond Big Tech and written by me. It dives into today’s topic in even greater detail. Please pick up a copy, share it with your friends, and let me know what you think of the book. I would genuinely appreciate it.
Finally, thank you so much for listening today. This show would not happen without you. I’ll be back with a new episode next week, and until then, please be well, be safe, and as always, be excellent to each other. I’ll see you soon.
The post “Gatekeepers Gonna Gate” is Gonna Kill ChatGPT (Episode 477) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
You may have heard that Amazon is suing Perplexity, alleging that Perplexity’s Comet browser violates the e-commerce giant’s terms of service. Amazon goes even further, though, as an article from The Verge points out:
Amazon’s statement says third-party applications that purchase products for customers on its site “should respect service provider decisions about whether or not to participate,” and claims the comment provides "a significantly degraded shopping and customer service experience”
Amazon knows better than just about anyone that gatekeepers gonna gate… and that a consequence of those gatekeepers’ actions often is “a significantly degraded shopping and customer service experience.” Of course Amazon knows this. They practically invented the practice.
This lawsuit—and Amazon’s comments about AI’s effects on shopping and customer experience—tell us a ton about the future of AI and marketing. They highlight some core lessons we all need to learn about where we might be headed. And they provide a roadmap for how to respond.
What are those lessons? What does Amazon’s lawsuit against Perplexity tell us about the future of AI and marketing? That’s what this episode of the podcast is all about.
Here are the show notes for you.
What Amazon’s Perplexity Lawsuit Means for the Future of AI and Marketing (Episode 476) — Headlines and Show NotesShow Notes and Links* Why every AI search study tells a different story * What ‘The Brand Is the Prompt’ Really Means for Your Business (Episode 474) * Rethinking Your Website in the Age of AI (Episode 473) * In the Age of AI, Brand Isn’t Everything. It’s the Only Thing (Episode 472) * Are ChatGPT’s Apps Good for Your Business? (Episode 471) * Will Agentic AI Kill Your Content Marketing? (Episode 470) * The New SEO? (Episode 469) * AI and Zero-Click Search: The Real Story (Episode 467) * The Rise of Agentic AI Among Your Customers (Episode 466) * The Brand is the Prompt (Thinks Out Loud 465) * Google Says You Should Not Use AI To Create Content… Kind Of (Thinks Out Loud 457) – Tim Peter & Associates * AI Can’t Save Bad Strategy: Why Fundamentals Still Matter in 2025 (Thinks Out Loud Episode 455) * AI, Content, and Revenue: Why Clicks Are Overrated (Thinks Out Loud Episode 450)
Buy the Book — Digital Reset: Driving Marketing and Customer Acquisition Beyond Big TechTim Peter has written a new book called Digital Reset: Driving Marketing Beyond Big Tech. You can learn more about it here on the site. Or buy your copy on Amazon.com today.
Past AppearancesRutgers Business School MSDM Speaker: Series: a Conversation with Tim Peter, Author of "Digital Reset"
Free DownloadsWe have some free downloads for you to help you navigate the current situation, which you can find right here:
Best of Thinks Out LoudYou can find our “Best of Thinks Out Loud” playlist on Spotify right here:
Subscribe to Thinks Out Loud* Subscribe in iTunes * Subscribe in the Google Play Store
Contact information for the podcast: podcast@timpeter.com
Past Insights from Tim Peter ThinksTechnical Details for Thinks Out LoudRecorded using a Shure SM7B Vocal Dynamic Microphone and a Focusrite Scarlett 4i4 (3rd Gen) USB Audio Interface into Logic Pro X for the Mac.
Running time: 17m 45s
You can subscribe to Thinks Out Loud in iTunes, the Google Play Store, via our dedicated podcast RSS feed (or sign up for our free newsletter). You can also download/listen to the podcast here on Thinks using the player at the top of this page.
Transcript: What Amazon’s Perplexity Lawsuit Means for the Future of AI and MarketingAnyone who’s listened to the show has heard me say that gatekeepers gonna gate. That’s what they do. Right now, three years after the launch of ChatGPT, there is not a gatekeeper for artificial intelligence. There’s too many players out there. The market is super unsettled.
ChatGPT and Google and Meta could all make the claim that they’re the most used AI and those three, plus Perplexity or Claude could suggest that they are the most capable AI. They’re all kind of fighting for the same leadership crown and they all need to become the winner. They need this because they need to make more money, right?
And to do that, first they have to put the AI, they have to put their artificial intelligence in front of more people. They have to get more people to use it. It’s a distribution challenge.
That’s why you’re seeing things like the launch of AI browsers like ChatGPT Atlas or Perplexity Comet or Microsoft and Google embedding Copilot and Gemini into Google Chrome and Microsoft Edge, respectively. And the browser is a core part of what I want to talk about today. So I’m going to come back to that in just a moment.
We are, of course, also seeing folks like Microsoft and Google putting Copilot and Gemini into all of their products. Again, they’re trying to solve for distribution.
When you have distribution, you also need some degree of monetization. Every single one of these players needs to find the right monetization strategy that covers their massive, massive and accelerating costs—and drives profits. Now they don’t need this immediately, but every single one of these suppliers, every single one of these tech companies, needs to show investors that they’ll have some path to profits someday.
And then of course the third leg of the stool around adoption here is that they have to provide functionality, they have to provide utility. Putting AI tools in front of customers doesn’t matter if customers don’t actually use them very often and customers won’t use them if they feel the AI doesn’t provide them utility. OpenAI CEO Sam Altman has even declared a "code red" because of his concern that Google’s functionality is gaining on them.
Now, I think that the launch of the AI browsers—Atlas, Comet, Gemini in Chrome—are one way that many of these companies are trying to solve for the utility and distribution problems.
I also think that these are the true beginning of agentic AI. You simply tell the browser to do work for you. You don’t even go to a website. You just say, "hey, go take care of this for me." And if you, the customer, find that the browser does the work for you, you might use it more often. And you might prefer a browser like Atlas or like Comet over Chrome or Safari. Agentic AI might be the true AI gatekeeper that we’re going to run into. I’m pretty confident that’s the most likely scenario.
So, by the way, is Amazon. Amazon is suing Perplexity to prevent their browser, Comet, from using its agentic capabilities to shop and purchase on Amazon.
Why?
Because Amazon knows that gatekeepers gonna gate more than just about anyone. Amazon, along with Google and Meta and Apple and Microsoft, essentially invented the practice of gatekeeping for the internet age.
And this lawsuit, this action that Amazon is taking, should be a massive wake-up call about the risks that agentic AI poses to your brand and to your business. Amazon being worried enough about this to take Perplexity to court is a flashing red light signaling all of us that big changes are coming.
This is episode 476 of The Big Show. Today we’re looking at what Amazon’s lawsuit tells us about the future of AI and about the future of marketing more broadly. Let’s dive in.
There’s a great article over on The Verge about Amazon’s lawsuit against Perplexity, and it includes the following banger quote. This is from The Verge.
Amazon’s statement says third-party applications that purchase products for customers on its site “should respect service provider decisions about whether or not to participate,” and claims the comment provides "a significantly degraded shopping and customer service experience”
A "significantly degraded shopping and customer service experience." Amazon clearly recognizes the same threat around AI agents that I do and I think many of you do.
Those agents will make it harder for companies to create great distinct experiences that help us build long-term trust and relationships with our customers. We can ignore for a moment whether most companies actually do this or not, but the reality is that’s what we need to do.
Amazon recognizes that Comet—and really, any agentic experience—can turn Amazon into a commodity. They’re scared. And they probably should be. At least to some degree, you should probably be a little concerned too. I don’t want you to be scared. My job here is not to scare you. But we need to be honest about what’s happening here.
Agentic AI, whether delivered through a web browser, an app, or built into our device’s operating system will likely determine who wins and who loses at a level we’ve never seen before.
Yes, customers have started their journeys for years using search and social. But “search" and “social" represent two entirely different platforms. And each of those have more or less more than one player.
Obviously, there’s a dominant player. Sure, customers search on Google. But they also search, among others, on Bing and Expedia and Booking.com and OpenTable and Yelp and G2… and sure, Google and YouTube and Google Maps. Google is the biggest one. But there have long been places where you can have your brand show up beyond just Google.
Social has been dominated by Meta for a long time, via Facebook and Instagram. But Pinterest and YouTube and Snapchat and Reddit all existed even before TikTok came along to really shake things up. Again, you had a number of options for getting your product or your service and your brand in front of customers.
Once customers use AI agents, though, they likely will stick with just one or two of them. Probably. And in my view, probably, the ones they’ll use will be the one or two integrated into their phone or their laptop or smart wearables like glasses and earbuds or the very small number of apps they still choose such as their browser and email.
By the way, as a quick aside, this is one of the reasons that I think Google is in such a great position here. They already own and offer most of these services. Microsoft has a less secure position with home Windows consumers, but they have a great position with enterprise users for the same reason. And Meta is doing its best to win the wearables race and own the next device experience. Finally, whomever Apple partners with has a huge chance to win those customers. It could be OpenAI, it could be Google, it could be someone else. I’ve kind of been joking with a friend of mine that, you know, I wouldn’t be surprised if OpenAI buys Apple or Apple buys OpenAI. Right? Because that would be the perfect marriage from that perspective.
The point remains that the agent, regardless of where customers interact with it, will likely be the next major gatekeeper. And that’s why Amazon is trying to nip Perplexity in the bud here.
Now, the real key for you though is what do you do about it? Well, you want to remember that your brand is the prompt. That’s what we’re trying to work towards. And also remember that "The King, The Queen, And The Crown Jewels" are still key to building brand equity among customers. They’re still the key to having customers ask for you by name.
Now, if you don’t remember "The King, The Queen, And The Crown Jewels,” they are "content is king, customer experience is queen, and data is the crown jewels".
All three of those start with focusing on your customer. Your content needs to think about your customer’s needs and how you solve for those needs every single time.
We of course also need to think about content distribution. How do you deliver that content to customers? Well, first and foremost, especially in the age of AI, content distribution has to start with CRM. And your website has to be a machine for getting customers to talk to you directly. In a perfect world, everyone who comes to your website will sign up for your email or will sign up for SMS. On your website, you have to think about website conversions not just in terms of selling product, but in terms of getting customers to connect directly with you. Again, via email, via SMS, or via social follows.
You also want to look at chat on your site and the website search on your site so that you’re providing the same kind of experience customers expect when they connect with any company anywhere.
Of course, your own website is still going to be a place where your content lives, but you also need to make sure your content is available on social for the customers who are engaging there.
And finally, you need to ensure your customers tell a great brand story on your behalf when they’re on social. And that’s where customer experience comes in.
We’ve seen for years that customers will tell their friends and family and fans and followers about experiences they’ve had, good or bad, at almost every social opportunity. Sure, online, but also in group chats and face-to-face and even in casual encounters sometimes, if there’s a chance that they’ve got a good story to tell.
It’s really critical for you to make sure that the story they’re telling about your brand is a positive one. That’s why customer experience matters so much. It’s why customer experience is queen.
Finally, pay attention to your data. Obviously, we’re already starting to see shifts in traffic from AI or AI browsers. We’re seeing traffic show up in all kinds of ways.
One of the main metrics I would encourage you to think about is something we call "prompt brand equity." I talked about this a couple of weeks ago in "What Your Brand Is The Prompt Really Means For Your Business." And that’ll be linked to in the show notes.
Your data is going to be more valuable than syndicated or proprietary vendor research. There’s a fantastic article over on Search Engine Land about why this point matters so much. Essentially the idea is that most of this research is measuring different characteristics and that many of the specific narratives that they’re trying to tell are somewhat tied to their business objectives. They’re somewhat tied to the question that they ask and somewhat tied to what are they trying to accomplish with this research. It doesn’t mean that they’re faking the research. It doesn’t mean that they’re trying to lie to you with the research. It just means they’re coming from a specific lens. That’s why your data is going to tell you more than other data you see out there.
Now, if that “content, customer experience, data, King, Queen, Crown Jewels” sounds like a framework you’ve heard about before, either here or in my book, Digital Reset, there’s a reason for that. And that’s because it’s based on tons of research into the way your customers act in a digital environment.
AI is a new platform, but ultimately customer behaviors are still going to drive where we end up. Our job is to put customers first and make sure we’re not letting someone else get between our customers and our businesses.
Amazon gets that. They also get that:
A.) Gatekeeper’s gonna gate.
B.) That agentic AI—probably delivered through a browser for now—is (probably) the next gatekeeper, and…
C.) That they need to act today to ensure that customers keep asking for my name.
While I’m not suggesting you sue Perplexity or anyone else, I would take a page out of Amazon’s playbook and act now to ensure you don’t find yourself on the wrong side of a new gatekeeper’s new gate.
The shift is coming. The time to act is now. Take the right actions today.
Focus on your content, your customer experience, your data and your customer and you should end up in a really good position.
Keep me posted. I can’t wait to see how well you do.
Show Wrap-Up and CreditsNow, looking at the clock on the wall, we are out of time for this week.
I’m willing to bet that you might know someone who would benefit from what we’ve talked about today. Are you thinking of someone? Why not send them a link to the episode? And let them know what you think, too. Keep the conversation going.
You can also find the show notes for this episode, episode 476, as well as an archive of all past episodes by going to timpeter.com/podcast. Again, that’s timpeter.com/podcast.
And as always, of course, be sure to like and subscribe wherever you get your favorite podcasts.
If you’re looking for something new to read, something that goes deeper into this topic, I would love to suggest Digital Reset: Driving Marketing and Customer Acquisition Beyond Big Tech and written by me. It dives into today’s topic in even greater detail. Please pick up a copy, share it with your friends, and let me know what you think of the book. I would genuinely appreciate it.
Finally, thank you so much for listening today. This show would not happen without you. I’ll be back with a new episode next week, and until then, please be well, be safe, and as always, be excellent to each other. I’ll see you soon.
The post What Amazon’s Perplexity Lawsuit Means for the Future of AI and Marketing (Episode 476) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
I am incredibly fortunate to do get to do what I do. I’m even more fortunate that I’m surrounded by amazing people every single day. And I’m tremendously thankful for all of those.
In honor of Thanksgiving here in the US, I thought it made sense to share what I’m most thankful for this year. I also thought it was worthwhile to share how those might be useful to you too.
Curious about the five things I’m most thankful for this year? That’s what this episode of the podcast is all about. Here are the show notes for you.
The Five Things I’m Thankful For This Year (Episode 475) — Headlines and Show NotesShow Notes and Links* Simple Tips to Improve your LinkedIn Feed * LinkedIn Hack: How to Curate Your LinkedIn Activity * Is It Impossible for Marketers to Keep Up With AI? (Thinks Out Loud 459) * Digital Marketing Resources for Your Digital Reset – Tim Peter & Associates * Learning With AI Falls Short Compared to Old-Fashioned Web Search * ChatGPT and the end of learning – by Lakshya Jain * We Owe It To Our Customers to Make Their Lives Better (Thinks Out Loud Episode 361) * Why AI Makes Customer Experience Even More Important for Your Business (Thinks Out Loud Episode 427)
Buy the Book — Digital Reset: Driving Marketing and Customer Acquisition Beyond Big TechTim Peter has written a new book called Digital Reset: Driving Marketing Beyond Big Tech. You can learn more about it here on the site. Or buy your copy on Amazon.com today.
Past AppearancesRutgers Business School MSDM Speaker: Series: a Conversation with Tim Peter, Author of "Digital Reset"
Free DownloadsWe have some free downloads for you to help you navigate the current situation, which you can find right here:
Best of Thinks Out LoudYou can find our “Best of Thinks Out Loud” playlist on Spotify right here:
Subscribe to Thinks Out Loud* Subscribe in iTunes * Subscribe in the Google Play Store
Contact information for the podcast: podcast@timpeter.com
Past Insights from Tim Peter ThinksTechnical Details for Thinks Out LoudRecorded using a Shure SM7B Vocal Dynamic Microphone and a Focusrite Scarlett 4i4 (3rd Gen) USB Audio Interface into Logic Pro X for the Mac.
Running time: 16m 53s
You can subscribe to Thinks Out Loud in iTunes, the Google Play Store, via our dedicated podcast RSS feed (or sign up for our free newsletter). You can also download/listen to the podcast here on Thinks using the player at the top of this page.
Transcript: The Five Things I’m Thankful For This YearWelcome back to the show. I’m Tim Peter.
What are you thankful for? As anyone who has listened to the show for a while, know Thanksgiving, which is this week in the United States, is my favorite holiday. It gives me time to reflect on what matters in my life. I just think it’s an amazing opportunity each year to take a moment for gratitude.
So I thought I’d share with you the things that I am most thankful for, the things that matter the most in my life over the last year.
But to make it useful to you, I thought I’d also share some tips on how you might think about where those items can help you in your life.
So if you don’t mind me skipping a ton of setup this time around, I’m gonna dive right in. This is episode 475 of the Big Show, and these are the five things I’m thankful for this year. Here we go.
For starters, I’m not going to break this list into work items and personal items that just feels like cheating to me. My work is a huge part of who I am. It matters so much to me, so I don’t want to give it short shift. I believe less in work life balance — though that’s important — and more in work life integration. How do you make work and life work together properly so you don’t get too burned out, but you’re also keeping yourself fresh and sharp? Right.
Social has been changing a lot over the last several years, and it’s changing the way I think about social media now. Not everything I’m about to tell you are new items or new ways to use social. They’re also really critical to how I do my work and how I live my life.
I don’t really go on Facebook very much anymore, and Instagram has never really been my jam. I was always a Twitter guy, at least until Elon destroyed it. What I loved about Twitter more than anything else was its lists feature, which allowed me to curate the content and insights I most wanted to see from the people I most wanted to spend my time with.
A lot of what I’ve been focused on this year is how to recreate that experience and the benefits both personal and professional, that I gained from my lists in other places. Turns out I’ve been able to do that to some degree.
The places where I’m spending my time on social these days include:
And of course LinkedIn. And let’s be fair, it’s so easy to bash LinkedIn. It can be filled with pondorous amounts of self-promotion or absurd amounts of fluff. But if you curate your feed well — and I’ll link to some tips that I found useful in the show notes — you can make LinkedIn a far more dynamic, far more interesting and far more fabulous source of continuous learning.
How Easy Digital Makes it to Crate an Environment of Continuous LearningAnd that brings me to number four on the list of things I’m thankful for, which is how easy digital makes it to create an environment of continuous learning. And I’m gonna spend some time on this one. As marketers, our world is changing rapidly. It can be overwhelming to try and keep up with all of those changes.
I’ve talked about this before in other podcast episodes, and yes, they’re all linked to in the show notes. The toughest thing that I find is where you should learn from the, the issue isn’t content. We’re drowning in that it’s curriculum. It’s what is it that I need to know? One of the reasons I teach at Rutgers Business School is because they actually define a curricula.
You absolutely can do this too. What I would suggest is that you start with the smartest people you know, the sharpest the most up to date. Take note of who they cite, what they’re reading. Uh, their LinkedIn feeds will often give you this information. They’ll tell you about, “I just read this great book, or I just was on this fantastic podcast or learned from this specific thing.”
You can even search for their name by adding the terms “book recommendations” or “top five books” to see other sources that inspired them. And check their websites to see if they’ve shared slides from talks they’ve given her or conference keynotes. The structures of those presentations often offers an amazing curriculum of things you can learn.
If they have a blog or a podcast, go back and look at some of their earliest content. Usually the first, oh, 10 or 20 posts or so can show you where their focus lies, what genuinely matters to them.
You can also do this in a more robust way. You can identify five to seven key concepts that really matter in whatever topic you wanna know about. You know, in marketing, these might include:
For each of the concepts that you discover, find the best single explanation you can find from three different respected experts. You know, use a Google search for this. Don’t just go to AI for this, and I’m going explain why in a minute. Keep track of what you’re finding. Use a spreadsheet or use a tool to map the different ideas into categories like foundation, application and critique to help you sort out the information and stay up to date.
If you do this regularly and repeatedly, this will help you build a dynamic curriculum from a variety of perspectives that ensures you’re not just learning what someone knows, but how their knowledge is constructed, how it’s applied, how it’s evolving.
I said I’d come back to AI in a moment. You can absolutely use tools such as ChatGPT, or Gemini, or Claude, or Perplexity to help build some of the curriculum and direct you to useful resources.
But — and I cannot emphasize this enough — do not use AI to tell you the answers. Don’t do it.
Research shows that for the things you really want to learn, it’s far more important that you do the work yourself. As Shiri Melumad wrote on The Conversation, they did research on this, and as Shiri Melumad wrote about this research,
“The data revealed a consistent pattern. People who learned about a topic through a large language model versus web search felt that they learned less, invested, less effort in subsequently writing their advice, and ultimately wrote advice that was shorter, less factual, and more generic.”
The quote continues,
“In turn, when this advice was presented to an independent sample of readers who were unaware of which tool had been used to learn about the topic, they found the advice to be less informative, less helpful, and they were less likely to adopt it.”
When the learner used a LLM, critically, the researchers quote “found these differences to be robust across a variety of contexts.”
Now I’m bullish on the ways AI can help you learn. The key language here though, is “help you” not “tell you.”
Imagine if you owned a robot and asked it to lift weights or do aerobic exercises for you. I mean, sure, it could absolutely pick up heavier loads and it can exercise faster and longer. But your muscles wouldn’t improve at all. Quite the opposite. You would atrophy, your muscles would shrink. The same is true for your brain. If you are not doing the work yourself, you’re not learning.
I learn more while traveling than almost anything else I do. Why? For starters, travel exposes me to new places. I do my best to learn a little bit about the history or something cool about everywhere I go, either by reading about it a little bit or by asking folks I run into along the way. That second point is the key one for me and why it matters from a marketing perspective.
Quite simply, whenever I’m traveling, I’m talking with people throughout the journey. Those include the people I’m traveling to see, obviously.
I also usually have a chance to talk at least for a couple of minutes with Lyft drivers or hotel staff or waitstaff at restaurants, and occasionally, not too often these days, but occasionally random folks on planes or in airports.
I want to be clear, I’m super respectful when people are reading or wearing headphones or doing their very best to avoid eye contact with some person on a plane, right? Nobody wants to be that guy who kept trying to start a conversation and wouldn’t take the hint.
I also try to keep myself aware of the people around me, and I’m absolutely happy to have a brief conversation if somebody engages and the opportunity arises.
Our job as marketers is to make our customers lives better, and we can’t do that if we don’t understand people. So we need to make at least a little effort to talk to people from time to time in the wild, in the real world, not just in some controlled focus group or using, say, synthetic audiences on artificial intelligence. Those have their place too.
So much comes from just talking to people when the opportunity presents itself.
Speaking of people. People represent both the number two and number one items on my thankful list this year, and frankly most years.
I’m super thankful, as you might imagine, for the financial success that comes from having a robust client roster and from having a team that helps me keep those clients happy.
That’s not the part I like most though, weirdly. Instead, it’s that my clients give me the opportunity to do interesting work. They, that work helps me learn and grow. Sensing a theme here”
Even more important than the learning are the people themselves. There is nothing more fulfilling than seeing the work that I do and that the team does help our clients succeed, help them learn and grow, help their businesses grow. It is deeply, deeply gratifying and it’s the main reason that I love the work that I do.
I am so lucky to get to do this work, and my clients and my team are the reason that is.
I could spend hours talking about how lucky I am to be surrounded by the people in my life. In the interest of your time, I’m not gonna do that today. It’s probably not why you listen to the show. I just want to say that I’m so deeply grateful for the people in my life and what they bring to me every day in terms of lifting me up and carrying me.
What I am going to do is encourage you to take a minute after you listen to this episode and let the people that matter to you know how much they mean to you. Believe me, what I say, someday you’ll be glad you did.
Your SupportThere is one last item on my gratitude list. That is that I’m so thankful for your support.
I’ve said many times that I wouldn’t do this show or send out the newsletter or have written my book if it wasn’t for you. So thank you so much for all of your support this year and every year. It means the world to me.
I’m going to wrap up this show quickly this week simply by reminding you that you can find the show notes for this episode at timpeter.com/podcast. Again, that’s tim peter.com/podcast. Just look for episode 475. And take a minute to like share and subscribe to on wherever you get your favorite podcasts.
I’ll be back next week with an all new episode of the podcast for you, but as I said many times throughout this show, thank you so much for listening.
Thank you so much for giving me this opportunity to share with you. Until next time, please be well Be safe and be excellent to each other. I’ll see you soon.
The post The Five Things I’m Thankful For This Year (Episode 475) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
I’ve been talking about the idea of “the brand is the prompt” for a while now. But I think now would be helpful to dive into what that means in a lot more detail. Why? Because too many folks seem to think that AI agents and answer engines will always come between you and your customer.
I don’t believe that has to be true.
I’ve studied how we can build brands beyond Big Tech for over 20 years. That’s the core of what Digital Reset is all about. And while AI is different, I believe that the only way that AI will always get between us and our customers is if we let it.
So, what does “the brand is the prompt” really mean for your business? That’s what this episode of the podcast is all about.
Here are the show notes for you.
What ‘The Brand Is the Prompt’ Really Means for Your Business — Headlines and Show NotesShow Notes and Links* Mark Schaefer on the most important "soft skill" in the AI Era where he talks about Amazon limiting the number of books that a person can self-publish to three per day. * The Brand is the Prompt (Thinks Out Loud 465) * My original post about “The Brand is the Prompt” on LinkedIn * In the Age of AI, Brand Isn’t Everything. It’s the Only Thing (Episode 472) * Are ChatGPT’s Apps Good for Your Business? (Episode 471) * Will Agentic AI Kill Your Content Marketing? (Episode 470) * The New SEO? (Episode 469) * AI and Zero-Click Search: The Real Story (Episode 467) * What Changed in AI and Marketing This Year, Why It Matters, and What Comes Next (Episode 478)
Buy the Book — Digital Reset: Driving Marketing and Customer Acquisition Beyond Big TechTim Peter has written a new book called Digital Reset: Driving Marketing Beyond Big Tech. You can learn more about it here on the site. Or buy your copy on Amazon.com today.
Past AppearancesRutgers Business School MSDM Speaker: Series: a Conversation with Tim Peter, Author of "Digital Reset"
Free DownloadsWe have some free downloads for you to help you navigate the current situation, which you can find right here:
Best of Thinks Out LoudYou can find our “Best of Thinks Out Loud” playlist on Spotify right here:
Subscribe to Thinks Out Loud* Subscribe in iTunes * Subscribe in the Google Play Store
Contact information for the podcast: podcast@timpeter.com
Past Insights from Tim Peter ThinksTechnical Details for Thinks Out LoudRecorded using a Shure SM7B Vocal Dynamic Microphone and a Focusrite Scarlett 4i4 (3rd Gen) USB Audio Interface into Logic Pro X for the Mac.
Running time: 20m 10s
You can subscribe to Thinks Out Loud in iTunes, the Google Play Store, via our dedicated podcast RSS feed (or sign up for our free newsletter). You can also download/listen to the podcast here on Thinks using the player at the top of this page.
Transcript: What ‘The Brand Is the Prompt’ Really Means for Your BusinessWelcome back to the show. I’ve been talking a fair bit about this idea that the brand is the prompt as part of your company’s digital reset. Today, I want to go deeper on what this means and why it’s absolutely critical for the future of your brand and your business. I am completely serious. See this face? See my face? This is my serious face. My friend, Mark Schaefer gave an unbelievable stat on LinkedIn the other day that I think everyone should know. Here’s what he said in full: "Amazon has limited the number of books that a person can self-publish to three per day."
Three books per day. I’m an author. I wrote a book. Imagine how tough it is for my book to be seen when a single “AI author” — and I’m using that term loosely — focused on my topic can “create” — again, LOOSELY — then upload roughly 1,100 books per year. And that’s only one person. If a thousand people do this, that’s essentially 1.1 million books every single year. Now…
This isn’t about books only. Extrapolate that to every piece of content that you create for your brand:
And imagine that individuals and organizations that might compete with you could use AI to churn out three versions or more of those every day.
And that’s just the good actors, the good guys. Imagine the bad guys. Your marketing, as you know it, at least in theory, is doomed.
Or is it? I don’t think so. And I believe that the brand is the prompt will save you.
That’s why I think it’s time to look more deeply into the brand is the prompt and what it really means for your digital reset, your brand and ultimately your business.
I’m Tim Peter. This is episode 474 of The Big Show. Let’s dive in.
AI slop is here today. exists. Mark Schaefer’s story about Amazon limiting the number of books that a person can self-publish to three per day illustrates the point perfectly. Almost all of those books are, to use a technical term, crap. They’re just absolute garbage. But they’re garbage that every decent quality book has to compete against just to be seen. So you’d think that’d be the doom, that’d be the end of books, right?
If you look at Amazon’s best-selling book list, though, you won’t see a whole lot of AI slop. You’ll see well-known, well-regarded books by authors we’ve all come to know and trust. Hmm. That sounds important, don’t you think? These are authors who’ve built reputations good enough that their readers ask for them by name.
Cool. Keep that in mind.
Now let’s shift this discussion to AI answer engines and agents. We know that technology shapes customer behavior. Customers are starting to use AI agents and AI answer engines differently than the way they’ve traditionally used search engines. They’re having more robust, more detailed, more personal, more intimate conversations than simply a search query.
As a result, lots of folks are focused on teaching you how to show up when your potential customers have these conversations with their favorite AI tool. And that’s a good thing, by the way. Sometimes I’m one of those folks. You should 100% do the work to show up in those contexts. No two ways about it. What’s also true, though, is that we need to flip this idea on its head. Because customer behavior also shapes the technology.
For instance, tech that doesn’t meet customer expectations doesn’t get adopted ever. History is littered with great technology that failed in the marketplace because it didn’t meet its customers’ needs.
Supposedly, Betamax was a better videotape format than VHS, which won in the marketplace. AOL got everyone on the internet and then promptly vanished. Blackberry was a smartphone before anyone called them that. MySpace was social media before Facebook came along. Google Glass was smart glasses before Ray-Ban’s Meta AI glasses. And, you we’re gonna have to see if those will stick around.
But you see the point. We know the ideas work because most of those technology concepts still exist. We still have video, we still have the internet, we still have smartphones, we still have social media—for better or worse—and we’re seeing an increasing number of smart wearable devices in day-to-day lives. Even if the Ray-Ban Meta partnership ultimately isn’t the winner, I strongly suspect that the format is going to live on and probably for a long time to come.
The technologies, the tools that live on are the ones we know by name. YouTube, Verizon, and AT&T, iPhone and Android and Samsung, Facebook, Instagram, TikTok, LinkedIn. These brands are the brands we know and trust—or okay, more or less trust—to help us meet our needs.
You may not know this, but were you aware that one of the top searches on Google is YouTube? Another is Facebook. Another is Amazon. Customers aren’t just going to those websites, they’re "searching" by typing in a name they already know. They’re not asking, "Where should I look for video? Where should I look for my social network?" They’re telling Google, "Take me to the place I already know." These services have built reputations that are good enough that their users, their customers, ask for them by name.
Again, that’s the key lesson. I’m convinced that AI is going to work, will work the same way because humans have needs.
We talk about agents getting between our businesses and our customers as though it’s inevitable. Bullshit. I don’t believe it’s inevitable. I believe it’s only inevitable if we let it happen. Instead, we have to make sure that our customers know and care about us enough to ask for us by name. There’s this belief that the tools will provide the perfect, true, one and only answer that meets customer needs every time.
How exactly do you think that’s going to happen?
I said a couple of minutes ago that customer behavior also shapes the technology. That happens first. I’m convinced that will happen here.
An AI answer engine or agent cannot give you the perfect, true, one and only answer until it knows what’s perfect and true for your customer. The AI is going to have to learn.
Sometimes it will learn by inference. It will watch customer behaviors, for instance, in an AI-powered browser like Atlas, Comet, or Chrome, and it will figure out what your customer likes best. Sometimes its learning will be explicit. It will ask, "do you like option A or do you like option B?"
But until it learns, it can’t possibly recommend the perfect, true, one and only answer. Our job is to get our customers to teach their AI tools that our brands are the ones that they want. And the time to do that is right now before our customers teach AIs to recommend someone else.
It’s easy when we do this to focus on what our business needs first. That’s why we’re putting so much attention into things like GEO. And we should do that. We also have to pay attention, we must pay attention to what our customers need and find the intersections between their needs and our own.
The Venn diagram of those two needs will never be a perfect circle. For starters, customers will almost always want to pay less than you want to charge. The point remains that the more you can make that Venn diagram overlap, the better a chance you have of getting customers to ask for you by name.
I’m going to give you an example from the hospitality industry where I’ve done lots of work over the years. The first time guests travel somewhere new, they choose hotels for a combination of four reasons:
Those four attributes—price, proximity, quality, qualities—make up our P’s&Q’s model. We’ve used this for years.
There is a fifth attribute that I don’t talk about as much, which is brand. Brand absolutely plays a key role in many cases, and especially for the next time a guest chooses a hotel in the same city or town, or the same brand in a different city or town. A well-known, well-regarded brand provides an easy short-cut to understand the P’s&Q’s that matter to me as a traveler. Guests say "I really liked the Four Seasons when I stayed in Orlando. I’ll probably like the one in Chicago, too." That’s the reason why so many of the hotels in the U.S. carry a well-known, franchised brand like Marriott or Hilton or Hyatt or Wyndham or whomever. It makes it easy for someone who wants to open a hotel to tell guests whether or not the hotel is any good without them having to do a whole bunch of other work first.
In any case, hotels build brand equity first by being a good fit for their guests, P’s&Q’s. The best hotels then reinforce that by offering amazing, memorable experiences. As you’ve heard me say, customer experience is queen. That’s kind of where that came from.
Many hotels also offer loyalty or reward points to keep you coming back. And those are particularly important when your experience isn’t as distinct, it isn’t as differentiated. If I can’t make you remember the place, I can at least remind you that you’ll get paid for staying with me. The point is that great experiences that guests remember help guests remember the hotel and ask for it by name the next time they’re heading to that town.
Other businesses and other industries have their own versions of the P’s&Q’s. They’re not going to be exactly the same. But, know, Jeff Bezos famously built Amazon by always providing "broad selection, fast shipping, and low prices." Walmart did something similar in the days before e-commerce without having to worry about the fast shipping part. Nordstrom’s famously focused on remarkable customer service for every single shopper, every single time. FedEx was built on fast delivery. Apple focused all their energies on what they called "insanely great products." Google provided the best search results. And Facebook originally was the one place where all your friends and family were online. You see the same pattern again and again.
And if you notice, these are all brands that we know and love. Well, okay… brands we know.
Besides that, what do these brands all have in common? Well, they’re all different; you have to be different. They all have values and you have to have values, authentic values. To be fair, most companies, most people aren’t that authentic. They’re presenting "processed cheese authenticity," a version of themselves designed for mass public consumption. Unless folks and brands are willing to stand apart and take the risks associated with that stance, they’re going to drown in the flood of AI slop.
These brands that we know don’t just meet the P’s&Q’s. They’re great at something. Customer experience, product quality, executing flawlessly every time. They’re memorable. They’re different. They stand apart from their competitors. They’re authentically who they are.
My friend, Mark Schaefer, calls this practice of standing apart this way, being audacious. He talked about this in his book Audacious. The title alone models the behavior. He could have called the book "Different." He could have called it "Distinct." He could have called it "Authentic." Because you do need to be different, distinct, and authentic.
But Audacious? That’s literally putting it out there. That is drawing a line in the sand and saying this is what matters.
By the way doing this strategy isn’t just coming from me. Google has said, Danny Sullivan at Google has said, "are you doing the things that are useful for human beings? That’s what we want to reward." Perplexity is, and this is a quote, "advising marketers that AI search will shift budgets toward old fashioned brand marketing."
Focus on your customers. Build a brand that customers love. How about that?
I don’t think people like Mark have to worry about getting lost behind AI slop. I don’t think the great hotels I work with do either. I don’t think Nordstrom’s or Apple or BMW or Fender or a host of amazing brands have that concern. They know that their customers will ask for them by name.
Their brands are the prompt.
And that’s really the key. That’s what you have to do.
Pick one area to be great at:
Then focus your content and your customer experience on reinforcing that point every chance you get. Ask your customers to connect with you directly through your email, your CRM, what have you, so you can talk directly with them and bypass AI and bypass Big Tech overall. That’s how you teach customers to ask for you by name. That’s how you get them to teach their AI agents that you’re the one they want. That’s what "the brand is the prompt" means. And that’s why it’s so critical for your digital reset, your brand and your business long term.
It’s not just "the brand is the prompt." It’s "your brand is the prompt." When your customers do that, it won’t matter whether they use traditional search, AI, or whatever comes next, because they’ll always end up coming to you.
Show Wrap-Up and CreditsNow looking at the clock on the wall, we are out of time for this week. I’m willing to bet that you know someone who would benefit from what we’ve talked about today. Are you thinking of someone? Why not send them a link to the episode and let them know what you think too. Keep the conversation going.
You can also find the show notes for this episode, episode 474, and an archive of all of our past episodes.by going to timpeter.com/podcast. Again, that’s timpeter.com/podcast.
And of course, be sure to like and subscribe wherever you get your favorite podcasts.
If you’re looking for something to read about this topic in more detail, I’d love to suggest my book, Digital Reset: Driving Marketing and Customer Acquisition Beyond Big Tech, that you can find on Amazon.com or Bookshop.org. Please pick up a copy and let me know what you think. I’d genuinely appreciate it.
Finally, I just want to say thanks so much for listening. This show would not happen without you. We’ll be back with a new episode next week. Until then, please be well, be safe, and as the saying goes, be excellent to each other. We’ll see you soon.
The post What ‘The Brand Is the Prompt’ Really Means for Your Business (Episode 474) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
We’ve seen a lot of work around agentic AI in the last handful of weeks and months, with Google adding agentic AI to Chrome and in its Search Labs; ChatGPT offering its Atlas browser that offers agentic capabilities, and Perplexity doing the same with its Comet browser. This last one seems to be ruffling some feathers, as Amazon has “demanded” that Perplexity stop using its agents to buy stuff on Amazon.
Part of me wants to say, “Boo-hoo, Amazon. Not so fun when the shoe is on the other foot, is it?”
BUT…
Amazon has invested lots of money and effort into creating content and crafting experiences only to have Perplexity come along and scoop it all up. While it’s tough to feel bad for any Big Tech gatekeeper, at least in this case, Amazon’s got a point.
That point is even more relevant for your business, your brand, and your content. What happens to you? Will agents replace the content you’ve worked so hard to create and curate, giving customers answers to their questions? In short, will agentic AI kill your content marketing?
I’m skeptical. In fact, I believe our job now is to actively work and make sure that agentic AI doesn’t kill your content marketing.
Why? What’s so important about maintaining a coherent, capable content marketing strategy in an AI-dominated landscape? How can you make sure you content continues to work for your brand and business? Ultimately, how can you make sure that agentic AI doesn’t kill your content marketing?
That’s what this episode of the podcast is all about.
Want to learn more? Here are the show notes for you.
Revisiting Will Agentic AI Kill Your Content Marketing? — Headlines and Show NotesShow Notes and Links* Amazon Demands Perplexity Stop AI Tool From Making Purchases – Bloomberg * Will Agentic AI Kill Your Content Marketing? (Episode 470) * Chrome: The browser you love, reimagined with AI * What is agentic AI? Definition and differentiators | Google Cloud * The Rise of Agentic AI Among Your Customers (Episode 466) * The New SEO? (Episode 469) * Google’s Antitrust Case: A Win for Big Tech? (Episode 468) * AI and Zero-Click Search: The Real Story (Episode 467) * Agentic AI In SEO: AI Agents & The Future Of Content Strategy (Part 3) * Research Shows How To Optimize For Google AIO And ChatGPT * Google Search Labs gains Agentic capabilities in AI Mode * How Google’s AI updates to Chrome threaten brands – Ad Age
Buy the Book — Digital Reset: Driving Marketing and Customer Acquisition Beyond Big TechTim Peter has written a new book called Digital Reset: Driving Marketing Beyond Big Tech. You can learn more about it here on the site. Or buy your copy on Amazon.com today.
Past AppearancesRutgers Business School MSDM Speaker: Series: a Conversation with Tim Peter, Author of "Digital Reset"
Free DownloadsWe have some free downloads for you to help you navigate the current situation, which you can find right here:
Best of Thinks Out LoudYou can find our “Best of Thinks Out Loud” playlist on Spotify right here:
Subscribe to Thinks Out Loud* Subscribe in iTunes * Subscribe in the Google Play Store
Contact information for the podcast: podcast@timpeter.com
Past Insights from Tim Peter ThinksTechnical Details for Thinks Out LoudRecorded using a Shure SM7B Vocal Dynamic Microphone and a Focusrite Scarlett 4i4 (3rd Gen) USB Audio Interface into Logic Pro X for the Mac.
Running time: 19m 09s
You can subscribe to Thinks Out Loud in iTunes, the Google Play Store, via our dedicated podcast RSS feed (or sign up for our free newsletter). You can also download/listen to the podcast here on Thinks using the player at the top of this page.
Transcript: Revisiting Will Agentic AI Kill Your Content Marketing?I saw a funny story a few days back about how Amazon wants Perplexity’s agents to stop making purchases on Amazon’s channels. Why does Amazon hate what Perplexity is doing? Three reasons:
Content. Customer experience. Data. Those are the three legs of the stool necessary to build a brand through digital, as I’ve talked about in my book Digital Reset — and just about everywhere else for the last 10-plus years. And Perplexity is kicking all three of those legs out from under Amazon’s seat as the king of e-commerce.
Huh. Kinda sucks when gatekeepers get between you and your customers, doesn’t it, Amazon?
Normally, I’d say, “Let them fight. Let the best content and experience win.” Except, in this case, Amazon’s got a point. They’re terrified that they’ll be stuck on the wrong side of an intermediary and lose their connection to customers. Few companies know better than Amazon how destructive this can be to businesses and brands. For years, in fact, having this done to your business was called “getting Amazon’d.”
The point though remains. Connecting with your customers — especially in the age of AI — has never been more important. And it’s my view that the first, best way to build that connection is through great, distinct, engaging content. However, the age of AI also changes how we create, curate, and circulate our content.
That’s why now is a great time to revisit this episode of the podcast that asked, “Will Agentic AI Kill Your Content Marketing?” Spoiler alert: Only if you let it. The rest of the episode will tell you how to keep that from happening. And it’s coming at you right now.
Something that is universally true is that agents need content. I’m going to assume for reasons that I’m going to get into a little bit later in the show that agents will want the best content that they can get their hands — or little AI agent brains — on every single time.
Sure, they can make up their own content using generative AI to create answers that probably make sense. They can also source it from social media, from user generated content.
Generative AI and social sites or UGC are 100%, absolutely potential sources. In fact, I think they’re more than potential sources. They are likely to be actual sources some of the time.
The challenge for your brand and for your business is that you don’t control either of those.
But that’s okay because there’s another issue and that’s the challenge these sources represent to agents. The challenge for the agents is that each of those other sources have some inherent trust issues. And I don’t think that’s a small challenge. I think that’s a pretty big problem.
Is the content that they find or create accurate? Is the content true? Does it have biases?
Yes, content on your website will also have a bias, but that’s a known bias. The answer engine can take those biases for granted and attempt to adjust its expectations for them. Unknown biases, the type that might sneak into GenAI content or on social media sites? Those are a lot tougher to figure out.
Was the content on the UGC site written by an experienced customer? Or was it written by a competitor or maybe a former employee with an axe to grind?
Figuring out whether or not those content sources meet the standards that they have to set for quality content is really challenging. And I’m going to come back to this in just a moment, so hang tight.
I expect that the content they’ll rely on will be a combination of sources. It’ll be your content, what you say about your products, your services, and your solutions to customer problems. It will also be UGC, user generated content that validates what you say. And some of it might be generative AI when that adds to the overall content experience for the person who’s actually interacting with the answer engine.
Next, agents will need a place to go to find that content. That could be your brand’s social presence. Sure, absolutely.
It also raises the issue for you that social sites might preference somebody else’s brand, somebody else’s content over yours for any number of reasons. Could be commercial reasons, could be quality reasons, could be they just like them better. Who’s to say? You just don’t have the control then.
Social sites like that also raise the issue of whether or not the page where the answer engine finds the content: if it’s genuine or not; if it’s a genuine and trusted source of content about your brand, your products, your services. Again, is that content accurate? Is it true? Is it free of unknown biases?
That’s the problem with content on sites other than those that belong to brands. That’s been true for a while. Instead, it’s better for the answer engines if they find the content they need on a trusted source, something like, oh, I don’t know… a website? Then they can also use user generated content to test the brand’s contents claims against.
So while you’ll undoubtedly use social media and other resources to put your content in front of both customers and AI answer engines, you also will always need a place where your content can always be found.
Always.
I’m going to say that again. Always.
In short, you’ll still need a website.
I do think it’s incredibly likely — in fact, it’s almost certain — that the definition of a website will change. You’ll probably use more structured data, or tools like a model context protocol server (MCP), to make your structured data more accessible to AI answer engines. Your web pages — your entire website — also might be more dynamic, exposing only content that’s most relevant in the moment to the actual human beings who visit your site.
None of those factors though mean that your website goes away. It simply evolves.
If you think that my point about websites evolving is wishful thinking, we actually have a real world case that followed this exact model. We’ve seen this movie before. Google and other traditional search engines have given more weight to brands and trusted domains in their algorithms in recent years to prevent spammers and scammers from taking over their search results. Those algorithms increasingly favor large, well-known brands as trusted sources of information.
That’s why larger sites have been winning in search more often and why smaller sites have had a harder time cutting through. Google’s Quality Rater Guidelines have specific sections advising their quality raters to evaluate the reputation of the website, not just the page, placing particular emphasis on validating that other sites also speak well of the business or the website. They want to be sure that they’re getting information and that they’re learning from the most trustworthy sources in every case.
Similarly, Google’s ongoing focus on EEAT — that’s experience, expertise, authority, and trustworthiness — reflect Google’s desire for truly trustworthy content, content that they can believe in.
Remember, they only added experience recently. It used to just be EAT: “expertise, authority, and trustworthiness.” But it’s not enough for them that content was created by people with quote-unquote “expertise.” They also wanted folks with, and I quote from their guidelines, “necessary firsthand or life experience for the topic.” Google wanted to be sure that the people who were talking about this topic literally knew what they were talking about and had hands on experience.
If you ask me, it looks like the LLMs haven’t figured out the importance of that work yet. They really haven’t dived into that enough yet. I’m convinced that they will.
I spoke about this in our last episode and I’m going to continue speaking about this until I see evidence that suggests it’s no longer necessary.
But LLMs have a lot of trust factors to deal with, including a big one right now. They’ve already got hallucinations. If you’re not familiar with why hallucinations are a big deal, I’ll point you to research in the show notes that explains why hallucinations might be an inherent and permanent feature of the way generative AI works. Hallucinations almost certainly are not going away anytime soon.
Add in the fact that scammers and spammers are trying to get their content into large language models, into AI answer engines, and you’ve got a recipe for really bad answers being presented to customers regularly.
Longer term, I’m confident that this is an issue that LLM companies must address. AI answer engines have to get this right. If customers find that they can’t trust the answers they’re getting from, for instance, ChatGPT or Perplexity, it’s easy enough for them to switch to someone else. After all, isn’t that the very situation Google faces right now? Isn’t that why people assume that they’re under threat, that customers are looking for better answers?
Customers ultimately get to decide who wins as their go-to experience for the answers that they need. Period. Only services that give them the answers they need are in a position to succeed.
Your job is to make sure that you appear there, and that ultimately depends on your content.
Finally, I genuinely believe with all of my heart that we are foolish to give up our websites without a fight, to give up ownership of our content and the customer experience without a fight. The open web has been one of the most critical resources helping businesses — new and old, small and large — attract and acquire customers effectively, efficiently, and affordably.
The open web is under greater threat than it’s been at any time in its 35 year history. These threats aren’t just from AI answer engines. They’re also from entities and enterprises that want to put themselves between people and the content that those people can see. That’s an enormous problem.
I’ve talked about how gatekeeper is going to gate here on the podcast, on my blog, and in my book for years. Well, “gatekeepers gonna gate” isn’t always solely about business or economics. And it’s something that we need to be really conscious about and do our best to prevent from making go away.
So the question becomes what can you do to keep your business front and center for your customers as AI agents emerge? I’m not suggesting that we’re not going to have AI agents. They’re real, they’re coming, and they’re going to be important.
But there are things you can do to ensure that you remain relevant and remain front and center with your customers as they become more everyday experiences for people.
The first of these is to own your content hub. Keep your website and your CRM as the single source of truth for your brand. Think of it as your control center for both customers and AI agents. The one place they can always go to, the hub. You’ve heard me say it before, content is, was, and always shall be king. Make sure the king has a place it always lives.
Next, begin to structure your content for AI. Make sure you’re connecting your data with artificial intelligence in appropriate ways. Invest in cleaning up structured data, invest in adding website schema, or begin testing emerging tools like MCP servers so agents can easily understand, find, and surface your content to customers.
Next, leverage social proofs. I’m reasonably confident, I’ve said this a couple times in this episode, that AI will look for external confirmation of your content’s claims. Actively encourage and curate user-generated content that validates those claims. And make sure you’re continuing to improve customer experience so that your customers want to tell a great story about your brand and business on social media, that they want to participate in the creation and curation of a positive brand story for your business. Again, customer experience is queen.
Finally, evolve, don’t retreat. Agentic AI is not the end of content marketing. It’s a shift in content distribution. That’s how you want to think about it.
Brands that adapt the fastest and the most effectively are going to win more trust. They’re going to win more reach. They’re going to win more customers. And ultimately, they’re going to win more revenue.
It’s absolutely in your best interest to create content that continues to answer customer questions. It is also absolutely in your best interest to have single repository, a single hub that you own and control where your content can always be found. Anything else ensures that the gatekeepers will always win. It’s surrendering your brand and your business without a fight.
So maybe let’s not do that.
Show Wrap-Up and CreditsNow looking at the clock on the wall, we are out of time for this week. I’m willing to bet that you know someone who would benefit from what we’ve talked about today. Are you thinking of someone? Why not send them a link to the episode and let them know what you think too. Keep the conversation going.
You can also find the show notes for this episode, episode 470, and an archive of all of our past episodes.by going to timpeter.com/podcast. Again, that’s timpeter.com/podcast.
And of course, be sure to like and subscribe wherever you get your favorite podcasts.
If you’re looking for something to read about this topic in more detail, I’d love to suggest my book, Digital Reset: Driving Marketing and Customer Acquisition Beyond Big Tech, that you can find on Amazon.com or Bookshop.org. Please pick up a copy and let me know what you think. I’d genuinely appreciate it.
Finally, I just want to say thanks so much for listening. This show would not happen without you. We’ll be back with a new episode next week. Until then, please be well, be safe, and as the saying goes, be excellent to each other. We’ll see you soon.
The post Revisiting Will Agentic AI Kill Your Content Marketing? (Podcast) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
With customers increasingly turning towards AI to get the answers they need for their business, you might be rethinking the value your website provides to those customers — and to your business. It’s absolutely worthwhile to ask the question. The answer, though, might surprise you.
In this episode of the podcast, Tim Peter looks at whether you still need a website in the age of AI, what its value is to your customers and your business, and, most importantly, how to make sure your website works for both in the longer term.
Want to learn more? Here are the show notes for you.
Rethinking Your Website in the Age of AI (Episode 473) — Headlines and Show NotesShow Notes and Links* To Succeed in Driving Direct Bookings, Invest in It * New Year’s resolutions for digital marketers – Biznology * (1) There Are Two Ways To Increase Direct Bookings for Your Hotel. One Of Them Has A Future. | LinkedIn * The Role Of E-E-A-T In Generative Engine Optimization (GEO) * E-E-A-T and Domain Authority: Foundation of AI SEO Success * What Connects TikTok and the Hub and Spoke Model of Digital? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 299) * The CORE Methodology: How to Build Traffic and Revenue Beyond Google — Part 2 (Thinks Out Loud Episode 425) – Tim Peter & Associates * Pricing | RankScale * Peec AI – AI Search Analytics for Marketing Teams * LLMrefs – Generative AI Search Analytics – LLM SEO Tracker * Track AI Overviews with Keyword.com * SE Ranking Pricing Plans * Pricing – Profound
Buy the Book — Digital Reset: Driving Marketing and Customer Acquisition Beyond Big TechTim Peter has written a new book called Digital Reset: Driving Marketing Beyond Big Tech. You can learn more about it here on the site. Or buy your copy on Amazon.com today.
Past AppearancesRutgers Business School MSDM Speaker: Series: a Conversation with Tim Peter, Author of "Digital Reset"
Free DownloadsWe have some free downloads for you to help you navigate the current situation, which you can find right here:
Best of Thinks Out LoudYou can find our “Best of Thinks Out Loud” playlist on Spotify right here:
Subscribe to Thinks Out Loud* Subscribe in iTunes * Subscribe in the Google Play Store
Contact information for the podcast: podcast@timpeter.com
Past Insights from Tim Peter ThinksTechnical Details for Thinks Out LoudRecorded using a Shure SM7B Vocal Dynamic Microphone and a Focusrite Scarlett 4i4 (3rd Gen) USB Audio Interface into Logic Pro X for the Mac.
Running time: 25m 06s
You can subscribe to Thinks Out Loud in iTunes, the Google Play Store, via our dedicated podcast RSS feed (or sign up for our free newsletter). You can also download/listen to the podcast here on Thinks using the player at the top of this page.
Transcript: Rethinking Your Website in the Age of AIEarlier this week, I spent time with a bunch of super smart folks, including chief digital officers and marketing professionals, having a spirited and healthy debate about the future of websites in the age of AI. Do we still want to invest in our websites the way we have? Hell, if customers are going to spend the bulk of their time interacting with AI answer engines and agents, do we even want to invest in our websites at all?
The big question I came away with is this. Is it time to rethink your website?
The answer is a resounding yes, but not in the way that you think.
In this episode of the podcast, I’m going to look at the current state and future of your website and talk about how you need to rethink your website in the age of AI.
I’m Tim Peter. This is episode 473 of The Big Show. Let’s dive in.
Okay, so this probably isn’t news to you, but we are experiencing a generational shift in customer behavior, much like we did with the web and mobile and social media. Moving too slowly when we think about how AI will impact our customers’ experiences with our brands online, obviously can put you in a terrible position, and could create all kinds of problems for you down the road. Moving too fast, on the other hand, can waste resources and budget. You could simply be there before your customers are ready.
Here’s the reality of AI: Customer adoption of artificial intelligence is progressing rapidly, sometimes even without the customers realizing it. If you think about Google Search or Google Ads, customers are experiencing AI all the time. Obviously, AI Overviews offers a similar reality. Those AI responses just appear and give folks the answer they’re looking for. The point is that the number of customers who are using AI is only going to increase whether they know it or not.
Now, when I think about that, obviously that creates the question of do we need a website? Do we need our website to do what it’s historically done if customers are already getting the answer?
The first point is that I don’t think this is an "either/or" situation. I think this is a "both/and" situation. You can’t choose between an AI strategy OR a website strategy. You have to have an "AI and website" strategy. That means you’re going to have to fund both. You’re going to have to pay for both. The real question is, or the key to it really, is how you allocate that funding.
Now, before I get into why your website will need this continued funding and the role that it plays in this integrated "AI + web" strategy, I want to talk a bit about the reasons against doing too much with your website. I’m not necessarily arguing for these. I am saying that we need to think about them.
So, what are the cons of funding a website in the age of AI?
The first that we must think about is, as you’ve heard me say for years, that your focus should be on "the painting, not the frame." That is, your focus should be on your content ("the painting") more so than the container that content sits in ("the frame"). And if customers can get to your content, whether it’s on your website or it’s through an AI agent or an AI answer engine, then who cares where it sits? Does it matter? That’s an important question and I think it does matter, but for reasons that I want to kind of hold off for a second.
The second problem is that most websites are fairly generic and don’t do as much as we might like them to to differentiate our brand. The reality is websites kind of have to be generic if they’re going to offer a quality user experience. Customers spend most of their time on websites that aren’t yours. So if they come to your website and it doesn’t work like all the other websites in the world, they’re likely going to leave because they can’t figure out how to use it or they can’t find the content and the information that matters to them. Customers are already used to what a website looks like and works like.
So by definition, having a good website means that you have one that kind of is commoditized, kind of looks and acts like all the other websites in the world. So that’s another argument against doing a lot of funding for your website, right?
The last, of course, is that gatekeepers need new roads, as I think of it. You know, we know that Google is the primary gatekeeper of content on the web. We know that Facebook is the primary gatekeeper of social information, whether it’s on the original Facebook platform, whether it’s on Instagram, things like that. They kind of own that space. And we know places like TikTok and YouTube are the people who own the video space.
But new gatekeepers like AI platforms, whether that’s Google Gemini, whether that’s ChatGPT, whether that’s Perplexity or Claude, or something we haven’t seen yet, they need to control this pipeline. They need to control the road so that they can install their own gates. We know this is coming.
This is nothing new. I’ve been talking about this for a little bit and I’ll link to some of these in the show notes. But there’s a reason why ChatGPT has introduced its own browser, Atlas. There’s a reason why Perplexity has introduced its own web browser, Comet. They want to be the place customers start.
One of the big questions I have is over time, AI going to be more like the internet, the platform on which everything sits, or is it going to be more like an app or more like a search engine where people go on the web? And I don’t know the answer to this one yet, but I know they’re acting a little bit more like they’re the search engine. They’re the place you start and they’re the gatekeeper who gets between your customer and your business.
We’re going to have to see how this plays out, but if you build your business on an AI platform and they turn out to be more like a search engine than the internet, if they’re not just a place where lots of businesses can show up, then they become the next gatekeeper and that’s a real struggle for you.
And that leads to one of the reasons why we need to think about your website as this enduring, non-negotiable place where your content will always live. Yes, it’s no longer the primary discovery channel, but it is a foundational asset and a point of control for your brand.
Ignoring the direct web channel is a fatally flawed approach long term. I’m going to say that one more time because that’s really important. Ignoring the direct web channel is a fatally flawed approach over the long term. Your website is, has to, remain the singular authoritative source of content, not just for people, but also for AI agents and AI answer engines.
AI agents need reliable content to cite if they’re going to maintain their own credibility. AI answer engines need to point to authoritative sources. If they’re going to maintain their own credibility, we are already seeing ChatGPT talk about a model similar to Google’s E-E-A-T—that is experience, expertise, authoritativeness, and trustworthiness—for determining what content to cite. That should be you. That should be your website. And some customers are going to come to you, probably some of the time. for a long time to come, right? We’ve got a long way to go before we see mass adoption of these tools. Then we need to make sure that when they come to our sites, we’re actually engaging them effectively in the longer term.
The second thing we need to remember is you don’t ever want to build your brand exclusively on rented land. If we’re simply trading an AI answer engine or an AI agent interface that we don’t control as a replacement for a social media app or Google, we’re simply giving away our brand. We’re letting the gatekeeper determine who wins in the long run.
Your website is the only way and the only place where you get to own the relationship and potentially put content and experiences outside the reach of a gatekeeper’s gate. The other thing that this is gonna matter here, we’re gonna talk about this in a second, is there a great way for you to get first party, real, interesting and useful data about your customers. We’re going to come back to that in a moment.
The third thing and I’m going to admit this one’s a little more philosophical than business. So you know feel free to go okay "I hear you but…”, but the open web is one of the greatest inventions that we have had for humanity and for businesses in, certainly in my lifetime. It is the place where customers can always go and go directly to the source. It is the place where you can put a message out and reach people without a gatekeeper necessarily getting between you and your intended audience. And if you look at what’s happening right now,
Lots of folks are trying to find ways to put those gates between you and the people you want to talk to. If we hand over that control to any AI without holding onto some component of it for ourselves, we’re basically conceding the point. The open web dies forever. And it’d be really, really, really hard—incredibly hard—to bring it back. So I wouldn’t necessarily concede that point too soon.
The last point about this is you’ve heard me say many times that the brand is the prompt. We want to invest in the equity of our brands. Our brands are the ultimate firewall against commoditization. They’re the key to surviving the shift to AI answer engines. It’s not just that the customer asks for a business like yours. They have to ask for you by name. It doesn’t matter if customers come to your website or not if they don’t ask for you by name because you may not show up in the consideration set. If they’re asking for you by name, you’ve got a chance to win regardless of where they do this.
You may have heard me say this before, but brand isn’t everything any longer. It’s the only thing. It has to be our core focus.
To that end, we need to start thinking about how we pay attention to customers’ interactions with our brand more than just their interaction with our website or their interaction with AI. It’s are they talking about us? And so there’s a couple of conversion rates I would think about.
One of these is something we refer to as prompt brand equity. It’s not just regular brand equity, but it’s brand equity within the context of an AI prompt. Are their prompts triggering brand mentions? Are customers actually asking for you by name? We need to start tracking how often your brand is cited by AI answers, both for branded discussions and also for non-branded high intent queries.
Do you have any contextual influence here? The frequency and context with which your brand is cited, sourced or mentioned within an AI generated answer is incredibly impactful for your business. Prompt brand equity helps you measure how often the AI deems your brand a relevant answer for a given customer need, a relevant point of interest for a customer need, and it helps obviously build equity in your brand with those customers going forward.
The cool thing is there’s a bunch of tools you can use right now to measure this. Tools like:
And there’s more coming.
Another great conversion point we need to think about is our data acquisition rate among first party data. Think about when people come to your website, when people engage with your brand, are they converting into emails or signups on your site? Are we gaining ownership of that data? Are they opting in to receive your email or SMS or direct mail marketing messages? Are they willing to provide you the personal information that allows you to continue that dialogue? We should be tracking that first party data acquisition rate today, because it really matters.
And then the last, and this one goes back to more traditional marketing, but is unaided brand recall. Are customers bypassing what the artificial intelligence tools are telling them and simply going straight to the brand name? Do they know you and do they ask for you by name? Or do they know enough to think to ask for you by name?
Now obviously, we can’t do that if we don’t give customers a reason to come to our sites and if we don’t give AI tools a reason to reference us in the first place. And so we have to think about the types of content that help us stand apart in this new universe.
We’ve got to invest in proprietary data, unique research or branded tools that the AI can’t easily pull into a generic answer. You kind of want to force the AI tool to link to you or credit you directly. Think about creating content as unique, proprietary intellectual property. This could be research. This could be named frameworks. This could be a unique data set that only you possess, and only you can share, that helps protect against more generic artificial intelligence generated answers. Think in terms of naming these items if you can. You want to build this distinct brand platform and a distinct brand portfolio of assets that potential customers associate with you and ask for by name.
I realize these all sound like good ideas and everything, but how do you action this? And I’m going to be honest, this is something that is a work in progress, but I think there is a fairly easy budget breakdown we want to talk about. And I think of it as a 70-30-10 approach.
Focus first on foundational investment. 30 % of your budget really needs to help make your content accessible and discoverable by the new AI platforms. Whether this is through GEO or AEO or AIO, whatever you want to call it, it has to be a big part of what you’re doing right now. So some percentage of your web budget, probably about 30%, needs to be focused on how do we do this better right now. You’ve got to invest in structured data.
We’re thinking in terms of structured data and making our content readable by machines in a way that they can access. It’s something that’s incredibly important to ensuring you show up in the first place and you need to work with your web development partners or use tools that provide these capabilities, make it easier for you to get your name out there in the first place.
One of the things that we know about GEO and AEO and AIO and all of those at the moment is that we can’t even decide on the name yet. It’s still a fairly immature space. That’s why I wouldn’t go much bigger than about 30% of your time or budget on this because this could shift really heavily. Don’t go all in. Don’t, in the words of one of these really smart people I talked to this week, don’t over-index in either direction yet, certainly not yet on AI answer engines. But make sure you’re allocating a meaningful chunk of your time, 30%, to showing up in those places.
70% needs to be focused on your website’s new capabilities. When we talk about, you’ve heard me talk about the hub and the spoke model many times. The hub are the things you control and the spokes are the places where your content can show up outside your website.
Well, the hub isn’t just your website. It’s also your CRM. It’s also the place where you can build those direct connections with customers and maintain a direct connection with customers, regardless of whether they start on an AI tool or not. Your CRM is a massive component of that hub and maybe will be the long-term hub even more than your website. Maybe.
So your site’s job is to ensure that it absolutely converts people to wanting to connect with you directly. Now some ways you need to do that are first, work the way the web is starting to work.
Just as I was talking about before, this is one where we want to lean in to the way the web is beginning to work. Because if your site doesn’t do that, you’re going to get left behind here. The role your website has to play is to efficiently convert AI-driven interest into a direct customer relationship, into your CRM. Again, this is where we’re going to pay attention to first-party data acquisition. Are we acquiring that customer information? So that’s the 70%.
The final part is the 10% that we need to focus on brand equity, on building brand equity. That’s dedicated funding for the creative and proprietary and distinctive content that’s going to build unaided brand recall over time. It’s the ultimate investment in the brand as the prompt.
We may find over time that the 30% and the 10% flip as we start to get some of the foundational elements in place, as we start to get the infrastructure in place, as we start to provide the kinds of structured content that allow customers to find us and allow AI agents and AI answer engines cite us. Maybe we don’t have to put 30% there. Maybe that becomes the 10% and content shifts to 30%.
The point is, over time we need to be building that brand equity. We need to be investing in that for the long term.
Finally, we’ve got to move with some degree of urgency here. Now this is, this one gets a little complicated. There is a long-standing strategy called being a "fast follower" where we pay attention to what our competition does, we pay attention to what the market as a whole does and then we move fast to then duplicate that.
I’m a little concerned that if this is in fact a generational shift in customer behavior, moving too slowly could create problems. So you absolutely want to pay attention to your data. You absolutely want to pay attention to your market. But you also want to make sure you’re at least testing now.
If you’re not showing up, in GEO—in AI answer engines—right now, if AI agents in agentic browsers like Atlas or Comet can’t find you and aren’t citing you today, then you already have a problem. You’re already behind the eight ball here. You want to make sure you’re doing at least some investment right now to find out how much more investment you need to make, right? But it’s time to focus on that. The time to move fast is today.
Think about how you split your budget accordingly to do what works for you. Again, start with 70-30-10. You can obviously play with those. Maybe in your world it’s 50-40-10, maybe it’s 50-35-15, but start with a model that works for you so that you’re not over-indexing in any one channel, but instead you’re investing in your brand, in your structured data, and in your content, as well as website functionality to build that connection with your customer for the long run.
If you do that, I guarantee that your business is gonna be in great shape no matter how the web evolves and no matter what the truth of the future of the web is.
Show Wrap-Up and CreditsNow, looking at the clock on the wall, we are out of time for this week. I’m willing to bet that you might know someone who would benefit from what we’ve talked about today. Are you thinking of someone? Why not send them a link to the episode and let them know what you think. Keep the conversation going.
You can also find the show notes for this episode, which is episode 473, as well as an archive of all past episodes by going to timpeter.com/podcast. Again, that’s timpeter.com/podcast. And of course, be sure to like and subscribe wherever you get your favorite podcasts.
If you’re looking for something new to read, I’d love to suggest Digital Reset: Driving Marketing and Customer Acquisition Beyond Big Tech and written by me. It dives in today’s topic in even greater detail. Make sure you pick up a copy, share it with your friends, and let me know what you think. I’d genuinely appreciate it.
Finally, thank you so much for listening. This show would not happen without you. We’ll be back with a new episode next week and until then, please be well, be safe and as always, be excellent to each other. We’ll see you soon.
The post Rethinking Your Website in the Age of AI (Episode 473) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
I’m generally bullish on AI and its potential benefits for customers and brands. What I’m less bullish about are all the folks essentially telling you that AI will make you give up building meaningful connections between your brand and your customers. Without meaning to, they’re describing a world where every brand becomes a commodity. And, frankly, I simply refuse to go along.
Instead, we need to do the work, right now, that will drive customers to ask for us by name. And that depends on building brands customers care about. In short, in the age of AI, brand isn’t everything. It’s the only thing.
Why is brand “the only thing” in the age of AI? Why does it matter? And what can you do to ensure customers ask for you by name?
That’s what this episode of the podcast is all about. Here are the show notes for you.
In the Age of AI, Brand Isn’t Everything. It’s the Only Thing (Episode 472) — Headlines and Show NotesShow Notes and Links* Trivago – Wikipedia * Metasearch engine – Wikipedia * AI at Meta * The Biggest Risk to Your Business? Becoming a "Hidden Intermediary" * The Hotel Marketing and Distribution Trend You Care About Most This Year * Revisiting “The New SEO” (Podcast) * The Hidden Factor OTA’s Use to Get Between You and Your Guests (Travel Tuesday) – Tim Peter & Associates * Most Popular Apps (2025) – Business of Apps * Are ChatGPT’s Apps Good for Your Business? (Episode 471) * ChatGPT Atlas * OpenAI’s Sam Altman hypes mystery ChatGPT device — ‘It’s so beautiful, a case would be a crime’ | Tom’s Guide * These are the ChatGPT-powered AI devices that OpenAI might be working on | TechRadar * Comet Browser: a Personal AI Assistant * This new AI browser lets you set up ‘Skills’ to take on your everyday tasks – how it works | ZDNET * Top AI Web Browsers Benchmark Including ChatGPT Atlas * The Brand is the Prompt (Thinks Out Loud 465) * What Changed in AI and Marketing This Year, Why It Matters, and What Comes Next (Episode 478)
Buy the Book — Digital Reset: Driving Marketing and Customer Acquisition Beyond Big TechTim Peter has written a new book called Digital Reset: Driving Marketing Beyond Big Tech. You can learn more about it here on the site. Or buy your copy on Amazon.com today.
Past AppearancesRutgers Business School MSDM Speaker: Series: a Conversation with Tim Peter, Author of "Digital Reset"
Free DownloadsWe have some free downloads for you to help you navigate the current situation, which you can find right here:
Best of Thinks Out LoudYou can find our “Best of Thinks Out Loud” playlist on Spotify right here:
Subscribe to Thinks Out Loud* Subscribe in iTunes * Subscribe in the Google Play Store
Contact information for the podcast: podcast@timpeter.com
Past Insights from Tim Peter ThinksTechnical Details for Thinks Out LoudRecorded using a Heil PR-40 Dynamic Studio Recording Mic and a Focusrite Scarlett 4i4 (3rd Gen) USB Audio Interface into Logic Pro X for the Mac.
Running time: 14m 41s
You can subscribe to Thinks Out Loud in iTunes, the Google Play Store, via our dedicated podcast RSS feed (or sign up for our free newsletter). You can also download/listen to the podcast here on Thinks using the player at the top of this page.
Transcript: In the Age of AI, Brand Isn’t Everything. It’s the Only ThingAI is starting to affect the relationship between our businesses and our customers. Some share of customers are asking questions using ChatGPT, Gemini, Claude, Perplexity, Grok, and MetaAI.
And these questions are leading them to products and services and brands that meet their needs. Ideally, Those products, services, and brands are yours. But sometimes they’re not. And that has profound implications for the future of your business.
Many people I respect are rightfully talking about all the ways your business might be in some trouble as customers shift to using AI or agents to find and choose the products and services they need. Those folks aren’t wrong to point out the challenge. Not exactly, no.
But their discussion of where we’re headed leaves me a little itchy. Because far too many people talk about this shift to AI and this shift to your customers using AI to do all of their shopping and buying and engaging with brands as though it’s inevitable. As though the only way to win on AI is to be all in on AI—solely, purely. And, you know, that’s one thing you probably want to do some things with, but it can’t be your entire strategy. We can’t be all in at the expense of your website, your CRM, and your other owned channels or experiences.
Too many of us have seen this movie before. And at least for me, I’m convinced that we have way more control over the outcome than most people are discussing right now. I refuse to concede this point.
Let me state this right up front: AI will only hurt your relationship with your customers if you let it. The key to winning is to build a brand your customers want to ask for by name. Which is why in the age of AI, brand isn’t everything. It’s the only thing.
This is episode 472 of The Big Show. I’m Tim Peter. Let’s dive in.
Intermediaries in the digital space are nothing new. I grew up in the hospitality industry and watched intermediaries like Expedia and Booking(.)com get between our guests and our hotels all the time. They were the first big tech that I really experienced. They were the intermediaries that inspired the original research that led to my book, Digital Reset. I then watched these digitally-native powerhouses slowly lose share to the real Big Tech players like Google and Facebook or Instagram, which only drove the point home further. The lion’s share of Booking and Expedia’s marketing spend every quarter goes to Google and to social media like Instagram or Facebook.
Quick aside:, the way, Kayak and Trivago’s core business is known as the travel industry as Metasearch. They display rates from a wide array of sources so that travelers can see how much they’d pay based on where they book their reservation. I’m deliberately not referring to Facebook as "Meta" to avoid confusion with the kinds of metasearch offered by Kayak and Trivago, which are owned by Booking(.)com and Expedia, respectively.
Okay, so sure, AI is a different kind of platform. It’s a different kind of threat. It might be the first and only place your customers go to find what they need.
But it’s not just a threat, it’s also an opportunity.
In fact, I’d suggest that the interaction with AI is starting to look more like the interaction with phones than the interaction with, for instance, search. Your customers have a lot of apps on their phones. And many of these apps allow for them to search for different things. They have Google. They have Amazon. They have Temu. They have Shein. They have Safari or Chrome. They have YouTube. They have Instagram or TikTok—or I guess if they’re over 45, Facebook. They have Spotify. They might have Expedia or Booking(.)com.
The point is that they choose the app that works best to find what they need in that moment. But they don’t start by opening the app. They start by picking up their phone.
Consumers increasingly are treating AI like it’s a device. It’s where customers start before they choose the app or before they buy. In fact, it doesn’t surprise me that ChatGPT calls its integrations with other companies "apps," not integrations. They’ve partnered with companies like Expedia and Booking and Zillow and Spotify and Canva and Figma to offer apps within the ChatGPT experience.
They’ve also launched its browser, Atlas, and it’s why they’re working on physical devices. They want to be the first place people go. This is why Perplexity has launched its Comet browser that, to quote the company, "works for you." Note the emphasis. It’s doing the work, not you, not your customer. The AI—or if you’d rather call it this, the agent that’s built into the browser—does the work. And there are others that are coming.
These companies want and need to be the first place that customers start, every time, if they have any hope of replacing Google or Apple as the first place customers start every time. As I mentioned in the intro, that’s our opportunity: to be the place that people ask for when they pick up that phone when they pick up that app, when they look into the device, when they start the conversation with AI.
That’s why AI will only hurt your relationship if you let it.
The key to winning is to build a brand that your customers will ask for by name. I’ve said it another way in the past. I’ve said that the brand is the prompt. The last thing you want is for AI to turn your brand into a commodity. The last thing you want is to let AI turn your brand into a commodity, differentiated only by price or sales channels. That’s just not a way to win. You’ve heard it said for years, "don’t build your brand on rented land." And this just isn’t that much different from that perspective.
I mean, sure, we’ll use these tools to increase the reach and awareness of our brands. But we cannot let AI replace our brands. Keep repeating to yourself that in the age of AI, "brand isn’t everything, it’s the only thing."
We should be thinking of these tools as ways to build our brand, not replace them. Look at current customer behaviors. Customers ask AI questions, then come directly to your website by typing in the URL or by searching on your brand name. Obviously, over time, that’s going to change some.
First, more features, more integrations, more apps within AI platforms will allow your customers to buy or book or connect with your sales team without leaving that experience. Second, as agents emerge, the agents themselves will be able to buy or book or connect with your sales team without the human being being involved all that much, or at least they won’t bother them until the very end of the process.
Our job as marketers and e-commerce leaders then is to make sure that they’re either choosing to buy or book or connect with our sales team on our owned web channels or to make sure they’re asking for us by name when they buy or book or connect with sales teams within the AI platforms. That should consume almost all of your energies right now, driving that behavior now. Because it’ll be much harder later to change customer behaviors once they get accustomed to bypassing you to just working through the AI.
Like I said, we’ve seen this movie before. We know what it looks like when customers buy through a third party and then we have to spend the time and energy and expense to get them to choose us directly. That is super hard. So maybe let’s not do that part.
Now, it’s entirely fair for you to ask, okay, how do you get your customers to ask for you by name?
First, you’ve got to build direct demand, on connecting with customers now. Push your loyalty and CRM. Push email and SMS to connect with customers directly. Focus on improving on-site conversion now so that they know to come back when they’re ready to buy. And then treat your industry’s various marketplaces and social media as paid shelves to fill gaps in demand as it’s needed.
Next, make your content AI ready. Build structured offers through schema and product or service feeds. Look at MCPs as a potential way to make your content—especially your structured data—available to the large language models. Lean into concise, clear, well-structured content like FAQs and authoritative explainers that AI tools and agents can cite to their users.
Next, diversify your channels. Balance search with social or YouTube or outdoor and print media. Look at some high intent partner channels. Who’s connecting with the people that you want to connect with? For each of these, make sure that you’re measuring the incrementality of these channels. We want to measure whether they’re delivering additional benefits or if they’re just taking credit for things that would have happened.
Finally, you’re to want to test some of the new messaging commerce functions that exist out there. Stand up a WhatsApp or iMessage flow where it’s appropriate. And look at blending service and sales into a holistic experience. Remember the idea that we’ve talked about so many times on the show that customer service is queen.
If you can do these things, if you can start to make sure your content and your experiences and the engagement you have with your customers is such that they actually like you and actually want to work with you again and again, you’re increasing the odds that they’re going to ask for you by name. You’re increasing the odds that you will not become a commodity. You’re increasing the odds that people actually want you.
The bottom line remains that AI will only hurt relationships with your customers if you let it. And the key to winning is to build a brand that your customers ask for by name. Again, and finally, remember that in the age of AI, brand isn’t everything. It’s the only thing.
Show Wrap-Up and CreditsNow, looking at the clock on the wall, we are out of time for this week. I’m willing to bet that you might know someone who would benefit from what we’ve talked about today. Are you thinking of someone? Why not send them a link to the episode and let them know what you think. Keep the conversation going.
You can also find the show notes for this episode, which is episode 472, as well as an archive of all past episodes by going to timpeter.com/podcast. Again, that’s timpeter.com/podcast. And of course, be sure to like and subscribe wherever you get your favorite podcasts.
If you’re looking for something new to read, I’d love to suggest Digital Reset: Driving Marketing and Customer Acquisition Beyond Big Tech and written by me. It dives in today’s topic in even greater detail. Make sure you pick up a copy, share it with your friends, and let me know what you think. I’d genuinely appreciate it.
Finally, thank you so much for listening. This show would not happen without you. We’ll be back with a new episode next week and until then, please be well, be safe and as always, be excellent to each other. We’ll see you soon.
The post In the Age of AI, Brand Isn’t Everything. It’s the Only Thing (Episode 472) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
Are you as sick as I am of hearing people claim that SEO is dead? I mean, c’mon. How is that we keep regurgitating the same foul nonsense to drive clicks, engagement, and a little bit of anger among the marketing community. I promise I’m not going to ask “is SEO dead?” or claim that “SEO is dead” or anything similar anytime soon.
What’s also true is that how your customers search for what they need is changing — and quickly.
Some folks want to call these changes GEO. Some call them AEO. Some call them AIO. I don’t think it matters what we call them. What matters is understanding how your customers’ behaviors are changing… and what you can do to ensure your customers find you whenever they’re looking. And that’s what this episode of the podcast is all about.
Want to know more about “the new SEO”? Then be sure to check this one out.
Here are the show notes for you.
Revisiting “The New SEO” — Headlines and Show NotesShow Notes and Links* The New SEO? (Episode 469) * Parsing the $35M GEO Play: What’s Real and What’s Fundraising Theater * ChatGPT is reportedly scraping Google Search data to answer your questions – here’s how * OpenAI Is Challenging Google—While Using Its Search Data * Google’s Antitrust Case: A Win for Big Tech? (Episode 468) * AI and Zero-Click Search: The Real Story (Episode 467) * Revisiting The Brand is the Prompt (Thinks Out Loud) – Tim Peter & Associates * The Rise of Agentic AI Among Your Customers (Episode 466) * Revisiting Google Closes the Gate (Thinks Out Loud) * The Brand is the Prompt (Thinks Out Loud 465) * Google Closes the Gate on Marketers (Thinks Out Loud) * Digital Reset: Build Customer Relationships Big Tech—and AI—Can’t Touch (Thinks Out Loud 458) * AI Can’t Save Bad Strategy: Why Fundamentals Still Matter in 2025 (Thinks Out Loud Episode 455) * Should You Use AI to Create Your Content? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 454) * AI, Content, and Revenue: Why Clicks Are Overrated (Thinks Out Loud Episode 450) * How Should You Think About Website SEO for AI? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 448) * Will AI Kill Content Marketing for Customer Acquisition? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 449) * What’s the Point of Your Website in an Age of AI? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 447) * AI Is Not the Future. You Are (Thinks Out Loud Episode 443) * Is Google Doomed in 2025? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 440) * Is AI a Gatekeeper? Or is it a Key? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 437) * Four Big Threats (Plus a Bonus Threat!) To Google’s Dominance Next Year (Thinks Out Loud Episode 436)
Buy the Book — Digital Reset: Driving Marketing and Customer Acquisition Beyond Big TechTim Peter has written a new book called Digital Reset: Driving Marketing Beyond Big Tech. You can learn more about it here on the site. Or buy your copy on Amazon.com today.
Past AppearancesRutgers Business School MSDM Speaker: Series: a Conversation with Tim Peter, Author of "Digital Reset"
Free DownloadsWe have some free downloads for you to help you navigate the current situation, which you can find right here:
Best of Thinks Out LoudYou can find our “Best of Thinks Out Loud” playlist on Spotify right here:
Subscribe to Thinks Out Loud* Subscribe in iTunes * Subscribe in the Google Play Store
Contact information for the podcast: podcast@timpeter.com
Past Insights from Tim Peter ThinksTechnical Details for Thinks Out LoudRecorded using the travel rig: Shure SM57 Cardioid Dynamic Instrument Microphone and a IK Multimedia iRig Pro Duo IO USB audio interface into Logic Pro X for the Mac.
Running time: 20m 26s
You can subscribe to Thinks Out Loud in iTunes, the Google Play Store, via our dedicated podcast RSS feed (or sign up for our free newsletter). You can also download/listen to the podcast here on Thinks using the player at the top of this page.
Transcript: Revisiting “The New SEO” One of the perennial questions, comments, and provocative blog post titles in digital marketing is that SEO is dead or something fairly similar. Let me tell you right up front, this episode isn’t one of those.
What’s also true is that with the emergence of AI answer engines, we’ve seen more change in search over the last 10 months than over the last 10 years. Seriously. There’s been so much change that folks don’t even want to talk about the practice of showing up in these answer engines as SEO any longer. Instead, they want to call it GEO (for Generative Engine Optimization), or AEO (for answer engine optimization), or AIO (for, you know, artificial intelligence optimization).
I still prefer to call it SEO, which to me means search experience optimization. It reflects the fact that people search in traditional search engines like Google, they search using artificial intelligence tools and they search on places like social media & and it reflects how those all work together. But, whatever. I’ll live no matter which name succeeds in the marketplace of ideas.
The fact that no one can commit to a single comprehensive name at the moment suggests two points to me, though.
The second is that we’re still in the very early days of learning about how to best meet the needs of those changing customers and of the tools that drive those changes.
I’m Tim Peter, and we’re going to talk about the new SEO.
Is SEO dead? Of course not. It’s also still a good time to revisit a prior episode of the big show that talked all about the new SEO. I hope you’ll enjoy it. It’s coming at you right now.
My assumption when we talk about search is that you work for a business that sells things. I’m not going to talk about the publishing industry. It’s not my core area of expertise. It’s got an entirely different economic model. And the realities of what’s happening because of search in that industry are very, very, very different than what people who sell things are dealing with. So we’re not going to talk about those today.
There are three big variables, though, around selling things. And they are:
These are true for products or services. They all kind of map onto those variables. And there’s lots of examples:
Most businesses who are in these industries tend to want two things from their marketing:
Now, historically, over the last 20 years or so of digital, those tend to have gone hand in hand. I’d argue that they still probably do, despite all the conversations we’ve had about zero-click marketing lately. And I’m going to talk a little bit more about that in depth in a moment.
For many businesses over the last decade, and certainly until this recent emergence of AI search, SEO was the way to get traffic and revenue. Most companies put a lot of effort into getting into the first page of search engines… which in practice meant the first page of Google.
And that traffic converted. It generated enormous amounts of revenue. For many businesses I’ve worked with, 50%, 60% or more of the revenue was coming through search.
For the first time in a long time, though, people are starting to question whether that’s a good thing, whether being so dependent on search is actually beneficial. They’re also starting to ask whether it’s enough.
I genuinely believe that this is a super healthy question to ask. In fact, it might be the most important question that needs asking every single day. We don’t want to depend on any one channel or company for our traffic or our revenues.
This is such an important point that I wrote an entire book about how to think and act beyond Big Tech companies like Google or Facebook for driving your traffic and revenue. I’ve also made the case for some time on the podcast, on the blog, on social media, about the risks that emerge when you’re too dependent on Google or any other channel for too much of that traffic and revenue.
And yet, for many businesses, Google still contributes either a plurality or an outright majority of your traffic. You still see a lot from Google, even now, even in this changing environment. If you’re one of those businesses, and Google loses — if Profound is right — and Google loses in the marketplace, you lose too.
So that’s what makes this post that Bill wrote so interesting and so important. Because he talks about a VC that’s putting enormous amounts of money behind companies that are designed to upend the traditional SEO industry. As he wrote in his post, “capital of this size and caliber doesn’t just validate a company. It signals to the market that GEO has moved from niche theory to enterprise scale priority.”
Bill also shares quotes from the company’s pitch for their services. And these include some fairly provocative lines, such as, “In five years, $1 trillion of commerce will shift from Google to chat GPT.” They also say, “If your company generates greater than $1 million from SEO, you’re facing an existential threat. Ranking number one on Google will soon be as relevant as ranking number one in the Yellow Pages.”
Ouch.
I’ll come back to this in a minute. But as you might imagine, I have thoughts here.
We want to start by talking about Bill’s insightful summary of what he calls, “the two workstreams you can’t ignore.” In Bill’s words they are, “Workstream one. Solid structured content on your own properties.” He defines this by saying, “This is where you say it. Publish authoritative structured machine readable content that positions you as a source of truth.”
Bravo, couldn’t agree more.
He also lists “workstream two.” And this is, “Inclusion in the reference set. This is where others say it. Trusted third party citations, industry hubs, and forum mentions that cement your authority in AI’s consensus layer.”
Again, I completely agree with this view.
I’ve talked and written about following a hub and spoke strategy for years. Bill’s workstreams are another way of stating that.
Critically, Bill points out that AI increases the importance of workstream two — or the spokes. And I think that’s true, at least for now. And I promise I’m getting to this, but I’m gonna come back to that in a big way in a moment.
Getting back to Profound’s bold claims about a trillion dollars shifting to ChatGPT or page one of Google being like the yellow pages, though, well… here’s what I think. And I want to say this as clearly as I can: Bullshit.
I just think that that’s, you know, way, way, way overstating the case. And I’m going to admit I have come 180 degrees on this.
But Google is as well positioned as anybody to win as we go forward. I’m not totally convinced that they will win. In fact, I’d put the odds at maybe 40%, you know, maybe 2.5:1. But they’re still in such a better position than anybody else.
Why is that? Well, they offer great utility. They have great distribution. They can get in front of any customer pretty easily. And, this is key at the moment, they have great monetization. They know how to pay for this right now.
There’s even some evidence that ChatGPT secretly relies on Google search results to answer some questions. And I will link in the show notes to the article in The Information that uncovered that. More than a few SEOs also have done studies that seem to support that finding.
So yeah, Google is as likely or likelier to win as anybody else in the marketplace. And I don’t see all that much shifting away from them in the immediate term. I could be wrong, but it’s a tough bet for me to make.
Second, and highly relatedly, all of the evidence seems to suggest that the things that help you rank in traditional SEO also mostly help you show up in large language models, in ChatGPT and Perplexity and Claude. Bill says this himself in his brilliant post noting that this is, “the same fundamentals, new battlefield.” He continues, “If this sounds familiar, it’s because it’s built on SEO’s oldest truth: On-site content, what you say; off-site validation, what others say.”
Yes, there’s more emphasis now on what others say than what we’ve seen. But that may be a little bit of a smokescreen. You know, the spokes play a bigger role than they have up till now. But again, we’re talking about the same fundamentals. SEO, GEO, AEO, AIO, whatever you want to call it, just aren’t that dramatically different from what SEO work has always done. Keep reminding yourself again and again “same fundamentals.”
Third, I’m not sure that current best practices for showing up in LLMs will last very long. Google’s traditional search works the way it does because they’ve spent a couple of decades fighting black hat SEO techniques to spam the search engine results pages. They’ve released countless algorithm changes over the years to ensure quality results. The LLMs are really only just starting that process.
And we’re seeing so many people sharing either well-intentioned or maybe less well-intentioned tactics that are a little snake oily that are designed to show up in LLMs quickly:
I’m not saying that some of those may not work. Hell, even I tell you to do the last one all the time about making sure you show up in other places. Instead, I’m asking the question, how long do you expect they’ll continue to work?
ChatGPT and Perplexity and Claude and Copilot only have a chance of unseating Google as king of the hill if they consistently provide a better experience. And that’s not going to happen if their results are filled with folks who’ve learned to game the system, who’ve learned to game their algorithm. They’re going to learn how to beat spam just like Google did — they’re going to have to — or customers aren’t going to use them. They’re not going to trust them.
The truth is that at least up until Google introduced AI Overviews and AI Mode, the best way to rank organically was mostly, “create great content that answers your customers’ core questions.”
I don’t mean to diss other tactics, and I don’t mean to diss Profound. They may have an amazing product. At the same time, some of their benefits only matter until LLMs come around to where Google ended up. And I suspect that they will do that.
Finally, and much more importantly for those of you who sell things, customers still have to come to your website to buy them. And when they do that, they’re usually asking for you by name. That’s the behavior we’re seeing now.
Customers may discover you on an LLM. They may discover you on social. Then they go to a traditional search engine and ask for you. Yeah, they might type in the URL, but far more often, they’re typing your name into Google and clicking on the organic result.
ChatGPT, Perplexity, and the rest do a terrible job of driving traffic right now for that reason. What they’re doing is creating awareness. Customers learn your name, and then they go looking for you.
That could absolutely change. It might change. But then they’ll either click the link to your site or as the technology matures, use their agent to make sure that they make the purchase from you.
You’ll almost certainly need to invest in a model context protocol (MCP) solution for your inventory and e-commerce systems sooner rather than later. Though let’s be fair, that’s way out of scope of this episode.
There’s also a huge risk to your business if you sell through intermediaries that customers never seek you out and instead choose to buy through higher cost third parties. That would be a big problem too. That’s also a topic for another day or you could just read my book.
In any case, the question you need to ask is if this is where we are and this is where we’re likely headed, what do you do about it?
Well…
Most importantly though, you build a company and a brand that’s worth asking for by name that customers will seek out by name. Then you’re not dependent on any one intermediary. You’re not dependent on any one gatekeeper.
No matter whether chat GPT or Google wins, you definitely will.
Show Wrap-Up and CreditsNow, looking at the clock on the wall, we are out of time for this week. I’m willing to bet that you might know someone who would benefit from what we’ve talked about today. Are you thinking of someone? Why not send them a link to the episode and let them know what you think too. Keep the conversation going.
You can also find the show notes for this episode, episode 469, as well as an archive of all our past episodes, by going to timpeter.com/podcast. Again, that’s timpeter.com/podcast.
And of course, be sure to like and subscribe wherever you get your favorite podcasts.
If you’re looking for something new to read, I’d love to suggest Digital Reset: Driving Marketing and Customer Acquisition Beyond Big Tech and written by me. It dives in today’s topic in even greater detail. Make sure you pick up a copy, share it with your friends, and let me know what you think. I’d genuinely appreciate it.
Finally, thank you so much for listening. This show would not happen if you didn’t, so I really appreciate you.
We’ll be back next week with a new episode, and until then, please be well, be safe, and as the saying goes, be excellent to each other. We’ll see you soon.
The post Revisiting “The New SEO” (Podcast) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
I assume most people know that Google makes almost all of its money from ads. And, in practice, those ads are based on clicks. Paid clicks. That fact means that Google can’t survive in a zero-click world. While that same reality is not (yet) true for ChatGPT, Perplexity, Claude, and other AI answer engines, they’re almost certainly going to need some form of ads—again, probably clickable ads—to fund their operations.
For example, ChatGPT alone is planning to invest over 1 trillion dollars in their compute and infrastructure. That’s “trillion.” With a “T.” Some quick back-of-the-envelope math says that, at $20 per month, they’d need to sign up roughly a quarter of the world’s population—and keep them paying for a couple of years—to cover that cost. That seems… unlikely.
So, does zero-click search forecast a world where Google is doomed? Does it mean the entire ad-based world is over? And, most importantly, what does zero-click mean for your business? That’s what “Revisiting the Real Story of AI and Zero-Click Search” on the podcast is all about.
Want to learn more? Here are the show notes for you.
A Revisiting the Real Story of AI and Zero-Click Search (Thinks Out Loud Podcast) — Headlines and Show NotesShow Notes and Links* AI and Zero-Click Search: The Real Story (Episode 467) * The Rise of Agentic AI Among Your Customers (Episode 466) * Will Agentic AI Kill Your Content Marketing? (Episode 470) * Are ChatGPT’s Apps Good for Your Business? (Episode 471) * The New SEO? (Episode 469) * Exploration–exploitation dilemma – Wikipedia * Revisiting The Brand is the Prompt (Thinks Out Loud) – Tim Peter & Associates * Traffic Is Down; Revenue Is… Up? – SparkToro * Revisiting AI is Eating the World (Thinks Out Loud) * Google Earnings Q2 2025 PDF Link * Google briefs brands on AI Mode ads ahead of Q4 rollout * Alphabet Inc. (GOOG) Q2 2024 Earnings Call Transcript | Seeking Alpha * The Zero-Click Future: How Customer Behavior is Rewriting Digital Strategy – Becoming Radical | Podcast on Spotify * Tim’s LinkedIn post about zero-click marketing — or, y’know, marketing * AI in Search: Driving more queries and higher quality clicks * The Future Of Search: 5 Key Findings On What Buyers Really Want * AI Search Currently Drives Less Than 1% of Traffic To Most Sites, Google Is Still Dominant, and Watch The Long-term Risk of Igno * Google and Bing Tests Search Title Expansion, Colors & Location Moves * From Ranking to Reasoning: Philosophies Driving GEO Brand Presence Tools * Google briefs brands on AI Mode ads ahead of Q4 rollout * Industry Pioneer Reveals Why SEO Isn’t Working & What To Refocus On * AI Search Changes Everything – Is Your Organization Built To Compete? * How LLMs Interpret Content: How To Structure Information For AI Search * Why Your SEO Isn’t Working, And It’s Not The Team’s Fault
Buy the Book — Digital Reset: Driving Marketing and Customer Acquisition Beyond Big TechTim Peter has written a new book called Digital Reset: Driving Marketing Beyond Big Tech. You can learn more about it here on the site. Or buy your copy on Amazon.com today.
Past AppearancesRutgers Business School MSDM Speaker: Series: a Conversation with Tim Peter, Author of "Digital Reset"
Free DownloadsWe have some free downloads for you to help you navigate the current situation, which you can find right here:
Best of Thinks Out LoudYou can find our “Best of Thinks Out Loud” playlist on Spotify right here:
Subscribe to Thinks Out Loud* Subscribe in iTunes * Subscribe in the Google Play Store
Contact information for the podcast: podcast@timpeter.com
Past Insights from Tim Peter ThinksTechnical Details for Thinks Out LoudRecorded using a Heil PR-40 Dynamic Studio Recording Mic and a IK Multimedia iRig Pro Duo IO USB audio interface into Logic Pro X for the Mac.
Running time: 19m 22s
You can subscribe to Thinks Out Loud in iTunes, the Google Play Store, via our dedicated podcast RSS feed (or sign up for our free newsletter). You can also download/listen to the podcast here on Thinks using the player at the top of this page.
Transcript: Revisiting the Real Story of AI and Zero-Click Search Hi, and welcome back to the show. I’m Tim Peter.
A few weeks ago I talked all about artificial intelligence and zero click search and the connection between those two realities. And at the time I predicted—or I shouldn’t even say, predict; I forecast—that Google was still in a pretty good position relative to OpenAI, relative to ChatGPT… and that we would know more when people came back from school.
Well, people are back from school and people are back from summer vacation, and it looks like that forecast, that concept, is holding up. Google and ChatGPT’s data, according to the SimilarWeb, seem to be holding relatively steady, more or less. There’s minor movement and definitely something to watch, but nothing crazy yet.
What’s also true is that people using ChatGPT still are creating a lot of opportunities for your brand to be seen, for your business to be seen. That then shows up at your website either as organic branded search or as direct navigation—people just coming to your website. And that’s why I think this is a really good time to revisit that discussion from a couple of weeks ago all about the real truth of AI and zero-click search. So I hope you’ll enjoy as we revisit the real story of AI and zero-click search, coming at you right now.
I want to talk about the reality of search marketing today. And this episode is very much a follow-up from last week’s discussion about the rise of a agentic AI among your customers. You don’t need to listen to last week’s episode for this one to make sense. But I’d like you to be aware that I’m building on a ton of assumptions that explored in gory detail last week. If you’ve got questions about those assumptions, you definitely want to check out last week’s episode.
It’s also a little less future focused and much more focused on our current reality, maybe where we’re going to be for the next six months or so. As I talked about last week, things could change at any time. So some of this may not age perfectly, but I think the bigger picture holds true.
I don’t think we’re going to see a massive shift in customer behaviors in the next three to six months. I explained the systemic reasons why that’s the case last week.
For one additional piece of evidence why I think that’s so, look at the public freak out that happened when ChatGPT, when OpenAI released its GPT-5 model this week. And more importantly, how the company backtracked and made its legacy models available to customers. Customers don’t typically accept change all that fast. We saw that play out in the most pure way possible over the last few days.
What’s also true is that while I think that this stuff is going to hold true for the next, you know, three to six to maybe nine months, I could absolutely be wrong about this.
As I mentioned last week, keep our core and explore methodology in mind. Focus 80% of your efforts on your core and about 20% of your efforts to see if things are changing. And that way, that should help ensure that you’ve got your bases covered in either case.
Regardless, this comes back to the bigger picture of where are we with search? And is Google losing? Is AI taking their business? Is zero click killing us?
Well, it’s complicated.
First, data for the last couple of months is potentially very misleading. I’m not convinced that the current data — that is data from June, July, and August — tells us as much as we might think it does.
We know that use of ChatGPT and other AI tools is highest among younger people and better educated people. And there’s one large group of people that falls into both of those buckets, and that is students, particularly high school and college students. They’re not in school right now, and they are heavy users of these tools.
When we look at data from similar web or Google trends, we see that OpenAI’s traffic declined in July, and the gap between Google and OpenAI got wider. Over the last few weeks, that gap seems to have shrunk a tiny bit, which does align with kids heading back to school. So there’s some evidence that suggests that’s right.
What it also suggests is that any boost you see in ChatGPT’s numbers in the next month or two might be driven largely by students and not by the larger market.
Maybe.
Why does that matter? Well, it depends on what you’re selling.
If students represent a large share of your customer base, then those numbers could be very meaningful to you. If they don’t, if you sell to a broader market than just students, then it means that activity by those student groups is going to make it tougher to see what’s genuinely happening with your actual customers. Non-commercial activity — or at least commercial activity unrelated to your business — might mask your reality.
Now, normally I’d tell you to simply pay attention to your analytics, but there’s two problems with this approach.
The first is that your analytics might not tell you the whole story if you’re not doing the work to appear in AI answers right now. I’m going to come back to this a little later in the show, but it’s an important point.
The second is that customer behaviors seem to follow a pattern right now of what’s called “explore and exploit.” This is a super common behavior among decision making strategies. People do this in all kinds of realms. What explore and exploit means in this specific case is that a fair number of folks are using AI for exploration. They’re engaging with AI to answer questions, to learn, to get exposed to new ideas, and yes, to find products and services they like — hotels, restaurants, clothing, technology, and so on.
However, at the same time, they can’t really buy through these tools (e.g., agentic AI) yet, at least not easily or consistently. Again, see last week’s episode for more on this topic.
Instead, when they’re ready to buy, when they’re ready to exploit what they’ve learned, they’re likely to navigate directly to you or search for you by brand name. And we’re seeing lots of companies that we work with getting significant increases in clicks and click-through rate on brand in terms of Google Search Console, as well as big lifts in “direct/none” traffic in their analytics. In other words, customers coming directly to the site.
But only after they found the brand during their explore activity.
This is critically important when we talk about the zero click search situation. Notice I called it a situation. I didn’t call it a problem. At least not yet. The reason is because today it’s only a real problem for certain industries. If you’re in publishing, for instance, or some other industry where your revenues are directly tied to your traffic, you do have a problem. Customers who don’t click — and more to the point, get the answers they need in the search results themselves — cost you real money. That’s a huge problem. No doubt about it.
Most other businesses, though, sell things, actual real physical products or services that the search results point to, but they don’t deliver.
For instance, if you sell hotel rooms, any zero-click answer isn’t robbing you of hotel reservations. Potential guests still have to book your hotel through some site. If you sell consulting services, clients still have to contact you to arrange the services that they need. If you sell software as a services, customers still have to sign up. If you sell books… they still have to go to a bookstore in some way, or form, whether online or in person to get the book.
For most businesses, zero click doesn’t have to mean zero revenue.
Now notice that I said your customers have to buy or reserve through some site. There is no guarantee right now that that site will be yours. Even when they don’t choose a competitor, they could still buy through a third party or some other intermediary. You know, they could buy through Amazon. They could buy through Expedia. And in some cases, that intermediary is Google.
For example, in cases like Google Shopping Ads or Google Metasearch for hotels, you’re not selling through Google, but you are paying for the clicks. And those still cost you money. You’re paying, in effect, a commission for Google to drive the sale.
More importantly, remember that in the past, at least some of those opportunities were free. We’ve gone from a free click to a paid click. Gatekeeper is going to gate and all that. You might have heard that once or twice before around here.
That to me is the biggest shift in search that we need to keep in mind. Search is not a free channel. We can argue whether it ever was. SEO activities always had a cost after all. Today though, you’re going to need to pay when customers are ready to buy from you, no matter whether they found you in traditional search or because an AI told them about you. And that’s the future we’re going to live in for a while. I simply don’t see that changing anytime soon.
Here’s why.
Google had revenue of $54 billion from Search in Q2 and $96.4 billion overall. They earned $33 billion of their $31 billion total earnings from services, notice that’s more than their overall earnings. Services include things like Maps and Android. We know that search and YouTube make up 75% of the total and search alone is 65% of the total number.
During that same period, paid clicks were up 4% and paid click revenue was up 12%. Think about that for a moment. By definition, Google has to be charging more for every click or else clicks and revenues would be more in line with one another and they’re not. Call me crazy, but someone should write a book about what this means for your business.
Anyway, to drive this revenue, Google is spending $85 billion this year largely on what they called “AI infrastructure investments.” It’s pretty easy to see that they’re paying for these investments on their revenue from search and ads more generally. And they’re going to keep on doing it.
Sundar Pichai, the CEO said in Q2 2024, this is a quote, “the risk of under-investing is dramatically greater than the risk of over-investing.” That $85 billion dollar number includes an additional $10 billion that they just announced in this quarterly earnings call. They just said, “nope, we need to spend an additional $10 billion on top of the $75 billion we had already planned to spend to keep driving that.:
The plain truth is that as I talked about on The Becoming Radical podcast recently, Google can’t survive in a zero-click world. I’m going to say that again. Google cannot survive in a zero-click world.
56% of its total revenues and some major percentage of its earnings, probably around 70%, came from clicks on search ads.
70%!
And yes, I know that I’m only looking at Google’s numbers here, but the same basic pattern exists for Meta and Amazon to say nothing of ChatGPT, Perplexity, and or Claude. And those last three have monumentally worse revenue numbers than Google does.
As I talked about last week, any or all of these players can only win if they successfully monetize what they offer to the marketplace. And at least some of that monetization almost certainly has to come from your business, from you in the form of ad dollars, and quite possibly for purposes of user experience and traceability, from clickable ads.
In short, it’s not that you should be worried about zero click, it’s that you should be worried about the end of free clicks. Remember, again, gatekeepers gonna gate. They have to pay for their investments in AI or search or customer experience. They have to. That’s the reality we live in.
So what do you do about this? Well, you almost certainly should be working to get some short-term awareness boost by showing up in AI answers today. In fact, I’d encourage you to do that. For starters, it’s largely free, again, ignoring labor costs or the cost of qualified SEO folks who understand how to show up in these tools.
Normally, I would tell you you’re gonna base that decision on your own analytics and then invest as the demand grows.
But as I mentioned earlier, your analytics might not tell the whole story if you’re not doing the work to appear in AI answers:
This is one case where you probably have to build in advance of the data. To flip a well-known quote on its head, “if you don’t build it, they won’t come.”
Longer term, you also need a strategy that connects you with customers directly, too. I’ve talked about this a lot in recent episodes and in my book. For reasons of time, I’m going to link to all of those in the show notes.
The point remains that the immediate future of search is not zero click. It’s zero free click. If you’re not adapting your marketing to that reality, you’re setting yourself and your business up for less revenue, higher costs, or both. So maybe let’s not do that.
There’s already a solution for zero-click marketing. It’s called marketing. The marketers and e-commerce folks who do a good job of that are going to win no matter what happens. I’m confident you can be one of them.
Show Wrap-Up and CreditsNow, looking at the clock on the wall, we are out of time for this week. I’m willing to bet that you might know someone who would benefit from what we’ve talked about here today. Are you thinking of someone? Why not send them a link to the episode and let them know what you think too. Keep the conversation going.
You can also find the show notes for this episode, episode 467, as well as an archive of all of our past episodes, by going to timpeter.com/podcast. Again, that’s timpeter.com/podcast. And of course, be sure to like and subscribe wherever you get your favorite podcasts.
And if you’re looking for something new to read, I’d love to suggest my book called Digital Reset, Driving Marketing and Customer Acquisition Beyond Big Tech. You can pick up a copy on Amazon.com Digital Reset, Driving Marketing and Customer Acquisition Beyond Big Tech or bookshop.org. And let me know what you think. I’d really love to hear from you. I would genuinely appreciate it.
I want to thank you so much for listening. This show would not happen without you. I’ll be back with a new episode next week. And until then, please be well, be safe, and as the saying goes, be excellent to each other.
The post Revisiting the Real Story of AI and Zero-Click Search (Thinks Out Loud Podcast) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
OpenAI just introduced Instant Checkout and apps in ChatGPT, allowing customers to buy products and services directly within the AI. This is, as they say, “the next step in agentic commerce.” It’s genuinely a capital-B, capital-D, Big Frickin’ Deal. No doubt about it.
At the same time, some folks might be rushing to claim these a whole new world, or a complete upending of commerce as we know it.
I’m… not convinced. Instead, I’m concerned that too many people are going to trade the Big Tech intermediaries we face today with a different set of intermediaries. Yes, ChatGPT is giving us the tools to transact directly in their platform. That’s good. How we use them, though, and what they mean for our businesses is what our job is all about.
So, what is the meaning of Instant Checkout and ChatGPT apps? What is the right way to approach these tools? And, ultimately, how can you use them to benefit your business today… and in the longer term?
That’s what this episode of the podcast is all about.
Want to learn more? Here are the show notes for you.
Are ChatGPT’s Apps Good for Your Business? (Episode 471) — Headlines and Show NotesShow Notes and Links* Introducing apps in ChatGPT and the new Apps SDK | OpenAI * Stripe powers Instant Checkout in ChatGPT and releases Agentic Commerce Protocol codeveloped with OpenAI * ChatGPT apps are live: Here are the first ones you can try | The Verge * Buy it in ChatGPT: Instant Checkout and the Agentic Commerce Protocol | OpenAI * Agentic Commerce * The Brand is the Prompt (Thinks Out Loud 465) * AI Is Eating the World, But Who’s Paying for Dinner? (Thinks Out Loud 464) * How Should You Think About Website SEO for AI? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 448) * Will Agentic AI Kill Your Content Marketing? (Episode 470) * The New SEO? (Episode 469) * AI and Zero-Click Search: The Real Story (Episode 467) * The Rise of Agentic AI Among Your Customers (Episode 466) * The Biggest Risk to Your Business? Becoming a “Hidden Intermediary” (Thinks Out Loud 267)
Buy the Book — Digital Reset: Driving Marketing and Customer Acquisition Beyond Big TechTim Peter has written a new book called Digital Reset: Driving Marketing Beyond Big Tech. You can learn more about it here on the site. Or buy your copy on Amazon.com today.
Past AppearancesYou might also enjoy this webinar I participated in with Miles Partnership that looked at "The Power of Generative AI and ChatGPT: What It Means for Tourism & Hospitality" here:
Free DownloadsWe have some free downloads for you to help you navigate the current situation, which you can find right here:
Best of Thinks Out LoudYou can find our “Best of Thinks Out Loud” playlist on Spotify right here:
Subscribe to Thinks Out Loud* Subscribe in iTunes * Subscribe in the Google Play Store
Contact information for the podcast: podcast@timpeter.com
Past Insights from Tim Peter ThinksTechnical Details for Thinks Out LoudRecorded using a Shure SM7B Vocal Dynamic Microphone and a Focusrite Scarlett 4i4 (3rd Gen) USB Audio Interface into Logic Pro X for the Mac.
Running time: 15m 04s
You can subscribe to Thinks Out Loud in iTunes, the Google Play Store, via our dedicated podcast RSS feed (or sign up for our free newsletter). You can also download/listen to the podcast here on Thinks using the player at the top of this page.
Transcript: Are ChatGPT’s Apps Good for Your Business? (Episode 471)Welcome back to the show. I’m Tim Peter.
ChatGPT launched two new features this week that every marketer and e-commerce professional must know about. The first is Instant Checkout, which allows users to buy directly from Shopify and Etsy. They’ve also open-sourced their Agentic Commerce Protocol, that, as they say, "lets AI agents, people, and businesses work together to complete purchases." Very cool concept.
OpenAI built the protocol with Stripe and "leading merchant partners to be powerful, secure and easy to adopt." Notably, the company calls this the next step in agentic commerce. So maybe we’re going to start talking before too long about A-commerce — agent commerce or agentic commerce — and maybe less about E-commerce. Time will tell, but it’s definitely something I’m going to be watching.
The second big announcement is apps in ChatGPT, which is a way for users to connect directly with apps that they use regularly right within ChatGPT itself. You don’t have to leave your chat session. You can simply have the app, do things for you.
The idea is that you can have customers interact with your company via a ChatGPT app without ever leaving the ChatGPT experience. Some of the folks they’ve launched with our Spotify, Canva, Figma, Zillow, Expedia, Coursera, and Booking.com. They also state that Uber, DoorDash, Instacart, OpenTable, Target, Peloton, TripAdvisor, and others are coming.
I’m seeing a large number of thoughtful, well-considered articles and posts that talk about the meaning of these two innovations for your brand and business. I’m also seeing some unhinged recommendations that, you know, you must sell on ChatGPT today or risk losing your business to those that do. I mean, it’s not 100% wrong. There is some risk there.
But the recommendation as being the thing you absolutely have to do is a bit misguided. And part of the reason those recommendations are misguided relates to a recent interview that OpenAI CEO Sam Altman gave about where he sees apps and instant checkout going. And no discussion of these developments makes sense without taking those comments in his interview into consideration.
So what’s really going on here? What really matters to your business? And where should you get started?
This is episode 471 of The Big Show. Let’s dive in.
I want to start the discussion around apps in ChatGPT and Instant Checkout by pouring a little bit of cold water on the early hype. These tools are interesting, but they’re kind of just okay at the moment. You can absolutely, 100% see the vision of where OpenAI is headed, where ChatGPT is headed, and it’s conceptually very cool.
They’re also not the most intuitive to install or use for most people. My friend, Brad Brewer, said on LinkedIn that "they should have waited" and, this is pretty harsh, but I think it’s spot on, "This feels more like $500 million dollar vaporware." Another friend of mine, Michael Goldrich, stated that "they’re still pretty unusable… the squeeze isn’t worth the juice.""
In general, I agree.
Where I disagree — not with Michael and Brad — but with some of the other posts that I’ve seen and some of the other thoughts that I’ve seen, is about what the purpose of these apps truly is.
Put simply, Instant Checkout and apps in ChatGPT do not exist to help your business They exist to help ChatGPT’s business.
Don’t believe me? Well consider this Sam Altman was interviewed by Ben Thompson of Stritechery and he said two things that I think everybody needs to pay close attention to. The first and this is a quote
I’m going to say that one again because it’s really important. "If we," that is, ChatGPT, "ever start doing anything that is not our best effort to get the user to the best answer, trust in ChatGPT… would fall precipitously."
Now, I want you to think about it for a moment because both of those quotes cannot be true at once. And I can prove it. You can prove it. You can see it for yourself based on how various apps work.
I connected both the Expedia and Booking.com apps to my ChatGPT account. It’s not the most intuitive process, as I mentioned earlier, but I was able to do it. And then I asked ChatGPT to search potential travel dates for me.
While it churned on its answer, I wondered which app would it choose? After all, I’d installed both Expedia and Booking.com. Was it going to give preference to one over the other? Would it show me a comparison with rates that they each show to give me a sense of where I might get the better deal? I honestly couldn’t wait to find out.
And then its answer came back. And what it did was… neither.
When I asked ChatGPT to book a hotel that met my needs for a potential trip, it told me to book directly through the hotel’s website. It literally said "that’s often the best price and inventory.” It did this despite it being unable to pull prices from the hotel’s booking engine. It also gave me the property’s phone number if I’d rather call, which, I mean, as somebody who’s always encouraging hotels and other businesses to get customers to buy directly from you, woohoo! That’s a big win. Booking direct, buying from the source wins the day, at least for the moment in ChatGPT.
The problem as it happens, was that I made a mistake when I used ChatGPT’s Expedia app. On Expedia’s page announcing the app, they give a couple of different steps and step three says that I need to, "ask Expedia for a flight or place to stay. Example, Expedia find me hotels in New York for October 12th through 15th."
Again, the usability of these apps could have been a lot clearer. I didn’t understand that I had to tell ChatGPT which app to use by name. It wasn’t going to decide whether to use Booking.com or Expedia. I had to tell it which one I wanted.
I didn’t get the Expedia experience because I didn’t ask for Expedia by name. Yes, I can get a better Expedia experience — or a better Booking.com experience or a better hotel direct experience — if I ask for that app by name. But if I don’t, who knows what you’re going to get?
In short, as I’ve noted before, the brand is the prompt.
Otherwise, ChatGPT is going to do what it thinks it’s best every single time. Which goes back to Sam Altman’s interview. Notice that ChatGPT did its best to give me the best answer. Not Expedia’s best answer. Not Booking.com‘s best answer. ChatGPT’s best answer.
Remember, Altman said, "if we ever start doing anything that is not our best effort to get the user to the best answer, trust in ChatGPT would fall precipitously."
If you want to ensure customers work with you in ChatGPT, they have to ask for you by name, regardless of whether you have an app or Instant Checkout… or none of those tools. Otherwise, ChatGPT will make its best effort to get the user to what ChatGPT thinks is the best answer. They have to.
I’ve been talking about this for months and Altman outright admitted it in his interview. If LLMs don’t give customers great answers, "trust will fall precipitously."
So what does that mean for you? Does it mean that you should ignore Instant Checkout or apps on ChatGPT? No, definitely not. You should build services or partner with providers that make your products, your services, your prices, your inventory available to ChatGPT and other AI answer engines. It’s definitely a commerce channel that is coming.
If you want to take a look at this, Expedia, for example, has connected with perplexity as well as ChatGPT. Travel companies TripAdvisor and SelfBook — as well as other merchants and other verticals — have also integrated with Perplexity too. And I suspect we’re going to see a lot more of this across the board.
But if everyone’s got an Instant Checkout integration or a ChatGPT app, your advantage will disappear. If these tools take off, that’s inevitable. Just like if you have an app on somebody’s phone, they have a lot of apps to choose from. Most apps never get opened.
What will ChatGPT do then? Well, they’ll do what’s best for customers. And more precisely, they’ll do what’s best for their business.
This is going to become more important over time as agentic commerce and agentic AI start to pick up. If your customers aren’t asking for you by name — if your customers are explicitly and implicitly training their agents that you are the brand that they want every time — you’re at the mercy of ChatGPT or Gemini or Perplexity or Claude or whatever other agents start to win in the marketplace. That is a guarantee.
And that’s why, regardless of whether you incorporate these tools into your business’s marketing and e-commerce strategy, you also need to build your brand. I just saw this in practice. I just told you exactly what happened. Unless customers ask for you by name, ChatGPT — and every other AI answer engine or agent or whatever comes along next — is going to do what’s best for their business. Not Expedia’s, not Bookings.com‘s and not yours. Theirs.
They have to if they’re going to succeed. Again, Sam Altman told us "if we ever start doing anything that is not our best effort to get the user to the best answer, trust in ChatGPT would fall." Your job then is to make sure you’re the trusted brand that your customers ask for every time, regardless of the vertical you’re in.
Remember, the brand is the prompt. Don’t put yourself at the mercy of another gatekeeper that puts their interests — your customers’ interests — ahead of yours. Always remember that the lasting brand that Altman and company seek to build is not going to be yours. It’s going to be theirs.
Show Wrap-Up and CreditsNow looking at the clock on the wall, we are out of time for this week. I’m willing to bet that you might know someone who would benefit from what we’ve talked about today. Are you thinking of someone? Why not send them link to the episode? Let them know what you think too. Keep the conversation going.
You can also find the show notes for this episode, episode 471, and an archive of all of our past episodes.by going to timpeter.com/podcast. Again, that’s timpeter.com/podcast.
And of course, be sure to like and subscribe wherever you get your favorite podcasts.
If you want to learn more about these topics and lots more, I’d love to suggest that you pick up a copy of my book, * Digital Reset: Driving Marketing and Customer Acquisition Beyond Big Tech, that you can find on Amazon.com or Bookshop.org. And you can find the links for those in the show notes.
Be sure to let me know what you think of the book, too. I’d genuinely appreciate it.
Finally, thank you so much for listening. This show would not happen without you. We’ll be back with a new episode next week. And until then, please be well, be safe, and as the saying goes, be excellent to each other. We’ll see you soon.
The post Are ChatGPT’s Apps Good for Your Business? (Episode 471) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
Google has now added agentic AI to Chrome and in its Search Labs. Google has enormous reach with these tools, which means your customers could start using them almost any day.
The question is, what happens to your content? Will agents replace the content you’ve worked so hard to create and curate, giving customers answers to their questions? In shortt, will agentic AI kill your content marketing?
I’m not convinced. More than that, I believe we must actively work to make sure that doesn’t become true.
Why? What’s so important about maintaining a coherent, capable content marketing strategy in an AI-dominated landscape? How can you make sure you content continues to work for your brand and business? Ultimately, how can you make sure that agentic AI doesn’t kill your content marketing?
That’s what this episode of the podcast is all about.
Want to learn more? Here are the show notes for you.
Will Agentic AI Kill Your Content Marketing? (Episode 470) — Headlines and Show NotesShow Notes and Links* Go behind the browser with Chrome’s new AI features * Chrome: The browser you love, reimagined with AI * What is agentic AI? Definition and differentiators | Google Cloud * The Rise of Agentic AI Among Your Customers (Episode 466) * The New SEO? (Episode 469) * Google’s Antitrust Case: A Win for Big Tech? (Episode 468) * AI and Zero-Click Search: The Real Story (Episode 467) * Agentic AI In SEO: AI Agents & The Future Of Content Strategy (Part 3) * Research Shows How To Optimize For Google AIO And ChatGPT * Google Search Labs gains Agentic capabilities in AI Mode * How Google’s AI updates to Chrome threaten brands – Ad Age
Buy the Book — Digital Reset: Driving Marketing and Customer Acquisition Beyond Big TechTim Peter has written a new book called Digital Reset: Driving Marketing Beyond Big Tech. You can learn more about it here on the site. Or buy your copy on Amazon.com today.
Past AppearancesYou might also enjoy this webinar I participated in with Miles Partnership that looked at "The Power of Generative AI and ChatGPT: What It Means for Tourism & Hospitality" here:
Free DownloadsWe have some free downloads for you to help you navigate the current situation, which you can find right here:
Best of Thinks Out LoudYou can find our “Best of Thinks Out Loud” playlist on Spotify right here:
Subscribe to Thinks Out Loud* Subscribe in iTunes * Subscribe in the Google Play Store
Contact information for the podcast: podcast@timpeter.com
Past Insights from Tim Peter ThinksTechnical Details for Thinks Out LoudRecorded using a Shure SM7B Vocal Dynamic Microphone and a Focusrite Scarlett 4i4 (3rd Gen) USB Audio Interface into Logic Pro X for the Mac.
Running time: 18m 00s
You can subscribe to Thinks Out Loud in iTunes, the Google Play Store, via our dedicated podcast RSS feed (or sign up for our free newsletter). You can also download/listen to the podcast here on Thinks using the player at the top of this page.
Transcript: Will Agentic AI Kill Your Content Marketing?Hi everyone and welcome back to the show. I’m Tim Peter. Google has just released new agentic AI capabilities in its Chrome browser. And it’s entirely possible that those capabilities will upend the entire content economy.
If agents make decisions for your customers, will your content marketing still be as important?
This is coming fast. This is real right now. And we cannot simply bury our heads in the sand hoping for the best.
I don’t think agents are the end of your website or the end of your content marketing or, candidly, the end of your brand. I think they’re an evolution of where we’ve been.
More importantly, I believe it’s in our best interest to make sure that our content and our websites remain within our control, not just now, but for the longer term. I also believe that surrendering our content to other channels or to generative AI alone is a huge mistake, one we’d be well served to avoid making.
Why is that? What’s the big deal about agentic AI and content? And what can we do about it?
This is episode 471 of The Big Show. Let’s dive in.
Something that is universally true is that agents need content. I’m going to assume for reasons that I’m going to get into a little bit later in the show that agents will want the best content that they can get their hands — or little AI agent brains — on every single time.
Sure, they can make up their own content using generative AI to create answers that probably make sense. They can also source it from social media, from user generated content.
Generative AI and social sites or UGC are 100%, absolutely potential sources. In fact, I think they’re more than potential sources. They are likely to be actual sources some of the time.
The challenge for your brand and for your business is that you don’t control either of those.
But that’s okay because there’s another issue and that’s the challenge these sources represent to agents. The challenge for the agents is that each of those other sources have some inherent trust issues. And I don’t think that’s a small challenge. I think that’s a pretty big problem.
Is the content that they find or create accurate? Is the content true? Does it have biases?
Yes, content on your website will also have a bias, but that’s a known bias. The answer engine can take those biases for granted and attempt to adjust its expectations for them. Unknown biases, the type that might sneak into GenAI content or on social media sites? Those are a lot tougher to figure out.
Was the content on the UGC site written by an experienced customer? Or was it written by a competitor or maybe a former employee with an axe to grind?
Figuring out whether or not those content sources meet the standards that they have to set for quality content is really challenging. And I’m going to come back to this in just a moment, so hang tight.
I expect that the content they’ll rely on will be a combination of sources. It’ll be your content, what you say about your products, your services, and your solutions to customer problems. It will also be UGC, user generated content that validates what you say. And some of it might be generative AI when that adds to the overall content experience for the person who’s actually interacting with the answer engine.
Next, agents will need a place to go to find that content. That could be your brand’s social presence. Sure, absolutely.
It also raises the issue for you that social sites might preference somebody else’s brand, somebody else’s content over yours for any number of reasons. Could be commercial reasons, could be quality reasons, could be they just like them better. Who’s to say? You just don’t have the control then.
Social sites like that also raise the issue of whether or not the page where the answer engine finds the content: if it’s genuine or not; if it’s a genuine and trusted source of content about your brand, your products, your services. Again, is that content accurate? Is it true? Is it free of unknown biases?
That’s the problem with content on sites other than those that belong to brands. That’s been true for a while. Instead, it’s better for the answer engines if they find the content they need on a trusted source, something like, oh, I don’t know… a website? Then they can also use user generated content to test the brand’s contents claims against.
So while you’ll undoubtedly use social media and other resources to put your content in front of both customers and AI answer engines, you also will always need a place where your content can always be found.
Always.
I’m going to say that again. Always.
In short, you’ll still need a website.
I do think it’s incredibly likely — in fact, it’s almost certain — that the definition of a website will change. You’ll probably use more structured data, or tools like a model context protocol server (MCP), to make your structured data more accessible to AI answer engines. Your web pages — your entire website — also might be more dynamic, exposing only content that’s most relevant in the moment to the actual human beings who visit your site.
None of those factors though mean that your website goes away. It simply evolves.
If you think that my point about websites evolving is wishful thinking, we actually have a real world case that followed this exact model. We’ve seen this movie before. Google and other traditional search engines have given more weight to brands and trusted domains in their algorithms in recent years to prevent spammers and scammers from taking over their search results. Those algorithms increasingly favor large, well-known brands as trusted sources of information.
That’s why larger sites have been winning in search more often and why smaller sites have had a harder time cutting through. Google’s Quality Rater Guidelines have specific sections advising their quality raters to evaluate the reputation of the website, not just the page, placing particular emphasis on validating that other sites also speak well of the business or the website. They want to be sure that they’re getting information and that they’re learning from the most trustworthy sources in every case.
Similarly, Google’s ongoing focus on EEAT — that’s experience, expertise, authority, and trustworthiness — reflect Google’s desire for truly trustworthy content, content that they can believe in.
Remember, they only added experience recently. It used to just be EAT: “expertise, authority, and trustworthiness.” But it’s not enough for them that content was created by people with quote-unquote “expertise.” They also wanted folks with, and I quote from their guidelines, “necessary firsthand or life experience for the topic.” Google wanted to be sure that the people who were talking about this topic literally knew what they were talking about and had hands on experience.
If you ask me, it looks like the LLMs haven’t figured out the importance of that work yet. They really haven’t dived into that enough yet. I’m convinced that they will.
I spoke about this in our last episode and I’m going to continue speaking about this until I see evidence that suggests it’s no longer necessary.
But LLMs have a lot of trust factors to deal with, including a big one right now. They’ve already got hallucinations. If you’re not familiar with why hallucinations are a big deal, I’ll point you to research in the show notes that explains why hallucinations might be an inherent and permanent feature of the way generative AI works. Hallucinations almost certainly are not going away anytime soon.
Add in the fact that scammers and spammers are trying to get their content into large language models, into AI answer engines, and you’ve got a recipe for really bad answers being presented to customers regularly.
Longer term, I’m confident that this is an issue that LLM companies must address. AI answer engines have to get this right. If customers find that they can’t trust the answers they’re getting from, for instance, ChatGPT or Perplexity, it’s easy enough for them to switch to someone else. After all, isn’t that the very situation Google faces right now? Isn’t that why people assume that they’re under threat, that customers are looking for better answers?
Customers ultimately get to decide who wins as their go-to experience for the answers that they need. Period. Only services that give them the answers they need are in a position to succeed.
Your job is to make sure that you appear there, and that ultimately depends on your content.
Finally, I genuinely believe with all of my heart that we are foolish to give up our websites without a fight, to give up ownership of our content and the customer experience without a fight. The open web has been one of the most critical resources helping businesses — new and old, small and large — attract and acquire customers effectively, efficiently, and affordably.
The open web is under greater threat than it’s been at any time in its 35 year history. These threats aren’t just from AI answer engines. They’re also from entities and enterprises that want to put themselves between people and the content that those people can see. That’s an enormous problem.
I’ve talked about how gatekeeper is going to gate here on the podcast, on my blog, and in my book for years. Well, “gatekeepers gonna gate” isn’t always solely about business or economics. And it’s something that we need to be really conscious about and do our best to prevent from making go away.
So the question becomes what can you do to keep your business front and center for your customers as AI agents emerge? I’m not suggesting that we’re not going to have AI agents. They’re real, they’re coming, and they’re going to be important.
But there are things you can do to ensure that you remain relevant and remain front and center with your customers as they become more everyday experiences for people.
The first of these is to own your content hub. Keep your website and your CRM as the single source of truth for your brand. Think of it as your control center for both customers and AI agents. The one place they can always go to, the hub. You’ve heard me say it before, content is, was, and always shall be king. Make sure the king has a place it always lives.
Next, begin to structure your content for AI. Make sure you’re connecting your data with artificial intelligence in appropriate ways. Invest in cleaning up structured data, invest in adding website schema, or begin testing emerging tools like MCP servers so agents can easily understand, find, and surface your content to customers.
Next, leverage social proofs. I’m reasonably confident, I’ve said this a couple times in this episode, that AI will look for external confirmation of your content’s claims. Actively encourage and curate user-generated content that validates those claims. And make sure you’re continuing to improve customer experience so that your customers want to tell a great story about your brand and business on social media, that they want to participate in the creation and curation of a positive brand story for your business. Again, customer experience is queen.
Finally, evolve, don’t retreat. Agentic AI is not the end of content marketing. It’s a shift in content distribution. That’s how you want to think about it.
Brands that adapt the fastest and the most effectively are going to win more trust. They’re going to win more reach. They’re going to win more customers. And ultimately, they’re going to win more revenue.
It’s absolutely in your best interest to create content that continues to answer customer questions. It is also absolutely in your best interest to have single repository, a single hub that you own and control where your content can always be found. Anything else ensures that the gatekeepers will always win. It’s surrendering your brand and your business without a fight.
So maybe let’s not do that.
Show Wrap-Up and CreditsNow looking at the clock on the wall, we are out of time for this week. I’m willing to bet that you know someone who would benefit from what we’ve talked about today. Are you thinking of someone? Why not send them a link to the episode and let them know what you think too. Keep the conversation going.
You can also find the show notes for this episode, episode 470, and an archive of all of our past episodes.by going to timpeter.com/podcast. Again, that’s timpeter.com/podcast.
And of course, be sure to like and subscribe wherever you get your favorite podcasts.
If you’re looking for something to read about this topic in more detail, I’d love to suggest my book, Digital Reset: Driving Marketing and Customer Acquisition Beyond Big Tech, that you can find on Amazon.com or Bookshop.org. Please pick up a copy and let me know what you think. I’d genuinely appreciate it.
Finally, I just want to say thanks so much for listening. This show would not happen without you. We’ll be back with a new episode next week. Until then, please be well, be safe, and as the saying goes, be excellent to each other. We’ll see you soon.
The post Will Agentic AI Kill Your Content Marketing? (Episode 470) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
Whether you want to call it SEO, AEO, AIO, GEO, or something else altogether, it’s clear that search is changing… or is it? Yes, customers are using AI answer engines much more often. Yes, Google and other “traditional” search engines are responding by adding more AI answers into their results.
The question, though, is how much you ought to change how you do what you do to answer your customers’ questions.
Is search as we know it completely different? Or do some fundamental truths remain that we still need to to keep in mind? That’s what this episode of the podcast is all about.
Want to learn more? Here are the show notes for you.
The New SEO? (Episode 469) — Headlines and Show NotesShow Notes and Links* Parsing the $35M GEO Play: What’s Real and What’s Fundraising Theater * ChatGPT is reportedly scraping Google Search data to answer your questions – here’s how * OpenAI Is Challenging Google—While Using Its Search Data * Google’s Antitrust Case: A Win for Big Tech? (Episode 468) * AI and Zero-Click Search: The Real Story (Episode 467) * Revisiting The Brand is the Prompt (Thinks Out Loud) – Tim Peter & Associates * The Rise of Agentic AI Among Your Customers (Episode 466) * Revisiting Google Closes the Gate (Thinks Out Loud) * The Brand is the Prompt (Thinks Out Loud 465) * Google Closes the Gate on Marketers (Thinks Out Loud) * Digital Reset: Build Customer Relationships Big Tech—and AI—Can’t Touch (Thinks Out Loud 458) * AI Can’t Save Bad Strategy: Why Fundamentals Still Matter in 2025 (Thinks Out Loud Episode 455) * Should You Use AI to Create Your Content? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 454) * AI, Content, and Revenue: Why Clicks Are Overrated (Thinks Out Loud Episode 450) * How Should You Think About Website SEO for AI? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 448) * Will AI Kill Content Marketing for Customer Acquisition? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 449) * What’s the Point of Your Website in an Age of AI? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 447) * AI Is Not the Future. You Are (Thinks Out Loud Episode 443) * Is Google Doomed in 2025? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 440) * Is AI a Gatekeeper? Or is it a Key? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 437) * Four Big Threats (Plus a Bonus Threat!) To Google’s Dominance Next Year (Thinks Out Loud Episode 436)
Buy the Book — Digital Reset: Driving Marketing and Customer Acquisition Beyond Big TechTim Peter has written a new book called Digital Reset: Driving Marketing Beyond Big Tech. You can learn more about it here on the site. Or buy your copy on Amazon.com today.
Past AppearancesRutgers Business School MSDM Speaker: Series: a Conversation with Tim Peter, Author of "Digital Reset"
Free DownloadsWe have some free downloads for you to help you navigate the current situation, which you can find right here:
Best of Thinks Out LoudYou can find our “Best of Thinks Out Loud” playlist on Spotify right here:
Subscribe to Thinks Out Loud* Subscribe in iTunes * Subscribe in the Google Play Store
Contact information for the podcast: podcast@timpeter.com
Past Insights from Tim Peter ThinksTechnical Details for Thinks Out LoudRecorded using the travel rig: Shure SM57 Cardioid Dynamic Instrument Microphone and a IK Multimedia iRig Pro Duo IO USB audio interface into Logic Pro X for the Mac.
Running time: 20m 15s
You can subscribe to Thinks Out Loud in iTunes, the Google Play Store, via our dedicated podcast RSS feed (or sign up for our free newsletter). You can also download/listen to the podcast here on Thinks using the player at the top of this page.
Transcript: The New SEO?I’ve spent most of my career in search marketing. I think of myself as a strategic search expert versus, for instance, a hardcore technical SEO expert. I’ve led many search marketing teams. I’ve built search engines. And I surround myself with the smartest people I can when it comes to search.
One of those folks is Bill Hunt, who’s a friend and a colleague I’ve had the pleasure of working with a number of times over the years. Bill had such a cool piece on his blog the other day about artificial intelligence company Profound receiving a $35 million Series B investment. And more importantly, about the “profound” (heh) changes that that investment signals for the SEO industry.
You should read every word of Bill’s piece. I will link to it in the show notes. I take issue with a couple of minor points, but generally you will never go wrong listening to Bill.
More broadly, there’s a lot of debate going on in the moment about what SEO even is or isn’t right now because of the emergence of artificial intelligence and large language models. You know, people call it GEO, AEO, SEO, AIO… oy!
You know, for what it’s worth, I prefer the term Search Experience Optimization — i.e., keep SEO — or Answer Engine Optimization (AEO). The name’s not the most important thing, I’ll respond just fine to whichever one you want to call it.
What’s important is how we use these tools. And the question I have is, have we entered an all new area of SEO, or is there a little more hype here than we’d like to admit? Most importantly, what do we do about the current reality when it comes to search?
This is episode 469 of The Big Show. Let’s dive in.
My assumption when we talk about search is that you work for a business that sells things. I’m not going to talk about the publishing industry. It’s not my core area of expertise. It’s got an entirely different economic model. And the realities of what’s happening because of search in that industry are very, very, very different than what people who sell things are dealing with. So we’re not going to talk about those today.
There are three big variables, though, around selling things. And they are:
These are true for products or services. They all kind of map onto those variables. And there’s lots of examples:
Most businesses who are in these industries tend to want two things from their marketing:
Now, historically, over the last 20 years or so of digital, those tend to have gone hand in hand. I’d argue that they still probably do, despite all the conversations we’ve had about zero-click marketing lately. And I’m going to talk a little bit more about that in depth in a moment.
For many businesses over the last decade, and certainly until this recent emergence of AI search, SEO was the way to get traffic and revenue. Most companies put a lot of effort into getting into the first page of search engines… which in practice meant the first page of Google.
And that traffic converted. It generated enormous amounts of revenue. For many businesses I’ve worked with, 50%, 60% or more of the revenue was coming through search.
For the first time in a long time, though, people are starting to question whether that’s a good thing, whether being so dependent on search is actually beneficial. They’re also starting to ask whether it’s enough.
I genuinely believe that this is a super healthy question to ask. In fact, it might be the most important question that needs asking every single day. We don’t want to depend on any one channel or company for our traffic or our revenues.
This is such an important point that I wrote an entire book about how to think and act beyond Big Tech companies like Google or Facebook for driving your traffic and revenue. I’ve also made the case for some time on the podcast, on the blog, on social media, about the risks that emerge when you’re too dependent on Google or any other channel for too much of that traffic and revenue.
And yet, for many businesses, Google still contributes either a plurality or an outright majority of your traffic. You still see a lot from Google, even now, even in this changing environment. If you’re one of those businesses, and Google loses — if Profound is right — and Google loses in the marketplace, you lose too.
So that’s what makes this post that Bill wrote so interesting and so important. Because he talks about a VC that’s putting enormous amounts of money behind companies that are designed to upend the traditional SEO industry. As he wrote in his post, “capital of this size and caliber doesn’t just validate a company. It signals to the market that GEO has moved from niche theory to enterprise scale priority.”
Bill also shares quotes from the company’s pitch for their services. And these include some fairly provocative lines, such as, “In five years, $1 trillion of commerce will shift from Google to chat GPT.” They also say, “If your company generates greater than $1 million from SEO, you’re facing an existential threat. Ranking number one on Google will soon be as relevant as ranking number one in the Yellow Pages.”
Ouch.
I’ll come back to this in a minute. But as you might imagine, I have thoughts here.
We want to start by talking about Bill’s insightful summary of what he calls, “the two workstreams you can’t ignore.” In Bill’s words they are, “Workstream one. Solid structured content on your own properties.” He defines this by saying, “This is where you say it. Publish authoritative structured machine readable content that positions you as a source of truth.”
Bravo, couldn’t agree more.
He also lists “workstream two.” And this is, “Inclusion in the reference set. This is where others say it. Trusted third party citations, industry hubs, and forum mentions that cement your authority in AI’s consensus layer.”
Again, I completely agree with this view.
I’ve talked and written about following a hub and spoke strategy for years. Bill’s workstreams are another way of stating that.
Critically, Bill points out that AI increases the importance of workstream two — or the spokes. And I think that’s true, at least for now. And I promise I’m getting to this, but I’m gonna come back to that in a big way in a moment.
Getting back to Profound’s bold claims about a trillion dollars shifting to ChatGPT or page one of Google being like the yellow pages, though, well… here’s what I think. And I want to say this as clearly as I can: Bullshit.
I just think that that’s, you know, way, way, way overstating the case. And I’m going to admit I have come 180 degrees on this.
But Google is as well positioned as anybody to win as we go forward. I’m not totally convinced that they will win. In fact, I’d put the odds at maybe 40%, you know, maybe 2.5:1. But they’re still in such a better position than anybody else.
Why is that? Well, they offer great utility. They have great distribution. They can get in front of any customer pretty easily. And, this is key at the moment, they have great monetization. They know how to pay for this right now.
There’s even some evidence that ChatGPT secretly relies on Google search results to answer some questions. And I will link in the show notes to the article in The Information that uncovered that. More than a few SEOs also have done studies that seem to support that finding.
So yeah, Google is as likely or likelier to win as anybody else in the marketplace. And I don’t see all that much shifting away from them in the immediate term. I could be wrong, but it’s a tough bet for me to make.
Second, and highly relatedly, all of the evidence seems to suggest that the things that help you rank in traditional SEO also mostly help you show up in large language models, in ChatGPT and Perplexity and Claude. Bill says this himself in his brilliant post noting that this is, “the same fundamentals, new battlefield.” He continues, “If this sounds familiar, it’s because it’s built on SEO’s oldest truth: On-site content, what you say; off-site validation, what others say.”
Yes, there’s more emphasis now on what others say than what we’ve seen. But that may be a little bit of a smokescreen. You know, the spokes play a bigger role than they have up till now. But again, we’re talking about the same fundamentals. SEO, GEO, AEO, AIO, whatever you want to call it, just aren’t that dramatically different from what SEO work has always done. Keep reminding yourself again and again “same fundamentals.”
Third, I’m not sure that current best practices for showing up in LLMs will last very long. Google’s traditional search works the way it does because they’ve spent a couple of decades fighting black hat SEO techniques to spam the search engine results pages. They’ve released countless algorithm changes over the years to ensure quality results. The LLMs are really only just starting that process.
And we’re seeing so many people sharing either well-intentioned or maybe less well-intentioned tactics that are a little snake oily that are designed to show up in LLMs quickly:
I’m not saying that some of those may not work. Hell, even I tell you to do the last one all the time about making sure you show up in other places. Instead, I’m asking the question, how long do you expect they’ll continue to work?
ChatGPT and Perplexity and Claude and Copilot only have a chance of unseating Google as king of the hill if they consistently provide a better experience. And that’s not going to happen if their results are filled with folks who’ve learned to game the system, who’ve learned to game their algorithm. They’re going to learn how to beat spam just like Google did — they’re going to have to — or customers aren’t going to use them. They’re not going to trust them.
The truth is that at least up until Google introduced AI Overviews and AI Mode, the best way to rank organically was mostly, “create great content that answers your customers’ core questions.”
I don’t mean to diss other tactics, and I don’t mean to diss Profound. They may have an amazing product. At the same time, some of their benefits only matter until LLMs come around to where Google ended up. And I suspect that they will do that.
Finally, and much more importantly for those of you who sell things, customers still have to come to your website to buy them. And when they do that, they’re usually asking for you by name. That’s the behavior we’re seeing now.
Customers may discover you on an LLM. They may discover you on social. Then they go to a traditional search engine and ask for you. Yeah, they might type in the URL, but far more often, they’re typing your name into Google and clicking on the organic result.
ChatGPT, Perplexity, and the rest do a terrible job of driving traffic right now for that reason. What they’re doing is creating awareness. Customers learn your name, and then they go looking for you.
That could absolutely change. It might change. But then they’ll either click the link to your site or as the technology matures, use their agent to make sure that they make the purchase from you.
You’ll almost certainly need to invest in a model context protocol (MCP) solution for your inventory and e-commerce systems sooner rather than later. Though let’s be fair, that’s way out of scope of this episode.
There’s also a huge risk to your business if you sell through intermediaries that customers never seek you out and instead choose to buy through higher cost third parties. That would be a big problem too. That’s also a topic for another day or you could just read my book.
In any case, the question you need to ask is if this is where we are and this is where we’re likely headed, what do you do about it?
Well…
Most importantly though, you build a company and a brand that’s worth asking for by name that customers will seek out by name. Then you’re not dependent on any one intermediary. You’re not dependent on any one gatekeeper.
No matter whether chat GPT or Google wins, you definitely will.
Show Wrap-Up and CreditsNow, looking at the clock on the wall, we are out of time for this week. I’m willing to bet that you might know someone who would benefit from what we’ve talked about today. Are you thinking of someone? Why not send them a link to the episode and let them know what you think too. Keep the conversation going.
You can also find the show notes for this episode, episode 469, as well as an archive of all our past episodes, by going to timpeter.com/podcast. Again, that’s timpeter.com/podcast.
And of course, be sure to like and subscribe wherever you get your favorite podcasts.
If you’re looking for something new to read, I’d love to suggest Digital Reset: Driving Marketing and Customer Acquisition Beyond Big Tech and written by me. It dives in today’s topic in even greater detail. Make sure you pick up a copy, share it with your friends, and let me know what you think. I’d genuinely appreciate it.
Finally, thank you so much for listening. This show would not happen if you didn’t, so I really appreciate you.
We’ll be back next week with a new episode, and until then, please be well, be safe, and as the saying goes, be excellent to each other. We’ll see you soon.
The post The New SEO? (Episode 469) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
While Judge Amit Mehta has imposed penalties on Google for its anticompetitive behavior, I’m convinced that the big winner in the antitrust trial is… Google. And, to a lesser extent, the rest of Big Tech wins, too.
Confused? Don’t be.
What did Judge Mehta’s ruling say? Why do I think Google won more than they lost? And, more importantly, what does all of this mean for your business?
That’s what this episode of the podcast is all about.
Want to learn more? Here are the show notes for you.
Google’s Antitrust Case: A Win for Big Tech? (Episode 468) — Headlines and Show NotesShow Notes and Links* Judge Mehta’s Google Antitrust Remedies: Threading The Needle Between Overkill And Underkill (includes PDF link to ruling) * Google says pay for AI-powered search dominance | Tim Peter posted on the topic | LinkedIn * The future of AI-powered Search marketing – Think with Google * Why "Zero Click Marketing" Isn’t the End of the World | Tim Peter posted on the topic | LinkedIn * I don’t care what anyone says, Google won its search antitrust trial. Sure, the court said they were a monopoly. But its remedies will do little to stop Google’s continued gatekeeping. | Tim Peter posted on the topic | LinkedIn * The tech antitrust renaissance may already be over | The Verge * The limits of AI agents | Tim Peter posted on the topic | LinkedIn * AI and Zero-Click Search: The Real Story (Episode 467) * The Rise of Agentic AI Among Your Customers (Episode 466) * Revisiting Google Closes the Gate (Thinks Out Loud) * Google holds illegal monopolies in ad tech, US judge finds | Reuters
Buy the Book — Digital Reset: Driving Marketing and Customer Acquisition Beyond Big TechTim Peter has written a new book called Digital Reset: Driving Marketing Beyond Big Tech. You can learn more about it here on the site. Or buy your copy on Amazon.com today.
Past AppearancesRutgers Business School MSDM Speaker: Series: a Conversation with Tim Peter, Author of "Digital Reset"
Free DownloadsWe have some free downloads for you to help you navigate the current situation, which you can find right here:
Best of Thinks Out LoudYou can find our “Best of Thinks Out Loud” playlist on Spotify right here:
Subscribe to Thinks Out Loud* Subscribe in iTunes * Subscribe in the Google Play Store
Contact information for the podcast: podcast@timpeter.com
Past Insights from Tim Peter ThinksTechnical Details for Thinks Out LoudRecorded using a Shure SM7B Vocal Dynamic Microphone and a Focusrite Scarlett 4i4 (3rd Gen) USB Audio Interface into Logic Pro X for the Mac.
Running time: 23m 03s
You can subscribe to Thinks Out Loud in iTunes, the Google Play Store, via our dedicated podcast RSS feed (or sign up for our free newsletter). You can also download/listen to the podcast here on Thinks using the player at the top of this page.
Transcript: Google’s Antitrust Case: A Win for Big Tech? (Thinks Out Loud 468)Welcome to the show. I’m Tim Peter.
A few weeks ago, I talked about which of the Big Tech companies are most likely to win in the AI space. My leading candidates in order were:
As I said at the time, “Google has an added challenge in terms of its anti-trust situation, which is a big deal and could trip them up massively. They might be able to buy their way out of this, you know, with major fines or, I don’t know, contributions to presidential libraries or some nonsense like that, but we don’t know.”
Well, we’ve just learned the first set of penalties Google will face for its anti-competitive behavior. And I don’t care what anyone else says. Google won. Yes, they still face another antitrust ruling and the adtech case later this month, but at least in this first one they got off super easy. Most importantly, the judge’s ruling ensures that Google stays a prominent and probably dominant player in search and artificial intelligence. I’m going to get into why in just a moment.
But the real question is what this means to you, and what do you do about this reality? In other words, how do you make sure you don’t lose when Google wins?
This is episode 468 of The Big Show. Let’s dive in.
So first, what happened in the trial? There is lots to unpack. Judge Amit Mehta mostly went with the lightest penalties he could have. Google really got off super easy.
And if you think it’s just me saying that, The Verge reported on the large number of Google’s critics who were not happy with the ruling. Similarly, Google’s stock price shot up between 8-9% after the ruling came out. So Wall Street certainly thinks they won. Wall Street certainly wasn’t going to push up the stock price if Judge Mata had wanted Google to sell off, you know, Chrome or Android, for instance.
You should read through the ruling if you get the chance. Certainly parts of it. It’s super clear. And it gives great insight into how Google’s business works, both today and going forward. I’d debate a few minor points about the overall marketplace and how Google responds to it and who’s likely to win and why, but generally it’s as good a primer as you’re going to see.
Essentially, the judge ruled that Google has a monopoly in the market for general search engines — what they call GSEs all throughout the ruling — and that Google illegally leveraged that monopoly to hurt competition.
To remedy the situation, the judge ruled that Google needs to face several penalties. There are several penalties, several remedies that they have to deal with.
The judge ruled that several of the recommended penalties from the plaintiffs from the Department of Justice and some of the other folks involved went too far and didn’t address the core problems of Google’s anti-competitive behavior. The two major ones that the judge ruled are that Google doesn’t have to sell off the Chrome browser and that it doesn’t have to sell off Android. Those are enormous sources of data for Google.
They’re hugely important in terms of it learning how customers behave. But the judge ruled that those were well outside the scope of the general search engine market. So Google gets to keep them and keep using them as they always have. That’s huge. The penalties the judge did impose are as follows. First, Google has to give what are called qualified competitors access to some of its data.
I’m gonna get into this a lot in a moment. As the ruling states, this is a quote, “the size of Google’s index gives it a key competitive advantage over existing small GSEs like DuckDuckGo and emerging companies in the GenAI space like ChatGPT.” Witnesses testified to what is known in the industry as the 80-20 problem. “Building a search index that can answer 80% of queries is capital intensive, but attainable in the short to medium term.” This is a sub-quote within this. They said “you can get to 80-20 pretty quickly.” And they described ChatGPT’s goal, “…to answer 80% of queries with its own search index and the difficulties associated with answering the remaining 20%.”
Now back to the main part of the ruling, “…it says answering the remaining 20%, which comprises long tail queries is particularly challenging because it requires the index to contain very specific and often obscure sources.” Here’s another sub quote, “When sources are less common, we may not even know that they even exist and we may thus not discover what makes the best source.” Apple’s Eddie Cue during the trial noted, “to me the only thing that’s keeping them [and he’s talking about ChatGPT here]… the only thing that’s keeping them from potentially doing that again is growing their search index. They have to get better at the search index part. They’re very good at their LLMs. You know, they’ve already built large language models that are as good or better than most. What that will do is give a product is create a product that gives better results, new capabilities. You know, those are things that people are interested in today.”
That’s a big deal. So we’re going to get into this in some detail in a little bit.
Another ruling that the judge made was that Google still gets to pay companies like Apple, Samsung, Mozilla/Firefox, and Opera for making Google the default search engine in their mobile phones and browsers. While it might seem like a good idea to stop these revenue sharing payments, the biggest losers, if they were to do that, would be… Apple, Samsung, Mozilla, and Opera, and almost certainly consumers of their products.
And it wouldn’t hurt Google at all. Quite the contrary. They’d get to keep billions — tens of billions! — of dollars every year. As the court rightly points out, Google’s facing greater competition in the form of AI products from folks like ChatGBT or Perplexity or Microsoft’s Copilot or Claude than it’s faced in years.
What he did require was a bunch of data sharing. The court wrote that,“Google sees long-tail queries in orders of magnitude greater than its next closest rival, Bing. Because it sees such queries far more often, Google is more adept at answering them. Data sharing remedies thus can help to close the sizable advantage Google has in answering long-tail queries, thereby improving product quality and attractiveness to new users.”
There’s a sub-quote in this that says, “unless you’re sharing tail queries, the information is not terribly useful for a search engine to improve its own product and bridge the scale gap.”
So what the judge is saying here is by giving access to long tail queries, they’re going to help Google’s potential competitors, “qualified competitors,” create better products.
But there’s a caveat here, and it’s an OK caveat. The judge wants to make sure that these qualified competitors are in fact competing and not just what’s called “free riding,” know, leveraging Google’s success for their own benefit.
As he wrote in the ruling, “qualified competitors’ competitive advantage will have to come from innovation and differentiating their search services from Google.” So Google must share data from its index, but not the whole index. It only has to share :
And Google only has to do this for web URLs it has crawled. Not for images, not for videos, not for any structured data that they get from commercial partnerships.
As the judgment states, “qualified competitors will receive a one-time only snapshot of the relevant data contained in Google search index or at or around the time they’re so certified.”
Now the reason that they did this was, “it enables qualified competitors to build their own search indexes to answer long tail queries, thereby giving them the kickstart they need to compete. Further, a one-time disclosure minimizes the risk of free riding identified by Google’s expert economist and acknowledged by the plaintiffs.”
So whatever companies get this data can use it to build their own indexes and they can use it to build their own general search engines to start competing with Google more effectively.
It’s on them, though, to execute and to gain customer attention for their product. It’s not Google’s job to drive their success, according to the judge, only to eliminate the big existing barrier to that success, the lack of a proper index.
Google also has to share what’s called its “Glue” and “RankEmbed” data with qualified competitors. This is again from the ruling. “The data underlying Glue consists of information relating to (1) the query, such as its text, language, user location, and user device type, (2) ranking information, including the 10 blue links and any other triggered search features that appear on the search engine results page, such as images, maps, knowledge panel, et cetera. (3) search interaction information, such as clicks, hovers, and duration of the search engine results page. And (4), query interpretation and suggestions, including spelling correction and salient query terms.”
They also have to share their Navboost memorization system that, as the ruling says, “aggregates click and query data about the web results delivered to the SERP” and its RankEmbed data that are ranking models. “[Some percentage] of 70 days of the search logs plus scores generated by human raters and used by Google to measure the quality of the organic search results.”
These are all things that help Google’s AI learn better what quality pages are. It helps them, this is from the ruling, “more efficiently identify the best documents to retrieve, even if a query lacks certain terms. RankEmbed particularly helped Google improve its answers to long tail queries.”
Now that’s all fantastic. This will help potential competitors build more effective indexes and have a better sense of (A) the pages they should pay attention to, and (B) the things that aren’t worth worrying about because the customer interaction data says it’s not that important.
The court imposed limits here too, though. The data will be shared, “at least twice… [noting that] a more than one-time disclosure is reasonable given the importance of updating training data with fresh information.”
Reading from the ruling though, the court, however, “intends to set a cap on the number of such disclosures that can occur during the term of the judgment.” And like the earlier data disclosure notes, a cap protects against “…qualified competitors free riding on Google’s data, and it will lessen the burdens associated with implementing privacy measures that will have to be applied before disclosure occurs.”
Google also has to supply data around what are called “certain auction changes” in its ad platform. This one is actually super interesting and may prove hugely valuable to advertisers. But the court left it to a “technical committee” — consisting of folks with “expertise in software engineering, information retrieval, artificial intelligence, economics, behavioral science, [and] data privacy and data security” — to work out the details of exactly what data Google has to provide, how frequently they have to provide it, and for how long they have to provide it. Actual members of that committee are still to be determined too.
Now, I’m going to watch that one closely, but at the moment, I really can’t judge what impact that’s going to have on Google, and more importantly, what impact it’s going to have on you.
There are also a series of smaller remedies around search syndication and such, but most of those aren’t material to this discussion, so I’m going to skip them.
While these data sharing remedies aren’t nothing, Google also gets to keep private all kinds of data that the plaintiffs in the case sought:
In short, they basically get to continue doing what they’ve always done. Yes, they have to provide qualified competitors with data, but, and this is key to the whole thing to me, the competitors have to be able to put that data to work. It’s on them to make the data work.
Those competitors still need to develop capabilities and utility that customers want if customers are going to switch from using Google. Their competitors still need to gain distribution. That means they need to find a way to put those capabilities in front of customers and attract them to use it. And then they still need to monetize whatever they offer. They have to find a business model that works. They need to find a way to pay for it.
And that last one is a huge deal. Journalist Ed Zitron, I would say he’s an AI pessimist. I would say he’s as bearish on AI as a real thing as you can get. And he had a thing on BlueSky recently where he said,
every model provider is selling monthly software subscriptions and token-based API calls at a discounted rate, because if they had to charge their real costs, they’d immediately make their already unprofitable customers’ businesses even less economically viable. As a result, we are in a deadly situation where every company building software on top of AI models is already unprofitable, and that’s before model companies are forced to start charging their actual costs.
He concludes by saying “these costs that are so severe that they’re causing the most successful companies in the industry, who do not even have to pay for their own infrastructure build out, to lose billions of dollars.”
In other words, only companies with very deep pockets have the best odds of weathering wherever we end up. They have to find a way to pay for this. Which, as much as I hate to say it, leads us back to Big Tech.
Now note that I am including OpenAI/ChatGPT in the Big Tech bucket at the moment. They are as well positioned as anyone. VCs are pouring a metric crap ton of money into the company to help it become Big Tech’s newest members. They could win. Time’s gonna tell though.
But for now, Google remains the 800 pound gorilla that scares the hell out of every other 800 pound gorilla. They’ve won their first antitrust battle pretty handily, pretty significantly.
The second one later this month could be huge because it gets to the heart of how Google pays for all its success. A negative ruling there could be fatal. They’ll also appeal that one all the way to the Supreme Court or, again, you know, make a donation to a presidential library if needed. Their ad solutions are existential. They win that one or they die.
For now, though, Google wins. So if that’s the case, what do you do about it? Well, I go back to things we’ve talked about before.
First, you must understand your customers. What do your customers need? How are they asking these questions? Where are they asking these questions? You can use tools like Heatseeker.ai or SparkToro or SEMrush or lots of other ones to better understand those questions.
Then you want to develop content that answers those questions well. In particular, though, focus on content that answers customers’ questions clearly and concisely. You’re writing for AI agents and bots as well as people, and those agents and bots need simple, clear answers to their questions.
You need to distribute that content broadly. Obviously, I remain convinced of the need for a hub-and-spoke approach to your content — where the hub is your own web presence, like your website and your email list and the spokes consist of social and syndicated content platforms.
You do want to make sure though that you’re giving as much attention to the spokes as you are the hubs so that your customers and AI tools find you everywhere. These days it’s not just about being in one place, you’ve got to be everywhere.
The next thing you want to do is learn more about structured data and apply it to your site. Structured data matters a ton to AI tools. This part of the world is continuing to evolve, but start with schema.org, then look to expand into other structured data types to better help AI bots understand your content.
And of course, you need to keep learning. Google may have won for now. We’ll see where we are in about a month. And things are changing fast. What I have to say today is certainly no way, in no way the last word on this topic. I’d suggest you take a look at our past episodes, including
I’ll link to all of those in the show notes, as well as many of the episodes that those themselves link to and the links embedded in those.
In any case, I’m confident that if you focus on your customers, if you focus on their needs, if you create content that is easily read by both people and machines, if you get that content in front of your customers, both on your website and on various spokes of the hub and spoke, and if you keep learning, it really doesn’t matter whether or not Google wins, because you’ll win too.
Show Wrap-Up and CreditsNow, looking at the clock on the wall, we are out of time for this week. I’m willing to bet that you might know someone who would benefit from what we’ve talked about here today. Are you thinking of someone? Why not send them a link to the episode and let them know what you think too? Keep the conversation going.
You can also find the show notes for this episode, episode 468, as well as an archive of all of our past episodes, by going to timpeter.com/podcast. Again, that’s timpeter.com/podcast. And of course, be sure to like and subscribe wherever you get your favorite podcasts.
And if you’re looking for something new to read, I’d love to suggest my book called Digital Reset, Driving Marketing and Customer Acquisition Beyond Big Tech. You can pick up a copy on Amazon.com Digital Reset, Driving Marketing and Customer Acquisition Beyond Big Tech or bookshop.org. And let me know what you think. I’d really love to hear from you. I would genuinely appreciate it.
Finally, let me know what you think. Drop me a note. Put a comment on LinkedIn or YouTube. I’d really love to hear from you. I would so much appreciate learning from you as much as anything.
With all that said, I want to thank you so much for listening. This show would not happen without you. I will be back next week with a new episode. And until then, please be well, be safe, and as the saying goes, be excellent to each other. We’ll see you soon.
The post Google’s Antitrust Case: A Win for Big Tech? (Episode 468) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
For all the talk about zero-click search, folks seem to keep overlooking one of its key consequences: How Google (and others) will make money. In short, Google can’t survive in a zero-click world. Their entire business depends on clicks. Paid clicks.
The shift towards zero-click results signals a genuine turning point for how you think about marketing your business, in part, because it will absolutely grow your costs for acquiring new customers.
So, what’s the real story behind zero-click search? Does it forecast a world where Google is doomed? And, most importantly, what does it mean for your business? That’s what this episode of the podcast is all about.
Want to learn more? Here are the show notes for you.
AI and Zero-Click Search: The Real Story (Episode 467) — Headlines and Show NotesShow Notes and Links* The Rise of Agentic AI Among Your Customers (Episode 466) * Exploration–exploitation dilemma – Wikipedia * Revisiting The Brand is the Prompt (Thinks Out Loud) – Tim Peter & Associates * Traffic Is Down; Revenue Is… Up? – SparkToro * Revisiting AI is Eating the World (Thinks Out Loud) * Google Earnings Q2 2025 PDF Link * Google briefs brands on AI Mode ads ahead of Q4 rollout * Alphabet Inc. (GOOG) Q2 2024 Earnings Call Transcript | Seeking Alpha * The Zero-Click Future: How Customer Behavior is Rewriting Digital Strategy – Becoming Radical | Podcast on Spotify * Tim’s LinkedIn post about zero-click marketing — or, y’know, marketing * AI in Search: Driving more queries and higher quality clicks * The Future Of Search: 5 Key Findings On What Buyers Really Want * AI Search Currently Drives Less Than 1% of Traffic To Most Sites, Google Is Still Dominant, and Watch The Long-term Risk of Igno * Google and Bing Tests Search Title Expansion, Colors & Location Moves * From Ranking to Reasoning: Philosophies Driving GEO Brand Presence Tools * Google briefs brands on AI Mode ads ahead of Q4 rollout * Industry Pioneer Reveals Why SEO Isn’t Working & What To Refocus On * AI Search Changes Everything – Is Your Organization Built To Compete? * How LLMs Interpret Content: How To Structure Information For AI Search * Why Your SEO Isn’t Working, And It’s Not The Team’s Fault
Buy the Book — Digital Reset: Driving Marketing and Customer Acquisition Beyond Big TechTim Peter has written a new book called Digital Reset: Driving Marketing Beyond Big Tech. You can learn more about it here on the site. Or buy your copy on Amazon.com today.
Past AppearancesRutgers Business School MSDM Speaker: Series: a Conversation with Tim Peter, Author of "Digital Reset"
Free DownloadsWe have some free downloads for you to help you navigate the current situation, which you can find right here:
Best of Thinks Out LoudYou can find our “Best of Thinks Out Loud” playlist on Spotify right here:
Subscribe to Thinks Out Loud* Subscribe in iTunes * Subscribe in the Google Play Store
Contact information for the podcast: podcast@timpeter.com
Past Insights from Tim Peter ThinksTechnical Details for Thinks Out LoudRecorded using a Heil PR-40 Dynamic Studio Recording Mic and a IK Multimedia iRig Pro Duo IO USB audio interface into Logic Pro X for the Mac.
Running time: 18m 01s
You can subscribe to Thinks Out Loud in iTunes, the Google Play Store, via our dedicated podcast RSS feed (or sign up for our free newsletter). You can also download/listen to the podcast here on Thinks using the player at the top of this page.
Transcript: AI and Zero-Click Search: The Real StoryAI and the reality of zero-click search go hand in hand. And while I think that the response to these, this idea of zero-click marketing, is a good one, this is the bigger picture.
So what is the bigger picture? What is the deeper meaning of artificial intelligence and zero-click marketing?
I’m Tim Peter. This is episode 467 of The Big Show. Let’s dive in.
I want to talk about the reality of search marketing today. And this episode is very much a follow-up from last week’s discussion about the rise of a agentic AI among your customers. You don’t need to listen to last week’s episode for this one to make sense. But I’d like you to be aware that I’m building on a ton of assumptions that explored in gory detail last week. If you’ve got questions about those assumptions, you definitely want to check out last week’s episode.
It’s also a little less future focused and much more focused on our current reality, maybe where we’re going to be for the next six months or so. As I talked about last week, things could change at any time. So some of this may not age perfectly, but I think the bigger picture holds true.
I don’t think we’re going to see a massive shift in customer behaviors in the next three to six months. I explained the systemic reasons why that’s the case last week.
For one additional piece of evidence why I think that’s so, look at the public freak out that happened when ChatGPT, when OpenAI released its GPT-5 model this week. And more importantly, how the company backtracked and made its legacy models available to customers. Customers don’t typically accept change all that fast. We saw that play out in the most pure way possible over the last few days.
What’s also true is that while I think that this stuff is going to hold true for the next, you know, three to six to maybe nine months, I could absolutely be wrong about this.
As I mentioned last week, keep our core and explore methodology in mind. Focus 80% of your efforts on your core and about 20% of your efforts to see if things are changing. And that way, that should help ensure that you’ve got your bases covered in either case.
Regardless, this comes back to the bigger picture of where are we with search? And is Google losing? Is AI taking their business? Is zero click killing us?
Well, it’s complicated.
First, data for the last couple of months is potentially very misleading. I’m not convinced that the current data — that is data from June, July, and August — tells us as much as we might think it does.
We know that use of ChatGPT and other AI tools is highest among younger people and better educated people. And there’s one large group of people that falls into both of those buckets, and that is students, particularly high school and college students. They’re not in school right now, and they are heavy users of these tools.
When we look at data from similar web or Google trends, we see that OpenAI’s traffic declined in July, and the gap between Google and OpenAI got wider. Over the last few weeks, that gap seems to have shrunk a tiny bit, which does align with kids heading back to school. So there’s some evidence that suggests that’s right.
What it also suggests is that any boost you see in ChatGPT’s numbers in the next month or two might be driven largely by students and not by the larger market.
Maybe.
Why does that matter? Well, it depends on what you’re selling.
If students represent a large share of your customer base, then those numbers could be very meaningful to you. If they don’t, if you sell to a broader market than just students, then it means that activity by those student groups is going to make it tougher to see what’s genuinely happening with your actual customers. Non-commercial activity — or at least commercial activity unrelated to your business — might mask your reality.
Now, normally I’d tell you to simply pay attention to your analytics, but there’s two problems with this approach.
The first is that your analytics might not tell you the whole story if you’re not doing the work to appear in AI answers right now. I’m going to come back to this a little later in the show, but it’s an important point.
The second is that customer behaviors seem to follow a pattern right now of what’s called “explore and exploit.” This is a super common behavior among decision making strategies. People do this in all kinds of realms. What explore and exploit means in this specific case is that a fair number of folks are using AI for exploration. They’re engaging with AI to answer questions, to learn, to get exposed to new ideas, and yes, to find products and services they like — hotels, restaurants, clothing, technology, and so on.
However, at the same time, they can’t really buy through these tools (e.g., agentic AI) yet, at least not easily or consistently. Again, see last week’s episode for more on this topic.
Instead, when they’re ready to buy, when they’re ready to exploit what they’ve learned, they’re likely to navigate directly to you or search for you by brand name. And we’re seeing lots of companies that we work with getting significant increases in clicks and click-through rate on brand in terms of Google Search Console, as well as big lifts in “direct/none” traffic in their analytics. In other words, customers coming directly to the site.
But only after they found the brand during their explore activity.
This is critically important when we talk about the zero click search situation. Notice I called it a situation. I didn’t call it a problem. At least not yet. The reason is because today it’s only a real problem for certain industries. If you’re in publishing, for instance, or some other industry where your revenues are directly tied to your traffic, you do have a problem. Customers who don’t click — and more to the point, get the answers they need in the search results themselves — cost you real money. That’s a huge problem. No doubt about it.
Most other businesses, though, sell things, actual real physical products or services that the search results point to, but they don’t deliver.
For instance, if you sell hotel rooms, any zero-click answer isn’t robbing you of hotel reservations. Potential guests still have to book your hotel through some site. If you sell consulting services, clients still have to contact you to arrange the services that they need. If you sell software as a services, customers still have to sign up. If you sell books… they still have to go to a bookstore in some way, or form, whether online or in person to get the book.
For most businesses, zero click doesn’t have to mean zero revenue.
Now notice that I said your customers have to buy or reserve through some site. There is no guarantee right now that that site will be yours. Even when they don’t choose a competitor, they could still buy through a third party or some other intermediary. You know, they could buy through Amazon. They could buy through Expedia. And in some cases, that intermediary is Google.
For example, in cases like Google Shopping Ads or Google Metasearch for hotels, you’re not selling through Google, but you are paying for the clicks. And those still cost you money. You’re paying, in effect, a commission for Google to drive the sale.
More importantly, remember that in the past, at least some of those opportunities were free. We’ve gone from a free click to a paid click. Gatekeeper is going to gate and all that. You might have heard that once or twice before around here.
That to me is the biggest shift in search that we need to keep in mind. Search is not a free channel. We can argue whether it ever was. SEO activities always had a cost after all. Today though, you’re going to need to pay when customers are ready to buy from you, no matter whether they found you in traditional search or because an AI told them about you. And that’s the future we’re going to live in for a while. I simply don’t see that changing anytime soon.
Here’s why.
Google had revenue of $54 billion from Search in Q2 and $96.4 billion overall. They earned $33 billion of their $31 billion total earnings from services, notice that’s more than their overall earnings. Services include things like Maps and Android. We know that search and YouTube make up 75% of the total and search alone is 65% of the total number.
During that same period, paid clicks were up 4% and paid click revenue was up 12%. Think about that for a moment. By definition, Google has to be charging more for every click or else clicks and revenues would be more in line with one another and they’re not. Call me crazy, but someone should write a book about what this means for your business.
Anyway, to drive this revenue, Google is spending $85 billion this year largely on what they called “AI infrastructure investments.” It’s pretty easy to see that they’re paying for these investments on their revenue from search and ads more generally. And they’re going to keep on doing it.
Sundar Pichai, the CEO said in Q2 2024, this is a quote, “the risk of under-investing is dramatically greater than the risk of over-investing.” That $85 billion dollar number includes an additional $10 billion that they just announced in this quarterly earnings call. They just said, “nope, we need to spend an additional $10 billion on top of the $75 billion we had already planned to spend to keep driving that.:
The plain truth is that as I talked about on The Becoming Radical podcast recently, Google can’t survive in a zero-click world. I’m going to say that again. Google cannot survive in a zero-click world.
56% of its total revenues and some major percentage of its earnings, probably around 70%, came from clicks on search ads.
70%!
And yes, I know that I’m only looking at Google’s numbers here, but the same basic pattern exists for Meta and Amazon to say nothing of ChatGPT, Perplexity, and or Claude. And those last three have monumentally worse revenue numbers than Google does.
As I talked about last week, any or all of these players can only win if they successfully monetize what they offer to the marketplace. And at least some of that monetization almost certainly has to come from your business, from you in the form of ad dollars, and quite possibly for purposes of user experience and traceability, from clickable ads.
In short, it’s not that you should be worried about zero click, it’s that you should be worried about the end of free clicks. Remember, again, gatekeepers gonna gate. They have to pay for their investments in AI or search or customer experience. They have to. That’s the reality we live in.
So what do you do about this? Well, you almost certainly should be working to get some short-term awareness boost by showing up in AI answers today. In fact, I’d encourage you to do that. For starters, it’s largely free, again, ignoring labor costs or the cost of qualified SEO folks who understand how to show up in these tools.
Normally, I would tell you you’re gonna base that decision on your own analytics and then invest as the demand grows.
But as I mentioned earlier, your analytics might not tell the whole story if you’re not doing the work to appear in AI answers:
This is one case where you probably have to build in advance of the data. To flip a well-known quote on its head, “if you don’t build it, they won’t come.”
Longer term, you also need a strategy that connects you with customers directly, too. I’ve talked about this a lot in recent episodes and in my book. For reasons of time, I’m going to link to all of those in the show notes.
The point remains that the immediate future of search is not zero click. It’s zero free click. If you’re not adapting your marketing to that reality, you’re setting yourself and your business up for less revenue, higher costs, or both. So maybe let’s not do that.
There’s already a solution for zero-click marketing. It’s called marketing. The marketers and e-commerce folks who do a good job of that are going to win no matter what happens. I’m confident you can be one of them.
Show Wrap-Up and CreditsNow, looking at the clock on the wall, we are out of time for this week. I’m willing to bet that you might know someone who would benefit from what we’ve talked about here today. Are you thinking of someone? Why not send them a link to the episode and let them know what you think too. Keep the conversation going.
You can also find the show notes for this episode, episode 467, as well as an archive of all of our past episodes, by going to timpeter.com/podcast. Again, that’s timpeter.com/podcast. And of course, be sure to like and subscribe wherever you get your favorite podcasts.
And if you’re looking for something new to read, I’d love to suggest my book called Digital Reset, Driving Marketing and Customer Acquisition Beyond Big Tech. You can pick up a copy on Amazon.com Digital Reset, Driving Marketing and Customer Acquisition Beyond Big Tech or bookshop.org. And let me know what you think. I’d really love to hear from you. I would genuinely appreciate it.
I want to thank you so much for listening. This show would not happen without you. I’ll be back with a new episode next week. And until then, please be well, be safe, and as the saying goes, be excellent to each other.
The post AI and Zero-Click Search: The Real Story (Episode 467) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
Agentic AI is almost certainly going to be huge… and probably soon. Early versions of agentic AI already exist today. Some of them even work pretty well. And the early data suggests customers are OK with the idea of agentic AI.
Those facts lead to a few key questions for you:
Some of these questions have easy answers. Some… less so.
In this episode of the podcast, I try to break down what’s going on with agentic AI, when your customers might make the switch, and lay out a few ideas that you can put into practice, today, to ensure you can succeed both today, and whenever agentic AI breaks big.
Want to learn more? Here are the show notes for you.
The Rise of Agentic AI Among Your Customers (Thinks Out Loud Episode 466) — Headlines and Show NotesShow Notes and Links* Amazon Locks Down Against Google’s AI Shopping Agents — The Information * Project Mariner – Google DeepMind * Meredith Whittaker from Signal on the privacy implications of agentic AI, shared by @keithfitzgerald.bsky.social on Bluesky * Booking.com Releases The Global AI Sentiment Report * Personal Superintelligence by Mark Zuckerberg * Mark Zuckerberg Just Declared War on the iPhone * Why Amazon Is Buying Bee, an AI Bracelet That Records Everything You Say – WSJ * A letter from Sam & Jony | OpenAI * OpenAI recruits legendary iPhone designer Jony Ive to work on AI hardware in $6.5B deal | AP News * A ChatGPT Screenless Phone Could Be Coming, as OpenAI Reportedly Eyes Jony Ive’s AI Startup – CNET * OpenAI to release web browser in challenge to Google Chrome * Revisiting Is AI a Gatekeeper? Or is it a Key? * Gatekeepers Gonna Gate: Apple, Google, and Antitrust (Episode 258) * A Far Too Quick Look at the Metaverse, web3, and the Future of Digital (Episode 349) * AI Is Eating the World, But Who’s Paying for Dinner? (Episode 464) * The CORE Methodology: How to Build Traffic and Revenue Beyond Google — Part 2 (Episode 425) – Tim Peter & Associates * Google is Changing Search. How to Build Traffic and Revenue Beyond Google — Part 1 (Episode 424) * Diversifying Your Marketing Mix When There’s Too Much to Do (Episode 430) * Digital Reset: Marketing Beyond Big Tech * Google Loses its Antitrust Case: Why That Matters for Your Business (Episode 429)
Buy the Book — Digital Reset: Driving Marketing and Customer Acquisition Beyond Big TechTim Peter has written a new book called Digital Reset: Driving Marketing Beyond Big Tech. You can learn more about it here on the site. Or buy your copy on Amazon.com today.
Past AppearancesRutgers Business School MSDM Speaker: Series: a Conversation with Tim Peter, Author of "Digital Reset"
Free DownloadsWe have some free downloads for you to help you navigate the current situation, which you can find right here:
Best of Thinks Out LoudYou can find our “Best of Thinks Out Loud” playlist on Spotify right here:
Subscribe to Thinks Out Loud* Subscribe in iTunes * Subscribe in the Google Play Store
Contact information for the podcast: podcast@timpeter.com
Past Insights from Tim Peter ThinksTechnical Details for Thinks Out LoudRecorded using a Heil PR-40 Dynamic Studio Recording Mic and a IK Multimedia iRig Pro Duo IO USB audio interface into Logic Pro X for the Mac.
Running time: 24m 21s
You can subscribe to Thinks Out Loud in iTunes, the Google Play Store, via our dedicated podcast RSS feed (or sign up for our free newsletter). You can also download/listen to the podcast here on Thinks using the player at the top of this page.
Transcript: The Rise of Agentic AI Among Your Customers (Thinks Out Loud Episode 466)Hi, and welcome back to the show. Over the next few weeks, I plan to talk about the future of customer experience in digital.
Search, of course, is the dominant paradigm for customer experience. If search wasn’t the most common experience, Google wouldn’t be the 800 pound gorilla that scares the crap out of every other beast in the jungle. But with the rise of artificial intelligence, and soon, agentic AI, Google is in a precarious position.
My friend Mike Moran wrote me a thoughtful note about the risks that agentic AI in particular presents to Google, and I think he’s mostly right. I also think that it’s a very complicated and more than a little uncertain situation. And it’s tough to explain without first talking about what is and isn’t likely to happen and why I think that.
So today I’m going to talk about the adoption of agentic AI, its likely effects on customer behaviors, and what that might mean for your business. Full disclosure, this one might get a little long, so I hope you’ll hang with us throughout.
I’m Tim Peter. This is episode 466 of The Big Show. Let’s dive in.
What’s the big deal about agentic AI? So the basic idea, if you’re not familiar, is that agentic AI can perform a wide array of tasks. It can adapt to a variety of situations and it can make decisions on your behalf without requiring you to provide much, if anything, in the way of oversight. In short, it’s an AI assistant that takes care of things that maybe you don’t have the inclination, the knowledge, or most commonly the time to do yourself.
The two examples I see of agentic AI that people share all the time are having an agent plan a vacation for you or researching some particularly thorny business challenge. You simply set the agent to the task and within a short period, usually a couple of minutes, it’s taken care of everything for you.
In the vacation example, for instance, it would provide you with your completed reservations and an itinerary. You just go where you needed to go. In the business research situation, it would give you a checklist and a guide for how to address the problem. And in some cases, it may have already completed some of the tasks itself, like emailing vendors or team members, that sort of thing.
These tools already exist today. These are not science fiction. Some of them are pretty good and getting better. I mean, most aren’t, but they’re real and they’re coming in a much bigger way — and probably relatively soon. Which leads to a few big questions.
I think anytime you talk about new technology, there are always three main pillars that either drive or limit, depending on your point of view, adoption. There may be others, but this tends to cover the bases. They are:
I think that the answers to most of the other questions — the timing to reach mass adoption, the company’s best position to win, and to a lesser degree what they mean for your business — all follow from the adoption question.
Put more simply, until these tools are used by a meaningful segment of your customers, a meaningful set of your customers, the rest of the questions really don’t matter.
I also want to be super upfront that I suspect that adoption, mass adoption, could occur literally any day now. Digital has long shown us that customer adoption follows what I always call Hemingway’s “bankruptcy pattern.” You know, “How do you go bankrupt? It happens slowly, then all at once.”
We’re in the slowly moment right now. But all at once could happen at any time. People could wake up tomorrow, realize that these tools provide better capabilities or better utility, and just simply switch instantly.
To talk about these each in a little more detail, capabilities and utility is still not perfect for most of these. Now, one of the biggest things limiting the utility of these tools today is their access to data and their access to websites. We’re seeing things where these tools have to work with the web as it is. And some people may not want that to happen.
For instance, Amazon is restricting Google’s Mariner, which is one of their agentic AI platforms, as well as others by using its robots.txt file — which, if you’re not familiar, is a tool that many websites use to tell search engines what they can and can’t do on a site.
It’s to be determined whether or not agentic AI will always follow those rules, but it certainly could be a problem for them. I strongly suspect Amazon will almost certainly do some level of IP based filtering to write blocking specific IP addresses to prevent these tools from working with their data, right? Because they want to they want their tools to work with their data, not other people’s. It doesn’t look like companies like WalMart or Shopify are doing that yet. We’re going to have to see how that will play out. What’s absolutely true though, is that agentic AI needs to work with the web as it is.
I’ve shared these stats plenty of times here. There are over 200 million actively updated websites out in the world and over a billion total websites. Agents that have to wait for “the entire web” to update to their needs probably never take off or at least they’re going to be pretty late to the party. And I don’t think customers will adopt a tool that doesn’t give them what they’re accustomed to today. If it doesn’t provide utility, nobody’s going to switch.
Now, I think Google has a real advantage in this area because it already crawls the whole web. It knows how the web works and what’s on the web better than just about anyone.
Another factor influencing utility is compute capabilities. How much raw computing horsepower do they have available to them? And the Big Tech companies hold all the cards here. Microsoft, Google, and Amazon, they’re the things that ChatGPT, for instance, sits on top of, right? The Big Tech players are in a pretty good position. We also see that Oracle is getting into this game in a big way.
By contrast, if we think about app developers, they’re at a relative disadvantage compared with hardware or cloud providers if they can’t make the capabilities work on device. Even somebody like Apple’s got a problem there because they don’t provide a lot of these capabilities within the cloud directly. If you could make a device work, then that might play to Apple or Samsung or Meta’s capabilities pretty well. But right now, the cloud is where it’s at, and that really seems to favor a few members of Big Tech in particular.
There’s also a real question about privacy and AI. The CEO of Signal, Meredith Whittaker, gave a talk, appeared on a panel recently and raised some excellent points about how much access these tools would require to your very personal, very private information — something I’m going to talk about more in just a moment — for them to be able to do the kinds of things that most of their developers are promising. I don’t know how much that’s gonna matter to many consumers. We’ve seen people give data freely to all kinds of people lots and lots of times in the past. So that may be an odd issue, but it’s something to pay attention to. I suspect it’s gonna vary by market and region.
I will tell you the early data suggests that may not be that big a deal. Booking.com did some recent research and found that, and this is a quote, “just 12% feel comfortable with AI making decisions independently, while 25% remain unsure and 10% feel very uncomfortable, refusing to trust AI without human approval.“
Now when you add those up, you go, well, wait a second, that’s about 47% of people. That sounds like a pretty big number. I’m not sure though. Those numbers make me more certain that adoption of AI assistance will happen quickly rather than slowly as they gain capabilities, as they gain, as they offer utility. Why do I think that? Well, because you have to remember that roughly 10% of US consumers today don’t own a smartphone, 90% do. There’s always going to be 10% of the population who don’t get on board with a new technology. If today, this early in the game, only 10% feel very uncomfortable, it might mean that resistance, at least for now, is pretty light. Yeah, those numbers could get larger. The smartphone data, though, suggests that I can’t imagine them getting smaller. And that’s a positive sign for AI agents in the near term, as long as they can deliver utility.
Also, they also have to manage the second leg in this particular stool, which is distribution, know, access to markets. And I think the biggest item affecting distribution here is the form that agentic AI takes.
We don’t really know what Agenda AI is going to look like in the longer term. Is it a standalone app or function? Or is it embedded inside each of the apps and devices that we already use every day? I suspect it’s going to be the latter, but I wouldn’t rule out the former. If it’s just built into the mobile OS, then Google and Apple are in a really good position.
If it’s a standalone app like Siri or Alexa or Instagram or Google search on your device, or it’s part of the core device operating system — think Siri or Alexa on Google search on Android — I think the device OS developers are likely to provide hooks for other app developers to leverage. Think about something like Apple’s WebKit for browser functionality within an app or Google’s ads and map APIs that allow you to place ads within an app or show people directions within an app.
Because again, the developers also need access to device capabilities and the cloud, which again brings us back to our Big Tech friends being in a somewhat comfortable position here.
If it becomes an app, who knows? That’s the Wild West. Anyone could be the app that consumers choose. Obviously, ChatGPT wants to be one of them. Perplexity wants to be one of them. But it’s impossible to say. Nobody could have predicted Facebook or Google when they first started and look where they are today. Plenty of other competitors could have wanted the theory and that absolutely could be true this time around too.
There’s also the possibility that we’ll have new devices that people use, you know, instead of using our existing devices, our phones and the apps on them. Maybe we’ll have smart glasses, maybe we’ll have smart watches or other wearables that actually connect to our AI that does these things for us.
Meta, for instance, cares about this one a lot, like so, so much. Mark Zuckerberg just shared a lengthy post outlining his vision for what he’s calling “personal superintelligence.” And one of the most important paragraphs in that post said, “personal super intelligence that knows us deeply, understands our goals and can help us achieve them will be by far the most useful. Personal devices like glasses that understand our context because they can see what we see, hear what we hear, and interact with us throughout the day will become our primary computing devices.” [Emphasis added.]
Notice he talked about glasses that understand our context, not smartphones, not watches, not anything else. In other words, that’s Mark Zuckerberg saying, I really want you to use our devices, not Androids, not iPhones, not watches from Google and Apple.
I’ve talked about this before, but Meta needs adoption of new devices or they’ll always be as vulnerable to gatekeepers like Apple and Google as anyone else. That same problem is one of the reasons that ChatGPT has talked about creating its own phone and its own web browser and why Amazon is buying a company called Bee. Bee, if you’re not familiar, makes an AI powered bracelet that, according to the Wall Street Journal, “records everything you say.” Nothing to worry about there, nothing to be scared about there. Right?
In each of these cases, though, whether it’s Meta, whether it’s ChatGPT/OpenAI, whether it’s Amazon, the companies want and need to be independent of Google and Apple because gatekeepers are going to gate and all that.
What’s funny is they might be right. You know, what we talk all the time about people love their phones and, you know, they haven’t really chosen other devices, but agentic AI could be the killer app that drives adoption of new devices rather than the other way around, rather than “we have these new devices and they drive the adoption of agentic AI.”
I’m going to tell you, I lean towards mobile OS winning. I think that’s, you know, the dominant platform. Probably. But that’s undoubtedly biased on my part because it’s a device I use every day and I still see everyone else using. You know, maybe glasses or watches or bracelets or pins clipped to our clothing will be a better form factor. I’m not saying I’m absolutely about saying that it couldn’t happen. Outside of Star Trek, though, there’s just no evidence supporting that kind of move yet.
Of course, it doesn’t matter how these players bring agents to market if they can’t solve for the third leg of the stool, which is monetization. Now, this is the toughest one to predict from my perspective.
I have to assume that it’s going to work in ways that we’ve seen in the past. You know, venture capital will be happy to fund these at a loss to gain market share — huge market share — under the assumption that money will follow. Take a look at what’s happening with OpenAI and ChatGPT.
It also means that monetization is a far later concern for all of these folks right now, which makes it tougher to predict. Nobody’s trying to figure out how to monetize these perfectly yet.
How much will consumers be willing or able to pay? Tough to tell. They don’t pay for search. They don’t pay for social generally. Will these tools work on affiliate programs and take a cut of every sale? Will they be entirely ad supported? It is so hard to know for sure, which means it’s also tough to know who wins.
I suspect ads will likely play a non-trivial role, which means that the folks with the most ad experience, Google, Meta, Amazon, Microsoft, probably have some kind of head start there. Maybe. Obviously, some smart folks in a garage could come up with entirely new monetization schemes, but it’s just really tough to tell.
So who’s going to win with this kind of world?
Well, if you haven’t figured it out by what I’ve said, I still think Big Tech as a whole has a huge advantage. Google, Microsoft, Amazon, ChatGPT, and maybe Meta have the capabilities. Google, Microsoft, Amazon, and Apple have the distribution. Meta might get there if they can get more folks to buy their hardware. It’s certainly what they’re banking on. And ChatGPT is clearly trying to move in that direction. On the final part, on monetization, Google, Amazon, and Apple have that in place. Google through ads, Amazon through commerce, and Apple through its hardware and mobile OS. Microsoft might have it, and Meta and ChatGPT seem to lag here without hardware or ads respectively.
The only two companies who consistently come up in all three categories, though, are Google and Amazon. Google has an added challenge, of course, in terms of its antitrust situation, which is a big deal and could trip them up massively. They might be able to buy their way out of this, you know, with major fines or, I don’t know, contributions to presidential libraries or some nonsense like that, you know, but we don’t know.
And I certainly wouldn’t count out Microsoft, Apple or ChatGPT. They are each strong in some of the key areas. Weirdly, I do think ChatGPT seems the weakest to me. But given that they’ve got a huge VC backing, they’re absolutely not going down without a fight. Of course, finally, I would never discount the two kids in a garage scenario, you know, some innovative geniuses who figure out how to reduce compute loads or move AI on device or drive a whole new monetization system that could upend everything we know, assuming one of the incumbents doesn’t buy them first.
So given this, given that it’s still early days and it’s tough to really predict, the question becomes, what do you do about it?
I think this part is actually really easy because first, you want to pay close attention to your customers. That’s always true, but it’s especially true in a rapidly changing marketplace. Remember that idea of “slowly, then all at once?” When this breaks for AI agents, assuming it happens, it’s probably going to happen fast. You want to at least be a fast follower. You want to be ready when your customers are.
Second, don’t be afraid to be a fast follower. With this much change going on, you can occasionally get some quick wins through a first mover advantage, but you can also waste a lot of time chasing trends down a dead end. I’m sure there were companies that made a little bit of money with the metaverse or NFTs or, I don’t know, Second Life back in the day.
I’m also pretty sure some of them would have rather spent that time focusing on other bigger, more meaningful trends for their business. I lean toward the saying that you’re better served being a fast follower than getting way, way out in front of your customers on this one.
Our “core and explore” methodology, which I’ve talked about before and I’ll link to in the show notes, or that you can read more about my book, Digital Reset, is a really useful model at times like these. Feel free to check those out. Just remember that the fast is as important as the follower.
And you can’t move fast if you don’t know what you’re doing or where your customers are heading, which leads to my third, final recommendation: Keep learning.
These tools and customer adoption of them are changing so crazy fast right now. You absolutely should be testing these and learning more about them for you and your business. You should be learning how they can help you better connect with customers today. You should continue to focus on what works, the core of “core and “explore.” And you should explore a little bit, spend a little bit of time testing them out to see what might happen.
Finally, you need to get more comfortable with change because we’re going to see change happen whether we like it or not.
Now, will customers adopt agentic AI? Yeah, I think so.
When? Tough to say, but it’ll probably happen all at once when they do. And it will depend upon utility, it will depend upon distribution, and it will depend upon monetization of these tools.
Who wins? Probably one of the Big Tech giants. But don’t be totally surprised if some wild card seizes the day.
Most importantly, what do you do about it? Pay attention to your customers, be a fast follower, and keep learning.
Because ultimately, as customers use these tools, it doesn’t really matter which one they choose in the long run. It matters that you’re focusing on your customers’ needs so that they and their agents ultimately choose you.
Show Wrap-Up and CreditsNow looking at the clock on the wall, we are out of time for this week. I’m willing to bet that you might know someone who would benefit from what we’ve talked about today. Are you thinking of someone? Why not send them a link to the episode? Be sure to let them know what you think too. Keep the conversation going.
You can also find the show notes for this episode, episode 466, and an archive of all of our past episodes by going to timpeter.com/podcast. Again, that’s timpeter.com/podcast. Of course, be sure to like and subscribe wherever you get your favorite podcasts.
And if you’re looking for something new to read, I’d love to suggest my book called Digital Reset, Driving Marketing and Customer Acquisition Beyond Big Tech. You can pick up a copy on Amazon.com Digital Reset, Driving Marketing and Customer Acquisition Beyond Big Tech or bookshop.org. And let me know what you think. I’d really love to hear from you.
Thank you so much for listening. This show would not happen without you. We’ll be back with a new episode next week, and until then, please be well, be safe, and as the saying goes, be excellent to each other. We’ll see you soon.
The post The Rise of Agentic AI Among Your Customers (Episode 466) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
Unlike a lot of folks, I’m not convinced that AI agents are the end of brands. Sure, there’s a risk. But I still believe most customers will choose brands that work for their needs & and will train their agents, as those evolve, to pick their preferred options in many cases.
Of course, getting customers to train their agents that you’re the right choice isn’t something you can wait to do when (or if) agents become available. Instead, it’s something you can (and should!) do right now. Even better, it works for your brand and business… right now. What’s not to love about that?
In this episode of the podcast, I take a look at why brands will continue to matter, why “the brand is the prompt,” and what you need to do to get customers to ask for you by name.
Want to learn more about it? Here are the show notes for you.
The Brand is the Prompt (Thinks Out Loud 465) — Headlines and Show NotesShow Notes and Links* The Brand is the Prompt (Thinks Out Loud 465) * Michael J. Goldrich | LinkedIn * Tammie Carlisle, CHDM | LinkedIn * Mark Simchock | LinkedIn * Peter Syme | LinkedIn * Pedro Colaco | LinkedIn * Steve Cummins | LinkedIn * What’s the Point of Your Website in an Age of AI? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 447) * The Only Way to Succeed Next Year (Thinks Out Loud Episode 444) * AI Is Not the Future. You Are (Thinks Out Loud Episode 443) * How Google Loses (Thinks Out Loud Episode 442) * AI Is Eating the World, But Who’s Paying for Dinner? (Thinks Out Loud 464) * Google Closes the Gate on Marketers (Thinks Out Loud) * Is It Impossible for Marketers to Keep Up With AI? (Thinks Out Loud 459) * AI Can’t Save Bad Strategy: Why Fundamentals Still Matter in 2025 (Thinks Out Loud Episode 455) * What If I’m Wrong About AI and Marketing Jobs? (Thinks Out Loud 453) * AI and the Future of Marketing and E-commerce — How You Stay Relevant * Google vs. ChatGPT: Who’s Really Winning… And Why It Matters for Your Business (Thinks Out Loud Episode 451) * Will AI Kill Content Marketing for Customer Acquisition? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 449) * How Should You Think About Website SEO for AI? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 448) * Predicting the Future of Your Business (Thinks Out Loud Episode 445) * When Will AI Get Good at Marketing? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 446)
Buy the Book — Digital Reset: Driving Marketing and Customer Acquisition Beyond Big TechTim Peter has written a new book called Digital Reset: Driving Marketing Beyond Big Tech. You can learn more about it here on the site. Or buy your copy on Amazon.com today.
Past AppearancesYou might also enjoy this webinar I participated in with Miles Partnership that looked at "The Power of Generative AI and ChatGPT: What It Means for Tourism & Hospitality" here:
Free DownloadsWe have some free downloads for you to help you navigate the current situation, which you can find right here:
Best of Thinks Out LoudYou can find our “Best of Thinks Out Loud” playlist on Spotify right here:
Subscribe to Thinks Out Loud* Subscribe in iTunes * Subscribe in the Google Play Store
Contact information for the podcast: podcast@timpeter.com
Past Insights from Tim Peter ThinksTechnical Details for Thinks Out LoudRecorded using a Shure SM7B Vocal Dynamic Microphone and a Focusrite Scarlett 4i4 (3rd Gen) USB Audio Interface into Logic Pro X for the Mac.
Running time: 23m 48s
You can subscribe to Thinks Out Loud in iTunes, the Google Play Store, via our dedicated podcast RSS feed (or sign up for our free newsletter). You can also download/listen to the podcast here on Thinks using the player at the top of this page.
Transcript: The Brand is the PromptEvery few months, I like to revisit prior episodes of the podcast for two reasons:
The idea is to see if I’ve got a new perspective on a topic and share the latest, while building on existing materials.
Sometimes, though, the topic changes so fast, I can’t wait several months to revisit it. Instead, it requires a new look in just weeks.
That’s the case this time around. I’m revisiting an episode called The Brand is the Prompt from mid-June. And the reason is because of how quickly customer behaviors are shifting around AI and how much buzz the idea of zero click search is getting.
To me, AI and zero-click search are two sides of the same coin. Because, in both cases, it’s entirely likely that your customers got the answers they needed, then had no reason to visit your website or any other component of your digital presence. Their “search” — in the broadest sense of the term — is done.
That behavioral shift has led to excessive heartache and headlines about how many aspects of our day-to-day life as marketers and commercial leaders are doomed:
And so on.
In my view… that’s all bullshit. Seriously.
I don’t believe for a minute that customers are going to stop seeking out brands and businesses and experiences that matter to them. I don’t believe for a minute that customers aren’t going to choose brands and businesses and experiences they trust. Sure, they may turn to AI or search — zero click or otherwise — for new ideas and inspiration. But they’re also going to remember the brands and businesses and experiences that they liked and loved. They’re going to ask for those again and again, by name. They’re going to teach their agents about those preferences so that their agents recommend the brands and businesses and experiences they want.
In my view, there’s a word for marketing in a “zero click” world. It’s called “MARKETING.” It’s about differentiating your product or service. It’s about building awareness and interest and desire and action. It’s about connecting with customers as human beings and helping them address their needs and solve their problems. It’s about being a trusted resource in their lives.
In short, it’s about building a brand people want to ask for by name. And it’s something I’ve summarized as “The brand is the prompt.”
Take a few minutes and check out this past episode of our podcast, “The Brand is the Prompt,” then let me know what you think. It’s coming at you, right now.
As I mentioned before the break, I’ve got this new theory that I’m thinking about to ensure that you don’t get burned by customer shift to AI agents. That idea is “the brand is the prompt.” Marketers need to make their brand top of mind so that customers and AI agents explicitly ask for you and they ask for your business by name.
There are number of supporting predicates behind my argument.
The first is that AI tools like ChatGPT, Google AI Overviews, Google AI Mode, Google’s Project Mariner—which is Google’s AI agent platform—won’t always, and don’t always, surface brands or links. It’s going to be tougher and tougher for you to get seen.
Another is that getting into AI answer engines can be challenging… and it’s certainly evolving. Yes, we are seeing fairly strong correlation that shows that sites that rank well in Google also tend to get mentioned more often in large language models.
But, first, that’s not a one-to-one relationship by any stretch. Just because you rank number one doesn’t necessarily mean you will be the first thing mentioned. And second, there’s no guarantee that that current behavior will remain true over time.
Another huge challenge that we need to keep in mind is that I’m fairly confident that AI agents will favor their own ecosystems. Google will point you to Google assets. Amazon will point you to Amazon assets. If you’ve got an agent that’s made by ChatGPT, they’re going to point you to other OpenAI assets in all likelihood, at least a fair bit of the time.
That’s the problem we’re dealing with in traditional search today. I think by now you’re probably pretty familiar with the idea that “gatekeepers gonna gate.” And if you’re not, I would strongly encourage you to pick up a copy of my book, Digital Reset, Driving Marketing and Customer Acquisition Beyond Big Tech. The link is in the show notes, of course.
My conclusion from these various principles is that we need to work towards a situation where customers want to prompt AI with your brand, not a generic product.
So if I say “book me a room at the John Rutledge House inn (full disclosure: John Rutledge House Inn is a client) the John Rutledge House Inn wins. By contrast, if I say “book me a hotel,” that specific hotel loses… as do lots and lots and lots of other hotels that weren’t asked for by name.
If you don’t build brand preference today, you risk commoditization and longer term, irrelevance. Your brand must be built today across experiences that appeal to people, that appeal to AI agents, and over time, appeal to hybrid experiences.
So I mentioned that I posted this on LinkedIn the other day and I got an amazing number of replies and some really strong counter arguments. And I want to walk you through these and see what you think.
So the first counter argument came from my friend Michael Goldrich who said that AI agents will do the prompting, not the user. Basically his argument is that AI agents will be proactive, they’ll be personalized, and they’ll be connected to your data; things like your loyalty programs, your email and your calendar, other things like that.
So the agent will suggest hotels and flights and restaurants based on your preferences and your patterns without needing you, the user, to prompt a brand. The agent will tell you when options are ready and suggest what to book. Therefore, brand prompting by the user is probably only a short-term behavior. AI-driven recommendations are the long-term future.
That’s a great argument. I think there’s a lot of wisdom and intelligence in that.
I also think that while that may happen long term, I still think the long term is probably pretty far off for most users. In the meantime, we have to teach the agents the brands that matter to us, either via explicit prompts or by building that loyalty and recognition with those brands so that the agent learns them. Again, for our businesses, if our customers don’t know what brands our customers want, then that’s gonna be a problem for us. The data won’t be there. Even in the long run, agents need an initial data set to know which brands matter. So building the brand today matters a ton, even if Michael is right that in the future it will already know our preferences or glean them implicitly from our actions.
So I still think it becomes really important for us to build those brand relationships with our customers today or risk being in really bad position in the future when the AI just quote unquote decides for our customers.
That then leads to the second question, which was posed by Tammie Carlisle and Mark Simchock, which was, “how do you get customers to know your brand to prompt it in the first place?”
This is a great question. This is a huge question. Before the brand is the prompt, the brand has to be built and positioned and differentiated enough to exist in the customer’s mind. And each of them pointed out that many brands are too weak, too undifferentiated, or frankly not visible enough for this to happen. Mark Simchock hit this on the head. He said, “before the brand is the prompt, there needs to be the brand is the brand.”
Now, let me be really, really, really clear. I completely agree with this point of view. The heavy lifting is brand building first. It’s kind of what I just said a moment ago about Michael Goldrich’s point. “The brand is the prompt” is a strategic goal. We need to work on the distinctiveness and positioning to make that possible.
And the good news is this is something we should be doing today anyway. Like there’s no downside in this today or in the future. I’m going to get into in a little bit some of the ways you can do that. But again, I’m going to be pretty transparent: That’s a big chunk of what my book is about.
We’re working on this right now to ensure that people search for you by name, that people connect with you on social by name, that people engage with your email marketing or want to get on your text message list, your SMS marketing list so that they’re engaged with you all the time. That’s crucially important. Right now that then just sets you up for a better position down the road. So again, I think this is a win-win both short term and long term.
And again, I’ll talk about some ways to do that, but to me that is a huge component of it right there.
The third counter argument I heard was articulated in a number of different forms. Peter Syme and Pedro Colaco, talked about how many markets are already brand blind. They argued that some industries are already commoditized. They used airlines as one example and how, you know, one called them steel tubes. The brand doesn’t really matter. For these markets, the customer optimizes by parameters that matter for a given experience, not by the brand. We might prioritize the loyalty program or the price or the location or how quickly it will get us there or, you know, in B2B, past working relationships or, you know, specific technical attributes. So not brand love.
Sure, strong brands help if it exists, but for large segments, brand simply doesn’t matter.
Honestly, this one gives me some pause because it’s absolutely true for some categories that they are commodity driven. However, I would argue that brand includes your relationship, the experience people have had with you and the trust they have in you. Strong brands need to exist if we let ourselves be commoditized, regardless of what industry you’re in. You’re always going to be fighting for better position, both today and tomorrow. The challenge is to avoid this trap in the first place.
I think that this argument from Peter and Pedro is the most dangerous place we can be.
In the book, I talked about why it’s so critical to build your brand. Big Tech has worked for a long time to position your company’s products and services as commodities, and our job as marketers is to fight that every single day. If we simply accept that we’re commodities, we’ve already lost.
So maybe we should do that. Maybe we should actually work to ensure we’re not just commodities.
And I think there’s a lot of things we can do to ensure that we’re differentiated, to ensure that we stand apart based on the idea of the brand as the prompt. And I want to get into those now.
The first thing we need to do is let’s talk about commodities, true commodities first, where you’ve genuinely been commoditized.
We have to look to move from being this invisible commodity, this completely commoditized product to a preferred choice within the set of other people who are somewhat commoditized. We need to build some trust and we need to build some real hooks with our customers, whether they’re emotional or whether they’re functional, even if brand name recall isn’t necessarily going to be possible. And the larger umbrella of these, you will see, works for both situations we’re talking about.
So we need to ensure we’ve got things like structured data, our inventory, our location, our pricing, other features that matter, is easily accessible to AI agents, to aggregators, and to human beings.
We need to partner with platforms where customers set their preferences. So that could be channel partners. That could be specific third parties that we work with. And it could be things like the agents themselves over time. We need to think in terms of maximizing value that customers get so that we can differentiate within specific products that, you know, we’re competing with. And we need to create some memorable connections: What sets us apart?
If it’s always price, if it’s always price, you’re in a race to the bottom. And that’s a race that’s really tough to win over the long term.
So we need to think about how do we create an experience? How do we get more data about our customers so that we can focus on their specific needs so that we start to set ourselves apart from the choice? And then that becomes something that the agents can learn from if and when they come around, right?
We may also be able to say, you know what, encourage people to say buy from the people I bought from last time. There’s an opportunity to win repeat business that doesn’t require explicit loyalty to your brand. That’s a huge opportunity that we have.
Now, of course, if you’re already differentiated and you have some differentiation, we need to double down on that. We want to become an explicit prompt, both for customers and for any AI agents that act on their behalf. A lot of that’s going to come back to strengthening the emotional bonds and brand recall today before AI agents dominate.
We want to invest in marketing that reinforces specific brand phrasing. “Stay at a specific hotel. Book a specific airline. Buy from this specific company.” Encourage our customers to think and speak in terms of our brand.
Microsoft has done this for years, where they have taken a specific application or specific technology and they do this thing that they call “embrace and extend.” They do this a lot with “standards,” where they take a true standard and then they layer some additional capabilities onto it. So you can learn the standard but, oh, Microsoft’s flavor of it is just a little different and requires people or causes people to think of Microsoft’s version first.
The next is we want to tell a consistent brand story. Our differentiated position must shine through in our content, in our reviews, in our communications, and in any channel that we’re working through. AI models and the agents that will be built on these are going to learn from these broad signals that are created today or created over the next few years.
We have to make sure that people today are already engaging with those. If not, we’re going to put ourselves in really bad position. And of course, we’re gonna build direct customer relationships. We want to gain the data for customers and put it into our CRMs, put it into loyalty programs, put it into personalized content that works for that customer so that they know who we are and we show that we know who they are so that we’re building a trusted relationship.
Finally, we want tp invest in memorable experiences so that we can drive more word of mouth. I can’t picture a world where agents exist, where people still don’t say, “my gosh, I had the best experience at this restaurant,” or “I had the best experience with this travel scenario,” or “I had this best experience with this company that I worked with to help solve a problem for my business.”
That’s still going to be true, and that will create people who haven’t engaged with our brand before to say, “I want to work with them too. Hey, my favorite agent, go connect with this brand and tell me if they’ll work for us.”
That’s hugely important.
I said there’s kind of an umbrella over all of this and you may have noticed that this sounds an awful lot like “Content is King, Customer Experience is Queen, and Data is the Crown Jewels,” which you’ve heard me talk about many times in the book. You’ve heard me talk about many times here on the podcast. You’ve read many times on the blog.
I think all of those remain important and will continue to be important for a long time to come.
Fundamentally, the brand is the prompt. That will be true years from now, and it’s already true today, even if customers are searching for you, even if customers are engaging in social and looking for you. If they’re not looking for you by name, you’re not creating the kind of environment where you’re going to succeed both today and longer term.
So what do you think? I way off base here? Am I missing something obvious? You know, is this really a pipe dream or am I onto something here? By the way, hint, I’m seeing clients of mine be successful today already doing this. So I’m not so sure I’m off the mark too much. But let me know what you think. I want to hear from you. I want to hear your point of view.
Show Wrap-Up and CreditsNow, looking at the clock on the wall, we are out of time for this week.
I’m willing to bet that you might know someone who would benefit from what we’ve talked about today. Are you thinking of someone? Why not send them a link to the episode? Let them know what you think too. Keep the conversation going.
You can also find the show notes for this episode, episode 465, as well as an archive of all of our past episodes, by going to timpeter.com/podcast. Again, that’s timpeter.com/podcast.
And, of course, be sure to like and subscribe wherever you get your favorite podcasts.
I know I’ve mentioned this already during the show, but if you’re looking for something to read to dive further into this, may I suggest the number one new e-commerce book on Amazon.com called Digital Reset, Driving Marketing and Customer Acquisition Beyond Big Tech and written by me. I’d love it if you’d pick up a copy and let me know what you think.
Finally, I just want to say so much thank you for listening. This show would not happen without you.
We’ll be back with a new episode next week. And until then, please be well, be safe, and as the saying goes, be excellent to each other. We’ll see you soon.
The post Revisiting The Brand is the Prompt (Thinks Out Loud) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
Google seems scared. Customers seem ready to jump. Behaviors are shifting fast and furious.
While I tend to think Google is in the best possible position to win the AI wars, they’re also the fattest target for startups like OpenAI. The Mary Meeker report illustrates many of the ways that ChatGPT, Perplexity, and Anthropic threaten the Big Tech status quo. But, increasingly, Google’s own actions also show that they’re concerned. My suspicion is that their data — which they have more of than anybody — isn’t giving them much comfort. (That’s only a suspicion; I could definitely be wrong there. Again, though, their actions are speaking fairly loudly all on their own).
Regardless of who wins, it’s possible that marketers will pay the price. You’ll need to adapt to a rapidly changing marketplace, one where you customers will interact your brands in entirely new ways.
So, who’s paying for dinner now that AI is eating the world? That’s what this episode of the podcast is all about.
Want to learn more? Here are the show notes for you.
Revisiting AI Is Eating the World, But Who’s Paying for Dinner? (Thinks Out Loud) — Headlines and Show NotesShow Notes and Links* AI Is Eating the World, But Who’s Paying for Dinner? (Thinks Out Loud 464) * Mary Meeker Trends — Artificial Intelligence BOND PDF link * Tech prophet Mary Meeker just dropped a massive report on AI trends – here’s your TL;DR | ZDNET * What the 2019 Mary Meeker Internet Trends Report Means for Digital Marketers (Thinks Out Loud Episode 248) * What Mary Meeker’s 2018 Internet Trends Report Means for Your Business (Thinks Out Loud Episode 220) * Breaking Down the Mary Meeker 2015 Internet Trends Report: Thinks Out Loud Episode 125 * Content is King, Customer Experience is Queen (Thinks Out Loud Episode 188) * Digital Reset: Marketing Beyond Big Tech * Google Closes the Gate on Marketers (Thinks Out Loud) * Is Apple Dropping Google? What Does That Mean For Your Business? (Thinks Out Loud 460) * Is It Impossible for Marketers to Keep Up With AI? (Thinks Out Loud 459) * AI Can’t Save Bad Strategy: Why Fundamentals Still Matter in 2025 (Thinks Out Loud Episode 455) * Best of Thinks Out Loud: Will AI Kill Content Marketing for Customer Acquisition? * AI and the Future of Marketing and E-commerce — How You Stay Relevant * Google vs. ChatGPT: Who’s Really Winning… And Why It Matters for Your Business (Thinks Out Loud Episode 451) * How To Run Your Business As If Google Didn’t Exist (Thinks Out Loud Episode 298) * Four Big Threats (Plus a Bonus Threat!) To Google’s Dominance Next Year (Thinks Out Loud Episode 436) * Revisiting Google Big AI Problem (Thinks Out Loud) * Google is Changing Search. How to Build Traffic and Revenue Beyond Google — Part 1 (Thinks Out Loud Episode 424) * The CORE Methodology: How to Build Traffic and Revenue Beyond Google — Part 2 (Thinks Out Loud Episode 425) * Is Google Doomed? And Other Top Digital Trends for 2024 (Thinks Out Loud Episode 408) * Is Google Doomed in 2025? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 440)
Buy the Book — Digital Reset: Driving Marketing and Customer Acquisition Beyond Big TechTim Peter has written a new book called Digital Reset: Driving Marketing Beyond Big Tech. You can learn more about it here on the site. Or buy your copy on Amazon.com today.
Past AppearancesRutgers Business School MSDM Speaker: Series: a Conversation with Tim Peter, Author of "Digital Reset"
Free DownloadsWe have some free downloads for you to help you navigate the current situation, which you can find right here:
Best of Thinks Out LoudYou can find our “Best of Thinks Out Loud” playlist on Spotify right here:
Subscribe to Thinks Out Loud* Subscribe in iTunes * Subscribe in the Google Play Store
Contact information for the podcast: podcast@timpeter.com
Past Insights from Tim Peter ThinksTechnical Details for Thinks Out LoudRecorded using a Heil PR-40 Dynamic Studio Recording Mic and a IK Multimedia iRig Pro Duo IO USB audio interface into Logic Pro X for the Mac.
Running time: 23m 43s
You can subscribe to Thinks Out Loud in iTunes, the Google Play Store, via our dedicated podcast RSS feed (or sign up for our free newsletter). You can also download/listen to the podcast here on Thinks using the player at the top of this page.
Transcript: Revisiting AI Is Eating the World, But Who’s Paying for Dinner?Google’s running scared these days. It’s almost like they’re looking over their shoulder and afraid of what they see. Situations like these always, always remind me of the Hemingway quote about how people or companies in this case go broke: “slowly, then all at once.”
We are in the “slowly” phase at the moment, and “all at once” feels like it’s right around the corner.
And that reminded me of an episode from a little earlier this year that asked, “AI is eating the world, but who’s paying for dinner?” It was based on the recent Mary Meeker AI report, which outlines the ways in which the world is changing, not just for marketers but for the overall market.
I’m going to have a lot more to say in the next few weeks about the state of AI and marketing, a big picture view of how AI and zero click marketing are combining to make this the most interesting — and challenging — time that marketers have had to face in quite a while. Stay tuned over the next few weeks for more on that topic.
In the meantime, I hope you’ll enjoy as we revisit this look at AI is eating the world, but who’s paying for dinner? It’s a little bit longer than our typical episode, but I think you’ll find it worth your time. So let’s dive in and check it out. Coming at you right now.
You know, unless you’ve been living under a rock for the last, I don’t know, two or three or four years, you’re probably aware that AI is moving faster than anything we’ve ever seen before.
But underneath the hype, there’s a problem nobody’s talking about. Who’s going to pay for all of this? Like, where does the money come from? And most importantly, what happens to marketers when the bill comes due? That’s a really critical lesson that I think we need to think about as we go forward as marketing and customer acquisition folks.
This is episode 464 of The Big Show. Today we’re talking about how AI is eating the world, but who’s paying for dinner?
Let’s dive in.
So I’ve been reading the Mary Meeker report for the last 24 hours or so. Longtime listeners of the show and readers of the blog know how much I love Mary Meeker’s report. If you’re not familiar with Mary Meeker, she’s a venture capitalist. She’s been around for a long time. She was an early investor in Facebook. Super, super smart woman. Tremendously, tremendously smart team she’s put around herself. And I devour her report every single time it comes out.
It is a massive report this year. 340 pages almost entirely focused on artificial intelligence and what it means for the world today. Now, you know that this show literally started out as a place for me to think out loud. That’s where the title came from. This episode is going to be a little bit along those lines, in part because I’m going to be digesting this report for a couple of weeks. Again, this is a 340 page report. There’s a lot in there, some of which are not so relevant to marketers and e-commerce professionals, and some of which are very relevant.
But…
I want to talk about her key finding as it matters to you today, which is that AI adoption has outpaced the internet, mobile, and even cloud adoption curves. ChatGPT hit 800 million weekly users in just 17 months. That is faster than any technology we’ve ever seen.
So AI is not some future thing. You know that. It’s here. It’s now. It’s beginning to become baked into the customer journey.
What’s also true is that those numbers require some clarification. First, adoption is not constant by age group. Sam Altman, who is OpenAI’s co-founder and CEO, said this, he said,
“a gross simplification is older people use ChatGPT as like a Google replacement. People in their 20s and 30s, use it like a life advisor.”
That’s a big difference. That’s a huge deal in terms of how customers use these tools.
The second key thing that you want to take away is that adoption might not be as broad as you might think. People who listen to the show, people who I interact with on social media and the like, we’re all fairly early adopters. So I think we think people have really taken this too hard. And it’s not that they haven’t. Again, adoption has been huge.
But today they’re spending maybe 18 minutes per day on ChatGPT by “USA active users.” Now that’s up from roughly seven minutes per day in less than two years.
Side note, the Meeker report doesn’t show exact numbers, just ranges in 10 minute increments. The current number is definitely a bit below 20 minutes per day, but it’s getting close to there. And the earlier number was definitely more than five minutes per day, but far fewer than 10. So, you know, seven. Also, “active users” isn’t clearly defined in the report, so we’re not 100% sure how they mean or what they mean by active users.
Another chart in the report shows that the average session duration is a little over two minutes and that the average user has about seven to eight sessions per day, roughly double what it was less than two years ago. So again, tremendous growth. These are impressive numbers. My favorite stat that they show is that the Meeker report shows that searches for the term “AI agent” have grown almost 1,100% since January of 2024. So in less than 18 months, it’s grown almost 1,100%. That is genuinely remarkable. What is also true is that
A.) It looks like those searches may have plateaued as of maybe February this year.
And B.) Its peak number of 500,000 searches per week is roughly one-tenth of 1% of the over 96 billion searches Google gets every week.
Don’t get me wrong, one-tenth of 1% of 96 billion is still a pretty good-sized number. It’s also not everybody is searching for AI agents all the time. That’s a big deal. Also note, they’re searching on Google, right? Keep that in mind. We’re going to come back to it.
With no disrespect to Mary Meeker, far from it, I think she is brilliant. Part of her job is selling the world on the things she and her company have invested in, right? More than a few of her company’s investments are AI companies. So, you know, you can forgive her if she was to give you a glass half full look at the world. And again, I don’t think she’s wrong that this is a big deal. Because by any measure, AI adoption is already big and it’s getting bigger.
What it hasn’t yet done is taken over for Big Tech companies. And there’s a reason for that. And the reason is that the costs of AI are starting to show.
There’s a telling quote in the presentation from Microsoft’s vice chair and president, Brad Smith. He said,
“like electricity and other general purpose technologies in the past, AI and cloud data centers represent the next stage of industrialization.”
In other words, data centers, the cloud, and AI are just a cost of doing business, kind of like the internet was once upon a time. Meeker herself writes, “The world’s biggest tech companies,” — which quick aside, she calls “hyperscalers” and the rest of us call “Big Tech.” Anyway, she continues by saying that “…the world’s biggest tech companies are spending tens of billions of dollars annually, not just to gather data, but to learn from it, reason with it, and monetize it in real time.”
“It’s still about data,” she continues, “but now the advantage goes to those who can trade on it faster, personalize it deepest, and deploy it widest.” I might add, again, to those who can monetize it.
What I find really interesting is that according to her research, Big Tech has increased their capital and R&D spending roughly 20-plus percent per year for the last 10 years or so. But they’ve seen their cloud computing revenues increase roughly 37% per year during the same period. And I’m gonna come back to this in a moment.
There’s this paradox she points out called Jevons Paradox. They note it was first proposed back in 1865. Jevon was an economist.
Anyway, it states that, “the technological advancements that improve resource efficiency actually lead to increased overall usage of those resources.” So in short, “costs fall, performance rises and usage grows all in tandem.” So as your costs fall, usage grows, which raises your costs.
They conclude by stating “this trend is repeating itself with AI.”
By the way, the people doing this a lot, are folks like OpenAI and Big Tech.
If you look at OpenAI’s various actions over the last bunch of months, they’ve been super busy:
Now these all could signal bold ambitions for OpenAI becoming the next Big Tech player, connecting customers across a variety of applications and platforms.
I think it also kind of signals their current reality, which is that they don’t have any way of recouping the billions of dollars they’ve already spent in developing their products. According to reports, they generated $3.7 billion in revenue in 2024 and lost $5 billion. That’s a neat trick. They’re on track for apparently $9.2 billion in annualized revenue in 2025… against the $64 billion they’ve already raised in funding. And that’s before you consider the fact that open source is coming.
This feels a little to me like the dot-com bubble where some companies invested in “the internet,” but not in things that they could actually make money; for products for customers and in the products and services that they offered. You know, when you think about OpenAI, they’re kind of selling “the internet…” but not the things on top of the internet that actually make money.
And I think there’s an implication for all of us in marketing and customer acquisition, which is if you’re building your marketing workflows or you’re building your go-to-market strategy solely around ChatGPT or GPT APIs, you may be betting on a shaky foundation. I’ll admit, I’ve kind of come 180º on this. I originally thought they were the biggest threat to Big Tech, and they may still be. They may find a way to turn this into a lot of revenue really quick.
But if you contrast what OpenAI is doing with Google or Microsoft or Amazon or Apple, our old friends in Big Tech, they’re using AI to enhance existing high margin businesses like ads or cloud computing or hardware. They have integrated monetization paths. They don’t have to make AI pay for itself directly. They own the ecosystem. They own the platforms. And they own the distribution of how they put this in front of customers.
For example, we think about Microsoft Copilot and its deep integration with Microsoft Office. I know they call it 365, but come on, it’s Office. And Azure, their cloud computing platform.
Amazon is using AI to empower how quickly it gets orders to you, how it improves its ads, and how it improves its shopping user experience. Again, growing the business they already make a lot of money off of.
Google’s AI overviews and AI mode enhance the search monetization as well as, again, their cloud computing platform.
And Apple’s on-device AI could reinforce their dominance in selling hardware where they make a boatload of money.
The key differentiator is that Big Tech is integrating AI into already highly profitable and diversified businesses with huge user bases and a ton of different monetization options. AI is enhancing these existing revenue and profit engines rather than being the sole engine for revenue generation that OpenAI has got.
And again, I think that’s got a broad implication for those of us in marketing and e-commerce and customer acquisition because the smart money isn’t just on cool AI, it’s on embedding AI into some sort of scalable profitable ecosystem. We have to think about how are we using these tools in a way that benefits our customers and our businesses.
So I think we need to really think about how we’re putting AI to work for real. And I’ve got five quick recommendations.
Now all of this said, I do want to say we are clearly in a period of breathtaking innovation. I mean, we have seen so much change in the way AI is shaping the way that our customers interact with our businesses and that in the way that our businesses respond.
But it creates a certain degree of uncertainty. So we need to keep learning and we need to remain flexible.
If I could leave you with one last thought though, is OpenAI may have built the rocket, they may have built the vehicle, but the companies who are gonna make money on this are the ones that are selling tickets, who are connecting with customers, and who own the fuel supply.
You need to think beyond the rocket. You need to think beyond the tool. You need to think about the system you’re building because the marketers who will win in this next era aren’t just using AI. They’re thinking about how it shapes their business — and structuring their business around how it helps their customers.
The future of marketing and e-commerce won’t just be about using AI, but about intelligently investing in the right tools and using those solutions that are built to support sustainable business models. I think it’s really critical we make sure we distinguish between the two. And if you do a good job of that, you’ll succeed no matter what happens to any of the players.
I can’t wait to see what you do.
Show Wrap-Up and CreditsNow looking at the clock on the wall, we are out of time for this week. I’m willing to bet that you might know someone who would benefit from what we’ve talked about today. Are you thinking of someone? Why not send them a link to the episode? Be sure to let them know what you think too. Keep the conversation going.
You can also find the show notes for this episode, episode 464, as well as an archive of all of our past episodes by going to timpeter.com/podcast. Again, that’s timpeter.com/podcast.
And of course, be sure to like and subscribe wherever you get your favorite podcasts.
By the way, if you’re looking for something new to read, something cool to read, the talks about Big Tech and how you can build your business beyond Big Tech, I’d love to suggest the number one new e-commerce book on Amazon.com Digital Reset, Driving Marketing and Customer Acquisition Beyond Big Tech and written by me. Please pick up a copy and let me know what you think. I would genuinely appreciate it.
Now before I go, I just want to say thanks so much for listening. This show would not happen without you. I’ll be back next week with a new episode and I can’t wait to talk about all the other cool stuff that’s going on in the world.
Until then, please be well, be safe, and as the saying goes, be excellent to each other. We’ll see you soon.
The post Revisiting AI Is Eating the World, But Who’s Paying for Dinner? (Thinks Out Loud) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
Does it seem like you are destined to fall behind when it comes to AI? I know for many marketers and e-commerce professionals, especially at small or mid-sized businesses, it can seem that way.
In some ways, it’s not just possible, but actually likely that you will. AI is incredibly fast. It’s incredibly powerful. To think that human beings can outthink AI is not realistic. As I like to say, “You’re not going to out-AI AI.”
But, in a far more meaningful way, I’m don’t think that our inability to keep up with AI is a problem. Because, just as we can’t out-AI AI, artificial intelligence can’t out-human humans.
Instead, there are many areas where marketers can not only keep up—and keep ourselves relevant. They’re also what will set us apart… and set us up for long-term success.
Is it impossible for marketers to keep up with AI? And what should we do instead? That’s what this espisode of the podcast is all about.
Want to learn more? Here are the show notes for you.
Revisiting “Is It Impossible for Marketers to Keep Up With AI?” (Thinks Out Loud 459) — Headlines and Show NotesShow Notes and Links* MSDM Speaker Series: a Conversation with Tim Peter, Author of "Digital Reset" – YouTube * Is It Impossible for Marketers to Keep Up With AI? (Thinks Out Loud 459) * Mark Schaefer’s Brilliant LinkedIn Post: A Sinking Feeling of Being Left Behind * AI Won’t Steal Your Job: Smart People Who Put AI to Work Will (Thinks Out Loud Episode 208) * What If I’m Wrong About AI and Marketing Jobs? (Thinks Out Loud 453) * (1) Almost Timely News: ?️ 5 Examples of AI Transformation (2025-04-27) * Is AI “normal”? | MIT Technology Review * Prompt Engineer, the Hottest AI Job of 2023, Is Already Obsolete – WSJ * Google Says You Should Not Use AI To Create Content… Kind Of (Thinks Out Loud 457) * AI Can’t Save Bad Strategy: Why Fundamentals Still Matter in 2025 (Thinks Out Loud Episode 455) * AI, Content, and Revenue: Why Clicks Are Overrated (Thinks Out Loud Episode 450) * When Will AI Get Good at Marketing? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 446) * AI Is Not the Future. You Are (Thinks Out Loud Episode 443) * How to Put Big Tech and AI — the Biggest Threat and Biggest Enablers of Your Business — to Work (Episode 428) * What’s the Point of Your Website in an Age of AI? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 447) * Best of Thinks Out Loud: Will AI Kill Content Marketing for Customer Acquisition? * Will AI Kill Your Brand (Thinks Out Loud Episode 435) * Should You Use AI to Create Your Content? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 454)
Rutgers Business School MSDM Speaker: Series: a Conversation with Tim Peter, Author of "Digital Reset"
Free DownloadsWe have some free downloads for you to help you navigate the current situation, which you can find right here:
Best of Thinks Out LoudYou can find our “Best of Thinks Out Loud” playlist on Spotify right here:
Subscribe to Thinks Out Loud* Subscribe in iTunes * Subscribe in the Google Play Store
Contact information for the podcast: podcast@timpeter.com
Past Insights from Tim Peter ThinksTechnical Details for Thinks Out LoudRecorded using a Shure SM7B Vocal Dynamic Microphone and a Focusrite Scarlett 4i4 (3rd Gen) USB Audio Interface into Logic Pro X for the Mac.
Running time: 17m 02s
You can subscribe to Thinks Out Loud in iTunes, the Google Play Store, via our dedicated podcast RSS feed (or sign up for our free newsletter). You can also download/listen to the podcast here on Thinks using the player at the top of this page.
Transcript: Revisiting “Is It Impossible for Marketers to Keep Up With AI?” I was so lucky to have a talk with Stacy Smollin Schwartz from Rutgers Business School’s MS in Digital Marketing Program about my book “Digital Reset” recently — and there will be a link in the show notes, of course — One of Stacy’s questions was about how marketers early in their careers can succeed and how they can future-proof their career given the massive advances we’re seeing from AI over the last, you know, days, weeks, months, year.
The discussion starts at roughly the 42 minute mark in the talk, but again, you don’t really need to listen to that if you don’t want. The thing that I talked about at the time was how we’re not going to out-AI AI. It does what it does, and we are not going to succeed — whether you’re early in your career or whether you’re more veteran/that you’ve been doing this for a while — we are not going to beat AI by trying to be good at the things that AI is already better than most people at.
Instead, there’s a lot of research, there’s a lot of data that shows there are areas where we excel compared to these tools. According to the World Economic Forums Future of Jobs report, there are seven skills that matter today and are also among the skills that they expect to see the most growth in all the way through 2030.
Those skills are:
Now if you notice, only really two of those have anything to do with technology, technological literacy, and analytical thinking. All the rest are more about how we interact as human beings with one another. They’re not asking us to out-AI AI. They’re asking us to be better at being capable, resilient, flexible, curious, social beings… y’know, people. That’s what we do well.
And it really made me think of a post that Mark Schaefer put up on LinkedIn and the response that I did to it that talked about whether or not it is possible for marketers to keep up with AI.
So I hope you’ll enjoy this repost of a prior episode that asks and answers whether it’s possible for marketers to keep up with ai. Coming at you right now.
Mark’s post raises several super interesting questions. As I see it, these are:
I’m going to take these on one at a time.
First, yes, we are being left behind by AI, at least in part. I discussed this a few weeks ago in an episode called, “What If I’m Wrong About AI and Marketing Jobs?”
My basic thesis was that the infamous line, “AI won’t take your job, smart people who use AI will,” is increasingly wrong. In truth, some smart people will lose their jobs. And it won’t always be to smart people who use AI. It could be to dumb people who use AI. Or to people, smart or dumb, who decide that AI is good enough and a hell of a lot cheaper than continuing to pay smart people. If your job can be replaced by something faster, cheaper, or both, you kinda have to assume that some folks—CEOs, CFOs, et cetera—are absolutely going to use those faster, cheaper solutions at least some of the time. That’s a guarantee.
How many of them? How soon? Well, that’s tough to tell. But you’ve got to take it for granted that that will happen some of the time. And you’ve got to do the work now to prevent it from happening to you.
One way you can do that is by becoming a better user of AI, which starts to get at the second question a little bit. How can we be more transformational in our use of AI?
There’s not an easy answer to this. Part of the reason is that there aren’t that many off-the-shelf products that enable transformational use, especially for smaller businesses. Most of the AI vendors aren’t interested in building traditional products, at least as I understand it. They’re trying to get to an artificial general intelligence, a super intelligence that, if it comes to exist, could end all products and jobs as we know them, to say nothing of, you know, our entire society.
If you think that’s hyperbole, you think that’s absurd, remember that an artificial super intelligence would be the equivalent of inviting a far smarter alien race to share this planet with us. Like we could have little green men show up on the planet who are just way smarter than us. I’m pretty confident our lives would change if that happened and probably dramatically.
Now the jury is out on whether or not it’s likely we’re going to achieve super intelligence. And candidly, I’m not going to spend a lot of time worrying about it.
In our current reality, most of the AI tools we have access to, whether they’re ChatGPT or Gemini or Claude or Perplexity or some other cool one you’ve found, really just provide support tools for individuals. I don’t want to diminish them. They’re deeply useful. They’re also deeply flawed. And we simply haven’t necessarily seen them be game changers on an enterprise scale yet.
Don’t get me wrong. I’m sure there are some enterprises and startups who doing cool things behind the scenes using AI. Google and Amazon and all of those folks certainly are working to do those kinds of things.
It’s just that most of the implementations that I’ve seen have been largely incremental. Some of them are cool, they’re just not hugely transformational.
By the way, I would be remiss if I didn’t give a shout out to Christopher Penn, who posted an amazing collection of insights about potential transformational uses of AI in his almost timely newsletter the other day. If you care about this topic and you aren’t reading Christopher’s work, you need to change that, immediately. I will link to him in the show notes. I learn from Christopher all the time and I think you will too.
As for the third question, are small businesses inherently challenged? Well, yeah. Sort of by definition.
But I’m not 100% sure that most of us will need to be power users in the way that Christopher Penn and large enterprises might need to.
When Mark put his post on LinkedIn, I replied and what I said was, "I’m reasonably sure that for the most part, people won’t need to get good at using AI. For the same reason, they don’t need to be good at HTTP or how the carburetor in their car works. The details will be abstracted away. They’ll be hidden beneath simpler user experiences, simpler interfaces. Even if we can’t compare AI to Google Search, the vast majority of people never used its Boolean operators or its advanced features. Instead, Google worked to make the product better at understanding what we wanted, or at least they did until they started making it worse, while we simply used it however it worked for us, in whichever way it worked for us.
What we need to do instead is be smart consumers of any product and ask questions like, what are the pros and cons of using these tools for me, for my customers, and for society at large? What are appropriate uses of these tools? When is it not appropriate to use them? How can I minimize the risks that they bring to the table? And how can I put AI to work for the largest number of people to the benefit of the largest number of people? I’m reasonably convinced that that is the most likely scenario, that AI will simply work under the hood for us."
I’m not the only one who thinks this way. First, MIT’s Technology Review had an article this week called, “Here’s Why We Need to Start Thinking of AI as Normal.” And their basic thesis is highly similar to mine. They kind of say that the complicated bits will lie beneath the hood. We just have to be smart users of the tool. We have to be conscious in how we’re using these tools in an effective, appropriate way.
Second, this isn’t just theoretical. We’re seeing AI become more normal every day. The Wall Street Journal had an article recently called, "The Hottest Job Of 2023 Is Already Obsolete." They went on to say,"Prompt engineering, a role aimed at crafting the perfect input to send to a large language model, was poised to become one of the hottest jobs in artificial intelligence. What happened?"
They’re saying AI increasingly doesn’t need specialized knowledge. Actually, they’re not just saying it. All of the decision makers who decide where they want to spend their money on finding the right people to get the most value out of their artificial intelligence investments are also saying it. They’re saying prompt engineers just aren’t necessary any longer. Anyone can use AI and get good results.
I also think there’s a hidden reason that we have to be conscious of here, and that is that I believe that there is a backlash coming around artificial intelligence. I believe that our customers simply will not embrace it as much as we may think they will, at least some of the time. I’m convinced that customers will absolutely want to work with identifiably human companies, at least for some products and services that matter to them.
To use the most obvious example, I cannot picture anyone wanting to use a robot doctor for any serious medical issues, no matter how effective that robot doctor might be. They’re going to want someone they really trust.
You know, I’ve always found it funny when we talk about a site like HealthGRADES, which is the the Yelp or the Google reviews or the TripAdvisor for doctors. And what’s really funny is most of the people who write reviews in HealthGRADES don’t actually know whether or not they’re doctors any good because they’re not qualified to. I certainly can’t. I know that I like my doctor. And if you read the reviews about doctors, they’ll talk about, “I really like my doctor. You know, she does a great job or he does a great job.” But they don’t actually understand whether or not the doctor is fully qualified.
Instead, what we all look for is somebody who we trust. And I think that’s going to be true for many businesses, particularly in high consideration products and high consideration services. I just don’t see that being unusual, just as it’s not unusual today with people’s doctors.
I don’t know when it’s going to happen. I’m reminded of the Bill Gates quote, we always overestimate the change in the next two years and underestimate the change in the next 10. Given that, I don’t know if this behavior among customers will take six months or six years. I will be shocked if it doesn’t happen in a relatively narrow timeframe though. In other words, I think it could take four years, five years. But I don’t think it’s gonna take 10. And I wouldn’t be surprised if it took two, because Bill Gates’ two-year window started when ChatGPT first came out.
In any case, I go back to the questions I asked at the end of my reply to Mark’s post when we think about do we have to keep up with AI. I think the questions we need to be asking are
If you can come up with good answers for those, I’m really confident that you won’t need to keep up with AI. I am confident that you will not fall behind. Quite the opposite. Your customers will want to work with you more than ever.
Show Wrap-Up and CreditsNow, looking at the clock on the wall, we are out of time for this week.
I’m willing to bet that you might know someone who would benefit from what we’ve talked about today. Are you thinking of someone? Why not send them a link to the episode? Let them know what you think too. I’m sure they would love to hear that.
You can also find the show notes for this episode, episode 459, as well as an archive of all of our past episodes, by going to timpeter.com/podcast. Again, that’s timpeter.com/podcast.
And, of course, be sure to like and subscribe wherever you get your favorite podcasts.
Thank you so much for listening. I want you to know this show would not happen without you. We’ll be back with a new episode next week. And until then, please be well, be safe. And as the saying goes, be excellent to each other. We’ll see you soon.
The post Revisiting Is It Impossible for Marketers to Keep Up With AI? (Thinks Out Loud) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
You may have heard me say that “gatekeepers gonna gate.” Well, Google’s AI Mode shows exactly what that looks like in practice. AI Mode is so disruptive to the way the web has worked for years that it looks like Google’s closing the gate on marketers, setting the stage to make a big move away from organic traffic and towards more paid traffic.
Google’s not alone, of course. Pretty much all the Big Tech gatekeepers are doing something similar.
What can you do about it? How can you make sure that Google’s not closing the gate on your brand and business? That’s what this episode of the podcast is all about.
Want to learn more? Here are the show notes for you.
Revisiting Google Closes the Gate (Thinks Out Loud) — Headlines and Show NotesShow Notes and Links* Google Closes the Gate on Marketers (Tim Peter’s Thinks Out Loud Podcast) * The Brand is the Prompt (Tim Peter’s Thinks Out Loud Podcast) * Lily Ray talked about How Google AI Mode Keeps Users in AI Mode | LinkedIn * Michael Goldrich: Google Just Killed the Blue Links. What Hotel Teams Must Do to Stay Visible and Booked * My LinkedIn post about Google slamming the gate shut in AI Mode for many businesses * YouTube interview with Google CEO Sundar Pichai on the future of search, AI agents, and selling Chrome * Lily Grozeva’s post on LinkedIn that says “Most marketers still think AI Search is about content. It’s not. It’s about signals, and most of them live off your website.” * What Connects TikTok and the Hub and Spoke Model of Digital? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 299) * Digital Gatekeepers and the Death of Organic Traffic (Thinks Out Loud Episode 247) * Whose brand does Google want to build? – Biznology * Is Content Still King or Have the Gatekeepers Won? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 328) * You Don’t Need a Website * Revisiting How to Escape Big Tech’s Web (Thinks Out Loud) * The CORE Methodology: How to Build Traffic and Revenue Beyond Google — Part 2 (Thinks Out Loud Episode 425) * Google is Changing Search. How to Build Traffic and Revenue Beyond Google — Part 1 (Thinks Out Loud Episode 424)
Buy the Book — Digital Reset: Driving Marketing and Customer Acquisition Beyond Big TechTim Peter has written a new book called Digital Reset: Driving Marketing Beyond Big Tech. You can learn more about it here on the site. Or buy your copy on Amazon.com today.
Past AppearancesYou might also enjoy this webinar I recently participated in with Miles Partnership that looked at "The Power of Generative AI and ChatGPT: What It Means for Tourism & Hospitality" here:
Free DownloadsWe have some free downloads for you to help you navigate the current situation, which you can find right here:
Best of Thinks Out LoudYou can find our “Best of Thinks Out Loud” playlist on Spotify right here:
Subscribe to Thinks Out Loud* Subscribe in iTunes * Subscribe in the Google Play Store
Contact information for the podcast: podcast@timpeter.com
Past Insights from Tim Peter ThinksTechnical Details for Thinks Out LoudRecorded using a Heil PR-40 Dynamic Studio Recording Mic and a IK Multimedia iRig Pro Duo IO USB audio interface into Logic Pro X for the Mac.
Running time: 15m 52s
You can subscribe to Thinks Out Loud in iTunes, the Google Play Store, via our dedicated podcast RSS feed (or sign up for our free newsletter). You can also download/listen to the podcast here on Thinks using the player at the top of this page.
Transcript: Revisiting Google Closes the GateHey, Big Thinkers. Welcome to the show. I’m Tim Peter.
Because of the rise of artificial intelligence, there’s been a lot of discussion around whether or not SEO is dead. Marketers and other business professionals have wondered what they need to do to “rank” among AI’s answers.
I’m not sure that’s the right framing, though. Because the problem isn’t about “showing up” in an AI answer — or at least, not the biggest problem. Most brands show up just fine when customers ask for you by name. The problem is getting customers to come to your site and interact with your brand even when you do.
Take Google’s AI Mode… please.
OK, ancient jokes aside, seriously, use AI Mode and search for some of your favorite brands or, better yet, yours. A link to those companies’ websites usually appears in the list over on the right (you can see a screenshot on my website for an example). But notice, there’s no link of note in the “main body content” even when I ask for it by name. You can click the little link icon in the body and Google will update the links in the sidebar. But that’s far from the long-standing experience of how things work on the internet. And, again, I’m asking for specific brands by name (which is otherwise always a good thing).
In short, Google has slammed the gate shut on marketers, making it harder for customers to come directly to your business. That’s a big deal. And it’s one that ultimately could be very bad for your business.
What can you do about it? How can you make sure that you find another way to connect now that Google’s closed the gate? This prior episode of the podcast takes a look — and offers some solutions.
Let’s dive in.
So today we’re gonna talk about AI Mode in the search. And Sundar Pichai was talking about this at I/O and he was talking about AI Overviews. He said, since launching at I/O last year, AI Overviews have scaled up. These are “over 1.5 billion users every month in more than 200 countries and territories.” He said that as people use AI Overviews, “we see they are happier with their results and they search more often.” He said “in our biggest markets like the US and India, AI Overviews are driving over 10% growth in the types of queries that show them.” And he followed that up by saying, “what’s particularly exciting is that this growth increases over time.”
He also said that AI Overviews are one of the strongest drivers of growth for visual searches in Google Lens and that Lens grew 65% year over year with “more than 100 billion” already this year. He didn’t say whether those were 100 billion users or 100 billion searches.
Regardless, one consequence that we’re seeing at the moment is that Google is keeping most of the traffic from those searches to itself. There’s been lots of people talking about this. Lily Ray over on LinkedIn talked about how Google AI Mode keeps users in AI Mode. My friend Michael Goldrich said “Google just killed the blue links. What hotels must do to stay visible and booked?”
I talked about the same thing over on LinkedIn, talking about how Google is slamming the gate shut in AI Mode for many businesses.
But that’s not what Google’s saying. In a recent interview with Nilay Patel, the link will be in the show notes, Sundar Pichai said that this is a quote, “Google is committed to continuing to send traffic to other websites and that users expect that from Google.” He also says that, “In five years, we will still send traffic to websites.:
Some folks seem to think Sundar Pichai is lying. Right? They’re like, I don’t think so, buddy. For instance, Lily Ray, this is a quote from her LinkedIn post, said,
“In my opinion, Sundar didn’t have great answers to Neelay’s questions about why AI overviews haven’t driven more traffic a year after launch. He, and the seemingly every Google spokesperson, claims that it sends traffic to a broader set of websites. At least all the evidence that most folks are seeing right now suggests that’s not the case.
Weirdly, I don’t think he’s lying. I think we need to remember how Google makes money. Google makes most of its money from ads, the overwhelming majority of its money from ads. Of course they’re going to send the traffic to websites. The difference is that this traffic is going to be paid traffic, not organic and definitely far from free.
We’ve seen this playbook from Google in the past. Think about how much they’ve increased ad loads in search results over the last bunch of years, over the last decade. For those in the hotel industry, Google introduced metasearch listings—that is ads by another name, paid metasearch listings—that showed prices from OTAs, online travel agencies, like Expedia and Booking.com. If you were a hotel, you absolutely could have your hotel website appear there too, as long as you paid Google.
Google replaced organic traffic with paid traffic. And ironically, most hotel owners and marketers thought that was a victory. They thought they’d won because suddenly we can compete against the Expedias and Booking.coms of the world.
Just imagine how giddy we’ll all be when Google allows you to buy ads alongside AI Mode answers. We’ll be thrilled, right? And we’ll reward them. We’ll buy those ads. We will reward them for putting another gate between us and our customers. It’s what we’ve done every other time.
By the way, just as a quick aside, their ability to monetize these tools is going to slow down the rollout. It is probably the thing most likely to hurt their ability to beat ChatGPT or Perplexity or any other competitor. I don’t think that’s gonna happen, but that’s the thing most likely to make them stumble because they can’t get rid of the goose that lays the golden egg without replacing it with another goose. Anyway, I don’t wanna go down that rabbit hole this episode… rabbits, goose, geese, pardon all the farm animals today. I promise I’ll come back to it another time. Back to the point at hand.
Lily Grozeva has a great post on LinkedIn that says most marketers still think AI search is about content. It’s not. It’s about signals and most of them live off your website. What Lily is talking about and what she’s saying here is that she says, “if you’re not referenced somewhere else, you’re not understood by the AI, you’re invisible.” And she advises people to, “make a map of influence. Use tools like Perplexity or Peak AI or SparkToro to understand where your audience hangs out and how the LLMs use this information to train themselves.”
She continues saying, “then build your presence there in podcasts, LinkedIn, Reddit threads, guest quotes, third party coverage.” And she concludes, “you’re not trying to rank, you’re trying to be recognized.”
I love that phrase. You’re not trying to rank, you’re trying to be recognized. We need to keep this in mind. I agree with Lily’s point of view almost 100%. The key word there is “almost.”
Nothing that Lily uncovered in her research is wrong, so far as I can tell. I absolutely agree that you have to make sure your web presence includes places where your customers hang out. These are the spokes of your hub and spoke strategy. If you’ve listened to the show before, you’ve heard me talk about spokes. You’ve heard me talk about the hub and spokes. I’ve got links in the show notes about how you can put these to work. Or if you want, you can see chapter five of my book available on amazon.com and also linked to in the show notes.
The fact remains, you need to build direct relationships with your customers. You need to provide the kinds of human centered, helpful content that answers customers’ questions. And you need that content to exist where your customers are. That includes spokes like LinkedIn or Instagram or Reddit threads or what have you. You also can’t rely solely—and solely is the important word here—on third-party sites, or else you’re letting other folks control your access to customers.
By the way, this isn’t just Google’s strategy, right? We know that gatekeeper is going to gate. Many of the links in today’s show notes are from brilliant people who I admire and they’re posting their content on LinkedIn. But LinkedIn itself is part of the problem. You can’t see this content without a LinkedIn account. And most folks aren’t duplicating their content and comments on their own sites. I know I’m not most of the time. Instead, we are putting ourselves behind their gates and thanking them for the privilege of being seen.
What blows my mind is when you link to a post on LinkedIn, if you just copy and paste, the title of the link is “Post Feed | LinkedIn.” Not who posted it, not what it’s about, just an anonymous, amorphous LinkedIn post in a generic LinkedIn feed on LinkedIn. Remind me again whose brand you’re building here.
Again, it’s our job to be seen. It doesn’t matter if it’s Google doing this or LinkedIn doing this or Instagram doing this or TikTok doing this. Your content plays a key role. It has to be seen. But it has to belong to you. So not just the spoke and to be fair, not just the hub. This is hub and spoke. You need to make sure you’re using both or else it doesn’t matter where you show up, you’re still not going to get traffic, you’re still not going get the kind of brand awareness you need, and you’re certainly not going to do it for free.
Once you get people to engage with you, you need to create deep, meaningful experiences that encourage your customers to search for you and recommend you by name to their friends and family and fans and followers.
And as you build these relationships, you need to convince your customers that you’re worthy and trustworthy to share their data with you so you can keep the conversation going. Otherwise, you’re going to be stuck behind Google’s gate praying for them to introduce more ads so that you can pay to be seen. Or LinkedIn’s gates, or Instagram’s gates, or TikTok’s gates. Google and the rest are trying to close the gate on marketers. Your job is to make sure your customers are willing and want to jump over those gates to reach you.
And I can’t wait to see you do it.
Show Wrap-Up and CreditsNow looking at the clock on the wall, we are out of time for this week. I’m willing to bet that you might know someone who would benefit from what we’ve talked about today. Are you thinking of someone? Why not send them a link to the episode and let them know what you think too. You can also find the show notes for this episode, episode 463, by going to timpeter.com/podcast. Again, that’s timpeter.com/podcast.
And of course, be sure to like and subscribe wherever you get your favorite podcasts.
If you’re looking for something new to read, by the way, I’d love to suggest the number one new e-commerce book on Amazon.com called Digital Reset, Driving Marketing and Customer Acquisition Beyond Big Tech and written by me. Pick up a copy and let me know what you think. I would genuinely appreciate it.
With all that said, thank you so much for listening. This show would not happen without you. I’ll be back next week with a new episode, and until then, please be well, be safe, and as the saying goes, be excellent to each other. Take care now.
The post Revisiting Google Closes the Gate (Thinks Out Loud) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
One of my favorite facts about the internet is that people will always tell you when you’re wrong. Seriously. It’s a feature, not a bug. Because when that happens, it…
The post The Brand is the Prompt (Thinks Out Loud 465) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
Apple told us at their WWDC that they’re seriously rethinking how they use AI on their devices, largely because they way they’s previously announced AI on their devices straight up…
The post Revisiting Is Apple Dropping Google? What Does That Mean For Your Business? appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
Mary Meeker’s latest report is out and it’s all about artificial intelligence. It’s a brilliant report. But it’s missing why all of these changes matter for marketers and e-commerce/customer acquisition…
The post AI Is Eating the World, But Who’s Paying for Dinner? (Thinks Out Loud 464) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
Google’s AI Mode in search, to put it bluntly, sucks. At least it does if your job is to drive traffic and revenue for your business. We all know that…
The post Google Closes the Gate on Marketers (Thinks Out Loud) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
It’s Memorial Day weekend here in the US. And Tim’s got some quick thoughts for you to enjoy before you take off for the weekend. Be sure to give a…
The post Touch Grass — Memorial Day 2025 (Thinks Out Loud 462) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
This is a slightly different episode than usual, and, to be honest, slightly more self-promotional than usual, too. You see, I am very excited to share the news that my…
The post Digital Reset is Here (Thinks Out Loud 461) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
According to Search Engine Journal, Apple might be thinking about replacing Google with ChatGPT or Perplexity as its default search engine in Safari. I know, I know, it sounds crazy.…
The post Is Apple Dropping Google? What Does That Mean For Your Business? (Thinks Out Loud 460) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
My friend Mark Schafer just asked a brilliant question on LinkedIn about whether small and mid-sized businesses are destined to fall behind when it comes to AI. It’s a beautiful…
The post Is It Impossible for Marketers to Keep Up With AI? (Thinks Out Loud 459) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
This is a huge week around here. I’ve just announced the release of my new book, Digital Reset: Driving Marketing and Customer Acquisition Beyond Big Tech. Which, yay, and all.…
The post Digital Reset: Build Customer Relationships Big Tech—and AI—Can’t Touch (Thinks Out Loud 458) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
Google may have just told marketers they can never use AI to create content. Or… maybe not. Their actual recommendations are somewhat more nuanced than simply “AI bad” or “AI…
The post Google Says You Should Not Use AI To Create Content… Kind Of (Thinks Out Loud 457) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
So, the economy has been going through it over the last couple months — and especially over the last week in particular. That’s a plain fact. But it’s more than…
The post Here We Go Again: Marketing in Another Bizarre Economy (Thinks Out Loud 456) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
If there’s one thing I hate to see, it’s marketers, e-commerce, and customer acquisition folks who talk about AI as if it’s going to solve every problem their business has.…
The post AI Can’t Save Bad Strategy: Why Fundamentals Still Matter in 2025 (Thinks Out Loud Episode 455) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
Artificial intelligence plays an ever-increasing role in marketing, e-commerce, and customer acquisition. Loads of companies and marketers use AI to plan, create, personalize, and measure their marketing activities. In general,…
The post Should You Use AI to Create Your Content? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 454) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
I’ve long believed that AI won’t steal your job, but rather that smart people who put AI to work will. After all, marketing, e-commerce, and customer acquisition roles are simply…
The post What If I’m Wrong About AI and Marketing Jobs? (Thinks Out Loud 453) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
Content marketing plays a crucial role in driving results for your business. Done well, it’s your organization’s 24/7/365 ” salesperson and your 24/7/365 customer service rep. But the emergence of…
The post Best of Thinks Out Loud: Will AI Kill Content Marketing for Customer Acquisition? appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
I’ve long argued that artificial intelligence won’t take your job, but that smart people who use AI might. What you might want to think about though is what “smart people…
The post AI and the Future of Marketing and E-commerce — How You Stay Relevant appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
With all of the discussion around ChatGPT, generative AI, and large language models, you’d think that OpenAI’s tools — or those from Perplexity or Anthropic — are crushing Google. It…
The post Google vs. ChatGPT: Who’s Really Winning… And Why It Matters for Your Business (Thinks Out Loud Episode 451) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
Is it possible that clicks are overrated in digital marketing and in marketing more generally? Isn’t the point of marketing to drive revenue? I think so, in both cases. You…
The post AI, Content, and Revenue: Why Clicks Are Overrated (Thinks Out Loud Episode 450) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
There’s only one way to succeed this year & and every year. Success is more than just what you do in digital or marketing. Success goes far beyond just your business.
Of course success in digital and marketing and your business matters. But, business success often follows from success across multiple areas of your life. Successful people may seem like they’re accomplished in many areas… because they are. They’re not focused solely on being “their best selves” only at work or only in part of their lives. They bring that to every aspect of what they do.
It’s the idea of being your best self that’s at the heart of the conversation I want to have with you this week. What does “being your best self” look like in practice? What can you do to achieve it? And how does it apply not only in business, but across many areas of your life? That’s what this episode of Thinks Out Loud is all about.
Want to learn more? Here are the show notes for you.
Revisiting “The Only Way to Succeed Next Year” (Thinks Out Loud) — Headlines and Show NotesShow Notes and Links* The Only Way to Succeed Next Year (Thinks Out Loud Episode 444) * Why New Year’s Resolutions Set You Up to Fail | Psychology Today * New Year’s resolutions often don’t last. Here’s why they fail and how to keep them, according to an expert. – CBS News * Mihaly Csikszentmihalyi – Wikipedia * 8 Traits of Flow According to Mihaly Csikszentmihalyi * AI Is Not the Future. You Are (Thinks Out Loud Episode 443) * wheel of life – Google Search * Navigating Life’s Spheres: Your Guide to the Balance Wheel | Love Light & Inspiration * The Vor Game – Wikipedia * "Touch Grass" (Thinks Out Loud Episode 358) * Revisiting "What Are We Doing Here?" * How Are You Holding Up? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 316) * Lessons Learned: The TPA Anniversary Show (Thinks Out Loud Episode 420) * Recapping 2023 Part 2 — Personal Lessons Learned (Thinks Out Loud Episode 407)
You might also enjoy this webinar I recently participated in with Miles Partnership that looked at "The Power of Generative AI and ChatGPT: What It Means for Tourism & Hospitality" here:
Free DownloadsWe have some free downloads for you to help you navigate the current situation, which you can find right here:
Best of Thinks Out LoudYou can find our “Best of Thinks Out Loud” playlist on Spotify right here:
Subscribe to Thinks Out Loud* Subscribe in iTunes * Subscribe in the Google Play Store
Contact information for the podcast: podcast@timpeter.com
Past Insights from Tim Peter ThinksTechnical Details for Thinks Out LoudRecorded using a Shure SM7B Vocal Dynamic Microphone and a Focusrite Scarlett 4i4 (3rd Gen) USB Audio Interface into Logic Pro X for the Mac.
Running time: 25m 16s
You can subscribe to Thinks Out Loud in iTunes, the Google Play Store, via our dedicated podcast RSS feed (or sign up for our free newsletter). You can also download/listen to the podcast here on Thinks using the player at the top of this page.
Transcript: Revisiting The Only Way to Succeed Next YearRight before the end of last year, we had an episode called “The Only Way to Succeed Next Year.”
We’re roughly half way through the first quarter. 1/8th of the year is already behind us. And given that around 80% of New Year’s resolutions fail by the end of January, it felt like a good time to revisit this discussion.
The key takeaways from the episode were around how you drive success. If driving success in your business — and your life — matters to you in 2025, you need to think beyond just business and marketing and digital.
You need to think about the kind of person you want to be, in every area of your life. You need to think about the kinds of relationships you want to have, the people you want to spend your time with, outside of business as well as within it. You need to do the work to get better in those areas, to improve your relationships with the people that matter to you.
Focus as much as you can on the areas and people that give your life meaning. Doing the work towards improving in those areas help you find flow in your activities, which help you feel more fulfilled overall. And finding greater fulfillment overall helps you persevere during the tougher times of your days and weeks and months.
I think you’ll enjoy this discussion. This is Thinks Out Loud, let’s dive in and revisit “The Only Way to Succeed Next Year”
Well hello again everybody and welcome back to Thinks Out Loud, your source for all the digital expertise your business needs. My name is Tim Peter, this is episode 444 of the Big Show, and I think we’ve got a really cool episode for you today.
Most of what I’m going to talk about in this episode, on the surface, has little to do with marketing or digital or business strategy, the topics we typically talk about here. I don’t have any big predictions for 2025 yet, or any major recap of 2024, you know, those are coming. And if you only care about those topics, you might want to skip to your other favorite podcast right now and then check our future episodes for that content.
I’d recommend against that though, because what’s also true is that what I plan to talk about today has everything to do with marketing and digital and business strategy. I suspect it will be obvious why shortly, but I’ll explicitly call out the reason at the end for you.
The thing is, as we come up on the end of the year, I have a problem with the conventional wisdom that almost everybody spouts off about almost every holiday season. You know, you’ll hear people say that it’s time to look back at the year you just experienced and what went well and what didn’t go well and what did you learn from those experiences. They’ll tell you to look ahead at what you hope to accomplish, and your goals for the new year, and what you’re going to do more of, and what you’re going to do better. Most people, many people, will tell you to spend time with family and reconnect with old friends. People will say, “You really need to make the most of this time. You never know how much longer you’ll have with grandma or grandpa, or your parents, or whomever.”
I hate this advice.
Now don’t misunderstand, I don’t want to challenge the conventional wisdom around what you do for the next two weeks. You should look back. You should look ahead to what you want to accomplish, and you absolutely should spend time with the people you love, and reconnect with old friends, and enjoy this time with your family.
My problem isn’t “Why aren’t you doing this during the holidays? “My problem is, “Why aren’t you doing this every single day and week and month throughout the year?” Seriously.
Yes, we should all use every opportunity. To look back at what we learned, we should use every opportunity to look forward to what we hope to accomplish. And we all should spend more time with family and friends and the people we love. If I wanted to be funny, I would say, “Notice how I listed friends, family, and the people you love into three separate categories?”
You know, in truth though, if they’re not the people you love, maybe the problem isn’t that, it’s that you maybe shouldn’t categorize them as family or friends. Maybe the reason they’re not the people you love is something you need to work on, and more on this in a bit. The reality though is don’t spend too much time with toxic people. And if everyone you know is toxic, Then I suspect they’re not the problem, and I will have much more on that a little later, too.
At any rate, when we’re talking about how you use this time, I think you really need to set yourself up for success every week and every month all year long. And I mean success in a broader way than just what you do in your business.
You may remember that I talked about a balance wheel or a wheel of life in last week’s episode. I’m not going to recap the whole process for you, but the idea is that this provides you a great time and a great tool to take stock of where you are in every area of your life that matters to you. Work? Sure. But also family and friends and your mental and physical and financial well being.
The great thing about an exercise like this is that you get to decide which of those areas are important to you. You also get to decide how satisfied you are in each of those areas, and you get to decide, once you’ve taken a look at that wheel, which ones you want to work on, and the order you’ll do that work.
That’s something you can do all year long, and that’s how you succeed next year. This isn’t about New Year’s resolutions, either, and it certainly isn’t about, you know, hustle culture, just “doing more.”
Don’t get me wrong, hustle culture can be useful, to a point, but it’s usually focused solely on your work. It usually thinks solely in terms of, what are you going to turn out today from a work perspective? Success in work is up to you and obviously important. It’s something I talk about on this show all the time. Work often is a huge contributor to the meaning in our lives. It’s also not the only thing that gives our lives meaning. In fact, I would go so far to say it shouldn’t be the only thing that matters to give your life meaning.
Instead, I’m talking about being the best version of yourself in all of the areas of your life that matter to you and that give your life meaning. And there’s a way that you can do this to drive improvement throughout your life, all year long, where New Year’s resolutions fail.
New Year’s resolutions don’t tend to work for two reasons, for at least two reasons. I mean, one of the big ones is that they often aren’t necessarily seen as fun. But the two big reasons are, one, that there’s no consequence, really, if you break them. You might feel bad about it for a couple of days, but eventually it’s just something that happened and you move on with life.
And the second is you have to wait an entire year for them to come back around again. If you didn’t accomplish this year’s New Year’s resolutions by, you know, if you haven’t made progress by the end of January, oh well, I guess it’s over. No big deal.
We’re drawn to New Year’s resolutions because the first day of the year is symbolically important. And that symbolism has a certain power, one that our brains latch on to. It’s really important to our minds, that date, because it’s imbued with so much culture and tradition. There’s research that backs this up, by the way, that our minds just get wrapped around specific dates. Days like New Year’s Day or the first of the year as being hugely important.
There’s also research that backs up what I’m about to share that’s just kind of crazy. Unfortunately, I can’t remember who to credit for this one. So while there will be links in the show notes for many of the things I’m talking about, there won’t be for this one. A Google search wasn’t helping me out. I will certainly update the links later if I can find it.
In any case, the further we get away from January 1st, the less power it holds over us. Its symbolism dwindles. Here’s the funny thing about that research, though. It showed that January 1st, isn’t the only symbolically important date in our lives. Other dates have meaning, too.
For instance, your birthday is a pretty big day. We give it a certain power in our minds. If you’re married, your wedding anniversary is another one of those days. If you have children, your kids birthdays have a certain power. And any of those can be used as days where you start something new or reassess or have the drive to start again, to renew yourself. Each of these are opportunities to reinvigorate and renew your focus on the things that matter to you.
But brace yourself, because the research found something even stranger. It turns out almost any day can hold that same symbolic power, as long as that date matters to you. Which is crazy, because it really means that almost any day is an opportunity to reinvigorate yourself and renew your focus on the things that matter to you. That’s incredible when you think about it, because now we’re not talking about New Year’s resolutions. We’re talking about where am I starting from today.
Now the funny thing is, if you find that too abstract a concept to get your head around, in terms of how you would execute that, there are two days that almost everyone recognizes as powerful And those are the first day of the month and the first day of the week, which means you don’t have to have New Year’s resolutions. You can have new month resolutions and new week resolutions. You can renew and reinvigorate every month and every week. You don’t have to think about what matters to you and what you want to change next year. Just think about what you want to change in January, and then again in February, and again in March.
You can do the same every Sunday or Monday too, depending on what you consider the first day of the week. It could be the first day of the week, it could be the first day of your work week. You, all you have to do is take a few minutes and make a short list of what you’re going to work on from your balance wheel this week. Then do it again the following week, and the following, and so on.
There’s this great hidden benefit to it, compared with New Year’s resolutions, by the way, that if a single week doesn’t go as planned, it doesn’t throw you off for the whole month or the whole year. You just reset on the following week, focus on what matters to you that week, and work towards becoming more completely yourself.
And the great thing is, whether you do this 12 times a year, or 52, or some number in between those, I mean, we can all have a week that gets away from us, you will end up growing as a person.
Over the course of those 52 weeks, you’ll end up building better relationships with the people who matter to you. Those outcomes, that focus, is what I mean when I’m talking about the only way to succeed next year. In this case, success isn’t just a business concept, it’s a life concept. It’s how you grow as a person.
Now the funny thing is, that growth has other benefits beyond just the obvious. And that’s where this does have something to do with marketing or digital or business strategy. In fact, it has everything to do with marketing and digital and business strategy.
Why?
Because the greatest successes in marketing and digital and business strategy, and pretty much anything else in life, occur when you’re your whole self, when you feel good about yourself, when you’re able to bring your entire being to the moment and to the thing that you’re working on.
I met somebody new and a client the other day whose approach just absolutely thrilled me, filled me with joy. He was so thoughtful and so present and so clear minded about his work and his life and what was important to him. He was so clear about what he thought he could do well and what he thought he couldn’t. He set appropriate boundaries with the people in the room without any argument or any drama. He simply wanted to focus on doing his very best work and supporting the team as a whole in the best way that he could. He is, already I’m finding out, just a delight to have met and work with. At least from what I can see on the surface, everything is going right for him. And I think it’s because he’s true to what matters to him.
If you look at the people who constantly gripe that nothing ever goes right, they’re almost always at least a little bit at fault.
Now, hang with me for a second. Because this is the internet, let me say right away, of course there are exceptions. Unfortunately, far too many cases exist where people are discriminated against or find themselves in abusive situations or have serious health issues. On a personal level, I’ve lost multiple family members and dear friends to things like cancer. I know people who struggle with mental illnesses and other very real problems in their lives.
Situations like that absolutely suck. There’s no two ways about it. And I offer anybody going through anything like that nothing but peace and comfort and good fortune every day going forward, starting today. I’m not talking about those people. I’m talking about the people who you encounter from time to time — we all do — who really don’t have any major issues in their lives in any real terms and still find ways to bitch about everything in the world every day, right?
In high school, by the way, one of my teachers, a priest as it happens, once told me the difference between bitching and complaining. It’s pretty big. Complaining is when you talk about your problems to someone who can do something about them, who can help you improve the situation. Bitching is when you talk about your problems to everybody else.*
You know, and don’t get me wrong, there’s nothing wrong with bitching every now and again if it helps you move past something that’s bugging you. I bitch to my wife regularly about whatever things that are going on, whether trivial or significant, that has drawn my attention on any given day or in any given week. We all do. That’s normal. If you’re doing it all the time though, you know, maybe the problem isn’t with what’s going on in the world. Maybe it’s how you’re reacting to it.
So with all I’m that out of the the way and speaking only about those who bitch about quote-unquote, “everything” — as well as those of you who simply want to find new ways to succeed — the simple fact is you can change your outcomes by changing your outlook.
And I know that might sound trite. But it’s true, the groundbreaking work around flow, that is the state of operating at peak performance, you know, fully in the zone, identified by Mihaly Csikszentmihalyi, depends on three factors. And those three factors are, you’re working towards a single clear goal.
That goal matters to you, it’s meaningful in your life, and the work challenges you without overwhelming you. It, it causes you to push yourself. When you’re working with flow, you feel energized across many areas of your, areas of your life. You’re happier as a person, you’re more fully yourself. In other words, working towards your goals will make you feel better in pretty much all the other areas of your life.
So even if you don’t love where you are in your career, or maybe your company is struggling and you’re not in a position at the moment to do a lot about it. But if you imagine you’re spending time each week and each month learning from what you’d accomplished in the prior week or month, that would move you towards a meaningful goal of self improvement.
Imagine if you were truly present for your family and friends and the people you love, that would move you towards the meaningful goal of building stronger and healthier relationships. Even when you can’t find flow at work, you can find flow in the other areas of your life, Which are areas that are going to continue to exist even as you change jobs and careers over the course of your working life.
Working in this way on yourself helps you become a more fully realized version of yourself, which actually helps you become more focused and thoughtful at work. And quite possibly help you move forward as a digital marketer and strategist. And if not, you’ll still be fulfilled outside of work. You know, that’s really a great thing.
It reminds me of a quote I love about strategy from the Lois McMaster Bujold book, “The Vor Game,” which you should totally check out. A character in the book says, “The key to strategy. Is not to choose a path to victory, but to choose so that all paths lead to victory.” Now, in fairness, she follows that up by saying, “ideally,” acknowledging that it’s not always easy to have all paths lead to victory every single time. Still, it’s worth choosing as many as you can that help.
So, if you’re not necessarily having the best place at work, working on yourself is something you can control. Working on your relationships is something you can control.
And that goes the other way, too. If you’re doing well in work, it allows you to say, “Okay, maybe I can’t control what’s happening with my relationships or a specific relationship, because the other person is not being everybody. They can’t control it. You would like them to be, but you can work on yourself and you can work on your work.”
So ultimately, it’s working towards all paths helping you to succeed. If your success matters to you next year though, you need to think beyond just business and just marketing and just digital. You need to think about the kind of person you want to be in every area of your life. You need to think about the kinds of relationships you want to have, the people you want to spend your time with outside of business as well as within it.
And then do the work in those areas to improve your relationships with the people that matter to you. Make sure you focus as much as you can on the areas and people that give your life meaning. Working towards improving in those areas helps you find flow in your activities, which will help you feel more fulfilled overall.
And finding greater fulfillment overall helps you persevere during the tougher times of your days and weeks and months that undoubtedly will happen. Remember that you don’t have to think about New Year’s resolutions or wait for January 1st to roll around to make changes. You get to reset your objectives and renew your focus every month and every week.
So the point I want to leave you with today is that your ability to be the person you want to be is entirely in your hands. And becoming the person you truly want to be is, in my book, The only real way to succeed next year, and every year after that. I hope you have a wonderful holiday season. I hope you get to spend it with people you love, and that everything next year goes really well for you. Just remember, a lot of that is within your hands, and I can’t wait to see what you do with it.
Show Wrap-Up and CreditsDo you know anybody that needs to hear this today? Do you know anyone who needs to hear what we just talked about. I’m pretty sure you just thought of someone. So be sure to share this episode with them.
And of course, like and subscribe on YouTube, Spotify, or wherever you regularly get your podcasts. Until next time, I hope you’re well, I hope you’re safe, and I hope you take care of yourself.
We’ll see you soon.
The post Revisiting “The Only Way to Succeed Next Year” (Thinks Out Loud) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
We’re living through an evolving landscape around content marketing in the age of AI. This evolution raises the question of whether AI will kill content marketing for customer acquisition.
What do we think? Nope. No way. AI absolutely has its place. But quality content without human connection won’t work for customer acquisition. While AI can enhance content creation, it should not replace the human element that customers actively seek every single day. Personalization and community play a key role in your marketing and customer acquisition strategies. And relying on AI to “be human” almost guarantees that your content marketing won’t work.
Instead, businesses that prioritize genuine human interaction will thrive, regardless of technological advancements. Why is that so? Why does this matter? And how can you make sure that AI makes your content marketing more effective for customer acquisition? That’s what this episode of the Thinks Out Loud podcast is all about.
Want to learn more? Here are the show notes for you.
Will AI Kill Content Marketing for Customer Acquisition? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 449) — Headlines and Show NotesShow Notes and Links* Deal With It: Digital Makes Marketing Easier for Everyone, Which Makes Marketing Harder For Everyone (Thinks Out Loud Episode 213) * How to Put Big Tech and AI — the Biggest Threat and Biggest Enablers of Your Business — to Work (Episode 428) * Digital Transformation is All About Customers (Thinks Out Loud Episode 323) – Tim Peter & Associates * When people are your brand – Tim Peter & Associates * Big Digital Marketing Trends: Who Speaks For Your Business? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 377) * Belonging to the Brand: Why Community is the Last Great Marketing Strategy eBook by Mark Schaefer (Kindle Store) * The Rebirth of Trusted Gatekeepers (Thinks Out Loud Episode 307) – Tim Peter & Associates * Will AI Kill Your Brand (Thinks Out Loud Episode 435) * When Will AI Get Good at Marketing? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 446) * Will AI and ChatGPT Kill Your Search Traffic? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 381) * Will AI Kill Emotion in Marketing? – Biznology * What’s the Point of Your Website in an Age of AI? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 447) * Are AI and Digital Evil (Thinks Out Loud Episode 438)
Show Chapters* 00:00 The Role of Content in Customer Acquisition * 01:33 AI’s Impact on Content Marketing * 03:45 The Importance of Human Connection * 04:04 Personalization and Community in Marketing * 07:45 The Future of Content Marketing with AI
You might also enjoy this webinar I recently participated in with Miles Partnership that looked at "The Power of Generative AI and ChatGPT: What It Means for Tourism & Hospitality" here:
Free DownloadsWe have some free downloads for you to help you navigate the current situation, which you can find right here:
Best of Thinks Out LoudYou can find our “Best of Thinks Out Loud” playlist on Spotify right here:
Subscribe to Thinks Out Loud* Subscribe in iTunes * Subscribe in the Google Play Store
Contact information for the podcast: podcast@timpeter.com
Past Insights from Tim Peter ThinksTechnical Details for Thinks Out LoudRecorded using a Shure SM7B Vocal Dynamic Microphone and a Focusrite Scarlett 4i4 (3rd Gen) USB Audio Interface into Logic Pro X for the Mac.
Running time: 14m 02s
You can subscribe to Thinks Out Loud in iTunes, the Google Play Store, via our dedicated podcast RSS feed (or sign up for our free newsletter). You can also download/listen to the podcast here on Thinks using the player at the top of this page.
Transcript: Will AI Kill Content Marketing for Customer Acquisition?Hi everyone, welcome back to Thinks Out Loud. I’m Tim Peter.
I’ve built my career using digital channels to drive customer acquisition and in particular to lower customer acquisition costs for all kinds of businesses. I’ve long argued that quality content plays a key role in helping businesses like yours build a relationship with your customers to lower your customer acquisition costs.
Content is your 24x7x365 customer service person. It’s your 24x7x365 sales rep. As we’ve all heard plenty of times, content is king, right?
Or is it?
The availability of AI makes producing quality content relatively cheap and easy. And as I’ve talked about a bunch of times before, when a new technology makes marketing and customer acquisition easier for everyone, it ends up making marketing and customer acquisition harder for everyone. Your competitors are now able to flood the zone with cheap, decent content on social and search and making it harder for you to cut through the clutter.
That raises the question, will AI kill content marketing for customer acquisition? I’m Tim Peter. This is episode 449 of Thinks Out Loud.
Let’s dive in.
Okay, so let’s get the first question out of the way right up front. Will AI kill content marketing for customer acquisition? My answer is pretty straightforward. Only if we let it.
If you’ve listened to this show for any amount of time, you know that I’m not an “either/or” kind of person. I’m all about “both/and.”
AI absolutely has its place. This is about both AI and quality content. AI has a place in making that happen. That place, what it can do for us, will undoubtedly grow over time.
AI is great for helping you brainstorm new content ideas. It’s amazing for helping you research your customers and their needs. AI can do a credible job, sometimes better than credible, at first drafts and editing. You can use AI to review your content and offer valuable feedback about how well you make your points, all from the point of view of your customers, as well as using it for more tactical items like grammar and style tips. It’s also able to automate developing and delivering personalized headlines and copy and imagery at scale. These are common features in all manner of digital tools today, not just large language models like ChatGPT, Claude or Google’s Gemini. They’re super helpful automating the time consuming and expensive parts of creating content at scale.
I also think that you almost certainly don’t want AI to become the face of your brand. Why? Let’s start by remembering Jeff Bezos’ advice about what won’t change. What are the things we know aren’t going to change?
One thing that’s not going to change is that your customers value companies that take care of them more than anything. They want to work with companies that make their lives easier. That’s true and it’s always true. Another truth is that people want to work with people.
My friend Mark Schaefer in his book, Belonging to the Brand, Why Community is the Last Great Marketing Strategy, argues compellingly that customers continually seek a community that matches their values and concerns. To borrow a phrase, we all want someplace “where everybody knows your name.” That’s why personalization shows up every year on every list of the big trends shaping marketing and customer acquisition.
This is actually highly related to the point about customers wanting to work with companies that make their lives easier. It’s not that customers want personalization. It’s that they want companies that understand and address their wants, their needs, their hopes, and their fears. They want to be seen and heard as individuals, as human beings.
How many times have you heard people in marketing talking about using “surprise and delight” to drive customer acquisition and retention? The sad truth is that far too often, “understanding customers” and “meeting their needs” qualifies as surprising and delightful.
At least in theory, no one should be better at doing that than another human being, and in particular, another human being who genuinely cares. My point here is that Mark is spot on. Community matters.
And in a world where AI plays an increasingly prominent role in our lives, being human matters. It gives you a way to connect with current and potential customers in a real, live, human way.
If you tilt your head and squint, it’s actually pretty easy to see how community itself is a sort of personalization. Community demonstrates that you’re talking to individuals who share the same values and concerns as they do. It’s a fundamentally human way of demonstrating your own humanity and your company’s humanity.
I predict that the companies that do the best job of connecting with their customers as human beings, the companies who center human beings, will be the big winners over the next decade, whether they’re large businesses or small businesses. And that will be true even if they use AI under the hood or behind the scenes.
So what has all that got to do with content marketing? Actually… EVERYTHING.
No one wants to read or listen to or watch or experience machine-generated content. No one wants generic content that lacks a clear point of view or a style. They don’t want content that isn’t tailored to themselves or the communities that matter to them.
They want to know you’re talking to them, both as individuals and as members of the communities that matter to them. They want to hear your voice, both literally and figuratively. Customers want to know who they’re dealing with.
And if I could make another bold prediction, we’re going to see, I think, a very real, very serious pushback on AI-generated content. We’re already starting to see it. Your customers, the human beings that you talk to and with every day, want to hear from other human beings. They want to hear from people they trust. They want to see and hear from and connect with people, ideally a person, someone they know and trust.
Part of creating quality content that matters for your customers is putting a human face to that content.
So why not show them who’s behind it? If you’ve got a webinar or a podcast or a video, you want to be clear about who the people in these conversations are and what they share in common with your customers. There’s a reason that podcasts have the same hosts all the time. They’re all about building a personal relationship with their listeners, with their audience.
If you’ve got written content, go ahead and list who the author is, who they are, and again, what they have in common with your audience. It’s about building that human relationship. And sure, you can use AI to help with the planning, with the outlining, with the drafting, and with the editing.
You can use AI to help you repurpose the content for different audiences. Automation is absolutely part of both scaling up volume and lowering your cost of customer acquisition. You want to use the best of both worlds, both human and automation, to drive results for your business. That’s what I mean. This is about making sure we’re doing “both/and.”
If you want to acquire customers, if you want to acquire more customers, you want to be more human. Not just “seen as human,” but actually “be human.” You want your content to connect with your customers as people, as human beings, as individuals and as parts of the larger communities that they care about. You want to provide a human face that your customers can grow to trust.
And yes, you also want to use AI as a valuable tool to produce and distribute your content more quickly, more easily, and in a more personalized way. It’s not “either/or;” it’s “both/and.”
AI is not going to kill content marketing. There, I’ve said it. Let me plant a stake in the ground.
AI will not kill content marketing. Bad content will. Boring, obviously machine-generated content that lacks humanity will. Content that fails to connect with human beings as individuals and as members of the communities they care about will kill content marketing.
In short, AI will only kill content marketing if you let it. So let’s not do that, okay?
Show Wrap-Up and CreditsNow, looking at the clock on the wall, we are out of time for this week.
I want to remind you again that you can find the show notes for this episode, as well as an archive of all past episodes, by going to timpeter.com/podcast. Again, that’s timpeter.com/podcast. Just look for episode 449.
Subscribe to Thinks Out LoudDon’t forget that you can click on the subscribe link in any of the episodes that you find there to have Thinks Out Loud delivered to your favorite podcatcher every single week. You can also find Thinks Out Loud on Apple Podcasts, Spotify, YouTube Music, anywhere fine podcasts are found.
Leave a Rating or Review for Thinks Out LoudI would also very much appreciate it if you could provide a positive rating or review for the show whenever you use one of those services.
If you like what you hear on Thinks Out Loud, if you enjoy what we talk about, if you like being part of the community that we’re building here, please give us a positive rating or review.
Reviews help other listeners find the podcast. Reviews help other listeners understand what Thinks Out Loud is all about. They help to build our community and they mean the world to me. So thank you so much for doing that. I very, very much appreciate it.
Thinks Out Loud on Social MediaYou can also find Thinks Out Loud on LinkedIn by going to linkedin.com/tim-peter-and-associates-llc. And of course, you can email me by sending an email to podcast(at)timpeter.com. Again, that’s podcast(at)timpeter.com.
Show OutroFinally, and I know I say this a lot, I want you to know how thrilled I am that you keep listening to what we do here. It means so much to me. You are the reason we do this show. You’re the reason that Thinks Out Loud happens every single week.
So please, keep your messages coming on LinkedIn. Keep sending me things via email. I love getting a chance to talk with you, to hear what’s going on in your world, and to learn how we can do a better job building on the types of information and insights and content and community that work for you and work for your business.
So with all that said, I hope you have a fantastic rest of your day, I hope you have a wonderful week ahead, and I will look forward to speaking with you here on Thinks Out Loud next time. Until then, please be well, be safe, and as always, take care, everybody.
The post Will AI Kill Content Marketing for Customer Acquisition? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 449) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
Google’s AI Overviews show up regularly for lots of search queries. Plenty of people also use ChatGPT, Perplexity, Claude, and others for “search” (albeit, with different behaviors than we’ve long seen on Google). This reality has plenty of people asking how to ensure their website and their content shows up in search results. What can you do to drive website SEO for AI?
It’s a great question. It’s one that’s worth paying attention to. It’s also not necessarily the first question I would ask.
What is the first question? Where should your focus be when it comes to AI and search? In short, how should you think about website SEO for AI? That’s what this episode of the Thinks Out Loud podcast is all about.
Want to learn more? Here are the show notes for you.
How Should You Think About Website SEO for AI? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 448) — Headlines and Show NotesShow Notes and Links* What’s the Point of Your Website in an Age of AI? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 447) * OpenAI launches Operator, an AI agent that can do tasks on the web – Ars Technica * Ethan Mollik on LinkedIn * when is the superbowl – Explore – Google Trends * Trending Now – Google Trends * Google AI Overviews Found In 74% Of Problem-Solving Queries * Google Shares Insight On SEO For AI Overviews * The Twiddler That Didn’t Twiddle – How To Track Clicks and Click Through Rate For Google’s AI Overviews (if you have a manual action)
You might also enjoy this webinar I recently participated in with Miles Partnership that looked at "The Power of Generative AI and ChatGPT: What It Means for Tourism & Hospitality" here:
Free DownloadsWe have some free downloads for you to help you navigate the current situation, which you can find right here:
Best of Thinks Out LoudYou can find our “Best of Thinks Out Loud” playlist on Spotify right here:
Subscribe to Thinks Out Loud* Subscribe in iTunes * Subscribe in the Google Play Store
Contact information for the podcast: podcast@timpeter.com
Past Insights from Tim Peter ThinksTechnical Details for Thinks Out LoudRecorded using a Shure SM7B Vocal Dynamic Microphone and a Focusrite Scarlett 4i4 (3rd Gen) USB Audio Interface into Logic Pro X for the Mac.
Running time: 20m 15s
You can subscribe to Thinks Out Loud in iTunes, the Google Play Store, via our dedicated podcast RSS feed (or sign up for our free newsletter). You can also download/listen to the podcast here on Thinks using the player at the top of this page.
Transcript: How Should You Think About Website SEO for AI?In last week’s episode, titled What’s the Point of Your Website in an Age of AI, I talked about the reality of AI agents. And at one point I stated, “let’s start with the idea that at the moment AI agents technically don’t exist. I mean, they’re a cool idea and they could turn up at scale 10 minutes after I record this, but they don’t exist right now.”
Literally the same day that the episode dropped, OpenAI, the folks behind ChatGPT, launched a research preview of Operator. And this is what they called it, “a web automation tool that uses a new AI model called Computer Using Agent to control a web browser through a visual interface. The system performs tasks by viewing and interacting with on-screen elements like buttons and text fields similar to how a human would.” That’s from Ars Technica.
So yeah, that happened.
It might not have been 10 minutes after the episode, but it was damned close. I’d love to think I can manifest all sorts of things that easily. Like right now, I hope you hit the Powerball this week… OK, let me know how that works out for you.
In any case, I stand by the overarching point of the episode and why I think you still need a website and why that will likely be true for some time to come, if not forever. I’m not going to rehash the whole episode here. I encourage you to check it out at the link in the show notes when you get a chance.
At any rate, as a consequence of that episode, I got a couple of questions from folks wondering how they make their websites work better for AI. In short, how do you make your website show up in answers like Google’s AI Overviews or ChatGPT?
It’s a fair question. New research shows that Google AI Overviews appear on roughly 30% of searches. I’m Tim Peter. This is episode 448 of the Thinks Out Loud podcast. Let’s dive in and give it a think.
The idea of website SEO for artificial intelligence is a good one, generally. I am in support of this and I’m going to tell you as we go forward in this episode some things you can do to make sure you show up in those cases. What’s also true is that you don’t want to lose sight of the big picture.
For instance, why do I keep saying website SEO, not just SEO, regardless of where the traffic goes? Because as I noted last week, “the point of your website in the age of AI is to create a deeper, richer brand experience and engage with human customers directly. A place where you can keep your content assets free from the dictates of big tech.” In other words, if you’re trying to do SEO for someplace other than your website, you’re building your brand on rented land.
Sure, if you’ve got a YouTube channel or LinkedIn page, you undoubtedly want to follow best practices to ensure you show up there. But you also want to direct those folks to your own channels, your website and your CRM as often as possible. That’s where you ultimately have the most control with your customers.
Second, if you’re only working on your website for SEO reasons, well, you’re doing it wrong.
As Rand Fishkin once said, SEO is the reward for building your brand. In other words, the best way to beat Google at its game is to have customers search for you by name. Your marketing activities should be about building a brand that customers intentionally search for, not just showing up for every possible result in the search engine. You’re missing the bigger picture if you chase every new trend. And chasing every new trend, even ones as big as AI may prove to be, can be a massive waste of time.
Questions like these pose a perfect case for focusing on “what won’t change.” You know the story, I’ve talked about this before. Jeff Bezos, when asked about what might happen in the future, famously said it’s more important to focus on what won’t change. He knew, for instance, that consumers would always want lots of selection, they’d always want fast shipping, and they’d always want low prices. In fact, he couldn’t imagine a world where they’d want the opposite. And then he built Amazon to meet those wants.
Jumping to chase every single AI and SEO trend as they appear is chasing your tail. You’re spending too much time thinking about what will change and not enough time thinking about what won’t change.
If you’re like most folks, I imagine that you have too much to do every day to waste time. And frankly, given that time is always our most finite resource, you never want to waste it.
To get the bigger point out of the way, first, AI search is fairly limited today. I know, I know, you’re probably thinking, bull crap, lots of people search on AI. I even started by quoting a study that shows AI overview shows up for 30% of searches. Yep, guilty, lots of people do.
OpenAI gets a bit over half a billion visits every month. To remind you of the numbers though, according to Comscore, almost 40% of Americans aged 18 to 64 have used generative AI. And the Census Department found that more than 24% of American Yorkers used it, quote, least once in the week prior to being surveyed. Another number is that roughly one in nine folks, or about 11%, use generative AI nearly every workday. So that’s a healthy number of folks who are using these tools.
That also means that 60% of folks have never used it. 76% aren’t using it at least once a week. And 89% aren’t using it every day. Again, keep this front of mind. What won’t change? …or at least what isn’t changing too much yet.
As for the research around AI Overviews, well, AI Overviews appeared for 29.9% of the 10,000 keywords studied, but those keywords made up only 11.5 % of total search volume. According to Search Engine Journal, “high volume keywords are less likely to have an AI overview than mid-range search terms with monthly search volumes between 501 and 2,400.”
Here’s the thing, lots of the search queries that customers ask, whether in a traditional search or in AI tools, really aren’t worth anything to Google. In fact, they’re not really worth all that much to your business either. I’m recording this on Wednesday, January 29th and trending topics over the last seven days include:
I’m going to bet that most of these have no value to your business at all. know, lots of companies can probably do something with Lunar New Year, offering specific products, services, or specials to customers celebrating the holiday. That could be a great idea. And creative marketers may find some opportunities in other trending terms. But let’s be honest, monetizing many of these, given their connection to politics, for instance, is difficult and probably potentially risky for most folks.
Second, the shelf life of many of these types of questions is incredibly short. Even when I narrow the view in Google Trends, to say the “travel and transportation” category, which is an industry I frequently work in, I get the following list:
Obviously, if we ignore how much competition you’re going to face there, some of these, like hotels or hotel news, for instance, might be worth exploring. But another feature in Google Trends shows how long the boost in search volume above their traditional levels lasted. On the long side, “Panda Cam” lasted for, say it with me now, one day and two hours. That’s the only term that lasted longer than a day. Four of the top 10 terms saw a boost that lasted for less than six hours.
Again, you may be able to creatively find ways to use these terms. My point isn’t to discourage you to think outside the box. My point instead is to keep you focused on areas that have the most likely meaningful return. Short-term pops can help you from time to time. I’m not saying to ignore them. But usually, as the saying goes, the juice isn’t worth the squeeze.
What tends to happen is that your customers hear about something trending, some topic, some area of interest. They do a search to find out what it’s all about, get their answer, and then move on with life. Trying to rank for those in search or in AI is not a winning strategy most of the time. Ask anyone, anyone, whose business somehow managed to rank for “what time is the Super Bowl,” how much business they gained from it. I’ll bet you the answer is not much. Sure there are exceptions.
And if you’ve got a big enough team of incredibly skilled folks, you can probably make some hay there. But that’s not going to be the case for most businesses.
What’s also true is that there’s a deeper lesson in that query, the query, “what time is the Super Bowl,” than I think we tend to realize. That query is a brand query. Customers are searching for a brand, “the Super Bowl.” Yes, it’s arguably one of the most famous brands in the world, so you’d think they wouldn’t need it. But it shows that the search happened because people care about that brand. They care about the Super Bowl. And because of that, it’s the Super Bowl — and its partners — whose business benefits.
In an ideal state, that’s what you want your customers to do with your brand all the time, whether they’re searching in AI or whether they’re searching in traditional search. The data backs this up.
Returning to the Search Engine Journal, the study that Search Engine Journal cited, “…navigational queries like searching for a specific website rarely resulted in AI Overviews. This shows that,” the article says, “that AI Overviews focus on general information rather than direct navigation… and that non-brand terms are more likely to produce AI Overviews.”
The article continues to say that, “…about 33.3% of non-brand searches show an AI overview, while only 19.6% of brand searches do.” I mean that makes a ton of sense. This is about brand. This is about what do your customers really want to know. You want your customers to search for you by name. You want them to search for your brand.
When you get to how people show up in AI, how you show up in those AI searches, well, if we’re being honest, nobody knows. And I want to be fair, that’s not true. I take that statement back. There are plenty of good tips and techniques out there for how you show up at the moment.
For instance, we’ve consistently seen that sites showing up in Google’s Featured Snippets also tend to appear in AI Overviews, as well as in other AI-related search experiences. Again, I don’t want to discourage you from finding new ways and new creative ways to find new customers.
If you’re doing this during your 20% explore activities as part of a core and explore approach, where 80% of your time is dedicated to your core marketing activities and 20% is dedicated to exploring new ideas? Well, then go off, friend. That’s exactly what you should do.
At the same time, the big challenge at the moment is that AI itself, let alone search for AI, is changing incredibly fast. Again, note my point in the intro about agents showing up 10 minutes after the episode drops and then OpenAI releasing their agent about 10 minutes after the episode dropped. You’ve also undoubtedly seen the buzz around DeepSeek, a Chinese open source AI that gives near-frontier model performance, but allegedly cost only $6 million to develop. That’s opposed to the billions that others are investing to make AI the new standard for computing.
The point is that most advice on the topic of website SEO for AI right now has the shelf life of unpasteurized milk. In Phoenix. In July. We just don’t know how long some of this advice is going to last or how much long-term benefit you can derive from this.
And if we keep the focus on what won’t change, the one thing that appears to consistently be true is that brands win. As the Search Engine Journal article states, “websites with reliable voices, verified information and trustworthy content will likely be cited in AI Overviews.”
Which makes sense. If you ask any AI about a brand, it’s going to tell you about the brand. Funny how that’s what customers want too. They want to know when the Super Bowl is. They want to know the answer to their question. And AIs want to give them those answers.
So your focus should be on how do you become a great answer for the things your brand can deliver on. How do you create a great experience that your customers want again and again and again. The truth is we want our customers searching for us by name. We want our content and our websites and our experiences and our social media efforts to help customers to answer their questions, to build a relationship, to drive awareness and interest and desire and action. In short, we want to build our brand.
And we want to do that whether our customers are using search or social or AI or search on AI or anything else. That won’t change. It shouldn’t change. That’s how I think you should think about website SEO for AI. Otherwise, you risk a lot more than not showing up in the answers.
You risk that your customers simply won’t care about you.
Show Wrap-Up and CreditsNow, looking at the clock on the wall, we are out of time for this week.
And I want to remind you again that you can find the show notes for this episode, as well as an archive of all past episodes, by going to timpeter.com/podcast. Again, that’s timpeter.com/podcast. Just look for episode 448.
Subscribe to Thinks Out LoudDon’t forget that you can click on the subscribe link in any of the episodes that you find there to have Thinks Out Loud delivered to your favorite podcatcher every single week. You can also find Thinks Out Loud on Apple Podcasts, Spotify, YouTube Music, anywhere fine podcasts are found.
Leave a Rating or Review for Thinks Out LoudI would also very much appreciate it if you could provide a positive rating or review for the show whenever you use one of those services.
If you like what you hear on Thinks Out Loud, if you enjoy what we talk about, if you like being part of the community that we’re building here, please give us a positive rating or review.
Reviews help other listeners find the podcast. Reviews help other listeners understand what Thinks Out Loud is all about. They help to build our community and they mean the world to me. So thank you so much for doing that. I very, very much appreciate it.
Thinks Out Loud on Social MediaYou can also find Thinks Out Loud on LinkedIn by going to linkedin.com/tim-peter-and-associates-llc. And of course, you can email me by sending an email to podcast(at)timpeter.com. Again, that’s podcast(at)timpeter.com.
Show OutroFinally, and I know I say this a lot, I want you to know how thrilled I am that you keep listening to what we do here. It means so much to me. You are the reason we do this show. You’re the reason that Thinks Out Loud happens every single week.
So please, keep your messages coming on LinkedIn. Keep sending me things via email. I love getting a chance to talk with you, to hear what’s going on in your world, and to learn how we can do a better job building on the types of information and insights and content and community that work for you and work for your business.
So with all that said, I hope you have a fantastic rest of your day, I hope you have a wonderful week ahead, and I will look forward to speaking with you here on Thinks Out Loud next time. Until then, please be well, be safe, and as always, take care, everybody.
The post How Should You Think About Website SEO for AI? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 448) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
Do you still need a website in an age of AI? More broadly, what is the point of your business’s website in an age of AI?
As AI becomes more prevalent, we’re hearing more people suggest that maybe your website isn’t important any longer. To put it mildly, that’s a load of crap. In some ways, your website becomes more important in an age of AI.
Why is that? What do you need your website to do for your customers, your brand, and your business now more than ever? Most importantly, what is the point of your website in an age of AI? That’s what this episode of the Thinks Out Loud podcast is all about.
Want to learn more? Here are the show notes for you.
What’s the Point of Your Website in an Age of AI? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 447) — Headlines and Show NotesShow Notes and Links* U.S. Smartphone Penetration Surpassed 80 Percent in 2016 – Comscore,… – Comscore, Inc. * Demographics of Mobile Device Ownership and Adoption in the United States * Americans are using AI at fairly high rates. What does this mean for the economy? : Planet Money : NPR * Worldwide AI tool users 2030 | Statista * MrBeast * MrBeast – YouTube * 4 Reasons Why Google Metasearch in Maps Matters (Travel Tuesday) – Tim Peter & Associates * Why Google is the Beast That Scares Your Industry’s 800-lb. Gorilla (Thinks Out Loud Episode 238) * Google is Changing Search. How to Build Traffic and Revenue Beyond Google — Part 1 (Thinks Out Loud Episode 424) * The CORE Methodology: How to Build Traffic and Revenue Beyond Google — Part 2 (Thinks Out Loud Episode 425) – Tim Peter & Associates * An AI Day in the Life of a Marketing and Digital Strategy Consultant (Thinks Out Loud Episode 434) * Revisiting How to Diversify Your Marketing Mix When There’s Too Much to Do (Thinks Out Loud) * Will AI Kill Your Brand (Thinks Out Loud Episode 435) * Revisiting Why Digital Gatekeepers Kill Organic Traffic (Thinks Out Loud) – Tim Peter & Associates * Diversifying Your Marketing Mix When There’s Too Much to Do (Thinks Out Loud Episode 430) * Why AI Makes Customer Experience Even More Important for Your Business (Thinks Out Loud Episode 427) * Building a Human Brand in the Age of AI (Thinks Out Loud Episode 398) * Do You Still Need a Website? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 400) * What Connects TikTok and the Hub and Spoke Model of Digital? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 299) * How To Run Your Business As If Google Didn’t Exist (Thinks Out Loud Episode 298) – Tim Peter & Associates
You might also enjoy this webinar I recently participated in with Miles Partnership that looked at "The Power of Generative AI and ChatGPT: What It Means for Tourism & Hospitality" here:
Free DownloadsWe have some free downloads for you to help you navigate the current situation, which you can find right here:
Best of Thinks Out LoudYou can find our “Best of Thinks Out Loud” playlist on Spotify right here:
Subscribe to Thinks Out Loud* Subscribe in iTunes * Subscribe in the Google Play Store
Contact information for the podcast: podcast@timpeter.com
Past Insights from Tim Peter ThinksTechnical Details for Thinks Out LoudRecorded using a Shure SM7B Vocal Dynamic Microphone and a Focusrite Scarlett 4i4 (3rd Gen) USB Audio Interface into Logic Pro X for the Mac.
Running time: 25m 16s
You can subscribe to Thinks Out Loud in iTunes, the Google Play Store, via our dedicated podcast RSS feed (or sign up for our free newsletter). You can also download/listen to the podcast here on Thinks using the player at the top of this page.
Transcript: What’s the Point of Your Website in an Age of AI?I’ve seen a number of people talking lately about why websites aren’t as important in an age of AI. That with the rise of AI and the coming of AI agents, your customers aren’t going to visit your website and that it’s a waste of time and effort to focus too much on your website now.
Cover your kids ears and let me be abundantly clear how I feel about this. Bullshit. That is terrible advice.
I believe that saying your website is unimportant in an age of AI is complete and utter nonsense. Why is that? Why do I feel so strongly about this? And what’s the point of your business’s website in an age of AI? This is episode 447 of Thinks Out Loud. Let’s dive in.
Do you still need a website or is AI taking over? Let me get this out of the way right up front. Yes. Yes, you need a website. Your customers are going to need a place they can go to learn more about your business, your products or your services, even in the age of AI.
More to the point, you want a place where you control the customer experience and have the opportunity to create memorable brand interactions with potential customers. You want a place where you can keep your content assets free from the dictates of big tech. And you want a place where customers can visit when they think of you first, no matter how they’ve heard of your brand, so they don’t always have to ask an AI or search for you.
That last point is particularly important because those alternatives are also where your competitors live. Your customers may start out thinking of you, but end up somewhere else because your competition may do a better job of optimizing for the algorithm. Don’t play that game. Don’t build your brand on rented land. That’s been true for years. It doesn’t stop now. Do the work necessary to get customers to come directly to you.
If you think that I’m delusional about this or that I don’t understand how the world works or how the world is going to work, spare me, right? This is far from my first rodeo on this point. We have heard this many times before when it comes to new technologies coming around.
A few of these technologies come immediately to mind. Y’know, social media… there was lots of advice around building your presence on Facebook or Instagram or TikTok or YouTube. “There’s no need for a website. Social gives you everything.” Uh-huh. Sure.
What about Google Local and Google Business Profiles? Yeah, definitely. Let’s let Google decide. There were also products like Google’s Accelerated Mobile Pages, which technically were still your website. But I think we’ve learned over time those tended to be better in practice for Google than they were for your actual business.
If you don’t believe me though that you need a website and that you will still need a website, maybe you’ll believe one of the biggest, most successful social media creators in the world.
Did you know that Mr. Beast has a website? The big YouTuber? He has several. In fact, he’s got a bunch of websites. Yes, YouTube and Amazon and Instagram and X play a major role in his company’s web presence. But he still has an e-commerce website. He’s still got a place for people to get jobs with his production company. He has a site for Mr. Beastburger. Plus, there’s a single website, MrBeastInfo.com, that connects all of these and directs his customers to whichever one best serves their needs in a particular moment. It’s the hub at the center of his digital universe. Many of the links on that site do link to various YouTube channels that he controls. But here’s the point, he gets to control where those links point and he can change them at any time he wants to serve the needs of his brand and to serve the needs of his business and to serve the needs of his customers. Again, it’s the hub at the center of his digital universe.
I’ve talked about using a hub and spoke strategy for some time. The idea is that you’ve got a hub which consists of your website, your CRM, and if you have one, your app. Those are the assets that you control. Technically, the big ones are your website and your CRM because even Apple and Google control the App Store, they can control those over time. Your hub provides the assets that your customers can always visit if some gatekeeper like Google or Facebook or Apple or Amazon changes the rules on you.
And then you’ve got the spokes. Those are the channels where your customers can find you and interact with you. They should absolutely help you grow your brand’s awareness. They should absolutely help you grow your brand’s engagement. They might be a major source of traffic, engagement, revenue, or profits for your business.
But at the same time they should lead over time back to your hub to let you connect with those customers directly, whether they’re using your site, your app, or through various CRM channels like email, snail mail, and SMS.
If you think about it, the people most interested in telling you you don’t need a website are the ones who benefit the most from using the alternative they provide. That includes social media platforms. It includes Google. It includes Amazon. It includes Apple with the App Store. And when we think about AI, it’s the VCs backing AI companies who are saying, “You don’t need to worry about the website. You only need to worry about being there in the AI.”
Now don’t misunderstand, I’m not saying you don’t want to use these channels as spokes in your hub and spoke strategy. I’m saying that you always want a hub, too, just in case the folks in charge of those spokes change their minds about how they should work, or as happened many times before, shut them down completely.
Think about what happened with TikTok over the last couple of weeks. First it existed, then it was banned for a day, now it’s back. We don’t know if it will stay back. What if you built your entire brand on TikTok and it simply went away? That’s happening even as we speak.
Ultimately, your hub, your website and your CRM is for your business and your customers. Yes, your website will need to support AI broadly and AI agents specifically in time. But you’ll almost always want it to support human beings too. In fact, that’s where I think you should focus first.
Why focus on humans? Aren’t people turning to AI more and more? Won’t agents really change the game? Well, let’s start with the idea that at the moment, AI agents technically don’t exist, right? I mean, they’re a cool idea. And they could turn up at scale 10 minutes after I record this. But they don’t exist right now.
We don’t really know what building a website for agents means in practice yet. I suspect that’s going to be true for at least a little while after they do exist too, which I’ll explain in a minute. Building for a technology that doesn’t exist yet is expensive and frankly a distraction from making things better for your customers that actually use or are trying to use your site today.
We know, for instance, that cart abandonment on B2C sites is generally pretty high. We know that large numbers of website searches on B2B sites fail outright. People simply can’t find the information they’re looking for. We know that engagement rates on most sites tends to be fairly low, regardless of whether they’re targeting consumers or business customers.
Why not fix those things now instead of creating something new for a tool and technology that’s at best just a little bit over the horizon?
Second, because if and when AI agents exist, their job will be to serve the needs of their person. An agent is going to need to get answers to questions their person asks. An agent is going to need to find solutions to a problem their person has. An agent is going to need to present images of what those solutions look like. An agent is going to need to show videos of those products or solutions in action. Especially at first, agents may need to point their people to a place where they, the person, can see all of these for themselves.
Doesn’t that all sound like something your website should do? In fact, shouldn’t it do that already? Think about it. Where is the agent going to get these answers, these solutions, these images, and these videos? Don’t you want to make sure you have content and images and videos to provide those answers? And hear me out. Wouldn’t it be convenient if an agent could go to, I don’t know, one place to find what it’s looking for that addresses its person’s need? Something like, I don’t know, a website?
Sure, at some point the agent may simply present the one and only answer that perfectly meets the needs of their person. That could absolutely happen.
How soon do you think that’s likely to happen though? How soon do you think that’s likely to get adopted at scale? How much are you willing to bet on the answers to those questions?
I don’t mean to malign any of the possibilities that agents offer. Agents sound genuinely cool in theory. I’m a relatively early adopter. I use AI regularly today and I have a series of tests I run regularly to see how much I can outsource to any artificial intelligence I’m using. At the moment, the vision is compelling. But in practice, the results so far are far from letting them simply take care of everything.
And if we look past adoption curves, those suggest we’ll have some time to adjust once agents hit the market for real. Smartphones took nearly four years to reach 50% market penetration and almost 80 years to reach 80%. That’s Comscore data. Even if AI agents cut those times in half, you’ll have probably a year to meet the needs of the earliest adopters, a couple of years to meet the needs of the top 50%, and probably three to five years to meet the needs of the top 80%.
And you’ll still also need your website to accommodate 20 % of your customer base after that three to five year period. Hell, here we are in 2025 and roughly 9% of the US still doesn’t have a smartphone. Some of that is tied to income, so those might not be your customers. Some is tied to education, so some of those folks might be your customers. And some is tied to a rural-urban divide, which could go either way.
The point remains that you’re likely going to be serving the needs of 5% to 10% of your customers, and probably a lot more, through — a good lord, this pains me to say — traditional website for years, if not for decades.
If we broaden our discussion from agents to AI more generally, recent numbers show that almost 40% of Americans ages 18 to 64 have used generative AI. More than 24% of American workers used it, “at least once in the week prior to being surveyed.” This according to an NPR story on a study conducted by the Census Department. Further, that roughly one in nine folks, or about 11%, used generative AI nearly every work day.
Again, those are compelling numbers. They’re also not a majority of your customers, at least not yet. And we’re two plus years in two and a half years in, since the launch of ChatGPT.
One other reason that gives me constant confidence about this reality, inertia. Inertia is the toughest thing in the world to sell against. People are going to do what they’ve always done unless they’re given a compelling reason that makes change worth the effort. There are still 9% of the population who don’t have a smartphone. Why? Because they don’t work better than what they have today. That’s going to be completely true for websites too.
There’s something like 1.9 billion websites in the world and over 200 million websites that are actively updated. Customers aren’t going to adopt agents if they have to wait for every website in the world to become AI agent friendly. If the agents can’t provide good answers from the web as it is, people aren’t going to use them.
I’m reasonably confident that agents are going to have to work with the web as it exists today versus everyone else making websites that meet the needs of agents right away. It just doesn’t seem likely to me. I could certainly be wrong. And obviously those that figure out how to work better for AI and for agents will have an advantage over those that don’t. But I’d be willing to bet that that process is going to take a little time and that you’ll be able to move fast enough when the time comes.
Of course, I want to be very clear. You need to pay attention to your data. I’m seeing clients get small but growing amounts of traffic, referral traffic from ChatGPT, from Gemini, from Perplexity and others. Agents are coming. Your customers will use AI agents to find what they need. Feel free to disregard everything I just said if you find that your traffic from these sources has reached critical mass. I’m not being sarcastic. There’s no such thing as “best practices” if your data tells you a different story.
To wrap up this point, I am absolutely bullish on the idea of AI and agents. I use the former all the time and I’m very eager for the latter to arrive. I’m very much in that 11 % who use AI nearly every day for work. But don’t let the hype distract you though from doing what’s necessary today to take care of your customers today.
You have time to get ready for these tools. And there are things you can and should do now to be ready. What are those things? What should you do? Well, I’m glad you asked.
First, don’t rebuild your website from the ground up. At least not yet. That’s usually not necessary.
Unless your website is older, and I’m talking more than roughly four to five years, it’s probably modern enough for now. I’m gonna have a little sidebar on this in a minute. It’s likely mobile-friendly. It’s likely accessible for visually impaired people or those with low vision. It’s hopefully relatively fast.
This is the one I’m gonna take a quick detour on, then get back to the original point, but to the point of modern enough, you should regularly work to make your site faster and more accessible. I’d recommend that “regularly” means taking action at least once a year. A faster, more accessible website is better for customers. A faster website is better for search. It’s almost certainly going to be better for AI agents.
Either your IT team or your marketing operations team, assuming you have one, should have website performance improvements baked into their budgets every year. If they don’t, or if you don’t have those teams, you should make sure you’re including that in your budget and taking those actions, again, at least once a year. The alternative is a site that’s worse for search, worse for AI, worse for accessibility, worse for customers, and worse for your business.
Now, how do you make your existing site work better? Start by remembering what a website is. It’s your 24x7x365 salesperson. It’s your 24x7x365 customer service rep.
Its job is to help your customers find the information they need and to help your customers buy your products and services. Period.
Your website is not its visual design. It’s not the layout. It is the content and experiences you offer.
Focus on your core customer experiences and your core content to make a better website. What are the questions your customers need answered? What are the problems your customers need solved? How effective is your website at answering those questions and solving those problems?
Your analytics can help you find out. Start with a content audit. What are the top pages customers visit on your site? Which ones have particularly low engagement rates? Which ones do customers never see? That’s where you start.
Look for opportunities to improve poor performers — that is, pages that get lots of traffic but have low engagement rates. When you find yourself in a hole, the first thing you want to do is stop digging. Don’t keep sending tons of traffic to pages that don’t perform.
Then, look for opportunities to get more traffic to high engagement rate pages. Build an action plan for how you’re going to improve those poor performing pages and how you’re going to drive more traffic to the high engagement pages. Use heat mapping tools. Try something like Hotjar or Glassbox or Microsoft Clarity to see where your customers struggle with your site. And then build a plan to make your content more effective and more available to your customers.
Then… execute against that plan.
Make sure you’ve got structured data in place that makes it easier for AI tools to understand what your page and your content is all about.
The point here isn’t to ignore agents or AI. It’s that you’re building the right content that can help AI answer its people’s questions, its users’ questions. You’re building solutions that meet the needs of AI and of your customers. And that you’re setting yourself up for long-term success.
So yes, AI is coming. And it’s going to change the way we do some of our web development, some of our website management. Most of those changes though are yet to be determined. You’ll have time to adjust.
Just keep paying attention to your customers and your data so you’re ready to move and that you know where to go when the time comes.
That notwithstanding, the point of a website in the age of AI is to be the place where anyone and everyone, human or AI, can find the answers they need. The point of a website in the age of AI is to be the place where you can create a deeper, richer brand experience and engage with human customers directly. The point of a website in the age of AI, as always, is to bypass the gatekeepers who want to get between you and your customers. The point of a website in the age of AI is to build your brand and build your business, just like it should have been doing all along.
Show Wrap-Up and CreditsNow, looking at the clock on the wall, we are out of time for this week.
And I want to remind you again that you can find the show notes for this episode, as well as an archive of all past episodes, by going to timpeter.com/podcast. Again, that’s timpeter.com/podcast. Just look for episode 447 .
Subscribe to Thinks Out LoudDon’t forget that you can click on the subscribe link in any of the episodes that you find there to have Thinks Out Loud delivered to your favorite podcatcher every single week. You can also find Thinks Out Loud on Apple Podcasts, Spotify, YouTube Music, anywhere fine podcasts are found.
Leave a Rating or Review for Thinks Out LoudI would also very much appreciate it if you could provide a positive rating or review for the show whenever you use one of those services.
If you like what you hear on Thinks Out Loud, if you enjoy what we talk about, if you like being part of the community that we’re building here, please give us a positive rating or review.
Reviews help other listeners find the podcast. Reviews help other listeners understand what Thinks Out Loud is all about. They help to build our community and they mean the world to me. So thank you so much for doing that. I very, very much appreciate it.
Thinks Out Loud on Social MediaYou can also find Thinks Out Loud on LinkedIn by going to linkedin.com/tim-peter-and-associates-llc. And of course, you can email me by sending an email to podcast(at)timpeter.com. Again, that’s podcast(at)timpeter.com.
Show OutroFinally, and I know I say this a lot, I want you to know how thrilled I am that you keep listening to what we do here. It means so much to me. You are the reason we do this show. You’re the reason that Thinks Out Loud happens every single week.
So please, keep your messages coming on LinkedIn. Keep sending me things via email. I love getting a chance to talk with you, to hear what’s going on in your world, and to learn how we can do a better job building on the types of information and insights and content and community that work for you and work for your business.
So with all that said, I hope you have a fantastic rest of your day, I hope you have a wonderful week ahead, and I will look forward to speaking with you here on Thinks Out Loud next time. Until then, please be well, be safe, and as always, take care, everybody.
The post What’s the Point of Your Website in an Age of AI? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 447) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
Artificial intelligence is part of marketing today. But, to hear most people tell it, it’s a frustrating part. AI is either the thing that will put all marketers out of work or it’s a useless collection of vaporware, continually overpromising and underdelivering.
While it’s impossible for both of these to be true at the same moment, it’s clear that we’re facing a question: When will AI get good at marketing? When will it live up to the hype — or its potential — and deliver meaningful results for our businesses?
The reason why AI isn’t ready yet probably isn’t what you think it is. So what is? What is preventing AI from producing the results we want to see? And, ultimately, when will AI get good at marketing? That’s what this episode of the Thinks Out Loud podcast is all about.
Want to learn more? Here are the show notes for you.
When Will AI Get Good at Marketing? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 446) — Headlines and Show NotesShow Notes and Links AI Is Not the Future. You Are (Thinks Out Loud Episode 443) * Diversifying Your Marketing Mix When There’s Too Much to Do (Thinks Out Loud Episode 430) * AI is the Bear: Learning to Be a Better Marketer in the Age of AI (Thinks Out Loud Episode 422) * Will AI Kill Your Brand (Thinks Out Loud Episode 435) * An AI Day in the Life of a Marketing and Digital Strategy Consultant (Thinks Out Loud Episode 434) * Is AI Destined to Make Marketing — and Music — Worse? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 432) * Press release: The Nobel Prize in Chemistry 2024 – NobelPrize.org * Press release: The Nobel Prize in Physics 2024 – NobelPrize.org * Researchers use AI to design proteins that block snake venom toxins – Ars Technica * Switched-On Bach – Wikipedia * Hit Men: Power Brokers and Fast Money Inside the Music Business* by Fredric Dannen * The Only Way to Succeed Next Year (Thinks Out Loud Episode 444) * Are AI and Digital Evil (Thinks Out Loud Episode 438) * Is AI a Gatekeeper? Or is it a Key? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 437) * How to Put Big Tech and AI — the Biggest Threat and Biggest Enablers of Your Business — to Work (Episode 428) * Why AI Makes Customer Experience Even More Important for Your Business (Thinks Out Loud Episode 427) * What Marketers Really Need to Know About Putting AI to Work (Thinks Out Loud Episode 426) * Google is Changing Search. How to Build Traffic and Revenue Beyond Google — Part 1 (Thinks Out Loud Episode 424) * The CORE Methodology: How to Build Traffic and Revenue Beyond Google — Part 2 (Thinks Out Loud Episode 425) – Tim Peter & Associates * The Best AI is Now Free For Everyone: Revisiting Will Your Customers Use AI? (Thinks Out Loud)
You might also enjoy this webinar I recently participated in with Miles Partnership that looked at "The Power of Generative AI and ChatGPT: What It Means for Tourism & Hospitality" here:
Free DownloadsWe have some free downloads for you to help you navigate the current situation, which you can find right here:
Best of Thinks Out LoudYou can find our “Best of Thinks Out Loud” playlist on Spotify right here:
Subscribe to Thinks Out Loud* Subscribe in iTunes * Subscribe in the Google Play Store
Contact information for the podcast: podcast@timpeter.com
Past Insights from Tim Peter ThinksTechnical Details for Thinks Out LoudRecorded using a Shure SM7B Vocal Dynamic Microphone and a Focusrite Scarlett 4i4 (3rd Gen) USB Audio Interface into Logic Pro X for the Mac.
Running time: 19m 04s
You can subscribe to Thinks Out Loud in iTunes, the Google Play Store, via our dedicated podcast RSS feed (or sign up for our free newsletter). You can also download/listen to the podcast here on Thinks using the player at the top of this page.
Transcript: When Will AI Get Good at MarketingWell, hi everyone. And welcome back to Thinks Out Loud. I had a conversation with some folks over on LinkedIn the other day about whether AI is genuinely useful in marketing at the moment. And the consensus was… not really. Which leads to the question, when will AI get good at marketing? The answer to that, as I see it, is that AI will get good at marketing when we require it to do so.
I mean, if you think about it, the problem isn’t necessarily AI. The problem is, how are we using AI to make marketing meaningful in the lives of our customers? What are we doing to make marketing meaningful in the lives of our customers with or without AI? You could almost ask, when will people get good at marketing? And then it becomes a question of, how do we use AI to improve our marketing?
What’s it going to take to make AI work for our brands and our businesses? So when will AI get good at marketing? This is episode 446 of the Think Out Loud podcast. Let’s dive in and find out.
So what we’re talking about today is when will AI get good at marketing? AI will get good at marketing when we require it to. Part of the reason that AI isn’t good at marketing is because too many folks either reject its output as “not good,” quote unquote, or worse, accept it as it is. They just take the image or the copy or what have you and release that into the wild without exercising any judgment or any sense of value around it.
Both of these approaches are wrong, of course.
Let’s start with those second set of folks. Because a better question to ask is, “when will people get good at marketing?” If you think about it, AI isn’t “good at marketing” or “bad at marketing.” Marketers who use AI — or better yet, misuse AI — are the reason that we see bad AI marketing.
And I think there are a few reasons for this. First, there’s the very real case where marketers are increasingly asked to do more with less. This is hardly a new problem, but I genuinely believe it gets worse every year.
It’s no secret that your company’s C-suite regularly challenges their team — that is you — to be more efficient. They reduce headcount or drag their feet on open roles. They cap budgets, or worse, reduce them for training and tools. And they insist on driving more results despite these other challenges.
I’m actually totally okay with the last of those. We should hold ourselves accountable to produce better results all the time. What’s also true is that it’s usually important to invest in people, training, processes, and tools to help folks deliver those results.
Second, I think we lack for appropriate standards of what “good at marketing” means. Your marketing should be designed to help you deliver against a clear set of objectives. For too many marketers, especially those that are hands on with these kinds of tools, one of those objectives often is “MORE,” right? More content, more awareness, more engagement.
I’m not saying that those items are bad by themselves. I’m saying that they’re not always clearly tied to what your business actually wants, which should be more customers, more profitable revenue. When we think about content, or awareness, or engagement, how is MORE helping us drive more customers and more profitable revenue?
Is MORE what we want, or should it be BETTER? If it’s not clear, I believe BETTER should be the answer. When you’re focused on what BETTER means, you’re then in a, well, better position to assess if AI is helping you get there.
The next reason — and I can’t decide if this is 2B or 3 in my list — but I also think the lack of those appropriate standards are tied to unreasonable expectations. And those expectations can cut in both directions.
On the one hand, we’re starting to hear from folks who say that “AI can’t deliver.” And on the other, we’re hearing from folks who believe “AI will replace all marketers.”
I believe that both of these narratives are false. There are plenty of examples of AI doing all kinds of amazing things outside of marketing. Just last year, researchers were awarded the Nobel Prize in Chemistry for their use of AI to predict how proteins form, and the Nobel Prize in Physics for their development of artificial neural networks. The chemistry one has had a more practical application recently, where one of the researchers used AI to design proteins that block snake venom toxins, which apparently is a really hard thing to do in the wild.
This is from the article:
“The University of Washington’s David Baker, who picked up his Nobel in Stockholm last month, used software tools to design completely new proteins that are able to inhibit some of the toxins in snake venom. While not entirely successful, the work shows how the new software tools can let researchers tackle challenges that would otherwise be difficult or impossible.”
At the risk of sounding naive, you can’t tell me that AI can handle chemistry, and you know, physics, at a Nobel Prize winning level, but not help marketers connect with customers more effectively. That just sounds absurd to me. And that’s especially true when a ChatGPT or Google Gemini subscription is in the tens of dollars per month per seat. These aren’t expensive tools.
Clearly, science doesn’t rely on immediate economic results, where business definitely does. I suspect the problem is more around what’s economically viable at this immediate moment, coupled with the last big reason, which is…
Reason three or four, depending on how we’re counting these, is that I think too many marketers have dived into AI without learning how to use these tools well.
Part of this absolutely comes back to training and marketers being given the time necessary to learn how to master whatever platform they prefer. There’s also some degree of companies who’ve taken the head in the sand approach and barred their people from using these tools — an approach which, in my experience, pretty much never works.
And, of course, there’s some small number of folks who aren’t putting in the time whether they’re supported by their companies or not. I’ll come back to that in just a moment.
Now, for the final reason, and for reasons that will soon be obvious, one that I’m not going to spend too much time on, too many vendors have over promised and under delivered on what their AI can do to make you more efficient, more effective, or both.
Why won’t I spend too much time on this one? Well, since I’m talking to an audience of marketers, I mean, are we surprised that A.) marketers are selling the idea of ”faster, better, prettier”, and B.) that vendors maybe got a little ahead of themselves? Yeah, me neither. So let’s move on.
What’s funny about this to me is that there’s an entirely separate set of people still arguing that marketing is doomed and AI will put all marketers out of work. Clearly, the “AI sucks at marketing” and “AI will put every marketer out of work” arguments can’t both be right at the moment. You know, in theory, the “AI will put every marketer out of work “argument could be right in the long term.
I doubt it though, and the reason is — for those who aren’t aware — I started my career in the music industry. I was an amateur musician beginning more or less when I was 15 or so in the 1980s, and started working in the industry while I was still in college later in the ‘80s. The burning argument of the day was whether synthesizers and computers were going to replace quote-unquote “real musicians.”
This debate was endless. Many musicians hated synths and hated computers. I remember one of my professors coming into our college’s brand new computer music lab where I was working part time, ostensibly so he could learn about these new tools. And in one of the most childish displays I’d ever seen from an adult, randomly slammed his hands around on a MIDI keyboard, making a total garbage collection of sounds, and then said, “That’s all I need to hear.” When we asked him whether he wouldn’t rather try and play something more artistic, he replied, haughtily, “Why would I bother? I’m not going to sit here and pretend these toys will ever produce art.” Mind you, Wendy Carlos’s legendary Switched on Bach album was already 20 years old at the time.
The professor was old though, right? I mean, you’d expect that older folks would hate something new that challenges the way they see the world. (Ironically, by the way, he was roughly the same age then that I am today.) What might surprise you is that his reaction to those tools was far from uncommon even among my college classmates, folks aged 18 to 23 or so who also thought synthesizers and computers were sent directly from the devil and would spin on the end of music for all time. Fast forward nearly 35 years and near as I can tell there’s plenty of music being made.
In fact, I’d argue that synthesizers and computers more generally have democratized the creation and distribution of music. Yes, there’s a lot of crap out there. And yes, it’s hard for musicians to make a living making music.
But A.) there’s always been a lot of crap. We just tend to remember the very best stuff and forget all the crap stuff. B.) it’s always been hard for musicians to make a living. Spotify may be today’s example of the music industry taking advantage of artists. If you ask folks who signed a bad record deal 25, 30, or 50 years ago about their experiences, though, and you’ll find that the music industry has always taken advantage of artists.
Dig up a copy of the book Hit Men: Power Brokers and Fast Money Inside the Music Business, published in 1990, and you’ll read stories dating from the publication date back to the 1940s and 1950s of musicians getting screwed by the industry. This falls into the category of, don’t hate the player, hate the game. It has always worked this way. And sure, we can absolutely debate whether it’s possible for musicians to make a living, but it’s also absolutely easier for more musicians to make at least some money making music. Many of my favorite bands these days are independent folks, who would have had a tough time breaking out of a regional following in the past and almost certainly not getting any kind of major label distribution. Today, they can put their music up on Spotify and YouTube and grow a following on social more broadly to promote their performances and at least make a little bit of money. 25 or 30 years ago (or more), if you weren’t on an established label, getting your music on the radio or into television, films, commercials, what have you, the nascent video game industry, was effectively impossible.
The point is that technology hasn’t made musicians or writers or painters go away. Art is still mostly made by humans for humans, using technology or not as it suits them during the creation process, and only requiring technology when it comes to the distribution side of the equation.
As a friend of mine noted recently on LinkedIn:
“I want AI to take care of my dishes and laundry so I can create art and music. I don’t want AI to take care of art and music so I can take care of my dishes and laundry.”
To bring this back to marketing, that’s a good rule of thumb to keep in mind overall. We want to automate the boring stuff. We want to automate the simple stuff, the stuff that gets in the way and free up our time to create, to think, to think big.
Obviously, AI is already changing how marketers work. Otherwise, we wouldn’t be having this discussion, would we? It’s those changes that I want you to think about.
And what that means for marketing and practice, again, goes back to standards. AI will get good at marketing when we require it to get good at marketing. AI will get good at marketing when we exercise our creativity, and our knowledge, and our judgment to make it good. If we’re okay with crappy text and images and video, AI’s contribution to our marketing will be, well, crappy text and images and video.
We need to focus on AI making our marketing truly better. And better in the sense means creating more customers, not just creating more content. We need to use AI to help us put together more effective plans. And then we need to exercise judgment about whether those plans will help us reach our goals.
Yes, we will undoubtedly use AI to help us automate actions that can and should be automated. We will absolutely use AI to help us analyze the performance of how our marketing works.
We need to focus, though, on learning how to use these tools to improve our skills and our judgment. For me, it’s not a question of when will AI get good at marketing. It’s when will we require AI to get good at marketing?
And I think the answer to that should be today.
Show Wrap-Up and CreditsNow, looking at the clock on the wall, we are out of time for this week.
And I want to remind you again that you can find the show notes for this episode, as well as an archive of all past episodes, by going to timpeter.com/podcast. Again, that’s timpeter.com/podcast. Just look for episode 446.
Subscribe to Thinks Out LoudDon’t forget that you can click on the subscribe link in any of the episodes that you find there to have Thinks Out Loud delivered to your favorite podcatcher every single week. You can also find Thinks Out Loud on Apple Podcasts, Spotify, YouTube Music, anywhere fine podcasts are found.
Leave a Rating or Review for Thinks Out LoudI would also very much appreciate it if you could provide a positive rating or review for the show whenever you use one of those services.
If you like what you hear on Thinks Out Loud, if you enjoy what we talk about, if you like being part of the community that we’re building here, please give us a positive rating or review.
Reviews help other listeners find the podcast. Reviews help other listeners understand what Thinks Out Loud is all about. They help to build our community. And they mean the world to me. So thank you so much for doing that. I very, very much appreciate it.
Thinks Out Loud on Social MediaYou can also find Thinks Out Loud on LinkedIn by going to linkedin.com/tim-peter-and-associates-llc. And of course, you can email me by sending an email to podcast(at)timpeter.com. Again, that’s podcast(at)timpeter.com.
Show OutroFinally, and I know I say this a lot, I want you to know how thrilled I am that you keep listening to what we do here. It means so much to me. You are the reason we do this show every single week.
So please, keep your messages coming on LinkedIn. Keep sending me things via email. I love getting a chance to talk with you, to hear what’s going on in your world, and to learn how we can do a better job building on the types of information and insights and content and community that work for you and work for your business.
So with all that said, I hope you have a fantastic rest of your day. I hope you have a wonderful week ahead. And I will look forward to speaking with you here on Thinks Out Loud next time. Until then, please be well, be safe, and as always, take care, everybody.
The post When Will AI Get Good at Marketing? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 446) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
“It’s tough to make predictions, especially about the future.” These words from one of the 20th century’s most sagacious philosophers, Yogi Berra, take hold of my mind every new year as I think about the days and weeks and months ahead.
Far be it from me to reject Yogi’s wise words, but I’m not sure he’s right. Oh, don’t get me wrong the wrong. The future’s not always easy to see. But we can work to make it what we want. I generally think that instead of predicting the future for your business, you should take steps to create a future that works for you.
How can you do that? How can you make a future for your business that exceeds any prediction? And how can you plan for a bold future no matter what happens over the next few years? That’s what this episode of Thinks Out Loud is all about.
Want to learn more? Here are the show notes for you.
Predicting the Future of Your Business (Thinks Out Loud Episode 445) — Headlines and Show NotesShow Notes and Links* The Only Way to Succeed Next Year (Thinks Out Loud Episode 444) * AI Is Not the Future. You Are (Thinks Out Loud Episode 443) * Is AI a Gatekeeper? Or is it a Key? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 437) * Will AI Kill Your Brand (Thinks Out Loud Episode 435) * Four Big Threats (Plus a Bonus Threat!) To Google’s Dominance Next Year (Thinks Out Loud Episode 436) * An AI Day in the Life of a Marketing and Digital Strategy Consultant (Thinks Out Loud Episode 434) * Diversifying Your Marketing Mix When There’s Too Much to Do (Thinks Out Loud Episode 430) * How to Put Big Tech and AI — the Biggest Threat and Biggest Enablers of Your Business — to Work (Episode 428) * Why AI Makes Customer Experience Even More Important for Your Business (Thinks Out Loud Episode 427) * We Owe It To Our Customers to Make Their Lives Better (Thinks Out Loud Episode 361) * Revisiting You Get to Make it Better (Thinks Out Loud) * Revisiting AI is the Bear: Learning to Be a Better Marketer in the Age of AI (Thinks Out Loud) * Building a Human Brand in the Age of AI (Thinks Out Loud Episode 398) * Anticipating Radical Shifts in Consumer Behavior from AI Adoption: A Look into the Future (Thinks Out Loud Episode 396) * Google is Changing Search. How to Build Traffic and Revenue Beyond Google — Part 1 (Thinks Out Loud Episode 424) * The CORE Methodology: How to Build Traffic and Revenue Beyond Google — Part 2 (Thinks Out Loud Episode 425) * Content is King, Customer Experience is Queen (Thinks Out Loud Episode 188)
You might also enjoy this webinar I recently participated in with Miles Partnership that looked at "The Power of Generative AI and ChatGPT: What It Means for Tourism & Hospitality" here:
Free DownloadsWe have some free downloads for you to help you navigate the current situation, which you can find right here:
Best of Thinks Out LoudYou can find our “Best of Thinks Out Loud” playlist on Spotify right here:
Subscribe to Thinks Out Loud* Subscribe in iTunes * Subscribe in the Google Play Store
Contact information for the podcast: podcast@timpeter.com
Past Insights from Tim Peter ThinksTechnical Details for Thinks Out LoudRecorded using a Shure SM7B Vocal Dynamic Microphone and a Focusrite Scarlett 4i4 (3rd Gen) USB Audio Interface into Logic Pro X for the Mac.
Running time: 20m 53s
You can subscribe to Thinks Out Loud in iTunes, the Google Play Store, via our dedicated podcast RSS feed (or sign up for our free newsletter). You can also download/listen to the podcast here on Thinks using the player at the top of this page.
Transcript: Predicting the Future of Your BusinessWell hello again everyone and welcome back to Thinks Out Loud, your source for all the digital expertise your business needs. Happy New Year! This is episode 445 of The Big Show and our first episode of 2025. I am so thrilled you’re here.
I think we’ve got a really cool episode for you today. It is early January 2025 as I’m recording this and Everyone is out with their predictions for 2025 around marketing, around digital, around artificial intelligence, and all of these things. You know, here’s the top trends for you to watch. Here’s what you need to know, that kind of thing. Most of these predictions go out on a limb, they posit big ideas, the things you absolutely have to know, you know, as you go into 2025, as you go into the new year. I’ve done plenty of that myself, many times. I will again in the future, for sure. I’m going to talk more about artificial intelligence and digital marketing techniques and the like over the course of this year.
I guarantee that’s true. What’s also true is that I think there are a bunch of big ideas that matter beyond just trying to predict the future. For starters, you need to remember that predicting the future isn’t the point, right? The point Of any of these exercises is to make sure you’re ready for whatever comes to you in the future, whatever is coming down the road.
To me, that’s the point and that’s what I really want to talk about today, which are three surefire ways to be ready for whatever’s coming your way. And they’re really pretty simple. The first of them is being clear on what won’t change. And I’m going to talk about each of these in a little more detail.
The second of these is Scenario planning and making sure you’ve thought through the scenarios that are most likely to occur next year. And the last of these, if you don’t mind, I’m going to keep in reserve for a moment. I will come back to it before the end of this episode, I promise you. But I want to, you know, get through the first two first.
So, I want to talk first about what won’t change. You’ve heard this story before, either here or elsewhere. Our good friend, good friend of the pod, Jeff Bezos, Space Cowboy, says that when he started Amazon, he thought about what wouldn’t change. And then he built his company around those ideas. He was very confident that customers would always want broad selection.
They would always want fast shipping. They would always want low prices. And that those three things would never change. He even joked, I can’t imagine anyone asking me for fewer choices that take a long time to get here and that cost a lot of money. And generally speaking, he’s right. Yes, when you’re talking about commissioning a piece of fine art or a luxury experience, a high priced item in limited supply is often worth the wait and worth the cost to many customers.
But Bezos was absolutely right at scale. So as you head into the new year, what are the things in your business and your world that won’t change? We know for sure that customers want you to care about them. The best branding is a brand that people feel like is part of their lives. It’s one of the reasons that I always say that customer experience is queen.
I won’t belabor that point here, I’ve talked about it many, many times over the course of this show, but by far the most effective marketing ever invented is customers telling their friends and family and fans and followers online and in person about the products and services they love. The more you take care of them, The more likely they are to share that story with the people in their lives.
And happily, the people in their lives generally tend to have many of the same attributes as your existing customers, which makes them great potential customers for your business. One of the best ways to care about them is to think about how busy they are. Remember, your customers are every bit as busy as you are, if not more so.
You need to make their lives easier when they work with you. I’ve said before that we need, that we owe it to our customers to make their lives better. And if you think about the companies and the brands that you love, the ones that are most effective at doing that for you, those tend to be the brands that other people love and return to again and again and again.
You’re putting the needs of your customer first. That’s never going to change. Another thing that won’t change? Well, we live in a world where you always have to do more with less. As I’ve mentioned, you’re busy too. www. larryweaver. com So we need to think about how to do that most effectively. I’ve talked before about how to prioritize and focus when there’s too much to do.
And I’ll link to that episode in the show notes. The basic idea though is A, to focus on the core elements of your strategy. B, maybe leave 10 to 20 percent of your time to explore new ideas. We call this core and explore. And C, Create a to don’t list for all the things that you are simply not going to do.
They’re not going to help your customers. They’re not going to help your customer experience. They’re not going to help your business. Don’t spend your time on those. Just set them aside. Maybe you’ll come back to them later. But focus on core, and focus on explore, and make sure everything else is on a to don’t list.
They’re a distraction. Now, this is one of the places when we talk about, you know, doing more with less, it’s absolutely one of the places where artificial intelligence can be a huge boost to your work. I use AI constantly for brainstorming, and planning, and writing, and editing. It’s an external brain.
It’s, it’s an intern that I can rely upon to help me be more effective and be more efficient. One of my favorite techniques with AI is to coach it. While thinking through a wide array of ideas, I find that many people, when using AI, prompt it to develop, you know, three to five ideas. And I think that that’s not necessarily the best way to approach it.
It can generate enormous number of ideas. Why not have it generate 50? 30, you know, a some broad number that really cause you to think and might lead you in a new direction you hadn’t considered before. Take a minute to read through those ideas, then ask it to drill down on the 5 or 10 that you like the best.
Then have it rank which of those it likes best and have it explain why. Think through its reasoning. What holes did it make? What, what mistakes did it make? What didn’t it think about? Ask it to do the same. You know, what we’re trying to do here is create more, open up new possibilities, more possibilities.
You want to use these tools to make yourself more efficient, but you also want to use these tools to make yourself more effective. To deliver results you maybe couldn’t get to on your own. There’s the joke. You’ve heard this before about two guys hiking in the woods who suddenly run into a bear. And the first guy quickly pulls running shoes from his backpack and starts putting them on.
And the second guy says, what are you doing? You’ll never outrun that bear. And the first guy responds, I don’t have to outrun the bear. I just have to outrun you. Right? I mean, that’s what we’re talking about here. AI is one of the ways that you can outrun the other guy and, consequently, the bear. That’s a great place to be.
It’s a great way to help you run faster. And you can use AI. As the next part of predicting the future, which is scenario planning. One of the easiest mistakes you can make when trying to predict the future is assuming that there’s only one possible answer. You know, this is absolutely what’s going to happen next year.
Well, that’s not true. There’s a lot of different things that can happen next year. In simple terms, we know that there are at least three. One of them is the best case scenario. You know, your marketing works perfectly, your customers love your new product, your team all performs at their best, you reach or exceed your targets for revenues and profitability.
You know, yay you, well done, everything went perfectly. On the flip side, of course, it’s the worst case scenario. Your marketing falls flat, your customers hate your new product, your team hates each other’s guts and, you know, exhibit behaviors that would make survivor producers jealous. You know, you’re miles away from your revenue and profitability targets.
I don’t mean to laugh, but I mean, that would be, you know, a disaster, right? That would be terrible. You definitely don’t want that. And the third scenario is, of course, your baseline. Everything you do more or less looks like it did last year, give or take a few percentage points. Everything it produces is more or less like what you produced last year, give or take a few percentage points.
It’s not a drag, it’s not a bummer, it’s not a party, it just kind of is. Well, using those three scenarios, you can plan for each. Think through what would cause each of these scenarios. Define the measures that help you recognize which path you’re on. And develop at least some high level plans around what you would do if you’re on each path.
What would you do to continue making it better if you’re on the best case scenario plan? What would you do if you absolutely found yourself on the worst case scenario plan? And what would you do to make things better if you’re on the baseline scenario? How would you move yourself in a more positive direction?
Pay attention to the metrics that indicate to your, your business which way you’re heading, so you can put those plans into action as needed. It’s all about setting yourself up for success. It’s not about predicting the future so much as it’s about being ready for any number of possible futures. There are other ways to do scenario planning, of course.
You can use your Explorer actions to test which scenario is coming true. You can use AI to help you workshop your ideas or simulate more nuanced versions of these broad stroke best worst baseline case scenarios. The point here is about ensuring that the future is what you want it to be. And that, by the way, leads to the last way to predict the future.
I told you I was going to come back to it. Here’s what it is. That is taking charge of your future for yourself. I talked about this a few weeks ago in an episode called AI Isn’t the Future, You Are. The future does not need to be something that happens to you. It can, and should, be something you make happen.
Scenario planning is one way you do that. It helps you visualize what are the possible futures that exist, and what would you do as those came to pass to move them in the direction you want to go. Setting big goals that matter to you and your business. Which I talked about in that AI isn’t the future episode, is another one.
What is it that you want? What is it that you’re working towards that matters to you and your business? And in your life more broadly? Have you taken a moment to look at what stands between those goals and where you are today? Do your plans all account for how you’re going to get from where you are to where you want to be?
And have you put together scenario plans to help you understand if you’re on target and how you’ll adapt if you’re moving off the path. Another great tool you could use to help yourself do that, very, very much related to scenario planning, is what’s called a pre mortem. You select one of your goals and then picture yourself a year down the line.
Imagine the worst case scenario. You did not reach your goal, you didn’t succeed, and it could be a product launch, it could be a campaign, it could be whatever you’re trying to accomplish, but you came up short. Now, either with your team, or with an AI, or on your own, ask. What went wrong? Now, I find the more people you can bring into this exercise, the better, because you want some diverse viewpoints, and you want some people who might think of things you won’t.
So, if you don’t have a team, use an AI. If you do have a team, use your team and an AI. But try to understand the things that would get in between you and the success you’re looking for. These could include internal issues, you know, you don’t have the skills, you have you know, some sort of legal issue that you need to deal with, etc.
It could be external pressures like the economy or shifts in the way big tech manages their algorithms, you know, for a specific campaign. It could just be mistakes that you make along the way, even if you’ve got the right talent, you just don’t execute properly because of some reason. Make a list of all of those things, and then review the likelihood and impact of each of those obstacles that you’ve identified.
Once you’ve got that list, you’re ready to go. Develop plans to mitigate or eliminate the most likely and the most impactful obstacles. And then again, put measures in place that help you identify when it’s time to put those mitigation plans to work. You know, don’t let them sneak up on you. Be ready for them in advance.
Once you’ve got this planning done, then get to work at launching your product or your campaign, or moving towards your goal. Monitor what you’re doing along the way so that you can adjust to stay on track if you find yourself straying from the path, so that you reach your goal. Or better yet, exceed it, right?
The point here is that you’re in control. You’re not just trying to predict the future, you’re making the future you want happen. So to recap, there are three things you can do to predict the future properly next year, to predict the future you want properly next year.
First, identify what won’t change and what matters to your customers. Second, plan for at least a few different scenarios. And third, most importantly, take charge of your future.
Ultimately, you get to decide the future that works for you, that works for your business, that works for your life. I know you can make the future you want happen. I can’t wait to hear how you do. So please make sure to tell me what you find out over the course of the next, you know, month and year.
Show Wrap-Up and CreditsNow, looking at the clock on the wall, we are out of time for this week.
And I want to remind you again that you can find the show notes for this episode, as well as an archive of all past episodes, by going to timpeter.com/podcast. Again, that’s timpeter.com/podcast. Just look for episode 445 .
Subscribe to Thinks Out LoudDon’t forget that you can click on the subscribe link in any of the episodes that you find there to have Thinks Out Loud delivered to your favorite podcatcher every single week. You can also find Thinks Out Loud on Apple Podcasts, Spotify, YouTube Music, anywhere fine podcasts are found.
Leave a Rating or Review for Thinks Out LoudI would also very much appreciate it if you could provide a positive rating or review for the show whenever you use one of those services.
If you like what you hear on Thinks Out Loud, if you enjoy what we talk about, if you like being part of the community that we’re building here, please give us a positive rating or review.
Reviews help other listeners find the podcast. Reviews help other listeners understand what Thinks Out Loud is all about. They help to build our community and they mean the world to me. So thank you so much for doing that. I very, very much appreciate it.
Thinks Out Loud on Social MediaYou can also find Thinks Out Loud on LinkedIn by going to linkedin.com/tim-peter-and-associates-llc. And of course, you can email me by sending an email to podcast(at)timpeter.com. Again, that’s podcast(at)timpeter.com.
Show OutroFinally, and I know I say this a lot, I want you to know how thrilled I am that you keep listening to what we do here. It means so much to me. You’re the reason that Thinks Out Loud happens every single week.
So please, keep your messages coming on LinkedIn. Keep sending me things via email. I love getting a chance to talk with you, to hear what’s going on in your world, and to learn how we can do a better job building the types of information and insights and content and community that work for you and work for your business.
So with all that said, I hope you have a fantastic rest of your day, I hope you have a wonderful week ahead, and I will look forward to speaking with you here on Thinks Out Loud next time. Until then, please be well, be safe, and as always, take care, everybody.
The post Predicting the Future of Your Business (Thinks Out Loud Episode 445) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
Your business likely depends on Google, whether you like it or not. The whole reason I’m so focused on the role of gatekeepers — and how you can bypass them for marketing and customer acquisition — is because of their dominance in the marketplace. And no company is more dominant than Google.
Most businesses get at least a plurality of their traffic and usually a significant chunk of their revenues downstream of Google. That could include traditional web search. It could include local search. It could include metasearch, product search, YouTube recommendations, and a host of other channels within Google’s ecosystem, all adding up to traffic and revenue for you.
That’s why anything that hurts Google can hurt your business.
And, right now, Google faces more challenges than they have in years. Those include competition from AI startups like ChatGPT and Perplexity, antitrust and other civil litigation in the US and Europe, pressure from users more interested in social, and, of course, its traditional competitors for mindshare like Amazon, Apple, and Facebook.
It’s easy to assume then that Google is doomed in 2025. I’m not so sure, though. What does worry me is whether their responses to these pressures works in your business’s best interests. In other words, even if they manage to continue their dominance in the market, you still could find yourself with lower traffic, reduced revenues, higher costs, or all of the above. That’s… no bueno.
So, whether or not Google is doomed, what should you do as you move into 2025? That’s what this episode of Thinks Out Loud is all about.
Want to learn more? Here are the show notes for you.
Revisiting Is Google Doomed in 2025? (Thinks Out Loud) — Headlines and Show NotesShow Notes and Links* Is the new ChatGPT Search a significant threat to Google? * The Future of Computing? Big Tech Earnings and the State of Digital Q3 2024 (Thinks Out Loud Episode 439) * Four Big Threats (Plus a Bonus Threat!) To Google’s Dominance Next Year (Thinks Out Loud Episode 436) * Trump says Google has ‘a lot of power’ and he would do ‘something’ about it — but stops short of favoring a break-up * Trump’s admin puts new light on Google’s potential breakup * JD Vance Live at RemedyFest – YouTube * Digital Markets Act – Wikipedia * DOJ says Google must sell Chrome to crack open its search monopoly * Google Earnings Release PDF link * OpenAI Shifts Strategy as Rate of ‘GPT’ AI Improvements Slows — The Information * OpenAI and others seek new path to smarter AI as current methods hit limitations | Reuters * OpenAI, Google and Anthropic Are Struggling to Build More Advanced AI – Bloomberg * Revisiting Why Digital Gatekeepers Kill Organic Traffic (Thinks Out Loud) * Revisiting How to Diversify Your Marketing Mix When There’s Too Much to Do (Thinks Out Loud) * Google Loses its Antitrust Case: Why That Matters for Your Business (Thinks Out Loud Episode 429) * What Marketers Really Need to Know About Putting AI to Work (Thinks Out Loud Episode 426) * Google is Changing Search. How to Build Traffic and Revenue Beyond Google — Part 1 (Thinks Out Loud Episode 424) * The CORE Methodology: How to Build Traffic and Revenue Beyond Google — Part 2 (Thinks Out Loud Episode 425) * Is Google Doomed in 2025? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 440)
You might also enjoy this webinar I recently participated in with Miles Partnership that looked at "The Power of Generative AI and ChatGPT: What It Means for Tourism & Hospitality" here:
Free DownloadsWe have some free downloads for you to help you navigate the current situation, which you can find right here:
Best of Thinks Out LoudYou can find our “Best of Thinks Out Loud” playlist on Spotify right here:
Subscribe to Thinks Out Loud* Subscribe in iTunes * Subscribe in the Google Play Store
Contact information for the podcast: podcast@timpeter.com
Past Insights from Tim Peter ThinksTechnical Details for Thinks Out LoudRecorded using a Shure SM7B Vocal Dynamic Microphone and a Focusrite Scarlett 4i4 (3rd Gen) USB Audio Interface into Logic Pro X for the Mac.
Running time: 28m 53s
You can subscribe to Thinks Out Loud in iTunes, the Google Play Store, via our dedicated podcast RSS feed (or sign up for our free newsletter). You can also download/listen to the podcast here on Thinks using the player at the top of this page.
Transcript: Revisiting Is Google Doomed in 2025?Well hello again everyone and welcome back to Thinks Out Loud, your source for all the digital expertise your business needs. My name is Tim Peter. This is episode 440 of The Big Show. And thank you so much for tuning in.
I think we have a really, really cool show for you. I want to start by saying, A, this is a follow up to last week’s episode that looked at the future of computing and Big Tech’s earnings for Q3 of 2024. And what I didn’t do last week was spend much time talking about Google. With everything that’s going on with the world of artificial intelligence and the competition that Google is seeing from AI based startups and the like, the question that people keep asking me is, will next year be the end of Google?
And I want to get the big question out of the way right up front. There is no way that Google is dead by the end of 2025. And I don’t think it’s terribly likely that they are anything other than the dominant player by the end of next year. I’m not going to predict that SEO is dead. I will not predict that Google is dead. No way.
At the same time, I’m fairly certain that Google will be a vastly different company at the end of 2025 than they are today. In fact, I’d be willing to bet a decent amount of money that Google is not as dominant in your world by the end of next year as they are today. Let’s put this in terms that you can easily see.
Go to your website’s Google Analytics traffic acquisition report and change the duration that you’re looking at for the last 90 days or the last 12 months. You pick. It doesn’t matter to me. First, take a look at the total sessions you’ve received during the period you’re reviewing. Then, instead of just looking at the default view, which groups traffic by Session Primary Channel Group or something similar. Click the dropdown that shows Session Primary Channel Group, and change that to Session source/medium. Now, in the little search box after you do that, in the report, type "Google" and hit enter. This will show you how many sessions you’ve received during the selected period and, importantly, the percentage of traffic that Google, and especially Google/Organic, represents to your business. I want you to make a note of three numbers.
First, write down the number of sessions from Google/Organic. You can also note the total traffic from Google and its share of your total traffic. If you’re like most businesses, I’d expect Google’s overall share to be somewhere between 25 and 65% of your traffic, and Google Organic’s share probably to be no less than, say, 10 or 12%, and could be as high as 60%, depending on how much advertising you do or how much you rely on organic search.
I doubt it’s at the top end, though there are certainly edge cases where that could be true. The actual volume of traffic you get varies too widely by business and industry for me to hazard a guess at what the actual number will be. So right now I’m just talking in percentages. For my hospitality industry friends, keep in mind that traffic for Metasearch shows up under a different source/medium. It could be Sabre or Amadeus or Mirai or Siteminder or DerbySoft, ROIback, folks like that. We’re not going to worry about that traffic today.
Here’s the bet I’d be willing to make 12 months from now. The share of traffic that comes from Google/Organic will be down no less than 5 percent from where it is today, if not more. Your Google traffic overall and your Google/Organic traffic level might increase, but the share of organic traffic, that is, free traffic that you get from Google today, will almost certainly decline by the end of 2025. And I have four big reasons for thinking that Google will be a different company and that as a consequence, your organic traffic will decline.
The biggest is that Google needs to keep monetizing their search engine results pages. If your overall Google traffic goes up in the next year, It’s probably because you’ve traded some type of paid search, whether traditional CPC ads, metasearch, or something similar, For what is today free, organic search.
The second reason is because Google continues to increase the number of zero click search response pages. Those pages provide answers to customers and don’t drive clicks through to the sources of those answers. I’m really confident that will drive down the amount of organic traffic you get over the course of the next year.
The third reason that Google will be a vastly different company is what I started the show with. Google faces competitive challenges from alternative search engines and search experiences. One set of alternatives includes AI based options like ChatGPT’s new search feature and Anthropic’s Claude. Another is dedicated search engines like Perplexity and Bing. You have things like Apple Intelligence and iOS. And yet another alternative comes from consumers conducting more searches on social sites like TikTok or LinkedIn where we’re seeing a definite uptick, no pun intended — good thing because that’s a terrible pun — but we’re definitely seeing an uptick in that behavior.
And the fourth reason that Google is definitely going to change is that Google is facing some serious antitrust threats that might prevent them from responding as quickly as they traditionally have. Don’t misunderstand, I would be very surprised if their various antitrust cases wrap up by the end of 2025. I also don’t think that those cases will reach a conclusion that will force Google to change their business model or anything that we’ll talk about in a moment.
What I do think is true is that those cases will represent a distraction that will hurt Google’s ability to respond quickly to changes in the marketplace. It is awfully tough to run forwards when you’re looking over your shoulder with worry.
Now, before I address the first three reasons in more detail, I do want to spend a moment on Google’s antitrust situation. Remember, I’m not a lawyer. I could be stupendously wrong about what I’m about to say here. My sense, though, is that the antitrust thing is a big honking deal. It is, you know, huge. There are reports that the DOJ apparently wants to strip Chrome away from Google as part of its proposed remedies to the case. That’s a rumor at this point. We don’t know if that’s true, but that’s the kind of thing people are talking about. They’re talking about major substantive remedies, major substantive structural remedies to the way Google operates as a business. And that’s just the cases that Google faces in the U. S. Obviously, the UK’s Competition Markets Authority, EU regulations like the Digital Markets Act and the Digital Services Act, and lawsuits across an array of jurisdictions also affects the reality of how Google does business.
Sticking with just the U.S. for now, in any normal election year, you would expect that in an incoming Republican administration. would favor a hands off approach toward big business and that Google might be able to, you know, negotiate a settlement that’s favorable and quickly.
At the same time, this obviously is not a normal incoming Republican administration. Instead, they’re a highly populist one, and there’s plenty of evidence they’re no more fond of big tech than a typical Democratic administration might be. The consensus I’ve read from people who seem to know what they’re talking about is that the Trump administration isn’t going to simply walk away from this.
I’m going to read you a slightly lengthy quote for a moment here. This is a quote the speaker said, "I think my argument is actually even if you believe that there are network effects that make Google more powerful or make Gemini a more powerful tool within Google, There are actually some real, real issues here with just the integration. So does Google need to have YouTube? Does Google need to have all those other platforms that are built on top of or built underneath the Google umbrella?"
The speaker continued by saying, "I think there’s a really good argument that if we want to be pro innovation, we want to ensure that new insurgents can change these things up. That you want to promote as much competition as possible, and you actually want to separate all of those market verticals as much as possible. That’s where I think antitrust is probably the most useful way to think about a solution to what we face."
Would it shock you if I told you that that quote is from incoming Vice President JD Vance? That’s not the kind of rhetoric you typically hear. Would it further surprise you that Vance also said, "One final observation I’ll make just about this intersection between competition and innovation. If there’s a person within the Biden administration, obviously the FTC is an independent agency, but Lina Khan is the person that I would point to as the best person, in my view, within the Biden administration."
Now, Lina Khan is the person in charge of the FTC, and the FTC is the folks who’ve been going after Google in many cases. So, yeah, that’s not what you might typically expect.
Now, maybe the Trump administration will be more, well, let’s call it transactional, and Google can, for lack of a better term, "buy them off" by paying fines or God help us, making changes favorable to Trump’s policies or something. Trump’s rhetoric himself on the topic is decidedly mixed, so who knows, really? I’m going to link to a lot of this in the show notes. I do want to be fair, I’m not remotely going to make any bold predictions here, other to say that it seems unlikely that Google’s antitrust situation will simply go away without the company making some significant concessions or changes to how it does business. My confidence level on exactly what form those concessions and changes might take, I don’t And when they might occur, is pretty low. So, you know, take all of that with a grain of salt, but it does seem unlikely that those cases simply just, you know, vanish.
Turning back to my actual topic of expertise, which is the digital marketplace itself, there was a recent discussion at HospitalityNet and on LinkedIn about whether startups like ChatGPT and Perplexity pose a threat to Google.
First, there was no consensus among the panel of experts convened by HospitalityNet about whether or not others will beat Google. Personally, I lean towards Google continuing its dominance, at least in the intermediate term. If we return to last week’s look at big tech’s earnings, Google grew its revenues 15 percent year on year to $88.3 billion, and its profitability almost 34 percent to $26.3 billion. It was a record quarter for Google, both in revenues and in profits. The company is sitting on $97 billion in cash. They own one of the most powerful computing infrastructures in human history. They have one of the deepest pools of AI talent in the world.
There’s also some evidence, including articles in Reuters and The Information and on Bloomberg that improvement in new AI models is slowing down. In other words, it’s getting harder for AI companies to show improvement versus existing models like GPT 4.0 and Gemini.
If that slowdown holds true, success in the marketplace is not going to go to those with the most impressive model, because after all, the frontier models today are pretty good. You’re going to need to see dramatic improvement to separate yourself there.
Instead, success will belong to those who do the best job of providing a useful product. To their customers, and Google definitely has the edge there. Remember the revenue numbers I just said like 10 seconds ago? Google has an amazing existing revenue model that simply prints money. No disrespect to ChatGPT or Perplexity or Claude. But none of them today has a plan that makes anywhere near enough money as fast as they’re spending it. That’s not a formula for long term success.
So, you know, I’m not, I’m not bullish on Google maintaining its dominance necessarily because I think they’re the most innovative or because they’ve done the coolest things. I think they’re the ones that have the deepest pockets and the deepest pool of talent to keep turning to, as well as a model that already pays for itself.
That’s just going to be tough for folks to dislodge without a truly disruptive product. Obviously, if a new model comes out that, you know, blows up what we’ve seen to date, then all bets are off. But that doesn’t appear to be the direction we’re headed, at least at the moment. Barring any wildcards, I’m still going to put my chips on Google in this case.
Now, at the same time, Google must keep finding ways to monetize their search engine results pages. They’re not going to drive double digit growth year on year without it. And that’s not great for your business, because they’re continually converting formerly free traffic into something you pay for. That’s their right. But that doesn’t mean it’s good for you or your business in the long term.
Google keeps increasing the number of zero click search response pages, too. With its AI Overviews product, they’re giving customers answers without driving clicks to the sources of those answers. Again, that’s their right, but again, it’s not great for you or your business. Now, maybe customers will find that they prefer ChatGPT’s answers or Perplexity’s answers or Claude’s answers.
My question is, is that any better for you? I don’t think so. If they’re not linking to you, if they’re not driving traffic to you and driving clicks to you, that’s a problem for you.
And because of that, I want to go back to the bet I opened this episode with. I said I can pretty much guarantee you that your organic search numbers will decline. That doesn’t mean SEO is dead, by the way, it just means it’s going to be harder to drive traffic from those clicks where you used to get them.
And all of those reasons I just gave are the reasons I’m fairly comfortable making the bet that your organic traffic will decline. What I neglected to say, of course, was that you have more than a little control over what happens there. You don’t have to take that as a given. You don’t have to let anything bad happen to your business, even if Google’s position in the marketplace drops or they change how they’re routing traffic to you.
Quite the opposite, in fact.
I am absolutely, 100%, recommending that you take action, today, to make sure that nothing bad happens to your business.
As I said in my Hospitality Net panel response, who cares what happens to Google? The real question is whether those changes represent a threat to your business.
Now is the time for you to consider how to diversify your channel mix, the mix of business that comes to your website and drives traffic and revenue for you. You need to start by working to improve conversion rates when traffic arrives on your web and mobile channels. I know I’ve been talking to this point about traffic, but what happens when traffic shows up is even more important.
Assume, for instance, that your digital channels produce 100,000 per month in revenue. If your current conversion rate is, say, 3%, even a 5 percent to 10 percent increase in that number equates to an extra 5,000 to 10,000 per month from the traffic already visiting your site. More importantly, it gets you more data about your customers that you can use to connect with them through other channels.
That’s also why you need to expand your horizons when talking about what conversions are on your website. For instance, conversion isn’t just a sale. It could be customers opting into your email list, or downloading a whitepaper, or following you on social media. Each of those has an economic value to you.
Imagine, for instance, that your average sale is 100. It could be 1,000, it could be 100,000 too. But for now, let’s make it a hundred bucks. Consider that maybe 5% of all email addresses you collect will turn into a sale within a year or so. That is what we tend to see at a minimum over time. That means that every email address is worth at least $5 to your business in future revenue. Even a social media follow is worth a buck if 1% of those folks turn into a sale over time, too. There’s tremendous long term value in turning your traffic into connections who can later come back and buy from you. So you want to put some focus there. And those conversion events increase the return on spend from your paid media activities, too. So it’s a win on that level also.
And, of course, email and social can then become a larger share of your traffic over the long term so that you’re less dependent on Google. It’s a win on every single part of the scoreboard.
Next, you want to think about the core and explore method that I’ve talked about before and will link to in the show notes so you can check it out. But put most of your efforts, maybe 80 to 90%, into core activities that drive the majority of your traffic and revenues today. So that could be things like content marketing, that could be things like SEO, that could be things like paid search. At the same time, you’re going to use the remaining 10-20% of your time and your energy and your budget to explore new opportunities. Those could be referrals from influencers or creators. It could be testing a new social platform or content campaign, something you haven’t done before. The idea is to try to improve your overall traffic and revenue from new sources and diversify the mix of sources driving traffic and revenue to your business.
One place you’re going to want to start exploring in 2025 is ranking in these alternative AI search engines as well. You can ensure you show up the places that your customers are starting to test so that if, in fact, people do switch to ChatGPT or do switch to Perplexity, you’ve got a shot at capturing those customers as well.
I’m already seeing clients getting small numbers of visits from those channels. And in my own case, we’re getting a very small but growing number of visitors each month from Perplexity, from ChatGPT, and from Microsoft Copilot. None are huge yet, but it’s a start. And it’s a sign that we’re doing the necessary things to capture customers who are making a switch.
Now the best part of taking an approach like this is that these actions ensure you win whether Google stumbles or whether it continues as the market leader. If Google makes changes that impact your traffic, you’re already working to offset those declines. If Google gets beaten in the marketplace by an AI startup or its antitrust challenges kick it in the butt, again, you’re already working to offset those declines.
And if they maintain their dominant position, you’re still growing your traffic and revenue from no sources. That’s a formula for success in any case, and it’s the place you want to be.
So I want to go back to where I started. I cannot see any way that Google is dead by the end of 2025. Next year will not be the end of Google. I still think, though, that they’re going to be a vastly different company at the end of 2025 than they are today.
If you assume that Google’s share of your traffic, and certainly your share of unpaid traffic, is going to decline, and assume that Google’s going to be okay with that, then the right activity today is to take actions now that diversify the sources driving your traffic.
Position yourself to win no matter what happens to Google. Ultimately, that’s a bet you should be willing to make. And if you take the right actions now, Google. A bet you’re almost certain to win.
Show Wrap-Up and CreditsNow, looking at the clock on the wall, we are out of time for this week.
And I want to remind you again that you can find the show notes for this episode, as well as an archive of all past episodes, by going to timpeter.com/podcast. Again, that’s timpeter.com/podcast. Just look for episode 440.
Subscribe to Thinks Out LoudDon’t forget that you can click on the subscribe link in any of the episodes that you find there to have Thinks Out Loud delivered to your favorite podcatcher every single week. You can also find Thinks Out Loud on Apple Podcasts, Spotify, YouTube Music, anywhere fine podcasts are found.
Leave a Rating or Review for Thinks Out LoudI would also very much appreciate it if you could provide a positive rating or review for the show whenever you use one of those services.
If you like what you hear on Thinks Out Loud, if you enjoy what we talk about, if you like being part of the community that we’re building here, please give us a positive rating or review.
Reviews help other listeners find the podcast. Reviews help other listeners understand what Thinks Out Loud is all about. They help to build our community and they mean the world to me. So thank you so much for doing that. I very, very much appreciate it.
Thinks Out Loud on Social MediaYou can also find Thinks Out Loud on LinkedIn by going to linkedin.com/tim-peter-and-associates-llc. And of course, you can email me by sending an email to podcast(at)timpeter.com. Again, that’s podcast(at)timpeter.com.
Show OutroFinally, and I know I say this a lot, I want you to know how thrilled I am that you keep listening to what we do here. It means so much to me. You are the reason we do this show. You’re the reason that Thinks Out Loud happens every single week.
So please, keep your messages coming on LinkedIn. Keep sending things via email. I love getting a chance to talk with you, to hear what’s going on in your world, and to learn how we can do a better job building on the types of information and insights and content and community that work for you and work for your business.
So with all that said, I hope you have a fantastic rest of your day, I hope you have a wonderful week ahead, and I will look forward to speaking with you here on Thinks Out Loud next time. Until then, please be well, be safe, and as always, take care, everybody.
The post Revisiting Is Google Doomed in 2025? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 440) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
One of the big themes behind Thinks Out Loud over the course of its 400-plus episodes is how you can bypass gatekeepers and still grow your business. The emergence of artificial intelligence in marketing and customer acquisition introduces an entirely new way to approach that goal. Or does it? Does artificial intelligence provide you a tool kit that allows you to bypass Big Tech? Or does it allow Big Tech to place more gates between you and your customers?
In this episode of the Thinks Out Loud podcast, our company founder and president, Tim Peter, takes a look at the role artificial intelligence might play in helping you bypass gatekeepers. He also looks at how AI helps Big Tech maintain its market dominance. And, finally, this episode posits some ideas for how you can start connecting directly with your customers no matter what happens down the road.
Want to learn more? Here are the show notes for you.
Revisiting Is AI a Gatekeeper? Or is it a Key? (Thinks Out Loud) — Headlines and Show NotesShow Notes and Links* OpenAI – Wikipedia * Anthropic – Wikipedia * Perplexity AI – Wikipedia * When you give a Claude a mouse * Google and Kairos sign nuclear reactor deal with aim to power AI – Ars Technica * Microsoft deal propels Three Mile Island restart, with key permits still needed | Reuters * The Rapid Adoption of Generative AI PDF link * The Value of AI in Today’s Classrooms * Google is Changing Search. How to Build Traffic and Revenue Beyond Google — Part 1 (Thinks Out Loud Episode 424) * The CORE Methodology: How to Build Traffic and Revenue Beyond Google — Part 2 (Thinks Out Loud Episode 425) * Revisiting Why Digital Gatekeepers Kill Organic Traffic (Thinks Out Loud) * Revisiting How to Diversify Your Marketing Mix When There’s Too Much to Do (Thinks Out Loud) * The Best AI is Now Free For Everyone: Revisiting Will Your Customers Use AI? (Thinks Out Loud) * How to Put Big Tech and AI — the Biggest Threat and Biggest Enablers of Your Business — to Work (Episode 428) * Why AI Makes Customer Experience Even More Important for Your Business (Thinks Out Loud Episode 427) * Revisiting Bundling, Unbundling, and Customer Acquisition (Thinks Out Loud) * What Marketers Really Need to Know About Putting AI to Work (Thinks Out Loud Episode 426) * AI is the Bear: Learning to Be a Better Marketer in the Age of AI (Thinks Out Loud Episode 422) * An AI Day in the Life of a Marketing and Digital Strategy Consultant (Thinks Out Loud Episode 434)
You might also enjoy this webinar Tim Peter recently participated in with Miles Partnership that looked at "The Power of Generative AI and ChatGPT: What It Means for Tourism & Hospitality" here:
Free DownloadsWe have some free downloads for you to help you navigate the current situation, which you can find right here:
Best of Thinks Out LoudYou can find our “Best of Thinks Out Loud” playlist on Spotify right here:
Subscribe to Thinks Out Loud* Subscribe in iTunes * Subscribe in the Google Play Store
Contact information for the podcast: podcast@timpeter.com
Past Insights from Tim Peter ThinksTechnical Details for Thinks Out LoudRecorded using a Shure SM7B Vocal Dynamic Microphone and a Focusrite Scarlett 4i4 (3rd Gen) USB Audio Interface into Logic Pro X for the Mac.
Running time: 23m 24s
You can subscribe to Thinks Out Loud in iTunes, the Google Play Store, via our dedicated podcast RSS feed (or sign up for our free newsletter). You can also download/listen to the podcast here on Thinks using the player at the top of this page.
Transcript: Revisiting Is AI a Gatekeeper? Or is it a Key?Well hello again everyone and welcome back to Thinks Out Loud, your source for all the digital expertise your business needs. My name is Tim Peter, this is episode 437 of the Big Show and I think we have a really cool show for you today.
We know that gatekeepers gonna gate. You’ve heard me say this many, many times on this show. I’ve also heard a number of people proposing that artificial intelligence might bypass the gatekeepers. It might be the way that we finally get to take gatekeepers and shove them completely out of the way. You know, connect directly with our customers in every single situation.
For instance, the hospitality industry is continually looking for something that will bypass gatekeepers like Expedia or Booking.com or Google. By far, the most likely use case where that could occur in the next bunch of years is the emergence of AI agents. And I’d like to dive into that use case for a moment so you have a sense of what we’re talking about. Because this could apply beyond just travel, beyond just hospitality. This could be something you see in retail, this could be something you see in a B2B context. There’s all kinds of places where, in theory, this could take the place. This could let you connect directly with your customers.
And the premise here is that customers would have one or more agents that would search for, in this case, travel on their behalf.
For instance, I’m taking a trip to New York City in a few weeks for work. I need a hotel near the offices of the company I’m visiting. I’m also having dinner with colleagues while I’m there, so I’ll need flights and ground transportation that get me to my hotel and then back to the airport in time for the meetings that I have and in time to make my flight. I need all of the options that I choose to comply with my client’s travel policies. I need flights and hotel stays that also get me the most points in my preferred loyalty programs; if I’m traveling, I want to accrue my benefits. And of course, I want to optimize my time during the trip so I’m not out of the office or away from my family any longer than is necessary.
That is a case that I would love to outsource to an agent. Seriously. I would absolutely love to have this in my pocket or on my desktop right now. I’d love to be able to type a prompt that says, “Hey, agent, go do this. You know my preferences. You know what I need. Here’s where I’m going. Here is roughly when I need to go. Make that happen and report back to me with a couple of options I can simply say yes to or try again.” I mean, wouldn’t that be cool? And there are some interesting beta projects that I’ve seen. But an actual agent that I could give a simple prompt to and that understands my preferences does not exist today. Period.
We’re probably a couple of years away from that existing in real world terms. Probably. Maybe by the end of next year. Maybe by the end of 2026. But today, it doesn’t exist. And keep that in mind.
Another great agent use case that I’d love to see, this is my own personal one. I’d love a robust, cross device, cross platform search engine.
If you’re like me, you have conversations with customers, and with family, and with friends, across an array of devices and apps. You’ve got email. You’ve got social media, both public and DMs. You’ve got text and WhatsApp. You’ve got MS Teams and or Slack. You’ve got articles and newsletters you’ve read on Substack or LinkedIn or Twitter or Instagram, and a wide array of websites.
And you probably find yourself asking from time to time, “Where did I read that? Was that in an email? Was it a text? Was it an article?” I know I do. Wouldn’t you love to have a way to search across all of those sources? Not for possible answers, not just a regular Google search, but for the actual thing you read or sent. Maybe make it time bound, like only things you’ve interacted with in the last couple of weeks. Based on conversations I’ve had with others, I don’t think I’m alone on wanting something like this.
And despite some good work in this area, the solution I’m proposing does not exist today. One of the reasons is there’s nothing that connects all of the various data sources of the two use cases that I’ve just given you. The one thing that might is something like the operating system either on your laptop or on your phone, and we’ll come back to that in a second.
The last use case where AI could have a major impact on the way people interact with brands and businesses in the future — or at least one last use case I’m going to explore today — is extended reality. So that would include things like virtual reality and augmented reality. Some folks refer to this as the final computing platform. This is what everything will be like at some point in the future. Think things like smart glasses or other wearables. That provide data about the real world as you interact with it in real time, creating content and immersive experiences on the fly, virtual reality games and education that continually update using generative AI to deepen the experience.
There is no question in my mind that generative AI undoubtedly will provide huge benefits in these areas. They can pull content from a wide array of sources. They can generate content on the fly and narrate it or provide visual cues as needed. Today, these types of experiences are definitely limited by things like robust connectivity, which is getting better all the time, the weight of the device, And very much related to that, battery life.
We are probably — I’m going to make a guess here; I’m clearly not the expert here, but I’m basing this on what other folks have said — we’re probably 6 to 10 plus years away. We’re talking the 2030s in all likelihood before this becomes a reality. Which is not that far from now.
I go back to the Bill Gates quote that I’ve used many, many times that we always overestimate the change we will see in the next two years and underestimate the change we will see in the next 10. So what things might look like in the middle of the 2030s, which shocker, is only 10 years away, could be a dramatic difference from where we are today.
Think about where we are relative to 10 years ago. In 2014, in late 2014, if I was talking to you about artificial intelligence and how people would be using it in their day to day lives, the fact that 1 in 9 people use it every single day and 24 percent of workers are using it at least once a week. That was unthinkable 10 years ago, now we talk about it very much like a commonplace thing.
So, we’re going to have technology challenges to overcome. We, I mean, we as a society are going to have technology challenges to overcome. Battery life and weight plus the ability to stream heavy visual content quickly are likely the big barriers that have to fall.
We also know it’s true that 6G mobile connections will start rolling out commercially in 2030, which could fix at least the streaming question. If battery life and battery weight and device weight fall pretty quickly as they are doing, you know, what we’re likely to see in 2034 seems plausible. And much like I talked about with agents, I’ve seen early stage companies working towards all of these.
I want to be clear, I absolutely welcome their potential success. I’m confident that somebody will eventually succeed at all of these. I also think it’s true that these tools simply don’t exist in any real form in the real world today. It doesn’t mean they won’t.
But the thing where I think we need to be really conscious is that none of these tools seem likely to come from some unknown startup. Some of the pieces, sure, but probably not the overall experience. And there’s a major reason why this is likely to be so, in my view.
The simple fact is that, at least right now, artificial intelligence favors gatekeepers. AI is expensive as hell. You need lots of money to make these models work. You need lots of data, which is expensive as hell. You have to have significant computing power, which, say it with me, is expensive as hell. You require brilliant researchers who are expensive as hell. And you consume massive amounts of energy to make these things work, which, again, is expensive as hell. Google and Microsoft literally are signing contracts for their own nuclear power plants to meet their energy needs. That’s not a joke. That’s a true story.
These things require a ton of expensive resources in terms of money, in terms of data, in terms of compute, in terms of researchers, and in terms of actual power. That’s crazy. So it’s not super likely you’re going to see small companies come out of nowhere with these things. Probably.
If you think about who the huge big, uh, if you think about who the big AI players are, well, we’ve got Google. Obviously, they’re a big time gatekeeper. We’ve got Microsoft. Again, a big time gatekeeper. We’ve got Amazon. Ditto. Facebook. Ditto, ditto. We’ve got OpenAI. Who is the parent of ChatGPT? Well, they’re a disruptive startup, for sure, originally set up as a non profit, with massive funding from, uh, Microsoft, who’s a big time gatekeeper.
Okay, so what about Anthropic, the makers of Claude? They’re another disruptive startup, featuring a bunch of ChatGPT alumni, and they got massive funding from, oh wait, Amazon and Google. Huh.
You’ve got Perplexity. Perplexity is another disruptive service, and it features founders from Meta and OpenAI, and they’ve had significant investments from, among others, Amazon founder Jeff Bezos, the late YouTube CEO Susan Wojcicki, and Google’s chief scientist Jeff Dean.
Huh.
That’s kind of interesting, right? And if VR, AR, and extended reality, XR, come along at scale in the next 5 to 10 years, well, who do you think is going to provide that? I mean, let’s see, the current VR devices come from Facebook and Apple. Augmented reality on mobile phones mostly comes from Apple, Google, and Samsung, the last of which runs on Google’s Android OS. Smartwatches, which are another potential AR delivery mechanism, come from Apple and Google and Samsung. Again, more or less running Google software. And the most popular smart hearing devices, another potential AR or XR delivery mechanism, come from Apple and Google. Are you beginning to notice a pattern here?
The reality is, big tech is working to remain a gatekeeper. They’re trying to close off all the avenues by which someone else could come in and shove them out of the way. Even the startups are deeply connected to big tech players. In addition to their own efforts, Amazon, Google, Facebook, and Microsoft have invested in organizations like Amazon, OpenAI, Anthropic, and Perplexity that are most likely to shove them out of their membership in Big Tech.
Almost all of these folks, plus the other players in AI, are also using either Amazon Web Services or Microsoft Azure or Google Cloud to run their servers. Again, Big Tech still collects a toll in those cases. And remember how expensive it is to run a real, robust, and relevant artificial intelligence.
Even if OpenAI, Perplexity, or Anthropic wins, they’re still going to need to fund their ongoing operations. I also don’t think Microsoft, Google, Amazon, Jeff Bezos, and their other investors Put all this money into these startups without expecting a return on that investment. They’re going to want some payback here.
In other words, if OpenAI, Perplexity, or Anthropic wins, do you think it’s likely you’re going to be any better off than you are today? In short, there isn’t a white knight coming to rescue you from big tech with artificial intelligence. AI isn’t a key to unlock the gatekeeper’s gates. It’s just another way gatekeeper’s gonna gate, even if it turns out to be a different gatekeeper.
It’s unrealistic to expect some new technology to suddenly disrupt and completely bypass Big Tech. It doesn’t matter what industry you’re in. Big Tech has a lot at stake. They’re gatekeepers. They’re not going away without a fight.
If you want to bypass Big Tech, you’re going to have to take a lesson from Jose Serrano, a character in the classic baseball comedy Major League. And to paraphrase his famous line, “do it yourself.” It’s up to you to create a direct relationship with your customers. It’s up to you to create memorable experiences that will bring your customers back to you again and again and again. It’s up to you to create a brand that customers will seek out by name.
Think about it. I regularly quote Jeff Bezos famous question, “What won’t change as we go forward?” Even if the platforms and technologies and tools that your customers use change, They’re still going to seek out businesses and brands that they trust… or not. You’re still going to need to separate yourself from your competition… or not. You’re still going to need to find a way to get customers to connect with you directly… or not. You get the picture.
AI isn’t a key. It’s another lock if you’re not continually looking to build direct relationships with your customers. You’re helping the gatekeepers keep their gates in place. You’re helping them build those locks. Your job is to get customers to connect with you directly. That’s the key to unlocking gatekeepers’ gates. I’m going to link to a couple of episodes in the show notes where we talked about how you can do that. And yes, you can and should use AI to help you do that more efficiently and more effectively. I’m going to link in the show notes to a few episodes on how you can do that too.
The last thing that I would encourage you to do is to keep listening for more ways you can build those connections with customers. Because the other big key to bypassing big tech is to keep learning.
I’m confident you can do it. I’m confident you can bypass Big Tech. And I’m looking forward to seeing how well you do it. The thing you have to remind yourself is AI is just one more place the gatekeepers gonna gate. If you want to unlock those gates. You’re going to have to do it by connecting with customers directly.
Show Wrap-Up and CreditsNow, looking at the clock on the wall, we are out of time for this week.
And I want to remind you again that you can find the show notes for this episode. As well as an archive of all past episodes by going to timpeter.com/podcast. Again, that’s timpeter.com/podcast. Just look for episode 437.
Subscribe to Thinks Out LoudDon’t forget that you can click on the subscribe link in any of the episodes that you find there to have Thinks Out Loud delivered to your favorite podcatcher every single week. You can also find Thinks Out Loud on Apple Podcasts, Spotify, YouTube Music, anywhere fine podcasts are found.
Leave a Rating or Review for Thinks Out LoudI would also very much appreciate it if you could provide a positive rating or review for the show whenever you use one of those services.
If you like what you hear on Thinks Out Loud, if you enjoy what we talk about, if you like being part of the community that we’re building here, please give us a positive rating or review.
Reviews help other listeners find the podcast. Reviews help other listeners understand what Thinks Out Loud is all about. They help to build our community and they mean the world to me. So thank you so much for doing that. I very, very much appreciate it.
Thinks Out Loud on Social MediaYou can also find Thinks Out Loud on LinkedIn by going to linkedin.com/tim-peter-and-associates-llc. You can find me on Twitter or X or whatever you want to call it this week by using the Twitter handle @tcpeter. And of course, you can email me by sending an email to podcast(at)timpeter.com. Again, that’s podcast(at)timpeter.com.
Show OutroFinally, and I know I say this a lot, I want you to know how thrilled I am that you keep listening to what we do here. It means so much to me. You are the reason we do this show. You’re the reason that Thinks Out Loud happens every single week.
So please, keep your messages coming on LinkedIn. Keep hitting me up on Twitter, sending things via email. I love getting a chance to talk with you, to hear what’s going on in your world, and to learn how we can do a better job building on the types of information and insights and content and community that work for you and work for your business.
So with all that said, I hope you have a fantastic rest of your day, I hope you have a wonderful week ahead, and I will look forward to speaking with you here on Thinks Out Loud next time. Until then, please be well, be safe, and as always, take care, everybody.
The post Revisiting Is AI a Gatekeeper? Or is it a Key? (Thinks Out Loud) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
As far as I’m concerned, there’s only one way to succeed next year. And, truth be told, it goes beyond success just in your business.
I don’t mean to say that business success isn’t important. Of course it is. But, business success often follows from success throughout your life. Most successful people seem like they’re accomplished in many areas… because they are. They’re not focused solely on being their best selves only at work or only at a given hobby.
It’s the idea of being your best self that’s at the heart of this conversation I want to have this time around. What does “being your best self” look like in practice? What can you do to achieve it? And how does it apply not only in business, but across many areas of your life? That’s what this episode of Thinks Out Loud is all about.
Want to learn more? Here are the show notes for you.
The Only Way to Succeed Next Year (Thinks Out Loud Episode 444) — Headlines and Show NotesShow Notes and Links* Mihaly Csikszentmihalyi – Wikipedia * 8 Traits of Flow According to Mihaly Csikszentmihalyi * AI Is Not the Future. You Are (Thinks Out Loud Episode 443) * wheel of life – Google Search * Navigating Life’s Spheres: Your Guide to the Balance Wheel | Love Light & Inspiration * The Vor Game – Wikipedia * "Touch Grass" (Thinks Out Loud Episode 358) * Revisiting "What Are We Doing Here?" * How Are You Holding Up? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 316) * Lessons Learned: The TPA Anniversary Show (Thinks Out Loud Episode 420) * Recapping 2023 Part 2 — Personal Lessons Learned (Thinks Out Loud Episode 407)
You might also enjoy this webinar I recently participated in with Miles Partnership that looked at "The Power of Generative AI and ChatGPT: What It Means for Tourism & Hospitality" here:
Free DownloadsWe have some free downloads for you to help you navigate the current situation, which you can find right here:
Best of Thinks Out LoudYou can find our “Best of Thinks Out Loud” playlist on Spotify right here:
Subscribe to Thinks Out Loud* Subscribe in iTunes * Subscribe in the Google Play Store
Contact information for the podcast: podcast@timpeter.com
Past Insights from Tim Peter ThinksTechnical Details for Thinks Out LoudRecorded using a Shure SM7B Vocal Dynamic Microphone and a Focusrite Scarlett 4i4 (3rd Gen) USB Audio Interface into Logic Pro X for the Mac.
Running time: 26m 05s
You can subscribe to Thinks Out Loud in iTunes, the Google Play Store, via our dedicated podcast RSS feed (or sign up for our free newsletter). You can also download/listen to the podcast here on Thinks using the player at the top of this page.
Transcript: The Only Way to Succeed Next YearWell hello again everybody and welcome back to Thinks Out Loud, your source for all the digital expertise your business needs. My name is Tim Peter, this is episode 444 of the Big Show, and I think we’ve got a really cool episode for you today.
Most of what I’m going to talk about in this episode, on the surface, has little to do with marketing or digital or business strategy, the topics we typically talk about here. I don’t have any big predictions for 2025 yet, or any major recap of 2024, you know, those are coming. And if you only care about those topics, you might want to skip to your other favorite podcast right now and then check our future episodes for that content.
I’d recommend against that though, because what’s also true is that what I plan to talk about today has everything to do with marketing and digital and business strategy. I suspect it will be obvious why shortly, but I’ll explicitly call out the reason at the end for you.
The thing is, as we come up on the end of the year, I have a problem with the conventional wisdom that almost everybody spouts off about almost every holiday season. You know, you’ll hear people say that it’s time to look back at the year you just experienced and what went well and what didn’t go well and what did you learn from those experiences. They’ll tell you to look ahead at what you hope to accomplish, and your goals for the new year, and what you’re going to do more of, and what you’re going to do better. Most people, many people, will tell you to spend time with family and reconnect with old friends. People will say, “You really need to make the most of this time. You never know how much longer you’ll have with grandma or grandpa, or your parents, or whomever.”
I hate this advice.
Now don’t misunderstand, I don’t want to challenge the conventional wisdom around what you do for the next two weeks. You should look back. You should look ahead to what you want to accomplish, and you absolutely should spend time with the people you love, and reconnect with old friends, and enjoy this time with your family.
My problem isn’t “Why aren’t you doing this during the holidays? “My problem is, “Why aren’t you doing this every single day and week and month throughout the year?” Seriously.
Yes, we should all use every opportunity. To look back at what we learned, we should use every opportunity to look forward to what we hope to accomplish. And we all should spend more time with family and friends and the people we love. If I wanted to be funny, I would say, “Notice how I listed friends, family, and the people you love into three separate categories?”
You know, in truth though, if they’re not the people you love, maybe the problem isn’t that, it’s that you maybe shouldn’t categorize them as family or friends. Maybe the reason they’re not the people you love is something you need to work on, and more on this in a bit. The reality though is don’t spend too much time with toxic people. And if everyone you know is toxic, Then I suspect they’re not the problem, and I will have much more on that a little later, too.
At any rate, when we’re talking about how you use this time, I think you really need to set yourself up for success every week and every month all year long. And I mean success in a broader way than just what you do in your business.
You may remember that I talked about a balance wheel or a wheel of life in last week’s episode. I’m not going to recap the whole process for you, but the idea is that this provides you a great time and a great tool to take stock of where you are in every area of your life that matters to you. Work? Sure. But also family and friends and your mental and physical and financial well being.
The great thing about an exercise like this is that you get to decide which of those areas are important to you. You also get to decide how satisfied you are in each of those areas, and you get to decide, once you’ve taken a look at that wheel, which ones you want to work on, and the order you’ll do that work.
That’s something you can do all year long, and that’s how you succeed next year. This isn’t about New Year’s resolutions, either, and it certainly isn’t about, you know, hustle culture, just “doing more.”
Don’t get me wrong, hustle culture can be useful, to a point, but it’s usually focused solely on your work. It usually thinks solely in terms of, what are you going to turn out today from a work perspective? Success in work is up to you and obviously important. It’s something I talk about on this show all the time. Work often is a huge contributor to the meaning in our lives. It’s also not the only thing that gives our lives meaning. In fact, I would go so far to say it shouldn’t be the only thing that matters to give your life meaning.
Instead, I’m talking about being the best version of yourself in all of the areas of your life that matter to you and that give your life meaning. And there’s a way that you can do this to drive improvement throughout your life, all year long, where New Year’s resolutions fail.
New Year’s resolutions don’t tend to work for two reasons, for at least two reasons. I mean, one of the big ones is that they often aren’t necessarily seen as fun. But the two big reasons are, one, that there’s no consequence, really, if you break them. You might feel bad about it for a couple of days, but eventually it’s just something that happened and you move on with life.
And the second is you have to wait an entire year for them to come back around again. If you didn’t accomplish this year’s New Year’s resolutions by, you know, if you haven’t made progress by the end of January, oh well, I guess it’s over. No big deal.
We’re drawn to New Year’s resolutions because the first day of the year is symbolically important. And that symbolism has a certain power, one that our brains latch on to. It’s really important to our minds, that date, because it’s imbued with so much culture and tradition. There’s research that backs this up, by the way, that our minds just get wrapped around specific dates. Days like New Year’s Day or the first of the year as being hugely important.
There’s also research that backs up what I’m about to share that’s just kind of crazy. Unfortunately, I can’t remember who to credit for this one. So while there will be links in the show notes for many of the things I’m talking about, there won’t be for this one. A Google search wasn’t helping me out. I will certainly update the links later if I can find it.
In any case, the further we get away from January 1st, the less power it holds over us. Its symbolism dwindles. Here’s the funny thing about that research, though. It showed that January 1st, isn’t the only symbolically important date in our lives. Other dates have meaning, too.
For instance, your birthday is a pretty big day. We give it a certain power in our minds. If you’re married, your wedding anniversary is another one of those days. If you have children, your kids birthdays have a certain power. And any of those can be used as days where you start something new or reassess or have the drive to start again, to renew yourself. Each of these are opportunities to reinvigorate and renew your focus on the things that matter to you.
But brace yourself, because the research found something even stranger. It turns out almost any day can hold that same symbolic power, as long as that date matters to you. Which is crazy, because it really means that almost any day is an opportunity to reinvigorate yourself and renew your focus on the things that matter to you. That’s incredible when you think about it, because now we’re not talking about New Year’s resolutions. We’re talking about where am I starting from today.
Now the funny thing is, if you find that too abstract a concept to get your head around, in terms of how you would execute that, there are two days that almost everyone recognizes as powerful And those are the first day of the month and the first day of the week, which means you don’t have to have New Year’s resolutions. You can have new month resolutions and new week resolutions. You can renew and reinvigorate every month and every week. You don’t have to think about what matters to you and what you want to change next year. Just think about what you want to change in January, and then again in February, and again in March.
You can do the same every Sunday or Monday too, depending on what you consider the first day of the week. It could be the first day of the week, it could be the first day of your work week. You, all you have to do is take a few minutes and make a short list of what you’re going to work on from your balance wheel this week. Then do it again the following week, and the following, and so on.
There’s this great hidden benefit to it, compared with New Year’s resolutions, by the way, that if a single week doesn’t go as planned, it doesn’t throw you off for the whole month or the whole year. You just reset on the following week, focus on what matters to you that week, and work towards becoming more completely yourself.
And the great thing is, whether you do this 12 times a year, or 52, or some number in between those, I mean, we can all have a week that gets away from us, you will end up growing as a person.
Over the course of those 52 weeks, you’ll end up building better relationships with the people who matter to you. Those outcomes, that focus, is what I mean when I’m talking about the only way to succeed next year. In this case, success isn’t just a business concept, it’s a life concept. It’s how you grow as a person.
Now the funny thing is, that growth has other benefits beyond just the obvious. And that’s where this does have something to do with marketing or digital or business strategy. In fact, it has everything to do with marketing and digital and business strategy.
Why?
Because the greatest successes in marketing and digital and business strategy, and pretty much anything else in life, occur when you’re your whole self, when you feel good about yourself, when you’re able to bring your entire being to the moment and to the thing that you’re working on.
I met somebody new and a client the other day whose approach just absolutely thrilled me, filled me with joy. He was so thoughtful and so present and so clear minded about his work and his life and what was important to him. He was so clear about what he thought he could do well and what he thought he couldn’t. He set appropriate boundaries with the people in the room without any argument or any drama. He simply wanted to focus on doing his very best work and supporting the team as a whole in the best way that he could. He is, already I’m finding out, just a delight to have met and work with. At least from what I can see on the surface, everything is going right for him. And I think it’s because he’s true to what matters to him.
If you look at the people who constantly gripe that nothing ever goes right, they’re almost always at least a little bit at fault.
Now, hang with me for a second. Because this is the internet, let me say right away, of course there are exceptions. Unfortunately, far too many cases exist where people are discriminated against or find themselves in abusive situations or have serious health issues. On a personal level, I’ve lost multiple family members and dear friends to things like cancer. I know people who struggle with mental illnesses and other very real problems in their lives.
Situations like that absolutely suck. There’s no two ways about it. And I offer anybody going through anything like that nothing but peace and comfort and good fortune every day going forward, starting today. I’m not talking about those people. I’m talking about the people who you encounter from time to time — we all do — who really don’t have any major issues in their lives in any real terms and still find ways to bitch about everything in the world every day, right?
In high school, by the way, one of my teachers, a priest as it happens, once told me the difference between bitching and complaining. It’s pretty big. Complaining is when you talk about your problems to someone who can do something about them, who can help you improve the situation. Bitching is when you talk about your problems to everybody else.*
You know, and don’t get me wrong, there’s nothing wrong with bitching every now and again if it helps you move past something that’s bugging you. I bitch to my wife regularly about whatever things that are going on, whether trivial or significant, that has drawn my attention on any given day or in any given week. We all do. That’s normal. If you’re doing it all the time though, you know, maybe the problem isn’t with what’s going on in the world. Maybe it’s how you’re reacting to it.
So with all I’m that out of the the way and speaking only about those who bitch about quote-unquote, “everything” — as well as those of you who simply want to find new ways to succeed — the simple fact is you can change your outcomes by changing your outlook.
And I know that might sound trite. But it’s true, the groundbreaking work around flow, that is the state of operating at peak performance, you know, fully in the zone, identified by Mihaly Csikszentmihalyi, depends on three factors. And those three factors are, you’re working towards a single clear goal.
That goal matters to you, it’s meaningful in your life, and the work challenges you without overwhelming you. It, it causes you to push yourself. When you’re working with flow, you feel energized across many areas of your, areas of your life. You’re happier as a person, you’re more fully yourself. In other words, working towards your goals will make you feel better in pretty much all the other areas of your life.
So even if you don’t love where you are in your career, or maybe your company is struggling and you’re not in a position at the moment to do a lot about it. But if you imagine you’re spending time each week and each month learning from what you’d accomplished in the prior week or month, that would move you towards a meaningful goal of self improvement.
Imagine if you were truly present for your family and friends and the people you love, that would move you towards the meaningful goal of building stronger and healthier relationships. Even when you can’t find flow at work, you can find flow in the other areas of your life, Which are areas that are going to continue to exist even as you change jobs and careers over the course of your working life.
Working in this way on yourself helps you become a more fully realized version of yourself, which actually helps you become more focused and thoughtful at work. And quite possibly help you move forward as a digital marketer and strategist. And if not, you’ll still be fulfilled outside of work. You know, that’s really a great thing.
It reminds me of a quote I love about strategy from the Lois McMaster Bujold book, “The Vor Game,” which you should totally check out. A character in the book says, “The key to strategy. Is not to choose a path to victory, but to choose so that all paths lead to victory.” Now, in fairness, she follows that up by saying, “ideally,” acknowledging that it’s not always easy to have all paths lead to victory every single time. Still, it’s worth choosing as many as you can that help.
So, if you’re not necessarily having the best place at work, working on yourself is something you can control. Working on your relationships is something you can control.
And that goes the other way, too. If you’re doing well in work, it allows you to say, “Okay, maybe I can’t control what’s happening with my relationships or a specific relationship, because the other person is not being everybody. They can’t control it. You would like them to be, but you can work on yourself and you can work on your work.”
So ultimately, it’s working towards all paths helping you to succeed. If your success matters to you next year though, you need to think beyond just business and just marketing and just digital. You need to think about the kind of person you want to be in every area of your life. You need to think about the kinds of relationships you want to have, the people you want to spend your time with outside of business as well as within it.
And then do the work in those areas to improve your relationships with the people that matter to you. Make sure you focus as much as you can on the areas and people that give your life meaning. Working towards improving in those areas helps you find flow in your activities, which will help you feel more fulfilled overall.
And finding greater fulfillment overall helps you persevere during the tougher times of your days and weeks and months that undoubtedly will happen. Remember that you don’t have to think about New Year’s resolutions or wait for January 1st to roll around to make changes. You get to reset your objectives and renew your focus every month and every week.
So the point I want to leave you with today is that your ability to be the person you want to be is entirely in your hands. And becoming the person you truly want to be is, in my book, The only real way to succeed next year, and every year after that. I hope you have a wonderful holiday season. I hope you get to spend it with people you love, and that everything next year goes really well for you. Just remember, a lot of that is within your hands, and I can’t wait to see what you do with it.
Show Wrap-Up and CreditsNow, looking at the clock on the wall, we are out of time for this week. Before I get into the credits, for the show, a quick programming note. We’ll be posting some of the best of Thinks Out Loud over the next couple of weeks during Christmas and the New Year’s Day holidays. I hope you’ll enjoy those. And we’ll be back with entirely new episodes for you the week of January 6.
In the meantime, I want to remind you again that you can find the show notes for this episode, as well as an archive of all past episodes, by going to timpeter.com/podcast. Again, that’s timpeter.com/podcast. Just look for episode 444.
Subscribe to Thinks Out LoudDon’t forget that you can click on the subscribe link in any of the episodes that you find there to have Thinks Out Loud delivered to your favorite podcatcher every single week. You can also find Thinks Out Loud on Apple Podcasts, Spotify, YouTube Music, anywhere fine podcasts are found.
Leave a Rating or Review for Thinks Out LoudI would also very much appreciate it if you could provide a positive rating or review for the show whenever you use one of those services. Thanks for hanging with me as I ventured a little further afield. I’ll be back to our regular topics. But let me know what you think of the episodes we do here.
If you like what you hear on Thinks Out Loud, if you enjoy what we talk about, if you like being part of the community that we’re building here, please give us a positive rating or review.
Reviews help other listeners find the podcast. Reviews help other listeners understand what Thinks Out Loud is all about. They help to build our community and they mean the world to me. So thank you so much for doing that. I very, very much appreciate it.
Thinks Out Loud on Social MediaYou can also find Thinks Out Loud on LinkedIn by going to linkedin.com/tim-peter-and-associates-llc. And of course, you can email me by sending an email to podcast(at)timpeter.com. Again, that’s podcast(at)timpeter.com.
Show OutroFinally, and I know I say this a lot, I want you to know how thrilled I am that you keep listening to what we do here. It means so much to me. You are the reason we do this show. You’re the reason that Thinks Out Loud happens every single week.
So please, keep your messages coming on LinkedIn. Keep sending me things via email. I love getting a chance to talk with you, to hear what’s going on in your world, and to learn how we can do a better job building on the types of information and insights and content and community that work for you and work for your business.
So with all that said, I hope you have a fantastic rest of your day, I hope you have a wonderful week ahead, and I will look forward to speaking with you here on Thinks Out Loud next time. Until then, please be well, be safe, and as always, take care, everybody. I hope you have a happy New Year and we’ll talk with you soon!
The post The Only Way to Succeed Next Year (Thinks Out Loud Episode 444) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
I’m having a ton of conversations lately about how AI will affect the future of work and employment. Many of these conversations start off with questions like “What will AI do to my job?” And, of course, “What happens to my job in the future?”
AI is a big deal. No two ways about it. But, here’s the thing: AI is not the future. You are.
You have control of what your future looks like. Sure, AI could affect pieces of your life. It already does. But you have lots of say in terms of what your life looks like overall.
How will that work? How can you ensure that AI plays the right role in your life? And how do you make sure that your job — and more importantly, your life — reflects the future you’re looking for? That’s what this episode of Thinks Out Loud is all about.
Want to learn more? Here are the show notes for you.
AI Is Not the Future. You Are (Thinks Out Loud Episode 443) — Headlines and Show NotesShow Notes and Links* Ikigai – Wikipedia * Ikigai: The Japanese Secret to a Joyful Life — the Government of Japan * Madam C. J. Walker – Wikipedia * Wheel of Life/Balance Wheel * Co-Intelligence: Living and Working with AI: Mollick, Ethan: 9780593716717: Amazon.com: Books * Giving Thanks 2024 (Thinks Out Loud Episode 441) * The Future of Computing? Big Tech Earnings and the State of Digital Q3 2024 (Thinks Out Loud Episode 439) * Are AI and Digital Evil (Thinks Out Loud Episode 438) * How to Put Big Tech and AI — the Biggest Threat and Biggest Enablers of Your Business — to Work (Episode 428) * An AI Day in the Life of a Marketing and Digital Strategy Consultant (Thinks Out Loud Episode 434) * "Touch Grass" (Thinks Out Loud Episode 358) * Revisiting "What Are We Doing Here?" * How Are You Holding Up? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 316) * Lessons Learned: The TPA Anniversary Show (Thinks Out Loud Episode 420) * Recapping 2023 Part 2 — Personal Lessons Learned (Thinks Out Loud Episode 407) * Revisiting "We Owe it to Our Customers to Make Their Lives Better" (Thinks Out Loud) * Revisiting "Touch Grass" (Thinks Out Loud)
You might also enjoy this webinar I recently participated in with Miles Partnership that looked at "The Power of Generative AI and ChatGPT: What It Means for Tourism & Hospitality" here:
Free DownloadsWe have some free downloads for you to help you navigate the current situation, which you can find right here:
Best of Thinks Out LoudYou can find our “Best of Thinks Out Loud” playlist on Spotify right here:
Subscribe to Thinks Out Loud* Subscribe in iTunes * Subscribe in the Google Play Store
Contact information for the podcast: podcast@timpeter.com
Past Insights from Tim Peter ThinksTechnical Details for Thinks Out LoudRecorded using a Shure SM7B Vocal Dynamic Microphone and a Focusrite Scarlett 4i4 (3rd Gen) USB Audio Interface into Logic Pro X for the Mac.
Running time: 27m 01s
You can subscribe to Thinks Out Loud in iTunes, the Google Play Store, via our dedicated podcast RSS feed (or sign up for our free newsletter). You can also download/listen to the podcast here on Thinks using the player at the top of this page.
Transcript: AI Is Not the Future. You AreWell hello again everyone and welcome back to Thinks Out Loud. Your source for all the digital expertise your business needs. My name is Tim Peter. This is episode 443 of The Big Show and thank you so much for listening today. I am so thrilled you’re here and I think we’ve got a really cool show for you today.
This one’s going to be a little bit weirder than normal, because I’m kind of in a philosophical mood. I’ve got a bunch of stuff on my mind that, you know, is a little outside of what I normally talk about on the show.
I’ve been having just a ton of conversations lately with people about their careers, and the effects of artificial intelligence on their personal development, and where things might be going on a personal level for them, and for me, and probably for you. And so I thought it was okay to talk about this.
You know, part of my Rutgers Business School Exec Ed classes focus on AI in marketing and AI in customer service, which is partly what led to this, and I’ve been having a bunch of different mentoring and reverse mentoring conversations that have really brought this to the fore. And I thought it made sense to start with a few baseline predictions for where artificial intelligence will be in the next year, as relates to you, as relates to your job, as relates to your career.
And I want to be really clear. These are assumptions. They are, I think, solid assumptions. I think they’re well grounded assumptions. But I’m not a hundred percent confident on any of these. I’m like sixty to seventy percent confident, some a little more than others.
But you know, there’s obviously room for things to move here if, if we see AI models continuing to plateau, I will be more confident that these will hold true. If somebody comes out with a big breakthrough that we’re not expecting, you know, GPT 5 or something like that, then maybe I, these get a little more uncertain. But nonetheless, it seems obvious at this point that AI probably isn’t going to take your job.
There are, of course, exceptions to this, but if you were listening to this show, if you’re a marketing professional, if you’re a content creator, if you’re somebody who focuses on, you know, connecting with customers using digital tools, here’s what you’ll Your job isn’t going away in the next year.
No two ways about it. The current generation of tools simply exhibit too many hallucinations and too many inherent biases to completely replace most of the knowledge work that I run into regularly. Sure, obviously, lots of folks are already outsourcing a wide array of tasks within jobs. And some leaders are starting to ask, okay, can we use these tools to outsource specific jobs?
That is absolutely happening. But most of the marketing and sales and business development roles that are common among the show’s listeners are supported by AI, they’re augmented by AI, and they probably will be for a while. They’re not outright going to be replaced by artificial intelligence. Sure, that could change.
I also suspect we’re going to have some reasonable amount of heads up if that starts to happen. I’m paying some attention to various financial analyses that suggest we can do more with less and, you know, handle losses by attrition. But the likelihood that your job’s going to go away is pretty slim.
I’ve been doing this kind of work for quite a while and that approach of how do we do more with less and how do we, you know, deal with loss by attrition, you know, we shrink by attrition, let people Migrate themselves out over time. That’s not even remotely new. Folks have been doing that for a long, long time.
I don’t see why this time around is any different.
We will absolutely see more artificial intelligence in people’s lives. Almost certainly baked into existing tools more so than through the exact acquisition of lots of new tools. You’re undoubtedly seeing that right now. I mean, when’s the last time you had a conversation with a vendor of anything where they didn’t bring up AI at some point in the discussion, right?
I mean, that’s just the way it works right now.
Another thing that I think you can easily expect is we’re undoubtedly going to see some AI backlash in the next 9 to 12 to 18 months. I’m already seeing this. I don’t think this is much of a prediction. This is happening now. I’m not predicting the future. I’m, you know, I’m broadcasting the present. CEOs and CFOs have been signing off on a huge number of pilot programs, a huge number of tests. And they’re starting to demonstrate impatience for results. The joke I keep hearing from senior executives right now is, “I’ve got more pilots than Delta. I want outcomes.” That’s just the reality of the world we live in.
And, you know, obviously there’s a macro economy that we’ve got to think about. There’s if you live in the United States, there’s going to be a change in presidential administrations. Who all knows what happens there? I mean, that will certainly swing this in one direction or the other. On that one, I’m not going to make any huge predictions because it’s tough to tell. But the backlash is definitely coming. People want to see more results, and we should expect them to be asking for more results. very much.
But here’s the thing I know about the future and here’s where I’m going to take a hard left turn in this discussion. Because it’s not about artificial intelligence.
When you think about your career and you think about where you want to be, AI is not the future. You are. You get to decide if you’ll use these tools and how you’ll use these tools. You get to decide what you want your work to look like And you get to decide what you want your life to look like. You get to decide how to make that happen.
I know that might sound crazy, but it’s true. You can do something today that has nothing to do with AI. Or you could do something that absolutely leans into AI, if it really matters to you, if you really find that interesting and valuable. You get to decide.
So I would suggest, ignore the predictions. There’s a, there’s a quote that I love that says, “History will be kind to me, for I intend to write it.” Which, okay, obnoxious, arrogant, but true. You get to decide.
The question I’d ask you, the question I ask folks when I’ve been having these conversations is, what do you want? What are your goals? What matters to you? Where do you want to be five years down the road, and ten years down the road, and fifteen years down the road? And I don’t mean in exactly what job or exactly what your work day will look like, because that’s too hard to tell when we get down the road. But what excites you? What gets you out of bed in the morning and makes you say this is some place I want to spend my time.
It doesn’t just have to be about work, by the way. This is true for life generally. This could be about relationships. It could be about health and fitness. It could be about money. It could be about personal growth. It could be about your community. What are the kinds of things that you want to do that interest you?
What are the kinds of things that make you happy, your life worth living for you, make you feel valuable?
You may be familiar that there’s this Japanese concept called ikigai, which refers to your sense of purpose, what’s your reason for living. And it’s a really simple concept, right? When you think about it, it’s, it’s the intersection of four things.
It’s what do you love? What are you good at? What is the world value? And what will it pay you for? That’s it. How do you find the spot that works for you? Not just today, but longer term, over the course of your life.
There’s lots of ways you can do this. There’s, there’s a great tool, there’s a technique using something called a balance wheel or sometimes a wheel of life. I’ll post a couple of links in the show notes or you can Google at your leisure. To assess where you are on six to ten attributes and see where you’re feeling pretty good about where you are and where you feel like you’re falling short in terms of achieving balance. You basically rate yourself on a scale of, it depends on which one you use, you might do it on a scale of one to five, you might do it on a scale of one to ten.
But as you think of the various things in your life that matter to you, your, your personal life, your personal growth, your. Health, your money, your relationships, your community, and you rank yourself, and you kind of draw this picture of, Oh, do I have a nice circle here? Or do I have, you know, sort of this lumpy, bumpy mass that says, I’m falling short in some areas in my own life.
You then use that to say, cool, this is where I want to set my goals. This is where I want to improve this year and next year and the next. I want to go ahead and move forward and grow and get, you know, a better shaped wheel here. The most successful people I have ever known always have self directed goals in more than one part of your life.
And success isn’t just about goals. A case of financial success or professional success. It means where do you feel like you want to do well? It’s thinking purposefully about what matters to you and then working towards it. What is the future you want? The future can’t just be something that happens to you, it’s something you work towards, it’s something you strive for, it’s something you reach for.
And you don’t want to worry about how you’re going to make that future happen. Believe it or not, that’s, that’s Not the way to do it. It’s easy to find ways to shoot down ideas when you’re thinking about what you’d like it to look like. Don’t do that. Seriously, ignore that. Think about what you want, what really matters to you.
Think big, right? I see people far too often, you know, in mentoring relationships, especially where people talk about their goals in incremental terms, and that’s okay. That’s totally okay, especially if we’re talking about where do we want to be a month from now. But if you’re thinking about your life, if you’re thinking about the next few years, whether it’s a year from now, three years from now, five years from now, ten years from now, What would it look like if your goals were 200 percent or 300 percent or 1000 percent larger than where you are today?
Think about what your world would look like. Think about how you would live and act in that world. Yes, your goals should be achievable in some reasonable time frame. The fact is though, you’re undoubtedly a thousand percent better today than you were at some earlier point in your life. You’re almost certainly making more money than you did ten years ago, and probably more money than you ever thought you might make ten years ago.
If you think 3 percent raise every year over the last decade, you’re Today, you’ve increased your income more than 34%, right? That’s a pretty big lift. You’ve already achieved that, so why not increase your salary by 34% in five years or three in many cases? I bet you’re making 10 times what you made at some earlier point in your career or in your lifetime.
And that’s just the financial side. I bet you’re 10 times better at something you used to struggle with. I know I am in lots of areas. I’m sure that’s true of you. People grow. We get better at things over time. The best part of thinking like this, by the way, is Is that if you fall short when striving for something ten times bigger or better than what you’ve done in the past, you’re still gonna end up in a much better place than you are today.
Okay, maybe you don’t achieve a thousand percent growth. Cool, you only achieve five hundred percent growth. That’s still pretty great, and that’s still where you wanna be, regardless of what happens in the world around you with artificial intelligence or anything else. I obviously have to acknowledge that it’s not always easy to do this once you’ve set those goals.
That’s okay. You want to have the goals as a guiding light, as a signpost, as something you’re moving towards. And of course, not everyone has the same advantages in life. It’s one of the reasons why I’m always inspired by people who manage to overcome great challenges in their life. I was reading the other day about a woman who I’ve heard about many times over the years, and I find her to be one of the most inspirational figures ever was this woman named Madam C.J. Walker. Madam C.J. Walker was born two days before Christmas in 1867, so 157 years ago. She was a black woman and the first member of her family ever to be born outside of slavery in the United States. Right? So this is somebody who came from some serious challenges compared to many people. Over the course of her life, she developed, marketed, and sold a wide range of cosmetics and hair care products for black women in a very different environment, right? We’re talking about the early 1900s.
And according to Wikipedia, this is a quote, “She is recorded as the first female self made millionaire in America in the Guinness Book of World Records.” The Guinness Book of World Records recognizes her as the first woman self made millionaire in America. That is genuinely remarkable.
What’s more remarkable to me, is that she also built schools and training centers. Again, according to Wikipedia, in addition to training in sales and grooming, Walker showed other black women how to budget, build their own businesses, and encouraged them to be financially independent. Again, that’s remarkable.
She didn’t just build her business. She helped thousands, possibly tens of thousands of other women, build successful businesses and successful lives. She’s an icon. I mean, it’s absolutely remarkable. And she did all of this as the child of formerly enslaved people.
Imagine the world she worked in and lived in, day in and day out. Now imagine all the possibilities that are out there. I am being dead serious. I could not be more serious about this. When I say I’d rather live in a world when I’m competing with artificial intelligence, when I’m competing with a computer, than with the racism and sexism in the world that Madam C.J. Walker had to deal with every day.
I’ve never experienced anything remotely like that. Bring on the robots, man. They do not scare me. And I would say they shouldn’t scare you. Seriously, there are much bigger problems in the world for lots of people, and there have been much bigger problems in the world for lots of people in history than anything we’re dealing with right now. I just don’t see it as a huge issue in terms of how it’s going to affect your day to day. If you think about it from a certain perspective and if you work at it from a certain perspective.
And the last thing that I want to say about this, the last thing that I want to focus on and really remind you is that as the saying goes, It’s a marathon, not a sprint. It’s a long race.
A boss of mine used to say that your professional life roughly lasts for 40 years. From roughly, if you think about it, you start your career more or less when you’re 25, you end your career more or less when you’re 65. So that’s a 40 year period. And you can divide that into four 10 year quarters.
If you’re listening to this show and you’re 30 or younger, you’ve just barely started the first quarter of your working life. You have so much time ahead of you. So no matter where you are at the moment, if it feels like it’s a, you know, Too hard or there’s, you know, too much change going on. You got a long way to go. Just take a breath and keep moving forward. You got a long, long way to go.
If you’re in your 30s, you haven’t yet reached halftime of the game, right? You’ve got, again, a ton of ways to go. If you’re in your mid 40s, you still have another 20 years ahead of you, or roughly double your career to date. Think of everything you’ve done over that 20 year period and what you still can accomplish in the next 20 years.
The best part is you can apply this to adulthood more generally. You don’t have to just think about this from a work perspective. That covers everything from about 15 to maybe 85. You could divide that into, four quarters of 17-and-a-half years a pop. You get my point. The point is you’ve got a lot of time in terms of that. Think of what you can accomplish during those periods. You’ve got a ton of time ahead of you and an immense amount of time to become anything you want to be, whomever you want to be multiple times over.
In fact, don’t let one day, or one year, or one decade define you. Keep moving, keep growing, keep learning. The only direction is forward. The best thing about our lives is that we’re time travelers. We move forward one day at a time, every day. We move forward one year at a time, every year. You can’t go back. You get to go forward.
I turned 56 this week, and I’m about to add “published nonfiction author” to my bio for the first time ever. I also have plans to finish a novel, probably by early 2026, to boot, just because I want to. Because it’s an itch I want to scratch, it’s something I want to do.
Who knows what else I’m going to do in the fourth quarter of my career, and the next 25 to 35 years of my life? I am as excited for this as anything I’ve ever done.
So when I sum all this up, am I worried about AI? Not really. I’m not. I think about it. I recognize that the world will undoubtedly change, and probably dramatically in the next decade, whether AI is the cause or — something else is that we haven’t even seen yet.
I keep learning, and I keep preparing, and I keep planning in case things change quickly. I can’t necessarily predict everything that’s going to happen, but I can make plans to be ready to adapt to things that I haven’t thought about yet. You know, there’s the old quote you’ve probably heard, “Plans are useless. Planning is essential.”
I also keep learning about the people around me and what they need and how I can help them. I use AI as a tool, too, to help me learn and grow, not just about artificial intelligence and the internet and digital, but about a whole host of topics.
You should absolutely read, you should absolutely check out Ethan Mollick’s book, “Co-Intelligence, Living and Working with AI.” In particular, check out Chapter 7, AI as a Tutor, and Chapter 8, AI as a Coach, for more on how you can use AI to learn and grow.
Just remember, though, that there is so much possibility in the world. Connect with customers and with people. And with their humanity, let the machines be the machines, be a good human, learn what people need and how you can help them achieve it, enjoy where you are as best as you can every day.
Life is hard, trouble will find you on its own, you don’t need to go looking for it. Enjoy the moment you’re in as best as you can. Build strong relationships with the people who love you and people you love. Make the best choices you can with the information you have available to yourself. And then the rest will take care of itself, mostly.
As I said at the top, AI isn’t the future. You are. And that’s going to be true as long as you let yourself do it. Personally, I can’t wait to see what you do.
Show Wrap-Up and CreditsNow, looking at the clock on the wall, we are out of time for this week.
And I want to remind you again that you can find the show notes for this episode, as well as an archive of all past episodes, by going to timpeter.com/podcast. Again, that’s timpeter.com/podcast. Just look for episode 443.
Subscribe to Thinks Out LoudDon’t forget that you can click on the subscribe link in any of the episodes that you find there to have Thinks Out Loud delivered to your favorite podcatcher every single week. You can also find Thinks Out Loud on Apple Podcasts, Spotify, YouTube Music, anywhere fine podcasts are found.
Leave a Rating or Review for Thinks Out LoudI would also very much appreciate it if you could provide a positive rating or review for the show whenever you use one of those services.
If you like what you hear on Thinks Out Loud, if you enjoy what we talk about, if you like being part of the community that we’re building here, please give us a positive rating or review.
Reviews help other listeners find the podcast. Reviews help other listeners understand what Thinks Out Loud is all about. They help to build our community and they mean the world to me. So thank you so much for doing that. I very, very much appreciate it.
Thinks Out Loud on Social MediaYou can also find Thinks Out Loud on LinkedIn by going to linkedin.com/tim-peter-and-associates-llc. And of course, you can email me by sending an email to podcast(at)timpeter.com. Again, that’s podcast(at)timpeter.com.
Show OutroFinally, and I know I say this a lot, I want you to know how thrilled I am that you keep listening to what we do here. It means so much to me. You are the reason we do this show. You’re the reason that Thinks Out Loud happens every single week.
So please, keep your messages coming on LinkedIn. Keep sending me things via email. I love getting a chance to talk with you, to hear what’s going on in your world, and to learn how we can do a better job building on the types of information and insights and content and community that work for you and work for your business.
So with all that said, I hope you have a fantastic rest of your day, I hope you have a wonderful week ahead, and I will look forward to speaking with you here on Thinks Out Loud next time. Until then, please be well, be safe, and as always, take care, everybody.
The post AI Is Not the Future. You Are (Thinks Out Loud Episode 443) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
Google faces the most serious challenges in its history right now. And any stumble Google suffers also hurts your business. Organic search, paid search, local search, metasearch, product search, and all the rest depend on Google getting lots of traffic. If Google loses, even a little, you stand to lose too.
So how does Google lose? How likely is it to occur? How does that loss affect your business? And what can you do about it to ensure that you win, no matter what happens to Google? That’s what this episode of Thinks Out Loud is all about.
Want to learn more? Here are the show notes for you.
How Google Loses (Thinks Out Loud Episode 442) — Headlines and Show NotesShow Notes and Links* Googling Is for Old People. That’s a Problem for Google. – WSJ * Whose brand does Google want to build? – Biznology * Is Google Doomed in 2025? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 440) * Is AI a Gatekeeper? Or is it a Key? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 437) * Will AI Kill Your Brand (Thinks Out Loud Episode 435) * Revisiting Why Digital Gatekeepers Kill Organic Traffic (Thinks Out Loud) – Tim Peter & Associates * Will Marketers Bet that Google Wins the AI Economy? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 433) * Revisiting Google Big AI Problem (Thinks Out Loud) * Google Loses its Antitrust Case: Why That Matters for Your Business (Thinks Out Loud Episode 429) * Diversifying Your Marketing Mix When There’s Too Much to Do (Thinks Out Loud Episode 430) * How to Put Big Tech and AI — the Biggest Threat and Biggest Enablers of Your Business — to Work (Episode 428) * Google is Changing Search. How to Build Traffic and Revenue Beyond Google — Part 1 (Thinks Out Loud Episode 424) * The CORE Methodology: How to Build Traffic and Revenue Beyond Google — Part 2 (Thinks Out Loud Episode 425) * Google Lacks Vision: Big Tech Earnings and the State of Digital Q1 2024 (Thinks Out Loud Episode 412) * Is Google Doomed? And Other Top Digital Trends for 2024 (Thinks Out Loud Episode 408) * Is Google Telling Us That Organic Search Doesn’t Matter Any Longer? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 392) * Does Google Lack Vision? Big Tech’s Earnings Q3-2023 (Thinks Out Loud Episode 401) * Taking the Long View: Big Tech’s Earnings and the State of Digital Q2 2024 (Thinks Out Loud Episode 421) * How YouTube Became a Giant in the Podcasting World – WSJ * Google is inserting search links into webpages in the Google App now – The Verge * Google and the DOJ make their final arguments in the ad tech monopoly case – The Verge * Data centers powering AI could use more electricity than entire cities * YouTube dominates US TV viewership, beating out Netflix, according to latest Nielsen data * The Battle of YouTube vs. TikTok * Netflix Eats Up 15% of Global Downstream Traffic, almost as YouTube and TikTok Combined | News | FOCUS ON Business – Created by Pro Progressio
You might also enjoy this webinar I recently participated in with Miles Partnership that looked at "The Power of Generative AI and ChatGPT: What It Means for Tourism & Hospitality" here:
Free DownloadsWe have some free downloads for you to help you navigate the current situation, which you can find right here:
Best of Thinks Out LoudYou can find our “Best of Thinks Out Loud” playlist on Spotify right here:
Subscribe to Thinks Out Loud* Subscribe in iTunes * Subscribe in the Google Play Store
Contact information for the podcast: podcast@timpeter.com
Past Insights from Tim Peter ThinksTechnical Details for Thinks Out LoudRecorded using a Shure SM7B Vocal Dynamic Microphone and a Focusrite Scarlett 4i4 (3rd Gen) USB Audio Interface into Logic Pro X for the Mac.
Running time: 23m 06s
You can subscribe to Thinks Out Loud in iTunes, the Google Play Store, via our dedicated podcast RSS feed (or sign up for our free newsletter). You can also download/listen to the podcast here on Thinks using the player at the top of this page.
Transcript: How Google LosesWell hello again everyone and welcome back to Thinks Out Loud, your source for all the digital expertise your business needs. My name is Tim Peter. This is episode 442 of the Big Show and I think we’ve got a really cool show for you today.
I’ve been thinking a lot about Google and everything that’s been going on with them with regard to the antitrust trials, with regard to, um, AI, with regard to what’s happening in terms of consumer behavior, and it’s really brought to light for me how Google loses.
Now you’re probably thinking, that’s ridiculous. Google is as big as they can possibly be. There’s no way that Google loses. And you might be right. But I want you to think about this for just a minute. And I want to start by saying, I don’t care what happens to Google. I care what happens to people downstream of Google. Which, I suspect, includes you and your business.
Marketing consultants and professional speakers and thought leaders, in other words, people like me, have pretty much always told marketers that it’s a bad idea to build your brand on rented land. The problem with building your brand on rented land, of course, is that the landlord, the folks who own the land, can change the rules on you, more or less at any time, just whenever they choose to. The benefits that your business receives from that rented land, in terms of reach and traffic and engagement and revenues and profits, could then vanish overnight.
What’s funny is that those of us who told you not to build your brand on rented land, then turned around and talked about the benefits of SEO. Which is like, wait, what? Right?
SEO is rented land too. Let me say that again. SEO is rented land.
So is paid search, pretty much by definition. So, you’ve built your business on SEO, and you’re now getting lots of traffic from search and the like, and the rules of the game are changing. And, don’t get me wrong, there are some things like brand and search that are built more around your brand activity.
But you’re still dependent on the rules laid down by somebody else, somebody like Google. As we’ve seen with the rise of Google features like paid search ads and people also search for and meta search and things along those lines, Google doesn’t automatically have to send people directly to you even when those people ask for you by name.
I still do think that that’s the best way to win at search is to have people search for you by name. You’re also still dependent on Google treating that search as though people are really just asking for you. And some of the evidence is that Google’s not going to do that. Most of the time they will. Google seems to realize that it’s good business for them to give consumers what they ask for. They also know that it’s good business for them to monetize the traffic that they get any way that they can. Letting brands get traffic for free? doesn’t necessarily translate into long term brand value for Google.
I wrote a piece for Biznology way back in 2011 called, "Whose Brand Does Google Want to Build?" And if I can give you a spoiler for an article that is almost 14 years old, the brand they want to build is their brand. That’s whose brand Google wants to build. It was true 14 years ago, it’s true today.
For those who’ve been very successful with SEO, for those who’ve been very successful with search generally, any change to the algorithm or to Google’s business practices can be bad for your business. In fact, that’s what we’re seeing across the board with clients today. Google is changing some of the way that they’re doing things, some of the ways they do things. And the clients, the folks downstream of Google are starting to feel the effects of that.
Now, that’s true in the small, in the immediate term, in the details. Let’s take a step back and look at the bigger picture. There was a piece in The Wall Street Journal last week called “Googling is for Old People. That’s a problem for Google,” written by Christopher Mims. It’s a really good article.
It summarizes quite a few of the things we’ve talked about here over the last year. And it opens with this remarkable lede:
If Google were a ship, it would be the Titanic in the hours before it struck an iceberg. Riding high, supposedly unsinkable, and about to encounter a force of nature that could make its name synonymous with catastrophe.
I mean, damn, that’s, you know, that’s really putting a fine point on it, isn’t it?
I’m not necessarily as bearish on Google as Christopher Mims and The Journal are. I do agree somewhat though. This is something I’ve been talking about for a while. As Mims’ colorful metaphor suggests, no one thought the Titanic could sink when it was pulling out of port. If they did, we wouldn’t still be talking about the doomed ship over 110 years later.
I’m not convinced that Google is doomed, and this is a topic I’ve thought about a lot over the last couple of years. We’ve had at least a dozen episodes in the last 12 months addressing that very topic. I’m more like 50/50 on whether Google loses its seat as king of the digital hill, whether it is in fact a digital Titanic waiting to happen.
Google’s got a number of paths to victory. They’re also facing enormous threats. Now, I promise you, I’m going to bring this back to you and your business before we’re done today. I also want to explain Google’s situation in more detail first, right?
So, let’s start with some numbers. In the last four quarters, Google has made roughly $340 billion in revenue and roughly $94 billion in profit. Roughly 57% of those numbers comes from search advertising. Google That’s about $194 billion in revenue and roughly $54 billion in profit. Now, if we assume that Google has 90% share of the search engine marketplace, then every point of search share that they lose — every time 1% of users get their answers from Amazon or TikTok or ChatGPT or Bing or Perplexity or Claude — that costs Google roughly $2 billion in revenue and about $597 million in profits.
If you’d rather limit those numbers instead to Google’s 50% share, give or take, of paid advertising, it actually is worse for them. Each point of market share is around $3.9 billion in value to them in revenue, and over a billion dollars in profit.
Google can’t afford to lose much search activity without seriously hurting their business, without seriously hurting their top line and their bottom line. In fact, that’s probably the single largest reason I can’t write them off as doomed. They have enormous incentive to prevent that from happening. And that’s not their only benefit. Far from it. In terms of the arguments for Google maintaining its dominance, there’s a bunch.
Those are all massive advantages that are going to be very hard for anyone to overcome. They’re also not insurmountable, as tough as that is to believe. Just like the Titanic was absolutely sinkable. Just having all those advantages doesn’t guarantee that Google wins.
Let’s look at some of the arguments against them. Let’s talk about how Google loses.
So when you put all those elements together, you talk about the one product problem, you talk about their legal troubles, you talk about younger consumers looking at other search engines, you look at the fact that search results are getting worse, you look at Google’s inability to move quickly, and all of that driving less interest from young talent.
That’s how Google loses, that’s where they could be in deep trouble.
Now, I started by saying, I can’t bet too heavily against them. I’ve already detailed their strengths, and they definitely have ways to win.
Ultimately, Google’s fate will be decided by consumers. If consumers continue to get good answers from Google, they’ll keep searching there. If they don’t, or if they find some place where they can get a better answer, they’re going to go there instead. That’s how Google’s in trouble. That’s where Google will lose.
But if consumers still like the value they’re getting from Google, they’re not going to move that quickly, and not that many of them are going to move.
If you’re like most companies, you’re getting a healthy share of your traffic and revenues from Google. So if people move, that’s not just bad for them, it’s bad for you too. Looping all the way back to how I started this episode, I actually don’t care what happens to Google. I care what happens to you.
If Google stumbles, even if they stumble a little bit, your business could still feel real world consequences. Google could sneeze and you could be the one who catches a cold. Which is why you need to take action today.
Remember that there are always four paths of success for your business:
But doing these things depends on diversifying your marketing mix. And there are a number of steps you can take there.
If you check out our past episodes on “The CORE Methodology” and on “Diversifying Your Marketing Mix When There’s Too Much to Do,” which I’ve linked to in the show notes, you can get more detail on how you can do each of these successfully next year.
Regardless, that’s how Google loses. None of this means that Google will lose, but if they do, that’s how it’s going to happen. What’s most important to me, and should be most important to you, is that I’ve also made it clear how you can win. I don’t care whether or not Google loses. I care whether or not you do.
Don’t worry about what happens to Google. Worry about what happens to your business. And even better than worrying, take action today to ensure you get what you want. Then you don’t have to worry about whether Google or anyone else loses. You just have to watch yourself win.
Show Wrap-Up and CreditsNow, looking at the clock on the wall, we are out of time for this week.
And I want to remind you again that you can find the show notes for this episode, as well as an archive of all past episodes, by going to timpeter.com/podcast. Again, that’s timpeter.com/podcast. Just look for episode 441.
Subscribe to Thinks Out LoudDon’t forget that you can click on the subscribe link in any of the episodes that you find there to have Thinks Out Loud delivered to your favorite podcatcher every single week. You can also find Thinks Out Loud on Apple Podcasts, Spotify, YouTube Music, anywhere fine podcasts are found.
Leave a Rating or Review for Thinks Out LoudI would also very much appreciate it if you could provide a positive rating or review for the show whenever you use one of those services.
If you like what you hear on Thinks Out Loud, if you enjoy what we talk about, if you like being part of the community that we’re building here, please give us a positive rating or review.
Reviews help other listeners find the podcast. Reviews help other listeners understand what Thinks Out Loud is all about. They help to build our community and they mean the world to me. So thank you so much for doing that. I very, very much appreciate it.
Thinks Out Loud on Social MediaYou can also find Thinks Out Loud on LinkedIn by going to linkedin.com/tim-peter-and-associates-llc. And of course, you can email me by sending an email to podcast(at)timpeter.com. Again, that’s podcast(at)timpeter.com.
Show OutroFinally, and I know I say this a lot, I want you to know how thrilled I am that you keep listening to what we do here. It means so much to me. You are the reason we do this show. You’re the reason that Thinks Out Loud happens every single week.
So please, keep your messages coming on LinkedIn. Keep sending me things via email. I love getting a chance to talk with you, to hear what’s going on in your world, and to learn how we can do a better job building on the types of information and insights and content and community that work for you and work for your business.
So with all that said, I hope you have a fantastic rest of your day, I hope you have a wonderful week ahead, and I will look forward to speaking with you here on Thinks Out Loud next time. Until then, please be well, be safe, and as always, take care, everybody.
The post How Google Loses (Thinks Out Loud Episode 442) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
It’s Thanksgiving time again. Which means it’s time for me to share what I’m thankful for in 2024… and what I’m looking forward to in 2025. What am giving thanks…
The post Giving Thanks 2024 (Thinks Out Loud Episode 441) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
Just a few months after its 26th anniversary, Google faces more threats heading into next year than ever. The rise of artificial intelligence provides users with an alternative way to…
The post Is Google Doomed in 2025? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 440) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
It’s time for Big Tech’s earnings once again. And, this time around there were some notable updates, particularly from Meta Platforms (i.e., Facebook) and Microsoft that hint at the future of computing — and, more importantly, the future of your customers’ digital experience.
Meta, in particular, shared a compelling vision of where they’re looking to go as a company, not only for the next few quarters, but for the decade ahead. I’m not convinced they’ll succeed. But I’m impressed by the clarity of vision Mark Zuckerberg and Susan Li expressed.
Microsoft, by contrast, has an entirely different approach to the market focused on enterprise vs. consumers. Two different visions, clearly expressed, and clearly focused on the future.
How will the future of computing shape your customers’ behaviors going forward? And, most importantly, what do these visions mean for your brand and business? That’s what this episode of Thinks Out Loud is all about.
Want to learn more? Here are the show notes for you.
The Future of Computing? Big Tech Earnings and the State of Digital Q3 2024 (Thinks Out Loud Episode 439) — Headlines and Show NotesShow Notes and Links* Microsoft Earnings Call Transcript TranscriptQandAFY25q1.docx * Microsoft Earnings SlidesFY25Q1.pptx * Facebook earnings call transcript PDF link * Microsoft Earnings; Microsoft and OpenAI, Again; GitHub Copilot Adds Gemini and Claude * Google’s earnings PDF link * 2024 Q3 Earnings Call – Alphabet Investor Relations * Amazon.com (AMZN) Q3 2024 Earnings Call Transcript | The Motley Fool * Amazon.com, Inc. – Quarterly results * Amazon earnings release PDF link * Apple (AAPL) Q4 2024 Earnings Call Transcript | The Motley Fool * Apple reports fourth quarter results – Apple * Are AI and Digital Evil (Thinks Out Loud Episode 438) * Four Big Threats (Plus a Bonus Threat!) To Google’s Dominance Next Year (Thinks Out Loud Episode 436) * Will AI Kill Your Brand (Thinks Out Loud Episode 435) * Building Plans for an Uncertain Future — Big Tech Earnings Q2 2024 (Thinks Out Loud Episode 431) * How to Put Big Tech and AI — the Biggest Threat and Biggest Enablers of Your Business — to Work (Episode 428) * What Marketers Really Need to Know About Putting AI to Work (Thinks Out Loud Episode 426) * Picks, Shovels, and the AI Gold Rush (Thinks Out Loud Episode 414) * Anticipating Radical Shifts in Consumer Behavior from AI Adoption: A Look into the Future (Thinks Out Loud Episode 396) * Apple’s Vision Pro Shows How to Market New Products and Services (Thinks Out Loud Episode 385) * Revisiting "We Owe it to Our Customers to Make Their Lives Better" (Thinks Out Loud) * A Far Too Quick Look at the Metaverse, web3, and the Future of Digital (Thinks Out Loud Episode 349) * The Metaverse in Hospitality Marketing: Loren Gray Interview (Thinks Out Loud Episode 366) * The Future of the Metaverse? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 363)
You might also enjoy this webinar I recently participated in with Miles Partnership that looked at "The Power of Generative AI and ChatGPT: What It Means for Tourism & Hospitality" here:
Free DownloadsWe have some free downloads for you to help you navigate the current situation, which you can find right here:
Best of Thinks Out LoudYou can find our “Best of Thinks Out Loud” playlist on Spotify right here:
Subscribe to Thinks Out Loud* Subscribe in iTunes * Subscribe in the Google Play Store
Contact information for the podcast: podcast@timpeter.com
Past Insights from Tim Peter ThinksTechnical Details for Thinks Out LoudRecorded using a Shure SM7B Vocal Dynamic Microphone and a Focusrite Scarlett 4i4 (3rd Gen) USB Audio Interface into Logic Pro X for the Mac.
Running time: 23m 02s
You can subscribe to Thinks Out Loud in iTunes, the Google Play Store, via our dedicated podcast RSS feed (or sign up for our free newsletter). You can also download/listen to the podcast here on Thinks using the player at the top of this page.
Transcript: The Future of Computing? Big Tech Earnings and the State of Digital Q3 2024Welcome to Thinks Out Loud, your source for all the digital expertise your business needs. Well hello again everybody and welcome back to Thinks Out Loud, your source for all the digital expertise your business needs. My name is Tim Peter. This is episode 439 of the Big Show, and thank you so much for tuning in. I think we have a really cool episode for you this week.
As you know, every quarter I like to look at Big Tech’s earnings and try to understand what those earnings calls tell us about the state of digital. Where are we? And where does big tech see us going? And if you remember last quarter, it was kind of, not that much had changed. There wasn’t a lot to report in terms of, “Oh man, there’s something really, really cool coming down the road.” Or something that we really need to be aware of that will shape our customers experience and shape how we market to them.
And then this quarter happened.
And I want to be fair, there wasn’t anything where you went, “Oh my gosh, this was unbelievable.”
But Mark Zuckerberg and Facebook/Meta Platforms, a company that I probably give short shrift to far too often around here, really went into detail on something fascinating to me, where he talked about the company’s, and this is a quote, “long term vision around AI and the future of computing.”
Which, when, when one of the big tech leaders stands up and says, “this is the future of computing,” I think as marketers, it’s a good idea for us to sit up and take notice and say, “Wait a second. Is that something we should be paying attention to? Is that something that might change the way our customers interact with our brands and our businesses over time?”
So, while not much has changed in practice over the last quarter, Mark Zuckerberg and Meta CFO Susan Lee’s remarks painted a fascinating view of where they think we are, what the future will be, where they think the next computing platform will be.
And here’s the vision as I understand it. Zuckerberg and meta by extension believes we will live in a different world in the not too distant future. That world won’t be dominated by phones as it is today. Instead, it will be dominated by smart glasses providing us information visually and audibly. More through augmented reality than virtual reality. Screens you wear on your face or your wrist will replace the screens you carry in your pocket.
This is their vision. And you’ve heard me say, I’ve been not necessarily skeptical about augmented reality, but certainly skeptical around virtual reality. And the fact that I don’t think that that’s a real long term winner. At the same time, they’ve got a very clear vision here, and I think it’s really worth talking about.
So they, they’re talking about augmented reality. And that these augmented reality experiences will be powered, in large part, by artificial intelligence. They see that these experiences will also be mediated through AI agents. So, you know, you’ll be wearing a pair of smart glasses. You’ll be walking down the street. You’ll be looking around and be given information about, oh, here’s a store, here’s a restaurant you might like. And you can interact with that to say, “you know what, hey, agent, go ahead and make me a reservation at that restaurant for next week.” And it will just take care of it for you.
They also think that advertising will be a core component of the content and the agent experience consumers receive. So we’ve got, we’re wearing smart glasses or smart devices of some kind that provide us augmented reality experiences powered in large part by artificial intelligence mediated through AI agents with advertising at its core.
Now the reason I find this so fascinating is because Meta is positioning itself to provide the smart glasses. It already has a partnership with Ray-Ban today where those glasses exist. It will provide the content recommendations, if not the content itself. It will provide the ads. And it will provide the agents used by both consumers and the businesses they interact with.
And because gatekeeper’s gonna gate, Meta stands to monetize as many of these interactions as possible. They intend to monetize as many of these interactions as possible. They’ll be selling the physical devices, whether they’re smart glasses, or smart earbuds, or some other form. They’ll be selling the ads. They’ll be selling, or otherwise monetizing, the agents that businesses use to support customers. And they might be taking a share of apps or other upgrades customers use to personalize their devices and make them more useful in their lives.
Now, any of that could fail. Starting with, of course, we have no idea if consumers want to be walking around wearing smart devices that are either flashing things in front of their faces or talking to them in their ears all the time. What’s also true is this is a remarkably complete and compelling vision of the future.
It’s also a playbook we’ve seen before. Specifically from Apple with smartphones, and as my good friend Mike Moran pointed out to me when we were talking about this, with the iPod prior to that. I’m going to be honest. Up until this earnings call, I used to think that Zuckerberg’s metaverse obsession was solely a defensive play. As you are undoubtedly aware, when Apple launched App Tracking Transparency a few years back, it cost Facebook roughly $10 billion in revenue in just the first year.
It made sense to me that Zuckerberg would want to reduce his company’s dependency on other big tech companies’ platforms, primarily Apple. But certainly on Google with Android as well.
At the same time, what he’s now articulating is a much more robust business rationale beyond just a defensive posture. In fact, Meta’s remarks, Zuckerberg’s remarks, and Susan Li’s remarks illustrate perfectly why I do these recaps in the first place. They’re not just telling us what they think might happen, they’re telling us how much time and money and human capital they’re investing to make it happen. Mark Zuckerberg literally is betting his company on a future he wants to make happen.
They had over $24 billion in capital expenditures this year to date, which is up from $20 billion in the same period last year. Their average R&D spend over the last four quarters has been fully 27% of the company’s revenue. More than a quarter, more than one in four dollars. That’s incredible. And that’s why we pay attention, that’s why we should pay attention to what folks like Mark Zuckerberg, and Satya Nadella, and Sundar Pichai say about their businesses.
Before you think any of this sounds crazy, because it’s easy to look at this and go, “Well, yeah, cool idea, but it will never work.” It doesn’t have to work completely.
I mentioned that this is a similar playbook to what Apple did with the iPhone and the iPod. iOS runs on roughly one in six smartphones in the world. But Apple’s services division generated roughly $26 billion in revenue this past quarter and about $96 billion in Apple’s just ended fiscal year, and about $71 billion in revenue. Services were roughly 25% of Apple’s total revenues and roughly 39% of Apple’s earnings in the last year. Almost 40% of their earnings come from services.
Now let’s contrast that with Meta, with Facebook, right? Meta has made $156 billion in revenue in the last four quarters and $62.4 billion in profit. In other words, Apple’s services division alone has made 60% as much revenue and 114% as much profit as Meta/Facebook does in total.
Even if you subtract the roughly 20 billion Google pays Apple to be the default search on iOS. Apple is still making a third of Meta’s revenues and 80% of Meta’s profits just from services.
Moving in this direction would help Meta diversify away from advertising, which is a much more volatile business and frankly the biggest strategic threat they have if consumers stop using Instagram to the same level that they do or stop using Facebook to the same level that they do — which there’s some evidence of — they stand to lose a ton of money. But if they can get people using the next computing platform, even if it takes five years, they’ve set themselves up for long term success as a much more interesting and much more robust company.
Those all seem like compelling reasons for Meta to want to win in the next device category. To define the future of computing.
Again, there’s no guarantee that they’ll succeed. Overall adoption of devices like smart glasses and VR headsets is still pretty low. I’ll believe people will trade their handheld devices for wearable devices when I see numbers suggesting a bigger trend in that direction. I have never been overly blown away by the concept. Even as somebody who’s generally interested in the idea, I mean, I’d love to have a hands free device. I also don’t want to make the “focus group of one error” and confuse my interest with overall consumer interest. At the same time — and I realize I’m kind of tying myself in knots here — smartphones also didn’t go anywhere for a while. You know, until they did.
So when Mark Zuckerberg is talking about the future of computing, he may be on to something here. I don’t think it’s going to happen right away. I don’t think it’s going to happen tomorrow. But they are setting themselves up for success with a very clear vision that could change the way our customers interact with our brands and with our businesses over the long term.
Now as we think about the future of computing, as we think about the future of how that might affect customers, I wanted to point out one other bit from the earnings calls this time that I thought was really interesting. And this one’s, again, a little less fully baked than some other things we might talk about here.
There’s a reason I call the show Thinks Out Loud. It doesn’t mean Knows Out Loud. I’m not 100 percent sure. But I have often felt that Microsoft has one of the most compelling strategies around artificial intelligence and around the way they’re bringing their products to market. And in many ways they do. In many ways they are setting themselves up to be a pick and shovels company in an AI boom, in an AI gold rush, right? Very smart play.
They may not be a platform that consumers turn to very often, though. And one of the reasons is because they always fall back to wanting to be an infrastructure company.
And we’re seeing this a little bit, where their relationship with OpenAI may turn out to be a long term, not negative, but not the positive I once thought it was.
For a long time, I assumed that Microsoft outsourced the risk associated with AI while still being in a position to benefit from the upsides.
That might be wrong. Instead, it seems that OpenAI can break the deal if and when they develop AGI. As somebody I follow on Twitter said, what’s to prevent OpenAI from simply declaring that the next version of GPT, whether it’s called GPT 4 Ultra or GPT 5 or what have you, is AGI and just exiting the deal?
I mean, it would lead to lawsuits, but theoretically they could do it. There’s also plenty of smoke, if no fire yet, that suggests the relationship isn’t quite as sunshine and rainbows as it had been, say, a year ago. I’m going to link in the show notes to Ben Thompson’s outstanding Microsoft earnings recap, um, for more details on that topic.
The short story is Microsoft is already discussing incorporating Anthropic’s Claude, and Google’s Gemini into its existing platforms and products. They talked about this on the earnings call. Satya Nadella talked about giving their customers, who generally are enterprise customers, building artificial intelligence tools on things like Microsoft Azure Cloud Platform. Because they’re starting to realize, “hey, that’s what we do. We provide the foundation layer, and then let customers use whatever they want.” Whether it’s OpenAI, whether it’s ChatGPT, excuse me, GPT 4 or GPT 4o. Whether it’s Claude, whether it’s Gemini, they don’t really care as long as you’re using their platform.
I want to be really fair. I’m skeptical that AGI is on the immediate horizon. That is a pure gut feeling, and I could be super wrong about it. But there is some early data that seems to suggest that you can’t simply scale large language models to a full artificial general intelligence. I also have to be completely honest about this for people who listen to the show to get deep insights.
What artificial general intelligence, AGI, will look like and when it may arrive is way above my pay grade. I have a pretty good feel for consumer products. I spend my days thinking about how customers adopt and use technology products. When I say consumer products, I also mean B2B, how B2B customers think about products.
It does not necessarily make me terribly expert at identifying core foundational technological breakthroughs before they make it to customers. In fact, my gut instinct might be worse than others because it’s so far outside my day to day experience. In other words, I’m mostly guessing here when we talk about AGI, so take any guesstimates then for what they’re worth.
What I will say is you can see from Microsoft’s behaviors and how they’re thinking about artificial intelligence that they really do like being a picks and shovels company. They really do. Thrive in that world and they’re beginning to realize that being dependent upon solely open AI as their core AI offering probably doesn’t benefit them in the long run. That’s almost certainly why you’re seeing them make the shift and say, you know what, we’re going to stick, we’re going to skip back to the thing that we do best and do well always.
So, I do think it’s interesting to see these two very, very different visions of the future when we look at Facebook and when we look at Microsoft. Where Facebook is saying, “we want to define the future of computing. We want to define the future of how customers will interact with artificial intelligence in the long run. And of course, we want to monetize that every single step of the way.” And Microsoft is saying, “we want to be the foundation on which every enterprise in the world puts artificial intelligence to work, regardless of what that artificial intelligence is, regardless of which artificial intelligence tool they choose to use to drive the experiences that their customers are looking for.”
So, very, very, very different visions for the future of computing and for the future of where these companies are going.
Now, you’ll notice I haven’t really talked about the other big tech firms. I haven’t talked about, you know Amazon. I haven’t talked about Google. I haven’t talked about Apple. I will, possibly next week’s episode, certainly a couple weeks down the road for sure, because Google in particular I think is doing some fun stuff that we need to be aware, and I think we need to talk about some of their competition’s interesting stuff that we need to be aware.
The one thing I will say is that, as you might have mentioned, they all had amazing quarters, they all made a ton of money, they’re all talking about a whole host of cool things, and of course, we will dive into those in more detail as we go forward.
The big takeaway for this time, though, is both Microsoft and Facebook have provided two They have provided two different, compelling visions for the future of computing. They have provided two different, compelling visions for how customers are going to interact with artificial intelligence. And they’ve provided a roadmap that we can be thinking about in terms of saying, what do we want to do to engage with our customers as the computing world changes around us, as the way that they interact with us on digital channels will move around us.
It’s something we’re going to watch really closely, and I do encourage you to keep tuning in to learn more about how you can do that for your brand and business.
Show Wrap-Up and CreditsNow, looking at the clock on the wall, we are out of time for this week.
And I want to remind you again that you can find the show notes for this episode. As well as an archive of all past episodes by going to timpeter.com/podcast. Again, that’s timpeter.com/podcast. Just look for episode 439.
Subscribe to Thinks Out LoudDon’t forget that you can click on the subscribe link in any of the episodes that you find there to have Thinks Out Loud delivered to your favorite podcatcher every single week. You can also find Thinks Out Loud on Apple Podcasts, Spotify, YouTube Music, anywhere fine podcasts are found.
Leave a Rating or Review for Thinks Out LoudI would also very much appreciate it if you could provide a positive rating or review for the show whenever you use one of those services.
If you like what you hear on Thinks Out Loud, if you enjoy what we talk about, if you like being part of the community that we’re building here, please give us a positive rating or review.
Reviews help other listeners find the podcast. Reviews help other listeners understand what Thinks Out Loud is all about. They help to build our community and they mean the world to me. So thank you so much for doing that. I very, very much appreciate it.
Thinks Out Loud on Social MediaYou can also find Thinks Out Loud on LinkedIn by going to linkedin.com/tim-peter-and-associates-llc. And of course, you can email me by sending an email to podcast(at)timpeter.com. Again, that’s podcast(at)timpeter.com.
Show OutroFinally, and I know I say this a lot, I want you to know how thrilled I am that you keep listening to what we do here. It means so much to me. You are the reason we do this show. You’re the reason that Thinks Out Loud happens every single week.
So please, keep your messages coming on LinkedIn. Keep hitting me up on Twitter, sending things via email. I love getting a chance to talk with you, to hear what’s going on in your world, and to learn how we can do a better job building on the types of information and insights and content and community that work for you and work for your business.
So with all that said, I hope you have a fantastic rest of your day, I hope you have a wonderful week ahead, and I will look forward to speaking with you here on Thinks Out Loud next time. Until then, please be well, be safe, and as always, take care, everybody.
The post The Future of Computing? Big Tech Earnings and the State of Digital Q3 2024 (Thinks Out Loud Episode 439) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
Do artificial intelligence and digital more broadly scare you? Do their potential harms keep you up at night? In short, are these tools evil?
I don’t think they are. Truly. And, most of the time, neither are the people who create them.
That doesn’t mean that AI and digital can’t cause harm for your customers, for your business, and for you.
The question instead should be, “How can you keep these tools from causing harm in the world?” And that’s what this episode of Thinks Out Loud is all about.
Want to learn more? Here are the show notes for you.
Are AI and Digital Evil (Thinks Out Loud Episode 438) — Headlines and Show NotesShow Notes and Links* Building a Human Brand in the Age of AI (Thinks Out Loud Episode 398) * Will AI Kill Your Brand (Thinks Out Loud Episode 435) * Is AI Destined to Make Marketing — and Music — Worse? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 432) * Will AI Make Marketers Dumber? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 419) * Revisiting What Trees Will You Plant? (Thinks Out Loud) * Recapping 2023 Part 2 — Personal Lessons Learned (Thinks Out Loud Episode 407) * No One is Talking About the Most Important Lessons from Google’s Gemini Launch Kerfuffle (Thinks Out Loud Episode 415) * Paul Virilio – Wikiquote * Lawsuit claims Character.AI is responsible for teen’s suicide * Performing a Project Premortem * Risk Matrix Template: Assess Risk for Project Success 2024 — Asana
You might also enjoy this webinar I recently participated in with Miles Partnership that looked at "The Power of Generative AI and ChatGPT: What It Means for Tourism & Hospitality" here:
Free DownloadsWe have some free downloads for you to help you navigate the current situation, which you can find right here:
Best of Thinks Out LoudYou can find our “Best of Thinks Out Loud” playlist on Spotify right here:
Subscribe to Thinks Out Loud* Subscribe in iTunes * Subscribe in the Google Play Store
Contact information for the podcast: podcast@timpeter.com
Past Insights from Tim Peter ThinksTechnical Details for Thinks Out LoudRecorded using a Shure SM7B Vocal Dynamic Microphone and a Focusrite Scarlett 4i4 (3rd Gen) USB Audio Interface into Logic Pro X for the Mac.
Running time: 21m 13s
You can subscribe to Thinks Out Loud in iTunes, the Google Play Store, via our dedicated podcast RSS feed (or sign up for our free newsletter). You can also download/listen to the podcast here on Thinks using the player at the top of this page.
Transcript: Are AI and Digital Evil (Thinks Out Loud Episode 438)Well hello again everyone and welcome back to Thinks Out Loud, your source for all the digital expertise your business needs. My name is Tim Peter. This is episode 438 of The Big Show. And this week is Halloween, so I thought we’d talk a little bit about something a little more scary.
I am, by trade, training, and temperament, an expert in digital marketing and strategy. And I’ll explain in a minute what I mean by an expert, because it doesn’t always mean what people think.
Digital, of course, depends on technology of various stripes. And occasionally someone will ask me whether I’m afraid of technology. There are valid concerns that AI or the internet or what have you causes harms that outweigh their benefits. The question is whether these tools, AI or digital more broadly, are evil? And I mean, that’s a fair question. We see from time to time really terrible things being done here.
So let’s start with the landscape of what’s out there. Currently, the big innovation that everyone cares about, of course, is artificial intelligence. But there’s still social, there’s still mobile, there’s still the internet and email and websites and a whole host of other platforms and services your customers and you use every day. We’re also starting to think a bit about extended reality, augmented reality, and virtual reality, and how companies benefit from connecting with customers there.
When I say we, I mean me and my company. We’re paying attention to wearables like smart watches and smart glasses. We try to stay current at least a little bit on the state of IoT, that is the Internet of Things. We know that 6G is just over the horizon and will start showing up in your customers hands in about five years time. Like, that is the roadmap for mobile going forward, so that’s not a guess, that’s actually when everyone expects that will occur based on what the technology providers are working on.
Someday, maybe, there could be people implanted with chips. Seriously. The technology already exists, there’s already people using them. It’s just not commercial or at scale in any meaningful sense. What it’s going to take is some brilliant group of innovators to figure out the reasons why people might benefit, to bring those benefits to life, and to convince people that those benefits actually are, in fact, benefits. I’m not predicting that will happen, though I do think it’s likely that at least some people will benefit longer term, and some people will adopt them in the longer term.
I’m also reasonably confident that if these do hit the market at some scale, that what I just described is a fairly well known playbook that will create that reality.
Now, note that I’m not 100 percent sure about that last one that I just told you about. I don’t know that that product will exist. There are very few things that I’m 100 percent sure about.
I mentioned a moment ago that I’m an expert. As an expert, that doesn’t mean I have all the answers. Far from it. My job isn’t to have the answers. It’s to explore the questions and help my clients find answers they can live with. And that’s kind of my point here today.
As part of what I do, I’m a perpetual student. I’m always looking to learn. I read and I listen to podcasts and I watch videos and presentations endlessly about these tools that companies use to connect with their customers and that customers use to connect with companies.
Part of that learning is continually realizing that every innovation has its pros and cons. I’ve shared the Paul Verilio quote many times, that “when you invent the ship, you also invent the shipwreck.”
And I will be completely transparent about this. I tend to focus on the benefits that technology provides, because I tend to focus on the best in people. My sense is that at least in the context of business and marketing, there just aren’t that many mustache twirling villains seeking to use technology to make the world a worse place. I’m not saying they don’t exist. I’m saying in the context of business, there aren’t that many of them.
I’m also, for purposes of our discussion today, going to ignore geopolitical rivals and outright criminals. Obviously, those folks exist, and they’re absolutely worth discussing. They’re not my core area of expertise, and I suspect not why you listen to this show.
I also have a much more relevant point to what this show tends to be about. And that is, when tech goes wrong, It’s usually not because the tech malfunctioned. It’s usually not because somebody planned for it to be evil. Instead, it’s almost always sloppy design by innovators who didn’t think through the context and the consequences of their applications and their algorithms.
Sometimes, it’s because users who push the tools in bad directions too, which again, could be a lack of forethought by the innovators and entrepreneurs and developers. You know, if you think about it, the terrorists who perpetrated 9/11 didn’t need AI to think up their monstrous attack. And Google thought through a ton of truly awful use cases when it launched its Gemini generative AI to prevent it from doing harm. Those included things like pornography and other kinds of hateful material. Of course, they were so busy thinking about the worst things, that they missed lesser problems like misinformation that folks on the internet found and exploited within a couple of hours of Gemini’s release.
So, it wasn’t the technology that failed. It was people who failed. You know, are there exceptions? Do big companies sometimes deliberately make truly terrible decisions? Sure, of course they do. Invariably, there’s some jackass at some company who ignores the likelihood or the impact of a given approach or simply doesn’t care if those occur. You can absolutely find examples, but the notable cases where that does occur tend to be notable because they are, in fact, relatively rare. It’s not somebody being malicious. It’s far more likely that some hoodie wearing product manager made a snap judgment without thinking through what could happen.
That’s why when I’m asked if AI scares me, I don’t think it does. AI doesn’t scare me; people scare me. And not because I think people are terrible, but because they can’t see past their inherent incentives and biases and blind spots. Plus, of course, the actions of the occasional jerk. I mean, sure, I live in the real world, those folks do exist. But they’re not the majority.
Now you could argue when some of these failures, when some of these failures occur, it’s not especially important why it occurred if people suffer from it. You may have seen the recent story about a 14 year old boy in Florida who died by suicide allegedly with the encouragement of an AI chatbot. Clearly that is a tragic story and it’s entirely fair that if the chatbot has contributed to this boy’s death, it doesn’t matter whether the chatbot developer cut corners or simply overlooked a potential defect. They should still be held accountable if their actions or inactions caused someone to die.
But why those actions or inactions occurred matter, and I’m going to come back to why in a moment.
You also have to remember that stories like these aren’t limited to AI. We’ve all heard stories about social media bullying leading to awful outcomes, especially for girls. We know that search can surface misinformation, and so on. There’s plenty of these. It’s not hard to find them.
What I would also say is true is that tech, in and of itself, isn’t the bad guy. It’s people who create the tech, and market the tech, and use the tech, who keep me up at night. You have to remember that technology is easy, really. People are complicated.
You know, when the first commercial chip implants arrive, you’re not going to see me jumping in line to get one. It won’t be because I don’t trust the technology. Instead, it’s the innovators and other users who really scare me. And it doesn’t matter whether those tools are built with malicious features or simply due to the lack of forethought. We’re going to hear terrible stories of these tools go wrong, just as we do with AI and social and the internet itself.
Now, long time listeners of the show know that I like to keep things positive, I like to focus on the good aspects here. Not because I’m naive, but because there’s already enough negativity out there without me adding to it, which is why my point today is not to tell you technology is bad and you shouldn’t use it. Far from it.
Technology is in the world and it’s not going anywhere. It is a core component of the world we live in and we receive dramatic benefits again and again and again. And I would argue that we should look for the benefits of the ship while looking for ways to mitigate the shipwrecks, you know?
We’ve also seen what happens when people move to a remote cabin in the woods and hand type lengthy manifestos about the dangers of technology, right? That’s not really the path we should be heading down.
Instead, you have to stay informed. You have to keep learning. You have to be a perpetual student, just like I am. Not just of tech, but of people. Don’t just look for the examples of things that went wrong and say see, this technology is a bad thing.
Instead, try to understand why it went wrong. What happened? What decisions were made? And how could whatever happened have been done differently? This chatbot story I mentioned a moment ago, regarding the boy in Florida. It does matter what they did and why they did it, to understand how to not do it again. It doesn’t mean that that should limit their accountability if in fact they are responsible for this. It means we need to understand what decisions were made that led to this so that we can not do that in the future. So that others can learn from it and not do that in the future. Was this an engineering error or did someone overlook a problem that’s going to be obvious in hindsight? Those are questions we need to know.
You also need to be a smart consumer. Understand the ways that the tools you use can be used for you and used against you. And most importantly, as a marketing and business professional, make sure you are thinking about ways your choices can hurt customers and then do everything you can do to limit those harms. Including occasionally, if necessary, cancelling your program. Don’t do the thing you thought you were going to do.
There are some ways you can actually prevent yourself from making these errors. There’s a couple of techniques that I really like.
One is making sure you have a devil’s advocate in your discussions. If you’re not familiar with this, a devil’s advocate is someone whose job it is to argue against whatever you’re planning to do. It could be your lawyer, or it could be an operations person, or it could be an IT person. But their incentive needs to be to stop whatever you’re working on from moving forward. Their bonus can’t be based on releasing the product, or releasing the service, or releasing the campaign. Their bonus has to be based on, did we eliminate risks?
Listen to the concerns of those people, and then come up with plans to address those risks before they ever surface in the real world.
Another way you can do this is you can conduct a pre mortem or a risk assessment.
If you’re not familiar with a pre mortem, it’s an exercise where you visualize the aftermath of your product or your service or your campaign’s launch before you actually launch. You take a moment and look back and ask, what went well? What went badly? What caused us to succeed? What caused us to fail? What did we do that helped our customers? And what did we do that hurt our customers? Take the time with your team to think through all of those questions. And I’ll link to some others in the show notes.
Then create mitigation plans for the things that, you know, hurt your customers and caused you to fail. How do you take those out of the loop to make sure they’re not a problem?
A risk assessment is a similar concept. You assess how likely it is that something bad happens. You assess how much impact it will have if those things occur.
And again, you take steps to mitigate the things that are the most likely and have the biggest impacts before they ever occur.
When we look at the things that have happened in the world, the really terrible ones that have occurred over time, usually it’s because nobody took the time to ask these questions. They didn’t think through, what do we do? How does the system respond? How does the tool respond? How does the technology respond? How do we as a company take action before they happen so that they don’t actually cause real problems?
Finally, I realize this episode might seem like kind of a bummer. It might seem like kind of a drag. It is easy when you think about these things to get overwhelmed. It is easy to find yourself going, “Oh my gosh, this is terrible and nobody should use these tools.” When that occurs, it is absolutely okay to, as folk say, touch grass, right? Take a walk outside. Stick your phone in a drawer and go to the beach for a day. You know, it’s not just okay, it’s downright good for you to step away for a minute or two. Go for a hike in the woods. Just maybe don’t build a cabin and retreat there, right?
AI and digital are not evil. They’re not. And most of the time, neither are the people who create them.
They absolutely can cause evil, whether intentionally or through lack of forethought.
What’s also true is they’re not going anywhere. They’re in our lives and generally drive positive outcomes.
So if we know that they’re going to be in our lives, and we know that they have the potential for evil, our job is to keep learning about what these tools are, what their strengths and limitations are, how they can provide benefits and risks to ourselves and to our customers, and then take the actions necessary to eliminate the risks and to mitigate the harms. Our job is to ensure that they actually deliver the benefit that they’re supposed to.
So no, I don’t believe that AI or digital are evil. What I do think is true, though, is it’s our job every day to ensure that stays true.
Show Wrap-Up and CreditsNow, looking at the clock on the wall, we are out of time for this week.
And I want to remind you again that you can find the show notes for this episode. As well as an archive of all past episodes by going to timpeter.com/podcast. Again, that’s timpeter.com/podcast. Just look for episode 437.
Subscribe to Thinks Out LoudDon’t forget that you can click on the subscribe link in any of the episodes that you find there to have Thinks Out Loud delivered to your favorite podcatcher every single week. You can also find Thinks Out Loud on Apple Podcasts, Spotify, YouTube Music, anywhere fine podcasts are found.
Leave a Rating or Review for Thinks Out LoudI would also very much appreciate it if you could provide a positive rating or review for the show whenever you use one of those services.
If you like what you hear on Thinks Out Loud, if you enjoy what we talk about, if you like being part of the community that we’re building here, please give us a positive rating or review.
Reviews help other listeners find the podcast. Reviews help other listeners understand what Thinks Out Loud is all about. They help to build our community and they mean the world to me. So thank you so much for doing that. I very, very much appreciate it.
Thinks Out Loud on Social MediaYou can also find Thinks Out Loud on LinkedIn by going to linkedin.com/tim-peter-and-associates-llc. You can find me on Twitter or X or whatever you want to call it this week by using the Twitter handle @tcpeter. And of course, you can email me by sending an email to podcast(at)timpeter.com. Again, that’s podcast(at)timpeter.com.
Show OutroFinally, and I know I say this a lot, I want you to know how thrilled I am that you keep listening to what we do here. It means so much to me. You are the reason we do this show. You’re the reason that Thinks Out Loud happens every single week.
So please, keep your messages coming on LinkedIn. Keep hitting me up on Twitter, sending things via email. I love getting a chance to talk with you, to hear what’s going on in your world, and to learn how we can do a better job building on the types of information and insights and content and community that work for you and work for your business.
So with all that said, I hope you have a fantastic rest of your day, I hope you have a wonderful week ahead, and I will look forward to speaking with you here on Thinks Out Loud next time. Until then, please be well, be safe, and especially given what we talked about today, take care, everybody.
The post Are AI and Digital Evil (Thinks Out Loud Episode 438) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
Some folks think that artificial intelligence is a white knight, coming to rescue their businesses from gatekeepers such as Google, Amazon, Facebook, and the rest. But is that true? Is AI the key to unlocking Big Tech’s gates? Or is it just another gatekeeper waiting in the wings?
In this episode of the Thinks Out Loud podcast, our company founder and president, Tim Peter, takes a look at whether artificial intelligence might play in helping you bypass gatekeepers, and how you can start connecting directly with your customers no matter what.
Want to learn more? Here are the show notes for you.
Is AI a Gatekeeper? Or is it a Key? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 437) — Headlines and Show NotesShow Notes and Links* OpenAI – Wikipedia * Anthropic – Wikipedia * Perplexity AI – Wikipedia * When you give a Claude a mouse * Google and Kairos sign nuclear reactor deal with aim to power AI – Ars Technica * Microsoft deal propels Three Mile Island restart, with key permits still needed | Reuters * The Rapid Adoption of Generative AI PDF link * The Value of AI in Today’s Classrooms * Google is Changing Search. How to Build Traffic and Revenue Beyond Google — Part 1 (Thinks Out Loud Episode 424) * The CORE Methodology: How to Build Traffic and Revenue Beyond Google — Part 2 (Thinks Out Loud Episode 425) * Revisiting Why Digital Gatekeepers Kill Organic Traffic (Thinks Out Loud) * Revisiting How to Diversify Your Marketing Mix When There’s Too Much to Do (Thinks Out Loud) * The Best AI is Now Free For Everyone: Revisiting Will Your Customers Use AI? (Thinks Out Loud) * How to Put Big Tech and AI — the Biggest Threat and Biggest Enablers of Your Business — to Work (Episode 428) * Why AI Makes Customer Experience Even More Important for Your Business (Thinks Out Loud Episode 427) * Revisiting Bundling, Unbundling, and Customer Acquisition (Thinks Out Loud) * What Marketers Really Need to Know About Putting AI to Work (Thinks Out Loud Episode 426) * AI is the Bear: Learning to Be a Better Marketer in the Age of AI (Thinks Out Loud Episode 422) * An AI Day in the Life of a Marketing and Digital Strategy Consultant (Thinks Out Loud Episode 434)
You might also enjoy this webinar I recently participated in with Miles Partnership that looked at "The Power of Generative AI and ChatGPT: What It Means for Tourism & Hospitality" here:
Free DownloadsWe have some free downloads for you to help you navigate the current situation, which you can find right here:
Best of Thinks Out LoudYou can find our “Best of Thinks Out Loud” playlist on Spotify right here:
Subscribe to Thinks Out Loud* Subscribe in iTunes * Subscribe in the Google Play Store
Contact information for the podcast: podcast@timpeter.com
Past Insights from Tim Peter ThinksTechnical Details for Thinks Out LoudRecorded using a Shure SM7B Vocal Dynamic Microphone and a Focusrite Scarlett 4i4 (3rd Gen) USB Audio Interface into Logic Pro X for the Mac.
Running time: 22m 22s
You can subscribe to Thinks Out Loud in iTunes, the Google Play Store, via our dedicated podcast RSS feed (or sign up for our free newsletter). You can also download/listen to the podcast here on Thinks using the player at the top of this page.
Transcript: Is AI a Gatekeeper? Or is it a Key?Well hello again everyone and welcome back to Thinks Out Loud, your source for all the digital expertise your business needs. My name is Tim Peter, this is episode 437 of the Big Show and I think we have a really cool show for you today.
We know that gatekeepers gonna gate. You’ve heard me say this many, many times on this show. I’ve also heard a number of people proposing that artificial intelligence might bypass the gatekeepers. It might be the way that we finally get to take gatekeepers and shove them completely out of the way. You know, connect directly with our customers in every single situation.
For instance, the hospitality industry is continually looking for something that will bypass gatekeepers like Expedia or Booking.com or Google. By far, the most likely use case where that could occur in the next bunch of years is the emergence of AI agents. And I’d like to dive into that use case for a moment so you have a sense of what we’re talking about. Because this could apply beyond just travel, beyond just hospitality. This could be something you see in retail, this could be something you see in a B2B context. There’s all kinds of places where, in theory, this could take the place. This could let you connect directly with your customers.
And the premise here is that customers would have one or more agents that would search for, in this case, travel on their behalf.
For instance, I’m taking a trip to New York City in a few weeks for work. I need a hotel near the offices of the company I’m visiting. I’m also having dinner with colleagues while I’m there, so I’ll need flights and ground transportation that get me to my hotel and then back to the airport in time for the meetings that I have and in time to make my flight. I need all of the options that I choose to comply with my client’s travel policies. I need flights and hotel stays that also get me the most points in my preferred loyalty programs; if I’m traveling, I want to accrue my benefits. And of course, I want to optimize my time during the trip so I’m not out of the office or away from my family any longer than is necessary.
That is a case that I would love to outsource to an agent. Seriously. I would absolutely love to have this in my pocket or on my desktop right now. I’d love to be able to type a prompt that says, “Hey, agent, go do this. You know my preferences. You know what I need. Here’s where I’m going. Here is roughly when I need to go. Make that happen and report back to me with a couple of options I can simply say yes to or try again.” I mean, wouldn’t that be cool? And there are some interesting beta projects that I’ve seen. But an actual agent that I could give a simple prompt to and that understands my preferences does not exist today. Period.
We’re probably a couple of years away from that existing in real world terms. Probably. Maybe by the end of next year. Maybe by the end of 2026. But today, it doesn’t exist. And keep that in mind.
Another great agent use case that I’d love to see, this is my own personal one. I’d love a robust, cross device, cross platform search engine.
If you’re like me, you have conversations with customers, and with family, and with friends, across an array of devices and apps. You’ve got email. You’ve got social media, both public and DMs. You’ve got text and WhatsApp. You’ve got MS Teams and or Slack. You’ve got articles and newsletters you’ve read on Substack or LinkedIn or Twitter or Instagram, and a wide array of websites.
And you probably find yourself asking from time to time, “Where did I read that? Was that in an email? Was it a text? Was it an article?” I know I do. Wouldn’t you love to have a way to search across all of those sources? Not for possible answers, not just a regular Google search, but for the actual thing you read or sent. Maybe make it time bound, like only things you’ve interacted with in the last couple of weeks. Based on conversations I’ve had with others, I don’t think I’m alone on wanting something like this.
And despite some good work in this area, the solution I’m proposing does not exist today. One of the reasons is there’s nothing that connects all of the various data sources of the two use cases that I’ve just given you. The one thing that might is something like the operating system either on your laptop or on your phone, and we’ll come back to that in a second.
The last use case where AI could have a major impact on the way people interact with brands and businesses in the future — or at least one last use case I’m going to explore today — is extended reality. So that would include things like virtual reality and augmented reality. Some folks refer to this as the final computing platform. This is what everything will be like at some point in the future. Think things like smart glasses or other wearables. That provide data about the real world as you interact with it in real time, creating content and immersive experiences on the fly, virtual reality games and education that continually update using generative AI to deepen the experience.
There is no question in my mind that generative AI undoubtedly will provide huge benefits in these areas. They can pull content from a wide array of sources. They can generate content on the fly and narrate it or provide visual cues as needed. Today, these types of experiences are definitely limited by things like robust connectivity, which is getting better all the time, the weight of the device, And very much related to that, battery life.
We are probably — I’m going to make a guess here; I’m clearly not the expert here, but I’m basing this on what other folks have said — we’re probably 6 to 10 plus years away. We’re talking the 2030s in all likelihood before this becomes a reality. Which is not that far from now.
I go back to the Bill Gates quote that I’ve used many, many times that we always overestimate the change we will see in the next two years and underestimate the change we will see in the next 10. So what things might look like in the middle of the 2030s, which shocker, is only 10 years away, could be a dramatic difference from where we are today.
Think about where we are relative to 10 years ago. In 2014, in late 2014, if I was talking to you about artificial intelligence and how people would be using it in their day to day lives, the fact that 1 in 9 people use it every single day and 24 percent of workers are using it at least once a week. That was unthinkable 10 years ago, now we talk about it very much like a commonplace thing.
So, we’re going to have technology challenges to overcome. We, I mean, we as a society are going to have technology challenges to overcome. Battery life and weight plus the ability to stream heavy visual content quickly are likely the big barriers that have to fall.
We also know it’s true that 6G mobile connections will start rolling out commercially in 2030, which could fix at least the streaming question. If battery life and battery weight and device weight fall pretty quickly as they are doing, you know, what we’re likely to see in 2034 seems plausible. And much like I talked about with agents, I’ve seen early stage companies working towards all of these.
I want to be clear, I absolutely welcome their potential success. I’m confident that somebody will eventually succeed at all of these. I also think it’s true that these tools simply don’t exist in any real form in the real world today. It doesn’t mean they won’t.
But the thing where I think we need to be really conscious is that none of these tools seem likely to come from some unknown startup. Some of the pieces, sure, but probably not the overall experience. And there’s a major reason why this is likely to be so, in my view.
The simple fact is that, at least right now, artificial intelligence favors gatekeepers. AI is expensive as hell. You need lots of money to make these models work. You need lots of data, which is expensive as hell. You have to have significant computing power, which, say it with me, is expensive as hell. You require brilliant researchers who are expensive as hell. And you consume massive amounts of energy to make these things work, which, again, is expensive as hell. Google and Microsoft literally are signing contracts for their own nuclear power plants to meet their energy needs. That’s not a joke. That’s a true story.
These things require a ton of expensive resources in terms of money, in terms of data, in terms of compute, in terms of researchers, and in terms of actual power. That’s crazy. So it’s not super likely you’re going to see small companies come out of nowhere with these things. Probably.
If you think about who the huge big, uh, if you think about who the big AI players are, well, we’ve got Google. Obviously, they’re a big time gatekeeper. We’ve got Microsoft. Again, a big time gatekeeper. We’ve got Amazon. Ditto. Facebook. Ditto, ditto. We’ve got OpenAI. Who is the parent of ChatGPT? Well, they’re a disruptive startup, for sure, originally set up as a non profit, with massive funding from, uh, Microsoft, who’s a big time gatekeeper.
Okay, so what about Anthropic, the makers of Claude? They’re another disruptive startup, featuring a bunch of ChatGPT alumni, and they got massive funding from, oh wait, Amazon and Google. Huh.
You’ve got Perplexity. Perplexity is another disruptive service, and it features founders from Meta and OpenAI, and they’ve had significant investments from, among others, Amazon founder Jeff Bezos, the late YouTube CEO Susan Wojcicki, and Google’s chief scientist Jeff Dean.
Huh.
That’s kind of interesting, right? And if VR, AR, and extended reality, XR, come along at scale in the next 5 to 10 years, well, who do you think is going to provide that? I mean, let’s see, the current VR devices come from Facebook and Apple. Augmented reality on mobile phones mostly comes from Apple, Google, and Samsung, the last of which runs on Google’s Android OS. Smartwatches, which are another potential AR delivery mechanism, come from Apple and Google and Samsung. Again, more or less running Google software. And the most popular smart hearing devices, another potential AR or XR delivery mechanism, come from Apple and Google. Are you beginning to notice a pattern here?
The reality is, big tech is working to remain a gatekeeper. They’re trying to close off all the avenues by which someone else could come in and shove them out of the way. Even the startups are deeply connected to big tech players. In addition to their own efforts, Amazon, Google, Facebook, and Microsoft have invested in organizations like Amazon, OpenAI, Anthropic, and Perplexity that are most likely to shove them out of their membership in Big Tech.
Almost all of these folks, plus the other players in AI, are also using either Amazon Web Services or Microsoft Azure or Google Cloud to run their servers. Again, Big Tech still collects a toll in those cases. And remember how expensive it is to run a real, robust, and relevant artificial intelligence.
Even if OpenAI, Perplexity, or Anthropic wins, they’re still going to need to fund their ongoing operations. I also don’t think Microsoft, Google, Amazon, Jeff Bezos, and their other investors Put all this money into these startups without expecting a return on that investment. They’re going to want some payback here.
In other words, if OpenAI, Perplexity, or Anthropic wins, do you think it’s likely you’re going to be any better off than you are today? In short, there isn’t a white knight coming to rescue you from big tech with artificial intelligence. AI isn’t a key to unlock the gatekeeper’s gates. It’s just another way gatekeeper’s gonna gate, even if it turns out to be a different gatekeeper.
It’s unrealistic to expect some new technology to suddenly disrupt and completely bypass Big Tech. It doesn’t matter what industry you’re in. Big Tech has a lot at stake. They’re gatekeepers. They’re not going away without a fight.
If you want to bypass Big Tech, you’re going to have to take a lesson from Jose Serrano, a character in the classic baseball comedy Major League. And to paraphrase his famous line, “do it yourself.” It’s up to you to create a direct relationship with your customers. It’s up to you to create memorable experiences that will bring your customers back to you again and again and again. It’s up to you to create a brand that customers will seek out by name.
Think about it. I regularly quote Jeff Bezos famous question, “What won’t change as we go forward?” Even if the platforms and technologies and tools that your customers use change, They’re still going to seek out businesses and brands that they trust… or not. You’re still going to need to separate yourself from your competition… or not. You’re still going to need to find a way to get customers to connect with you directly… or not. You get the picture.
AI isn’t a key. It’s another lock if you’re not continually looking to build direct relationships with your customers. You’re helping the gatekeepers keep their gates in place. You’re helping them build those locks. Your job is to get customers to connect with you directly. That’s the key to unlocking gatekeepers’ gates. I’m going to link to a couple of episodes in the show notes where we talked about how you can do that. And yes, you can and should use AI to help you do that more efficiently and more effectively. I’m going to link in the show notes to a few episodes on how you can do that too.
The last thing that I would encourage you to do is to keep listening for more ways you can build those connections with customers. Because the other big key to bypassing big tech is to keep learning.
I’m confident you can do it. I’m confident you can bypass Big Tech. And I’m looking forward to seeing how well you do it. The thing you have to remind yourself is AI is just one more place the gatekeepers gonna gate. If you want to unlock those gates. You’re going to have to do it by connecting with customers directly.
Show Wrap-Up and CreditsNow, looking at the clock on the wall, we are out of time for this week.
And I want to remind you again that you can find the show notes for this episode. As well as an archive of all past episodes by going to timpeter.com/podcast. Again, that’s timpeter.com/podcast. Just look for episode 437.
Subscribe to Thinks Out LoudDon’t forget that you can click on the subscribe link in any of the episodes that you find there to have Thinks Out Loud delivered to your favorite podcatcher every single week. You can also find Thinks Out Loud on Apple Podcasts, Spotify, YouTube Music, anywhere fine podcasts are found.
Leave a Rating or Review for Thinks Out LoudI would also very much appreciate it if you could provide a positive rating or review for the show whenever you use one of those services.
If you like what you hear on Thinks Out Loud, if you enjoy what we talk about, if you like being part of the community that we’re building here, please give us a positive rating or review.
Reviews help other listeners find the podcast. Reviews help other listeners understand what Thinks Out Loud is all about. They help to build our community and they mean the world to me. So thank you so much for doing that. I very, very much appreciate it.
Thinks Out Loud on Social MediaYou can also find Thinks Out Loud on LinkedIn by going to linkedin.com/tim-peter-and-associates-llc. You can find me on Twitter or X or whatever you want to call it this week by using the Twitter handle @tcpeter. And of course, you can email me by sending an email to podcast(at)timpeter.com. Again, that’s podcast(at)timpeter.com.
Show OutroFinally, and I know I say this a lot, I want you to know how thrilled I am that you keep listening to what we do here. It means so much to me. You are the reason we do this show. You’re the reason that Thinks Out Loud happens every single week.
So please, keep your messages coming on LinkedIn. Keep hitting me up on Twitter, sending things via email. I love getting a chance to talk with you, to hear what’s going on in your world, and to learn how we can do a better job building on the types of information and insights and content and community that work for you and work for your business.
So with all that said, I hope you have a fantastic rest of your day, I hope you have a wonderful week ahead, and I will look forward to speaking with you here on Thinks Out Loud next time. Until then, please be well, be safe, and as always, take care, everybody.
The post Is AI a Gatekeeper? Or is it a Key? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 437) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
AI might kill your brand — but probably not. It’s far more likely that AI will kill Big Tech’s brands, and in particular, Google. The search giant faces more threats to its business right now than at any time in the last decade-plus.
What are the big threats facing Google’s dominance? Why do those threats matter to your business? And, most importantly, how can you make sure that the four big threats Google faces next year don’t become threats to your business too? That’s what this episode of Thinks Out Loud is all about.
Want to learn more? Here are the show notes for you.
Four Big Threats (Plus a Bonus Threat) To Google’s Dominance Next Year (Thinks Out Loud Episode 436) — Headlines and Show NotesShow Notes and Links* Will AI Kill Your Brand (Thinks Out Loud Episode 435) * An AI Day in the Life of a Marketing and Digital Strategy Consultant (Thinks Out Loud Episode 434) * Will Marketers Bet that Google Wins the AI Economy? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 433) * Revisiting Google Big AI Problem (Thinks Out Loud) * Diversifying Your Marketing Mix When There’s Too Much to Do (Thinks Out Loud Episode 430) * Google Loses its Antitrust Case: Why That Matters for Your Business (Thinks Out Loud Episode 429) * Google loses antitrust case over search * Google’s online search monopoly is illegal, US judge rules * What comes next in Google’s antitrust case over search? | Reuters * Why AI Makes Customer Experience Even More Important for Your Business (Thinks Out Loud Episode 427) * Google is Changing Search. How to Build Traffic and Revenue Beyond Google — Part 1 (Thinks Out Loud Episode 424) * The CORE Methodology: How to Build Traffic and Revenue Beyond Google — Part 2 (Thinks Out Loud Episode 425) * Lessons Learned: The TPA Anniversary Show (Thinks Out Loud Episode 420) * Will AI Make Marketers Dumber? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 419) * Will Your Customers Use AI? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 418)
You might also enjoy this webinar I recently participated in with Miles Partnership that looked at "The Power of Generative AI and ChatGPT: What It Means for Tourism & Hospitality" here:
Free DownloadsWe have some free downloads for you to help you navigate the current situation, which you can find right here:
Best of Thinks Out LoudYou can find our “Best of Thinks Out Loud” playlist on Spotify right here:
Subscribe to Thinks Out Loud* Subscribe in iTunes * Subscribe in the Google Play Store
Contact information for the podcast: podcast@timpeter.com
Past Insights from Tim Peter ThinksTechnical Details for Thinks Out LoudRecorded using the travel rig: Shure SM57 Cardioid Dynamic Instrument Microphone and a IK Multimedia iRig Pro Duo IO USB audio interface into Logic Pro X for the Mac.
Running time: 22m 22s
You can subscribe to Thinks Out Loud in iTunes, the Google Play Store, via our dedicated podcast RSS feed (or sign up for our free newsletter). You can also download/listen to the podcast here on Thinks using the player at the top of this page.
Transcript: Four Big Threats (Plus a Bonus Threat) To Google’s Dominance Next YearWell hello again everybody and welcome back to Thinks Out Loud, your source for all the digital expertise your business needs. My name is Tim Peter, this is episode 436 of the Big Show, and thank you so much for tuning in.
We’ll I think we’ve got a really cool episode for you this week. I had been spending a lot of time between last week’s episode of, that last week’s episode that asked, “Will AI Kill Your Brand?” And doing a bunch of prep work this week for a class that I teach at Rutgers Business School on AI and Marketing about will AI also kill Google’s brand?
Will it kill other big tech brands? And the more I thought about it, the more I realized that A.) this is a super complicated topic and not something that can be covered in a single episode. And B.) that the brand most at risk is Google. And it’s not just because of AI. In fact, there are four big threats that Google faces.
Plus a bonus threat that I’m going to tell you about in a minute. But the four big threats are artificial intelligence, obviously, competition, antitrust, and privacy. I’ll talk about each of these in order and then come to the bonus threat. But I want to start with artificial intelligence. AI is clearly a huge opportunity for Google.
It is a massive opportunity for them to increase their market share and make even more money than they do today. It’s also a big threat. And it’s a big threat for a very specific reason. The reason is that it’s very tough for them to monetize AI today. And you don’t even need to think about this from Google’s point of view.
You can look at this from the other AI companies and their, their inability to profitably monetize what they do because the cost of making AI work is so expensive. It’s just that Google has it much worse because they already make a lot of money. Bright Edge has research, that I will link to in the show notes, that shows Google isn’t displaying its AI overviews features on searches that make the most money for Google.
Why? Well, I believe it’s because they haven’t figured out how to get customers to click on ads when Google has already provided a good answer. Google’s going to make somewhere over $300 billion this year in revenue. And roughly 57 percent of that comes from search ads. I usually round the revenue down to %300 billion and their revenue percentage up to 60% to call it an even $180 billion in revenue from search. It’s just an easy number to hang on to. If they give customers, if Google gives customers great answers that don’t require searchers to click on their ads, Google stands to lose a tremendous, tremendous amount of money. At the same time, it’s tough for them to avoid including AI in their search results.
Why? Well, because then customers may switch to services that give them better answers and better experiences. Right? People don’t go to Google because they want to go to Google. They go to Google because they want an answer to the question. Whether that’s a site that the Google links to, or whether that’s just a flat out answer.
If ChatGPT or Microsoft Copilot or Perplexity or Claude or someone like that gives customers a great answer and Google is unwilling to because they’re afraid of hurting their revenue streams, then people could switch. I talked about this in an episode a couple of weeks ago, which I will link to in the show notes.
At least on paper, though, Google is trapped in a classic innovator’s dilemma. Move too fast towards the new thing, and they undermine their entire revenue stream. Move too slowly, and they could see existing customers switch to a new competitor, and then Google would lose its revenue stream anyway. That’s, you know, not a great place for them to be.
Which brings us to the second big threat, competition. Google is probably seeing more competition today than they’ve seen in decades. I mean that sincerely. Decades. Not years. Decades. Think in terms of their competition, not as traditional search engines like Ask or, you know, Yahoo, necessarily. Instead, I think in terms of where customers get their information.
Remember, Google gets almost 60 percent of their revenues and probably 100 percent of its profits from search ads. Every time a customer gets their information somewhere other than Google, that’s potential lost revenue for Big G. If they make $180 billion in revenue from search ads, even a 1% decline in search volume equals a loss of $1.8 billion.
That’s a huge sum of money. If my back of the envelope calculations relying on census data are right, only about one one hundredth of one one percent only one one hundredth of one percent of companies in the United States make more than a billion dollars per year. Google could lose that amount of money with less than a one percent swing in its revenues.
That’s insane. Like, that’s impossible to get your mind around easily. And Google faces competition from a wide variety of sources. First, coming from the AI players, you know, OpenAI and ChatGPT, Microsoft Copilot, Perplexity, Claude. They obviously continue to face challenges from traditional vertical search engines like Amazon or Booking.com or Indeed or Zillow. Google and each of these are improving their capabilities using AI. And then there’s some competition for search coming from social. You know, Facebook and Instagram’s meta AI experience. So again, AI working on this. And TikTok with just over 40 percent of its users saying they have searched and they like to search on the social platform.
And these sites also benefit from, say it with me, artificial intelligence capabilities. And then, of course, we have some of the more traditional general search engines like DuckDuckGo that focus on privacy. More on that in just a moment. It wouldn’t take much shift for Google to feel genuine pressure.
All they’d have to do is fail at making good product choices or take their eye off the ball. And one thing that might cause them to take their eye off the ball is the next big threat, which is antitrust. I’m going to say this right up front, I actually don’t think antitrust is going to be a major factor in the next year. Probably. It’s going to take probably until 2027 or longer to play out in practice. I’m not the one saying this. Reuters has said this in the existing antitrust trial that’s going on right now around Google and search; there’s also a whole ad tech one, but I’m going to put that aside for the moment.
The government and Google are submitting documents to the court explaining how to remedy their monopoly behavior, Google’s monopoly behavior, by the end of 2024. The court will then hold a brief trial in April of 2025 to let Google and the Department of Justice argue their points. And then the court will issue its ruling in August of 2025.
After that, Google will appeal. Remember, they’ve already lost the first trial. This trial in April is just to determine what the penalties are. Google will appeal as soon as the judge issues, uh, his ruling in August of 2025. And they’ll probably appeal all the way up to the Supreme Court because they can’t afford to lose this case.
All of this also ignores the possibility that a new presidential administration and a new Attorney General could just choose to back off the case. Stranger things have happened. Um, I had an episode about the antitrust trial a few weeks ago. Again, I’ll link to it in the show notes. But we know because of the various appeals that this is going to take us well into 2026, if not 2027, if not further out than that.
So it doesn’t worry me a ton for 2025, unless Google lets it distract them. The bigger distraction for them is our fourth threat, which is privacy. Now, when most people think of privacy, they tend to think of regulators. I would put myself in that category. I would say, though, in this case, it falls into the same bucket as antitrust with a big wild card.
After the election later this year. Multiple states and other jurisdictions could pass laws increasing privacy regulation. Already 19 states, plus the EU, Canada, and a host of other countries around the world, have laws that are either in effect or will take effect in 2025. They have laws on the books that that’s going to happen.
Google is okay at handling this. I think they’re going to manage that. Pretty easily. Instead, what I’m concerned about, or what I’m questioning, is if all the attention from regulators and from legislators passing these laws and promoting these laws will cause consumers to think more about privacy, and if so, will that cause them to
And that’s really what leads to the bonus threat, the fifth threat, which is changing customer expectations. Now this is tough to gauge. So far, we’re not seeing it. Um, if you look at the data from places like SimilarWeb, Where you look at the data in terms of where people are getting traffic to their websites today, Google’s still pretty much the dominant player.
At the same time, it could change on a dime. Customers can be fickle. And switching costs away from Google are effectively zero. Google’s users could start searching on ChatGPT or Bing or Perplexity or DuckDuckGo tomorrow relatively easily. They just have to type in a new address to their web browser.
The big blockers that I see to that is that most of the growth on search, in search, continues on mobile right now. That’s where we’re seeing most of the growth. And most people don’t switch from the default search engines. You open up your browser, you type in the search in the address bar, and it just goes to Google.
Obviously, Google is going to be the default on Android. And Google pays Apple billions of dollars to remain the default there. That actually was a major component of the antitrust trial Google just lost. Hell, Apple’s Eddie Cue said Apple wouldn’t switch from Google even without pay because Google is so much better than every other option. The judge in the trial said that Google is better than so many, every other option, which is how they established a monopoly in the first place. This could change. I’m just not seeing that happen yet.
I cannot emphasize enough how quickly I could end up being wrong here. It’s not like everyone has to go buy a new computer, or a new phone, or a new device to use something other than Google. They just have to type a different address into their browser. If we all woke up tomorrow and wanted to use something other than Google, it would be remarkably simple. That’s the fact about this that keeps me up nights. And if you think this is ridiculous, you think there’s no way that happens, I’d point out that Microsoft had 90-plus percent market share for computer operating systems as late 2008, almost two full years after the iPhone came out. So, this can change quickly.
Now one of the questions I would ask you to think about right now, is how much would you bet on these? How much would I bet on each of these? And I’ll tell you, for AI, by far, the most. I’d bet a lot that AI forces Google to change its product even more than it’s done so far. Frankly, it’s among the top things I’m working on with my company and on behalf of our clients. So in a sense, I’m betting a fair share of my company’s revenues on this one. I’m really confident we’re going to see major changes to the product set over the course of the next year.
In terms of competition, I’d bet a bit, maybe $250, maybe $500, that within a year, Google loses at least some small amount of market share to one or more competitors. I don’t think they’ll lose a lot of market share. But remember, each point of market share is roughly $1.8 billion to Google’s top line. That’s not nothing, and I think it’s plausible, if not downright possible.
On antitrust, yeah, no bet, no way. Too many variables, too many unknowns, too long a timeline, and I just don’t think much happens next year that matters in real terms.
Privacy? Eh, I might bet a little bit on this one. I might bet a hundred bucks that it hurts them. Maybe. I’m not super convinced. But I’d say privacy gets its hearing in 2025 and Google responds in some sense. And we’ll see where we go. As for customer behavior, well, I’ve already bet on this one in a sense.
I’ve said that Google will lose at least some small amount of market share. They can’t lose that share if customers don’t switch. So, put this one in the same boat as competition. In fact, if we’re being frank, it’s tough to pull these apart. If even a small share of customers switched to using, for instance, DuckDuckGo or ChatGPT, it might be tough to tell whether it was because of privacy, a better search experience, concerns about Google’s monopoly, or some combination of all of these.
That’s why I think it’s likely and why I’m willing to bet That Google does in fact lose some market share. There are enough factors against them that makes it seem unlikely that they won’t feel some effect. I don’t expect a large shift. That doesn’t mean I expect no shift at all. And that’s something we’re going to pay a lot of attention to over the course of the year.
Keep in mind, Google is still massive and I can’t imagine that they lose majorly in 2025. Notice, in none of these did I say Google’s going to give bad answers or customers are going to stop searching.
Yes, competition is increasing. Yes, I’ve also heard some rumblings that people are somewhat dissatisfied with the results.
But Google hasn’t yet shown that it’s losing much in the way of traffic, much in the way of market share, or much in the way of revenue, at least not yet. But it is something that I’m going to watch closely over the course of the coming year in quarterly earnings from Google and the rest of Big Tech. And in fact, I’ll have an update on that by the end of the month, by the end of November.
The point is, in all of this, is what do you do about it?
Well, first, it’s time to start planning in case Google does take a hit. Don’t let Google’s problems become your problems. You need to start thinking about diversifying your source of traffic.
I will go ahead and give a link in the show notes to a two part episode I did on the Core methodology earlier this year for diversifying your traffic. You should be planning today to not be so dependent on Google. It doesn’t mean you want their traffic to shrink. It means you want the other sources to grow faster.
You should test the various tools out there for yourself and see which ones you like and whether any work better for you, because if you find they work better, your customers may find they work better too.
You need to pay attention to your analytics to see if you see a decline in Google traffic, which might be happening anyway due to the volume of the growth in volume of zero click search results. If you’re already losing traffic from Google, you need to think about how you diversify where your traffic comes from.
Next, you should listen to what your customers are saying about their behaviors and whether they’re changing what they do. You should also keep learning. Obviously, here at Thinks Out Loud, we’ll keep working on this topic to help you be ready no matter what happens.
So yes, there are four-plus big threats that Google faces. There are artificial intelligence, competition, antitrust, privacy, and a potential shift in customer behaviors. Your job is to make sure that no matter what happens that those don’t become threats to you, too.
Show Wrap-Up and CreditsNow, looking at the clock on the wall, we are out of time for this week.
And I want to remind you again that you can find the show notes for this episode. As well as an archive of all past episodes by going to timpeter.com/podcast. Again, that’s timpeter.com/podcast. Just look for episode 436.
Subscribe to Thinks Out LoudDon’t forget that you can click on the subscribe link in any of the episodes that you find there to have Thinks Out Loud delivered to your favorite podcatcher every single week. You can also find Thinks Out Loud on Apple Podcasts, Spotify, YouTube Music, anywhere fine podcasts are found.
Leave a Rating or Review for Thinks Out LoudI would also very much appreciate it if you could provide a positive rating or review for the show whenever you use one of those services.
If you like what you hear on Thinks Out Loud, if you enjoy what we talk about, if you like being part of the community that we’re building here, please give us a positive rating or review.
Reviews help other listeners find the podcast. Reviews help other listeners understand what Thinks Out Loud is all about. They help to build our community and they mean the world to me. So thank you so much for doing that. I very, very much appreciate it.
Thinks Out Loud on Social MediaYou can also find Thinks Out Loud on LinkedIn by going to linkedin.com/tim-peter-and-associates-llc. You can find me on Twitter or X or whatever you want to call it this week by using the Twitter handle @tcpeter. And of course, you can email me by sending an email to podcast(at)timpeter.com. Again, that’s podcast(at)timpeter.com.
Show OutroFinally, and I know I say this a lot, I want you to know how thrilled I am that you keep listening to what we do here. It means so much to me. You are the reason we do this show. You’re the reason that Thinks Out Loud happens every single week.
So please, keep your messages coming on LinkedIn. Keep hitting me up on Twitter, sending things via email. I love getting a chance to talk with you, to hear what’s going on in your world, and to learn how we can do a better job building on the types of information and insights and content and community that work for you and work for your business.
So with all that said, I hope you have a fantastic rest of your day, I hope you have a wonderful week ahead, and I will look forward to speaking with you here on Thinks Out Loud next time. Until then, please be well, be safe, and as always, take care, everybody.
The post Four Big Threats (Plus a Bonus Threat!) To Google’s Dominance Next Year (Thinks Out Loud Episode 436) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
Artificial intelligence will shape the way your customers interact with your brand. That’s undoubtedly true. In fact, it’s possible we’ll see cases where the customer might not interact directly with your business, letting their AI agent handle the transaction on their behalf. OK, that’s still probably a few years away. But it’s clearly on the horizon.
And that potential behavior might mean trouble for your brand. In theory, it’s possible that AI could kill brands for good. Or could it?
As it happens, I don’t think AI will kill your brand. At least not if you do it right. What does it mean to “do it right” in the age of AI? How might AI shape your customers’ behaviors in the not-too-distant future? And how can you make sure that AI doesn’t kill your brand? That’s what this week’s episode of the Thinks Out Loud podcast is all about.
Want to learn more? Here are the show notes for you.
Will AI Kill Your Brand (Thinks Out Loud Episode 435) — Headlines and Show NotesShow Notes and Links* Two in three shoppers won’t buy products in locked display cases * The future of hospitality lies in the perfect balance between data and service | PhocusWire * Pinterest rolls out automated ad tools for advertisers * OpenAI DevDay, OpenAI’s Wrenching Transition, Lonely At the Top – Stratechery by Ben Thompson * Google Still Matters to Your Business – The Tilt Publishing * Episode 1: Will AI Destroy the DMO? – YouTube * Amazon is responsible for recalling unsafe products sold on its site, agency says : NPR * 10 takeaways from Amazon’s 2023 Small Business Empowerment Report * Amazon spent $1.2 billion fighting fraudulent e-commerce products in 2022 | DC Velocity * Google is testing verified checkmarks in search – The Verge * Why Do Hotels Smell So Good? The Strategy Behind Scent | Cvent Blog * The impact of scent marketing in hotels | Premium Scenting * Will AI Kill Your Brand? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 204) * An AI Day in the Life of a Marketing and Digital Strategy Consultant (Thinks Out Loud Episode 434) * Revisiting Why Digital Gatekeepers Kill Organic Traffic (Thinks Out Loud) * Will Marketers Bet that Google Wins the AI Economy? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 433) * Is AI Destined to Make Marketing — and Music — Worse? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 432) * How to Put Big Tech and AI — the Biggest Threat and Biggest Enablers of Your Business — to Work (Episode 428) * Why AI Makes Customer Experience Even More Important for Your Business (Thinks Out Loud Episode 427) * What Marketers Really Need to Know About Putting AI to Work (Thinks Out Loud Episode 426) * Google is Changing Search. How to Build Traffic and Revenue Beyond Google — Part 1 (Thinks Out Loud Episode 424) * The CORE Methodology: How to Build Traffic and Revenue Beyond Google — Part 2 (Thinks Out Loud Episode 425)
You might also enjoy this webinar I recently participated in with Miles Partnership that looked at "The Power of Generative AI and ChatGPT: What It Means for Tourism & Hospitality" here:
Free DownloadsWe have some free downloads for you to help you navigate the current situation, which you can find right here:
Best of Thinks Out LoudYou can find our “Best of Thinks Out Loud” playlist on Spotify right here:
Subscribe to Thinks Out Loud* Subscribe in iTunes * Subscribe in the Google Play Store
Contact information for the podcast: podcast@timpeter.com
Past Insights from Tim Peter ThinksTechnical Details for Thinks Out LoudRecorded using a Shure SM7B Vocal Dynamic Microphone and a Focusrite Scarlett 4i4 (3rd Gen) USB Audio Interface into Logic Pro X for the Mac.
Running time: 19m 06s
You can subscribe to Thinks Out Loud in iTunes, the Google Play Store, via our dedicated podcast RSS feed (or sign up for our free newsletter). You can also download/listen to the podcast here on Thinks using the player at the top of this page.
Transcript: Will AI Kill Your BrandHello again, everyone, and welcome back to Thinks Out Loud, your source for all the digital expertise your business needs. This is episode 435 of the big show, and thank you so much for tuning in. I very much appreciate it. I think we have a really cool show for you today.
I was talking with someone recently about artificial intelligence, and we got going on the idea of what artificial intelligence will do to brands, and more specifically, will artificial intelligence kill your brand? Will the flood of low cost, decent quality content overwhelm customers and pretend them from ever finding you? Will AI agents lead customers away from your products and services?
So let’s see, that’s three questions:
The answer, I’m pretty confident, is no, no, and no. I feel pretty strongly about this.
Now obviously, I’m a fan of artificial intelligence. I’ve talked about AI and its potential impacts to your customers and your marketing a ton over the last bunch of months. But AI isn’t going to kill your brand. At least not if you do your jobs properly, because on the contrary, brands are the mechanism by which you’re going to compete in the era of AI, in the age of AI. And I want to dive into this a bit and explain what I mean.
For starters, keep in mind that AI agents are coming. We’re still in the early innings of artificial intelligence, particularly with regard to how customers will use AI. Most people still haven’t used AI very much. Only about half of people use it regularly.
If you’re unfamiliar with the idea of an artificial intelligence agent, you can think of AI agents as software robots that will perform tasks for you. So instead of interacting with a chatbot or performing a Google search to research a product or service, you’d get an agent to do the legwork for you.
Agents will undoubtedly aid discovery. That’s absolutely true. And appearing in the answers that agents provide will make a difference for many, many businesses, just as search is a difference maker for many businesses today.
At the same time, I don’t think those agents are going to kill good brands. There’s a few reasons for this, and I want to start with customer behavior.
Think about it. Do you think people will use agents to say, “Hey, agent, find me some random thing I’ve never heard of before?” Or, “hey, agent, book me a trip to someplace warm that I don’t know anything about.” Right? I mean, maybe some people, some of the time, will do that. They’re certainly going to aid discovery where we, today we have topics we don’t know anything about. We might say, “hey, AI agent, I’ve got this problem I’m trying to solve. What can you learn about it?” That’s true. That’s absolutely true.
But most people, when they’re ready to buy, most of the time, we’ll say something more like, “Hey AI agent, can I get a better deal at Amazon or Walmart on my favorite brand of moisturizer?” They’ll say, “Hey AI agent, what can you tell me about the consulting firm Tim Peter and Associates?” (Which by the way, you can find more at timpeter.com if you care to.)
But you get the idea. We’re mostly going to ask questions of these agents to help us understand, can we buy the thing that we’ve actually become interested in?
I think what the agents are more likely to do is supplement or shove aside what today we consider non-branded search. It’s going to be that top of the funnel activity. And then when we get to the bottom of the funnel, it’s still going to be a branded experience. It will remain where the money is.
If you look at the bottom of the funnel today, if you look at when customers buy on your website, or they buy through your app, or they buy in your stores, it’s because they already know your brand. They’re asking for you by name when they’re ready to buy. I really don’t see how that’s going to be any different in a customer behavior sense when we are using agents for that. We’ll just ask the agent to take care of the transaction for us.
It’s certainly possible that branded activity will occur in ChatGPT, or Copilot, or Siri, or Apple Intelligence, or Alexa, or MetaAI, or some other agent we haven’t heard of yet, instead of Google search. And maybe you’ll conduct that search with your voice more often than not. Maybe it’ll be a dialogue rather than just typing into a search box.
My friend Stuart Butler just had a great line that I love, that “we’re moving from an era of information to an era of conversation.” I love that. It is so good. And I think that’s probably right.
But if you’re doing your job right as a marketer, customers will still be looking for you. They’ll be engaging in a conversation about you.
Second, I suspect the agents will be molded by their principal’s behavior. By principal, in this case, I mean the person, the customer, on whose behalf the agent acts. We’ll all be principals of one or more agents at some point. It could be two years from now, it could be five years from now, it could be later this year. But at some point, we’ll start using agents to do these things on our behalf.
We’d also expect our agents to act in our best interests, or else why would you want to use the agent in the first place? Those agents will be influenced heavily when determining what our best interests are, by things like ratings and reviews and other trust signals. They’re going to need to. They’re going to need to understand “what is the right product, or service, or company, or brand for my principal.” And they’re going to have to go to trusted sources for that. I’m going to come back to this in a little bit more detail in a moment. The point remains that customers will almost certainly use agents to discover new brands. And they’ll use agents to interact with brands they already like.
But the brand will still need to be discoverable and likable. That’s the key takeaway here for your brand to stand out. When these tools start to come online, you have to be discoverable and you have to be likable, just like you do today. Just like brands have done for businesses for 150 years or more.
The thing you want to remember is that you don’t need technology to kill your brand. You don’t need AI to kill your brand. Bad brand activity is what’s most likely to kill your brand. You don’t need AI’s help to do that.
You’ve heard me say many, many times on this show that content is king, customer experience is queen, and data is the crown jewels. What happens to that framework when you add artificial intelligence to it?
Well, using AI to create boring content will kill your brand. I’m really confident that that’s true. Using AI to create bad experiences will definitely kill your brand. Again, we don’t need any help. Using AI to cut costs without listening to what your customers need will kill your brand. The problem isn’t artificial intelligence. It’s how people, how marketers, how business leaders choose to deploy AI, just as it is with everything else in the world of marketing and branding. It doesn’t take AI to do a bad job of that. People have been managing to do that for years all by themselves, right?
Let me give you a couple of real world examples to think about.
It is very well known within the hospitality industry that using pleasant fragrances in lobbies and guest rooms boost business. There was a post on the Cvent blog about a year ago that noted that 91% of surveyed hotel guests stated that pleasant hotel smells positively impacted their experience, with 67 percent noting that it made them more relaxed.
You don’t really need a survey to tell you that. If you walked into a hotel room, or you walked into a hotel lobby, and it smelled bad, right, you’re probably pretty likely to turn on your heel and immediately walk out the door. That doesn’t take AI to figure out. It didn’t take AI to do. It took understanding what matters to your customer.
Similarly, Retail Brew reports that 2 out of 3 shoppers won’t buy products in locked display cases. According to the article, this is actually one of my favorite things I’ve read about this. Retail Brew’s article said, “Most end up trying to find the product in another store.”
That is a remarkable quote if you think about it. Because to put that in a different light, creating a bad experience is the same as creating an advertisement for your competitors. Creating a bad experience is the best way to tell your customers to buy from someone else. Seriously.
That’s true because we’re always dealing with people here. Great experiences matter when building your brand. And great experiences will help customers to seek you out, no matter how they actually do their seeking, whether they continue to use search forever, or whether they switch to artificial intelligence and AI agents over time.
We also know that when people have great experiences, customers will still tell their friends and family and fans and followers about the brands with which they’ve had great experiences. We know creators will absolutely tell their fans and followers about brands providing great experiences. That’s how they get paid. That’s their whole business model.
I also suspect customers will still create reviews — or maybe have their artificial intelligence agents take care of it for them — telling the world about their experience with brands that they enjoy, and with brands that they hate.
I told you earlier I’d come back to where the agents are going to look to trust signals. I’m fairly confident that those reviews will be a key source of content that AI agents will use to understand the brands that work best for their principles, just the way that regular, ol’ human beings do today.
The agents have to understand from some place whether or not the product or service or brand or business that they’re looking at is a good option for the person on the other side of the glass, for the person on the other side of the screen. Where are they going to get those signals from? They’re going to get them from the content on your website. They’re going to get them from ratings and reviews.
So you still need to create great content. You still need to create great experiences. Because that’s how you build a brand.
I also have one more teeny, tiny piece of evidence that brands will still matter in terms of artificial intelligence. There was a news article on The Verge that said Google is testing verified check marks in search results. When you do a search for specific brands, and they used Microsoft as an example; they also used a couple of others that I’m not recalling off the top of my head, but the link will be in the show notes for you to check out.
Anyway, when you searched for specific brands, when the brand was in the search result, there was a little check mark right next to it saying that Google certifies this is actually the brand. It’s not some counterfeit. It’s not some squatter. It’s not somebody trying to deceive you. It is actually the correct brand that you’re looking for. Google clearly wants to convey to customers that the item they’re linking to, that the resource they’re linking to, is the real deal. And most relevant to this discussion, Is the brand the customer wants to find.
Google has more data around customer behavior than just about anybody because they get billions of searches every single day. Customers tell them what they need and they know how to react. So Google understands, hey, we really need to let people know when this is the actual brand that people care about. And they’re at least testing the idea of making it clear to customers that this is, in fact, the brand you’re looking for.
What I take from all of this is that AI is a tool that you can use to create better, more relevant content for your target customers. That’s a fact. AI is a tool that you can use to create more engaging, more delightful, more memorable experiences for your target customers. That’s a fact. AI is a tool that you can use to listen to what customers are saying about your products, about your services, about you as a business, and about you as a brand. AI is a tool that you can use to interpret data about your customers to create better content and better customer experiences — or, if you choose not to do those things.
So when I come back to the question of will AI kill your brand, the real answer to me is “only if you let it.”
Show Wrap-Up and CreditsNow looking at the clock on the wall, we are out of time for this week. I want to remind you again that you can find the show notes for this episode, as well as an archive of all past episodes, by going to timpeter.com/podcast. Again, that’s timpeter.com/podcast. Just look for episode 435.
Subscribe to Thinks Out LoudDon’t forget that you can click on the subscribe link in any of the episodes that you find there to have Thinks Out Loud delivered to your favorite podcatcher every single week. You can also find Thinks Out Loud on Apple Podcasts, Spotify, YouTube Music, anywhere fine podcasts are found.
Leave a Rating or Review for Thinks Out LoudI would also very much appreciate it if you could provide a positive rating or review for the show whenever you use one of those services.
If you like what you hear on Thinks Out Loud, if you enjoy what we talk about, if you like being part of the community that we’re building here, please give us a positive rating or review.
Just as I talked about in the episode, reviews help other listeners, and possibly their agents, find the podcast. Reviews help other listeners, and possibly their agents, understand what Thinks Out Loud is all about. They help to build our community, and they mean the world to me. So thank you so much for doing that. I very, very much appreciate it.
Thinks Out Loud on Social MediaYou can also find Thinks Out Loud on LinkedIn by going to linkedin.com/tim-peter-and-associates-llc. You can find me on Twitter or X or whatever you want to call it this week by using the Twitter handle @tcpeter. And of course, you can email me by sending an email to podcast(at)timpeter.com. Again, that’s podcast(at)timpeter.com.
Show OutroFinally, and I know I say this a lot. But you have a lot of choices of where to get your information and insights on podcasts and on the internet more broadly. I want you to know how thrilled I am that you keep listening to what we do here. It means so very much to me. You’re the reason we do this show.
So please, keep your messages coming on LinkedIn, keep hitting me up on Twitter, sending things via email. I love getting a chance to talk with you, to hear what’s going on in your world, and to learn how we can do a better job building on the types of information, and insights, and content, and community that work for you, and work for your business.
So with all of that said, I hope you have a fantastic rest of your day. I hope you have a wonderful week ahead. And I will look forward to speaking with you here on Thinks Out Loud next time. Until then, please be well, be safe, and as always, take care everybody.
The post Will AI Kill Your Brand (Thinks Out Loud Episode 435) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
Digital gatekeepers always work to get between you and your customers. That was true five years ago, ten years ago, twenty years ago. And it’s still true today. They kill organic traffic to raise their revenues and gain greater profits. That hasn’t changed in decades, and I don’t believe it’s going to change anytime soon.
What can you do about it? How can you bypass the gatekeepers and grow your business? That’s what this repost of a prior Thinks Out Loud episode is all about.
Want to learn more? Here are the show notes for you.
Revisiting Why Digital Gatekeepers Kill Organic Traffic (Thinks Out Loud) — Headlines and Show NotesShow Notes and Links* Why Google is the Beast That Scares Your Industry’s 800-lb. Gorilla (Thinks Out Loud Episode 238) * The Hotel Marketing and Distribution Trend You Care About Most This Year * In a Digital World, Is Every Company a Technology Company? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 236) – * Will Digital Turn Every Business Into a Service? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 235) – * What Netflix’s Struggles Can Teach You About Your Digital Strategy (Thinks Out Loud Episode 347) * The Empty Promise of Data Moats | Andreessen Horowitz * Is Content Still King or Have the Gatekeepers Won? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 328) – Tim Peter & Associates * Content is King, Customer Experience is Queen (Thinks Out Loud Episode 188) – Tim Peter & Associates * Marketing at the Speed of Digital (Thinks Out Loud Episode 215) * How to engage your hotel’s secret sales force * An AI Day in the Life of a Marketing and Digital Strategy Consultant (Thinks Out Loud Episode 434) * Revisiting How to Diversify Your Marketing Mix When There’s Too Much to Do (Thinks Out Loud) * Will Marketers Bet that Google Wins the AI Economy? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 433) * Building Plans for an Uncertain Future — Big Tech Earnings Q2 2024 (Thinks Out Loud Episode 431)
You might also enjoy this webinar I recently participated in with Miles Partnership that looked at "The Power of Generative AI and ChatGPT: What It Means for Tourism & Hospitality" here:
Free DownloadsWe have some free downloads for you to help you navigate the current situation, which you can find right here:
Best of Thinks Out LoudYou can find our “Best of Thinks Out Loud” playlist on Spotify right here:
Subscribe to Thinks Out Loud* Subscribe in iTunes * Subscribe in the Google Play Store
Contact information for the podcast: podcast@timpeter.com
Past Insights from Tim Peter ThinksTechnical Details for Thinks Out LoudRecorded using a Shure SM7B Vocal Dynamic Microphone and a Focusrite Scarlett 4i4 (3rd Gen) USB Audio Interface into Logic Pro X for the Mac.
Running time: 20m 41s
You can subscribe to Thinks Out Loud in iTunes, the Google Play Store, via our dedicated podcast RSS feed (or sign up for our free newsletter). You can also download/listen to the podcast here on Thinks using the player at the top of this page.
Transcript: Revisiting Why Digital Gatekeepers Kill Organic TrafficIf you’ve listened to this show for any amount of time, you know that I believe gatekeepers are the single biggest risk your business faces. Always. I usually lump those gatekeepers together under the mantle of big tech. I also refer to them as AgFam. You know, the AgFam. Apple, Google, Facebook, Amazon, Microsoft.
Because those guys are the biggest gatekeepers at the moment. And they are hurting your business every day. They’re far from the only ones. In travel, you’ve got Booking.com and Expedia. In entertainment, you’ve got Netflix and Spotify and Live Nation and YouTube, and so on. Every industry has gatekeepers.
The job of those gatekeepers is to build a wall between you and your customers and control the only gates that let those customers through. They then charge you a fee. A toll, a tax, every single time they let someone through, always. That’s their whole business model. And yes, some of them are facing antitrust investigations and regulatory oversight and the like.
I would argue, though, that they’re mostly holding their own in those cases. Even Google’s recent antitrust lawsuit is going to need until next year, next August, before the penalty phase, after which they’re going to appeal, they’re going to fight this case. All the way that they can, all the way to the Supreme Court, because they can’t afford not to.
Their entire business depends upon being able to charge a toll, to charge a tax to you for every customer they let through. And while they’re fighting this, before we even get to that point, you’re still paying a toll for every customer they let through the gate. For all of them, Apple, Google, Facebook, Amazon, Microsoft, Booking.com, Expedia, Netflix, Spotify. The AI companies are going to want to do it too at some point, though they’re not there yet. But that’s the whole gig. That’s what you try to do. Ben Thompson refers to it as aggregation theory. You aggregate demand, and then you control who you let it pass through to, and the people you let it pass through to are people like you.
So what can you do about it? How can you compete in this environment, especially as a smaller company? Well, that’s the subject of a prior episode, which I’m going to repost for you right now, all about digital gatekeepers, the death of organic traffic, and what you can do about it. I hope you give it a listen, and I hope you enjoy it.
Well, hello there everyone, welcome back to Thinks Out Loud, your source for all the digital marketing expertise your business needs. My name is Tim Peter. And as ever, I really appreciate you tuning in.
It means so much to me to have you here. Now, today we’ve got a lot to cover. We need to see the show notes for this one. There’s like, I don’t know, 30 links in it or something along those lines. because there’s a topic I’ve been thinking about a lot. You know, I talked about this weeks ago, in the episode, why Google is the beast that scares your industry’s 800 pound gorilla, And a piece I wrote both for Hotel News Now, as well as the blog, all about how,Google really represents the hotel marketing and distribution trend you care about most this year.
But I want to make this less about Google. And more about the rise of gatekeepers generally, how digital is beginning to enable gatekeepers in ways we’ve not seen in the past. Now, obviously Google is one of the biggest gatekeepers there is. But so is Facebook. So is Instagram. Obviously, Instagram being part of Facebook.
So is YouTube. Oh wait, that’s part of Google. And so is Amazon, which isn’t part of any of those, but certainly competes head to head with them. And I think we can say the same about Apple, as well as Android, which, oh yeah, that’s Google again. You’ve heard me talk about Apple, Google, Facebook, Apple, Microsoft, others in the past and how much control that they have and how much they.
I don’t want to say get in the way between you and the customer and your customer, but certainly they represent a gatekeeper between you and your customer. And I’m going to focus mostly on Google in this discussion, but everything I’m going to say here applies equally to Facebook. It applies equally to Amazon.
It applies equally to Apple. And it doesn’t really matter whether we’re talking about search or social or mobile or apps. It doesn’t really matter whether we’re talking about search or mobile or apps. When there is a single gatekeeper or just a few gatekeepers, suddenly the world changes. I mean, you could talk about Netflix and it is the same way if you’re in make video,Steam or Epic, when we talk about video games, Archive and Elsevier, when we’re talking about, you know, academic papers, these are all the new gatekeepers.
And a lot of the changes we’re seeing are related to the fact that these gatekeepers have a lot of power, have a lot of control, you know, everybody’s famous, everybody’s familiar with Stuart Brand’s famous saying that all information wants to be free, but it seems increasingly like we have to turn that saying on its head and say, does all information want a paywall?
You know, if you think about it, even Google’s ads are a paywall of a kind. So I’m going to kind of break this down for you. And I think why this is so important. And I want to start with a fantastic article written by Andy Crestodina at Orbit Media Studios. It’s a tremendous, tremendous article for those of you who care about Google and search and things along those lines.
But he has done a brilliant job of archiving and cataloging how Google’s changes to the search results are changing how customers find you. So he gives three examples of how the number one ranking has changed, not in terms of ranking on Google search results, but instead in terms of placement. Where the average placement of the three examples he provides, the number one ranking has dropped roughly about 570 pixels lower on the consumer’s screen than where it was three or four years ago.
So three separate examples, it doesn’t matter where it was placed. These were all number one, but number one moved from being somewhere around 350 pixels on the screen 350 pixels from the top to being roughly about 920 pixels from the top on the screen. As he says brilliantly, rankings are durable.
Placement is not. Now what’s causing the drop? Well, the fact that Google has added maps and ads, other Google features like related questions, featured snippets, videos, and so on, where what you’re seeing is we just keep getting pushed lower in organic terms in favor of either other Organic Types of Media, Maps, Featured,, Featured Snippets, et cetera, or Paid Media like Ads, or as we’re starting to see, there’s a tremendous, um, article about this on Search Engine Land, things like Ads, For my business listings or ads on maps.
And I’m going to link to these in the show notes, various examples of these. Now, this shouldn’t come as any surprise to you. Again, this is something I’ve been talking about going back a long, long ways. I’ve got, I’ll put some links in the show notes,dating back to, I think, 2011.a Biznology article that talks about whose brand does Google want to build, which of course the brand they really want to build is Google.
And,I, this one just struck me as funny, given the topic of today’s show, titled should marketers really trust Google in 2014? And if I could read one quick excerpt from that post, You know, I’d written at the time that these changes effectively reduce your opportunities to get in front of customers via organic search, RSS feeds, and email.
These were changes to Google reader, Google, changes to,Gmail. Etc. But I also said at the time, now none of this is evil. Facebook, LinkedIn, Twitter, and Google all have a right to do whatever they believe is best for their business. And as public companies, one could argue, have a responsibility to their shareholders to increase revenues and profits however they’re able.
So this isn’t new. This shouldn’t come as a surprise. This is something that’s been ongoing for years. You know, again, the oldest post I’m linking to today goes back to April of 2011, so this really shouldn’t come as a shock to you, but what’s increasingly important is the fact that Google has. Made more and more changes that make it more and more difficult for you to show up in front of your customers when you want, quote unquote, for free.
And you’re going to see your costs rise. Unless of course, you’re smart about how you react to this and do some really simple. But really intelligent things to continue to do well, even as these changes occur. You know, so a few things I want to talk about that you can do to adapt to this reality, you know, the first is thinking.
Pay attention to how your customers react to the changing marketplace. Pay really close attention to where your traffic comes from on your site. Are you seeing a drop from organic? Are you seeing a drop from organic channels? And I mean, organic search, organic social, things along those lines to understand, is it affecting you yet?
In all likelihood, it is. If in fact it is, you need to be really clear on where are the biggest drops and what do you need to do to address that. You also need to think in terms of growing your email list. That’s incredibly, incredibly important. If you’ve noted the growth of email newsletters over the last couple of years, most of that, in fact, is driven by reporters, journalists,writers, thinkers, publishers, et cetera, saying, we don’t want to be dependent upon email.
These giants like Google or Facebook or any of those other players, for the bulk of our traffic, we need to connect with them directly. The other thing you need to do is pay close attention to improving your conversion rates. The reality is it’s always going to cost you something to get customers to come to your sites.
No matter where they come from, if you’re doing it through organic search, if you’re doing it through organic social, if you’re doing it through any of the other things that I’m going to talk about in a moment, there’s at a minimum, a labor cost associated with it. And so you damn well better make sure that when customers come to your site, they convert.
It doesn’t matter whether they come to your website. It doesn’t matter whether they call you. It doesn’t matter whether they walk into a store or, you know, work through one of your third party channels. The reality is that every lost opportunity increases your cost. So you want to take a close look at where those customers come from and how effective you are at turning those direct contacts into action, into revenues and into profits.
You really want to work on improving those results. So you continue to get the best return on your spend. You also want to look at ways to unleash what I’ve always referred to as your secret sales force. And what I mean by your secret sales force are your best customers. How do you turn your customers into advocates for your business?
It’s one of the reasons why customer experience is queen is a constant mantra of mine. It’s all about helping customers have a great story to tell, how, how you can get them to participate in the creation of a positive brand story for you and share with their friends and family and fans and followers, whether it’s via email or social or texting, or just talking to them on the street about how much they like working with you to build your business.
It’s You can also look at building a dedicated referral program or an advocacy program for your business to engage that secret sales force even more effectively. And when we’re talking about our secret sales force, another portion you want to consider are your employees. Look at how you can engage your employees in addition to your customers in telling that positive brand story.
You know, there are tools like LinkedIn Elevate for building those employee engagement programs and are well worth taking a look at. And of course, the other thing you need to do is look at applying agile or lean practices to your business. When you’re in a rapidly changing environment, that’s not, that’s not something that’s going to change anytime soon.
I’ve talked about how speed is the biggest change we’ve seen in marketing and it doesn’t look like it’s going to slow down anytime soon. So, the best response isn’t necessarily to just anticipate every possible change, but instead to learn how to quickly respond, even if you’re anticipating, because maybe you don’t always get it right.
And so when we talk about things like Agile or Lean or Scrum or other IT development methodologies that have become fairly popular over the last bunch of years, those also work for digital marketers and digital strategists and can help you adapt more easily, more efficiently, and more effectively.
That’s incredibly important. And of course, the last thing you need to do is keep learning. Obviously this isn’t going to stop anytime soon. Google and Facebook and Amazon and Apple are going to do whatever they need to do to do what’s right for their customers. And more importantly for their business, you need to do the same.
And so that’s why you want to focus on continue learning, improve your conversion rates, engage your secret sales force, enlist your employees, test and learn, and just keep learning.
The post Revisiting Why Digital Gatekeepers Kill Organic Traffic (Thinks Out Loud) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
Consumers are adopting AI at a remarkable pace, as fast as they adopted computers and the internet. And we’re only starting to see how that might shape our businesses in the longer term. Part of the problem is that it’s not always easy to know which customers are using artificial intelligence and how they’re using it.
One way to think about it though is to look at how a single individual uses AI, not as a representative sample, but to get a clearer picture of some of the possibilities of AI use. For instance, what does a day in the (AI) life of a marketing and digital strategy consultant look like? How are your customers using artificial intelligence in their day-to-day lives? And what does that mean for your business? That’s what this episode of Thinks Out Loud is all about.
Want to learn more? Here are the show notes for you.
An AI Day in the Life of Marketing and Digital Strategy Consultant (Thinks Out Loud Episode 434) — Headlines and Show NotesShow Notes and Links* The Rapid Adoption of Generative AI PDF link * The Value of AI in Today’s Classrooms * Scaling: The State of Play in AI – by Ethan Mollick * Creative and Strategic Capabilities of Generative AI: Evidence from Large-Scale Experiments PDF link * Quote by Steve Jobs: “I think one of the things that really separates…” * Will Marketers Bet that Google Wins the AI Economy? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 433) * Is AI Destined to Make Marketing — and Music — Worse? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 432) * Stop Outsourcing Your Sales & Marketing to Gatekeepers Like Google (Thinks Out Loud Episode 257) * AI Won’t Steal Your Job: Smart People Who Put AI to Work Will (Thinks Out Loud Episode 208) * Revisiting the Digital Transformation of You: The Skills You Need to Compete (Thinks Out Loud) * Revisiting Google Big AI Problem (Thinks Out Loud) * How to Put Big Tech and AI — the Biggest Threat and Biggest Enablers of Your Business — to Work (Episode 428)
You might also enjoy this webinar I recently participated in with Miles Partnership that looked at "The Power of Generative AI and ChatGPT: What It Means for Tourism & Hospitality" here:
Free DownloadsWe have some free downloads for you to help you navigate the current situation, which you can find right here:
Best of Thinks Out LoudYou can find our “Best of Thinks Out Loud” playlist on Spotify right here:
Subscribe to Thinks Out Loud* Subscribe in iTunes * Subscribe in the Google Play Store
Contact information for the podcast: podcast@timpeter.com
Past Insights from Tim Peter ThinksTechnical Details for Thinks Out LoudRecorded using a Shure SM7B Vocal Dynamic Microphone and a Focusrite Scarlett 4i4 (3rd Gen) USB Audio Interface into Logic Pro X for the Mac.
Running time: 27m 08s
You can subscribe to Thinks Out Loud in iTunes, the Google Play Store, via our dedicated podcast RSS feed (or sign up for our free newsletter). You can also download/listen to the podcast here on Thinks using the player at the top of this page.
Transcript: An AI Day in the Life of Marketing and Digital Strategy Consultant Welcome to Thinks Out Loud, your source for all the digital expertise your business needs. Well hello again everyone and welcome back to Thinks Out Loud, your source for all the digital expertise your business needs. My name is Tim Peter. This is episode 434 of The Big Show. And I think we’ve got a really cool episode for you today.
I want to start by talking about the fact that artificial intelligence adoption among your customers is crazy fast. I’m going to tell you how fast in just a moment. There’s new research from Alexander Bick of the Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis, Adam Blandon of Vanderbilt University, and David j Deming of Harvard Business School and the National Bureau of Economic Research that found in August of 2024.
So just last month, 39% of the US population age 18 to 64 used generative ai. More than 24% of workers used it at least once a week. At least once in the week prior to being surveyed, and nearly one in nine used it every workday. The paper went on to say, and this is a quote, Historical data on usage and mass market product launches suggest that U.
S. adoption of generative AI has been faster than adoption of the personal computer and the Internet. So that’s really very, very fast. I mean, quicker than the personal computer, quicker than the Internet. One last point that they made in their paper that I found fascinating is this. They said that generative AI is a general purpose technology in the sense that it is used in a wide range of occupations and job tasks at work and at home.
And I’m going to come back to why I think that is a huge deal before we wrap up here. No matter how you slice it, a good chunk of your customers use AI every day. And I thought it might be interesting to talk about some ways that some people are using it. For me, the simplest way is to talk about how I use AI in my daily life as a marketing digital strategy consultant, I want to be very transparent.
This is not a representative sample, not by any stretch. I am obviously a bit of an early adopter. It’s likely that many of your customers will be a bit further behind the curve and some undoubtedly will be a bit ahead of the curve, particularly in specific areas. Think of this, though, as an ethnographic study, a little tiny ethnographic slice of life from the perspective of an early adopter.
I’d also recommend that if you’re not already, Start talking with customers to see how they’re using AI in your day to life, in their day to day life, and see how that lines up with what I’m going to say. First, I see it as part of my job to understand these tools so I can better help my client. Unlike consultants and plenty of other folks who think that AI will steal their jobs, I think I’m doing a disservice to my clients if I’m not using AI.
I think we as a company are doing a disservice to our clients if we’re not using AI. How can we reasonably advise clients about These tools and how their customers will use these tools if we’re not using them ourselves. Again, we always have to remember, we’re not the customer. We want to back this up with real research, but we want to have a good sense of how you can use these tools in practice.
I’ve long said, That AI won’t take your job, but that smart people who do use AI will. I’ve recently updated to say that some dumb people using AI can take your job too. There is a lot of research that shows that lower skilled folks get the biggest gains from using AI. I sometimes think of artificial intelligence like a ladder.
Tall people don’t need ladders as often as short people do. And they might only need to go up a step or two to reach what they want. Shorter people might have to go to the top of the ladder to reach what they need. And they might, as a consequence, be more shaky, less confident. They also have more to lose if they fall.
But the ladder still helps them reach it. And it makes them more capable than they would be if they didn’t have a ladder. Right? AI brings the average up by making the least skilled people more competitive with people who have greater experience and greater expertise. You do have to remember that you have to have at least a little bit of experience and a little bit of expertise to know whether these tools are actually working for you.
Ladders aren’t very helpful at all. www. larryweaver. com and might be actively dangerous if you try to stand on the very top step or if you try to use them without a proper foundation to rest them on. You’re very likely to fall and hurt yourself. As long as you have some qualifications though, using AI well offers a significant benefit.
It makes you better at what you do. So, let’s talk for a minute about some of the tools that I’m using. I use Google Gemini, both the standalone application called Gemini Advanced, and in Google Docs, mostly. I use ChatGPT a lot, and as a quick aside, I just got a new iPhone and assigned its action button to ChatGPT’s voice mode.
I use ChatGPT a lot, and as a quick aside, I just got a new iPhone and assigned its action button to ChatGPT’s voice mode. I’m going to give you a quick example of how I use it at work. The action button for those who don’t have an iPhone or don’t have a recent iPhone lets you just press a single button to open up an app.
I haven’t opened up ChatGPT’s voice mode. So I’m going to do this. I’m going to give it a prompt and let it answer the question. Full disclosure, this is a live demo, so I’m going to grade its output after it finishes and see if it’s any good. Okay, so this is real world scenario. Microsoft I’m pressing the action button, and now I’m asking my question.
I’m giving it my prompt. Imagine that you’re a skilled marketing professional with years of experience in the hospitality industry. What are some key elements of a marketing plan for a 100 room, city center, independent hotel to drive more direct revenue? Drawing on your hospitality marketing expertise, you’d want to focus on a few crucial elements to drive direct revenue for a 100 room, independent hotel in a city center.
Start by enhancing your online presence with a user friendly website. and a strong SEO strategy to capture those looking for accommodations in your area. Then, leverage social media and content marketing to showcase your unique selling points. Like local experiences or special packages. Also consider a direct booking incentive program to encourage guests to book through your website rather than third party platforms.
Finally, don’t forget to utilize data analytics to continually refine your marketing strategies based on what drives the most direct bookings. So it just gave that answer and I think that was okay. I don’t think it was the best answer I’ve ever heard. But it was solid in terms of at a high level.
There’s nothing that you can criticize about that answer. Obviously it’s lacking in detail, though obviously I could continue the conversation to get a deeper dive and more insights that it provides. It doesn’t scare me as a consultant. I didn’t listen to that and go, wow, this is going to take my job away.
If that’s all I’m offering my clients, if that’s all my company is offering our clients, we need to do a better job. But it certainly wasn’t a terrible place to start. Nothing that it said was untrue. I’d also point out that that was a live response. That was not a question I’d asked it before. It was not something that I rehearsed with ChatGPT.
That’s literally the answer it gave. So, you know, I’ll give it a solid B, right? B In terms of other tools, we also use MidJourney for image creation. I just started testing a tool called Beautiful. ai for making presentations. I haven’t yet used it for a real presentation, but I’m testing to see whether or not I could, and I’ll have more on this in a moment.
Those are the primary tools that I use, and those are the primary tools that I know my team uses. Obviously, I’m leaving out things like any of the AI capabilities within Google Ads, or Google’s AI overviews in Search, and that’s it. Or things like that. These are the primary tools we’re using on a day to day that we deliberately use AI.
How am I using AI? Well, a bunch of different things. One is brainstorming. When I’ve got something I’m testing out an idea, I might sit and have a chat with ChatGPT, or I might, you know, pop some ideas into Gemini to kind of refine my thinking a bit. Use it a lot for note taking, though there are some legal considerations to be aware of there.
Depending on the clients you’re working with, so you’ve got to be conscious of that reality. I use it for summarizing documents. Again, you’ve got to be careful there. But generally speaking, that’s a pretty common use we have around here. I use it for transcribing text a lot. The transcription of this podcast every week is pretty much mostly done with AI.
We’ll do a spot edit afterwards, but we more or less take it the way the AI provides it. I will use it for editing support. So, for example, I will often run outlines of either speeches or presentations or full writing through ChatGPT or Gemini to get their critique on my thinking, you know, where are there gaps in the thinking, where are there logical connections that could be stronger.
We use it a lot for image creation. The images on these podcasts and other places, such as LinkedIn, are often created using MidJourney. The team is using social is using AI for drafting social media posts, so a lot of the LinkedIn posts that you’ll see for the company, at least the initial draft came from AI, though it’s again frequently edited after the fact.
There’s some, we’re using it for some very high level market research. I, I kind of dig this marketing research and competitive analysis GPT plug in that my friend N. Saint Ong just turned me on to. It’s far from perfect. But it’s a solid tool to do some additional legwork when evaluating new clients and evaluating their competitors.
It saves us time and certainly cuts down on the number of Google searches we’re doing. And I mentioned Beautiful. ai, which is an AI powered presentation tool. This is not something I’m using day to day. This is something that I’m testing right now. I also think it’s a really interesting tool to think about where we might be going.
You give Beautiful. ai a prompt, and it creates an entire slide deck, in my experience, somewhere between about 10 and 15 slides, typically, that you can then edit. You can also have it create individual slides from the specific prompts you give it while you’re working through the deck. As its name suggests, many of its templates and its slides are genuinely quite beautiful.
They’re really very lovely. It also changes layouts and adds elements to individual slides more easily and with less pain in the rear than any presentation tool I have ever used. I have long complained about how challenging it can be for Non designers, like me, do add elements to slides in PowerPoint, Google Slides, and to a lesser extent, but still true, Apple’s Keynote, without royally screwing up the layout.
It’s, it’s a huge problem that I run into. You know, on a regular basis, it’s not the biggest problem in the world, it just comes up so frequently that it’s really annoying, nobody has come up with a better response before now. Beautiful AI does that part really well. So I’ve been using it for a little over a week, week and a half, couple weeks, mostly on dummy presentations, not real things, but when I’m working out, you know, the beginnings of a presentation.
And so far, I think it’s a pretty solid outlining tool. The general outline for the slide decks that it produce produces are not bad. They’re a little generic, but they’re not a bad starting point. I also would use some of its individual slides without hesitation in presentations to clients or during speak engagements.
I certainly wouldn’t use the whole deck as it creates it. But for a single slide or two, it could be a really useful tool. Full disclosure, for one test presentation, it generated a single slide that solely highlighted William Gibson’s quote, The future is already here, it’s just not evenly distributed.
Long time listeners probably recognize that quote since I use it a lot. And I feel seen. Clearly I need to up my quote game soon. Smart people who use AI indeed, right? Here’s what I don’t like about the tool. It’s, it’s, it’s a solid tool, but here’s what I don’t like about it. First, as I mentioned, I thought that the outline it produced, the outlines it’s producing are very generic.
Much as what we’re seeing with AI tools, just like we saw with the ChatGPT example I gave a moment ago, it didn’t do a bad job. There just wasn’t anything special about it. There wasn’t anything that made me sit up and go, Wow, that’s something I couldn’t possibly have come up with on my own with just a little bit of work.
Even the Gibson quote that I trot out less frequently these days. is simply because it’s become a bit hackneyed. So, I would say a lot of the work it produced was solid, okay, a little generic, and leaning towards hackneyed. I’d expect similar quality work from a smart, relatively junior employee, or a particularly sharp, recent college graduate.
Not A plus work, I’d grade it as a C plus or B minus. And its outlines might make for decent starting points that you could then upgrade with a little bit of effort. I’d also use, again as I mentioned, some of its individual slides without hesitation. They were solid, they were really, really good. It provides a decent foundation that you can build off of and significantly improve upon.
One thing I do like to note is, of course, it was much faster. It produced these outputs in minutes as opposed to waiting, you know, days from our recent college graduate or relatively junior employee. That obviously opens up the risk that we’re going to hurt learning opportunities for those folks. So what I might encourage those people to do in an organization is use it, but then improve it.
How do you make it better? How do you get a better result than what it gave you out of the gate? One other last point that I want to make is I now also want PowerPoint and Google Slides, and for that matter, Word and Google Docs. To adopt its intelligent formatting tools. As I’ve noted in other episodes, in other writing, we judge the experiences we receive against the best experiences we have everywhere.
If office suites don’t add features to work more like the way beautiful AI handles adding elements to a slide, I could easily see myself switching down the road just for the improved formatting assistance. Remember, customer experience is queen. Thinks Out Loud. This experience, though, also demonstrates why I still think we haven’t had our true AI moment, and this is the big point about what we, what it means for AI in the day of the life of your customers and of me.
Improved document formatting is very nice. But it’s not a game changer. Artificial intelligence doesn’t have its killer app yet. Killer apps, if you’re unfamiliar with the term, are applications that make some other general purpose tool a must have. The classic example is when software publishers introduced spreadsheets to the public back in the 70s and 80s.
Prior to that, there simply wasn’t a big need for most people to own a computer. When spreadsheets came around, though, suddenly, almost everyone could see why they’d want a computer. Spreadsheets made computers useful for the average user and drove demand for the category as a whole. Mobile phones had a similar situation with cameras and app stores and social media.
Before that, a mobile phone was just a phone you could carry with you. Certainly a nice convenience, particularly for people who traveled a lot. Not something you couldn’t live without. Give people the ability to take pictures at any time, anywhere, and through social media, a way to share those photos with friends and families.
To include the people that matter to their lives in moments, regardless of whether those moments were everyday or extraordinary. And suddenly, everyone wanted a mobile phone. We haven’t yet seen that for AI. And as a result, we haven’t yet seen everything that AI can and will do in our lives. To that end, I want to go back to the paper from Bick, Blandin, and Deming about AI adoption.
Despite its fast adoption curve, most people haven’t used AI. 39 percent of the U. S. population 18 to 64 using generative AI, and more than 24 percent of workers using it at least once in the week prior to being surveyed, and 1 in 9 using it every day. Means that 61 percent of the population has not used generative AI, at least so far as they’re aware.
That 76 percent of workers didn’t use it once during the week prior to being surveyed. And that 89 percent of people don’t use it every day. So, for as fast as its adoption has been, most people still aren’t using it all that much, again, at least so far as they know. And I think this is the reason why.
Remember the last line of the excerpt that I talked to you about at the beginning of this episode? They said, Generative AI is a general purpose technology in the sense that it is used in a wide range of occupations and job tasks at work and at home. Generative AI is still, even a couple years in, a general purpose technology.
It’s more akin to mobile or social or the internet broadly, or computers, than it is to an iPhone or Instagram or Excel. It’s not the end tool in and of itself, it’s the platform that those tools will be built on top of. Steve Jobs once called the Mac a bicycle for our minds. What he meant was that the computer made us able to think faster, to get to the places we wanted to go more quickly.
And it expanded our ability to go places that would have been too hard or taken too long to reach. Kind of like a ladder does. But the ladder and the bicycle analogy only go so far. Dope pun intended. AI is more than a ladder, it’s more than a bicycle for our minds, it might be a motorcycle for our minds, or it might be a car, a rocket, a spaceship, or some other conveyance that we haven’t even thought up yet.
Even the metaphor is framed by what came before. What I think is going to be truly interesting is when someone moves AI from a general purpose To a specific purpose technology, when they introduce the killer app that makes us all want to use artificial intelligence in our lives every day. The same way that we use social and mobile and the internet and computers.
I don’t think it’s going to be prettier slides, no matter how useful that may be, that’s going to drive that change. We still haven’t seen the driver of that change. And I think we have a little bit of time to go before we get there. As you saw in my conversation with ChatGPT using voice mode, AI agents that I can have a conversation with, that our customers can have a conversation with, and set them off to do tasks in the background, Could easily be that killer app.
I suspect it’s the most likely scenario. We just have to have, you know, time will tell, since there aren’t any true AI agents yet in the wild that work in practice. What we’re seeing now are mostly proof of concept, or mostly some demos. We haven’t seen the real world of agents yet. I can’t wait to see what those look like when we do.
What I will say is that the day in the life of a marketing and digital strategy consultant is likely to be a very different place. And I think that’s going to be true for you, and for your customers, and for society as a whole. I don’t think we’re there yet. I think we have a long way to go. But I will tell you, I think when it happens, it will happen fast, just as we’ve seen with adoption overall.
And I, for one, can’t wait to see what it looks like.
Show Wrap-Up and CreditsNow, looking at the clock on the wall, we are out of time for this week.
And I want to remind you again that you can find the show notes for this episode. As well as an archive of all past episodes by going to timpeter.com/podcast. Again, that’s timpeter.com/podcast. Just look for episode 434.
Subscribe to Thinks Out LoudDon’t forget that you can click on the subscribe link in any of the episodes that you find there to have Thinks Out Loud delivered to your favorite podcatcher every single week. You can also find Thinks Out Loud on Apple Podcasts, Spotify, YouTube Music, anywhere fine podcasts are found.
Leave a Rating or Review for Thinks Out LoudI would also very much appreciate it if you could provide a positive rating or review for the show whenever you use one of those services.
If you like what you hear on Thinks Out Loud, if you enjoy what we talk about, if you like being part of the community that we’re building here, please give us a positive rating or review.
Reviews help other listeners find the podcast. Reviews help other listeners understand what Thinks Out Loud is all about. They help to build our community and they mean the world to me. So thank you so much for doing that. I very, very much appreciate it.
Thinks Out Loud on Social MediaYou can also find Thinks Out Loud on LinkedIn by going to linkedin.com/tim-peter-and-associates-llc. You can find me on Twitter or X or whatever you want to call it this week by using the Twitter handle @tcpeter. And of course, you can email me by sending an email to podcast(at)timpeter.com. Again, that’s podcast(at)timpeter.com.
Show OutroFinally, and I know I say this a lot, I want you to know how thrilled I am that you keep listening to what we do here. It means so much to me. You are the reason we do this show. You’re the reason that Thinks Out Loud happens every single week.
So please, keep your messages coming on LinkedIn. Keep hitting me up on Twitter, sending things via email. I love getting a chance to talk with you, to hear what’s going on in your world, and to learn how we can do a better job building on the types of information and insights and content and community that work for you and work for your business.
So with all that said, I hope you have a fantastic rest of your day, I hope you have a wonderful week ahead, and I will look forward to speaking with you here on Thinks Out Loud next time. Until then, please be well, be safe, and as always, take care, everybody.
The post An AI Day in the Life of a Marketing and Digital Strategy Consultant (Thinks Out Loud Episode 434) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
A listener of this show told me recently that, “People are already overwhelmed with the amount of social media they manage.” That’s a real challenge, on that can make it tough to find the time, resources, and budget to break up with Google, Facebook, and the rest of Big Tech.
And that’s a problem. Because reducing your dependence on Big Tech is core to driving more profitable revenue for your business in the long term.
So, how do you do it? How do you diversify your marketing mix when you’ve already got too much to do? How can you make the most of your existing channels and find new ways to reach customers when you’re already overwhelmed? Most importantly, how can you reduce your dependence on Google and Big Tech without killing your business? That’s what this week’s episode of Thinks Out Loud is all about.
Want to learn more? Here are the show notes for you.
Revisiting How to Diversify Your Marketing Mix When There’s Too Much to Do — Headlines and Show NotesShow Notes and Links* Google Loses its Antitrust Case: Why That Matters for Your Business (Thinks Out Loud Episode 429) * Google is Changing Search. How to Build Traffic and Revenue Beyond Google — Part 1 (Thinks Out Loud Episode 424) * The CORE Methodology: How to Build Traffic and Revenue Beyond Google — Part 2 (Thinks Out Loud Episode 425) – Tim Peter & Associates * Partnerships Between Brands and Creators Will Define the Next Generation of Travel Marketing | HSMAI Americas * How to Put Big Tech and AI — the Biggest Threat and Biggest Enablers of Your Business — to Work (Episode 428) * Is Social Media Anti-Social for your Brand Now? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 391) * What Good is Social in An AI-Driven World? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 246) * The 4 Ds of Time Management | Definition and Overview
You might also enjoy this webinar I recently participated in with Miles Partnership that looked at "The Power of Generative AI and ChatGPT: What It Means for Tourism & Hospitality" here:
Free DownloadsWe have some free downloads for you to help you navigate the current situation, which you can find right here:
Best of Thinks Out LoudYou can find our “Best of Thinks Out Loud” playlist on Spotify right here:
Subscribe to Thinks Out Loud* Subscribe in iTunes * Subscribe in the Google Play Store
Contact information for the podcast: podcast@timpeter.com
Past Insights from Tim Peter ThinksTechnical Details for Thinks Out LoudRecorded using a Shure SM7B Vocal Dynamic Microphone and a Focusrite Scarlett 4i4 (3rd Gen) USB Audio Interface into Logic Pro X for the Mac.
Running time: 22m 43s
You can subscribe to Thinks Out Loud in iTunes, the Google Play Store, via our dedicated podcast RSS feed (or sign up for our free newsletter). You can also download/listen to the podcast here on Thinks using the player at the top of this page.
Transcript: Revisiting How to Diversify Your Marketing Mix When There’s Too Much to DoWell hello again everyone and welcome back to Thinks Out Loud, your source for all the digital expertise your business needs. My name is Tim Peter, this is episode 430 of The Big Show and thank you so much for tuning in.
In some ways, this episode is a follow up to the episode we did last week about how Google lost its antitrust case and why that matters to you. And the reason I say in some ways is because I’ve talked at length both in that episode and in a bunch of other episodes this year about why you need to think about diversifying your traffic, why you need to think about becoming less dependent on Google.
And it led for a marketing manager to send me a comment and ask, "people are already overwhelmed with the amount of social media they manage, Instagram, TikTok, YouTube, Snapchat, the list goes on and on. How is it possible to really do this? How is it possible to manage all of these different things and, and, you know, diversify away from Google?"
That’s a really fair question. I do think people are already overwhelmed. I do talk to people all the time that go, "I just can’t keep up." So I understand that completely. And I thought it would make sense to talk a little bit today about how you can do this very effectively. And there’s a few things that I don’t want to say they’re simple. But they require a certain level of focus, a certain level of attention, and they can help you manage it a little better.
First, you’ve heard me mention Core and Explore many times over the years. Core focuses on the things that always work. The channels that deliver the most business to you today, the channels that deliver the most revenue today, and the channels that tend to have the best return on spend for you today. And that could be spend in terms of actual dollars that you’re putting out in terms of buying, you know, paid search ads or paid social ads. Or it could be in what are generally referred to as soft dollars. Like your people’s time, the amount of time that they spend on those things.
Core is going to take up roughly 75 to 80 percent of your time. That’s just a fact. That’s why you want them to be the things that are most productive for your business. So, right out of the gate, if things are not generating really good return for you, or they’re really not benefiting you, they should be moved out of the core, pretty much immediately. You want to focus on those areas that work best for you. The
Explore phase of the Core & Explore methodology is where you try new things. And Explore is going to take up maybe 15-20 percent of your time. These channels, these areas, may be things that you haven’t figured out how to use yet. You know, you might be testing something new to think about and see if it works. But you’re learning to see is this something that works for us and is it something that I need to get better at. So you’re going to spend only 15 to 20 percent of your time there. And again you’re going to be somewhat judicious in how much time you put into each of those things.
It’s reasonable to ask how do you find the time to explore? You’re already doing so much. As my commenter noted, “people are already overwhelmed.”
Well, it starts with knowing where you are. It starts with knowing where your time actually goes. Sometimes it’s tough to know where you’re spending 75 of your time or 20 percent of your time if you’re not actually aware of where the time goes.
When I was younger, when I was earlier in my career, a mentor of mine sat me down and said, “It’s really important when you’re overwhelmed to take an audit of how you’re spending your time.”
You can just jot it down on a piece of paper, you can type it into a spreadsheet, you can use one of the many, many fine time tracking apps that are out there, and you can track in increments. Maybe 10 minute increments, maybe 15 minutes, maybe 5 minutes, depending on what’s important to you. But it’s worthwhile for a few weeks to simply note where your time goes. Just keep a record of it. Then take a look at where you’re spending your time.
For some people, and in some cases, many people, it’s not that you don’t have enough time. It’s that, you don’t know where it goes, or you’re not making tough choices about where to spend it. So, it starts by getting that picture of where are you today.
Once you see where your time goes, you can then prioritize. And sure, we’ve all heard about, oh, setting priorities and things along those lines.
But I would argue that truly prioritizing means deciding what not to do. It’s not about saying, “this is the most important thing.” It’s about saying, “this is the least important thing. This is something that is not worth my time.” And deciding to either put it aside for now… or choose not to do it at all.
If you think about this, the word decide is the same root word as things like homicide. You’re literally killing options when you decide. You’re saying, “nope, that’s gone. I’m not going to worry about it.”
I legitimately have a “to don’t list.” When I write down things that, you know, I start to think about that I could do, I’ll put them on a list of “to don’t.” These are things I’m not going to focus on because they’re a distraction from the things I do need to focus on.
Warren Buffett has a similar exercise he recommends. He says that you should make a list of the 25 things that are most important to you. Then you want to order the items on the list from the most important to the 25th most important. Once you’ve got those written down on a list, what you’re going to do is you’re going to throw away number 6 through 25. Just cross them off.
And the reason you’re going to do that is, either you don’t have enough time to do them, so you’re probably not going to do them anyway, or they’re going to distract you from doing a great job on the things that are most important to you, the five things that are most important to you, or, if you’re like many people, a little bit of both. You’re gonna do kind of a bad job at everything because you’re trying to do too much.
Of course, if you finish your five most important priorities, if you succeed on accomplishing your five most important priorities, you can always move on to numbers six to ten, and then again, eleven to fifteen, and then again, sixteen to twenty, if you get there.
I’d argue it’s much more likely you’ll get there if you focus on numbers one to five. So go ahead, just put them on your “to don’t” list. Don’t worry about them.
To bring this back to your marketing activities, You don’t have to be on every social platform or every marketing channel that exists out there.
You’re much better served doing a fantastic job in just a few places than doing a half assed job in many, many places. My company’s entire marketing strategy focuses on a relatively small number of channels. We focus on our website and blog. We focus on this podcast that we do distribute through Spotify and YouTube, along with a few other channels to get it more traction. We focus on email marketing, which is powered primarily by our podcast and blog. We focused on LinkedIn. And we focus on guest writing for a few other online publications in hospitality and digital marketing. That’s it. That’s all we do.
We don’t really do an Instagram. We don’t really do Facebook. They’re just not that important to us, so we don’t really worry about them. Those areas that I mentioned are where our customers live. So that’s where we focus.
There’s another great prioritization method that I want to talk about that you can also use called he “Four D’s.” Same basic
idea:
If you notice, we’ve already kind of talked about the Delete and to a lesser degree Defer. When we talk about a “to don’t” list or we talk about deprioritizing those items 6 through 25, you’re deferring them or deleting them.
What I want to talk about, though, is delegate. When we think about delegation, we think, “Oh, well, we delegate to somebody on our team.” You know, we delegate to somebody who reports to us. But that’s not really true. You can delegate down, obviously. You can delegate sideways. You can delegate up, and you can delegate outside your organization.
As a friend of mine puts it, "Think who, not how." It’s about getting help, not just figuring out how to do the thing yourself.
Now in marketing, and especially in social marketing, there’s a lot of people who can help you. There are influencers and creators, which are a tremendous way to improve your social media presence without you doing the work. 7 to 10 people, 69 percent of all Americans aged 16 to 54, follow creators and influencers.
And of those that do, 55 percent researched a brand’s website after hearing about that brand from a creator. 46 percent followed a brand on social media after hearing about it from a creator. 43% — 43 percent! — purchased from a brand after hearing about it from a creator. And 42 percent recommended a brand to someone.
That’s fantastic. This is a remarkable opportunity for you to reach out to creators to help you tell a great story on your brand’s behalf.
You don’t have to do the work. You can delegate the work. And there are literally tens of millions of creators using social to connect with their audiences. The largest share of creators, those with 10,000 followers or less, make around $14,000 per year. Even those creators with 10,000 to 50,000 followers average less than $50,000 in income. In other words, these levels of creators can be very affordable for individual marketers to work with.
The key is that you’re not really looking at the creator. You’re looking at their audience. You’re looking at, is their audience your audience? Do these creators talk to the people you want to talk to? Do they help you reach the people you want to reach? It doesn’t matter how many people are in the audience. It matters that they’re engaged and they’re the customer types you want to engage with.
There’s lots of great ways to find these creators. There’s tools like SparkToro. Or you can simply ask your customers where are the places where they follow people on YouTube, or they follow people on Instagram, or they follow people on LinkedIn, who they find interesting. Because those are the people you want to talk to. They’re all about helping you reach your customers better without you having to do all the heavy lifting.
Speaking of customers, your customers, in a way, are creators and influencers, too. They create reviews, they talk to friends and family on social about great experiences that they’ve had. And ultimately, everything we do is about our customer. Given all the changes around AI and technology more broadly, the way we can compete is focusing most on how we help our customers.
I’ve said for years that social is people and all marketing is social. My friend Mark Schaefer likes to say, “the most human company wins.” I think he’s absolutely right. When you give your customers a great experience, they’re going to tell their friends and family and fans and followers about it. And it’s one of the reasons why I’ve talked about things like we need, we owe it to our customers to make their lives better. It’s the core of everything you do. It’s another way of saying something you’ve heard me say many times on this show that customer experience is queen.
You’re trying to encourage your customers to work on your behalf to tell a really positive brand story. I can tell you I’ve sold really great products and companies in my life and I’ve sold really not so great products or companies in my life and selling a great product is so much easier. Right?
It’s much easier to tell a great story that cost about a product or service that customers love. And it just makes the marketing easier. You don’t have to work as hard or work your butt off to be on all of these channels. Your customers and creators will be falling all over themselves to do it for you. So, focusing on your customer experience is an amazing way to improve the value of everything you do.
Now, you might say, sure, but isn’t providing a great experience expensive? It is, it absolutely is, or it can be. It’s also much cheaper than providing a bad experience. Are guests canceling their reservations at your hotel or restaurant cheap? Are returns of your product cheap? Are refunds because people weren’t satisfied with the service you gave them cheap? Do you think that bad reviews don’t cost you money? Do you think you’re going to drive business value if you don’t take care of your customers?
Your customers rely on their friends and family and influencers and creators to help them find products and services that work for their needs. You’re going to have such an easier time reaching them if people are telling a great story on behalf of your brand.
So the fundamental point here is that you need to focus on customer experience so that you don’t have to work so hard to market in the first place. Then, when you are marketing, I go back to saying:
Ultimately, that will make your job a lot easier and will prevent you from being overwhelmed or struggling to figure out how to reach the folks you want to reach. And that will help you diversify away from Google over time. Because what people will search for is not a company in your niche or a solution to their problem. They’ll come looking for you by name. And no matter what happens to Google in the future, you’ll be well positioned because you’ll be in all of the places your customers need you to be without having to do so much work to be there.
That allows you to gain the benefits that you want, to grow your business, and to do it without being so overwhelmed. And that’s the best place to be.
Show Wrap-Up and CreditsNow, looking at the clock on the wall, we are out of time for this week.
And I want to remind you again that you can find the show notes for this episode. As well as an archive of all past episodes by going to timpeter.com/podcast. Again, that’s timpeter.com/podcast. Just look for episode 430
Subscribe to Thinks Out LoudDon’t forget that you can click on the subscribe link in any of the episodes that you find there to have Thinks Out Loud delivered to your favorite podcatcher every single week. You can also find Thinks Out Loud on Apple Podcasts, Spotify, YouTube Music, anywhere fine podcasts are found.
Leave a Rating or Review for Thinks Out LoudI would also very much appreciate it if you could provide a positive rating or review for the show whenever you use one of those services. If you like what you hear on Thinks Out Loud, if you enjoy what we talk about, if you like being part of the community that we’re building here, please give us a positive rating or review.
Reviews help other listeners find the podcast, and we’ll see you Reviews help other listeners understand what Thinks Out Loud is all about. They help to build our community. And they mean the world to me personally. So thank you for taking the time to do that. I very, very much appreciate it.
Thinks Out Loud on Social MediaYou can also find Thinks Out Loud on LinkedIn by going to linkedin.com/tim-peter-and-associates-llc. You can find me on Twitter or X or whatever you want to call it this week by using the Twitter handle @tcpeter. And of course, you can email me by sending an email to podcast(at)timpeter.com. Again, that’s podcast(at)timpeter.com.
Show OutroFinally, and I know I say this a lot. But I want you to know how thrilled I am, and I really am thrilled that you listen to what we do here. It means so much to me. You are the reason we do this show, you are the reason that Thinks Out Loud happens every single week.
So please, keep your messages coming on LinkedIn, keep hitting me up on Twitter, sending things via email. I love getting a chance to talk with you just as I did with the commenter this week. I want to hear what’s going on in your world and learn how we can do a better job building all the types of information and insights and content and community that work for you and work for your business.
So with all of that said, I hope you have a fantastic rest of your day. I hope you have a wonderful week ahead. And I will look forward to speaking with you here on Thinks Out Loud next time. Until then, please, be well, be safe, and as always, take care, everybody.
The post Revisiting How to Diversify Your Marketing Mix When There’s Too Much to Do (Thinks Out Loud) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
Google faces enormous threats to its business. New entrants using artificial intelligence may provide a better search experience for their customers. Those same new entrants are also competing for Google’s massive ad revenues. And, of course, the search giant is fighting for its life in a government antitrust case. Those are major challenges — and a giant signal that Google might not win the AI economy.
At the same time, they’re still one of the world’s most valuable brands and a key driver of traffic and revenue for most businesses. So, which is it? Should marketers continue to bet that Google will win in the AI economy? Or is it time to chart a different course? That’s what this week’s episode of the Thinks Out Loud podcast is all about.
Want to learn more? Here are the show notes for you.
Will Marketers Bet that Google Wins the AI Economy? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 433) — Headlines and Show NotesShow Notes and Links* Perplexity * Perplexity’s pitch deck offers advertisers a new vision for AI search – Digiday * Competing in search — Benedict Evans * Apple Leadership – Eddy Cue – Apple * Search Engine Market Share Worldwide | Statcounter Global Stats * Google’s huge search market share loss wasn’t real: Data revised * Chart: In The U.S., To Search is To Google | Statista * Judge sets hearings on penalties for Google’s search monopoly – The Washington Post * Few have tried OpenAI’s Google killer. Here’s what they think. – The Washington Post * Here’s how 7 news audience directors are thinking about Google’s AI Overviews | Nieman Journalism Lab * Google AI Overviews rollout ramps up, hitting publisher visibility * The CORE Methodology: How to Build Traffic and Revenue Beyond Google — Part 2 (Thinks Out Loud Episode 425) * Google is Changing Search. How to Build Traffic and Revenue Beyond Google — Part 1 (Thinks Out Loud Episode 424) * Diversifying Your Marketing Mix When There’s Too Much to Do (Thinks Out Loud Episode 430) * Google Loses its Antitrust Case: Why That Matters for Your Business (Thinks Out Loud Episode 429) * Is AI Destined to Make Marketing — and Music — Worse? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 432) * Microsoft customers pause on Office AI assistant due to budgets and bugs * Website Performance * Alphabet Inc. (GOOG) Valuation Measures & Financial Statistics
You might also enjoy this webinar I recently participated in with Miles Partnership that looked at "The Power of Generative AI and ChatGPT: What It Means for Tourism & Hospitality" here:
Free DownloadsWe have some free downloads for you to help you navigate the current situation, which you can find right here:
Best of Thinks Out LoudYou can find our “Best of Thinks Out Loud” playlist on Spotify right here:
Subscribe to Thinks Out Loud* Subscribe in iTunes * Subscribe in the Google Play Store
Contact information for the podcast: podcast@timpeter.com
Past Insights from Tim Peter ThinksTechnical Details for Thinks Out LoudRecorded using a Shure SM7B Vocal Dynamic Microphone and a Focusrite Scarlett 4i4 (3rd Gen) USB Audio Interface into Logic Pro X for the Mac.
Running time: 23m 19s
You can subscribe to Thinks Out Loud in iTunes, the Google Play Store, via our dedicated podcast RSS feed (or sign up for our free newsletter). You can also download/listen to the podcast here on Thinks using the player at the top of this page.
Transcript: Will Marketers Bet that Google Wins the AI Economy?Well hello everybody and welcome back to Thinks Out Loud, your source for all the digital expertise your business needs. My name is Tim Peter. This is episode 433 of the Big Show and I think we’ve got a really cool episode for you today.
I want to start by talking about Perplexity. If you haven’t heard of Perplexity.ai, it’s an artificial intelligence powered search engine that focuses heavily on providing great answers.
I’ve said for years that “people don’t want a search engine, they want a find engine. “ And what we’re seeing happen in the marketplace right now, whether it’s people like Google’s AI Overviews or Bing Copilot or Perplexity, we’re moving towards a legitimate answer engine where the tool is simply answering the question for you. Of course, ChatGPT belongs in there as well.
The challenge for Folks like ChatGPT and Perplexity is that they have to find a way to pay for their product. If you think about Google, it is one of the most profitable businesses ever built. It’s an extraordinarily profitable company. And folks are trying to figure out how to monetize the answers they’re providing.
Well, according to Digiday, Perplexity has come up with one answer — and shocker — it’s advertising. According to Digiday, Perplexity’s new advertiser pitch deck shows how the “AI search startup hopes to win over advertisers later this year as it works to set itself apart from competing startups like ChatGPT and giants like Google.”
The article continues,
According to a copy of the pitch deck obtained by Digiday, the plan is to integrate ads within users, queries, and answers, potentially as soon as the fourth quarter of 2024.
It finishes up by noting that “…although the pitch deck didn’t talk about pricing, a source within Perplexity confirmed the goal is to target CPMs north of $50.”
Now for those of you not familiar with CPMs, that’s a very traditional way of selling advertising where CPM stands for cost per thousand impressions or cost per mille. You know, because so many marketers speak Latin as their first language. It’s a thing that’s existed for a very long time, though, and it really is what it stands for, cost per mille or cost per thousand. Keep that CPM point in mind, because we’re going to come back to that in a bit.
Nonetheless, Perplexity’s pitch deck is the most aggressive approach that I’ve seen so far to going after Google’s massive ad revenues, to hit them where they live.
As a reminder, when we looked at Google’s earnings a couple of weeks ago, Google had just shy of $85 billion in revenues last quarter and almost $24 billion in profit.
Among the five big tech players who I pay the most attention to — Apple, Google, Facebook, Amazon, and Microsoft — Google’s profits were the highest among any of them. So going after their ad revenues is an important first step for anyone who’s looking to challenge Google as king of the hill and bump them out of big tech.
Think about it. If you’re a marketer, you have limited budgets. That’s generally the truth. There are only so many places where you can afford to spend your ad dollars. I’m not usually a zero sum thinker. But marketing budgets in practice tend to be somewhat zero sum. Every dollar you spend with a new marketing channel is one dollar fewer for Google.
So this is a potential threat to them that’s worth taking seriously. And it fits into a larger pattern of all of the threats that Google is facing right now. And that brings up a question of, are you willing to bet, as a marketer, that Google wins the AI economy? Are they the ones who are going to win in the long term?
I’m going to be honest, I don’t know the answer to this. I tend to think in bets a la the great book, Thinking in Bets by Annie Duke, the poker player. And I don’t know that I would bet a lot one way or the other at the moment. I’d call it roughly 50/50.
To be fair, I think Google has the best odds of anyone of winning. They probably have a 50% chance of winning. I think maybe Microsoft and OpenAI have a 25% to 35% percent chance of winning. And everyone else combined makes up the last 15% to 25%. Perplexity is in that mix, but they’re only a very small part of that mix, in my mind, at least for now.
To break this down a little bit, SimilarWeb shows that Perplexity got 57.8 million visits last month. Bing, by contrast, got 1.78 billion. That’s billion with a “B,” to Perplexity’s 57.8 million with an “M.” Google got 83.5 billion.
Google is almost 50 times larger than Bing, and over 1,400 times larger than Perplexity. So, it’s tough to see Perplexity as a big threat today.
That could change. They could grow. They could grow really fast. But they’re a long way from being a major threat at the moment, even if they do take a couple of ad dollars away from Google.
So it makes it tough to bet against Google. At the same time, let’s talk about why I wouldn’t bet for them. Let’s start with why I wouldn’t bet for them.
First, they have a fairly fragmented product strategy. Just to think of all of the places they’re working to put AI and the different names they’ve tagged all of these with.
Even Gemini, their primary product, they offer in four tiers. There’s Ultra 1.0, Pro 1.5, Flash 1.5, and Nano 1 0.
Lots of these tools, lots of these things I’m talking about are very cool. They’re also incredibly difficult for the marketplace to understand and keep up with. I do this for a living. I spend a lot of my time researching various products and services that are available to my clients and to marketers and other business leaders. And it’s really hard to keep up with their whole product portfolio.
If you think about this from a pure marketing perspective, that’s not a great marketing message. It makes it really difficult for potential customers to keep track of what they’re doing and what they offer and what the benefits are to you as a customer, which makes it tough to choose them sometimes.
By contrast, lots of the competition that they’re facing, like Microsoft and OpenAI, are well funded and have much clearer product strategies.
Microsoft’s entire product strategy is wrapped up into what they call Copilot. You’ve got Windows Copilot, Microsoft 365 Copilot, Bing Copilot, Excel Copilot, GitHub Copilot, Outlook Copilot, and so on. Microsoft also has enormous enterprise sales capabilities, so they can get their corporate customers, their biggest group of customers, to keep using them.
Google also has this little problem with the antitrust suit that they’re facing right now. And not doing a great job of it. They just lost the first phase of it. I had a whole episode about that a few weeks ago, which I will, of course, link to in the show notes. It is tough, however, to run forward when you’re looking over your shoulder because, you know, you might be big tech, but big government is gaining on them, at least at the moment.
Most importantly, and the biggest challenge I see for Google here, is that ads placed alongside AI search results, a la the Perplexity deck, might not be cost per click or CPC ads, which Google has always done. But might be CPM or cost per thousand impressions. If you’re Google, that could be a big problem.
CPM ads are not anywhere near as lucrative as CPC ads. They’ve never been. Facebook, which is the third most visited site in the world and the second biggest seller of advertising after Google, made $39 billion in revenue last quarter and almost all of that from ads. Again, I mentioned Google made $84 billion overall, $48 billion of that from search ads alone. That is, mostly from CPC. It made another $36 billion from other sources. Still mostly ads. They make a ton of money on this, mostly on CPC. And you probably know this, but CPC ads print money because they hit customers when they’re ready to buy. They’re right there, they’re as good as any other search result, or as bad, if you choose to look at it that way. They’re a good answer to the question, and people click on them, and Google makes a ton of money.
If AI results begin to overtake traditional search engine results pages — and the ads alongside them — Google could see a decline in revenue simply because the new ad formats or new ad models may not work as well as what they have today. That may be great for consumers, but it might not be great for Google’s business. It also might not be great for your business as an advertiser, so something you want to think about here.
This reality underscores the challenging path that Google has to navigate. They can avoid building AI into their most lucrative search engine results pages because they don’t want to lose clicks on ads. But that could cause customers to switch to a better search experience on Perplexity, Bing, ChatGPT, or whomever, which would hurt Google’s revenues.
Or, they could build AI into their most lucrative search results to keep customers on the SERP, on the search engine results page, and lose clicks because customers get an answer or don’t find the ad necessary. Which could hurt their revenues.
Google could be in a “damned if you do, damned if you don’t scenario.” That’s a very real problem for market leaders generally, and for Google specifically. Even if they win at keeping the most traffic, they could lose from a revenue perspective.
Now, I’m not convinced that either of those are entirely likely, but they are plausible.
There’s obviously a third scenario where Google successfully incorporates very high value ads into the search engine results that work both for consumers and advertisers and grow its revenues. They have enormous incentive to find solutions that do that. I wouldn’t bet against them finding that, to be honest, because it’s existential that they do.
They cannot afford to lose.
And they have a whole bunch of positives in their favor of why they could win.
The first is that they have an enormous, enormous amount of money available to play with. Google is sitting on about $100.7 billion in cash. Now, I don’t know about you, but I think there’s a lot you can do with $100 billion to support your business. I’m pretty sure I could find some things to do with it, right?
We know that they have amazing technology and significant computing capabilities. We know that they have a ton of talent whose core job, whose whole reason for being at Google every day, is to solve this problem.
And they also have one other massive advantage that we always have to keep in mind, which is their brand equity.
We all “Google” every day; It’s a verb. It’s a core behavior we all do. Gmail also is one of the biggest email platforms in the world. Billions of people use Google Docs and Google Drive to manage their work and their lives. Billions of people use Android phones and so on. That’s a lot of human behavior to change, to get people to switch away from doing.
I spend time as a marketer trying to get people to change their behavior. It’s really hard. Think about it: If you’re trying to get somebody to do something they’ve never done before, that’s a difficult proposition. Whenever you’re trying to get people to change — and this is true in marketing generally &mdsash that’s the biggest competitor you face.
Is inertia, getting people to take on a new behavior, getting them to take a new action, is really, really challenging. And getting people to stop using Google and start using something else, even though all they have to do is type in a different URL, is difficult. We just don’t see it happen very often. Note the difference in traffic that Google gets versus Bing, who’s been competing with them for 20 years.
Even on the antitrust side, I’m not convinced this is a long term threat to Google. It’s a, it’s a distraction. It’s definitely a problem. But I don’t know that the antitrust thing is going to be that big a deal in the long term.
Benedict Evans made a compelling argument in his most recent newsletter that it doesn’t matter if they lose. Apple probably isn’t going to move away from Google to use Bing or Perplexity. This is a quote from Apple’s SVP of Services, Eddie Cue, that Benedict Evans highlighted in his newsletter, where he said,
“There was no price that Microsoft could ever offer to make the switch because of Bing’s inferior quality and the associated business risks of making a change.”
This is the quote from Eddie Cue.
“I don’t believe there’s a price in the world that Microsoft could offer us. They offered us to give us Bing for free. They could give us the whole company.”
Cue continued,
“We’re not going to take something that isn’t as good and provide that to our customers. Our customers are too important to us. One of the reasons Apple’s been so successful is the fact that we treat the customer as the most important thing in the world, much more important than the revenue.
Again, that’s Eddie Cue, Apple’s SVP of Services, on why they might not switch, even if Microsoft no, excuse me, Google no longer pays them billions of dollars every year to use Google as their main search engine. Google is just a better product.
So it might not actually matter that much in terms of what’s happening there. And, just to put some further context around this, the judge in this case will not be proposing remedies in terms of what they might do to Google until August of next year. That’s 11 months from now before we figure out where their antitrust situation is going.
Additionally, their competitors aren’t winning. I mean, look at the numbers we just talked about from Bing or that we talked about from Perplexity; Google is still the dominant player. There’s data that comes from a variety of sources that show Google’s market share really hasn’t budged in months, so they’re doing pretty well. And they may continue to do pretty well for some time to come.
The question for me becomes, how much are you willing to bet? This, to me, is a 50/50 proposition. Maybe you think I’m wrong, and that the pros in favor of Google are much higher, and they’re the ones who are going to win. Or maybe you think, “wow, there’s a lot of problems that Google has to face and so they’re going to lose.”
But are you willing to put all of your eggs in Google’s basket and expect them to continue delivering the bulk of your traffic and revenues? Or are you going to move away from them entirely and hope for the best that it works out, that somebody else takes their place?
Or, are you ready to do what I tend to recommend, which is something like a core and explore strategy, where you test new ideas to drive traffic and revenue from other sources, while continuing to do some of what you do today?
As I noted, I wouldn’t bet too much on either scenario. I don’t think it’s a winning strategy for you to bet on either outcome right now. Instead, it’s about how you succeed no matter what happens to Google. It does mean diversifying your revenue and traffic. It does mean trying new channels and new ideas.
It does mean listening to your customers and building greater connection with those folks to drive more business from alternative sources like email or social. Most of all, it means placing a bet on your business, and on doing what’s right for you… so that no matter what happens with Google, its antitrust problems, or its competitors, you still win.
That’s the bet I would encourage you to make, because it’s the one that’s most likely to pay off in the long run.
Show Wrap-Up and CreditsNow, looking at the clock on the wall, we are out of time for this week.
I want to remind you again that you can find the show notes for this episode, as well as an archive of all past episodes, by going to timpeter.com/podcast. Again, that’s timpeter.com/podcast. Just look for episode 433.
Subscribe to Thinks Out LoudDon’t forget that you can click on the subscribe link in any of the episodes that you find there to have Thinks Out Loud delivered to your favorite podcatcher every single week. You can also find Thinks Out Loud on Apple Podcasts, Spotify, YouTube Music, anywhere fine podcasts are found.
Leave a Rating or Review for Thinks Out LoudI would also very much appreciate it if you could provide a positive rating or review for the show whenever you use one of those services.
If you like what you hear on Thinks Out Loud, if you enjoy what we talk about, if you like being part of the community that we’re building here, please give us a positive rating or review.
Reviews help other listeners find the podcast. Reviews help other listeners understand what Thinks Out Loud is all about. They help to build our community and they mean the world to me. So thank you so much for doing that. I very, very much appreciate it.
Thinks Out Loud on Social MediaYou can also find Thinks Out Loud on LinkedIn by going to linkedin.com/tim-peter-and-associates-llc. You can find me on Twitter or X or whatever you want to call it this week by using the Twitter handle @tcpeter. And of course, you can email me by sending an email to podcast(at)timpeter.com. Again, that’s podcast(at)timpeter.com.
Show OutroFinally, and I know I say this a lot, I want you to know how thrilled I am that you keep listening to what we do here. It means so much to me. You are the reason we do this show. You’re the reason that Thinks Out Loud happens every single week.
So please, keep your messages coming on LinkedIn. Keep hitting me up on Twitter, sending things via email. I love getting a chance to talk with you, to hear what’s going on in your world, and to learn how we can do a better job building on the types of information and insights and content and community that work for you and work for your business.
So with all that said, I hope you have a fantastic rest of your day, I hope you have a wonderful week ahead, and I will look forward to speaking with you here on Thinks Out Loud next time. Until then, please be well, be safe, and as always, take care, everybody.
The post Will Marketers Bet that Google Wins the AI Economy? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 433) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
Is AI destined to make content, music, art, and marketing worse? Almost certainly. Truly. It’s also almost certainly going to help many people create many great works that they had neither the skills or access to create in the past. That’s the reality of new technology and new tools. As the quote says, “when you invent the ship, you invent the shipwreck.” Some of what AI offers will be amazing. Some will be will terrible. The key for marketers, business professionals, artists, and, frankly, everyone, is to learn how to use these tools the right way to help their customers — and humanity overall.
Why is AI destined to make things worse… and better? How can we use it well? And what do we need to do to make sure we shape AI’s destiny for better, not worse? That’s what this episode of Thinks Out Loud is all about.
Want to learn more? Here are the show notes for you.
Is AI Destined to Make Marketing — and Music — Worse? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 432) — Headlines and Show NotesShow Notes and Links* The Real Reason Marketing Content is Getting Worse – Schaefer Marketing Solutions: We Help Businesses {grow} * Saturday Night Live – Wikipedia * SNL Cast Salaries: What Does the Cast of SNL Make? – Parade * Will AI Make Marketers Dumber? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 419) * Building a Human Brand in the Age of AI (Thinks Out Loud Episode 398) * The Beatles’ Decca audition * Why our teenage music listening has a life-long impact * Is the Customer always right? It depends… * Billboard Year-End Hot 100 singles of 1984 * Marc Ribot playing Fat Man Blues -solo acoustic- at The Falcon in Marlboro, NY * Rhiannon Giddens: NPR Music Tiny Desk Concert * Jon Batiste – FREEDOM * Pat Metheny Group – Have You Heard * Publishing Isn’t A Job Anymore: It’s A Button * Revisiting "The Future of Content Marketing is Already Here" * Stop Outsourcing Your Sales & Marketing to Gatekeepers Like Google (Thinks Out Loud Episode 257) * Is Content Still King or Have the Gatekeepers Won? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 328) * Digital Gatekeepers and the Death of Organic Traffic (Thinks Out Loud Episode 247) * AI Won’t Steal Your Job: Smart People Who Put AI to Work Will (Thinks Out Loud Episode 208) * Revisiting the Digital Transformation of You: The Skills You Need to Compete (Thinks Out Loud) – Tim Peter & Associates
You might also enjoy this webinar I recently participated in with Miles Partnership that looked at "The Power of Generative AI and ChatGPT: What It Means for Tourism & Hospitality" here:
Free DownloadsWe have some free downloads for you to help you navigate the current situation, which you can find right here:
Best of Thinks Out LoudYou can find our “Best of Thinks Out Loud” playlist on Spotify right here:
Subscribe to Thinks Out Loud* Subscribe in iTunes * Subscribe in the Google Play Store
Contact information for the podcast: podcast@timpeter.com
Past Insights from Tim Peter ThinksTechnical Details for Thinks Out LoudRecorded using a Shure SM7B Vocal Dynamic Microphone and a Focusrite Scarlett 4i4 (3rd Gen) USB Audio Interface into Logic Pro X for the Mac.
Running time: 24m 32s
You can subscribe to Thinks Out Loud in iTunes, the Google Play Store, via our dedicated podcast RSS feed (or sign up for our free newsletter). You can also download/listen to the podcast here on Thinks using the player at the top of this page.
Transcript: Is AI Destined to Make Marketing — and Music — Worse? Welcome to Thinks Out Loud, your source for all the digital expertise your business needs. Well hello again everyone and welcome back to Thinks Out Loud, your source for all the digital expertise your business needs. My name is Tim Peter. This is episode 432 of The Big Show, and thank you so much for tuning in today.
I very much appreciate it. I think we’ve got a really cool show for you today, and full disclosure, this one may go a little long because it speaks to interests near and dear to my heart, and that is marketing and music, and the relationship between those. My, my good friend Mark Schaefer, and anybody who’s listened to the show before knows that I think the world of Mark, he’s one of the smartest people in the world of marketing today.
And he has a must read post about what he calls the real reason marketing content is getting worse. And he compares it to music. Now, long term listeners probably know that I was a music major in college and I started my career as a musician and a recording engineer before I got into marketing. So this one was like catnip for me.
, I was just like, oh, I can’t wait to listen to it and I can’t wait to talk about it. And I want to be very, very clear, right out of the gate, Mark is 100 percent right about why there’s so much crap out there. AI makes it easier and cheaper to produce content. As a result, more people make more content.
And many of those people either don’t take the time to make sure that they’re producing quality content, They don’t have the skills to produce quality content, or frankly, both. As a result, we’re seeing lower quality content. As Mark rightfully puts it, quote, We risk drowning in a sea of mediocrity. The craft of marketing, the human touch, the unexpected twist, the soul.
is in danger of being automated away. I could not agree more. It is tremendously easy for folks to create lots and lots and lots of mediocre or actively bad content. And that makes it tougher for you to stand out. In a sea of noise, it’s just harder to be seen and heard and recognized. I actually made a similar point way back in 2018 in an episode called Digital Makes Marketing Easier for Everyone, Which Makes Marketing Harder for Everyone.
So, this has been a topic that I’ve thought about a lot. Over the last couple of years, I also share his very real concern about providing younger marketers with the opportunities to learn and learn their craft better in an episode called Will AI Make Marketers Dumber Earlier This Year? Those are very, very real concerns and very real risks.
And shouldn’t be ignored in marketing, or in music, or anything else we do as creative individuals. And frankly, creative people as human beings. Creativity is such a core component of what we do. So up to this point, I completely agree. So you might be going, cool, what’s your beef then? What’s your point?
Really, there are three points that I want to make. One is that we need to keep growing and learning. We need to learn how to use these tools to our advantage. The second is that we need to help others do the same. And the third is that we need to give space for new ideas. Because ultimately, we’re not the customer.
We have to be willing to listen to what’s changing in the marketplace and changing in our customers worlds to support them. And I want to be fair, I don’t think Mark is suggesting don’t do that. I, in fact, I’m confident he’s not. It’s that we want to be very careful when we talk about, when things were better or how change can hurt, that we’re looking at both the pros and the cons.
Microsoft Mechanics www. microsoft. com I’ll give an example. Mark said, quote, When everyone relies on the same tools, you create a homogenized sound and a lack of diversity. He was talking about both music and marketing. Ironically, in the episode about one of Mark’s favorite topics, building a human brand in the age of AI that we did about a year ago, I mentioned one of my favorite YouTube music shows Mary Spender, who’s a bit of a protege of Rick Beato, the YouTuber Mark mentioned.
I am very familiar with Rick and his arguments. My issue with his arguments, his general argument, is that not everything was better years ago. The way we did things before can lead to stagnation. Or missing something genuinely interesting and novel DECA Records famously passed on The Beatles, Millennium Records rejected Madonna RSO, the Robert Stingwood Organization, passed on U2, and Def Jam Records, Signed and then dropped from the label, Lady Gaga, a decision Def Jam’s founder has called one of the worst decisions he’s ever made.
And that’s before we get into some of the terrible behaviors that existed in a world where gatekeepers existed. We need to remember the famous quote. That the customer is always right in matters of taste. We need to listen to our customers because the things that they hate, whether it’s music or marketing, isn’t going to work.
And the things that they love, even if we ourselves don’t love them, are going to work much better. And that’s true whether we’re creating our content with artificial intelligence or with human ingenuity. It’s just the way it works, right? Now don’t get me wrong, I love Mark’s taste in music. Anyone who name drops folks like John Batiste or Pat Metheny or Rhiannon Giddens or Mark Rebo has got, to my ears, Spectacular taste in music, but as marketers, we have to remember that the things we don’t like might still work for our customers.
They’re not us, and I have to touch on a point here that’s really important for anybody who’s listening and is over the age of, say, 30 or 35. As we get older, it’s tougher for us to get excited by the new. There’s research that shows that we love stuff we first encountered between the ages of 10 and 30 more than the things we’ll encounter at any other period in our lives.
It leads to something called the Reminiscence Bump, where art and music and film and fashion and a whole host of other life experiences we encounter during those formative years have greater, longer lasting impact than items we encounter before then or after then. We simply are wired to like the things that shaped us at certain points in our lives more than other things.
It’s one of the reasons I’ve talked about reverse mentors from time to time. These are younger colleagues who mentor more veteran professionals on technology, media, trends, things like that. They, they help you keep in touch and get exposed to new things. Maybe the thing we don’t like works for other people, for customers in different demographics or sociographic segments.
And our Reverse Mentors can be an important part of learning what resonates with audiences other than ourselves. For example, I think there’s a lot of great pop music out there, most of which I was introduced to by my Reverse Mentors. I’m thinking of people like Chapel Roan, or Sabrina Carpenter, or Zach Bryan, Casey Musgraves, Kendrick Lamar, Megan Thee Stallion, SZA, Billie Eilish, Olivia Rodrigo.
They’re producing, in my opinion, amazing work. That might take a little bit more exposure to get comfortable with if you’re outside the resuminescence bump period of your life. And that’s as true for people who are 40, as it is for those who, like me, aren’t 40. And let’s be fair, there’s a lot of crap, too.
What we have to remember is there’s always been a lot of crap. We remember the great stuff, not the crap. I looked at the top hits of 1984 on Wikipedia, which was right in the peak period of the reminiscence bump for me. I was a teenager. It was also a fairly great year for music. Given the number of songs you still hear from that period played, on Spotify and on the radio and in stores and restaurants and the like.
There are some absolute classics on that list. What would surprise you, if you looked, are there are also some, well, let’s call them not so much classics. Things like Twist of Fate by Olivia Newton John, or Think of Laura by Christopher Cross, or Time Will Reveal by DeBarge. They barely register in my mind.
And again, I loved music in that era. These were some of the biggest hits of a huge year in music, and I’m like, what? Huh? Meh. They just don’t stick because they were garbage. There’s another example that I point to all the time that Tina Fey once mentioned. She said, Saturday Night Live. We all remember the Saturday Night Live when we were in college because it was great.
It was the best. And Tina Fey has said Saturday Night Live was always terrible. Think about this. There are roughly 8 skits in every episode. They’ve had 968 episodes since the show started. And they usually have about 21 episodes per season. So that’s, if we take 8 skits and 968 episodes, That’s roughly 7, 700 skits across its 49 season history, or about 168 skits per season.
Now, how many of those do you remember? I can maybe think of a few dozen. I mean, let’s call it 100 in total, which is just a little bit over 1 percent of all the skits they’ve ever done. I suspect if you spend some time on this, maybe you’d come up with 100 or 200. That means that roughly 98 to 98. 9 percent are, at best, not very memorable, if not actively bad.
We just remember the classics, the ones that really stand out for us. And I’m sure if we think of the television commercials, or the radio commercials, or the print ads of that period, or whatever period was your youth, there is going to be some absolute classics that stand out in your mind. And most are going to be things you don’t recall, because there was a lot of crap in that era.
Two, which brings me to my next point and the next thing that I want to remind folks about and why I’m actually encouraged to a degree by the amount of garbage that’s out there. I know that’s a weird thing to say, but the reality is we live in a world now where there is more democratization of access to these tools.
According to Clay Shirky, the media scholar, publishing used to be an industry. Now it’s a button. That’s more good than bad. It doesn’t mean that there’s no bad. You’ve heard me say many times before that when you invent the ship, you invent the shipwreck. By creating more access to tools, more people can create.
Some of them are going to create garbage. Some of them aren’t going to know the difference in creating garbage. And some of them are going to come up with ideas and brilliant concepts that we might never have heard of. Whether that’s music or art or publishing or marketing or anything else. But they simply never had access to the tools before.
I told a story not long ago in a back and forth I had with some folks on Reddit. About starting out in recording studios, and how inexpensive computers and recording have opened up making music to an entire universe of people who would never have had a chance to make records. All of my mentors, everybody I worked with, worked on major label releases.
The engineer who taught me the most Had learned from Roy Halle, who’d won multiple Grammy awards working with Paul Simon and other artists in the 60s and 70s. And he’s in the Tech Hall of Fame, which is a hall of fame for record producers and engineers. I started out as a gopher. Then I was a second engineer under that guy for a couple of years before I was told I could call myself an engineer.
And it was another year or two of long shifts and lots of hands on experience, recording anything I could before I even started producing. The point is, before that, somebody had a door shut in my face. Anything that I did was done on cheap. , consumer quality gear that couldn’t possibly sound like a record.
You couldn’t possibly release it. It was just pure trash. The gear wasn’t good enough. So we were kind of capped out. And I knew too many people who were capped out because they didn’t meet some standard of getting in the door. One of those standards was money. Even the first semi professional studio I worked in The gear alone cost probably 100, 000, which would be roughly 250, 000 to 300, 000 adjusted for inflation.
Quality professional rooms had, were studios where the gear ran into the millions. In 1980s money, you couldn’t get your hands on pro quality gear without someone, a gatekeeper, letting you in the room. That isn’t necessarily a good thing, right? Because it created a whole environment where you couldn’t create.
Where you couldn’t explore, you couldn’t do things unless somebody let you in the door. And if you couldn’t hack it, if you couldn’t cut it, they’d shove you out the door just as quickly as they let you in to replace you with the 50 or 100 or 200 people who had their faces pressed against the glass hoping for a shot at getting in.
My point is that the old way prevented many, many people from ever getting an opportunity. Today’s marketers, folks who are trying to learn how to do this on the fly, without the gatekeepers, they lack the tutelage, they lack the training, they lack the teaching that I got from some of these world class engineers.
But they also lack the gatekeepers who are preventing them from getting their foot in the door. That’s a pro and a con simultaneously. Marketers are no longer getting yelled at for writing terrible copy or letting an AI do it. There are no gatekeepers, and that means that if you’re, like, a small business listening to this, you can do things that couldn’t have even been done 30 years ago.
That’s not necessarily bad. Yes, you invent the ship, you invent the shipwreck. No gatekeepers means some people who shouldn’t publish get to. And by, I mean, shouldn’t get to publish, I mean spammers and, and terrible folks who are trying to, Defraud customers, that’s bad, that’s actively bad, but creating the opportunities for folks who may not have had them before is a good thing.
And I think that’s why what we really need to focus on and what’s most important, and this I do come back to Mark in a big way because I agree with him entirely, is that we have to learn A, to listen to our customers. B, we have to learn to help others learn. And C, we need to cultivate judgment. We need to learn how to have great judgment, and we need to teach others to have great judgment.
AI can create. But not everything it creates is going to be good. Not everything it creates is going to work for our customers or for their taste. That doesn’t mean that it’s bad and we shouldn’t use it. It means we have to exhibit judgment. We have to exercise judgment. We have to help people who we encounter who maybe’s judgment needs a little bit of help to learn what makes for good quality and what makes for less good quality.
What’s better or worse. We need to do the work and especially teach our employees, our mentees, younger colleagues, other professionals who we encounter in the world and in the marketplace, how to think through the answers that artificial intelligence gives them, to know whether those answers are helpful, whether they’re true, whether they’re kind, whether they make a better reality for all of our customers.
Because machines Can’t do judgment, and it doesn’t matter whether it’s creating something that sounds like it existed in the 80s or the 90s or the 2000s, or if it’s creating something that sounds entirely novel and new. Judgment is going to matter. That’s a place we own. Better or worse are judgment calls.
It’s up to us to make sure we’re thinking through what better or worse means, what better or worse content and messages and experiences we’re putting out in the world, and whether we’re willing to live with the consequences of those judgments. Because ultimately, it’s not artificial intelligence that decides to release content.
We’re the ones who decide whether we put out something that’s great or something that’s crappy. We’re the ones who decide whether we’re going to try to create something that might go down as a classic. Or something that we put out there because we’re just trying to get a quick hit. AI is not destined to make music or marketing worse.
That’s our decision. The only ones we’ll have to blame, and that our customers and audiences should blame, for crappy content, for crappy music, for crappy marketing. is us. So let’s celebrate the demise of gatekeepers. Let’s use that to our advantage. Let’s ensure we’re thinking long and hard about what works for our customers and trying to explore and embrace the novel and new when it works.
Artificial intelligence can be an incredibly powerful tool. It’s our choice whether we use it to create something crappy, Or whether we use it to create classics. I can’t wait to see how you use it.
Show Wrap-Up and CreditsNow, looking at the clock on the wall, we are out of time for this week.
And I want to remind you again that you can find the show notes for this episode. As well as an archive of all past episodes by going to timpeter.com/podcast. Again, that’s timpeter.com/podcast. Just look for episode 423.
Subscribe to Thinks Out LoudDon’t forget that you can click on the subscribe link in any of the episodes that you find there to have Thinks Out Loud delivered to your favorite podcatcher every single week. You can also find Thinks Out Loud on Apple Podcasts, Spotify, YouTube Music, anywhere fine podcasts are found.
Leave a Rating or Review for Thinks Out LoudI would also very much appreciate it if you could provide a positive rating or review for the show whenever you use one of those services.
If you like what you hear on Thinks Out Loud, if you enjoy what we talk about, if you like being part of the community that we’re building here, please give us a positive rating or review.
Reviews help other listeners find the podcast. Reviews help other listeners understand what Thinks Out Loud is all about. They help to build our community and they mean the world to me personally. So thank you so much for doing that. I very, very much appreciate it.
Thinks Out Loud on Social MediaYou can also find Thinks Out Loud on LinkedIn by going to linkedin.com/tim-peter-and-associates-llc. You can find me on Twitter or X or whatever you want to call it this week by using the Twitter handle @tcpeter. And of course, you can email me by sending an email to podcast(at)timpeter.com. Again, that’s podcast(at)timpeter.com.
Show OutroFinally, and I know I say this a lot, but I want you to know just how thrilled I am that you keep listening to what we do here. It means so very, very much to me. You are the reason we do this show.
You’re the reason that Thinks Out Loud happens every week. You’re the reason we produce a new episode. So please, please keep listening, keep your messages coming on LinkedIn, keep hitting me up on Twitter, sending things via email. I love getting a chance to talk with you, to hear what’s going on in your world, and to learn how we can do a better job building the types of information and insights and content and community that work for you and work for your business.
And with all that said, I hope you have a fantastic rest of your day. I hope you have a wonderful week, and I will look forward to speaking with you here on Thinks Out Loud next time. Until then, please be well, be safe, and as always, take care, everybody.
The post Is AI Destined to Make Marketing — and Music — Worse? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 432) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
Google makes immense amounts of money. It is, by far, the biggest website in the world. Its size and success, though, can mask deeper issues. Its size and success can hide big problems. And Google has a big AI problem.
Google, in all likelihood, is also one of the the biggest drivers of traffic and revenues for your business. And its problems — big or small — could be a much bigger problem for you. That’s why it’s crucial that you keep on what’s happening to the search giant… and why you’re ready if it should stumble.
What is Google’s big AI problem? How might that problem affect your business? And what can you do about it? That’s what this episode of Thinks Out Loud is all about.
Want to learn more? Here are the show notes for you.
Revisiting Google Big AI Problem (Thinks Out Loud) — Headlines and Show NotesShow Notes and Links* Building Plans for an Uncertain Future — Big Tech Earnings Q2 2024 (Thinks Out Loud Episode 431) * Google Loses its Antitrust Case: Why That Matters for Your Business (Thinks Out Loud Episode 429) * Perplexity’s pitch deck offers advertisers a new vision for AI search * Google AI Overviews in Search Highlights Its Big AI Problem (Thinks Out Loud Episode 423) * Google I/O 2024: New generative AI experiences in Search * Reuters/YouGov study on Generative AI and news audiences PDF link * SimilarWeb Website Performance for Google, OpenAI, Bing, TikTok, Facebook * Andrew Johnson | The White House * Google promised a better search experience — now it’s telling us to put glue on our pizza – The Verge * Microsoft Bing – Wikipedia * OpenAI – Wikipedia * ChatGPT – Wikipedia * 34 Eye-Opening Google Search Statistics for 2024 * The Best AI is Now Free For Everyone: Revisiting Will Your Customers Use AI? (Thinks Out Loud) * No One is Talking About the Most Important Lessons from Google’s Gemini Launch Kerfuffle (Thinks Out Loud Episode 415) * Using TikTok as a Search Engine | Adobe Express
You might also enjoy this webinar I recently participated in with Miles Partnership that looked at "The Power of Generative AI and ChatGPT: What It Means for Tourism & Hospitality" here:
Free DownloadsWe have some free downloads for you to help you navigate the current situation, which you can find right here:
Best of Thinks Out LoudYou can find our “Best of Thinks Out Loud” playlist on Spotify right here:
Subscribe to Thinks Out Loud* Subscribe in iTunes * Subscribe in the Google Play Store
Contact information for the podcast: podcast@timpeter.com
Past Insights from Tim Peter ThinksTechnical Details for Thinks Out LoudRecorded using a Shure SM7B Vocal Dynamic Microphone and a Focusrite Scarlett 4i4 (3rd Gen) USB Audio Interface into Logic Pro X for the Mac.
Running time: 25m 28s
You can subscribe to Thinks Out Loud in iTunes, the Google Play Store, via our dedicated podcast RSS feed (or sign up for our free newsletter). You can also download/listen to the podcast here on Thinks using the player at the top of this page.
Transcript: Revisiting Google Big AI Problem (Thinks Out Loud)Well hello again everybody and welcome back to Thinks Out Loud, your source for all the digital expertise your business needs. My name is Tim Peter. This is episode 423 of The Big Show. And thank you so much for tuning in. I think we’ve got a really cool show for you today.
In an episode a couple of weeks ago, I talked about the new models coming from Google and AI, OpenAI, and I said I would dive into them a little deeper in a subsequent episode. And I’ve tried out the new models. So we’re talking about ChatGPT featuring GPT 4o; that’s "4-lowercase-o." And I’ve tried out Google Gemini 1.5 Pro. They’re both excellent. They’re really, really good. If you’re not using them, and I suspect many of you are using them, but for those who aren’t, they’re definitely worth checking out. I’m going to come back to that in a bit, though.
Because during the time I’ve been playing with them, another situation has come up around AI, and especially around Google with AI, that highlights a big, big problem for Google. And that big, big problem might become a big, big problem for you, too. And that’s why I think it’s worth talking about today.
As part of its product announcements a couple of weeks ago, Google released its AI Overview in search. Now this is essentially what was Search Generative Experience. It’s just now incorporated into search in a more consistent way across a wide array of searches. It’s not terrible. It’s also… not great.
There have been some hilarious and a few truly atrocious errors. To get one of the ickier ones out of the way, it presented the obviously false summary in response to a question stating that Barack Obama was The first Muslim president in US history. Now, we all know that that is not true. We all know that that was something that was used against him a lot in his political career. But it’s factually inaccurate.
That’s a big problem for Google and potentially a big problem for you. The consensus for the funniest error Google’s AI overview made was it said that one way to keep cheese from falling off of homemade pizza is to, and I quote, "…add some glue. Mix about one eighth cup of Elmer’s glue in with the sauce."
Happily, it also says, "non-toxic glue will work."
Y’think?
For the record, don’t put glue on your pizza, please, I’m begging you. My personal favorite screw up, though, said that 13 U. S. presidents attended the University of Wisconsin Madison, which is obviously not true, receiving a total of 59 degrees among them. That one just keeps getting funnier to me, by the way. Andrew Johnson was particularly industrious, according to Google’s AI overview. Which claimed he earned 14 degrees as part of the classes of 1947, 1965, 1985, 1996, 1998, 2000, 2011, and 2012. That’s super impressive if it were true, especially given that Johnson, by 1947, to say nothing of 2012, Had been dead for over 70 years.
I mean, this isn’t a little false, this is super false. For the record, I fact checked Andrew Johnson’s date of birth and date of death on the White House website. I didn’t fully trust Google to give me the right answer.
And that’s a big deal for Google. Google has a problem that no one else in this space does. They’re not allowed to get the answer wrong.
Google is the number one site in the US and all around the world. They’re the number one site in the US and the number one site globally, according to SimilarWeb. It also says that Google got 250 billion visits over the last three months, and tends to average around 83 billion visits every month.
By contrast, over the last three months, OpenAI, for all the hype that it’s getting, got 5.3 billion visits. Now that’s a big number, but they’re averaging around 1.7 to 7 billion visits every month. They’re the 23rd most visited site on the internet globally, and only number 53 in the US. What’s truly amazing is when you compare them with Bing, Bing got just over 4.1 billion visits from February through April. They’re averaging about 1. 37 billion visits every month. They’re the 26th most visited site globally, and good for them, they made it all the way to number 19 in the US. But think about that. Bing launched almost exactly 15 years ago. Ironically, 15 years ago this week relative to when I’m recording this episode.
OpenAI has existed for a grand total of 8 years, and ChatGPT has only been around for 17 months. Their growth is unlike just about anything we’ve ever seen. Even with that, though, their traffic is roughly 2 percent of Google’s. Two! Two percent! That’s not very much.
Recent research from the Reuters Institute for the Study of Journalism and YouGov, this was a partnership, only 53% of Americans have heard of ChatGPT. Not used. Heard.
Another way to say that is that 47% of Americans haven’t heard of ChatGPT. I’m going to go out on a limb here. What percentage of people do you think have heard of Google? Now, only 24% have heard of Google Gemini, their AI, or a bit less than half as many as know about ChatGPT.
And let’s be fair, this data was captured between late March and early April 2024. So it’s not like we’re talking about earlier in ChatGPT’s life and people didn’t know about it.
As much as we all talk about ChatGPT and AI all the time, most people don’t. Seriously. Only about 18 percent of US respondents use ChatGPT at least weekly. Which was one of the largest usage patterns in the study, and that’s kind of Google’s problem.
They’re super, super big and that creates a whole separate issue for them. I mentioned they’re the number one site globally, they’re the number one site in the US. Even Facebook, which is the third largest site in the world, gets only about 60% of Google’s traffic monthly. Right? That’s a big difference and that creates a problem for Google and a benefit for folks like ChatGPT.
We frequently laugh and shake our heads at ChatGPT’s hallucinations. But think about those numbers we just talked about. Most people have never seen them. Ever. And now Google, with its 83 billion monthly visits is going to attach an AI overview to all kinds of its roughly eight and a half billion daily searches.
As we saw with Barack Obama and Andrew Johnson and Pizza Toppings answers, sometime it’s going to get those answers spectacularly, hilariously, frighteningly wrong. A lot! Right? Think about this. I use this analogy all the time. I use this thought exercise all the time. But let’s say that Google does an amazing job.
Let’s say that their AI overview gets it right 99.999% of the time. That’s the so called five nines many technologists refer to in terms of what getting it right looks like. That means that they’d provide a great AI overview 8,499,915,000 times every day. That’s fantastic, right? They’d also give a bad AI overview 85,000 times every day.
That’s actually a lot. If they get it right only 99% of the time, just to give this context, they’d be giving a bad result — every day — 85 million times a day.
Now, obviously I’m only talking about the frequency of errors, I’m not talking about the magnitude. Not all errors are created equally, and sometimes those errors might be fairly minor. But sometimes they might be huge if we’re talking about people’s health, if we’re talking about people’s finances.
This could be an enormous problem for them. I talked about why this is a problem a few episodes back when Google launched Gemini and it was creating imagery that was troubling. It too was a launch that went spectacularly, hilariously, frighteningly wrong. You’re noticing a pattern here, right?
Google’s scale, the very strength that allows them to create amazing artificial intelligence capabilities, is also an incredibly dangerous weakness for the company. What happens when they get it wrong? What happens to their user experience? What happens to their brand?
I believe bad answers. are a huge problem for Google, the biggest problem they face by far. Consider this, that Reuters/YouGov study that I talked about before shows that ChatGPT use is most common among younger users and declines among older cohorts. 43% of folks age 25-34 have used ChatGPT, as have fully 56% of those aged 18-24.
Over a quarter of respondents aged 18-24 use it at least weekly, which is 50% more than the general population in that study. And their top use? "Answering factual questions."
Funny, isn’t that, you know, Google’s job?
By the way, 60% of that rough cohort also have used TikTok as a search engine. This is according to data from Adobe. Younger users, millennials and Gen Z, are learning that Google doesn’t always give the best answer. And I’m concerned in the longer term that AI Overview might reinforce that belief.
Obviously, it’s not like Google can’t incorporate AI into its results. Remember, AI Overview only launched two weeks ago on May 14th.The Reuters/YouGov study occurred before that. And the same with the TikTok data that I referenced. Younger users are already looking for alternatives.
They, Google, need to be able to respond to what’s happening in the marketplace. The challenge for them is they appear to face trouble no matter which path they take.
I don’t want to make it sound like they can’t figure this out. I do want to point out that they face a challenge that nobody else does. In their defense, Gemini is a brilliant product. I’m using it regularly, and I’m very impressed with it. Google is awesome at building these kinds of tools. I can’t say that it’s better at ChatGPT than ChatGPT for every use case. My experience suggests that ChatGPT is a little more creative in its responses, which is cool when you’re doing like brainstorming activities, or, you know, outlining writing, or discussing writing. However, Gemini, I think, is much better at summarizing documents and a handful of other use cases that I’ve tested it on.
Google’s technology leadership, their compute capabilities, their access to data, and their pile of money they’re sitting on is second to none. There’s a lot of ways they can figure this out.
They’ve also done a great job of clearing up some of the most egregious errors in AI overview. Quickly, the ones that I just talked about, you can’t reproduce now. Hopefully, they can keep up that pace of cleaning up after themselves. I’m seeing some reports, though, that some users are seeing AI overviews less frequently, maybe while Google’s trying to iron out some of the more egregious errors.
Also, Google is operating from position of strength. Remember the part where they’re 47 times bigger than OpenAI? And significantly larger than TikTok and Facebook, too? So, you know, Google might be in an okay position to weather this storm.
As marketers and business strategists, though, I keep coming back to the same questions. Starting with, how much of your traffic comes from Google. If you think about organic search, paid search, local search, meta search, things like that, you’re probably getting 40-70% of your traffic and a similar amount of business from Google.
Remember, Google doesn’t have to fall from number one for any downturn to impact your business. They could lose a billion searches a day and a billion users per month and still be much larger than their closest competitors. The question is, can you? What would happen to your business if Google lost 10% or 15% or 20% of its traffic? They’d still be bigger than everybody else. But what would happen to your business?
Your job is to ensure that Google’s artificial intelligence problem doesn’t become your company’s actual business problem. We can laugh when Google gets it wrong, but if they get it wrong too often, there’s nothing funny about it for your business. That’s the challenge today. That’s where we are today.
Google has a big problem with AI. Your job is to make sure it doesn’t become a big problem for you.
Show Wrap-Up and CreditsNow, looking at the clock on the wall, we are out of time for this week.
And I want to remind you again that you can find the show notes for this episode. As well as an archive of all past episodes by going to timpeter.com/podcast. Again, that’s timpeter.com/podcast. Just look for episode 423.
Subscribe to Thinks Out LoudDon’t forget that you can click on the subscribe link in any of the episodes that you find there to have Thinks Out Loud delivered to your favorite podcatcher every single week. You can also find Thinks Out Loud on Apple Podcasts, Spotify, YouTube Music, anywhere fine podcasts are found.
Leave a Rating or Review for Thinks Out LoudI would also very much appreciate it if you could provide a positive rating or review for the show whenever you use one of those services.
If you like what you hear on Thinks Out Loud, if you enjoy what we talk about, if you like being part of the community that we’re building here, please give us a positive rating or review.
Reviews help other listeners find the podcast. Reviews help other listeners understand what Thinks Out Loud is all about. They help to build our community and they mean the world to me personally. So thank you so much for doing that. I very, very much appreciate it.
Thinks Out Loud on Social MediaYou can also find Thinks Out Loud on LinkedIn by going to linkedin.com/tim-peter-and-associates-llc. You can find me on Twitter or X or whatever you want to call it this week by using the Twitter handle @tcpeter. And of course, you can email me by sending an email to podcast(at)timpeter.com. Again, that’s podcast(at)timpeter.com.
Show OutroFinally, and I know I say this a lot, but I want you to know just how thrilled I am that you keep listening to what we do here. It means so very, very much to me. You are the reason we do this show.
You’re the reason that Thinks Out Loud happens every week. You’re the reason we produce a new episode. So please, please keep listening, keep your messages coming on LinkedIn, keep hitting me up on Twitter, sending things via email. I love getting a chance to talk with you, to hear what’s going on in your world, and to learn how we can do a better job building the types of information and insights and content and community that work for you and work for your business.
And with all that said, I hope you have a fantastic rest of your day. I hope you have a wonderful week, and I will look forward to speaking with you here on Thinks Out Loud next time. Until then, please be well, be safe, and as always, take care, everybody.
The post Revisiting Google Big AI Problem (Thinks Out Loud) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
Building Plans for an Uncertain Future — Big Tech Earnings Q2 2024 (Thinks Out Loud Episode 431)Big Tech announced their earnings for Q2 2024 and, to be honest, not much has changed in terms of the big trends. Lots of talk about artificial intelligence. Lots of talk about cloud computing. Lots of talk about advertising.
You know what we didn’t hear lots of talk about? Customers changing their behaviors much.
What’s also true is that customers can change at any time. We saw it with mobile. We saw it with social. We saw it with the internet. Sometimes it’s like everyone wakes up on the same day and decides they want to work a whole new way.
As you start planning your budget and marketing plans for 2025, how can you plan for that reality? How can you build plans that work regardless of whether customers all jump at once… or if the status quo stands still? How can you set your business for success in an uncertain future? That’s what this episode of Thinks Out Loud is all about.
Want to learn more? Here are the show notes for you.
Building Plans for an Uncertain Future — Big Tech Earnings Q2 2024 (Thinks Out Loud Episode 431) — Headlines and Show NotesShow Notes and Links* Alphabet/Google Q2 Earnings Call transcript PDF link * Alphabet (Google) Quarterly Earnings Statement * Microsoft FY24 Q2 – Performance * Microsoft Q2 Earnings Call Transcript FY24Q2 * Microsoft Q2 Earnings Slides FY24Q2 * Microsoft Quarterly Earnings Statement * Meta Platforms/Facebook quarterly earnings statement PDF link * Meta Platforms/Facebook quarterly earnings slides PDF link * Meta Platforms/Facebook quarterly earnings call transcript PDF link * Meta Platforms/Facebook quarterly earnings call follow up transcript PDF link * Amazon.com, Inc. – Amazon.com Announces Second Quarter Results * Amazon quarterly earnings slides PDF link * Amazon quarterly earnings statement PDF link * Amazon.com (AMZN) Q2 2024 Earnings Call Transcript | The Motley Fool * Apple reports third quarter results – Apple * Apple quarterly earnings statement PDF link * Apple Inc. (AAPL) Q3 2024 Earnings Call Transcript | Seeking Alpha * Phoenix, AZ | Data USA * Diversifying Your Marketing Mix When There’s Too Much to Do (Thinks Out Loud Episode 430) * Google Loses its Antitrust Case: Why That Matters for Your Business (Thinks Out Loud Episode 429) * How to Put Big Tech and AI — the Biggest Threat and Biggest Enablers of Your Business — to Work (Episode 428) * Revisiting Bundling, Unbundling, and Customer Acquisition (Thinks Out Loud) * Why AI Makes Customer Experience Even More Important for Your Business (Thinks Out Loud Episode 427) * Google is Changing Search. How to Build Traffic and Revenue Beyond Google — Part 1 (Thinks Out Loud Episode 424) * The CORE Methodology: How to Build Traffic and Revenue Beyond Google — Part 2 (Thinks Out Loud Episode 425)
You might also enjoy this webinar I recently participated in with Miles Partnership that looked at "The Power of Generative AI and ChatGPT: What It Means for Tourism & Hospitality" here:
Free DownloadsWe have some free downloads for you to help you navigate the current situation, which you can find right here:
Best of Thinks Out LoudYou can find our “Best of Thinks Out Loud” playlist on Spotify right here:
Subscribe to Thinks Out Loud* Subscribe in iTunes * Subscribe in the Google Play Store
Contact information for the podcast: podcast@timpeter.com
Past Insights from Tim Peter ThinksTechnical Details for Thinks Out LoudRecorded using a Shure SM7B Vocal Dynamic Microphone and a Focusrite Scarlett 4i4 (3rd Gen) USB Audio Interface into Logic Pro X for the Mac.
Running time: 26m 49s
You can subscribe to Thinks Out Loud in iTunes, the Google Play Store, via our dedicated podcast RSS feed (or sign up for our free newsletter). You can also download/listen to the podcast here on Thinks using the player at the top of this page.
Transcript: Building Plans for an Uncertain Future — Big Tech Earnings Q2 2024 Welcome to Thinks Out Loud, your source for all the digital expertise your business needs. Well hello again everybody and welcome back to Thinks Out Loud, your source for all the digital expertise your business needs. My name is Tim Peter, this is episode 431 of the Big Show, and I think we have a really cool episode for you today.
It is, you know the beginning of Q3, well actually we’re about halfway through Q3 now, but this is the time each quarter when I review big tech’s earnings calls and kind of try to tease out big trends that we see. I do one of these recaps every quarter. You can find them on the podcast website at timpeter.
com slash podcast. And the reason that I do this is fairly simple. Big tech drives a lot of the change that we see in the marketplace, where they certainly try to anticipate that change and get in front of it. And I’m always looking to get a better understanding of the big trends about which we should be aware, based on what they’re telling us.
I mean, they just say this stuff out loud every quarter. What’s also true is, a quarter is not a huge amount of time. The trends don’t always change much quarter to quarter, and that’s kind of true this time around. Though, I’m going to come back to why it still matters to look at these a little bit later in the episode.
As you might imagine, though, the three big trends that came up again and again and again during the earning calls from Apple and Google and Facebook and Amazon and Microsoft were AI, you know, Artificial Intelligence, Artificial Intelligence, and more Artificial Intelligence. Businesses shifting to cloud computing in a big way, still seeing a lot of that activity happening.
And advertising growth remaining very strong, which obviously has some effects on your business because you’re probably buying some advertising. And if advertising growth is going well for big tech, it means you’re either paying more because they’re charging you more for the ads, or you’re paying more because there’s more competition and it’s a little harder to do.
Those trends aren’t necessarily all that interesting, at least in the sense that those were the big trends last quarter. And the quarter before that, and I think the quarter before that, right? So, it might seem like we’re not seeing lots of change. At the same time, there’s something I want you to be aware that we want to think about as we go forward.
First is that big tech is doing tremendous amounts of investment in where they think the market is going to go over the long term. They’re making lots of money based on those investments. We just haven’t yet seen a step change in terms of dramatically different customer products, customer experiences, and most importantly, customer behaviors.
Big Tech is offering enhancements. They’re using AI to make their products better, to make their advertising products better especially. We just haven’t yet seen, for instance, the AI killer app. I want to be fair, they’re all doing dramatically better in terms of their financials. Big Tech mostly has driven double digit increases in their revenues over the last year.
Their profits are up a lot too. And when you remember that these companies bring in tens or hundreds of billions of dollars each quarter in revenue, and between ten and twenty five billion each quarter in profits, that’s an amazing number. I would absolutely call that dramatic. Before I get to why this, you know, slow change matters to you, I want to talk a little bit about some of the changes we’re seeing in customer experiences and customer products.
Again, I don’t think most of these are dramatic, but I think they’re interesting to watch. So, let’s talk about AI for a moment. First, Sundar Pichai said on Google’s earnings calls that, this is a quote, all six of our products with more than 2 billion monthly users now use Gemini. Gemini being Google’s AI model.
So, two points about that. Clear example of where Google is using AI to make its products better. And putting its artificial intelligence in front of more people than just about anyone else. There’s another player here we’ll talk about in a moment. For all the well deserved talk about ChatGPT, it’s pretty clear that most people who are using AI are using AI from Google, with, again, one potential outlier we’ll talk about.
The second point I want to call out is, think about this quote, all six of our products with two billion monthly users? Holy crap, six products with two billion monthly users. That’s ridiculous. That’s just insane. We wonder why big tech is big tech. That’s the reason why they know much more about customers than anyone else because they see much more data about customers than anyone else.
I want to give credit where due. I said there’s one other potential product. Mark Zuckerberg, in their earnings call, in Meta, slash Facebook’s Durbing’s call claimed that Meta AI is quote on track to achieve our goal of being the most used AI assistant by the end of the year. So we can debate whether Google or Facebook has the most users and is popularizing AI among the most people.
But I think it’s pretty fair to say that they are absolutely right. Making AI a normal part of the customer experience for more people than anyone else. The other thing I want to talk about here for a moment is what I mean when I say we have not seen dramatically different products. And I’m going to build this off of a statement from Sundar Pichai.
He said that in a recent One of their recent product announcements, they showed new features, quote, coming soon to Gmail and to Google Photos. Soon you’ll be able to ask Photos questions like, What did I eat at that restaurant in Paris last year? Which, that’s a legitimately cool thing, truly. That’s really neat and something that I think we all look for sometimes where it’s like, man, I know I took a picture of something or I know I saw this somewhere, you know, it would be great.
I’ve been asking for years for not a search of my browser history or a search of my desktop. But rather, a search of all of the things I’ve touched, whether it’s on social networks, or email, or text messages, or photos, to say, I know I saw this somewhere. Just search through my corpus of information and find the thing that I was looking at the other day.
Which, who are we kidding? Sometimes the other day might have been, you know, a week ago. Sometimes the other day might have been days ago. Six months ago, right? We’re clearly moving towards a world where that’s becoming possible. And this very cool feature that Sundar Pichai talks about underscores that we’re still in the early days of AI adoption among consumers.
To Sundar Pichai’s point and Mark Zuckerberg’s point about how frequently these tools are used, I would argue most Customers don’t realize that you’re using it most of the time. It’s just sort of there in the background. We still don’t have the killer app that makes everyone start using AI all the time.
I’m not alone in saying that. Sundar Pichai answered a question, and I’m going to ask you to pardon the lengthy quote here, but this is all a quote. He said, Search, which is used at scale over many decades, we’ve been able to introduce AI in a way that’s additive and enhances the overall experience and is positively contributing there.
I think across our consumer products, we are seeing progress on the organic side. Obviously, monetization is something we will have to earn on top of it. He then went on to say, On the enterprise side, I think we are at a stage where there are definitely a lot of models. I think roughly the models are all kind of converging towards a sort of base capabilities.
But I think where the next wave is working is to build solutions on top of it. I think there are pockets, be it coding, be it in customer service, et cetera, where we are seeing some of those use cases, seeing traction, but I still think there’s hard work there to completely unlock those. That’s the guy who’s probably bringing AI to more people, saying there’s still hard work there to get more use cases.
And who knows, maybe we never will see it. Maybe it will simply be a series of enhanced features built into email and messaging and advertising and office suites and so on that simply make these tools work better. I also don’t expect that to be the case. Here’s why. If you think about mobile, just to pick one for instance that has upended our lives tremendously, mobile phones existed for years before the iPhone did.
And Friendster and MySpace were social apps that predated Facebook by a year or two. It was only when smartphones and social media came together, though, that that world exploded. Each one provided a reason for consumers to want the other, and it led to this mobile evolution that we’ve gone through over the last, you know, 15 years or so.
You could also add Google Maps, which came out nine years after MapQuest. But crushed the older apps because it was a better mobile experience. They understood this changed everything. And now it’s something we use every day that went on to enable things like DoorDash and Lyft and Uber that simply wouldn’t have made sense in a non mobile context.
So I think that AI will make experiences better in a ton of different apps. But I think its long term success is We’ll come from some other major use case that we just haven’t seen yet. There are two that I think are likely. One is, I should say three by the way. One is virtual reality, one is augmented reality, and one is self driving cars.
AI will make all those experiences better. Probably. Mark Zuckerberg made the same comment in his remarks, in his earnings call, noting that last quarter, this is a quote, I discussed how advances in AI have pulled in the timelines for some of our products. A few years ago, I would have predicted that holographic AR would be possible before smart AI, but it now looks like those technologies will actually be ready in the opposite order.
That’s, you know, something. He’s saying these two things are going to go hand in hand. And I’d bet a little bit that that’s probably right. I will be fair, not a lot, but certainly a little. I also think we’re still a few years away, probably three to five best case. And the numbers back this up. Facebook’s Reality Labs division, which makes the company’s Quest VR headsets, had revenue of 353 million last quarter.
That sounds like a good number. It’s also only about 1 percent of Facebook or Meta’s quarterly revenue. While that was happening, the division lost, brace yourself for this, 4. 5 billion dollars. I mean, that’s insane. Meta’s total earnings for the quarter were 13. 5 billion. If Reality Labs broke even, which it’s a long, long way from doing, the company’s profits would have been 33 percent higher.
That’s not even close to breaking even. What’s wilder is Susan Lee, who’s Meta’s Chief Financial Officer, said they’re doubling down on Reality Labs. She said this as an actual quote, quote, We continue to expect 2024 operating losses from reality labs to increase meaningfully year over year due to our ongoing product development efforts and investments to further scale our ecosystem.
Increase meaningfully? Is a remarkable statement when that division lost four and a half billion dollars in just the last quarter. Clearly, Mark Zuckerberg is willing to make a much larger bet than I am. In his defense, it seems to have paid off pretty well for him. And he owns enough voting stock to avoid shareholder revolts, at least for some time.
I think something’s gotta give there, though, in the long term. These things either have to pay off, or people are going to walk away from them. Now, I mentioned the other killer app for AI is self driving cars. And again, we see a similar model. Google talked about Waymo and the fact that it has made 2 million trips, and this is a quote, driven more than 20 million fully autonomous miles on public roads.
That, by the way, is really cool, and it might be a long term good thing for your business. Microsoft Because if people don’t have to focus on driving, they have more opportunity to engage with their content and experiences on mobile, which could then drive, no pun intended, more business for you in the long term.
It’s also not likely to happen overnight. You know, yes, as Sundar Pichai said, Waymo is, quote, delivering well over 50, 000 weekly paid public rides primarily in San Francisco and Phoenix. Let’s put that in context, though. Phoenix has a population of 1. 6 million people. San Francisco’s population is about 800, 000 people.
Those are just city limit numbers, by the way, not metro area, so that’s 2. 4 million folks. I looked at the data for Phoenix, just for Phoenix, because I’m nutty like that, and roughly 550, 000 people drive alone to work every day. If you assume a round trip for three days a week, that’s 3. 3 million rides. So Waymo, best case, is only 1.
5 percent of all rides, And it’s almost certainly a lot less than that, probably a third of that number. Again, to give credit where due, if you look at the data, taxi rides have risen dramatically since 2017 in Phoenix, and have now equaled roughly the same volume of rides as motorcycles. I’m going to assume the bulk of those taxi rides are Uber, with Waymo picking up the rest.
But that’s pretty great. That undoubtedly is good for people, good for people’s wallets, good for the economy, and good for safety. It’s also not a massive percentage of all the rides. There’s still, clearly, a long way to go here. The thing I want you to notice, though, is that big tech is investing in long term trends.
Augmented reality, virtual reality, self driving cars, artificial intelligence adoption in huge numbers. We’re not there yet. They do believe we’re going to get there. And I think they’re probably right because we saw this happen with mobile and the internet and with PCs before them. The pieces came together slowly, then everything changed at once.
If you think about iPhones and Facebook and Google Maps and how it all came together, it wasn’t an obvious thing till it was. Now, here’s why this matters to you, because we have to think about how we can plan for that reality. Many of the companies I work with are now in budget season. We’re looking at how and where we’re going to invest next year.
And the question comes up of how do you plan for something that isn’t changing that much quarter to quarter? But could change at any moment in a huge way. How do you actually build your plans and your budgets for next year knowing that that’s possible? Well, one of the things you can do is scenario planning.
And there’s a fairly simple process I’ve talked before on this show. First, we think about what do we know that’s going to happen? What are the things we take for granted? One that comes to mind all the time is, you know, there’s going to be a presidential election this year. There’s going to be a Super Bowl next February.
There’s going to be things that happen in your local market that are just going to happen. You know, some of the things that you then want to think about are what are the critical uncertainties about what’s likely to happen when those occur. So, who wins the election? Does the economy stay strong? Does it slow down?
Does it accelerate? Does Google win or lose the next stage of its antitrust case? And do consumers shift their behaviors away from traditional search and towards either ChatGPT or Bing or embedded AI like Gemini and Google Suite or Microsoft 365’s Copilot? What are the things that would dramatically alter what you do if any of those came to pass?
The next thing you do is look for the early warning signs. What are the early warning signs you want to be looking for? So, it could be things like the election results. It’s also more about just watching your website and your app’s traffic sources. And watching your company’s revenue sources. Carefully, it’s talking with consumers, talking with customers.
What are they telling you? And pay close attention to whether their actions or their words align. Are there differences there or are they saying and doing the same thing? I see this all the time right now where people complain about the economy while they’re also out shopping and buying and eating at restaurants and staying in hotels.
Something doesn’t jibe there. Something doesn’t line up. So which is going to give up first? Their behaviors? Were there vibes? Note, the point here isn’t to make a prediction. I’m literally just asking the questions and looking out for the changes there. Which then leads to the next step. How would you react to one of four different scenarios?
One is the worst case. What would you do if all of the bad things that could happen, happened? The next is, what would you do in the best case scenario? What if all the good things that could happen, happened? The next is the Goldilocks case, which is kind of the just right. It’s some good, some bad, and kind of the most likely.
And then the fourth scenario is the, you know, it’s not quite Goldilocks, but it’s not quite the worst case. It’s just a little bit worse than what you expected. Don’t worry about which of these is most likely. I mean, you can if you want, but it’s more important to plan for all of them. What would you do?
What would you change about where you’re putting your energy, your focus, your resources, your money? That’s how you build out your plans. The point isn’t to get it perfect, it’s to do the work of thinking through what you’d do if one of any number of various scenarios came to pass. You’re not trying to predict the future.
I don’t know too many people who have successfully predicted the future repeatedly. What I do know is that big tech is telling us what things could look like in time. We’re already seeing what some of those things could look like down the road, probably when we talk about AI or we talk about Google’s antitrust situation.
Your best strategy is to be ready to adapt if things change and when things change. It’s doing scenario planning, it’s banking on things like Core and Explore, which we’ve talked about in prior episodes and I’ll link to in the show notes. And then it’s building your plans and budgets for next year with those exercises in mind so that you’re set up for success regardless. We may not see any dramatic changes in the big trends big tech is talking about in the next quarter or the quarter after that or even the quarter after that. But being ready for whatever happens. This is a big trend we all want to get on board with, and it’s one that ensures you’re successful regardless of how the trends change over time.
And that to me feels like a big trend we can all take ownership of to set ourselves up for success.
Show Wrap-Up and CreditsNow, looking at the clock on the wall, we are out of time for this week.
And I want to remind you again that you can find the show notes for this episode. As well as an archive of all past episodes by going to timpeter.com/podcast. Again, that’s timpeter.com/podcast. Just look for episode 431.
Subscribe to Thinks Out LoudDon’t forget that you can click on the subscribe link in any of the episodes that you find there to have Thinks Out Loud delivered to your favorite podcatcher every single week. You can also find Thinks Out Loud on Apple Podcasts, Spotify, YouTube Music, anywhere fine podcasts are found.
Leave a Rating or Review for Thinks Out LoudI would also very much appreciate it if you could provide a positive rating or review for the show whenever you use one of those services.
If you like what you hear on Thinks Out Loud, if you enjoy what we talk about, if you like being part of the community that we’re building here, please give us a positive rating or review.
Reviews help other listeners find the podcast. Reviews help other listeners understand what Thinks Out Loud is all about. They help to build our community and they mean the world to me. So thank you so much for doing that. I very, very much appreciate it.
Thinks Out Loud on Social MediaYou can also find Thinks Out Loud on LinkedIn by going to linkedin.com/tim-peter-and-associates-llc. You can find me on Twitter or X or whatever you want to call it this week by using the Twitter handle @tcpeter. And of course, you can email me by sending an email to podcast(at)timpeter.com. Again, that’s podcast(at)timpeter.com.
Show OutroFinally, and I know I say this a lot, I want you to know how thrilled I am that you keep listening to what we do here. It means so much to me. You are the reason we do this show.
You’re the reason that Thinks Out Loud happens every single week. So please, keep your messages coming on LinkedIn. Keep hitting me up on Twitter, sending things via email. I love getting a chance to talk with you, to hear what’s going on in your world, and to learn how we can do a better job building on the types of information and insights and content and community that work for you and work for your business.
So with all that said, I hope you have a fantastic rest of your day, I hope you have a wonderful week ahead, and I will look forward to speaking with you here on Thinks Out Loud next time. Until then, please be well, be safe, and as always, take care, everybody.
The post Building Plans for an Uncertain Future — Big Tech Earnings Q2 2024 (Thinks Out Loud Episode 431) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
We talk a lot on this show about diversifying away from Big Tech generally, and about diversifying away from Google, specifically. Which is great in theory. But it can be hard to do in practice. As one listener of the show said recently, “People are already overwhelmed with the amount of social media they manage.” Even if you want to diversify, it can be tough to find the time and resources and budget to make that happen.
So, what can you do? How can you diversify your marketing mix when there’s too much to do? How can you manage new channels and new messages when you’re already overwhelmed? And, most importantly, how can you reduce your dependence on Google and Big Tech without killing your business? That’s what this week’s episode of Thinks Out Loud is all about.
Want to learn more? Here are the show notes for you.
Diversifying Your Marketing Mix When There’s Too Much to Do (Thinks Out Loud Episode 430) — Headlines and Show NotesShow Notes and Links* Google Loses its Antitrust Case: Why That Matters for Your Business (Thinks Out Loud Episode 429) * Google is Changing Search. How to Build Traffic and Revenue Beyond Google — Part 1 (Thinks Out Loud Episode 424) * The CORE Methodology: How to Build Traffic and Revenue Beyond Google — Part 2 (Thinks Out Loud Episode 425) – Tim Peter & Associates * Partnerships Between Brands and Creators Will Define the Next Generation of Travel Marketing | HSMAI Americas * How to Put Big Tech and AI — the Biggest Threat and Biggest Enablers of Your Business — to Work (Episode 428) * Is Social Media Anti-Social for your Brand Now? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 391) * What Good is Social in An AI-Driven World? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 246) * The 4 Ds of Time Management | Definition and Overview
You might also enjoy this webinar I recently participated in with Miles Partnership that looked at "The Power of Generative AI and ChatGPT: What It Means for Tourism & Hospitality" here:
Free DownloadsWe have some free downloads for you to help you navigate the current situation, which you can find right here:
Best of Thinks Out LoudYou can find our “Best of Thinks Out Loud” playlist on Spotify right here:
Subscribe to Thinks Out Loud* Subscribe in iTunes * Subscribe in the Google Play Store
Contact information for the podcast: podcast@timpeter.com
Past Insights from Tim Peter ThinksTechnical Details for Thinks Out LoudRecorded using a Shure SM7B Vocal Dynamic Microphone and a Focusrite Scarlett 4i4 (3rd Gen) USB Audio Interface into Logic Pro X for the Mac.
Running time: 22m 04s
You can subscribe to Thinks Out Loud in iTunes, the Google Play Store, via our dedicated podcast RSS feed (or sign up for our free newsletter). You can also download/listen to the podcast here on Thinks using the player at the top of this page.
Transcript: Diversifying Your Marketing Mix When There’s Too Much to DoWell hello again everyone and welcome back to Thinks Out Loud, your source for all the digital expertise your business needs. My name is Tim Peter, this is episode 430 of The Big Show and thank you so much for tuning in.
In some ways, this episode is a follow up to the episode we did last week about how Google lost its antitrust case and why that matters to you. And the reason I say in some ways is because I’ve talked at length both in that episode and in a bunch of other episodes this year about why you need to think about diversifying your traffic, why you need to think about becoming less dependent on Google.
And it led for a marketing manager to send me a comment and ask, "people are already overwhelmed with the amount of social media they manage, Instagram, TikTok, YouTube, Snapchat, the list goes on and on. How is it possible to really do this? How is it possible to manage all of these different things and, and, you know, diversify away from Google?"
That’s a really fair question. I do think people are already overwhelmed. I do talk to people all the time that go, "I just can’t keep up." So I understand that completely. And I thought it would make sense to talk a little bit today about how you can do this very effectively. And there’s a few things that I don’t want to say they’re simple. But they require a certain level of focus, a certain level of attention, and they can help you manage it a little better.
First, you’ve heard me mention Core and Explore many times over the years. Core focuses on the things that always work. The channels that deliver the most business to you today, the channels that deliver the most revenue today, and the channels that tend to have the best return on spend for you today. And that could be spend in terms of actual dollars that you’re putting out in terms of buying, you know, paid search ads or paid social ads. Or it could be in what are generally referred to as soft dollars. Like your people’s time, the amount of time that they spend on those things.
Core is going to take up roughly 75 to 80 percent of your time. That’s just a fact. That’s why you want them to be the things that are most productive for your business. So, right out of the gate, if things are not generating really good return for you, or they’re really not benefiting you, they should be moved out of the core, pretty much immediately. You want to focus on those areas that work best for you. The
Explore phase of the Core & Explore methodology is where you try new things. And Explore is going to take up maybe 15-20 percent of your time. These channels, these areas, may be things that you haven’t figured out how to use yet. You know, you might be testing something new to think about and see if it works. But you’re learning to see is this something that works for us and is it something that I need to get better at. So you’re going to spend only 15 to 20 percent of your time there. And again you’re going to be somewhat judicious in how much time you put into each of those things.
It’s reasonable to ask how do you find the time to explore? You’re already doing so much. As my commenter noted, “people are already overwhelmed.”
Well, it starts with knowing where you are. It starts with knowing where your time actually goes. Sometimes it’s tough to know where you’re spending 75 of your time or 20 percent of your time if you’re not actually aware of where the time goes.
When I was younger, when I was earlier in my career, a mentor of mine sat me down and said, “It’s really important when you’re overwhelmed to take an audit of how you’re spending your time.”
You can just jot it down on a piece of paper, you can type it into a spreadsheet, you can use one of the many, many fine time tracking apps that are out there, and you can track in increments. Maybe 10 minute increments, maybe 15 minutes, maybe 5 minutes, depending on what’s important to you. But it’s worthwhile for a few weeks to simply note where your time goes. Just keep a record of it. Then take a look at where you’re spending your time.
For some people, and in some cases, many people, it’s not that you don’t have enough time. It’s that, you don’t know where it goes, or you’re not making tough choices about where to spend it. So, it starts by getting that picture of where are you today.
Once you see where your time goes, you can then prioritize. And sure, we’ve all heard about, oh, setting priorities and things along those lines.
But I would argue that truly prioritizing means deciding what not to do. It’s not about saying, “this is the most important thing.” It’s about saying, “this is the least important thing. This is something that is not worth my time.” And deciding to either put it aside for now… or choose not to do it at all.
If you think about this, the word decide is the same root word as things like homicide. You’re literally killing options when you decide. You’re saying, “nope, that’s gone. I’m not going to worry about it.”
I legitimately have a “to don’t list.” When I write down things that, you know, I start to think about that I could do, I’ll put them on a list of “to don’t.” These are things I’m not going to focus on because they’re a distraction from the things I do need to focus on.
Warren Buffett has a similar exercise he recommends. He says that you should make a list of the 25 things that are most important to you. Then you want to order the items on the list from the most important to the 25th most important. Once you’ve got those written down on a list, what you’re going to do is you’re going to throw away number 6 through 25. Just cross them off.
And the reason you’re going to do that is, either you don’t have enough time to do them, so you’re probably not going to do them anyway, or they’re going to distract you from doing a great job on the things that are most important to you, the five things that are most important to you, or, if you’re like many people, a little bit of both. You’re gonna do kind of a bad job at everything because you’re trying to do too much.
Of course, if you finish your five most important priorities, if you succeed on accomplishing your five most important priorities, you can always move on to numbers six to ten, and then again, eleven to fifteen, and then again, sixteen to twenty, if you get there.
I’d argue it’s much more likely you’ll get there if you focus on numbers one to five. So go ahead, just put them on your “to don’t” list. Don’t worry about them.
To bring this back to your marketing activities, You don’t have to be on every social platform or every marketing channel that exists out there.
You’re much better served doing a fantastic job in just a few places than doing a half assed job in many, many places. My company’s entire marketing strategy focuses on a relatively small number of channels. We focus on our website and blog. We focus on this podcast that we do distribute through Spotify and YouTube, along with a few other channels to get it more traction. We focus on email marketing, which is powered primarily by our podcast and blog. We focused on LinkedIn. And we focus on guest writing for a few other online publications in hospitality and digital marketing. That’s it. That’s all we do.
We don’t really do an Instagram. We don’t really do Facebook. They’re just not that important to us, so we don’t really worry about them. Those areas that I mentioned are where our customers live. So that’s where we focus.
There’s another great prioritization method that I want to talk about that you can also use called he “Four D’s.” Same basic
idea:
If you notice, we’ve already kind of talked about the Delete and to a lesser degree Defer. When we talk about a “to don’t” list or we talk about deprioritizing those items 6 through 25, you’re deferring them or deleting them.
What I want to talk about, though, is delegate. When we think about delegation, we think, “Oh, well, we delegate to somebody on our team.” You know, we delegate to somebody who reports to us. But that’s not really true. You can delegate down, obviously. You can delegate sideways. You can delegate up, and you can delegate outside your organization.
As a friend of mine puts it, "Think who, not how." It’s about getting help, not just figuring out how to do the thing yourself.
Now in marketing, and especially in social marketing, there’s a lot of people who can help you. There are influencers and creators, which are a tremendous way to improve your social media presence without you doing the work. 7 to 10 people, 69 percent of all Americans aged 16 to 54, follow creators and influencers.
And of those that do, 55 percent researched a brand’s website after hearing about that brand from a creator. 46 percent followed a brand on social media after hearing about it from a creator. 43% — 43 percent! — purchased from a brand after hearing about it from a creator. And 42 percent recommended a brand to someone.
That’s fantastic. This is a remarkable opportunity for you to reach out to creators to help you tell a great story on your brand’s behalf.
You don’t have to do the work. You can delegate the work. And there are literally tens of millions of creators using social to connect with their audiences. The largest share of creators, those with 10,000 followers or less, make around $14,000 per year. Even those creators with 10,000 to 50,000 followers average less than $50,000 in income. In other words, these levels of creators can be very affordable for individual marketers to work with.
The key is that you’re not really looking at the creator. You’re looking at their audience. You’re looking at, is their audience your audience? Do these creators talk to the people you want to talk to? Do they help you reach the people you want to reach? It doesn’t matter how many people are in the audience. It matters that they’re engaged and they’re the customer types you want to engage with.
There’s lots of great ways to find these creators. There’s tools like SparkToro. Or you can simply ask your customers where are the places where they follow people on YouTube, or they follow people on Instagram, or they follow people on LinkedIn, who they find interesting. Because those are the people you want to talk to. They’re all about helping you reach your customers better without you having to do all the heavy lifting.
Speaking of customers, your customers, in a way, are creators and influencers, too. They create reviews, they talk to friends and family on social about great experiences that they’ve had. And ultimately, everything we do is about our customer. Given all the changes around AI and technology more broadly, the way we can compete is focusing most on how we help our customers.
I’ve said for years that social is people and all marketing is social. My friend Mark Schaefer likes to say, “the most human company wins.” I think he’s absolutely right. When you give your customers a great experience, they’re going to tell their friends and family and fans and followers about it. And it’s one of the reasons why I’ve talked about things like we need, we owe it to our customers to make their lives better. It’s the core of everything you do. It’s another way of saying something you’ve heard me say many times on this show that customer experience is queen.
You’re trying to encourage your customers to work on your behalf to tell a really positive brand story. I can tell you I’ve sold really great products and companies in my life and I’ve sold really not so great products or companies in my life and selling a great product is so much easier. Right?
It’s much easier to tell a great story that cost about a product or service that customers love. And it just makes the marketing easier. You don’t have to work as hard or work your butt off to be on all of these channels. Your customers and creators will be falling all over themselves to do it for you. So, focusing on your customer experience is an amazing way to improve the value of everything you do.
Now, you might say, sure, but isn’t providing a great experience expensive? It is, it absolutely is, or it can be. It’s also much cheaper than providing a bad experience. Are guests canceling their reservations at your hotel or restaurant cheap? Are returns of your product cheap? Are refunds because people weren’t satisfied with the service you gave them cheap? Do you think that bad reviews don’t cost you money? Do you think you’re going to drive business value if you don’t take care of your customers?
Your customers rely on their friends and family and influencers and creators to help them find products and services that work for their needs. You’re going to have such an easier time reaching them if people are telling a great story on behalf of your brand.
So the fundamental point here is that you need to focus on customer experience so that you don’t have to work so hard to market in the first place. Then, when you are marketing, I go back to saying:
Ultimately, that will make your job a lot easier and will prevent you from being overwhelmed or struggling to figure out how to reach the folks you want to reach. And that will help you diversify away from Google over time. Because what people will search for is not a company in your niche or a solution to their problem. They’ll come looking for you by name. And no matter what happens to Google in the future, you’ll be well positioned because you’ll be in all of the places your customers need you to be without having to do so much work to be there.
That allows you to gain the benefits that you want, to grow your business, and to do it without being so overwhelmed. And that’s the best place to be.
Show Wrap-Up and CreditsNow, looking at the clock on the wall, we are out of time for this week.
And I want to remind you again that you can find the show notes for this episode. As well as an archive of all past episodes by going to timpeter.com/podcast. Again, that’s timpeter.com/podcast. Just look for episode 430
Subscribe to Thinks Out LoudDon’t forget that you can click on the subscribe link in any of the episodes that you find there to have Thinks Out Loud delivered to your favorite podcatcher every single week. You can also find Thinks Out Loud on Apple Podcasts, Spotify, YouTube Music, anywhere fine podcasts are found.
Leave a Rating or Review for Thinks Out LoudI would also very much appreciate it if you could provide a positive rating or review for the show whenever you use one of those services. If you like what you hear on Thinks Out Loud, if you enjoy what we talk about, if you like being part of the community that we’re building here, please give us a positive rating or review.
Reviews help other listeners find the podcast, and we’ll see you Reviews help other listeners understand what Thinks Out Loud is all about. They help to build our community. And they mean the world to me personally. So thank you for taking the time to do that. I very, very much appreciate it.
Thinks Out Loud on Social MediaYou can also find Thinks Out Loud on LinkedIn by going to linkedin.com/tim-peter-and-associates-llc. You can find me on Twitter or X or whatever you want to call it this week by using the Twitter handle @tcpeter. And of course, you can email me by sending an email to podcast(at)timpeter.com. Again, that’s podcast(at)timpeter.com.
Show OutroFinally, and I know I say this a lot. But I want you to know how thrilled I am, and I really am thrilled that you listen to what we do here. It means so much to me. You are the reason we do this show, you are the reason that Thinks Out Loud happens every single week.
So please, keep your messages coming on LinkedIn, keep hitting me up on Twitter, sending things via email. I love getting a chance to talk with you just as I did with the commenter this week. I want to hear what’s going on in your world and learn how we can do a better job building all the types of information and insights and content and community that work for you and work for your business.
So with all of that said, I hope you have a fantastic rest of your day. I hope you have a wonderful week ahead. And I will look forward to speaking with you here on Thinks Out Loud next time. Until then, please, be well, be safe, and as always, take care, everybody.
The post Diversifying Your Marketing Mix When There’s Too Much to Do (Thinks Out Loud Episode 430) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
The big news story this week is that Google lost (the first round of) its antitrust case in Federal court. While it’s way too soon to know for sure how this will affect your business in the near term, it’s nowhere near too soon to think about why it matters in the long run. Because, if you’re like most businesses, Google represents a significant chunk of your traffic and revenues. Anything that causes them to lose focus, lose their mojo, or, most importantly, lose trust among consumers ultimately will impact you, too.
What happened in the trial? What did the judge say about Google — and about its competition? How might this affect Google both in the near term and down the road? What did we learn about how Google operates? And, finally, why does this trial matter for your business?
That’s what this week’s episode of Thinks Out Loud is all about. Want to learn more? Here are the show notes for you.
Google Loses its Antitrust Case: Why That Matters for Your Business (Thinks Out Loud Episode 429) — Headlines and Show NotesShow Notes and Links* Google loses massive antitrust case over search dominance | AP News * Google antitrust: Judge rules it illegally maintains search monopoly * Judge rules that Google ‘is a monopolist’ in US antitrust case – The Verge * Google loses massive antitrust lawsuit over its search dominance | CNN Business * Google loses antitrust case over search * United States v. Google, LLC PDF from US District Court for the District of Columbia * Gatekeepers Gonna Gate: Apple, Google, and Antitrust (Thinks Out Loud Episode 258) * News | Say Goodbye to Google, Hoteliers * Google is Changing Search. How to Build Traffic and Revenue Beyond Google — Part 1 (Thinks Out Loud Episode 424) * The CORE Methodology: How to Build Traffic and Revenue Beyond Google — Part 2 (Thinks Out Loud Episode 425) – Tim Peter & Associates * Google AI Overviews in Search Highlights Its Big AI Problem (Thinks Out Loud Episode 423) * Taking the Long View: Big Tech’s Earnings and the State of Digital Q2 2024 (Thinks Out Loud Episode 421) * Can Podcasting Help Your Business Bypass the Big Tech Gatekeepers? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 413) * Is Google Doomed? And Other Top Digital Trends for 2024 (Thinks Out Loud Episode 408) * Revisiting How to Escape Big Tech’s Web (Thinks Out Loud) * Do You Still Need a Website? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 400) * Does Google Lack Vision? Big Tech’s Earnings Q3-2023 (Thinks Out Loud Episode 401) * Rethinking Search Marketing in the Age of AI (Thinks Out Loud Episode 397) * How to Escape Big Tech’s Web (Thinks Out Loud Episode 395) * What Taylor Swift Can Teach You About Bypassing Gatekeepers (Thinks Out Loud Episode 393) * Is Google Telling Us That Organic Search Doesn’t Matter Any Longer? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 392) * Does Marketing Have a Future? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 384) * Will AI and ChatGPT Kill Your Search Traffic? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 381) * The End of Google? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 372) * We Owe It To Our Customers to Make Their Lives Better (Thinks Out Loud Episode 361) * Top Trends: The Word of the Year in Digital is “Integration” (Thinks Out Loud Episode 356)
You might also enjoy this webinar I recently participated in with Miles Partnership that looked at "The Power of Generative AI and ChatGPT: What It Means for Tourism & Hospitality" here:
Free DownloadsWe have some free downloads for you to help you navigate the current situation, which you can find right here:
Best of Thinks Out LoudYou can find our “Best of Thinks Out Loud” playlist on Spotify right here:
Subscribe to Thinks Out Loud* Subscribe in iTunes * Subscribe in the Google Play Store
Contact information for the podcast: podcast@timpeter.com
Past Insights from Tim Peter ThinksTechnical Details for Thinks Out LoudRecorded using a Shure SM7B Vocal Dynamic Microphone and a Focusrite Scarlett 4i4 (3rd Gen) USB Audio Interface into Logic Pro X for the Mac.
Running time: 26m 28s
You can subscribe to Thinks Out Loud in iTunes, the Google Play Store, via our dedicated podcast RSS feed (or sign up for our free newsletter). You can also download/listen to the podcast here on Thinks using the player at the top of this page.
Transcript: Google Loses its Antitrust Case: Why That Matters for Your BusinessWell hello again everybody and welcome back to Thinks Out Loud. Your source for all the digital expertise your business needs. My name is Tim Peter. This is episode 429 of The Big Show. And I think we’ve got a really cool episode for you today. I will admit it’s not the episode I thought it was going to be.
My podcast schedule just got seriously shaken up. My original plan for this week was to dive into Big Tech’s quarterly earnings, as you know we do every quarter. And don’t worry, we’ll do that in about a week. But news broke Monday afternoon, that’s about an hour or so ago, relative to when I’m recording this.
That shot that schedule all to hell. It’s one of the key points from earnings that I will return to. During this episode is that Google made about 85 billion in revenue last quarter. With 48. 5 billion of that, or roughly 57%, coming from search. So what does that have to do with what blew up my podcast recording schedule?
Well I don’t know if you saw the news, but Google just lost a major Major, huge, antitrust case. The judge in the case noted that, and I quote, Google is a monopolist and it has acted as one to maintain its monopoly. Going on to say that Google, quote, violated section 2 of the Sherman Act. That’s the Sherman Antitrust Act.
For those of you playing along at home. And whether you know it or not, this case matters to your business. I will explain why later in the episode. I’ve been talking about Google’s potential antitrust problems for at least five years. In a article I wrote called, Say Goodbye to Google, Hoteliers, and Gatekeeper’s Gonna Gate, Apple, Google, and Antitrust from way back in 2019, and as recently as 2023 with an episode entitled, The End of Google, because this matters a ton.
Now, I’m going to break down What’s going on, then I’m going to talk about why you care, and then I’m going to talk about what you do about it. The first thing I want to remind everybody, of course, is that I’m not a lawyer, so this isn’t intended to be a detailed legal analysis. I will share what I know to be true, right?
First, being in a monopoly is not illegal. It is illegal if you use your monopoly to maintain your market power. Though Google argued that they’ve achieved Their monopoly status because they had the best product. Generally speaking, the court actually agreed with them on that part. And I’d agree with them on that point.
Google wanted the marketplace because it has long been the best search engine. No offense to Microsoft and Bing, but they’ve been 20 years. As I’ve said before, though, if Bing was going to beat Google at Search, well, they’d have beaten Google at Search. The court also, at least in my first fast reading of the ruling, Seems to understand the power of scale for making Google’s product better, and that its scale is tough for others to compete with.
One thing to keep in mind throughout this is that the court refers to Google and its competitors throughout the ruling as General Search Engines, or GSEs. Keep that in mind for any quotes I share with you where that comes up. They also refer to Special Vertical Providers, or SVPs, for folks like Amazon or Expedia or Indeed.
Or Yelp, where you’re searching a very narrow channel, a very narrow vertical search that only focuses on products or travel or jobs, for instance. Anyway, the court stated, as the most widely used GSE in the United States, Google receives nine times more queries each day than all of its rivals combined across all devices.
This disparity is even more pronounced on mobile. There, Google receives 19 times more queries than all of its other rivals put together. And the court notes that the data comes, that comes from those queries gives Google a powerful tool for making search better. Bing struggles to get better, DuckDuckGo struggles to get better because they just don’t have as much data as Google does.
One of the expert witnesses during the trial testified they analyzed, quote, 3. 7 million unique query phases on Google and Bing Showing that 93 percent of unique phrases were only seen by Google versus 4. 8 percent seen only by Bing. And that that disparity was even greater on mobile. It’s awful tough for Bing to make a product that’s much better than Google.
When they just don’t get near as much distinct data. The court noted that, quote, Google has used its scale advantage to improve the quality of its search product. At every stage of the search process, user data is a critical input that directly improves quality. One of my favorite quotes about data in this ruling states that, quote, 13 months of user data acquired by Google is equivalent to over 17 years of data on Big.
I mean, holy crap, that is a wild way of pointing out Google’s advantages. All of that, by the way, is before they started using AI. And none of what I’ve just described is illegal. They’re just building a better product that improves the more that people use it. That’s smart business. The ruling says that breaking the law, quote, the offense of monopolization requires proof of two elements.
One, the possession of monopoly power in the relevant market, and two, the willful acquisition or maintenance of that power as distinguished from growth or development as a consequence of a superior product, business acumen, or historic accident. Okay, simplifying that, they’re saying it’s okay to gain and maintain monopoly power by building a better product, or by having better execution, or by just plain luck.
But if you then maintain that power in any other way than those three things, then you probably broke the law. And as a quick note about markets, To be a monopoly, there has to be a defined market. The court found that, quote, general search services is a distinct market. That’s using Google and Bing for search versus, say, what the court calls special vertical providers, or what I’ve always called vertical search engines, Yelp, or things like that.
Or social networks like Facebook and Pinterest for search. Obviously, all of those examples of SVPs and social networks allow searching, but they’re not, in the court’s view, general search services. And I think this is interesting and worth talking about for a moment. The court gave multiple reasons. I’m only going to focus on three.
Most of the SVPs and social networks, they, the court noted, only search their own content. They don’t typically search the whole web. That feels like a reasonable distinction to me, and something we want to keep in mind when we think about our own businesses, which I will come to later. The second factor, Google’s expert witness testified, quote, that there is relatively limited user overlap between the general search engines.
So, users see Google and other GSEs as substitutes, such that using Google obviates a need to use another GSE. In other words, most users use Google for general search and Amazon, Expedia, Indeed, and Pinterest, let’s say, only when they’re searching for products, travel, jobs, and images. They’re not using those tools to replace Google itself.
So, you might use Google or Bing. Along with Expedia, Indeed, Amazon, and Pinterest, but you’re not using Expedia, you’re not using Google and Bing along with those. And then the last reason that the court found is kind of funny from a, from a darkly funny perspective, especially if you’re Google. Google also only looked at general search engines internally when it compared itself to its own competition.
This is a quote from the ruling. When Google has evaluated its quality against other platforms, it has done so primarily against other GSEs. In the next sentence, the court writes In addition, internal Google documents show that Google, as early as 2009, tracked its, quote, market share, unquote, relative only to other GSEs.
Whoops, the court didn’t define the market, Google did. They said this is who our competitors are and these are the only ones we care about. That’s not great if you’re Google, right? You basically told the court these are the folks who we see as the market. So, you know, that’s kind of a pretty telling detail.
The court also ruled that Google has monopoly power in the general search text ads market. And without getting too deep into the specifics, again, not a lawyer, Google’s own actions, again, apparently played a role. The judge noted that Google does not consider competitors pricing when it sets text ad prices.
They said that’s something a firm without a monopoly would have been unable to do. Make sense, right? If you’re gonna set prices, you’re kind of gonna pay attention to what your competitors price things at. Google didn’t do that. So, they’re kind of saying they’ve got power over pricing that very other few, that very few other people would have.
I also think it’s notable that the court Google, quote, recognized a separate market for search ads, it found that Google did not have monopoly power in that market, it also rejected a separate general search ads market, unquote. So, we’re only talking about Google as a monopoly in the general search services market and the general search ads market.
Text ads market, and that again, being a monopoly in those markets itself is not illegal. This is the thing I said I would come back to later about, you know, Google has a great product. The court said, this is a quote from the document, Google has long been the best search engine, particularly on mobile devices.
Nor has Google sat still. It has continued to innovate in search. The judge flat out goes on to say that Microsoft and DuckDuckGo have tried to beat Google, but quote, These firms have not succeeded in part due to their inferior quality. I mean, jeez. That’s harsh, man. That is rough. You know, Google’s being found to be breaking the law and you’re getting dragged at the same time.
That’s crazy. In another kind of brutal takedown of Microsoft, the judge wrote that, again, a quote, Microsoft acknowledges that it was slow to recognize the importance of developing a search product for mobile and it has been trying to catch up unsuccessfully. Ever since, oof, I mean, geez, that’s some rough stuff.
Where Google went wrong here, where it broke the law, according to the court, is that it used its dominance when it paid Apple, Netscape, and Android phone manufacturers To make sure they wouldn’t switch to another product, or wouldn’t invest in developing their own. They paid Apple around 20 billion in 2022 to prevent Apple looking at alternatives, and apparently based that price in part on what they felt it would cost Apple if they were going to invest in making their own search engine.
That’s not a good thing. When the court asked why Google pays billions in revenue share when it already has the best search engine, former Google Senior Vice President of Ads and Commerce, Dr. Ramaswamy, said that the payments provide an incredibly strong incentive for the ecosystem to not do anything.
They effectively make the ecosystem exceptionally resistant to change. And their net effect is to basically freeze the ecosystem in place. The judge followed up by saying, No one would ever describe a competitive marketplace in those terms. This is me now, not the judge. Freezing the ecosystem in place?
That’s the illegal bit. You’ve heard me say plenty of times that gatekeepers gonna gate. We’re seeing that right here in this case. Gatekeepers gonna gate even if it’s illegal. Now, I’ve talked about this before. I mentioned at the top of this episode that I’ve talked about this for at least five years.
Because it matters to your business. And the reason it matters to your business is that you get a lot of traffic and a healthy share of revenue from Google. Most businesses receive a plurality, if not an outright majority, of their traffic and revenue from Google. In the ruling, they had a fact that the special vertical providers that I mentioned before, so folks like Amazon, Expedia, Indeed, Yelp, and so on, Received between 33 percent and 88 percent of their traffic from Google search.
I strongly suspect, and the data that we see with clients, shows that you’re likely getting numbers very much within that same range, that same very rough range. The court also found that, quote, not surprisingly then, SVPs are Google’s top advertisers. That’s a big deal. Right? You are probably also paying Google for some of the traffic that they drive to you.
If Google is forced to change its behaviors, then your business can suffer. Anything that hurts Google can hurt you. That’s why you care. That’s why this matters. This isn’t about Google. This is about your business. It’s also true that the search ecosystem is not as frozen as it was. We’ve probably seen more innovation in the last 10 months than we’ve seen in the last 10 years.
Google faces more threats, whether they’re new entrants, More AI competitors, this anti trust ruling, similar cases working their way through other state courts, movement in the European Union regulation, than at any other time I can recall. And that’s even going back to when I first started talking about this five years ago.
There are lots of ways that Google can stumble, and lots of ways that any of those stumbles can hurt you. That’s what you need to prevent. Now, I want to be very clear, there’s a ton of good news here, too. The court rulings actually contain a ton of insights into why other channels are good for Google, and again, by extension, good for you and your business.
Google had an analysis in 2019 that they called Project Charlotte that showed users who engaged with SVPs, Special Vertical Providers, so people like Amazon, people like Expedia, people like Yelp, were more likely to search on Google. And that was also true on mobile apps. If people used a mobile app, they were more likely to actually search on Google.
That’s hugely important and shows the values of diversifying your mix into other channels. They also had some more dated evidence that Facebook use correlated to more searching on Google. So again, It sometimes drives people to Google, but it helps people find you lots of ways. The question you should be asking is where your traffic and revenue come from if Google loses in court or loses its way more generally.
How are you diversifying your web traffic? How are you connecting with consumers and customers more broadly beyond Google and the rest of big tech? How are you building a brand that customers return to again and again? This episode is already getting on the long side, so I’m not going to go into huge detail about this.
But there’s a ton of episodes we’ve done here about these very questions. Last week’s episode alone, how to put big tech and AI, the biggest threat and biggest enablers of your business, to work. We had an episode shortly before that called, Google is Changing Search, How to Build Traffic and Revenue Beyond Google.
Another called, The Core Methodology, How to Build Traffic and Revenue Beyond Google, Part 2. We’ve asked you still need a website and how to escape big tech’s web, and can podcasting help your business bypass big tech gatekeepers? We’ve talked about how you can rethink search marketing in the age of AI, and what Taylor Swift can teach you about bypassing gatekeepers.
We’ve asked, will AI and ChatGPT kill your search traffic? We’ve said, does marketing have a future? And explained why the word of the year is integration. All of these will be linked to in the show notes. Those episodes offer a playbook for what you should be thinking about. And more importantly, doing. To prevent Google’s troubles from becoming your troubles.
I also want to acknowledge one other point. This ruling does not mean this case is final or is over. Google will appeal. They have to win this in the long run. It is existential to your business. Remember at the top of the episode when I talked about the 57 percent of revenue that comes from search? How would you like it if someone ruled that you had to change the product that drives 57 percent of your business’s revenue?
I bet you wouldn’t like it very much. I bet you would do a lot to ensure that you could keep moving your business forward the way you wanted to. Google is no different here. I suspect they’re either going to win. Or at least reach a favorable settlement in the long run. And I think this is going to take a little time to play out still.
I’m not, again, a legal analyst, so I can’t actually make strong predictions as to for how long this will take. But from a business perspective, they’ve got to find a way to come to an agreeable settlement here. They’ve got too much riding on it otherwise. I also want to point out that none of this is meant as, you know, the death of SEO or the death of search.
None of this means abandoning Google. Think about everything we’ve talked about here and the things that I mentioned a moment ago as Google and other channels, not Google or other channels. You can use the many alternatives referenced in those episodes to drive more traffic and revenue for your business no matter what happens to Google.
If they lose and their traffic declines, then you’ll have built other ways of driving traffic and revenue to your business. If they succeed, you’ll get as much search traffic as you ever did, plus the benefits of the alternatives you’ve built along the way. It’s a win win for you, and in either case, you’ll be fine.
The thing that you want to remember is that Google might have a monopoly on search. That doesn’t mean they should monopolize your marketing spend or your customer acquisition. I hope this ruling and this episode serves as a wake up call that you’ve got the ability to make your own decision about how to create customers for your business.
No matter what happens to Google in court or in the marketplace, it’s up to you to take the next step to make that work in practice for your business.
Show Wrap-Up and CreditsNow, looking at the clock on the wall, we are out of time for this week.
And I want to remind you again that you can find the show notes for this episode. As well as an archive of all past episodes by going to timpeter.com/podcast. Again, that’s timpeter.com/podcast. Just look for episode 428.
Subscribe to Thinks Out LoudDon’t forget that you can click on the subscribe link in any of the episodes that you find there to have Thinks Out Loud delivered to your favorite podcatcher every single week. You can also find Thinks Out Loud on Apple Podcasts, Spotify, YouTube Music, anywhere fine podcasts are found.
Leave a Rating or Review for Thinks Out LoudI would also very much appreciate it if you could provide a positive rating or review for the show whenever you use one of those services. If you like what you hear on Thinks Out Loud, if you enjoy what we talk about, if you like being part of the community that we’re building here, please give us a positive rating or review.
Reviews help other listeners find the podcast, and we’ll see you Reviews help other listeners understand what Thinks Out Loud is all about. They help to build our community. And they mean the world to me personally. So thank you for taking the time to do that. I very, very much appreciate it.
Thinks Out Loud on Social MediaYou can also find Thinks Out Loud on LinkedIn by going to linkedin.com/tim-peter-and-associates-llc. You can find me on Twitter or X or whatever you want to call it this week by using the Twitter handle @tcpeter. And of course, you can email me by sending an email to podcast(at)timpeter.com. Again, that’s podcast(at)timpeter.com.
Show OutroFinally, and I know I say this a lot, I want you to know how thrilled I am that you keep listening to what we do here. It means so much to me. You are the reason we do this show. You’re the reason that Thinks Out Loud happens every single week.
So please, keep your messages coming on LinkedIn, keep hitting me up on Twitter, sending things via email, I love getting a chance to talk with you, to hear what’s going on in your world, and to learn how we can do a better job building up the types of information and insights and content and community that work for you and work for your business.
So with all that said, I hope you have a fantastic rest of your day, I hope you have a wonderful week ahead, and I will look forward to speaking with you here on Thinks Out Loud next time. Until then, please be well, be safe, and as always, take care, everybody.
The post Google Loses its Antitrust Case: Why That Matters for Your Business (Thinks Out Loud Episode 429) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
Big Tech and AI are the biggest threats to your business. At the same time, they’re also the biggest enablers of your business. Putting them to work for your business is a tricky balancing act. But it’s one that you can manage. The trick is building from five key themes that Big Tech and AI bring to the market.
What are those five key themes? How can you balance the threat and benefit of Big Tech and AI? And, most importantly, how can you put Big Tech and AI to work to build your business? That’s what this episode of Thinks Out Loud is all about.
Want to learn more? Here are the show notes for you.
How to Put Big Tech and AI — the Biggest Threat and Biggest Enablers of Your Business — to Work (Episode 428) — Headlines and Show NotesShow Notes and Links* AI is the Bear: Learning to Be a Better Marketer in the Age of AI (Thinks Out Loud Episode 422) * The Best AI is Now Free For Everyone: Revisiting Will Your Customers Use AI? (Thinks Out Loud) * Why You Need to Ignore the Coming AI Backlash (Thinks Out Loud Episode 417) * Why AI Makes Customer Experience Even More Important for Your Business (Thinks Out Loud Episode 427) * We Owe It To Our Customers to Make Their Lives Better (Thinks Out Loud Episode 361) * What Marketers Really Need to Know About Putting AI to Work (Thinks Out Loud Episode 426) * Deal With It: Digital Makes Marketing Easier for Everyone, Which Makes Marketing Harder For Everyone (Thinks Out Loud Episode 213) * Google is Changing Search. How to Build Traffic and Revenue Beyond Google — Part 1 (Thinks Out Loud Episode 424) * The CORE Methodology: How to Build Traffic and Revenue Beyond Google — Part 2 (Thinks Out Loud Episode 425) – Tim Peter & Associates * Americans increasingly using ChatGPT, but few trust its 2024 election information | Pew Research Center * Adverse impacts of revealing the presence of “Artificial Intelligence (AI)” technology in product and service descriptions on purchase intentions: the mediating role of emotional trust and the moderating role of perceived risk: Journal of Hospitality Marketing & Management: Vol 0, No 0 – Get Access
You might also enjoy this webinar I recently participated in with Miles Partnership that looked at "The Power of Generative AI and ChatGPT: What It Means for Tourism & Hospitality" here:
Free DownloadsWe have some free downloads for you to help you navigate the current situation, which you can find right here:
Best of Thinks Out LoudYou can find our “Best of Thinks Out Loud” playlist on Spotify right here:
Subscribe to Thinks Out Loud* Subscribe in iTunes * Subscribe in the Google Play Store
Contact information for the podcast: podcast@timpeter.com
Past Insights from Tim Peter ThinksTechnical Details for Thinks Out LoudRecorded using a Shure SM7B Vocal Dynamic Microphone and a Focusrite Scarlett 4i4 (3rd Gen) USB Audio Interface into Logic Pro X for the Mac.
Running time: 22m 47s
You can subscribe to Thinks Out Loud in iTunes, the Google Play Store, via our dedicated podcast RSS feed (or sign up for our free newsletter). You can also download/listen to the podcast here on Thinks using the player at the top of this page.
Transcript: How to Put Big Tech and AI — the Biggest Threat and Biggest Enablers of Your Business — to WorkWell hello again everyone and welcome back to Thinks Out Loud, your source for all the digital expertise your business needs. My name is Tim Peter, this is episode 428 of The Big Show. And I think we have a really cool episode for you today.
A big part of this podcast, something we talk about a lot, is the relationship between your business and big tech. And that includes a particular focus on how you can improve customer acquisition and ultimately lower the cost of doing business with big tech for your business. As a consequence of that discussion and of where Big Tech’s focus has tended to be lately, we’re also spending a lot of time talking about artificial intelligence, how Big Tech uses it, and increasingly how you can put it to work for your business.
For instance, if you think about some of the more recent episodes we’ve put up, you know, we’ve talked about how AI is the bear, how it’s running you down, and how AI makes customer experience more important, what marketers really need to know about putting AI to work, the reality of how big tech and lots of businesses bundle and unbundle and the role that that plays in customer acquisition.
And how Google is changing search, and because of that, how and why you need to build traffic and revenue beyond Google specifically, and big tech more generally. What I want to do today is highlight five big themes that each of these past episodes call out and how you can assemble them into a working plan, a useful strategy to make your business more successful.
And these five big themes are that Big Tech remains the single biggest enabler and the single biggest threat to your business. The second is that AI is changing customer behavior, and the biggest change is around customer expectations. The third is that AI makes it easier for your competitors to create great content and amazing experiences for customers.
The fourth is that failing to use AI to improve your content and your customers experience at all gives your competitors a massive advantage. And the fifth is that failing to use these tools well hurts your customers experience and drives them back to big tech to find someone else who can help them.
So I want to talk about each of these in a little bit of detail. First, Big Tech remains the single biggest enabler and the single biggest threat to your business. Big Tech are the channels by which you can reach your customers. That’s a huge benefit. They help you find customers and a wider array of customers that you often can reach on your own.
They make it easier to reach people you can’t reach on your own. They’re also gatekeepers. And as you’ve heard me say many times before, Gatekeeper’s got a gate, right? All of your competitors use these tools too. Your competitors live right alongside you on these channels. And big tech increasingly charges you for the privilege of showing up.
Alongside your competitors, right? When I say gatekeepers go to gate, that’s what I mean. They’re charging you just to show up. They’re raising the fees. They’re raising the price. They’re raising the tolls that you have to pay to actually show up. And you’re still showing up alongside competitors right next to them.
That’s not always great, right? So it’s something we want to be very conscious of, that there, there’s a lot of benefit to big tech, and there are some downsides there, and we have to find the right ways to balance them for our businesses. I mentioned the second one is that AI is changing customer behavior, and the biggest change is around customer expectations.
If you think about how customer behaviors are changing, it often happens without customers even being aware of it. And I’m, I’m talking about how Big tech is using AI to improve the experience customers have. Think of features like AI curated feeds on Instagram or Facebook or TikTok or LinkedIn or Pinterest.
Think about Google’s AI overviews. Think about Amazon’s use of artificial intelligence in its recommendations and its logistics operation. Big tech is using AI under the hood to improve their customers experiences. The customers don’t even realize what’s being done, they just know that it’s better. And it’s changing the expectations that customers have for what good experience looks like, what it feels like.
This is actually how this always works. If you think about when Amazon started offering free shipping, suddenly free shipping became something customers expected, pretty much from everybody. The same thing happened when they went to two day shipping. In hospitality, this is a known reality. It’s called amenity creep.
At various times, things like breakfast buffets, or flat panel TVs, or curved shower rods, or free Wi Fi were luxuries. Now, pretty much every hotel in the world has them, if not better. Customers just expect that those are things you’re going to get everywhere. The third big trend, the third big theme, is that AI makes it easier for your competitors to create great content and offer amazing experiences.
You’ve heard me say, A billion times on this show that content is king and customer experience is queen. Together, content and customer experience help you connect with customers directly and bring them back to you again and again and again. Content and customer experience are two sides of the same coin.
Content is your 24x7x365 salesperson and it is your 24x7x365 customer service rep. Great content is the first leg of the stool towards providing your customer with a great customer experience. If they can’t find what they’re looking for, if they don’t get good answers to their questions, they’re going to go looking for a better answer.
And, as you know, the place they’re going to look is on Google, or Facebook, or Instagram, or Amazon, or Copilot, or LinkedIn. In other words, Big tech, right? It becomes this vicious cycle. By contrast, great customer experience drives loyalty. It’s what causes customers to seek you out by name. My favorite brands, think about it, your favorite brands, aren’t ones you need to search for.
You don’t have to go searching for a solution to a problem that your favorite brands already solved. You know who they are. You look for them by name. That’s the position you want to be in. Because that’s one of the ways you bypass big tech. That’s one of the ways you drive down your cost of customer acquisition by building loyal customers who come back to you.
I mentioned the fourth big theme is failing to use AI to improve your content and your customer’s experience at all gives your competitors a huge advantage. Many companies are now using AI throughout the customer journey to improve their content and improve their customer experience. I mentioned this a moment ago in terms of big tech, but you’re seeing it with plenty of smaller companies too.
Just to give some examples, AI allows you to better identify customer segments. We know who we want to provide a message to. Artificial intelligence also allows you to create a greater variety and more targeted messages for those customer segments. It enables a more personalized experience. It enables a better experience because you’re speaking to the specific customer you need to.
In their voice and in their language and doing it far more economically and far faster. I think about this a lot generally, but I’m thinking about it a lot specifically these days. I don’t know about you, but I’m watching the Olympics a lot right now. I’m a big fan of the Olympics. It’s, it’s always so much fun to see these.
Amazing athletes do the peak of human performance, perform at the peak of human ability. And, you know, if you’re watching something like track and field, if one of the runners switched to riding a bicycle, and we’ll pretend for purposes of this discussion that using a bike was legal in track and field, Then everybody else who was just running would lose.
It would no longer be track and field, it would be cycling. But bicycles literally would change the game. If swimmers raced against folks in boats, again, they’d lose. It would literally change the game. Technology is a game changer. AI specifically is a game changer, or at least it is when it’s used well, and I’m going to talk more about this in just a moment.
Years ago, though, we had an episode called Deal With It. Digital makes marketing easier for everyone. Which makes marketing harder for everyone, right? AI repeats that mantra. AI makes marketing and customer experience easier, easier for everyone. Which makes them harder for everyone. We need to be using the technology appropriately.
We need to be using it well if we want to compete in the same race that our competitors are running and that big tech is running. They’re all using bicycles or cars or jets to create better content and create better experience. If we’re not, we’re stuck at the starting block. We’re not even running in the race.
Now, the fifth big theme, and this gets to the core of it, a moment ago, as I said, if you fail to use these tools at all, that’s going to create a huge advantage for your competitors. If you fail to use these tools well, then that hurts your customer experience and drives them back to big tech to find someone else who can help them.
And this is, this Maybe the key point I want you to think about, as I noted in our episode about why AI makes customer experience more important, it’s not about the tool. And let me be clear, AI is just a tool. It’s really no different from your CRM, or your CDP, or your mobile app, or your website, or anything else you use to connect with your customers.
If that tool is not focused on providing a great experience, if you’re not using these tools to improve your customers experiences and truly their lives, then you’re not really helping your customers. The funny thing about how you can do this well, though, is that Big Tech might be providing a playbook here, as they so often do.
A few minutes ago, I mentioned that Big Tech was building these capabilities behind the scenes, under the hood of their customers experiences. Sometimes the customers aren’t aware. That these companies are using big tech, excuse me, using artificial intelligence, rather, to improve the experience. And there may be a reason why they’re doing that.
There was recent research published in the Journal of Hospitality Marketing and Management that shows that, and this is a quote, the inclusion of the artificial intelligence term in descriptions of products and services decreases purchase intention and that emotional trust mediates this relationship.
In other words, customers want the benefits of AI, but they want a human face attached to it. They want to deal with people. They want to deal with people who treat them really well. So, you need to be thinking about How you can treat your customers as human beings to provide the experiences that they increasingly expect.
No matter what tools you’re actually using under the hood to serve those customer needs, you want to make it friendly. You want to make it human. As my friend Mark Schaefer says, the most human brand wins. And he is so right when it comes to that. If you’re not thinking about how to treat your customers as human beings, Regardless of the tools, then you’re actively encouraging them to keep looking for a better service, a better product, a better company who is focused on their needs.
Which means that you’re going to have to pay the gatekeepers again and again and again for the privilege of talking with your customers. Which is not the place you want to be. So, obviously, I didn’t lay out these themes just to scare you. We also want to talk about what you can do with it. And it always starts in the same place.
It’s where I just left off a moment ago. You focus on your customers as people and focus on what they care about. You’ve probably heard me tell this story before on the show about former Amazon CEO and current Space Cowboy, Jeff Bezos. Always saying, when people ask him about what would change over the next five years or the next ten years, he liked to ask, what won’t change?
What are the things your customers always care about? Start there. We know customer experience is one of them. Think about and answer the question of what customer experience means for your business. Obviously, customer experience means different things if we’re talking about a hotel, or a restaurant, or financial services, or retail, or software as a service, or manufacturing, or on and on and on.
But think about what it means to your customers and your business. One technique that we’ve found valuable The goal is to use ChatGPT or Google’s Gemini to test ideas about customer experiences and test customer service before putting them in the field with actual human beings. These tools provide a solid way to conduct user testing, air quotes, easily and inexpensively.
We can understand things, we can kind of brainstorm what it is the customer might expect and make it work. Another thing that we know that customers want are answers to their questions. What are the questions that your customers routinely ask? Again, we’ve used a variety of AI tools from Microsoft or Google or SEMrush or HubSpot to process our clients data and understand what customers are actually looking for.
We can then use those tools to brainstorm new content ideas, build out functional content calendars, and in some cases, improve drafts of content designed to answer those questions. We’re also using AI tools from, among others, Google and Microsoft and Meta, to promote that content so that customers know it exists.
Notice, by the way, what are we talking about here? Content is king. Customer experience is queen. Because they don’t change. The specific answers might change. The expectations might change. But the need to provide great content and a great customer experience Doesn’t change. There are of course other things that won’t change that are specific to your business.
Take some time to think those through. Use ChatGPT or Gemini or Claude to brainstorm your ideas and see how you can identify how to leverage those for your business. Notice though, That those tools, and yeah, big tech, are also the instruments by which you improve your content and your customer service.
They are a threat, but they can be a massive enabler. So to wrap this up, remember that there are five big themes you want to keep in mind that we’re all dealing with. One is that AI is changing customer behavior. Two is that AI makes it easier for your competitors to create great content and amazing experiences.
Three, failing to use AI to improve your content and your customers experience at all gives your competitors a huge advantage. Four is failing to use these tools well hurts your customers experience and drives them back to Big Tech to find someone else who can help them. And five, big tech is the biggest threat and the biggest enabler of your business.
Use them wisely and use them well to see your business grow. Use Big Tech to help create great content and great experiences so that your customers will want to work with you. They’ll come back to you again and again and again. And then you won’t have to rely on Big Tech quite so much to find those customers.
Instead, customers will find you. I can’t wait to hear how you do.
Show Wrap-Up and CreditsNow, looking at the clock on the wall, we are out of time for this week.
And I want to remind you again that you can find the show notes for this episode. As well as an archive of all past episodes by going to timpeter.com/podcast. Again, that’s timpeter.com/podcast. Just look for episode 428.
Subscribe to Thinks Out LoudDon’t forget that you can click on the subscribe link in any of the episodes that you find there to have Thinks Out Loud delivered to your favorite podcatcher every single week. You can also find Thinks Out Loud on Apple Podcasts, Spotify, YouTube Music, anywhere fine podcasts are found.
Leave a Rating or Review for Thinks Out LoudI would also very much appreciate it if you could provide a positive rating or review for the show whenever you use one of those services.
If you like what you hear on Thinks Out Loud, if you enjoy what we talk about, if you like being part of the community that we’re building here, please give us a positive rating or review.
Reviews help other listeners find the podcast. Reviews help other listeners understand what Thinks Out Loud is all about. They help to build our community and they mean the world to me. So thank you so much for doing that. I very, very much appreciate it.
Thinks Out Loud on Social MediaYou can also find Thinks Out Loud on LinkedIn by going to linkedin.com/tim-peter-and-associates-llc. You can find me on Twitter or X or whatever you want to call it this week by using the Twitter handle @tcpeter. And of course, you can email me by sending an email to podcast(at)timpeter.com. Again, that’s podcast(at)timpeter.com.
Show OutroFinally, and I know I say this a lot, I want you to know how thrilled I am that you keep listening to what we do here. It means so much to me. You are the reason we do this show.
You’re the reason that Thinks Out Loud happens every single week. So please, keep your messages coming on LinkedIn. Keep hitting me up on Twitter, sending things via email. I love getting a chance to talk with you, to hear what’s going on in your world, and to learn how we can do a better job building on the types of information and insights and content and community that work for you and work for your business.
So with all that said, I hope you have a fantastic rest of your day, I hope you have a wonderful week ahead, and I will look forward to speaking with you here on Thinks Out Loud next time. Until then, please be well, be safe, and as always, take care, everybody.
The post How to Put Big Tech and AI — the Biggest Threat and Biggest Enablers of Your Business — to Work (Episode 428) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
Peter Drucker said it years ago: Your job is to create a customer. But creating a customer can be hard, especially as media and creators and influencers get bought out or burned out. Essentially, media is continually in a process of being bundled or unbundled, of integrating and dis-integrating. So, how are you supposed to acquire customers — to create customers — in that world?
The simple fact is that the world we all live in changes constantly. It’s true for your customers. It’s true for your business. But, there is a path by which you can connect with customers, acquire customers, and keep your customers no matter how much bundling or unbundling happens around you. And that’s what this episode of the Thinks Out Loud podcast is all about.
Want to learn more? Here are the show notes for you.
Revisiting Bundling, Unbundling, and Customer Acquisition (Thinks Out Loud) Headlines and Show NotesShow Notes and Links* Quote by Peter Drucker: “The purpose of business is to create and keep a customer” | Goodreads * Belonging to the Brand: Why Community is the Last Great Marketing Strategy: Schaefer, Mark W.: 9781733553391: Amazon.com: Books * The Future of Email Marketing — Interview with Scott Cohen from InboxArmy (Thinks Out Loud Episode 410) * 2024 Predictions: Putting AI in Marketing to Work (Thinks Out Loud Episode 409) * Is It Time for Your Marketing Team to Use AI? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 405) * What "It’s All E-commerce" Means in 2024 (Thinks Out Loud Episode 404) * What AI Will Do to Content Marketing (Thinks Out Loud Episode 402) * Revisiting How to Escape Big Tech’s Web (Thinks Out Loud) * The Single Biggest Myth in Digital: Content is Expensive (Thinks Out Loud Episode 275) * How to engage your hotel’s secret sales force
You might also enjoy this webinar I recently participated in with Miles Partnership that looked at "The Power of Generative AI and ChatGPT: What It Means for Tourism & Hospitality" here:
Free DownloadsWe have some free downloads for you to help you navigate the current situation, which you can find right here:
Best of Thinks Out LoudYou can find our “Best of Thinks Out Loud” playlist on Spotify right here:
Subscribe to Thinks Out Loud* Subscribe in iTunes * Subscribe in the Google Play Store
Contact information for the podcast: podcast@timpeter.com
Past Insights from Tim Peter ThinksTechnical Details for Thinks Out LoudRecorded using a Shure SM7B Vocal Dynamic Microphone and a Focusrite Scarlett 4i4 (3rd Gen) USB Audio Interface into Logic Pro X for the Mac.
Running time: 25m 36s
You can subscribe to Thinks Out Loud in iTunes, the Google Play Store, via our dedicated podcast RSS feed (or sign up for our free newsletter). You can also download/listen to the podcast here on Thinks using the player at the top of this page.
Transcript: Big Trends: Bundling, Unbundling, and Customer AcquisitionWell, hello again, everyone, and welcome back to Thinks Out Loud, your source for all the digital expertise your business needs. My name is Tim Peter. This is episode 410 of the Big Show, and I think we’ve got a really cool episode for you today.
You know, one of the things that I think about a lot — what we do here, what my firm does, what I try to do, what my team tries to do — is we try to help our clients lower the cost of acquiring customers.
Fundamentally, that’s what we do. It’s so important to me that I’m writing a book about it. But we try to help clients get more customers for less money. That could be by helping with marketing. It could be by helping with customer experience. It could be by helping with their tech stack. And we do this for companies in hospitality, or travel, or SaaS, or technology, or financial services, what have you.
When I talk about e-commerce, or AI, which we’ve done in lots of recent shows, or email, like last week’s show, or what have you, it’s always coming from a place of lowering that cost of finding and connecting with customers.
Fundamentally, you’ve heard me say this Drucker quote, that the first job of business is to create a customer. And if we’re not doing that, if we’re not helping our clients do that, if we’re not helping you do that on this show, then we’re not doing our jobs.
One of my favorite ways to do that is by keeping an eye on various trends that matter, that are either going to raise the cost of acquiring customers for you, or are going to lower your costs if you put them to work the right way.
I mean, that’s why I’m so hot on AI lately. And there is a big trend that’s going on right at the moment that gets overlooked a lot by me as much as anyone, I should add. And my epiphany on this, my realization on this, came from a conversation I was having with my friend Mark Schaefer last week. Mark is a great guy, big thinker, super, super smart dude, has written, I don’t know, 787 books or something like that.
He’s just the best guy and a really, really smart dude. And he is It’s rightly a big proponent of community, of user generated content, and of creators and influencers, in terms of their ability to help you reach your customers. And, in the case of community, of having customers help you reach more customers, help customers help themselves, and create greater experience.
His new book called Belonging to the Brand, his most recent book, is well worth a read on that very topic. And as much as he loves creators and influencers, and I do too, I think they’re tremendous, tremendous resources for you, he mentioned a limitation that exists among them, which is burnout. I’ve seen a bunch of folks I follow on YouTube in just the last few weeks dedicate entire episodes to the topic.
He’s talked, he was talking about in our conversation about people who just get fed up and can’t do it anymore. And if you think about it, how many television shows had amazing runs for their entire history? How many film sequels were as good as the original? Not many, right? It’s tough to sustain creativity.
And what you’re starting to see more of, and I think somebody like Mr. Beast would be a good example of this, though there are countless others, are creators who are becoming production companies. These aren’t solo operators or solopreneurs. They have an entire crew and company where they’re consolidating efforts.
They’re bringing people together. To, you know, make the work easier. And that really is the larger trend that I want to talk about. This idea of bringing things together. And the weird part is, I’m not going to just talk about bringing them together. I’m going to talk about bringing them together and splitting them apart.
Jim Barksdale, who was one of the founders of Netscape back in the day with Marc Andreessen and Jim Clark. Famously said, there are only two business models, bundling the unbundled and unbundling the bundles, right? If you think about the number of businesses out there that have been successful, they’re always either splitting off some feature or function from another business, or they’re taking a bunch of features and functions and putting them together.
You know Craigslist unbundled classified ads from newspapers. And, in fact, if you think about lots of services, they’re just like little things that used to be in newspapers, right? Instagram, unbundled the photo sharing functionality from Facebook, originally. On the bundling side to YouTube, bundled videos from everywhere.
They became the place where you could get everything Amazon bundled purchasing. Instead of going to 12 different stores, you can just go to Amazon and get everything. LinkedIn sort of unbundled your business contacts from, you know, wherever else you might have had them. Right? They’re just different ideas of this idea of bundling or unbundling, or if you prefer.
Integration and disintegration. We’re talking about ways you split apart, you know, the place that you go or you, you bring different places you go into one. And the reason I bring this up is because this has a lot of effect on what’s gonna happen with your marketing and what’s going to happen on the way you use digital to reach your customers.
See, bringing this back around to where I started today. I believe, I have long believed, and I think most people would agree, the best form of marketing is, was, and always shall be word of mouth. It’s why I always say that customer experience is queen. Your customers are your secret sales force. Every single person who you interact with has roughly 200 friends and family and fans and followers.
on various social networks, on various social connections. They, they tell your, those friends and family and fans and followers all about your products and services. They sometimes do this when they have a good experience. And they always do this, or pretty much always do this, when they have a bad experience.
That’s kind of how people are wired. They talk to what’s going on in their lives with their social network. And one of the things you have to remember is that social networks are not a technology platform. Social networks are people. Social is people. We call Meta and Facebook and Threads and Instagram and TikTok and LinkedIn and Discord and Snap social networks.
But they’re not. They’re platforms that connect people with their actual social network, with the people they care about. They’re still incredibly important as platforms because they’re where word of mouth happens a ton of the time. Not as much, maybe, as when you’re talking to people at dinner, or you’re talking to people at a nightclub, or you’re talking to people at a company meeting, but they talk to all their friends, and family, and fans, and followers on those platforms.
And, of course, influencers and creators are a form of word of mouth, at least to a point. Obviously, most of what they’re talking about is not your business, or not the companies they partner with, but some of the time they do, so they’re providing word of mouth opportunities for you. community is a form of word of mouth.
You know, my friend Mark Schafer’s thing that he’s beating the drum about, so, so rightly lately, it’s also, if you think about it, a form of unbundling, and this gets really important when we talk about, you know, burnout among creators and the like, because what community is doing is it’s moving the creation from a bundled point, the creator or the influencer or the brand.
To an unbundled group, the community. It’s user generated content at scale, where the content may just be the conversation that’s happening among the people in that community. The point is that we see this continual pendulum of bundling and unbundling, of integration and disintegration, and we’re kind of going through a period right now where that’s occurring, we’re moving forward.
From what seemed to be more of a centralized activity where the brand or the influencer or the creator was the centralized point. It’s starting to unbundle, it’s starting to disintegrate a little bit. I think we are in the early days of an unbundling period. People want to engage with their social networks.
Privately more than they did. They don’t want one place where people can go and see everything about them. They’re trying to, they’re trying to keep different groups of people separate from one another. Jeff Jarvis once referred to the difference between “the public” and “a public.” They’re okay with sharing information with a select group of people, but maybe they don’t want it shared with the world.
And if you look at things like Substack or Discord, those are more private communities or more private ways of sharing that, again, are sort of an unbundling, sort of. Substack’s a weird one because it’s bundling all these unbundled creators and bringing them into one place. So, you know, the pendulum doesn’t have to just move in one direction at any given time.
I suppose it’s sort of like Schrodinger’s pendulum. It depends on how you look at it at any given point. But a Substack, a subscription, or Discord, or things like that, those are more private. And your audiences are getting more discreet, more fragmented, and maybe a little more private. So we’re having a little more disintegration going on, a little more unbundling going on.
The point is that the way you get your message out Changes. It changes constantly and it is in this constant state of flux between a bundled situation and an unbundled situation. And what you need to be thinking about is how do you work in an environment, in a fragmented environment, in an unbundled environment, or in a bundled one that may later become unbundled and be prepared for it.
You know, work well in that environment. And there’s a handful of things you need to do, and the great thing is that these are things we’ve talked about before. The strategies don’t change that much. The tactics might change a lot, but the strategies don’t change tons. The first is you need to connect with your customers directly.
You need to build relationships with your customers wherever you build them. Whether you build them in your email list, whether you build them in a community, whether you build them through partnerships, whether you build them from getting people to use your app. It’s about connecting with customers directly.
And you need to have quality content to do that. You need to be a trusted resource that your customers can go to for at least some of their questions, right? So think in terms of quality content that addresses their needs. There’s a reason why I say content is king. You also don’t need to be the only people who create that content.
Real partnerships with creators that matter to your customers can be super effective as a form of content. And when I say real partnerships, I mean partner with people whose audience are your customers. Build relationships with those creators communities. This shouldn’t just be about paid placement:
At the same time, we should realize that some of these folks you’re working with might burn out. They might find things that are more interesting than what they’re talking about. They may evolve over time, so you don’t want to put all your eggs in that one basket. You should make sure you’re working with an array of creators, not necessarily 50 or 100 or 200, but a set that makes sense to the scale of your business that you can work with effectively and manage.
If you’re working with one creator, that’s probably not enough. If you’re working with 100,000, you’ve got a bigger budget than most people. Congratulations, that’s fantastic. Right, but it’s, it’s finding the scale that fits your needs without relying solely on a single creator.
You also want to think about the "Hub and Spoke" model that we’ve talked about lots of times. You need a hub where all your content can be found, can be addressed. That’s your website, that’s your email, that’s your app. It could be a community that you create and that you run on behalf of your customers.
With the caveat that of course the minute you have a community, it belongs to the community as much as it belongs to you. So that one’s you know, a hub, but it may not be the most central part of your hub because you don’t have as much control there as you would like to, or you may want to in certain cases.
But you want to have those hubs available to you. And then the spokes are using channels like YouTube, using channels like Substack, using creators who you partner with, using channels like Instagram or, or LinkedIn, if you’re a B2B company to connect with customers where they are. The point, once again, is not to be disintegrated if one of those goes away, but to have an array of these spokes that you’re using that enable you to connect with customers where they are and not be dependent on anyone should two smart kids in a garage come along and blow one of them up one of these days.
You know, make it go away. And then the last core strategy that matters here is this idea of core and explore that we’ve talked about plenty of times here. You know, as I talk about this, it can be easy to get a little overwhelmed and say, well, that’s too many things. How do I do all of that? And the answer is you don’t.
And I mean, you start by putting 80 percent of your efforts or 90 percent of your efforts on the things that you know work and that continue to work well for you and you put most of your effort, most of your time, most of your money, most of your resources into the core, into the items that have proven successful for you again and again and again.
And then with the 10 or 20 percent that you have left over, you test. So you test with a creator. You test with a new channel. You test with a community that you join. Maybe don’t start your own, maybe join someone else’s as a genuine member of that community. But these are tests to see if they work, to see if you gain any traction.
If you find you’re not getting any traction, you either change what you’re doing or you change where you’re doing it. Just change the one thing and then see what happens there. But that’s the explore part, because you’re going to find some of those tests don’t work. And some of those tests are going to work really well for you and may eventually become part of your core because they outperform something that is in the core.
That’s okay. That’s normal. That’s why you do it this way. The point to remember there is that the way you reach customers continually changes. The way customers want you to reach them. Continually changes, and if you continue to always do what you’ve always done, you may be, you know, you may be sadly surprised to learn that it doesn’t work as well over time, which is why you have to continually be testing for new opportunities.
So, integration and disintegration, bundling and unbundling. Is a reality in the digital world. Is a reality in the business world. It’s been a reality forever and it’s unlikely to change. What we know is true is that customers still want to connect with trusted individuals and trusted brands on the topics that A. matter to them and B. that you’re a relevant resource for.
So work to connect directly with customers. Work to create quality content that addresses their needs. Remember that content is king and customer experience is queen. So create great experiences that turn your secret sales force into influencers and creators on behalf of your brand in their social networks and in their communities, regardless of whether those happen online or offline.
Think in terms of real partnerships with creators that matter to your customers, whether they’re your customers themselves or whether they’re people who create content. Keep "Hub and Spoke" top of mind for how you do what you do. Make sure you’ve got a hub that you people can always find the content and community and customer experience that matter to them.
And also, using different spokes to reach customers in all of the various places that they are. And then lastly, Core and Explore. Focus most of your energies on the areas that work today and test 10 to 20 percent of the time on new things that will help your business in the longer term as we live through this pendulum swing between bundling and unbundling or integration and disintegration over time.
Because the one thing I will tell you is that’s a huge trend that we’ve seen again and again and again. It’s not going away anytime soon. It’s going to come back again and again and again. And you want to make sure that whether it’s in a bundle or whether it’s unbundled, people know where to find you.
Your customers know where to find you. And if you do that consistently, then you’re going to continue to be able to acquire customers without raising your costs over the long run. And that’s really the first job, as we said at the beginning. Your job is to create a customer and do it in a way that’s profitable to you.
The only thing I want you to do is do it in a way that it works, whether it’s bundled or unbundled. Put those pieces together properly for your business, and I guarantee you’ll be just fine, whether it’s an integrated solution or a disintegrated solution. Whether the creators you like burn out, or whether you find new ones altogether.
In any case, you’ll be creating customers who’ll be happy to work with you for years to come. Let me know how you’re making out. I can’t wait to hear what you do.
Show Wrap-Up and CreditsOf course, looking at the clock on the wall, we are out of time for this week.
And I want to remind you again that you can find the show notes for this episode. As well as an archive of all past episodes by going to timpeter.com/podcast. Again, that’s timpeter.com/podcast. Just look for episode 409.
Subscribe to Thinks Out LoudDon’t forget that you can click on the subscribe link in any of the episodes that you find there to have Thinks Out Loud delivered to your favorite podcatcher every single week. You can also find Thinks Out Loud on Google Podcasts, Apple Podcasts, Spotify, anywhere fine podcasts are found.
Leave a Rating or Review for Thinks Out LoudI would also very much appreciate it if you could provide a positive rating or review for the show whenever you use one of those services.
If you like what you hear on Thinks Out Loud, if you enjoy what we talk about, if you like being part of the community that we’re building here, please give us a positive rating or review. Reviews help other listeners find the podcast. Reviews help other listeners understand what Thinks Out Loud is all about. They help to build our community and they mean the world to me. So thank you so much for doing that. I very, very much appreciate it.
Thinks Out Loud on Social MediaYou can also find Thinks Out Loud on LinkedIn by going to linkedin.com/tim-peter-and-associates-llc. You can find me on Twitter or X or whatever you want to call it this week by using the Twitter handle @tcpeter. And of course, you can email me by sending an email to podcast(at)timpeter.com. Again, that’s podcast(at)timpeter.com.
Show OutroFinally, and I know I say this a lot, I want you to know how thrilled I am that you keep listening to what we do every single week. It means so much to me. You’re the reason we do this.
You’re the reason we make Thinks Out Loud happen. So please keep your messages coming on Twitter, on LinkedIn, on email. I love getting a chance to talk with you, to hear what’s going on in your world, and to learn how we can do a better job building the types of content and community and insights and information that work for you and work for your business.
So with all that said, I hope you have a fantastic rest of your day, I hope you have a wonderful week ahead, and I will look forward to speaking with you here on Thinks Out Loud next time. Until then, please be well, be safe, and as ever, take care, everybody.
The post Revisiting Bundling, Unbundling, and Customer Acquisition (Thinks Out Loud) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
Smart companies are using AI to improve their sales, marketing, and customer service. Even where the tools aren’t transformational, they’re helping businesses large and small drive greater effectiveness and efficiency. And that’s even before you consider their impact on the individuals on your team.
How is your business supposed to compete with that? Is the answer to “fight fire with fire” and simply “sprinkle a little AI on it?” Or, is there a better way? (Spoiler: There’s a better way).
So, what can you do? The answer isn’t just to think about improving your tech. It’s about improving your humanity. It’s about connecting with customers not as numbers or accounts… but as human beings. AI makes customer experience even more important. And thinking through why and how you can do that is what this episode of Thinks Out Loud is all about.
Want to learn more? Here are the show notes for you.
Why AI Makes Customer Experience Even More Important for Your Business (Thinks Out Loud Episode 427) — Headlines and Show NotesShow Notes and Links* We Owe It To Our Customers to Make Their Lives Better (Thinks Out Loud Episode 361) * Americans increasingly using ChatGPT, but few trust its 2024 election information | Pew Research Center * Reuters/YouGov study on Generative AI and news audiences PDF link * Revisiting What Marketers Really Need to Know About Putting AI to Work (Thinks Out Loud * Revisiting AI is the Bear: Learning to Be a Better Marketer in the Age of AI (Thinks Out Loud) – Tim Peter & Associates * Google is Changing Search. How to Build Traffic and Revenue Beyond Google — Part 1 (Thinks Out Loud Episode 424) * The CORE Methodology: How to Build Traffic and Revenue Beyond Google — Part 2 (Thinks Out Loud Episode 425) – Tim Peter & Associates * Google AI Overviews in Search Highlights Its Big AI Problem (Thinks Out Loud Episode 423) * The Best AI is Now Free For Everyone: Revisiting Will Your Customers Use AI? (Thinks Out Loud) * Revisiting Picks, Shovels, and the AI Gold Rush (Thinks Out Loud) * Google AI Overviews visibility drops, only shows for 15% of queries * How does family and friends affects consumer buying behaviors – SciSpace Literature Review * “Unveiling Influence: The Impact of Creators on American Consumers’ Lives” from the Keller Advisory Group PDF link
You might also enjoy this webinar I recently participated in with Miles Partnership that looked at "The Power of Generative AI and ChatGPT: What It Means for Tourism & Hospitality" here:
Free DownloadsWe have some free downloads for you to help you navigate the current situation, which you can find right here:
Best of Thinks Out LoudYou can find our “Best of Thinks Out Loud” playlist on Spotify right here:
Subscribe to Thinks Out Loud* Subscribe in iTunes * Subscribe in the Google Play Store
Contact information for the podcast: podcast@timpeter.com
Past Insights from Tim Peter ThinksTechnical Details for Thinks Out LoudRecorded using a Shure SM7B Vocal Dynamic Microphone and a Focusrite Scarlett 4i4 (3rd Gen) USB Audio Interface into Logic Pro X for the Mac.
Running time: 21m 04s
You can subscribe to Thinks Out Loud in iTunes, the Google Play Store, via our dedicated podcast RSS feed (or sign up for our free newsletter). You can also download/listen to the podcast here on Thinks using the player at the top of this page.
Transcript: Why AI Makes Customer Experience Even More Important for Your BusinessWell hello again everybody and welcome back to Thinks Out Loud, your source for all the digital expertise your business needs. My name is Tim Peter. This is episode 427 of the Big Show and I think we’ve got a really cool episode for you today. There is a lot to talk about.
Given all the changes around artificial intelligence and technology more broadly, I’ve been thinking a ton lately about how businesses can continue to compete, particularly with the largest companies out there, with Big Tech. This is especially problematic for small and mid-sized businesses because you don’t necessarily have the technical capabilities, you don’t necessarily have an IT team, you’re not going to build your AI, your own AI models or things along those lines.
It’s also not limited to those companies, because plenty of larger businesses aren’t going to do those things either. And even if you do, competing with, I don’t know, Google, and Amazon, and Apple, and Microsoft, and Meta/Facebook, it’s reasonable to assume that they’re going to do a really good job of that.
So, the question becomes, well, how do you compete?
And there’s a couple of phrases that I keep coming back to again and again that all say the same thing in slightly different ways. One is from my friend Mark Schaefer, who says, the most human company wins. Going back even further, I’m reminded of Peter Drucker’s famous saying that the first job of business is to create a customer.
I’d argue that there’s only one way to do that. There’s only one way to do any of those, and that’s to take care of our customers.
In a prior episode of the show, I talked about why we owe it to our customers to make their lives better. That’s the core of everything you do. It’s all about how do we help our customers accomplish their goals and get on with their lives.
And the companies that do that well are the companies who will succeed going forward. Every time.
You’ve heard me say plenty of times in the past that customer experience is queen. I’m always going to use that phrase. I love that phrase. I think it’s an incredibly important framing device for thinking about how we should treat our customers.
Also, in one way of thinking, it’s wrong. Bear with me. I don’t want to throw out years and years and years of research and years and years and years experience and years and years of speaking about this topic. Customer experience is queen. It also isn’t just the queen. In many ways, customer experience is everything.
Remember, social is people. All marketing is social, and the most human company wins.
Obviously, I’m bullish on artificial intelligence and its potential impacts on marketing and on customer service. You’re going to be using tools that have AI embedded in them more and more every day. What’s also true is that AI is a tool. So are many of the things you use in your marketing and in your business every day. A customer relationship management (CRM) platform is a tool. So is a customer data platform, a CDP. So is search engine marketing and email marketing and retargeting and, frankly, things like training for your employees. They are all ways of providing your customers with better experiences. Providing a customer with a better experience.
Or at least those tools should be.
If you’re not using those tools to improve the customer experience, to connect more deeply with your customers, to make their lives better, I’d say you’re doing it wrong. I’m going to say that again because it’s super important. If you’re not using these tools to improve customer experience, to connect more deeply with your customers, to make their lives better, you’re doing it wrong.
It’s been true for years that we have to make that experience better. Sure, we want to be more efficient, we want a lower cost, I’ll come to that in a moment. But one of the things you should be doing with getting more efficient and getting more effective at what you do is using that to create better, deeper experiences.
The fact is that most AI will be invisible to users. Most tools, when they work well, are invisible to users. Most people still say that they haven’t used AI yet. There’s a lot of research that shows the vast majority of Americans say they have not yet used AI. And that’s simply not true.
Because Google is the most visited website in the world. And it’s showing AI Overviews — its own Artificial Intelligence Overviews product — roughly 15 percent of the time. In e-commerce, it’s showing AI overviews roughly 23 percent of the time. In healthcare, it’s showing it more than 60 percent of the time. In other words, though, almost one in four e-commerce searches on Google present the company with an AI generated experience and sixty percent of healthcare related experiences are AI generated. Customers just don’t see it because they don’t need to. To borrow a phrase from Apple, “it just works.”
And you can apply this to almost any technology we use to connect with customers. Think about the first website you ever saw, you ever interacted with, or at least the first one you can remember. You might even be able to apply this to one you saw today. You can tell when the company you’re working with values its customers over its brand message, or frankly, the egos of folks in the corner office. It’s instantly apparent. The former company, that values its customers, talks about your problems and how the company can help solve them. Or better yet, it simply helps you solve them without talking about anything. It just gets you to the thing you need.
The other type of company talks about how great the company is. They talk about their values. They talk about, you know, all of the wonderful things that they do in the community. And that’s great. I’m not saying you shouldn’t talk about that on your website. I’m saying it’s not what you should lead with.
Doesn’t it piss you off when a website or an app doesn’t help you do what you’re trying to do? You’re busy. Your customers are busy. We all want to accomplish the goals that we have, the tasks that we have to check off of our to do lists, and get back to the things that actually matter in our lives, right?
That’s the whole game right there.
Historically, Big Tech has done this brilliantly. When Big Tech gets it right, it’s because they’re focused on the needs of their customers. Google’s basic interface hasn’t changed in years. It’s simply a search box asking, what do you need? There’s a reason they’ve become the most visited website in the world.
You want another example? Open up your browser and type in relentless.com. For those of you who’ve never done it before, or if you’re listening to this in the car, or on a treadmill or something along those lines, it’s going to take you to Amazon.
Jeff Bezos’ original idea was to be relentless about serving the customer. They obviously didn’t use that as their brand name; they decided Amazon would be better. But they’ve kept the URL alive. And I’d argue on their best days, they’ve kept the idea alive.
There’s a reason they’ve become Amazon, this Big Tech behemoth that scares the hell out of people. And it’s almost entirely due to that relentless approach to taking care of the customer.
I’d also argue that they’ve lost their way in recent times, at least some of the time. They’ve put too much focus on advertisers, too much focus on cheap, questionable products that flood their search results, too little focus on eliminating spammy reviews. And it’s why you’re seeing customers like Shein or Temu have some success taking business from Amazon. Yes, obviously there’s a low price there thing, too. I’d also say that this is a case where two or more things can be true at once. It’s absolutely true that the experience on Amazon isn’t as good as it once was, and that is undoubtedly tied to some of the struggles that they’re facing with these upstart competitors.
Okay, you might ask, though, what about business value? You know, customer experience can be hard. Taking care of people can be hard. Isn’t the bottom line important and isn’t providing a great customer experience expensive? Sure, it is. It can be. I agree with that. You can absolutely, absolutely do it in ways that cost a bunch of money.
I would also argue that it’s a lot cheaper than providing a bad experience.
More simply, do you think you’re going to drive business value if you don’t take care of your customers?
I can’t picture that. We all know that your customers rely on their friends and family and influencers and creators to help them find the products and services that work for their needs. Word of mouth has been a core component of marketing, the most social form of marketing since the beginnings of business.
There’s great, great research out there that shows that seven in 10 people, 69 percent of all Americans aged 16 to 54, follow creators and influencers regularly, almost every day.
Do you think creators and influencers want to be associated with people who, or with companies who provide bad experiences? I guarantee that they don’t. So we need to be thinking about how we’re building an experience that matters.
I worked for years for a bunch of hotel companies running e-commerce and web channels for them. My team was responsible for hundreds of millions of dollars in revenue, many hundreds of millions of dollars in revenue for our hotels. And we had great ROAS on our ads, we had outstanding rankings in search engines, we had a really good social presence, fantastic email campaigns, an amazing conversion rate. We drove traffic to our sites, and we turned that traffic into sales. By any measure, we were incredibly successful.
The one thing we found though, again and again, was that very little we did affected repeat business. Don’t get me wrong, we were able to get people to return to the website and book with us again.
But the website wasn’t what drove the repeats. It was the experience guests had on property. The better the experience, the more likely guests were to return. More importantly, the worse the experience, the less likely guests were to return. There was nothing we could do to get people to come back. No amount of discount we could offer for most customers to get them to come back if they’d had truly terrible experiences at our properties consistently.
And I see the same thing with clients in B2C and B2B every day today. Happy customers buy more, they spend more, they repeat, they renew, they return.
A B2B client I work with changed its customer support process over the course of the last year or so. They’ve worked to improve first touch issue resolution. They want to make it easier for their customers to get answers that they need and then, you know, get back to work. The result has been a measurable increase in client retention and a streamlined renewal pipeline for their sales teams. They’re also not having to offer as many renewal discounts as they once did. It’s improving their revenues and it’s improving their profitability.
Now what they’re starting to do is layer technology on top of that to make the support process even easier. They’ve provided some AI support tools to their account teams and to their CSRs. They’ve provided that capability to internal folks to make issue resolution even simpler.
They didn’t turn on a chatbot for customers. They didn’t turn this into a self service thing. Instead, they’ve provided that capability to internal folks to make it faster and easier for their team to answer customer questions. And make the customer experience better. Ultimately, they’re simply trying to be more effective and efficient using the tools they’ve already built to provide a great experience to the customer.
They’re making that experience better, and expect to see some pretty significant benefits from it over time.
We live in a time of fairly consistent, continual, and rapid change. And it makes me think about a question that Amazon’s Jeff Bezos asked again and again and again, which is, in changing circumstances, don’t ask what will change or when will things change. Ask, “what won’t change?”
And the simple fact is, the first job of business is to create a customer. The most human company wins again and again and again. Creating great experiences for customers gets them to come back and buy from you and interact with you and want to work with you again and again and again.
That’s not going to change.
Social is people. All marketing is social at its best. Customer experience is queen. Give the queen her proper respect. We do owe it to our customers to make their lives better. That’s what they’re looking for. That’s ultimately what they care about and what they want to buy. That’s what they need. A better life. When you take care of your customer, your business gets better, your customer’s lives get better, and I’d argue our world gets a little better too.
So let’s make our customer’s world a better place. Think about how you can make your business more human. Think about how you can be more social, more focused on people.
The better a job you do of that, the better off we’ll all be.
Show Wrap-Up and CreditsNow, looking at the clock on the wall, we are out of time for this week. I want to remind you again that you can find the show notes for this episode, as well as an archive of all past episodes, by going to timpeter.com/podcast. Again, that’s timpeter.com/podcast. Just look for episode 427.
Subscribe to Thinks Out LoudDon’t forget that you can click on the subscribe link in any of the episodes you find there to have Thinks Out Loud delivered to your favorite podcatcher every single week. You can also find Thinks Out Loud on Apple Podcasts, Spotify, YouTube Music, anywhere fine podcasts are found.
Leave a Rating or Review for Thinks Out LoudI would also very much appreciate it if you could provide a positive rating or review for the show whenever you use one of those services. If you like what you hear on Thinks Out Loud, if you enjoy what we talk about, if you like being part of the community that we’re building here, please give us a positive rating or review.
Reviews help other listeners find the podcast. Reviews help other listeners understand what Thinks Out Loud is all about. They help to build our community, and they mean the world to me. So thank you so very much for doing that. I so appreciate it.
Thinks Out Loud on Social MediaYou can also find Thinks Out Loud on LinkedIn by going to linkedin.com/tim-peter-and-associates-llc. You can find me on Twitter or X or whatever we’re calling it this week by using the Twitter handle @tcpeter. And of course, you can email me by sending an email to podcast(at)timpeter.com. Again, that’s podcast(at)timpeter.com.
Show OutroFinally, and I know I say this a lot, but I want you to know how thrilled I am that you keep listening to what we do here.
It means so much to me. You are the reason we do this show. You’re the reason that Thinks Out Loud happens. So please keep your messages coming on LinkedIn, keep hitting me up on Twitter, sending things via email. I love getting the chance to talk with you, to hear what’s going on in your world, and to learn how we can do a better job building the types of content and community and information and insights that work for you and work for your business.
So with all of that said, I hope you have a fantastic rest of your day. I hope you have a wonderful week ahead, and I will look forward to speaking with you here on Thinks Out Loud next time. Until then, please be well, be safe, and as always, take care, everybody.
The post Why AI Makes Customer Experience Even More Important for Your Business (Thinks Out Loud Episode 427) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
Are you still bullish on artificial intelligence for marketing? I am, even despite the AI hype cycle starting to run its course. Yes, more people are asking, “What’s the point of artificial intelligence for our marketing and our business anyway?” And that’s a Good Thing™. It shows that more people are looking past the hype of AI and instead asking “how can we use artificial intelligence well to improve our customer experiences and to improve our business results?” In short, people are asking, “How can I put AI to work?”
First, keep in mind that you can put AI to work in marketing for your business. The keys are looking at how you do that most effectively, what problems you use AI to solve, and where you place your focus.
What do marketers really need to know about putting AI to work for your business? How can you make sure you’re asking the right questions and learning the right lessons about making AI work for your marketing? That’s what this episode of the Thinks Out Loud podcast is all about.
Want to learn more? Here are the show notes for you.
Revisiting What Marketers Really Need to Know About Putting AI to Work (Thinks Out Loud) — Headlines and Show NotesShow Notes and Links* AI Won’t Steal Your Job: Smart People Who Put AI to Work Will (Thinks Out Loud Episode 208) * Google is Changing Search. How to Build Traffic and Revenue Beyond Google — Part 1 (Thinks Out Loud Episode 424) * The CORE Methodology: How to Build Traffic and Revenue Beyond Google — Part 2 (Thinks Out Loud Episode 425) * AI Marketing Tools by Marketing Cloud – Salesforce.com US * Official Adobe Photoshop – Leading AI photo & design software * HubSpot | Software, Tools, Resources for Your Business * Making AI helpful for everyone – Google AI – Google AI * About Smart Bidding – Google Ads Help * AI & Machine Learning Products & Services | Google Cloud * About Performance Max campaigns – Google Ads Help * Macromedia – Wikipedia * Macromedia HomeSite – Wikipedia * Microsoft FrontPage – Wikipedia * Adobe Dreamweaver – Wikipedia * * Where are We on AI Expectations? * 2024 Marketing Technology Landscape Supergraphic – 14,106 martech products (27.8% growth YoY) – Chief Marketing Technologist * Martech Interactive Supergraphic * 3 counterintuitive surprises about composable martech stacks in The State of Martech 2024 report – Chief Marketing Technologist * Are we creating AI, or are AI Agents creating us? – Schaefer Marketing Solutions: We Help Businesses {grow} * AI is the Bear: Learning to Be a Better Marketer in the Age of AI (Thinks Out Loud Episode 422) * The Rebirth of Trusted Gatekeepers (Thinks Out Loud Episode 307) * Google AI Overviews in Search Highlights Its Big AI Problem (Thinks Out Loud Episode 423) * The Best AI is Now Free For Everyone: Revisiting Will Your Customers Use AI? (Thinks Out Loud) * Building a Human Brand in the Age of AI (Thinks Out Loud Episode 398) * How to Add AI to Your Team (Thinks Out Loud Episode 383) * Techno-Optimism and Building a Human Brand (Thinks Out Loud Episode 399) * Revisiting Does Marketing Have a Future?
You might also enjoy this webinar I recently participated in with Miles Partnership that looked at "The Power of Generative AI and ChatGPT: What It Means for Tourism & Hospitality" here:
Free DownloadsWe have some free downloads for you to help you navigate the current situation, which you can find right here:
Best of Thinks Out LoudYou can find our “Best of Thinks Out Loud” playlist on Spotify right here:
Subscribe to Thinks Out Loud* Subscribe in iTunes * Subscribe in the Google Play Store
Contact information for the podcast: podcast@timpeter.com
Past Insights from Tim Peter ThinksTechnical Details for Thinks Out LoudRecorded using a Shure SM7B Vocal Dynamic Microphone and a Focusrite Scarlett 4i4 (3rd Gen) USB Audio Interface into Logic Pro X for the Mac.
Running time: 22m 47s
You can subscribe to Thinks Out Loud in iTunes, the Google Play Store, via our dedicated podcast RSS feed (or sign up for our free newsletter). You can also download/listen to the podcast here on Thinks using the player at the top of this page.
Transcript: Revisiting What Marketers Really Need to Know About Putting AI to WorkWell hello again everybody and welcome back to Thinks Out Loud. Your source for all the digital expertise your business needs. My name is Tim Peter, this is episode 426 of The Big Show, and thank you so much for tuning in, I very much appreciate it. I think we’ve got a really cool show for you today. I am getting asked more and more these days about Why artificial intelligence is important in marketing, and more specifically, what’s important for marketers to know about artificial intelligence if they want to do a good job, if they want to keep their job, if they want to be able to stay competitive.
And those are really important questions, really big questions. And they’re driven from a number of reasons, a number of places. Obviously, folks are concerned about what do they need to know to stay successful? Now, I have said for some time that I don’t think AI is coming for your job. I’ve modulated that a little bit and I will talk about it A little bit later in the episode, but generally, AI isn’t going to replace you, mostly.
It’s going to replace some tasks. It’s going to change the way you do what you do. But if you think about artificial intelligence the right way, and if you think about its role properly, then you really don’t have a lot to worry about as a marketer, more or less. And I, I fully acknowledge that I’m doing a lot of hand waving on the more or less.
Again, I promise I will explain why that is as we go forward. What I would say is, That people are starting to recognize what AI is good at and what AI is not good at. And if you want to understand how AI might change marketing or how it might matter in your marketing career, then we should really start by talking about what artificial intelligence is and isn’t for a moment.
Then talk about how it’s used in marketing. And then we can get to why it might, or might not, come for your job. When most people talk about artificial intelligence at the moment, They’re often talking about general purpose generative AI applications like ChatGPT or Google Gemini or Anthropic Claude or specific features that tools like Adobe Photoshop have added such as image generated generation, something they call generative expand or generative fill that Actually can do exactly what they say, expand an image using generative AI, or fill in an image, put something else in the image using generative AI.
And you’ll see tools like AI social content generators in things like SEMrush or HubSpot or Salesforce. It’s important to note, that’s not the only type of artificial intelligence that exists out there. Generative AI is just one part of it. Other types of artificial intelligence, like machine learning, also exist that help marketers and consumers be more effective and more efficient.
For instance, Google’s Performance Max and Smart Bidding tools, at least in theory, are designed to improve ad performance and make it easier for marketers to get campaigns up and running quickly. Salesforce, HubSpot, and loads of other tools. Offer predictive analytics to improve campaign performance or improve your ability to do things like lead scoring quickly and easily if you’re on the sales side or sales enablement side of marketing.
One of the reasons I don’t think you hear people talk about those as much is because they’ve sort of vanished under the hood. They’ve sort of just kind of faded into the background. You’ve heard me say many times on this show that technology, over time, becomes invisible. Steven Sanofsky, who used to run the Windows division at Microsoft, recently wrote in his Hardcore Software Newsletter a list of applications that rely on various forms of AI, and he gave things like maps, directions, and routing handwriting recognition.
Spelling and grammar recognition, image recognition, matching that happens, this is his quote, matching that happens everywhere from Airbnb to Bumble, or even more recent photo enhancements as AI, as much as just, quote, new features that work, unquote. Keep new features that work in mind. We’re going to come back to that.
But one of the things he said was, quote, as soon as it works, It is no longer AI. Period. The magic wears off. It just sort of becomes a feature. It becomes this thing that disappears into the background. And that leads to the first, most important thing you should be thinking about or be aware of when you think about AI’s use in marketing.
And that is What are the tools that you’re using today to do your job? There are over 14, 000 Martech tools on the market today, according to Chief Martech, and they’re an outstanding Martech map site. As they note, quote, Generative AI has only accelerated the growth in that landscape. When you think about the tools you’re using, your next question should be, How are the vendors that offer those tools thinking about improving your productivity or your results?
And finally, how are they using artificial intelligence to do that? The important part is not that they use artificial intelligence, though. It’s about understanding the bigger picture of how they’re making AI work for you. Why does this matter? Because no matter how you use AI, you have to make sure that you’re looking out for your customers data, your company’s data, And your business results.
Think about it. The fact is that most of you, as marketers, aren’t going to build or deploy your own artificial intelligence. You’re not. I don’t. Most people won’t. We’re consumers of these tools. Most of your companies, for that matter, aren’t going to do that either. Some of you will. I’ve talked to companies who have very good reasons and the resources To apply to go ahead and build some of their own AI models.
That’s great. That’s not going to be true for most people though, for most companies though. Instead, as I mentioned, you’re going to be consumers of a set of tools. Sometimes those tools are going to be obviously AI. They’re going to market and promote their AI bona fides at every opportunity. And I would point to.
Some of the things we see people doing right now, where they’re really highlighting the artificial intelligence, specifically. In most cases, though, those AI tools are going to be under the hood. Again, to use Steven Sanofsky’s words, they’ll just be new features that work. They’ll just sort of exist under the hood.
And frankly, you don’t care. You shouldn’t have to care whether it’s AI or not. You should care that it works, with one big exception. And the big exception is, if it’s artificial intelligence, it opens up one danger. Because if you don’t know what the artificial intelligence or what the product is doing with your company’s data and your customers data, You may be putting your business at some risk.
It doesn’t matter if the tool comes from big players like Google, Microsoft, Adobe, Salesforce, and HubSpot, or if it’s from small players and startups. You need to know what they’re doing under the hood with the data that matters to your customers and to your company. It also doesn’t mean you shouldn’t necessarily use the tool.
It just means you need to know what it’s doing and where you And, or your customers have the ability to opt out when you’re not comfortable with the choices those vendors make. My good friend Mark Schaefer wrote a great article recently, and I’ll link to it in the show notes, just as I do with the Steven Sonofsky piece and others, where Mark asked whether we’re creating AI, Or if AI is creating us.
Obviously, as we use these tools, they can be doing all kinds of things under the hood that we may choose not to pay attention to. And his point is that we have some control over the process of how we choose to adopt these tools. I’m going to go a step further. I’m going to say that your career depends on you making good choices about how you use these tools.
You’re the person who’s actually deciding to put your hands on the keyboard if you’re at that stage of your career, or to make a decision about, is this something that we want to use for our customers, if you’re the person who’s making those decisions. You get to contribute to building a better experience for your customers and, I would argue, a better society overall by using these tools wisely.
By thinking through if these tools are creating a better experience for our customers or are creating a worse experience in the long run and a worse environment in which our businesses are going to operate. You’ve heard me say, I said it at the top of the show, that AI won’t steal your job, but smart people who use AI will.
More recently, I’ve questioned whether it’s more likely that dumb people using AI will take your job. Increasingly, though, I’m coming to believe that people who use AI wisely will always be okay, will be okay in the long run for sure, and that people who use AI unwisely are the ones who are going to find themselves in big trouble, not just in terms of losing their job, but in terms of losing trust from their employers and ultimately from their customers.
Those are the folks who have to change. We’re going to put themselves in the worst position, and it becomes incumbent on you as a marketer to ask smart questions about how is this using data? How is this using our customers data? How is this affecting our customers lives? That’s really important, and you get to choose, but only if you actively make those choices.
We’ve been working on a framework here at TPA for a little while. For making AI functional for our clients, it consists of three pillars built on a governance foundation. You know, the first pillar is, is it reliable? When we think about reliability, we think about things like validity, accuracy, timeliness, and explainability.
Are the answers the tool that we need? Supplies, logical. Do they make sense? Are the answers or its recommendations true? Do we understand how the tool made its recommendations or produced its results? Because if we can’t depend on it being reliable, It’s not a good tool for us. The second pillar is responsible.
That’s things like ethics, legal compliance, security, privacy, accountability. Do we have a way to go back and ensure we’ve done the right thing? With our customers data, with their customers experience, and frankly, with our customers lives, not just from a legal perspective, but from a privacy perspective, from an ethics perspective, from an accountability perspective.
Do we feel good that this is something that’s working? For our customers benefit. The third pillar is relevant. And this, this gets to more of a business results thing. Is it useful? Is it practical? Is it thorough? Is it meaningful? Does it produce results that matter for your business? Does it, is it useful to the customer?
And the foundation of all of this is governance. Do we have the right stakeholder engagement? Now that could be the business owner, If that’s you, have you really thought that through? It could be executive leadership at a larger company. And as part of governance, what is the monitoring, monitoring and evaluation process?
What do we learn as we go forward? So that we can actually improve over time in terms of reliability, responsibility, and relevance. Because we want to feed that back into the tool appropriately to get it to do a better job for creating great experiences and creating great messages for our customers.
You’ll note in all of this, we’re not talking about the technology. The technology is not the most important part. We’re talking about something we can plant a stake in, that we can feel comfortable about, that is doing the right thing for our customers. We’re talking about something we’ve talked about on this show plenty of times, a core principle of thinking about what won’t change.
You all know the story, I’ve told the story many times about Steve Jeff Bezos rather being asked, you know, what things will look like five years down the road or 10 years down the road. And he said he prefers to think about what won’t change during that period. What can we rely upon? I believe that some of those are focused on customers and customer experience.
Understanding customer behaviors. Because those aren’t likely to change. The behaviors might change, but the importance of understanding customer behaviors won’t. Making sure we’re providing great customer experience won’t change. We want to keep Making sure we’re measuring both quantitatively and qualitatively so that we can learn more about what’s working for our customers and not.
And of course, there’s the need to keep learning as a marketer, right? The whole basis for this question, the whole basis for this discussion we’re having today is all about marketing changes, marketing changes all the time. You need to keep learning. We did an episode a couple of weeks ago about why AI is the bear and how you can learn to be a better marketer in the age of AI.
I’ll link to it in the show notes. I’d encourage you to check it out. I would suggest, though, That what we’re talking about here is way more important than individual tools. When I started working in digital marketing a long, long time ago, we were building websites by hand in text editors. Things like a layer home site and notepad.
Then people started using tools like Macromedia Dreamweaver and Microsoft FrontPage. Those tools are mostly gone. But the deep understanding of how the web works, and more importantly, why it matters to customers that things work a specific way, remain true. We’re still focused on the customer experience.
And if you keep focused on that, then the actual tools don’t matter that much. Think about the core principles of what won’t change. Yeah, learn the tools, learn the tools you need to know to be effective at your job. But, remember that those tools are going to change. That’s, the things that matter don’t change that much.
So, focus on what won’t change. Focus on creating great,
Use the tools that help you create rich, personalized, great experiences for your customers. But don’t worry about whether those tools use artificial intelligence or not. Focus on, and I quote, new features that work. With particular emphasis on the that work point. Keep learning how you can apply those tools to the areas that won’t change, like Making your customer’s lives better.
And most importantly, make sure the tools you choose make it clear on how they use your company’s and your customers data, and that they let you opt out when you’re not comfortable with what they’re doing. I know I said this before, you get to choose. But only if you actively do the work to make good choices.
And for me, that’s the most important thing you need to know about how you use artificial intelligence marketing. The rest is just details.
Show Wrap-Up and CreditsNow, looking at the clock on the wall, we are out of time for this week. I want to remind you that you can find the show notes for this episode, as well as an archive of all past episodes, by going to timpeter.com/podcast. Again, that’s timpeter.com/podcast. Just look for episode 426.
Subscribe to Thinks Out LoudDon’t forget that you can click on the subscribe link in any of the episodes you find there to have Thinks Out Loud delivered to your favorite podcatcher every single week. You can also find Thinks Out Loud on Apple Podcasts, Spotify, YouTube Music, anywhere fine podcasts are found.
Leave a Rating or Review for Thinks Out LoudI would also very much appreciate it if you could provide a positive rating or review for the show whenever you use one of those services.
If you like what you hear on Thinks Out Loud, if you enjoy what we talk about, if you like being part of the community that we’re building here, Please, give us a positive rating or review.
Reviews help other listeners find the podcast. Reviews help other listeners understand what Thinks Out Loud is all about. They help to build our community and they mean the world to me. So thank you so much for doing that. I very, very much appreciate it.
Thinks Out Loud on Social MediaYou can also find Thinks Out Loud on LinkedIn by going to linkedin.com/tim-peter-and-associates-llc. You can find me on Twitter or X or whatever we’re calling it this week by using the Twitter handle @tcpeter. And of course, you can email me by sending an email to podcast(at)timpeter.com. Again, that’s podcast(at)timpeter.com.
Show OutroFinally, and I know I say this a lot, but I want you to know just how thrilled I am that you keep listening to what we do here. It means so, so very, very much to me. You are the reason we do this show.
You’re the reason that Thinks Out Loud happens every week. You’re the reason we take the time to put this together. So please keep your messages coming on LinkedIn, keep hitting me up on Twitter, sending things via email. I love getting a chance to talk with you, to hear what’s going on in your world, to learn how we can do a better job building the types of information and insights and content and community that work for you and work for your business.
And with all that said, I just want to say that I hope you have a fantastic rest of your day. I hope you have a wonderful week, and I will look forward to speaking with you here on Thinks Out Loud next time. Until then, please be well, be safe, and as always, take care, everybody.
The post Revisiting What Marketers Really Need to Know About Putting AI to Work (Thinks Out Loud appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
The world is changing quickly. Artificial intelligence and Big Tech and changing customer behaviors are advancing rapidly. It can feel like they’re running us down like a hungry bear and that we have to keep running… or face the consequences.
There is a way to ensure you can outrun the bear though. And that’s by continuing to learn. The question is, what are the best ways to improve your learning? How can you keep up with the amount of information necessary to learn, stay informed, and continue to be relevant in your marketing career?
Well, learning and figuring out how to outrun the bear that is AI is what this episode of Thinks Out Loud is all about. Want to learn more? Here are the show notes for you.
Revisiting AI is the Bear: Learning to Be a Better Marketer in the Age of AI — Headlines and Show NotesShow Notes and Links* Co-Intelligence: Living and Working with AI: Mollick, Ethan: 9780593716717: Amazon.com: Books * Ethan Mollick – Management Department * Slouching Towards Utopia: An Economic History of the Twentieth Century: DeLong, J. Bradford: 9780465019595: Amazon.com: Books * Faculty profiles | Department of Economics * Amazon.com: The Invention of Air: A Story Of Science, Faith, Revolution, And The Birth Of America: 9781594484018: Johnson, Steven: Books * Age of Enlightenment – Wikipedia * That’s Funny… | American Scientist * Ferris Bueller’s Day Off (1986) – Quotes – IMDb * Albert Einstein – If you can’t explain it simply, you… * The Best AI is Now Free For Everyone: Revisiting Will Your Customers Use AI? (Thinks Out Loud) * Revisiting Is It Time for Your Marketing Team to Use AI? (Thinks Out Loud) * What AI Will Do to Content Marketing (Thinks Out Loud Episode 402) * AI Won’t Steal Your Job: Smart People Who Put AI to Work Will (Thinks Out Loud Episode 208) * Is Google Doomed? And Other Top Digital Trends for 2024 (Thinks Out Loud Episode 408) * Building a Human Brand in the Age of AI (Thinks Out Loud Episode 398) * Anticipating Radical Shifts in Consumer Behavior from AI Adoption: A Look into the Future (Thinks Out Loud Episode 396) * Taking the Long View: Big Tech’s Earnings and the State of Digital Q2 2024 (Thinks Out Loud Episode 421) * Revisiting Picks, Shovels, and the AI Gold Rush (Thinks Out Loud) * Lessons Learned: The TPA Anniversary Show (Thinks Out Loud Episode 420) * Will AI Make Marketers Dumber? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 419) * What Marketers Really Need to Know About Putting AI to Work (Thinks Out Loud Episode 426)
You might also enjoy this webinar I recently participated in with Miles Partnership that looked at "The Power of Generative AI and ChatGPT: What It Means for Tourism & Hospitality" here:
Free DownloadsWe have some free downloads for you to help you navigate the current situation, which you can find right here:
Best of Thinks Out LoudYou can find our “Best of Thinks Out Loud” playlist on Spotify right here:
Subscribe to Thinks Out Loud* Subscribe in iTunes * Subscribe in the Google Play Store
Contact information for the podcast: podcast@timpeter.com
Past Insights from Tim Peter ThinksTechnical Details for Thinks Out LoudRecorded using a Shure SM7B Vocal Dynamic Microphone and a Focusrite Scarlett 4i4 (3rd Gen) USB Audio Interface into Logic Pro X for the Mac.
Running time: 21m 58s
You can subscribe to Thinks Out Loud in iTunes, the Google Play Store, via our dedicated podcast RSS feed (or sign up for our free newsletter). You can also download/listen to the podcast here on Thinks using the player at the top of this page.
Transcript: AI is the Bear: Learning to Be a Better Marketer in the Age of AI
Welcome to Thinks Out Loud, your source for all the digital expertise your business needs. Well hello again everybody and welcome back to Thinks Out Loud, your source for all the digital expertise your business needs. My name is Tim Peter. This is episode 422 of The Big Show. And thank you so much for tuning in.
I think we’ve got a really cool show for you. So LinkedIn reminded me this week that this is the 12th anniversary of my teaching at Rutgers Business School Executive Education. I love getting to do this work. It’s so much fun. And I learn a ton from it, which I will talk about in some detail in just a moment.
But Rutgers Business School is mostly adult learners looking to improve their skills or shift to a new era, area, rather, a new area in their career. As well as some folks from the business school proper who want to gain additional knowledge in certain areas. And I teach a variety of classes around strategy, around marketing, around customer experience, and around artificial intelligence.
And obviously one of the things that is so critical that comes up all the time and that we see all the time is that we’re in a period of unbelievably rapid change. Just to pick two topics, obviously AI is massive and changing a lot about what we do in terms of marketing, in terms of customer experience, in terms of customer behavior.
What’s also a big one is we’re seeing the largest competitive threats to major gatekeepers like Google and Facebook that we’ve seen in years. And whether it’s things like AI and ChatGPT, or things like more customers using TikTok for things like search, or shifting customer behaviors generally, It’s immense, immense change, and it can be really tough to keep up.
I was in a meeting earlier this week, and someone asked the group, How do you keep up with everything that’s going on? One person, in response to that, mentioned a podcast called Last Week in AI, and commenting that they were stunned by how much the hosts were able to keep informed on, how much information they were able to gather every single week.
Now, in some ways, how those podcast hosts do it is simple, and I’m putting simple in air quotes here because I don’t want to diminish what they do, but it’s their job. That’s what they do. The thing is It’s also your job, if you want to stay informed, if you want to stay relevant, you have to keep learning.
So it’s always important that we take some time to keep learning and keep growing. As Ferris Bueller famously said, “life moves pretty fast. If you don’t stop and look around once in a while, you could miss it.” And given that it’s your job, you don’t want to miss it. You need to stay informed, to stay relevant.
I’ve long said that AI won’t steal your job, but smart people who use AI will. I’m increasingly curious whether I got that wrong. There’s plenty of research that shows AI provides the greatest benefit to the weakest performers. Maybe the truth will be that AI won’t steal your job, but dumb people who use AI will.
What I actually think is most likely is that it’s going to be some of both. Or at least it will if you stop learning. You’ve probably heard the joke. I love this joke about two guys who are walking through the woods and are confronted by an angry bear. The first guy immediately pulls running shoes out of his backpack and starts pulling them on.
And the second guy says, Are you crazy? You’ll never outrun that bear. And the first guy says, I don’t have to outrun the bear. I just have to outrun you. That’s what you’re trying to do. You don’t always have to outrun the bear. You just have to outrun the other guys. And it’s a funny joke, unless you’re one of the people living in the joke.
And sometimes I feel like we are. We are. AI is the bear, or at least one of them. The gatekeepers, they’re the bear, or at least one of them. Your competitors can be a bear too, but hopefully, usually, they’re the other guy in the joke. The alternative, of course, is that you are the other guy. And they’re the ones putting on their running shoes.
Obviously not a place you want to be, right? So the question becomes, how do you outrun the bear, or at least outrun the other guy? And the answer starts, for me, With staying curious, constantly ask, what have you learned lately? What do you want to learn? What are the questions that either get you to jump out of bed in the morning, or, if you’re a bit more pessimistically motivated, keep you up at night?
I’ll share some of mine. I, I question all the time. How will artificial intelligence change customer behaviors? How will our customers needs change in the next 5 to 10 years? What is the future of marketing as a profession? Is AI an existential threat to marketing as we know it? Are the current gatekeepers in trouble?
And if so, which companies will take their place as the next gatekeepers? And of course, the one I come back to again and again and again, How can businesses bypass gatekeepers to lower their cost of customer acquisition? I’m constantly looking for answers to these questions. I’m constantly trying to learn if there are new answers to these questions.
And I thought I might share some of the ways I do that. One of my favorites is Twitter Lists or X if you prefer, but you know that I don’t like to call it X. Lists on Twitter are my favorite feature. I create lists of smart people in the various areas that matter to me and check those more or less every day or so.
It could be a couple times a week, but usually it’s about daily. It’s a self curated feed of these people who I think are smart. And if I see the same headline or topic pop up repeatedly, then I know that it’s something I need to learn more about. It gives me a list of things that I want to learn. It also gives me an archive to search if something comes up later that I want to know more about.
I really wish more social media sites, I wish LinkedIn and Instagram offered something similar. I keep lists for marketing, for search marketing/SEO/Google, for hotel and travel marketing, for startups and entrepreneurs, for technology, for artificial intelligence, and I have some fun ones for things like baseball and comedy and other things like that.
But they help me stay informed. I also use AI to learn. ChatGPT and Google Gemini are two of my favorite tutors these days. Now, I don’t take everything they tell me at face value, but I do use them to collaborate and work through ideas. I ask them questions and, importantly, Get them to recommend trusted resources for deeper learning, things like books and websites and journal articles.
Because then I can go directly to the source and learn more. Speaking of books, have you read any good books lately? You can read physical books or e books or audio books, whichever you prefer. It doesn’t have to be, you know, sitting under a tree like Newton or something, right? But I typically have an audio book and either a physical book or an e book going at the same time.
Though usually only one non fiction book at once. I don’t know about you, but I find it tough to keep the books straight if I’m consuming more than one non fiction book at a time. Some of the things that I’ve read lately that I thought were great were Co-Intelligence, Living and Working with AI by Ethan Mollick, who’s a professor of management at the Wharton School, where he teaches innovation and entrepreneurship.
Slouching Towards Utopia: An Economic History of the Twentieth Century by Brad DeLong. He’s, his real name is Jay Bradford DeLong. He’s an economic historian at UC Berkeley, but he prefers Brad DeLong.
And I’m currently reading The Invention of Air: A Story of Science, Faith, Revolution, and the Birth of America by Stephen Johnson.
Which is a fascinating book about the scientific method. And it’s got a really funny story, I hope you’ll, I hope you won’t mind a digression for a moment. But there’s a funny story in the book about the importance of coffee. Apparently, coffee may have played a key role in driving the Enlightenment during the 17th and 18th centuries.
I looked this up on Wikipedia and it said “Coffeehouses were especially important to the spread of knowledge during the Enlightenment because they created a unique environment in which people from many different walks of life gathered and shared ideas.”
It goes on to say, “Coffee houses commonly offered books, journals, and sometimes even popular novels to their customers… [and served a] triple or even quadruple function… reading material was often obtained, read, discussed, and even produced on the premises.” Now the reason I find that fascinating is the people hanging out in the coffee shop were learning from each other. And I’m going to come back to that in just a second.
Here’s the funny part of this story. According to Johnson in his book, coffee may have played a more direct role in the Enlightenment too. By replacing the more common breakfast drinks of the time, lightly watered wine or beer. As Johnson notes, quote, “Those who drank coffee instead of alcohol began the day alert and stimulated, rather than relaxed and inebriated, and the quality and quantity of their work improved.”
Yeah, you think? They switched to coffee from being hammered all the time. And suddenly everybody got, you know, collectively smarter. Shocking, I know, right? But to return to the idea of the coffee house. Think in terms of that. Who are the smart people you surround yourself with?
Who’s your advisory board? Who are your mentors? Who are the people you want to learn from? What are the questions they’re interested in? Are those questions you should be thinking about as well? I am so fortunate that I’ve got a great collection of friends and colleagues and mentors who I can turn to all the time to learn more and ask questions of.
Speaking of questions, don’t be afraid to ask dumb questions. It’s such a valuable skill to cultivate. Too many people, including me, many times in my career, Have worried about, well, I don’t want to ask that question because I’m going to look silly. No, you need to be willing to look silly. It’s one of my favorite things about being a consultant, is that when I go into a new client, I’m allowed to ask anything because I don’t know anything about their business.
I have to learn a lot quickly, and to do that, I need to ask dumb questions. Think with that beginner’s mind, and the dumber the question, the more basic the question, the closer you will get to truth. You’ll learn more, and you’ll learn faster. My next favorite tip is to think like a scientist. As you encounter new ideas, as you think through your ideas, craft a hypothesis, craft a theory of what you think is actually going on.
Then test those hypotheses to see if they hold water. You know, my questions earlier frame some of my current hypotheses, including ones about whether AI will put us all out of work. My hypothesis is that it won’t. And that Google is going to lose market share. Google is going to lose some of its dominance.
My hypothesis is that it will. Except, when I create a hypothesis, I assume I’m wrong. And that’s what scientists do. They assume they’re wrong. Okay. You don’t look for evidence that you’re right, you look for evidence that proves you’re wrong or disproves the hypothesis. If you can’t find evidence that disproves the hypothesis, that increases the likelihood that it’s actually accurate, that it’s actually right.
But you’re, you don’t want to, you don’t want to fall victim to confirmation bias and only find the evidence that shows you’re right. Look for the evidence that disproves the hypothesis. That’s what I’m doing currently. I will tell you, so far for the two that I just mentioned, it’s too soon to tell. I could be wrong.
Isaac Asimov supposedly said that “the most exciting phrase to hear in science is not “Eureka!” but ‘That’s funny…?’” In other words, the things you didn’t expect lead you to the best learning. They lead you to uncover things you might not have encountered otherwise. To be fair, I also tend to do a lot of scenario planning for my clients, so we’re in good shape regardless of whether I’m wrong or right.
But that’s planning, not learning. Learning is “poke a hole in it. Figure out if the thing actually works or not.”
Another favorite learning activity of mine is to conduct action after action reviews, or if you prefer the term post mortems. After you complete a project or a task, or after a given period, for instance, once a month, once per quarter, once per year, take a look back.
What went well? What didn’t go as expected, and what can you learn from that? What will you do differently in the future? People say we learn by experience. People often learn by experience. But we can’t learn from experience if we don’t take a moment to look around and see what we learned. And that’s the point.
Finally, I want to return to my joke from earlier about the two guys and the bear. The problem with that joke, the problem I’ve always had with that joke, and I love the joke, it’s funny. But it’s not the way I see the world. It sees the world as a zero sum game. You either outrun the other guy, or you get eaten by the bear.
Remember how I started this episode by highlighting my Rutgers Business School Exec Ed anniversary? I teach. I love it. Because one of the best ways to learn is to teach other people. I learn as much from teaching as I do from anything else I do. Teaching forces you to really think through what you think you understand.
It forces me to really think through what I think I understand. Plus, students often ask questions I’d never thought of that force me to think deeply about what it is I think, and work to explain what I think. In a way that others can understand. There’s an Einstein quote that says, “If you can’t explain it simply, you don’t understand it well enough.”
There’s also a long standing practice in medical schools and hospitals called, “See one, do one, teach one.” When there’s a new practice or a new procedure, You see somebody do it, you then do it yourself, And then you teach someone else to do it. You get good quickly because you’re always practicing and you’re always having to break a skill down in a way that you can explain to other people.
The best part about all of this is both you and the person you teach learn more about how to outrun the bear. Ultimately, we both end up in a better place. Remember when I said that your competitors are not the bear in the joke, but the other guy? Don’t always assume that their loss is your gain or vice versa.
Don’t be afraid to learn from each other and help one another outrun the bear. Just because you’re competitors in business, there are places where you can still be buddies in real life. There’s a long standing practice in hotel marketing called sell the destination first. You get your customers interested in the place and then you convince them why your hotel might be a better option.
And you can do this outside of hospitality with services or products. Get customers interested in the category first, then sell them on why you’re the better offering this time around. Obviously, who you partner with matters, but learning from your competitors is a great idea. And learn as much as you can, and maybe you’ll both outrun the bear.
Maybe you’ll grow the overall market, you’ll grow the overall category, and everybody gets a bigger slice of the pie. So to recap, here are the tips:
Again, we are in a period of rapid change. If you’re in marketing or customer service, AI might steal your job. AI is the bear. You’re more likely to get outrun if you don’t keep learning. So keep learning. What are you learning? I’d love to hear from you. I want to hear more about this, so I’d encourage you to check in with us, to stay in touch, and keep me notified of what you’re doing, because I’d love to learn more from you, too.
Show Wrap-Up and CreditsNow, looking at the clock on the wall, we are out of time for this week.
And I want to remind you again that you can find the show notes for this episode. As well as an archive of all past episodes by going to timpeter.com/podcast. Again, that’s timpeter.com/podcast. Just look for episode 422.
Subscribe to Thinks Out LoudDon’t forget that you can click on the subscribe link in any of the episodes that you find there to have Thinks Out Loud delivered to your favorite podcatcher every single week. You can also find Thinks Out Loud on Apple Podcasts, Spotify, YouTube Music, anywhere fine podcasts are found.
Leave a Rating or Review for Thinks Out LoudI would also very much appreciate it if you could provide a positive rating or review for the show whenever you use one of those services.
If you like what you hear on Thinks Out Loud, if you enjoy what we talk about, if you like being part of the community that we’re building here, please give us a positive rating or review.
Reviews help other listeners find the podcast. Reviews help other listeners understand what Thinks Out Loud is all about. They help to build our community and they mean the world to me personally. So thank you so much for doing that. I very, very much appreciate it.
Thinks Out Loud on Social MediaYou can also find Thinks Out Loud on LinkedIn by going to linkedin.com/tim-peter-and-associates-llc. You can find me on Twitter or X or whatever you want to call it this week by using the Twitter handle @tcpeter. And of course, you can email me by sending an email to podcast(at)timpeter.com. Again, that’s podcast(at)timpeter.com.
Show OutroFinally, and I know I say this a lot, but I want you to know just how thrilled I am that you keep listening to what we do here. It means so very, very much to me. You are the reason we do this show.
You’re the reason that Thinks Out Loud happens every week. You’re the reason we produce a new episode. So please, please keep listening, keep your messages coming on LinkedIn, keep hitting me up on Twitter, sending things via email. I love getting a chance to talk with you, to hear what’s going on in your world, and to learn how we can do a better job building the types of information and insights and content and community that work for you and work for your business.
And with all that said, I hope you have a fantastic rest of your day. I hope you have a wonderful week, and I will look forward to speaking with you here on Thinks Out Loud next time. Until then, please be well, be safe, and as always, take care, everybody.
The post Revisiting AI is the Bear: Learning to Be a Better Marketer in the Age of AI (Thinks Out Loud) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
The AI hype cycle is running its course, with more people starting to ask, “What’s the point of artificial intelligence for our marketing and our business anyway?” That’s good. That’s a super healthy development. Why is that a healthy development? Because it means more people are looking past the hype of AI and instead asking “how can we put this to work?”
The key point to note is that you can put AI to work in marketing for your business. And what’s most important is looking at how you do that most effectively, where you place your focus.
So, what do marketers like you really need to know about putting AI to work for your business? How can you make sure you’re asking the right questions and learning the right lessons about making AI work for your marketing? That’s what this episode of the Thinks Out Loud podcast is all about.
Want to learn more? Here are the show notes for you.
What Marketers Really Need to Know About Putting AI to Work (Thinks Out Loud Episode 426) — Headlines and Show NotesShow Notes and Links* AI Won’t Steal Your Job: Smart People Who Put AI to Work Will (Thinks Out Loud Episode 208) * Google is Changing Search. How to Build Traffic and Revenue Beyond Google — Part 1 (Thinks Out Loud Episode 424) * The CORE Methodology: How to Build Traffic and Revenue Beyond Google — Part 2 (Thinks Out Loud Episode 425) * AI Marketing Tools by Marketing Cloud – Salesforce.com US * Official Adobe Photoshop – Leading AI photo & design software * HubSpot | Software, Tools, Resources for Your Business * Making AI helpful for everyone – Google AI – Google AI * About Smart Bidding – Google Ads Help * AI & Machine Learning Products & Services | Google Cloud * About Performance Max campaigns – Google Ads Help * Macromedia – Wikipedia * Macromedia HomeSite – Wikipedia * Microsoft FrontPage – Wikipedia * Adobe Dreamweaver – Wikipedia * * Where are We on AI Expectations? * 2024 Marketing Technology Landscape Supergraphic – 14,106 martech products (27.8% growth YoY) – Chief Marketing Technologist * Martech Interactive Supergraphic * 3 counterintuitive surprises about composable martech stacks in The State of Martech 2024 report – Chief Marketing Technologist * Are we creating AI, or are AI Agents creating us? – Schaefer Marketing Solutions: We Help Businesses {grow} * AI is the Bear: Learning to Be a Better Marketer in the Age of AI (Thinks Out Loud Episode 422) * The Rebirth of Trusted Gatekeepers (Thinks Out Loud Episode 307) * Google AI Overviews in Search Highlights Its Big AI Problem (Thinks Out Loud Episode 423) * The Best AI is Now Free For Everyone: Revisiting Will Your Customers Use AI? (Thinks Out Loud) * Building a Human Brand in the Age of AI (Thinks Out Loud Episode 398) * How to Add AI to Your Team (Thinks Out Loud Episode 383) * Techno-Optimism and Building a Human Brand (Thinks Out Loud Episode 399) * Revisiting Does Marketing Have a Future?
You might also enjoy this webinar I recently participated in with Miles Partnership that looked at "The Power of Generative AI and ChatGPT: What It Means for Tourism & Hospitality" here:
Free DownloadsWe have some free downloads for you to help you navigate the current situation, which you can find right here:
Best of Thinks Out LoudYou can find our “Best of Thinks Out Loud” playlist on Spotify right here:
Subscribe to Thinks Out Loud* Subscribe in iTunes * Subscribe in the Google Play Store
Contact information for the podcast: podcast@timpeter.com
Past Insights from Tim Peter ThinksTechnical Details for Thinks Out LoudRecorded using a Shure SM7B Vocal Dynamic Microphone and a Focusrite Scarlett 4i4 (3rd Gen) USB Audio Interface into Logic Pro X for the Mac.
Running time: 21m 54s
You can subscribe to Thinks Out Loud in iTunes, the Google Play Store, via our dedicated podcast RSS feed (or sign up for our free newsletter). You can also download/listen to the podcast here on Thinks using the player at the top of this page.
Transcript: What Marketers Really Need to Know About Putting AI to WorkWell hello again everybody and welcome back to Thinks Out Loud. Your source for all the digital expertise your business needs. My name is Tim Peter, this is episode 426 of The Big Show, and thank you so much for tuning in, I very much appreciate it. I think we’ve got a really cool show for you today. I am getting asked more and more these days about Why artificial intelligence is important in marketing, and more specifically, what’s important for marketers to know about artificial intelligence if they want to do a good job, if they want to keep their job, if they want to be able to stay competitive.
And those are really important questions, really big questions. And they’re driven from a number of reasons, a number of places. Obviously, folks are concerned about what do they need to know to stay successful? Now, I have said for some time that I don’t think AI is coming for your job. I’ve modulated that a little bit and I will talk about it A little bit later in the episode, but generally, AI isn’t going to replace you, mostly.
It’s going to replace some tasks. It’s going to change the way you do what you do. But if you think about artificial intelligence the right way, and if you think about its role properly, then you really don’t have a lot to worry about as a marketer, more or less. And I, I fully acknowledge that I’m doing a lot of hand waving on the more or less.
Again, I promise I will explain why that is as we go forward. What I would say is, That people are starting to recognize what AI is good at and what AI is not good at. And if you want to understand how AI might change marketing or how it might matter in your marketing career, then we should really start by talking about what artificial intelligence is and isn’t for a moment.
Then talk about how it’s used in marketing. And then we can get to why it might, or might not, come for your job. When most people talk about artificial intelligence at the moment, They’re often talking about general purpose generative AI applications like ChatGPT or Google Gemini or Anthropic Claude or specific features that tools like Adobe Photoshop have added such as image generated generation, something they call generative expand or generative fill that Actually can do exactly what they say, expand an image using generative AI, or fill in an image, put something else in the image using generative AI.
And you’ll see tools like AI social content generators in things like SEMrush or HubSpot or Salesforce. It’s important to note, that’s not the only type of artificial intelligence that exists out there. Generative AI is just one part of it. Other types of artificial intelligence, like machine learning, also exist that help marketers and consumers be more effective and more efficient.
For instance, Google’s Performance Max and Smart Bidding tools, at least in theory, are designed to improve ad performance and make it easier for marketers to get campaigns up and running quickly. Salesforce, HubSpot, and loads of other tools. Offer predictive analytics to improve campaign performance or improve your ability to do things like lead scoring quickly and easily if you’re on the sales side or sales enablement side of marketing.
One of the reasons I don’t think you hear people talk about those as much is because they’ve sort of vanished under the hood. They’ve sort of just kind of faded into the background. You’ve heard me say many times on this show that technology, over time, becomes invisible. Steven Sanofsky, who used to run the Windows division at Microsoft, recently wrote in his Hardcore Software Newsletter a list of applications that rely on various forms of AI, and he gave things like maps, directions, and routing handwriting recognition.
Spelling and grammar recognition, image recognition, matching that happens, this is his quote, matching that happens everywhere from Airbnb to Bumble, or even more recent photo enhancements as AI, as much as just, quote, new features that work, unquote. Keep new features that work in mind. We’re going to come back to that.
But one of the things he said was, quote, as soon as it works, It is no longer AI. Period. The magic wears off. It just sort of becomes a feature. It becomes this thing that disappears into the background. And that leads to the first, most important thing you should be thinking about or be aware of when you think about AI’s use in marketing.
And that is What are the tools that you’re using today to do your job? There are over 14, 000 Martech tools on the market today, according to Chief Martech, and they’re an outstanding Martech map site. As they note, quote, Generative AI has only accelerated the growth in that landscape. When you think about the tools you’re using, your next question should be, How are the vendors that offer those tools thinking about improving your productivity or your results?
And finally, how are they using artificial intelligence to do that? The important part is not that they use artificial intelligence, though. It’s about understanding the bigger picture of how they’re making AI work for you. Why does this matter? Because no matter how you use AI, you have to make sure that you’re looking out for your customers data, your company’s data, And your business results.
Think about it. The fact is that most of you, as marketers, aren’t going to build or deploy your own artificial intelligence. You’re not. I don’t. Most people won’t. We’re consumers of these tools. Most of your companies, for that matter, aren’t going to do that either. Some of you will. I’ve talked to companies who have very good reasons and the resources To apply to go ahead and build some of their own AI models.
That’s great. That’s not going to be true for most people though, for most companies though. Instead, as I mentioned, you’re going to be consumers of a set of tools. Sometimes those tools are going to be obviously AI. They’re going to market and promote their AI bona fides at every opportunity. And I would point to.
Some of the things we see people doing right now, where they’re really highlighting the artificial intelligence, specifically. In most cases, though, those AI tools are going to be under the hood. Again, to use Steven Sanofsky’s words, they’ll just be new features that work. They’ll just sort of exist under the hood.
And frankly, you don’t care. You shouldn’t have to care whether it’s AI or not. You should care that it works, with one big exception. And the big exception is, if it’s artificial intelligence, it opens up one danger. Because if you don’t know what the artificial intelligence or what the product is doing with your company’s data and your customers data, You may be putting your business at some risk.
It doesn’t matter if the tool comes from big players like Google, Microsoft, Adobe, Salesforce, and HubSpot, or if it’s from small players and startups. You need to know what they’re doing under the hood with the data that matters to your customers and to your company. It also doesn’t mean you shouldn’t necessarily use the tool.
It just means you need to know what it’s doing and where you And, or your customers have the ability to opt out when you’re not comfortable with the choices those vendors make. My good friend Mark Schaefer wrote a great article recently, and I’ll link to it in the show notes, just as I do with the Steven Sonofsky piece and others, where Mark asked whether we’re creating AI, Or if AI is creating us.
Obviously, as we use these tools, they can be doing all kinds of things under the hood that we may choose not to pay attention to. And his point is that we have some control over the process of how we choose to adopt these tools. I’m going to go a step further. I’m going to say that your career depends on you making good choices about how you use these tools.
You’re the person who’s actually deciding to put your hands on the keyboard if you’re at that stage of your career, or to make a decision about, is this something that we want to use for our customers, if you’re the person who’s making those decisions. You get to contribute to building a better experience for your customers and, I would argue, a better society overall by using these tools wisely.
By thinking through if these tools are creating a better experience for our customers or are creating a worse experience in the long run and a worse environment in which our businesses are going to operate. You’ve heard me say, I said it at the top of the show, that AI won’t steal your job, but smart people who use AI will.
More recently, I’ve questioned whether it’s more likely that dumb people using AI will take your job. Increasingly, though, I’m coming to believe that people who use AI wisely will always be okay, will be okay in the long run for sure, and that people who use AI unwisely are the ones who are going to find themselves in big trouble, not just in terms of losing their job, but in terms of losing trust from their employers and ultimately from their customers.
Those are the folks who have to change. We’re going to put themselves in the worst position, and it becomes incumbent on you as a marketer to ask smart questions about how is this using data? How is this using our customers data? How is this affecting our customers lives? That’s really important, and you get to choose, but only if you actively make those choices.
We’ve been working on a framework here at TPA for a little while. For making AI functional for our clients, it consists of three pillars built on a governance foundation. You know, the first pillar is, is it reliable? When we think about reliability, we think about things like validity, accuracy, timeliness, and explainability.
Are the answers the tool that we need? Supplies, logical. Do they make sense? Are the answers or its recommendations true? Do we understand how the tool made its recommendations or produced its results? Because if we can’t depend on it being reliable, It’s not a good tool for us. The second pillar is responsible.
That’s things like ethics, legal compliance, security, privacy, accountability. Do we have a way to go back and ensure we’ve done the right thing? With our customers data, with their customers experience, and frankly, with our customers lives, not just from a legal perspective, but from a privacy perspective, from an ethics perspective, from an accountability perspective.
Do we feel good that this is something that’s working? For our customers benefit. The third pillar is relevant. And this, this gets to more of a business results thing. Is it useful? Is it practical? Is it thorough? Is it meaningful? Does it produce results that matter for your business? Does it, is it useful to the customer?
And the foundation of all of this is governance. Do we have the right stakeholder engagement? Now that could be the business owner, If that’s you, have you really thought that through? It could be executive leadership at a larger company. And as part of governance, what is the monitoring, monitoring and evaluation process?
What do we learn as we go forward? So that we can actually improve over time in terms of reliability, responsibility, and relevance. Because we want to feed that back into the tool appropriately to get it to do a better job for creating great experiences and creating great messages for our customers.
You’ll note in all of this, we’re not talking about the technology. The technology is not the most important part. We’re talking about something we can plant a stake in, that we can feel comfortable about, that is doing the right thing for our customers. We’re talking about something we’ve talked about on this show plenty of times, a core principle of thinking about what won’t change.
You all know the story, I’ve told the story many times about Steve Jeff Bezos rather being asked, you know, what things will look like five years down the road or 10 years down the road. And he said he prefers to think about what won’t change during that period. What can we rely upon? I believe that some of those are focused on customers and customer experience.
Understanding customer behaviors. Because those aren’t likely to change. The behaviors might change, but the importance of understanding customer behaviors won’t. Making sure we’re providing great customer experience won’t change. We want to keep Making sure we’re measuring both quantitatively and qualitatively so that we can learn more about what’s working for our customers and not.
And of course, there’s the need to keep learning as a marketer, right? The whole basis for this question, the whole basis for this discussion we’re having today is all about marketing changes, marketing changes all the time. You need to keep learning. We did an episode a couple of weeks ago about why AI is the bear and how you can learn to be a better marketer in the age of AI.
I’ll link to it in the show notes. I’d encourage you to check it out. I would suggest, though, That what we’re talking about here is way more important than individual tools. When I started working in digital marketing a long, long time ago, we were building websites by hand in text editors. Things like a layer home site and notepad.
Then people started using tools like Macromedia Dreamweaver and Microsoft FrontPage. Those tools are mostly gone. But the deep understanding of how the web works, and more importantly, why it matters to customers that things work a specific way, remain true. We’re still focused on the customer experience.
And if you keep focused on that, then the actual tools don’t matter that much. Think about the core principles of what won’t change. Yeah, learn the tools, learn the tools you need to know to be effective at your job. But, remember that those tools are going to change. That’s, the things that matter don’t change that much.
So, focus on what won’t change. Focus on creating great,
Use the tools that help you create rich, personalized, great experiences for your customers. But don’t worry about whether those tools use artificial intelligence or not. Focus on, and I quote, new features that work. With particular emphasis on the that work point. Keep learning how you can apply those tools to the areas that won’t change, like Making your customer’s lives better.
And most importantly, make sure the tools you choose make it clear on how they use your company’s and your customers data, and that they let you opt out when you’re not comfortable with what they’re doing. I know I said this before, you get to choose. But only if you actively do the work to make good choices.
And for me, that’s the most important thing you need to know about how you use artificial intelligence marketing. The rest is just details.
Show Wrap-Up and CreditsNow, looking at the clock on the wall, we are out of time for this week. I want to remind you that you can find the show notes for this episode, as well as an archive of all past episodes, by going to timpeter.com/podcast. Again, that’s timpeter.com/podcast. Just look for episode 426.
Subscribe to Thinks Out LoudDon’t forget that you can click on the subscribe link in any of the episodes you find there to have Thinks Out Loud delivered to your favorite podcatcher every single week. You can also find Thinks Out Loud on Apple Podcasts, Spotify, YouTube Music, anywhere fine podcasts are found.
Leave a Rating or Review for Thinks Out LoudI would also very much appreciate it if you could provide a positive rating or review for the show whenever you use one of those services.
If you like what you hear on Thinks Out Loud, if you enjoy what we talk about, if you like being part of the community that we’re building here, Please, give us a positive rating or review.
Reviews help other listeners find the podcast. Reviews help other listeners understand what Thinks Out Loud is all about. They help to build our community and they mean the world to me. So thank you so much for doing that. I very, very much appreciate it.
Thinks Out Loud on Social MediaYou can also find Thinks Out Loud on LinkedIn by going to linkedin.com/tim-peter-and-associates-llc. You can find me on Twitter or X or whatever we’re calling it this week by using the Twitter handle @tcpeter. And of course, you can email me by sending an email to podcast(at)timpeter.com. Again, that’s podcast(at)timpeter.com.
Show OutroFinally, and I know I say this a lot, but I want you to know just how thrilled I am that you keep listening to what we do here. It means so, so very, very much to me. You are the reason we do this show.
You’re the reason that Thinks Out Loud happens every week. You’re the reason we take the time to put this together. So please keep your messages coming on LinkedIn, keep hitting me up on Twitter, sending things via email. I love getting a chance to talk with you, to hear what’s going on in your world, to learn how we can do a better job building the types of information and insights and content and community that work for you and work for your business.
And with all that said, I just want to say that I hope you have a fantastic rest of your day. I hope you have a wonderful week, and I will look forward to speaking with you here on Thinks Out Loud next time. Until then, please be well, be safe, and as always, take care, everybody.
The post What Marketers Really Need to Know About Putting AI to Work (Thinks Out Loud Episode 426) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
In a recent episode, we looked at how Google is using artificial intelligence to change the search experience and why that’s ultimately a risk to your business. To offset that risk, we started a brief series on how to build traffic and revenue beyond Google. Today, we’re expanding that series by introducing you to our CORE Methodology, a framework for choosing the right channels to market your company.
What is the CORE Methodology? How does it help you? And how do you put it to work to build traffic and revenue for your business? That’s what this episode of Thinks Out Loud is all about.
Want to learn more? Here are the show notes for you.
The CORE Methodology: How to Build Traffic and Revenue Beyond Google — Part 2 (Thinks Out Loud Episode 425) — Headlines and Show NotesShow Notes and Links* How to Build Traffic and Revenue Beyond Google — Part 1 (Thinks Out Loud Episode 424) * Partnerships Between Brands and Creators Will Define the Next Generation of Travel Marketing | HSMAI Americas * Can Podcasting Help Your Business Bypass the Big Tech Gatekeepers? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 413) * What Connects TikTok and the Hub and Spoke Model of Digital? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 299) * Big Trends: Bundling, Unbundling, and Customer Acquisition (Thinks Out Loud Episode 411) * How to Engage Your Hotel’s Secret Sales Force * Where Content, Community, and Customer Experience Meet (Thinks Out Loud Episode 346) – Tim Peter & Associates * Customer Experience is Queen? What Does That Mean? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 190) – Tim Peter & Associates * Big Digital Marketing Trends: Customer Experience is Cool (Thinks Out Loud Episode 375) * Content is King, Customer Experience is Queen (Thinks Out Loud Episode 188) – Tim Peter & Associates * The Future of Email Marketing — Interview with Scott Cohen from InboxArmy (Thinks Out Loud Episode 410) * Revisiting How to Escape Big Tech’s Web (Thinks Out Loud) * The Rebirth of Trusted Gatekeepers (Thinks Out Loud Episode 307) – Tim Peter & Associates * What Taylor Swift Can Teach You About Bypassing Gatekeepers (Thinks Out Loud Episode 393) * Is Social Media Anti-Social for your Brand Now? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 391) * How To Perform a Health Check for Your Business (Thinks Out Loud Episode 388)
You might also enjoy this webinar I recently participated in with Miles Partnership that looked at "The Power of Generative AI and ChatGPT: What It Means for Tourism & Hospitality" here:
Free DownloadsWe have some free downloads for you to help you navigate the current situation, which you can find right here:
Best of Thinks Out LoudYou can find our “Best of Thinks Out Loud” playlist on Spotify right here:
Subscribe to Thinks Out Loud* Subscribe in iTunes * Subscribe in the Google Play Store
Contact information for the podcast: podcast@timpeter.com
Past Insights from Tim Peter ThinksTechnical Details for Thinks Out LoudRecorded using a Shure SM7B Vocal Dynamic Microphone and a Focusrite Scarlett 4i4 (3rd Gen) USB Audio Interface into Logic Pro X for the Mac.
Running time: 25m 51s
You can subscribe to Thinks Out Loud in iTunes, the Google Play Store, via our dedicated podcast RSS feed (or sign up for our free newsletter). You can also download/listen to the podcast here on Thinks using the player at the top of this page.
Transcript: The CORE Methodology: How to Build Traffic and Revenue Beyond Google — Part 2Well hello again everybody and welcome back to Thinks Out Loud, your source for all the digital expertise your business needs. My name is Tim Peter, this is episode 425 of the Big Show and thank you so much for tuning in.
You may recall, if you were listening to our last episode, that this is part two of a two parter where we’re talking about how you diversify your traffic, how you grow your traffic beyond Google. I don’t want to recap all of last week’s episodes, so if you haven’t had a chance to listen, I would encourage you to go find episode 424 at timpeter.com/podcasts or wherever you get your favorite podcasts.
I closed out that episode by saying there are four ways to succeed:
If, though, you are worried about where you find these folks and how you reach these folks and you get them to do this, I always like to start with where you are first. Where does your traffic and revenue come from today? I assume that you’re using Google Analytics or Adobe Analytics or something along those lines to understand your traffic and revenue sources.
Whenever I start with a new client, whenever we start with a new client, we tend to look at the last 13 to 18 months of traffic and revenue. Then, we might look at a shorter period like the last two or three months, and then we might look at the last few weeks, a week at a time, to get a sense of what’s going on.
Looking at the longer periods helps you to understand if there’s any seasonality. You know, does your company get more business some times of the year than others? That can help you understand if there are different demand patterns or if there’s something that you can do differently to get more traffic and business at some points in the year.
If you’re not accustomed to seasonality, if your business doesn’t have it, it’s pretty common in many businesses. I talk about hospitality a lot. Hospitality tends to have very well defined peak seasons, off seasons, and what are known as “shoulder seasons,” between the peak and off season. We also see it in B2B a lot more than you think, too, based on budget cycles, you know, things like quarter end, year end, start of the new year, that sort of thing.
Getting a sense of that picture is really important because it can point you to traffic sources that you can build on, or revenue sources that you can build on.
It is sometimes easier to increase the traffic you get from existing sources, than it is to find or create entirely new sources of traffic and revenue. If you’re already getting traffic and revenue from a specific source, that’s a pretty good sign it’s something that works for your customers. And then it becomes more a question of how do we grow that source rather than “Oh my gosh, we don’t get any traffic outside of Google. Where do we go?” So it’s always a good place to start to look at the reality and understand are there any seasonal patterns that play into that. Are there times where you can expect more traffic or less traffic just as a natural consequence of where that comes from and of your customer’s natural behaviors?
The next thing that you want to do is ensure that you have a content calendar. Now, I talked in the last episode quite a bit about understanding your customers as well as you possibly can and what your customers pain points are.
We love doing this because it allows us to line up specific messages with specific seasonality where it exists. Again, if you don’t have seasonality, don’t worry about it, but there are natural things that occur during the course of your business year or occur in the natural course of your customers lives that might lead them to look for your product and service more often.
That’s really important then that you have a calendar that aligns with that. And we always think in terms of a “rock/pebbles/sand” approach.
Your rocks are the big items, the things that you know will happen, and you can plan those out weeks or months or maybe even a year in advance. You know, again, if I’m going to use the hospitality example, summer is a peak period for many, many companies, for many, many resorts, for many, many hotels. If you’re a ski resort, we know ski season is a big peak period. Well, we can put a rock saying, we need to start talking about this X weeks before, months in advance, even a year in advance.
If you’re a B2B company, maybe it’s a big trade show that occurs every year. We worked with a software company for years that went to Dreamforce every year, and that was a rock, because they knew when it occurred. If you’re, I don’t know, a restaurant, and you know the Super Bowl is going to be in your town next year, you can start planning your content for that.
Now, because we already know when that’s going to occur, we already know when there’s going to be more demand in your market. You then start to fill the calendar with pebbles.
And the pebbles are little things, smaller things, more tactical, but messages that you want to dribble out over the course of the year, that fill in some of the spaces between the rocks, right? If you think about we’re putting rocks, pebbles, and sand in a jar, you put the rocks in first, and then there’s spaces between them, and that’s where the pebbles go.
And you can plan those weeks, or even a couple of months in advance. Usually about 90 days is pretty typical.
And then the sand is small little tactical stuff. Maybe they’re social media posts. Maybe they are little blog posts or quick little videos that you’re going to put up on your website. And those get sprinkled in where there’s space.
It’s okay if you have a period where you don’t have anything to say. Just make sure that you’re doing that intentionally, you’re choosing not to speak there, you’re choosing not to create content and put it out there because it doesn’t work for your customer at that time of year. It’s only a mistake if you completely ignore your customer’s behaviors and you’re not taking advantage of it.
Now, one of the reasons that search has worked for so long is because everyone searches and they’re literally telling you what’s most important to them. Google didn’t get to an $80 billion per quarter revenue company, a $300-plus billion annual company in revenue, by ignoring what people typed into the search box every day.
Instead, they listened to those, they interpreted those searches, and they gave customers what they were looking for both in the search results and in the way they’ve modified the search results over the years to put the information in front of customers quickly and easily. That’s how we’ve ended up in this place in the first place.
Look at your site search, if you have it, as well as the terms that are driving traffic to you because those are the things that customers are saying are important. You can use tools like Google Search Console, you can use tools like Google Analytics to look at your site search. You can use tools like SEMrush or Ahrefs to look at the types of terms that your company and your competitors rank for to get a sense of the kinds of messages and the kinds of information that your customers are looking for.
Now you’ll note, in all of this, we haven’t talked about channels yet. We’ve always been talking about how do we understand our customer, how do we understand our objectives, how do we understand our content. And the reason is because the channel and the format come last.
First, you have to understand who are you talking to and what do they need to hear you say? Then you can think about “Where do I say this and in what form do I say this?”
We have always used a framework called “Hub and Spoke,” where the hub are things you control, and the spokes are things other people control.
One way to think of it is, your audience is the hub, and the spokes are other people’s audiences, you’re leveraging other people to help you reach those folks.
The hub is your audience. It’s the people who are actively seeking you out. It’s your website. It’s your app. It’s your email list or your CRM. And I’m going to come back to that in more detail in a minute.
But I want to start in detail talking about the spokes. The spokes are other people’s audience. And the job of the spokes is to grow the hub. You don’t just go out on the spokes for no reason. Ideally, you turn those spokes into customers. But when you turn them into customers, even if they buy on a spoke, you should have some contact information for them that goes into your CRM, which allows them to come back to your website or your app the next time directly without being on a spoke.
So the spoke is where we’re working with other people’s audiences. Google, obviously, has long been the biggest. It’s the whole reason we’re having this conversation.
Obviously, social is huge too. So that could be Instagram, it could be Facebook, it could be TikTok if you’re B2C, if you’re selling directly to consumers. It might be LinkedIn if you’re a B2B company, selling to businesses. You know, LinkedIn is my go to social network, but they are places where you connect with other people through other people.
It also doesn’t mean you’re creating your own content. You may be partnering with creators who have a big audience, or have, I shouldn’t even say “a big audience;” they have “the right audience.” They’re talking to your customers.
So you might partner with creators. You might work with them to say, “Hey, can you help us craft a good message for our customers who you also happen to be talking with?” That could be a partnership. It could be something where you’re paying them. It could be where you’re commenting and engaging with others content, but to be a valuable member of the community first. You’re not just going in there and saying, “Hey, let me jump into your conversation and promote me.” It could be you’re engaging with them in a really effective way by being a member of their community and then letting that organically grow into people knowing about you from that over time.
I wrote a piece of research for meta platforms and HSMAI a few years ago during the pandemic on how you can research your other creators and learn about other creators and work with other creators over time. I definitely recommend you checking that out. I’ll have the link in the show notes. But the point is that you’re letting the creators help tell a positive story on your brand’s behalf.
Another type of creator you might want to think about are your employees. I’ve worked with many companies who’ve had great success with an employee engagement program where you’re leveraging your employees social networks to talk about your products and services. You help your team understand what they should be talking about, you provide them some guidelines, you provide them some content assets, and you provide them some recognition for the work that they do. Could be a thank you, could be they win an internal contest, it could be that they get a, you know, a bonus or something along those lines. But it’s all about engaging the employees in telling a positive story.
I will be very clear, this works better for some companies than others because sometimes your employees are very representative of your company and sometimes they’re not, so you have to be clear about that. But when it works, it can work tremendously well and you’re increasing your network by the size of your total employees times the size of their network.
The other great form of engagement that you can work with as creators are your customers. Your secret sales forces, I call them, when they talk on ratings and review sites. You’ve heard me say a billion times on this show that customer experience is queen. And the reason that’s so is you want to create an experience that your customers want to talk about, that they want to talk about positively to their network.
The average person on social, whether it’s your employee, whether it’s your customer, has about 200 friends and family and fans and followers on social. So, how are you engaging them to tell a really positive story about your company and about your business? Well, you’re doing that through the experience that they get.
You also can look to PR. Are there, you know, and when I say PR, we can talk about traditional journalists or we can talk about people who are, you know, creators and what they’re doing. How are you creating a great experience that they want to share, that they want to talk about? Your goal is to build a community of people who want to tell a positive story on your behalf, whether that’s journalists, whether that’s creators, whether that’s employees, whether that’s customers.
All of these are people who have an audience that you can build off of. And of course, there’s all sorts of other things you can do. Direct mail, loyalty programs, conferences and trade shows, trade organizations, traditional advertising, paid media, etc. But the point is, you’re looking for the ones that work for your business and help you connect to your customers.
Another thing you might want to look at is what types of content do your customers engage with? Are they engaging with written articles either on your own site like a blog or on using other people’s audiences like a spoke? Are you writing in a trade journal if you’re a B2B company? Are you writing it, you know, are you getting coverage in a An online magazine if you are a B2C company.
You can do things like polls. You can do things like video and images and audio, like, I don’t know, podcasts. Now, I want to be very clear. You don’t necessarily need to do the video. You don’t necessarily need to do the audio. You don’t necessarily need to do the poll. Those can be great places to partner with creators who do that well.
The reality, though, is you want to give the people who create those something worth talking about. So, for instance, if you’re doing a podcast, why are you a good podcast guest? You find somebody who is a podcaster who speaks to your audience. What makes you a good guest?
I get pitches every day from people who say, Oh, we’ve got somebody who’d be a terrific guest for your podcast. And it’s clear they’ve never listened to the show once. Not at all. They don’t understand the show. They don’t get the show. And they’re saying, we’ve got somebody who wants to come on and talk about, you know I don’t know, women’s fashion. Nothing against women’s fashion, but it’s clearly not something we have anything to do with. They’re not being a good part of the community.
Another thing you can do is think about images. Think about things on Pinterest or Instagram. Now, the term infographics? Nobody uses any longer, but the idea of beautiful data visualizations still always works as a content mechanism. I have clients who have tremendous success with this. If you have research that’s important to your customer and you can package it in a way that’s beautiful, folks will share it on your behalf. You could do this in B2B with “Here’s something you want to know about the market today.” You can do it in B2C. You know, “Here’s a hot trend in—I don’t know—women’s fashion that you really should know about.” Right?
But the point is you’re trying to engage other people’s audience. And the way you’re going to do that is engage those people to want to share your story. You have to give them something. You have to give them a hook that’s going to be interesting to them.
The thing that you want to remember is the point is to get it to grow your audience, your hub. That’s the job of any of these spokes. And there’s a model we use for picking these. You’re not going to do every single one of these. I’m just giving you, you know, ten different high level ideas. The reality is you don’t have the resources to do all ten. So keep in mind what we call “Core and Explore.”
Remember when I talked about where your traffic and business comes from today, where’s 80% of that? What’s the 80% that’s most important to you? That’s where you should be putting most of your efforts. That’s your “Core.”
Then spend maybe 20% of your time on “Explore,” finding new channels, finding new opportunities. You’re not exploring for its own sake, though. You want to find things that can become part of your core over time.
And we use a framework that I call CORE to choose those:
So, Customers. Are your customers on that channel? Do they use or interact with that channel regularly?
Outcomes. Is this an effective platform for delivering your key message? Can it help you reach more of the people you want to reach and drive more business? And most importantly, does it actually drive more business? As you test it, are you seeing positive business results from it?
Resources. Do you have the knowledge and the skills needed to use this platform effectively? If not, how will you close those gaps? That’s a great place where working with a creator can work for you because they already know how to close those gaps.
And of course, Execution. What is your plan? What are your next steps to get started?
So as you evaluate potential channels, look at “Customers, Outcomes, Resources, Execution (CORE),” and determine which ones work best for you.
Once you’ve answered those questions, take your plan out and test it. And as you learn, see if you can make it part of your core activities. Ultimately, that’s where we’re going to go.
Now you’ll note in all this I haven’t talked about search because my concern is how Google is going to change search over time. I also want to be clear, search isn’t completely going away.
What’s also true is that the best way to beat Google at its own game is to have customers search for you by name. Every single one of these activities that I’ve mentioned could actually increase your search traffic. The difference is, customers won’t be looking for, you know, “generic service near me,” “hotels near…,” or, “restaurants near…,” or “businesses who solve X problem.” They’ll be searching for you by name. And that’s the long game.
Because then no matter what Google does, you win:
So to recap everything we’ve talked about the last two weeks
And that’s the whole point of this, is to make sure that no matter what anybody does, you’re still in a position to succeed. I can’t wait to see what you do.
If you think I missed something, if you think there’s something else people ought to do, please tell me about it in the comments or drop me an email or drop me a message on LinkedIn. I would love to hear from you.
Show Wrap-Up and CreditsNow, looking at the clock on the wall, we are out of time for this week.
I want to remind you again that you can find the show notes for this episode. As well as an archive of all past episodes by going to timpeter.com/podcast. Again, that’s timpeter.com/podcast. Just look for episode 425.
Subscribe to Thinks Out LoudDon’t forget that you can click on the subscribe link in any of the episodes you find there to have Thinks Out Loud delivered to your favorite podcatcher every single week.
You can also find Thinks Out Loud on Apple Podcasts, Spotify, YouTube Music, anywhere fine podcasts are found.
Leave a Rating or Review for Thinks Out LoudI would also very much appreciate it if you could provide a positive rating or review for the show whenever you use one of those services. If you like what you hear on Thinks Out Loud, if you enjoy what we talk about, if you like being part of the community that we’re trying to build here, please give us a positive rating and review.
Reviews help other listeners find the podcast. Reviews help other listeners understand what Thinks Out Loud is all about. They help to build our community and they mean the world to me. So thank you so very, very much for doing that. I very much appreciate it.
Leave a Rating or Review for Thinks Out LoudYou can also find Thinks Out Loud on LinkedIn by going to linkedin.com/tim-peter-and-associates-llc. You can find me on Twitter or X or whatever you want to call it this week by using the Twitter handle @tcpeter. And of course, you can email me by sending an email to podcast(at)timpeter.com. Again, that’s podcast(at)timpeter.com.
Show OutroFinally, and I know I say this a lot But I want you to know how thrilled I am that you keep listening to what we do here.
It means so much to me. You’re the reason we do this show. You’re the reason that Thinks Out Loud happens every single week. So please, keep your messages coming on LinkedIn, keep hitting me up on Twitter, sending things via email. I love getting a chance to talk with you, to hear what’s going on in your world, and to learn how we can do a better job of building the kinds of information and insights and content and community that work for you and work for your business.
So with all of that said, I hope you have a fantastic rest of your day. I hope you have a wonderful week ahead. And I will look forward to speaking with you here on Thinks Out Loud next time. Until then, please be well, be safe, and as always, take care everybody.
The post The CORE Methodology: How to Build Traffic and Revenue Beyond Google — Part 2 (Thinks Out Loud Episode 425) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
Google is changing search. The company’s AI Overviews features increasingly puts answers in front of customers, bypassing the need for a click. The problem for you is that those clicks often drive traffic and revenue for your business. Even if you can do cool SEO activities to figure out how to be the answer presented, that’s still no guarantee that customers will end up on your website or app. And that’s potentially very bad for your business.
What can you do about it? It starts with building traffic and revenue beyond Google. We’ve talked about why that’s necessary for some time. Over the next couple of weeks, we’ll do a deep dive into how you do it. This episode will look at how you put together the right strategy to build traffic and revenue beyond Google, while next week’s will look at how you can choose the right channels to grow your business long term.
Want to learn more? Here are the show notes for you.
Google is Changing Search. How to Build Traffic and Revenue Beyond Google — Part 1 — Headlines and Show NotesShow Notes and Links* Google AI Overviews in Search Highlights Its Big AI Problem (Thinks Out Loud Episode 423) * Rethinking Search Marketing in the Age of AI (Thinks Out Loud Episode 397) * Strategy Session: How to Set Goals for Your Business (Thinks Out Loud Episode 389) * Techno-Optimism and Building a Human Brand (Thinks Out Loud Episode 399) * Building a Human Brand in the Age of AI (Thinks Out Loud Episode 398) * Do You Still Need a Website? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 400) * Revisiting How to Escape Big Tech’s Web (Thinks Out Loud)
You might also enjoy this webinar I recently participated in with Miles Partnership that looked at "The Power of Generative AI and ChatGPT: What It Means for Tourism & Hospitality" here:
Free DownloadsWe have some free downloads for you to help you navigate the current situation, which you can find right here:
Best of Thinks Out LoudYou can find our “Best of Thinks Out Loud” playlist on Spotify right here:
Subscribe to Thinks Out Loud* Subscribe in iTunes * Subscribe in the Google Play Store
Contact information for the podcast: podcast@timpeter.com
Past Insights from Tim Peter ThinksTechnical Details for Thinks Out LoudRecorded using a Shure SM7B Vocal Dynamic Microphone and a Focusrite Scarlett 4i4 (3rd Gen) USB Audio Interface into Logic Pro X for the Mac.
Running time: 23m 50s
You can subscribe to Thinks Out Loud in iTunes, the Google Play Store, via our dedicated podcast RSS feed (or sign up for our free newsletter). You can also download/listen to the podcast here on Thinks using the player at the top of this page.
Transcript: Google is Changing Search. How to Build Traffic and Revenue Beyond Google — Part 1Well hello again everyone and welcome back to Thinks Out Loud, your source for all the digital expertise your business needs. My name is Tim Peter. This is episode 424 of the Big Show. Thanks so much for tuning in. I think we’ve got a really cool episode for you.
And when I say cool episode, I actually think I should say cool “episodes.” Because this is the first of a two-part series kind of building on what we talked about last week. In last week’s show, I talked about how Google’s new AI Overviews in search is a real problem for Google but how it’s also a problem for your business.
Because as Google increasingly incorporates AI results into its search results — and when I say AI results — I mean the answers to people’s queries right within the search results. That may drive fewer clicks, that may drive less traffic to your business and ultimately less revenue to your business.
If you’re like most companies, you probably get somewhere between about 30% percent of the low end and maybe as high as 70% or 80% of the high-end of traffic and revenue from Google, when you think about organic search and paid search and local search and metasearch. If customers are able to get the answer to their question right there in Google search results, they may not click. And that’s obviously a problem for your business if that in fact comes to pass.
So, I’ve been talking in last week’s episode and a bunch of prior episodes all about how you can diversify your traffic, or rather, all about the need for you to diversify your traffic so that you can get more traffic and more revenue from sources other than Google, if in fact this comes to pass, that people click through less often.
And I got several questions from various listeners saying, "Well that’s great, that’s a really, really good idea. But how do we do that? How do we get more traffic and, more importantly, business from companies outside Google, from other sources of traffic?"
And I love this question because it’s a strategy question disguised as a tactical question. It’s not really just about driving more traffic. It’s about building deeper, more robust connections with your customers. It’s about finding new ways to engage your customers that ultimately benefit your business in the long run. And so that’s what I want to talk about today.
It’s also a big question. So big, in fact, that I’m not going to be able to answer the entire question in a single episode. Which is why this episode and the next one will be a two-part miniseries where we talk about how do you get more traffic and more business from sources outside Google.
I want to start with a very simple place that you may already be thinking about today. And that’s your objectives.
What are your objectives for driving traffic, for driving business? What is the purpose of your marketing activities? Are you looking to increase awareness for your business? Are you looking to increase leads? To increase engagement? And when I say engagement, are you looking to get more connection to your customers? To gain some data about them, like an email address or a phone number or an address if you’re doing any kind of direct mail activities? But is that what you’re looking to accomplish? Or are you looking to accomplish a purchase you want them to buy?
Ideally, you’re always focused on the purchase in the longer run. As my friend Mark Schaefer put it so succinctly the other day on LinkedIn, “your job isn’t to create content, it’s to create customers.” He is absolutely right. Absolutely correct.
I grew up in e-commerce. We were very focused on putting heads in beds in the hospitality industry? Get people to come to your website, pull out their credit card, make a purchase, and, you know, book a room. And it was hugely impactful to understand that we were actually driving purchases with our marketing activities.
What’s also true is that sometimes you’re going to create customers by creating content because you often need to create awareness before you can drive purchases. Pretty much no one is going to buy from you if they’ve never heard of you. Research from a wide array of industries shows that customers are most likely to buy on a third-party site when they start on a third-party site.
So, let’s use hospitality as an example. They’re more likely to buy on sites like Expedia or Booking.com when they start there. And they’re far more likely to buy directly from a hotel website when they start on the hotel’s own website. To put it more simply, people can’t buy from you directly if they never come to your website. So awareness can be a perfectly reasonable goal. Just make sure that it’s awareness that ultimately leads to a purchase.
Which then comes to the second big thing that you have to be aware, which is understanding your customer. I’ve seen case after case after case over the years where companies have done something that generated an enormous amount of traffic. They got a lot of people to come to their website or download their app, but those people didn’t buy because they weren’t actually representative of the customer that the company really needed to talk to.
Anytime we think about how we’re diversifying our traffic, we have to start with who is it we’re trying to reach, and what do we know about them? You, you probably have an ideal customer profile already, an ICP, for your business. But if you don’t, you need to be thinking about, who are they?
There’s a concept you may have heard about before where we talk about the “job to be done” by your product or your service. You may have heard the line people sometimes use, I’ve used it myself, that “nobody wants to buy a drill, they want to buy a hole.”
They have a specific problem and they need something that solves that problem for them. And if you don’t understand their pain point, you’re not going to know where should you go to try to reach these people and how to talk to them when you get there. That’s why it’s critical to understand what’s most important to them.
There’s a story I really like that talks about the easiest business in the world is selling hot dogs outside a stadium. Imagine that there was a sporting event or a concert or something like that. And inside the stadium, nobody’s selling any food. And the sporting event or the concert goes on for three or four or five hours.
When people come out, they’re going to be super hungry. You don’t even have to offer them a great hot dog. You just have to offer them something to eat and you’re going to make some money there, right? Selling hot dogs to hungry people is the easiest business in the world.
So what we’re thinking about here is, who are the hungry people? Who are you trying to talk to? Because that’s going to point you towards the places where they congregate. Once you know where the stadiums are, it becomes much easier to say, “Oh, that’s kind of where we have to focus our marketing efforts.”
Another reason that that’s really important is because it helps you understand who else serves your ideal customers. There is no universal set of places you’re going to go talk to customers that works regardless of what the industry you’re in. Every industry, and in many cases, every customer segment, has their own places that are going to be more effective when we think about how we reach people outside of Google.
The reason you want to know who else is serving those customers is because you can take a look at where they are. Where are the places that they seem to be having success? I want to be clear, it doesn’t mean that you’ll copy everything that they do. You also want to keep an eye on what they’re doing because it may help guide you in some new directions that you haven’t thought of. If you see that everybody you compete with for that customer is on Instagram, that’s a strong data point that Instagram might be a place you want to be. If you see that everybody you compete with is on TikTok, then that may be a strong sign that you want to be on TikTok. If they’re all on LinkedIn… you get the point.
Now, there may be times where you want to zag when everybody else is zigging, where you want to go in a different direction, and that’s okay. We’re going to talk in next week’s episode, how you do that and why you might do that.
In either case, you want to remain aware of those, because you can’t take a strategy to say, we’re going to zag, we’re going to go in a different direction, or we’re going to use the same direction if we, if you don’t actually know what it is your competition is doing. You’re really trying to figure out where “the hungry people” are. And looking at what your competition does is absolutely a signal for that.
The next key thing you want to take a look at is what your main message is. It, it matters a ton that you actually have a clear message because you can’t actually pick the channels that work best for you if you don’t know what you’re trying to say in each of them.
I’m a huge fan of this idea of summing up your business, summing up your value proposition to your customer in a couple of sentences. Get to a very simple form of what it is you tell customers you do. What are the one or two lines that sum up your benefit for your customers?
Please, please, please, I’m begging you, please don’t say you offer solutions. You see this all the time in B2B, and the word has lost all meaning. Part of what I do for my clients is go look at their competition, go look at their website, go look at their competition’s website — and I have spent tons of time, on an enormous number of websites and apps where after 10 or 15 minutes of looking around on those sites, I can’t tell you what the company I’m looking at does.
Believe me, your customers aren’t going to spend 10 to 15 minutes trying to figure it out. They want to understand it really quickly, really easily. That’s going to help you, regardless of the channel you put that in. And it’s going to make it clearer to folks why they should want to come directly to you at some point. It is so much easier to attract clients, to attract customers, when you’re clear about what it is you do.
I’m going to give you an example. This is ours. You know, we say:
“Tim Peter & Associates helps marketers and business owners think beyond Big Tech to lower their cost of customer acquisition.”
That’s it. That’s what we do. We “help marketers and business owners think beyond Big Tech to lower their cost of customer acquisition.” Everything we do then follows from that. If you go to our website, the first thing you see is “Reach your best customers. Improve profitability.” Simple and to the point.
Sure, there are probably ways we can improve it. There are probably ways we can punch it up. I always think you can get better at this. It also matters a ton that you’re able to articulate that for your business and more importantly for your customers. Understanding that message is going to play a role in choosing channels to share that message in.
Some messages are going to work better in some formats on some channels better than they are others. And in any case, it’s going to help your customer understand what your business is and make that content valuable to them, make that message valuable to them.
You want to think in terms of your main message. Take some time to think through that main message and make it clear. There’s some very simple questions you can ask yourself. Who do we help? Remember a couple minutes ago when I talked about who is your customer? Think very clearly about who do we help. Be as explicit as you can.
As I just said, “marketers and business owners.” Period. Sometimes we say, “marketers and business owners in the hospitality industry,” or “marketers and business owners in the financial services industry,” or “marketers and owners in the software as a service industry.” We’re thinking very clearly about those, and obviously within those we can get even more specific. So we might be talking about, you know, in the hospitality industry, we might be talking about marketers and owners. We’re going to take a minute to look at some of the questions that we’ve received at management companies or at independent hotel groups, because it just makes it that much clearer. It’s going to make it that much clearer to understand where do those people congregate, which is something we’re going to get into in a lot of detail next week.
Once you’ve answered who is it that we serve, the question becomes. What’s the problem we’re solving for them? Notice what we said: “Think beyond Big Tech to lower their cost of customer acquisition.” That’s the problem we’re solving for them.
That’s the problem you want to think about for your customer because it’s going to make your messaging so much clearer and make it more valuable to the people you’re trying to talk to. Again, in our next episode, I’ll talk about why that matters in terms of choosing the channels you’re going to try to reach those customers on.
But you want to take a minute and be very clear about who is it that we help and what is the problem we help them solve. Make sure you write that down and you’re very clear on it and that everybody in your business understands what it is because that’s going to come back later when we talk more about channels.
And the last thing that I want to talk about from a traffic perspective before we get into the individual channels is to remember there are only four ways to succeed here. This is true for every business always.
The first is that you get more new customers. You reach people you haven’t reached before. That’s one way you grow.
The next is that you get existing customers to spend more per purchase. That’s obviously more from a revenue perspective. If you want to think about it from a traffic perspective, it could be that you get them to engage with more content each time they interact with your brand. Just don’t lose sight of the business side. Again, the reason we’re doing this is to grow our revenues.
The third is to get existing customers to buy more often. On the traffic side, it could be getting them to interact with you more often. Come back to your website, open your app more frequently. Though again, we’re trying to drive this to the specific business result.
And the last of these is “all of the above,” or at least some set of the above. Can you get more people who come more often, who buy more each time they come? That’s ultimately what you’re trying to get to, so it becomes this real force multiplier.
Why is all of this important as you start to think about channels beyond Google, as you start to think about growing your channels? Because it’s going to help you identify those channels where you can reach people you’ve never reached before. It’s going to help you identify channels where you can reach people who are more engaged and likely to come back more often. It’s going to help you identify the channels that are more productive for you in terms of how much revenue you’re able to generate per person you interact with. It’ll help you grow your business. And then, of course, when you put them all together, you just keep winning, you stack a win on top of a win on top of a win, and get overall greater benefit.
In our next episode, I’m going to talk specifically about some channels you should be looking at, and how you evaluate the right channels that are going to work for your business. I also don’t want this to be, you know, just a big build up and then tell you, “Oh, but wait ’til next week before we get into some of the details of picking those channels.” So, I want to let you know, we’re going to be talking about the hub and the spoke model. And specifically, the spokes, right?
Your hub is your website and your email list. They’re things that you control. The spokes are things other people control. Ideally, to bring people to the hub so they become part of your long term strategy. So we’re going to talk about both of those in some detail in the next episode. The key is we’re going to be thinking about how do we pick the correct ones, and how do we pick them in such a way that they actually benefit our business.
So I would encourage you to tune in next week as well for episode 425, where we will cover that in detail.
To recap what we’ve talked about today, this is all about understanding how we drive more business, how we drive more traffic beyond Google.
So, I would encourage you to tune in next week for more details on how we do that.
And we’ll build on what we’ve talked about today then. I’m looking forward to you joining us for that.
Show Wrap-Up and CreditsNow, looking at the clock on the wall, we are out of time for this week.
And I want to remind you again that you can find the show notes for this episode. As well as an archive of all past episodes by going to timpeter.com/podcast. Again, that’s timpeter.com/podcast. Just look for episode 424.
Subscribe to Thinks Out LoudDon’t forget that you can click on the subscribe link in any of the episodes that you find there to have Thinks Out Loud delivered to your favorite podcatcher every single week. You can also find Thinks Out Loud on Apple Podcasts, Spotify, YouTube Music, anywhere fine podcasts are found.
Leave a Rating or Review for Thinks Out LoudI would also very much appreciate it if you could provide a positive rating or review for the show whenever you use one of those services.
If you like what you hear on Thinks Out Loud, if you enjoy what we talk about, if you like being part of the community that we’re building here, please give us a positive rating or review.
Reviews help other listeners find the podcast. Reviews help other listeners understand what Thinks Out Loud is all about. They help to build our community and they mean the world to me personally. So thank you so much for doing that. I very, very much appreciate it.
Thinks Out Loud on Social MediaYou can also find Thinks Out Loud on LinkedIn by going to linkedin.com/tim-peter-and-associates-llc. You can find me on Twitter or X or whatever we’re calling it by using the Twitter handle @tcpeter. And of course, you can email me by sending an email to podcast(at)timpeter.com. Again, that’s podcast(at)timpeter.com.
Show OutroFinally, and I know I say this a lot, but I want you to know just how thrilled I am that you keep listening to what we do here. It means so, so very, very much to me. You are the reason we do this show.
You’re the reason that Thinks Out Loud happens every week. You’re the reason we take the time to put this together. So please keep your messages coming on LinkedIn, keep hitting me up on Twitter, sending things via email. I love getting a chance to talk with you, to hear what’s going on in your world, to learn how we can do a better job building the types of information and insights and content and community that work for you and work for your business.
And with all that said, I just want to say that I hope you have a fantastic rest of your day. I hope you have a wonderful week, and I will look forward to speaking with you here on Thinks Out Loud next time. Until then, please be well, be safe, and as always, take care, everybody.
The post Google is Changing Search. How to Build Traffic and Revenue Beyond Google — Part 1 (Thinks Out Loud Episode 424) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
In the immortal words of Omar Little, “You come at the king, you best not miss.” And we all know that Google is the king, right? But history shows what happens when kings move too slowly or make too many mistakes. Google’s new AI Overview feature in search might be one of the bigger missteps the king has taken. It’s also not their first (I’m looking at you, Gemini Launch earlier this year). These new AI products highlight a big problem for Google. And they might be an even bigger problem for you.
Google is the biggest website in the world. It’s also, in all likelihood, one of the the biggest drivers of traffic and revenues for your business. If the king stumbles, what happens to the folks who rely on the king for their success? Nothing good, that’s what.
Why does AI Overview represent a big AI problem for Google? How might that problem affect your business? And what can you do about it? That’s what this episode of Thinks Out Loud is all about.
Want to learn more? Here are the show notes for you.
Google AI Overviews in Search Highlights Its Big AI Problem — Headlines and Show NotesShow Notes and Links* Google I/O 2024: New generative AI experiences in Search * Reuters/YouGov study on Generative AI and news audiences PDF link * SimilarWeb Website Performance for Google, OpenAI, Bing, TikTok, Facebook * Andrew Johnson | The White House * Google promised a better search experience — now it’s telling us to put glue on our pizza – The Verge * Microsoft Bing – Wikipedia * OpenAI – Wikipedia * ChatGPT – Wikipedia * 34 Eye-Opening Google Search Statistics for 2024 * The Best AI is Now Free For Everyone: Revisiting Will Your Customers Use AI? (Thinks Out Loud) * No One is Talking About the Most Important Lessons from Google’s Gemini Launch Kerfuffle (Thinks Out Loud Episode 415) * Using TikTok as a Search Engine | Adobe Express
You might also enjoy this webinar I recently participated in with Miles Partnership that looked at "The Power of Generative AI and ChatGPT: What It Means for Tourism & Hospitality" here:
Free DownloadsWe have some free downloads for you to help you navigate the current situation, which you can find right here:
Best of Thinks Out LoudYou can find our “Best of Thinks Out Loud” playlist on Spotify right here:
Subscribe to Thinks Out Loud* Subscribe in iTunes * Subscribe in the Google Play Store
Contact information for the podcast: podcast@timpeter.com
Past Insights from Tim Peter ThinksTechnical Details for Thinks Out LoudRecorded using a Shure SM7B Vocal Dynamic Microphone and a Focusrite Scarlett 4i4 (3rd Gen) USB Audio Interface into Logic Pro X for the Mac.
Running time: 21m 21s
You can subscribe to Thinks Out Loud in iTunes, the Google Play Store, via our dedicated podcast RSS feed (or sign up for our free newsletter). You can also download/listen to the podcast here on Thinks using the player at the top of this page.
Transcript: Google AI Overviews in Search Highlights Its Big AI ProblemWell hello again everybody and welcome back to Thinks Out Loud, your source for all the digital expertise your business needs. My name is Tim Peter. This is episode 423 of The Big Show. And thank you so much for tuning in. I think we’ve got a really cool show for you today.
In an episode a couple of weeks ago, I talked about the new models coming from Google and AI, OpenAI, and I said I would dive into them a little deeper in a subsequent episode. And I’ve tried out the new models. So we’re talking about ChatGPT featuring GPT 4o; that’s "4-lowercase-o." And I’ve tried out Google Gemini 1.5 Pro. They’re both excellent. They’re really, really good. If you’re not using them, and I suspect many of you are using them, but for those who aren’t, they’re definitely worth checking out. I’m going to come back to that in a bit, though.
Because during the time I’ve been playing with them, another situation has come up around AI, and especially around Google with AI, that highlights a big, big problem for Google. And that big, big problem might become a big, big problem for you, too. And that’s why I think it’s worth talking about today.
As part of its product announcements a couple of weeks ago, Google released its AI Overview in search. Now this is essentially what was Search Generative Experience. It’s just now incorporated into search in a more consistent way across a wide array of searches. It’s not terrible. It’s also… not great.
There have been some hilarious and a few truly atrocious errors. To get one of the ickier ones out of the way, it presented the obviously false summary in response to a question stating that Barack Obama was The first Muslim president in US history. Now, we all know that that is not true. We all know that that was something that was used against him a lot in his political career. But it’s factually inaccurate.
That’s a big problem for Google and potentially a big problem for you. The consensus for the funniest error Google’s AI overview made was it said that one way to keep cheese from falling off of homemade pizza is to, and I quote, "…add some glue. Mix about one eighth cup of Elmer’s glue in with the sauce."
Happily, it also says, "non-toxic glue will work."
Y’think?
For the record, don’t put glue on your pizza, please, I’m begging you. My personal favorite screw up, though, said that 13 U. S. presidents attended the University of Wisconsin Madison, which is obviously not true, receiving a total of 59 degrees among them. That one just keeps getting funnier to me, by the way. Andrew Johnson was particularly industrious, according to Google’s AI overview. Which claimed he earned 14 degrees as part of the classes of 1947, 1965, 1985, 1996, 1998, 2000, 2011, and 2012. That’s super impressive if it were true, especially given that Johnson, by 1947, to say nothing of 2012, Had been dead for over 70 years.
I mean, this isn’t a little false, this is super false. For the record, I fact checked Andrew Johnson’s date of birth and date of death on the White House website. I didn’t fully trust Google to give me the right answer.
And that’s a big deal for Google. Google has a problem that no one else in this space does. They’re not allowed to get the answer wrong.
Google is the number one site in the US and all around the world. They’re the number one site in the US and the number one site globally, according to SimilarWeb. It also says that Google got 250 billion visits over the last three months, and tends to average around 83 billion visits every month.
By contrast, over the last three months, OpenAI, for all the hype that it’s getting, got 5.3 billion visits. Now that’s a big number, but they’re averaging around 1.7 to 7 billion visits every month. They’re the 23rd most visited site on the internet globally, and only number 53 in the US. What’s truly amazing is when you compare them with Bing, Bing got just over 4.1 billion visits from February through April. They’re averaging about 1. 37 billion visits every month. They’re the 26th most visited site globally, and good for them, they made it all the way to number 19 in the US. But think about that. Bing launched almost exactly 15 years ago. Ironically, 15 years ago this week relative to when I’m recording this episode.
OpenAI has existed for a grand total of 8 years, and ChatGPT has only been around for 17 months. Their growth is unlike just about anything we’ve ever seen. Even with that, though, their traffic is roughly 2 percent of Google’s. Two! Two percent! That’s not very much.
Recent research from the Reuters Institute for the Study of Journalism and YouGov, this was a partnership, only 53% of Americans have heard of ChatGPT. Not used. Heard.
Another way to say that is that 47% of Americans haven’t heard of ChatGPT. I’m going to go out on a limb here. What percentage of people do you think have heard of Google? Now, only 24% have heard of Google Gemini, their AI, or a bit less than half as many as know about ChatGPT.
And let’s be fair, this data was captured between late March and early April 2024. So it’s not like we’re talking about earlier in ChatGPT’s life and people didn’t know about it.
As much as we all talk about ChatGPT and AI all the time, most people don’t. Seriously. Only about 18 percent of US respondents use ChatGPT at least weekly. Which was one of the largest usage patterns in the study, and that’s kind of Google’s problem.
They’re super, super big and that creates a whole separate issue for them. I mentioned they’re the number one site globally, they’re the number one site in the US. Even Facebook, which is the third largest site in the world, gets only about 60% of Google’s traffic monthly. Right? That’s a big difference and that creates a problem for Google and a benefit for folks like ChatGPT.
We frequently laugh and shake our heads at ChatGPT’s hallucinations. But think about those numbers we just talked about. Most people have never seen them. Ever. And now Google, with its 83 billion monthly visits is going to attach an AI overview to all kinds of its roughly eight and a half billion daily searches.
As we saw with Barack Obama and Andrew Johnson and Pizza Toppings answers, sometime it’s going to get those answers spectacularly, hilariously, frighteningly wrong. A lot! Right? Think about this. I use this analogy all the time. I use this thought exercise all the time. But let’s say that Google does an amazing job.
Let’s say that their AI overview gets it right 99.999% of the time. That’s the so called five nines many technologists refer to in terms of what getting it right looks like. That means that they’d provide a great AI overview 8,499,915,000 times every day. That’s fantastic, right? They’d also give a bad AI overview 85,000 times every day.
That’s actually a lot. If they get it right only 99% of the time, just to give this context, they’d be giving a bad result — every day — 85 million times a day.
Now, obviously I’m only talking about the frequency of errors, I’m not talking about the magnitude. Not all errors are created equally, and sometimes those errors might be fairly minor. But sometimes they might be huge if we’re talking about people’s health, if we’re talking about people’s finances.
This could be an enormous problem for them. I talked about why this is a problem a few episodes back when Google launched Gemini and it was creating imagery that was troubling. It too was a launch that went spectacularly, hilariously, frighteningly wrong. You’re noticing a pattern here, right?
Google’s scale, the very strength that allows them to create amazing artificial intelligence capabilities, is also an incredibly dangerous weakness for the company. What happens when they get it wrong? What happens to their user experience? What happens to their brand?
I believe bad answers. are a huge problem for Google, the biggest problem they face by far. Consider this, that Reuters/YouGov study that I talked about before shows that ChatGPT use is most common among younger users and declines among older cohorts. 43% of folks age 25-34 have used ChatGPT, as have fully 56% of those aged 18-24.
Over a quarter of respondents aged 18-24 use it at least weekly, which is 50% more than the general population in that study. And their top use? "Answering factual questions."
Funny, isn’t that, you know, Google’s job?
By the way, 60% of that rough cohort also have used TikTok as a search engine. This is according to data from Adobe. Younger users, millennials and Gen Z, are learning that Google doesn’t always give the best answer. And I’m concerned in the longer term that AI Overview might reinforce that belief.
Obviously, it’s not like Google can’t incorporate AI into its results. Remember, AI Overview only launched two weeks ago on May 14th.The Reuters/YouGov study occurred before that. And the same with the TikTok data that I referenced. Younger users are already looking for alternatives.
They, Google, need to be able to respond to what’s happening in the marketplace. The challenge for them is they appear to face trouble no matter which path they take.
I don’t want to make it sound like they can’t figure this out. I do want to point out that they face a challenge that nobody else does. In their defense, Gemini is a brilliant product. I’m using it regularly, and I’m very impressed with it. Google is awesome at building these kinds of tools. I can’t say that it’s better at ChatGPT than ChatGPT for every use case. My experience suggests that ChatGPT is a little more creative in its responses, which is cool when you’re doing like brainstorming activities, or, you know, outlining writing, or discussing writing. However, Gemini, I think, is much better at summarizing documents and a handful of other use cases that I’ve tested it on.
Google’s technology leadership, their compute capabilities, their access to data, and their pile of money they’re sitting on is second to none. There’s a lot of ways they can figure this out.
They’ve also done a great job of clearing up some of the most egregious errors in AI overview. Quickly, the ones that I just talked about, you can’t reproduce now. Hopefully, they can keep up that pace of cleaning up after themselves. I’m seeing some reports, though, that some users are seeing AI overviews less frequently, maybe while Google’s trying to iron out some of the more egregious errors.
Also, Google is operating from position of strength. Remember the part where they’re 47 times bigger than OpenAI? And significantly larger than TikTok and Facebook, too? So, you know, Google might be in an okay position to weather this storm.
As marketers and business strategists, though, I keep coming back to the same questions. Starting with, how much of your traffic comes from Google. If you think about organic search, paid search, local search, meta search, things like that, you’re probably getting 40-70% of your traffic and a similar amount of business from Google.
Remember, Google doesn’t have to fall from number one for any downturn to impact your business. They could lose a billion searches a day and a billion users per month and still be much larger than their closest competitors. The question is, can you? What would happen to your business if Google lost 10% or 15% or 20% of its traffic? They’d still be bigger than everybody else. But what would happen to your business?
Your job is to ensure that Google’s artificial intelligence problem doesn’t become your company’s actual business problem. We can laugh when Google gets it wrong, but if they get it wrong too often, there’s nothing funny about it for your business. That’s the challenge today. That’s where we are today.
Google has a big problem with AI. Your job is to make sure it doesn’t become a big problem for you.
Show Wrap-Up and CreditsNow, looking at the clock on the wall, we are out of time for this week.
And I want to remind you again that you can find the show notes for this episode. As well as an archive of all past episodes by going to timpeter.com/podcast. Again, that’s timpeter.com/podcast. Just look for episode 423.
Subscribe to Thinks Out LoudDon’t forget that you can click on the subscribe link in any of the episodes that you find there to have Thinks Out Loud delivered to your favorite podcatcher every single week. You can also find Thinks Out Loud on Apple Podcasts, Spotify, YouTube Music, anywhere fine podcasts are found.
Leave a Rating or Review for Thinks Out LoudI would also very much appreciate it if you could provide a positive rating or review for the show whenever you use one of those services.
If you like what you hear on Thinks Out Loud, if you enjoy what we talk about, if you like being part of the community that we’re building here, please give us a positive rating or review.
Reviews help other listeners find the podcast. Reviews help other listeners understand what Thinks Out Loud is all about. They help to build our community and they mean the world to me personally. So thank you so much for doing that. I very, very much appreciate it.
Thinks Out Loud on Social MediaYou can also find Thinks Out Loud on LinkedIn by going to linkedin.com/tim-peter-and-associates-llc. You can find me on Twitter or X or whatever you want to call it this week by using the Twitter handle @tcpeter. And of course, you can email me by sending an email to podcast(at)timpeter.com. Again, that’s podcast(at)timpeter.com.
Show OutroFinally, and I know I say this a lot, but I want you to know just how thrilled I am that you keep listening to what we do here. It means so very, very much to me. You are the reason we do this show.
You’re the reason that Thinks Out Loud happens every week. You’re the reason we produce a new episode. So please, please keep listening, keep your messages coming on LinkedIn, keep hitting me up on Twitter, sending things via email. I love getting a chance to talk with you, to hear what’s going on in your world, and to learn how we can do a better job building the types of information and insights and content and community that work for you and work for your business.
And with all that said, I hope you have a fantastic rest of your day. I hope you have a wonderful week, and I will look forward to speaking with you here on Thinks Out Loud next time. Until then, please be well, be safe, and as always, take care, everybody.
The post Google AI Overviews in Search Highlights Its Big AI Problem (Thinks Out Loud Episode 423) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
The world is changing quickly. Artificial intelligence and Big Tech and changing customer behaviors are advancing rapidly. It can feel like they’re running us down like a hungry bear and that we have to keep running… or face the consequences.
There is a way to ensure you can outrun the bear though. And that’s by continuing to learn. The question is, what are the best ways to improve your learning? How can you keep up with the amount of information necessary to learn, stay informed, and continue to be relevant in your marketing career?
Well, learning and figuring out how to outrun the bear that is AI is what this episode of Thinks Out Loud is all about. Want to learn more? Here are the show notes for you.
AI is the Bear: Learning to Be a Better Marketer in the Age of AI — Headlines and Show NotesShow Notes and Links* Co-Intelligence: Living and Working with AI: Mollick, Ethan: 9780593716717: Amazon.com: Books * Ethan Mollick – Management Department * Slouching Towards Utopia: An Economic History of the Twentieth Century: DeLong, J. Bradford: 9780465019595: Amazon.com: Books * Faculty profiles | Department of Economics * Amazon.com: The Invention of Air: A Story Of Science, Faith, Revolution, And The Birth Of America: 9781594484018: Johnson, Steven: Books * Age of Enlightenment – Wikipedia * That’s Funny… | American Scientist * Ferris Bueller’s Day Off (1986) – Quotes – IMDb * Albert Einstein – If you can’t explain it simply, you… * The Best AI is Now Free For Everyone: Revisiting Will Your Customers Use AI? (Thinks Out Loud) * Revisiting Is It Time for Your Marketing Team to Use AI? (Thinks Out Loud) * What AI Will Do to Content Marketing (Thinks Out Loud Episode 402) * AI Won’t Steal Your Job: Smart People Who Put AI to Work Will (Thinks Out Loud Episode 208) * Is Google Doomed? And Other Top Digital Trends for 2024 (Thinks Out Loud Episode 408) * Building a Human Brand in the Age of AI (Thinks Out Loud Episode 398) * Anticipating Radical Shifts in Consumer Behavior from AI Adoption: A Look into the Future (Thinks Out Loud Episode 396) * Taking the Long View: Big Tech’s Earnings and the State of Digital Q2 2024 (Thinks Out Loud Episode 421) * Revisiting Picks, Shovels, and the AI Gold Rush (Thinks Out Loud) * Lessons Learned: The TPA Anniversary Show (Thinks Out Loud Episode 420) * Will AI Make Marketers Dumber? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 419)
You might also enjoy this webinar I recently participated in with Miles Partnership that looked at "The Power of Generative AI and ChatGPT: What It Means for Tourism & Hospitality" here:
Free DownloadsWe have some free downloads for you to help you navigate the current situation, which you can find right here:
Best of Thinks Out LoudYou can find our “Best of Thinks Out Loud” playlist on Spotify right here:
Subscribe to Thinks Out Loud* Subscribe in iTunes * Subscribe in the Google Play Store
Contact information for the podcast: podcast@timpeter.com
Past Insights from Tim Peter ThinksTechnical Details for Thinks Out LoudRecorded using a Shure SM7B Vocal Dynamic Microphone and a Focusrite Scarlett 4i4 (3rd Gen) USB Audio Interface into Logic Pro X for the Mac.
Running time: 23m 23s
You can subscribe to Thinks Out Loud in iTunes, the Google Play Store, via our dedicated podcast RSS feed (or sign up for our free newsletter). You can also download/listen to the podcast here on Thinks using the player at the top of this page.
Transcript: AI is the Bear: Learning to Be a Better Marketer in the Age of AI
Welcome to Thinks Out Loud, your source for all the digital expertise your business needs. Well hello again everybody and welcome back to Thinks Out Loud, your source for all the digital expertise your business needs. My name is Tim Peter. This is episode 422 of The Big Show. And thank you so much for tuning in.
I think we’ve got a really cool show for you. So LinkedIn reminded me this week that this is the 12th anniversary of my teaching at Rutgers Business School Executive Education. I love getting to do this work. It’s so much fun. And I learn a ton from it, which I will talk about in some detail in just a moment.
But Rutgers Business School is mostly adult learners looking to improve their skills or shift to a new era, area, rather, a new area in their career. As well as some folks from the business school proper who want to gain additional knowledge in certain areas. And I teach a variety of classes around strategy, around marketing, around customer experience, and around artificial intelligence.
And obviously one of the things that is so critical that comes up all the time and that we see all the time is that we’re in a period of unbelievably rapid change. Just to pick two topics, obviously AI is massive and changing a lot about what we do in terms of marketing, in terms of customer experience, in terms of customer behavior.
What’s also a big one is we’re seeing the largest competitive threats to major gatekeepers like Google and Facebook that we’ve seen in years. And whether it’s things like AI and ChatGPT, or things like more customers using TikTok for things like search, or shifting customer behaviors generally, It’s immense, immense change, and it can be really tough to keep up.
I was in a meeting earlier this week, and someone asked the group, How do you keep up with everything that’s going on? One person, in response to that, mentioned a podcast called Last Week in AI, and commenting that they were stunned by how much the hosts were able to keep informed on, how much information they were able to gather every single week.
Now, in some ways, how those podcast hosts do it is simple, and I’m putting simple in air quotes here because I don’t want to diminish what they do, but it’s their job. That’s what they do. The thing is It’s also your job, if you want to stay informed, if you want to stay relevant, you have to keep learning.
So it’s always important that we take some time to keep learning and keep growing. As Ferris Bueller famously said, “life moves pretty fast. If you don’t stop and look around once in a while, you could miss it.” And given that it’s your job, you don’t want to miss it. You need to stay informed, to stay relevant.
I’ve long said that AI won’t steal your job, but smart people who use AI will. I’m increasingly curious whether I got that wrong. There’s plenty of research that shows AI provides the greatest benefit to the weakest performers. Maybe the truth will be that AI won’t steal your job, but dumb people who use AI will.
What I actually think is most likely is that it’s going to be some of both. Or at least it will if you stop learning. You’ve probably heard the joke. I love this joke about two guys who are walking through the woods and are confronted by an angry bear. The first guy immediately pulls running shoes out of his backpack and starts pulling them on.
And the second guy says, Are you crazy? You’ll never outrun that bear. And the first guy says, I don’t have to outrun the bear. I just have to outrun you. That’s what you’re trying to do. You don’t always have to outrun the bear. You just have to outrun the other guys. And it’s a funny joke, unless you’re one of the people living in the joke.
And sometimes I feel like we are. We are. AI is the bear, or at least one of them. The gatekeepers, they’re the bear, or at least one of them. Your competitors can be a bear too, but hopefully, usually, they’re the other guy in the joke. The alternative, of course, is that you are the other guy. And they’re the ones putting on their running shoes.
Obviously not a place you want to be, right? So the question becomes, how do you outrun the bear, or at least outrun the other guy? And the answer starts, for me, With staying curious, constantly ask, what have you learned lately? What do you want to learn? What are the questions that either get you to jump out of bed in the morning, or, if you’re a bit more pessimistically motivated, keep you up at night?
I’ll share some of mine. I, I question all the time. How will artificial intelligence change customer behaviors? How will our customers needs change in the next 5 to 10 years? What is the future of marketing as a profession? Is AI an existential threat to marketing as we know it? Are the current gatekeepers in trouble?
And if so, which companies will take their place as the next gatekeepers? And of course, the one I come back to again and again and again, How can businesses bypass gatekeepers to lower their cost of customer acquisition? I’m constantly looking for answers to these questions. I’m constantly trying to learn if there are new answers to these questions.
And I thought I might share some of the ways I do that. One of my favorites is Twitter Lists or X if you prefer, but you know that I don’t like to call it X. Lists on Twitter are my favorite feature. I create lists of smart people in the various areas that matter to me and check those more or less every day or so.
It could be a couple times a week, but usually it’s about daily. It’s a self curated feed of these people who I think are smart. And if I see the same headline or topic pop up repeatedly, then I know that it’s something I need to learn more about. It gives me a list of things that I want to learn. It also gives me an archive to search if something comes up later that I want to know more about.
I really wish more social media sites, I wish LinkedIn and Instagram offered something similar. I keep lists for marketing, for search marketing/SEO/Google, for hotel and travel marketing, for startups and entrepreneurs, for technology, for artificial intelligence, and I have some fun ones for things like baseball and comedy and other things like that.
But they help me stay informed. I also use AI to learn. ChatGPT and Google Gemini are two of my favorite tutors these days. Now, I don’t take everything they tell me at face value, but I do use them to collaborate and work through ideas. I ask them questions and, importantly, Get them to recommend trusted resources for deeper learning, things like books and websites and journal articles.
Because then I can go directly to the source and learn more. Speaking of books, have you read any good books lately? You can read physical books or e books or audio books, whichever you prefer. It doesn’t have to be, you know, sitting under a tree like Newton or something, right? But I typically have an audio book and either a physical book or an e book going at the same time.
Though usually only one non fiction book at once. I don’t know about you, but I find it tough to keep the books straight if I’m consuming more than one non fiction book at a time. Some of the things that I’ve read lately that I thought were great were Co-Intelligence, Living and Working with AI by Ethan Mollick, who’s a professor of management at the Wharton School, where he teaches innovation and entrepreneurship.
Slouching Towards Utopia: An Economic History of the Twentieth Century by Brad DeLong. He’s, his real name is Jay Bradford DeLong. He’s an economic historian at UC Berkeley, but he prefers Brad DeLong.
And I’m currently reading The Invention of Air: A Story of Science, Faith, Revolution, and the Birth of America by Stephen Johnson.
Which is a fascinating book about the scientific method. And it’s got a really funny story, I hope you’ll, I hope you won’t mind a digression for a moment. But there’s a funny story in the book about the importance of coffee. Apparently, coffee may have played a key role in driving the Enlightenment during the 17th and 18th centuries.
I looked this up on Wikipedia and it said “Coffeehouses were especially important to the spread of knowledge during the Enlightenment because they created a unique environment in which people from many different walks of life gathered and shared ideas.”
It goes on to say, “Coffee houses commonly offered books, journals, and sometimes even popular novels to their customers… [and served a] triple or even quadruple function… reading material was often obtained, read, discussed, and even produced on the premises.” Now the reason I find that fascinating is the people hanging out in the coffee shop were learning from each other. And I’m going to come back to that in just a second.
Here’s the funny part of this story. According to Johnson in his book, coffee may have played a more direct role in the Enlightenment too. By replacing the more common breakfast drinks of the time, lightly watered wine or beer. As Johnson notes, quote, “Those who drank coffee instead of alcohol began the day alert and stimulated, rather than relaxed and inebriated, and the quality and quantity of their work improved.”
Yeah, you think? They switched to coffee from being hammered all the time. And suddenly everybody got, you know, collectively smarter. Shocking, I know, right? But to return to the idea of the coffee house. Think in terms of that. Who are the smart people you surround yourself with?
Who’s your advisory board? Who are your mentors? Who are the people you want to learn from? What are the questions they’re interested in? Are those questions you should be thinking about as well? I am so fortunate that I’ve got a great collection of friends and colleagues and mentors who I can turn to all the time to learn more and ask questions of.
Speaking of questions, don’t be afraid to ask dumb questions. It’s such a valuable skill to cultivate. Too many people, including me, many times in my career, Have worried about, well, I don’t want to ask that question because I’m going to look silly. No, you need to be willing to look silly. It’s one of my favorite things about being a consultant, is that when I go into a new client, I’m allowed to ask anything because I don’t know anything about their business.
I have to learn a lot quickly, and to do that, I need to ask dumb questions. Think with that beginner’s mind, and the dumber the question, the more basic the question, the closer you will get to truth. You’ll learn more, and you’ll learn faster. My next favorite tip is to think like a scientist. As you encounter new ideas, as you think through your ideas, craft a hypothesis, craft a theory of what you think is actually going on.
Then test those hypotheses to see if they hold water. You know, my questions earlier frame some of my current hypotheses, including ones about whether AI will put us all out of work. My hypothesis is that it won’t. And that Google is going to lose market share. Google is going to lose some of its dominance.
My hypothesis is that it will. Except, when I create a hypothesis, I assume I’m wrong. And that’s what scientists do. They assume they’re wrong. Okay. You don’t look for evidence that you’re right, you look for evidence that proves you’re wrong or disproves the hypothesis. If you can’t find evidence that disproves the hypothesis, that increases the likelihood that it’s actually accurate, that it’s actually right.
But you’re, you don’t want to, you don’t want to fall victim to confirmation bias and only find the evidence that shows you’re right. Look for the evidence that disproves the hypothesis. That’s what I’m doing currently. I will tell you, so far for the two that I just mentioned, it’s too soon to tell. I could be wrong.
Isaac Asimov supposedly said that “the most exciting phrase to hear in science is not “Eureka!” but ‘That’s funny…?’” In other words, the things you didn’t expect lead you to the best learning. They lead you to uncover things you might not have encountered otherwise. To be fair, I also tend to do a lot of scenario planning for my clients, so we’re in good shape regardless of whether I’m wrong or right.
But that’s planning, not learning. Learning is “poke a hole in it. Figure out if the thing actually works or not.”
Another favorite learning activity of mine is to conduct action after action reviews, or if you prefer the term post mortems. After you complete a project or a task, or after a given period, for instance, once a month, once per quarter, once per year, take a look back.
What went well? What didn’t go as expected, and what can you learn from that? What will you do differently in the future? People say we learn by experience. People often learn by experience. But we can’t learn from experience if we don’t take a moment to look around and see what we learned. And that’s the point.
Finally, I want to return to my joke from earlier about the two guys and the bear. The problem with that joke, the problem I’ve always had with that joke, and I love the joke, it’s funny. But it’s not the way I see the world. It sees the world as a zero sum game. You either outrun the other guy, or you get eaten by the bear.
Remember how I started this episode by highlighting my Rutgers Business School Exec Ed anniversary? I teach. I love it. Because one of the best ways to learn is to teach other people. I learn as much from teaching as I do from anything else I do. Teaching forces you to really think through what you think you understand.
It forces me to really think through what I think I understand. Plus, students often ask questions I’d never thought of that force me to think deeply about what it is I think, and work to explain what I think. In a way that others can understand. There’s an Einstein quote that says, “If you can’t explain it simply, you don’t understand it well enough.”
There’s also a long standing practice in medical schools and hospitals called, “See one, do one, teach one.” When there’s a new practice or a new procedure, You see somebody do it, you then do it yourself, And then you teach someone else to do it. You get good quickly because you’re always practicing and you’re always having to break a skill down in a way that you can explain to other people.
The best part about all of this is both you and the person you teach learn more about how to outrun the bear. Ultimately, we both end up in a better place. Remember when I said that your competitors are not the bear in the joke, but the other guy? Don’t always assume that their loss is your gain or vice versa.
Don’t be afraid to learn from each other and help one another outrun the bear. Just because you’re competitors in business, there are places where you can still be buddies in real life. There’s a long standing practice in hotel marketing called sell the destination first. You get your customers interested in the place and then you convince them why your hotel might be a better option.
And you can do this outside of hospitality with services or products. Get customers interested in the category first, then sell them on why you’re the better offering this time around. Obviously, who you partner with matters, but learning from your competitors is a great idea. And learn as much as you can, and maybe you’ll both outrun the bear.
Maybe you’ll grow the overall market, you’ll grow the overall category, and everybody gets a bigger slice of the pie. So to recap, here are the tips:
Again, we are in a period of rapid change. If you’re in marketing or customer service, AI might steal your job. AI is the bear. You’re more likely to get outrun if you don’t keep learning. So keep learning. What are you learning? I’d love to hear from you. I want to hear more about this, so I’d encourage you to check in with us, to stay in touch, and keep me notified of what you’re doing, because I’d love to learn more from you, too.
Show Wrap-Up and CreditsNow, looking at the clock on the wall, we are out of time for this week.
And I want to remind you again that you can find the show notes for this episode. As well as an archive of all past episodes by going to timpeter.com/podcast. Again, that’s timpeter.com/podcast. Just look for episode 422.
Subscribe to Thinks Out LoudDon’t forget that you can click on the subscribe link in any of the episodes that you find there to have Thinks Out Loud delivered to your favorite podcatcher every single week. You can also find Thinks Out Loud on Apple Podcasts, Spotify, YouTube Music, anywhere fine podcasts are found.
Leave a Rating or Review for Thinks Out LoudI would also very much appreciate it if you could provide a positive rating or review for the show whenever you use one of those services.
If you like what you hear on Thinks Out Loud, if you enjoy what we talk about, if you like being part of the community that we’re building here, please give us a positive rating or review.
Reviews help other listeners find the podcast. Reviews help other listeners understand what Thinks Out Loud is all about. They help to build our community and they mean the world to me personally. So thank you so much for doing that. I very, very much appreciate it.
Thinks Out Loud on Social MediaYou can also find Thinks Out Loud on LinkedIn by going to linkedin.com/tim-peter-and-associates-llc. You can find me on Twitter or X or whatever you want to call it this week by using the Twitter handle @tcpeter. And of course, you can email me by sending an email to podcast(at)timpeter.com. Again, that’s podcast(at)timpeter.com.
Show OutroFinally, and I know I say this a lot, but I want you to know just how thrilled I am that you keep listening to what we do here. It means so very, very much to me. You are the reason we do this show.
You’re the reason that Thinks Out Loud happens every week. You’re the reason we produce a new episode. So please, please keep listening, keep your messages coming on LinkedIn, keep hitting me up on Twitter, sending things via email. I love getting a chance to talk with you, to hear what’s going on in your world, and to learn how we can do a better job building the types of information and insights and content and community that work for you and work for your business.
And with all that said, I hope you have a fantastic rest of your day. I hope you have a wonderful week, and I will look forward to speaking with you here on Thinks Out Loud next time. Until then, please be well, be safe, and as always, take care, everybody.
The post AI is the Bear: Learning to Be a Better Marketer in the Age of AI (Thinks Out Loud Episode 422) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
AI might be in the “trough of disillusionment” among some people but it’s far from dead. Not only have Google and OpenAI made amazing advancements to their tools in recent days, they’re making those tools available to most people for free, right now. As such, an increasing number of customers are using AI every single day. What’s even better is that most savvy marketers aren’t spending their time thinking about the artificial intelligence; they’re thinking about their customers.
That’s what you should do too.
Because AI isn’t what matters. Your customers are what matters. And AI only matters if your customers are willing to use it. So, will your customers use AI? If not, what’s keeping them from putting it to work? And, most importantly, how can you help them not only choose to use your AI tools, but also choose your business?
That’s what this episode of the Thinks Out Loud podcast is all about. Want to learn more? Here are the show notes for you.
The Best AI is Now Free For Everyone: Revisiting Will Your Customers Use AI? (Thinks Out Loud) — Headlines and Show NotesShow Notes and Links* Americans increasingly using ChatGPT, but few trust its 2024 election information | Pew Research Center * Should generative AI programs credit their sources? Many US adults say yes | Pew Research Center * Americans’ views of artificial intelligence | Pew Research Center * Edelman offers its Top 20 Brand Trust Factors – PDF link * OpenAI to open access to ChatGPT without sign-up- Republic World * Desk Set (1957) – Quotes – IMDb * Mini-MBA: Digital Marketing | Rutgers Business School * Why You Need to Ignore the Coming AI Backlash (Thinks Out Loud Episode 417) * Revisiting Is It Time for Your Marketing Team to Use AI? (Thinks Out Loud) * Revisiting 2024 Predictions: Putting AI in Marketing to Work (Thinks Out Loud) * No One is Talking About the Most Important Lessons from Google’s Gemini Launch Kerfuffle (Thinks Out Loud Episode 415) * Picks, Shovels, and the AI Gold Rush (Thinks Out Loud Episode 414) * Is Google Doomed? And Other Top Digital Trends for 2024 (Thinks Out Loud Episode 408) * What AI Will Do to Content Marketing (Thinks Out Loud Episode 402) * Techno-Optimism and Building a Human Brand (Thinks Out Loud Episode 399) * Building a Human Brand in the Age of AI (Thinks Out Loud Episode 398) * Rethinking Search Marketing in the Age of AI (Thinks Out Loud Episode 397) * Anticipating Radical Shifts in Consumer Behavior from AI Adoption: A Look into the Future (Thinks Out Loud Episode 396) * Revisiting Does Marketing Have a Future?
You might also enjoy this webinar I recently participated in with Miles Partnership that looked at "The Power of Generative AI and ChatGPT: What It Means for Tourism & Hospitality" here:
Free DownloadsWe have some free downloads for you to help you navigate the current situation, which you can find right here:
Best of Thinks Out LoudYou can find our “Best of Thinks Out Loud” playlist on Spotify right here:
Subscribe to Thinks Out Loud* Subscribe in iTunes * Subscribe in the Google Play Store
Contact information for the podcast: podcast@timpeter.com
Past Insights from Tim Peter ThinksTechnical Details for Thinks Out LoudRecorded using a Shure SM7B Vocal Dynamic Microphone and a Focusrite Scarlett 4i4 (3rd Gen) USB Audio Interface into Logic Pro X for the Mac.
Running time: 28m 12s
You can subscribe to Thinks Out Loud in iTunes, the Google Play Store, via our dedicated podcast RSS feed (or sign up for our free newsletter). You can also download/listen to the podcast here on Thinks using the player at the top of this page.
Transcript: The Best AI is Now Free For Everyone: Revisiting Will Your Customers Use AI?Well hello again everyone and welcome back to Thinks Out Loud, your source for all the digital expertise your business needs. My name is Tim Peter. This is episode 418 of The Big Show. And I think we’ve got a really cool show for you today. I really appreciate you tuning in.
We’ve been doing a lot of episodes lately about artificial intelligence and how the technology might shape your business in the longer term. What I also want to do is I want you to remember that this is a marketing podcast, first and foremost. Marketing is always about people, not technology.
I think AI is so cool. I’m the one who decides what we talk about every single week. So clearly, artificial intelligence has been top of mind for me and for a lot of other people for the last bunch of months. At the same time, it’s really important to talk about how people are using AI, how your customers are using AI, and what that might mean for your business.
Because all of the technology in the world is only cool and only matters if your people use it, if your customers use it, if your team uses it. So, I thought it’d be a good time today to talk about where are we with in terms of customers? Will your customers use AI? Do your customers use AI? And the answer to that question is they are using AI, at least to some degree.
It doesn’t really matter if you’re talking a B2B context or a B2C context, so business to business or business to consumer. Your customers are using AI today. That’s obviously true if they’re using Google to do search, or if they’re using any number of Microsoft products, or if they’re using things like Salesforce, or HubSpot, or Adobe, or LinkedIn, or, you know, autocorrect on their phones, or… well, you get the idea.
AI is increasingly baked into many of the products, many of the services, many of the tools that your customers use every single day. And as I’ll get to in a minute, we should expect to see a lot more of that in the coming months. What’s also true is that most people don’t think they use AI very much at all.
Data from Pew Research shows that about 50 percent of Americans say they use artificial intelligence less than once per week. Another Pew Research report shows that only 23 percent of Americans have tried ChatGPT ever. If we want to flip that on its head, obviously that means that 77 percent of Americans have never, ever used ChatGPT.
And I’ll tell you more in a minute on why that matters. By the way, I, I hope you’ll pardon the provincialism here. I’m using U.S. only research at the moment. I know we’ve got a fair number of listeners all around the world, and I wanted to say thank you so much for listening. At the moment, though, I just don’t have a great source for this data outside the U.S. so that’s why I’m sticking with U.S. data for right now.
One of the things that appears to be true is that use of AI is more regular and more common among younger and wealthier and more educated consumers. And that’s even more true at work, according to data from the conference board, where we see more than half of all users are using AI at least once a week.
So, if your question is, are my customers using AI, you know, your customers, it really comes down to who your customers are. If they’re younger, wealthier, more educated, then they are using AI regularly at work and in their personal lives. If they’re older, if they’re less wealthy, if they’re less educated, then either they’re not using AI regularly. Or, in the case of artificial intelligence helping power Google Search, then it’s more likely that they’re not aware how regularly they may be using artificial intelligence.
We care about this because customer behaviors are ultimately what drive our business, right? We can try to influence customer behaviors as much as we can, and we do, but people behave the way they tend to behave.
And the behavior that we’re seeing from the less frequent user, least frequent users rather, excuse me, strikes me as the most likely long term reality for everybody. I’ve talked on this show many times about how technology becomes invisible. It’s the default state for technology after a certain period of adoption.
You’ve heard me use this example plenty of times, how on the original Star Trek, the doors on the ships automatically slide open and closed. That used to be science fiction. Now you see it in every store you go to. That’s true, by the way. Before Star Trek, that wasn’t a thing. I’d ask you, how much internet bandwidth do you use in a given month?
I suspect most people have no idea. I know that I don’t, actually, and I do this for a living. I suspect if it wasn’t for the fact that you pay your electric bill every month, I’m going to go out on a limb and say most people don’t think at all about the amount of electricity they use in a given week or month.
And when you do, I suspect it’s only because you know the amount of the bill, not the actual usage in watts or current or anything like that. So why should we think using AI will be any different? I’ve also talked in past episodes about the thousands of AI focused applications and companies that MarTechMap has catalogued.
So you’re a marketer, you’re using marketing technology in some part of your job. There’s AI baked into many of those tools, and it’s coming for all the ones that it’s not already in, right? And I suspect if you’re like most users, you couldn’t care less if those tools use AI or not. You care about whether the tool helps you do your job effectively.
How it does it under the hood isn’t really that relevant, or really, isn’t really that important. And that’s why I’m reasonably confident that’s where we’re going to end up in the longer term with artificial intelligence. I talked about this on last week’s show where we’re seeing people enter the trough of disillusionment. Not because they’re disillusioned with AI, but they’re disillusioned with the value that they’re getting from it.
People don’t care about AI, they care what it does for them. And that leads to the next question you want to think about, which is, what do your customers think about AI? Do they trust AI? And the answer, again, looking at the Pew Research, as well as some others that I’ll link to in the show notes, more or less is, not really.
And I think this is partly because so many people haven’t spent much time hands on with AI that they’re not really sure of what it can and can’t do. When we think about the fact that more than three quarters of Americans have never used ChatGPT once, they’re not going to be particularly trusting of it.
They’re not going to have a particular understanding of what it can and can’t do for them. Now that may change. OpenAI has opened up ChatGPT that you can now use it without an account. But we know that people are probably concerned about what it means for their careers, despite evidence that, at least according to the Census Bureau, AI mostly isn’t taking jobs.
Still, they’re concerned. And until your customers have more exposure and more experience with AI, they’re likely to remain distrustful. They’re likely to remain concerned. This is so normal, by the way. We saw this with the internet, too. I remember going through this when people were first exposed to the internet.
They weren’t really sure if it was something that they could trust. And, if my history is correct, the same thing happened when computers first came along. My wife and I love this old Katharine Hepburn/Spencer Tracy movie called Desk Set that came out in 1957. Spencer Tracy’s character has created a computer that’s also a search engine and installs it in Katharine Hepburn’s department at the corporation where she works.
And hilarity and romance ensue. Now, the reason I’m bringing this up is because now, apart from the fact that the film is delightful and you might enjoy it, is because Katharine Hepburn and her team, for most of the movie, are terrified at the prospect that this new machine is going to replace them and take their jobs away.
One of the characters even says, well, if we do get canned, we won’t be the only ones to lose our jobs because of a machine. Sound familiar? Right? By the way, there’s a line I love in the movie. This is a complete aside, but I hope you get a kick out of it. Katharine Hepburn’s character, Bonnie Watson, says she finds the machines and I quote, Frightening.
Gave me the feeling that maybe, just maybe, people were a little bit outmoded. And Spencer Tracy with a total deadpan expression replies wouldn’t surprise me a bit if they stopped making them. Ha ha ha, classic. I mean, but notice The same concerns again and again. This movie is almost 70 years old, but the concerns of the characters and the people, people just like you and me and your customers, make it still feel relevant today.
This is a dialogue we’ve been having for a long, long, long time. So that leads me to the most important questions you should be thinking about, which are, how are you going to use AI in your business, and how are you going to help your customers trust you that you’re using it well? I’ve addressed the first question in a ton of past episodes.
Check out the show notes in this show and I’ll provide links to many you can check out. I’m going to spend all of our remaining time together on the second question. Notice that as part of that question I didn’t ask, How are you going to help your customers trust the artificial intelligence? I asked, how are you going to help customers trust you and how you use it?
Why? Because, as I said a little bit ago, if you do it right, your customers don’t care whether you’re using AI or not. They care what it does for them. It’s about how you help them trust you. My friend Mark Schaefer has great advice about this that are words to live by right now that just echo in my skull repeatedly that say the most human company wins.
And that is so right. I teach a class for Rutgers Business School Executive Education called Personalized Digital Experiences. www. RutgersBusinessSchool. com And in that class, we talk a lot about A, collecting data from your customers, and B, using that data to improve customer experience and how you do it the right way.
One of the keys to doing those tasks effectively is staying away from what’s known as the creepy line. You know what the creepy line is, of course. It’s when companies do things that are creepy. They creep you out. For instance, if your favorite clothing retailer showed you something on their website or app that said, Here are some recommendations for pants and shirts you might like based on past purchases.
That’s generally not creepy. If they said instead, Wow, the size of clothing you’re buying sure has changed a lot suddenly. Are you eating properly? Right? I think we’d all agree that would be pretty creepy. Even if it’s intended to be helpful, it’s still so not cool. Now, there are four ways to avoid the creepy line that apply equally well to artificial intelligence.
The first of these is think big mother, not big brother. This idea comes from Forrester Research’s Julie Ask, and it is great, amazing, perfect framing. Think about if you’re using AI to make better experiences for your customers, or are you using it just because you can, just because you can do something cool.
The first of those is generally okay. Think The second of those might lead you towards doing things creepy because you’re not thinking about the customer, you’re thinking about the technology. Second, have a devil’s advocate. Have someone on your team whose bonus is based on stopping you from doing creepy stuff.
If everyone on your team’s bonus and salary and, oh, I don’t know, continued employment depends on doing something that veers towards creepy, I’ll give you one guess which choice they’re going to make. If instead, someone on the team is actively rewarded for pushing back on potentially creepy choices, you know, maybe a lawyer, maybe a programmer, maybe a business leader, someone with strong critical thinking skills, who’s thinking about the customer first and foremost, It minimizes the risk that you’ll do creepy stuff.
It will keep you away from the creepy line. Also, test. Third thing, test. Don’t be afraid to start with small scale tests. Start with a small audience. Start with a small task. Try that. Learn what works and what doesn’t. And then scale up over time to more tasks or more audiences or both. Fourth, and finally, Be transparent.
Don’t be afraid to let customers know how you’re using AI, why you’re using it, and how it benefits them. Offer them something like a frequently asked question and page. And if possible, and not always possible, but if you can, some way to opt out, so that if they’re not ready, they’re not forced to do this.
Let them know any actions you’re taking to mitigate risks to them and risks to your business. Microsoft The more we shine light on the benefits of AI and the benefits that it offers to our customers, the more likely it is that our customers will trust it, and by extension, trust you. So the key points you want to remember is that your customers are using AI at least some of the time.
That’s true in both B2B and B2C. The younger, wealthier, and more educated they are, the more they use and accept the tool. And the older, less wealthy, and less educated they are, the less they use AI, or at least the less they think they do. There is still a fair amount of mistrust around AI usage, and that mistrust is a normal part of technology adoption.
We’ve seen this before. Your job is to help your customers trust not only your use of AI, but your company overall as well. Keep Mark Schaefer’s immortal words, the most human company wins, front and center for you. You can help them trust you more by A, thinking big mother, not big brother, B, working with a devil’s advocate, C, testing to see what works, and D, offering transparency around how you’re using AI.
Your customers want the benefits artificial intelligence offers. That’s why they’re using it today. Your competitors are using AI in many cases to help provide those benefits. This is increasingly becoming table stakes. You can use AI too, but keep your focus on being human. Keep your focus on your customer.
Because customers ultimately want to work with people and companies they trust. If you do that, if you keep the focus on your customer, they won’t just keep coming back because of the AI. They’ll keep coming back because of you.
Show Wrap-Up and CreditsNow, looking at the clock on the wall, we are out of time for this week.
And I want to remind you again that you can find the show notes for this episode. As well as an archive of all past episodes by going to timpeter.com/podcast. Again, that’s timpeter.com/podcast. Just look for episode 418.
Subscribe to Thinks Out LoudDon’t forget that you can click on the subscribe link in any of the episodes that you find there to have Thinks Out Loud delivered to your favorite podcatcher every single week. You can also find Thinks Out Loud on Apple Podcasts, Spotify, YouTube Music, anywhere fine podcasts are found.
Leave a Rating or Review for Thinks Out LoudI would also very much appreciate it if you could provide a positive rating or review for the show whenever you use one of those services.
If you like what you hear on Thinks Out Loud, if you enjoy what we talk about, if you like being part of the community that we’re building here, please give us a positive rating or review.
Reviews help other listeners find the podcast. Reviews help other listeners understand what Thinks Out Loud is all about. They help to build our community and they mean the world to me. So thank you so much for doing that. I very, very much appreciate it.
Thinks Out Loud on Social MediaYou can also find Thinks Out Loud on LinkedIn by going to linkedin.com/tim-peter-and-associates-llc. You can find me on Twitter or X or whatever you want to call it this week by using the Twitter handle @tcpeter. And of course, you can email me by sending an email to podcast(at)timpeter.com. Again, that’s podcast(at)timpeter.com.
Show OutroFinally, and I know I say this a lot, I want you to know how thrilled I am that you keep listening to what we do here. It means so much to me. You are the reason we do this show.
You’re the reason that Thinks Out Loud happens every single week. So please, keep your messages coming on LinkedIn. Keep hitting me up on Twitter, sending things via email. I love getting a chance to talk with you, to hear what’s going on in your world, and to learn how we can do a better job building on the types of content and community and information and insights that work for you and work for your business.
So with all that said, I hope you have a fantastic rest of your day, I hope you have a wonderful week ahead, and I will look forward to speaking with you here on Thinks Out Loud next time. Until then, please be well, be safe, and as always, take care, everybody.
The post The Best AI is Now Free For Everyone: Revisiting Will Your Customers Use AI? (Thinks Out Loud) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
Just as we do every quarter, it’s time to review Big Tech’s earnings. We do this because you’ll always learn something about the state of digital from what Amazon, Google, Facebook, and Microsoft tell Wall Street. And, despite no significant announcements, that’s just as true this quarter as any other.
So, what did we learn from Big Tech’s earnings calls this quarter? Why is it remarkable that their messages were not so remarkable? What did that tell us about the state of digital right now? And what can we take away from their earnings calls and apply to our business?
That’s what this episode of Thinks Out Loud is all about.
Want to learn more? Here are the show notes for you.
Taking the Long View: Big Tech’s Earnings and the State of Digital Q2 2024 (Thinks Out Loud Episode 421) — Headlines and Show NotesShow Notes and Links* Consolidated Balance Sheets * Alphabet Announces First Quarter 2024 Results * Alphabet (GOOGL) Q1 2024 Earnings Call Transcript | The Motley Fool * Amazon.com (AMZN) Q1 2024 Earnings Call Transcript | The Motley Fool * Microsoft (MSFT) Q3 2024 Earnings Call Transcript | The Motley Fool * Goodhart’s law – Wikipedia * Sundar Pichai’s top priorities * Amazon, Google, Facebook, Apple and Microsoft Have a Secret Plan Right Now. Here’s Why You Should Care (Thinks Out Loud Episode 286) * Alphabet: number of employees 2023 | Statista * Amazon form 10-Q Q1 2024 * Amazon.com, Inc. – Amazon.com Announces First Quarter Results
You also might also enjoy this webinar I recently participated in with Miles Partnership that looked at "The Power of Generative AI and ChatGPT: What It Means for Tourism & Hospitality" here:
Free DownloadsWe have some free downloads for you to help you navigate the current situation, which you can find right here:
Best of Thinks Out LoudYou can find our “Best of Thinks Out Loud” playlist on Spotify right here:
Subscribe to Thinks Out Loud* Subscribe in iTunes * Subscribe in the Google Play Store
Contact information for the podcast: podcast@timpeter.com
Past Insights from Tim Peter ThinksTechnical Details for Thinks Out LoudRecorded using the travel rig: Shure SM57 Cardioid Dynamic Instrument Microphone and a IK Multimedia iRig Pro Duo IO USB audio interface into Logic Pro X for the Mac.
Running time: 21m 20s
You can subscribe to Thinks Out Loud in iTunes, the Google Play Store, via our dedicated podcast RSS feed (or sign up for our free newsletter). You can also download/listen to the podcast here on Thinks using the player at the top of this page.
Transcript: Taking the Long View: Big Tech’s Earnings and the State of Digital Q2 2024Well, hello again everyone, and welcome back to Think Out Loud, your source for all the digital expertise your business needs. My name is Tim Peter, this is Episode. 421 of the big show, and thank you so much for tuning in, I genuinely appreciate it. You know, one of my long time favorite quotes It comes from Bill Gates, who says we tend to overestimate the change we’ll see in the next two years and underestimate the change in the next ten.
Of course, that’s probably just a restatement of the extremely old adage of the more things change, the more they stay the same. Which brings me to this quarter’s earnings call from Big Tech. Big Tech, as you know. I check out the earnings calls every quarter because you can learn a lot about the state of digital from what big tech tells us, what Apple and Google and Facebook and Amazon and Microsoft say.
Now, this time, I’m focusing primarily on Google, Microsoft, Facebook, and Amazon. I didn’t really look at Apple’s much yet, simply because there’s a lot going on with artificial intelligence, and what they’ve had to say about AI to this point, what they, Apple, have had to say about AI to this point, has been less useful.
More on that in a future episode, but for now, I wanted you to know why they’re not in the mix. And, as always, as a reminder, this isn’t meant to be investment advice. This isn’t about the stocks of these companies. I’m much more interested in what they’re saying about artificial intelligence and the state of digital generally than I am about, you know, which company’s going to have the best quarter or quarters coming up.
So, please don’t take any of this as investment advice. What I found interesting about this quarter’s earnest calls was that no one said anything all that interesting. At least not when you compare it with more recent quarters. You know, they said some good stuff, but there was nothing earth shattering.
Sundar Pichai of Google said they had 300 billion in annual revenue. Of course, search continues to power that, as you see in our Q1 results. But in addition, we expect YouTube overall and cloud to exit 2024 at a combined annual run rate over over $100 billion. So just as a, taking a step back, $46 billion of their 80 and a half billion dollars in quarterly revenue came from search with another $15 billion from advertising on YouTube and Google Network.
In other words, what we’ve seen in the past from them, they’re making their money on advertising. Microsoft’s Satya Nadella talked about, and this is a quote, Microsoft Copilot and Copilot Stack, spanning everyday productivity, business processes, and developer services, to models, data, and infrastructure, are orchestrating a new era of AI transformation, driving better business outcomes across every role and industry.
He then went on to compare the adoption of AI to the early days of personal computers. A reference, a metaphor, he’s made before. We’ve heard this before. Amazon’s Andy Jassy talked about Amazon’s wide array of offerings from logistics and grocery and prime video and stores to healthcare. In other words More of the same, more of what we’ve been hearing from big tech CEOs for the last few quarters.
In my view, that’s a good thing. And hang with me because I want to explain why this is actually a good deal for right now. Anybody who’s listened to the show knows that I have been sharply critical of Google’s lack of vision around how they’re going to make money from AI. And I still think that they have a problem there.
I think they have an overall problem with their vision. At the same time, Sundar Pichai talked about what sets Google apart. For the first time that I really have heard him do, listing the company’s advantages, and here’s what he said. It’s a quote. He said, Let’s look at how well we are positioned for the next wave of AI innovation and the opportunity ahead.
There are six points to make. One, Research Leadership, Two, Infrastructure Leadership, Three, Innovation and Search, Four, Our Global Product Footprint, Five, Velocity and Execution, Six, Monetization Paths. Now think about what he just said there, and think about the order in which he said them. Research leadership, two, infrastructure leadership, three, innovation and search.
I’ve noted before that the greatest strength Google possesses when it comes to winning in artificial intelligence are its research capabilities and its computing infrastructure. When I talk about the research capabilities, they’re literally, Google is literally the folks who wrote the original Generative Pre Trained Transformer paper, which is the GPT in things like GPT 4 and ChatGPT.
They know a lot about Generative Pre Trained Transformers. They know a lot about the best case scenario of how you use AI. I’ve been playing with their Gemini model, for, for a while now, playing with using their Gemini model for a while now. And it works just as well for many use cases as ChatGPT does.
And I think it works better than ChatGPT for some use cases. I also think their computing infrastructure, I don’t think this, it is clear their computing infrastructure is pretty spectacular. So as much as I’ve bashed Google, and don’t worry, I’m going to keep doing that from time to time, including on this episode a little bit.
But for as much as I’ve bashed them, you can count the number of companies who can match their capabilities in research and in computing infrastructure on roughly one hand. And obviously, you can count the number of companies who can match their search capabilities on roughly one finger, right? They’re just as good at it or better at it than anybody and when it comes to search, it’s not even close.
And Sundar Pichai didn’t specifically call out the company’s 108 billion in cash on hand among its advantages. But that undoubtedly goes a long way towards maintaining their leadership in talent research and infrastructure. Again, that’s a really good moat that they have available. On the downside Note the order that Pichai chose to present these strengths.
Monetization paths came last. Put simply, the company does not know how to make money from any product apart from advertising. And the bulk of that from search. Ads make up almost 77 percent of the company’s revenues. With search accounting for about 75 percent of that number, And about 57 percent of all of its revenues.
If you look at their total breakdown of where their profits come from, search and ads account for more than 100 percent of the company’s profits. Everything except for Google Cloud that they do outside of advertising loses money. Sundar Pichai clearly understands that, and as I mentioned last quarter, I still think that Microsoft has a better path to monetization, at least in the near term.
Now, Pichai talked about the growth of Google Cloud, which might help them over the longer term. But in the short term, Google really only has three ways to make more money. One, find ways to monetize consumer behavior. There was a report in the Financial Times that suggested they might do just that by charging users for AI enhanced search.
Two, charge advertisers more for access to customers. Or three, be okay with making less money. Now, how much do you want to bet that it won’t be number three? If it were me, I’d bet a lot that it won’t be number three. I simply can’t picture a universe where Google’s going to say, you know what, we’re just going to make less money and that’s going to be fine, right?
It’s just not a thing that’s going to happen, or at least not for long, because then Sundar Pichai wouldn’t be the CEO anymore. They’d bring in somebody else who said, oh yeah, forget what that guy said. That’s crazy. Now, one of the things that I found particularly interesting in the Google Learnings call specifically, and I know I said there wasn’t much interesting, but this I liked, Pichai noted that 15 products have half a billion users and that the company operates across 100 plus countries.
As he said, quote, This gives us a lot of opportunities to bring helpful Gen AI features and multimodal capabilities to people everywhere and improve their experiences. He then went on to talk about their investment in chips, in large language model development, in the cloud, in multimodal search, in AI enhancements to their ad platforms, and more.
And he wasn’t alone in doing this. Meta talked about their continuing belief in the metaverse and why that’s going to be so beneficial to customers and ultimately their company in the long run. Amazon, as I’d already mentioned, talked about a wide array of products and services that they make available.
Microsoft showed how their Copilot platform operates in the real world with integrations in their Azure Cloud Platform, in Microsoft 365 Productivity Suite, in Teams, in their CRM platforms, in GitHub for developers, in security, and, oh yeah, in Windows. Again, Microsoft might have the most clearly articulated vision at the moment.
At the same time, every single one of those companies is investing for the future and importantly, keeping their options open. And to me, that’s such a key learning. Remember the quotes I started with. We tend to overestimate the change we’ll see in the next two years and underestimate the change we’ll see in the next ten.
And the more things change, the more they stay the same. Big tech, like every public company, is required to let investors know how things are going. Every quarter. Even if they don’t have anything particularly new or interesting to say, I’m very impressed that every member of the big tech that we’ve talked about, all have opted to keep doubling down on a wide array of offerings, while they figure out what’s actually going to change the way people use artificial intelligence in their day to day lives.
Why am I impressed by that? Because of another quote you’ve probably heard, it’s known as Goodhart’s Law. When a measure becomes a target, it ceases to be a good measure. Many, many, many companies get caught up in the short term when they have to do their quarterly earnings, making mistakes that preference their next quarter’s earnings.
Over their long term best interest, companies can get hung up on boosting earnings per share or revenue growth or profit margins at the expense of their long term health and innovation. They might cut costs in ways that hurt quality or delay investing in new products, and while those can drive short term results, They’re not sustainable in the long run.
What impressed me is that big tech doesn’t seem to be doing that. They’re taking the long view. Which, generally speaking, is what they always do. Exactly four years ago, at the depths of the pandemic, I released an episode called Amazon, Google, Facebook, Apple, and Microsoft have a secret plan right now.
Here’s why you should care. That was episode 286. When everything was going to hell, big tech was investing to improve how they took care of customers, how they provided great customer service. And yes, in a few places, they got ahead of long term demand, which is why they’ve been laying folks off lately.
Keep in mind, though, despite those layoffs, they’re all larger than they were on the eve of the pandemic. Google is 52 percent bigger in terms of headcount than they were in Q4 of 2019. Amazon is 91 percent larger. Yes, layoffs suck for the people affected, but it’s not like these companies are shrinking compared to where they were before.
Back when the pandemic started, they keep getting bigger, they keep investing, they keep growing, and they keep reaping the long term rewards. They keep winning because when everybody else tightens their belts, these folks say, no, no, we’re going to invest, we make money. Change where we invest. We may shift our focus to invest in a specific area over another.
Or, like they’re doing right now, placing a lot of investments in a lot of different places. You know, planting a thousand seeds to find the flowers that will bloom. If I can butcher a phrase, but they’re literally looking at all of the possible options and then watch, just watch when things start to settle down and they figure out where customers really are going to go, watch them throw a lot of resources into those specific areas.
These companies are saying, you know what, there isn’t a lot to report on right now, there isn’t a lot that’s changed. We’re going to keep investing, we’re going to keep our options open, and that is the current state of digital. We’re on a little bit of a plateau at the moment. Not much has changed in the last quarter, really.
There’s still a lot of hype around AI and some cool product introductions. At the same time, most adoption is happening more around the enterprise, around large enterprises, big business, than around consumers. At least at the moment, big tech is looking at that environment, though, and they’re not standing still.
They’re continuing to invest. They’re testing new ideas, new concepts, and new products. Yeah, they’ll kill off the ones that don’t seem to work or aren’t gaining traction, but they’re moving towards where they expect to be, where they expect customers to be. To be, and not waiting for it simply to fall into their laps.
That’s the lesson I’m taking away from Big Tech’s earnings this quarter. The status quo could change, maybe as soon as tomorrow. Big Tech remains focused on being the ones to make that happen. It’s okay if you don’t get too hung up on the change we’re going to see in the next two years. They’re thinking about the change we’re going to see in the next ten.
What do you think, though? Is there something that I’ve missed? Is there something that they announced or introduced that blew your mind or at least made you sit up and take notice? I’d love to hear from you. Until then, though, I’m going to operate under the assumption that the right game plan, the right state of digital, is to test and invest where the tests pay off.
Not to double down too much on anything until we see how customer behaviors change over the longer term. Get ready to move. Put the right pieces in place. And also, be cool with the status quo while it’s the status quo. And for me, that’s the state of digital where we are in Q2 of 2024.
Show Wrap-Up and CreditsNow, looking at the clock on the wall, we are out of time for this week.
And I want to remind you again that you can find the show notes for this episode. As well as an archive of all past episodes by going to timpeter.com/podcast. Again, that’s timpeter.com/podcast. Just look for episode 421.
Subscribe to Thinks Out LoudDon’t forget that you can click on the subscribe link in any of the episodes that you find there to have Thinks Out Loud delivered to your favorite podcatcher every single week. You can also find Thinks Out Loud on Apple Podcasts, Spotify, YouTube Music, anywhere fine podcasts are found.
Leave a Rating or Review for Thinks Out LoudI would also very much appreciate it if you could provide a positive rating or review for the show whenever you use one of those services.
If you like what you hear on Thinks Out Loud, if you enjoy what we talk about, if you like being part of the community that we’re building here, please give us a positive rating or review.
Reviews help other listeners find the podcast. Reviews help other listeners understand what Thinks Out Loud is all about. They help to build our community and they mean the world to me. So thank you so much for doing that. I very, very much appreciate it.
Thinks Out Loud on Social MediaYou can also find Thinks Out Loud on LinkedIn by going to linkedin.com/tim-peter-and-associates-llc. You can find me on Twitter or X or whatever you want to call it this week by using the Twitter handle @tcpeter. And of course, you can email me by sending an email to podcast(at)timpeter.com. Again, that’s podcast(at)timpeter.com.
Show OutroFinally, and I know I say this a lot, I want you to know how thrilled I am that you keep listening to what we do here. It means so much to me. You are the reason we do this show.
You’re the reason that Thinks Out Loud happens every single week. So please, keep your messages coming on LinkedIn. Keep hitting me up on Twitter, sending things via email. I love getting a chance to talk with you, to hear what’s going on in your world, and to learn how we can do a better job building on the types of content and community and information and insights that work for you and work for your business.
So with all that said, I hope you have a fantastic rest of your day, I hope you have a wonderful week ahead, and I will look forward to speaking with you here on Thinks Out Loud next time. Until then, please be well, be safe, and as always, take care, everybody.
The post Taking the Long View: Big Tech’s Earnings and the State of Digital Q2 2024 (Thinks Out Loud Episode 421) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
Despite a long-standing history in marketing, Scott Cohen of InboxArmy lives in the future. He knows why email marketing is so important in a marketing landscape increasingly affected by artificial intelligence.
What is the future of email marketing? How can marketing professionals use AI and email marketing to improve their connections with customers? And, more importantly, how can you get your customers to open, click, and buy when an AI minds their inbox? That’s why this episode of the Thinks Out Loud podcast features an interview with InboxArmy’s Scott Cohen. And that’s why you should be sure to give it a listen.
Want to learn more? Here are the show notes for you.
The Future of Email Marketing — Interview with Scott Cohen from InboxArmy (Thinks Out Loud Episode 410) Headlines and Show NotesShow Notes and Links* A Full-Service Email Marketing Agency – InboxArmy * Scott Cohen | LinkedIn * The Forgotten Social Network (Updated: October 2019) – Tim Peter & Associates * “Prompt engineers and "tile" creators.” | LinkedIn * "What do you expect to be a big change in email marketing for 2024?" | LinkedIn * Need an email testing idea? | LinkedIn * "I’ve come to call email the offensive lineman of marketing." | LinkedIn * Google email sender guidelines * Deal With It: Digital Makes Marketing Easier for Everyone, Which Makes Marketing Harder For Everyone (Thinks Out Loud Episode 213) * Recapping 2023 Part 2 — Personal Lessons Learned (Thinks Out Loud Episode 407) * Is Google Doomed? And Other Top Digital Trends for 2024 (Thinks Out Loud Episode 408) * What AI Will Do to Content Marketing (Thinks Out Loud Episode 402) * AI Won’t Steal Your Job: Smart People Who Put AI to Work Will (Thinks Out Loud Episode 208) * Trends Driving Digital in the Future: Customer Privacy (Thinks Out Loud Episode 354) * US State Privacy Legislation Tracker
You might also enjoy this webinar I recently participated in with Miles Partnership that looked at "The Power of Generative AI and ChatGPT: What It Means for Tourism & Hospitality" here:
Free DownloadsWe have some free downloads for you to help you navigate the current situation, which you can find right here:
Best of Thinks Out LoudYou can find our “Best of Thinks Out Loud” playlist on Spotify right here:
Subscribe to Thinks Out Loud* Subscribe in iTunes * Subscribe in the Google Play Store
Contact information for the podcast: podcast@timpeter.com
Past Insights from Tim Peter ThinksTechnical Details for Thinks Out LoudRecorded using a Shure SM7B Vocal Dynamic Microphone and a Focusrite Scarlett 4i4 (3rd Gen) USB Audio Interface into Logic Pro X for the Mac.
Running time: 44m 13s
You can subscribe to Thinks Out Loud in iTunes, the Google Play Store, via our dedicated podcast RSS feed (or sign up for our free newsletter). You can also download/listen to the podcast here on Thinks using the player at the top of this page.
Transcript: AI, Email, and Marketing in the Future: Revisiting the Thinks Out Loud Interview with Scott Cohen from InboxArmy
Tim Peter (00:01.038)
Scott Cohen, welcome to Thinks Out Loud. Thanks so much for joining the show.
Scott Cohen (00:04.758)
Hey Tim, thanks for having me. Great to be here.
Tim Peter (00:07.318)
It is very much my pleasure. You work in one of my favorite areas of marketing, one of my favorite areas of digital marketing. I have always referred to email as the forgotten social network. It’s just this incredibly powerful tool that I think has existed for so long in digital, gets overlooked a lot. So I’m just thrilled you’re here. We’re finally giving it some of the attention that it deserves.
Scott Cohen (00:21.134)
Ha ha!
Tim Peter (00:34.806)
Where do you think we’re headed with email marketing? I mean, there’s a lot of change going on right now. So what do you see?
Scott Cohen (00:41.89)
Well, going back to your quick point on the forgotten social channel, you know, I’ve heard it called the original social media channel. I call it the offensive lineman of, of marketing, right? Where it pay, it paves the way for everything to work, but you only talk about it when something goes wrong. Right. Like, it was, he always, when, you know, I’m a big American football fan and you know, it’s, um, you know, they always say, you don’t want to mention an offensive lineman’s name.
Tim Peter (00:52.964)
Hahaha
Tim Peter (00:56.852)
I love that.
Scott Cohen (01:12.346)
throughout the entire game. And if you don’t, it means they had a great game, right? So, and I feel like, you know, I feel like COVID changed that a bit. Like I put email kind of back on the map because, I mean, how many emails did you get that go, God, I signed up for that how long ago? Or did I ever sign up for that? Okay, your stores are closed, we get it. But in terms of where we’re going, you know, I think that, and this is not just true for email, but for a lot of channels, it’s…
Tim Peter (01:13.434)
Hahaha!
Scott Cohen (01:40.13)
marketing is getting harder and more expensive, right? So, you know, on the email side, 2024, we’ve got a lot going on. We’ve got, on the good side, I think for email, cookies are going away, right? I mean, it’s going to start in January. And like I think Google said, it’s like 1% and then they’re hopefully going to get all the way up to, you know, by Q3, Q4, you know, the full cookie deletion.
Tim Peter (01:53.087)
Yep.
Scott Cohen (02:06.902)
I’ll be surprised if it goes that quickly. I think it’s just simply because I don’t think Google knows how much are their revenues dependent on it. And that’s why they’re doing 1%, right? That’s why they’re doing 1%. So we’ll see. But it could also mean that it’s going to be yet another walled garden of just getting into that piece. You’ve got AI, which.
Tim Peter (02:18.46)
Right, right, right. Absolutely.
Scott Cohen (02:33.526)
you know, buzzword bingo, word of the day, word of the year, whatever. But I think we are really headed into, you know, finally use being usable in a functional way. And so, you know, I and I wrote about this on LinkedIn a bit ago, and I was at a conference a little while ago where, you know, a brand gave a really great case study on how they’ve built this huge library of basically components. Right.
Tim Peter (02:36.363)
Ha ha ha!
Scott Cohen (03:03.214)
and then they’re letting AI learn on the library. That’s human driven, human designed, human written, and then making decisions from there on what to modify, how to optimize, who gets what message, etc, etc. And they’re clearly ahead of the curve. You know, I think there’s a lot of people. I mean, most people are still going, Oh, yeah, I use AI every day. But it’s I went into ChatGPT to give me some ideas for subject lines or, you know, which by the way, it’s great.
Tim Peter (03:29.01)
Right.
Oh yeah, sure. Absolutely.
Scott Cohen (03:32.062)
If you are just completely, if you’re, I mean, I come from a copywriting background. I would have loved to have like prompt starters, right? You know, 15 years ago. Oh my God. It would have been great. Uh, but I think that’s where we’re headed in terms, you know, I wrote in my LinkedIn post, we’re, we’re headed to the age of prompt engineers and, um, tile creators in quotation marks, like we’re going to be creating, it’s not going to be full email builds that much anymore. It’s going to be. And it’s a huge lift up front.
Tim Peter (03:39.91)
Absolutely. Yeah.
Tim Peter (03:53.132)
Yup.
Scott Cohen (04:00.278)
right, to build a content library. But once you have that and it gets smart and then the smart people will test human built versus AI belt to see if AI is worth, you know, if that juice is worth the squeeze. You’re not, you shouldn’t just jump head first because I’ve seen full things written with no human hands on it. And you’re like,
Tim Peter (04:19.494)
And it shows, right? Yeah.
Scott Cohen (04:21.382)
And it shows, and you hope that it, you know, my big concern is the race for mediocrity, right? That there’s going to be, and there’s going to be a lot of companies out there that are like, that’s good enough. It’s fine.
Tim Peter (04:28.65)
Right. Yeah, right.
Tim Peter (04:33.29)
Right, right. Well, and what I would hope is true is, first of all, I agree with everything you said, so let’s just start there. But what I would hope is true is that hopefully the people that are doing that are the ones who today are just terrible at it. So good enough is a step up from where they are right now. What I, what I, I hope, I hope, I hope it doesn’t bring the top down.
Scott Cohen (04:54.458)
It’s probably true. Yeah. We hope yes. Right.
Tim Peter (05:01.194)
you know, what… concerns me and what I think is interesting, and I’d love to hear your take on this, is this idea that A, average won’t be good enough, right? Because the average is going to get better. If the bottom half suddenly comes up to what is today average, then obviously the average shifts up. The flip side is you get AI spam filters, you get AI content filters, you look at the things like Outlook is doing. Are we just going to have to, AI is trying to figure out how to get past AI gatekeepers,
Scott Cohen (05:32.3)
Ha ha!
Tim Peter (05:33.368)
into a bot at some point or am I completely off base on this, right?
Scott Cohen (05:38.494)
You’re not wrong. You know, the extent the extent will be hard to know until it really starts happening. Right. When we have and, you know, what’s the expression? I welcome our robot overlords. But, you know, it but, you know, I’d rather robot fight robot verse versus robot fight me. But I think that, you know, the challenge that email marketers will and marketers as a whole will fight is.
Tim Peter (05:50.672)
Hahaha!
Tim Peter (05:56.842)
Yeah, sure, sure.
Scott Cohen (06:08.922)
can we now get better? What’s the, like you said, if everyone gets to average, then the human value is going to be getting better than average. And I don’t think that’s ever going to go away, right? I think that, you know, it just won’t. But I think that you mentioned, you know, the AI filters and things like another big thing for next year will be, I mean, it’s February 1st, the new Yahoo and Google.
Tim Peter (06:15.862)
Yeah, yeah.
Tim Peter (06:22.903)
Right.
Scott Cohen (06:37.71)
Gmail changes come into effect, right? For, you know, they’re raising the bar in terms of authentication and raising the bar in terms, well, I guess you could say lowering the percentage, but raising the bar of allowable spam complaint rates, right? So, you know, and what we used to look at is kind of a, well, depending on your list makeup, that’s not the worst spam complaint rate you’re ever going to have. You’re going to get hit pretty hard, right? So it’s…
Tim Peter (06:39.062)
Yep, absolutely. Yep.
Tim Peter (06:49.214)
Yeah. Yeah, sure.
Tim Peter (07:04.283)
Yeah, yeah.
Scott Cohen (07:06.518)
Which I think is good, but I think that privacy and deliverability are the two hardest things that we run into, right? You’re losing cookies. So we’re losing, we’re going to lose third party data, which makes first party data that much more important, which makes email that much more important because we’re the stewards of that kind of data. And then, but then they’re going, okay, let’s move the goalposts on that side too. Like we want you to be able to email people, but now we’re going to make it harder to email people.
Tim Peter (07:25.986)
Yep.
Tim Peter (07:32.331)
Right, right.
Right, well, it’s a good thing that Google doesn’t make its money from ads or something or we’d think they’d have an ulterior motive there.
Scott Cohen (07:37.265)
So it’s a thing.
Tim Peter (07:44.338)
Oh wait, I said that out loud, you didn’t say that, I want to be very fair there. So, but given that, if that’s the reality we’re heading towards, obviously the best way to have that not be a problem, I would think, is for customers to actively subscribe or to make sure they don’t hit that spam button or things along those lines. So, what can marketers do, what can email marketers do to get customers to want our email?
Scott Cohen (08:12.45)
going to be a very broad answer, but it’s one word and it’s value. It’s always what’s in it for me. Why should I sign up? I had a buddy of mine do a poll the other day and he’s asking like, why do you sign up for emails? It was like information, discounts, blah, blah. It was like 90% of people said discounts. I said, of course.
Tim Peter (08:15.689)
Well, we don’t like to give… Please.
Scott Cohen (08:42.07)
Right? I mean, any savvy shopper is, I mean, the way that we’ve done email over the years, savvy shoppers, one, if they see an ad they like from social or whatever, and then they go, Oh, let me go sign up for their email and see if I get a discount. Or they’ll go, well, I didn’t get it there, but let me abandon a cart and wait a bit. Right? So I have, you know, one of the things I have in my head from years ago, one of my bosses said, Scott, people don’t buy from you.
Tim Peter (08:57.41)
Yeah, sure, sure.
Tim Peter (09:02.526)
Yeah, right, right.
Scott Cohen (09:11.29)
they think they’re screwing you. I sat there and I thought, that’s a really cynical way to think about things. Damn it, it’s true. That may not be a financial necessarily screwing you, but it could be like, there’s no way that you could possibly do this. I have won over on you, or you’re solving a problem for me and now I get to be better at it, or whatever it might be. So I keep
Tim Peter (09:13.483)
Ha ha!
Yeah, yeah, sure, sure.
Tim Peter (09:38.922)
Right. It’s too good a deal, too good a value, right?
Scott Cohen (09:42.414)
Right, right. I mean, and then you get, and the irony is that in some cases, if you’re too cheap for something, people won’t buy from you anyway. Because it’s like, well, if it’s that cheap, it can’t be good. And so, but it’s the value piece, right? So the value could be, and obviously it all depends on business model. Are you doing discounts to get people in the fold?
Tim Peter (09:51.502)
Oh yeah, sure. Absolutely. Yeah, right. Absolutely.
Scott Cohen (10:08.406)
Are you trying to, you know, I keep thinking about like the printer and the ink model, right? You don’t make money on the printer, but you make a crap ton of money on the ink, but you don’t make money on the ink till you sell the printer. So, you know, there’s so it’s like there’s value props there. Value could be education. It could be problem solving. It could be any number of those things. And how you get people to sign up and do that is you are providing that value. Right. So it’s maybe it’s the product that the product.
Tim Peter (10:14.702)
Yep, yep.
Scott Cohen (10:37.746)
it answers a question or solves a problem. And then it’s like, hey, we can help you get this product just a little easier or a little cheaper or whatever it is. And you just get, I mean, my philosophy is just get people on the list, right? Just get them on the list somehow. Because if they run away and they haven’t signed up, then you’re hoping you can retarget them in paid advertising, which while valuable is a hell of a lot more expensive than getting somebody on your list and sending email.
Tim Peter (11:04.766)
Absolutely. Yeah, it’s funny. We had a client sometime ago where we had a conversation with them and the first thing they said was we don’t like email.
And I said, why not? And they said, well, because we make so much less on every email we send. And so we went through their entire email inventory. We looked at every single, and you’re making a face, for those of you who can’t see Scott right now, he’s got this curious look on his face. We looked at their emails and every email was 35% off, 40% off, 45% off. And I was like, we think we’ve discovered the reason why you’re not making much money on email, right? And you’re taking a very efficient, very inexpensive channel and making it very expensive
Tim Peter (11:44.3)
and very much to your point, trading it for a more expensive channel in most cases. Yeah, so it’s an interesting point you raise about how do you translate value into content, how do you translate value into things beyond just the discount. Obviously, there’s going to be places where you’re going to have to be price-conscious, and you’re going to have to highlight that price is what I’m hearing you say, but it can’t just be that, right? Right, right.
Scott Cohen (12:03.906)
Yep. Yes. But it’s a branding thing, right? So there’s two sides of it. There’s the margin protection, which is like if you’re in 35%, 40% off all the time, and then you’re doing that all the time and you back off, people are going to wait till you come back to it, right? And then if you’ve been doing discounts for, and there’s always sort of the short-term pain, long-term gain. So I had a client years ago that…
Tim Peter (12:20.686)
Oh yeah, sure, sure.
Scott Cohen (12:32.002)
they didn’t want to do a small discount in the welcome because they didn’t want to be known as a company that did discounts. And for three weeks of the month, we wouldn’t do discounts. Then they would be like, oh no, we haven’t made sales. So let’s do a sale. And then magically all this revenue showed up, but then they reverted and it’s like, you’ve now trained your people to wait. So it’s either you can do it smaller all the time,
Tim Peter (12:50.526)
Ha ha
Tim Peter (12:56.62)
Absolutely.
Scott Cohen (13:02.374)
Or you can not do it at all, but then you have to be OK with the short term pain, because eventually your customers are going to go, oh, I guess they don’t do that anymore. And then you have new people come in that have never known them to be that way. So it’s and that’s also a big challenge, right? Because, you know, cash flow is king. You got to keep the doors open. But if you’re don’t want to hurt your margin or want to be known as that, then but you’ve been that way, there’s always that transition.
Tim Peter (13:15.563)
Right.
Tim Peter (13:21.859)
Absolutely.
Tim Peter (13:31.594)
Yeah, no, that makes a lot of sense. That makes a ton of sense. If you don’t mind, I want to come back to this concept of AI content libraries, you know, and you’re talking about these AI content libraries and the like and how companies are starting to use these as a way to lever themselves up and get more effective or the like. Can you talk more about that? Do you see that as a trend? Is this just a short-term thing until AIs get better at writing the overall email? I mean, where do you think we’re going with that?
Scott Cohen (13:38.616)
Yeah.
Scott Cohen (13:55.01)
I mean, eventually AI is going to be able to do more, but I think you have to train your own engine, right? Like you don’t want to go out and train ChatGPT on your company, right? You’re going to have to figure out how to kind of, I don’t know if it’s white labeling or building your own, but you’re going to have to have your own AI mind learn, and you’re going to have to feed it the information, right? And then, cause if it doesn’t, AI is only as good, it’s the garbage in, garbage out philosophy, right? It’s only as good as what you put in it.
Tim Peter (14:24.326)
Absolutely, sure, sure.
Scott Cohen (14:24.778)
So, and without more inputs, it’s not going to get better. And it can, I would assume self-learn over time of, hey, you’ve given us this, but we tried this, and that’s better, so we’re going to try more of that kind of thing. But those language processors need things to work off of. So I don’t see it as a trend necessarily, or not as a fluke, let’s put it that way. It’s definitely a trend. I think we’re all shifting in that, I think, I mean, other channels are going to do that too. I imagine like,
Tim Peter (14:29.803)
Right.
Scott Cohen (14:54.402)
paid social and display and stuff, they’re going to want to start doing that kind of stuff too. And those formats you say, okay, we’re going to do this, spit it out in 15 formats, right? All the various sizes for those things. I think the savvy marketers will learn how to work with it, right, and learn how to guide it. Like I said, those prompt engineers, right? We’re going to, because you can go to chat GPT and be like, write me 10 subject lines about.
Tim Peter (15:03.295)
Yep.
Scott Cohen (15:22.17)
Costco, right? And they’ll go, well, what do we know about Costco? And they’ll start writing some stuff out. But yeah, you don’t, yeah, it’s especially for the comf- there’s a lot of companies out there and believe me, we work with them all the time who, you know, everybody thinks they have the secret sauce. Well, AI really could be, right? That, you know, but only if you build it yourself, only if you use it yourself and you’re not leveraging inputs from, you know, 1500 other, 15,000 other people that are not even in your space.
Tim Peter (15:51.15)
That makes total sense. How do you think email marketers can prepare for this change or for the changes we’ve seen? Because you’ve talked about a bunch of different stuff here, right, cookies going away. We’re talking about the changes that are coming to Google and Yahoo. We’re talking to people building content libraries. We’re talking about how do we get customers to want us in the like? You know, how can marketers prepare better for those realities? I wouldn’t even say that reality, because it’s a big, right, it’s a big ball of string all tangled up.
Scott Cohen (16:17.965)
Right, yeah, yeah.
Tim Peter (16:21.325)
You know, but what can they do?
Scott Cohen (16:21.966)
I mean, I mean, first off, and I think I was listening to a couple of your previous shows and you said it pretty well, like the AI is not going to take your job. People that use AI will. Right. So adopt that mentality of this is a value add to my job and my job security. And then you just need to get reps, right? You just need to, I mean, that’s
I think you said it was like experience is something you need, but you can’t have it at the time or something like it’s I mean I the battle scars, right? I mean you and I have been doing this for a long time Why do we know not to do that? Because we’ve been burned so We made that mistake. Yes, we made that mistake. So But and emails also I think there’s you know
Tim Peter (16:51.684)
Hahaha!
Tim Peter (17:02.136)
Because we have scars, Scott. Ha ha
Scott Cohen (17:11.178)
A lot of times when we meet with clients, it’s the foundational stuff they don’t have. So even foundations of testing, AI is going to make testing in vast quantities easier. Because if you want to do, like right now, if you really want to learn, you should be doing one variable, A, B test. Make sure you have enough volume that you get statistical significance.
Scott Cohen (17:37.966)
But if you’re somebody who has millions of people on your list, you can do a ton of things. So like the brand that gave that great example I mentioned, they said they ran 750 versions of email over Black Friday because they built the library and then AI could go, oh, the Frankensteiner, right? They could do all that stuff. So, and the 750 versions human built just doesn’t scale. So you have to think about how does it make
Tim Peter (17:55.11)
Yeah, absolutely. Yep, yep. Write all the recipes.
Tim Peter (18:04.182)
Right, absolutely.
Scott Cohen (18:06.954)
Now, my counter argument is, how the hell do you know what worked at 750 versions, right? If you want it to be repeatable, but if the engine, the brain, the AI brain is doing the learning then, and that’s where a lot of we see, when I look at data, a lot of the usage right now is really on the analytics pieces, right? The predictive analytics, the learning, it’s going to start much more deeply filtering into the day-to-day work as we go.
Tim Peter (18:34.678)
Yeah.
Scott Cohen (18:37.118)
Now, if you need buy in whatever you need to do, I mean, dabble in ChatGPT or what’s um, there’s a few others that are really good for content in particular.
Tim Peter (18:45.322)
like Anthropic’s Claude
Scott Cohen (18:48.942)
Yeah, Claude. Yes, that’s the one I was trying to think of. Yeah. So it’s, um, it’s like everything else. You just have to, you just have to get reps and be, and then, and the big thing there is embrace failure too, because of all the tests I’ve run in my life as a professional, maybe 5% have won.
Tim Peter (19:12.298)
Yeah, right, sure.
Scott Cohen (19:14.315)
90% are flat, right? Like usually, you don’t get winners, you don’t get losers very often, you rarely get home runs, so it really becomes more of a process piece and a continual learning piece.
Tim Peter (19:24.514)
Yeah, that’s right.
That makes total sense. By the way, points to you for increasing our listenership by at least one, so thank you for that, and proving it by actually quoting back some things from the episode, so that’s great. That’s fantastic. So, you know, you’ve been doing this for a long time. You are obviously now with Inbox Army. Tell us a little bit about InboxArmy. What are they about?
Scott Cohen (19:36.098)
Ha ha!
Scott Cohen (19:47.99)
Yeah, we’re a full service email marketing agency. So we are vendor neutral. We work with clients across 25 different industries, right? And 40 different ESP email service providers. So it’s a very, we really are strong on the production side. I like to call us a GSD agency, right? We get stuff done. And.
Tim Peter (20:13.122)
Ha ha ha!
Scott Cohen (20:17.91)
And that, but that’s really where we, we shine, right? We enable companies to get their emails, their automations bill, all this stuff out the door so that their people can focus strong on strategy and program growth. So that’s, that’s what we do in a nutshell.
Tim Peter (20:33.146)
And I’ll give you an opportunity to say this again at the end, but where can people find you?
Scott Cohen (20:37.402)
Oh well, me personally, you find me on LinkedIn, it’s linkedin.com/in/ScottCohen13, but the company, it’s really simple, inboxarmy.com.
Tim Peter (20:46.914)
Perfect, that’s great, awesome. So how did you get into this? How did you get into becoming like an email guy?
Scott Cohen (20:51.438)
Ha ha
Scott Cohen (20:54.686)
Nobody goes to school for what I do, that’s for sure. Yeah, I went to school, started as a music major, and then about two months in went, you know what? I want to enjoy college. Cause you know, love music, but it is your life, like your entire life. And I’m like, I’m going to spend my four years in college and one building in like four rooms, I’m going to go crazy. So, you know.
Tim Peter (20:56.492)
Hahaha!
Tim Peter (21:13.736)
Oh yeah.
Scott Cohen (21:24.446)
I went over into and I’m from the East Coast originally. And so I went to James Madison University, go Dukes, and switched over to corporate communications, which, as I called it, was as close as I could get to advertising without being a business major, because I didn’t I didn’t want to, you know, do accounting and economics and all that fun stuff. So I started life as a copywriter, really did the, you know.
Tim Peter (21:31.054)
Oh sure.
Tim Peter (21:44.69)
Yeah, yeah, sure, sure.
Scott Cohen (21:53.114)
small agency thing and was writing. I mean, this is how old, you know, I am. Every year I’m like, how am I getting older? My references just start going straight over people’s heads. But yeah.
Tim Peter (21:59.107)
Ha ha.
Tim Peter (22:08.744)
I teach some college classes by the way. Let me tell you, that’ll teach you real fast. Yeah, for sure.
Scott Cohen (22:12.702)
Oh, that’ll, my kids will do that too. They’ll be like, what? Okay, but yeah, it’s, but yeah, copywriting. So TV, radio, I was writing ads for, you know, local car dealers and law offices and real estate agents. And, you know, like I was saying earlier, reps, trial by fire, six to 10 scripts a day, right? Just because it was a production house, right? So it was an agency that did the media buys, but then also did.
Tim Peter (22:33.902)
Yeah, sure. Oh, wow. Yeah, yeah, yeah.
Scott Cohen (22:40.81)
you know, all the filming and everything. We were I mean, I was writing things for we called them info discs where you would burn them on CD-ROM and it was like an interactive thing off of CD-ROM. Yeah. My kids are like, what’s a CD? But so I did that. And I was working for Western Governors University as a copywriter, and I was writing, you know, the monthly newsletter and stuff like that. And among everything else, you know, the brochures and website copy and all that.
Tim Peter (22:48.978)
Oh wow, yeah, yeah.
Ha ha ha!
Scott Cohen (23:08.95)
And my boss one day came to me and he said, hey, you’re writing the newsletters. Why don’t you just do them? And I went, OK, sure. And this was 2008, late 2008. And he said, why don’t you pick a conference to go to? We have this in-house CRM system that was really sophisticated for the time, but they never thought to build in things like tracking.
Tim Peter (23:22.774)
Yep.
Tim Peter (23:37.146)
Oh sure, trivial detail there.
Scott Cohen (23:38.922)
So it was like, hey, we probably need to upgrade our system, to get things like that. And once you go to a show and I found, it was February of 2009, I found the email evolution conference put on by the email experience council. And I was like, let me just go there and just met some of the nicest people you’ll ever meet in your life. The amazing thing about the email industry, and if your listeners are email people, but not,
you know, involved in the industry, they need to get involved. It’s just you have competitors that help people out. Right. And it’s just, it’s just so great. And so it was, hey, you’re on, you should get on Twitter. We have a lot of conversations on Twitter about email. And this was, you know, fail whale days, but not dumpster fire days. Right. And you remember the old fail whale, right? We’re like, oh, I guess Twitter’s down again. Was it Michael Jackson died and it was down for like a week, I feel like.
Tim Peter (24:30.618)
Oh, very much so. Yeah, yeah, sure.
Tim Peter (24:36.345)
I remember that distinctly, yeah.
Scott Cohen (24:37.895)
Yeah, so I just started getting involved in the conversations and I just fell in love with it, right? It was the combination of the art that I had from copywriting with, I mean, I’m no scientist by any means, but I could actually see results. And so, you know, you couldn’t really see that from television, but you know, because OTT didn’t exist back then, right? So, you know, you didn’t TV was like, you hoped people showed up.
Tim Peter (24:45.71)
Yep.
Scott Cohen (25:03.65)
or you hope people told you that they heard a radio spot, stuff like that. So it was, I could sit there and go, I did that, I did that, I did that. And so that’s really where, and it kind of just blossomed from there. And ever since then, email has been a part of all of my job. And so it’s like I said, nobody goes to school. I mean, literally I’ve taught some email 101, like a class during a semester, right? Like, hey, we’re doing a one class on
Tim Peter (25:12.242)
Yeah, yeah.
Scott Cohen (25:32.506)
email, we’re going to do another one on this because you come be a guest speaker, right? And so again, that offensive lineman sort of thing, that forgotten channel, like we’re not the channel has been around for what? Almost 50 years now as in some shape or form and
Tim Peter (25:35.371)
Yeah, sure, sure.
Tim Peter (25:47.95)
Sure, sure. I mean, if you go back to the original direct marketing, right, I mean, email takes off from what catalogs did, what postcards did and things like that. So, you know, there’s a hundred years of practice here. Yeah, yeah.
Scott Cohen (25:58.778)
It’s like we’ve gone full circle. Like we’ve gone full circle because direct mail is back.
Tim Peter (26:05.055)
Yeah, I know, crazy, right?
Scott Cohen (26:07.234)
Yeah, because people are like, oh God, email. Oh, look, I got something in my mailbox. This is awesome. So it’s like, it’s, you know, and I’ve done that. People go, is direct mail really back? I’m like, if you do it smart, yeah, it really is. So it’s.
Tim Peter (26:10.838)
Hahaha!
Tim Peter (26:21.922)
Sure, yeah, yeah. So to that end, there’s two things in there you said that I kinda want to drill down on just for a moment. We don’t have a ton of time left. I always try to be respectful of your time, but I want to be, two things you brought up. One, you talked about the monthly newsletter that you were doing back in 2008. Is the monthly newsletter dead in 2024? Should people still be doing the monthly newsletter or is there a smarter way to do that?
Scott Cohen (26:51.714)
I think for the most part it is and the only reason I say that is it’s not enough anymore. So if you think about it, I mean, it really does depend. I mean, there are some brands where I think you can get away with it, right? For example, I was talking to a client where they have like, it’s like a national organization and then they have franchises.
Tim Peter (26:58.669)
Yep.
Scott Cohen (27:21.058)
And so the national organization is really more of like a top level, here’s new things, right? But like the meat of the marketing happens at the franchise level, right? So in that case, something monthly with maybe some other things interspersed for like, Hey, happy holidays or, you know, seasonally, if it’s, if there’s something seasonal that really makes sense is in addition, that’s great because you’re not like, it’s just more keeping people apprised. Even then I would argue like typically we do
Tim Peter (27:21.719)
Oh yeah, sure.
Tim Peter (27:29.874)
Yep.
Scott Cohen (27:50.19)
no less than two per month for our clients, right? Simply because there’s branding value to just being in the inbox. I mean, I pulled numbers on that a few lives ago where I went, all right, give me everyone who got an email last week and converted any channel, don’t care about last touch attribution, just they converted in any channel within 48 hours of receiving the email and then tell me whether they opened or didn’t open.
Tim Peter (27:52.587)
Yep.
Scott Cohen (28:19.582)
And this was back when open rates were a bit more accurate. This was pre-iOS 15 when mail privacy protection came in and everything went up. But it was 40% of the revenue from those customers came from non-openers. And so I went, there’s value in being there. It’s sort of like display. There’s some value in just being visible.
Tim Peter (28:47.126)
Yeah, yeah, makes total sense.
Scott Cohen (28:48.334)
There’s nothings in, I’m an email guy and I’m like, there’s nothing in a vacuum, right? Like I want to get my credit, but I also know that they may see my thing, they may see yours, they may see your thing and then come back to my email. People are weird, right? I mean, we used to send the same, we used to send the same email every week and people wouldn’t react to the one they got yesterday, they’d react to the one they got six months ago.
Tim Peter (28:53.477)
Absolutely.
Absolutely. Yeah.
Scott Cohen (29:13.714)
sitting there like, what is going on here? But yeah, but you know, so there’s that, like I said, there’s that branding value and then you’re competing. I mean, the competition for inbox, just mind share is fierce, right? So if you’re not showing up occasionally, you only have one shot, right? And so it’s about having that shot.
Tim Peter (29:15.47)
Hehehehe.
Tim Peter (29:36.362)
Yeah. Right.
Scott Cohen (29:41.166)
to just grab attention. And if you’re, and there are some people, like some of my clients, that the newsletter is the product.
Tim Peter (29:51.374)
Sure. Oh yeah, sure, of course.
Scott Cohen (29:52.374)
And so if you’re only doing that once, you’re missing out on a lot.
Tim Peter (29:55.582)
Yeah. Yeah, no that makes a lot of sense. That’s a really, really good point, right? Because you want to get multiple bites at the apple there, right? Or multiple swings at the bat, I suppose, is another way to think about it. Right, that makes sense. If you only get one pitch, you’re going to strike out an awful lot.
Yeah, that’s a great point. That’s a great point. I don’t have a well-formulated question here. I was just thinking about this. We’ve been talking about email a lot. I know you’ve also done a lot of work with SMS. What’s the deal with SMS? Where does that fall in the hierarchy? What’s going on there?
Scott Cohen (30:28.666)
So SMS, and I think you, to borrow from what you said earlier about the clients that we don’t like email, I hate SMS personally. But damn it, it works. No, no, but damn it, it works. So you have to think about it in terms of level of intent from customers, right? So when you sign up for email, as a human being, you can go, I can come back to that later.
Tim Peter (30:39.575)
Not the answer I was expecting. Okay, go on.
Scott Cohen (30:57.854)
I don’t have to look at it right when it comes in. SMS is interruptive. So for someone to opt in, they are willing to let you interrupt them, because it’s so much more intrusive. So now there’s a cost component to SMS that email doesn’t have. Email has been getting cheaper over the years, and SMS
Tim Peter (31:09.386)
Yeah.
Tim Peter (31:15.982)
Sure. Yep. Thanks for watching.
Scott Cohen (31:22.826)
as I learned through my trial by fire in a previous life, that you pay what you have to pay to the provider of the tool. And then you have to pay basically the same price for fees. And then if you do images, it’s four times that. So if somebody sends you an image and then text as well, they’re paying for the image. And then they’re also paying for the text. And then there’s text cost per 160 characters.
Tim Peter (31:34.472)
for fees and messaging. Yeah, sure.
Scott Cohen (31:52.438)
In my previous life, I came in and said, why are we sending a novel? It’s like that. I’m like, do you realize how expensive this thing is? So now, in some cases, the ROI is there. Go, yeah, we do this, but the average order value from this is x amount of dollars, so it pays for itself. In tandem, I think they work really well. SMS is great for customer experience, customer support. SMS in terms of.
Tim Peter (31:57.528)
Yeah, sure, sure. Yeah, yeah.
Scott Cohen (32:20.51)
Breaking through for Black Friday probably does really well. Right? Because, you know, and what you find is, one, I think the companies that struggle maybe is if when they require email and SMS in signups, right? It should be get email and offer them SMS, but don’t require it. Right? And then you can always come back to that. But, I mean, SMS works.
Tim Peter (32:44.366)
That’s a great point.
Scott Cohen (32:49.026)
And it’s scary how well it works. But like the convert, I’ll give you an example. The conversion rate at a previous life, we ran it. And about 35% of people who signed up for email also signed up for SMS, but their conversion rate was 3X.
Tim Peter (33:06.744)
Wow.
Scott Cohen (33:07.842)
just email alone. So again, that higher level of intent, like they are more ready to go because like, yeah, I know I want to get SMS about this type of stuff.
Tim Peter (33:11.23)
Yeah, yeah, yeah. Well, it strikes me as people who, you know. Sorry, this is something I think about a lot, where the customer has told you, they have self-selected that they actually care a ton, right? So they want the big red button to push right now because they’re ready to buy. Or we see it a lot with things like search, you know? There’s certain terms that just signal intent to buy. They’re not buying because they searched, they’re searching because they’re ready to buy. It’s kind of the same scenario. You are absolutely saying, I want the SMS
Scott Cohen (33:32.44)
Yes.
Tim Peter (33:52.092)
whether it’s the deal or to go back to what you said before, the value in this moment. Yeah, that’s really fascinating.
Scott Cohen (33:56.266)
Yeah. Well, and that holistic view, right, of, because oftentimes, you know, when, and I’ve looked at this before too, of you send an email, go look at your direct traffic in analytics too, right? Because how many times do you see me now, I’m going to go, let me just go search for it, right? For your organic and your direct traffic. SMS is the same way, right? Of, oh, I got this.
Tim Peter (34:10.634)
Yep, yep, oh yeah.
Absolutely.
Scott Cohen (34:21.958)
I’m not ready to click on that, but you come back like four hours later and go, oh, that right. Let me go search for that company and do that stuff. So again, nothing in a vacuum, but SMS is a high value channel that email marketers should own because again, you have that, you’re the stewards of the data and you know, push is starting to become a bigger thing too, right? Of, you know, push notifications as marketing tools, things like that.
Tim Peter (34:47.345)
Yep.
Scott Cohen (34:49.546)
I’ve never seen web push be particularly successful personally, but you know, it’s just again, all these little touch points and it takes it takes a village, right?
Tim Peter (34:54.152)
Or have I? Yep, yep.
Tim Peter (35:02.314)
No, it makes sense. It makes sense. I’ve been trying to figure out how to sell this to clients for the last year or so, and I haven’t quite worked out the messaging yet, but I grew up an analytics guy. I grew up a data guy. I was an e-commerce guy, right? So that’s where I come from by trade and trading. And the thing that I’ve been trying to explain to people, not well, is that you’ll really know when your marketing works, when you can’t tell where the sale came from, right? Because you’ve had so many touch points together to make that sale actually occur. But nobody wants to hear that after years of, oh no, we can slice and dice and attribution modeling and we get down to the, you know, the tail and the like.
Scott Cohen (35:35.799)
Yeah, yeah.
Scott Cohen (35:42.662)
Yeah, I did a whole presentation last year on how last clicks sucks. And I said, it’s accurate, it’s accurate, but doesn’t tell the whole story. Right. So, and then, you know, the cynical side of me goes with these multi touch attribution platforms that usually the platform that gets the best attributions, the one that pushed for to buy it. So, you know, it’s.
Tim Peter (35:49.744)
Yeah.
Tim Peter (35:53.898)
Right, right, right.
Scott Cohen (36:07.906)
You know, if the display team push it up, you’re getting these amazing ROAS is on display and you go.
Tim Peter (36:08.497)
Right, yeah, sure.
Tim Peter (36:13.39)
Shocking. Yeah. Ha ha.
Scott Cohen (36:15.066)
Sure. Not saying you didn’t do something, but sure. Ha ha ha.
Tim Peter (36:18.258)
Of course, of course, right, now absolutely. Perfect, well Scott, we’re coming up on the end of our time together. I’ve thoroughly enjoyed the conversation. I could go for another hour, frankly, this is a lot of fun. But what haven’t we talked about that we should have? What haven’t I asked you that I should have asked you?
Scott Cohen (36:28.768)
Oh, totally, yeah.
Scott Cohen (36:35.81)
Oh my goodness. Yeah, I think coming back to privacy, we talked about it a little bit. It’s just something that every email marketer is going to have to keep track of, right? So you’ve got, you know, overseas, you got GDPR, you’ve got in the UK, you’ve got the, I’m just going to say acronyms, because frankly, I don’t remember what they all mean. But the ICO, which is like…
Tim Peter (36:43.208)
Oh sure, yeah.
Tim Peter (36:47.136)
Yep.
Tim Peter (36:58.114)
Sure, of course. Yep.
Scott Cohen (37:01.678)
pretty strict and in line with GDPR as well. You’ve got Castle in Canada, having come from telehealth, healthcare marketing background, Australia has some really interesting things with marketing regulations and all that. If it’s a testimonial, you can’t pay them. And if you pay them, they can’t talk about their things. And you go like, that doesn’t really make sense, but okay.
Tim Peter (37:24.555)
Oh sure. Sure.
Scott Cohen (37:31.242)
And then, you know, I would envision, and I feel like we say this every year as an industry, but at some point there’s going to be a better national privacy law. I mean, canned spam doesn’t really have a lot of teeth. But you have, I think we’re up to, we’ll be up to 12 or 13 states to have specific privacy policies and laws in place by the end of 25. You know, California was obviously the big one and then there’s Texas that has a big one.
Tim Peter (37:40.91)
Sure.
Scott Cohen (37:59.274)
At some point, it’s going to kind of like be with CAN-SPAM where the states did it and the federal government finally goes, OK, we need a standard here. And that onus is going to fall a lot on email, just simply because, again, if you own the data and you own the collection of data, it’s going to be a big thing. So, you know, I’m not a lawyer. I don’t play one on TV, but that is something to keep an eye on for sure. And make sure that.
Tim Peter (38:05.279)
Yeah, sure, sure.
Tim Peter (38:22.881)
Hehehehe
Scott Cohen (38:29.058)
you’re not, especially if you’re a bigger player out there with a lot of volume, they might come after you if you’re doing things poorly. So don’t disregard it. I, it’s, I said it earlier. It’s like, we keep moving the goalposts on, on everything. Like at some point, I feel like there’s going to, you know, the cynical side of me goes, at some point there’s going to be a breaking point where we don’t know anything and so we’re just going to start going back to batch and blast and.
Tim Peter (38:35.87)
Yeah, absolutely. Absolutely.
Scott Cohen (38:56.174)
then customers are going to be like, what the heck, where’s personalization? It’s like, we don’t know anything about you, so what do you want us to do? And it’s going to be, which is interesting because it’s antithetical to, especially the younger generations, they will give away data left and right if there’s value to them. So it’s, I don’t want to get political here, but yeah, the people that complain about it are the people that aren’t using it, so.
Tim Peter (39:01.622)
hahahaha
Tim Peter (39:13.25)
Absolutely. Right, “we care about privacy.” “Here’s a coupon for $5 off.” “Oh, okay.”
Right, yeah, we care about privacy a lot until I get that 5% discount, right? Absolutely, absolutely.
Well, Scott, this has been great. I have enjoyed it tremendously. Again, where can people find both you and Inbox Army?
Scott Cohen (39:43.234)
Yeah, come, Inbox Army, you can find us at inboxarmy.com. Really, really simple. It’s spelled exactly like it sounds. And find me on LinkedIn, linkedin.com/in/scottcohen13. Happy to connect with just about anybody. Not everybody, but just about anybody. I have some thresholds.
Tim Peter (39:59.95)
Fantastic, Scott Cohen. Well, perfect. Scott Cohen, thank you very much. InboxArmy, thank you very much. We’re thrilled to talk to you and I will look forward to catching up with you again soon. Thank you.
Scott Cohen (40:14.051)
Thanks, Tim.
My thanks again to Scott Cohen of InboxArmy for joining us this week. I want to remind you that you can find the show notes for today’s episode, as well as an archive of all past episodes, by going to timpeter.com/podcast. Again, that’s timpeter.com/podcast. Just look for episode 410. Don’t forget that you can click on the subscribe link in any of the episodes you find there to have Thinks Out Loud delivered to your favorite podcatcher every single week.
You can also find Thinks Out Loud on Google Podcasts while it continues to exist, Apple Podcasts, Spotify, anywhere fine podcasts are found. I would also very much appreciate it if you could provide a positive rating or review for the show whenever you use one of those services. It means so much to us and helps us build the community here at Thinks Out Loud.
You can also find Thinks Out Loud on LinkedIn by going to linkedin.com/Tim-Peter-and-Associates-LLC. And you can email me by sending an email to podcast(at)timpeter.com. Again, that’s podcast(at)timpeter.com.
Finally, and I know I say this every week, but I want to say thank you to you for listening to the show, for tuning in every week, for subscribing, for commenting, for saying what you think about us on social. So with all that said, I hope you have a fantastic rest of your day, I hope you have a wonderful week ahead, and I will look forward to speaking with you here on Thinks Out Loud next time. Until then, please be well, be safe, and as always, take care, everybody.
The post AI, Email, and Marketing in the Future: Revisiting the Thinks Out Loud Interview with Scott Cohen from InboxArmy appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
With all the changes that artificial intelligence is bringing to the marketplace, it can feel awfully tough to keep up. As marketers and strategists, though, we need to look beyond just the latest headlines to see the deeper trends shaping our customers’ behaviors — and the responses to those trends from our competitors and from Big Tech.
For instance, I’ve been relatively bearish lately on Google’s articulated vision — or lack thereof — for artificial intelligence. And I’ve been much more bullish about Microsoft and Amazon and OpenAI. But here’s the thing. We’re in the early days of generative AI in practice. Yes, it’s getting used every day. At the same time, I’d challenge most people to name 10 great products that depend solely on generative AI, let alone 10 great companies that that do.
Yes, we’re seeing gen AI incorporated as a feature into existing products. We’re also seeing some amazing technological breakthroughs that might someday morph into great products. But remember that great technology isn’t the same thing as a great product. Google achieved its dominant position not only because they offered terrific search results that worked well for searchers. It’s also because they had a great way to monetize those results that worked well for searchers, advertisers, and everyone else in the value chain. That’s what a great product does. It works. And it pays. For itself.
What we’re seeing instead at the moment is a gold rush. And, as you know, the winners in a gold rush aren’t the people mining for gold. It’s the people selling picks and shovels. Who are those people today? Big Tech companies like Google and Microsoft and Amazon and Meta. And aspiring members of Big Tech like OpenAI and Adobe and Salesforce.
The trick for you is to ensure you’re able to connect with your customers whether or not AI helps you find gold. And that’s what this episode of Thinks Out Loud is all about.
Picks, Shovels, and the AI Gold Rush (Thinks Out Loud Episode 414) Headlines and Show NotesShow Notes and Links* (1) rat king on X: "interesting stat from Zuckerberg: "More than 50 percent of content people see on IG now is recommended by AI." I think that means the suggested content from folks you dont follow, which is a huge amount after kicking this off roughly a year ago (i think)" / X * Meet Your New Assistant: Meta AI, Built With Llama 3 | Meta * Meta releases new AI assistant powered by Llama 3 model – The Verge * Google AI * Google Is Adding New AI Tools to Workspace, Meet, and Chat * Google Launches New AI Travel Tools In Search and Maps * The Mona Lisa rapping? New Microsoft AI animates faces from photos | CNN Business * Manufacturing for tomorrow: Microsoft announces new industrial AI innovations from the cloud to the factory floor – The Official Microsoft Blog * Baidu releases new AI tools to promote application development * New Amazon Bedrock offerings provide a new way to fast-track generative AI apps and experiences – SiliconANGLE * Meta and Google announce new in-house AI chips, creating a ‘trillion-dollar question’ for Nvidia | Fortune * OpenAI Develops Web Search Product in Challenge to Google — The Information * Video generation models as world simulators * Introducing Gemini 1.5, Google’s next-generation AI model * ChatGPT bug causes chaos as AI generates nonsensical responses – Dexerto * Reddit – “Ah the classic super buff native american and Indian couple from 1820 germany” * Reddit – “excuse me but what the actual fu-“ * Reddit – “Yo, Gpt4 just went full hallucination mode on me, hasn’t really every happened to me this severely since the early days of gpt3 : ChatGPT” * Google Lacks Vision: Big Tech Earnings and the State of Digital Q1 2024 (Thinks Out Loud Episode 412) * Subprime Intelligence * Groq Costs, Gemini Pro 1.5, Google’s Timidity – Stratechery by Ben Thompson * Say Goodbye to Google, Hoteliers | By Tim Peter * The End of Google? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 372) * Rethinking Search Marketing in the Age of AI (Thinks Out Loud Episode 397) * Revisiting Will AI and ChatGPT Kill Your Search Traffic? (Thinks Out Loud) * Can Podcasting Help Your Business Bypass the Big Tech Gatekeepers? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 413) * Is Google Doomed? And Other Top Digital Trends for 2024 (Thinks Out Loud Episode 408)
You might also enjoy this webinar I recently participated in with Miles Partnership that looked at "The Power of Generative AI and ChatGPT: What It Means for Tourism & Hospitality" here:
Free DownloadsWe have some free downloads for you to help you navigate the current situation, which you can find right here:
Best of Thinks Out LoudYou can find our “Best of Thinks Out Loud” playlist on Spotify right here:
Subscribe to Thinks Out Loud* Subscribe in iTunes * Subscribe in the Google Play Store
Contact information for the podcast: podcast@timpeter.com
Past Insights from Tim Peter ThinksTechnical Details for Thinks Out LoudRecorded using a Shure SM7B Vocal Dynamic Microphone and a Focusrite Scarlett 4i4 (3rd Gen) USB Audio Interface into Logic Pro X for the Mac.
Running time: 29m 08s
You can subscribe to Thinks Out Loud in iTunes, the Google Play Store, via our dedicated podcast RSS feed (or sign up for our free newsletter). You can also download/listen to the podcast here on Thinks using the player at the top of this page.
Transcript: Picks, Shovels, and the AI Gold Rush Well, hello again, Big Thinkers, and welcome back to Thinks Out Loud, your source for all the digital expertise your business needs. My name is Tim Peter. This is Episode 414 of the Big Show. And thank you so much for tuning in. I really, really appreciate it. I think we’ve got a cool show for you today. I want to kick off by highlighting four news stories that tie into a larger point about the AI moment we’re living through in marketing and sales and customer experience and why they’re important and why they’re important for your business.
But I’m going to start with the news stories. The first is that Google launched its Gemini Pro model version 1.5. And I’m going to talk about each of these in a little bit of detail in a second, but I’m just going to give you the headlines first. So Gemini dropped Gemini excuse me, Google dropped Gemini Pro 1.5. OpenAI launched its Sora video from text product. OpenAI might launch a search engine, it was reported the other day. And, ChatGPT, over the last 24 hours or so, has lost its damned mind. It’s been doing some really weird stuff.
So I’m going to do these in order first. First, Google dropped Gemini Pro 1.5. This is a very, very cool tool. It’s their ChatGPT or GPT-4 competitor, it’s very, very cool. It can do things like multimodal analysis, so you can feed it text or images or audio. And its big enhancement relative to something like GPT-4 is that it can input up to 1 million tokens. That’s roughly 70,000 words of text or about an hour of video. Which is pretty extraordinary because you can then do some things with that material in memory that can’t really be done any other way.
The tech under the hood gets a little complex , there’s other ways to accomplish the same thing. But having a larger token set is impressive in its own right and opens up some possibilities that haven’t existed before. For instance, you could have, you could upload an immense amount of data into memory and have it analyze that data rather than doing it a piece at a time so you can get a better sense of the big picture. That’s really, really cool and something that is very hard for people other than Google to do because it requires A, enormous processing power and B, it’s pretty expensive in terms of running the damn thing.
So that’s kind of a big deal and something that a startup like OpenAI may have more problems with. Yes, Microsoft can probably do it. Yes, Amazon can probably do it. But the number of companies that can actually pull this off besides those big three is vanishingly small.
One of the things that I think is important here is Benedict Evans noted in his newsletter he said it’s pretty clear that it’s not going — it, ChatGPT, or it, OpenAI — is not going to be the only company with "the best models."
There’s a very real competition going on here between OpenAI and Google and Microsoft, and probably Amazon and probably Facebook for who is the best AI out there. And that’s something that’s going to play out over time.
Now, of course, OpenAI hasn’t been sitting still the last couple weeks. One, they launched Sora. Sora is so cool. I’ve played with it a little bit. You feed it a line of text, and it can output video, and the videos are remarkable. Also, like we saw with image generation with the early versions of Dall-E or MidJourney, it’s that they can be genuinely weird and disturbing. But when’s the last time you heard people talk about AI-generated images being weird and disturbing? They’re mostly pretty good now. And that’s only taken a few years.
So I’m more interested in what Sora represents over the long term than what it is today. And what it is over the long term is AI-generated video that’s accessible to everybody, to you, relatively inexpensively. More on that in a minute.
The third news story and the one that’s sort of the centerpiece of this whole episode this week is that there’s a news story. The Information reported that OpenAI might launch a search engine. I shared this on LinkedIn and what I said at the time was "this is a major development with broad implications for businesses that get a significant portion of their website traffic from Google. Whether it’s organic search, paid search, meta search, local search, etc., any loss in Google’s market share could impact your revenue. This doesn’t mean Google is going away or that they’ll fail, but the potential market shift could have long term effects."
I mean, when’s the last time we cared about a new competitor to Google? Right? It’s been a minute. So, this could have a lot of effects on you in the longer term, and it’s something I’ve talked about here quite a bit over the last few years, so I’m not going to belabor the point now, but I will come back to it a little bit later.
The last news story I want to talk about is that ChatGPT did some weird stuff over the last 24 hours. I don’t know if it’s still going on. I don’t know if it has been corrected yet. What I do know is that this thing has been doing some weird, wacky stuff. Last night when I heard that this was going on, I asked ChatGPT for its take on how OpenAI’s potential new search engine could affect the market.
And I’m, the first chunk it replied with was perfectly fine, perfectly normal. However, when it got to its fifth point, it started going off the rails in a weird way. And so I’m going to read you a lengthy excerpt. This is a quote from ChatGPT. Starting with:
“Item 5. Caveats to unbridled growth and self correction. The very appeal of every neotech market headliner is its scale and insatiability. First, will there be youth in all Azure titted cubes, or perhaps governance, ethics, and disenfranchised auditoriums could hard stop correctly any singular surf logic, perhaps right sizing to several bookhouse keepers? Six: Future Model Policies and Strategic Legislation. New teleco landscapes or great shadowing lanes of e-clearance and host source munitioning personally might take traffic abreast anchoring light to algorithmic pendants."
I’m sorry, what? I want to be very clear, I, you’re not having a stroke as you’re listening to that. I’m not having a stroke as I’m saying it, but it sure seems like ChatGPT was. What in the world?
I have to give you one more line that said, for those of you who are listening to this while you’re driving in your car or something, I do apologize, I don’t mean to make you drive off the road or whatever, but it’s last line said:
"The seers pipe calls for acceptance of not unusual throw, but swift strategics, genius incrementals, and earth spin grit to not just take, but throw a mill’s engine in case."
What?!? Now, look, we all know that artificial intelligence, that generative AI tools, can experience hallucinations. I’ve not seen any of the text tools hallucinate this badly in a pretty good while. Like, this is nutty, and last I knew as of, oh, 10 o’clock in the morning on Wednesday, February 21st, 2024, this was still going on some of the time.
Which brings me to a smaller point I want to get to here. Now, I have said for some time that ChatGPT faces an uphill climb.
I’ve talked about the threats to Google a lot. But I haven’t always talked as much about the threats to Bing, Microsoft, and ChatGPT. They absolutely could lose. I wrote in an article for HospitalityNet a year ago, this is a quote from the article,
“With no disrespect intended to Microsoft and Bing, they haven’t found a way to bump Google from its throne, despite decades of experience in the search market. Cool technology alone does not equal a successful product. Microsoft and Bing could win, but I’ll believe they’ve succeeded this time when they succeed."
It’s not like Microsoft is new at challenging Google. They just have never managed to beat them. And as we’re just seeing with this nonsense that occurred, that’s kind of a sign of why this is so hard, right? ChatGPT has been doing great up until today or yesterday, and who knows what this is going to do to them.
My very, very good friend Mike Moran and I have been having an email debate/discussion over the last couple of days and he very, very, very intelligently points out that Google is wise to move cautiously here. They are the dominant brand. They have the most to lose if it goes wrong, potentially more than they have to win if it goes right. We certainly know people are motivated as much by fear, if not more so, than they are by upsides. So, it’s understandable that they would be cautious. I have some specific issues when I talk about Google’s lack of vision, that they’re not communicating that caution well, in my view. But, maybe other people feel differently. And this is certainly a sign of why you want to move cautiously, if you’re Google.
By the way, I want to make a quick aside about Microsoft’s position in the space at the moment. Again, some of this comes from my friend Mike Moran, who noted that despite the massive investments that Microsoft has made in OpenAI, they don’t own the company, and they don’t control the company.
Now, I’ve heard arguments from a number of people that suggest this is a benefit for Microsoft. They get all the benefits of OpenAI’s models. They’re only responsible for part of the cost. And they’re very much isolated from brand risk during periods when ChatGPT does something like, I don’t know, losing its damned mind. If their products are isolated from that, that’s no harm to them.
There are also strong arguments to be made, some of these from my friend Mike, that talk about why this is bad for Microsoft. Yeah, they influence the product, but they don’t control it. In other words, OpenAI probably listens to Microsoft, but they’re going to do what’s best for their business.
It reminds me of a lesson I learned years ago about joint ventures between big companies. The joint venture has to exist for the benefit of the child, the joint venture itself, not the benefit of its parents, the companies that are jointly partnered on this thing. I led a joint venture between a hotel company and a group of outside investors and we often struggled to move forward on things because each owner wanted different things that they felt were best for their businesses, not necessarily what was best for the business they had invested in that I was running. It can be really, really icky and frustrating if you have to deal with it every day. Trust me on this one, I know.
In any case, Microsoft is playing a very different game than Google. And it’s going to be interesting how this shakes out over theintermediate term, right? The benefits might turn out to be benefits, the downsides might turn out to be downsides. Probably a little bit of both. But we’re going to have to see what happens there. We know for sure that it’s going to be a different reality than what Google’s going through.
And just to close the loop on why Google is so tough to beat, as I posted a comment on that LinkedIn thread I referenced earlier,
"I doubt Google loses right away, if at all. Not only do they have as much or more data than anyone else, they’ve got an immense amount of processing horsepower available, a generally great brand, oh, and a war chest of more than 100 billion dollars in cash on hand."
By the way, that’s billion with a B. That’s a lot of money. They’re going to be really tough to unseat.
Okay, so I said that these four news stories all had one common theme. And the common theme, the thing that I think you should be taking away from this is the pace of innovation that we’re seeing, and specifically the pace of technology innovation. I’m putting emphasis on the words "technology innovation" here because we haven’t yet seen any real innovation in business practices or business models.
To me, when I look at what we’re seeing right now, it looks a bit like the dot-com boom all over again. It’s really hard to know where we are in big picture terms because everything is changing so fast. But I’d equate where we are at the moment to the internet maybe in 1997 or 1998:
Again, I refer to my point about Bing not yet beating Google. They’ve got good tech, but we’re not sure if it’s a good product yet. ChatGPT is good tech. We’re not sure if it’s a good product yet.
Google is taking a deliberate pace with its product. I don’t know what it’s doing in terms of its tech. When I talk about their lack of vision, part of this is its articulated vision. It’s what are they saying out loud? Maybe the product ideas they have are phenomenal, but they haven’t talked about them yet, they’re still talking about the tech.
Now just to be clear, I said earlier, and I’m going to say this again, good technology does not equal a good product.
That’s the place where many companies have failed, and we saw this a ton during the dot-com boom. There was a company called Pets.com that essentially today is Chewy. But what they hadn’t figured out was how do we actually deliver things like dog food economically? And so they burned through a ton of money and went out of business.
There were companies like Flooz.com, that was digital currency. There were companies like Webvan that did grocery delivery. All of these are things that exist today. But the companies don’t, because they didn’t figure out how to make a business out of what they were offering.
Yes, Google brought in really great search products, but also they brought in a really great business model with their ads and with AdWords because that actually paid for all this and has made them an incredibly successful business. We’ll see whether Microsoft or OpenAI is able to monetize generative AI in the way that Google monetized search and is able to turn it into a business in the same way. Right now, we just don’t know. So that’s something you really want to be clear about.
The other reason that right now it’s tough to predict exactly where we are is things are moving so fast. You know, my analogy that right now we’re in 1997 or 1998 is we don’t know if next year is going to be 1999 or if it’s going to be 2004 or if it’s going to be 2011, right? Things are just changing that fast.
What’s definitely true Is that we are in a gold rush right now. And as you all know, in a gold rush, the big winners are the people who sell picks and shovels. So when we start to think about who’s likely to win in the AI moment or wherever we end up with AI, at least for now, the big winners are the folks who would expect. It is Google. It is OpenAI. It’s Microsoft. It’s Amazon. It’s the people I was talking about over the last couple weeks.
I’ve been slagging Google like crazy. They’re also not exactly collapsing under their own weight. My point has not been that Google will fail. My point is that they don’t have as clearly articulated a vision as the other folks out there. And they, if they fail, that there is a playbook by which that’s going to occur that they appear to be following. We’ll see if that holds true, right?
They’re also still in a very, very, very powerful position. They have long since figured out how to productize cool technology. And it’s very clear that Microsoft has a clear vision of how to do that. And I think it’s pretty clear that OpenAI and Amazon have a pretty clear way of how to do that. So, we’re going to see the dominant players probably remain dominant.
The threat to Google specifically, and I’m going to repeat something I said the other day, is that every time a customer uses any tool to search, so a developer uses GitHub Copilot, a shopper uses Amazon’s Rufus, a marketer uses Microsoft 365 Copilot, a product manager riffs on an idea in ChatGPT, a writer uses Perplexity or Claude or so on, that’s potentially a lost click for Google and lost revenues for Google.
But notice what I said there. For the most part, I’m talking about Microsoft. I’m talking about Amazon. I’m talking about Microsoft. I’m talking about OpenAI. Yeah, Perplexity and Claude are new and could come out and be big winners in the longer term. But they’re still a lot bigger than folks who are putting AI into their products and services, right? You would expect Adobe’s gonna be fine. You would expect that Salesforce is gonna be fine. The people selling picks and shovels are the ones who are going to win, at least in the near term.
Some of the folks who are out there right now with cool technology are going to end up being tomorrow’s Pets.com or tomorrow’s Webvan. That’s the reality that we’re facing. And until we, until things shake out a little more, I would still bet on the people who hold the picks and shovels.
Which brings me to my largest point, and the one that I talk about all the time, which you’ve heard me say a million times on this show that "gatekeepers gonna gate."
Notice who we’re talking about in this. We’re talking about the Big Tech folks. We’re talking about the folks who are gatekeepers to you. And we’re talking about the folks who get between you and your customer pretty much all the time. And if you’re not thinking about how do I connect with my customer beyond the gatekeepers, beyond Big Tech, You’re setting yourself up for a lot of trouble.
I’ve given a scenario a number of times on various episodes of the show where I talked about Google losing just a handful of points of market share. If you think about it, search that comes in at the top of the funnel, informational search, means that’s 5 percent of site visitors you can’t retarget. It means your email list doesn’t grow as fast. It means your ABM campaigns have less data to build from and learn from.
It means that either you have to spend more to attract awareness and interest in your product or service, or you have to place your product on places like Amazon or Google product search or somewhere else.
In either case, you’re spending money with Big Tech. They win, you lose, at least a little. I think of companies I’ve worked with, that get at least 5 percent of traffic from informational search and that I’m reasonably confident turned into revenue later. Certainly, a lot more than 5 percent of traffic and probably at least a bit more than 5 percent of revenue.
And it doesn’t matter whether you’re a billion dollar company or a 10 million dollar company. 5 percent, at minimum, is still a lot of money. Nobody likes telling their boss that they missed forecasts even by as little as 5%. It’s not a good place to be.
So it comes back to, how are you building connections with your customers independent of Big Tech? How are you building connections with customers so that regardless of whether they’re using search, or they’re using AI, or they’re using whatever else comes down the pike someday, they still are looking for you, they are still connecting with you, they are still engaging with your brand and your business in a way that works for you.
Because the other thing that we know about gold rushes is sometimes they’re busts at the end. And you don’t want to be the one holding a bunch of picks and shovels that you no longer need and having to turn back to the same company store you bought them from trying to find the next thing that will help you dig for gold.
That’s a losing strategy in the long term and one that you absolutely want to avoid no matter what next week’s headlines happen to be.
So, yes, we’ve had a really cool week for big tech, we’ve had a really cool week in AI, there have been lots of amazing news stories. So yeah, cool technology is really cool. Cool products are better. And cool businesses are best of all.
If we’re in a gold rush, try to make sure you’re selling picks and shovels at least to your customers so that they go looking for you — and so that you end up being a cool business no matter what happens with tech or the news around it.
Show Wrap-Up and CreditsNow, looking at the clock on the wall, we are out of time for this week.
And I want to remind you again that you can find the show notes for this episode. As well as an archive of all past episodes by going to timpeter.com/podcast. Again, that’s timpeter.com/podcast. Just look for episode 413.
Subscribe to Thinks Out LoudDon’t forget that you can click on the subscribe link in any of the episodes that you find there to have Thinks Out Loud delivered to your favorite podcatcher every single week. You can also find Thinks Out Loud on Apple Podcasts, Spotify, YouTube Music, anywhere fine podcasts are found.
Leave a Rating or Review for Thinks Out LoudI would also very much appreciate it if you could provide a positive rating or review for the show whenever you use one of those services.
If you like what you hear on Thinks Out Loud, if you enjoy what we talk about, if you like being part of the community that we’re building here, please give us a positive rating or review.
Reviews help other listeners find the podcast. Reviews help other listeners understand what Thinks Out Loud is all about. They help to build our community and they mean the world to me. So thank you so much for doing that. I very, very much appreciate it.
Thinks Out Loud on Social MediaYou can also find Thinks Out Loud on LinkedIn by going to linkedin.com/tim-peter-and-associates-llc. You can find me on Twitter or X or whatever you want to call it this week by using the Twitter handle @tcpeter. And of course, you can email me by sending an email to podcast(at)timpeter.com. Again, that’s podcast(at)timpeter.com.
Show OutroFinally, and I know I say this a lot, I want you to know how thrilled I am that you keep listening to what we do here. It means so much to me. You are the reason we do this show.
You’re the reason that Thinks Out Loud happens every single week. So please, keep your messages coming on LinkedIn. Keep hitting me up on Twitter, sending things via email. I love getting a chance to talk with you, to hear what’s going on in your world, and to learn how we can do a better job building on the types of content and community and information and insights that work for you and work for your business.
So with all that said, I hope you have a fantastic rest of your day, I hope you have a wonderful week ahead, and I will look forward to speaking with you here on Thinks Out Loud next time. Until then, please be well, be safe, and as always, take care, everybody.
The post Revisiting Picks, Shovels, and the AI Gold Rush (Thinks Out Loud) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
If you’re like most people, you might think of anniversaries as a time for looking back. Not me. Usually, I prefer to look ahead. But, this year, I’m making an exception. Only, I’m not looking back to celebrate the thirteen years that Tim Peter & Associates has existed. Nope, I’m looking back… well, just a little bit further. 45 years, in fact.
Why 45 years? Why so far? And what does that have to do with marketing, digital or otherwise?
Well, that’s what this episode of Thinks Out Loud is all about. I hope you’ll give a listen and see for yourself.
Want to learn more? Here are the show notes for you.
Lessons Learned: The TPA Anniversary Show (Thinks Out Loud Episode 420) — Headlines and Show NotesShow Notes and Links* 1979 oil crisis – Wikipedia * Oil Shock of 1978–79 | Federal Reserve History * Paperboy – Wikipedia * Recapping 2023 Part 2 — Personal Lessons Learned (Thinks Out Loud Episode 407) * Recapping 2023 — Lessons Learned Professional and Podcast (Thinks Out Loud Episode 406) * Revisiting "What I’ve Learned in 10 Years as an Entrepreneur" * There’s No Going Back. You Can Only Go Forward (Thinks Out Loud Episode 312) * Content Marketing in Action: 10 Years of Thinks Out Loud (Episode 359) * Revisiting "What Are We Doing Here?" * What Do You Want Next Year to Be? Here’s How to Be a STAR (Thinks Out Loud 333) * Revisiting Gratitude 2023 (Thinks Out Loud)
You might also enjoy this webinar I recently participated in with Miles Partnership that looked at "The Power of Generative AI and ChatGPT: What It Means for Tourism & Hospitality" here:
Free DownloadsWe have some free downloads for you to help you navigate the current situation, which you can find right here:
Best of Thinks Out LoudYou can find our “Best of Thinks Out Loud” playlist on Spotify right here:
Subscribe to Thinks Out Loud* Subscribe in iTunes * Subscribe in the Google Play Store
Contact information for the podcast: podcast@timpeter.com
Past Insights from Tim Peter ThinksTechnical Details for Thinks Out LoudRecorded using the travel rig: Shure SM57 Cardioid Dynamic Instrument Microphone and a IK Multimedia iRig Pro Duo IO USB audio interface into Logic Pro X for the Mac.
Running time: 19m 19s
You can subscribe to Thinks Out Loud in iTunes, the Google Play Store, via our dedicated podcast RSS feed (or sign up for our free newsletter). You can also download/listen to the podcast here on Thinks using the player at the top of this page.
Transcript: Lessons Learned: The TPA Anniversary ShowWell hello again everyone and welcome back to Thinks Out Loud. Your source for all the digital expertise your business needs. My name is Tim Peter. This is episode 420 of The Big Show, and thank you so much for tuning in. I genuinely appreciate it. I think we’ve got a really cool show for you today. I think we’ve got some interesting stuff to talk about.
As it happens, April is the anniversary of Tim Peter & Associates, of the company here, and this is our 13th anniversary. And it is pretty typical for a lot of places when it’s your anniversary or, you know, you’re celebrating some big milestone for you to look back over the last, you know, in our case, 13 years or something.
But I don’t want to look back 13 years, I want to look back 45 years. And specifically, I want to talk about the oil crisis of 1979. Now, you’re probably thinking, wait, what does the oil crisis of 1979 have to do with digital? And the answer is, not much. I mean, really. It has a lot to do with me. It has a lot to do with me personally.
Because the funny thing about the oil crisis of 1979, the only funny thing about the oil crisis of 1979, was that it was the first time I ever made good money. Now let me explain. First, the oil crisis itself was a major disruption. It drove much higher gas prices for many people. And more importantly for the story, the rationing of gasoline.
What would happen is that you weren’t allowed to buy gas just any day. Instead, it had to correspond to your license plate number. If your license plate number ended in an even number, you could buy gas on, for instance, Monday, Wednesday, Friday, Sunday. And odd numbers could buy on Tuesday, Thursday, Saturday.
And then it would loop around the next week, where odd numbers would be Monday, Wednesday, Friday, Sunday, etc. I assume it rotated each week. I say assume because I was 10 years old. I couldn’t drive and don’t really know exactly how it worked. That’s certainly how it worked in my memory.
In the spirit of technical accuracy, I can speak to, though, I was not ten. I was ten and a half. Which, I mean, at that age, matters, right? And that was the year I had my very first job. I was a paperboy. Again, in the spirit of technical accuracy, it was my brother’s paper route. He was 16, though, and he was able to get a better job in the summer, so the route fell to me. I don’t remember how much I got paid for managing the route, but it wasn’t much, maybe 4 or 5.
Which, in today’s money, you can multiply any number I save from 1979 by about 4. 25. So, I was maybe making 15 to 20 a week. Or, about what you’d give a 10 year old kid in allowance today, I think. Anyway, once I completed my daily deliveries, I’d walk past the cars lined up to buy gas and sell any extra newspapers I had left over.
You know, make a little extra money with my surplus inventory. One day while I was doing this, there was some driver who’d been sick of sitting there for forever who couldn’t leave his car. And said he’d give me 50 cents if I’d grab him a cup of coffee and a sandwich from a deli right down the street. I said, sure thing.
I mean, 50 cents was roughly two bucks in today’s money. Or, as my then ten and a half year old brain thought about it, roughly two comic books. I mean, who’s not going to take that deal, right? Anyway, another driver saw me making the delivery and asked if I’d do the same for them. And this continued again and again and again.
The next thing you know, driver after driver took advantage of my new service, ordering coffee, snacks, cigarettes. Yes, they would sell 10 year olds packs of cigarettes in those days. At least if they knew or if you told them that they were for an adult. At any rate, I soon had a fairly successful analog honest to goodness door dash on my hands.
Dashing between cars in the deli and often clearing seven to ten bucks a day in extra money. Again, that’s about 30 45 per day in today’s money, which is a fortune for a 10 year, excuse me, 10 and a half year old. I kept this up for weeks. And I ended up with the comics, and D& D books, and Matchbox cars, and Star Wars action figures to prove it.
As a friend of mine said on LinkedIn, it’s a shame I took them out of their packaging. That would have been worth more than I made in actual money. But you didn’t know, and plus they were fun to play with, so what are you gonna do? I even saved some of the money. I know, that’s shocking, but I managed to save some of the money.
By the way, during this time, Inflation was at about 9 percent for 1979. And the Federal Reserve Bank increased interest rates over the next couple of years that reached 19 percent by 1981. My in laws have frequently told me the story of the house that they bought in 1982 at a 19 percent interest rate on their mortgage.
I mean, staggering numbers. And let’s be fair, this was terrible news for most people. At the same time, any money that I saved, any money that I put in the bank, and any money that anyone else was able to save during such terrible inflationary period, was earning unreal interest rates.
So there was money to be made. At the same time as lots of people were hurting. Now this trip down memory lane serves as a reminder that even bad times can provide the seeds of opportunity. Or, if you’ll pardon the cliche, every cloud has a silver lining. My best friend’s father back then, who was a tool and dye specialist, Put a couple of small machines in his basement workshop and took on small jobs, you know, mostly replacement parts for machines in, you know, small manufacturing companies and the like.
It was the first side hustle I’d ever seen. It was the first time I’d seen somebody working outside their 9 to 5 job to make extra money. I’m sure it had existed for years before that. I just hadn’t encountered it to that point. And my friend’s dad worked hard, he put in extra hours on nights and weekends after he came home from his full time job as a tool and dive specialist, like the man worked.
Even my friend, who was also 10, helped out, you know, doing small parts that weren’t too dangerous for a 10 year old, or buffing them or dusting them after they were completed, putting them in boxes, things like that. The upside from that story is during a time when gas prices were ridiculously high and inflation was even higher, my friend’s blue collared dad earned enough in extra income to drive his family From New Jersey to Florida to go to Walt Disney World and had a lovely vacation that summer.
I didn’t go, I didn’t get to go, I didn’t go to Walt Disney World for years after that. And, you know, was super jealous even with all the money I was making. At any rate, all of these were lessons that served me well. It’s amazing the things you learn as a kid. That serve you throughout the rest of your life.
I lived through this in 1999 when the dot com bubble burst. I lived through this in 2008 when the economy melted down. And in March 2020, we all lived through this with the pandemic in a really big way. My sales pipeline, the pipeline for this company, fell effectively to zero. In basically a week, because of the emerging COVID 19 pandemic, people who were thinking about doing work with us suddenly said, you know what, we’re not sure we’re ready to do a project right now.
People who were doing projects said, we’re going to have to put this on hold. At least two of my hotel clients closed their doors permanently, opting instead to sell off the real estate, instead of trying to hold on for some indeterminate period of time. Learn During the pandemic, I worked with several other clients to ensure that they got the help they needed without worrying about getting paid.
As I said to at least two people at the time, I don’t want my invoice to be the last check your company ever writes. We figured it out. We made it work. I wasn’t just trying to be a good guy. I was trying to make sure people stayed in business. I also was worried about my own business. I was worried we might be in big trouble.
What happened though, as happened when I was a little kid with a paper route, there were big opportunities at the same time as a big crisis. Large enterprises, who’d frankly ignored digital for years, came to me in droves. Literally, one of my favorite things I heard somebody say during that time was a marketing manager for a fairly large industrial manufacturer who said to me half kidding, you know, it looks like this web thing might actually be pretty important.
At least I think he was kidding. But it turned out to be true. You know, an opportunity to find new business in new areas and take skills that I’d developed working for companies primarily in the service industry for years and applying them in industries like manufacturing. I also partnered with the New Jersey Small Business Development Center and the U.
S. Small Business Administration to help small businesses, retailers, restaurants, bars, hair salons, Use digital to grow their businesses. How could they figure out how to stay in contact with their customers and continue to make some sales to keep themselves afloat? It wasn’t about the money. It was about helping small and mid sized businesses find a way to manage through the pandemic. Keep their doors open. Keep paying their employees. Keep feeding their families.
It was incredibly powerful, it was incredibly fulfilling, and I learned at least as much as I helped other people learn during that process. Because there were so many new areas we were applying this to, so many new areas where we were getting real time information about, is this working or not?
And it was easy. To see the benefits that businesses were getting from it. You could just tell when people were actually seeing it work. Very, very fulfilling. Very, very meaningful to me. Now, my point isn’t to make me look like some kind of hero here. It’s not. Plenty of the time, my team and I were making things up as we went.
Sure, we were applying lessons we’d learned over the years. Sure, we were drawing on experience and skills that we had developed. At the same time, we were in a different world where customer behaviors were changing rapidly and dramatically. So there were lots of things we weren’t sure were going to work in some contexts.
And I’d love to tell you that 100 percent of everything we did worked. Of course that’s not the case. Still, we learned. We improved and we’re stronger today than we ever were before the pandemic. And that’s why I started by talking about 45 years ago. Anniversaries, I don’t pay that much attention to generally.
My view is that looking back, Only serves four purposes. One, to review the lessons that you’ve learned. In good times and in bad. Two, to evaluate whether those lessons still apply to the world we live in today. Three, to plan how you’re going to make it to your next anniversary. Or, you know, your next 13.
And four, well, I’ll tell you about the fourth one in a minute. What I want to say first is that almost none of those are about looking back for the sake of looking back. They’re about looking forward. They’re about evaluating where you are today and what you’re going to do tomorrow and the next day and the next.
And the next, whether things are tough for your business right now, in which case, I’m very sorry to hear that, or you’re having the best year ever, you need to remind yourself that every day is another chance to find the opportunities that exist out there. Just like I learned to do when I was a 10 year old kid.
Just like I learned to do during the dot com bust. Just like I’ve learned to do during 2008, just like I’ve learned to do during the pandemic, and just like I’ve learned to do plenty of times during the good times, too. Lots of opportunities exist out there. I can’t wait to see what you do with this one.
Finally, I said that I’d tell you about the fourth reason to look back in a minute. Well it’s this, looking back gives you the opportunity to express gratitude for all the people who’ve helped you along the way. And for me, those people include you. We do this show for you. You help the team and you help me craft the information and the insights, the concepts, the content, the community that we’re trying to build here at Thinks Out Loud.
So thank you so much for tuning in today. Thank you so much for tuning in every week. Thank you so much for tuning in for all of the years we’ve had the show and for the last 13 years that my business has existed. Your support means the world to me. So, I want to thank you so much for being with us and helping us make it this far.
Show Wrap-Up and CreditsNow, looking at the clock on the wall, we are out of time for this week.
And I want to remind you again that you can find the show notes for this episode. As well as an archive of all past episodes by going to timpeter.com/podcast. Again, that’s timpeter.com/podcast. Just look for episode 420.
Subscribe to Thinks Out LoudDon’t forget that you can click on the subscribe link in any of the episodes that you find there to have Thinks Out Loud delivered to your favorite podcatcher every single week. You can also find Thinks Out Loud on Apple Podcasts, Spotify, YouTube Music, anywhere fine podcasts are found.
Leave a Rating or Review for Thinks Out LoudI would also very much appreciate it if you could provide a positive rating or review for the show whenever you use one of those services. If you like what we do here on Thinks Out Loud, if you like what we talk about, if you like being part of the community that we’re trying to build, please give us a positive rating or review.
Reviews help other listeners find the podcast, they help other listeners understand what Thinks Out Loud is all about, they help to build our community. And they mean the world to me, so thank you so much for doing that. I very, very much appreciate it.
Thinks Out Loud on Social MediaYou can also find Thinks Out Loud on LinkedIn by going to linkedin.com/tim-peter-and-associates-llc. You can find me on Twitter or X or whatever you want to call it by using the Twitter handle @tcpeter. And of course, you can email me by sending an email to podcast(at)timpeter.com. Again, that’s podcast(at)timpeter.com.
Show OutroI know I said this a moment ago, but again, I want to thank you one last time for listening to the show today and every single week.
It means more to me than I have the words to say. We would not do this show without you, and I’m so thrilled you choose to spend your time listening to us.
So, with all of that said, I hope you have a fantastic rest of your day. I hope you have a wonderful week ahead, and I will look forward to speaking with you here on Thinks Out Loud next time.
Until then, please, be well, be safe, and as always, take care, everybody.
The post Lessons Learned: The TPA Anniversary Show (Thinks Out Loud Episode 420) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
AI has the potential to make our teams faster and more effective. But will this power also make marketers dumber? Will it hurt their ability to learn and to grow?
Turns out the answer depends entirely on how we use it. We learn by doing, by thinking, and, yes, by sometimes failing. Senior marketing leaders — and business professional of all kinds — need to think about how they and their teams are using AI to ensure we help our teams get smarter while they’re also getting faster. Because, otherwise, their effectiveness will only exist for a short while.
How can you use AI to make your marketing team smarter? How can you help them grown and learn and build expertise? That’s what this episode of the Thinks Out Loud podcast is all about. Want to learn more? Here are the show notes for you.
Will AI Make Marketers Dumber? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 419) — Headlines and Show NotesShow Notes and Links* Co-Intelligence: Living and Working with AI: Mollick, Ethan: 9780593716717: Amazon.com: Books * In Digital Marketing, Practice Does Not Make Perfect. Perfect Practice Makes Perfect (Thinks Out Loud Episode 217) * Will Your Customers Use AI? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 418) * What AI Will Do to Content Marketing (Thinks Out Loud Episode 402) * Why You Need to Ignore the Coming AI Backlash (Thinks Out Loud Episode 417) * Revisiting 2024 Predictions: Putting AI in Marketing to Work (Thinks Out Loud) * Revisiting Is It Time for Your Marketing Team to Use AI? (Thinks Out Loud) * AI Won’t Steal Your Job: Smart People Who Put AI to Work Will (Thinks Out Loud Episode 208)
You might also enjoy this webinar I recently participated in with Miles Partnership that looked at "The Power of Generative AI and ChatGPT: What It Means for Tourism & Hospitality" here:
Free DownloadsWe have some free downloads for you to help you navigate the current situation, which you can find right here:
Best of Thinks Out LoudYou can find our “Best of Thinks Out Loud” playlist on Spotify right here:
Subscribe to Thinks Out Loud* Subscribe in iTunes * Subscribe in the Google Play Store
Contact information for the podcast: podcast@timpeter.com
Past Insights from Tim Peter ThinksTechnical Details for Thinks Out LoudRecorded using a Shure SM7B Vocal Dynamic Microphone and a Focusrite Scarlett 4i4 (3rd Gen) USB Audio Interface into Logic Pro X for the Mac.
Running time: 18m 17s
You can subscribe to Thinks Out Loud in iTunes, the Google Play Store, via our dedicated podcast RSS feed (or sign up for our free newsletter). You can also download/listen to the podcast here on Thinks using the player at the top of this page.
Transcript: Will AI Make Marketers Dumber?Well, hello again, everyone, and welcome back to Thinks Out Loud, your source for all the digital expertise your business needs. This is episode 419 of The Big Show, and thank you so much for tuning in. I very much appreciate it. I think we have a really cool show for you today. I, I’m really happy about what we’re talking about today because it’s something that is very, very important to me.
And I recognize that this is primarily a marketing and e commerce and digital strategy podcast. That’s most of what I talk about here. At the same time, I’ve had a weird career. I have not had a traditional career path, and I suspect I’m not alone. We all collect a ton of experiences over the course of our careers.
We’re much more than just our job titles. While I’ve worked as a marketer for more than 25 years, I also have a fairly broad background in training and education. I am an educator. I have taught at Rutgers Business School Executive Education for almost 11 years. And I also taught at New York University’s School of Continuing and Professional Studies for several years.
I’ve worked as a trainer in private sessions and for other companies for more than 25 years. I even have a certification in instructional design, though to be fair, I haven’t kept that up because it’s not where I spend most of my time these days. The reason I do that work, though, on top of the other things that I do, is that I care deeply about the future of business, Of our community, and frankly of our world, our businesses and our community and our world only gets better if the people who follow us are smarter, more thoughtful, kinder than we are.
We all benefit in the long run by a smarter, more thoughtful, kinder world. Group of people. That is one of my most core beliefs. I, I think it’s just one of the most critical things we can do is prepare our teams and our people for the future. And that brings us to artificial intelligence. I’ve long said that AI won’t take our jobs, but smart people who use AI might.
The question is, will AI make us smarter, or will it make us dumber? The answer appears to be almost entirely within our control. I feel pretty strongly about that. And one of the things that leads me in this direction is that I’ve been reading Wharton professor Ethan Mollick’s outstanding new book, Co Intelligence, Living and Working with AI.
You should read it. It’s very much worth your time. One chapter in the book in particular caught my eye and felt a little thin to me. Not because it’s bad, not because I think he’s wrong, but because I think it’s early. The chapter is called AI as a Coach. And Malek opens the chapter by saying, The biggest danger to our educational system posed by AI is not its destruction of homework, but But rather, it’s undermining of the hidden system of apprenticeship that comes after formal education.
He goes on to say, For most professional workers, leaving school for the workforce marks the beginning of their practical education, not the end. Education is followed by years of on the job training, which can range from organized training programs to a few years of late nights and angry bosses yelling at you about menial tasks.
Many of you have lived through this, right? I know I have. You know, he says, people have traditionally gained experience by starting at the bottom. The carpenter’s apprentice, the intern at a magazine, the medical resident. These are usually pretty horrible jobs, but they serve a purpose. Only by learning from more experienced experts in a field and trying and failing under their tutelage, Do amateurs become experts?
He then lays out the problem. He said as much as an intern or a first year lawyer doesn’t like being yelled at for doing a bad job, their boss usually would rather just see the job done fast than deal with the emotions and errors of a real human being. So they will do it themselves with AI, which, if not yet the equivalent of a senior professional in many tasks, is often better than a new trainee.
He goes on to offer some evidence that this is already occurring, and that points to the risk. As he writes in the book, he says, Even as experts become the only people who can effectively check the work of ever more capable AIs, we are in danger of stopping the pipeline that creates experts. I share Mollick’s concern that that could be a big problem for your business in the longer run.
We’ve seen how other technologies have Hurt the time it takes for people to get better at what they do in some ways. And I’ll explain what I mean by that in a moment. Obviously, things like YouTube and things like your ability to text your boss or text someone more senior are enormous benefits. A clear case where the value of the ship outweighs the risk of the shipwreck.
What’s also true is that some of the opportunities, some of the risk behind those harder learnings is going away. I remember having to make a number of tough calls when my boss was traveling in the era before cell phones. She couldn’t be reached because she was on a flight or in a meeting overseas, or rarely given how hard she worked, on a beach.
But, but in those cases, something might come up that forced me to make decisions. As the only available, and I’m going to use this term loosely, expert, sometimes those decisions worked out great, and I got a feather in my cap, you know, yay me. Occasionally those decisions worked out less well, and I got direct and, you know, frequently less pleasant.
Feedback. Right? I was exactly like Ethan Mollick’s example of the apprentice carpenter or the magazine intern or the medical resident getting yelled at by angry bosses. Happily, this didn’t happen very often, but that doesn’t mean it didn’t happen. And in both cases, I learned. I learned what worked, I learned what didn’t work, and I got better at what I did.
What’s potentially different with AI. is that younger workers might not get the same opportunities. If you, the more senior person, just turned to AI to do the work, you might be killing the pipeline of smart people who could help you in the future. Now the thing is, I said I think this is pretty much within our control though.
We can fix this. We need to give our teams the opportunity to fail, because that’s how you learn. I mentioned I had a weird career. I was a music major. I did not go to school initially for business. I didn’t go to school initially for marketing. I went to school for music, music management, the business of music.
But I wanted to be a musician. I wanted to be a record producer. And one of the things I learned from that activity was that there’s a way to practice. There’s a way to improve. Uh, Professor Stephen Bryant, my, my old teacher, used to say, Practice doesn’t make perfect. Perfect practice makes perfect. This is such an important idea to me that I did an entire podcast episode about this, uh, episode 217 a few years ago.
Malek talks about this same reality in his book, too. Now, I want to be really clear. Perfect practice doesn’t mean you get it right every time. It’s not perfect every time. After all, if you could do it perfectly every time, you wouldn’t need practice. Instead, it’s about the process you follow. You timebox your practice session to work on a specific piece of music.
This is the music version. Obviously, you can see the business implications here. But you play your piece, and when you’ve finished, you take note of what went well and where you need to improve. Then you play it again, paying attention in particular to address the issues you identified during your first practice performance.
Afterwards, you again note what went well and what still needs work, and then you do it again. And again, and again, and so on. And you periodically meet with your teacher, who then reviews and gives you even more feedback on what’s going well and what’s not going so well. As it happens, AI can help with this.
As is so often the case, though, it’s not an either or situation. It’s a both and situation. One on one tutoring is proven to help people learn better and faster. Again, it’s the perfect practice situation. A tutor can point out where your mistakes are and offer guidance on how to improve them while they’re happening.
They have more expertise and can better recognize any mistakes than you could. Because you’re not an expert, right? The AI can work as a tutor, too. They can tell you when you’re doing a good job and when you’re not. What you then need to do, though, is have your team member meet with you and review what they’ve learned so that they are also getting true expert guidance and oversight.
As it happens, Malek has a chapter called AI as a Tutor in his book that talks about how this could work. The key point here, though, is that you need to commit to having your team learn hard lessons and get it wrong sometimes. The ideas behind test and learn, the ideas behind methodologies, take it as a given that not every idea pans out, that sometimes you fail.
So here’s an idea of what you could do. You, your team could use AI to brainstorm ideas. You could assign them tasks that you might actually have an AI do, but let them use AI. They’ll get it done faster. They also should exercise judgment and provide you with a recommendation based on what the AI offered.
They shouldn’t just come back with three or four options and say, you pick. They say, this is the one I would pick, which idea did the AI generate that they thought was best or that they worked with to hone into something that’s really good? Then make your team show their work. How did they get the answer?
What other options did they consider? Why did they think the one they’ve offered was the best one? That’s how they’ll learn. This becomes a both and. You’re using AI to a degree, you’re letting the people learn, and you’re also providing your expert guidance and oversight. We’ve all had weird careers. I started by saying I had a weird career.
Our younger marketers and salespeople and other business professionals will too. Preventing younger team members from using AI is a little bit like preventing kids from using calculators or computers. We want our younger workers to learn how to use these tools. I mean, you’re not going to have them revert to using an abacus or a typewriter, are you?
That’s just ridiculous. They need to learn how to use the tools that exist so they’re prepared to use them as they go forward. What’s also true is that they need to improve their critical thinking. They need to learn to become experts for themselves. And AI can help with that. It can help them improve.
It can help them hone their expertise. But only if, A, you provide feedback on their work and the specific reasoning they used that led to the choices that they did. And B, that you give them the opportunity to fail. You provide them the opportunity to get it wrong so that they can learn. By the way, they’re going to surprise you.
Most times they’re going to get it right. Because you hire smart people, right? But when they do, you’re there to provide additional guidance beyond what they got from the AI. Anything else, anything less, ensures that the education crisis Ethan Mollick talks about occurs. That the expertise crisis occurs.
And that’s bad for your business in the long run. I’ve said many times on this show that AI won’t steal your job. But smart people who use AI might. Turns out, the more I thought about it, maybe I was wrong. Because if you don’t let your team become smart people, AI will take your job, and your customers, and your business.
The choice is yours. I can’t wait to hear where you go with it.
Show Wrap-Up and CreditsNow, looking at the clock on the wall, we are out of time for this week.
And I want to remind you again that you can find the show notes for this episode. As well as an archive of all past episodes by going to timpeter.com/podcast. Again, that’s timpeter.com/podcast. Just look for episode 419.
Subscribe to Thinks Out LoudDon’t forget that you can click on the subscribe link in any of the episodes that you find there to have Thinks Out Loud delivered to your favorite podcatcher every single week. You can also find Thinks Out Loud on Apple Podcasts, Spotify, YouTube Music, anywhere fine podcasts are found.
Leave a Rating or Review for Thinks Out LoudI would also very much appreciate it if you could provide a positive rating or review for the show whenever you use one of those services.
If you like what you hear on Thinks Out Loud, if you enjoy what we talk about, if you like being part of the community that we’re building here, please give us a positive rating or review.
Reviews help other listeners find the podcast. Reviews help other listeners understand what Thinks Out Loud is all about. They help to build our community and they mean the world to me. So thank you so much for doing that. I very, very much appreciate it.
Thinks Out Loud on Social MediaYou can also find Thinks Out Loud on LinkedIn by going to linkedin.com/tim-peter-and-associates-llc. You can find me on Twitter or X or whatever you want to call it this week by using the Twitter handle @tcpeter. And of course, you can email me by sending an email to podcast(at)timpeter.com. Again, that’s podcast(at)timpeter.com.
Show OutroFinally, and I know I say this a lot, I want you to know how thrilled I am that you keep listening to what we do here. It means so much to me. You are the reason we do this show.
You’re the reason that Thinks Out Loud happens every single week. So please, keep your messages coming on LinkedIn. Keep hitting me up on Twitter, sending things via email. I love getting a chance to talk with you, to hear what’s going on in your world, and to learn how we can do a better job building on the types of content and community and information and insights that work for you and work for your business.
So with all that said, I hope you have a fantastic rest of your day, I hope you have a wonderful week ahead, and I will look forward to speaking with you here on Thinks Out Loud next time. Until then, please be well, be safe, and as always, take care, everybody.
The post Will AI Make Marketers Dumber? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 419) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
AI might be entering the “trough of disillusionment,” but that doesn’t mean it’s dead. Far from it. In fact, an increasing number of customers are using AI every single day. And, yet, despite this increased use, savvy marketers aren’t spending their time thinking about the artificial intelligence; they’re thinking about their customers.
That’s what you should do too.
Because AI isn’t what matters. Your customers are what matters. And AI only matters if your customers are willing to use it. So, will your customers use AI? If not, what’s keeping them from putting it to work? And, most importantly, how can you help them not only choose to use your AI tools, but also choose your business?
That’s what this episode of the Thinks Out Loud podcast is all about. Want to learn more? Here are the show notes for you.
Will Your Customers Use AI? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 418) — Headlines and Show NotesShow Notes and Links* Americans increasingly using ChatGPT, but few trust its 2024 election information | Pew Research Center * Should generative AI programs credit their sources? Many US adults say yes | Pew Research Center * Americans’ views of artificial intelligence | Pew Research Center * Edelman offers its Top 20 Brand Trust Factors – PDF link * OpenAI to open access to ChatGPT without sign-up- Republic World * Desk Set (1957) – Quotes – IMDb * Mini-MBA: Digital Marketing | Rutgers Business School * Why You Need to Ignore the Coming AI Backlash (Thinks Out Loud Episode 417) * Revisiting Is It Time for Your Marketing Team to Use AI? (Thinks Out Loud) * Revisiting 2024 Predictions: Putting AI in Marketing to Work (Thinks Out Loud) * No One is Talking About the Most Important Lessons from Google’s Gemini Launch Kerfuffle (Thinks Out Loud Episode 415) * Picks, Shovels, and the AI Gold Rush (Thinks Out Loud Episode 414) * Is Google Doomed? And Other Top Digital Trends for 2024 (Thinks Out Loud Episode 408) * What AI Will Do to Content Marketing (Thinks Out Loud Episode 402) * Techno-Optimism and Building a Human Brand (Thinks Out Loud Episode 399) * Building a Human Brand in the Age of AI (Thinks Out Loud Episode 398) * Rethinking Search Marketing in the Age of AI (Thinks Out Loud Episode 397) * Anticipating Radical Shifts in Consumer Behavior from AI Adoption: A Look into the Future (Thinks Out Loud Episode 396) * Revisiting Does Marketing Have a Future?
You might also enjoy this webinar I recently participated in with Miles Partnership that looked at "The Power of Generative AI and ChatGPT: What It Means for Tourism & Hospitality" here:
Free DownloadsWe have some free downloads for you to help you navigate the current situation, which you can find right here:
Best of Thinks Out LoudYou can find our “Best of Thinks Out Loud” playlist on Spotify right here:
Subscribe to Thinks Out Loud* Subscribe in iTunes * Subscribe in the Google Play Store
Contact information for the podcast: podcast@timpeter.com
Past Insights from Tim Peter ThinksTechnical Details for Thinks Out LoudRecorded using a Shure SM7B Vocal Dynamic Microphone and a Focusrite Scarlett 4i4 (3rd Gen) USB Audio Interface into Logic Pro X for the Mac.
Running time: 21m 58s
You can subscribe to Thinks Out Loud in iTunes, the Google Play Store, via our dedicated podcast RSS feed (or sign up for our free newsletter). You can also download/listen to the podcast here on Thinks using the player at the top of this page.
Transcript: Will Your Customers Use AI?Well hello again everyone and welcome back to Thinks Out Loud, your source for all the digital expertise your business needs. My name is Tim Peter. This is episode 418 of The Big Show. And I think we’ve got a really cool show for you today. I really appreciate you tuning in.
We’ve been doing a lot of episodes lately about artificial intelligence and how the technology might shape your business in the longer term. What I also want to do is I want you to remember that this is a marketing podcast, first and foremost. Marketing is always about people, not technology.
I think AI is so cool. I’m the one who decides what we talk about every single week. So clearly, artificial intelligence has been top of mind for me and for a lot of other people for the last bunch of months. At the same time, it’s really important to talk about how people are using AI, how your customers are using AI, and what that might mean for your business.
Because all of the technology in the world is only cool and only matters if your people use it, if your customers use it, if your team uses it. So, I thought it’d be a good time today to talk about where are we with in terms of customers? Will your customers use AI? Do your customers use AI? And the answer to that question is they are using AI, at least to some degree.
It doesn’t really matter if you’re talking a B2B context or a B2C context, so business to business or business to consumer. Your customers are using AI today. That’s obviously true if they’re using Google to do search, or if they’re using any number of Microsoft products, or if they’re using things like Salesforce, or HubSpot, or Adobe, or LinkedIn, or, you know, autocorrect on their phones, or… well, you get the idea.
AI is increasingly baked into many of the products, many of the services, many of the tools that your customers use every single day. And as I’ll get to in a minute, we should expect to see a lot more of that in the coming months. What’s also true is that most people don’t think they use AI very much at all.
Data from Pew Research shows that about 50 percent of Americans say they use artificial intelligence less than once per week. Another Pew Research report shows that only 23 percent of Americans have tried ChatGPT ever. If we want to flip that on its head, obviously that means that 77 percent of Americans have never, ever used ChatGPT.
And I’ll tell you more in a minute on why that matters. By the way, I, I hope you’ll pardon the provincialism here. I’m using U.S. only research at the moment. I know we’ve got a fair number of listeners all around the world, and I wanted to say thank you so much for listening. At the moment, though, I just don’t have a great source for this data outside the U.S. so that’s why I’m sticking with U.S. data for right now.
One of the things that appears to be true is that use of AI is more regular and more common among younger and wealthier and more educated consumers. And that’s even more true at work, according to data from the conference board, where we see more than half of all users are using AI at least once a week.
So, if your question is, are my customers using AI, you know, your customers, it really comes down to who your customers are. If they’re younger, wealthier, more educated, then they are using AI regularly at work and in their personal lives. If they’re older, if they’re less wealthy, if they’re less educated, then either they’re not using AI regularly. Or, in the case of artificial intelligence helping power Google Search, then it’s more likely that they’re not aware how regularly they may be using artificial intelligence.
We care about this because customer behaviors are ultimately what drive our business, right? We can try to influence customer behaviors as much as we can, and we do, but people behave the way they tend to behave.
And the behavior that we’re seeing from the less frequent user, least frequent users rather, excuse me, strikes me as the most likely long term reality for everybody. I’ve talked on this show many times about how technology becomes invisible. It’s the default state for technology after a certain period of adoption.
You’ve heard me use this example plenty of times, how on the original Star Trek, the doors on the ships automatically slide open and closed. That used to be science fiction. Now you see it in every store you go to. That’s true, by the way. Before Star Trek, that wasn’t a thing. I’d ask you, how much internet bandwidth do you use in a given month?
I suspect most people have no idea. I know that I don’t, actually, and I do this for a living. I suspect if it wasn’t for the fact that you pay your electric bill every month, I’m going to go out on a limb and say most people don’t think at all about the amount of electricity they use in a given week or month.
And when you do, I suspect it’s only because you know the amount of the bill, not the actual usage in watts or current or anything like that. So why should we think using AI will be any different? I’ve also talked in past episodes about the thousands of AI focused applications and companies that MarTechMap has catalogued.
So you’re a marketer, you’re using marketing technology in some part of your job. There’s AI baked into many of those tools, and it’s coming for all the ones that it’s not already in, right? And I suspect if you’re like most users, you couldn’t care less if those tools use AI or not. You care about whether the tool helps you do your job effectively.
How it does it under the hood isn’t really that relevant, or really, isn’t really that important. And that’s why I’m reasonably confident that’s where we’re going to end up in the longer term with artificial intelligence. I talked about this on last week’s show where we’re seeing people enter the trough of disillusionment. Not because they’re disillusioned with AI, but they’re disillusioned with the value that they’re getting from it.
People don’t care about AI, they care what it does for them. And that leads to the next question you want to think about, which is, what do your customers think about AI? Do they trust AI? And the answer, again, looking at the Pew Research, as well as some others that I’ll link to in the show notes, more or less is, not really.
And I think this is partly because so many people haven’t spent much time hands on with AI that they’re not really sure of what it can and can’t do. When we think about the fact that more than three quarters of Americans have never used ChatGPT once, they’re not going to be particularly trusting of it.
They’re not going to have a particular understanding of what it can and can’t do for them. Now that may change. OpenAI has opened up ChatGPT that you can now use it without an account. But we know that people are probably concerned about what it means for their careers, despite evidence that, at least according to the Census Bureau, AI mostly isn’t taking jobs.
Still, they’re concerned. And until your customers have more exposure and more experience with AI, they’re likely to remain distrustful. They’re likely to remain concerned. This is so normal, by the way. We saw this with the internet, too. I remember going through this when people were first exposed to the internet.
They weren’t really sure if it was something that they could trust. And, if my history is correct, the same thing happened when computers first came along. My wife and I love this old Katharine Hepburn/Spencer Tracy movie called Desk Set that came out in 1957. Spencer Tracy’s character has created a computer that’s also a search engine and installs it in Katharine Hepburn’s department at the corporation where she works.
And hilarity and romance ensue. Now, the reason I’m bringing this up is because now, apart from the fact that the film is delightful and you might enjoy it, is because Katharine Hepburn and her team, for most of the movie, are terrified at the prospect that this new machine is going to replace them and take their jobs away.
One of the characters even says, well, if we do get canned, we won’t be the only ones to lose our jobs because of a machine. Sound familiar? Right? By the way, there’s a line I love in the movie. This is a complete aside, but I hope you get a kick out of it. Katharine Hepburn’s character, Bonnie Watson, says she finds the machines and I quote, Frightening.
Gave me the feeling that maybe, just maybe, people were a little bit outmoded. And Spencer Tracy with a total deadpan expression replies wouldn’t surprise me a bit if they stopped making them. Ha ha ha, classic. I mean, but notice The same concerns again and again. This movie is almost 70 years old, but the concerns of the characters and the people, people just like you and me and your customers, make it still feel relevant today.
This is a dialogue we’ve been having for a long, long, long time. So that leads me to the most important questions you should be thinking about, which are, how are you going to use AI in your business, and how are you going to help your customers trust you that you’re using it well? I’ve addressed the first question in a ton of past episodes.
Check out the show notes in this show and I’ll provide links to many you can check out. I’m going to spend all of our remaining time together on the second question. Notice that as part of that question I didn’t ask, How are you going to help your customers trust the artificial intelligence? I asked, how are you going to help customers trust you and how you use it?
Why? Because, as I said a little bit ago, if you do it right, your customers don’t care whether you’re using AI or not. They care what it does for them. It’s about how you help them trust you. My friend Mark Schaefer has great advice about this that are words to live by right now that just echo in my skull repeatedly that say the most human company wins.
And that is so right. I teach a class for Rutgers Business School Executive Education called Personalized Digital Experiences. www. RutgersBusinessSchool. com And in that class, we talk a lot about A, collecting data from your customers, and B, using that data to improve customer experience and how you do it the right way.
One of the keys to doing those tasks effectively is staying away from what’s known as the creepy line. You know what the creepy line is, of course. It’s when companies do things that are creepy. They creep you out. For instance, if your favorite clothing retailer showed you something on their website or app that said, Here are some recommendations for pants and shirts you might like based on past purchases.
That’s generally not creepy. If they said instead, Wow, the size of clothing you’re buying sure has changed a lot suddenly. Are you eating properly? Right? I think we’d all agree that would be pretty creepy. Even if it’s intended to be helpful, it’s still so not cool. Now, there are four ways to avoid the creepy line that apply equally well to artificial intelligence.
The first of these is think big mother, not big brother. This idea comes from Forrester Research’s Julie Ask, and it is great, amazing, perfect framing. Think about if you’re using AI to make better experiences for your customers, or are you using it just because you can, just because you can do something cool.
The first of those is generally okay. Think The second of those might lead you towards doing things creepy because you’re not thinking about the customer, you’re thinking about the technology. Second, have a devil’s advocate. Have someone on your team whose bonus is based on stopping you from doing creepy stuff.
If everyone on your team’s bonus and salary and, oh, I don’t know, continued employment depends on doing something that veers towards creepy, I’ll give you one guess which choice they’re going to make. If instead, someone on the team is actively rewarded for pushing back on potentially creepy choices, you know, maybe a lawyer, maybe a programmer, maybe a business leader, someone with strong critical thinking skills, who’s thinking about the customer first and foremost, It minimizes the risk that you’ll do creepy stuff.
It will keep you away from the creepy line. Also, test. Third thing, test. Don’t be afraid to start with small scale tests. Start with a small audience. Start with a small task. Try that. Learn what works and what doesn’t. And then scale up over time to more tasks or more audiences or both. Fourth, and finally, Be transparent.
Don’t be afraid to let customers know how you’re using AI, why you’re using it, and how it benefits them. Offer them something like a frequently asked question and page. And if possible, and not always possible, but if you can, some way to opt out, so that if they’re not ready, they’re not forced to do this.
Let them know any actions you’re taking to mitigate risks to them and risks to your business. Microsoft The more we shine light on the benefits of AI and the benefits that it offers to our customers, the more likely it is that our customers will trust it, and by extension, trust you. So the key points you want to remember is that your customers are using AI at least some of the time.
That’s true in both B2B and B2C. The younger, wealthier, and more educated they are, the more they use and accept the tool. And the older, less wealthy, and less educated they are, the less they use AI, or at least the less they think they do. There is still a fair amount of mistrust around AI usage, and that mistrust is a normal part of technology adoption.
We’ve seen this before. Your job is to help your customers trust not only your use of AI, but your company overall as well. Keep Mark Schaefer’s immortal words, the most human company wins, front and center for you. You can help them trust you more by A, thinking big mother, not big brother, B, working with a devil’s advocate, C, testing to see what works, and D, offering transparency around how you’re using AI.
Your customers want the benefits artificial intelligence offers. That’s why they’re using it today. Your competitors are using AI in many cases to help provide those benefits. This is increasingly becoming table stakes. You can use AI too, but keep your focus on being human. Keep your focus on your customer.
Because customers ultimately want to work with people and companies they trust. If you do that, if you keep the focus on your customer, they won’t just keep coming back because of the AI. They’ll keep coming back because of you.
Show Wrap-Up and CreditsNow, looking at the clock on the wall, we are out of time for this week.
And I want to remind you again that you can find the show notes for this episode. As well as an archive of all past episodes by going to timpeter.com/podcast. Again, that’s timpeter.com/podcast. Just look for episode 418.
Subscribe to Thinks Out LoudDon’t forget that you can click on the subscribe link in any of the episodes that you find there to have Thinks Out Loud delivered to your favorite podcatcher every single week. You can also find Thinks Out Loud on Apple Podcasts, Spotify, YouTube Music, anywhere fine podcasts are found.
Leave a Rating or Review for Thinks Out LoudI would also very much appreciate it if you could provide a positive rating or review for the show whenever you use one of those services.
If you like what you hear on Thinks Out Loud, if you enjoy what we talk about, if you like being part of the community that we’re building here, please give us a positive rating or review.
Reviews help other listeners find the podcast. Reviews help other listeners understand what Thinks Out Loud is all about. They help to build our community and they mean the world to me. So thank you so much for doing that. I very, very much appreciate it.
Thinks Out Loud on Social MediaYou can also find Thinks Out Loud on LinkedIn by going to linkedin.com/tim-peter-and-associates-llc. You can find me on Twitter or X or whatever you want to call it this week by using the Twitter handle @tcpeter. And of course, you can email me by sending an email to podcast(at)timpeter.com. Again, that’s podcast(at)timpeter.com.
Show OutroFinally, and I know I say this a lot, I want you to know how thrilled I am that you keep listening to what we do here. It means so much to me. You are the reason we do this show.
You’re the reason that Thinks Out Loud happens every single week. So please, keep your messages coming on LinkedIn. Keep hitting me up on Twitter, sending things via email. I love getting a chance to talk with you, to hear what’s going on in your world, and to learn how we can do a better job building on the types of content and community and information and insights that work for you and work for your business.
So with all that said, I hope you have a fantastic rest of your day, I hope you have a wonderful week ahead, and I will look forward to speaking with you here on Thinks Out Loud next time. Until then, please be well, be safe, and as always, take care, everybody.
The post Will Your Customers Use AI? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 418) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
I’m calling it: We’ve reached “peak AI.” There’s too much hype. With over $50B in venture capital investment in 2023 and literally thousands of “AI focused companies” in marketing technology alone, that’s a bubble that needs to let at least some air out and soon. And when that happens, we usually see a serious backlash. My advice to you if and when that happens for artificial intelligence is simple: Ignore it.
Seriously. You need to ignore any AI backlash. Not because it won’t be justified… at least in part. But because hype and backlash are two sides of the same coin. One side assumes everything is amazing and can never go wrong. The other assumes everything is terrible and can never go right. And, at least as we’re seeing with AI, neither of those is true.
Sure, AI is overhyped. And, yes, you want to ignore that hype. At the same time, artificial intelligence is also capable of improving your content, focusing your thinking, and helping your customers have better experiences. Why wouldn’t you embrace that?
How can you use AI to drive better results? Where should you put your focus? And why is it so important to ignore the coming AI backlash? That’s what this episode of Thinks Out Loud is all about.
Here are the show notes for you.
Why You Need to Ignore the Coming AI Backlash (Thinks Out Loud Episode 417) — Headlines and Show NotesShow Notes and Links* Gartner hype cycle – Wikipedia * Gartner Hype Cycle Reviews Digital Technology and Trends * (1) Ethan Mollick on X: "People on this site: AI is going through the Gartner Hype Cycle. AI: Using historical Hype Cycle data from Gartner, itself, only 4.1% of technologies actually fit the growth, decline, plateau pattern described by the Hype Cycle. (Though this is only one approach to the data) https://t.co/5yDu2lUM4P" / X * Amazon, Google Quietly Tamp Down Generative AI Expectations — The Information * Gartner Predicts Search Engine Volume Will Drop 25% by 2026, Due to AI Chatbots and Other Virtual Agents * Which AI should I use? Superpowers and the State of Play * Revisiting 2024 Predictions: Putting AI in Marketing to Work (Thinks Out Loud) * Is Google Doomed? And Other Top Digital Trends for 2024 (Thinks Out Loud Episode 408) * Revisiting Is It Time for Your Marketing Team to Use AI? (Thinks Out Loud) * No One is Talking About the Most Important Lessons from Google’s Gemini Launch Kerfuffle (Thinks Out Loud Episode 415) * Anticipating Radical Shifts in Consumer Behavior from AI Adoption: A Look into the Future (Thinks Out Loud Episode 396) * AI Won’t Steal Your Job: Smart People Who Put AI to Work Will (Thinks Out Loud Episode 208) * Picks, Shovels, and the AI Gold Rush (Thinks Out Loud Episode 414) * AI winter – Wikipedia
You might also enjoy this webinar I recently participated in with Miles Partnership that looked at "The Power of Generative AI and ChatGPT: What It Means for Tourism & Hospitality" here:
Free DownloadsWe have some free downloads for you to help you navigate the current situation, which you can find right here:
Best of Thinks Out LoudYou can find our “Best of Thinks Out Loud” playlist on Spotify right here:
Subscribe to Thinks Out Loud* Subscribe in iTunes * Subscribe in the Google Play Store
Contact information for the podcast: podcast@timpeter.com
Past Insights from Tim Peter ThinksTechnical Details for Thinks Out LoudRecorded using the travel rig: Shure SM57 Cardioid Dynamic Instrument Microphone and a IK Multimedia iRig Pro Duo IO USB audio interface into Logic Pro X for the Mac.
Running time: 20m 04s
You can subscribe to Thinks Out Loud in iTunes, the Google Play Store, via our dedicated podcast RSS feed (or sign up for our free newsletter). You can also download/listen to the podcast here on Thinks using the player at the top of this page.
Transcript: Why You Need to Ignore the Coming AI BacklashWell hello again everyone and welcome back to Thinks Out Loud, your source for all the digital expertise your business needs. My name is Tim Peter. This is episode 417 of The Big Show. And thank you so much for tuning in, I very much appreciate it. I think we’ve got a really cool show for you today.
So, in case you haven’t noticed, AI is beginning to experience some backlash. AI in marketing, AI in sales, AI in customer service to a lesser degree. But we’re starting to see people question, “Wait a second, is this AI thing just a bunch of hype?”
And in fact, there is something called the Gartner Hype Cycle. Been around for years. It’s got five stages. Gartner, the IT research firm, has been talking about this for the long time. And they basically say there’s five stages of technology adoption. The first is a technology trigger. Something happens that makes the technology gain some buzz. And usually some publicity. I love this line from the Wikipedia article: “Often no usable products exist and commercial viability is unproven.” Classic.
Then we hit the peak of inflated expectations where some companies start to do stuff with it and the publicity ramps up a lot. People hear all of the great things that the new technology can do. That’s kind of where we are right now for sure with AI.
But then you hit the peak and you fall off the peak into what is called the trough of disillusionment. Basically, people start to question, “wait, is this thing all hype? Is this, you know, not as cool as we thought?”
Eventually you climb out of the slope of the trough of disillusionment into the slope of enlightenment where you begin to recognize how you really can use the technology in reality day in and day out.
And you finally end up on the plateau of productivity where it becomes mainstream.
Now this happens with technology a lot, although according to research from Ethan Mollick, most technologies don’t actually follow the Gartner hype cycle, only about 4%. But it seems like this time we really are following the script.
The technology trigger was ChatGPT. We’re kind of at the peak of inflated expectations, and we’re starting to see people make some noise that lead me to think we’re about to fall into the trough of disillusionment.
As I mentioned earlier this year, as I’ve been hearing from some folks I’m talking to in the C-suite and the like, we’re beginning to get folks in the C-suite asking what value their businesses receive for all of the investment they’ve made so far in AI tools.
As I heard somebody say recently, “I have more pilots than United. I’m done with pilots. It’s time for the planes to fly.” And that gets to a fundamental truth, and this is true always: Results matter. And because results matter, you’re going to inevitably have a fallout or a bust when, you know, there’s been a lot of buzz and a lot of hype about something.
There’s an old expression that “extraordinary claims require extraordinary evidence.” Lots of people have been making bold claims. People, including me, have been making bold claims, but way more than me have been making bold claims about the fact that AI is going to make a significant change on the way we do things.
And so now decision makers at a lot of companies are beginning to say, “OK, cool, prove it, show me.” Again, I said that was happening in an episode we did a couple months ago because that’s where we always end up. If CEOs and other company leaders weren’t asking that question, they wouldn’t be doing their jobs.
And the reality is there has been too much money chasing too few actual solutions. In 2023, there was $50 billion in venture capital investment in AI companies. And I’ve mentioned this stat before, but according to MarTechMap, there were thousands of “AI focused” martech tools in the marketplace between May of 2023 and November of 2023, plus all the existing tools that have been adding AI capabilities as fast as they can dream them up.
I completely believe that in two to three years, every piece of software you use today will either have AI built into it or it will have AI wrapped around it. Now what I mean by wrapped around it is that some legacy applications, and I’m thinking of things like existing hotel central reservation systems or financial services database applications, similar things to that, they’re not going to get ripped out and replaced with an AI version in the next two to three years. That’s just not going to happen. I do think we’re beginning to see a near-Y2K level effort to make it easy for AI to get access to the data stored within those applications. I’m going to talk a little bit more about this later, but clearly that is an area where a lot of work needs to be done.
And the coming AI backlash, one of the causes, if we’re being 100 percent honest about this, is that AI is not perfect. Not by a long shot. I’ve certainly never said it is. AI is not a one size fits all solution. Yeah, we might get artificial general intelligence or artificial super intelligence, you know, in the next months or years. I’m not convinced. It could also never show up. And I would be surprised if it does. I’m not smart enough to know if or when we might actually see something like that. And if or when we do we’re in a whole new world, one where we’ve invited an entirely new species to share the planet with us. A species that is smart, or smarter than we are. I am really not willing to place bets one way or the other about whether that’s going to happen and what it would look like if we do. Personally, I’m not going to worry about it much.
The point remains that AI as it exists today isn’t perfect. At the same time, neither are people. I’m a big fan of people. I think we’re going to keep them around for a while. As we’re learning, AI actually helps most people be better at what they do. So it’s not an “either/or,” — it’s not either AI or people. It’s definitely going to be AI and people for the near term… and probably for the longer term too.
Instead, here are my thoughts about where we are, where we’re going, and why you need to ignore the coming AI backlash.
Yes, AI is overhyped for sure. Way too many “solutions” that don’t solve real business problems. We’re probably looking at an equivalent of the dot-com bubble bursting somewhere in the next 12 to 18 months, I think. I could easily be wrong about the timing, and I could easily be wrong about the scale of any shift that occurs there. Don’t go making stock picks because of anything I’m saying here.
On the other hand, if you really think more than 13,000 martech solutions and $50 billion of VC investment is sustainable, I’ve got a startup or three I’d like to pitch you on. I just don’t think that’s a sustainable reality, and I don’t think that’s a bold claim.
At the other other hand, this isn’t like what we saw with something like crypto. Crypto often has been a solution in search of a problem. Finally, we’ve also seen AI winters happen before. We then climb out of them. We then go back to an AI spring. Good stuff tends to follow.
And the reason I think that’s the case this time is because a lot of the AI that’s being produced right now is genuinely useful. And this gets to the core point I want you to think about today, which is don’t let anti-hype prevent you from doing things that matter to your business. Don’t let the AI backlash, if and when it occurs, prevent you from using a tool to improve the things you do for your customers.
Despite its limitations, you can use AI to solve all kinds of problems today in marketing and in customer service. You can generate, you can use generative AI tools for visuals and text. I’ll give you an example of that in just a moment. You can use it for customer service and chat. I’m seeing cases where companies are using chatbots with their customer service representatives or their employees to improve issue resolution without even exposing it to the customer because the customer service reps or the employees can recognize any issues that the chatbot gets wrong.
You can use it for brainstorming ideas where you’re already an expert — which I think might be the best use case and is certainly my most frequent use case.
Let me give you an example of what that looks like in practice. I gave a 45 minute talk earlier this week about artificial intelligence to a CEO roundtable.
The first thing I did is what I always do when I’m giving a talk. I drafted an outline of what I intended to talk about. What I did differently this time is I then ran the outline through ChatGPT to get feedback. I could have used the latest version of Gemini 1.5, which I increasingly like, or I could have used Claude. All three are exceptional, and according to an array of people I respect, are the very best frontier models, at least at the moment. But I used ChatGPT because it’s the one I’m most familiar with, and I think it’s really good at this sort of thing. Based on ChatGPT’s feedback, I made a couple of changes to the outline.
The overall outline didn’t change a ton, but it did provide a useful set of suggestions to review, even in cases where I rejected its recommendations. Because what happened was it caused me to think more deeply about whether I was making the point I was trying to make, and if I was making it as clearly as I could.
After that, just as I always do, I started building slides. For some slides, I also ran my basic thesis of the slide through ChatGPT, as well as discussing it with people on my team to get feedback on the ideas and the voiceover that I planned to use. Simultaneously, I worked with MidJourney to get visuals for some of the slides.
For this talk in particular, normally I have somebody on my team who creates visuals for me or selects them from, you know, stock image libraries and things like that. But I wanted every visual apart from screenshots and graphs to be AI generated. I specifically did that because I wanted to show the good, the bad, and the ugly so people can get a feel for the array of things that can occur, especially if, like me, you’re not a graphic designer or you’re not expert at this sort of thing. In a few cases, when I got stuck for a visual idea, I asked ChatGPT to recommend concepts or potential prompts. I often edited those, but it was a good thing to have a sounding board to work from, it was a really useful tool for that.
If I’m being completely transparent, I also want to point out that I ran every visual past my content manager on my team, to see what they thought, and then incorporated those recommendations into the prompts, too. A big part of my objective for this talk, is What I did was to use AI as much as possible to show what it’s capable of and show where it sometimes falls down. What I also did was use AI to augment both my capabilities and that of the people on my team.
Now I want to be very clear, I would not at this point outsource the job of creating out the outline, the images, or the slides entirely to an AI. Every time my content manager or I reviewed ChatGPT’s recommendations, we found ways to improve them — or at least almost every single time.
Also, ChatGPT, at minimum, made my thinking clearer when I had to defend my original idea against the AI recommendation. And in a couple of cases, its recommendations were outstanding and I think made the overall talk better too.
The end result here was a very strong, very well received talk. It was, at least in my view, better, sharper, and came together faster than it would otherwise have done. And from the feedback I got from people at the talk, it was very, very well liked by the audience. I had lots of conversation with people afterwards. It seemed to go really, really well.
And my point in telling this story is to say this. Don’t get hung up on the hype cycle. Ignore any backlash against AI because you don’t want to waste your time worrying about all the things that AI doesn’t do if that’s going to distract you from what it does do.
Generative AI for visuals and text, customer service and chat, brainstorming, idea generation, and a host of others you’ve probably found that I haven’t even talked about here. Work on solving real problems, not pilots.
Also look at what needs to happen to connect AI to your data. As I mentioned before, the biggest problem by far that I’m running into with companies is connecting AI with existing sources of data because it’s distributed all over their company. I think that’s an important and accurate driver of the frustration some leaders are feeling right now.
So ignore the coming AI backlash. It’s a waste of time. Use the tools for the things they’re good at. And keep working to improve your customer’s experience and your content and your ideas. Because if you do that, you’re going to do better than everybody else who’s going, “Oh gosh, maybe it’s time we back away from AI.”
And as I’ve said once a long time ago, you’re not going to lose your job to AI, you’re going to lose your job to smart people who use AI. Just like it would be silly to foolishly follow the hype, it would be equally silly to follow the anti-hype and to follow the backlash. Be smart, be thoughtful, focus on customer problems, and you’re going to accomplish a ton.
I, for one, can’t wait to see what you do.
Show Wrap-Up and CreditsNow, looking at the clock on the wall, we are out of time for this week.
And I want to remind you again that you can find the show notes for this episode. As well as an archive of all past episodes by going to timpeter.com/podcast. Again, that’s timpeter.com/podcast. Just look for episode 417.
Subscribe to Thinks Out LoudDon’t forget that you can click on the subscribe link in any of the episodes that you find there to have Thinks Out Loud delivered to your favorite podcatcher every single week. You can also find Thinks Out Loud on Apple Podcasts, Spotify, YouTube Music, anywhere fine podcasts are found.
Leave a Rating or Review for Thinks Out LoudI would also very much appreciate it if you could provide a positive rating or review for the show whenever you use one of those services.
If you like what you hear on Thinks Out Loud, if you enjoy what we talk about, if you like being part of the community that we’re building here, please give us a positive rating or review.
Reviews help other listeners find the podcast. Reviews help other listeners understand what Thinks Out Loud is all about. They help to build our community and they mean the world to me. So thank you so much for doing that. I very, very much appreciate it.
Thinks Out Loud on Social MediaYou can also find Thinks Out Loud on LinkedIn by going to linkedin.com/tim-peter-and-associates-llc. You can find me on Twitter or X or whatever you want to call it this week by using the Twitter handle @tcpeter. And of course, you can email me by sending an email to podcast(at)timpeter.com. Again, that’s podcast(at)timpeter.com.
Show OutroFinally, and I know I say this a lot, I want you to know how thrilled I am that you keep listening to what we do here. It means so much to me. You are the reason we do this show.
You’re the reason that Thinks Out Loud happens every single week. So please, keep your messages coming on LinkedIn. Keep hitting me up on Twitter, sending things via email. I love getting a chance to talk with you, to hear what’s going on in your world, and to learn how we can do a better job building on the types of content and community and information and insights that work for you and work for your business.
So with all that said, I hope you have a fantastic rest of your day, I hope you have a wonderful week ahead, and I will look forward to speaking with you here on Thinks Out Loud next time. Until then, please be well, be safe, and as always, take care, everybody.
The post Why You Need to Ignore the Coming AI Backlash (Thinks Out Loud Episode 417) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
As noted in the past, with all the hype and hope attached to artificial intelligence, it’s worth asking, is it time for your marketing team — is it time for many of your teams — to use AI? The simple answer to the question is, “yes.” As it happens, the more complicated answer is yes, too.
Why is it time for your team to use AI? Where are the areas where AI can provide the greatest value to your organization? How can it help you improve your marketing — and your business? And, most importantly, how can you get started? That’s what this episode of the Thinks Out Loud podcast is all about.
Want to learn more? Here are the show notes for you.
Revisiting Is It Time for Your Marketing Team to Use AI? (Thinks Out Loud) Headlines and Show NotesShow Notes and Links* Gartner says Generative AI is entering the Trough Of Disillusionment | LinkedIn * Gartner Hype Cycle Reviews Digital Technology and Trends * Ethan Mollick on X: "People on this site: AI is going through the Gartner Hype Cycle. AI: Using historical Hype Cycle data from Gartner, itself, only 4.1% of technologies actually fit the growth, decline, plateau pattern described by the Hype Cycle. (Though this is only one approach to the data) https://t.co/5yDu2lUM4P" / X * Is It Time for Your Marketing Team to Use AI? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 405) * Revisiting 2024 Predictions: Putting AI in Marketing to Work (Thinks Out Loud) * AI Makes Human Expertise and Creativity More Vital in Marketing & Communications * Working with AI: Two paths to prompting – by Ethan Mollick * The Best Available Human Standard – by Ethan Mollick * Federal Register :: Copyright Registration Guidance: Works Containing Material Generated by Artificial Intelligence * https://www.adobe.com/content/dam/cc/us/en/products/sensei/sensei-genai/firefly-enterprise/Firefly-Legal-FAQs-Enterprise-Customers-2023-09-13.pdf * Introducing the Microsoft Copilot Copyright Commitment * Revisiting "How to Add an AI to Your Team" (Thinks Out Loud) * AI is not good software. It is pretty good people. * Everyone is above average – by Ethan Mollick * What AI Will Do to Content Marketing (Thinks Out Loud Episode 402) * Building a Human Brand in the Age of AI (Thinks Out Loud Episode 398) * AI Won’t Steal Your Job: Smart People Who Put AI to Work Will (Thinks Out Loud Episode 208)
You might also enjoy this webinar I recently participated in with Miles Partnership that looked at "The Power of Generative AI and ChatGPT: What It Means for Tourism & Hospitality" here:
Free DownloadsWe have some free downloads for you to help you navigate the current situation, which you can find right here:
Best of Thinks Out LoudYou can find our “Best of Thinks Out Loud” playlist on Spotify right here:
Subscribe to Thinks Out Loud* Subscribe in iTunes * Subscribe in the Google Play Store
Contact information for the podcast: podcast@timpeter.com
Past Insights from Tim Peter ThinksTechnical Details for Thinks Out LoudRecorded using a Shure SM7B Vocal Dynamic Microphone and a Focusrite Scarlett 4i4 (3rd Gen) USB Audio Interface into Logic Pro X for the Mac.
Running time: 25m 53s
You can subscribe to Thinks Out Loud in iTunes, the Google Play Store, via our dedicated podcast RSS feed (or sign up for our free newsletter). You can also download/listen to the podcast here on Thinks using the player at the top of this page.
Transcript: Revisiting Is It Time for Your Marketing Team to Use AI? Hi, everyone, and welcome back to Thinks Out Loud.
If you have any experience with deploying technology in your company, you probably are familiar with Gartner’s Hype Cycle, which talks about how technologies get adopted and used within large organizations. And they go through, you know, the period where it first blows up and then it, we get inflated expectations and then we dive into what is known as the trough of disillusionment before people start to become enlightened and actually put the tool to work to improve productivity.
And Gartner has been pretty forthcoming that they think that generative AI is entering the trough of disillusionment. We are seeing this all over the place. I talked about this last week in the episode on putting AI to work. The funny thing about the trough of disillusionment, the funny thing about the hype cycle, Is that according to Ethan Mollick at Wharton, only about 4 percent of companies, only 4 percent of technologies actually go through all of the stages of Gartner’s hype cycle.
So it’s possible that we’re actually going to see greater benefit from AI over the long term. And that right now, people are just a little uncomfortable with the lack of results. Part of the reason for this is that companies are struggling to figure out how to put AI to work, which is why we talked about that on last week’s episode.
But you also cannot generate results if you’re not using AI, and it is well past time for your marketing team, and frankly, many of your other teams, to use AI in practice. very much. And that’s why this is a good opportunity for us to revisit an episode that asked, Is it time for your marketing team to use AI?
Spoiler alert, it is, but the episode also explains exactly how you can do that. So sit back, relax, and enjoy this repost of a prior episode.
Well, hello again, everybody, and welcome back to Thinks Out Loud, your source for all the digital expertise your business needs. My name is Tim Peter. This is episode 405 of The Big Show, and thank you so much for tuning in. I think we have a really cool show for you today. I want to start with a bit of a headline.
So Google shipped, kind of, Gemini, its new AI model, today in three different versions. And when I say kind of, I say kind of because one is already available. You can start using it today within Bard. The other two are either in developer previews, are coming in the new year.
And I’ve got to tell you, there’s a great brand story here. I’m going to do a little sidebar here for a second. In their announcement, they did a really cool framing thing. In their introducing Gemini blog post CEO Sundar Pichai said, "nearly eight years into our journey as an AI first company…"
And the reason I thought that was really cool. is because they’re trying to reclaim the mantle of the OG AI company. They’re saying, "we’ve been doing this for nearly eight years. We’re not new to this whole idea." And that is an entirely fair claim. When you hear about GPT, like ChatGPT, that stands for "Generative Pre-Trained Transformers."
And the original paper about generative pre-trained transformers, GPTs, were written by researchers at Google. So they are, in some ways, the OG AI company, or OG generative AI company, I think is probably fairer to say. So that’s smart of them to kind of say, "look, we’re Google, we’ve been doing this a long time, we’re really good at this." Good, good marketing lesson there.
The bad side of the story is that their product messaging is complicated at best. Show of hands, I know you’re listening in your car, but show of hands, how many of you know the difference between Bard, Duet, Gemini Pro, Gemini Nano, and Gemini Ultra? Right, probably not tons of you. Again, show of hands, how many of you are going to do the work to find out?
Some of you, for sure, and some of you are just going to wait until it sorts itself out, which is an entirely valid strategy, by the way. Maybe they should have asked their AI to help them streamline their messaging. It’d be easier for people to understand what they do if they were clearer about what these are.
And that brings me to the point of today’s episode. We are into a place where, yeah, we’re in the early innings of AI. Yes, there is a lot of change we’re going to see. There’s going to be a lot of development over the course of the next year. At the same time, we’re further along than I think most people realize.
There’s new research that came out about a month ago from the conference board that shows that greater than 50 percent of marketing or communications professionals use AI for a variety of things. Drafting content, inspiring thinking. Summarizing Content and Conducting Research. According to the report, marketers and communications professionals, this is a quote, “are becoming editors of machine generated content to improve creative output and ensure accuracy and relevance.”
Think about that. The AI is doing the groundwork, is doing the legwork, and then the marketers and communications professionals are overseeing that work, and I want you to tuck that in your back brain, because we’re going to come back to that in just a little bit. Now, in the sum of this data, the report itself calls out that there is small sample sizes because everything I’m about to tell you came from the pool of the 50 percent or more who said they were doing those things.
But, of those folks, 82 percent say that it helps them get tasks done faster. Almost 70 percent state that it significantly improved their ability to get started on a new project. Half say that it significantly improved their ability to understand and research new topics faster. And more than 40 percent say it significantly Improved the quality of their content.
Those numbers are big enough that I’m willing to give them the benefit of the doubt, even with the small sample sizes. At least among the people using those tools. And one of the reasons is, I’m speaking from my own experience. I completely agree with these findings. Is it possible that it’s just reinforcing my bias?
Well, sure, maybe. But I’m genuinely seeing benefits in the same areas as the survey respondents. Faster. Cheaper. Better. That’s happening today. And I’d argue that the 50 percent who aren’t doing these things Might be in a little bit of trouble. I’ve said for some time that AI won’t steal your job, but smart people who use AI will.
My advice to you is don’t be in that 50%. That’s a huge, huge risk. You know that I like to say that when you build the ship, shipwreck. It is always a good and wise idea to consider the downsides, and there are downsides to AI. We’re going to talk about those a little bit more in a moment. You’ve heard them, so I’m not going to belabor the point, but I don’t want to put it aside entirely.
I do want to talk about one specific problem for a moment, and why you might want to think about that differently. You may have heard of what’s known as the stochastic parrot problem, excuse me, stochastic parrot. And a stochastic parrot is this idea that the AI is simply echoing things it’s already read.
It’s not reasoning, it’s not generating new ideas. It is simply telling you something that is in its own training data. It’s regurgitating something it’s heard before. And there are some obvious risks there. Copyright or trademark infringement, contextual errors, where the thing that it read isn’t actually accurate in this specific context.
And I share those concerns. There’s also the downside to assuming that the risks of the shipwreck outweighs the value of the ship. The economist Brad DeLong had a great line the other day, where he said, we, human beings, are often stochastic parrots. How often is it that we’re simply echoing back something that we’ve known from the past?
I mean, think about it. In your day to day lives, how often do you think deeply about every single situation you encounter? I’m not trying to malign you, by the way. I’m as guilty of this as anyone. There are plenty of times when, confronted with a specific challenge, I fall back on what’s worked in the past.
I’m regurgitating responses based on my past experiences. That’s what past experiences are for, right? That’s why we want to build experience. You know, the old joke that says experience is that thing you can’t have until after you need it. That’s why we build those, the experience that we build. I also, personally, legitimately place a focused block of time on my calendar each week just for thinking time.
And I usually do about a day every couple of months where I do nothing but focus on new ideas. Because I want to make sure I’m not just going through the motion day after day, because on a lot of days I am, I’m being a stochastic parrot. I’m parrot, I’m drawing on my experience to accomplish a task or solve for a problem.
So it’s not that there’s no risk there, it’s that the risk from the AI may not be that much larger than what we deal with in our day to day already. The other thing we wanna realize is that the benefits from these use ca in some cases. Can be huge. I had a conversation the other day with a company that makes custom video.
They go out and they get sponsors to sponsor the creation of video that is then distributed via television networks, cable channels, as well as on the internet. And they’ve gone to the marketplace in less than six months. They’ve gone from not existing to being in over 107 million households plus online streaming.
And I asked the question about, well, what would this have cost you to do if you didn’t have AI? How much would it have, you know, would it have taken to do? And he said, I don’t think it would have been doable. They’re, they’re creating all kinds of content, they’re using AI to do this in a way that is more economical, which then makes it more valuable to the sponsors, which then allows them to go ahead and get the thing made in the first place.
As he said, AI is my right hand man. AI didn’t make this cheaper or more efficient. I mean, it did, but it didn’t make it something where they cut costs dramatically of something they were already doing. It made a thing that they weren’t doing. Doable. That’s massive. It couldn’t have been done any other way economically and actually been able to bring it to the market.
And there’s a huge downside that you could be left behind. Again, going back to the conference board research, mid level and junior marketers and communicators. are at the forefront of adopting AI in their work, and increasingly so. It’s positioning them as the leaders within their organization in terms of how you use AI.
Again, these are small sample sizes. But a 20 point increase in usage over the last 3 months among mid level and junior marketers, and a 9 point increase among communications professionals, suggests that they’re outpacing their elders, they’re outpacing other people by a lot. In June, they were at roughly equal levels with senior professionals in the two disciplines.
Now they are way ahead. Their productivity is way up. I make this joke all the time about the fact that, you know, I can’t outrun Usain Bolt. But put me in a Toyota and I’m going to kick his ass. Right? That’s huge. By the way, this has been proved in other categories. Ethan Mollick, a researcher and associate professor at Penn, at the Wharton School, has said they had a paper where consultants at Boston Consulting Group improved the quality of their work by 40%.
And he noted in a recent blog post that there’s a key point people are missing in that data. The consultants, this is a quote, “were not given some special version of AI trained on proprietary data and with a customized interface. They were just given GPT-4 with minimal training and examples.”
Boom. That’s crazy.
Now, the conference board data does show that the quality and creativity benefit does remain uncertain. It’s not necessarily as predictable, I suspect, based on my own experience rather than any huge data set. That one of the reasons that the BCG folks saw such a big improvement and that so many marketers don’t yet is that these folks were already experts.
They’re using it to leverage their expertise, to boost their expertise, and when they see errors, they can just go in and fix them. If you’re a junior level marketer or junior level communications professional, with no disrespect, you may not yet have enough of a feel for what constitutes good quality to be able to tell the difference.
Or consistently tell the difference. So you may be, you may do more rework because you want to make sure it meets the standards that you need to meet that you’re not necessarily as comfortable with. Now, I like to quote William Gibson, the author, All the time, who said the future is already here, it’s not, it’s just not evenly distributed.
And that’s the thing I want to leave you with today. We’re already in the future. You’ve heard me say more than once on this show how I’m a fan of the principle of who, not how, when you’re faced with a new challenge or a new task. Don’t ask how I can do it, ask who can help me do it. And AI is, at least for the first pass of many things, the new, “ooh, we can leverage a decent expert at any time.”
Another Ethan Mollick insight is what he refers to as the best available human standard. AI can help us with “creativity, collaboration, and co intelligence.” It enables us to say, how do we get better at something that either we don’t know how to do, or we do know how to do, but we don’t know where to begin.
And that latter one is where you really ought to be focusing for now, because it will help you overcome the errors. You already know the answer. It’s just helping you get there quicker and you’ll know whether or not it’s doing a good job.
There’s a framework I really like from Salesforce that talks about enablers versus differentiators in terms of the work you use AI to do.
Enablers are table stakes. They make you more effective and efficient, but they probably aren’t transformative. We’re there today. That already works with AI. Differentiators make you more desirable. They drive transformative growth. We may not fully be there yet, though this producer I was talking to about the television show, maybe is getting close.
And the great thing about this is there are lots of really credible options for which to choose. With Google, we’ve got Bard, we’ve got, now that the now has Gemini underneath it. We’ve got Duet AI within Workspace. Microsoft has launched its Copilot programs in lots of its tools, Word and Excel and PowerPoint and Outlook and the like.
Facebook has a whole series of task built AI tools versus general purpose tools under their LLaMA framework. Amazon just launched something called Q the other day. OpenAI obviously has ChatGPT and DALI. Anthropic has Claude. Adobe has Sensei and Firefly. And Salesforce has Einstein. Notice who the players are here, by the way.
With the exception of OpenAI and Anthropic, they’re all folks we’ve talked about for years. They’re Big Tech, the AGFAM, plus Adobe and the Salesforce. This isn’t some day. This isn’t something coming down the road. This is already here. The future is already here. And the great thing is people like Microsoft and people like Salesforce.
have basically said that they’re going to help eliminate some of the risk in terms of copyright or legal because they’re going to assure certain quality of outputs in some context. By the way, I’m going to put a link to those in the show notes. As you’ve heard me say many times, I’m not a lawyer, so you’re going to want to check that it helps you specifically.
Obviously, there are risks you need to be concerned about, whether they are legal, whether they are quality of data, whether there’s privacy, things that you absolutely should be concerned about. Making sure the quality of outputs match what you want, and that they’re not going to expose you to reputational harms or reputational risk.
I still believe the best people to use AI are those who are the most skilled. You’re outsourcing the work that you do to a junior team member. I’ve talked about this in a past episode on how to hire an AI for your team. But just like any junior team member, they require supervision. The challenge here is their errors aren’t always obvious.
So that’s where the oversight and the expertise come into play. But, you don’t have to use some fly by night or some random thing you’ve never heard of. You can work with the biggest players in tech and have some assurance that at least most of the time the results are going to be what you expect.
Where do you get started? I mean, how do you begin with this? I would encourage you to, at minimum, start playing with Bing and use it in its creative mode. Because then you’ll be using GPT 4 under the hood. And you don’t need to pay for an account or anything along those lines, it will get you started pretty quickly and pretty readily.
If you can, go ahead and break out the credit card and sign up for OpenAI’s paid version of GPT-4, of ChatGPT. Because you’ll get an even better experience and the like, and it’s not super expensive, it’s like 20 bucks a month or something along those lines. But, you want to get started, because we want to start thinking about who, not how.
We want to remember that the future is already here, it’s just not evenly distributed. We want to remember that your competitors are already using this, especially the junior folks on their teams. They’ve already gotten started with this. And just like you’re not going to outrun Usain Bolt, you’re not going to outrun these folks in their Toyotas either.
So as we begin to wrap up to the end of the year here, the key point is it’s not too late to get started. The key point is there are core tools that exist right now from credible players that will allow you to get started. The key point is that you can do this. And the key point is, you need to do this. Especially if you don’t want to get left in the dust.
Show Wrap-Up and CreditsNow looking at the clock on the wall, we are out of time for this week. I want to remind you again that you can find the show notes for this episode, as well as an archive of all past episodes, by going to timpeter.com/podcast. Again, that’s timpeter.com/podcast. Just look for episode 405.
Subscribe to Thinks Out LoudDon’t forget that you can click on the subscribe link in any of the episodes you find to have Thinks Out Loud delivered to your favorite podcatcher every single week.
You can also find Thinks Out Loud on Google Podcasts, Apple Podcasts, Spotify, Anywhere fine podcasts are found.
Leave a Rating or Review for Thinks Out LoudI would also very much appreciate it if you could provide a positive rating or review for the show whenever you use one of those services. If you like what you hear on Thinks Out Loud, if you enjoy what we talk about, if you like being part of our community, please, give us a positive rating or review.
Reviews help other listeners find the podcast. Reviews help other listeners understand what Thinks Out Loud is all about. They help to build our community and they mean the world to me personally. So thank you so much for doing that. I very much appreciate it.
Thinks Out Loud on Social MediaYou can also find Thinks Out Loud on LinkedIn by going to linkedin.com/tim-peter-and-associates-llc. You can find me on Twitter or X or whatever you want to call it this week by using the Twitter handle @tcpeter. And of course, you can email me by sending an email to podcast(at)timpeter.com. Again, that’s podcast(at)timpeter.com.
Show OutroFinally, and I know I say this a lot, I say this pretty much every week, I am just so thrilled that you keep listening to what we do here every week.
It means the world to me. You are the reason we do this. You’re the reason we make this happen. So please keep your messages coming on Twitter, on LinkedIn, on email. I love getting a chance to talk with you, to hear what’s going on in your world and to learn how we can do a better job building the types of content and insights and information and community that works for you and works for your business.
So with all that said, I hope you have a fantastic day. I hope you have a wonderful weekend, and I will look forward to speaking with you here on Thinks Out Loud next time. Until then, please be well, be safe, and as ever, take care, everybody.
The post Revisiting Is It Time for Your Marketing Team to Use AI? (Thinks Out Loud) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
The Information reports that Amazon and Google are quietly tamp ing down generative AI expectations, noting that it’s tough to make the case for AI benefits “because of the high cost of the software and the difficulty of measuring productivity gains.” That echoes the comments I’d made in this “Best of Thinks Out Loud” episode that “We’re past the point of AI pilots in marketing. Instead, in 2024, it’s time to put AI to work in your marketing.”
Why is this reality important for your brand and your business? What does putting AI to work in your marketing mean? And, most importantly, how can you get started? That’s what this episode of the Thinks Out Loud podcast is all about.
Want to learn more? Here are the show notes for you.
Revisiting 2024 Predictions: Putting AI in Marketing to Work (Thinks Out Loud) Headlines and Show NotesShow Notes and Links* Amazon, Google Quietly Tamp Down Generative AI Expectations — The Information * Google Lacks Vision: Big Tech Earnings and the State of Digital Q1 2024 (Thinks Out Loud Episode 412) * No One is Talking About the Most Important Lessons from Google’s Gemini Launch Kerfuffle (Thinks Out Loud Episode 415) * Picks, Shovels, and the AI Gold Rush (Thinks Out Loud Episode 414) * Usain Bolt – Wikipedia * IMF chief says AI could disrupt nearly 40% of global employment ahead of Davos | CNN Business * AI Will Transform the Global Economy. Let’s Make Sure It Benefits Humanity. * Executives say they’re not ready for AI * Is Google Doomed? And Other Top Digital Trends for 2024 (Thinks Out Loud Episode 408) * Is It Time for Your Marketing Team to Use AI? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 405) * Building a Human Brand in the Age of AI (Thinks Out Loud Episode 398) * Rethinking Search Marketing in the Age of AI (Thinks Out Loud Episode 397) * Anticipating Radical Shifts in Consumer Behavior from AI Adoption: A Look into the Future (Thinks Out Loud Episode 396) * Your AI-powered Copilot for the Web | Microsoft Bing * Copilot Pro Plan & Pricing – Latest AI Models, Chat Tool & Assistant | Microsoft Store
You might also enjoy this webinar I recently participated in with Miles Partnership that looked at "The Power of Generative AI and ChatGPT: What It Means for Tourism & Hospitality" here:
Free DownloadsWe have some free downloads for you to help you navigate the current situation, which you can find right here:
Best of Thinks Out LoudYou can find our “Best of Thinks Out Loud” playlist on Spotify right here:
Subscribe to Thinks Out Loud* Subscribe in iTunes * Subscribe in the Google Play Store
Contact information for the podcast: podcast@timpeter.com
Past Insights from Tim Peter ThinksTechnical Details for Thinks Out LoudRecorded using a Shure SM7B Vocal Dynamic Microphone and a Focusrite Scarlett 4i4 (3rd Gen) USB Audio Interface into Logic Pro X for the Mac.
Running time: 23m 43s
You can subscribe to Thinks Out Loud in iTunes, the Google Play Store, via our dedicated podcast RSS feed (or sign up for our free newsletter). You can also download/listen to the podcast here on Thinks using the player at the top of this page.
Transcript: Revisiting 2024 Predictions: Putting AI in Marketing to WorkTech website The Information Today published an article that said that Amazon and Google are quietly tamping down generative AI expectations. They said that “the analysis of using AI tools is challenging because of the high cost of the software and the difficulty of measuring productivity gains.”
In an episode from earlier this year, I talked about how marketers are regularly asked to do more with less. And that this year, that’s going to be more expected when it comes to AI. And that’s why it’s a good reason to revisit this episode that talked about why one of the big trends in 2024 is putting AI to work for your business. So I hope you’ll enjoy this repost of a prior episode on putting AI and marketing to work, coming at you right now.
Well, hello again, everybody, and welcome back to Thinks Out Loud, your source for all the digital expertise your business needs. My name is Tim Peter, this is episode 409 of The Big Show, and welcome back. I think we’ve got a really cool show for you today. I want to build on the discussion that we were having last week about the big trends that are going to shape 2024.
Just as was the case in 2023, I think that AI will continue to be a big trend. I know that I’m not going out on a big limb suggesting this. What I think is true, though, is we’re entering a space where it’s less about, oh, "are we doing something with AI?" and more about "What is AI doing for us?" In other words, it’s about being accountable for what you’re doing with AI to your business and to your customers.
As I noted last week, marketers are going to be asked to do more with less. They’re going to be asked to be more accountable for the results any time things get a little tougher. And right now, people are concerned that the economy is going to be kind of wacky. It’s important that you’re able to demonstrate value to your organization.
So it can’t just be, "oh, we’re using AI" or "we’re trying AI". It’s got to be, "here’s how we are using AI to accomplish a specific objective." And we’re going to talk about this a lot over the course of the episode.
What I want to do to start though is take a big step back. And maybe recontextualize artificial intelligence for you and how you might want to think about it. And it’s based on some data that’s coming around right now that I’ll get to in just a moment. I use an analogy all the time where I say that I can’t beat Usain Bolt in a foot race. You all know Usain Bolt, the legendary runner who won a gazillion world championships and Olympic medals. You know, there’s no way if he and I line up alongside, even retired, that I win. He’s going to smoke me every time, right? I can’t beat him in a race. But put me in a Toyota, and I’m going to kick his ass. There’s no two ways about it. I’m just going to be faster, by definition.
That’s what AI does for the people on your team. That’s what AI does for you. It gives you a car, or it gives you a horse, or it gives you a tool that you can put to use that even the best in the world may not have access to all the time. That analogy is probably even more accurate than I intended it to be when I first started using it. Because I’m only comparing my driving a car to Usain Bolt’s running. If you put him in a Toyota though, and I think he kicks my ass. I, plain and simple. Because he’s better suited to make the most of the advantages that technology offers him. He’s got more experience running races, he’s certainly going to be better at that. He’s got way faster reaction times. So, you know, you put two people who are unequal in their abilities with the same tech helping them out, and probably the person who’s more capable is going to do better.
So sure, a less capable runner, i. e. me, in a car is going to do better against the best runner. But the best runner in a car, or the best racer anyway in a car, is going to beat the average or mediocre, you know, racer. Because they’re just more skilled. They’re more able to take advantage of their skills and the skills of the technology, or the abilities of the technology, to improve.
Now, I’m not the only one who thinks this, there’s new research from the International Money Fund that suggests AI will "disrupt" almost 40 percent of the jobs around the world. I want to be really clear, you’re going to want to read this research for yourself, because "disrupt" in that sentence is doing a ton of work.
And I think you’re going to see it get misrepresented a lot in headlines and in articles and in blog posts and the like. Pay attention to what that actually said, because it doesn’t say that 40 percent of jobs go away. It doesn’t say that 40 percent of the tasks in every job will go away. It simply says that artificial intelligence will "disrupt" almost 40 percent of the jobs around the world.
And here’s what that means. There’s a key sentence in the post on the IMF’s website that talks about this. This is a quote: "In advanced economies, about 60 percent of jobs may be impacted by AI. Roughly half the exposed jobs may benefit from AI integration, enhancing productivity."
I’m going to read that again because that’s a really critical point. "Roughly half the exposed jobs may benefit from AI integration enhancing productivity." That’s Usain Bolt in a car. You know, the post does worry about artificial intelligence increasing economic inequality, particularly for people in low income and emerging market countries.
It goes on to say, and again, this is a quote, "Many of these countries don’t have the infrastructure or skilled workforces to harness the benefits of AI, raising the risk that over time the technology could worsen inequality among nations." I think that’s important research to be aware of. And I want to be very clear, I’m not an economist. I’m not a world leader. Instead, I think about how these sorts of things apply to the business world. As it happens, so does the IMF. They note, and again, this is a quote, "AI could affect income and wealth inequality within countries. We may see polarization within income brackets, with workers who can harness AI seeing an increase in their productivity and wages, and those who cannot falling behind."
It goes on to say that "research shows that AI can help less experienced workers enhance their productivity more quickly. Younger workers may find it easier to exploit opportunities, while older workers could struggle to adapt."
Now again, note what they’re saying here. AI can make poor performers more productive more quickly. But the long term benefits are going to be to those who actually put the tool to work most effectively. And that’s really what I want to talk about today. It’s really the point that I want you to be aware.
Everybody, every company is using AI to some degree. Not everybody at every company, but every company has somebody who’s trying to put AI to work for either the business at large or themselves personally. That’s a fact.
And you’re not going to succeed by ignoring that reality. If you want to be able to win the race in the long term, you have to be running it the same way that the people you’re running against are. You have to be using the same advantages that they are. If everybody else is in a car and you’re running on foot, I don’t care how fast you are, eventually you’re going to lose, so you’ve got to get in the car at some point.
I’d argue that that point is today.
I’m also convinced that the companies who execute will do better than the ones who simply acquire the most tools. Buying the car doesn’t do you any good if you don’t actually drive it in the right direction. Execution matters. I’m going to ask you a question. Do you really think that the company or the team or the individual that wins is going to be the one that buys the best tool?
Of course not.
It’s the company or the team or the person who puts those tools to work who win. It’s the ones who take care of their customers, who put those tools to work to improve customer acquisition, customer experience, customer retention. The ones that make their teams and the individuals on those teams more effective and more efficient. The ones that give their teams the right tools that integrate AI into their marketing and sales activities, all of their operations, who will do better than those who just buy a car. Ideally, if you can pair Usain Bolt’s on your team with Toyota’s and Ferrari’s, you’re going to win a lot more races than if you’re just trying to run the way you do today.
Another thing that I want to encourage you to remember is that we are still somewhat in the relatively early innings of artificial intelligence and how we use it in business and how we use it in marketing and how we use it in sales. No one has all the answers here. I don’t have all the answers by any stretch. This is a complicated topic and it seems like there’s a lot of people still figuring out how they’re going to use this in the longer term. Just like we did when the social came around. Just like we did when mobile came around. Just like we did when the internet came around.
People who I consider much smarter than me on these topics seem to be confused still about where we’re end up because we don’t really know. It’s very hard to predict the future. In some cases, they might even be a little more confused, which strikes me as a sign that I need to keep learning. I need to keep asking better questions.
Somebody asked me the other day, you know, who’s going to win? And honestly, I don’t know. We’re in a bit of a gold rush at the moment, though. And I’m reasonably confident that the big winners during a gold rush tend to be the people selling the picks and shovels. So, you know, Amazon with AWS, and Google with Google Cloud, and Microsoft with Azure, and Adobe, and OpenAI, and Salesforce, and HubSpot. They’re probably going to win at least in the immediate term.
I can’t guarantee somebody isn’t going to come along six months from now, or nine months from now, or a year from now, or two years from now, you know, the proverbial "two kids in a garage," who’ve thought about AI in a completely new way, who might beat them. I don’t know. We can’t know that.
What I do know is we need to keep asking the right questions. Worrying about who’s going to win isn’t necessarily the best question if the answer isn’t you.
The questions that I think you should be asking are the same questions we always come to when it comes to strategy. What won’t change? What should we expect to stay the same?
And I don’t think the answer is "nothing."
I think there are a number of things that are always important regardless of how sophisticated or how impressive a new tool might be or a new set of tools might be. You know, I would start by asking, what are your objectives? What do you want AI or artificial intelligence to do for you, your career, your business, your long term success? What do you need it to do that you’re not already getting somewhere else? How do your investments in artificial intelligence benefit your customers?
We always want to keep our customers top of mind. The first job of business is to create a customer. How will your investments in artificial intelligence benefit your top line and your bottom line? You know, are you doing this to grow revenues? Are you doing this to control costs? Are you doing it to do both? And as you think about those — your objectives, the benefits to your customers, the benefits to your top line, the benefits to your bottom line — you also want to say, “Cool, what are the next steps? What’s the next thing that I should be doing?"
Well, there are four areas that I think I would look at as the next steps.
First, take a look at your existing tool set. Most of them are incorporating AI in some way, shape, or form. If you’re using, if you’re like most companies, you’re using a number of different tools to help with your sales, to help with your marketing, to help with your customer experience, and your customer service, what AI capabilities are they adding to those tools right now?
And how can you better deploy them to improve? Some part of what you’re doing. Do you know how to put those tools to work for your business? Do you know how to use those in a way that benefit your customers? Because that’s a place I would look. You can start using AI right now with the things you already pay for.
Think about how those tools affect your planning, how they affect your product development, or your pricing, or your distribution of your products. Think in terms of how they can help you with content creation, or content distribution, or controlling your marketing spend, or improving your customer service, or driving better analytics around any or all of those.
Those are all opportunities that exist today, probably with tools that you already have in place. You don’t need to spend any more money, you don’t need to buy something new, you don’t need to implement something that you don’t have. Work with what you’ve got and see how it can be put to better use.
Another thing that you’re going to want to do is get yourself an account on OpenAI or use Microsoft Copilot on Bing and start using ChatGPT. Microsoft literally just announced some new products today, the day I’m recording this. So I haven’t had a chance to explore them in all the detail. It seems like they are getting better, but also you have to pay for them, whereas Bing Copilot or Microsoft Copilot on Bing Search used to be free, so you may be better served paying for OpenAI, but pick one or the other and start using it every single day.
Make sure your team does too. There was an article on Axios the other day that said if you’re going to look at this as some side initiative, a department of generative AI that’s going to come up with the use cases, it’s going to be a massive failure. That was Deloitte’s global CEO, Joe Okazaglo. I’m pretty sure I butchered his name, and I’m sorry, Joe, if you’re listening to this.
But, you know, if you’re doing this as a side project, it probably isn’t going to work. He went on to say, you need an ecosystem mindset. That’s really important. People should be using this in their work today. Yes, you need to put the right guardrails in place. Yes, you need to have the right governance. Yes, you need to have the right structures.
I don’t want to downplay that. I also want to say that you’re giving your team the tools to work with it so that they can actually get familiar with it. Remember, the teams that put these to use are going to be the most effective. The ones that integrate AI into their workday are going to be most effective.
With regard to that, in terms of don’t just have a side initiative, don’t just launch a pilot. I heard one person recently say that "when it comes to AI, they have more pilots than Delta, right?" You want to use these tools to solve an actual problem. Where is an area where you’re not getting what you need out of your existing tool set or out of your existing solutions or out of your existing processes?
Can you use AI to solve that? Give it a shot and take a look and see what you get out of it. And then the last thing, and I know I say this a lot, but you’ve got to keep learning. We’re in the early innings today, still, but it’s also time to get in the game. AI will definitely pass you by if you let it. So don’t let it.
Don’t let yourself lose the race without ever, ever getting off the starting line. You can’t beat Usain Bolt in a race if you stand still. The reality is the future of AI is going to be decided by the people who put it to work to improve their customer experience. It’s going to be decided by the people who put it to work to acquire more customers, to make those customers happy, and to grow their business.
I’m confident you can win this race. But it requires that you get in the car. So go ahead, hop in the car, and let me know how you’re making out. Because I can’t wait to see how far you run.
Next Week’s Show: Interview with Scott Cohen of Inbox ArmyNow, since a lot of this episode has been talking about execution, I definitely want to let you know that we’re going to spend more time focusing on execution this year, including next week when we’re going to have an interview with Scott Cohen from Inbox Army, who’s going to talk about how you can improve your email marketing. That’s particularly important when AI might be the thing that is both reading and writing the emails that your customers receive. So I would encourage you to tune in for that. That’s going to be episode 410 of the podcast, and that’ll be out next week.
Show Wrap-Up and CreditsOf course, looking at the clock on the wall, we are out of time for this week.
And I want to remind you again that you can find the show notes for this episode. As well as an archive of all past episodes by going to timpeter.com/podcast. Again, that’s timpeter.com/podcast. Just look for episode 409.
Subscribe to Thinks Out LoudDon’t forget that you can click on the subscribe link in any of the episodes that you find there to have Thinks Out Loud delivered to your favorite podcatcher every single week. You can also find Thinks Out Loud on Google Podcasts, Apple Podcasts, Spotify, anywhere fine podcasts are found.
Leave a Rating or Review for Thinks Out LoudI would also very much appreciate it if you could provide a positive rating or review for the show whenever you use one of those services.
If you like what you hear on Thinks Out Loud, if you enjoy what we talk about, if you like being part of the community that we’re building here, please give us a positive rating or review. Reviews help other listeners find the podcast. Reviews help other listeners understand what Thinks Out Loud is all about. They help to build our community and they mean the world to me. So thank you so much for doing that. I very, very much appreciate it.
Thinks Out Loud on Social MediaYou can also find Thinks Out Loud on LinkedIn by going to linkedin.com/tim-peter-and-associates-llc. You can find me on Twitter or X or whatever you want to call it this week by using the Twitter handle @tcpeter. And of course, you can email me by sending an email to podcast(at)timpeter.com. Again, that’s podcast(at)timpeter.com.
Show OutroFinally, and I know I say this a lot, I want you to know how thrilled I am that you keep listening to what we do every single week. It means so much to me. You’re the reason we do this.
You’re the reason we make Thinks Out Loud happen. So please keep your messages coming on Twitter, on LinkedIn, on email. I love getting a chance to talk with you, to hear what’s going on in your world, and to learn how we can do a better job building the types of content and community and insights and information that work for you and work for your business.
So with all that said, I hope you have a fantastic rest of your day, I hope you have a wonderful week ahead, and I will look forward to speaking with you here on Thinks Out Loud next time. Until then, please be well, be safe, and as ever, take care, everybody.
The post Revisiting 2024 Predictions: Putting AI in Marketing to Work (Thinks Out Loud) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
In our latest Thinks Out Loud interview, company founder and president Tim Peter sat down to talk with Howard Chang, CEO of The Turn Lab and CEO of Just Boardrooms. In this thoughtful and insightful discussion, Howard and Tim discussed:
We think you’ll enjoy this deeply engaging conversation. Here are the show notes for you.
CEO Howard Chang on Artificial Intelligence, the Future of Work, and Being a Better Human (Thinks Out Loud Episode 416) Headlines and Show NotesShow Notes and Links* Howard Chang | LinkedIn * Just Boardrooms | Meeting Venues for rent | Conference Rooms * The Turn Lab – The Turn Lab– Howard Chang (@adcycle) / X * Hybrid Work Is Just Work. Are We Doing It Wrong? * The No. 1 workplace distraction that kills productivity, according to Microsoft * Work Trend Index: Microsoft’s latest research on the ways we work. * Watch Live to 100: Secrets of the Blue Zones | Netflix Official Site * Belonging to the Brand: Why Community is the Last Great Marketing Strategy by Mark Schaefer (affiliate link) * B Lab Global Site * Stephen Bebis | LinkedIn * Your Employees — and Customers — Live in a Different World Now (Thinks Out Loud Episode 362) * Why Would Anyone Want to Work For You? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 337) * REMOTE WORK | The Conference Board
You might also enjoy this webinar I recently participated in with Miles Partnership that looked at "The Power of Generative AI and ChatGPT: What It Means for Tourism & Hospitality" here:
Free DownloadsWe have some free downloads for you to help you navigate the current situation, which you can find right here:
Best of Thinks Out LoudYou can find our “Best of Thinks Out Loud” playlist on Spotify right here:
Subscribe to Thinks Out Loud* Subscribe in iTunes * Subscribe in the Google Play Store
Contact information for the podcast: podcast@timpeter.com
Past Insights from Tim Peter ThinksTechnical Details for Thinks Out LoudRecorded using a Shure SM7B Vocal Dynamic Microphone and a Focusrite Scarlett 4i4 (3rd Gen) USB Audio Interface into Logic Pro X for the Mac.
Running time: 39m 53s
You can subscribe to Thinks Out Loud in iTunes, the Google Play Store, via our dedicated podcast RSS feed (or sign up for our free newsletter). You can also download/listen to the podcast here on Thinks using the player at the top of this page.
Transcript: Howard Chang on Artificial Intelligence, the Future of Work and Being a Better HumanTim Peter (00:02.146)
Howard Chang, welcome to the show.
Howard Chang (00:04.479)
Hey, Tim. Thanks for having me.
Tim Peter (00:06.966)
Thanks so much for being here. You’ve got.
Just an incredible background. You’ve done an enormous amount of things. I mean, I’m just reading off the list here. Retail, product design, sports marketing, film and stills production, commercial real estate, advertising, and digital technology. You’re currently the founder and chairman of the TurnLab and CEO and founder of Just Boardrooms. So you’ve done a lot over the course of your career. You’ve got a broad background in how digital has sort of affected the workplace, how AI is affecting the workplace,
workplace and ultimately how that affects the people in the workplace. So, you know, just to open it up with a big question, we’re talking a lot about hybrid work. We’re talking about a lot about the future of work. We’re talking a lot about how AI might affect work. What’s going on? You know, what are we seeing that, you know, interests you and you find particularly exciting? I told you we were going to dive right in, right?
Howard Chang (01:01.035)
You didn’t start with a softball question, Tim. So I love it. I love it. Yeah, I mean, you hear the term the future of work. And I think everyone sort of has an interpretation what that might mean for their organization. So whether you’re working for a company or leading a company, there’s probably more questions than answers at the moment.
We do a lot of consulting to C-suite leaders and we talk to them a lot around company culture, morale, productivity, innovation. And there is a general agreement right now that no one’s really got it quite figured out in terms of how are we actually maximizing our people’s productivity? How are we maximizing their ability to collaborate and bring value to a company to help product service development, etc.
Howard Chang (01:52.033)
where sometimes they’re working remotely through a pinhole called Zoom or Teams, which is very difficult to build morale and culture. So many pieces of the puzzle and of course AI fits into all of this, right? Because if you think about AI strictly as a productivity tool, how it’s used, if it’s used, can dramatically impact
Tim Peter (01:58.058)
Yeah, sure.
Howard Chang (02:12.783)
how an individual performs and how a company performs and if it’s used badly or not used at all, some companies might be left behind and so there’s all of that kind of going on right now. So we’re spending a lot of time in the learning phase. There are some published articles now by Harvard Business Review, Forbes, etc. They’re all kind of weighing in but no one really is the expert in the space because it’s happening in real time.
Tim Peter (02:36.018)
Absolutely. Oh, for sure. So one of my favorite quotes, there’s this French philosopher, people who’ve heard the show before have heard me say this before, but I’m not a big reader of French philosophers, but somehow I ran across this quote that when you build the ship, you build the shipwreck. And, you know, the point being that ideally the value of the ship outweighs the negatives of the shipwreck, but we also have to acknowledge that there are those risks and we have to think around
the positives of remote work. There’s a lot of talk about people working remotely and everything. What are some of the downsides? What are some things people need to be concerned about or thinking about there?
Howard Chang (03:16.735)
Well, so to give you an idea, you know, our company, the Tern Lab, has about 50 people, all knowledge workers. We work hybrid, you know, we’re in the office a couple of days a week and we’re remote most of the days a week. So we’ve done our own surveys and workshopping around what’s the best model. But I also think that there’s larger studies afoot right now, like Microsoft published a study I think about 18 months ago that looked at tens of thousands of workers across their
Tim Peter (03:24.661)
Mm-hmm.
Howard Chang (03:46.849)
offices and they looked at groups that were predominantly in office and groups that were predominantly remote. And they were really doing it initially to measure productivity. Is there a productivity difference? They did notice a productivity difference, but it wasn’t as big as they thought. What actually surprised them was that the in office group
Tim Peter (03:56.386)
Yeah.
Howard Chang (04:06.431)
had much higher rankings in terms of product innovation and product quality. So by coming together in person, they were able to collaborate more, argue more, debate more, challenge each other more, which led to better product design, better product development. So productivity is only just one piece of the puzzle. And there are studies that are showing for some companies, the productivity that can be actually quite large, up to like 30% for some companies, because a lot of new people coming to the workforce,
Tim Peter (04:11.168)
Mm-hmm.
Tim Peter (04:18.528)
Yeah.
Howard Chang (04:35.855)
No one really taught them how to do time management as an example. Right. So, so how do we, how do we close that gap? We’re not going to bring everybody back in the office all the time. So how do we close that gap is the big question people are trying to answer.
Tim Peter (04:37.912)
Right.
Tim Peter (04:47.434)
Yeah, makes sense, makes sense. And I know in some of the discussions we’d had, you know, there have been some mental health issues and the like that some folks are concerned about. You know, maybe you can talk about that a little bit.
Howard Chang (04:57.892)
Yeah, I mean, there’s a mental health issue that’s growing called belonging deficit, right? As people felt isolated during COVID, they weren’t part of physical communities and stuck in that tiny little
channel called social media, you can actually feel more socially isolated because you feel like you’re missing out on everything. So the belonging deficit is a big issue for remote workers, even hybrid workers. But what belonging deficit is also leading to is something called collaboration deficit. So as people are feeling like my work is really starting to get really isolated and I’m starting to feel really alone in my work, that’s also creating mental health issues. Not to mention
Tim Peter (05:18.872)
Yeah, sure, sure.
Howard Chang (05:42.049)
other work. So it’s kind of like a double-edged sword. And here’s the other really dangerous thing that’s happening. With the advancement of AI and the ability for AI to generate content for a lot of knowledge work, the work that we do sitting on our own is going to be more easily replaced by AI than the work we do together as teams. So
Tim Peter (06:05.751)
Oh sure.
Howard Chang (06:06.515)
That natural creativity, innovation, that’s the kind of knowledge work that’s gonna be continued to be led by human beings. The sit at home typing out, oh, I gotta write an article on cryptocurrency, or I’ve gotta create, I have to do some analytics on a research study. AI is gonna do all of that, right? So…
Tim Peter (06:27.63)
Sure, sure.
Howard Chang (06:28.935)
The interesting thing is that there’s also anxiety from people going, ooh, how am I gonna keep my job with all of this coming in? I think the key here is people need to come together in ways that make sense for moments that matter, probably in person, so that they can create amplification and acceleration of what humans are actually good at, which tends to be creativity, innovation, problem solving, something that they currently do much better than AI.
Tim Peter (06:58.606)
That makes so much sense. I mean, some of the things you’re talking about there is belonging deficit. Listeners of the show have heard me talk about a book by a real good friend of mine, Mark Schaefer, called Belonging to the Brand, where he talks about how community is the next great marketing channel and the like. And it sounds like you’re talking about the same thing from a product innovation perspective, from a serendipity perspective, right? The random collisions of people that lead to observations or insights you might not have had before, right?
Howard Chang (07:24.939)
What?
And you might live longer. Like if you watch the Netflix show, The Blue Zone, it’s so interesting how if you look at all the Blue Zone communities that the host studied, almost all of them had one commonality, which was community. So whether that was the seven day Adventists with their community built around their religion, or whether that was the Okinawan grannies that got together every day to cook together, knit together. So quilt, you know, that idea of bringing people together
Tim Peter (07:29.704)
Oh yeah, sure. Yeah.
Howard Chang (07:55.489)
for moments of matter is incredible for not just our mental health but also our physical health and longevity. So there’s a lot of science behind the need to be social animals.
Tim Peter (08:07.046)
Absolutely. So I thought we would get to this later, but this seems like a natural touch point right now. You know, you’ve talked a lot about in your career the force of business for, you know, business is a force for good and the impacts that we make on the world in a positive way as a business, right? If I can invert that quote I said before, let’s talk about the ship maybe a bit and not the shipwreck, you know. Let’s hear some of what you think there.
Howard Chang (08:33.878)
Yeah.
You know, listen, I’m an entrepreneur, right? I started my first business at 20 and I’ve done very well. So, you know, I am not gonna be someone who is a hater of capitalism. I would like to think that I am a, you know, socially conscious, environmentally conscious business leader. So what we’ve done is we’ve actually taken some of these socially conscious, environmentally, you know, ideas, philosophies and put them into practice
by applying for and getting certified as a B Corp, so a benefit corporation. So the B Corp movement, it’s growing, still small, but members include like Patagonia, Ben and Jerry’s. Companies that believe that it’s not all about the shareholders, right? It’s not only about the bottom line. These tend to be kind of like triple bottom line companies and we’re one of them. We’re a certified B Corp, we’ve been since 2018. It’s a rigorous process. There is something on the B Corp website called a quick assessment that you can go
Tim Peter (09:09.456)
Oh yeah, sure.
Howard Chang (09:34.153)
as a company to see how big a gap is it between what you do and what a B Corp subscribes to. So that’s a good starting point. But what I like about the B Corp movement is it kind of quantifies and systematizes the idea of being a good corporate citizen. So it looks at things like worker health inequity. It looks at things like environmentalism, health of the planet, but also looks at things like giving back to the community, supporting underserved communities. So these are things that are all important was when I read the term stakeholders versus shareholders. So, you know, Tim, you’ve talked to enough business people, we always talk about our shareholders, our shareholders, but what.
Tim Peter (10:08.49)
Right, definitely.
Howard Chang (10:15.379)
B Corps are trying to do and what we’re trying to do is actually there’s a larger group of stakeholders involved, right? There’s our customers, there’s our staff, there’s the communities we serve, there’s the environment, biodiversity, they’re all stakeholders. It’d be very hard to run a business if we had no biodiversity as an example. What if all the bees disappear? We are screwed basically, right? So I think it’s really shifting perspective and understanding that if we account more
Tim Peter (10:38.454)
Ha ha ha!
Howard Chang (10:45.513)
we might be able to do good as we do well. And I think that’s a great combo.
Tim Peter (10:51.542)
Well, in what you’re talking about with the mental health situation with employees or things along those lines, the anxiety that they feel around artificial intelligence potentially taking their job or the belonging deficit when they’re working remote and not connecting with other people. That’s not going to make for happy, healthy, functional employees. Those folks are also representative of the people who buy from our companies and the like. And it probably doesn’t make for happy, healthy, functional consumers. So I mean, at the end of the day,
Howard Chang (11:18.804)
Yeah.
Tim Peter (11:20.798)
I’ve thought about this from a very different perspective over the course of my career, and I agree with everything you said, so I don’t want any of this to sound like I’m disagreeing. It’s also, at a worst case scenario, and folks who’ve listened to the show have heard me say this before, if you’re not doing well in your community, you’re not creating an environment where people want to work with you, or want to buy from you, or will need your things. So even if you don’t believe in some of these principles, though I would argue you should,
You would argue you should. It’s also in your best interest to do it because it’s in your best interest to do it. Right?
Howard Chang (11:56.615)
Yeah, I mean, 87% of millennials and Gen Z who apply for a job want to know the values of the company. 87%. So it’s a huge piece around not just corporate culture, but in terms of talent acquisition, talent retention. If you don’t stand for something, people have a hard time connecting their value strictly to a paycheck. And I think people are looking for more than that right now.
Tim Peter (12:19.178)
Yeah, absolutely.
Howard Chang (12:23.695)
Sorry about the fire. I live in the big city so you know fire, sirens, it happens.
Tim Peter (12:23.938)
We’ll let that.
Tim Peter (12:30.18)
No worries, that’s no problem at all. Cool, that’s faded. So just continuing on that, continuing on the discussion. So it sounds like when we talk about things like remote work or when we look at things like the future of work, you know, hybrid isn’t a, in your view, that’s not a fad. That’s a thing that’s going to exist for a long time. People are going to need that balance of
We’re not going fully remote ever. I’m not trying to put words in your mouth. This is more, a friend of mine likes to say, I think I heard what you thought you said, right? So we’re probably not going full remote because of the downsides that exist there. We’re also probably not going back to everybody in the office five days a week, right? Is that right? Or how do you see this playing out?
Howard Chang (13:11.976)
Yeah, I think that’s right and there’s a nuance to that. So one of the things that we’re observing as we’re studying this space is that it’s becoming a little bit more of a hub and spoke model. So people aren’t necessarily wanting to drive from their home in the suburbs all the way downtown to meet with their team for three hours. They’ve done a three hour commute round trip just to get that three hour meeting. And so one of the reasons why we launched our latest startup, JustBoardrooms, which we launched in March, it’s essentially a Airbnb spaces. So we’re just a marketplace, right? So, you know, for instance, Tim, if you had an office, if you had an office and you had a boardroom, you can put your boardroom on and rent it by the hour, by the day to a user. So that’s an example. So we get a lot of usage in our system in the suburbs. So we poll our users and go like, why did you use your boardroom? I said, well, you know what, it was close to work to where me and my client lived. Oh, our team lives on the west end of the
Tim Peter (13:55.21)
Yup.
Howard Chang (14:14.517)
they’re happy to pay 50 bucks an hour or whatever for a boardroom on demand because it actually makes them more productive. They save two hours on the commute, they get more done, and they only use it when they need it. So this hub and spoke type situation is we’re seeing more and more of that. You know as the downtowns are a little bit emptier now than they used to be, what’s happening is work is happening elsewhere.
Tim Peter (14:17.248)
Yup, yup.
Howard Chang (14:38.015)
What I do see is the really smart companies are looking at ways to bring their people together more often and to make it as easy as possible for that to happen because they see the benefit of doing it.
Tim Peter (14:51.342)
Right, right. And I want to come back to that point just for a second, but just as you’re talking about your company a little bit, where are you located? Like, where can people find you?
Howard Chang (15:01.035)
We’re in Toronto, fourth largest city in North America. I know that’s surprising for a lot of Americans, but our clients are all over North America. So what The TurnLab is a marketing technology lab and incubator. So we do traditional marketing, market research, we do planning, we do media campaigns, but we also do a lot of technology. So all our software engineers are in-house, they’re not off-shored in India, they’re here.
Tim Peter (15:04.298)
Yep. Ha ha ha.
Howard Chang (15:30.709)
you know, million dollar enterprise digital commerce sites. We also build apps for startups. So one of the products we developed was Just Boardrooms. So that’s one of our proof products as an example, right? So we’re an incubator and we’ve helped other startups incubate as well. So we are based in Toronto and you can check us out at the https://theturnlab.com. And I definitely suggest you check out our marketplace, Just Boardrooms, it’s justboardrooms.com. You know, the sharing economy is gonna be another big piece of the future of work, right? As we start thinking about reducing friction
as we think about collaboration, there’s gonna be a lot of assets right now, commercial real estate assets, transportation assets that have been all geared towards coming back to the office that aren’t gonna be used for coming back to the office. So the share economy is gonna play a much bigger role in that not just in Canada, you know, we have 55 cities for just boardrooms, most of them are in the States. So the US is really growing quickly and I think that’s something that’s gonna happen for every major and minor market is we’re gonna do things differently.
Tim Peter (16:33.71)
That makes total sense. Well, and what I love about it specifically, first of all, I think it’s a cool product and it gets a cool idea. I also love that you’re putting your money where your mouth is, right? You’re talking about all of this in terms of, these are the trends we see happening. You build digital experiences, you build commerce experiences. Hey, let’s put these two things together and actually show this in practice, right? Ha ha ha.
Howard Chang (16:52.359)
Yeah, I love burning my own money. Like, like, it’s like a dumpster fire in the back of my office. Like, let’s just throw more money out of startup because I just I’m a glutton for punishment. But you know what the good news is, it’s growing quickly. So, you know, we were at 250 locations now where sales are growing in double digits compounded month over month. So it’s all good. But the truth of the matter is I’ve been a startup guy since I was 20 years old. I, I played a lot of risks as we do it, an appetite for risk if you’re going to do a startup.
Tim Peter (17:24.466)
Absolutely and we’ll give you a chance to say this again at the end but just for folks who’ve heard this bit, you know, it’s…
Howard Chang (17:32.491)
https://theturnlab.com and justboardrooms.com.
Tim Peter (17:45.25)
So, you know, one of the things that I find particularly fascinating about your story is that, you know, you just said you have to have an appetite for risk as an entrepreneur. You obviously, you like to burden your own money doing this, right? You like to have fun doing this and finding new challenges and all. But you’ve gone through a personal challenge. Like, you’re a recent cancer survivor. You know, can you talk about that a little bit?
Howard Chang (18:08.011)
That’s right.
Absolutely. In 2017, I was diagnosed with relatively advanced prostate cancer and part of it was because I sat on my hands and, you know, did the usual guy thing and say, well, you know, I’m going to delay dealing with this as long as possible. So my tumor was about two thirds of my prostate. So it was it was a it was relatively advanced. So when I talked to the local urologist, you know, very good urologist at great hospitals here, and we have universal health care, by the way.
Tim Peter (18:29.128)
Oh wow.
Howard Chang (18:39.725)
So it was all free healthcare. So I talked to the best specialists and they gave me a bunch of options. And frankly, I didn’t love the options. So I did my own research. I am a very curious guy and I’m more than capable of doing, you know, using that thing called Google. I’m not sure whether you heard about it. But I ended up finding a clinic in Germany that was doing a very innovative surgery called IRE NanoKnife. And I would say if anyone listening has anybody in their family that is going through localized
Tim Peter (18:41.77)
Yep.
Tim Peter (18:54.37)
Hehehehe
Howard Chang (19:09.645)
other words it has not metastasized, it has localized the prostate, definitely check out something called the VITIS Prostate Clinic in Offenbach Germany. So, they have a procedure called IRE Nanonife that stands for irreversible electroporation. It’s what they call a focal therapy. So instead of cutting you open,
Tim Peter (19:11.455)
Right, sure.
Howard Chang (19:28.331)
cutting around all your nerves and removing your prostate, which leads to a very high level of chance of incontinency, erectile dysfunction. Hopefully I’m not getting too personal here. But the bottom line is there’s a there’s a lot of side effects to traditional radical prostatectomies. So the Nano knife is a whole different system where they basically using MRIs and and and other technology, they isolate the tumor and they basically zap it with high voltage for nanoseconds.
Tim Peter (19:38.122)
That’s okay. I asked the question. It’s okay.
Tim Peter (19:43.054)
Sure.
Sure.
Howard Chang (19:58.285)
a knife. So I had full recovery, they got rid of my tumor. After three weeks I was good as new and I was great for five years. And then two years ago my cancer came back. So I had to deal with that. So they spotted three tumors and what was left of my prostate. You know I’m at that age now where that could absolutely happen.
Tim Peter (20:21.378)
Yep.
Tim Peter (20:25.171)
Absolutely, sure.
Howard Chang (20:26.315)
And so I had to figure out, well, what am I gonna do? Am I going back to Germany, pay for surgery, go through the recovery process again? And I decided to actually talk to a naturopathic oncologist who specializes in alternative cancer treatments. She works with regular oncologists, she works with hospitals, but she does a lot of complementary treatments. There’s something called a high dose vitamin C IV, which is basically an IV, very high dose vitamin C, which has been shown in clinical trials to slow down or even reverse the trend of cancer in breast and prostate cancer.
Tim Peter (20:36.75)
Mm-hmm.
Howard Chang (20:56.269)
So I started doing that, changed my diet and crazy thing Tim, after 18 months of doing this, all my tumors went away. So, this is…
Tim Peter (21:04.15)
Wow.
Howard Chang (21:07.243)
I share this story not because I want to give you the gruesome details in prostate cancer. I want to share with you my core philosophy in life and business which I think drives me as an entrepreneur but what makes our company so successful and powerful. A lot of companies in the knowledge space are focused on selling their solution. We are focused on falling in love with the problem. So
Tim Peter (21:26.667)
Mm-hmm.
Tim Peter (21:30.743)
Mm-hmm.
Howard Chang (21:32.075)
With that philosophy, our job at the TurnLab, for instance, and how I operate personally is I don’t even want to talk solution. In fact, the solution may actually not even be anything I sell. I want to first deeply understand the problem. That’s why we do leverage AI in our company. We do have analysts and strategists and market researchers in our company. Unlike a lot of traditional marketing firms, we invest in that space because having evidence
Tim Peter (21:44.436)
Mm-hmm.
Tim Peter (21:49.638)
Yep.
Howard Chang (22:02.029)
the right strategy to build the right solution has been our path to success. And I think a lot of people forget about that and they get so in love with their solution that they’re just kind of ramming it down people’s throat whether they need it or not. So sorry that was a long-winded very you know convoluted way to get to that point but it came through cancer.
Tim Peter (22:16.179)
Ha ha!
Well, that’s OK. I mean, that’s what podcasts are for, right? That’s for us to have a conversation and kind of work our way around to the thing. It’s really funny you say that. We are very fond of the expression around here that a problem well-defined is half solved, right? Rather than starting with a solution, and how do we try to apply the solution to a range of problems, it is very much understand the problem, understand what the challenge is, and then talk about what can be done to solve it, rather than start with the solution
Howard Chang (22:36.107)
Yes.
Tim Peter (22:53.488)
looking for problems that it might whack a mole, right?
Howard Chang (22:56.843)
Yeah, yeah, yeah, for sure, for sure.
Tim Peter (22:57.874)
Yeah, so it’s interesting to me, you’ve had a couple of, I would say fairly substantial health scares, I don’t think that’s an unfair way to state that, right? And the like, and you also talk about creating these environments where people can work more productively, where people can come together, where they can do better work, how they can contribute to their communities and things along those lines. I’m personally very curious about this.
Howard Chang (23:08.747)
Yeah.
Tim Peter (23:27.728)
You know, is there a relationship there? Were you always in that view? Or did your health challenges kind of lead you in that direction? Or was it sort of just a little bit of both?
Howard Chang (23:36.651)
Yeah, I think that’s a great question. I founded and ran a very successful integrated ad agency for about 20 years. So I started in the 90s and we had great clients. We had Callaway Golf, we had Honda. It was great. It was like 55 people, good kind of mid-sized boutique shop. But in the kind of like mid-20 teens, like 2015, 2016, I really started feeling like
Tim Peter (23:45.634)
Yep.
Howard Chang (24:05.835)
we were becoming more the hands for our clients than thought partners, right? And I thought the idea of an integrated ad agency was becoming a lot more commoditized, right? And what I found interesting is that my clients started to be meeting with companies like PWC and Deloitte and Accenture on their marketing strategy, I thought was really interesting. So the consultancies are starting to occupy the space. So I was thinking about it for a while, I was thinking about how do we deal with it, and I will tell you right now, a move. So what I did is I actually shut down that company to start the TurnLab.
Tim Peter (24:36.941)
Yeah.
Howard Chang (24:42.507)
So I shut down a successful 20 year multimillion dollar agency and started with a handful of intrepid people that were willing to bet on my bet to do this kind of consultancy led marketing technology model. And oh my god Tim we stubbed our toes so many times in the beginning like we didn’t quite get it right. We couldn’t get our proposition right. But after about 18 months to
Tim Peter (24:55.437)
Yep.
Tim Peter (25:04.969)
Sure.
Howard Chang (25:12.461)
people kind of hiring us for the right reasons, not to be their hands, but to be thought partners. And now we’re…
bigger than I ever was as an integrated agency with about 50 staff now, higher revenues. And I think the model’s working. I like to tell people we’re a lab, which means you can break some beakers. That’s what, we stubbed our toes, but just don’t burn down the lab, right? So we wanna do it right, but we’re gonna make mistakes along the way and we’re gonna learn. My background, I’ve been a competitive athlete a lot in my life,
Tim Peter (25:38.91)
Yeah, sure. Right, right. Ha ha ha.
Howard Chang (25:50.285)
athletes and I would say that the most impressive characteristic of any great athlete I’ve ever met is just resilience. You know we’re gonna keep stumbling, we’re gonna keep skinnier knees but are you able and willing to get up and go and keep going? That I think is key to any for any entrepreneur but really for any business leader or someone who’s trying to progress in their profession.
Tim Peter (26:15.114)
Yeah, absolutely. Well, and I mean, I don’t want to trivialize.
You know, your health situation by any stretch. I unfortunately have a, as listeners to the show know, I’ve got a cancer history in my family. So it’s something that I’ve been close to a lot. You know, and I think that there’s a lot to be said there of just getting up every day and dealing with whatever it is, you know, is the difference between folks who are successful, who would deem themselves successful. I mean, forget what society says, but you know, you have gotten to where you wanna get, or things along those lines,
keep trying, right? Even if it knocks you back a little bit, setbacks are temporary. They don’t stop you, right?
Howard Chang (26:56.139)
Yeah, and I think anytime we hit an existential crisis in our lives, it provides clarity, right? So you start thinking, well, I only have X number days. Sometimes we think, oh, our luck goes on forever. But when you have these moments, you go, well, actually, no, I played most of the cards in my deck already. I only have so many left. And so you start thinking, well, how am I going to play them? Those questions come into mind. And so it definitely provides a lot of clarity.
Tim Peter (27:01.952)
Yeah, right, right.
Hehehehe
Yeah, no, that makes perfect sense. And I think very inspiring for people to hear in terms of, if you’re going through a rough time, this will probably pass and all you can do is just put one foot in front of the other and kind of work towards whatever the next objective is, right?
Howard Chang (27:39.307)
for sure and surround yourself with good people, right?
Tim Peter (27:42.322)
Absolutely.
Howard Chang (27:43.595)
I would say, you know, as an entrepreneur who started at 20 and built a multi million dollar business in my 20s, I would say the biggest mistake I made as a young entrepreneur is I thought I was the smartest kid in the room. And so I didn’t look for enough advice from smart people around me. And I would say my success now is I’m really good at identifying smart, aligned, talented people, and put them on the right seats of the bus. I
Tim Peter (28:01.688)
Yeah.
Howard Chang (28:13.549)
anything and I think business is no exception. Even if you’re working for a company, look at the team around you and look at how you can impact making sure you have the right people around you, right? So I think it’s really important to surround yourself with supporters that are aligned and that can amplify, you know, who you are and what you bring to the table.
Tim Peter (28:33.578)
Yeah, yeah, so much.
I told you when we were starting off, I’ve been consulting for a little over a dozen years, and it’s so funny, I always think that one of my great failings was, in jobs that I’d had prior is, you wanna be the smart person in the room, you wanna ask really smart questions. One of the things I love about being a consultant is you’re allowed to ask the dumbest questions in any room, right? You learn so much when you just ask things that you don’t have to look smart. People think, oh, that’s a really interesting question, because I never thought about it that way, when you ask things that sound really
Howard Chang (28:54.539)
Absolutely.
Tim Peter (29:06.2)
dumb at first, right? Please.
Howard Chang (29:07.371)
I’m going to do a shout out to a buddy of mine. His name is Steve. His name is Steven Babis. He is a CEO coach and you can check him out on LinkedIn. He was one of my first major clients and he brought Home Depot into Canada and he launched this incredible big box golf concept called Golf Town. And I worked with him for 12 years helping to helping him build it into a $400 million retail company. And I couldn’t figure him out at first because he’d be the guy in the room
Tim Peter (29:17.003)
Yeah.
Howard Chang (29:37.325)
dumbest questions. And I was like what’s going on with this guy because he’s obviously successful, he’s obviously smart. And then I realized no that’s actually his superpower. He would ask the questions that everybody felt embarrassed to ask and he got to the truth way faster. And so I do think that we let ego get in the way a lot when it comes to how we perform. And I think the ability to ask the obvious or dumb question is actually a bit of a superpower.
Tim Peter (30:06.826)
Yeah, well, and especially, right, if your bonus at the end of the quarter or at the end of the year depends upon it, right? You, it, you, not asking the dumb question, right? You want to look like the smart person in the room because there’s a lot of incentives to look like the smart person in the room. Yeah, for sure. For sure. That’s great. It’s great advice in terms of being willing to ask, surrounding yourself with smart people. I just love the stuff we’re talking, you know, we’re talking about here, Howard. And I know we’re coming near to the time we have together.
Howard Chang (30:17.579)
Right.
Howard Chang (30:21.099)
Right.
Tim Peter (30:36.72)
to put a button on this, you know, you’re talking about how we get people to belong more effectively. You’re talking about how we bring people together more effectively. I love this focus on the triple bottom line and having some larger purpose to actually appeal to the folks who want working with you and the like. If you’re going to attract smart people, it probably makes some sense to focus on things that those smart people might care about beyond just a paycheck, right?
Tim Peter (31:06.74)
the matter. So if people want to learn more about what you do and your companies and the like, where can they go? How can they find you?
Howard Chang (31:15.019)
Yeah, so definitely go to https://theturnlab.com to check us out. You can email me at HowardC(at )theturnlab.com. Happy to field any questions anybody might have. I am still on X, a little reluctantly, but still on X. I’m @adcycle. I’m an avid cyclist and so therefore @adcycle. And also just check me out on LinkedIn. I’m always happy to you know, have a productive conversation around life, work, and what I would call the human condition.
Tim Peter (31:53.678)
I love it. I love it. Howard, before I let you go, there’s one last question I always like to end with. I always like to ask people, you know, is there something I haven’t asked you that I should have? Is there something you’d love a chance to, you know, kind of share with the folks we’re talking to today?
Howard Chang (32:08.811)
Yeah, I think one of the things that keeps me up at night is all the division that’s happening in society right now. So whether that’s political division, religious division, I mean, you look at what’s happening globally right now in Gaza, what’s happening both in Canada and the US in terms of political division and the idea of, you know, dogma fighting dogma, whether you’re a liberal or a conservative. And I do think that there is an opportunity for people to be more empathetic and to lean in and to listen. And, you know, a little a little trick I learned over the years is that when
Tim Peter (32:22.833)
Sure.
Howard Chang (32:42.253)
somebody comes at you with a position that’s completely counter to what you believe in, instead of going right at them and going, that’s BS, what I’ve started doing is you could be right.
and are you open to hear my opinion? So acknowledging them, like the biggest problem right now between let’s say Democrats and Republicans is there’s a general lack of acknowledgement. I think we can all agree that Republicans aren’t all wrong and the Democrats aren’t all wrong. There’s probably some right between both of them. If we could have a little bit more discourse around, you know what, you could be right and I also have a point of view I’d love to share.
Tim Peter (32:58.446)
Sure.
Tim Peter (33:13.716)
Of course.
Howard Chang (33:21.099)
individually if we can do that more, as leaders if we can do that more, I think we just get a lot more out of it.
Tim Peter (33:28.238)
Perfect. Howard Chang, thank you so much for being on the show. I really appreciate it. This has been a delightful conversation. Again, you can find Howard at https://theturnlab.com. Hold on, I’m going to say that again and make sure I got that right. You can find Howard again at https://theturnlab.com and at justboardrooms.com. Again, Howard Chang, thank you so much. Take care of yourself. We’ll talk with you soon.
Howard Chang (33:55.851)
Thanks so much, Tim.
Show Wrap-Up and CreditsNow, looking at the clock on the wall, we are out of time for this week.
And I want to remind you again that you can find the show notes for this episode. As well as an archive of all past episodes by going to timpeter.com/podcast. Again, that’s timpeter.com/podcast. Just look for episode 416.
Subscribe to Thinks Out LoudDon’t forget that you can click on the subscribe link in any of the episodes that you find there to have Thinks Out Loud delivered to your favorite podcatcher every single week. You can also find Thinks Out Loud on Apple Podcasts, Spotify, YouTube Music, anywhere fine podcasts are found.
Leave a Rating or Review for Thinks Out LoudI would also very much appreciate it if you could provide a positive rating or review for the show whenever you use one of those services.
If you like what you hear on Thinks Out Loud, if you enjoy what we talk about, if you like being part of the community that we’re building here, please give us a positive rating or review.
Reviews help other listeners find the podcast. Reviews help other listeners understand what Thinks Out Loud is all about. They help to build our community and they mean the world to me. So thank you so much for doing that. I very, very much appreciate it.
Thinks Out Loud on Social MediaYou can also find Thinks Out Loud on LinkedIn by going to linkedin.com/tim-peter-and-associates-llc. You can find me on Twitter or X or whatever you want to call it this week by using the Twitter handle @tcpeter. And of course, you can email me by sending an email to podcast(at)timpeter.com. Again, that’s podcast(at)timpeter.com.
Show OutroFinally, and I know I say this a lot, I want you to know how thrilled I am that you keep listening to what we do here. It means so much to me. You are the reason we do this show.
You’re the reason that Thinks Out Loud happens every single week. So please, keep your messages coming on LinkedIn. Keep hitting me up on Twitter, sending things via email. I love getting a chance to talk with you, to hear what’s going on in your world, and to learn how we can do a better job building on the types of content and community and information and insights that work for you and work for your business.
So with all that said, I hope you have a fantastic rest of your day, I hope you have a wonderful week ahead, and I will look forward to speaking with you here on Thinks Out Loud next time. Until then, please be well, be safe, and as always, take care, everybody.
The post CEO Howard Chang on Artificial Intelligence, the Future of Work, and Being a Better Human (Thinks Out Loud Episode 416) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
You’ve probably heard about Google’s messy launch of its Gemini AI product. Commentators with political axes to grind across the spectrum have pounded the search giant for its mistakes, leading CEO Sundar Pichai to call the tool’s responses “completely unacceptable.” As entertaining as it might be for some folks, though, to watch Google get pummeled, there’s a larger story that we seem to be missing. The Gemini debacle highlights serious lessons about artificial intelligence that matter to your business, too.
What are those lessons from Google’s Gemini launch kerfuffle that no one is talking about? Why do they matter for you, your brand, your business, and your career? And how do you make sure you can put those lessons to work? That’s what this episode of the Thinks Out Loud podcast is all about.
Want to learn more? Here are the show notes for you.
No One is Talking About the Most Important Lessons from Google’s Gemini Launch Kerfuffle (Thinks Out Loud Episode 415) Headlines and Show NotesShow Notes and Links* Google pauses Gemini’s ability to generate AI images of people after diversity errors – The Verge * Google CEO Sundar Pichai calls AI tool’s responses ‘completely unacceptable’ | Semafor * What happened with Gemini image generation * Google Gemini AI: Black Nazis? A woman pope? Just the start of its AI problem. – Vox * Why Google’s ‘woke’ AI problem won’t be an easy fix * Nick Bostrom – Wikipedia * Instrumental convergence – Wikipedia (Includes “the paperclip problem”) * Chart: How Much of the Internet Consists of Porn? | Statista * Gartner Predicts Search Engine Volume Will Drop 25% by 2026, Due to AI Chatbots and Other Virtual Agents * Google Lacks Vision: Big Tech Earnings and the State of Digital Q1 2024 (Thinks Out Loud Episode 412) * Teamster – Wikipedia * 2023 Trucking Statistics | Yuma Truck Driving School * 1850 Fast Facts – History – U.S. Census Bureau * AI Could Actually Help Rebuild The Middle Class
You might also enjoy this webinar I recently participated in with Miles Partnership that looked at "The Power of Generative AI and ChatGPT: What It Means for Tourism & Hospitality" here:
Free DownloadsWe have some free downloads for you to help you navigate the current situation, which you can find right here:
Best of Thinks Out LoudYou can find our “Best of Thinks Out Loud” playlist on Spotify right here:
Subscribe to Thinks Out Loud* Subscribe in iTunes * Subscribe in the Google Play Store
Contact information for the podcast: podcast@timpeter.com
Past Insights from Tim Peter ThinksTechnical Details for Thinks Out LoudRecorded using a Shure SM7B Vocal Dynamic Microphone and a Focusrite Scarlett 4i4 (3rd Gen) USB Audio Interface into Logic Pro X for the Mac.
Running time: 26m 39s
You can subscribe to Thinks Out Loud in iTunes, the Google Play Store, via our dedicated podcast RSS feed (or sign up for our free newsletter). You can also download/listen to the podcast here on Thinks using the player at the top of this page.
Transcript: No One is Talking About the Most Important Lessons from Google’s Gemini Launch KerfuffleWell hello again everyone and welcome back to Thinks Out Loud, your source for all the digital expertise your business needs. My name is Tim Peter, this is episode 415 of The Big Show, and thank you so much for tuning in. I very much appreciate it.
I’m going to talk about something today that I didn’t think I was going to address, but it’s been such a big topic, I feel like it’s important to talk about. And that is Google’s Gemini rollout and the big kerfuffle that has emerged around it because it produced some shockingly bad answers. And I want to be very clear, I am going to stay away from all the culture war arguments that people are making online because I don’t.
Think that’s the important part of what happened here. So, as a quick recap, just for those of you who are not aware, Google released Gemini Pro 1.5 about a week ago, and it has gone really badly. Gemini produced a series of images, when prompted, that were historically inaccurate in the extreme. So it showed, you know, people prompted it to show the founding fathers of the, of America.
And it, it was In the interest of being diverse, it was very inaccurate. So it drew pictures of people who were persons of color, or Native Americans, or Asians, or the like, instead of, as you might expect you know, European white males, right? Which, I mean, not great in terms of historical accuracy, obviously, without getting into any of the culture side of this, right?
It was even more hilariously wrong. When people said, hey, draw me a picture of Nazis, and it did the same thing. And of course, this has led people to say that it is biased, that Google has developed something that is biased against white people. And of course, folks on the other side of the spectrum saying that it’s creating harms by accusing people who weren’t involved in, say, the atrocities of Nazism with being Nazis.
So, you know, basically, lots of folks online were not happy about this. Again, I don’t think that the way that Google’s Gemini screwed up is all that interesting. Sure, it allows people to fight online, and gosh knows, everybody loves that. But that’s not really what I think is the important story here. And I’m going to explain what I think the important story is in just a moment.
What I think we can say Is that, yeah, Google screwed up. I’m a big fan of the quote that to err is human, to really screw up requires a committee. Right? This took some doing for Google to get this, you know I also don’t think they’re evil in this case, unlike the folks on either side who seem to be arguing that Google’s biases blinded it to the problem.
I don’t think that’s what happened here, and I could be wrong. I want to be fair. I could be very wrong about this. I want to also be very upfront. You’ve heard me bash Google many, many, many times. And on this one, I’m going to defend them, but not in the way that I think you expect. In fact, as I’ll talk about a little bit later, they likely spent so much time thinking about some truly evil behaviors, that they missed the more banal biased material that Gemini produced.
And I think Google’s error is a sign of a bigger problem that almost no one is talking about. And that is that AIs are a black box. Google wanted an AI that overcame traditional biases. And instead, they got one that’s absurdly biased in an entirely different, entirely unpredictable direction. Some of you may have heard people talk about AI’s alignment problem, which is that the machine is going to do things in a way that we don’t think about very often.
This is most famously postulated by the Swedish philosopher Nick Bostrom in what is known as the paperclip problem. And I’m going to I’m going to read this at length from the Wikipedia article. Bostrom said, Suppose we have an AI whose only goal is to make as many paperclips as possible.
The AI will realize quickly that it would be much better if there were no humans, because humans might decide to switch it off. Because if humans do so, there would be fewer paperclips. Also, human bodies contain a lot of atoms that could be made into paperclips. The future that the AI would be trying to gear towards would be one in which there were a lot of paperclips, but no humans.
Right? Okay, grim and dark, but I mean, Swedish philosopher, what do you expect? You know, this is one of those situations where Google said, don’t be biased, and the A. I. said, cool, okay, I’ll just be biased in an entirely different way. That’s going to happen sometimes because A. I. s aren’t predictable in the way that we think they will be.
From a more practical perspective, imagine if instead of creating something to do image and text generation, Google built an AI to find the most efficient way to fly an airplane, and the AI figured the best way to do that was to turn off the oxygen in the cabin. That’s what the, what Gemini seems to be doing.
It’s not at all biased in the way you would expect, and instead is biased in a really, really different way that no one predicted. And that’s the part that I think you should be thinking about when we talk about AI, and how you use AI in your business. Think about this for a minute. We know for sure that Google trained its AI to avoid biased and outright racist outputs.
And I’m going to be very transparent. I don’t think that’s stupid, evil, or negative. In fact, it’s something that every big company does every day. Not just with AI, just in everything they do. And most small ones do the same thing. That’s not even cautious, that’s just plain smart, that’s how you run your business.
How many messages are put out by every company in the world every day that manage not to offend people? You know, like most of them. That’s pretty normal behavior to say we want to make sure that we’re representing the broadest possible community and we’re doing some a way, you know, we’re doing so in a way that is respectful of our customers and our larger community.
So yeah, Google didn’t think of testing Gemini to say draw me historically accurate pictures of Nazis or explain whether Elon Musk and Pol Pot are ethically comparable. And the reason they didn’t, I think, is because we know for sure they were thinking of things that are so much worse. And I’m going to apologize right up front here to anyone who’s sensitive about what I’m about to talk about.
But I was having a conversation the other day with someone who noted that 4 percent of internet sites contain pornographic material. And that depending on whose numbers you go by, 20 percent of all searches are for pornographic material. Without putting guardrails in place, it’s pretty much a given that somewhere between 4 percent and 20 percent of the images an AI is trained on the internet produces would include naked people.
Some of them doing things that aren’t fit for a mass audience. And that’s just one category of material that no business wants out there with their name attached to it. Now, this is where it gets darker still, and I, again, I apologize in advance, but I’m going to read you a quote from an internal paper at Google that described how Gemini works.
It was their internal paper where they were announcing Gemini and the project and its status internally. They said,
"Our model safety policies reflect our established approach towards product safety and preventing harm in consumer and enterprise contexts. Policy areas include generation of child sexual abuse and exploitation content, hate speech, harassment, dangerous content such as guidance on how to make weapons, and malicious content.
We also aim to reduce bias in our models via guidelines focused on providing content that reflects our global user base."
That’s the end of the quote. Google cares about this so much that they actually have guidelines for how long human reviewers can look at the materials being output, and the material being input, to make sure that people exposed to that stuff Don’t get exposed to it too much.
They provide mental health services for the people in these jobs, specifically because they’re exposed to such terrible, terrible things on the internet, that they want to make sure those people are okay. I actually have zero problem with that. There is a lot of awful, awful stuff on the internet. And so I think A system that compares the ethics of mass murdering dictators and internet billionaires probably wasn’t high on their list of concerns.
And if you say, well, it should have been I don’t know. I talked about Google’s scale problem a couple weeks ago in the PO in the episode about Google Lacks vision, big text earnings. Google gets eight and a half billion searches a day. Imagine if even 1 percent of those were for objectionable material.
That’s 85 million potentially objectionable requests. As my friend Mike Moran says, when your UI is an open ended prompt, it’s devilishly difficult to stamp out all problems. An open ended prompt provides all sorts of possibilities. Anyone who thinks this is easy to test has never done it. Just to give you a point of comparison, I’m just going to pull from my own website.
77 percent of the searches on my website were unique over the last year. The most common search term accounted for 11 percent of all searches. The second most common accounted for just under 4%. And I’m very confident that Google’s numbers are even more skewed towards the long tail. Literally, large user bases are where the concept of the long tail came from.
11 percent of 85 million searches is 9. 35 million. So what’s Google supposed to do about the other 75. 6 million requests? Right? That’s a tough problem to solve. Of course they automated this. Of course they built in rules. And, of course, because of the way AIs work, those rules produced a whole bunch of stuff that nobody saw coming.
My entire argument here, by the way, also assumes that there were no bad actors on the internet aching to make Google look bad. That’s just if we take basic numbers and add them up, it gets ugly quick. That puts Google in a really tough position. That position, and this episode overall this situation overall, underscores why market leaders have such a tough time winning in new markets.
Google has to protect its brand reputation and its advertisers brands in a way that’s going to make it exceedingly risk averse. And notice, none of the things I just talked about, none of the things they called out in that paper, are things that every brand would want to avoid being associated with. So, I don’t think Google did something evil here.
They just are in a tough, tough position when they’re also trying to protect their brand. And let’s face it, lots of startups don’t have that same problem. Even if they did have the same kind of mistake that we’ve seen with Gemini here, it probably wouldn’t tarnish their brand irreparably in the short run, in the long run.
They could just say, Oh my gosh, it was a beta. We fixed it. And now we’re back for tests. Take two. Google is going to struggle with that. And that’s where I want you to think about this for your business. This is where I want you to focus on what I think is the most important problem. For starters, you likely don’t have Google scale problems, so yay!
But you will also have to take it for granted that any artificial intelligence you’re exposing to the world could behave unpredictably. Even if you think you’ve built in the right guardrails, as Google did, the guardrails themselves can produce outputs you couldn’t possibly expect. I don’t think Google would have released this if they thought this was something that they were going to see.
Maybe they did. Maybe they looked at this and they went, Oh, nobody’s going to care. But I doubt that. I really do. You know, they’re, they’re walking it back all over the place. Sundar Pichai has put out a memo basically saying, We screwed up. We’re going to fix this. This is unacceptable. As you would expect he would.
This is, they’ve gotten a lot of egg on their face here. But, it demonstrates the thing you need to be thinking about. That you’re going to get outputs you don’t expect. And it’s something that you need to put the right governance procedures in place, just as you probably have today, to ensure that any outputs that are generated align with your brand’s values and the values of your customers.
That’s an important point and it’s the part I think people need to focus on more. AIs are unpredictable. You have to expect that they’re going to be unpredictable and they’re going to be unpredictable in unpredictable ways. So your governance procedures and the way you make, you expose these tools to the internet have to be really well thought through to ensure you’re not creating Other bias problems.
You know, you have to monitor the outputs. You have to monitor the customer experience throughout to ensure you’re not creating a problem different than the one you were trying to prevent in the first place. On a completely separate note, on a side note, I also think there’s a big silver lining for lots of people here that we want to highlight.
We’ve heard people say, lots of people who say AI is going to take their job away. Right? And obviously, every time anybody makes a mistake, it’s evidence for why that’s not true. But I think this specific type of mistake is very hard to eliminate at all, and is Particularly strong evidence for why this is true.
Now, let’s be fair. AI is going to make some jobs go away. You’ve heard me tell the story about my grandmother who was a telephone operator a hundred years ago. That’s a fact. She was. And technology made her job go away because technology always makes some jobs go away. Also be aware, there are more women working today than were even alive a hundred years ago.
The reason I bring up women in this case is because telephone operators were largely women and it was one of the largest job categories for women when my grandmother was a telephone operator, right? Today there are more women working, period, than even were alive when my grandmother was a telephone operator.
Clearly, there’s plenty more jobs. The reality is, if 100 percent of the value you bring to your organization can be automated, the problem isn’t with the automation. Right? Instead, you need to think about how you can use AI to augment the value you bring. Think about how automation and technology have changed lots of jobs over the years.
For instance, just to pick one. Think about how we used to move material and freight from one place to another. A couple of Teamsters which the name comes from managing a team of horses, mules, or oxen, loaded freight on a wagon pulled by those horses, mules, or oxen, and took it to the next town or the next county or the next state.
Then one day, the truck came along. Well, what happened? The truck didn’t eliminate the Teamsters. It created truck drivers, and the speed with which trucks could deliver things created more demand, which then created more demand for truck drivers. So more Teamsters. More jobs. There are three and a half million truck drivers in the U.
S. alone today. That’s more than 15 percent of the U. S. population in 1850, right? So, clearly, we’ve seen an increase in demand because of technology, not technology taking the jobs away. I suppose if you were the person shoeing the horses, or the oxen, or the mules, do oxen and mules even wear shoes? You get my point.
That job went away. But it created more jobs than it eliminated. There’s a phenomenal piece by a guy named David Autor, and I think I’m pronouncing his name correctly in a, in a online journal called Noema, about how AI could actually help rebuild the middle class. And he gives the example of nurse practitioners and he says, to put it more simply, electronic medical records and improved communication tools enabled nurse practitioners to make better decisions.
Moving forward, AI could ultimately supplement the expert judgment of nurse practitioners engaging in a broader scope of medical care tasks. And this point applies much more broadly. From contract law, to calculus instruction, to catheterization, AI could potentially enable a larger set of workers to perform high stakes expert tasks.
It can do this by complementing their skills and supplementing their judgment. Not to be flipped, but given what we’ve seen from the Gemini debacle, we’re going to need more skilled, knowledgeable people to understand whether the outputs produced by AI are accurate and safe. It’s not an either AI or people situation, it’s not an either or, it’s both and.
Both people and AI working together, just like trucks and their drivers. Instead, when I look at this whole situation for Google and Gemini, I think what we’ve learned is, A, Google had a terrible product launch, B, they’re probably not evil, or at least if they are, this isn’t evidence for it, C, and probably most importantly, AI is unpredictable.
Even the way it’s unpredictable is unpredictable. D, you need to think how AI can be used against you, how it can hurt your brand as you deploy these. We’re going to see lots of these examples like just happened in the near term and probably over the long term, too. We know that we still see people pointing out internet fails all the time.
I don’t think AI is going to be any different in that regard. E, you need to ensure that the AIs you’re exposing to the public are fair, accurate, and safe. Think about your governance procedures. Who’s reviewing the work that your team or your company’s AI produces? You’re going to be using AI more and more.
You want to be sure it’s producing the right material and doing so in a way that represents your brand well and is beneficial to your community, not harmful. So think about your governance procedures long and hard. F on my list here. We also, it also highlights Google’s problem and the problem that any market leader has trying to adapt to a new technology or a new reality.
I don’t know that Google is doomed, but they, they’re going to face some problems from this and we may see that going on as we go forward. Gartner had a piece the other day I will link to in the show notes that showed they predict search will drop by 25 percent in the next two years. I don’t believe those numbers, but in the spirit of time, I will address those in a future episode.
And lastly, G, this episode highlights why AI isn’t going to eliminate every job, but rather create whole new categories of jobs. We are definitely living in a different world as we work with AI. But just as we did with social, just as we did with mobile, just as we did with the internet, we will learn to put the right governance procedures in place to ensure that we’re protecting our brands, we’re protecting our businesses, we’re protecting our customers, and we’re protecting our communities.
If you put your focus there and less on the specifics of what happened, you’re setting yourself up for long term success in a way that Google may struggle to do so themselves.
Show Wrap-Up and CreditsNow, looking at the clock on the wall, we are out of time for this week.
And I want to remind you again that you can find the show notes for this episode. As well as an archive of all past episodes by going to timpeter.com/podcast. Again, that’s timpeter.com/podcast. Just look for episode 415.
Subscribe to Thinks Out LoudDon’t forget that you can click on the subscribe link in any of the episodes that you find there to have Thinks Out Loud delivered to your favorite podcatcher every single week. You can also find Thinks Out Loud on Apple Podcasts, Spotify, YouTube Music, anywhere fine podcasts are found.
Leave a Rating or Review for Thinks Out LoudI would also very much appreciate it if you could provide a positive rating or review for the show whenever you use one of those services.
If you like what you hear on Thinks Out Loud, if you enjoy what we talk about, if you like being part of the community that we’re building here, please give us a positive rating or review.
Reviews help other listeners find the podcast. Reviews help other listeners understand what Thinks Out Loud is all about. They help to build our community and they mean the world to me. So thank you so much for doing that. I very, very much appreciate it.
Thinks Out Loud on Social MediaYou can also find Thinks Out Loud on LinkedIn by going to linkedin.com/tim-peter-and-associates-llc. You can find me on Twitter or X or whatever you want to call it this week by using the Twitter handle @tcpeter. And of course, you can email me by sending an email to podcast(at)timpeter.com. Again, that’s podcast(at)timpeter.com.
Show OutroFinally, and I know I say this a lot, I want you to know how thrilled I am that you keep listening to what we do here. It means so much to me. You are the reason we do this show.
You’re the reason that Thinks Out Loud happens every single week. So please, keep your messages coming on LinkedIn. Keep hitting me up on Twitter, sending things via email. I love getting a chance to talk with you, to hear what’s going on in your world, and to learn how we can do a better job building on the types of content and community and information and insights that work for you and work for your business.
So with all that said, I hope you have a fantastic rest of your day, I hope you have a wonderful week ahead, and I will look forward to speaking with you here on Thinks Out Loud next time. Until then, please be well, be safe, and as always, take care, everybody.
The post No One is Talking About the Most Important Lessons from Google’s Gemini Launch Kerfuffle (Thinks Out Loud Episode 415) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
I’ve been relatively bearish lately on Google’s articulated vision — or lack thereof — for artificial intelligence. I’ve been much more bullish about Microsoft and Amazon and OpenAI. But here’s the thing. We’re in the early days of generative AI in practice. Yes, it’s getting used every day. At the same time, I’d challenge most people to name 10 great products that depend solely on generative AI, let alone 10 great companies that that do.
Yes, we’re seeing gen AI features incorporated into existing great products. We’re also seeing great technology that might someday morph into a great product. It’s just that great technology isn’t the same thing as a great product. Google achieved its dominant position not only because they offered terrific search results that worked well for searchers. It’s also because they had a great way to monetize those results that worked well for searchers, advertisers, and everyone else in the value chain. That’s what a great product does. It works. And it pays. For itself.
What we’re seeing instead at the moment is a gold rush. And, as you know, the winners in a gold rush aren’t the people mining for gold. It’s the people selling picks and shovels. Who are those people today? Big Tech companies like Google and Microsoft and Amazon. And aspiring members of Big Tech like OpenAI and Adobe and Salesforce.
The trick for you is to ensure you’re able to connect with your customers whether or not AI helps you find gold. And that’s what this episode of Thinks Out Loud is all about.
Picks, Shovels, and the AI Gold Rush (Thinks Out Loud Episode 414) Headlines and Show NotesShow Notes and Links* OpenAI Develops Web Search Product in Challenge to Google — The Information * Video generation models as world simulators * Introducing Gemini 1.5, Google’s next-generation AI model * ChatGPT bug causes chaos as AI generates nonsensical responses – Dexerto * Reddit – “Ah the classic super buff native american and Indian couple from 1820 germany” * Reddit – “excuse me but what the actual fu-“ * Reddit – “Yo, Gpt4 just went full hallucination mode on me, hasn’t really every happened to me this severely since the early days of gpt3 : ChatGPT” * Google Lacks Vision: Big Tech Earnings and the State of Digital Q1 2024 (Thinks Out Loud Episode 412) * Subprime Intelligence * Groq Costs, Gemini Pro 1.5, Google’s Timidity – Stratechery by Ben Thompson * Say Goodbye to Google, Hoteliers | By Tim Peter * The End of Google? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 372) * Rethinking Search Marketing in the Age of AI (Thinks Out Loud Episode 397) * Revisiting Will AI and ChatGPT Kill Your Search Traffic? (Thinks Out Loud) * Can Podcasting Help Your Business Bypass the Big Tech Gatekeepers? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 413) * Is Google Doomed? And Other Top Digital Trends for 2024 (Thinks Out Loud Episode 408)
You might also enjoy this webinar I recently participated in with Miles Partnership that looked at "The Power of Generative AI and ChatGPT: What It Means for Tourism & Hospitality" here:
Free DownloadsWe have some free downloads for you to help you navigate the current situation, which you can find right here:
Subscribe to Thinks Out Loud* Subscribe in iTunes * Subscribe in the Google Play Store
Contact information for the podcast: podcast@timpeter.com
Past Insights from Tim Peter ThinksTechnical Details for Thinks Out LoudRecorded using a Shure SM7B Vocal Dynamic Microphone and a Focusrite Scarlett 4i4 (3rd Gen) USB Audio Interface into Logic Pro X for the Mac.
Running time: 28m 07s
You can subscribe to Thinks Out Loud in iTunes, the Google Play Store, via our dedicated podcast RSS feed (or sign up for our free newsletter). You can also download/listen to the podcast here on Thinks using the player at the top of this page.
Transcript: Picks, Shovels, and the AI Gold Rush Well, hello again, Big Thinkers, and welcome back to Thinks Out Loud, your source for all the digital expertise your business needs. My name is Tim Peter. This is Episode 414 of the Big Show. And thank you so much for tuning in. I really, really appreciate it. I think we’ve got a cool show for you today. I want to kick off by highlighting four news stories that tie into a larger point about the AI moment we’re living through in marketing and sales and customer experience and why they’re important and why they’re important for your business.
But I’m going to start with the news stories. The first is that Google launched its Gemini Pro model version 1.5. And I’m going to talk about each of these in a little bit of detail in a second, but I’m just going to give you the headlines first. So Gemini dropped Gemini excuse me, Google dropped Gemini Pro 1.5. OpenAI launched its Sora video from text product. OpenAI might launch a search engine, it was reported the other day. And, ChatGPT, over the last 24 hours or so, has lost its damned mind. It’s been doing some really weird stuff.
So I’m going to do these in order first. First, Google dropped Gemini Pro 1.5. This is a very, very cool tool. It’s their ChatGPT or GPT-4 competitor, it’s very, very cool. It can do things like multimodal analysis, so you can feed it text or images or audio. And its big enhancement relative to something like GPT-4 is that it can input up to 1 million tokens. That’s roughly 70,000 words of text or about an hour of video. Which is pretty extraordinary because you can then do some things with that material in memory that can’t really be done any other way.
The tech under the hood gets a little complex , there’s other ways to accomplish the same thing. But having a larger token set is impressive in its own right and opens up some possibilities that haven’t existed before. For instance, you could have, you could upload an immense amount of data into memory and have it analyze that data rather than doing it a piece at a time so you can get a better sense of the big picture. That’s really, really cool and something that is very hard for people other than Google to do because it requires A, enormous processing power and B, it’s pretty expensive in terms of running the damn thing.
So that’s kind of a big deal and something that a startup like OpenAI may have more problems with. Yes, Microsoft can probably do it. Yes, Amazon can probably do it. But the number of companies that can actually pull this off besides those big three is vanishingly small.
One of the things that I think is important here is Benedict Evans noted in his newsletter he said it’s pretty clear that it’s not going — it, ChatGPT, or it, OpenAI — is not going to be the only company with "the best models."
There’s a very real competition going on here between OpenAI and Google and Microsoft, and probably Amazon and probably Facebook for who is the best AI out there. And that’s something that’s going to play out over time.
Now, of course, OpenAI hasn’t been sitting still the last couple weeks. One, they launched Sora. Sora is so cool. I’ve played with it a little bit. You feed it a line of text, and it can output video, and the videos are remarkable. Also, like we saw with image generation with the early versions of Dall-E or MidJourney, it’s that they can be genuinely weird and disturbing. But when’s the last time you heard people talk about AI-generated images being weird and disturbing? They’re mostly pretty good now. And that’s only taken a few years.
So I’m more interested in what Sora represents over the long term than what it is today. And what it is over the long term is AI-generated video that’s accessible to everybody, to you, relatively inexpensively. More on that in a minute.
The third news story and the one that’s sort of the centerpiece of this whole episode this week is that there’s a news story. The Information reported that OpenAI might launch a search engine. I shared this on LinkedIn and what I said at the time was "this is a major development with broad implications for businesses that get a significant portion of their website traffic from Google. Whether it’s organic search, paid search, meta search, local search, etc., any loss in Google’s market share could impact your revenue. This doesn’t mean Google is going away or that they’ll fail, but the potential market shift could have long term effects."
I mean, when’s the last time we cared about a new competitor to Google? Right? It’s been a minute. So, this could have a lot of effects on you in the longer term, and it’s something I’ve talked about here quite a bit over the last few years, so I’m not going to belabor the point now, but I will come back to it a little bit later.
The last news story I want to talk about is that ChatGPT did some weird stuff over the last 24 hours. I don’t know if it’s still going on. I don’t know if it has been corrected yet. What I do know is that this thing has been doing some weird, wacky stuff. Last night when I heard that this was going on, I asked ChatGPT for its take on how OpenAI’s potential new search engine could affect the market.
And I’m, the first chunk it replied with was perfectly fine, perfectly normal. However, when it got to its fifth point, it started going off the rails in a weird way. And so I’m going to read you a lengthy excerpt. This is a quote from ChatGPT. Starting with:
“Item 5. Caveats to unbridled growth and self correction. The very appeal of every neotech market headliner is its scale and insatiability. First, will there be youth in all Azure titted cubes, or perhaps governance, ethics, and disenfranchised auditoriums could hard stop correctly any singular surf logic, perhaps right sizing to several bookhouse keepers? Six: Future Model Policies and Strategic Legislation. New teleco landscapes or great shadowing lanes of e-clearance and host source munitioning personally might take traffic abreast anchoring light to algorithmic pendants."
I’m sorry, what? I want to be very clear, I, you’re not having a stroke as you’re listening to that. I’m not having a stroke as I’m saying it, but it sure seems like ChatGPT was. What in the world?
I have to give you one more line that said, for those of you who are listening to this while you’re driving in your car or something, I do apologize, I don’t mean to make you drive off the road or whatever, but it’s last line said:
"The seers pipe calls for acceptance of not unusual throw, but swift strategics, genius incrementals, and earth spin grit to not just take, but throw a mill’s engine in case."
What?!? Now, look, we all know that artificial intelligence, that generative AI tools, can experience hallucinations. I’ve not seen any of the text tools hallucinate this badly in a pretty good while. Like, this is nutty, and last I knew as of, oh, 10 o’clock in the morning on Wednesday, February 21st, 2024, this was still going on some of the time.
Which brings me to a smaller point I want to get to here. Now, I have said for some time that ChatGPT faces an uphill climb.
I’ve talked about the threats to Google a lot. But I haven’t always talked as much about the threats to Bing, Microsoft, and ChatGPT. They absolutely could lose. I wrote in an article for HospitalityNet a year ago, this is a quote from the article,
“With no disrespect intended to Microsoft and Bing, they haven’t found a way to bump Google from its throne, despite decades of experience in the search market. Cool technology alone does not equal a successful product. Microsoft and Bing could win, but I’ll believe they’ve succeeded this time when they succeed."
It’s not like Microsoft is new at challenging Google. They just have never managed to beat them. And as we’re just seeing with this nonsense that occurred, that’s kind of a sign of why this is so hard, right? ChatGPT has been doing great up until today or yesterday, and who knows what this is going to do to them.
My very, very good friend Mike Moran and I have been having an email debate/discussion over the last couple of days and he very, very, very intelligently points out that Google is wise to move cautiously here. They are the dominant brand. They have the most to lose if it goes wrong, potentially more than they have to win if it goes right. We certainly know people are motivated as much by fear, if not more so, than they are by upsides. So, it’s understandable that they would be cautious. I have some specific issues when I talk about Google’s lack of vision, that they’re not communicating that caution well, in my view. But, maybe other people feel differently. And this is certainly a sign of why you want to move cautiously, if you’re Google.
By the way, I want to make a quick aside about Microsoft’s position in the space at the moment. Again, some of this comes from my friend Mike Moran, who noted that despite the massive investments that Microsoft has made in OpenAI, they don’t own the company, and they don’t control the company.
Now, I’ve heard arguments from a number of people that suggest this is a benefit for Microsoft. They get all the benefits of OpenAI’s models. They’re only responsible for part of the cost. And they’re very much isolated from brand risk during periods when ChatGPT does something like, I don’t know, losing its damned mind. If their products are isolated from that, that’s no harm to them.
There are also strong arguments to be made, some of these from my friend Mike, that talk about why this is bad for Microsoft. Yeah, they influence the product, but they don’t control it. In other words, OpenAI probably listens to Microsoft, but they’re going to do what’s best for their business.
It reminds me of a lesson I learned years ago about joint ventures between big companies. The joint venture has to exist for the benefit of the child, the joint venture itself, not the benefit of its parents, the companies that are jointly partnered on this thing. I led a joint venture between a hotel company and a group of outside investors and we often struggled to move forward on things because each owner wanted different things that they felt were best for their businesses, not necessarily what was best for the business they had invested in that I was running. It can be really, really icky and frustrating if you have to deal with it every day. Trust me on this one, I know.
In any case, Microsoft is playing a very different game than Google. And it’s going to be interesting how this shakes out over theintermediate term, right? The benefits might turn out to be benefits, the downsides might turn out to be downsides. Probably a little bit of both. But we’re going to have to see what happens there. We know for sure that it’s going to be a different reality than what Google’s going through.
And just to close the loop on why Google is so tough to beat, as I posted a comment on that LinkedIn thread I referenced earlier,
"I doubt Google loses right away, if at all. Not only do they have as much or more data than anyone else, they’ve got an immense amount of processing horsepower available, a generally great brand, oh, and a war chest of more than 100 billion dollars in cash on hand."
By the way, that’s billion with a B. That’s a lot of money. They’re going to be really tough to unseat.
Okay, so I said that these four news stories all had one common theme. And the common theme, the thing that I think you should be taking away from this is the pace of innovation that we’re seeing, and specifically the pace of technology innovation. I’m putting emphasis on the words "technology innovation" here because we haven’t yet seen any real innovation in business practices or business models.
To me, when I look at what we’re seeing right now, it looks a bit like the dot-com boom all over again. It’s really hard to know where we are in big picture terms because everything is changing so fast. But I’d equate where we are at the moment to the internet maybe in 1997 or 1998:
Again, I refer to my point about Bing not yet beating Google. They’ve got good tech, but we’re not sure if it’s a good product yet. ChatGPT is good tech. We’re not sure if it’s a good product yet.
Google is taking a deliberate pace with its product. I don’t know what it’s doing in terms of its tech. When I talk about their lack of vision, part of this is its articulated vision. It’s what are they saying out loud? Maybe the product ideas they have are phenomenal, but they haven’t talked about them yet, they’re still talking about the tech.
Now just to be clear, I said earlier, and I’m going to say this again, good technology does not equal a good product.
That’s the place where many companies have failed, and we saw this a ton during the dot-com boom. There was a company called Pets.com that essentially today is Chewy. But what they hadn’t figured out was how do we actually deliver things like dog food economically? And so they burned through a ton of money and went out of business.
There were companies like Flooz.com, that was digital currency. There were companies like Webvan that did grocery delivery. All of these are things that exist today. But the companies don’t, because they didn’t figure out how to make a business out of what they were offering.
Yes, Google brought in really great search products, but also they brought in a really great business model with their ads and with AdWords because that actually paid for all this and has made them an incredibly successful business. We’ll see whether Microsoft or OpenAI is able to monetize generative AI in the way that Google monetized search and is able to turn it into a business in the same way. Right now, we just don’t know. So that’s something you really want to be clear about.
The other reason that right now it’s tough to predict exactly where we are is things are moving so fast. You know, my analogy that right now we’re in 1997 or 1998 is we don’t know if next year is going to be 1999 or if it’s going to be 2004 or if it’s going to be 2011, right? Things are just changing that fast.
What’s definitely true Is that we are in a gold rush right now. And as you all know, in a gold rush, the big winners are the people who sell picks and shovels. So when we start to think about who’s likely to win in the AI moment or wherever we end up with AI, at least for now, the big winners are the folks who would expect. It is Google. It is OpenAI. It’s Microsoft. It’s Amazon. It’s the people I was talking about over the last couple weeks.
I’ve been slagging Google like crazy. They’re also not exactly collapsing under their own weight. My point has not been that Google will fail. My point is that they don’t have as clearly articulated a vision as the other folks out there. And they, if they fail, that there is a playbook by which that’s going to occur that they appear to be following. We’ll see if that holds true, right?
They’re also still in a very, very, very powerful position. They have long since figured out how to productize cool technology. And it’s very clear that Microsoft has a clear vision of how to do that. And I think it’s pretty clear that OpenAI and Amazon have a pretty clear way of how to do that. So, we’re going to see the dominant players probably remain dominant.
The threat to Google specifically, and I’m going to repeat something I said the other day, is that every time a customer uses any tool to search, so a developer uses GitHub Copilot, a shopper uses Amazon’s Rufus, a marketer uses Microsoft 365 Copilot, a product manager riffs on an idea in ChatGPT, a writer uses Perplexity or Claude or so on, that’s potentially a lost click for Google and lost revenues for Google.
But notice what I said there. For the most part, I’m talking about Microsoft. I’m talking about Amazon. I’m talking about Microsoft. I’m talking about OpenAI. Yeah, Perplexity and Claude are new and could come out and be big winners in the longer term. But they’re still a lot bigger than folks who are putting AI into their products and services, right? You would expect Adobe’s gonna be fine. You would expect that Salesforce is gonna be fine. The people selling picks and shovels are the ones who are going to win, at least in the near term.
Some of the folks who are out there right now with cool technology are going to end up being tomorrow’s Pets.com or tomorrow’s Webvan. That’s the reality that we’re facing. And until we, until things shake out a little more, I would still bet on the people who hold the picks and shovels.
Which brings me to my largest point, and the one that I talk about all the time, which you’ve heard me say a million times on this show that "gatekeepers gonna gate."
Notice who we’re talking about in this. We’re talking about the Big Tech folks. We’re talking about the folks who are gatekeepers to you. And we’re talking about the folks who get between you and your customer pretty much all the time. And if you’re not thinking about how do I connect with my customer beyond the gatekeepers, beyond Big Tech, You’re setting yourself up for a lot of trouble.
I’ve given a scenario a number of times on various episodes of the show where I talked about Google losing just a handful of points of market share. If you think about it, search that comes in at the top of the funnel, informational search, means that’s 5 percent of site visitors you can’t retarget. It means your email list doesn’t grow as fast. It means your ABM campaigns have less data to build from and learn from.
It means that either you have to spend more to attract awareness and interest in your product or service, or you have to place your product on places like Amazon or Google product search or somewhere else.
In either case, you’re spending money with Big Tech. They win, you lose, at least a little. I think of companies I’ve worked with, that get at least 5 percent of traffic from informational search and that I’m reasonably confident turned into revenue later. Certainly, a lot more than 5 percent of traffic and probably at least a bit more than 5 percent of revenue.
And it doesn’t matter whether you’re a billion dollar company or a 10 million dollar company. 5 percent, at minimum, is still a lot of money. Nobody likes telling their boss that they missed forecasts even by as little as 5%. It’s not a good place to be.
So it comes back to, how are you building connections with your customers independent of Big Tech? How are you building connections with customers so that regardless of whether they’re using search, or they’re using AI, or they’re using whatever else comes down the pike someday, they still are looking for you, they are still connecting with you, they are still engaging with your brand and your business in a way that works for you.
Because the other thing that we know about gold rushes is sometimes they’re busts at the end. And you don’t want to be the one holding a bunch of picks and shovels that you no longer need and having to turn back to the same company store you bought them from trying to find the next thing that will help you dig for gold.
That’s a losing strategy in the long term and one that you absolutely want to avoid no matter what next week’s headlines happen to be.
So, yes, we’ve had a really cool week for big tech, we’ve had a really cool week in AI, there have been lots of amazing news stories. So yeah, cool technology is really cool. Cool products are better. And cool businesses are best of all.
If we’re in a gold rush, try to make sure you’re selling picks and shovels at least to your customers so that they go looking for you — and so that you end up being a cool business no matter what happens with tech or the news around it.
Show Wrap-Up and CreditsNow, looking at the clock on the wall, we are out of time for this week.
And I want to remind you again that you can find the show notes for this episode. As well as an archive of all past episodes by going to timpeter.com/podcast. Again, that’s timpeter.com/podcast. Just look for episode 413.
Subscribe to Thinks Out LoudDon’t forget that you can click on the subscribe link in any of the episodes that you find there to have Thinks Out Loud delivered to your favorite podcatcher every single week. You can also find Thinks Out Loud on Apple Podcasts, Spotify, YouTube Music, anywhere fine podcasts are found.
Leave a Rating or Review for Thinks Out LoudI would also very much appreciate it if you could provide a positive rating or review for the show whenever you use one of those services.
If you like what you hear on Thinks Out Loud, if you enjoy what we talk about, if you like being part of the community that we’re building here, please give us a positive rating or review.
Reviews help other listeners find the podcast. Reviews help other listeners understand what Thinks Out Loud is all about. They help to build our community and they mean the world to me. So thank you so much for doing that. I very, very much appreciate it.
Thinks Out Loud on Social MediaYou can also find Thinks Out Loud on LinkedIn by going to linkedin.com/tim-peter-and-associates-llc. You can find me on Twitter or X or whatever you want to call it this week by using the Twitter handle @tcpeter. And of course, you can email me by sending an email to podcast(at)timpeter.com. Again, that’s podcast(at)timpeter.com.
Show OutroFinally, and I know I say this a lot, I want you to know how thrilled I am that you keep listening to what we do here. It means so much to me. You are the reason we do this show.
You’re the reason that Thinks Out Loud happens every single week. So please, keep your messages coming on LinkedIn. Keep hitting me up on Twitter, sending things via email. I love getting a chance to talk with you, to hear what’s going on in your world, and to learn how we can do a better job building on the types of content and community and information and insights that work for you and work for your business.
So with all that said, I hope you have a fantastic rest of your day, I hope you have a wonderful week ahead, and I will look forward to speaking with you here on Thinks Out Loud next time. Until then, please be well, be safe, and as always, take care, everybody.
The post Picks, Shovels, and the AI Gold Rush (Thinks Out Loud Episode 414) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
You’ve heard me say many times that “gatekeepers gonna gate.” That’s what they do. Woudln’t it be great if there was an easy, inexpensive way to bypass Big Tech’s gatekeepers?…
The post Can Podcasting Help Your Business Bypass the Big Tech Gatekeepers? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 413) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
If we learned anything from Big Tech’s earnings this quarter, it’s that Microsoft, Meta, Amazon, and Apple have a clear vision for the future & and that Google doesn’t. Don’t…
The post Google Lacks Vision: Big Tech Earnings and the State of Digital Q1 2024 (Thinks Out Loud Episode 412) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
Peter Drucker said it years ago: Your job is to create a customer. But creating a customer can be hard, especially as media and creators and influencers get bought out…
The post Big Trends: Bundling, Unbundling, and Customer Acquisition (Thinks Out Loud Episode 411) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
Scott Cohen of InboxArmy knows email marketing inside and out. Scott started as a copywriter and focuses on driving revenues for his clients. In particular, he knows why email marketing…
The post The Future of Email Marketing — Interview with Scott Cohen from InboxArmy (Thinks Out Loud Episode 410) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
Artificial intelligence is everywhere in marketing right now. But there’s a sharp breakdown between AI as a test or a pilot and AI that’s doing real work. We’re past the…
The post 2024 Predictions: Putting AI in Marketing to Work (Thinks Out Loud Episode 409) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
Happy New Year, Big Thinkers! It’s time once again to look at the top digital trends that will shape the year ahead. And, two questions that we keep hearing about…
The post Is Google Doomed? And Other Top Digital Trends for 2024 (Thinks Out Loud Episode 408) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
Have you ever heard the quote that says, “A society grows great when old men plant trees in whose shade they shall never sit”? It’s a great way to think…
The post Revisiting What Trees Will You Plant? (Thinks Out Loud) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
As we wrap up 2023, it seems like a good idea to take a look back at everything that’s happened this year and express our appreciation for all the benefits…
The post Revisiting Gratitude 2023 (Thinks Out Loud) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
Hey, Big Thinkers. It’s time to close out 2023. But before we go, it’s worth taking a look back at what I’ve learned — or at least had reinforced for…
The post Recapping 2023 Part 2 — Personal Lessons Learned (Thinks Out Loud Episode 407) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
2023 has been an amazing year, filled with plenty of positives — as well as plenty of opportunities. So, what have we learned? What are the big lessons from 2023?…
The post Recapping 2023 — Lessons Learned Professional and Podcast (Thinks Out Loud Episode 406) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
With all the hype and hope attached to artificial intelligence, it’s worth asking, is it time for your marketing team to use AI? And the simple answer is, “yes.” Actually,…
The post Is It Time for Your Marketing Team to Use AI? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 405) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
Your customers live their lives online. They carry the internet in their pockets. We see that in practice every year when Black Friday shopping data comes out. And, what did…
The post What "It’s All E-commerce" Means in 2024 (Thinks Out Loud Episode 404) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
Every year around Thanksgiving, I like to take a few minutes to remember how lucky I am. This year is no different. I’m incredibly fortunate. And, I’m incredibly grateful. Why…
The post Gratitude 2023 (Thinks Out Loud Episode 403) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
Artificial intelligence is already driving massive changes for Big Tech. It’s driving massive change for search engines and search marketing. It’s going to drive massive changes for your customers’ behaviors.…
The post What AI Will Do to Content Marketing (Thinks Out Loud Episode 402) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
Big Tech relentlessly seeks to get between you and your customers. They spin the web… and we get caught in it. How can you build a brand that customers want…
The post Revisiting How to Escape Big Tech’s Web (Thinks Out Loud) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
We’re taking a look at Big Tech’s earnings for Q3, 2023, as we do every quarter. But, after listening to the calls and reading the transcripts, one question keeps coming…
The post Does Google Lack Vision? Big Tech’s Earnings Q3-2023 (Thinks Out Loud Episode 401) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
We’re halfway through the 2020s. Do you still need a website? That’s the question posed on LinkedIn a few days back and, at least in part, underscored by the fact…
The post Do You Still Need a Website? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 400) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
What is the point of technology? Does it exist solely for its own sake? Of course not. It’s to make our customers’ lives better. It’s really that simple. Which, happily,…
The post Techno-Optimism and Building a Human Brand (Thinks Out Loud Episode 399) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
Is AI going to strip all brands of their humanity? Or is it possible to build a human-centric brand in the age of AI? Here’s a bigger question: Why should…
The post Building a Human Brand in the Age of AI (Thinks Out Loud Episode 398) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
Artificial intelligence is going to dramatically change customer behavior. Businesses like yours beginning to see the effects of this shift because Big Tech gatekeepers are already adapting to the way…
The post Rethinking Search Marketing in the Age of AI (Thinks Out Loud Episode 397) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
Microsoft’s Satya Nadella recently showcased the company’s vision for "your everyday AI companion." This genuinely represents a remarkable vision of the future. And one that seems likely to occur. Fortunately,…
The post Anticipating Radical Shifts in Consumer Behavior from AI Adoption: A Look into the Future (Thinks Out Loud Episode 396) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
Big Tech, the Gatekeepers, the AGFAM (Amazon, Google, Facebook, Apple, and Microsoft), the Frightful Five. We’ve got lots of names for the "bad guys" in our marketing story. They are…
The post How to Escape Big Tech’s Web (Thinks Out Loud Episode 395) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
The Thinks Out Loud podcast celebrates its eleventh anniversary this year. And, overall, I couldn’t be happier about that. This podcast, and podcasting more generally, have been a huge component…
The post A Podcasting and Content Marketing Case Study (Thinks Out Loud Episode 394) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
Don’t let her reputation fool you. Taylor Swift prints money like a Mint. Maybe even more so, if I’m being honest. Her concerts have not only made her a ton of money, they have helped boost the economies of towns in which her tour played.
But what might be most impressive about her actions is the way that she’s bypassing the gatekeepers between her and her fans. There’s no bad blood there. Instead, it’s nothing but a love story. Swift has crafted a hugely successful songbook. But she’s also developed playbook for bypassing gatekeepers and connecting directly with her customers, one that we can all apply to our businesses, too.
How can we do that? What can we learn from Taylor Swift’s playbook? How can we bypass the gatekeepers in our industries and escape from Big Tech’s web? That’s what this episode of the Thinks Out Loud podcast is all about.
Want to learn more? Here are the show notes for you.
What Taylor Swift Can Teach You About Bypassing Gatekeepers (Thinks Out Loud Episode 393) Headlines and Show NotesShow Notes and Links* How Taylor Swift Built Her Online Empire | Offline With Jon Favreau – YouTube * Taylor Swift’s Playbook Shows Why the Modern Marketing Team is a Media Company (Thinks Out Loud Episode 324) * The Eras Tour – Wikipedia * Taylor Swift’s Eras Tour $1 billion revenue: Where it all goes | Fortune * The Taylor Swift Economy: The largest music tour in history is a hospitality phenomenon * The Federal Reserve says Taylor Swift’s Eras Tour boosted the economy. One market research firm estimates she could add $5 billion – CBS News * ‘Taylor Swift: Eras Tour’ Film Earns $26 Million in Presales at AMC Theatres – Variety * Is Google Telling Us That Organic Search Doesn’t Matter Any Longer? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 392) * Is Content a Strategic Product for Your Business? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 319) * Is Content Still King or Have the Gatekeepers Won? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 328) * The Future of Content Marketing is Already Here (Thinks Out Loud Episode 350) * The Single Biggest Myth in Digital: Content is Expensive (Thinks Out Loud Episode 275) * When people are your brand * Turns Out The Celebrity Fragrance Is Not Dead | British Vogue * 50 Perfume Award Winners In The Last 10 Years * The Rebirth of Trusted Gatekeepers (Thinks Out Loud Episode 307) – Tim Peter & Associates * The Biggest Risk to Your Business? Becoming a "Hidden Intermediary" * How TikTok Is Changing and Transforming the Music Industry * Universal Music Group N.V. (UMGNF) Q2 2023 Earnings Call Transcript | Seeking Alpha * Is Social Media Anti-Social for your Brand Now? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 391) * Are You Using Digital to Create Customers or Create Fans? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 326) * Ice Spice x Taylor Swift Collaboration Announcement | Hypebeast * Taylor Swift’s collaboration with Ice Spice raises eyebrows amid Matty Healy backlash * ‘I can’t lie. I attract people’: Ice Spice on becoming 2023’s biggest pop star – with help from Taylor Swift | Rap | The Guardian * Ice Spice Is Every Black Woman Who Has Had To Work With A White Woman With A Questionable Partner | Essence * Taylor Swift’s Net Worth and Business Empire Explained
You might also enjoy this webinar I recently participated in with Miles Partnership that looked at "The Power of Generative AI and ChatGPT: What It Means for Tourism & Hospitality" here:
Free DownloadsWe have some free downloads for you to help you navigate the current situation, which you can find right here:
Subscribe to Thinks Out Loud* Subscribe in iTunes * Subscribe in the Google Play Store
Contact information for the podcast: podcast@timpeter.com
Past Insights from Tim Peter ThinksTechnical Details for Thinks Out LoudRecorded using a Shure SM7B Vocal Dynamic Microphone and a Focusrite Scarlett 4i4 (3rd Gen) USB Audio Interface into Logic Pro X for the Mac.
Running time: 25m 17s
You can subscribe to Thinks Out Loud in iTunes, the Google Play Store, via our dedicated podcast RSS feed (or sign up for our free newsletter). You can also download/listen to the podcast here on Thinks using the player at the top of this page.
Transcript: What Taylor Swift Can Teach You About Bypassing GatekeepersWell hello again everyone and welcome back to Thinks Out Loud, your source for all the digital expertise your business needs. My name is Tim Peter. This is episode 393 of The Big Show, and thank you so much for tuning in. I really appreciate it. I think we’ve got a really cool show for you today.
I was listening to a podcast the other day called Offline with Jon Favreau, where he talked to Nora Princiotti and Nathan Hubbard about the media empire that is Taylor Swift. And there has been some enormous Taylor Swift news in the last couple of days. All of this collectively reminded me of an episode we did a couple of years back about "Why the modern marketing team is a media company."
We’re always looking for ways to help you avoid being caught in Big Tech’s web, Ways that you can bypass the gatekeepers and connect directly with your customers. And if there’s one thing we’ve learned over the course of this year, it’s that Taylor Swift has a winning playbook for doing this. That was the point of that episode that I mentioned a moment ago.
She’s also continued to update that playbook. She’s continued to say, how can we expand that playbook and do something really interesting? And I thought that was worth looking at today.
First, a couple of facts. You’ve probably heard that Taylor Swift is in the middle of a massive, massive tour. The Wikipedia article about the tour notes that the Wall Street Journal reported that the Eras Tour, "is on track to become the biggest in concert history with the potential to gross over $1 billion. Conservative Pollstar estimates projected that a $1.4 billion gross. And Bloomberg News reported that the average gross per show on the U. S. leg is $13 million." That’s huge. That’s massive.
One of the crazier parts of this story is that it’s not just Taylor who’s making money here. There’s evidence that suggests it is good for local economies. CBS News said that the Federal Reserve Bank of Philadelphia announced this month that Taylor Swift’s tour helped boost travel and tourism in the region. This is from the article on CBS News. "Santiago Carado, who’s CEO of Visit Tampa Bay, said, I would say on the hotel side of things, pretty much similar to a Super Bowl." Which is wild when you consider that she’s doing 130-140 of these dates in a year. So, you know, 130 Super Bowls in the course of one year… by one artist.
Well, to add to the fun, now there’s going to be a movie. That’s the big news story that came out over the weekend. That’s pretty wild. "The Taylor Swift Eras Tour film." She partnered with AMC Theatres and with their distribution arm to put the film in AMC’s movie theaters and other movie theaters directly. There was a note in Variety that "the Taylor Swift Eras Tour film earned a record breaking $26 million in pre sales." That’s just pre sales. That’s not the number of tickets it will sell.
Fandango also said that the movie broke its record for the biggest first day ticket sales, though they didn’t cite an actual figure. But they said, "Pre sales ranked among blockbusters like Avengers Endgame, Star Wars The Force Awakens, and Spider Man No Way Home at similar points in their sales cycles."
Again, this is from the Variety article. "Exhibitors privately believe a $100 million plus opening weekend is possible, which is unprecedented business for this kind of movie. In fact, only five films this year, Barbie, the Super Mario Bros. movie, Guardians of the Galaxy Vol. 3, Spider Man Across the Spider Verse, and Ant Man and the Wasp Quantumania, have hit triple digits in their debuts." Remember, this is on top of the money she’s making from the tour itself.
And she bypassed the film studios doing this to deal directly with AMC. By the way, AMC bypassed the film studios. This is great for AMC. They get a bigger cut of the film’s revenues, plus all the revenues from the popcorn, the soda, and the limited edition merchandise attached to the film that they can sell to the millions of fans who’ll come to sing along with their favorite songs.
The timing’s pretty wild too, and particularly savvy given that we’re in the middle of a major film industry strike. So, Taylor Swift and AMC kind of look like the good guys by not putting any more money in the pockets of the big bad evil film studios in the middle of this strike. Very, very, very smart. Brilliant.
And it points to one of the ways that we can consistently bypass the gatekeepers. You’ve heard me say many, many times on the show that content is king. Well, I need to remind you that content isn’t just king. It’s a strategic product for your business. It is core to the overall experience that customers have with your business.
Again, you’ve heard me say that content is king, customer experience is queen. I don’t care what kind of business you operate. Digital channels are the first, and for many customers, only interaction they have with your business. Your content is the first part of that customer experience. It is your 24x7x365 customer service rep.
And you need to think about, is it doing a good job of that? Swift and AMC are partnering on this content in a way to reach new fans to, and, and get a greater share of wallet from existing fans to deepen the experience that they may have had either because they saw the tour or because they wanted to see the tour and couldn’t get the ticket because the thing’s selling like crazy.
This is also a great reminder that content is cheap. You’ve also heard me say on this show that the biggest myth in content marketing is that content is expensive. It’s not. Creating new content is pretty straightforward. Obviously she’s doing this by filming the tour she’s on, but she’s repurposing existing content, the tour itself, in a new medium. The way artists in years past might have done live albums, she’s doing with a film.
Content that doesn’t convert is expensive. Content that doesn’t drive revenue for your business is expensive. Content that doesn’t help your customer is expensive. But if you create a new piece of content that costs, let’s say, a thousand dollars, and it works for you as a 24x7x365 customer service rep, or a 24x7x365 salesperson, then that’s actually super cheap for something that’s going to work for you for six months, a year, 18 months, two years.
Conversion can mean lots of different things, of course. Did they buy? Sure. But did your customer find an answer to their question? Did they ask to hear from you directly? One of the things that is brilliant about what Swift has done here, with the film and with the tour and everything else, is she connects directly to her customers every chance she gets.
And when people engage with your content on your website, or on your mobile app, or in person in a community event, it becomes much easier to bypass the gatekeepers to not be caught in their web when customers ask you to talk directly to them. They give you an email address, they sign up for mobile alerts or updates, they download your app. They’re basically saying, we don’t want an intermediary between you and me. We don’t want an intermediary getting in the way of that conversation. We want to hear from you directly.
We’ve done research for many of our hotel clients that show the value of an email address is about 5 to 25 bucks in terms of future reservations value based on, you know, the amount you charge per night, based on how long people stay, based on how many people stay in the room for each hotel, etc. But anywhere between 5 and 25 dollars for an email address in the hotel industry. We’ve seen with B2B businesses that an email address can be worth $100 or $200 or $500 again depending on the value of the product that you sell.
You’re using content to drive a deeper connection and a deeper relationship. That’s what she’s doing with her tour. That’s what she’s doing with her film.
Now, you also need a certain amount of content distribution. She made the film, but she said, "I need a way to get this in front of people." So, Swift did a deal with AMC. And that does raise a question of, is it enabling a new gatekeeper or who are the gatekeepers that you have to worry about?
And this is one that varies widely based on the kind of business you’re in, the kind of industry you’re in. There are all kinds of different potential gatekeepers. And they’re driven by the question of where your audience lives.
So for many of us, Google is always a gatekeeper. It is the most visited site on the internet. It is the place where many customers start their activities when they’re online. When they have a problem they need to solve. And of course, the other big sites play similar roles. YouTube is the second most visited site on the internet. Facebook is the third most visited. Instagram is the fourth most visited.
So those are probably places you need to be if you’re in a B2C industry. If you’re in B2B, LinkedIn, which is… quote, unquote, only the 16th most visited site is still probably, — and certainly for the, in the U. S. for B2B marketers — the biggest company you need to be thinking about, the biggest place where your audience lives… alongside, potentially, YouTube.
Now, one of the things that a lot of music artists are doing is, and I’m not the first person to bring this up, but obviously TikTok, it’s, it’s the 14th most visited site on the internet globally. But it’s still growing and it’s where the music industry is generating hits today, not in the old fashioned web counter sense, but in the older sense of top hits on the radio, what are people listening to? It is an immense, immense component of how the music industry is breaking new artists or breaking new songs.
It’s also where tastemakers like Taylor Swift are learning what her customers are listening to, what are her fans listening to. We’re going to come back to that in just a moment.
There is lots of debate in the music industry whether TikTok pays enough royalties and you hear the same on Spotify and YouTube. So this is an existing problem. And of course this film industry strike I referred to earlier, a lot of the conflict is due to questions about, do streaming services generally — though in their case they’re thinking about Disney+ and Netflix and the like — are they compensating artists appropriately for their work?
First, I want to say, of course artists should be paid for their work. I don’t want to suggest otherwise. I’d also think about this in a slightly different way, and in the way that I think Taylor Swift does look at this. There are lots of ways to monetize your offering. You don’t just have to make money from your content. Remember, Taylor Swift, in theory, is selling music, her songs, her records.
But look at all the revenue streams she produces and uses the music to merchandise all the other stuff: the concerts, the movie, the merchandise that you can get in these places. The 1.3 or 1.4 billion dollars the tour will make does not include merchandising revenue. Her label Universal Music said in their most recent earnings call, "…merchandising revenue grew 12% in the quarter, fueled by a strong performance from Taylor Swift." That’s crazy. She also has things like perfumes and endorsements. If I’m being fair, fragrances from other pop stars like Ariana Grande, Rihanna, and Billie Eilish appear to sell much better, according to British Vogue magazine. But still, there’s revenue there. And endorsements are advertising, right? That’s companies paying her to advertise their products.
You get to do the same thing. There are lots of ways that you get to monetize the traffic that your content drives for you. It could be ads. Obviously, lots of people do that. It could be partnerships with other companies. It could be merchandising and marketing your own products and services. Of course, people do that. But the point being. That you’re not trying to sell the content. You’re trying to let the content sell your thing.
Taylor Swift is somebody whose business is the content and is saying, "We’re going to use that as a platform for other revenues." You get to do exactly the same thing.
Don’t think of Taylor Swift just as a person. Think of her as an enterprise. Nathan Hubbard, in Offline podcast episode I mentioned at the top of the show, referred to Swift as the "CEO of a direct to consumer brand." And she succeeds in that role by understanding her customers, her fans better than anyone. This shows up in the success of the ten albums she’s put out — plus the four she’s re-recorded as "(Taylor’s Versions)" — across her 17 year career.
Pop stars tend to age out of the marketplace faster than fruit flies. Clearly, Taylor Swift is doing something worth watching. One of those things she’s done, as Nora Princiotti noted, is "scaled intimacy." She’s not creating customers. She’s not even creating fans, really. She’s creating deep relationships, at least in the mind of her customer, with those individuals.
She interacts with fans on TikTok and Instagram to listen as much as promote. Mostly, she doesn’t promote. She’s listening to what matters to her fans. And yeah, it could be people on her team. It might be Taylor herself. I don’t really know. The point is that she’s staying connected with the sounds and feelings and cares and concerns of her customer, her audience. She’s using social media to connect deeply with that audience. I mentioned this a couple weeks ago, social isn’t anti-social for businesses if you use it widely.
Swift is building a community, one in which she’s an active participant. And that’s another way of bypassing the gatekeepers. No one is filtering the message that she receives.
I’d compare and contrast this with Elon Musk’s recent moves. His actions suggest to me, anyway, that he’s searching for evidence that confirms his beliefs. He’s modifying Twitter, or X, or whatever you want to call it, to share more of what he likes and less of what he doesn’t.
What leads me to this conclusion? Why do I think that? Well, the dude got in a fight this past weekend with the Anti Defamation League about anti-Semitism. I haven’t followed the whole thing that closely. Maybe I’ll give him the benefit of the doubt and say he’s not anti-Semitic. Maybe he’s being taken out of context for his brief tweets. But you don’t have to be a marketing or PR genius to know getting in a fight with an organization that literally exists to fight anti-semitism is never going to be a good look. I mean, really. That’s like 101-level stuff.
Swift, by contrast, appears to hear what her fans want and give them more of that. Earlier this year, she collaborated with the hip-hop star Ice Spice on a remix of her track "Karma." Now, she received some allegations at the time that it was a PR move to distract from controversy around (maybe?) racist comments made by her (maybe?) boyfriend at the time.
Again, to be completely honest, I’m not deep enough in the lore, legends, or facts to know exactly what happened. What I do know is that Swift knew that Ice Spice was a hot up and coming star, and that she had a fan base Swift could reach out to. How? By listening to what her fans cared about. If the worst thing you can say about this action is that it was "a calculated PR move" or "a savvy business move," well, we should at least learn from that, right? I mean, that’s something we should be trying to do all the time.
The point remains that Taylor Swift has provided a playbook for envisioning a modern marketing team as a media company. It’s about bypassing the gatekeepers to connect directly with your customers, your community, your fans. To create what Nora Princiotti calls "scaled intimacy." To create, nurture, and grow that community, and grow your fans. To use these tools to listen more than you speak. To learn what matters to your market, your audience, in the places that they already congregate. And then to use those learnings to inform your future messages and your market offerings. To monetize those relationships. You have tons more opportunity to make money from your content and your customer experience than Taylor Swift does. And she’s the highest paid woman in entertainment.
By the way, this all assumes that you’re not a pop star, you’re not selling music. And that you’re looking for a longer commercial life than a fruit fly.
If you want to avoid getting caught in Big Tech’s web, don’t let them charge a fee every time you want to talk with your customers. Build those connections directly. And don’t build a marketing team. Borrow Taylor Swift’s playbook. Build a media company. Bypass the gatekeepers — just like she’s doing with her tour and her film and her merchandise — when you listen, and when you speak.
I can’t guarantee you’re going to generate a billion dollars in a year like Taylor Swift is doing. But if you follow this playbook, if you use it to bypass Big Tech and escape from their web, I am very confident you will end up as a marketing superstar, and that you won’t suffer from a cruel summer… or any other time of the year.
Show Closing and CreditsNow, looking at the clock on the wall, we are out of time for this week. As always, I want to remind you that you can find the show notes for today’s episode, as well as an archive of all past episodes, by going to timpeter.com/podcasts. Again, that’s timpeter.com/podcasts. Just look for episode 393.
Subscribe to Thinks Out LoudDon’t forget, you can click on the subscribe link in any of the episodes you find there to have Thinks Out Loud delivered to your favorite podcatcher every single week. You can also find Thinks Out Loud on Google Podcasts, Apple Podcasts, Spotify, Overcast, wherever fine podcasts are found.
Leave a Review for Thinks Out LoudI would also very much appreciate it if you could provide a positive rating or review for the show. If you like what you hear on Thinks Out Loud, if you enjoy what we talk about, if you like being part of our community, give us a positive rating or review out on one of those services.
Those reviews help other listeners find the podcast. They help other listeners understand what Thinks Out Loud is all about. They help build our community. And of course, they mean the world to me.
Thinks Out Loud on Social MediaYou can also find Thinks Out Loud on LinkedIn by going to linkedin.com/TimPeterAssociates. You can find me on Twitter, yes, Twitter, using the Twitter handle @tcpeter. And of course, you can send an email to podcast@timpeter.com. Again, that’s podcast@timpeter.com.
Show OutroFinally, I want to say thank you so much for tuning in. I know that I say this pretty much every week, but I say it pretty much every week because it’s so important for me that you hear this. I would not do this show without you, your support, your comments, your conversation, the community you are helping us build here at Thinks Out Loud means so much to me and the other members of this community.
So please keep the tweets coming, keep the messages coming on LinkedIn, keep the emails coming. I love getting a chance to chat with you and hear what’s on your mind and learn how we can make this a better community together. So with all of that said, I hope you have a fantastic rest of the week. I hope you have an amazing weekend.
And I will look forward to speaking with you here on Thinks Out Loud next time. Until then, please be well. Be safe. And as always, take care, everybody.
The post What Taylor Swift Can Teach You About Bypassing Gatekeepers (Thinks Out Loud Episode 393) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
We’ve officially reached "the unofficial end of summer." What a great time to relax, recharge, and reset our "Day One" mindset before heading into the rest of the year. What…
The post Revisiting Day One — Today is a New Day (Thinks Out Loud) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
Google has been remarkably transparent lately in telling marketers and brands and businesses how to rank better in search. The trick, of course, is not try to rank. It’s to…
The post Is Google Telling Us That Organic Search Doesn’t Matter Any Longer? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 392) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
Given all the bad news and bad actors we’re seeing pop-up on social lately, it’s fair of you to ask if social media is anti-social for your brand now. So,…
The post Is Social Media Anti-Social for your Brand Now? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 391) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
What is the State of Digital as we head into the back half of 2023? Well, one signal comes from Big Tech’s earnings calls. What can we learn from what…
The post Big Tech Earnings and The State of Digital Q3 2023 (Thinks Out Loud Episode 390) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
Would you encourage a young person to get into marketing right now? Or do you think artificial intelligence will eliminate all the jobs? Does marketing have a future? Let me…
The post Revisiting Does Marketing Have a Future? appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
As I noted a week ago, if you’re like most companies, you’re about to start planning your strategy for next year. You started with a health check to assess where…
The post Strategy Session: How to Set Goals for Your Business (Thinks Out Loud Episode 389) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
We’re solidly in the dog days of summer. And, we all know that it’s almost time to start planning our 2024 business and marketing strategies. And to start that process, you need to know where you are today, what’s working, and what’s not. In other words, it’s time to conduct a health check for your business and your marketing.
What is a health check? How does it apply to your marketing? What does it include? And how can you be sure that it makes a difference for your business? That’s what this episode of Thinks Out Loud is all about.
Want to learn more? Here are the show notes for you.
How To Perform a Health Check for Your Business (Thinks Out Loud Episode 388) Headlines and Show Notes Show Notes and Links * Day One: Today is a New Day (Thinks Out Loud Episode 387) * What Connects TikTok and the Hub and Spoke Model of Digital? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 299) * Stop Outsourcing Your Sales & Marketing to Gatekeepers Like Google (Thinks Out Loud Episode 257) * Is It Time for Your Website to Die? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 175) * You Don’t Need a Website * Digital Gatekeepers and the Death of Organic Traffic (Thinks Out Loud Episode 247) * Whose brand does Google want to build? – Biznology * How to Compete With Amazon (and Expedia and Google and…) (Thinks Out Loud Episode 221) * What Trees Will You Plant? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 380)
You might also enjoy this webinar I recently participated in with Miles Partnership that looked at "The Power of Generative AI and ChatGPT: What It Means for Tourism & Hospitality" here:
Free Downloads We have some free downloads for you to help you navigate the current situation, which you can find right here:
Subscribe to Thinks Out Loud * Subscribe in iTunes * Subscribe in the Google Play Store
Contact information for the podcast: podcast@timpeter.com
Past Insights from Tim Peter Thinks Technical Details for Thinks Out Loud Recorded using a Shure SM7B Vocal Dynamic Microphone and a Focusrite Scarlett 4i4 (3rd Gen) USB Audio Interface into Logic Pro X for the Mac.
Running time: 19m 15s
You can subscribe to Thinks Out Loud in iTunes, the Google Play Store, via our dedicated podcast RSS feed (or sign up for our free newsletter). You can also download/listen to the podcast here on Thinks using the player at the top of this page.
Transcript: How To Perform a Health Check for Your Business Well hello again everyone and welcome back to Thinks Out Loud, your source for all the digital expertise, your business needs. My name is Tim Peter. This is episode 388 of the big show. And I think we’ve got a really cool show for you. Thank you so much for tuning in. Last week, I talked about Amazon and their day one culture, how they treat every day as though it’s day one, like they’re starting over and given that we’re halfway through the year, you know, we’re at the end of July right now.
We’re probably coming into the, you know, the dog days of summer for many of you, vacations for many of you. And when you come back from vacation, you’re probably going to start working on your strategy for next year, for 2024. That’s pretty common thing people do in the fall. So it’s a question you ask about how you’re doing.
How is your business doing? How’s your marketing doing? Is it working for you? If you were starting today, what would you do differently? You know my friend Robert Cole sent me a, a note after last week’s episode and he was making the joke that, you know, I was talking about Amazon and their day one culture.
And he said, to be fair, if you have 150% turnover in your warehouse labor. You don’t have many options aside from a day one mentality, which I mean, he’s not wrong. But I think we can talk about the fact, but let’s assume that you’re doing, you’re treating your employees well, and that you’ve got dedicated employees and the like, and you’re thinking about where you are today so that you can think about where you want to go from here, right?
As you build a strategy, you have to know where you’re beginning from. So when you’re doing a health check, it’s really asking the question of how is the business doing, how are we doing, and what do we need to do better? And I’d like to start with this idea that we want to get a better understanding of customers.
That’s one of the most important things you can do because think of the Peter Drucker quote that the first job of a business is to create a customer. When we think about marketing, the job of marketing is to identify those customers and bring them into the business in some way. Ultimately, your business can’t succeed without its customers and without either growing your customer base, growing the amount of money your customer base spends with you.
Or ideally both. So a great place to start your health check is who are your current customers? Where do those customers come from? What role does marketing play? Think in terms of do we know who we’re selling to? Do we know who buys from us? And do we know how it is they learn about us? And I’ll tell you some ways you can find this in a moment.
You also want to think about what it costs you to acquire those customers. Now there’s an easy way to test this, and it’s not necessarily something you’re going to want to do every single time. Pick a single channel. Could be paid search, it could be email, it could be social. And either double your marketing budget for that channel for a period or cut it in half.
Now, most companies prefer to halve their spend versus double it. CEOs and CFOs invariably prefer. The cutting, right? So you might want to lead with that one, but you can also try to push for maybe if we spend a little extra money here, we should get a better picture of what’s going on. And do this for a given period.
Do it for a week. Do it for a month. But you should see some change in new customer activity during that period if you double it. Business doesn’t increase or you cut it in half and business doesn’t increase a decrease rather then what you’re doing Probably isn’t working the way you think it is Now if it does that gives you some indication of what that channel is or is not doing You also want to look at how much Income those customers generate for your business.
Are there segments of customers who behave differently? And the answer is almost certainly. I usually recommend segmenting by profitability, but you can use revenue or other metrics. That matter to your business. You can look at how often they buy. What frequency do they come to you with? Or what is the average purchase size?
Do you have people who buy a lot? Do you have people who buy a little? Or do you have people who buy somewhere in between? If you think about how much income they generate, you may also want to look at how much profit they generate. Again, same segments as income. There can be a frequency, there can be monetary, there could be recency.
Think about how much they generate profits, though. You also want to look at your churn rate. How frequently do customers leave? What is the long term value of each customer? Do they only buy once and you never see them again? Do they buy two or three times over a given period? Do they buy every day or every week and they do that for two or three years or maybe more?
Obviously, these are going to vary based on your business. But they give you a sense of the different types of customers that matter to your business. Another thing you want to take a look at is how many customers there are, not just of your business, but in the market for what you offer. Is the market itself growing or shrinking?
Are you competing for a growing share of the pie over time with your competition? Who we will talk more about in a moment. Or, are you trying to get a bigger piece of a pie that is shrinking? Mike Michalowicz has a simple test he runs. Where he asks, is there a trade show or conference for who you want to talk to?
If there is, then you undoubtedly have a market to tell, to sell to. If not… You may be too narrow or you may be too broad. It’s not a foolproof way to think about it, but it’s certainly a quick rule of thumb. And obviously, if you’re too broad or too narrow, either can hurt you. Too narrow is obvious. It’s just there aren’t enough customers to sustain your business or sustain the industry or market you’re in.
At the same time, If it’s too broad, you may be wasting a lot of your marketing budget on people who are never going to buy from you. You’re simply casting too wide a net. So you want to take a good long look at that. Once you have a sense of, do we have the right customers? Are we segmenting them appropriately?
Are we thinking about them the right way? You can ask, what are our customers big questions? And there’s so many. Fantastic tools to help you identify this. Look at search traffic to your website in Google Search Console or in Google Ads to see what keywords resonate with your customers, what they’re searching for.
You can find similar information in your Google Business Listing if you have physical locations. You can and should look at your internal site search. And of course you can use third party tools like SEMrush or Ahrefs or the Google Ad Planner or Answer the Public to see the kinds of queries people ask when they’re looking for you.
Of course, you can also do social listening using tools like Mention or BuzzSumo or Sprout or Octopost. You can use Facebook or LinkedIn’s reporting to learn more about who’s engaging with your content and your business of those sites. You can look at the top pages on your site in Google Analytics to see if there is alignment between your content.
And your customer’s questions. You want to be thinking about, do we have the right content? Are we using content as a strategic asset for our business? As a 24x7x365 salesperson? Or as a 24x7x365 customer service person? So, part of getting an understanding of where you are, is understanding, is our content relevant to the questions our customers are asking?
And then, of course, you want to look at the overall landscape your business operates in. Now this, I could do a single podcast episode on each possible item in here. But you want to look at things like the economy. Read economic forecasts from people like the conference board, or the Bureau of Labor Statistics that will give you a sense of what’s going on with the economy.
And is it expected to grow or is it expected to decline in the next 12 months or so? Obviously, you want to keep up on technology trends. And of course, there’s lots of ways to do that. You can create a list on Twitter of people who are on top of these things. You can follow people on LinkedIn who speak about technology trends.
You can subscribe to email newsletters like tech. Brew or Benedict Evans newsletter or people, Stratechery is a great one that give you ideas of some big tech trends. You want to take a look at the legal and regulatory environment, particularly as relates to your industry, what’s going on there that you see happening.
And again, you can follow the same kinds of things, subscribe to a couple of newsletters of people you respect, or, you know, follow some folks on Twitter. And of course you want to take a look at your competitors. What are they doing? Check out their website. Subscribe to their email newsletters. Look at their activity on social.
What are they talking about? Because that will give you some sense of what matters in your industry more broadly. When you think about your competitors, be very clear on who your current competitors actually are. You know, why do customers buy from them and not from you? Is that a gap you want to close or feel you’re capable of closing?
If yes, why? If not, why not? Also, never forget that your biggest competitor is always the customer does nothing. There are almost certainly more people not buying any solution in the marketplace who need that solution versus those who are buying from you or your competitors. Why is that? What are their objections?
Take a look at the prospects you’ve lost or the people you’ve talked to who didn’t buy to try to understand what is it that didn’t work for them. And then, of course, once you’ve looked outward, look inward. What are your current capabilities? We always think in terms of people, process, and platform, or people, process, and product.
Do you have the right capabilities in those three areas? Do your people have the right skills, the right knowledge, the right capabilities, enough capacity? Do you have enough people? Do you have standards and measures in place that they know what they’re supposed to do? Do they get feedback that they’re actually doing what they’re supposed to?
to do the work that they need to do. When you look at your processes, think about where you are in terms of a maturity matrix. Are you doing this on an ad hoc basis? Are you aware that you need to do this, but you don’t quite have the process in place? Are you striving? Are you putting processes in place, but obviously still have some work to do?
Or are you driving? Are you consistently delivering against those processes in the way that you should? And then for your platform or your product, you can think kind of the same way. Is this something that we’re doing kind of on an ad hoc basis? Or are we aware of where we need to be? That we’re, you know, lagging the marketplace?
Are we striving, we’re trying to keep up with the marketplace, but maybe have some places where we can do a little better? Or are we leading in the marketplace? Because as you identify those, it will enable you to say, okay, where do we want to go from here? And help you identify the ways that you get there.
Not all of the information you collect across these various areas. In terms of your customers, in terms of your, their questions, in terms of the landscape. In terms of your capabilities and in terms of your competitors, not all of the things you learn will have any real impact on your plan. You’ve heard me talk about on this podcast before, the MAST framework, particularly around analytics, meaningful, actionable, segmented, trended, and timely.
Well, any of the data you collect, you want to test for meaning. Ask, so what, about each piece of information you gather. If you answer, so nothing, then you can disregard that. It’s not going to matter in your plan. On the other hand, if you say, Oh my gosh, so what? Well, let me tell you how what. Then you can see that it’s something with impact.
It’s something you’ll need to account for in your plans. But what you’re looking to do with all of this information is give yourself a grade. Are we doing really well? Are we keeping up with the industry? Are we leading the industry? Or are we falling behind in some areas because that will enable you to start to put together a plan to say, great, how do we close the gap between where we are and where we want to be?
Or how do we continue to maintain our lead in the areas we’re leading? Or how do we make it more efficient for us to keep up if we’re okay with simply keeping pace with the industry? You can’t really build a plan to take you where you want to go if you don’t know where you’re starting from. Think about board games.
Think about any game you’ve ever played. You don’t know how to reach the goal if you don’t know where you’re starting from because none of the rules make any sense without a starting point. So this is what you’re trying to do, is you’re trying to establish your starting point, you’re doing a health check, you’re doing a wellness check to make sure you know exactly the state of your business, and you know exactly the state of your marketing, so that you can say, this is the gap we need to close.
If you put together this health check, if you put together this test to see where you are, You’ve already got one really good step in place to make a strategy to develop a strategy that’s going to work for your business for the longer term. And once you do that, you’ll be all set to start prepping for where do we go from this place, which I’ll talk about next week.
So take a little time to do your health check to make sure you’re geared up for where you want to go from here.
Show Wrap-Up and Credits Now looking at the clock on the wall. We are out of time for this week. As always, I want to remind you that you can find the show notes for today’s episode as well as an archive of all past episodes by going to TimPeter.com/podcasts. Again, that’s timpeter.com/podcasts/. Just look for episode 387.
Subscribe to Thinks Out Loud Don’t forget, you can click on the subscribe link in any of the episodes you find there to have Thinks Out Loud delivered to your favorite podcatcher every single week. You can also find Thinks Out Loud on Google Podcasts, Apple Podcasts, Stitcher Radio, Spotify, Overcast, wherever fine podcasts are found.
Leave a Review for Thinks Out Loud I would also very much appreciate it if you could provide a positive rating or review for the show. If you like what you hear on Thinks Out Loud, if you enjoy what we talk about, if you like being part of our community, give us a positive rating or review out on one of those services. They help other listeners find the podcast. They help other listeners understand what Thinks Out Loud is all about. They help build our community. And, of course, they mean the world to me.
Thinks Out Loud on Social Media You can also find Thinks Out Loud on LinkedIn by going to linkedin.com/timpeterassociates. You can find me on Twitter using the Twitter handle @tcpeter… at least for the next handful of weeks until Elon kills it for real.
And, of course, you can send an email to podcast@timpeter.com. Again, that’s podcast@timpeter.com if you want to chat directly.
Show Outro Finally, I do want to say thank you so much for tuning in. I know I say this again and again and again almost every week, but I say it again and again and again because it’s so important for you to hear this.
I would not do this show without you. Your support, your listenership, your comments, your conversation, the community you are helping us build mean so much to me. So please keep the tweets coming, keep the messages coming on LinkedIn, keep the emails coming. I love getting a chance to chat with you and hear what’s on your mind and learn how we can make this a better community together.
So with all of that said, I hope you have a fantastic rest of the week. I hope you have a wonderful weekend, and I will look forward to speaking with you here on Thinks Out Loud next time. Until then, please, be well, be safe, and as always, take care, everybody.
The post How To Perform a Health Check for Your Business (Thinks Out Loud Episode 388) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
Amazon believes in a "Day One" mindset, a "Day One" culture, that focuses on building their company as though it is their very first day of operations, every day. The…
The post Day One: Today is a New Day (Thinks Out Loud Episode 387) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
Ever since the pandemic, you and your customers have lived through a massive transformation. And it’s not only “digital transformation.” Instead, it’s transformation of every aspect of our lives. We’re…
The post Revisiting The Word of the Year in Digital is “Integration” (Thinks Out Loud) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
We’ve been saying for years that AI won’t steal your job. At the same time, it’s entirely possible that it will change what your job is. And, used well, it…
The post Revisiting "How to Add an AI to Your Team" (Thinks Out Loud) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
Google’s Marketing Live 2023 event showcased the search giant’s innovations in generative AI for advertising and enticed advertisers to connect more deeply with Google’s ecosystem. Cool, right? Well… maybe not.…
The post The Biggest Lesson About Artificial Intelligence in Marketing from Google Marketing Live 2023 (Thinks Out Loud Episode 386) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
Apple unveiled its Vision Pro augmented reality/virtual reality/artificial intelligence-powered headset a few weeks ago. It looks… interesting. It might be a dumb product, one that no one needs or wants.…
The post Apple’s Vision Pro Shows How to Market New Products and Services (Thinks Out Loud Episode 385) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
Would you encourage a young person to get into marketing right now? Or do you think artificial intelligence will eliminate all the jobs? Does marketing have a future? Let me…
The post Does Marketing Have a Future? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 384) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
ChatGPT and similar generative AI tools offer plenty of ways for you to grow your business. Just a couple of weeks ago, for instance, we outlined several ways you can add AI to your team to improve your content creation and boost your creativity.
But, as we’ve long talked about on the show, "when you invent the ship, you invent the shipwreck." And one of the biggest potential shipwrecks for generative AI and ChatGPT is that it might kill your company’s search traffic.
What does that mean for your business? How likely is it to occur? And what can you do about it? That’s what this episode of the Thinks Out Loud podcast is all about.
Want to learn more? Here are the show notes for you.
Revisiting Will AI and ChatGPT Kill Your Search Traffic? (Thinks Out Loud) — Headlines and Show NotesShow Notes and Links* The End of Google? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 372) * Say Goodbye to Google, Hoteliers * BrightEdge Channel Report * How To Run Your Business As If Google Didn’t Exist (Thinks Out Loud Episode 298) – Tim Peter & Associates * Introducing Microsoft 365 Copilot – your copilot for work – The Official Microsoft Blog * Google’s AI chatbot Bard seems boring compared to ChatGPT and Microsoft’s BingGPT – Vox * 5 ways that ChatGPT is better than Google Bard (and 3 ways it isn’t) | Windows Central * Brian Roemmele on Twitter: “The time it took to reach 100 million users worldwide. Telephone: 75 years Mobile phone: 16 years World Wide Web: 7 years iTunes: 6.5 years Twitter: 5 years Facebook: 4.5 years WhatsApp: 3.5 years Instagram: 2.5 years Apple App Store: 2 years ChatGPT: 2 months” / Twitter * Google planning new search engine while working on new search features under Project Magi * Is Content Still King or Have the Gatekeepers Won? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 328) – Tim Peter & Associates * Four Moments Every Marketer Should Know – Think with Google * Revisiting 2023’s Most Important Trends in Digital Marketing (Thinks Out Loud) * Caleb Watney on Twitter: “Fascinating new paper finds that AI tools increase productivity in customer support roles by 14% (as measured by issues resolved per hour) with the biggest impact on novice and low-skilled workers. https://t.co/pqsnVttD5q” / Twitter * The Single Biggest Myth in Digital: Content is Expensive (Thinks Out Loud Episode 275) * Big Digital Marketing Trends: Who Speaks For Your Business? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 377) * Content is King, Customer Experience is Queen (Thinks Out Loud Episode 188) – Tim Peter & Associates * How to Balance Technology and Humanity in Customer Experience (Thinks Out Loud Episode 378) * How Lively Demonstrates Customer Experience is Queen (Thinks Out Loud Episode Episode 339) * Big Digital Marketing Trends: Customer Experience is Cool (Thinks Out Loud Episode 375) * Where Content, Community, and Customer Experience Meet (Thinks Out Loud Episode 346) – Tim Peter & Associates * Big Trends: The Early Innings of AI in Marketing (Thinks Out Loud Episode 374) * Should Your Business Use ChatGPT? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 379) * Is ChatGPT Going to Steal Your Job? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 371) * Why I’m not worried about AI causing mass unemployment
You might also enjoy this webinar I recently participated in with Miles Partnership that looked at "The Power of Generative AI and ChatGPT: What It Means for Tourism & Hospitality" here:
Free DownloadsWe have some free downloads for you to help you navigate the current situation, which you can find right here:
Subscribe to Thinks Out Loud* Subscribe in iTunes * Subscribe in the Google Play Store
Contact information for the podcast: podcast@timpeter.com
Past Insights from Tim Peter ThinksTechnical Details for Thinks Out LoudRecorded using the travel rig: Shure SM57 Cardioid Dynamic Instrument Microphone and a IK Multimedia iRig Pro Duo IO USB audio interface into Logic Pro X for the Mac.
Running time: 27m 10s
You can subscribe to Thinks Out Loud in iTunes, the Google Play Store, via our dedicated podcast RSS feed (or sign up for our free newsletter). You can also download/listen to the podcast here on Thinks using the player at the top of this page.
Transcript: Revisiting Will AI and ChatGPT Kill Your Search Traffic?Well, hello again everyone, and welcome back to Thinks Out Loud, your source for all the digital expertise your business needs. My name is Tim Peter. This is episode 381 of the Big show, and I think we have a really cool show for you this week. This one might be a little longer than normal. There is some stuff to talk about my friends.
I’ve been teaching a class for Rutgers this week Rutgers Business School. I work in their mini MBA programs in their exec ed group. And we’ve been talking about, you know, digital strategy and what’s going on with Google, and things along those lines. And I’m participating in a webinar probably around the time you’re listening to this on behalf of Focus, right?
And miles partnership talking about how generative AI is going to affect the travel industry and the like. And a question that keeps coming up is, is Google doomed? Is. Is, you know, Google and search as we know it just completely screwed by what’s going on with generative AI and ChatGPT and Microsoft Bing, and what Microsoft plans to do with 365 co-pilot and the like.
And what is definitely true is that we’ve seen more innovation in the search in the last five months than we’ve seen in the last five years. Still is Google doomed Probably isn’t the right question. I think a better question is what happens to your business if they are? If Google is doomed, will AI and ChatGPT kill your search traffic?
Think about it. If you are, like most businesses, you are probably getting 40 to 60% or more of your traffic from search and most of that from Google. We know there’s research from BrightEdge and other sources that show. Most businesses are getting about 50% of their organic the traffic from organic visits.
They’re probably getting about 15% of their traffic from paid search visits, and the rest comes from everything else. So you’re talking 65, maybe 80% on the high end in terms of. Where traffic is coming from. And I’ll post a link to this in the show notes so you can see the numbers cuz it breaks down by retail and e-commerce and media and entertainment and B2B and technology and travel and hospitality.
There’s absolutely some variation there, but it’s pretty consistent that people are getting somewhere between, most businesses are getting somewhere between 40% on the low side from organic search to 65% on the high side. And paid is contributing somewhere between 6% and 24%. So you’re talking a range of visits of anywhere from about 60% to about 88% of all traffic.
Now, before we get into will AI kill your search traffic — you know, are you in big trouble there — I want to talk about the case against Google. How likely is it that Google is doomed and thus your business is, you know, in big trouble? To start, we’ve seen amazing growth in generative AI capabilities and degenerative AI tools.
Again, I talked about this a moment ago. There’s tremendous, tremendous growth here. Bing ChatGPT, lots of industry vertical startups. There’s been an enormous boost in traffic and interest just for the last three months, January, February, March, being went from 1.1 billion visits in January and February to 1.4 billion in March.
Open ai, which is who hosts ChatGPT, who created chat. G P T has gone from 670 million in January to 1.1 billion visits in February. To 1.6 billion visits in March. That is astonishing growth, and that’s a real problem for Google and by extension your business. Adding to the problem. Google’s efforts to date on putting out products that compete with things like ChatGPT or Bing’s AI Chat.
Their efforts have been underwhelming. Bard isn’t great yet. It’s definitely outclassed by some of the things Bing is doing. It seems like Google, which still makes most of its money from ads, seems afraid to kill the goose that lays the golden egg. This is a classic innovator’s dilemma. They’re kind of afraid of losing their search business and haven’t quite figured out how to respond with the right product in the marketplace yet.
I am also not a hundred percent sure. It doesn’t seem clear that their c e o Sundar Pacha is a, and I hate this expression, but you know, a wartime leader. I’m surprised by how little aggression they’ve shown in responding to the actions of ChatGPT and Microsoft and being and the like. It’s definitely a challenge for them that they need to face.
There’s one possible mitigating circumstance here that could explain their behavior. They’re under investigation for antitrust. You know, are they worried about being seen as too dominant and is that causing them to maybe take a less aggressive approach? Maybe? I don’t know the answer to that. I do think we haven’t really seen them come out, you know, full barrel.
We haven’t seen them come out as hard as they possibly could. And then the last thing in the case against Google here is that Google can lose, even if Bing or ChatGPT doesn’t win. Microsoft has far more paths to monetization, whether it’s Microsoft 365 co-pilot or Azure Cloud. They have many ways to make money from ai, whereas Google makes their money from ads and if they can’t figure out how to incorporate ads into the AI responses, they’re going to lose a lot of revenue.
Microsoft 365 co-pilot, as one example, could eat away at a whole bunch of searches that happen today on Google and cost Google ad revenue without necessarily increasing the revenue that you know Microsoft makes. So we’re going to see what happens here. I mentioned the growth that AI is seeing, that generative AI is seeing in the like and ChatGPT and the like.
Brian Romley on Twitter talked about how long it took various technologies to reach a hundred million users globally. And the telephone, it took 75 years. The mobile phone took 16 years. The web took seven years. Facebook took four years. Apple’s App Store took two years and ChatGPT reached a hundred million users globally.
In two months. So if Google wants to beat these guys, they really need to get on it pretty quickly. Now, there is a case to be made for Google first. They have dominant market share. I mentioned a moment ago that ChatGPT, that open AI has gone from 670 million visits in a month to 1.6 billion visits all since January.
But just to put this in contrast, Google in January had 88.3 billion visits in the month. That’s, you know, a little bit more than 1.6. It did drop to 80.2 in February. But it came roaring back in March to 88.6, so we’re not seeing customers necessarily peel away from Google in any big way yet. That could change.
It could change quickly, but they are clearly the dominant leader and it’s not close. Right. Now also, I said Bard is not that compelling yet, but it is getting better. They’re adding new features all the time. They, they added the ability for it to write code the other day, which yes, is something ChatGPT has been able to do for a while.
But the fact that they’re becoming feature competitive does make a case for them. They’re also combining their Google Brain and DeepMind divisions to focus more on market ready solutions in artificial intelligence. So maybe Sundar Pcha is being more aggressive. It’s just a, there, he’s just doing it a little more quietly or in stealth mode internally to the organization.
We also know that there’s a new project coming soon called Project Maji or Mag. That could be a more credible competitor to ChatGPT and Bing. We don’t have a firm date for it yet. I’ve not seen the firm date for it yet, but I would expect we’ll probably see it before their next quarterly earnings call, which is due to happen in July.
So we’ll see what happens there. The last piece in Google’s favor is that technology is not the same as product. As cool as some of the things that ChatGPT is doing. It’s not really ready for primetime yet as a product. They don’t have a great way to monetize it. They don’t open it up to everybody yet.
So there’s definitely some some room there for them to fix the product to make it more useful. And there is a switching cost for customers and new behaviors. Mostly. We all know how search works. Yeah, lots of people are trying out ChatGPT, but again, it’s a much smaller number than what Google gets.
And people will have to get accustomed to doing something different. There’s a classic, classic story of, you know, the quirky keyboard and the Dvorak keyboard. By all accounts, the Dvorak keyboard is a much faster system of typing, or certainly a faster system of typing. So why aren’t we all using it?
Because apparently it’s improvement, it’s productivity improvement doesn’t outweigh the learning curve, the learning cost of switching, so people stick with the query keyboard. The same could be true in search. We already know how to go to Google. Why do we have to learn how to do something else? Could be something many customers are saying.
All that said, For our businesses. The truth is we probably don’t care who wins. If Google gets shoved aside by Microsoft or open ai, who by the way is heavily funded by Microsoft, we are likely trading one gatekeeper for another. And as you’ve heard me say many times on this show, gatekeeper’s going to gate.
In this case, the call is coming from inside the house. The thing that scares us, we are already dealing with clearly. We’re going to need to see what happens over time, but we may literally just be trading one gatekeeper for another. What we do care about is whether customer behaviors change. Even if Google represents as little as 40% of your traffic, and those folks get answers from within an app, within an application that they’re already using, they don’t go to Google in the first place.
That could be a healthy chunk of your traffic, possibly the largest single source you have that has tremendous downsides for your business and at at times like these, when we have to think about. What do we need to do? I go back to first principles. I go back to the famous Jeff Bezos quote about what won’t change?
What do we know to be true? That will likely be true no matter who wins? Well, we know that customers need answers to the questions. They have questions about help me find a solution to a problem that I have. And it won’t change that part of your job is to help them find the answers they need. It seems pretty likely to me that some behaviors won’t change, and I’m going to explain why.
I think that you may remember that Google has a framework they’ve used about search intent, the kinds of questions the customers ask all the time. And the four intents that they refer to are, no, that’s k n o W. People want to know something. Go. People want to go somewhere. Do they want to learn how to do something or buy?
They want to buy something. So no, go Dubai are the four tens. And there are things we can see from behavior and from the types of queries that exist within those intents that give us some insight into what might happen as we go forward. Let’s start with no, because the user intent most under threat from AI powered tools like ChatGPT probably are no style queries.
You know, I want to know something about a topic. If I can get that answer right within an ai, why do I have to read a webpage about it? I could easily see customers looking up answers from within Microsoft Word or PowerPoint or Excel without ever switching over to a browser. This seems where Google faces their single biggest threat among the types of queries they could lose.
Of course some of the things they might want to know, like phone number for a business or a URL for a business probably doesn’t change and probably doesn’t hurt you at all. AI has no particular advantage in this, and the answer is going to be, you know, you depending on how many very early stage queries, fend traffic to your site.
People searching for no within, you know, ChatGPT or Google, or excuse me, Microsoft’s products could be a big deal or it could be a nothing burger. For instance, I had a podcast episode a couple of years ago talking about the risk to your business of becoming a hidden intermediary. My site shows up in search a lot for the term intermediary.
Those impressions that I get though drive very little traffic. And no sales at all. Most people looking up the term intermediary don’t need a digital marketing or strategy consultant. So a loss of volume and searches that I show up for there won’t hurt me. By contrast, I’d get a lot of search tra a lot of traffic and interest from people searching on drivers of e-commerce.
That is also a no intent item, and it could be one that hurts my business. You’ll need to carefully review your own data to see if that’s a big deal or not for your business over time, and I’ll talk more about that in a minute. The go intent. This one’s easy. They’re still looking for a place to go. If you are that place, does it matter where they search for you?
I don’t think so. Experiential businesses and service providers like retailers or restaurants or hotels, events, entertainment, plumbers, electricians, and on and on and on are all likely to be fine. Google could lose here. There could be map experiences that no one has thought of yet, but I can’t see how that behavior would hurt you if you are the place they want to go.
So I think this intent is pretty safe. The do intent today skews heavily towards video, you know, YouTube, TikTok, things like that. Google’s already at thumb risk here. Again, TikTok, right? We’re seeing people search within TikTok already for how-TOS and things like that. Those types of queries could represent a fair bit of top of funnel content for your business.
Ideally you’re already using or planning to use video to find those customers and until AI auto generates video content, which isn’t that far off, you’re probably fine. Or rather you are, if you’re using the right channels to reach potential customers today. This is an area though that I would be watching closely cuz that could change at any time.
Now the last intent, of course, is buy. This one seems very safe to me for Google and Amazon and Expedia and Indeed and lots of other vertical SE search platforms. But especially for your business, if they’re already inclined to buy from you, AI likely doesn’t play a big role in changing that. Your bigger concerns, most likely are further up the funnel.
The way they find you in the first place might shift, but at the buying stage, AI probably only provides an additional source for potential customers to find and choose you. So we’ve taken a minute to look at the things that won’t change and the things that might change, and the question becomes, what are the winning strategies?
What should you do? The first thing that I’d remember is that content is already cheap and AI is going to make it cheaper. The quality level of an average piece of content is going to rise with no increase in cost. AI likely won’t make the best content much better, but it will make it much easier for average creators to produce better work.
I like to think of it this way. I can’t outrun Usain Bolt, no hope, no prayer, but put me even in a moderately priced Toyota and I’ll kick his ass. You need to make sure you’re either working with great creators or that you’re testing using AI to improve your content, to increase your average quality level.
The other thing I’d think about is what can’t AI answer? Is there original research or opinions or perspectives that you can provide that are distinct to you, that aren’t the kind of thing that an AI can come up with? That’s where you’re probably going to need to put your focus from a content perspective.
Now, I said a moment ago that content is cheap. The flip side of course, is content that doesn’t convert is expensive. We know there will still be gatekeepers. They’re not going anywhere, and I would expect that the cost those gatekeepers introduced might also go up, or you’re just going to get some fewer opportunities.
So you must convert those opportunities that you get. You need to build long-term connection via email and social and your community. So any traffic that does come in through search, how can you route it to people? Signing up for your email list or following you on social, connecting on a social network that’s appropriate to your business.
How can you encourage them to participate in your community to work with other members who actually, you know, love you and want to be associated with you? You’ve also heard me talk many times about the fact that customer experience is queen. Keep working on your experience to convert traffic and interest into longer term engagement with your brand, because then they don’t have to search for you the next time.
They’ll simply come to you.
I mentioned a moment ago, of course, that you want to pay attention to specific data about keywords that are trending or going up or going down in your world. You’re going to need to watch your surf search traffic trends closely. How are people finding you and how is that changing over time? You’re going to need to stay agile and prepare to shift if customer behaviors change right now.
I’m making some predictions about what I think is likely to happen. My confidence level on some of those things is solid, but it’s not a hundred percent. It’s not close to a hundred percent. It’s probably 70%, maybe 65%. So there is some possibilities that this could change dramatically. You need to be ready if those behaviors change.
You also need to keep learning. If you’re not already, I would highly recommend that you start testing generative AI for your business. How can you use these tools to improve your efficiency, to improve your effectiveness, to brainstorm ideas, to come up with new concepts? These are really cool tools, and you should definitely be playing with them at a minimum by now, if not actively incorporating them into your workflow.
The goal above all health is to build your brand. Ultimately, you want to encourage customers to search for your business by name, because then it won’t matter whether they use Google or Bing or ChatGPT to find you. AI won’t kill your search traffic, you know, simply point customers directly to you, which is what we all want to do.
And then we don’t have to worry about whether or not Google’s doomed. We’ll know for sure that you won’t be now looking at the clock on the wall. We are out of time for this week. I want to remind you that you can find the show notes for this episode as well as an archive of all past episodes by going to timpeter.com/podcast.
Again, that’s timpeter.com/podcast. Just look for episode 381. Don’t forget that you can click on the subscribe link in any of the episodes you find there to have Thinks Out Loud, delivered to your favorite podcaster every single week. You can also find Think Out Loud on Apple Podcasts, Google Podcasts, Stitcher Radio, Spotify, Overcast, anywhere fine podcasts are found.
While you’re there, I would very much appreciate it if you could provide a positive rating or review for the show. Ratings and reviews. Help new listeners find the podcast. They help new listeners understand what the show is all about. They help get the word out. They help us grow our community and they mean the world to me.
So thank you very, very much. I really appreciate you helping to make Thinks Out Loud, a better place for all of us. You can also find Thinks Out Loud on LinkedIn by going to linkedin.com/tim Peter Associates. You can find me on Twitter using the Twitter handle at TC peter, and as always, you can email me at podcast@timpeter.com.
Again, that’s podcast@timpeter.com. Finally, I know I say this week after week after week. But I very much appreciate you listening. I would not do this show without you. It means so much to me that we can have a conversation and build this community together. It means the world to me that you listen. It means the world to me that you comment.
It means the world to me that you reach out to me on social. So please keep doing those things. Let’s keep the conversation going. With all that said, I hope you have an amazing rest of this week. I hope you have a wonderful weekend, and I will look forward to speaking with you here on Thinks Out Loud next time.
Until then, please be well, be safe, and as always, take care of everybody.
The post Revisiting Will AI and ChatGPT Kill Your Search Traffic? (Thinks Out Loud) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
Sure, generative AI tools like Google’s Bard, Adobe Firefly, and ChatGPT are at the top of everyone’s to-do list at the moment (including mine). You should absolutely should add generative AI tools to your team, at least as a test.
At the same time, you can’t lose sight of your humanity, or that of your customers. Your customers aren’t only looking for content. They’re looking for connection. They’re looking for someone who cares. Ideally, they’re looking for you.
The question then is, "Who is ‘you,’ in the context of your business?" Who speaks for your business? Who speaks for your customers? Who provides that spark of humanity, that concern for others, that connection with others? Answer that question for your business — and for your customers — and you’ll never have to worry about losing them to AI again.
Want to know more? Be sure to check out the show notes and let us know what you think.
Revisiting "Who Speaks For Your Business?" — Headlines and Show NotesShow Notes and Links* Adobe Says Its New ‘Firefly’ AI Image Generator Doesn’t Steal Other People’s Art * Adobe, Nvidia AI imagery systems aim to resolve copyright questions | Reuters * My class required AI. Here’s what I’ve learned so far. * Books published per country per year – Wikipedia * The Single Biggest Myth in Digital: Content is Expensive (Thinks Out Loud Episode 275) * What Connects TikTok and the Hub and Spoke Model of Digital? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 299) * You Don’t Need a Website – Tim Peter & Associates * Big Digital Marketing Trends: Customer Experience is Cool (Thinks Out Loud Episode 375) * Big Trends: Does Marketing Have a Future? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 375) * The Future is Already Here (Thinks Out Loud Episode 370) * Revisiting Content Marketing in Action (Thinks Out Loud) * Taylor Swift’s Playbook Shows Why the Modern Marketing Team is a Media Company (Thinks Out Loud Episode 324) * Is Content Still King or Have the Gatekeepers Won? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 328) – Tim Peter & Associates * Where Content, Community, and Customer Experience Meet (Thinks Out Loud Episode 346) – Tim Peter & Associates * The Rebirth of Trusted Gatekeepers (Thinks Out Loud Episode 307) – Tim Peter & Associates * Is Content a Strategic Product for Your Business? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 319)
You might also enjoy this webinar I recently participated in with Miles Partnership that looked at "The Power of Generative AI and ChatGPT: What It Means for Tourism & Hospitality" here:
Free DownloadsWe have some free downloads for you to help you navigate the current situation, which you can find right here:
Subscribe to Thinks Out Loud* Subscribe in iTunes * Subscribe in the Google Play Store
Contact information for the podcast: podcast@timpeter.com
Past Insights from Tim Peter ThinksTechnical Details for Thinks Out LoudRecorded using a Heil PR-40 Dynamic Studio Recording Mic and a Focusrite Scarlett 4i4 (3rd Gen) USB Audio Interface into Logic Pro X for the Mac.
Running time: 21m 47s
You can subscribe to Thinks Out Loud in iTunes, the Google Play Store, via our dedicated podcast RSS feed (or sign up for our free newsletter). You can also download/listen to the podcast here on Thinks using the player at the top of this page.
Transcript: Revisiting "Who Speaks For Your Business?"Well, hello again everyone, and welcome back to Thinks Out Loud, your source for all the digital expertise your business needs. My name is Tim Peter. This is episode 377 of the Big Show. And I think we’ve got a really cool show for you today.
What’s the Trend? Content Production is "Free"I’ve been talking a lot about big trends that are shaping marketing and shaping digital marketing and shaping your digital strategy this year. And I think there’s a really important one we need to talk about. I have long argued for the importance of content, even in the current environment. And it’s easy to say that the emergence of artificial intelligence and especially generative AI tools like ChatGPT, Microsoft’s new Bing, Google’s recent Bard beta have changed the content game probably forever.
For one thing, content production is incredibly inexpensive, at least in theory (I’ll come back to that in a moment). I have argued for years that content has always been inexpensive. It’s that content that doesn’t work is expensive. Regardless, generative AI has the potential to lower content production costs dramatically, effectively to zero.
But Generative AI Has Its Own CostsNow I said I would come back to why in theory it might not be cheaper. And what generative AI potentially does is increase your costs of legal guidance and liability insurance. We know that generative AI sometimes borrows from other people’s materials built into its training. And we’re seeing some companies say we need to protect ourselves and protect our users from that.
For instance, Adobe announced that its new image generator, Firefly, "quote takes art from its stock library and the public domain with plans to eventually compensate stock image creator." Similarly, NVIDIA’s new system. Picasso, "was trained Nvidia trained the technology on images license from Getty Images, Shutterstock, and Adobe, and plans to pay royalties."
So these companies clearly are saying we need to build some protections into this. I do think it’s funny and I can’t be the only one that thinks it’s funny that Nvidia used an artist’s name for their tool, Picasso… and I’m going to go out on a limb and assume without any permission. So I don’t know about you, but I think that’s kind of a hoot.
Using Generative AI to Create ContentThe challenge here is that anyone can create at least decent content now. All you have to do is turn your favorite AI loose and reap the rewards. And there are plenty of ways that you can improve the content that those tools create. I will link in the show notes to some great tips from Ethan Mollick at Wharton on how to use AI to co-create and co-edit more effectively.
You should do this as long as you’re comfortable that you’re not plagiarizing someone else’s content, stealing someone else’s copyrighted material.
The Return of Mark Schaefer’s "Content Shock"What we are seeing as a result of all of this, Is the very real emergence of Mark Schaffer’s long predicted "content shock"… or maybe not.
I’ve always been somewhat ambivalent about the idea behind content shock. Not because Mark is wrong. Mark is 100% correct. He is absolutely right. There is simply more content being created every year than your customers can reasonably keep up with. There’s very, very, very little way for you to cut through easily with the volumes of content that exist and continue to be created. The last numbers that I’ve seen show that every single minute creators on YouTube upload 500 hours of new content. If you watched YouTube for 12 hours per day every day, it would take you slightly less than 42 days to watch even one minute’s uploads. Meanwhile, during those 42 days, YouTube creators would’ve uploaded enough content to fill an additional 30 million hours. So you know that’s tough, right?
My ambivalence though, stems from the fact that content shock has existed for years. I’ve stated previously, the term "information overload" itself was popularized in Alvin Toffler’s book, "Future Shock," way back in 1970. The idea itself goes back even further than that much, much further. Seneca the Younger once reportedly said, "you cannot read all the books that you possess," which is sometimes translated by me and others as "the abundance of books is a distraction." By the way, he was saying that somewhere around 25 BCE. Seneca wasn’t wrong, just like Mark isn’t wrong.
Wikipedia shows that there are roughly three and a half million registered ISBN numbers for books in the United States as of 2018. If you were somehow magically able to read two books a day, every day, you would finish your reading pile of books in roughly 4,800 years… and that ignores all the books and blog posts and TikTok and YouTube videos that would be released in the meantime.
So, yeah, there’s a lot of content out there and there always has been. You are never going to reach the top of anyone’s reading pile or viewing pile or a listening pile (he says on his podcast) if you’re not creating great content. That’s been true for a very long time and is increasingly true.
Great Content is Table Stakes for Your BusinessWhich brings me to the question, what is great content?
Here we are in March, 2023. What does great content look like? And how can you create great content that helps you cut through the noise?
"Hub and Spoke" in a World of "Free" ContentBefore I answer that, I want to talk for a moment about the marketing chestnut, "Don’t build your brand on rented land." Because that’s one way people are trying to cut through the clutter. They’re using Facebook or TikTok or LinkedIn or Google or Amazon or booking.com or G2 or what have you to reach people that you can’t reach on your own. And that’s okay. I want to be very, very clear. I have said that you don’t want to build your brand on rented land. I’ve also said that there’s nothing wrong with using rented the land or paid media of some kind to reach customers for the first time.
What you don’t want to do is become dependent on the rules that those landlords, those gatekeepers, put in place between you and your customer. It’s fine to pay the first time. It’s a real problem if you pay every time. The whole "Hub and Spoke" concept I’ve referred to many times here on the show assumes that the spokes, the rented land, the third party channel are absolutely okay to use to connect with new customers.
Once you already paid once though, why would you continue paying each and every time you want to interact with your customers? Creating great content, no matter how cheap it gets, still has a cost. And putting that content to work through third party channels adds to that cost. If you’re paying to reach your customers every single time, that’s not great.
Great Content Builds Trusted Relationships Between Your Customers and Your BusinessWhat you have to do instead is build a relationship with your audience that gets them to seek out your content directly. And this is how we start talking about great content because customers will only do that, they will only seek you out directly, if they trust you.
Great content has to be well researched, it has to be honest, and most importantly, it has to be trustworthy. It has to build a relationship with your customers.
Great Content Has a Human FaceAnd if you’re going to do that, you have to have a face for your content. When we talk about great content now, it has to be personal. It has to be one-to-one. People have to feel like you’re talking to them directly. That’s what they’re looking for. You have to ask, "who speaks on behalf of our brand?" You’re trying to build a trusted relationship with your customers, and they’re rarely going to enter into a relationship with, and I’m putting this word in quotes and caps, "a brand." But they will build a relationship with people who represent your brand. They will build a relationship with human beings.
They’re not just looking for content, they’re looking for connection. And the people who represent your brand can be your employees. They can be your community, they can be your customers, they can be influencers in your industry — and I don’t necessarily mean famous celebrities like the Kardashians or folks like that. I mean people who have some influence within your industry. They can even be people at other companies that you partner with.
What they have to be, though, most of all, is human beings. They have to be someone that your customers can connect with. You have to put a human face on your content. Why would anyone trust you if they don’t know who you are? Why should anyone trust you if they don’t know what you represent? Why would anyone trust you if they don’t see you, not just as a company, but as human beings who work for a company?
Who is That Face? Who Speaks for Your Business?Your customers want to connect with people with human beings, not with a faceless corporate entity. My mantra lately that I’ve been talking to people about is that faceless is foundationless. Faceless is meaningless. Faceless is friendless. Faceless is hopeless. And faceless is futureless. It has no future.
So you need to think about how can I put a face on my brand? How can I put a face on my business in a way that customers want to connect with those people? By the way, I mentioned that the face can be your employees or your community or your customers or influencers or other companies you partner with. It also can be all of those.
How You Can Speak For Your BusinessYou have to start by thinking about who your customer is. What are the personas that matter to your business, and what are those customers’ needs? What do they care about? How can you engage them in a conversation around those things that they care about?
Then think about who’s best positioned to talk with those people. Not just "the personas," but the actual people those personas represent. The roles will vary based on the business you’re in.
It could be people in customer service roles like customer success leaders or concierges or community managers. And yes, your community managers should play a role here regardless. That’s kind of their whole gig.
It could be subject matter experts, like product managers or researchers, or if you’re a restaurant, your chef or wine steward/sommelier. It could be leaders within the organization, your CEO, or your chief technology officer, depending on who you’re trying to reach.
And depending on the size of your organization, it could — and arguably should — be all of these folks and more.
There are people within your community who might be perfect to talk about your company. And in some cases, they’re probably doing that anyway.
Provide People Tools to Speak for Your BusinessYou want to help encourage them to do so in a way that works for you and in a very human way, no matter who it is. They shouldn’t simply be reading a script. You can teach an AI to do that. Okay, fine. Yes, maybe get them some training on how to communicate with your community. Definitely provide them with some guidelines of what they can talk about in public and what you’d rather they didn’t. Help them figure out how to handle the tough questions and when they need to call for help. Give them the appropriate tools and resources to know what to do when they feel like they need to call for help.
Empower People to Speak For Your Customer, TooAnd especially, make sure that they’re not just speaking on behalf of your brand, but they’re speaking on behalf of your customers too. Give them the tools and resources within the company to turn to when they hear about problems or situations with that they’re not equipped to handle on their own. Where do they go? Help them understand where to go so that those problems can be addressed.
I talked last week about one of the big trends is that customer experience is cool. Customers experience is only cool when you actually help your customers when they have a problem. Don’t just provide a face and a voice, but a friendly ear and a shoulder to cry on.
Remember, faceless is friendless. Faceless is futureless. These folks are there to provide your company a face. Don’t make them translate everything they say into "corporate-ese." It’ll piss them off. And if it doesn’t, you don’t have the right people talking on your behalf. It will render them faceless and it will do nothing to cut through the clutter.
They can then use all the content tools available, whether writing or email newsletters, or audio or video, short form, video, whatever comes down the road over time.
Conclusion: Digital Marketing Trends — Who Speaks For Your Business?But they will be the people your customers will want to turn to. What’s important is that they have a voice. They have a face. They’re human.
They’re someone your customers can come to know and trust. Otherwise, you’re creating content that no one will care about. We are living in an age when technology can create all the content we could possibly want and more. What we need to offer is not content, but connection, humanity, a real face, a real voice, a real person, or people who speak for your brand.
The big trend you need to remember is "Who speaks for your business?" And I don’t know about you, but I can’t wait to hear your answers to that question.
Show Closing and CreditsNow, looking at the clock on the wall, we are out of time for this week. I want to remind you that you can find the show notes for this episode as well as an archive of all past episodes by going to timpeter.com/podcast. Again, that’s timpeter.com/podcast. Just look for episode 377.
Subscribe to Thinks Out LoudDon’t forget that you can click on the subscribe link in any of the episodes you find there to have Thinks Out Loud delivered to your favorite podcatcher every single week. You can also find Thinks Out Loud on Apple Podcasts, Google Podcasts, Stitcher Radio, Spotify, Overcast, anywhere fine podcasts are found.
Leave a Review for Thinks Out LoudWhile you’re there, I would also very much appreciate it if you could provide a positive rating of review for the show. Ratings and reviews help new listeners find the podcast. Ratings and reviews help new listeners understand what the show is all about. They help get the word out. They help grow our community and they mean the world to me.
I really appreciate you helping to make Thinks Out Loud, a better place for everyone involved, and thank you so much for that.
Thinks Out Loud on Social MediaYou can also find Thinks Out Loud on LinkedIn by going to linkedin.com/TimPeterAssociates. You can find me on Twitter using the Twitter handle @tcpeter. and as always, you can email at podcast@timpeter.com. Again, that’s podcast@timpeter.com.
Show OutroFinally, I want to say one last time how much I appreciate you tuning into the show every single week. I would not do this show without you. I don’t do this to hear myself talk. I do this so that we can have a conversation and build this community.
It means so much to me that you choose to be part of that community. It means the world to me when you listen and you comment and you send emails and you reach out to me on social and we keep the dialogue going. So please, let’s keep the dialogue going. Keep the emails coming, keep pinging me on LinkedIn, keep pinging me on Twitter.
I love chatting with y’all about this stuff all the time, and I relish the opportunity to continue to do so. So with all that said, I hope you have a fantastic rest of this week. I hope you have a wonderful weekend and I will look forward to speaking with you here on Thinks Out Loud next time. Until then, please be well be safe, and as always, take care everybody.
The post Revisiting “Who Speaks For Your Business?” (Thinks Out Loud) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
AI won’t steal your job… you’ve heard that before. What it might do though is change what your job is. And it will definitely make you and your team more productive. It’s not your replacement; it’s your co-worker.
The question is, how do you add AI to your team? How do you make it work for you, your employees, your customers, and your business?
The latest Thinks Out Loud podcast takes a look at the state of artificial intelligence and how you can add AI to your team to improve your productivity, drive more revenue… and maybe just save your job.
Want to learn more? Here are the show notes for you.
How to Add AI to Your Team (Thinks Out Loud Episode 383) — Headlines and Show NotesShow Notes and Links* AI Won’t Steal Your Job: Smart People Who Put AI to Work Will (Thinks Out Loud Episode 208) * Machines of mind: The case for an AI-powered productivity boom * The Disappearing White-Collar Job – WSJ * (1) Ethan Mollick on Twitter: “It might seem obvious, but there are not many studies on the link between employee mood and productivity, since it is hard to isolate mood from other factors. This clever paper uses call center data and finds a strong positive effect: happy workers were much more productive. https://t.co/sCLLuiltNe” / Twitter * Generative A.I. boosts worker productivity by 14%—study | Fortune * Revisiting The Early Innings of AI in Marketing * What Big Tech’s Earnings Tell Us About the State of Digital – Q1 2023 (Thinks Out Loud Episode 382) * Will AI and ChatGPT Kill Your Search Traffic? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 381) * Should Your Business Use ChatGPT? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 379) * Big Trends: The Early Innings of AI in Marketing (Thinks Out Loud Episode 374) * Is ChatGPT Going to Steal Your Job? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 371) * Will ChatGPT Kill Google? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 367) * (99+) Setting an Acceptable Use Policy for Generative AI in Your Business | LinkedIn
You might also enjoy this webinar I recently participated in with Miles Partnership that looked at "The Power of Generative AI and ChatGPT: What It Means for Tourism & Hospitality" here:
Free DownloadsWe have some free downloads for you to help you navigate the current situation, which you can find right here:
Subscribe to Thinks Out Loud* Subscribe in iTunes * Subscribe in the Google Play Store
Contact information for the podcast: podcast@timpeter.com
Past Insights from Tim Peter ThinksTechnical Details for Thinks Out LoudRecorded using a Heil PR-40 Dynamic Studio Recording Mic and a Focusrite Scarlett 4i4 (3rd Gen) USB Audio Interface into Logic Pro X for the Mac.
Running time: 22m 29s
You can subscribe to Thinks Out Loud in iTunes, the Google Play Store, via our dedicated podcast RSS feed (or sign up for our free newsletter). You can also download/listen to the podcast here on Thinks using the player at the top of this page.
Transcript: How to Add AI to Your TeamWell, hello again everyone, and welcome back to Thinks Out Loud, your source for all the digital expertise your business needs. My name is Tim Peter. This is episode 383 of the Big Show. And I think we’ve got a good one for you today. I think there’s gonna be a lot of fun. Ethan Mollick is a Wharton professor who I follow on Twitter, I read a lot, et cetera, and he had a great point the other day about how to think about artificial intelligence, how to think about tools like ChatGPT and Google, Bard and Bing’s AI chat. As adding someone to your team as a coworker and as digital professionals, as marketing professionals. I think that’s the right way to think about it.
When we look at AI, when we look at incorporating AI into our business, into our work lives, It’s not necessarily how are we going to use this to change up everything we do, but how are we going to use it to make our teams better? How are we going to use it to make our business better? So that’s kind of what I wanna talk about today.
I’ve been talking to folks at conference board meetings and clients and the like, and been polling people about how you can build a team that you can use AI effectively. We all know there is lots of uncertainty out there. The economy is still as weird as I’ve ever seen. It is one of the weirdest economies we have ever witnessed, and there are lots of layoffs in big tech.
Obviously, when you add artificial intelligence to this, it can create lots of uncertainty for the folks on your team. There was a recent research paper that the Brookings Institute pointed out that said large language models can affect 80% of the US workforce in some form, and I’m sure the folks on your team know that.
I’m sure that you know that. I’m sure that you’ve got some concerns about that. There was a Wall Street Journal article just the other day that said we may be at the peak of the need for knowledge workers. This was from a man named TIF Rafiq, who is a former Chief Digital Officer at McDonald’s and Volvo.
He said, we just need fewer people to do the same thing. The journal article went on to say, long after robots began taking manufacturing jobs, artificial intelligence is now coming for the higher ups, accountants, software programmers, human resources specialists, and lawyers. Your folks know this, you know this.
I have long argued that AI won’t steal your job, but smart people who use AI will. What’s also true is that some parts of your job are definitely at risk. There are definitely places where AI can hurt. What you do can take away part of what you do, and it’s pretty clear. People are somewhat concerned about this.
They’re somewhat worried. In some ways, this can become a self-fulfilling prophecy. We all know that happy employee employees are more productive. Shocking. I know, right? But Ethan Mollick, again, linked to research that actually proves this, that we know that people who feel better in their work are more productive.
The flip side of that is, of course, also true. People who are not happy are less productive people who are not happy. Are more ripe to be disrupted by artificial intelligence because if they’re not productive, you know, your managers and people like that, you might look at your team and say, maybe I should be using these tools in place of my employees.
Now, I’m not in favor of that, I don’t think that’s a great idea, and I’m gonna explain why in a moment. The math backs up what I’m gonna say, by the way, you know, but I was always trained. In the hospitality industry and in financial services, I grew up in service industries, and there’s a longstanding belief that if you take care of your employees, they’ll take care of your customers.
You will have better customer relationships, you will have better, more productive, more successful businesses. Because they’re gonna create a great experience for your customer. And as we all know, customer experience is queen. Your customer will then sometimes talk about it in social media, and their friends and family and fans and followers will learn that this is a good place to work with, which will drive more business.
This has been demonstrated again and again and again over the years. And worried employees create exactly the opposite problem. They’re not happy, they’re not gonna take care of your customers. Your customers can have a bad experience and if they have a bad experience, they’re very likely to tell people about it, which is going to hurt your business.
So what do you do about it? I would argue you don’t look at using AI to replace your employees. You look at AI as a co-worker, as a co-pilot in Microsoft’s terms that makes your employees more effective, more successful employees are already saying they think it helps. There was a study done recently where programmers were asked.
How they felt about using GitHub co-pilot, which is Microsoft’s AI tool there, and 88% said I am more productive. Half of them, 60% of them said they’re less frustrated with coat when coding. Another 60% said they’re more fulfilled with their job, 74%. They were able to focus on more satisfying work. And 80% of them said that they were faster at completing their tasks.
Turns out that AI can increase productivity in lots of areas. Fortune highlighted a study just the other day where they said the greatest productivity boost was seen among novice and low skilled workers. AI had, quote, minimal impact on experienced and highly skilled workers, but in less experienced staff.
AI helped them work 35% faster than they had without using artificial intelligence and its assistance. The same paper that I cited by Brooking earlier said, can these gains in a specific tasks translate into significant gains in a real world setting? The answer appears to be yes. Yen Lee and Raymond, in a recent paper show that call center operators became 14% more productive when they used the technology with the gains of over 30% for the least experienced workers.
Basically, people who are not quite as skilled at their job. Are getting help. They’re getting a tutor, they’re getting a co-worker, they’re getting a co-pilot. They’re getting an assistant to help them through the complicated parts. Now, this is where it starts to get interesting because there are two different approaches you can take Here.
You say, we’re gonna get 14% more efficient. We’re gonna get 14% more productive. Many companies, many leaders, many managers would say, well, why don’t I just go ahead and reduce my costs by 14%? And I would argue you might want to think about how you can increase your productivity by 14% without increasing costs, and that why that’s better for you.
In the long run, let’s say your company generates a million dollars in revenue. That can be per hour. That can be per day, per week, per month, what have you? Doesn’t matter, but you’re generating a million dollars in revenue. Let’s assume that you’re operating at a 15% margin. Which means that it costs you $850,000 out of that million to run your business, and you get to pocket profits of $150,000.
You can reinvest that in the business. You can put that right in your pocket, whichever you prefer. You can distribute it amongst your employees. Mad make, I’m happy, right? But you get lots of options of what you’re gonna do with that 150 grand. Now if you can actually use AI to offset some of your labor costs today, let’s just say you’re gonna get 14% more productive, you’re gonna reduce your cost by 14%.
That’s $119,000 out of that million bucks out of the $850,000 right of cost. And your profits go from being $150,000 to 269,000, $150,000 profit and the $119,000 you saved by using AI to be more productive. Cool. Right? Dump some employees right away and replace them all with robots. That’s the winning strategy, right?
Or. You could use it to improve service and drive revenues without increasing your cost. Let’s say we apply that 14% of productivity to our revenues instead for the same cost. Instead of a million dollars, you’re now making 1.14 million. For that same 850,000, and if we subtract eight 50 from 1.14, that’s $290,000 in profit, or $21,000 more profit per period than in the cost savings scenario, which again, you can invest back into your business or you can invest in your employees, or you can put in your pocket.
Now if you have a company that’s making 150 grand in profit, Or one that’s making $269,000 in profit, or one that’s making $290,000 in profit. Which one do you think is going to be the most successful in the long term? The one with the greatest profits. Right? They have the most ability to weather a rainy day.
They have the most money to invest in their products or their services or their people. They are probably the business that’s going to be the most successful in the long run. I would argue you are better served applying these gains to driving more revenue at the same cost. Sure. Save costs where you can always save costs where you can.
But Tom Peters said years ago, and it still sticks with me. You can’t shrink your way to greatness. The way to grow your profits in the longer term is to grow your revenues. It doesn’t mean you be wasteful. It doesn’t mean you don’t focus on the savings where they exist. You do you Absolutely. Do you also try to grow the business in the longer term in terms of its revenues and its profitability?
And that brings us back to people and how we use AI to make our people more effective. Doesn’t it make more sense to help your team use these tools to drive more benefit to your company? And let’s be honest, they’re probably doing it anyway. Few people who have ambition and a desire to stay employed and a desire to stay employable.
Are avoiding these. They are almost certainly trying to learn how to use these tools to do what they do better, to be more successful. I would want to put those folks to work. I would want to direct those people towards doing it in a way that would benefit my business. I would certainly be doing it if I were them.
I mean, if I’m being honest, I’m already doing this for my business, asking questions about how my customers can replace what my team and I do with ai, and can we use AI to make ourselves more effective and more credible and more beneficial to our customers and drive more business. We’ve seen this movie before.
We’ve seen it with social media, we’ve seen it with mobile, we’ve seen it with email, we’ve seen it with the internet. Companies figure out how to use these tools in ways that their competition haven’t. They’re not just using them as ways to drive down cost. They’re using them as ways to be better at what they do, and as a result, building more sustainable businesses.
So I would argue you want to take some of that potential benefit and invest it in your team to help them grow, to help them learn so that they can help your company grow, so that they can help your company learn. This reminds me of a story that I ran into once where we were talking about training for a group of folks and it was gonna be expensive at a company I used to work for.
And somebody asked, what if we train these folks and they leave? And the CFO of the company who was in the meeting said, what if we don’t train them and they stay? I’d much rather have folks who are committed to the business, who are committed to my customers, who feel that their future and the future of the business are linked.
We’re gonna end up in a much better place because of it. At the same time, you can’t just throw the doors open, and I fully acknowledge that. You know, when you build a ship, you build the shipwreck. We don’t just want com, we don’t just want our employees doing whatever with these tools. We want to direct them in a way that’s beneficial to them and to the business and to our customers.
I’m reminded specifically of when social media made its way into the workplace. I worked for a company at the time I was an exec at the company and we were debating whether or not we should allow our employees to use social media at work. And one of my colleagues who was a bit of a pain in the rear end was not in favor of this.
He simply thought that people were gonna waste time. They were going to not do their jobs. They were gonna be very ineffective and the like. And he said, how will we know if they’re doing their jobs? And another exec that, well, you could try managing them. Which, okay, snarky but true. What you want to do is you want to provide guardrails.
You want to provide things like an acceptable use policy, just as we did with social media, just as many companies did with email, just as many companies did with the internet. How do we use these tools? What’s an appropriate way to use these tools that benefits the business and doesn’t create a shipwreck or certainly tries to minimize the risks of shipwrecks?
You start with the why’s. Why does this policy exist? What are the responsibilities of your employees to use these tools in a productive and effective and safe way? What is appropriate, you know, how do they use these ethically? How do they use them in a way that is compliant with applicable laws and regulations in your industry?
How do they use these in a way that follow your security policies? Call out uses that aren’t appropriate. Don’t upload customer data or proprietary information or copyrighted information or otherwise sensitive information. Be clear about what’s expressly prohibited, and again, why it’s expressly prohibited.
You’re not doing it to be a jerk. You’re doing it because you don’t want to create a shipwreck. You know, things like use it to create things that are discriminatory or defamatory hijacking in other company’s brands, or the names or images or likenesses of celebrities or other people of note, I don’t know.
For example, your competitor’s ceo, it might be hilarious to create, you know, an ad with your competitor’s CEO saying things that they would never say, but built in the style of their verbiage, because AIS can do that. I don’t think I would, and I think we wanna be clear with people why they probably shouldn’t do that.
Make it clear to your employees that when they’re in doubt, they can ask and let them know who to ask so that they’re actually doing the right thing. And you can revisit and revise this regularly. This stuff is changing a lot every day. So we want to be sure we’re giving people the tools to use the most effectively.
We want to train them, we want to help them. We want to guide them in such a way that this is a really effective coworker for your employees and for your business, so that you get those productivity gains so that you get the ability to grow so that you don’t have to try to shrink your way to greatness.
And instead put AI to work for your business and make it a valuable teammate. And if you do that well, I’m confident you will see those benefits and be really happy that you added AI to your team.
Show Closing and CreditsNow, looking at the clock on the wall, we are out of time for this week. I want to remind you that you can find the show notes for this episode as well as an archive of all past episodes by going to timpeter.com/podcast. Again, that’s timpeter.com/podcast. Just look for episode 379.
Subscribe to Thinks Out LoudDon’t forget that you can click on the subscribe link in any of the episodes you find there to have Thinks Out Loud delivered to your favorite podcatcher every single week. You can also find Thinks Out Loud on Apple Podcasts, Google Podcasts, Stitcher Radio, Spotify, Overcast, anywhere fine podcasts are found.
Leave a Review for Thinks Out LoudAnd while you’re there, I would also very much appreciate it if you could provide a positive rating or review for the show. Ratings and reviews help new listeners find the podcast. They help new listeners understand what the show’s all about. They help get the word out. They help us grow our community and they mean the world to me.
So thank you very much. I really appreciate you helping make Thinks Out Loud, a better place for all of us involved. So I really, really do want to say thank you again.
Thinks Out Loud on Social MediaYou can also find Thinks Out Loud on LinkedIn by going to linkedin.com/TimPeterAssociates. You can find me on Twitter using the Twitter handle @tcpeter. and as always, you can email at podcast@timpeter.com. Again, that’s podcast@timpeter.com.
Show OutroFinally, I know I say this every week, but I very much appreciate you listening. I would not do this show without you. It means so much to me that we can have a conversation and build this community together.
It means the world to me that you listen. It means the world to me that you comment. It means the world to me that you reach out to me on social. And I just love that we get to keep the dialogue going. So please, let’s keep the dialogue going. Go ahead, keep your emails coming. Keep pinging me on LinkedIn. Keep pinging me on Twitter. I love hearing from you. I love getting to chat with you about all of this each week.
With all that said, I hope you have an amazing rest of the week. I hope you have a wonderful weekend. And I will look forward to speaking with you here on Thinks Out Loud next time. Until then, please be well, be safe, and as always, take care everybody.
The post How to Add AI to Your Team (Thinks Out Loud Episode 383) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
Howdy, Big Thinkers! It’s time once again to dive into Big Tech’s quarterly earnings and learn what they tell us about the state of digital. And the state of digital at the moment is all about artificial intelligence, generative AI, ChatGPT, large language models, and all that stuff.
Why does this shift matter for your business? How will these tools shape how you conduct your sales and marketing and customer experience in the next year or two? What’s working? And who might win down the line? That’s what this episode of Thinks Out Loud is all about.
Want to learn more? Then give a listen, review the transcript, and check out all of today’s show notes. Enjoy!
What Big Tech’s Earnings Tell Us About the State of Digital – Q1 2023 (Thinks Out Loud Episode 382) — Headlines and Show NotesShow Notes and Links* Apple reports second quarter results – Apple * Apple Inc. (NASDAQ:AAPL) Q2 2023 Earnings Call Transcript – Insider Monkey * AI Won’t Steal Your Job: Smart People Who Put AI to Work Will (Thinks Out Loud Episode 208) * Alphabet Earnings Release PDF document * Alphabet Inc. (NASDAQ:GOOG) Q1 2023 Earnings Call Transcript * Google Devising Radical Search Changes to Beat Back AI Rivals – The New York Times * By ditching Search, Samsung may make Google get its act together – SamMobile * google.com Market Share, Revenue and Traffic Analytics | Similarweb * bing.com Market Share, Revenue and Traffic Analytics | Similarweb * openai.com Market Share, Revenue and Traffic Analytics | Similarweb * FY23 Q3 – Press Releases – Investor Relations – Microsoft * Microsoft SlidesFY23Q3.pptx * Microsoft FinancialStatementFY23Q3.xlsx * Microsoft Corporation (MSFT) Q3 2023 Earnings Call Transcript | Seeking Alpha * Amazon Earnings Slides PDF document * Amazon Earnings Release PDF document * Amazon.com (AMZN) Q1 2023 Earnings Call Transcript | The Motley Fool * Big Trends: The Early Innings of AI in Marketing (Thinks Out Loud Episode 374) * Meta/Facebook Earnings PDF document * Meta/Facebook Earnings Call Transcript – PDF document * Meta/Facebook Earnings Presentation PDF document * Meta/Facebook follow-up call Transcript PDF document * Should Your Business Use ChatGPT? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 379) * Generative AI and ChatGPT: What it means for tourism and hospitality | PhocusWire
You might also enjoy this webinar I recently participated in with Miles Partnership that looked at "The Power of Generative AI and ChatGPT: What It Means for Tourism & Hospitality" here:
Free DownloadsWe have some free downloads for you to help you navigate the current situation, which you can find right here:
Subscribe to Thinks Out Loud* Subscribe in iTunes * Subscribe in the Google Play Store
Contact information for the podcast: podcast@timpeter.com
Past Insights from Tim Peter ThinksTechnical Details for Thinks Out LoudRecorded using a Heil PR-40 Dynamic Studio Recording Mic and a Focusrite Scarlett 4i4 (3rd Gen) USB Audio Interface into Logic Pro X for the Mac.
Running time: 28m 14s
You can subscribe to Thinks Out Loud in iTunes, the Google Play Store, via our dedicated podcast RSS feed (or sign up for our free newsletter). You can also download/listen to the podcast here on Thinks using the player at the top of this page.
Transcript: What Big Tech’s Earnings Tell Us About the State of Digital – Q1 2023[Transcript generated using AI tools. Please pardon any errors.]Well, hello again everyone, and welcome back to Thinks Out Loud, your source for all the digital expertise your business needs. My name is Tim Peter. This is episode 382 of the Big Show, and I think we’ve got a really cool show for you. I think, you know, I do a recap of big techs quarterly earnings each quarter, the AGFAM — Apple, Google, Facebook, Amazon, and Microsoft — to get a sense of where the market is heading. So these were the results that were just released over the last couple of weeks by all the big tech folks. For some of them it was Q1 of 2023. Microsoft, their fiscal year is actually different, so it was their Q3 of fiscal 2023.
But the idea is, what did they just tell us here in, you know, April about what they did for the first three months of the calendar year? And there are a couple of big takeaways I want to get out of the way. Right up front. One, everyone made money. Their revenues were solid, their profits were up often because of layoffs and other cost cutting.
But their revenues were good. They did a good job. And the thing that was most prevalent in their earnings call was that AI was by far the biggest story across most of the big tech players. What’s also true is that what AI means for you and your business is still up in the air, despite all the hype and momentum, what AI will look like in the marketplace.
Is still very much to be determined. So I’m going to dive into these in some detail. I do want to remind you right up front, I always say this each time, this is not investment advice. You really shouldn’t take investment advice from me. This is just kind of what this might mean for your business more broadly.
So looking at Google, they made a ton of money. Their revenues were 69.79 billion. We can call that 70 billion for the quarter. Their ad revenue was 54.6 billion and 40 billion of that was from search and other alone. Now, 55 billion out of 70 billion is 78%, so ad revenue is 78% of their total revenue and the 40 billion that came from search and other is 73% of their ad revenue and 57% of total revenue all by itself.
Alphabet remains a one product company. Google, Alphabet is its parent company, is a one product company. That product is advertising, and I’m going to come back to this again and again and again throughout this episode. You know, their profits were great. They had 15 billion in profits in the quarter. Yes, they had a lot of layoffs.
But they also still have almost a hundred, one 91,000 employees, and they’re making huge chunk of that money from advertising. There’s no sign yet that they have any idea how to make significant money from their other products. And that may spell trouble for Google in the longer term. And given that Google plays a huge role in driving traffic to your business, in most cases, that may spell some trouble for you.
I’ve talked about this, you know, in the past, but it’s something you do want to watch. Google clearly wants to blunt the hype that exists around chat, G P T and Microsoft. They send the term AI no fewer than 52 times in their earnings call, plus plenty of other references to their specific AI technologies.
I think that was the most of any of the big tech firms. I did a rough count of all of them and 52 seems to be the high water Mark Sundar Pacha specifically tried to point out their c e o specifically tried to point out why they’re going to be fine. He said, I’ve compared it to the successful transition we made from desktop to mobile computing over a decade ago.
Essentially referring to AI opportunities for the business and its customers, they need to demonstrate that they can win in the marketplace. Microsoft has a lot of momentum here, which we will talk about in a moment, and that includes things like Samsung discussing that they might switch to Bing as the default search engine on its devices.
We know that Google pays Apple to be the default search engine on iOS, somewhere between nine and 15 billion a year. And if Samsung or Apple were to switch, that would be an enormous problem for Google, you know, in the near term, and definitely in the longer term. In fairness, Google has some great ideas and they tried to demonstrate that point throughout the call.
There was lots of discussion about AI innovations and how they have used AI to open up access to knowledge in powerful ways. I’m going to, you know, point out just a couple of quick poll quotes. Said, our investments and breakthroughs in AI over the last decade have positioned us well. He talked about how they’ve made good progress across areas of continuing to develop state-of-the-art line, large language models, and making significant improvements across Google’s products to be more helpful to our users, empowering developers, creators, and partners with our tools.
And enabling organizations of all sizes to utilize and benefit from our AI advances. He also said that you know, their Palm API alongside their new Maker Mark tool, maker Suite tool quote provides a simple way to access our large language models and begin building new generative AI applications quickly.
He also said we’ll be guided by data and years of experience about what people want and our high standards for quality, and we’ll test and iterate as we go because we know that billions of people trust Google to provide to the right information. They also broke it out in specific products. You know, core search, for example.
Again, this is a quote in targeting, we’ve updated search keyword relevance, using the latest large natural language AI from mum models to improve the relevance and performance of shown ads when there are multiple overlapping keywords eligible for an auction. In bidding, we improved our smart bidding models to bid more accurately based on differences in search add formats.
They talked about how this is driving, you know, 18% more conversions up five points in just 14 months, and they separately added. We are the only cloud provider to announce availability of NVIDIA’s new L four Tensor core G P U with the launch of our G two VMs, which are purpose-built for large inference AI workloads such as generative ai.
All of that sounds great, but they could be in real trouble if they can’t figure out how to make money. That could also spell trouble for your business as well. I had a recent episode about what happens to your search traffic if Google goes away, and I would strongly encourage you to give that a listen.
Independent of their earnings. By the way, Google announced yesterday a whole bunch of updates to bar, including some serious code debugging terms, and I’m going to come back to this in a minute, but there is a question of whether AI really exists at the moment for developers and programmers. Hang on to that thought though.
I also would be remiss if I didn’t point out that Google still gets 46 times more traffic than open ai. It got 84 billion visits in March versus 1.8 billion for open ai. That number is shrinking. It was 73 times more traffic in January, so it’s something I’m going to keep watching to see what happens. Also, keep in mind that open AI’s growth seems to be slowing down quickly.
Their traffic grew 12.5% between March and April, which is a big, you know, monthly lift. But it was 132% between February and March. So that’s a trend I’m going to be paying close attention to. OpenAI may not be the big threat to Google. The big threat to Google is probably Microsoft. So let’s take a look at their earnings for a second.
I want to start by saying that Satya Nadela, Microsoft c e o, loves to be quotable. He opened his remarks by saying The world’s most advanced AI models are coming together with the world’s most universal in most universal user interface, natural language to create a new era of computing. He’s basically saying, letting people talk like people is the new era of computing.
We’re heading towards, you know, the Star Trek computer in reality. And Microsoft made a ton of money. 53 billion in the quarter. That’s 7% growth, which is a huge number when you’re talking tens of billions of dollars. 37 billion in profit. Again, amazing. Now, one thing that I’ve noticed that’s super fun to me and super interesting is that Microsoft released all its investor relations material in the cloud on Word, Excel, PowerPoint, and things like that.
Live documents, not PDFs. Everyone else released on PDFs. Microsoft seems to be doing this to demonstrate that they are a cloud native company and a competitor to Google Docs, a real cloud-based alternative to Google Docs. I thought it was very smart. I thought it was very effective, and I think it highlights specifically something I’m going to talk about in a minute where AI might make the biggest difference.
It also highlights Google’s problem as a one product company. Google only makes real money on ads. Microsoft can make money with ads on LinkedIn and on Bing, or with its Office suite or with Cloud, or with its operating system, or with, well, you get the idea. They can make money a lot of different ways. By the way, just as a weird aside, both Google and Microsoft listed Mercedes-Benz as a customer in their comments to Wall Street.
I’m not entirely sure what to make of that. It could be that companies like Mercedes either are still figuring out which one is better, or it could be they don’t want to put all their eggs in one basket. I don’t really know what to make of that in big terms. I just thought it was interesting. In terms of Microsoft’s earnings calls, they said AI 46 times compared with Google’s 52, so a lot.
Basically, it’s obviously a hot topic for the big tech companies, not that you didn’t know that by this point. One thing that I did think was fun was due to its investment in OpenAI, Microsoft also got to use the terms OpenAI and ChatGPT, GPT-4 a lot. There were a couple dozen mentions across those terms.
As you might imagine, Google didn’t use those terms at all during their earnings call. Microsoft touted its wins with ai just as Google did. They said today, 76% of the Fortune 500 use GitHub to build, ship and maintain software. And with GitHub co-pilot, the first at scale AI developer tool, we are fundamentally transforming the productivity of every developer from novices to experts.
And they also said in three months since we made co-pilot for business broadly available, over 10,000 organizations have signed up. I want you to Pope, you know, park that in the back of your brain that people are using these tools today. And I’m going to come back to why that matters to you in a little bit.
I also thought it was interesting that they’re adding the co-pilot brand to almost all their other tech, including office technically called Microsoft 365 these days, to CRM to security. I’m kind of beating this to death at this point, but they clearly have more paths to money than Google does. For instance, Microsoft’s Azure Cloud business is almost four times larger than Google Cloud.
As I’d mentioned, I don’t necessarily care who wins in the marketplace. I care what happens if Google’s stumbles start to hurt your business.
I want to switch to Amazon now for a moment. All good news. I started doing these quarterly earnings call reviews. To pay attention to the world of e-commerce and advertising, and Amazon gives us a pretty good sense that e-commerce is doing fine. Up 10% year on year, there was big growth, about 23% in their ad business, and AWS was up 16%.
They also were talking a lot about ai, though only six mentions of AI in the earnings call. Andy Chassy, Amazon ceo said, AI is still in its early days. I’ve, I’ve actually talked about the fact that this is the early innings for AI and marketing, and you can check out that podcast as well. But there is an interesting battle going on here, and I want to bring this up because it came up with Microsoft.
It came up with Amazon, it came up with Google. Which is is AI for developers. Amazon is building lots of foundational tools into a w s to attract developers. Microsoft won in desktop operating systems when they were the big thing by attracting developers to that platform. And it looks like Microsoft and Amazon and Google are trying to win in ai.
By being the place where developers and startup founders choose to build their applications. If that’s the case, that’s not great news for Google. A w s is roughly three times the size of Google Cloud, and as I’ve already mentioned, Microsoft Azure is roughly four times the size of Google Cloud. So this is something very interesting and something we should watch as we go forward.
Quick note about Facebook. They’re shifting their focus a bit. They had 49 mentions of AI in their earnings call. Again, comparable with Google and Microsoft, and only 10 mentions of the metaverse. You may remember I’ve been somewhat bearish on the metaverse in the near term. They’re clearly tamping down discussion though to be fair, by no means abandoning the topic.
Mark Zuckerberg said quote, A key theme I want to discuss today is ai. I’ve emphasized for a number of these calls that there are two major technological waves driving our roadmap, a huge AI wave today, and a building metaverse wave for the future. In other words, he’s stating that they’re both important, at least in the longer term.
In fact, he said beyond ai, the other major technology wave we’re focused on is the metaverse. A narrative has developed that we are somehow moving away from focusing on the Metaverse vision. So I just want to say upfront that that’s not accurate. We’ve been focusing on both AI and the Metaverse for years now, and we will continue to focus on both.
Obviously he really needed to tell Wall Street about ai. He highlighted that more than 20% of content in your Facebook and Instagram feeds are recommended by ai. He added later that quote across Instagram, that’s about 40% of the content that you see and that quote, AI recommendations have driven a more than 24% increase in time spent on Instagram, and our AI work is also improving monetization.
One of the things that I thought was very interesting was that he mentioned he, mark Zuckerberg mentioned in the Q N A, that I think there’s a bunch of opportunities on the visual side to help CR advertisers create different creative. We don’t have the tools to do that over time. Eventually making it so we’ve always strived to just have an advertiser, just be able to tell us what their objective is, and then have us be able to do as much of the work as possible for them.
He said once you light up the ability for tens of millions of small businesses to have AI agents acting on their behalf, you’ll have way more businesses that can afford to have someone engaging in chat with customers. So I think that could be a pretty big opportunity too. The last thing I want to say about Facebook here was he said they’ve taken a very different approach.
He said, quote, our approach to AI and our infrastructure has always been fairly open. We open source many of our state-of-the-art models so people can experiment and build with them. He may be onto something here that’s very interesting. Open source AI could be a real game changer down the road. There was a memo purportedly written by a Google engineer that referred to the fact that Google has no moat, has no defensible position with ai, but neither does open ai.
And open source platforms could lead to lots of innovation among companies using ai, not from Google or Microsoft or Amazon, but open source tools, much like companies do with web servers and content management systems like WordPress or Droople. That’s definitely a trend I’m going to pay attention to as we go forward and may be worth you paying attention to as well.
Also in the spirit of completeness, I want to talk about Apple for a moment. There’s not much to see here. They made a lot of money. They only mentioned AI three times in their earnings call. Compared with dozens of references to the tech on Google and Microsoft and Amazon and Facebook. They’re making a bunch of their money in hardware.
They’re getting bigger in services. But clearly they’re not a player in the AI space at the moment. So what does this all mean? What is the recap here? Well, I want to start by saying I was bearish on metaverse and crypto. I remain bearish on metaverse and crypto, at least in the near term. I am much more bullish on artificial intelligence.
What’s also true is that most people maybe don’t want an artificial intelligence in their pockets, or more specifically, they don’t want to necessarily have to interact with the ai, you know, as an AI in and of itself. What they may want are good products. And I said, I’d come back to this about the big tech players focusing on developers.
That might be the right idea. Maybe the right idea isn’t to expose the AI to everyone, but to build it into the experience natively and naturally and invisibly. Make it something that the customer doesn’t even have to know is an ai, but the product just works. I mentioned a moment ago that Apple made a ton of money and they focus on products, and a big part of their appeal for years has been, they just work.
Maybe that’s what’s going on here, that Amazon and Google, Microsoft are going to compete for the developers who will create the software of the future. That quote unquote just works. I think that’s a big trend and something we’re going to be paying a lot of attention to in the coming month and years.
Another big takeaway is that you should be testing AI in your world. I had a podcast episode a few weeks back called Should Your Business Use Chat, G P T? Spoiler Alert, yes, but I would encourage you to begin testing. You should be focused on how you can use ai. To create better content and better experiences for your customers.
I, I love that. Microsoft refers to their AI embedded tools as co-pilot. Because it, at least at the moment, seems to be the best way to use these tools. It’s a collaborative partner. It’s a brainstorming tool. It’s an ideation tool. It can help you figure out how to create better products, better services, better content, better experiences that your customers will enjoy and appreciate and return to again and again.
That’s what your customers want. They want better content, better experiences, better products, better services. It’s what they expect, and it’s what the big tech companies, or at least the developers and the startups that are migrating to their platforms are delivering right now today. And fundamentally, that’s the single biggest takeaway from my perspective.
Giving customers what they want is always the intelligent move, and it doesn’t matter whether that intelligence is human or artificial. Taking care of your customers is always going to be the smart thing to do. Now, looking at the clock on the wall, we are out of time for this week. I want to remind you that you can find the show notes for today’s episode, as well as an archive of all past episodes by going to tim peter.com/podcasts.
Again, that’s tim peter.com/podcasts. Just look for episode 382. Don’t forget that you can click on the subscribe link in any of the episodes you find there to have Thinks Out Loud, delivered to your favorite pod catcher every single week. You can also find the Thinks Out Loud on Apple Podcasts, Google Podcasts, Stitcher Radio, Spotify, Overcast, wherever fine podcasts are found.
While you’re there, I would also very much appreciate it if you could provide a positive rating to review for the show. Ratings and reviews help new listeners find the podcast. They help new listeners understand what the show is all about. They help get the word out. They help grow our community. They also mean the world to me.
I really appreciate you helping to make Thinks Out Loud, a better place for everyone involved, and thank you so much for that. You can also find Thinks Out Loud on LinkedIn by going to linkedin.com/tim Peter Associates. You can find me on Twitter using the Twitter handle at TC peter. And as always, you can email me@podcasttimpeter.com.
Again, that’s podcast tim peter.com. Finally, I want to say one last time how much I appreciate you tuning into the show every single week. I wouldn’t do this show without you. I don’t do this to hear myself talk. I do this so that we can have a conversation and build this community. It means so much to me.
It means the world to me. When you listen and you comment and you send emails and you reach out to me on social and we keep the dialogue going, so please, let’s keep the dialogue going. Keep pinging me on LinkedIn. Keep pinging me on Twitter. Keep the emails coming. I just love chatting with y’all about this stuff all the time, and I relish the opportunity to do so.
So with all that said, I hope you have a fantastic rest of this week. I hope you have a wonderful weekend, and I will look forward to speaking with you here on Thinks Out Loud next time. Until then, please be well be safe and as always, Take care of everybody.
The post What Big Tech’s Earnings Tell Us About the State of Digital – Q1 2023 (Thinks Out Loud Episode 382) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
As discussed in last week’s episode of the pod, ChatGPT and Bing AI are putting some pressure on Google, but they still represent just a meager share of the monthly searches your customers conduct. They likely represent an infinitesimal share of the traffic your brand and business receive every day. Yes, they represent an amazing breakthrough and will have enormous effects on your business. You should use these tools right now to make your business better.
At the same time, we’re still in the early innings of AI in marketing. They’re immensely important. But they’re not yet the end-all, be-all, Alpha and Omega of digital marketing.
We need to think about the “ships and shipwrecks” that AI in marketing will invent. We need to think of how we can get the greatest benefit, while also thinking about the downsides — the shipwrecks — sure to come with our use of artificial intelligence. Most importantly, we need to think about our role and how we can use our passion, our intellect, and our humanity to create and connect… and not just turn everything over to the machines.
You might also enjoy this webinar I recently participated in with Miles Partnership that looked at "The Power of Generative AI and ChatGPT: What It Means for Tourism & Hospitality" here:
Want to learn more? Then give a listen, review the transcript, and check out all of today’s show notes. Enjoy!
Revisiting The Early Innings of AI in Marketing — Headlines and Show NotesShow Notes and LinksThe Ship* Meta unveils a new large language model that can run on a single GPU [Updated] | Ars Technica * AI experts suggest 39% of time currently spent on chores could be automated within the next decade * Nvidia predicts AI models one million times more powerful than ChatGPT within 10 years | PC Gamer * Google announces major breakthrough that represents ‘significant shift’ in quantum computers | The Independent * Microsoft tests ChatGPT for controlling robots • The Register * Limitless Possibilities – AI Technology Generates Original Proteins From Scratch
The Shipwreck* The Rise of AI Content Generation Stirs Brand Reputation Fears * AI-created images lose U.S. copyrights in test for new technology | Reuters * Some companies are already replacing workers with ChatGPT, despite warnings it shouldn’t be relied on for ‘anything important’ * Is ChatGPT Going to Steal Your Job? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 371) * The End of Google? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 372) * Will ChatGPT Kill Google? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 367) * The Future of Content Marketing is Already Here (Thinks Out Loud Episode 350)
Free DownloadsWe have some free downloads for you to help you navigate the current situation, which you can find right here:
Subscribe to Thinks Out Loud* Subscribe in iTunes * Subscribe in the Google Play Store
Contact information for the podcast: podcast@timpeter.com
Past Insights from Tim Peter ThinksTechnical Details for Thinks Out LoudRecorded using a Heil PR-40 Dynamic Studio Recording Mic and a Focusrite Scarlett 4i4 (3rd Gen) USB Audio Interface into Logic Pro X for the Mac.
Running time: 23m 20s
You can subscribe to Thinks Out Loud in iTunes, the Google Play Store, via our dedicated podcast RSS feed (or sign up for our free newsletter). You can also download/listen to the podcast here on Thinks using the player at the top of this page.
Transcript: Revisiting The Early Innings of AI in MarketingWell, hello again everyone, and welcome back to Thinks Out Loud, your source for all the digital expertise, your business. My name is Tim Peter. This is episode 374 of the Big Show, and I think we have a really cool episode for you today.
We Live in a World of Constant ChangeFirst, can I just tell you how much I love what I get to do for a living?We continually see change in what we do. It is an amazing thing to work in digital and have the opportunity to learn and to grow, day after day, week after week, year after year. It’s just so much fun. I talked about this earlier this year in an episode called The Future is Already Here, and in another episode called The Most Important Trends in Marketing in 2023, and to a lesser extent a couple of weeks ago when identifying what we learned from Big Tech’s earnings so far this year.
AI and ChatGPT: Early Innings in MarketingAnd of course, the thing that everybody’s talking about and learning about right now are artificial intelligence and large language models and tools like ChatGPT and how big a trend they are and how big a trend that they will be this year and next year and the year beyond. And I think that’s right.
I think that this is one of the most important trends that we’re going to have to deal with. The other thing that’s true, the reality is that we are in the earliest days of artificial intelligence, large language models and tools like ChatGPT in the workplace. We’re in the early innings of the game.
AI Ain’t New. But…Yes, I know AI has been around a while. I know it’s embedded in a wide array of tools. What’s also true though is that unlike a laptop or a mobile phone, AI hasn’t been in the hands of most people in their day-to-day work for very long at all. Sure, some developers and data scientists use it every day, and it is very much available to people under the covers in tools from Google or Facebook or Microsoft or Salesforce.com or any of those folks, you know, Adobe. So there are some cool things out there.
But we’re beginning to see what it might look like when AI and large language models and tools like these are in everyone’s hands. Your entire team is learning ways to apply these tools in real time every day. and we have yet to begin to scratch the surface of all of the amazing and creative ways that people are going to put these tools to work.
We’re seeing some cool ideas, but to think that we’ve seen how people are going to use them every single day, you know, two years from now or five years from now, or 10 years from now, we just don’t know.
Ships and ShipwrecksIt reminds me then of the Paul Vaio quote that you have heard me use many, many times that when you build the ship, when you invent the ship, you invent the shipwreck.
First, the Ship…There’s no two ways about it. When you get the good side, the bad side comes with it. And I want to talk about the ship a little bit first and how much room there is to grow. I’m going to share with you a handful of headlines just from the last few weeks to give you a sense of how much room for growth there still is.
How Meta Plans to Get in the GameSo obviously we’ve heard a lot about ChatGPT and “the new Bing” from Microsoft and OpenAI. Of course, we’ve heard about LaMDA and BART from Google. Well, as you might figure, many other members of Big Tech, many other members of the AGFAM, want to get in on this as well. So Meta unveiled a new large language model that can run on a single graphics processing unit, a single GPU. A GPU is the, is the underlying hardware that these systems all run on. And on Ars Technica, they write that quote, meta announced a new AI powered large language model called Llama-13B, that it claims can outperform OpenAI’s GPT-3 model, despite being 10 times smaller. The article goes on to say that “smaller sized AI models could lead to running ChatGPT style language assistance locally on devices such as PCs and smartphones.”
So think about how sophisticated and how cool we see something like ChatGPT are already. Now imagine you could just run it on your mobile phone locally with no connection to the internet. That’s crazy. That’s kind of like Moore’s Law in Action where we see, you know, either the power double every 18 months, or in this case you get the same power for half the cost. I’m going to say in this, in this specific case, half the computing power in, you know, a very short period.
AI Will Be 1 Million Times More Powerful in Ten Years… MaybeIf you want to take it to the other side, Nvidia, who is a big maker of GPUs, predicts that AI models will grow dramatically over the next 10 years. Uh, in the recent earnings call, PC Gamer reported that CEO Jensen Huang, there’s a quote, claimed “that NVIDIA’s GPUs had boosted AI processing performance by a factor of no less than 1 million in the last 10 years.”
And Huang continued by stating, “Over the course of the next 10 years, I hope, through new chips, new interconnects, new systems, new operating systems, new distributed computing algorithms, and new AI algorithms, and working with developers coming up with new models. I believe it’s going to accelerate AI by another million times.”
What? Another million?!? Again, that’s insane. Now, let’s be fair. Let’s be fair. Maybe he’s wrong. Maybe it’s only 10th, a 10th of that, so it’s not a million times accelerated. It’s only a hundred thousand times accelerated. Can you imagined what that looks like? Well, let me give you a couple of examples.
AI Will Power Robots and Eliminate Domestic Chores… MaybeThere are people who asserts, according to TechXplorer, experts predicted that on average, 39% of the time that people currently spend on any given domestic work task could be automated within the next 10 years.
Well, how could they do that? Well, according to the register, Microsoft has a project that’s testing ChatGPT for Controlling Robots. This is again, a quote. “The project defines a high level API that ChatGPT can understand and map it to lower level robot functions. Thereafter, the users wrote text prompts for ChatGPT describing task goals, specifying available functions, and setting task constraint. ChatGPT then responded by generating device applicable code to accomplish whatever simulation goal had been set.”
The idea is that a person conversing with ChatGPT can bug test robot directives until they work properly simply by conversing with it. How fricking cool is that?
I will answer my own question. The answer is way cool.
AI Can Also Develop Proteins and Cure Illness… MaybeOh wait, that’s not cool enough for you? Fine. Here’s another one. There’s a site called Limitless Possibilities. I admit this is not my core area of expertise, so I might be wrong about this, but they said in laboratory experiments, some AI developed a whole bunch of original proteins from scratch. And this is the quote “In laboratory experiments, some of these enzymes demonstrated efficacy comparable to natural enzymes, even when their artificially created amino acid sequences greatly deviated from any known natural protein.” Wait, what? We’re using AI to actually engineer proteins? You know that can be used in medical treatments.
Science Fiction in Real LifeThis is like, this is science fiction come to life. This is the kind of thing that were put in science fiction novels and science fiction stories and science fiction movies or TV shows, and now they’re talking about where we might be, where we might be down the road.
Last one, last part of the ship side of this story.
The Independent out of the UK reported that Google announced a major breakthrough that represents a significant shift in quantum computers. Here’s a quote from the article. It said, “Dr. Julian Kelly, who’s the director of Quantum Hardware at Google’s Quantum AI, ‘The engineering constraints of building a quantum computer certainly are feasible. It’s a big challenge. It’s something that we have to work on, but by no means that blocks us from, for example, making a large scale machine.’"
Now, I said a moment ago, some of this sounds like science fiction, but I know a physicist, I talked to a physicist, who said that when physicists say something is theoretically possible, what they’re actually saying is it is possible. The rest is simply an engineering challenge.
Overestimate the Change in the Next Two Years, Underestimate the Change in the Next TenI’ll give you a real world for instance. The Nyquist-Shannon Theorem, which essentially led to digital audio, to compact discs, to sampling in modern music like hip hop to MP3s, that theorem dates to 1928 or so. We didn’t get commercial compact discs for another 45 years, roughly. You know, it was the early eighties before we started to see sampling, and we started to see digital audio really come into any kind of mainstream use. So the tech is there, the, the concepts are there, the science is there for many of these. It also means that some of these big breakthroughs may not be all that commercially imminent.
This is another place where Bill Gates aphorism comes into play, “We always overestimate the change in the next two years and underestimate the change in the next 10.” I think all of these news stories I told you are incredibly cool. They might also take a decade, half a decade at least, before people actually can put them to work in a commercially viable sense.
I’ve spent a lot of time with the new Bing, the AI powered version of Bing. It is awesome. I don’t think it’s going to take 10 years before it’s commercially viable. I do think it’s not commercially viable today. It’s buggy. It’s weird. It’s subject to bias. It’s got all kinds of problems because when you invent the ship, you invent the shipwreck.
The Shipwreck…So let’s talk about the shipwreck for a second. You know, I mentioned this over a bunch of recent episodes in terms of, you know, “Will ChatGPT Kill Google,” and an episode from a few weeks ago called “The End of Google?” Well, we’re seeing some of these problems come to light in the real world every day.
Brand Reputation IssuesFor instance, Adweek has a fantastic story about how the rise of AI content generation stirs brand reputation fears. Are we going to see people use our brands, use our businesses information in ways that are troubling or can make our brands look poor, you know, make them look bad.
Copyright IssuesThere was a story in Reuters how AI created images lost their US copyright. This is a quote from a letter written by the US Copyright Office that said, “The fact that Midjourney specific output cannot be predicted by users makes Midjourney different for copyright purposes than other tools used by artists.”
If you, the artist, can’t say what it is you’re going to get at the output, you don’t own that output. I’ve talked in past shows about artists deliberately trying to get AI tools to include copyrighted material from folks like Disney in their information, in the outputs they create, to trigger lawsuits from folks like Disney, right? Because the artists want their information, want their work to have copyright protection and not be able to be reused by AI.
I’m kind of okay with that. I mean, I’m a content creator myself. You probably don’t want the content you create for your business to be used by other folks, either in whole or in part, if you can avoid it.
Which again, these large language models are trained on information that exists in the world. They’re not making things up from scratch. They’re borrowing from what they’ve learned. So that’s a very real risk that needs to be addressed. And if you use content created by these tools, it’s entirely possible that the content you create with them itself will have no copyright protection. You won’t have the ability to actually own that in a legal sense.
That’s a very real shipwreck that most companies haven’t quite figured out what they’re going to do yet or how they’re going to address that.
Employment IssuesThen of course there’s what might happen on the labor front. Now, I have talked about this a lot. I have argued that ChatGPT and AI will not steal your job, but that smart people who use AI will.
Of course, what I should have realized is that dumb people could use these tools too. I should have remembered that if you build an idiot proof system, the world will simply find us a new supply of idiots.
There’s an article on Yahoo Finance that says some companies, this is a quote, “Are already replacing workers with ChatGPT despite warnings, it shouldn’t be relied on for ‘anything important.’”
I mean… seriously. This is such a foolish idea at this point. Even if you’re getting sometimes good results, the risks that you are exposing your company to are really, really big. Remember, these tools have built in biases against people of color, against women, against all kinds of folks, because the underlying data so often does.
And as I just talked about, they’re not subject to copyright protection and they can hurt your brand. So this is not smart use of these tools. This is dumb.
You want to look at ways to incorporate AI alongside your team rather than replacing them all together. You want to look at ways to increase your team’s skills, to recognize, for instance, the bias and the other issues that could arise before you expose yourself to the risks of the shipwreck.
Pilots (Process and People)So if we’ve got a ship and there’s the potential for a shipwreck, then we need to talk about one last thing and that one last thing is “the pilot.” Now you know this, you’ve done this many times. You do a test and learn exercise and you call it a pilot. “We’re conducting a pilot. We’re testing to see what works.”
But a pilot is also the person who comes on a ship and steers it into the harbor past rocky shores. You want to conduct tests, you want to conduct pilots to see what works for your business. But increasingly, I believe a pilot, as in the role, is key to your long-term success. Here, the people who can look ahead to see where the rocks and the reefs are, who can spot where you might run aground, are going to be so valuable over the near to midterm.
Sure, AI will improve over time as it learns from its mistakes. But it would be really good if you could minimize the downsides of those mistakes, or, I don’t know, avoid making them all together with proper planning, with a good pilot. That’s an enormous opportunity that we’re going to see that we are seeing emerged as companies start to look for ways to put these tools to use.
So the pilot in terms of the event, but the pilot in terms of the person. That’s what you want to be right now. Because we are in the early innings, we’ve got a lot of time ahead of us before we see how these are going to be used day to day.
Revisiting The Early Innings of AI in Marketing ConclusionYes, there are lots of opportunities for us to invent new ships.
That means as a consequence, we absolutely will invent new shipwrecks. So conduct tests, conduct pilots to see what works for your business and to minimize the risks that might exist of those shipwrecks, but also be a pilot. Look forward to see where the potential exists to run aground and think about how it is you can prevent that from happening in the first place.
Look ahead and keep thinking about where we’re going to end up two years from now, five years from now, 10 years from now. Because there’s a lot of opportunity here to really succeed, and there’s a lot of opportunity to run a ground. The key is to look forward, look ahead, plan well. And then you’ll be able to enjoy the ride.
Show Closing and CreditsNow looking at the clock on the wall, we are out of time for this week. I want to remind you that you can find the show notes for today’s episode, as well as an archive of all past episodes by going to timpeter.com/podcasts. Again, that’s timpeter.com/podcasts. Just look for episode 374.
Subscribe to Thinks Out LoudDon’t forget that you can click on the subscribe link in any of the episodes you find there to have Thinks Out Loud delivered to your favorite podcatcher every single week. You can also find Thinks Out Loud on Apple Podcasts, Google Podcasts, Stitcher Radio, Spotify, Overcast, anywhere fine podcasts are found.
Leave a Review for Thinks Out LoudWhile you’re there, I would also very much appreciate it if you could provide a positive rating or review for the show. Ratings and reviews help new listeners find the podcast. Ratings and reviews help new listeners understand what the show is all about. They help get the word out. They help grow our community and they mean the world to me.
I really appreciate you helping to make Thinks Out Loud a better place for everyone involved, and thank you so much for that.
Thinks Out Loud on Social MediaYou can also find Thinks Out Loud on LinkedIn by going to linkedin.com/TimPeterAssociates. You can find me on Twitter using the Twitter handle @TCPeter. And as always, you can email me at podcast@timpeter.com. Again, that’s podcast@timpeter.com.
Show OutroFinally, I want to say one last time how much I appreciate you tuning into the show every single week. I wouldn’t do this show without you. I don’t do this to hear myself talk. I do this so that we can have a conversation and build this community. It means so much to me.
It means the world to me when you listen and you comment and you send emails and you reach out to me on social and we keep the dialogue going. So, please. Let’s keep the dialogue going. Keep pinging me on LinkedIn. Keep the emails coming. Keep pinging me on Twitter. I just love chatting with y’all about this stuff all the time and I just relish the opportunity to do so
So with all that said, I hope you have a fantastic rest of this week. I hope you have a wonderful weekend. And I will look forward to speaking with you here on Thinks Out Loud next time. Until then, please be well, be safe, and as always, take care everybody.
The post Revisiting The Early Innings of AI in Marketing appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
It’s become a bit of a parlor game to predict whether ChatGPT and other AI tools spell doom for Google. Will the search giant flounder and fail? Or will it find a way to recover? A better question, though, might be “What happens to your traffic and business if Google does fail? Will AI and ChatGPT kill your search traffic?”
That’s not an easy question to answer. There are many factors at play, any of which could be the difference between Google’s continued dominance… and its doom. So, which is it? Will ChatGPT and AI disrupt the traffic and business you get from search? Or will Google recover and continue to claim its seat on the throne? That’s what this episode of Thinks Out Loud is all about.
Want to learn more? Here are the show notes for you.
Will AI and ChatGPT Kill Your Search Traffic? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 381) — Headlines and Show NotesShow Notes and Links* The End of Google? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 372) * Say Goodbye to Google, Hoteliers * BrightEdge Channel Report * How To Run Your Business As If Google Didn’t Exist (Thinks Out Loud Episode 298) – Tim Peter & Associates * Introducing Microsoft 365 Copilot – your copilot for work – The Official Microsoft Blog * Google’s AI chatbot Bard seems boring compared to ChatGPT and Microsoft’s BingGPT – Vox * 5 ways that ChatGPT is better than Google Bard (and 3 ways it isn’t) | Windows Central * Brian Roemmele on Twitter: “The time it took to reach 100 million users worldwide. Telephone: 75 years Mobile phone: 16 years World Wide Web: 7 years iTunes: 6.5 years Twitter: 5 years Facebook: 4.5 years WhatsApp: 3.5 years Instagram: 2.5 years Apple App Store: 2 years ChatGPT: 2 months” / Twitter * Google planning new search engine while working on new search features under Project Magi * Is Content Still King or Have the Gatekeepers Won? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 328) – Tim Peter & Associates * Four Moments Every Marketer Should Know – Think with Google * Revisiting 2023’s Most Important Trends in Digital Marketing (Thinks Out Loud) * Caleb Watney on Twitter: “Fascinating new paper finds that AI tools increase productivity in customer support roles by 14% (as measured by issues resolved per hour) with the biggest impact on novice and low-skilled workers. https://t.co/pqsnVttD5q” / Twitter * The Single Biggest Myth in Digital: Content is Expensive (Thinks Out Loud Episode 275) * Big Digital Marketing Trends: Who Speaks For Your Business? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 377) * Content is King, Customer Experience is Queen (Thinks Out Loud Episode 188) – Tim Peter & Associates * How to Balance Technology and Humanity in Customer Experience (Thinks Out Loud Episode 378) * How Lively Demonstrates Customer Experience is Queen (Thinks Out Loud Episode Episode 339) * Big Digital Marketing Trends: Customer Experience is Cool (Thinks Out Loud Episode 375) * Where Content, Community, and Customer Experience Meet (Thinks Out Loud Episode 346) – Tim Peter & Associates * Big Trends: The Early Innings of AI in Marketing (Thinks Out Loud Episode 374) * Should Your Business Use ChatGPT? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 379) * Is ChatGPT Going to Steal Your Job? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 371) * Why I’m not worried about AI causing mass unemployment
Free DownloadsWe have some free downloads for you to help you navigate the current situation, which you can find right here:
Subscribe to Thinks Out Loud* Subscribe in iTunes * Subscribe in the Google Play Store
Contact information for the podcast: podcast@timpeter.com
Past Insights from Tim Peter ThinksTechnical Details for Thinks Out LoudRecorded using the travel rig: Shure SM57 Cardioid Dynamic Instrument Microphone and a IK Multimedia iRig Pro Duo IO USB audio interface into Logic Pro X for the Mac.
Running time: 26m 48s
You can subscribe to Thinks Out Loud in iTunes, the Google Play Store, via our dedicated podcast RSS feed (or sign up for our free newsletter). You can also download/listen to the podcast here on Thinks using the player at the top of this page.
Transcript: Will AI and ChatGPT Kill Your Search Traffic?Well, hello again everyone, and welcome back to Thinks Out Loud, your source for all the digital expertise your business needs. My name is Tim Peter. This is episode 381 of the Big show, and I think we have a really cool show for you this week. This one might be a little longer than normal. There is some stuff to talk about my friends.
I’ve been teaching a class for Rutgers this week Rutgers Business School. I work in their mini MBA programs in their exec ed group. And we’ve been talking about, you know, digital strategy and what’s going on with Google, and things along those lines. And I’m participating in a webinar probably around the time you’re listening to this on behalf of Focus, right?
And miles partnership talking about how generative AI is going to affect the travel industry and the like. And a question that keeps coming up is, is Google doomed? Is. Is, you know, Google and search as we know it just completely screwed by what’s going on with generative AI and ChatGPT and Microsoft Bing, and what Microsoft plans to do with 365 co-pilot and the like.
And what is definitely true is that we’ve seen more innovation in the search in the last five months than we’ve seen in the last five years. Still is Google doomed Probably isn’t the right question. I think a better question is what happens to your business if they are? If Google is doomed, will AI and ChatGPT kill your search traffic?
Think about it. If you are, like most businesses, you are probably getting 40 to 60% or more of your traffic from search and most of that from Google. We know there’s research from BrightEdge and other sources that show. Most businesses are getting about 50% of their organic the traffic from organic visits.
They’re probably getting about 15% of their traffic from paid search visits, and the rest comes from everything else. So you’re talking 65, maybe 80% on the high end in terms of. Where traffic is coming from. And I’ll post a link to this in the show notes so you can see the numbers cuz it breaks down by retail and e-commerce and media and entertainment and B2B and technology and travel and hospitality.
There’s absolutely some variation there, but it’s pretty consistent that people are getting somewhere between, most businesses are getting somewhere between 40% on the low side from organic search to 65% on the high side. And paid is contributing somewhere between 6% and 24%. So you’re talking a range of visits of anywhere from about 60% to about 88% of all traffic.
Now, before we get into will AI kill your search traffic — you know, are you in big trouble there — I want to talk about the case against Google. How likely is it that Google is doomed and thus your business is, you know, in big trouble? To start, we’ve seen amazing growth in generative AI capabilities and degenerative AI tools.
Again, I talked about this a moment ago. There’s tremendous, tremendous growth here. Bing ChatGPT, lots of industry vertical startups. There’s been an enormous boost in traffic and interest just for the last three months, January, February, March, being went from 1.1 billion visits in January and February to 1.4 billion in March.
Open ai, which is who hosts ChatGPT, who created chat. G P T has gone from 670 million in January to 1.1 billion visits in February. To 1.6 billion visits in March. That is astonishing growth, and that’s a real problem for Google and by extension your business. Adding to the problem. Google’s efforts to date on putting out products that compete with things like ChatGPT or Bing’s AI Chat.
Their efforts have been underwhelming. Bard isn’t great yet. It’s definitely outclassed by some of the things Bing is doing. It seems like Google, which still makes most of its money from ads, seems afraid to kill the goose that lays the golden egg. This is a classic innovator’s dilemma. They’re kind of afraid of losing their search business and haven’t quite figured out how to respond with the right product in the marketplace yet.
I am also not a hundred percent sure. It doesn’t seem clear that their c e o Sundar Pacha is a, and I hate this expression, but you know, a wartime leader. I’m surprised by how little aggression they’ve shown in responding to the actions of ChatGPT and Microsoft and being and the like. It’s definitely a challenge for them that they need to face.
There’s one possible mitigating circumstance here that could explain their behavior. They’re under investigation for antitrust. You know, are they worried about being seen as too dominant and is that causing them to maybe take a less aggressive approach? Maybe? I don’t know the answer to that. I do think we haven’t really seen them come out, you know, full barrel.
We haven’t seen them come out as hard as they possibly could. And then the last thing in the case against Google here is that Google can lose, even if Bing or ChatGPT doesn’t win. Microsoft has far more paths to monetization, whether it’s Microsoft 365 co-pilot or Azure Cloud. They have many ways to make money from ai, whereas Google makes their money from ads and if they can’t figure out how to incorporate ads into the AI responses, they’re going to lose a lot of revenue.
Microsoft 365 co-pilot, as one example, could eat away at a whole bunch of searches that happen today on Google and cost Google ad revenue without necessarily increasing the revenue that you know Microsoft makes. So we’re going to see what happens here. I mentioned the growth that AI is seeing, that generative AI is seeing in the like and ChatGPT and the like.
Brian Romley on Twitter talked about how long it took various technologies to reach a hundred million users globally. And the telephone, it took 75 years. The mobile phone took 16 years. The web took seven years. Facebook took four years. Apple’s App Store took two years and ChatGPT reached a hundred million users globally.
In two months. So if Google wants to beat these guys, they really need to get on it pretty quickly. Now, there is a case to be made for Google first. They have dominant market share. I mentioned a moment ago that ChatGPT, that open AI has gone from 670 million visits in a month to 1.6 billion visits all since January.
But just to put this in contrast, Google in January had 88.3 billion visits in the month. That’s, you know, a little bit more than 1.6. It did drop to 80.2 in February. But it came roaring back in March to 88.6, so we’re not seeing customers necessarily peel away from Google in any big way yet. That could change.
It could change quickly, but they are clearly the dominant leader and it’s not close. Right. Now also, I said Bard is not that compelling yet, but it is getting better. They’re adding new features all the time. They, they added the ability for it to write code the other day, which yes, is something ChatGPT has been able to do for a while.
But the fact that they’re becoming feature competitive does make a case for them. They’re also combining their Google Brain and DeepMind divisions to focus more on market ready solutions in artificial intelligence. So maybe Sundar Pcha is being more aggressive. It’s just a, there, he’s just doing it a little more quietly or in stealth mode internally to the organization.
We also know that there’s a new project coming soon called Project Maji or Mag. That could be a more credible competitor to ChatGPT and Bing. We don’t have a firm date for it yet. I’ve not seen the firm date for it yet, but I would expect we’ll probably see it before their next quarterly earnings call, which is due to happen in July.
So we’ll see what happens there. The last piece in Google’s favor is that technology is not the same as product. As cool as some of the things that ChatGPT is doing. It’s not really ready for primetime yet as a product. They don’t have a great way to monetize it. They don’t open it up to everybody yet.
So there’s definitely some some room there for them to fix the product to make it more useful. And there is a switching cost for customers and new behaviors. Mostly. We all know how search works. Yeah, lots of people are trying out ChatGPT, but again, it’s a much smaller number than what Google gets.
And people will have to get accustomed to doing something different. There’s a classic, classic story of, you know, the quirky keyboard and the Dvorak keyboard. By all accounts, the Dvorak keyboard is a much faster system of typing, or certainly a faster system of typing. So why aren’t we all using it?
Because apparently it’s improvement, it’s productivity improvement doesn’t outweigh the learning curve, the learning cost of switching, so people stick with the query keyboard. The same could be true in search. We already know how to go to Google. Why do we have to learn how to do something else? Could be something many customers are saying.
All that said, For our businesses. The truth is we probably don’t care who wins. If Google gets shoved aside by Microsoft or open ai, who by the way is heavily funded by Microsoft, we are likely trading one gatekeeper for another. And as you’ve heard me say many times on this show, gatekeeper’s going to gate.
In this case, the call is coming from inside the house. The thing that scares us, we are already dealing with clearly. We’re going to need to see what happens over time, but we may literally just be trading one gatekeeper for another. What we do care about is whether customer behaviors change. Even if Google represents as little as 40% of your traffic, and those folks get answers from within an app, within an application that they’re already using, they don’t go to Google in the first place.
That could be a healthy chunk of your traffic, possibly the largest single source you have that has tremendous downsides for your business and at at times like these, when we have to think about. What do we need to do? I go back to first principles. I go back to the famous Jeff Bezos quote about what won’t change?
What do we know to be true? That will likely be true no matter who wins? Well, we know that customers need answers to the questions. They have questions about help me find a solution to a problem that I have. And it won’t change that part of your job is to help them find the answers they need. It seems pretty likely to me that some behaviors won’t change, and I’m going to explain why.
I think that you may remember that Google has a framework they’ve used about search intent, the kinds of questions the customers ask all the time. And the four intents that they refer to are, no, that’s k n o W. People want to know something. Go. People want to go somewhere. Do they want to learn how to do something or buy?
They want to buy something. So no, go Dubai are the four tens. And there are things we can see from behavior and from the types of queries that exist within those intents that give us some insight into what might happen as we go forward. Let’s start with no, because the user intent most under threat from AI powered tools like ChatGPT probably are no style queries.
You know, I want to know something about a topic. If I can get that answer right within an ai, why do I have to read a webpage about it? I could easily see customers looking up answers from within Microsoft Word or PowerPoint or Excel without ever switching over to a browser. This seems where Google faces their single biggest threat among the types of queries they could lose.
Of course some of the things they might want to know, like phone number for a business or a URL for a business probably doesn’t change and probably doesn’t hurt you at all. AI has no particular advantage in this, and the answer is going to be, you know, you depending on how many very early stage queries, fend traffic to your site.
People searching for no within, you know, ChatGPT or Google, or excuse me, Microsoft’s products could be a big deal or it could be a nothing burger. For instance, I had a podcast episode a couple of years ago talking about the risk to your business of becoming a hidden intermediary. My site shows up in search a lot for the term intermediary.
Those impressions that I get though drive very little traffic. And no sales at all. Most people looking up the term intermediary don’t need a digital marketing or strategy consultant. So a loss of volume and searches that I show up for there won’t hurt me. By contrast, I’d get a lot of search tra a lot of traffic and interest from people searching on drivers of e-commerce.
That is also a no intent item, and it could be one that hurts my business. You’ll need to carefully review your own data to see if that’s a big deal or not for your business over time, and I’ll talk more about that in a minute. The go intent. This one’s easy. They’re still looking for a place to go. If you are that place, does it matter where they search for you?
I don’t think so. Experiential businesses and service providers like retailers or restaurants or hotels, events, entertainment, plumbers, electricians, and on and on and on are all likely to be fine. Google could lose here. There could be map experiences that no one has thought of yet, but I can’t see how that behavior would hurt you if you are the place they want to go.
So I think this intent is pretty safe. The do intent today skews heavily towards video, you know, YouTube, TikTok, things like that. Google’s already at thumb risk here. Again, TikTok, right? We’re seeing people search within TikTok already for how-TOS and things like that. Those types of queries could represent a fair bit of top of funnel content for your business.
Ideally you’re already using or planning to use video to find those customers and until AI auto generates video content, which isn’t that far off, you’re probably fine. Or rather you are, if you’re using the right channels to reach potential customers today. This is an area though that I would be watching closely cuz that could change at any time.
Now the last intent, of course, is buy. This one seems very safe to me for Google and Amazon and Expedia and Indeed and lots of other vertical SE search platforms. But especially for your business, if they’re already inclined to buy from you, AI likely doesn’t play a big role in changing that. Your bigger concerns, most likely are further up the funnel.
The way they find you in the first place might shift, but at the buying stage, AI probably only provides an additional source for potential customers to find and choose you. So we’ve taken a minute to look at the things that won’t change and the things that might change, and the question becomes, what are the winning strategies?
What should you do? The first thing that I’d remember is that content is already cheap and AI is going to make it cheaper. The quality level of an average piece of content is going to rise with no increase in cost. AI likely won’t make the best content much better, but it will make it much easier for average creators to produce better work.
I like to think of it this way. I can’t outrun Usain Bolt, no hope, no prayer, but put me even in a moderately priced Toyota and I’ll kick his ass. You need to make sure you’re either working with great creators or that you’re testing using AI to improve your content, to increase your average quality level.
The other thing I’d think about is what can’t AI answer? Is there original research or opinions or perspectives that you can provide that are distinct to you, that aren’t the kind of thing that an AI can come up with? That’s where you’re probably going to need to put your focus from a content perspective.
Now, I said a moment ago that content is cheap. The flip side of course, is content that doesn’t convert is expensive. We know there will still be gatekeepers. They’re not going anywhere, and I would expect that the cost those gatekeepers introduced might also go up, or you’re just going to get some fewer opportunities.
So you must convert those opportunities that you get. You need to build long-term connection via email and social and your community. So any traffic that does come in through search, how can you route it to people? Signing up for your email list or following you on social, connecting on a social network that’s appropriate to your business.
How can you encourage them to participate in your community to work with other members who actually, you know, love you and want to be associated with you? You’ve also heard me talk many times about the fact that customer experience is queen. Keep working on your experience to convert traffic and interest into longer term engagement with your brand, because then they don’t have to search for you the next time.
They’ll simply come to you.
I mentioned a moment ago, of course, that you want to pay attention to specific data about keywords that are trending or going up or going down in your world. You’re going to need to watch your surf search traffic trends closely. How are people finding you and how is that changing over time? You’re going to need to stay agile and prepare to shift if customer behaviors change right now.
I’m making some predictions about what I think is likely to happen. My confidence level on some of those things is solid, but it’s not a hundred percent. It’s not close to a hundred percent. It’s probably 70%, maybe 65%. So there is some possibilities that this could change dramatically. You need to be ready if those behaviors change.
You also need to keep learning. If you’re not already, I would highly recommend that you start testing generative AI for your business. How can you use these tools to improve your efficiency, to improve your effectiveness, to brainstorm ideas, to come up with new concepts? These are really cool tools, and you should definitely be playing with them at a minimum by now, if not actively incorporating them into your workflow.
The goal above all health is to build your brand. Ultimately, you want to encourage customers to search for your business by name, because then it won’t matter whether they use Google or Bing or ChatGPT to find you. AI won’t kill your search traffic, you know, simply point customers directly to you, which is what we all want to do.
And then we don’t have to worry about whether or not Google’s doomed. We’ll know for sure that you won’t be now looking at the clock on the wall. We are out of time for this week. I want to remind you that you can find the show notes for this episode as well as an archive of all past episodes by going to timpeter.com/podcast.
Again, that’s timpeter.com/podcast. Just look for episode 381. Don’t forget that you can click on the subscribe link in any of the episodes you find there to have Thinks Out Loud, delivered to your favorite podcaster every single week. You can also find Think Out Loud on Apple Podcasts, Google Podcasts, Stitcher Radio, Spotify, Overcast, anywhere fine podcasts are found.
While you’re there, I would very much appreciate it if you could provide a positive rating or review for the show. Ratings and reviews. Help new listeners find the podcast. They help new listeners understand what the show is all about. They help get the word out. They help us grow our community and they mean the world to me.
So thank you very, very much. I really appreciate you helping to make Thinks Out Loud, a better place for all of us. You can also find Thinks Out Loud on LinkedIn by going to linkedin.com/tim Peter Associates. You can find me on Twitter using the Twitter handle at TC peter, and as always, you can email me at podcast@timpeter.com.
Again, that’s podcast@timpeter.com. Finally, I know I say this week after week after week. But I very much appreciate you listening. I would not do this show without you. It means so much to me that we can have a conversation and build this community together. It means the world to me that you listen. It means the world to me that you comment.
It means the world to me that you reach out to me on social. So please keep doing those things. Let’s keep the conversation going. With all that said, I hope you have an amazing rest of this week. I hope you have a wonderful weekend, and I will look forward to speaking with you here on Thinks Out Loud next time.
Until then, please be well, be safe, and as always, take care of everybody.
The post Will AI and ChatGPT Kill Your Search Traffic? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 381) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
There’s a quote, probably falsely attributed as an Ancient Greek proverb that states, “A society grows great when old men plant trees in whose shade they shall never sit.” Whether it’s legitimately ancient or not, it’s a fantastic way to think about where we are today, when artificial intelligence and similar tools start rocketing us towards a future we can scarcely imagine.
What trees will you plant? What world do you want to create for your customers, for your business, for your employees, for your community? Does it matter whether you’ll sit in the shade of those trees? Or is it more important that we move forward in a positive way to create a world where our children and grandchildren and society at large can enjoy the shade?
This episode of Thinks Out Loud takes a look into that future. Want to learn more? Here are the show notes for you.
What Trees Will You Plant? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 380) — Headlines and Show NotesShow Notes and Links* We Live in the Future (Thinks Out Loud Episode 274) * Should Your Business Use ChatGPT? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 379) * Revisiting 2023’s Most Important Trends in Digital Marketing (Thinks Out Loud) * AI Won’t Steal Your Job: Smart People Who Put AI to Work Will (Thinks Out Loud Episode 208) * Digital is Like Gravity (Thinks Out Loud Episode 205) * Will AI Kill Your Brand? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 204) * Is Artificial Intelligence Still a Big Trend for Your Business? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 311) – Tim Peter & Associates * How to Balance Technology and Humanity in Customer Experience (Thinks Out Loud Episode 378) * Big Digital Marketing Trends: Who Speaks For Your Business? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 377) * Big Trends: Does Marketing Have a Future? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 375) * Big Digital Marketing Trends: Customer Experience is Cool (Thinks Out Loud Episode 375)
Free DownloadsWe have some free downloads for you to help you navigate the current situation, which you can find right here:
Subscribe to Thinks Out Loud* Subscribe in iTunes * Subscribe in the Google Play Store
Contact information for the podcast: podcast@timpeter.com
Past Insights from Tim Peter ThinksTechnical Details for Thinks Out LoudRecorded using a Heil PR-40 Dynamic Studio Recording Mic and a Focusrite Scarlett 4i4 (3rd Gen) USB Audio Interface into Logic Pro X for the Mac.
Running time: 17m 37s
You can subscribe to Thinks Out Loud in iTunes, the Google Play Store, via our dedicated podcast RSS feed (or sign up for our free newsletter). You can also download/listen to the podcast here on Thinks using the player at the top of this page.
Transcript: What Trees Will You Plant? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 380)Well, hello again everyone, and welcome back to Thinks Out Loud, your source for all the digital expertise your business needs. My name is Tim Peter, and this is episode 380 of the Big Show. Thank you so much for tuning in. I think we have a really cool show for you today.
We Live in the FutureMy company, Tim Peter and Associates, the folks who are behind this podcast, turned 12 years old the other day, which has me in a vaguely reflective mood. I’m not one to look back much; I prefer to look ahead. But obviously you have an anniversary, you think about what has happened and what that means for where we’re going to go in the future. I started my business career by building websites. I really got into business because I built websites, probably 25 years ago at this point.
Yesterday, I collaborated with an artificial intelligence to produce a new webpage, which included copy and HTML and CSS. Admittedly, some of that was for testing purposes as opposed to something we’re going to deploy, but it shows how far we’ve come at the time. AsI’m recording this episode, we are testing rockets to Mars.
I like to say we live in the future. I don’t know what illustrates that more than that, right? We’re building starships and spaceships and artificial intelligences and the like. We live in the future. It’s a fact.
Artificial Intelligence and the FutureAnd to that end, I saw a demo the other day of how Microsoft will incorporate its AI into Office. They’re calling it Microsoft 365 Copilot. It is extraordinary. My favorite line in the demo was somebody said, "Say goodbye to pivot tables." Because you won’t need to know how to create the pivot table. You’ll simply ask Excel to do a slice of the data for you, and the machine will take care of it for you.
I bet some folks hear that and have a little trepidation. Saying, "Oh my gosh, machines are going to take away our need to do pivot tables. That’s something I’m really good with at," you know?
I mean, I’m sure that’s something you’re thinking — some of you anyway. But before you get too upset about machines taking away your need to do pivot tables.
How Technology MaturesFirst, what is wrong with you? Does anyone love doing tables? I mean, if you do, good for you. But holy moly you’re probably in the minority.
Secondly, it probably won’t take away the need to always do pivot tables, at least not for a while. I’ve used ChatGPT and other tools to do things like write some Python code and some AppleScript code for me, and it’s useful. It absolutely improves my productivity. It also takes a few tries to get it right. It’s never been perfect so far. It will get "perfect-er" over time for sure, but it will not eliminate every task, at least not any time soon.
Third, this has always been the way technology works.
What My Dad’s Professional Journey Means to YouI know I’ve told the story on the show many times about my dad, my late father, starting his career as a loan clerk in a bank. He used to write down the loan payments and balances in a big physical book, a journal, every day. And once a week his department would consolidate all the daily journal entries into the main journal. For all practical purposes, he was like Bob Cratchit in Dickens’ "A Christmas Carol." You know, if Ebenezer Scrooge or Ben Franklin were somehow transported forward a hundred years into their future, into my dad’s office, they would have felt completely at home with the record keeping technology.
Elevators, electric lights and, oh, I don’t know, women in the office probably would’ve given them a stroke, but I digress.
You know, today you do what my dad did with a spreadsheet and never think twice about what was lost. That’s a good thing. That’s how technology always has worked. The story that I loved this past week that really illustrated that for me was one where somebody used an AI to create new music and copying styles of existing artists and the like, obviously, You’ve heard me say many times when you invent the ship, you invent the shipwreck.
There are downsides there and lots of questions we need to think through in terms of intellectual property and in terms of copyright and all the rest. I don’t mean to diminish that there are big questions we need to address there and need to figure out as a society. I also think if we’ve entered a time when machines can create.
We are entering a magical time that’s got a lot of upside. Don’t let the threats of the shipwreck outweigh the value of the ship. And again, we’ve seen this before. I opened by saying I started my business career building websites. I started my first career as a musician. I worked in recording studios and the like and the fight at the time.
It was between people using synthesizers and quote unquote real musicians. There was a rampant fear that technology was going to kill a lot of jobs, and I want to be fair, it undoubtedly did kill some jobs. It also deeply democratized the process of music making It democratized the process of recording audio.
It democratized the process of distributing audio. I have studio capabilities in my office today and in my home today that rival almost anything you could do in a professional studio 30 years ago and at roughly 1% of the cost. This very podcast, it’s recording and distribution would’ve cost thousands of dollars per episode when I worked in studios.
I know this because that’s something I actually used to do. One of my weirder gigs when I was working in studios was we had a large cement. And once a month as a client. And once a month they would come in, their team would come in, a product manager, a sales manager, a marketing manager. We’d set them up with microphones and they would record a 45 minute discussion about their products and ongoing promotions and all of that sort of thing.
Basic marketing that you would do. They just happened to be talking about. You know, you’ve heard of people say it was more boring than watching paint dry. I was literally listening to these folks talk about cement drying for 45 minutes or so every month, which I mean, good for them. Obviously this was a necessary product.
These were cool folks. I don’t mean to malign anybody, but as a young, you know, musician and recording engineer, I was like, oh yeah, I’m living the glory right now. I’m living the dream. Right. We then edit that recording and transferred onto cassettes that they’d mail to their field sales reps. It was for all practical purposes, an analog podcast.
We would charge them roughly 500 to 750 bucks to do the recording and do the editing and things along those lines. Because we weren’t doing mass production of the cassettes because it was time consuming to run off the cassettes, we would charge them roughly five bucks per cassette for maybe 50 cassettes.
You know, we factor in some ancillary charges. Their total cost was somewhere between $800 and a thousand dollars per month. Plus, of course, their costs for mailing to the 50 different addresses around the world that they would send these cassettes to. In today’s dollars, that’s roughly 1,750 to 2000 bucks a month.
Every time I do an episode of this podcast every week, you know, it takes a few weeks off here and there like I did last week. I was fighting a cold and everything, so let’s call it maybe 40 episodes per year. Even if I could do those for a thousand dollars an. 40 grand a year for this podcast would be cost-prohibitive.
It would be cost-prohibitive for lots of businesses. My entire studio setup cost far, far less than 40 grand. Hosting for this podcast is maybe 50 bucks a month move, not counting for my time, which I admit is, you know, a pretty hand wave notion here. This show costs my company less than a thousand dollars per year.
That cement company was paying that amount every month, 30 years ago. And you’ve probably noticed I’m not the only person doing a podcast. I’m not the only business doing a podcast. I’m not the only business doing content marketing. What we do today, what we get to do today, what technology enables us to do today is unthinkable.
If you go back even 30 years, let alone to the 1950s when my father was a clerk in a bank, that’s the ship. That’s the value that outweighs the risks of the shipwreck. And I’d like to point out, notice I’m still working. I have a career, I have a profession. I make a pretty good income, as do the people on my team.
That company, that cement company still exists as do people who work for them. As do all the people I worked with in the studio except for the handful who’ve retired cuz we’re talking about something 30 years ago. They’re all still working. They’re not all recording engineers any longer. They’re not all musicians any longer, but they’re still working.
Employment is at its lowest levels we’ve seen in my entire lifetime, and actually as low as it’s been in recorded history of the United States. So something is going right here. There is a ship that outweighs the risks of the ship. There are a, there’s a lot of bad news in the world. Pretty much every day.
You don’t really need to go looking for it to find it. We also have to admit, sometimes we go looking for that bad news. Sometimes we actively seek it out. You know the term doom Scrolling. This is such a common behavior that we sit there on our phones and read negative headline after negative headline after risk, after threat, after scary that we actually had to come up with a name for it.
I started this podcast by saying, I don’t like to focus on the past. I like to focus on the future. And there are two quotes that I’ve been thinking a lot about the last week, or two or three given the anniversary of my business. The first is from Eleanor Roosevelt. It says, the future belongs to those who believe in the beauty of their dreams.
And the second, which is allegedly an old Greek proverb, but the evidence for this is fairly thin. Says society grows when old men plant trees in whose shade they will never sit, the future belongs to those who believe in the beauty of their dreams. Society grows when old men plant trees in whose shade they will never sit.
What are you choosing to do today? Are you doom scrolling? Are you seeking out the bad news? Are you seeking out the shipwreck and not the ship? Or are you thinking about the dreams that you have? The dreams that you have for your business, the dreams that you have for yourself, the dreams that you have for your family, the dreams that you have for society around.
What trees will you plant even if you don’t intend to sit under them? The are people launching rockets to Mars, or at least trying to. People are teaching machines to make art and make beauty and sing. What are your dreams? What trees will you plant? Let me know because I sure can’t wait to hear what you’re going to do.
Show Closing and CreditsNow, looking at the clock on the wall, we are out of time for this week. I want to remind you that you can find the show notes for this episode as well as an archive of all past episodes by going to timpeter.com/podcast. Again, that’s timpeter.com/podcast. Just look for episode 379.
Subscribe to Thinks Out LoudDon’t forget that you can click on the subscribe link in any of the episodes you find there to have Thinks Out Loud delivered to your favorite podcatcher every single week. You can also find Thinks Out Loud on Apple Podcasts, Google Podcasts, Stitcher Radio, Spotify, Overcast, anywhere fine podcasts are found.
Leave a Review for Thinks Out LoudAnd while you’re there, I would also very much appreciate it if you could provide a positive rating or review for the show. Ratings and reviews help new listeners find the podcast. They help new listeners understand what the show’s all about. They help get the word out. They help us grow our community and they mean the world to me.
So thank you very much. I really appreciate you helping make Thinks Out Loud, a better place for all of us involved. So I really, really do want to say thank you again.
Thinks Out Loud on Social MediaYou can also find Thinks Out Loud on LinkedIn by going to linkedin.com/TimPeterAssociates. You can find me on Twitter using the Twitter handle @tcpeter. and as always, you can email at podcast@timpeter.com. Again, that’s podcast@timpeter.com.
Show OutroFinally, I know I say this every week, but I very much appreciate you listening. I would not do this show without you. It means so much to me that we can have a conversation and build this community together.
It means the world to me that you listen. It means the world to me that you comment. It means the world to me that you reach out to me on social. And I just love that we get to keep the dialogue going. So please, let’s keep the dialogue going. Go ahead, keep your emails coming. Keep pinging me on LinkedIn. Keep pinging me on Twitter. I love hearing from you. I love getting to chat with you about all of this each week.
With all that said, I hope you have an amazing rest of the week. I hope you have a wonderful weekend. And I will look forward to speaking with you here on Thinks Out Loud next time. Until then, please be well, be safe, and as always, take care everybody.
The post What Trees Will You Plant? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 380) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
With all the hype around generative AI and machine learning and ChatGPT, it’s easy to get bogged down thinking that’s the only story in digital marketing this year. But it’s not. Not by a long shot. We’re also dealing with the rise of new social networks, an ongoing scramble to find great talent, and a deeply strange economy that’s changing customer behaviors almost daily.
How can a savvy strategist or digital marketer handle this reality? What’s working? And where should you put your energies? That’s what this "Best Of" episode of Thinks Out Loud is all about.
Want to learn more? Then give a listen, review the transcript, and check out all the show notes. Enjoy!
Revisiting 2023’s Most Important Trends in Marketing (Thinks Out Loud) — Headlines and Show NotesShow Notes and Links* What Will The Next Decade of Digital Look Like? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 314) – Tim Peter & Associates * Tim Peter Thinks – Tim Peter & Associates * We’re Living Through a Generational Shift to Digital (Thinks Out Loud Episode 317) * How Are You Holding Up? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 316) * What Kind of Year Are You Planning to Have (Thinks Out Loud Episode 313) – Tim Peter & Associates * Podcast – Tim Peter & Associates * While anticipation builds for GPT-4, OpenAI quietly releases GPT-3.5 | TechCrunch * ChatGPT and Other Chat Bots Are a ‘Code Red’ for Google Search – The New York Times * Microsoft to challenge Google by integrating ChatGPT with Bing search – The Verge * Better Language Models Without Massive Compute – Google AI Blog * Google plans giant AI language model supporting world’s 1,000 most spoken languages – The Verge * Pathways Language Model (PaLM): Scaling to 540 Billion Parameters for Breakthrough Performance – Google AI Blog * The Dark Risk of Large Language Models | WIRED * Is Artificial Intelligence Still a Big Trend for Your Business? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 311) – Tim Peter & Associates * AI Won’t Steal Your Job: Smart People Who Put AI to Work Will (Thinks Out Loud Episode 208) * The think tanks roll into Techistan – POLITICO * Jason Furman on Twitter: "Last month I revised my views of wage growth and underlying inflation up more than usual. This month I revised them both down more than usual. Am I being overly excitable and getting head-faked? Or is the data unusually weird? Probably a bit of both. A short :" / Twitter * Tech jobs and young job seekers driving fastest-growing cities * Partnerships Between Brands and Creators Will Define the Next Generation of Travel Marketing | HSMAI Americas * TikTok admits its workers accessed journalists’ data; 4 fired – The Washington Post * What Connects TikTok and the Hub and Spoke Model of Digital? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 299) * Three Content Distribution Concepts to Help Your Company’s Content Marketing Succeed (Thinks Out Loud Episode 329) – Tim Peter & Associates * Amazon.com: Thinking in Bets: Making Smarter Decisions When You Don’t Have All the Facts: 9780735216358: Duke, Annie: Books
Free DownloadsWe have some free downloads for you to help you navigate the current situation, which you can find right here:
Subscribe to Thinks Out Loud* Subscribe in iTunes * Subscribe in the Google Play Store
Contact information for the podcast: podcast@timpeter.com
Past Insights from Tim Peter ThinksTechnical Details for Thinks Out LoudRecorded using a Heil PR-40 Dynamic Studio Recording Mic and a Focusrite Scarlett 4i4 (3rd Gen) USB Audio Interface into Logic Pro X for the Mac.
Running time: 28m 08s
You can subscribe to Thinks Out Loud in iTunes, the Google Play Store, via our dedicated podcast RSS feed (or sign up for our free newsletter). You can also download/listen to the podcast here on Thinks using the player at the top of this page.
Transcript: Revisiting 2023’s Most Important Trends in Marketing (Thinks Out Loud)Well, hello again everyone, and welcome back to Thinks Out Loud, your source for all the digital expertise your business needs. My name is Tim Peter. This is episode 369 of the Big Show and Happy New Year. This is our first show of 2023. And as I like to do at the start of every year, I thought it might be worthwhile talking about what are the biggest and most important trends in marketing that we need to pay attention to this year.
What are the things that you should be aware of and should be thinking about as you go forward, as you really get your feet under you here in 2023?
Marketing Trends: A Year of ChangeThis is kind of a funny year from my perspective, because I think this is going to be a year of change. Everything seems to suggest that this is going to be a year of change.
And before I talk about why that is, I want to talk about why it might not be a year of change. It’s always a good idea to challenge your assumptions — especially when they’re your own. I don’t want to tell you, “Here’s what’s definitely going to happen,” because we don’t know what’s definitely going to happen. We know what we think is going to happen and what we feel pretty confident saying is going to happen.
But I’m always reminded of that Bill Gates quote that says, “We always overestimate the change we’ll see in the next two years and underestimate the change we’ll see in the next ten.” And all the trends in marketing that you hear about usually have very little effect in the near term. This time last year, almost everybody was talking about the metaverse. It was everywhere. And a year later… it’s still out there. It’s still something that might have some benefit in the longer term. But you really don’t hear many people talking about it in the immediate term.
I posted two different episodes of January last year talking about the topic of how the biggest, most important marketing trends sometimes are right in front of our face, and the things that people are talking about aren’t always what matters.
Looking Back to Look AheadSo I thought it might be fun to look at the trends in marketing over the last few years to see whether this idea of the change we’ll see in the next two years is overestimated, and the change we’ll see in the next 10 is underestimated to see if that idea holds up. And where are we compared with two years ago?
Two Years AgoWell, two years ago, the pandemic was coming up on being around for one year. Digital was exploding. I quoted Google’s Philipp Schindler as saying “we are living through a generational shift to digital.” I also was asking, how are you holding up? You know, clearly we were all feeling the effects of 10 to 11 months of the pandemic.
And if you think about it, not much has changed from that perspective. Two years later, we’re still living with the pandemic to some degree. Its influence has certainly waned, but we can’t ignore it. Digital has clearly moved into the core of many marketing departments accelerated by the pandemic. And a lot of us are still coping with the pressures and mental health challenges brought up by the pandemic.
I’ve seen multiple studies recently that talked about how marketing departments continually are asked to do more with less. That really hasn’t changed. It’s still fairly top of mind with people I talked to.
Ten Years AgoI also thought it would be fun to look at where we were 10 years ago, looking at the podcast and our blog. And I’m kind of chuckling because the funny thing is, 10 years ago, this podcast had only been around for a couple of months.
We got started in September of 2012, and by early 2013 had only published maybe 15 or 16 episodes. So I looked at some of our blog posts from that period to make sure I wasn’t missing anything. Now, what were we talking about then?
Well:
In other words, the fundamentals of digital marketing. Digital, even at that point, was still fairly new to a lot of folks. The other thing that is interesting to me was we were not talking about digital as integral to your marketing. We were talking about it as being “separate from” marketing.
I want to be very clear. We were making the case that it should be integral to your marketing. It should be integrated into the larger marketing discipline. But for many companies, for many businesses, that simply wasn’t the case. I said last year that “the word of the year was integrated” because the pandemic kind of forced that marriage in a way that had been taking a while to really happen.
Obviously, there were forward looking companies who were doing that very well two years ago, three years ago, five years ago, six years ago. But it wasn’t the norm for most companies. And today it’s no longer “digital marketing or marketing”. It’s marketing — both traditional and digital together. It’s virtually impossible to think of them as separate disciplines.
The More Things Change…The other thing that I think is interesting, when we look at the stories from 10 years ago, we are still talking about these in some form or other. Blogging has of course morphed into content marketing more generally — but content marketing still is top of mind. Mobile has become the default, if not dominant platform. Social and e-commerce remain as important as ever. And Google and Facebook as companies are still incredibly important.
So as sexy as talking about marketing trends can be, it’s clear that change tends to be evolutionary as opposed to revolutionary. I know that’s a boring story. I know we all want to talk about the “ooh, shiny” and “the cool new thing.” But it’s generally true that we kind of go through an evolution over time.
What Has Changed?At the same time, just as digital has become integrated into our marketing foundations, we’re starting to see the technologies and the tactics mature and earn their place inside your overall marketing toolkit.
Marketing Trend: Artificial Intelligence and Machine LearningSome of the evolution we’re seeing is starting to look like a revolution as you look back towards where we were a decade ago. Now with all that said, one of the biggest trends is that the big players, the AGFAM — Apple, Google, Facebook, Amazon, Microsoft — are under more threat than they’ve been in years. Why?
Well, two letters: AI. Artificial intelligence. Or if you prefer machine learning, ML. Generative AI is one of the biggest trends we’ve seen in years. Whether we’re talking about DALL-E, whether we’re talking about Stable Diffusion, whether we’re talking about ChatGPT, and its underlying technology of GPT 3 or GPT 3.5.
These tools for creating images and text are becoming really, really useful. There was a story a couple of weeks ago in the New York Times about basically how ChatGPT is scaring the crap out of Google. The Verge also had a great writeup on this. I will of course link to these in the show notes. Bloomberg has a report that says Microsoft is adding ChatGPT into its search, into Bing, which is a way that they can bring it to market pretty quickly. You know, without the OpenAI Foundation having to be the one who commercializes it. Microsoft is an investor in OpenAI so go figure that this is something that they’re, you know, looking to do. And, of course, there’s more innovation coming here.
ChatGPT is built on a large language model called GPT 3.5. And GPT 4 is probably coming soon. Nobody’s quite sure when, but some articles claim we might see this as early as the first quarter of 2023. In other words, within a few months.
Google obviously is not standing still. Just as those articles said that, you know, ChatGPT is scaring the crap out of Google, they’re trying to make sure that they don’t get left by the wayside. Google has its own large language models like PaLM and LaMDA and they’re also working on what’s called “an ambitious project” that they claim will support the world’s 1,000 most spoken languages. So there’s a lot coming and these are going to be pretty mainstream, I suspect over the next 9-12-18 months.
We’ve talked about this before, that there are downsides to these technologies. You know, Meta tried something called Galactica that turned into a mess. But Generative AI absolutely has its place. And we should expect to see a lot more of these tools finding their way into your workflows throughout 2023.
Betting on the FutureI’d bet a fair bit of money on these playing a role in your marketing efforts by the end of the year. Either you’ll be using them directly — you may already be testing them. Or they’ll be built into the products you’re already using. Google, as I’ve already mentioned, has a huge stake in not getting disrupted by these kinds of tools. So does Microsoft with Bing, but also Microsoft Office with Word, with PowerPoint. And so does a company like Adobe. If you think about Photoshop or Adobe Analytics, they could really rely on these tools to help them maintain their market position they need to, or else they risk losing that market position to startups who are using them. So this is a really exciting time and we’re seeing more disruption than we’ve seen in a long time of the biggest players.
AI Won’t Steal Your JobNow, obviously it’s easy to look at this and say, well, should I be worried about my job? And I don’t think so, or at least I don’t. If you’re starting to pay attention to this, if you’re starting to make use of these tools, SciTechDaily had a post the other day that talked about how “robots are taking over jobs, but don’t panic yet.”
Notice the key word there is “yet.” As I’ve said for years, AI won’t steal your job, but smart people who use AI will. So be smart and start looking at ways you can use AI and start looking at vendors who help you to use AI.
Regulatory PressuresThe other big threat that the big players face, of course, is pressure from regulators. Now, I’m not going to spend a lot of time on this. It’s not my core area of expertise. You know, I’m sure there are people who can predict what regulators are likely to do; I’m not sure that I’m one of them.
But obviously as the US gavels in its new Congress, it will remain worth watching. We’re also seeing the EU bring a number of enforcement actions against the big digital players. And the reason that it’s worth watching is because it seems to have the AGFAM — Apple, Google, Facebook, Amazon, and Microsoft — looking over their shoulder and, if I can mix metaphors for a moment, waiting for the other shoe to drop. And that is a big marketing trend that you want to pay attention to this year because it creates space for their competitors to operate. We’ll see what happens, but it is opening up the landscape a little bit.
Marketing Trend: Social ExperimentationOne of the reasons that’s important is because it influences our next most important marketing trend, which is social experimentation. It’s pretty clear that Facebook has stumbled badly over the last year. Don’t get me wrong, I don’t think they’re going anywhere anytime soon. They are still huge. They have 2 billion users on its legacy Facebook app, on Instagram, on WhatsApp. Each. They’re not going to disappear overnight.
They’re also clearly not as dominant.
Time to Test TikTokAnd all the growth, the lion’s share of growth, is clearly happening elsewhere with TikTok being at the top of that list. If you are a B2C company, business to consumer, it’s probably well past time for you to start testing TikTok. They’ve got a billion users already. Yes, TikTok might end up being banned, but as Benedict Evans noted the other day, TikTok is producing far too much money. There’s way too much money at stake for the people who care not to work out a solution. That’s not a firm prediction on my part, because, again, I’m not going to spend a lot of time trying to predict what Congress will do. You know, they might not be able to agree on a solution anytime soon; it took them 15 ballots to elect a speaker of the house. But it’s also clear that TikTok’s links to the government of China are problematic. There is, you know, evidence that they’ve done some spying on journalists and so there may be some risks.
That said, it’s worth testing if you do it right, you know, put it on a computer that doesn’t have anything else on it, put it on an iPad, something along those lines, and test it for your business. And of course, TikTok isn’t the only game in town. There is Discord. There’s Twitch. There’s Mastodon. There are other social channels that might be worth conducting some tests.
Marketing Trend: The Continued Rise of CommunityNow, the reason I say might is because there is another important marketing trend you want to watch that year, and that is how you grow your community. How do you actually get a closer connection with your customers, both potential and real, so that you can connect with them more completely so that you can build a deeper relationship.
We’re seeing lots of companies move their networks towards email or a closed social group like Discord. If you look at the growth of email newsletters among media, and the renewed commitment to email among brands, it’s pretty clear that companies who are doing well are doing so by building that connection and making it more holistic.
The Ongoing Need for Hub and SpokeIt’s also really important because if you look at the Twitter… well, let’s call it “mess” and how that’s reinforced, if there’s anything we should learn, it’s the importance of following a Hub and Spoke strategy. You know, the Hub is the assets you control — your website, your email marketing list, your community. And the Spokes are the distribution channels that let you reach that community — Facebook, Instagram, LinkedIn, Google, et cetera.
It’s really, really time to make sure you’re moving folks who engage with your Spokes towards your Hub. Now, that might sound like it contradicts the “test TikTok” recommendation, but you still need Spokes. You just also want to deepen the relationship with people who already know you.
Expand Your Work With CreatorsYou may also want to be testing more how you work with creators or influencers who can help you expand your audience in some new spokes, in some new distribution channels. Your customers continue to seek brands that they can connect with, that feel authentic and natural and real. Most importantly, brands that speak to their values.
So who can help you do that? Who, who speaks to your values and helps you reach your audience more effectively? That’s something that you definitely want to be testing throughout 2023.
Marketing Trend: The Economy at LargeThe last big trend in marketing that I think it’s worth paying attention to is not about marketing at all. It’s actually larger than that. It is the economy and maybe a recession. Maybe. I don’t know how likely it is that we are going to have a recession in 2023. I wouldn’t bet a ton on it one way or the other. We’re seeing lots of layoffs among the biggest players like Amazon and Facebook; Google mostly hasn’t had layoffs yet. But regardless of whether we’re going to have a recession or not — and again, I wouldn’t bet very much on it one way or the other at the moment — this remains a deeply strange and weird economy.
I pay attention to a number of very, very savvy economists through The Conference Board and people who were on various Councils of Economic Advisors to various presidential administrations. And they’re all saying the same thing, which is, this is a weird, weird economy .
Forget a “Recession.” Watch How Your Customers Spend Their MoneySo the point is that you want to keep an eye on leading indicators among your customers.
If so, that’s a pretty good sign that they’re being more cautious.
We don’t need an actual recession to slow down your customer’s spending or impact your revenues.
Now, if you don’t see those things great, full steam ahead, things are going well, but it’s something we want to pay attention to.
The Talent WarAnd of course, as a consequence of the economy, we’re still seeing that talent is tough to come by. That’s one of the reasons this is a weird economy right now, that unemployment is historically low, and also people are suggesting there might be a recession. Those two things usually don’t happen at the same time.
That’s going to have an effect when we talk about talent of, you know, do you need to continue to look at remote work? Do you need to embrace remote work, or is that something that might not be around as much by the end of the year? I don’t really know, and I’m not really willing to take too many bets on it.
I would suggest that you want to pay attention to what’s happening in the marketplace for talent as well as your customers’ behaviors. Those are the things that are going to help you understand how the economy is affecting your business and allow you to make the right decisions for your business as you go forward.
How Can You Manage These Trends?Now, I realize I’ve talked about a variety of different trends and also since some of these may happen and some of these may not happen. So it begs the question, what can you do to be ready?
Scenario PlanningWell, the first of course, and I’ve talked about this many times, is scenario. I’ll post some links in the show notes to prior podcast episodes about “How You Can Do Business In What Is The Weirdest Economy Ever.” Plan for the best case, the worst case, and the base case scenarios so that you’re ready no matter what happens.
Think in BetsYou’ll also note I’ve said many times in this episode about I wouldn’t bet much or I would bet, et cetera. There’s a great book called “Thinking In Bets” by Annie Duke. And it’s a great way to think about things when you’re not terribly certain. How much would you be willing to bet on a given outcome? Getting used to that framework is really helpful as you think about the trends that might matter as the year goes.
Core and ExploreOf course, while we’re talking about frameworks, I also would encourage you to think about a “Core and Explore” framework. Use that as a means to test.
Put most of your energy, most of your resources, most of your budget, into things that are core to your business. And then test explore with maybe 10%, 15% of your budget to see what might become part of the core over time. Anything that I’ve talked about here that you go, “I’m not really sure.” Fine. Don’t put a big bet on it. Put a small bet on it. Test and see if that makes sense to you. Explore and see if it works for your business, and then you can move that into the Core over time if it pays off.
Predicting is Foolish. Preparation is KeyThe last thing that I would encourage you to do is accept that it’s impossible to predict every marketing trend perfectly. There are too many wild cards, too many variables. How many people predicted last year that Elon Musk would buy Twitter ? How many people predicted that we’d all have to learn how to spell Mastodon?
Listen to Your CustomersThe world sometimes changes in ways we can’t see coming. The important thing to remember is that you don’t need to predict the future. You don’t need to care about trends if they’re not being adopted by your customers. You don’t have a Mastodon account for your business? That’s okay. It probably means you don’t need one.
Instead, listen to your customers. Pay attention to the data that you see in your business, and they’ll tell you where you need to go.
Recapping the Most Important Marketing Trends of 2023So if we recap the top marketing trends for the year:
And lastly, the one thing I would bet a lot of money on is that listening to your customers will remain the most important marketing trend this year and every year after that. It’s the one marketing trend we can count on never going out of style.
Show Closing and CreditsNow looking at the clock on the wall, we are out of time for this week. I want to remind you that you can find the show notes for today’s episode, as well as an archive of all past episodes by going to TimPeter.com/podcasts. Again, that’s TimPeter.com/podcasts. Just look for episode 369.
Subscribe to Thinks Out LoudDon’t forget that you can click on the subscribe link in any of the episodes you find there to have Thinks Out Loud delivered to your favorite podcatcher every single week, You can also find Thinks Out Loud on Apple Podcasts, Google Podcasts, Stitcher Radio, Spotify, Overcast, anywhere fine podcasts are found. Those are the Spokes that lead you to my Hub, right?
Leave a Review for Thinks Out LoudWhile you’re on those Spokes, while you’re on any of those sites, I would also very much appreciate it if you could provide a positive rating or review for the show. They help new listeners find the podcast. It helps them understand what the show is all about. It helps get the word out, and it helps to build our community. It means so very, very much to me. I, I really appreciate you helping make Thinks Out Loud a better place for everyone involved. So thank you so much for that.
Thinks Out Loud on Social MediaYou can also find Thinks Out Loud on LinkedIn by going to linkedin.com/timpeterassociates. You can find me on Twitter using the Twitter handle at TCPeter, and as always, you can email me podcast@timpeter.com. Again, that’s podcast@timpeter.com.
Show OutroFinally, with all that said, I just want to say once again, how much I appreciate you tuning in every single week to the show.
We’ve been doing the show for well over 10 years now, a little over 10 years. And I’m just thrilled that you continue to listen and you continue to participate. You continue to email, you continue to ping me on social media. It means just a tremendous amount that you’re engaged and you care and you want to participate in building this community together.
So I really hope you have a great rest of the week. I hope you have a wonderful weekend, and I’ll look forward to speaking with you here on Thinks Out Loud next time. Until then, please be well, be safe and as always, take care of everybody.
The post Revisiting 2023’s Most Important Trends in Digital Marketing (Thinks Out Loud) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
A client recently asked if they should be using ChatGPT for their business? It’s a good question, and given the power and risks these tools present, an important question every business should be asking. It’s also a question without a single, simple answer.
In this episode of the Thinks Out Loud podcast, we take a ask, "Should your business use ChatGPT?" We look at the upsides and the downsides to see where using ChatGPT might be a good idea. And where it might not.
So should your business use ChatGPT? Maybe… Want to learn why? Here are the show notes for you.
Should Your Business Use ChatGPT? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 379) — Headlines and Show NotesShow Notes and Links* Expedia adds ChatGPT for travel planning in iOS app | PhocusWire * expedia.com Traffic Analytics & Market Share | Similarweb * Here Are All the Companies Using ChatGPT…So Far * These Major Companies—From Snap To Salesforce— Are All Using ChatGPT * Meet the companies trying to keep up with ChatGPT – The Verge * (99+) Post | LinkedIn * Online travel giants spent more than $14B on marketing in ’22 | PhocusWire * airbnb.com Traffic Analytics & Market Share | Similarweb * How to Balance Technology and Humanity in Customer Experience (Thinks Out Loud Episode 378) * Big Digital Marketing Trends: Who Speaks For Your Business? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 377) * Big Digital Marketing Trends: Customer Experience is Cool (Thinks Out Loud Episode 375) * Big Trends: Does Marketing Have a Future? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 375) * Big Trends: The Early Innings of AI in Marketing (Thinks Out Loud Episode 374)
Free DownloadsWe have some free downloads for you to help you navigate the current situation, which you can find right here:
Subscribe to Thinks Out Loud* Subscribe in iTunes * Subscribe in the Google Play Store
Contact information for the podcast: podcast@timpeter.com
Past Insights from Tim Peter ThinksTechnical Details for Thinks Out LoudRecorded using a Heil PR-40 Dynamic Studio Recording Mic and a Focusrite Scarlett 4i4 (3rd Gen) USB Audio Interface into Logic Pro X for the Mac.
Running time: 20m 40s
You can subscribe to Thinks Out Loud in iTunes, the Google Play Store, via our dedicated podcast RSS feed (or sign up for our free newsletter). You can also download/listen to the podcast here on Thinks using the player at the top of this page.
Transcript: Should Your Business Use ChatGPT? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 379) Welcome to Thinks Out Loud, your source for all the digital expertise your business needs.
Well, hello again everyone, and welcome back to Thinks Out Loud, your source for all the digital expertise, your business. My name is Tim Peter. This is episode 379 of the Big Show, and I think we got a cool episode for you today. I think we got some fun stuff to talk about. I was recently asked by a client if they should be using ChatGPT for their business.
You know, we’ve been talking a lot about how to balance technology with humanity. We’ve been talking a lot about how, why customer experience is cool and does marketing have a future, and the why we’re in the early innings of AI and marketing and the like. So this is a fair question. When we are in this very early, Is it worth getting out in front and doing something with something like ChatGPT?
And for me, there are two answers to this question. One is, should you be using it internally? And the other is, should you be using it with your customers in terms of should you be doing stuff with it internally? Yes, absolutely. I’m using ChatGPT A ton for basic research, for drafting quick emails for brainstorming ideas.
I’m often surprised by how well it brings perspectives in that I wouldn’t have thought of. I’ve told the story here on the show before about how my dad started working in banks way back in the late forties, 1949. And he entered figures. He was a clerk. He entered figures into a journal, right? Basically a big book where they wrote down notes about loans and who owed what and what the current interest was due and who was, and things like that.
And today, nobody would do that. At minimum, you would use a spreadsheet. And typically you have custom design software that does exactly what you needed to do. And basically, I think of ChatGPT I think of generative AI tools like that as the best spreadsheet you’ve ever seen for your brain in terms of helping you think of things you wouldn’t have thought of otherwise.
And often things, you know, even when I’m collaborating with my team that no one on the team came up. It is better at answering some kinds of questions than Google is, than traditional search is. So should you be using it for your business in those ways? Absolutely. I am a big, big proponent of testing it out and seeing what you can do with it to make yourself more effective and more efficient in terms of whether or not you should be using it for your customers.
I think we have to answer maybe, but I lean towards not yet. And hang with me here because there’s not a one size fits all answer here. There are good reasons to do this, and I’m going to talk about one example in a moment to give you as full of picture as a can. Now there are lots of companies who are trying to incorporate ChatGPT into their products in various ways.
I will link to some of these in the show notes, but people like Duolingo, slack, snap, Coca-Cola, Instacart, Shopify, ghost, others, you know, there’s definitely a, there. There is definitely the opportunity to do some cool things with ChatGPT, and it might be worth testing with your customers. I’m going to look at one company to kind of illustrate the pros and cons of what’s going on here and why I lean towards.
Maybe not with the huge caveat that the reasons why it’s a good idea for this one company may also be a good idea for you. So the company is Expedia, and Expedia recently announced just in the last few days, that they’re one of the first travel companies to incorporate ChatGPT into their travel tools.
So right out of the gate, I want to give incredible kudos to their team for a very quick rollout. Now it’s in beta, so not everybody has access to it yet. I’ve played with it a little but not a lot. So we know that it’s limited in its reach at the moment. I think it’s an enormous PR win for Expedia. It tells customers that they’re an innovative company and pushing the boundaries of how easy they can make it to book travel.
I think that’s brilliant. Very, very smart and legitimately kudos to Expedia for doing this. I also think there’s a real lesson here in that Expedia is undoubtedly competing for tech talent with all the other big tech firms with Google, with Apple, with Amazon. Even in the face of all the layoffs that we’re seeing, they’re still hiring people to fill particular roles, and AI is certainly going to be one of those roles.
So I think this is a really smart PR move on their part. Showing that they are still a hot commodity in the tech space, and that they innovate and lead the way, in real word, real world AI applications. So if you’re a young AI developer, if you’re just coming outta school or something along those lines, and you’re looking for some place to work, Expedia has made themselves a very attractive option for you, and I think that’s really, really smart.
So this is a PR win. This is a press win. This is a marketing win in a big, big way. I want to be really clear about that. I don’t think Expedia is doing a bad thing here. I also would suggest you remember that when you invent the ship, you invent the ship. We know places where ChatGPT has problems today.
For one thing, it can lie to you. Now, this is one of my favorite stories of what I’ve seen about ChatGPT so far. I really, not trying to knock this, but a friend of mine sent me a couple weeks ago, information that ChatGPT. Shared with my friend about me, right? My friend asked a question of ChatGPT.
My buddy Robert Cole, asked a question of ChatGPT and said, you know what? What do you know about Tim Peter? And it gave. A pretty, pretty good answer, but I’m going to read a couple of pieces of this. It said, Tim Peter is the founder and president of Tim Peter and Associates, a digital marketing consulting firm that provides strategic guidance and implementation support to businesses looking to improve their online presence and drive revenue growth.
Sweet. Cool. That’s true. With over 20 years of experience in digital marketing, Tim has worked with a wide range of clients across industries, including travel, hospitality, finance, retail, and more. Also true, also cool. He is a recognized expert in digital marketing and has been featured in publications such as The New York Times, US, and USA Today, and Forbes among others.
Hold on a second. Some of that’s true. I have in fact been featured in Forbes. But I’ve never been featured in the New York Times to my knowledge, and I don’t recall being featured in the US in USA Today. And if it was, it was a very, very long time ago. It then says that prior to founding my company, Tim Peter and Associates, that I held various marketing and leadership roles at companies such as Harda Hanks, modem Media, and McKinsey in Company, and that I hold an MBA from Columbia Business School and a bachelor’s degree from Georgetown University.
All of that is a lie. I have no idea where that came from. I was a client of Modem Media a very long time ago, but all the rest, I’ve never worked for McKenzie. I don’t have an M B A from Columbia Business School. I have not attended Georgetown University. Like these aren’t trivial errors. They’re, they’re nice things to be said about me.
They are complete and utter lies. They, this never happened. And then my personal favorite bit apart from that is that it’s talks about awards that I’ve won and I did in fact win one of the awards it list. However, the other two awards, and this really boggled my mind. Not only did I not win the awards it claims that I have, I haven’t been able to find any evidence that the awards, it says I won exist.
These aren’t even awards near as I can tell. Is that something you’re going to want to turn on for your clients, for your customers? Maybe not. I’m not a hundred percent sure. You know the other problem is it may not work so well. I have a friend, DJ Valari. I’m going to link to his post on LinkedIn, in fairness cuz he’s already done the work on this and he talked about trying Expedia’s ChatGPT integration.
And said that it hasn’t been much help, and he asked for comments and so far nobody’s commented and said, no, no, it’s giving really good results. That’s kind of okay. I don’t have a huge problem with that though. I do worry that if it’s lying about things, that may be a problem. And this leads to the last part.
And a reason why I think it’s okay that Expedia has done this, why it might work for Expedia because they may know something. Well, they may know something, you know that’s important to their business that you’d want to think about for yours. Expedia’s customers may not care that much. They may be doing this solely for the PR benefit, right?
In the Focus Wire article that talks about Expedia rolling out ChatGPT integration, they, they’ve stated that Expedia’s existing chat powered 30 million conversations since its launch in 2021, Expedia gets somewhere between 80 to 90 million visits monthly. They launched their original chatbot two years ago.
So 80 million visits times 24 months divided into 30 million conversations means that their existing chatbot use is somewhere around one and a half percent of all the visits to their website or another words. Customers don’t use their chatbot about 98 and a half percent of the time. In other, other words, almost nobody is using.
So that’s kind of a wild thing, right? They may say, you know, there’s not a lot of risk to us here. We’re rolling it out to a limited audience, and we don’t expect it to get a lot of use anyway, so we may as well get the PR benefit, and if that’s what they’re doing. Kudos to them, and if that’s what you want to do, kudos to you.
Now, there is one other reason why this may not be a good idea for Expedia, and I don’t know this for sure, so I’m making some educated guesses here. There was another focus wire article the other day that talked about how Expedia and booking.com spent a combined 12 billion in marketing spend last year.
That’s a huge amount of money. One that got people asking how can any normal business compete with that? And it’s a fair question, but I’d reframe it slightly. Focus wires article notes that Airbnb spends roughly a quarter of what Expedia does. Expedia’s sh share of revenue dedicated to marketing is 52%.
Airbnb’s is about 18% yet, The traffic that Airbnb gets to its site is about the same as Expedia, actually a little higher. If you go by similar web’s numbers. And Airbnb had greater net income than expedient $1.9 billion versus $352 million. So the question I would ask is not how can businesses compete with companies like Expedia?
It’s Why would you want to, and this is the reason why I think Expedia might be making a mistake. There’s some reasons I told you already why this might be a great idea, but they’re spending an enormous amount of money on trying to acquire customers. They’re spending an enormous amount of money on trying to capture new business way more than Airbnb is.
And if they’re using this ChatGPT integration as a way to improve their product or get more PR to attract more customers in a way that they don’t have to spend so much, that’s great. But if it’s a distraction from doing the basic blocking and tackling they need to do to gain customers in an effective, efficient manner.
Then this is really shortsighted. I’m going to give them the benefit of the doubt and assume that it isn’t. The reason I’m making a point about this though, is because you should be thinking about if we are trying to integrate ChatGPT, does that help us gain more business? Does it help us grow our customer base?
Does it help us improve the customer experience for our customers? Or are we being distracted by the ooh, shiny and not focusing on giving our customers the experience that they expect and not focusing on attracting customers in ways that we can afford and need to do a better job of today? That’s why I say maybe when I, people ask, you know, should we incorporate ChatGPT?
You should. If it’s going to benefit your customers, you should, if it’s going to benefit your business. But if you’re doing it because it’s the cool new thing and it’s distracting you from the blocking and tackling you should be doing anyway, then that could be a massive, massive mistake and a distraction from what is right for your business.
So should you be using ChatGPT for your business? Again, if you’re using it internally to help you be faster and smarter at how you think and how you research and how you get things out the door? Definitely a hundred percent yes. Should you be using it to connect with your customers? Yes, if it actually helps you do that and improve the experience and lower the cost of acquisition.
But if it distracts you from doing basic blocking and tackling and doing the things you ought to do anyway, then it’s an enormous mistake right now. And instead, you should put your energies and put your efforts towards helping your customers accomplish their goals. And that’s going to be true no matter what.
Welcome to Thinks Out Loud, your source for all the digital expertise your business needs.
Well, hello again everyone, and welcome back to Thinks Out Loud, your source for all the digital expertise, your business. My name is Tim Peter. This is episode 379 of the Big Show, and I think we got a cool episode for you today. I think we got some fun stuff to talk about. I was recently asked by a client if they should be using ChatGPT for their business.
You know, we’ve been talking a lot about how to balance technology with humanity. We’ve been talking a lot about how, why customer experience is cool and does marketing have a future, and the why we’re in the early innings of AI and marketing and the like. So this is a fair question. When we are in this very early, Is it worth getting out in front and doing something with something like ChatGPT?
And for me, there are two answers to this question. One is, should you be using it internally? And the other is, should you be using it with your customers in terms of should you be doing stuff with it internally? Yes, absolutely. I’m using ChatGPT A ton for basic research, for drafting quick emails for brainstorming ideas.
I’m often surprised by how well it brings perspectives in that I wouldn’t have thought of. I’ve told the story here on the show before about how my dad started working in banks way back in the late forties, 1949. And he entered figures. He was a clerk. He entered figures into a journal, right? Basically a big book where they wrote down notes about loans and who owed what and what the current interest was due and who was, and things like that.
And today, nobody would do that. At minimum, you would use a spreadsheet. And typically you have custom design software that does exactly what you needed to do. And basically, I think of ChatGPT I think of generative AI tools like that as the best spreadsheet you’ve ever seen for your brain in terms of helping you think of things you wouldn’t have thought of otherwise.
And often things, you know, even when I’m collaborating with my team that no one on the team came up. It is better at answering some kinds of questions than Google is, than traditional search is. So should you be using it for your business in those ways? Absolutely. I am a big, big proponent of testing it out and seeing what you can do with it to make yourself more effective and more efficient in terms of whether or not you should be using it for your customers.
I think we have to answer maybe, but I lean towards not yet. And hang with me here because there’s not a one size fits all answer here. There are good reasons to do this, and I’m going to talk about one example in a moment to give you as full of picture as a can. Now there are lots of companies who are trying to incorporate ChatGPT into their products in various ways.
I will link to some of these in the show notes, but people like Duolingo, slack, snap, Coca-Cola, Instacart, Shopify, ghost, others, you know, there’s definitely a, there. There is definitely the opportunity to do some cool things with ChatGPT, and it might be worth testing with your customers. I’m going to look at one company to kind of illustrate the pros and cons of what’s going on here and why I lean towards.
Maybe not with the huge caveat that the reasons why it’s a good idea for this one company may also be a good idea for you. So the company is Expedia, and Expedia recently announced just in the last few days, that they’re one of the first travel companies to incorporate ChatGPT into their travel tools.
So right out of the gate, I want to give incredible kudos to their team for a very quick rollout. Now it’s in beta, so not everybody has access to it yet. I’ve played with it a little but not a lot. So we know that it’s limited in its reach at the moment. I think it’s an enormous PR win for Expedia. It tells customers that they’re an innovative company and pushing the boundaries of how easy they can make it to book travel.
I think that’s brilliant. Very, very smart and legitimately kudos to Expedia for doing this. I also think there’s a real lesson here in that Expedia is undoubtedly competing for tech talent with all the other big tech firms with Google, with Apple, with Amazon. Even in the face of all the layoffs that we’re seeing, they’re still hiring people to fill particular roles, and AI is certainly going to be one of those roles.
So I think this is a really smart PR move on their part. Showing that they are still a hot commodity in the tech space, and that they innovate and lead the way, in real word, real world AI applications. So if you’re a young AI developer, if you’re just coming outta school or something along those lines, and you’re looking for some place to work, Expedia has made themselves a very attractive option for you, and I think that’s really, really smart.
So this is a PR win. This is a press win. This is a marketing win in a big, big way. I want to be really clear about that. I don’t think Expedia is doing a bad thing here. I also would suggest you remember that when you invent the ship, you invent the ship. We know places where ChatGPT has problems today.
For one thing, it can lie to you. Now, this is one of my favorite stories of what I’ve seen about ChatGPT so far. I really, not trying to knock this, but a friend of mine sent me a couple weeks ago, information that ChatGPT. Shared with my friend about me, right? My friend asked a question of ChatGPT.
My buddy Robert Cole, asked a question of ChatGPT and said, you know what? What do you know about Tim Peter? And it gave. A pretty, pretty good answer, but I’m going to read a couple of pieces of this. It said, Tim Peter is the founder and president of Tim Peter and Associates, a digital marketing consulting firm that provides strategic guidance and implementation support to businesses looking to improve their online presence and drive revenue growth.
Sweet. Cool. That’s true. With over 20 years of experience in digital marketing, Tim has worked with a wide range of clients across industries, including travel, hospitality, finance, retail, and more. Also true, also cool. He is a recognized expert in digital marketing and has been featured in publications such as The New York Times, US, and USA Today, and Forbes among others.
Hold on a second. Some of that’s true. I have in fact been featured in Forbes. But I’ve never been featured in the New York Times to my knowledge, and I don’t recall being featured in the US in USA Today. And if it was, it was a very, very long time ago. It then says that prior to founding my company, Tim Peter and Associates, that I held various marketing and leadership roles at companies such as Harda Hanks, modem Media, and McKinsey in Company, and that I hold an MBA from Columbia Business School and a bachelor’s degree from Georgetown University.
All of that is a lie. I have no idea where that came from. I was a client of Modem Media a very long time ago, but all the rest, I’ve never worked for McKenzie. I don’t have an M B A from Columbia Business School. I have not attended Georgetown University. Like these aren’t trivial errors. They’re, they’re nice things to be said about me.
They are complete and utter lies. They, this never happened. And then my personal favorite bit apart from that is that it’s talks about awards that I’ve won and I did in fact win one of the awards it list. However, the other two awards, and this really boggled my mind. Not only did I not win the awards it claims that I have, I haven’t been able to find any evidence that the awards, it says I won exist.
These aren’t even awards near as I can tell. Is that something you’re going to want to turn on for your clients, for your customers? Maybe not. I’m not a hundred percent sure. You know the other problem is it may not work so well. I have a friend, DJ Valari. I’m going to link to his post on LinkedIn, in fairness cuz he’s already done the work on this and he talked about trying Expedia’s ChatGPT integration.
And said that it hasn’t been much help, and he asked for comments and so far nobody’s commented and said, no, no, it’s giving really good results. That’s kind of okay. I don’t have a huge problem with that though. I do worry that if it’s lying about things, that may be a problem. And this leads to the last part.
And a reason why I think it’s okay that Expedia has done this, why it might work for Expedia because they may know something. Well, they may know something, you know that’s important to their business that you’d want to think about for yours. Expedia’s customers may not care that much. They may be doing this solely for the PR benefit, right?
In the Focus Wire article that talks about Expedia rolling out ChatGPT integration, they, they’ve stated that Expedia’s existing chat powered 30 million conversations since its launch in 2021, Expedia gets somewhere between 80 to 90 million visits monthly. They launched their original chatbot two years ago.
So 80 million visits times 24 months divided into 30 million conversations means that their existing chatbot use is somewhere around one and a half percent of all the visits to their website or another words. Customers don’t use their chatbot about 98 and a half percent of the time. In other, other words, almost nobody is using.
So that’s kind of a wild thing, right? They may say, you know, there’s not a lot of risk to us here. We’re rolling it out to a limited audience, and we don’t expect it to get a lot of use anyway, so we may as well get the PR benefit, and if that’s what they’re doing. Kudos to them, and if that’s what you want to do, kudos to you.
Now, there is one other reason why this may not be a good idea for Expedia, and I don’t know this for sure, so I’m making some educated guesses here. There was another focus wire article the other day that talked about how Expedia and booking.com spent a combined 12 billion in marketing spend last year.
That’s a huge amount of money. One that got people asking how can any normal business compete with that? And it’s a fair question, but I’d reframe it slightly. Focus wires article notes that Airbnb spends roughly a quarter of what Expedia does. Expedia’s sh share of revenue dedicated to marketing is 52%.
Airbnb’s is about 18% yet, The traffic that Airbnb gets to its site is about the same as Expedia, actually a little higher. If you go by similar web’s numbers. And Airbnb had greater net income than expedient $1.9 billion versus $352 million. So the question I would ask is not how can businesses compete with companies like Expedia?
It’s Why would you want to, and this is the reason why I think Expedia might be making a mistake. There’s some reasons I told you already why this might be a great idea, but they’re spending an enormous amount of money on trying to acquire customers. They’re spending an enormous amount of money on trying to capture new business way more than Airbnb is.
And if they’re using this ChatGPT integration as a way to improve their product or get more PR to attract more customers in a way that they don’t have to spend so much, that’s great. But if it’s a distraction from doing the basic blocking and tackling they need to do to gain customers in an effective, efficient manner.
Then this is really shortsighted. I’m going to give them the benefit of the doubt and assume that it isn’t. The reason I’m making a point about this though, is because you should be thinking about if we are trying to integrate ChatGPT, does that help us gain more business? Does it help us grow our customer base?
Does it help us improve the customer experience for our customers? Or are we being distracted by the ooh, shiny and not focusing on giving our customers the experience that they expect and not focusing on attracting customers in ways that we can afford and need to do a better job of today? That’s why I say maybe when I, people ask, you know, should we incorporate ChatGPT?
You should. If it’s going to benefit your customers, you should, if it’s going to benefit your business. But if you’re doing it because it’s the cool new thing and it’s distracting you from the blocking and tackling you should be doing anyway, then that could be a massive, massive mistake and a distraction from what is right for your business.
So should you be using ChatGPT for your business? Again, if you’re using it internally to help you be faster and smarter at how you think and how you research and how you get things out the door? Definitely a hundred percent yes. Should you be using it to connect with your customers? Yes, if it actually helps you do that and improve the experience and lower the cost of acquisition.
But if it distracts you from doing basic blocking and tackling and doing the things you ought to do anyway, then it’s an enormous mistake right now. And instead, you should put your energies and put your efforts towards helping your customers accomplish their goals. And that’s going to be true no matter what.
New technology comes down the path, whether ChatGPT, other generative AI tools or whatever else we see in the future doing anything else is the exact opposite of using artificial intelligence intelligently.
Show Closing and CreditsNow, looking at the clock on the wall, we are out of time for this week. I want to remind you that you can find the show notes for this episode as well as an archive of all past episodes by going to timpeter.com/podcast. Again, that’s timpeter.com/podcast. Just look for episode 379.
Subscribe to Thinks Out LoudDon’t forget that you can click on the subscribe link in any of the episodes you find there to have Thinks Out Loud delivered to your favorite podcatcher every single week. You can also find Thinks Out Loud on Apple Podcasts, Google Podcasts, Stitcher Radio, Spotify, Overcast, anywhere fine podcasts are found.
Leave a Review for Thinks Out LoudAnd while you’re there, I would also very much appreciate it if you could provide a positive rating or review for the show. Ratings and reviews help new listeners find the podcast. They help new listeners understand what the show’s all about. They help get the word out. They help us grow our community and they mean the world to me.
So thank you very much. I really appreciate you helping make Thinks Out Loud, a better place for all of us involved. So I really, really do want to say thank you again.
Thinks Out Loud on Social MediaYou can also find Thinks Out Loud on LinkedIn by going to linkedin.com/TimPeterAssociates. You can find me on Twitter using the Twitter handle @tcpeter. and as always, you can email at podcast@timpeter.com. Again, that’s podcast@timpeter.com.
Show OutroFinally, I know I say this every week, but I very much appreciate you listening. I would not do this show without you. It means so much to me that we can have a conversation and build this community together.
It means the world to me that you listen. It means the world to me that you comment. It means the world to me that you reach out to me on social. And I just love that we get to keep the dialogue going. So please, let’s keep the dialogue going. Go ahead, keep your emails coming. Keep pinging me on LinkedIn. Keep pinging me on Twitter. I love hearing from you. I love getting to chat with you about all of this each week.
With all that said, I hope you have an amazing rest of the week. I hope you have a wonderful weekend. And I will look forward to speaking with you here on Thinks Out Loud next time. Until then, please be well, be safe, and as always, take care everybody.
The post Should Your Business Use ChatGPT? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 379) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
We live in a world increasingly run by robots. But your customers are still, last time I checked, human beings. They crave connection and a little basic understanding. While you won’t succeed by ignoring technology, you also won’t succeed if you ignore their humanity, particularly when it comes to providing a great customer experience.
So, how do you balance technology and humanity in customer experience? How do you use technology to reduce your costs while still creating human connection with your customers? And why does all this matter to your brand and your business? That’s the topic of this episode of the Thinks Out Loud podcast.
Want to learn more? Here are the show notes for you.
How to Balance Technology and Humanity in Customer Experience (Thinks Out Loud Episode 378) — Headlines and Show NotesShow Notes and Links* Big Digital Marketing Trends: Who Speaks For Your Business? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 377) * Big Digital Marketing Trends: Customer Experience is Cool (Thinks Out Loud Episode 375) * Big Trends: Does Marketing Have a Future? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 375) * Big Trends: The Early Innings of AI in Marketing (Thinks Out Loud Episode 374) * Revisiting "We Owe it to Our Customers to Make Their Lives Better" (Thinks Out Loud) * Content is King, Customer Experience is Queen (Thinks Out Loud Episode 188) – Tim Peter & Associates * How Lively Demonstrates Customer Experience is Queen (Thinks Out Loud Episode Episode 339) * Gatekeepers Gonna Gate: Apple, Google, and Antitrust (Thinks Out Loud Episode 258) * The Rebirth of Trusted Gatekeepers (Thinks Out Loud Episode 307) – Tim Peter & Associates * Is Content Still King or Have the Gatekeepers Won? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 328) – Tim Peter & Associates * The future of B2B sales is hybrid | McKinsey
Free DownloadsWe have some free downloads for you to help you navigate the current situation, which you can find right here:
Subscribe to Thinks Out Loud* Subscribe in iTunes * Subscribe in the Google Play Store
Contact information for the podcast: podcast@timpeter.com
Past Insights from Tim Peter ThinksTechnical Details for Thinks Out LoudRecorded using a Heil PR-40 Dynamic Studio Recording Mic and a Focusrite Scarlett 4i4 (3rd Gen) USB Audio Interface into Logic Pro X for the Mac.
Running time: 21m 59s
You can subscribe to Thinks Out Loud in iTunes, the Google Play Store, via our dedicated podcast RSS feed (or sign up for our free newsletter). You can also download/listen to the podcast here on Thinks using the player at the top of this page.
Transcript: How to Balance Technology and Humanity in Customer Experience (Thinks Out Loud Podcast Episode 378)Well, hello again everyone, and welcome back to Thinks Out Loud, your source for all the digital expertise your business needs. My name is Tim Peter. This is episode 378 of the Big Show, and thank you so much for tuning in. I very much appreciate it.
How to Win in a World Increasingly Run by RobotsI have been talking for the last couple of weeks basically about big trends in terms of artificial intelligence and in terms of customer experience and in terms of who speaks for your brand and being more human in a world that is increasingly run by robots. And somebody asked me the other day, how do you balance technology and humanity? In customer experience, how do you make that work?
That’s an incredibly important question. You know that I have said for years that customer experience is queen. It is critical to building a brand today. Today, it’s incredibly difficult to cut through the immense amount of content that exists out there. It is clear that it is harder and harder to reach new customers because as I’ve said in the past, gatekeepers gonna gate. And that — that gatekeepers are going to get between your and your customers — is why I believe customer experience is queen.
Revisiting Your Secret Sales ForceYour customers are your secret sales force. For those of you who have heard this before, please pardon the repetition. But as a refresher, let’s say you make a hundred sales per month. Now, I know for some of you, you’re going to do a hundred sales in a minute or an hour or a day or a week or a year. But let’s make this simple. You can work out the math for your own business easily enough.
So if you’re doing a hundred sales per month, that’s 1200 customers per year that you’re gaining. Those people have 200 friends and family and fans and followers on social media. That is a potential audience of 240,000 people, if they were to talk about the experience that they’d had with your brand. For good or for ill, right? That’s a enormous potential audience.
Now, obviously, not all of them are going to post about their experience with you. And obviously the social media sites aren’t going to let their entire audience see those messages. Again, gatekeepers gonna gate, that’s what they do. But let’s say that 1% of them post about their experience with you and that 5% of their audience ends up as one of your customers somewhere down the line. That represents a 10% lift in annual sales driven exclusively by the great customer experience that they received from you.
That isn’t going to change in an era of AI. It’s going to be a reality that customers are going to have a good experience with you or not, and they’re going to talk about it or not based on who they are and how they felt about that experience.
Sometimes that experience is going to be with people. Sometimes that experience is going to be with technology. You need to do both and you need to do both well.
Technology Can’t Answer This Question. Your Customers Will Tell You When You Got it RightArtificial intelligence isn’t going to tell you what the right ratio between technology and humanity is either. It may help you analyze the data. In fact, I would expect it’s going to help you analyze the data. But this is a matter of human judgment and it probably always will be.
Technology Is Often the Right AnswerNow I want to be clear. You want technology. Anybody who’s listening to this and thinks I’m saying all experiences have to be with people, and only with people all, of the time, that’s not true. Technology helps you scale. It helps you address more customers more easily. It lowers your costs.
Your customers want technology too, at least some of the time. We have seen over the years that as more tools come into play, customers want to use them. There was research from McKinsey that shows B2B customers used to use about five channels less than a decade ago. They went to using about seven and a half channels in 2019. And they’re now using over 10 channels when making a purchase decision… because they want what they want.
Customers Want What They WantThe key here is remembering the "some of the time." That same research from McKinsey showed that customers choose among traditional channels, such as getting in touch with their salesperson, using remote human interactions like chat, and using digital self-serve about a third of the time each. The balance has been roughly the same for several years that they’ve been running the study because again, customers want what they want. Sometimes they don’t want to talk to you. Sometimes they very much do.
And if they have a bad experience in one of those channels, they may switch to another channel once or twice. But if they consistently have bad experiences in various channels, they’re going to switch to a different provider altogether for whatever it is you offer them.
I told the story a couple of weeks ago in the "Customer Experience is Cool" episode about a young homeowner who refinanced his mortgage because of the miserable mobile experience his prior lender offered. Think about how much effort goes into picking a mortgage company. Think about how much effort people spend on that specific decision and how it’s rarely a decision people take again and again and again. The average mortgage lifetime is about seven years in this country, so it’s not something people just switch automatically.
Great Customer Experiences With Anyone Raise the Bar for EveryoneBut the best experience customers have with any company sets the bar higher for every company of what their experience ought to be like. If you’ve used things like Google Lens or you’ve used Bing’s AI Chat, or you’ve used Apple Pay in recent days and weeks and months and years, you start to go, "Wow, I just want to be able to point my camera at something and learn more information. Wow. I just want to be able to ask a question and get an answer. Wow, I just want to wave my phone in the air and walk out of the store."
And the next time they have to interact with your company, they’re going to ask the question, "Why can’t I just do that with you?" That is such a common behavior that we have seen for years and years and years. I don’t need lots of studies to show this. We see this with our clients constantly.
Now, there is research from HubSpot that shows that industry leaders are three times more likely than laggards to bring deep customer understanding into their experience. And to have digital customer experiences that are "exceptional and can surprise and delight customers." They get that people want these great experiences. And when I say leaders and laggards, I mean people who are doing well economically, doing well financially in their chosen industries. Three times more likely.
Laggards in that same study said that that, "Digital customer experience sometimes lags our customer’s needs" over 60% of the time. Can you imagine 60% of people saying, "Yeah, we sometimes lag our customer’s needs" and expecting to continue to do okay financially. That’s madness , right? You don’t need artificial intelligence. You need human intelligence to say, "Hey, maybe we should do something about that."
Balancing Humanity and Technology Is Not "Either/Or"What you want to remember is that this is an not an either/or situation. You are looking to use technology to complement and enhance the experience that people have with your people and to use people to complement and enhance the experience people have with your technology. Finding that balance is incredibly, incredibly important or else people will post about their experience with you… but you’re going to wish they hadn’t.
How to Find the Right BalanceSo the question of course, is how do you do this.
Start With Your CustomerAs with anything to do with customer experience, you have to start with your customer. You have to start with what does our customer want? What does our customer need? And I don’t just mean ask them. I don’t just mean conduct a survey. You know, there’s the old Henry Ford quote that said, "if I’d asked my customers what they wanted, they would’ve said a faster horse," right?
So we’re really thinking in terms of what is it that our customers actually care about? What do they value? You’ve got tremendous data around this today. Look at your website search. Look at the search terms people use to find you. Look at any survey information that you might have. And talk to people who talk to your customers. It could be your customer support reps. It could be your sales people. It could be the folks in your retail outlet. Or if you have a hotel or a restaurant, waiters, servers, front desk folks. But talk with the people who talk with customers.
Look at the data that your customers are already providing you. What are the questions that they have for you?
What Are Your Service Values? What is Your Service Culture?The next thing that you want to do is talk about what are your service values? What do you consider the kind of experience you want people to have? It’s okay to say in some cases, "Wait, this isn’t what we are. We are an incredibly efficient company," for example. We’ve talked about this in the past about the types of companies that exist out there, and some companies really focus on being incredibly efficient so that they can be the low-cost leader. Cool. That means that you’re going to provide your customers more self-serve options. Cool. Which means that those self-serve options have to enable people to actually accomplish their task when they come to.
Do you look at your website data about where people spend their time? Are they looking at FAQs? Are they looking at help files? Are they looking at content associated with the owner experience? Because that’s going to be really telling data for you. So think about what your service values are, what your level of service is that you want to provide people.
And make sure that you’ve got a clear definition of that both internally with your team and also externally with your customers. What is a reasonable expectation for them to have? Do you have content that makes it clear how you help customers help themselves, or how customers can get help when they need it?
Can There Be Too Much Good Customer Experience?This next piece does get a little more challenging because this is going to vary company by company. You do want to think about how you easy you want to make it for customers to speak with a human being when they want and where they want. I would argue most companies are better off in the long run if you make it easy for customers to get in touch with you whenever and wherever they want… with some huge caveats on that.
If you’re the local pizzeria and you close at 10 o’clock at night, you probably don’t need a 24 hour help line. That’s okay. If you are a local business who supports local customers and you have hours of operation, it is okay sometimes for those hours of operation to say, "we’re not available at this point in the day." That’s true.
What is also true though, is if you provide the kinds of service that people expect to be able to use at any time of the day or night, there needs to be a way for people to get in touch with a human being when they have to.
My Lively Experience. I told the story about a year ago about ordering some new hearing aids, and the delivery didn’t occur properly. The delivery turned into a nightmare. And Lively — the company from whom I purchased the hearing aids; who have since changed their name to Jabra Enhance, but regardless — they actually did a much better job of helping me locate the shipment than the shipping provider did. Which was huge for me. Now, the only way I interacted with Lively was via email. But it worked out great. I sent in an email, I got an automated response right away that said we’ll get back to you within the next 24 hours, which was great. Notice they used an automated email response to tell me when I could expect to get an email back. And I got an email first thing the next morning. I think I emailed at like four o’clock in the afternoon. You can check out the episode where I’ve talked about this in the past, but my point is they set an expectation using technology and then they went ahead and met that expectation, exceeded that expectation, and did it using a human being but through email. I didn’t get on the phone with anybody. It was probably pretty quick for their person to get ahold of me. So it was really, really valuable to me and really worked for them.
How Do You Message Your Service Values to Your Customers?The next part that was really important in that story and really important for you to do is again, think about what we talked about last week, "who speaks for your brand?" Don’t use jargon. Don’t use industry speak. Talk like a human being, and do that in your content too. Yes, you can have a brand voice. That’s fine. But people want to interact with people. They want to interact with a human experience. We are in the most connected age ever, and in some ways the most disconnected age ever. People want to have some kind of connection with whomever they’re interacting with. So make your language talk to people like people. I don’t claim to do this brilliantly, but I mean, listen to this podcast. I’m not talking to marketers. I’m talking to you like a person because we’re people.
Train Your TeamAnd finally, train your staff. Help your staff learn how to use these things and empower them to make decisions about when they should talk to customers and when they should escalate, when they should use technology, and when they should pick up the phone or send an email or do an SMS or something along those lines. Because ultimately we’re trying to be empathetic and we’re trying to be effective, and you want to balance those.
Conclusion: Finding the Right Balance of Technology and Humanity in Customer ExperienceThat’s really the whole point here. This is not an either/or. It’s not "either tech or human." It is technology and humans working hand in hand to create the kinds of experiences your customers are going to love and that they’re going to tell their friends and family and fans and followers about.
It will never be perfect. This is always a moving target because people’s expectations change and because our competitors continue to raise the bar of what great experience is like. The queen can be fickle from time to time. But balancing technology and humanity in customer experience depends upon you being a human being, thinking like your customer, seeing what it is your customer wants, seeing what it is you would want if you were the customer, and then using technology to enhance that experience to make it better.
Because again, the only way you’re going to win when robots rule the world is not by being a better robot, it’s by being a better human being. And if you can do that, I guarantee your customers will have an experience that they’ll want to talk about positively. And you will grow your brand in the long run. So yes, balancing humanity and technology and customer experience is a really critical part of how you grow your brand and your business. But it’s important because it’s important to your customers. And if you don’t have customers, you don’t have a business.
Show Closing and CreditsNow, looking at the clock on the wall, we are out of time for this week. I want to remind you that you can find the show notes for this episode as well as an archive of all past episodes by going to timpeter.com/podcast. Again, that’s timpeter.com/podcast. Just look for episode 378.
Subscribe to Thinks Out LoudDon’t forget that you can click on the subscribe link in any of the episodes you find there to have Thinks Out Loud delivered to your favorite podcatcher every single week. You can also find Thinks Out Loud on Apple Podcasts, Google Podcasts, Stitcher Radio, Spotify, Overcast, anywhere fine podcasts are found.
Leave a Review for Thinks Out LoudAnd while you’re there, I would also very much appreciate it if you could provide a positive rating or review for the. Ratings and reviews help new listeners find the podcast. They help new listeners understand what the show’s all about. They help get the word out. They help us grow our community and they mean the world to me.
So thank you very much. I really appreciate you helping make Thinks Out Loud, a better place for all of us involved. So I really, really do want to say thank you again.
Thinks Out Loud on Social MediaYou can also find Thinks Out Loud on LinkedIn by going to linkedin.com/TimPeterAssociates. You can find me on Twitter using the Twitter handle @tcpeter. and as always, you can email at podcast@timpeter.com. Again, that’s podcast@timpeter.com.
Show OutroFinally, I know I say this every week, but I very much appreciate you listening. I would not do this show without you. It means so much to me that we can have a conversation and build this community together.
It means the world to me that you listen. It means the world to me that you comment. It means the world to me that you send emails. It means the world that you reach out to me on social. And I just love that we get to keep the dialogue going. So please, let’s keep the dialogue going. Go ahead, keep your emails coming. Keep pinging me on LinkedIn. Keep pinging me on Twitter. I love hearing from you. I love getting to chat with you about all of this.
With all that said, I hope you have an amazing rest of the week. I hope you have a wonderful weekend. And I will look forward to speaking with you here on Thinks Out Loud next time. Until then, please be well, be safe, and as always, take care everybody.
The post How to Balance Technology and Humanity in Customer Experience (Thinks Out Loud Episode 378) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
Generative AI like ChatGPT and Microsoft’s tools and Google’s Bard effectively drives the cost of producing content to zero. Who knows? Some of that content might even be decent. Content alone isn’t going to cut through.
What will? Humanity. Caring. Concern for your customer. Not just a brand. A human face. But who speaks for your business? Who speaks for your brand? This episode of Thinks Out Loud explores the human side of content and helps you understand who speaks for your business — and why that matters more than ever.
Want to know more? Be sure to check out the show notes and let us know what you think.
Big Digital Marketing Trends: Who Speaks For Your Business? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 377) — Headlines and Show NotesShow Notes and Links* Adobe Says Its New ‘Firefly’ AI Image Generator Doesn’t Steal Other People’s Art * Adobe, Nvidia AI imagery systems aim to resolve copyright questions | Reuters * My class required AI. Here’s what I’ve learned so far. * Books published per country per year – Wikipedia * The Single Biggest Myth in Digital: Content is Expensive (Thinks Out Loud Episode 275) * What Connects TikTok and the Hub and Spoke Model of Digital? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 299) * You Don’t Need a Website – Tim Peter & Associates * Big Digital Marketing Trends: Customer Experience is Cool (Thinks Out Loud Episode 375) * Big Trends: Does Marketing Have a Future? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 375) * The Future is Already Here (Thinks Out Loud Episode 370) * Revisiting Content Marketing in Action (Thinks Out Loud) * Taylor Swift’s Playbook Shows Why the Modern Marketing Team is a Media Company (Thinks Out Loud Episode 324) * Is Content Still King or Have the Gatekeepers Won? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 328) – Tim Peter & Associates * Where Content, Community, and Customer Experience Meet (Thinks Out Loud Episode 346) – Tim Peter & Associates * The Rebirth of Trusted Gatekeepers (Thinks Out Loud Episode 307) – Tim Peter & Associates * Is Content a Strategic Product for Your Business? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 319)
Free DownloadsWe have some free downloads for you to help you navigate the current situation, which you can find right here:
Subscribe to Thinks Out Loud* Subscribe in iTunes * Subscribe in the Google Play Store
Contact information for the podcast: podcast@timpeter.com
Past Insights from Tim Peter ThinksTechnical Details for Thinks Out LoudRecorded using a Heil PR-40 Dynamic Studio Recording Mic and a Focusrite Scarlett 4i4 (3rd Gen) USB Audio Interface into Logic Pro X for the Mac.
Running time: 21m 24s
You can subscribe to Thinks Out Loud in iTunes, the Google Play Store, via our dedicated podcast RSS feed (or sign up for our free newsletter). You can also download/listen to the podcast here on Thinks using the player at the top of this page.
Transcript: Big Digital Marketing Trends: Who Speaks For Your Business?Well, hello again everyone, and welcome back to Thinks Out Loud, your source for all the digital expertise your business needs. My name is Tim Peter. This is episode 377 of the Big Show. And I think we’ve got a really cool show for you today.
What’s the Trend? Content Production is "Free"I’ve been talking a lot about big trends that are shaping marketing and shaping digital marketing and shaping your digital strategy this year. And I think there’s a really important one we need to talk about. I have long argued for the importance of content, even in the current environment. And it’s easy to say that the emergence of artificial intelligence and especially generative AI tools like ChatGPT, Microsoft’s new Bing, Google’s recent Bard beta have changed the content game probably forever.
For one thing, content production is incredibly inexpensive, at least in theory (I’ll come back to that in a moment). I have argued for years that content has always been inexpensive. It’s that content that doesn’t work is expensive. Regardless, generative AI has the potential to lower content production costs dramatically, effectively to zero.
But Generative AI Has Its Own CostsNow I said I would come back to why in theory it might not be cheaper. And what generative AI potentially does is increase your costs of legal guidance and liability insurance. We know that generative AI sometimes borrows from other people’s materials built into its training. And we’re seeing some companies say we need to protect ourselves and protect our users from that.
For instance, Adobe announced that its new image generator, Firefly, "quote takes art from its stock library and the public domain with plans to eventually compensate stock image creator." Similarly, NVIDIA’s new system. Picasso, "was trained Nvidia trained the technology on images license from Getty Images, Shutterstock, and Adobe, and plans to pay royalties."
So these companies clearly are saying we need to build some protections into this. I do think it’s funny and I can’t be the only one that thinks it’s funny that Nvidia used an artist’s name for their tool, Picasso… and I’m going to go out on a limb and assume without any permission. So I don’t know about you, but I think that’s kind of a hoot.
Using Generative AI to Create ContentThe challenge here is that anyone can create at least decent content now. All you have to do is turn your favorite AI loose and reap the rewards. And there are plenty of ways that you can improve the content that those tools create. I will link in the show notes to some great tips from Ethan Mollick at Wharton on how to use AI to co-create and co-edit more effectively.
You should do this as long as you’re comfortable that you’re not plagiarizing someone else’s content, stealing someone else’s copyrighted material.
The Return of Mark Schaefer’s "Content Shock"What we are seeing as a result of all of this, Is the very real emergence of Mark Schaffer’s long predicted "content shock"… or maybe not.
I’ve always been somewhat ambivalent about the idea behind content shock. Not because Mark is wrong. Mark is 100% correct. He is absolutely right. There is simply more content being created every year than your customers can reasonably keep up with. There’s very, very, very little way for you to cut through easily with the volumes of content that exist and continue to be created. The last numbers that I’ve seen show that every single minute creators on YouTube upload 500 hours of new content. If you watched YouTube for 12 hours per day every day, it would take you slightly less than 42 days to watch even one minute’s uploads. Meanwhile, during those 42 days, YouTube creators would’ve uploaded enough content to fill an additional 30 million hours. So you know that’s tough, right?
My ambivalence though, stems from the fact that content shock has existed for years. I’ve stated previously, the term "information overload" itself was popularized in Alvin Toffler’s book, "Future Shock," way back in 1970. The idea itself goes back even further than that much, much further. Seneca the Younger once reportedly said, "you cannot read all the books that you possess," which is sometimes translated by me and others as "the abundance of books is a distraction." By the way, he was saying that somewhere around 25 BCE. Seneca wasn’t wrong, just like Mark isn’t wrong.
Wikipedia shows that there are roughly three and a half million registered ISBN numbers for books in the United States as of 2018. If you were somehow magically able to read two books a day, every day, you would finish your reading pile of books in roughly 4,800 years… and that ignores all the books and blog posts and TikTok and YouTube videos that would be released in the meantime.
So, yeah, there’s a lot of content out there and there always has been. You are never going to reach the top of anyone’s reading pile or viewing pile or a listening pile (he says on his podcast) if you’re not creating great content. That’s been true for a very long time and is increasingly true.
Great Content is Table Stakes for Your BusinessWhich brings me to the question, what is great content?
Here we are in March, 2023. What does great content look like? And how can you create great content that helps you cut through the noise?
"Hub and Spoke" in a World of "Free" ContentBefore I answer that, I want to talk for a moment about the marketing chestnut, "Don’t build your brand on rented land." Because that’s one way people are trying to cut through the clutter. They’re using Facebook or TikTok or LinkedIn or Google or Amazon or booking.com or G2 or what have you to reach people that you can’t reach on your own. And that’s okay. I want to be very, very clear. I have said that you don’t want to build your brand on rented land. I’ve also said that there’s nothing wrong with using rented the land or paid media of some kind to reach customers for the first time.
What you don’t want to do is become dependent on the rules that those landlords, those gatekeepers, put in place between you and your customer. It’s fine to pay the first time. It’s a real problem if you pay every time. The whole "Hub and Spoke" concept I’ve referred to many times here on the show assumes that the spokes, the rented land, the third party channel are absolutely okay to use to connect with new customers.
Once you already paid once though, why would you continue paying each and every time you want to interact with your customers? Creating great content, no matter how cheap it gets, still has a cost. And putting that content to work through third party channels adds to that cost. If you’re paying to reach your customers every single time, that’s not great.
Great Content Builds Trusted Relationships Between Your Customers and Your BusinessWhat you have to do instead is build a relationship with your audience that gets them to seek out your content directly. And this is how we start talking about great content because customers will only do that, they will only seek you out directly, if they trust you.
Great content has to be well researched, it has to be honest, and most importantly, it has to be trustworthy. It has to build a relationship with your customers.
Great Content Has a Human FaceAnd if you’re going to do that, you have to have a face for your content. When we talk about great content now, it has to be personal. It has to be one-to-one. People have to feel like you’re talking to them directly. That’s what they’re looking for. You have to ask, "who speaks on behalf of our brand?" You’re trying to build a trusted relationship with your customers, and they’re rarely going to enter into a relationship with, and I’m putting this word in quotes and caps, "a brand." But they will build a relationship with people who represent your brand. They will build a relationship with human beings.
They’re not just looking for content, they’re looking for connection. And the people who represent your brand can be your employees. They can be your community, they can be your customers, they can be influencers in your industry — and I don’t necessarily mean famous celebrities like the Kardashians or folks like that. I mean people who have some influence within your industry. They can even be people at other companies that you partner with.
What they have to be, though, most of all, is human beings. They have to be someone that your customers can connect with. You have to put a human face on your content. Why would anyone trust you if they don’t know who you are? Why should anyone trust you if they don’t know what you represent? Why would anyone trust you if they don’t see you, not just as a company, but as human beings who work for a company?
Who is That Face? Who Speaks for Your Business?Your customers want to connect with people with human beings, not with a faceless corporate entity. My mantra lately that I’ve been talking to people about is that faceless is foundationless. Faceless is meaningless. Faceless is friendless. Faceless is hopeless. And faceless is futureless. It has no future.
So you need to think about how can I put a face on my brand? How can I put a face on my business in a way that customers want to connect with those people? By the way, I mentioned that the face can be your employees or your community or your customers or influencers or other companies you partner with. It also can be all of those.
How You Can Speak For Your BusinessYou have to start by thinking about who your customer is. What are the personas that matter to your business, and what are those customers’ needs? What do they care about? How can you engage them in a conversation around those things that they care about?
Then think about who’s best positioned to talk with those people. Not just "the personas," but the actual people those personas represent. The roles will vary based on the business you’re in.
It could be people in customer service roles like customer success leaders or concierges or community managers. And yes, your community managers should play a role here regardless. That’s kind of their whole gig.
It could be subject matter experts, like product managers or researchers, or if you’re a restaurant, your chef or wine steward/sommelier. It could be leaders within the organization, your CEO, or your chief technology officer, depending on who you’re trying to reach.
And depending on the size of your organization, it could — and arguably should — be all of these folks and more.
There are people within your community who might be perfect to talk about your company. And in some cases, they’re probably doing that anyway.
Provide People Tools to Speak for Your BusinessYou want to help encourage them to do so in a way that works for you and in a very human way, no matter who it is. They shouldn’t simply be reading a script. You can teach an AI to do that. Okay, fine. Yes, maybe get them some training on how to communicate with your community. Definitely provide them with some guidelines of what they can talk about in public and what you’d rather they didn’t. Help them figure out how to handle the tough questions and when they need to call for help. Give them the appropriate tools and resources to know what to do when they feel like they need to call for help.
Empower People to Speak For Your Customer, TooAnd especially, make sure that they’re not just speaking on behalf of your brand, but they’re speaking on behalf of your customers too. Give them the tools and resources within the company to turn to when they hear about problems or situations with that they’re not equipped to handle on their own. Where do they go? Help them understand where to go so that those problems can be addressed.
I talked last week about one of the big trends is that customer experience is cool. Customers experience is only cool when you actually help your customers when they have a problem. Don’t just provide a face and a voice, but a friendly ear and a shoulder to cry on.
Remember, faceless is friendless. Faceless is futureless. These folks are there to provide your company a face. Don’t make them translate everything they say into "corporate-ese." It’ll piss them off. And if it doesn’t, you don’t have the right people talking on your behalf. It will render them faceless and it will do nothing to cut through the clutter.
They can then use all the content tools available, whether writing or email newsletters, or audio or video, short form, video, whatever comes down the road over time.
Conclusion: Digital Marketing Trends — Who Speaks For Your Business?But they will be the people your customers will want to turn to. What’s important is that they have a voice. They have a face. They’re human.
They’re someone your customers can come to know and trust. Otherwise, you’re creating content that no one will care about. We are living in an age when technology can create all the content we could possibly want and more. What we need to offer is not content, but connection, humanity, a real face, a real voice, a real person, or people who speak for your brand.
The big trend you need to remember is "Who speaks for your business?" And I don’t know about you, but I can’t wait to hear your answers to that question.
Show Closing and CreditsNow, looking at the clock on the wall, we are out of time for this week. I want to remind you that you can find the show notes for this episode as well as an archive of all past episodes by going to timpeter.com/podcast. Again, that’s timpeter.com/podcast. Just look for episode 377.
Subscribe to Thinks Out LoudDon’t forget that you can click on the subscribe link in any of the episodes you find there to have Thinks Out Loud delivered to your favorite podcatcher every single week. You can also find Thinks Out Loud on Apple Podcasts, Google Podcasts, Stitcher Radio, Spotify, Overcast, anywhere fine podcasts are found.
Leave a Review for Thinks Out LoudWhile you’re there, I would also very much appreciate it if you could provide a positive rating of review for the show. Ratings and reviews help new listeners find the podcast. Ratings and reviews help new listeners understand what the show is all about. They help get the word out. They help grow our community and they mean the world to me.
I really appreciate you helping to make Thinks Out Loud, a better place for everyone involved, and thank you so much for that.
Thinks Out Loud on Social MediaYou can also find Thinks Out Loud on LinkedIn by going to linkedin.com/TimPeterAssociates. You can find me on Twitter using the Twitter handle @tcpeter. and as always, you can email at podcast@timpeter.com. Again, that’s podcast@timpeter.com.
Show OutroFinally, I want to say one last time how much I appreciate you tuning into the show every single week. I would not do this show without you. I don’t do this to hear myself talk. I do this so that we can have a conversation and build this community.
It means so much to me that you choose to be part of that community. It means the world to me when you listen and you comment and you send emails and you reach out to me on social and we keep the dialogue going. So please, let’s keep the dialogue going. Keep the emails coming, keep pinging me on LinkedIn, keep pinging me on Twitter.
I love chatting with y’all about this stuff all the time, and I relish the opportunity to continue to do so. So with all that said, I hope you have a fantastic rest of this week. I hope you have a wonderful weekend and I will look forward to speaking with you here on Thinks Out Loud next time. Until then, please be well be safe, and as always, take care everybody.
The post Big Digital Marketing Trends: Who Speaks For Your Business? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 377) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
All the latest tech and toys in digital marketing are always cool. ChatGPT? Cool. The new Bing? Cool. Many of the innovations that Google just announced? Also cool. But do you know what’s really cool? Customer experience. Yeah, that’s right, I said it: Customer experience is cool.
It’s not just cool, though. It’s great for your business. Sure, any new tech could have dramatic effects on your business in the long-term. And, yes, it’s not an either/or situation; generative AI and other machine learning tools will probably be part of your customer experience soon & mdash; if they’re not already.
But, customer experience matters more. And it matters today. How can you drive a better experience for your customers, right now? How can you help your customers accomplish their goals, today? And, how can you be cool too? That’s what this episode of the Thinks Out Loud podcast is all about.
Be sure to check out the show notes and let us know what you think. Cool?
Big Digital Marketing Trends: Customer Experience is Cool (Thinks Out Loud Episode 375) — Headlines and Show NotesShow Notes and Links* Customer Experience is Queen? What Does That Mean? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 190) – Tim Peter & Associates * How Lively Demonstrates Customer Experience is Queen (Thinks Out Loud Episode Episode 339) * Where Content, Community, and Customer Experience Meet (Thinks Out Loud Episode 346) – Tim Peter & Associates * Big Trends: Does Marketing Have a Future? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 375) * Big Trends: The Early Innings of AI in Marketing (Thinks Out Loud Episode 374) * Revisiting "We Owe it to Our Customers to Make Their Lives Better" (Thinks Out Loud) * The End of Google? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 372) * Is ChatGPT Going to Steal Your Job? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 371) * The Future is Already Here (Thinks Out Loud Episode 370) * The Most Important Trends in Marketing 2023 (Thinks Out Loud Episode 369) * How to Drive Business Using Digital (Thinks Out Loud Episode 368) * Will ChatGPT Kill Google? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 367) * 5 statistics that shed light on the future of customer experience * Why ‘Relentless.com’ Redirects to Amazon | Mental Floss * Win Every Micro-Moment With a Better Mobile Strategy * The Single Biggest Change Shaping Business Today (Thinks Out Loud Episode 257) * Marketing at the Speed of Digital (Thinks Out Loud Episode 215)
Free DownloadsWe have some free downloads for you to help you navigate the current situation, which you can find right here:
Subscribe to Thinks Out Loud* Subscribe in iTunes * Subscribe in the Google Play Store
Contact information for the podcast: podcast@timpeter.com
Past Insights from Tim Peter ThinksTechnical Details for Thinks Out LoudRecorded using a Heil PR-40 Dynamic Studio Recording Mic and a Focusrite Scarlett 4i4 (3rd Gen) USB Audio Interface into Logic Pro X for the Mac.
Running time: 21m 21s
You can subscribe to Thinks Out Loud in iTunes, the Google Play Store, via our dedicated podcast RSS feed (or sign up for our free newsletter). You can also download/listen to the podcast here on Thinks using the player at the top of this page.
Transcript: Big Digital Marketing Trends: Customer Experience is Cool (Thinks Out Loud Episode 376)Well, hello again everyone, and welcome back to Thinks Out Loud, your source for all the digital expertise, your business. My name is Tim Peter. This is episode 376 of the Big Show, and I think we have a really cool show for you today.
What Doesn’t Change? Customer Experience Still MattersMy team and I have recently been working on a project for a B2B client and spending a lot of time looking at their website and their competitor’s websites and things like, And it’s amazing.
We’ve talked about things like ChatGPT and the new Bing and Google Bard, and other generative AI tools a lot here on the show. I’ve been talking about it for the last, oh, I don’t know, several months pretty regularly. But I’m looking at companies, not the client, but certainly their competitors, who are operating today in 2023, with fairly poor website experiences. Limited or no customer portals. Little social selling. And many of these companies are doing okay, but largely in spite of themselves, even after three years of a fairly forced digital transformation. They’re leaving themselves open to competition, not only from the AGFAM — from Apple, Google, Facebook, Amazon, and Microsoft — but also from startups that bring new ideas and new approaches to find and reach customers.
The Queen is Not DisposableYou’ve heard me say many times on this show that customer experience is queen. And I’m amazed by how many companies are treating the queen about the same way that Henry VIII treated his six queens: As a fairly disposable item. Do you really want the queen — do you really want your customers — to think they’re disposable?
I bet you don’t. And if you think you do, there’s new research from Adobe that talks about how 89% of senior executives believe customer expectations are constantly resetting to match the best omnichannel experiences customers have anywhere. We’ve seen this for years and years. But despite seeing it for years, it’s still happens. And it’s happening across an array of industries. This isn’t just B2B. I’m not just picking on my clients’ competitors. I’m seeing this everywhere.
I recently encountered a young homeowner guy about 35 who refinanced his mortgage because of his prior lenders horrible mobile app experience. I mean, switched his whole mortgage. Yes, he was able to get a better rate, a marginally better rate, but he went looking in the first place only because he was so frustrated with his existing lenders’ experience. We know that customers conduct the vast majority of their research online. It happens in B2B, it happens constantly in B2C. There is older research that shows that most customers are more than 70% along the way to a decision before they get in touch with your sales team.
Is Your Digital Presence Taking Care of Your Customers?Your website is, or ought to be anyway, a 24/7/365 salesperson. It ought to be a 24/7/365 customer service rep. It ought to be always ready to help answer any questions that your prospects and your customers might have.
Take a moment. Think about the best experience you’ve had with a brand lately. I’m going to bet that experience was probably with some member of the AGFAM, somebody like Apple, somebody like Google, somebody like Amazon.
But it’s possible it could have been anybody. If you study the experiences both digital and physical, that your customers choose most often, you’ll notice a pattern that emerges again and again, and again.
What Big Tech Knows About Customer ExperienceApple, Google, Amazon, Microsoft, Spotify, YouTube, Booking.com, Etsy, Walmart, and on and on and on all share a few common traits. They’re easily accessible to your customers. They’re unwavering in their focus on making it easy for customers to find what they need, or at least find those things that align with their business goals.
They always make it easy for customers to quickly accomplish what they want to do and then get back to their lives — at least until it doesn’t align with their goals. Try unsubscribing from some of these services and it can get pretty complicated. But putting that aside, they make it easy for customers to do what they want to do, and they invest a healthy chunk of change in continuously improving their customer experience.
Relentless Focus on Customer ExperienceThey’re relentless in that customer focus. In fact, you probably know this, Jeff Bezos originally wanted to call amazon relentless.com. That’s serious; completely factual. Today, nearly 30 years since the company’s founding, if you go to relentless.com, you’re going to end up on Amazon’s homepage. They own this to this day, literally and figuratively. They care that much.
That same Adobe study I referenced a moment ago showed that industry leaders are nearly four times more likely to bring deep customer understanding into their experience design than companies that lag. They’re putting enormous, enormous efforts around this.
Be There. Be Useful. Be Quick.And these attributes, this idea of being easily available, highly functional, fast, and customer focused, appear again and again and again among the companies winning your customer’s business. You’ve probably seen Google had a framework that they have used for a long time about how to improve mobile experiences and said, be there, be useful, be quick.
The reality is that regardless of whether people are on mobile or on their desktop or on tablet, or they’re using a smart device, or they’re using a smart speaker, they still want the same thing. They want you to be there. They want you to be useful. They want you to be quick. They want you to help solve their problem when they need you to, and then they want to you to let them get back to their lives.
It’s Not About Technology; It’s About BusinessAnd so if you look at the companies who are leading in digital, they don’t make technology decisions. They make customer experience decisions. The AGFAM — Apple, Google, Facebook, Amazon, Microsoft — make their technology and innovation investments by listening to customers and placing their bets on how best to help them throughout their journey.
You know, today, it’s mobile. Tomorrow it could be something else. They’re not developing a technology strategy. They’re developing a business strategy that recognize how customers’ needs have changed and developing what’s necessary to meet those needs. Even things like the new Bing and ChatGPT and all that fun stuff are really just new ways of saying how do we help customers get answers to the questions that they have?
It’s not, "Ooh, this is cool!" It’s about "how is this useful?" And I guarantee you I can prove that. Because if it’s not useful, it’s not going to be around in 12 months time. The reason people get so excited about these technologies is because they’re incredibly useful, even despite the limitations that I’ve talked about in the last handful of weeks and months. They’re not just cool, they’re helpful.
That’s what you want to be. You want to be helpful. Helpful is the new cool. It’s what your customers want. You have to think like Big Tech does. You have to think like the AGFAM does and be relentless.
Where Do You Begin?So where do you get started. Well, like any good strategy you have to take a look at where do you want to go?
Paint a vivid picture.
Use Your Search DataYou have an immense amount of data at your fingertips to understand the customer’s needs really clearly. You can look at your own website analytics and you can do things like use website search data to understand the questions your customers ask.
I’ve seen research that shows that website visitors who search are between 40% and 600% more likely to purchase than those that don’t. This is across an array of industries, by the way. I want to be clear. They’re not buying because they’re searching. They’re searching because they want to buy. They’re saying, "Please help me." You should listen to them. If you want your website to be a 24/7/365 salesperson, if you want it to be a 24/7/365 customer service rep, you should listen to the things your customers are asking for.
Review Your ContentTake a look at your contents effectiveness at answering those question.
When visitors use your site search, or when they come in from a Google search, do they stick around or do they leave? Do they click through to the right page? Do they engage with your content and connect with your calls to action? Or do they go back to the search results, looking for a better answer? Or worst of all, do they leave all together?
Assess Your Competition… All of ThemThese are answers that are available to you today. When you’re also looking at where you are right now, take a look at what your competitors do. Define your competitors more thoroughly, though. It’s not just the companies you think, it’s the experiences customers have everywhere. You want to learn to become a connoisseur of customer experience in your day-to-day life. Keep note of the best experiences you have.
Look At Your Customer Experience GapsNow, once you’ve taken a look at these, look at the gaps within your organization.
Act like a customer. Take the time to conduct a thorough review of where you are today so that you can best identify the gaps in the overall customer experience.
When was the last time you tried to do one of the activities that your customers do? What does that feel like when you try to accomplish it? How long does it take? How many clicks does it take? How many different pages do you have to view? And this is true whether you’re on your website or you’re on a mobile app. What does it feel like? Is it pleasant or is it painful?
This can be a sobering experience for many folks. Every time I go on my website, I’m like, "oh gosh, I need to fix that, and I need to fix that, and I need to fix that, and I need to fix that." We have a laundry list of things to fix on the website all the time.
That’s normal.
Prioritize Your Experience EffortsWhat you need to do is prioritized closing the highest impact gaps right away. I’m also a huge believer in "who, not how." What vendors, what partners, what products exist to help you get to market quickly and easily? Don’t just assess existing partners. Take a look at new entrants who may have a fresh approach to the situation.
You may end up partnering with Apple or Google or Facebook or Amazon or Microsoft or partners they’ve invested in. Despite all my warnings about them, it’s not tragic. If you understand how you’re going to work with them in the near term and further into the future. Use them to solve the problems that you can’t solve on your own more efficiently or effectively.
But also look for people who can help you minimize your dependency on any one provider.
You Can Even Use ChatGPTI don’t know if you know this, you can even implement ChatGPT today on your website. There are WordPress and Drupal plugins that allow you to connect. You need to get an API key, you need to set up an account. But once you have that, you could actually use ChatGPT to create a chatbot on your site today. I’m not saying you should, it may not be the most necessary thing to do. I’m saying it’s possible right now, and if you are not doing it, I bet somebody else is.
Conclusion: Digital Marketing Trends — Customer Experience is CoolAt the end of the day, it comes back to asking yourself continually, relentlessly, how you’re doing in terms of creating a better, more differentiated experience for your customers. Evaluate new tools to see if they can help drive an improved customer experience. Assess your team’s success at driving increased ratings and reviews, greater website or mobile app app traffic, increased conversions, increased revenue, and improved operating income. This isn’t about the tech, it’s about your business and your customers and how you can move forward together.
So yes, generative AI and ChatGPT and the new Bing and everything Google announced, and all that, that’s all cool. But what’s most cool is treating your customers like they matter. What’s most cool is helping your customers solve their problems quickly, easily, and allowing them to get on with their lives. That’s what cool is, that’s what customer experience is, and that’s why customer experience is still the queen.
I’m very confident, I’d be willing to bet a pretty substantial chunk of money, that the companies that will succeed in the future aren’t the ones who deploy new technologies first or deploy new technologies fastest. They’ll be the ones who use new technologies and current technologies to help their customer. Because the customers don’t care about the technology they care about their lives. Are you helping them throughout their day? And if you do that, you’re not just going to win today. You’re going to win for a long time to come.
Show Closing and CreditsNow, looking at the clock on the wall, we are out of time for this. I want to remind you that you can find the show notes for today’s episode, as well as an archive of all past episodes by going to timpeter.com/podcasts. Again, that’s timpeter.com/podcasts.
Just look for episode 376.
Subscribe to Thinks Out LoudDon’t forget that you can click on the subscribe link in any of the episodes you find there to have Thinks Out Loud delivered to your favorite podcatcher every single week. You can also find Thinks Out Loud on Apple Podcasts, Google Podcasts, Stitcher Radio, Spotify, Overcast, anywhere fine podcasts are found.
Leave a Review for Thinks Out LoudWhile you’re there, I would also very much appreciate it if you could provide a positive rating of review for the show. Ratings and reviews help new listeners find the podcast. Ratings and reviews help new listeners understand what the show is all about. They help get the word out. They help grow our community and they mean the world to me.
I really appreciate you helping to make Thinks Out Loud, a better place for everyone involved, and thank you so much for that.
Thinks Out Loud on Social MediaYou can also find Thinks Out Loud on LinkedIn by going to linkedin.com/TimPeterAssociates. You can find me on Twitter using the Twitter handle @tcpeter. and as always, you can email at podcast@timpeter.com. Again, that’s podcast@timpeter.com.
Show OutroFinally, I want to say one last time how much I appreciate you tuning into the show every single week. I would not do this show without you. I don’t do this to hear myself talk. I do this so that we can have a conversation and build this community.
It means so much to me that you choose to be part of that community. It means the world to me when you listen and you comment and you send emails and you reach out to me on social and we keep the dialogue going. So please, let’s keep the dialogue going. Keep the emails coming, keep pinging me on LinkedIn, keep pinging me on Twitter.
I love chatting with y’all about this stuff all the time, and I relish the opportunity to continue to do so. So with all that said, I hope you have a fantastic rest of this week. I hope you have a wonderful weekend and I will look forward to speaking with you here on Thinks Out Loud next time. Until then, please be well be safe, and as always, take care everybody.
The post Big Digital Marketing Trends: Customer Experience is Cool (Thinks Out Loud Episode 375) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
With all the talk about artificial intelligence and machine learning and generative AI and such, it’s reasonable for marketers — especially those early in their careers — to ask, "Does marketing have a future? Is there a path to success as a marketing professional in the future?"
I won’t keep you in suspense. I’m fairly confident that the answer is yes. So much so, in fact, that it’s how I plan to continue spending my time and energy for at least the next decade.
That doesn’t mean that marketing will remain entirely the same. It doesn’t mean that you won’t have to grow your skills or that you won’t need to be open to change or that what "marketing" means down the road won’t be different than it is today. But… when has that ever not been the case?
Does marketing have a future? Do opportunities for future growth exist in the marketing profession? And, if so, what will that look like? That’s what this episode of Thinks Out Loud will try to answer for you.
Want to learn more? Then give a listen, review the transcript, and check out all of today’s show notes. Enjoy!
Big Trends: Does Marketing Have a Future? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 375) — Headlines and Show NotesShow Notes and Links* A Far Too Quick Look at the Metaverse, web3, and the Future of Digital (Thinks Out Loud Episode 349) * The Most Important Trends in Marketing 2023 (Thinks Out Loud Episode 369) * Big Trends: The Early Innings of AI in Marketing (Thinks Out Loud Episode 374) * The End of Google? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 372) * Is ChatGPT Going to Steal Your Job? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 371) * AI Won’t Steal Your Job: Smart People Who Put AI to Work Will (Thinks Out Loud Episode 208) * Will ChatGPT Kill Google? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 367) * The Future is Already Here (Thinks Out Loud Episode 370) * How to Build a Digital Team (Thinks Out Loud Episode 344) * How to Build the Business Case for Digital in Your Budget (Thinks Out Loud Episode 353) * Microsoft is holding a ‘future of work’ AI event on March 16th | Engadget * Table 1. Job openings levels and rates by industry and region, seasonally adjusted – 2022 M12 Results * Full-time office work is ‘dead,’ economist says * 4-day workweek trial so successful 91% firms to continue, trial shows – The Washington Post * Full-time office work is ‘dead,’ economist says * Advertising, Promotions, and Marketing Managers : Occupational Outlook Handbook: : U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics * US Business Firmographics – Company Size | NAICS Association * Number of employer firms by employment size U.S. | Statista * The Future of Content Marketing is Already Here (Thinks Out Loud Episode 350)
Free DownloadsWe have some free downloads for you to help you navigate the current situation, which you can find right here:
Subscribe to Thinks Out Loud* Subscribe in iTunes * Subscribe in the Google Play Store
Contact information for the podcast: podcast@timpeter.com
Past Insights from Tim Peter ThinksTechnical Details for Thinks Out LoudRecorded using a Heil PR-40 Dynamic Studio Recording Mic and a Focusrite Scarlett 4i4 (3rd Gen) USB Audio Interface into Logic Pro X for the Mac.
Running time: 23m 06s
You can subscribe to Thinks Out Loud in iTunes, the Google Play Store, via our dedicated podcast RSS feed (or sign up for our free newsletter). You can also download/listen to the podcast here on Thinks using the player at the top of this page.
Transcript: Big Trends: Does Marketing Have a Future? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 375)Well, hello again everybody, and welcome back to Thinks Out Loud, your source for all the digital expertise, your business. My name is Tim Peter. This is episode 375 of the big show.
375 episodes? That blows my mind. Not that we’ve done them, but that you’ve listened and I really appreciate you tuning in. I think we have a really cool show for you today.
AI is Reshaping Marketing: Does Marketing Have a Future?Obviously I have been talking for the last bunch of weeks about all of the things like the new Bing and how AI is beginning to permeate marketing function in a really, really significant way. And I was having a conversation with someone the other day with a younger person about does marketing have a future?
And if you work in marketing, if you are thinking about making your career in marketing, if you make your career in marketing today, it’s a really worthwhile question to ask because it’s entirely possible that what marketing looks like two years from now or five years from now or 10 years from now is going to be very different than what it looks like at the moment or what it looked like two years ago, or five years ago, or 10 years ago.
So I want to start by just answering the question from my perspective. Does marketing have a future? Yes, I am very confident marketing has a future, and I will tell you precisely how confident in just a moment or two.
What Will Marketing Look Like?I think a more important question is to say, what will marketing look like? What will that work look like? And that’s definitely tougher to say.
A few months ago I did an episode about what the future of the metaverse might look like, and the metaverse have a future. And at the moment it doesn’t look like it, but you.
A Simple FrameworkThere was something in that episode that I thought was really interesting, which was this framework around, when we talk about the future of anything, there’s a few different things we have to do:
What Do You Mean by Marketing?So I’m going to start with, when I talk about marketing, when I talk about the work of marketing, I want to define terms. I want to say, what do I mean by work in this context?
I tend to define marketing more broadly than. There’s the famous Peter Drucker quote that says, "the first job of business is to create a customer." The quote goes on to say, "business really only has two jobs, innovation and marketing."
And when we think about creating a customer, we’re really talking about the four Ps of marketing.
Now, for those of you who remember the academic framework of the four Ps, those are product, price, place, promotion.
So when I think about marketing, I think about the four Ps of product, price, place, promotion.
Do Those Marketing Disciplines Have a Future? YesAnd yes, across those various disciplines, there will absolutely be people who are paid marketers whose jobs depend upon developing products or determining pricing strategies, if not necessarily the price. We may use, you know, AI to determine what the best price is for something. Or determining the places we’re going to sell those or determining the promotions that we’re going to run.
We may use AI to automate some of those decisions. We certainly, I would certainly expect, we will use AI to automate the research around those. I expect we will use AI to run tests.
But the decisions I think are still going to be made by people. The criteria by which we determine, did the AI get the right answer to those tests? I think it’s still going to be people, and I think we’re still going to have people in those roles.
More to the point, I think it’s very unlikely that there won’t be any people in any of those roles. That just doesn’t jibe with history — or reality, in my view.
What Does Successful Marketing Look Like in the Future?Now, of course, we have to talk about what successful jobs look like or success in those roles looks like, and I think there’s a lot of room here to grow.
Finding Marketing Talent is Still ChallengingI’ve been having discussions over the last handful of weeks with members of The Conference Board. These are people who work for very large companies in various marketing and strategy roles. I can tell you across the board, talent is still tough to come by. People are still struggling to find people now.
You may hear all the news about Big Tech and all of their layoffs. One of the things you want to keep in mind when you hear those is that the big tech companies, the AGFAM — Apple, Google, Facebook, Amazon, Microsoft — are still, even after these large layoffs, these large rounds of layoffs that they’re having, they’re still really, really big companies.
More to the point, they are much bigger companies than they were pre pandemic. Since 2019, Amazon has 93% more employees than it did in 2019. I mean, that’s a crazy number. Sure, it is absolutely true that many of those people work in warehouses or work in, you know, logistics centers and distribution centers, logistics and distribution roles, that are not properly classified as marketing, which is completely fine.
So let’s look at some of the pure tech folks instead. Microsoft is 53% larger in terms of headcount than they were in 2019. And Facebook is 69% larger, even with the large numbers of layoffs they’ve been running, even with all the challenges that they have. These folks are hoovering up talent all over the place, many of them engineers, many of them technical folks, and such. It is absolutely true that you cannot do marketing today without technical roles.
So almost every company needs developers, data scientists, data analytics people, artificial intelligence and machine learning specialists, front-end developers. Those are all jobs that are very much out there. But the digital marketers who think about, and the product specialists and the promotion specialists who think about what they want those engineers to do still are in demand as well.
I’ve done searches on Indeed, just as a quick, for instance, for jobs like digital marketing, product management, digital analytics. And there are tons of jobs out there, available for the moment. There’s data from the Bureau of Labor Statistics that there are still two job openings for every unemployed person in the country right now.
A Quick Note for Listeners Outside the USBy the way, for my listeners outside the United States, I apologize for using just US data during this discussion, but it just gets too complicated to look at all of the possible permutations.
How Large is the Opportunity?The reality is there are an enormous number of companies out there hiring rank. If you think about all of the companies that exist out there, there’s 165,000 companies in the United States with over a hundred employees. And those companies account for roughly 48% of all employment in the United States.
About 350,000 people work in marketing in some capacity. So there’s lots of people working in this space.
How Will the Marketing Role Change?Now I do think the work will change. We’ll be using AI more. We’ll have to work with tech talent more than we do today. Things like salaries might not grow quite as fast as they have over the last few years. We know that salaries outside the Big Tech companies are lower, but they’re still objectively high. And we know that remote work may or may not be on the table for some folks. You know, just because we’ve seen a lot of it, it does look like the new normal is people are going to work remotely at least a few days a week, or at least a couple of days a week. But we’ll have to see.
I will tell you, I heard about a CEO at one very forward-thinking company recently who said, "We need to earn our workers’ commute. We need to earn the right to ask people to commute."" If we can’t give people a reason to commute to work, we shouldn’t be asking them to do so, we should let them work remotely.
And I think that is going to be an attitude you’re going to see more of over time. We’ll see. I’m not a hundred percent sure on that one. So the work may change. The nature of the work may change. Where you do the work may change. But the work still seems to be there. And I think it’s going to be there for a while.
What is the Timeline for These Changes?Which comes to the next thing I think you need to define when you talk about these, which is define your timeline. You have heard me say many, many times or quote many times, Bill Gates’ comment, that, "We always overestimate the change in the next two years and underestimate the change in the next 10."
I think it’s very likely. I think if we use that as a framework, it’s probably likely that the work you’re doing for the next couple of years, the next two years is going to look a lot like what it’s looked like for the previous two or the previous five. Yeah, maybe it’ll start to evolve over those two years and it would probably evolve over the next five to 10.
But I think that over the next two to five years, we’re going to see people doing things that look pretty similar.
And I would be shocked if in five years we don’t have roughly the same number of people or more working in marketing that we do today. Right now, the Bureau of Labor Statistics puts growth of the marketing profession at about 10% per year.
I could see that growth rate declining. Maybe it’s possible that AI takes some of that growth away. And given that the population is probably going to increase, maybe 350,000 marketing jobs becomes a smaller share of total employment.
But overall, it does not seem likely that we’re looking at a total collapse in marketing over the next five to 10 years. It just defies all of our logic and all of our history.
Wanna Bet?Now, how confident am I in this? I’m reasonably confident. I’d call it 80% confident. I’d be willing to bet a fair bit that I’m in the right ballpark on this.
How much would I be willing to bet? Well, for starters, , I’m betting my entire income for the next decade on that fact.
I am a marketer. That’s what I do for a living. And I’m not terribly worried about my job.
I am worried about competing with people who use AI effectively. I am thinking about how do I do my job more effectively so that I continue to provide value to my clients and their customers.
But I’m pretty sure that as long as there are customers, there will need to be people who know how to connect with those customers and also know how to use the tools that allow them to do that more effectively.
Where Do We Go From Here?Which is where I go in terms of the advice that I would give to people. If you’re thinking about entering marketing or if you’re a marketer today and thinking about, should I expand my skills in digital? The answer is yes. At least for now. Yeah, I think so.
Keep Learning.And the advice I would give is keep learning. Keep learning about the other parts of marketing. If you are a promotions person, if that’s where you spend all your time in developing ads and things along those lines, learn about product, learn about price, learn about place. If you work in one of those other disciplines, learn about the others.
Look at how you think those are going to change in the next five to 10 years. Talk to others who are doing it and ask how they expect it to change in the next five to 10 years. Ask, how are they changing now? What are the problem areas in these marketing disciplines? And what work is being done to use AI and machine learning to address these problems?
Notice through all this. I didn’t say that marketing wouldn’t change. I just said I think marketing will continue to exist. Learn about the technology. What can these tools do? What are their strengths? What are their weaknesses? How can AI and machine learning make you better at the parts of marketing that you’re involved with and help your peers in the parts you’re not involved with do their jobs better?
One of the things that’s absolutely true, I’ve built my career on being a translator. People who can translate between the technology and the human being — between what someone I know calls "the plumbing and the poetry" — remain in high demand. That’s incredibly important, and I suspect always will be.
Learn How to Tell Stories BetterSpeaking of poetry, Learn how to tell a story. AI-based tools are learning to tell good stories. They’re learning to tell solid stories, but someone must judge those stories for their emotional resonance, for their connection with your customers, their value, and what fits with your brand’s values. You have to be able to know, is this a good story that does what it’s supposed to do that is effective at what it’s supposed to do?
And sure, you’re going to do some of that by testing in the marketplace, but you’re not going to test everything. You’re going to have to exercise some judgment to say, this is something that I would test in the first place.
Learn More About Your AudienceHow do you know what to test? Well, you have to learn more about your audiences, about what they care about. You have to learn, use data more to understand what matters to your customers, and also understand anecdotes, understand what you’re hearing from people, right? Subjective data as well as objective.
Improve Your Critical ThinkingYou need to learn to think critically, and most importantly, ask the big questions. Don’t be afraid to ask dumb questions. You know, my favorite thing about my job is that I’m allowed to ask dumb questions all the time. Think about the question little kids ask all the time. Why? Why? Why ? Right? You could phrase that question more positively. You know, you could say, "Can you tell, can you talk to me about…?" "Can you help me understand…?" "What am I missing about…?" But you’re asking.
You can’t be afraid to ask those dumb questions, because dumb questions lead to smart answers and smart answers lead to you getting smarter and getting better at what you do.
Don’t Be AfraidI said, don’t be afraid to ask those questions. And I think that’s the single biggest piece of advice is don’t be afraid. Keep your eyes open, keep learning. Because if you do that, you’re going to be a successful marketer no matter how marketing changes.
Conclusion: Does Marketing Have a Future?So does marketing have a future? Absolutely. Do we know exactly what the future looks like? Nope. But I’m pretty sure that the future of marketing is going to be built on continuing to learn, learning about telling a story, learning about your audience, learning about your customers, and learning how you connect with those customers to solve their problems.
And if you do that, not only will marketing have a future, but you will too.
Show Closing and CreditsNow, looking at the clock on the wall, we are out of time for this. I want to remind you that you can find the show notes for today’s episode, as well as an archive of all past episodes by going to timpeter.com/podcasts. Again, that’s timpeter.com/podcasts.
Just look for episode 375.
Subscribe to Thinks Out LoudDon’t forget that you can click on the subscribe link in any of the episodes you find there to have Thinks Out Loud. Delivered to your favorite podcatcher every single. You can also find Thinks Out Loud on Apple Podcasts, Google Podcasts, Stitcher Radio, Spotify, Overcast, anywhere fine podcasts are found.
Leave a Review for Thinks Out LoudWhile you’re there, I would also very much appreciate it if you could provide a positive rating of review for the show. Ratings and reviews help new listeners find the podcast. Ratings and reviews help new listeners understand what the show is all about. They help get the word out. They help grow our community and they mean the world to me.
I really appreciate you helping to make Thinks Out Loud, a better place for everyone involved, and thank you so much for that.
Thinks Out Loud on Social MediaYou can also find Thinks Out Loud on LinkedIn by going to linkedin.com/TimPeterAssociates. You can find me on Twitter using the Twitter handle @tcpeter. and as always, you can email at podcast@timpeter.com. Again, that’s podcast@timpeter.com.
Show OutroFinally, I want to say one last time how much I appreciate you tuning into the show every single week. I would not do this show without you. I don’t do this to hear myself talk. I do this so that we can have a conversation and build this community.
It means so much to me that you choose to be part of that community. It means the world to me when you listen and you comment and you send emails and you reach out to me on social and we keep the dialogue going, so please, let’s keep the dialogue going. Keep pinging me on LinkedIn, keep the emails coming, keep pinging me on Twitter.
I love chatting with y’all about this stuff all the time, and I relish the opportunity to continue to do so. So with all that said, I hope you have a fantastic rest of this. I hope you have a wonderful weekend and I will look forward to speaking with you here on Thinks Out Loud next time. Until then, please be well be safe, and as always, take care everybody.
The post Big Trends: Does Marketing Have a Future? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 375) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
You cannot escape talk of ChatGPT and large language models and AI in all its forms at the moment. The amount of ink, bits, audio, and video dedicated to the topic would make you think that it’s the biggest trend in the history of marketing. And, maybe… it is?
Maybe.
At the same time, we’re still in the early innings of AI in marketing. Yes, it’s a huge marketing trend. But, ChatGPT, for instance, was launched only 3 months ago. Microsoft unveiled “the new Bing” only three weeks ago. To claim that they’re the end-all, be-all, Alpha and Omega of digital marketing is, again, maybe just a touch premature.
Don’t misunderstand. I think AI in marketing is incredibly important. I think these tools will play a big role in how we execute our campaigns and tell our stories over time. I also think that, because we’re in the early innings, it’s far too soon to know all the ways these tools — and they are just another set of tools in our toolbox — will shape our world even a few years down the road.
Instead, we need to think about the “ships and shipwrecks” that AI in marketing will invent. We need to think of how we can get the greatest benefit, while also thinking about the downsides — the shipwrecks — sure to come with our use of artificial intelligence. Most importantly, we need to think about our role and how we can use our passion, our intellect, and our humanity to create and connect… and not just turn everything over to the machines.
Want to learn more? Then give a listen, review the transcript, and check out all of today’s show notes. Enjoy!
Big Trends: The Early Innings of AI in Marketing (Thinks Out Loud Episode 374) — Headlines and Show NotesShow Notes and LinksThe Ship* Meta unveils a new large language model that can run on a single GPU [Updated] | Ars Technica * AI experts suggest 39% of time currently spent on chores could be automated within the next decade * Nvidia predicts AI models one million times more powerful than ChatGPT within 10 years | PC Gamer * Google announces major breakthrough that represents ‘significant shift’ in quantum computers | The Independent * Microsoft tests ChatGPT for controlling robots • The Register * Limitless Possibilities – AI Technology Generates Original Proteins From Scratch
The Shipwreck* The Rise of AI Content Generation Stirs Brand Reputation Fears * AI-created images lose U.S. copyrights in test for new technology | Reuters * Some companies are already replacing workers with ChatGPT, despite warnings it shouldn’t be relied on for ‘anything important’ * Is ChatGPT Going to Steal Your Job? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 371) * The End of Google? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 372) * Will ChatGPT Kill Google? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 367) * The Future of Content Marketing is Already Here (Thinks Out Loud Episode 350)
Free DownloadsWe have some free downloads for you to help you navigate the current situation, which you can find right here:
Subscribe to Thinks Out Loud* Subscribe in iTunes * Subscribe in the Google Play Store
Contact information for the podcast: podcast@timpeter.com
Past Insights from Tim Peter ThinksTechnical Details for Thinks Out LoudRecorded using a Heil PR-40 Dynamic Studio Recording Mic and a Focusrite Scarlett 4i4 (3rd Gen) USB Audio Interface into Logic Pro X for the Mac.
Running time: 23m 03s
You can subscribe to Thinks Out Loud in iTunes, the Google Play Store, via our dedicated podcast RSS feed (or sign up for our free newsletter). You can also download/listen to the podcast here on Thinks using the player at the top of this page.
Transcript: Big Trends: The Early Innings of AI in Marketing (Thinks Out Loud Episode 374)Well, hello again everyone, and welcome back to Thinks Out Loud, your source for all the digital expertise, your business. My name is Tim Peter. This is episode 374 of the Big Show, and I think we have a really cool episode for you today.
We Live in a World of Constant ChangeFirst, can I just tell you how much I love what I get to do for a living?We continually see change in what we do. It is an amazing thing to work in digital and have the opportunity to learn and to grow, day after day, week after week, year after year. It’s just so much fun. I talked about this earlier this year in an episode called The Future is Already Here, and in another episode called The Most Important Trends in Marketing in 2023, and to a lesser extent a couple of weeks ago when identifying what we learned from Big Tech’s earnings so far this year.
AI and ChatGPT: Early Innings in MarketingAnd of course, the thing that everybody’s talking about and learning about right now are artificial intelligence and large language models and tools like ChatGPT and how big a trend they are and how big a trend that they will be this year and next year and the year beyond. And I think that’s right.
I think that this is one of the most important trends that we’re going to have to deal with. The other thing that’s true, the reality is that we are in the earliest days of artificial intelligence, large language models and tools like ChatGPT in the workplace. We’re in the early innings of the game.
AI Ain’t New. But…Yes, I know AI has been around a while. I know it’s embedded in a wide array of tools. What’s also true though is that unlike a laptop or a mobile phone, AI hasn’t been in the hands of most people in their day-to-day work for very long at all. Sure, some developers and data scientists use it every day, and it is very much available to people under the covers in tools from Google or Facebook or Microsoft or Salesforce.com or any of those folks, you know, Adobe. So there are some cool things out there.
But we’re beginning to see what it might look like when AI and large language models and tools like these are in everyone’s hands. Your entire team is learning ways to apply these tools in real time every day. and we have yet to begin to scratch the surface of all of the amazing and creative ways that people are going to put these tools to work.
We’re seeing some cool ideas, but to think that we’ve seen how people are going to use them every single day, you know, two years from now or five years from now, or 10 years from now, we just don’t know.
Ships and ShipwrecksIt reminds me then of the Paul Vaio quote that you have heard me use many, many times that when you build the ship, when you invent the ship, you invent the shipwreck.
First, the Ship…There’s no two ways about it. When you get the good side, the bad side comes with it. And I want to talk about the ship a little bit first and how much room there is to grow. I’m going to share with you a handful of headlines just from the last few weeks to give you a sense of how much room for growth there still is.
How Meta Plans to Get in the GameSo obviously we’ve heard a lot about ChatGPT and “the new Bing” from Microsoft and OpenAI. Of course, we’ve heard about LaMDA and BART from Google. Well, as you might figure, many other members of Big Tech, many other members of the AGFAM, want to get in on this as well. So Meta unveiled a new large language model that can run on a single graphics processing unit, a single GPU. A GPU is the, is the underlying hardware that these systems all run on. And on Ars Technica, they write that quote, meta announced a new AI powered large language model called Llama-13B, that it claims can outperform OpenAI’s GPT-3 model, despite being 10 times smaller. The article goes on to say that “smaller sized AI models could lead to running ChatGPT style language assistance locally on devices such as PCs and smartphones.”
So think about how sophisticated and how cool we see something like ChatGPT are already. Now imagine you could just run it on your mobile phone locally with no connection to the internet. That’s crazy. That’s kind of like Moore’s Law in Action where we see, you know, either the power double every 18 months, or in this case you get the same power for half the cost. I’m going to say in this, in this specific case, half the computing power in, you know, a very short period.
AI Will Be 1 Million Times More Powerful in Ten Years… MaybeIf you want to take it to the other side, Nvidia, who is a big maker of GPUs, predicts that AI models will grow dramatically over the next 10 years. Uh, in the recent earnings call, PC Gamer reported that CEO Jensen Huang, there’s a quote, claimed “that NVIDIA’s GPUs had boosted AI processing performance by a factor of no less than 1 million in the last 10 years.”
And Huang continued by stating, “Over the course of the next 10 years, I hope, through new chips, new interconnects, new systems, new operating systems, new distributed computing algorithms, and new AI algorithms, and working with developers coming up with new models. I believe it’s going to accelerate AI by another million times.”
What? Another million?!? Again, that’s insane. Now, let’s be fair. Let’s be fair. Maybe he’s wrong. Maybe it’s only 10th, a 10th of that, so it’s not a million times accelerated. It’s only a hundred thousand times accelerated. Can you imagined what that looks like? Well, let me give you a couple of examples.
AI Will Power Robots and Eliminate Domestic Chores… MaybeThere are people who asserts, according to TechXplorer, experts predicted that on average, 39% of the time that people currently spend on any given domestic work task could be automated within the next 10 years.
Well, how could they do that? Well, according to the register, Microsoft has a project that’s testing ChatGPT for Controlling Robots. This is again, a quote. “The project defines a high level API that ChatGPT can understand and map it to lower level robot functions. Thereafter, the users wrote text prompts for ChatGPT describing task goals, specifying available functions, and setting task constraint. ChatGPT then responded by generating device applicable code to accomplish whatever simulation goal had been set.”
The idea is that a person conversing with ChatGPT can bug test robot directives until they work properly simply by conversing with it. How fricking cool is that?
I will answer my own question. The answer is way cool.
AI Can Also Develop Proteins and Cure Illness… MaybeOh wait, that’s not cool enough for you? Fine. Here’s another one. There’s a site called Limitless Possibilities. I admit this is not my core area of expertise, so I might be wrong about this, but they said in laboratory experiments, some AI developed a whole bunch of original proteins from scratch. And this is the quote “In laboratory experiments, some of these enzymes demonstrated efficacy comparable to natural enzymes, even when their artificially created amino acid sequences greatly deviated from any known natural protein.” Wait, what? We’re using AI to actually engineer proteins? You know that can be used in medical treatments.
Science Fiction in Real LifeThis is like, this is science fiction come to life. This is the kind of thing that were put in science fiction novels and science fiction stories and science fiction movies or TV shows, and now they’re talking about where we might be, where we might be down the road.
Last one, last part of the ship side of this story.
The Independent out of the UK reported that Google announced a major breakthrough that represents a significant shift in quantum computers. Here’s a quote from the article. It said, “Dr. Julian Kelly, who’s the director of Quantum Hardware at Google’s Quantum AI, ‘The engineering constraints of building a quantum computer certainly are feasible. It’s a big challenge. It’s something that we have to work on, but by no means that blocks us from, for example, making a large scale machine.’"
Now, I said a moment ago, some of this sounds like science fiction, but I know a physicist, I talked to a physicist, who said that when physicists say something is theoretically possible, what they’re actually saying is it is possible. The rest is simply an engineering challenge.
Overestimate the Change in the Next Two Years, Underestimate the Change in the Next TenI’ll give you a real world for instance. The Nyquist-Shannon Theorem, which essentially led to digital audio, to compact discs, to sampling in modern music like hip hop to MP3s, that theorem dates to 1928 or so. We didn’t get commercial compact discs for another 45 years, roughly. You know, it was the early eighties before we started to see sampling, and we started to see digital audio really come into any kind of mainstream use. So the tech is there, the, the concepts are there, the science is there for many of these. It also means that some of these big breakthroughs may not be all that commercially imminent.
This is another place where Bill Gates aphorism comes into play, “We always overestimate the change in the next two years and underestimate the change in the next 10.” I think all of these news stories I told you are incredibly cool. They might also take a decade, half a decade at least, before people actually can put them to work in a commercially viable sense.
I’ve spent a lot of time with the new Bing, the AI powered version of Bing. It is awesome. I don’t think it’s going to take 10 years before it’s commercially viable. I do think it’s not commercially viable today. It’s buggy. It’s weird. It’s subject to bias. It’s got all kinds of problems because when you invent the ship, you invent the shipwreck.
The Shipwreck…So let’s talk about the shipwreck for a second. You know, I mentioned this over a bunch of recent episodes in terms of, you know, “Will ChatGPT Kill Google,” and an episode from a few weeks ago called “The End of Google?” Well, we’re seeing some of these problems come to light in the real world every day.
Brand Reputation IssuesFor instance, Adweek has a fantastic story about how the rise of AI content generation stirs brand reputation fears. Are we going to see people use our brands, use our businesses information in ways that are troubling or can make our brands look poor, you know, make them look bad.
Copyright IssuesThere was a story in Reuters how AI created images lost their US copyright. This is a quote from a letter written by the US Copyright Office that said, “The fact that Midjourney specific output cannot be predicted by users makes Midjourney different for copyright purposes than other tools used by artists.”
If you, the artist, can’t say what it is you’re going to get at the output, you don’t own that output. I’ve talked in past shows about artists deliberately trying to get AI tools to include copyrighted material from folks like Disney in their information, in the outputs they create, to trigger lawsuits from folks like Disney, right? Because the artists want their information, want their work to have copyright protection and not be able to be reused by AI.
I’m kind of okay with that. I mean, I’m a content creator myself. You probably don’t want the content you create for your business to be used by other folks, either in whole or in part, if you can avoid it.
Which again, these large language models are trained on information that exists in the world. They’re not making things up from scratch. They’re borrowing from what they’ve learned. So that’s a very real risk that needs to be addressed. And if you use content created by these tools, it’s entirely possible that the content you create with them itself will have no copyright protection. You won’t have the ability to actually own that in a legal sense.
That’s a very real shipwreck that most companies haven’t quite figured out what they’re going to do yet or how they’re going to address that.
Employment IssuesThen of course there’s what might happen on the labor front. Now, I have talked about this a lot. I have argued that ChatGPT and AI will not steal your job, but that smart people who use AI will.
Of course, what I should have realized is that dumb people could use these tools too. I should have remembered that if you build an idiot proof system, the world will simply find us a new supply of idiots.
There’s an article on Yahoo Finance that says some companies, this is a quote, “Are already replacing workers with ChatGPT despite warnings, it shouldn’t be relied on for ‘anything important.’”
I mean… seriously. This is such a foolish idea at this point. Even if you’re getting sometimes good results, the risks that you are exposing your company to are really, really big. Remember, these tools have built in biases against people of color, against women, against all kinds of folks, because the underlying data so often does.
And as I just talked about, they’re not subject to copyright protection and they can hurt your brand. So this is not smart use of these tools. This is dumb.
You want to look at ways to incorporate AI alongside your team rather than replacing them all together. You want to look at ways to increase your team’s skills, to recognize, for instance, the bias and the other issues that could arise before you expose yourself to the risks of the shipwreck.
Pilots (Process and People)So if we’ve got a ship and there’s the potential for a shipwreck, then we need to talk about one last thing and that one last thing is “the pilot.” Now you know this, you’ve done this many times. You do a test and learn exercise and you call it a pilot. “We’re conducting a pilot. We’re testing to see what works.”
But a pilot is also the person who comes on a ship and steers it into the harbor past rocky shores. You want to conduct tests, you want to conduct pilots to see what works for your business. But increasingly, I believe a pilot, as in the role, is key to your long-term success. Here, the people who can look ahead to see where the rocks and the reefs are, who can spot where you might run aground, are going to be so valuable over the near to midterm.
Sure, AI will improve over time as it learns from its mistakes. But it would be really good if you could minimize the downsides of those mistakes, or, I don’t know, avoid making them all together with proper planning, with a good pilot. That’s an enormous opportunity that we’re going to see that we are seeing emerged as companies start to look for ways to put these tools to use.
So the pilot in terms of the event, but the pilot in terms of the person. That’s what you want to be right now. Because we are in the early innings, we’ve got a lot of time ahead of us before we see how these are going to be used day to day.
Conclusion: Big Trends: The Early Innings of AI in MarketingYes, there are lots of opportunities for us to invent new ships.
That means as a consequence, we absolutely will invent new shipwrecks. So conduct tests, conduct pilots to see what works for your business and to minimize the risks that might exist of those shipwrecks, but also be a pilot. Look forward to see where the potential exists to run aground and think about how it is you can prevent that from happening in the first place.
Look ahead and keep thinking about where we’re going to end up two years from now, five years from now, 10 years from now. Because there’s a lot of opportunity here to really succeed, and there’s a lot of opportunity to run a ground. The key is to look forward, look ahead, plan well. And then you’ll be able to enjoy the ride.
Show Closing and CreditsNow looking at the clock on the wall, we are out of time for this week. I want to remind you that you can find the show notes for today’s episode, as well as an archive of all past episodes by going to timpeter.com/podcasts. Again, that’s timpeter.com/podcasts. Just look for episode 374.
Subscribe to Thinks Out LoudDon’t forget that you can click on the subscribe link in any of the episodes you find there to have Thinks Out Loud delivered to your favorite podcatcher every single week. You can also find Thinks Out Loud on Apple Podcasts, Google Podcasts, Stitcher Radio, Spotify, Overcast, anywhere fine podcasts are found.
Leave a Review for Thinks Out LoudWhile you’re there, I would also very much appreciate it if you could provide a positive rating or review for the show. Ratings and reviews help new listeners find the podcast. Ratings and reviews help new listeners understand what the show is all about. They help get the word out. They help grow our community and they mean the world to me.
I really appreciate you helping to make Thinks Out Loud a better place for everyone involved, and thank you so much for that.
Thinks Out Loud on Social MediaYou can also find Thinks Out Loud on LinkedIn by going to linkedin.com/TimPeterAssociates. You can find me on Twitter using the Twitter handle @TCPeter. And as always, you can email me at podcast@timpeter.com. Again, that’s podcast@timpeter.com.
Show OutroFinally, I want to say one last time how much I appreciate you tuning into the show every single week. I wouldn’t do this show without you. I don’t do this to hear myself talk. I do this so that we can have a conversation and build this community. It means so much to me.
It means the world to me when you listen and you comment and you send emails and you reach out to me on social and we keep the dialogue going. So, please. Let’s keep the dialogue going. Keep pinging me on LinkedIn. Keep the emails coming. Keep pinging me on Twitter. I just love chatting with y’all about this stuff all the time and I just relish the opportunity to do so
So with all that said, I hope you have a fantastic rest of this week. I hope you have a wonderful weekend. And I will look forward to speaking with you here on Thinks Out Loud next time. Until then, please be well, be safe, and as always, take care everybody.
The post Big Trends: The Early Innings of AI in Marketing (Thinks Out Loud Episode 374) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
We’re more than halfway through the first quarter of 2023. The year is well on its way, but there’s also plenty of time ahead to decide what kind of year you want to have for your business — and what kind of year you want to give your customers. And that seems like as good a time as any to revisit the idea that we owe it to our customers to make their lives better.
Yes, we want to have an amazing year. Yes, I’m optimistic about your ability to do that. More than that, I’m a big believer in your ability to discover the possibilities that exist for your brand, your business, your customers, and your community. I’m endlessly hopeful about what we all can do — you, me, our teams, and all the people we interact with on a daily basis.
What else makes me hopeful about the future? What makes me so passionate about the possibilities that await us? That’s what this episode of Thinks Out Loud is all about.
Want to know more? Here are the show notes for you.
We Owe It To Our Customers to Make Their Lives Better — Headlines and Show NotesShow Notes and LinksHere are this week’s show notes for Thinks Out Loud with links and news related to this week’s episode. Be sure to check out all the links that matter for your business once you’ve given the episode a listen.
Free DownloadsWe have some free downloads for you to help you navigate the current situation, which you can find right here:
Subscribe to Thinks Out Loud* Subscribe in iTunes * Subscribe in the Google Play Store
Contact information for the podcast: podcast@timpeter.com
Past Insights from Tim Peter ThinksYou might also want to check out these slides I had the pleasure of presenting recently about the key trends shaping marketing in the next year. Here are the slides for your reference:
Digital Marketing Directions 2020 from Tim Peter
(And, yes… you can hire me to speak at your next event, too). Technical Details for Thinks Out LoudRecorded using a Heil PR-40 Dynamic Studio Recording Mic and a Focusrite Scarlett 4i4 (3rd Gen) USB Audio Interface into Logic Pro X for the Mac.
Running time: 19m 09s
You can subscribe to Thinks Out Loud in iTunes, the Google Play Store, via our dedicated podcast RSS feed (or sign up for our free newsletter). You can also download/listen to the podcast here on Thinks using the player at the top of this page.
Transcript: Revisiting We Owe It To Our Customers to Make Their Lives BetterWell, hello again everyone, and welcome back to Thinks Out Loud, your source for all the digital information your business needs. My name is Tim Peter. This is episode 361 of the big show, and I am thrilled to be back with you.
Why I Believe in the FutureAnd in a roundabout way that leads to what I want to talk about today. And this is roundabout, I’m going to be very honest. I want to start by saying that I believe in the future, and when you look at the state of the world today, when you look at where we don’t always have the best headlines or there’s some terrible things going on in various parts of the world, there’s a war going on.
There’s people who can’t agree on basic facts. Sometimes it’s understandable. If you’re like, "Well, why in the world would you believe in the future? Why in the world would you be hopeful? Are you some sort of Pollyanna or something like that?" And the reason I believe in the future is because I believe in the great work that I get to see people do every day.
Remarkable Builders in the World: "Possibilists"For instance, just the other day I was talking to someone whose company is legitimately working on a potential vaccine for cancer, which is mind boggling. It just fills me with such hope.
And I think that great marketers and great business leaders and great product innovators and great entrepreneurs are optimists to a point, but I prefer the term possibilist. I love this term. You’ve heard me mention it before. I got it from the book, Factfulness by the late Hans Rosling.
What is a Possibilist?A possibilist is a bit different than an optimist. As Rosling said, possibilist means someone who neither "…hopes without reason, nor fears without reason, someone who constantly resists the overdramatic worldview. As a possibilist, I see all this progress and it fills me with conviction and hope that further progress is possible. This is not optimistic. It is having a clear and reasonable idea about how things are. It is having a worldview that is constructive and useful."
And I love that. Possiblist people who look at the world that way, recognize the reality of where we are. We know that things aren’t always great. You’ve heard me mention the Stockdale Paradox before. It’s in the book Good to Great by Jim Collins, among many other places where James Stockdale, Admiral James Stockdale, was the highest ranking prisoner of war in Vietnam, who recognized that they were in terrible situations and also looked forward to a better outcome at some point. It’s a world view that is constructive and useful.
Possibilists TryPeople who are possibilist aren’t afraid to try things. They’re not afraid to be wrong. Obviously you want to be right, but they’re willing to go out on a limb from time to time. It’s not blind risk. It’s about assessing where you are, assessing where you want to be in the future, assessing what might stop you and then moving forward to make that future happen.
Possibilists Build Positive StoriesAnother thing that I think possibilists do, and this is very much aligned with Admiral Stockdale. When faced with a setback, possibilists don’t see that setback as the end of the story. We see it, at worst, as maybe middle. Sometimes it’s even the beginning of an entirely new story.
I’ll give you an example. A company I’ve worked with for years on and off recently closed its doors. They had a number of setbacks and as sometimes happens, realized that they didn’t have a viable path forward in their current form.
And yet, even as they were working through the process of winding down the business, when I talked with the remarkable builders within the organization, when I talked with the execs and the individual contributors alike, people who were committed to successful outcomes for this organization, they talked again and again and again about being disappointed with how things ended up, being a little sad, of course, and also about all of the things that they were looking forward to accomplishing next. They don’t see the company shut down as the end of a story. They see it as the beginning of an entirely new one.
Possibilists Make Their Customers’ Lives BetterAnd the reason that this fills me with such hope, not just about this company and not just about any company, but because they see their jobs as making their customers lives better, and they see this as an opportunity to do that, maybe not in the way they thought they would, but they still see plenty of opportunity to make their customers lives better. We owe it to our customers to make their lives better.
And by we, I mean you, right? We are all in this together.
We Don’t Tear Down; We BuildI talk a lot about content marketing. I talk a lot about how we create content to tell a story to our customers and the like. And you can make a great living on the internet with hot takes that stir the pot and get people all angered up, all fired up. I refer to it as the Takes Industry, somebody with a hot take about X or Y or Z, and that is built to find flaws. It is built to incite outrage and dissent. We know that nothing goes viral as far or fast as anger. So if you want to go viral, if you want to get a message out, go ahead and piss people off. You’ll blow up all over the place. But that’s not building, that’s tearing down. That’s destroying, and it’s not making people’s lives better.
Two Things Can Be True at OnceOne of the reasons you don’t hear me bash the AGFAM, Apple, Google, Facebook, Amazon, Microsoft very often, or big tech, whatever you want to call them, more is because it doesn’t help necessarily. Now, I don’t want to sound like a Pollyanna. We have to remember that two things can be true at once. Sometimes the AGFAM, the big tech players do terrible things and we should 1000% hold them to account when they do. If that’s your scene, if that’s what you’re into, the team and I are working on an episode about the future of search that you’ll hear in a couple of weeks, where we’ll say some things, I’ll have some things to say about gatekeepers like Google and Amazon that you’re not going to want to miss. But the point isn’t to just bash them, it’s to hold them to account while also acknowledging, hey, they sometimes do wonderful things. I mentioned a few weeks ago about some of Google’s new AR search tools like Search with Live View and their Lens AR translate.
Two things can be true at once. We have to hold both of these things in our head at the same time to say, "How do we understand where we are? How do we understand what problems we’re facing? How do we understand what problems our customers are facing? And then how can we make it better from them?" So when we talk about big tech, when we talk about the AGFAM, it’s about how we can work with them, where we must ignore them where we can, and make our customers lives better in either case. Way back when people used to refer to it as coopetition, right? As in "cooperate" and "compete," "cooperate" and "competition" put together, because that’s the world we live in. Digital makes that a reality again and again and again.
Possibilists Fight Problems, Not PeopleNow, you could call it knowing your enemy. You could call it picking your battles, but I would suggest that possibilists only fight where it’s truly necessary. And when we do, we fight problems, not people. Possibleists and entrepreneurs and creators aren’t about picking fights. They’re about solving problems. They don’t look at the world in terms of "either/or." We’re about "both/and."
How do we do those things together? It’s not about subtraction and division. It’s about addition and multiplication. And, if we get it really right, exponentiation. Getting exponentially better and making it exponentially better for our customers and for the people we care about.
By "We" I Mean "You"And I said this a minute ago. When I say "we," I mean "you." I know you do this too. And sure, sometimes it’s tougher. Sometimes you’re facing challenges a la the company I just referred to or the hurricane I just went through down here, everybody has bad stuff happen to them from time to time.
I’ve known plenty of people who have had more than their fair share. And yet I remember a former boss telling me the story of if you got 10 people to stand in a circle and everyone could throw their problems in a pile in the middle of the circle and then ask those folks to choose which problems they’d want, most people would take their own back.
One of my long time mentors, one of my dear friends, has dealt for years with a couple of very serious health situations, not just of his own, but also of family members. So he doesn’t just have to deal with his own problems, he’s watching other people he loves deal with these things. And some of them are tough for me to imagine how I would deal with it. And yet he’s also one of the most productive, professional and downright pleasant people I’ve ever known.
I’ve seen him create new ideas and drive them to completion. I’ve seen him build new companies. More importantly, I’ve seen him build up the people around them to ensure that they’re more successful in what they do. He inspires me every day and hopefully hearing about people like this or if you know people like this in your lives, they inspire you too. And as I’ve said, we’ve all had setbacks, I’ve had setbacks, I’ve had challenges. Of course, I can see things in the world that I want to change and that I realize there are things out there that are kind of terrible for many, many people. I totally get that.
I also fully realize how very lucky I am. I have friends and family and health and resources that not everybody else is blessed with. I get that. It’s not that I have no problems, it’s just that I think it’s unfair for me to add my challenges to your pile. You don’t want to be standing in the circle looking at my stuff and saying, "Why do I have to take that on?" Remember, we are here to make it better for our customers. We’re here to make it better for our communities. And so I try to do the same for you.
Conclusion: We Owe It To Our Customers to Make Their Lives BetterAnd that, at the end of the day, is why I believe in the future, because I’m pretty confident that if you listen to this show regularly, you believe in the future too. I believe that you believe that we owe it to our customers to make their lives better. You believe that you can see where things aren’t right today. You believe that you can come up with a solution and you believe that you can make your customers lives better when we get right down to it. That’s why I believe in the future. It’s because I believe in you, and I have to tell you, I can’t wait to see what you do next.
Show CreditsNow, looking at the clock on the wall, we are out of time for this week. I want to remind you that you can find the show notes for today’s episode as well as an archive of all past episodes by going to timpeter.com/podcast.
Again, that’s timpeter.com/podcast. Just look for episode 361.
Subscribe to Thinks Out LoudDon’t forget that you can click on the subscribe link in any of the episodes you find there to have Thinks Out Loud delivered to your favorite podcaster every single week. You can also find Thinks Out Loud wherever fine podcasts are found. Just look for us on Google Podcasts, Apple Podcasts, Stitcher Radio, Spotify, Overcast, you name it, we should be there.
Leave a Review for Thinks Out LoudWhile you’re there, I would also very much appreciate it if you could provide a positive rating and review for the show. If you like what you heard today, if you like the show, if you want to hear more, it would mean so, so much to me and be so helpful to other listeners if you told them all about it helps them find the show. It helps them understand what we’re all about here. It helps get the word out.
It helps grow the community here, Thinks Out Loud, and it would mean so very much to me.
Thinks Out Loud on Social MediaYou can also find Thinks Out Loud on social media. You can find us on LinkedIn by going to linkedin.com/timpeterassociates.
You can find me on Twitter using the Twitter handle @TCPeter, and of course you can email me by sending an email to podcast@timpeter.com. Again, that’s podcast@timpeter.com.
Show OutroWith all that said, I just want to say once more how much I appreciate you listening. It means the world to me. We are going through weird times. I said at the top of the show, I said throughout the show that the world is not perfect, and I recognize that your life day to day may have its ups and downs, and the fact that you take a little bit out of your very, very valuable day, your very, very valuable week, your very, very valuable life to listen to the show means more than I can say. So sincerely, thank you very, very much. With that sentiment, I hope you have a great rest of the week. I hope you have a wonderful weekend, and I do look forward speaking with you here on Thinks Out Loud next time. Until then, please be well, be safe, and as always, take care.
The post Revisiting “We Owe it to Our Customers to Make Their Lives Better” (Thinks Out Loud) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
It’s time once again to take a look at the AGFAM’s earnings — Big Tech’s earnings — and see what we can learn from them. Is is that layoffs are the right way to run your business? Is it that digital is dying? Is it that the sky is falling and the economy is doomed? Nope, nope, and nope. None of those things.
What we learned from Big Tech’s most recent earnings is that digital continues to grow. We learned that “digital spend as a percentage of GDP is only going to increase." We learned that great technology only matters if you can back it up with great products. We learned that there’s plenty of uncertainty in the market, but plenty of reason for optimism as well. And, we learned that in uncertain times, little matters more than leadership.
Who’s doing a good job? Who’s struggling? And what does Big Tech’s earnings mean for your business? That’s what this episode of Thinks Out Loud is all about.
Want to learn more? Then give a listen, review the transcript, and check out all of today’s show notes. Enjoy!
What We Learned from Big Tech’s Earnings Q1 2023 (Thinks Out Loud Episode 373) — Headlines and Show NotesShow Notes and Links* The Sky is Falling for Digital… or Is It? Big Tech’s Earnings Q2 2022 (Thinks Out Loud Episode 357) * Alphabet Investor Relations – Investor Relations – Alphabet * Alphabet (GOOGL) Q4 2022 Earnings Call Transcript | The Motley Fool * https://abc.xyz/investor/static/pdf/2022Q4_alphabet_earnings_release.pdf?cache=9de1a6b * https://abc.xyz/investor/static/pdf/20230203_alphabet_10K.pdf?cache=5ae4398 * Microsoft (MSFT) Q2 2023 Earnings Call Transcript | The Motley Fool * FY23 Q2 – Press Releases – Investor Relations – Microsoft * SlidesFY23Q2.pptx * Amazon, Google, Facebook, Apple and Microsoft Have a Secret Plan Right Now. Here’s Why You Should Care (Thinks Out Loud Episode 286) * Microsoft Bing – Wikipedia * AI-powered Bing Chat loses its mind when fed Ars Technica article | Ars Technica * Amazon.com, Inc. – Quarterly results * https://s2.q4cdn.com/299287126/files/doc_financials/2022/q4/Webslides_Q422_Final.pdf * https://s2.q4cdn.com/299287126/files/doc_financials/2022/q4/Q4-2022-Amazon-Earnings-Release.pdf * Amazon.com (AMZN) Q4 2022 Earnings Call Transcript | The Motley Fool * Meta – Meta Reports Fourth Quarter and Full Year 2022 Results * Meta Platforms, Inc. (NASDAQ:META) Q4 2022 Earnings Call Transcript – Insider Monkey * (99+) Post | LinkedIn * (99+) Post | Feed | LinkedIn * Four Concepts for Hotel Marketers Dealing With Uncertainty This Year | By * Doing Digital in the Weirdest Economy Ever (Thinks Out Loud Episode 355) * Apple (AAPL) Q1 2023 Earnings Call Transcript | The Motley Fool * Apple reports first quarter results – Apple
Free DownloadsWe have some free downloads for you to help you navigate the current situation, which you can find right here:
Subscribe to Thinks Out Loud* Subscribe in iTunes * Subscribe in the Google Play Store
Contact information for the podcast: podcast@timpeter.com
Past Insights from Tim Peter ThinksTechnical Details for Thinks Out LoudRecorded using a Heil PR-40 Dynamic Studio Recording Mic and a Focusrite Scarlett 4i4 (3rd Gen) USB Audio Interface into Logic Pro X for the Mac.
Running time: 21m 54s
You can subscribe to Thinks Out Loud in iTunes, the Google Play Store, via our dedicated podcast RSS feed (or sign up for our free newsletter). You can also download/listen to the podcast here on Thinks using the player at the top of this page.
Transcript: What We Learned from Big Tech’s Earnings Q1 2023Well, hello again everyone, and welcome back to Thinks Out Loud, your source for all the digital expertise your business needs. My name is Tim Peter. This is episode 373 of the Big Show. And thank you so much for tuning in. I think we have a really, really cool show for you today.
This is the episode that I do once a quarter where I look at the earnings from the various big tech players, apple, Google, Facebook, Amazon, Microsoft, and try to get a sense of any bigger trends might exist based on what they’re telling us. I find it really valuable to look at these companies who are shaping the digital economy to get a better sense of what it says about the broader digital economy, what they say about the broader digital economy. And I want to get one big topic out of the way first.
Obviously the story that everybody is talking about are the layoffs that each of these companies has gone through. I don’t want to spend a lot of time on this. I feel so much, I feel so sympathetic for the people who were impacted by these layoffs. It’s not great. I don’t want anything I’m about to say sound flip about this. It genuinely sucks to be laid off. It genuinely sucks for the people Big Tech laid off, that the AGFAM laid off. The story also is probably a distraction from the underlying reality of what’s going on. Overall unemployment is at a record low. Mark Goldwein on Twitter was talking about we added half a million jobs in January, and unemployment is at a modern record, low record low of 3.4%. That’s crazy.
Also, almost all of these companies made ridiculous amounts of profit in real dollar terms in their most recent earnings. Their year on year profits declined in most cases, but generally speaking, they’re making money. They’re making a ton of money. I think some of these layoffs, I think they’ve said some of these layoffs are a consequence of the AGFAM over-investing in labor during the pandemic, getting ahead of themselves, getting more people on board than the demand would continue to exist, to support, and now needing to show Wall Street that they’ve got costs under control now that growth has slowed to more typical long-term levels. For years, these companies have been able to grow without worrying about how efficiently they achieved that growth. They clearly now feel it’s necessary to tell an efficiency story to Wall Street. Mark Zuckerberg and his team in their earnings call used the term "efficiency" at least 40 times.
So it feels like they all quote-unquote "got the memo" and have to tell a story about what’s going on here that makes Wall Street happy. Despite the layoffs, as Scott Galloway pointed out in his newsletter and on LinkedIn the other day, the number of layoffs, the actual real percentage terms are a small percentage of their total headcount growth over the last few years. In other words, they still have far more employees now than just a couple of years ago. They are absolutely investing in their long-term growth and only cutting where they feel it’s necessary, where those prior investments don’t support their long-term strategies.
I talked about this during the pandemic in an episode where I talked about why the AGFAM has a secret plan. Right now we’re kind of seeing that except it’s not so secret. They’re investing in the areas that they think will have long-term growth and gross, and making cuts where they feel they can get away with it and tell a good story to Wall Street. There’s also almost certainly a degree of management trying to regain leverage they gave up over the years with all the perks that they’ve long provided.
Work from home has been one of those perks. Things like free meals and dry cleaning and massages and game rooms in the office are other examples. Labor is always one of the biggest costs for just about any company. And for the last two year, you know, year or two, labor has had pretty significant advantage compared to the historical norms. I’m not entirely surprised to see the pendulum swinging back some, regardless of whether or not I agree with it.
So I think that you don’t wanna read too much into the layoffs. Again, it sucks for those people affected. It sucks for the people impact. And I am going to come back to layoffs one more time at the end in that I think it’s probably not a good idea, but I’ve already said more about the topic than I intended to.
So I’m gonna move on for now. The other thing that I’m going to do this time when looking at people’s earnings is I’m going to focus mostly on Microsoft and Google. I will hit a couple of highlights from the other members of the AGFAM, from Apple, from Facebook, from Amazon, but Google and Microsoft’s earnings highlight the clearest examples of the lessons everyone’s earnings showed us. And there’s some really interesting things here. You know, one of the biggest things, I’m gonna start with Microsoft. And one of the biggest things, and I love that Satya Nadela often gives quotes I can use for episode titles. You know, Satya Nadela said, said, the digital spend as a percentage of GDP is only going to increase.
He said, we’re still in the early innings when it comes to long-term cloud opportunity. That’s huge. You know, digital continues to grow, digital continues to take a larger share, and when we think about its overall impact on GDP, it’s still, you know, maybe 50% tops. So there’s lots and lots and lots of room to grow.
The other big players, you know, meta Facebook, their family of apps with billions of users continue to grow. They have almost 4 billion users across Facebook, Instagram, and WhatsApp. And they still saw growth in the usage of those apps. Slower growth, smaller growth, you know, single digit growth, but the growth is there.
And remember, this is the company that most people feel is struggling, most of all, and yet they’re still seeing growth in their apps. Amazon talked in their earnings about international e-commerce growth. This is a big deal. We continue to see digital, take a bigger share of the economy, and we’re going to continue to see that for some time to come.
Another thing that really impressed me during Microsoft’s earnings is that their long-term forecast is relentlessly positive. Sat Nadella, I think, is a really, really smart leader. He’s brilliant and themes to be the right leader for the moment, I’m going to talk in a minute about why leadership matters in uncertain times.
What I do want to say is Satya Nadella does seem to have a clear vision and a clear message, not just for wall. And not just for his customers, but also for the people who work for the company about a long-term positive framing of the world. This idea that digital spend as a percentage of GDP only going to increase, speaks to a positive vision that I think is very attractive for employees, for customers, for Wall Street, for all of their stakeholders.
That really resonates with me. I don’t think it’s foolishly optimistic. Their business is growing, their business is doing spectacularly well, and while they did have some layoffs, they were framed very much from the position of, here’s the places that we know we need to invest and get better. Here’s the places where they’re not as core to our business right now.
And that seems like a smart framing. You know, if you look at Microsoft, they’re much more profitable in cloud than Google is. They’re doing a really, really good job in terms of making cloud unattractive product to their customers. I suspect the Google’s problem is mostly startup. Microsoft has had enterprise sales teams and enterprise sales channels for decades.
It looks pretty clear that Google is still learning how to do this. That’s a real illustration of why it’s hard for companies to move outside their core competency. It’s not like Google is staffed by a bunch of morons. It’s that adding skilled people, training them on your products, building connections with potential customers and convincing them to move away from the status quo is hard, especially when the status quo is effective or entrenched.
Microsoft has years, decades of experience in the enterprise, decades of relationships with leaders of technology groups within the enter. And Google is having to come in and say Everything you’ve done in the past no longer makes sense. You need to move to something different. And Microsoft is saying, keep working with us.
We’ve got your back. We’ve been doing this for a long time. You know, it’s a really simple transition. This actually works against Microsoft in another area that I’ll talk about in a moment. But Microsoft clearly has a vision and clearly has expertise here, and clearly has the pieces in place to make a profitable business in a way that Google is still learning.
How do to do? Microsoft also seems to have a great plan to incorporate AI capabilities into their cloud. AI was everywhere in the earnings call. I’ve been talking about ai generative AI chat, G P T, things like that a lot in the last few weeks. And clearly Wall Street has gotten the message because there were a lot of questions about these kinds of capabilities in all of the earnings calls.
Facebook talked about how much they’re going to be investing in ai. Amazon talked about it, apple talked about it. Google definitely talked about it, which again, I’ll get to in a moment. Microsoft has a really clear story here and a clear plan that they’re able to. This is a quote from Santana Deve.
Nadela. He said Microsoft 365. For those of us who you know, come at Microsoft for a longer period, that’s what we’ve traditionally called office. So he said Microsoft 365 is rapidly evolving into an AI first platform that enables every individual to amplify their creativity and productivity. Again, that echo is something I’ve been saying that AI won’t steal your job, but smart people who use AI will, he’s saying out loud, they really see this as an enabling tool to amplify creativity, to amplify productivity.
I think that’s right. Sat Nadella also referred to GitHub co-pilot, their technology that aids developers with coding as quote the most out, the most at scale, large language model based product out there in the marketplace today. Now, Google would surely argue it’s artificial intelligence bidding systems in Google Ads takes that honor.
Still, the fact that Microsoft can even make an argument at all. Is incredibly impressive. They’re doing something really remarkable here and it shows their business is doing really well. Now, I want to contrast that with Google, not because Google isn’t doing well, but because their message is a little off.
You know, they had 13.6 billion in earnings for the fourth quarter, almost 60 billion in earnings for the year. Both of those are down from Wall Street from 2021. So yeah, wall Street hates that. They didn’t grow. Right. Quote unquote. At the risk of sounding naive, I’d love to have the problem of only making 60 billion in profit in a year, , that’s fantastic.
What we have to realize though, is that Google made 43 billion of its 76 billion in revenue from search about 57% of the total. They made 67 billion of that 76 billion in revenue from advertising. Overall, that’s 88% of the total and more than a hundred percent of their total profits came from advertising.
Everything else they do, cloud, other bets, all of that. All lost money or all lost sub, you know, pretty substantial amounts of. Google is still very much in the ad business. This is actually to your advantage. Something I’m going to talk about in a moment. Any declines they see and they saw declines in pretty much every advertising segment of its business is going to hurt them.
And this is where I wanna talk about cloud for a. Revenues for them went up in terms of cloud, but it’s clearly costing them a fair bit of money to earn that revenue. It’s a less profitable business overall for them. It’s also not predictable. Google, Amazon, and Microsoft at all talked about how allowing customers to flex costs with demand, a clear selling point of Cloud plant comput.
Shifts the cost uncertainty from the company using cloud providers to the cloud providers themselves. When I ran websites for large companies, we had to budget for servers and data centers and traffic because those costs were on us. If traffic declined, we were still contractually obligated. We still owned the servers.
We still paid for the bandwidth. So if your servers are provided by cloud platforms as they are now, for many people, you can shut off compute cycles as demand falls, which reduces your cost and also reduces the cloud provider’s revenue. Good for you, bad for them, at least from Wall Street’s point of view.
That’s part of Google’s problem. Another part of their problem came from a quote that I heard from Philip Shindler during the earnings call. He said, quote, we are on a multi-year mission to make Google a core part of shopping journeys for consumers and an available place for merchants to connect with users.
They clearly see Amazon as one of the biggest threats to their business. Amazon likely feels similar. Which is one reason why I think Amazon needs to get into the consumer facing search engine business using Alexa on the web and mobile, not just on its own devices. What I also will say is Amazon is gonna struggle there if they do, and here’s why.
And this is sort of the big summary that I took away from a lot of this. As I’ve talked about the last couple of weeks, Google has fewer paths to monetize their investments in artificial intelligence than Microsoft does, than Amazon does, than Facebook does. Because Google depends so heavily on ads they can lose even if Microsoft or Amazon doesn’t win in a big way.
I wanna be clear. I’m not predicting that will happen. I think Google is likely to continue to have better search results, but if they fail, this is how they’ll fail. So let’s talk about why I think Google will win. I think Google will continue to have better. So search. Which will lead to more consumer use, which will attract more advertisers, which will continue to drive revenues and profits for Google and will provide them more data to make their system even smarter, which will lead to better search results, which will lead to more consumer use, which will lead to, you see what I’m saying here?
It becomes a fly. The same basic playbook is true for YouTube and the Google Network partners as well, which together, you know, account for the vast majority of their ad revenue and obviously their profits. Google tends to have a better experience. Their work on Google Lens and multi myrtle modal search to give a couple of examples are brilliant.
I also suspect that chat GT’s novel. We’ll wear off for most use cases pretty soon, for most general use cases pretty soon. You know, I think when we talk about how it’s used in something like GitHub co-pilot, or how it might be used in office, or how it might be used in mail, those could be really cool. I also think that Bing isn’t where it’s going to win.
I think that Google will still provide a better product experience, a better user experience, and will continue to win market share or keep its market share on search and YouTube. Google frequently refers to search as quote the utility for all of us. I think that’s still true and I think it’s will remain so for at least a couple of years.
Remember a couple of minutes ago when I talked about why Google struggles to be as profitable in cloud as Microsoft. As I said, it’s not that Google’s team consists of morons when we’re talking about search Bing’s team are not morons. It’s that it’s tough to dislodge established customer behaviors.
Just as I talked about in the enterprise. Consumers really are comfortable with. And there’s a huge difference between having technology and having a good product. There’s a story today that the new Bing, the ChatGPT version of Bing might be losing its mind. It’s giving some truly strange answers, getting defensive in response to questions that it’s being asked.
All of this is because Microsoft has the same problem with Bing that Google has with cloud. They’re trying to win in a space that they’ve never won in before. They’re still learning how to do this, and in theory, Bing slash Microsoft has an advantage here that Google doesn’t. They’ve been doing this for decades.
Bing has been around since 2009, and it’s built on MSNs search and other tools that date back a decade or more before that. They’ve got 20 plus years of doing this. And if Microsoft had the right answer to solve for search, they probably would have found it already. I don’t wanna say that they couldn’t win by incorporating ChatGPT like functionality.
I’m saying that history isn’t on their side. Ancient history or current. If Google loses, it will be because they can’t monetize search as well. Remember, search alone is roughly 57% of all their revenues and an outsized share of their profits. Declines in revenues from search could be damaging, if not outright, deadly to the company.
I just wouldn’t bet on it based on what we continue to see.
Big Themes from Big Tech’s EarningsNow, I do think there are some big themes that emerged from all of these discussions. The first is digital is going to grow. Digital spend as a percentage of GDP is only going to increase sake. Stay Nadella told us, I think he’s right. We also know that AI increasingly is a big part of that.
We also know that there’s going to be uncertainty in the marketplace for the foreseeable future. In fact, I’d argue that uncertain times are simply a fact of life Today. In past episodes, I’ve talked about doing digital in the weirdest economy ever. I wrote a recent post for Hospitality Net around how to compete in uncertain times.
It was targeted at hotels, but the same basic premise holds for any business. I’d recommend checking those out. I will of course link to them in the show notes. Some of that uncertainty may work to your advantage. The cost to market your brand digitally might be a bit lower at the moment than they have been.
Everyone selling ads is seeing their cost per a, the revenue per ad, whether on an impression or click basis, declined a. Companies that are more worried about the economy are pulling back their advertising. Some we know we’ve seen for years that pulling back on your marketing during downtimes hurts your business in the longer term.
Again, I will link to this in the show notes. As a result, this might be an opportunity for you to gain more mark value for your marketing dollar, for you to get more mind share and market share while your competitors are sitting on the sidelines. We also learned that content is still King. Philip Schindler from Google said during their earnings call quote, it all starts with a creator ecosystem.
Google added NFL’s Sunday ticket to YouTube. Apple added Major League soccer. They need content to attract attention, which allows them to attract advertisers. You need content to attract attention to grow your business. You know, I, I have recently talked, I’ve regularly talked about my friend Mark Schaffer’s concerns about content shock and how you cut through, and all of those apply here, but you don’t win by not talking to your customers, nor by not answering their questions.
Content is still king. It continues to play a key role. The other thing that I saw in what everybody’s talking. Is how video and user generated content must make up an increasing share of your content. No content strategy can be considered complete if you ignore these fundamental elements of content.
Of course, another big theme is it’s tough to break into new markets. It’s not impossible, but it’s not easy. There’s a reason why in down markets companies tend to quote unquote stick to their knitting, focusing on the things that made them successful in the first place. Sure pivots exist shifting to an entirely new business with greater growth Opportunities exist.
Startups and other companies do it regularly. Just remember that those pivots come at the expense usually of what you used to do. Companies pivot because what they were doing stopped working or never worked at all. You should pivot because it’s what your customers not want, not because it’s what others are doing.
And on that note, leadership matters. I said this a moment ago, I’m impressed by Satya Nadella. He’s got a vision of where his company is going and where his company is growing. There is some evidence that he may be a better c e o at this present moment than Sundar Pacha is. He might be doing a better job.
We’ll see how that plays out in the longer term. And speaking of the longer, I’d said i’d, I started with the layoffs. I said I would close with the layoffs. You know, a lot of times in the longer term, they’re not the best idea. Amy Hood, Microsoft’s CFO said, during their earnings call, "we take decisions like the one we had to make to get our cost structure more in line with revenue just incredibly seriously, because we have lots of very talented people who are impacted by that." She’s right. Layoffs, hurt, morale. They are a distraction. Obviously you do what you’ve got to do to keep the doors open. If you are struggling and the only thing you can do is cut, that’s understandable. I also think that most of big tech firms will regret these moves, at least somewhat in the longer term.
We’ll see how it plays out, but I really do suspect that this is something they will regret sooner rather than. For me though, the big lesson remains digital continues to grow. There is lots of upside, lots of opportunity, lots of places for you to win, and the best part is you don’t have to generate billions of dollars in revenue or profits every quarter to keep Wall Street happy.
If you keep your customers happy, you’re going to do well no matter what.
Show Closing and CreditsNow looking at the clock on the wall, we are out of time for this week. I want to remind you that you can find the show notes for today’s episode, as well as an archive of all past episodes by going to tim peter.com/podcasts. Again, that’s tim peter.com/podcasts. Just look for episode 370.
Subscribe to Thinks Out LoudDon’t forget that you can click on the subscribe link in any of the episodes you find there to have Thinks Out Loud delivered to your favorite podcatcher every single week. You can also find Thinks Out Loud on Apple Podcasts, Google Podcasts, Stitcher Radio, Spotify, Overcast, anywhere fine podcasts are found.
Leave a Review for Thinks Out LoudWhile you’re there, I would also very much appreciate it if you could provide a positive rating or review for the show. Ratings and reviews help new listeners find the podcast. Ratings and reviews help new listeners understand what the show is all about. They help get the word out. They help grow our community and it means the world to me.
I really appreciate you helping to make Thinks Out Loud a better place for everyone involved, and thank you so much for that.
Thinks Out Loud on Social MediaYou can also find Thinks Out Loud on LinkedIn by going to linkedin.com/TimPeterAssociates. You can find me on Twitter using the Twitter handle @TCPeter. And as always, you can email me at podcast@timpeter.com. Again, that’s podcast@timpeter.com.
Show OutroFinally, I want to say one last time how much I appreciate you tuning into the show every single week. I wouldn’t do this show without you. I don’t do this to hear myself talk. I do this so that we can have a conversation and build this community.
It means the world to me when you listen and you comment and you send emails and you reach out to me on social and we keep the dialogue going, so please keep the emails coming. Keep pinging me on LinkedIn. Keep pinging me on Twitter. I just love chatting with y’all about this stuff all the time.
So with all that said, I hope you have a fantastic rest of this week. I hope you have a wonderful weekend. And I will look forward to speaking with you here on Thinks Out Loud next time. Until then, please be well, be safe, and as always, take care everybody.
The post What We Learned from Big Tech’s Earnings Q1 2023 (Thinks Out Loud Episode 373) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
Well, it’s official: Microsoft is gunning for Google. They’re building ChatGPT-like capabilities into "the new Bing" and explicitly stating they can steal share from Google. So is this the end of Google? Are they doomed? Or will their own AI based enhancements, such as Bard, be enough to beat back the hordes?
No matter what happens in the coming weeks and months, I think this is the end of Google. Oh, their business could easily survive. But it’s the end of Google as we know it. It’s the end of search as we know it. And, if your marketing has been built around paid and organic search, around retargeting based on the traffic that search brings your way, then we’re seeing the end of the way you connect with customers too.
And that’s the point of this week’s episode of Thinks Out Loud. What does "the end of Google" as we know it mean for your business? What do you need to do to be ready for a new world order? And, most importantly, how can you effectively connect with customers if you the way search and Google works ends?
Want to learn more? Then give a listen, review the transcript, and check out all today’s show notes. Enjoy!
The End of Google? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 372) — Headlines and Show NotesShow Notes and Links* Is ChatGPT Going to Steal Your Job? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 371) * AI Won’t Steal Your Job: Smart People Who Put AI to Work Will (Thinks Out Loud Episode 208) * Will ChatGPT Kill Google? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 367) * ChatGPT – Wikipedia * Microsoft will offer ChatGPT tech for companies to customize: source * Google AI updates: Bard and new AI features in Search * Bard: Google unveils its ChatGPT rival | CNN Business * Google Bard AI event live blog — see how Google will challenge ChatGPT | Tom’s Guide * I Tried Microsoft’s New AI-Powered Bing. Search Will Never Be the Same. – WSJ * Reinventing search with a new AI-powered Microsoft Bing and Edge, your copilot for the web – The Official Microsoft Blog * Microsoft CEO Satya Nadella calls AI search biggest thing in 15 years * Microsoft earnings Powerpoint Slides * Why Amazon Is Going to Launch a Search Engine (Thinks Out Loud Episode 345) * How To Run Your Business As If Google Didn’t Exist (Thinks Out Loud Episode 298)
Free DownloadsWe have some free downloads for you to help you navigate the current situation, which you can find right here:
Subscribe to Thinks Out Loud* Subscribe in iTunes * Subscribe in the Google Play Store
Contact information for the podcast: podcast@timpeter.com
Past Insights from Tim Peter ThinksTechnical Details for Thinks Out LoudRecorded using a Heil PR-40 Dynamic Studio Recording Mic and a Focusrite Scarlett 4i4 (3rd Gen) USB Audio Interface into Logic Pro X for the Mac.
Running time: 21m 54s
You can subscribe to Thinks Out Loud in iTunes, the Google Play Store, via our dedicated podcast RSS feed (or sign up for our free newsletter). You can also download/listen to the podcast here on Thinks using the player at the top of this page.
Transcript: The End of Google? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 372)Well, hello again everyone. Welcome back to Thinks Out Loud, your source for all the digital expertise your business needs. Oh my gosh. My name is Tim Peter, I think we have a really cool show for you. I really appreciate you tuning in. But my goodness, this show is being recorded late this week. This is probably the fastest we will ever get an episode out.
We’re releasing on a Wednesday. We try to release on a Tuesday but this was recorded Wednesday morning and will be released Wednesday morning, because there’s a lot going on that really blew up the initial plans we’d had for this week’s show.
Generative AI Grows UpSo anyway, I don’t know if you’ve heard, there’s a lot going on with Generative AI. I’ve been talking about this. I talked about it last week when I asked "Will ChatGPT take your job?" I’ve asked, "Will ChatGPT kill Google?" And some folks have certainly said that it will. I don’t know that it will. But if this is in fact the end of Google, this is how it ends. And I want to explain what I mean by that.
More importantly, I want to explain why that matters to you, why that matters to your business, why that matters to your business’s future. Nothing we’re going to talk about today has all that much to do with technology. It has a lot to do with the future of your business. So let’s dive into some background and just get everybody up to speed on what’s been happening.
ChatGPT Comes to SearchAs I’ve talked about here on the show before, Microsoft has invested heavily in ChatGPT which is a generative AI technology, an AI that can theoretically generate text and images and things along those lines. ChatGPT is focused on text, but generative AI more broadly can focus on other kinds of creative materials.
Microsoft has invested very heavily in the creator of ChatGPT, a group called OpenAI. And they incorporated it yesterday into something that they’re calling "the new Bing." Microsoft literally just showed this off yesterday; they made it publicly available yesterday. They also planned to give companies the ability to build on its capabilities for themselves.
Now, Google is not resigned to a fate where it gets shoved aside. They’ve also invested heavily in developing their own large language models, which are these machine learning algorithms that underlie these new technologies. They literally just previewed a competitor called Bard today, which is built on their LaMDA large language model, and showed all of the different ways that they are incorporating AI into search.
They want to be very clear that Microsoft isn’t the only company that can incorporate AI into search. So this is something where we’re seeing competition in search. We’re going to see competition in search. In a way that we haven’t in a very, very, very long time. Microsoft has been explicit about this.
He said, Satya Nadella, Microsoft’s CEO, in an interview with the Wall Street Journal yesterday said "The last time I checked, search was the most profitable category there is on planet. So all I need is a few more users and someone else I am competing with has to keep all of their gross, all of their users, and all of their gross margin. I’m looking forward to that."
Big Tech Must RespondThat is as big a shot across Google’s bow as I’ve seen in a long time. As Satya Nadella implies there, Google makes most of its money from ads. And I don’t know if you’ve checked out their recent earnings — and I’ll have a full update on the AGFAM, Big Tech’s earnings in the next week or so — but overall, Google’s earnings weren’t great.
Microsoft doesn’t have that same problem as Google. They don’t need to make as much money on ads as Google does. Yes, they have ad revenue from Bing, and yes, they have ad revenue from LinkedIn. But each of those are a piece of a piece of their overall revenue and earnings. Microsoft’s value prop here is intriguing at the least.
This also has broad implications for Facebook and Amazon and Apple. They all are going to be feeling pressure here. I’ve thought for a while that Amazon is going to launch its own search engine. I think the launch of the new Bing and Google incorporating Bard, its AI tool, into its search results makes it more likely [for Amazon to respond] if for no other reason than they want access to data. I’d argue that it’s becoming darned near existential for these companies if they’re going to remain relevant.
Is This the End of Google?I also don’t know if Google will win or if Microsoft will win or if Apple will win or if Amazon will win. I don’t think anyone can predict that at the moment. Remember, we are talking about a tool that has upended the established order to at least some degree. And it’s a tool whose lifespan we can still measure in weeks. This was released at the end of November of 2022. This is not a mature product or a mature category. So there’s going to be a lot of change. And that’s interesting.
So I don’t know if this is how Google ends, but if they stumble, if this is what comes to pass, this is the way that Google ends. Because they don’t search to be the best, but they need to keep customers coming to them. Their customers can switch easily. And if Google can’t monetize that traffic, that’s a huge problem for them.
One thing I do want to point out is that no matter who wins, I’m still talking about the AGFAM — Apple, Google, Facebook, Amazon, Microsoft. I’m still talking about Big Tech. Developing these approaches takes immense capital and especially access to massive volumes of data. Yes, Microsoft is going to make it available to third parties. Google announced today that they are going to make their AI available to third parties. And we’re seeing lots of evidence that AI is dramatically improving the productivity of software programmers. For instance, Ark Invest has their 2023 Big Ideas report, and they’re showing that that’s what we’re seeing, that it’s getting cheaper. Again, ARC Invest sees the cost of developing AI falling by 70% annually through 2030.
That said, today it’s still expensive. Even at a 70% decline annually, you’re looking at a relative cost per unit of $40,000 in 2024, and about $12,000 in 2025. So it gets affordable for many enterprises relatively quickly, but not affordable enough for everybody.
Availability of developers will also incur costs and time to market. And just as I’d mentioned last week when I talked about why AI probably won’t take your job, Ark Invest also calls out the challenge of acquiring quality training data. Data is going to be a gating factor for people who use these technologies, who try to build on these technologies for a time to come.
Trading One Gatekeeper for AnotherWhat this suggests to me is that at least for the next couple of years, ChatGPT level capabilities will remain concentrated among the biggest players. You know, OpenAI started as a research project backed by LinkedIn co-founder Reid Hoffman, PayPal, co-founder Peter Teal, Elon Musk, Infosys, the IT services giant, and, as I’ve mentioned, Microsoft. So as much as we love the proverbial story of "two kids in a garage" who come in and overturn entrenched market leaders, at the moment, the threat is coming from inside the house.
We are trading one Big Tech player potentially for another Big Tech player. If this is how Google ends, someone who looks just like them is stepping into their place. And this is where I want to bring it back to you and why it matters to your business.
Because as we know, gatekeepers gonna gate, that’s what they do. An AI-based search engine might be worse for your business. Think about how Google makes money today. They make money based on ads that appear in search results that you pay for every time somebody clicks. Now those clicks generate lots of revenue for lots of people. Not just for Google, but for all of the businesses who are paying for those clicks.
And one of the things that I’m concerned about that the changes that tools like the "new Bing" introduce is that customers may increasingly get answers to their questions without needing to click. They might not need to come to your site or download your app in the same ways that they do today.
Again, Google makes a lot of its money on those clicks. Microsoft said, Satya said out loud that he doesn’t need to steal all of that; he just needs to steal enough to hurt them.
And I can easily see a future where we’re paying to place ads alongside generated "answers" — and I’m putting "answers" on in air quotes here — on AI powered search engines instead of being the source of the answer as we are today. And only getting clicks, only getting traffic, only getting business if we can demonstrate value in addition to the answer. We’ve been using the answer to pull people towards us. We’ve been using content to provide the answer, to pull people towards us. And if they’re getting the answer without having to come to us, it makes it harder to acquire traffic at any price.
The End of Search as We Know ItIt increasingly looks to me that we’re certainly looking at the end of Google as we know it. We’re looking at the end of search as we know it. Search is going to turn into a very, very different category quickly.
Now, I have said many times on the show and I would re be remiss if I didn’t say it right now, the old Bill Gates quote that "we always overestimate the change in the next two years and underestimate the change in the next 10." So this might take two years or three years to play itself out.
What I can say is we’re seeing more innovation in search in the last week, in the last 48 hours than I think we’ve seen in the last 48 weeks, So we may be, you know, the problem with that quote of, "we always overestimate the change we see in the next two years" is… two years from when? When do you start the clock? It’s entirely possible that two years started one year and 11 months ago. So we might be seeing some pretty significant change here relatively quickly or it may take a year or two to play out.
What Does the End of Google Mean For You?So, here’s the question I have for you. Does it matter to your business who wins? Does it matter to your business if Google or Bing or Amazon or someone else altogether wins? Especially if they’re increasing the roadblocks and tolls between you and your customer. You bet it does. Does it matter if the customer experience we’ve known for years thesis to exist? Absolutely.
And that’s the point I want to bring you towards as we have this discussion. A few years ago, August of 2020, I did an episode about how to run your business as if Google didn’t exist. We may be reaching that reality sooner rather than later. Don’t get me wrong, I’m not saying Google’s going to trip and fall and be out of business in a year’s time. I’m saying that if you depend upon Google for a significant source of your traffic and a significant source of your revenue, you may be in a world where they’re providing less of that over time than they have. That’s going to change the way you do your marketing. That’s going to change the way you reach your customers.
How to Run Your Business As If Google Didn’t ExistSo how do you run your business as if Google didn’t exist? Well, I think you need to start thinking about it that way because even if this isn’t the end of Google as we know them, can you afford to take the risk? Aren’t you better off being ready no matter which way this goes down? I would argue very much yes.
Because here’s the thing, if they win or they lose, if search changes dramatically or it doesn’t, you still benefit. Because the way you run your business as if Google doesn’t exist is to look at how to connect with customers directly more effectively.
My friend Mark Schaffer has a new book called Belonging to the Brand that’s incredibly worth reading that speaks about this in a lot of detail. I have a book on how you compete against Big Tech that’s coming out in a couple months too, and speaks to the same idea. What we have in common is recognition of the fact that you must build direct connections with your customers.
Why do they care about you? What do you offer that’s distinctly different and meaningful in their lives? How are you connecting with them beyond search? Are you connecting with them via email? Or text? Or emerging social networks like Discord? Or in person in a way that they appreciate and that they enjoy? Do you provide them with a customer experience that they want to share with their friends and their family and their fans and their followers? Do they want to participate in the creation and curation of a positive brand story on your behalf? That’s where you need to be thinking. That’s how you need to think about your relationship with your customers as well as your relationship with big. Because if you’re dependent upon a gatekeeper, no matter who it is, you are allowing them to control your access to customers.
Conclusion: The End of Google?Whether this is the end of Google or not, it’s past time to think about the start of something new: a deeper, more meaningful connection with your customers that doesn’t depend on gatekeepers. One that reduces the role those gatekeepers play for your brand and your business. Don’t worry about whether ChatGPT or "the new Bing" or Bard or something else altogether brings about the end of Google.
I’d flip this whole idea on its head, instead, and make the end of Google not something you fear. But a goal you actively pursue.
Show Closing and CreditsNow looking at the clock on the wall, we are out of time for this week. I want to remind you that you can find the show notes for today’s episode, as well as an archive of all past episodes by going to tim peter.com/podcasts. Again, that’s tim peter.com/podcasts. Just look for episode 370.
Subscribe to Thinks Out LoudDon’t forget that you can click on the subscribe link in any of the episodes you find there to have Thinks Out Loud delivered to your favorite podcatcher every single week. You can also find Thinks Out Loud on Apple Podcasts, Google Podcasts, Stitcher Radio, Spotify, Overcast, anywhere fine podcasts are found.
Leave a Review for Thinks Out LoudWhile you’re there, I would also very much appreciate it if you could provide a positive rating or review for the show. Ratings and reviews help new listeners find the podcast. Ratings and reviews help new listeners understand what the show is all about. They help get the word out. They help grow our community and it means the world to me.
I really appreciate you helping to make Thinks Out Loud a better place for everyone involved, and thank you so much for that.
Thinks Out Loud on Social MediaYou can also find things out loud on LinkedIn by going to linkedin.com/TimPeterAssociates. You can find me on Twitter using the Twitter handle @TCPeter. And as always, you can email me at podcast@timpeter.com. Again, that’s podcast@timpeter.com.
Show OutroFinally, I want to say one last time how much I appreciate you tuning into the show every single week. I wouldn’t do this show without you. I don’t do this to talk to myself. I don’t do this to hear myself talk. I do this so that we can have a conversation and build this community.
It means the world to me when you listen and you comment and you send emails and you reach out to me on social and we keep the dialogue going, so please keep the emails coming. Keep pinging me on LinkedIn. Keep pinging me on Twitter. I just love chatting with y’all about this stuff all the time.
So with all that said, I hope you have a fantastic rest of this week. I hope you have a wonderful weekend. And I will look forward to speaking with you here on Thinks Out Loud next time. Until then, please be well, be safe, and as always, take care everybody.
The post The End of Google? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 372) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
I’ve said for years that AI won’t steal your job, but that smart people who put AI to work will. But is that still true? With the emergence of DALL-E, Stable Diffusion, and especially, ChatGPT, aren’t at least some jobs at risk? There’s evidence that ChatGPT can get its MBA, do well on medical exams, and pass the bar. Surely, that means it’s ready to start taking all our jobs away, doesn’t it?
Well, maybe. But I’m still not convinced. Smart people who use AI — and, in particular, tools like ChatGPT — remain a much bigger threat than AI or ChatGPT alone.
What makes me think that? Why am not too worried about ChatGPT stealing my job — or yours? And, exactly how confident am I about that? That’s what this week’s episode of Thinks Out Loud is all about.
Want to learn more? Then give a listen, review the transcript, and check out all today’s show notes. Enjoy!
Is ChatGPT Going to Steal Your Job? — Headlines and Show NotesShow Notes and Links* AI Won’t Steal Your Job: Smart People Who Put AI to Work Will (Thinks Out Loud Episode 208) * Will ChatGPT Kill Google? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 367) * Is Artificial Intelligence Still a Big Trend for Your Business? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 311) * The Most Important Trends in Marketing 2023 (Thinks Out Loud Episode 369) * The Future Digital Trends You Must Think About Today (Thinks Out Loud Episode 342) * Ghost Writer: Microsoft Looks to Add OpenAI’s Chatbot Technology to Word, Email — The Information * ChatGPT is ‘not particularly innovative,’ and ‘nothing revolutionary’, says Meta’s chief AI scientist | ZDNET * Would Chat GPT Get a Wharton MBA? New White Paper By Christian Terwiesch – Mack Institute for Innovation Management * ChatGPT passes exams from law and business schools | CNN Business * OpenAI has hired an army of contractors to make basic coding obsolete | Semafor * Researchers Tested ChatGPT on the Same Test Questions As Aspiring Doctors * ChatGPT passed an MBA exam and one professor is sounding the alarm | Fortune * Inherent Trade-Offs in Algorithmic Fairness – Microsoft Research * The secret bias hidden in mortgage-approval algorithms | AP News * On the Dangers of Stochastic Parrots: Can Language Models Be Too Big? PDF link * Understanding the Capabilities, Limitations, and Societal Impact of Large Language Models PDF link * CNET’s AI Journalist Appears to Have Committed Extensive Plagiarism * LaMDA: our breakthrough conversation technology * Google Calls In Larry Page and Sergey Brin to Tackle ChatGPT and A.I. Chatbots – The New York Times * Google and Meta moved cautiously on AI. Then came OpenAI’s ChatGPT. – The Washington Post * Gmail’s creator says ChatGPT will destroy Google in two years * Revisiting How to Drive Business Using Digital in 2023 (Thinks Out Loud) * Is It Time for Digital Marketers to Move On to The Next Big Thing? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 360)
Free DownloadsWe have some free downloads for you to help you navigate the current situation, which you can find right here:
Subscribe to Thinks Out Loud* Subscribe in iTunes * Subscribe in the Google Play Store
Contact information for the podcast: podcast@timpeter.com
Past Insights from Tim Peter ThinksTechnical Details for Thinks Out LoudRecorded using a Heil PR-40 Dynamic Studio Recording Mic and a Focusrite Scarlett 4i4 (3rd Gen) USB Audio Interface into Logic Pro X for the Mac.
Running time: 22m 21s
You can subscribe to Thinks Out Loud in iTunes, the Google Play Store, via our dedicated podcast RSS feed (or sign up for our free newsletter). You can also download/listen to the podcast here on Thinks using the player at the top of this page.
Transcript: Is ChatGPT Going to Steal Your Job? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 371)Well, hello again everyone, and welcome back to Thinks Out Loud, your source for all the digital expertise your business needs. My name is Tim Peter. This is episode 371 of the Big Show. And thank you so much for tuning in. I very, very much appreciate it. I know we missed an episode last week. There’s no real good reason for it other than “circumstances intervened,” but I do appreciate you sticking around and hanging with us in the interim. And I promise you we’ll have another episode for you next week. In the meantime, I think we’ve got a really cool show for you this week.
Is it Still True That ChatGPT and Other AI Won’t Steal Your Job?A few years ago. I posted an episode that said AI won’t steal your job, but smart people who use AI will. And I don’t know if you’ve noticed, but with the emergence of ChatGPT and other Generative AI tools like Stable Diffusion and DALL-E and Midjourney, and the like, people are starting to freak out. Like there’s some really, really crazy stuff out there.
We’ve seen examples where ChatGPT has done very, very well on real world assessments of human competence. So for instance one Wharton professor showed that ChatGPT could attain an MBA. We’ve seen examples where you know it could potentially attain a medical degree. We’ve seen examples where it could pass the bar. There literally was a story just the other day where someone was going to use an AI as their lawyer till a local bar association stepped in and explained why that’s a really, really bad idea and that they might be committing legal fraud. But results like these worry educators.
Given that, it’s reasonable to ask today, again, is it still true that AI won’t steal your job? And is it only going to be “smart people who use AI” or is AI itself coming for your job? Should students who are thinking of going to business school or law school or medical school seek another line of work? What about the educators who teach those folks? Is there going to be a role for marketers or digital strategists or, oh, I don’t know, consultants and authors who focus on those groups when we have machines that might be able to do those jobs equally well?
How Confident Should We Be That ChatGPT Won’t Steal Your Job?And the first thing I want to say is — and, you know, this show is called Thinks Out Loud for a reason — my answer at the moment is, “I’m not sure.” I’m not a hundred percent sure.
I’ve talked about this before, that when you talk about where we’re going to be in the future, first you should define what you mean by the future. How soon do you define that timing? You should talk about, and you should think about what do we mean by success? Or in this case, “steal a job.” What would that actually look like? And we should also really get a good feel for what is our confidence level? How much would we be willing to bet on a particular answer?
And so everything that I’m going to tell you right now, my confidence level is moderate. I want to start there. I’m not a hundred percent sure. I’d bet decent money that I’m right, but I wouldn’t bet you know, huge money because this is changing day by day. ChatGPT, for instance, is built on a platform called GPT-3.5 and GPT-4 is coming somewhere not too far down the road and could upend everything that we know right now.
At the same time, I’ve had the privilege over the last several years of working with a couple of startups focused on applying artificial intelligence and machine learning and natural language processing to solve various marketing and customer service challenges.
AI Has Been Around for a While… Shouldn’t It Already Have Won?Many of the techniques themselves have been around for a while. Facebook’s head of AI just said the other day that what they’re doing with ChatGPT is not particularly “computationally innovative.” Now he’s taking some real heat for that because I mean, technically, by that reasoning, the iPhone wasn’t terribly innovative either; it just put together a lot of things that already existed. However, they also did it in such a way that it completely changed the way phones work. So you don’t always have to be the coolest new tech to win in the marketplace. You have to bring it to market in a way that works for customers. Execution matters. So, you know, we may be seeing tech that’s good enough and just needs to be executed better before this becomes something that we need to worry about.
The other thing I would note is Microsoft is making huge investments here. It has long been an investor in OpenAI, which is the company, the organization, behind ChatGPT, GPT-3.5, DALL-E. So some of these tools, Microsoft has been really, really invested in. Quite literally. Now they’re putting in I think $10 billion. So not a trivial sum. And they expect to incorporate these tools into their Office suite and into their search results on Bing. They think it’s going to be a big deal.
What Microsoft’s Investment in OpenAI SuggestsBut the way they’re investing is one of the things that gives me a little bit of hope that you probably aren’t going to lose your job to an AI. They intend to build these tools into Word and into Outlook and into PowerPoint and into Excel. They’re not saying Word is going to write the whole document for you, or Outlook is going to write the whole email for you, or PowerPoint is going to create the entire slide, the deck for you. They’re saying these are tools that you are going to use to create your Word documents, to create your emails, to create your slide decks. So I don’t think I don’t think Microsoft — who should know a lot about this — thinks that’s going to actually come and completely, completely upend the world.
Where Will Training Data Come From?Another reason that I have some hope here and why you should have some hope is that these types of tools are trained on content. They’re trained on really high quality, expert level data. That’s how they get good at what they do. Well, if they’re producing data that is frequently confidently wrong, you can’t use the output of the system to improve the system. You won’t make the system smarter. You’ll make the system dumber.
They’re still going to need high quality, rich, expert content to train these systems. If you teach the machine less skillfully, less capably, their outputs will get worse. And that means that people who have expertise, people who have knowledge — and can communicate that knowledge — still will have tons and tons and tons of value, probably for a long time to come.
And I’m going to come back to that in just a moment.
The AI Bias ProblemOne more challenge of course, is that because of the way these systems are programmed, trained, because of the way they’re developed, they frequently and easily incorporate bias. You’ve probably heard the story about Microsoft exposing an AI powered bot called Tay to Twitter, only to have Twitter turn sweet, innocent little Tay into a ranting, racist, sexist homophobe in about 16 hours. More recently, Facebook thought that they’d solved for that problem. And like Facebook does, they didn’t really learn from Microsoft’s mistake. They put their system out there — Blender Bot 3 — out on the internet. And the internet did fail to make the bot anti-Semitic… for a whole weekend. That quickly turned into a disaster much like Microsoft had discovered with Tay. So, You know, this is something that is a real problem for these systems, that they incorporate bias incredbily easily.
One of the reasons the researchers who created GPT-3 have said that the technology “exhibits several racial, gender, and religious biases,” at least in part because those biases are baked into the content used to train the models. In one example that I’ve seen they talked about how the machines kept finding terms like “women doctors,” and that caused the systems to “learn” that doctors aren’t women. Which of course is not true. But because of the way they’re trained, a lot of these biases are baked in. We’ve seen examples where tools used to approve mortgages were much more likely to reject loans from Latino, Asian/Pacific Islanders, native Americans, and Black applicants because of bias that they picked up. We’ve seen situations where sentencing tools in court systems gave longer sentences to people of color than they did to people who are white for instance.
Will AI Always Exhibit Bias?Now there’s a wild reason why that is, and it might be that some of these biases may be impossible for AI to solve. Not difficult. Impossible. Microsoft Research has talked about how there are “inherent trade-offs” in algorithmic fairness. There was an interesting talk that’s out on YouTube. You can watch the whole thing. It’s interesting. It’s pretty heavy. And to be fair, I understood about one word in three, but the basic premise was that it is very, very challenging to develop systems that are inherently fair.
I’ll give you an example of that. Define “fair.” Define “just.” Define “legal.” There are so many possible definitions to these. We have many arguments as people about what is fair, what is just, what is legal — constantly. Otherwise we wouldn’t need negotiators or mediators or lawyers or judges or priests or rabbis or people to help us understand what these things are.
It is unlikely to realistically expect machines to agree on what is right when all of humanity struggles with those concepts pretty much every day. That’s not a computer science problem. That is a human behavior problem. And don’t get me wrong, obviously researchers are doing things to try to correct for these biases, but they may just be baked into the way that people work, let alone machines.
What Google’s Experience SuggestsAnd as long as the inputs derive from human human knowledge and human experience, then it’s pretty likely AI will continue to echo those biases. Google has said that they have similar technologies as ChatGPT, such as LaMDA, but they haven’t wanted to expose them to the world because of brand risk. Like they’re worried people are going to see these and it’s going to make Google look bad.
And yeah, yeah, yeah; I get it. They make their money from advertising and it’s entirely possible that they haven’t figured out a way to monetize these systems either. But given the experiences we’ve seen from people like Microsoft with Tay and like Facebook with Blender Bot 3, I’m willing to give them at least a little bit of doubt on this one, that this may be a tougher problem to solve.
ChatGPT and AI Might Not Steal Your Job, But They Might Take Away Key TasksNow, I don’t want to give you the wrong impression here. You know, it’s easy to listen to what I’ve just said and go, “Oh, cool! AI can’t possibly take my job!” Well, that’s not true either. You know, every silver lining has a cloud, right?
The thing you want to, have to, realize is AI is baked into many technology platforms around marketing, around pricing, around revenue optimization, around customer relationship management, around workflow optimization, around cybersecurity and analytics. These things aren’t “coming.” They’re here. Now. And they’re getting better every single day. So I don’t think you should look at this and say, “Oh, they’re no threat at all.” They are.
I would also encourage you to think instead about three questions.
Using AI to Automate Tasks Might Take Your Job AwayBecause I think what is incredibly likely — the thing that’s going to challenge people the most — is not that your job’s going to go away. But, as stated previously, that people who use AI to farm out particular tasks where it’s really strong are going to be able to compete more effectively than you. They’re going to be able to do what they do faster, better, cheaper, more repeatably. And over time, those tasks may either be outsourced to AI — or the people who do those tasks using AI better than you — are going to be better at their jobs. They’re going to be better at finding and acquiring customers. They’re going to be better at serving customer needs. They’re going to be better at helping customers achieve what they want. And they’re going to steal business from you.
AI, Smart People, All That JazzSo when I think back on the podcast episode that stated unequivocally that AI won’t take your job, but smart people who use AI will, I think that’s still very true. I think that’s still the world in which we live, and that’s the world in which we work, and that’s the world in which you have to continue to learn. So my advice, my suggestion, my thoughts on this are that that’s where you need to be focused. How do you use AI to do a better job at the things that you’re already trying to do, the things that AI does well? And where it does provide you a competitive advantage consistently?
AI will make some jobs go away. We’ve seen that lots and lots and lots of other times in the past. You know, my grandmother was a telephone operator. I don’t know if you’ve ever met any telephone operators in your life, but in my life I’ve met very, very few because they don’t really exist as a job any longer. Automated telephone switching systems made that job unnecessary.
AI can make some jobs go away. That’s definitely true.
Conclusion: Is ChatGPT Going to Steal Your Job?But the bigger threat, the bigger risk, the bigger challenge to you is not that AI will take your job. It’s that people who know how to apply AI to solving real business problems and real customer problems are the ones who will take your job. The technology is not going to go looking for a job. People are going to go looking for jobs that AI can do better than you can do alone. So I think we’re still very much in a place where AI won’t take your job, won’t steal your job, but smart people who use AI will.
And the question you should be asking yourself is, “How do I become one of those smart people who use AI?: Because the job you may end up taking may be your own. But by thinking about how to use AI correctly, the job you may save is also your own. That might not be the job you have right now, but it could be the job you have for the rest of your career.
Show Closing and CreditsNow looking at the clock on the wall, we are out of time for this week. I want to remind you that you can find the show notes for today’s episode, as well as an archive of all past episodes by going to TimPeter.com/podcasts. Again, that’s TimPeter.com/podcasts. Just look for episode 371.
Subscribe to Thinks Out LoudDon’t forget that you can click on the subscribe link in any of the episodes you find there to have Thinks Out Loud, delivered to your favorite podcatcher every single week.
You can also find Thinks Out Loud on Apple Podcasts, Google Podcasts, Stitcher Radio, Spotify, Overcast, anywhere fine podcasts are found.
Leave a Review for Thinks Out LoudWhile you’re there, I would also very much appreciate it if you could provide a positive rating or review for the show. Those ratings and reviews help new listeners find the podcast. Those ratings and reviews help new listeners understand what the show is all about, and they help get the word out. They help grow our community and it means so very, very much to me that you helped do. I really appreciate you helping to make Thinks Out Loud a better place for everyone involved, so thank you so very, very much for that.
Thinks Out Loud on Social MediaYou can also find Thinks Out Loud on LinkedIn by going to linkedin.com/TimPeterAssociates. You can find me on Twitter using the Twitter handle @tcpeter. And as always, you can email me at podcast@timpeter.com. Again, that’s podcast@timpeter.com.
Show OutroFinally, I just want to say one more time how very much I appreciate you tuning into the show every single week.
I would not do this show without you. I don’t do this to talk to myself. I do this to have a conversation with you and build this community together. And it just means the world to me when you listen and you comment and you send me emails and that we get to have a dialogue about it. So please keep the emails coming. Please keep the discussion going. I do look forward to it.
With all that said, I hope you have a great rest of the week. I hope you have a wonderful weekend ahead, and I will look forward to speaking with you here on Thinks Out Loud next time. Until then, please be well, be safe, and as always, take care, everybody.
The post Is ChatGPT Going to Steal Your Job? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 371) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
It’s tough to predict the future. What’s much less tough is "predicting the present." There are lots of "future trends" that might be a big deal… or might fizzle as mere fads. But, there’s an easy way to figure out which is which for your business: Test.
In reality, the future is already here. Many of the trends that might shape our future — AI, machine learning, the metaverse (at least in the form of augmented reality), web3 — already exist in some form or other. And, if you follow a "Core and Explore" process, you can test and see if there’s any value in these for your business with relatively low risk — and relatively low investment.
So, what does that look like? How can you test which trends matter effectively and efficiently? How can you learn which parts of the future are already here… and which might not matter? That’s what this week’s episode of Thinks Out Loud is all about.
Want to learn more? Then give a listen, review the transcript, and check out all today’s show notes. Enjoy!
The Future is Already Here — Headlines and Show NotesShow Notes and Links* The Most Important Trends in Marketing 2023 (Thinks Out Loud Episode 369) * The Future Digital Trends You Must Think About Today (Thinks Out Loud Episode 342) * Revisiting How to Drive Business Using Digital in 2023 (Thinks Out Loud) * The Future of the Metaverse? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 363) * Will ChatGPT Kill Google? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 367) * The Metaverse in Hospitality Marketing: Loren Gray Interview (Thinks Out Loud Episode 366) * Is It Time for Digital Marketers to Move On to The Next Big Thing? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 360) * How Much Will 2022’s Top Tech Trends Shape Your Digital Strategy This Year? Not Much (Thinks Out Loud Episode 334) – Tim Peter & Associates * A Far Too Quick Look at the Metaverse, web3, and the Future of Digital (Thinks Out Loud Episode 349) * What 2022 Trends Should Marketers Care About? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 335) – Tim Peter & Associates * Is Artificial Intelligence Still a Big Trend for Your Business? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 311) – Tim Peter & Associates * AI Won’t Steal Your Job: Smart People Who Put AI to Work Will (Thinks Out Loud Episode 208)
Free DownloadsWe have some free downloads for you to help you navigate the current situation, which you can find right here:
Subscribe to Thinks Out Loud* Subscribe in iTunes * Subscribe in the Google Play Store
Contact information for the podcast: podcast@timpeter.com
Past Insights from Tim Peter ThinksTechnical Details for Thinks Out LoudRecorded using a Heil PR-40 Dynamic Studio Recording Mic and a Focusrite Scarlett 4i4 (3rd Gen) USB Audio Interface into Logic Pro X for the Mac.
Running time: 19m 28s
You can subscribe to Thinks Out Loud in iTunes, the Google Play Store, via our dedicated podcast RSS feed (or sign up for our free newsletter). You can also download/listen to the podcast here on Thinks using the player at the top of this page.
Transcript: The Future is Already Here (Thinks Out Loud Episode 370)Well, hello again everyone, and welcome back to Thinks Out Loud, your source for all the digital expertise your business needs. My name is Tim Peter, this is episode 370 of the Big Show, and thank you so much for tuning in. I do appreciate it. So I think we’ve got a really cool show for you today.
Future Trends: They’re Already HereI have to tell you, I’ve been talking a lot about trends that matter to your business and you know, the various trends that we keep seeing a lot of people talking about in terms of things like ChatGPT and web3 and crypto and NFTs and the metaverse.
And I’ve stated my belief more than once — and I will link to those beliefs in the show notes — that they’re not really ready for primetime yet. Generally, the way I look at it is anytime we look at some cool new trend, there’s really four things we need to do:
Shocking News: I Could Be Wrong!Now, the reason I’m bringing all of this up is… I could be wrong! I may not be right about any of this, for one thing. And the more important thing here is these are already here in some way or other. There are businesses today using some of these technologies, using some of these tools, to drive awareness for their brands, in some cases reach new customer groups.
They may even be using it to make money right now. So, you know, I’m pretty confident that these items will succeed at some point. And they may become more prevalent in our day-to-day lives.
The Future is Already HereIt’s also true that there may be opportunities you should be looking at. We’re already seeing augmented reality — which to me is a pretty big part of the metaverse — in use today in things like Google Maps and Google Lens. So there’s opportunities there for you to capture, for you to build on.
Core and Explore RevisitedNow I want to be fair. I don’t think you should throw everything at it right away. You’ve heard me talk many times on this show, including last week, about the value of a "Core and Explore" approach, Where you put most of your energies, most of your efforts, most of your budget, most of your resources towards things that are Core — 80%, 90% towards the things that work today.
And you hold back some budget, some resources, some energy, some efforts for things that you want to test. And here’s the thing: you don’t need to wait for permission to test some of these ideas. You have to look at the ones that make sense for you. You have to say, “Hey, these are some ideas that we think are worth paying some attention to.”
It doesn’t make sense for you to put all of your energy or resources or budget into web3 or Crypto or NFTs or the metaverse or ChatGPT. Even as exciting as it may be right at the moment, it’s also okay to explore. It’s okay to spend a small fraction of your time, energy, resources, and budget on these to test. Just don’t gamble with money you don’t want to lose.
There is No Perfect Moment to Start TestingYou just shouldn’t feel like you need to wait for the perfect moment either. One of the great things about Core and Explore is you get to learn, you get to practice, you get to see what might work for you in a somewhat more low risk environment.
You know, there’s a funny thing in life — you all know this; I’m not telling you anything you don’t know — that the only way to be good at something is to be bad at it first. Whatever your first effort is going to be with any of these technologies — any of them, none of them, something I haven’t talked about here at all — you’re probably going to make mistakes. You’re probably going to learn some things. You’re probably going to stub your toe here and there. But if you’re just testing a little bit to see what might make sense for you, that’s okay. That’s a fairly low risk effort, and it may provide you with some skills that will be more valuable if and when any of these technologies go from being sort of cusp technologies, somewhere out on the edge technologies, to things that might become part of your core in the longer run.
Again, they’re already here. The future is already here in some way or other, in some fashion. And it’s okay to do some tests around this.
Now, it’s fair to ask when I say “do in some way,” what does that mean? You know? How do you get started if you’re going to test?
Who, Not HowI encourage people all the time start with “who, not how.” For many of these things, there aren’t a ton of experts out there. But there are a lot of people trying to learn about this. There are a lot of people who’ve put energy and effort into understanding any of these various technologies, any of these various tools, any of the various vendors that exist that might be able to help you succeed.
So don’t think about how you can do it. Think about who you can do it with.
What if your answer is still nobody? Then think about who wants to learn, who within your organization wants to have an opportunity to get better at these things, to learn a new, potentially invaluable skill.
When I worked for Charles Schwab, we used to talk about how we’d hire for attitude and for hard work, and then we would train for skill. As I said, nobody’s really expert at any of these topics yet. There’s a handful of folks, but most of them probably aren’t folks you’re going to hire.
So it’s more a question of who’s willing to learn, who’s willing to work hard and get better? Who do you trust to give you good answers and follow a solid process to get to those answers so that you can become more expert, you as an organization can become more expert.
Define SuccessThe next thing you want to do, once you’ve thought about the who, is define what success looks like. Just as I said in assessing these tools, if you are to conduct a project using one of them or a test using them, what do you mean by “a successful test?” And it’s okay for success to be defined at this point as “better understanding of how we might use them.”
Iff your definition of success is “It’s going to contribute materially to earnings this quarter,”that might not be realistic. If it’s, “We’ll have a better sense of how we might actually use this in the future so that it could contribute materially to earnings at some point,” well, then, good. Just put some parameters around what you mean by “better understanding.”
Don’t Produce Shelf-Help BooksI’m a consultant. My team are consultants. We get hired all the time to conduct feasibility studies and research projects for the people we work with. What we don’t like to do is produce what a friend of mine calls “shelf help books.” Those are those presentations or reports that you deliver to a client — or if you’re a client, get delivered to you — and then they get put on a shelf and are never touched again. They just sort of decorate the shelf. They’re a “shelf help book.”
Instead, that report or the final output of whatever you do here should turn into a plan or a budget request for next steps. Next steps might be a small pilot to test any hypotheses learned during the research that you’re conducting. It might be a small budget request to pilot a couple of concepts. And it might be “Revisit in 12 months.”
Now, that doesn’t mean that that becomes a shelf help book. It means, literally, put that on a calendar to say, “You know what? Not now. But maybe nine months from now, maybe 12 months from now, we’re going to take another look at this and see if it makes sense.”
Or some small budget to keep an eye on things on a monthly basis, on a six week basis, to see if anything pops up in the news that you should be taking a closer look at. And you can then dive deep again without having to start from scratch because you’ll have done some work today. If the future’s already here, we should be preparing for the future today.
Define Your TimingThe next thing you want to do after you’ve “defined who,” after you’ve “defined success,” define your timing. Projects should always have an end date.
I remember working on a project years ago, one of the first big projects I ever, ever worked on was an ERP implementation at one of the first companies I ever worked for. And I went to this kickoff meeting with my boss. Afterwards I walked out of there saying, “Wow, that’s some kind of crazy project.” This was going to completely upend our business. And my boss said, “That’s not a project, that’s a career.”
Because the way they talked about it, they really didn’t have a defined end date. They didn’t have a defined scope. It was just something we were going be working on forever. She was right . When I left the company four years later, they were still doing quote-unquote, “the project.” That’s not a project, that’s a career.
Don’t make the work you’re doing here open-ended. Pick dates that are sooner rather than later.
If you’ve ever done any work in an agile process, you tend to have very well defined sprints of usually a week or two weeks. And you can do the same thing with something like this.
Break it into stages. Set regular, and I’m going to put this in air quotes, “releases,” where you have defined deliverables. Whomever is working on this for you is going to come back to you every two weeks with some new information, some update of where they are and where they’re going next, and also give you the opportunity to say, “No, that’s great, keep going.” Or, “Hey, we want to redirect,” or, “Hey, this doesn’t make any sense any longer.”
Potential DeliverablesSo the first set could be just “identify companies who’ve already launched successful projects in the area.” You are thinking about, again, with a clear definition of what you mean by successful.
The second set of objectives could be identify who those companies have partnered with. Remember “who, not how.”
The third set could be holding discussions with those partners and sharing the results of those discussions with your stakeholders within your organization. How could you use this for your business?
And the cool thing is if you find after any one deliverable that, you know, the first one even, no one is doing much of anything, or no one is doing much of anything that has business value to you, or you can’t see how to make it a business value for you, then you can readjust the deliverables or end this “Explore” action, this exploration. Tag it with “revisit in six months,” and then move onto something else.
That’s the point of Core and Explore. Sometimes the “explore” is going to take you in a direction that says, “This doesn’t make sense for our business today.” But the beautiful thing is sometimes it’s going to take you in a direction you didn’t know — and you’ll discover that not only is the future here, but it’s a future that you can actually benefit from today.
So think in terms of your success. Think in terms of who not how. Think in terms of your timing.
Remember that the future is already here and that you don’t need permission to explore that future because if you do that well, you’ll discover not just new insights and new information. You may discover a whole set of benefits for your business you didn’t even realize were out there.
Show Closing and CreditsNow looking at the clock on the wall, we are out of time for this. I want to remind you that you can find the show notes for today’s episode, as well as an archive of all past episodes, by going to TimPeter.com/podcasts. Again, that’s TimPeter.com/podcasts. Just look for episode 370.
Subscribe to Thinks Out LoudDon’t forget that you can click on the subscribe link in any of the episodes you find to have Thinks Out Loud delivered to your favorite podcatcher every single week.
You can also find Thinks Out Loud on Apple Podcasts, Google Podcasts, Stitcher Radio, Spotify, Overcast. Anywhere fine podcasts are found.
Leave a Review for Thinks Out LoudWhile you’re there, I would also very much appreciate it if you could provide a positive rating or review for the show.
Those ratings and reviews help new listeners find the podcast. They help them understand what the show’s all about and help get the word out. And it helps to grow our community and it means so very, very much to me. I really appreciate you helping to make Thinks Out Loud a better place for everyone involved.
So thank you very, very much for that.
Thinks Out Loud on Social MediaYou can also find Thinks Out Loud on LinkedIn by going to linkedin.com/TimPeterAssociates. You can find me on Twitter using the Twitter handle @tcpeter. And as always, you can email me at podcast@TimPeter.com. Again, that’s podcast@TimPeter.com.
Show OutroFinally, I just want to say one more time how very much I appreciate you tuning in to the show every single week.
I am so, so pleased to get an opportunity to spend a little time with you every week. And I just thrilled that you continue to listen and you continue to participate and you continue to help grow the community here at Thinks Out Loud every single week.
So I hope you have a great rest of the. I hope you have a wonderful weekend ahead, and I will look forward to speaking with you here on Thinks Out Loud next time.
Until then, please be well. Be safe. And as always, take care everybody.
The post The Future is Already Here (Thinks Out Loud Episode 370) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
Happy New Year, Big Thinkers! I hope you had a wonderful holiday season and are getting geared up for your best year ever. To help you prep for the new year, I thought it made sense to look at the most important marketing trends you’re likely to face in 2023.
This year is one that’s filled with change. And those changes matter for your brand and business. These include things like Google and Facebook facing some of the toughest competitive challenges they’ve seen in years, the rise of artificial intelligence and machine learning in marketing, and, of course, the looming threat of a poor economy.
How will these trends shape your marketing plans for 2023 — and beyond? That’s what we’re talking about in this episode of Thinks Out Loud.
Want to learn more? Then give a listen, review the transcript, and check out all the show notes. Enjoy!
The Most Important Trends in Marketing 2023 — Headlines and Show NotesShow Notes and Links* What Will The Next Decade of Digital Look Like? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 314) – Tim Peter & Associates * Tim Peter Thinks – Tim Peter & Associates * We’re Living Through a Generational Shift to Digital (Thinks Out Loud Episode 317) * How Are You Holding Up? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 316) * What Kind of Year Are You Planning to Have (Thinks Out Loud Episode 313) – Tim Peter & Associates * Podcast – Tim Peter & Associates * While anticipation builds for GPT-4, OpenAI quietly releases GPT-3.5 | TechCrunch * ChatGPT and Other Chat Bots Are a ‘Code Red’ for Google Search – The New York Times * Microsoft to challenge Google by integrating ChatGPT with Bing search – The Verge * Better Language Models Without Massive Compute – Google AI Blog * Google plans giant AI language model supporting world’s 1,000 most spoken languages – The Verge * Pathways Language Model (PaLM): Scaling to 540 Billion Parameters for Breakthrough Performance – Google AI Blog * The Dark Risk of Large Language Models | WIRED * Is Artificial Intelligence Still a Big Trend for Your Business? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 311) – Tim Peter & Associates * AI Won’t Steal Your Job: Smart People Who Put AI to Work Will (Thinks Out Loud Episode 208) * The think tanks roll into Techistan – POLITICO * Jason Furman on Twitter: "Last month I revised my views of wage growth and underlying inflation up more than usual. This month I revised them both down more than usual. Am I being overly excitable and getting head-faked? Or is the data unusually weird? Probably a bit of both. A short :" / Twitter * Tech jobs and young job seekers driving fastest-growing cities * Partnerships Between Brands and Creators Will Define the Next Generation of Travel Marketing | HSMAI Americas * TikTok admits its workers accessed journalists’ data; 4 fired – The Washington Post * What Connects TikTok and the Hub and Spoke Model of Digital? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 299) * Three Content Distribution Concepts to Help Your Company’s Content Marketing Succeed (Thinks Out Loud Episode 329) – Tim Peter & Associates * Amazon.com: Thinking in Bets: Making Smarter Decisions When You Don’t Have All the Facts: 9780735216358: Duke, Annie: Books
Free DownloadsWe have some free downloads for you to help you navigate the current situation, which you can find right here:
Subscribe to Thinks Out Loud* Subscribe in iTunes * Subscribe in the Google Play Store
Contact information for the podcast: podcast@timpeter.com
Past Insights from Tim Peter ThinksTechnical Details for Thinks Out LoudRecorded using a Heil PR-40 Dynamic Studio Recording Mic and a Focusrite Scarlett 4i4 (3rd Gen) USB Audio Interface into Logic Pro X for the Mac.
Running time: 27m 59s
You can subscribe to Thinks Out Loud in iTunes, the Google Play Store, via our dedicated podcast RSS feed (or sign up for our free newsletter). You can also download/listen to the podcast here on Thinks using the player at the top of this page.
Transcript: The Most Important Trends in Marketing 2023 (Thinks Out Loud Episode 369)Well, hello again everyone, and welcome back to Thinks Out Loud, your source for all the digital expertise your business needs. My name is Tim Peter. This is episode 369 of the Big Show and Happy New Year. This is our first show of 2023. And as I like to do at the start of every year, I thought it might be worthwhile talking about what are the biggest and most important trends in marketing that we need to pay attention to this year.
What are the things that you should be aware of and should be thinking about as you go forward, as you really get your feet under you here in 2023?
Marketing Trends: A Year of ChangeThis is kind of a funny year from my perspective, because I think this is going to be a year of change. Everything seems to suggest that this is going to be a year of change.
And before I talk about why that is, I want to talk about why it might not be a year of change. It’s always a good idea to challenge your assumptions — especially when they’re your own. I don’t want to tell you, “Here’s what’s definitely going to happen,” because we don’t know what’s definitely going to happen. We know what we think is going to happen and what we feel pretty confident saying is going to happen.
But I’m always reminded of that Bill Gates quote that says, “We always overestimate the change we’ll see in the next two years and underestimate the change we’ll see in the next ten.” And all the trends in marketing that you hear about usually have very little effect in the near term. This time last year, almost everybody was talking about the metaverse. It was everywhere. And a year later… it’s still out there. It’s still something that might have some benefit in the longer term. But you really don’t hear many people talking about it in the immediate term.
I posted two different episodes of January last year talking about the topic of how the biggest, most important marketing trends sometimes are right in front of our face, and the things that people are talking about aren’t always what matters.
Looking Back to Look AheadSo I thought it might be fun to look at the trends in marketing over the last few years to see whether this idea of the change we’ll see in the next two years is overestimated, and the change we’ll see in the next 10 is underestimated to see if that idea holds up. And where are we compared with two years ago?
Two Years AgoWell, two years ago, the pandemic was coming up on being around for one year. Digital was exploding. I quoted Google’s Philipp Schindler as saying “we are living through a generational shift to digital.” I also was asking, how are you holding up? You know, clearly we were all feeling the effects of 10 to 11 months of the pandemic.
And if you think about it, not much has changed from that perspective. Two years later, we’re still living with the pandemic to some degree. Its influence has certainly waned, but we can’t ignore it. Digital has clearly moved into the core of many marketing departments accelerated by the pandemic. And a lot of us are still coping with the pressures and mental health challenges brought up by the pandemic.
I’ve seen multiple studies recently that talked about how marketing departments continually are asked to do more with less. That really hasn’t changed. It’s still fairly top of mind with people I talked to.
Ten Years AgoI also thought it would be fun to look at where we were 10 years ago, looking at the podcast and our blog. And I’m kind of chuckling because the funny thing is, 10 years ago, this podcast had only been around for a couple of months.
We got started in September of 2012, and by early 2013 had only published maybe 15 or 16 episodes. So I looked at some of our blog posts from that period to make sure I wasn’t missing anything. Now, what were we talking about then?
Well:
In other words, the fundamentals of digital marketing. Digital, even at that point, was still fairly new to a lot of folks. The other thing that is interesting to me was we were not talking about digital as integral to your marketing. We were talking about it as being “separate from” marketing.
I want to be very clear. We were making the case that it should be integral to your marketing. It should be integrated into the larger marketing discipline. But for many companies, for many businesses, that simply wasn’t the case. I said last year that “the word of the year was integrated” because the pandemic kind of forced that marriage in a way that had been taking a while to really happen.
Obviously, there were forward looking companies who were doing that very well two years ago, three years ago, five years ago, six years ago. But it wasn’t the norm for most companies. And today it’s no longer “digital marketing or marketing”. It’s marketing — both traditional and digital together. It’s virtually impossible to think of them as separate disciplines.
The More Things Change…The other thing that I think is interesting, when we look at the stories from 10 years ago, we are still talking about these in some form or other. Blogging has of course morphed into content marketing more generally — but content marketing still is top of mind. Mobile has become the default, if not dominant platform. Social and e-commerce remain as important as ever. And Google and Facebook as companies are still incredibly important.
So as sexy as talking about marketing trends can be, it’s clear that change tends to be evolutionary as opposed to revolutionary. I know that’s a boring story. I know we all want to talk about the “ooh, shiny” and “the cool new thing.” But it’s generally true that we kind of go through an evolution over time.
What Has Changed?At the same time, just as digital has become integrated into our marketing foundations, we’re starting to see the technologies and the tactics mature and earn their place inside your overall marketing toolkit.
Marketing Trend: Artificial Intelligence and Machine LearningSome of the evolution we’re seeing is starting to look like a revolution as you look back towards where we were a decade ago. Now with all that said, one of the biggest trends is that the big players, the AGFAM — Apple, Google, Facebook, Amazon, Microsoft — are under more threat than they’ve been in years. Why?
Well, two letters: AI. Artificial intelligence. Or if you prefer machine learning, ML. Generative AI is one of the biggest trends we’ve seen in years. Whether we’re talking about DALL-E, whether we’re talking about Stable Diffusion, whether we’re talking about ChatGPT, and its underlying technology of GPT 3 or GPT 3.5.
These tools for creating images and text are becoming really, really useful. There was a story a couple of weeks ago in the New York Times about basically how ChatGPT is scaring the crap out of Google. The Verge also had a great writeup on this. I will of course link to these in the show notes. Bloomberg has a report that says Microsoft is adding ChatGPT into its search, into Bing, which is a way that they can bring it to market pretty quickly. You know, without the OpenAI Foundation having to be the one who commercializes it. Microsoft is an investor in OpenAI so go figure that this is something that they’re, you know, looking to do. And, of course, there’s more innovation coming here.
ChatGPT is built on a large language model called GPT 3.5. And GPT 4 is probably coming soon. Nobody’s quite sure when, but some articles claim we might see this as early as the first quarter of 2023. In other words, within a few months.
Google obviously is not standing still. Just as those articles said that, you know, ChatGPT is scaring the crap out of Google, they’re trying to make sure that they don’t get left by the wayside. Google has its own large language models like PaLM and LaMDA and they’re also working on what’s called “an ambitious project” that they claim will support the world’s 1,000 most spoken languages. So there’s a lot coming and these are going to be pretty mainstream, I suspect over the next 9-12-18 months.
We’ve talked about this before, that there are downsides to these technologies. You know, Meta tried something called Galactica that turned into a mess. But Generative AI absolutely has its place. And we should expect to see a lot more of these tools finding their way into your workflows throughout 2023.
Betting on the FutureI’d bet a fair bit of money on these playing a role in your marketing efforts by the end of the year. Either you’ll be using them directly — you may already be testing them. Or they’ll be built into the products you’re already using. Google, as I’ve already mentioned, has a huge stake in not getting disrupted by these kinds of tools. So does Microsoft with Bing, but also Microsoft Office with Word, with PowerPoint. And so does a company like Adobe. If you think about Photoshop or Adobe Analytics, they could really rely on these tools to help them maintain their market position they need to, or else they risk losing that market position to startups who are using them. So this is a really exciting time and we’re seeing more disruption than we’ve seen in a long time of the biggest players.
AI Won’t Steal Your JobNow, obviously it’s easy to look at this and say, well, should I be worried about my job? And I don’t think so, or at least I don’t. If you’re starting to pay attention to this, if you’re starting to make use of these tools, SciTechDaily had a post the other day that talked about how “robots are taking over jobs, but don’t panic yet.”
Notice the key word there is “yet.” As I’ve said for years, AI won’t steal your job, but smart people who use AI will. So be smart and start looking at ways you can use AI and start looking at vendors who help you to use AI.
Regulatory PressuresThe other big threat that the big players face, of course, is pressure from regulators. Now, I’m not going to spend a lot of time on this. It’s not my core area of expertise. You know, I’m sure there are people who can predict what regulators are likely to do; I’m not sure that I’m one of them.
But obviously as the US gavels in its new Congress, it will remain worth watching. We’re also seeing the EU bring a number of enforcement actions against the big digital players. And the reason that it’s worth watching is because it seems to have the AGFAM — Apple, Google, Facebook, Amazon, and Microsoft — looking over their shoulder and, if I can mix metaphors for a moment, waiting for the other shoe to drop. And that is a big marketing trend that you want to pay attention to this year because it creates space for their competitors to operate. We’ll see what happens, but it is opening up the landscape a little bit.
Marketing Trend: Social ExperimentationOne of the reasons that’s important is because it influences our next most important marketing trend, which is social experimentation. It’s pretty clear that Facebook has stumbled badly over the last year. Don’t get me wrong, I don’t think they’re going anywhere anytime soon. They are still huge. They have 2 billion users on its legacy Facebook app, on Instagram, on WhatsApp. Each. They’re not going to disappear overnight.
They’re also clearly not as dominant.
Time to Test TikTokAnd all the growth, the lion’s share of growth, is clearly happening elsewhere with TikTok being at the top of that list. If you are a B2C company, business to consumer, it’s probably well past time for you to start testing TikTok. They’ve got a billion users already. Yes, TikTok might end up being banned, but as Benedict Evans noted the other day, TikTok is producing far too much money. There’s way too much money at stake for the people who care not to work out a solution. That’s not a firm prediction on my part, because, again, I’m not going to spend a lot of time trying to predict what Congress will do. You know, they might not be able to agree on a solution anytime soon; it took them 15 ballots to elect a speaker of the house. But it’s also clear that TikTok’s links to the government of China are problematic. There is, you know, evidence that they’ve done some spying on journalists and so there may be some risks.
That said, it’s worth testing if you do it right, you know, put it on a computer that doesn’t have anything else on it, put it on an iPad, something along those lines, and test it for your business. And of course, TikTok isn’t the only game in town. There is Discord. There’s Twitch. There’s Mastodon. There are other social channels that might be worth conducting some tests.
Marketing Trend: The Continued Rise of CommunityNow, the reason I say might is because there is another important marketing trend you want to watch that year, and that is how you grow your community. How do you actually get a closer connection with your customers, both potential and real, so that you can connect with them more completely so that you can build a deeper relationship.
We’re seeing lots of companies move their networks towards email or a closed social group like Discord. If you look at the growth of email newsletters among media, and the renewed commitment to email among brands, it’s pretty clear that companies who are doing well are doing so by building that connection and making it more holistic.
The Ongoing Need for Hub and SpokeIt’s also really important because if you look at the Twitter… well, let’s call it “mess” and how that’s reinforced, if there’s anything we should learn, it’s the importance of following a Hub and Spoke strategy. You know, the Hub is the assets you control — your website, your email marketing list, your community. And the Spokes are the distribution channels that let you reach that community — Facebook, Instagram, LinkedIn, Google, et cetera.
It’s really, really time to make sure you’re moving folks who engage with your Spokes towards your Hub. Now, that might sound like it contradicts the “test TikTok” recommendation, but you still need Spokes. You just also want to deepen the relationship with people who already know you.
Expand Your Work With CreatorsYou may also want to be testing more how you work with creators or influencers who can help you expand your audience in some new spokes, in some new distribution channels. Your customers continue to seek brands that they can connect with, that feel authentic and natural and real. Most importantly, brands that speak to their values.
So who can help you do that? Who, who speaks to your values and helps you reach your audience more effectively? That’s something that you definitely want to be testing throughout 2023.
Marketing Trend: The Economy at LargeThe last big trend in marketing that I think it’s worth paying attention to is not about marketing at all. It’s actually larger than that. It is the economy and maybe a recession. Maybe. I don’t know how likely it is that we are going to have a recession in 2023. I wouldn’t bet a ton on it one way or the other. We’re seeing lots of layoffs among the biggest players like Amazon and Facebook; Google mostly hasn’t had layoffs yet. But regardless of whether we’re going to have a recession or not — and again, I wouldn’t bet very much on it one way or the other at the moment — this remains a deeply strange and weird economy.
I pay attention to a number of very, very savvy economists through The Conference Board and people who were on various Councils of Economic Advisors to various presidential administrations. And they’re all saying the same thing, which is, this is a weird, weird economy .
Forget a “Recession.” Watch How Your Customers Spend Their MoneySo the point is that you want to keep an eye on leading indicators among your customers.
If so, that’s a pretty good sign that they’re being more cautious.
We don’t need an actual recession to slow down your customer’s spending or impact your revenues.
Now, if you don’t see those things great, full steam ahead, things are going well, but it’s something we want to pay attention to.
The Talent WarAnd of course, as a consequence of the economy, we’re still seeing that talent is tough to come by. That’s one of the reasons this is a weird economy right now, that unemployment is historically low, and also people are suggesting there might be a recession. Those two things usually don’t happen at the same time.
That’s going to have an effect when we talk about talent of, you know, do you need to continue to look at remote work? Do you need to embrace remote work, or is that something that might not be around as much by the end of the year? I don’t really know, and I’m not really willing to take too many bets on it.
I would suggest that you want to pay attention to what’s happening in the marketplace for talent as well as your customers’ behaviors. Those are the things that are going to help you understand how the economy is affecting your business and allow you to make the right decisions for your business as you go forward.
How Can You Manage These Trends?Now, I realize I’ve talked about a variety of different trends and also since some of these may happen and some of these may not happen. So it begs the question, what can you do to be ready?
Scenario PlanningWell, the first of course, and I’ve talked about this many times, is scenario. I’ll post some links in the show notes to prior podcast episodes about “How You Can Do Business In What Is The Weirdest Economy Ever.” Plan for the best case, the worst case, and the base case scenarios so that you’re ready no matter what happens.
Think in BetsYou’ll also note I’ve said many times in this episode about I wouldn’t bet much or I would bet, et cetera. There’s a great book called “Thinking In Bets” by Annie Duke. And it’s a great way to think about things when you’re not terribly certain. How much would you be willing to bet on a given outcome? Getting used to that framework is really helpful as you think about the trends that might matter as the year goes.
Core and ExploreOf course, while we’re talking about frameworks, I also would encourage you to think about a “Core and Explore” framework. Use that as a means to test.
Put most of your energy, most of your resources, most of your budget, into things that are core to your business. And then test explore with maybe 10%, 15% of your budget to see what might become part of the core over time. Anything that I’ve talked about here that you go, “I’m not really sure.” Fine. Don’t put a big bet on it. Put a small bet on it. Test and see if that makes sense to you. Explore and see if it works for your business, and then you can move that into the Core over time if it pays off.
Predicting is Foolish. Preparation is KeyThe last thing that I would encourage you to do is accept that it’s impossible to predict every marketing trend perfectly. There are too many wild cards, too many variables. How many people predicted last year that Elon Musk would buy Twitter ? How many people predicted that we’d all have to learn how to spell Mastodon?
Listen to Your CustomersThe world sometimes changes in ways we can’t see coming. The important thing to remember is that you don’t need to predict the future. You don’t need to care about trends if they’re not being adopted by your customers. You don’t have a Mastodon account for your business? That’s okay. It probably means you don’t need one.
Instead, listen to your customers. Pay attention to the data that you see in your business, and they’ll tell you where you need to go.
Recapping the Most Important Marketing Trends of 2023So if we recap the top marketing trends for the year:
And lastly, the one thing I would bet a lot of money on is that listening to your customers will remain the most important marketing trend this year and every year after that. It’s the one marketing trend we can count on never going out of style.
Show Closing and CreditsNow looking at the clock on the wall, we are out of time for this week. I want to remind you that you can find the show notes for today’s episode, as well as an archive of all past episodes by going to TimPeter.com/podcasts. Again, that’s TimPeter.com/podcasts. Just look for episode 369.
Subscribe to Thinks Out LoudDon’t forget that you can click on the subscribe link in any of the episodes you find there to have Thinks Out Loud delivered to your favorite podcatcher every single week, You can also find Thinks Out Loud on Apple Podcasts, Google Podcasts, Stitcher Radio, Spotify, Overcast, anywhere fine podcasts are found. Those are the Spokes that lead you to my Hub, right?
Leave a Review for Thinks Out LoudWhile you’re on those Spokes, while you’re on any of those sites, I would also very much appreciate it if you could provide a positive rating or review for the show. They help new listeners find the podcast. It helps them understand what the show is all about. It helps get the word out, and it helps to build our community. It means so very, very much to me. I, I really appreciate you helping make Thinks Out Loud a better place for everyone involved. So thank you so much for that.
Thinks Out Loud on Social MediaYou can also find Thinks Out Loud on LinkedIn by going to linkedin.com/timpeterassociates. You can find me on Twitter using the Twitter handle at TCPeter, and as always, you can email me podcast@timpeter.com. Again, that’s podcast@timpeter.com.
Show OutroFinally, with all that said, I just want to say once again, how much I appreciate you tuning in every single week to the show.
We’ve been doing the show for well over 10 years now, a little over 10 years. And I’m just thrilled that you continue to listen and you continue to participate. You continue to email, you continue to ping me on social media. It means just a tremendous amount that you’re engaged and you care and you want to participate in building this community together.
So I really hope you have a great rest of the week. I hope you have a wonderful weekend, and I’ll look forward to speaking with you here on Thinks Out Loud next time. Until then, please be well, be safe and as always, take care of everybody.
The post The Most Important Trends in Marketing 2023 (Thinks Out Loud Episode 369) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
Welcome to the New Year, Big Thinkers! 2023 is now upon us. And that seems like a great time to revisit this episode that looks at how to drive business using digital in the year ahead.
Digital continually changes. But there are some consistently useful strategies and tactics you can use to improve your business this year — and beyond. What tools, techniques, and tips can you expect to work for you in 2023? That’s what this episode of Thinks Out Loud is all about.
We’ll look at why consistency and focus matter more than ever. We’ll dive into how to put a "Core and Explore" strategy into place for your business. And we’ll look at the Hub and Spokes that matter to grow your business in 2023.
Want to learn more? Here are the show notes for you.
How to Drive Business Using Digital in 2023 — Headlines and Show NotesShow Notes and Links* Will ChatGPT Kill Google? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 367) * The Future of the Metaverse? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 363) * The Metaverse in Hospitality Marketing: Loren Gray Interview (Thinks Out Loud Episode 366) * Is It Time for Digital Marketers to Move On to The Next Big Thing? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 360) * How Much Will 2022’s Top Tech Trends Shape Your Digital Strategy This Year? Not Much (Thinks Out Loud Episode 334) – Tim Peter & Associates * A Far Too Quick Look at the Metaverse, web3, and the Future of Digital (Thinks Out Loud Episode 349) * What 2022 Trends Should Marketers Care About? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 335) – Tim Peter & Associates * Revisiting "Content Distribution Concepts to Help Your Content Marketing Succeed" (Thinks Out Loud) * The Single Biggest Myth in Digital: Content is Expensive (Thinks Out Loud Episode 275) * Revisiting Content Marketing in Action (Thinks Out Loud) * Is Content a Strategic Product for Your Business? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 319) * Your Employees — and Customers — Live in a Different World Now (Thinks Out Loud Episode 362) * The History of Internet Communities | by Richard Chen | Medium * What Does "Digital" Even Mean Right Now (Thinks Out Loud Episode 343)
Free DownloadsWe have some free downloads for you to help you navigate the current situation, which you can find right here:
Subscribe to Thinks Out Loud* Subscribe in iTunes * Subscribe in the Google Play Store
Contact information for the podcast: podcast@timpeter.com
Past Insights from Tim Peter ThinksTechnical Details for Thinks Out LoudRecorded using the travel rig: Shure SM57 Cardioid Dynamic Instrument Microphone and a IK Multimedia iRig Pro Duo IO USB audio interface into Logic Pro X for the Mac.
Running time: 26m 18s
You can subscribe to Thinks Out Loud in iTunes, Google Podcasts, via our dedicated podcast RSS feed (or sign up for our free newsletter). You can also download/listen to the podcast here on Thinks using the player at the top of this page.
Transcript: How to Drive Business Using Digital in 2023Well, hello again everyone, and welcome back to Thinks Out Loud, your source for all the digital expertise your business needs. My name is Tim Peter. This is episode 368 of the Big Show, and I think we have a really cool show for you today.
I was talking to someone the other day — about the podcast actually — and we were talking about the fact that there’s so many new things going on that we’ve been talking a lot about: the future of digital; and things like the metaverse; and all of these incredible technologies like ChatGPT and the like. And the question I was asked was, “Well, that’s great and all. But, how can I succeed right now? How can I drive business using digital in 2023? What is it that I need to do to make my business succeed using digital?”
And it’s a really important question to think about. And as we’re heading into a new year, it’s an incredibly important time to be thinking about that question.
Not as Much Variation as You Might ThinkAnd I wanted to say there’s really just a couple of simple principles that I encourage people to think about. Obviously, there is going to be some variation here based on the size of your company. There’s some variation between B2B and B2C. There’s some variation based on the industry that you’re involved in. At the same time, there are some basic principles that apply fairly universally and that I would recommend you think about as you are looking forward to next year if you want to use digital to drive business. Which:
Focus and ConsistencySo what are those principles? Well, the first principle I want you to remember is “focus and consistency.” I know that sounds like two, but to me those go hand in hand. They are inextricably linked. It is so easy in digital, it is so easy with digital marketing, it is so easy with digital transformation to get distracted by what I call, “Ooh, shiny,” right? Whatever the cool new thing is, the thing that’s getting tons of buzz and tons of media attention.
If you think back to the beginning of 2022, there was an immense amount of conversation, there was an immense amount of discussion around the metaverse, around what Facebook was trying to do with the metaverse. And at the time I said that I didn’t think the metaverse was going to be that big a deal — this year anyway — and so far that seems accurate. I want to be fair, I’m not making a prediction one way or the other about if it will ever be a big thing. I’ve done episodes about that recently and I will of course link to those episodes in the show notes.
I’m saying that you want to perform in specific areas consistently. I’m saying you want to keep your eye on the ball. When you lack focus, when you lack consistency, it is far too hard to produce results that also have any consistency to them. You’re bouncing around from thing to thing with very little long-term benefit from any of those actions, and so you want to make sure you’re maintaining focus and consistency on those areas that actually deliver benefit to your business.
Core and ExploreNow the second principle I want to talk about really gets at where do you put that focus and consistency? And you’ve heard me say this many times before. It’s a principle known as “core and explore”. Now, “Core” means the things that work for you all the time. And “Explore” means the things that you’re going to test so that you can continue to grow within the Core.
CoreHub and Spokes.There’s one key area of the Core you want to focus on, and that you’ve heard me talk about many times is “the Hub and Spoke.”
The Hub. Your Hub are the channels that you control. They’re your website, your email list, and your community.
The Spokes. The Spokes are channels that provide you reach, that provide you distribution for your content and your messages and your products. So they include things like paid and organic media., advertising, social, YouTube. Sales platforms like Amazon or Expedia or Etsy or Reverb. And I would also include creators or influencers. Among the spokes, they’re ways of reaching new customers that you cannot reach cost effectively or as easily on your own. And I want to dive into both of these a little bit.
Hub and Spoke: The HubYour Email List
When we think about the hub, the first thing that I think about is your email list.
You want to make a goal to grow your email list by a healthy percentage in 2023, you get to decide what healthy percentage means in real terms for your business. I do want you to remember, however, that there’s about a 30% churn rate every year in email. Meaning about 30% of your list either opts out or they stop opening them, or they unsubscribe, or they put a filter in place that sends you to a folder that they never look in, that they just simply stop seeing your email.
A core principle you always want to remember about email is that “if your list isn’t growing, it’s shrinking.”
If you started 2022 with a 100,000 person list, it is now a 70,000 person list. Period. And that ratio holds if you started with a thousand person list, a 10,000 person list, a hundred thousand person list, or a million person list. If it’s not growing, it’s shrinking. And it’s shrinking, on average, by about 30% per year.
Why is this so important? There’s a really simple reason. If we’ve learned anything from Facebook’s implosion this year, if we’ve learned anything from the ongoing Twitter mess, it’s that you can’t rely solely on the Spokes, the external distribution channels, to allow you to continually connect with your customer. Email remains the single best way to stay connected with customers who want to stay connected with you. They’ve said, “I want to opt in. I want to hear from you.”
Sure, that could change in the future, but look at the growth of Substack. Look at the growth of all these email newsletters. These are customers saying, “I want to hear from the people I care about.”
In 2023, that’s still going to be true. So make a goal to grow your email list by a healthy percentage.
Your Website The second part of the Hub that I think it makes sense to think about is your website, and there are a million things that you could do on your website, but I want to focus on two really quickly.
Landing pages. The first of these is your landing page.
It’s probably time for a healthy landing page tune up. If you have an email list, you’re using that email list to drive people to specific pages on your site from time to time. When’s the last time you reviewed those landing pages to make sure that they are still delivering on the promise that you make in your emails.
Site speed. The other part of your website that you want to think about in 2023, and this is true every year, but what can you do to make your website faster? It doesn’t matter how fast it is today, doesn’t matter how fast it was last year. Next year, it will seem slower by comparison. So what can you do to increase the speed of your website? Work with your development team to get your website to respond ever faster, particularly on mobile, because that’s going to have a real effect on whether or not customers convert.
Community. The last part of the hub that I want you to think about is your community. You need to continue to nurture your community. Who are the people already talking about your products or services? Do you know what they’re saying? Do you know how you’re connecting with them? What are you doing when they’re talking about your products and services?
And what can you do to foster that relationship, to deepen that relationship, to bring them ever closer to you in a really healthy, organic way? Right? We don’t want to be creeps about this. We don’t want to just randomly reach out to people and say, “Hey, can you do this for us?” But rather, “Hey, thank you so much for what you’re saying about us and for helping keep our name in other people’s, you know, worlds. How can we help you going forward? What can we do to grow this community together?”
Think about whose job it is within your business to do that, to help nurture that community, to help grow that community.
Community remains one of the biggest growth areas over the next. And it requires attention from your team. Your Hub is not complete if you are not working to foster that community more organically and more naturally.
Remember, you are an equal participant in it; you are not the sole participant in it. It’s not top down. It’s very much a dialogue. It’s very much a conversation. And if people are already having that conversation, you want to participate in a really natural way.
I’m a big fan in terms of, of seeing how people do it. Look to healthy communities on Reddit, for instance. If you’re not doing this already, but see where people are doing this well on Reddit. Because Reddit is a site that really rejects inorganic conversations. And so if you look at companies who are participating on Reddit in a really healthy, organic way, you can learn a lot about how to do that well for your own business.
Hub and Spokes: The Spokes.Now, I’ve talked a lot about the hub. Let’s talk about the spokes for just a minute. And I’m not going to go too deep on this because spokes are probably where we see the widest difference among big companies and small ones, and among B2B and B2C. The channels that you use for marketing and sale play widely divergent roles, depending on your company, your customers, your industry, the size of your business, your focus.
Some companies live and die on Instagram or LinkedIn or TikTok or Etsy. And some companies never use any of these, or they’ll use one and never touch any of the rest. There’s just tons of diversity here.
Diversify channel partners Despite that diversity, there is something everybody can do, and that is to diversify your channel partners, at least to some degree.
And again, look at the Twitter and Facebook messes. You know the line, you know the old line, “Don’t build your brand on rented land.” I’d update that to “Don’t build your brand on a single piece of rented land.” The greater you diversify the landlords with a say in your business, the lower risk to your business from any one of them.
Now, when I talk about diversifying these channels, it might sound like I’m suggesting losing focus or losing consistency. But here’s why that’s not the case. I would recommend that you pick just one or two additional marketing or sales channels that you can manage going forward with focus and consistency. If you can only do that with one, then only do it with one.
If you’re a larger company, maybe you can do two. Maybe you can do three. But it’s only those that you can do with focus and consistency that you want to test.
And that’s really the key. Test something new, see how it works for you, for your business. You can then double down on those that work. Sure, bigger companies can probably do more than one or two, but the point is all about which ones you can use with focus and consistency.
There’s lots of other things you can do with Spokes, but again, those are going to vary widely. So think more about “are we diversifying the rented land we’re using to build our brand so that we’re not dependent on a single landlord?” The better a job you do there, the better a position you’ll be in in 2023, and frankly, beyond.
Product and MessagingOne last thing I want to say about Core is think about your product and messaging. Is your product clearly defined? Even if it’s a service, is it clearly defined, especially if it’s a service, is it clearly defined? Do your customers understand what you offer and the value it provides them? I made a huge mistake when I first started consulting.
People used to ask me, “What can you do for me?” And I’d answer, “Oh, all kinds of things.” Well, the thing is, nobody can buy “all kinds of things,” right? That’s not a product, that’s not a service, that’s not an offering. That’s this amorphous mass. That’s not something that people can get their head around or their hands around.
They need a clear understanding of the value that your product or service offers. If you think of a customer in a supermarket, they can pick up a box off the shelf and they can read the ingredients. They can examine it from all sides. They can look inside. They can feel it. They can touch it. Sometimes they can even smell it. It’s tactile, it’s physical, it’s real. And particularly in digital, you want to make your products and services as tactile, as physical, as real as you can. You have to do the same with your offer. Put your benefits in “a box that customers can pick up,” at least metaphorically, so that they can have a better understanding of what it is that you do and the value that they receive if they choose you.
I did this. I eventually developed a handful of products, a digital marketing assessment that clearly laid out the benefits of companies’ digital marketing. A digital transformation framework that I could walk companies through to improve their digital transformation journey. A digital marketing agency vendor selection framework. A web development vendor selection framework.
People said, “Oh, I get that. I know what I’m buying and I understand the benefit that I receive.” They can pick up those boxes, feel them, touch them, see what’s. And remember those landing pages I referenced a minute ago? If you don’t put your benefits “in a box that customers can pick up,” whether metaphorically or real, your landing pages simply won’t work.
So these become really conjoined. They’re really joined at the hip in terms of the product, the messaging, and the landing page to drive business for, y’know, your business.
Your Content CalendarOne last thing I want to touch on here is your content calendar. What is it that you are actually saying to people all year long now, you don’t have to know about the whole year all at once.
Rocks, Pebbles, Sand
Conduct a “rocks, pebbles, sand” exercise for your content.
Rocks. Define your rocks. Rocks are these big important events or items probably defined for the next 120 to 180 days? Maybe longer if you know you have a big product release or a conference or a market event that happens further out, but these are things that you know are coming.
You know, I do a lot of work in the travel industry. We know that summer is coming, you know, on Memorial Day every year in the United States, right? The big bank holidays, if you’re around the. Those shouldn’t come as a surprise. We should put those on the content calendar now for things that might be, you know, six months away, because they shouldn’t come as a surprise to us.
And we should be thinking about what kinds of content are we going to be putting in place in support of those market events today so that we’re not scrambling in May to figure out what it is we’re trying to say to our customer.
Pebbles. Then add some pebbles to the plan. You know, these are smaller but still necessary items, and you really only have to define these, you know, 30 days out, 60 days out, depending on how long your content creation process is.
Sand. And then lastly, look for holes in the calendar and say those are opportunities for sand. Opportunistic items. They’re small messages, but they’re things that support your overall messaging for the year that at least you have a few weeks, you’re at least a few weeks in advance of where you are today, and then keep updating this content, a calendar on a rolling 60 to 90 day basis.
That way you’re not getting caught short or surprised as new things come up in all cases. Keep using your data to continually refine what’s working, learn from it, and improve, just build on it.
So again, within the Core part of “Core and Explore”, we’re talking about “Hub and Spoke.” We’re talking about products and messaging.
ExploreIn Explore, that’s really where you’re keeping a small portion of your budget to test new ideas. I’d say no less than 5%, and probably no more than 20 or 25%. Again, the size of your budget is going to play a role here. If you’ve got a $5 million marketing budget, digital marketing budget, you could probably conduct meaningful tests with a much smaller percentage. Even 1% would give you $50,000 to play with. I’d recommend more, but the basic point holds.
So what do you test? Well, again, there’s a lot of diversity here, but you could test big, wild ideas. You could test the metaverse. You could test NFTs. You could test new social channels like Twitch or TikTok or Discord if you’ve never used them before. You also could try small ideas like our one additional sales or marketing channel that we talked about before.
What you want to keep in mind is focus and consistency. If it works, if it does well for your business, are you ready to add it to your Core practices? If you’re not ready to add it to your Core practices, how would you do that?
The point is, how do you keep exploring things that you haven’t done before to learn and to grow, while also maintaining focus and consistency? That’s really what we’re trying to get.
ConclusionIf you think about everything we’ve just talked about, it might sound like a lot, but notice we’ve stayed true to a few simple principles:
Using digital to drive business in 2023 doesn’t need to be difficult. It requires focus, it requires consistency. But it’s really about learning and growing. It’s about staying open to new things while building on your prior successes. And, yes, some of those will be, “Ooh, shiny.” But instead of being distracted by them, this framework, this process, helps keep your attention, your time, your resources, and your budget focused on what works.
And when you maintain that focus, that’s what’s going to work to drive business using digital in 2023. And every year after that too.
Show Closing and CreditsNow, looking at the clock on the wall, we are out of time for this week. I want to remind you that you can find the show notes for today’s episode, as well as an archive of all past episodes by going to TimPeter.com/podcasts.
Again, that’s TimPeter.com/podcasts. Just look for episode 368.
Subscribe to Thinks Out LoudDon’t forget that you can click on the subscribe link in any of the episodes you find there to have Thinks Out Loud, delivered to your favorite podcast catcher every single week. You can also find Thinks Out Loud on Apple Podcasts, Google Podcasts, Stitcher Radio, Spotify, Overcast, or anywhere find podcasts are found.
Leave a Review for Thinks Out LoudWhile you’re there, I would also very much appreciate it if you could provide a positive rating or review for the show. Those reviews help new listeners find the podcast. It helps them understand what we are all about. It helps get the word out about Thinks Out Loud, and it means so very much to me that it helps build our community. I appreciate everything you do to help us grow that community, and I would appreciate your help here.
Thinks Out Loud on Social MediaYou can also find Thinks Out Loud on LinkedIn by going to LinkedIn.com/TimPeterAssociates. You can find me on Twitter using the Twitter handle @TCPeter, and as always, you can email me at podcast@timpeter.com. Again, that’s podcast@timpeter.com.
Show OutroWith all that said, I just want to say once again, how much it means to me to have you tune into our show here every single week. So with all of that said, I really hope you have a great rest of the week. I hope you have a wonderful weekend ahead. And I’ll look forward to speaking with you here on Thinks Out Loud next time. Until then, please be well. Be safe. And as always, take care everybody.
The post Revisiting How to Drive Business Using Digital in 2023 (Thinks Out Loud) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
The TPA and Thinks Out Loud is on vacation this week, enjoying the holidays with friends and family. I hope you are too. So, it seemed like as good a time as any to revisit this episode of the Thinks Out Loud podcast, called "Touch Grass," and remind you — and if I’m being honest, myself — that every once in a while it’s a good idea to back away from the keyboard, step outside, and get in touch with nature — and other human beings.
Thank you as ever for all your support of Thinks Out Loud and Tim Peter & Associates. On behalf of the entire team, I wish you a warm, safe, and wonderful holiday season, as well as a fantastic, successful, and exceedingly happy New Year.
We’ll see you after the break with all new episodes of the pod. In the meantime, I hope you get a chance to "touch grass." Here are the show notes for you.
Revisiting "Touch Grass" (Thinks Out Loud) Headlines and Show NotesShow Notes and Links* Downton Abbey on MASTERPIECE on PBS * Wright brothers – Wikipedia * Spanish flu – Wikipedia * World War I – Wikipedia * intoduction of the iphone – Google Search * Steve Jobs debuts the iPhone – HISTORY * History of the iPhone – Wikipedia * Paul Virilio – Wikiquote * Touch grass – Social Media Marketing & Management Dashboard * You Get to Make it Better (Thinks Out Loud Episode 341) * What Are We Doing Here? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 229) * How Are You Holding Up? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 316) * Revisiting "What I’ve Learned in 10 Years as an Entrepreneur" – Tim Peter & Associates * Top Trends: The Word of the Year in Digital is “Integration” (Thinks Out Loud Episode 356)
Free DownloadsWe have a couple of free downloads for you to help you navigate the current situation, which you can find right here:
Subscribe to Thinks Out Loud* Subscribe in iTunes * Subscribe in the Google Play Store
Contact information for the podcast: podcast@timpeter.com
Past Insights from Tim Peter ThinksYou might also want to check out these slides I had the pleasure of presenting recently about the key trends shaping marketing in the next year. Here are the slides for your reference:
Digital Marketing Directions 2020 from Tim Peter
(And, yes… you can hire me to speak at your next event, too). Technical Details for Thinks Out LoudRecorded using a Heil PR-40 Dynamic Studio Recording Mic and a Focusrite Scarlett 4i4 (3rd Gen) USB Audio Interface into Logic Pro X for the Mac.
Running time: 16m 40s
You can subscribe to Thinks Out Loud in iTunes, the Google Play Store, via our dedicated podcast RSS feed (or sign up for our free newsletter). You can also download/listen to the podcast here on Thinks using the player at the top of this page.
Transcript: Revisiting "Touch Grass"Well hello again, everyone. Welcome back to Thinks Out Loud, your source for all the digital expertise your business needs.
So, I want to start this week with a story. My wife and I have been streaming Downton Abbey over the last couple of months. We’d never seen it. I realize this show’s been around for a while, but we’d never seen it. It’s great. It’s phenomenal. It starts with World War I breaking out. It includes the flu pandemic. The Beer Hall Putsch in Germany is talked about in later seasons. Characters die on the regular. All kinds of crazy stuff happens, right?
And it’s not all bad, of course. Along the way, this classic manner that these wealthy landed gentry live in, get telephones and electricity and radio and a phonograph. Their lives are frequently turned upside down. And, of course, there are romances and marriages and births and parties and all sorts of fun too.
I’ll tell you one of the weirdest things about the show, from a modern perspective, is how much they walk from place to place. How much they’re outside. There aren’t a lot of cars and they often just stroll around the village to get where they need to go.
Downton Abbey Reminds Me of My GrandmotherBut anyway, there are massive changes in the lives of these characters, these people, all throughout the series. It’s particularly resonant with me, because their lives roughly parallel the lifetime of my late grandmother. The youngest daughter on the family on the show is just a bit older than my grandmother was; she was born just a few years before my grandmother. So my grandmother could have been a younger sister still to the people of this family.
Massive Changes and Disruption in Their LivesAnd my wife and I got to talking about the change that people of that generation experienced, both during the run of the series, during the period covered in the series, and the amount that they’d see in their lifetimes that followed.
The Great Depression was literally right around the corner. World War II was not far behind. My grandmother was born before the Wright Brothers flew and when she died, we were sending up space shuttles regularly. All of that occurred just in the span of my grandmother’s life.
Huge disruption in their lives. Some of it good, some of it bad, but all of it different in meaningful ways from what they were used to, from what came before.
Massive Changes and Disruption in Our LivesWe’ve lived through some massive disruption, as well. This year has been hard. Last year was especially hard. Hell, this decade has been tough. We’ve lived through one of the most traumatic and difficult periods in our lives, if not in modern history. We had a global pandemic, a major recession, elections and riots and protests, a rapid recovery from that recession, vaccines, the Great Resignation, “work from home/work from anywhere,” all the economic uncertainty that’s going on now, and on and on and on.
This has been going on, by the way, for some 15 years now. If you think about the Great Recession, that was only 14 years ago. The recovery that followed. The birth of the iPhone. The iPhone’s been around for just 15 years. Go back just a little bit further and Facebook is only about 18 years old. If you live in the States, it can’t even buy a drink, right? Twitter is younger. TikTok is a child.
We’ve seen an immense amount of change. And I bet for many of you, there have also been romances and marriages and births and parties and all sorts of fun too.
There’s good, there’s bad, just like the imaginary characters of Downton Abbey. We’ve all seen some good, we’ve all seen some bad, but all of it different in meaningful ways from what you were used to.
How Did We Live Our Lives Before Mobile Phones?I was having a discussion with my younger kid the other day. They’re 24. And it just came up that we were talking about the days before cell phones. My kid has always had a cell phone. They’ve had one since they were nine, for reasons that we’re not going to get into here in the show. But they’ve had one for a long time. And how, before cell phones, you had to meet your friends at a particular time and a particular place.
If you were going out with a group of people, you agreed were going to meet in front of the movie theater at 7:00 PM, or we’re going to meet at the mall, outside the KB Toys or outside the Sam Goodie’s, or outside a particular store, or what have you. And we’re going to be there at two in the afternoon. Because if you were late, no one could reach you. No one had any idea where you were. And if you were 10 to 15 minutes late, people might wait around. But if you were later than that, they started to worry. Especially as you got older, because if you were an hour late, you missed a bus or there was heavy traffic, people started to think you might be dead, right?
I’m not saying I ever did that. I’m not saying I ever made people worry that something terrible had happened. I’m just saying that my mom finally took it for granted that I probably wasn’t dead in a ditch somewhere; she was more shocked when I showed up on time, once upon a time in my life. But those were the only two options. You were on time—or you were dead. There was no middle ground.
Digital Has Shaped a Generation’s BehaviorsMy kid had never had that experience in their life. They’ve had a mobile phone for their entire life, essentially. It’s just been this remarkable difference that many of us have lived through. And many of these things are trends we’ll live with for decades to come:
You can be an hour late now. You shouldn’t, but at least your friends and family know you’re not dead in a ditch. I have friends who I maintain a connection with today, who I haven’t seen face to face in years, not because of the pandemic, but because we travel in different circles or things like that. But I know what’s going on in their lives. When I go to my high school reunions or get together with people I went to college with, there’s not as much, ‘so, what have you been doing for the last 10 years?’ discussions that used to happen once upon a time with people. Whether through Facebook or Instagram or LinkedIn, or what have you, we know what’s going on.
Changes Aren’t Always GoodNow, as I’ve said many times, when you invent the ship, you invent the shipwreck. Some of these changes are bad. People can reach you any time, any place. Sometimes, regardless of whether you want them to or not. It can be really tough to unplug from the deluge of bad news out in the world. It can be tough to take a break. It can be tough to step away. And it can be easy to be overwhelmed by it.
But Many Changes Are GreatI also think many of these changes are genuinely good. We get enormous benefit from them. I remember a night early, early, early when I was a parent. My older kid was terribly sick overnight. This was in the late nineties and we had internet access. I may even have had a cable modem at that point. I was a very early adopter there. But even having had internet access, even having had potentially high speed internet access, my behaviors hadn’t changed much. I didn’t yet think about, ‘well, I’ll just go on the internet and find that.’
Plus, there wasn’t a lot of information that you could find. There also weren’t many great ways to find it. Yahoo! was a cool tool and something that I liked a lot, but it wasn’t something you could turn to readily say, “Oh my gosh! My kid has a high fever and is being terribly ill all over the place. What do I do?” You just didn’t have that kind of connection that we have today. Surfing the internet was mostly fun, but it was only just barely useful. It was only just barely beginning to insert itself into our lives in a meaningful way.
I Wouldn’t Want to Go Back If I CouldI bring this up for a reason. There may be bad today. There may be things that are terrible today. I also would not go back to that era if you paid me. It’s better now. I don’t want to be all “sunshine and rainbows;” there’s things that happen that are genuinely terrible. But overall we’ve seen more positive change than negatives, at least generally.
Yes, I understand there’s always some things that aren’t so great, but the point is we have experienced an enormous amount of change and those changes have been mostly good, with some bad thrown in as well.
Is “Touch Grass” an Insult?All of this brings me to my point. You may have seen that there’s an insult or a sneer or a dis that people are using online right now in many cases, where they’ll say to somebody on a social media site, on Twitter: “Touch grass.” You’ve heard it. If you haven’t, it means, “Put down your phone, step away from your computer, go outside, feel the sunshine on your face, breathe. Touch grass.”
And I bring this up for a very specific reason. We are coming up on the last few weeks of the summer. We are going to keep diving into trends. We’re going to keep exploring the good, the bad, and everything in between here on Thinks Out Loud. There are lots of changes we’re living through in our lives right now. There are changes coming in our lives more than we’ve probably seen to this point. I’m going to keep talking about them. I’m going to keep talking with you about them. I’m going to start talking with other people about them, so that we can keep this conversation going.
I also want to let you know that this is going to be my last new episode for a couple of weeks, because touch grass. I’m going to stroll through the village to get to where I need to go for the next couple of weeks. You can do the same if you want. Go outside. Listen to older episodes if you want. But I mean this in a really heartfelt way, in a really sincere way. Touch grass. It’s okay. It’s going to be okay.
Put down your phone. Step away from your computer. Go outside. Feel the sunshine on your face. Breathe. Stream some older television series, if you want to. But touch grass. And I’ll talk with you soon.
Show CreditsI want to remind you, as always, that you can find the show notes for this episode, as well as an archive of all our past episodes, by going to timpeter.com/podcast. Again, that’s timpeter.com/podcast. Just look for episode 358.
Subscribe to Thinks Out LoudWhile you’re there, please don’t forget that you can click on the subscribe link in any of the episodes to get Thinks Out Loud, delivered to your favorite podcatcher every single week. You can also find the Thinks Out Loud on Apple Podcasts, Google Podcasts, Stitcher Radio, Spotify, Overcast, wherever fine podcasts are found. Just do a search for Tim Peter Thinks, Tim Peter Thinks Out Loud, or Thinks Out Loud; we should show up for any of those.
While you’re there, I would also very much appreciate it if you could provide us a positive rating or review. It helps new listeners find us. It helps them understand what the show is all about. It helps to build our community and get the word out about Thinks Out Loud and all the stuff we’re trying do together here. It also means a ton to me personally, and I would very, very much appreciate it.
Thinks Out Loud on Social MediaYou can find Thinks Out Loud on Facebook by going to facebook.com/timpeterassociates. You can find us on LinkedIn by going to linkedin.com/timpeterassociates. And of course, if you want to deepen the discussion, if you want to have a longer discussion with me, send me an email. Send me an email to podcast@timpeter.com. Again, that’s podcast@timpeter.com.
ConclusionWith that said, I want to say one more time, how much I appreciate the fact that you join us here each week. It means so very, very much to me. I wouldn’t do this show without you. Don’t think about the fact that I’m taking a little break for a couple weeks as anything other than just recharging my battery, so we can keep the conversation going.
I know I’ve said this before, but if there’s anything I’ve learned over the past year or two, through all the nonsense we’ve all been living through, it’s how important the people around me are. And you are a huge part of those people. Thank you so much for being there for me. Thanks so much for listening. And I just can’t wait to keep the conversation going.
So, I hope you have a wonderful rest of the week. I hope you have a great weekend. And I’ll look forward to speaking with you here on Thinks Out Loud next time. Until we speak again, please be well, be safe, and as always take care, everybody.
The post Revisiting “Touch Grass” (Thinks Out Loud) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
We’re wrapping up a very busy, very eventful 2022. I suspect you are too. And the two defining characteristics of the year, from my perspective, were:
That’s what the data tells us. Your listens, likes, shares, and comments on social and in email kept revolving around those two topics. As such, we’re recapping 2022 by looking back at the podcast episodes that focused on those two topics, from executing in a weird economy to deep dives into the future of digital. And along the way, we provide some guidance on where we might be headed in 2023.
Want to learn more? Here are the show notes for you.
How to Drive Business Using Digital in 2023 — Headlines and Show NotesShow Notes and LinksFuture trends* The Future Digital Trends You Must Think About Today (Thinks Out Loud Episode 342) * What Does "Digital" Even Mean Right Now (Thinks Out Loud Episode 343) * Will ChatGPT Kill Google? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 367) * A Far Too Quick Look at the Metaverse, web3, and the Future of Digital (Thinks Out Loud Episode 349) * The Future of the Metaverse? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 363)
How to Compete with the Frightful Five* Revisiting Day One at Amazon and Developing a Digital Culture (Thinks Out Loud) – Tim Peter & Associates * Revisiting "Are You Destined to Lose to the Frightful Five?"
AGFAM Earnings Recaps* What Do the AGFAM’s Earnings Tell You About the State of Digital in Q2? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 348) * The Sky is Falling for Digital… or Is It? Big Tech’s Earnings Q2 2022 (Thinks Out Loud Episode 357) * The Sky is Falling? The State of Digital — Q4 2022 (Thinks Out Loud Episode 364) * What We Learned About Digital from Frightful Five’s Q4 2021 Earnings (Thinks Out Loud Episode 338)
The State of the Economy* Doing Digital in the Weirdest Economy Ever (Thinks Out Loud Episode 355) * Marketing in Uncertain Times (Thinks Out Loud Episode 352)
Management and Hiring* Revisiting How to Build a Digital Team (Thinks Out Loud) * How to Build the Business Case for Digital in Your Budget (Thinks Out Loud Episode 353) * How to Build a Digital Team (Thinks Out Loud Episode 344) * How to Drive Business Using Digital (Thinks Out Loud Episode 368) * Why Would Anyone Want to Work For You? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 337)
Content Marketing* Content Marketing in Action: 10 Years of Thinks Out Loud (Episode 359) * The Future of Content Marketing is Already Here (Thinks Out Loud Episode 350) * Revisiting "Content Distribution Concepts to Help Your Content Marketing Succeed" (Thinks Out Loud) * Revisiting Content Marketing in Action (Thinks Out Loud) * The Future of Content Marketing is Already Here (Thinks Out Loud Episode 350) * Where Content, Community, and Customer Experience Meet (Thinks Out Loud Episode 346) – Tim Peter & Associates * What Netflix’s Struggles Can Teach You About Your Digital Strategy (Thinks Out Loud Episode 347)
Customer Experience* How Lively Demonstrates Customer Experience is Queen (Thinks Out Loud Episode Episode 339) * Your Employees — and Customers — Live in a Different World Now (Thinks Out Loud Episode 362)
Commerce* Revisiting "The Lost Art of Value Adds in Marketing" (Thinks Out Loud)
Leadership, Inspiration, and Personal* We Owe It To Our Customers to Make Their Lives Better (Thinks Out Loud Episode 361) * You Get to Make it Better (Thinks Out Loud Episode 341)
Free DownloadsWe have some free downloads for you to help you navigate the current situation, which you can find right here:
Subscribe to Thinks Out Loud* Subscribe in iTunes * Subscribe in the Google Play Store
Contact information for the podcast: podcast@timpeter.com
Past Insights from Tim Peter ThinksTechnical Details for Thinks Out LoudRecorded using a Heil PR-40 Dynamic Studio Recording Mic and a Focusrite Scarlett 4i4 (3rd Gen) USB Audio Interface into Logic Pro X for the Mac.
Running time: 15m 47s
You can subscribe to Thinks Out Loud in iTunes, the Google Play Store, via our dedicated podcast RSS feed (or sign up for our free newsletter). You can also download/listen to the podcast here on Thinks using the player at the top of this page.
Transcript: Recapping 2022 (Thinks Out Loud)Well, hello again everyone and welcome back to Thinks Out Loud. Your source for all the digital expertise your business needs. My name is Tim Peter. This is episode 369 of the Big Show. It is our last new episode of 2022. We are wrapping up a big, crazy year . I don’t know about you all, but I mean, it’s been a wild year with lots of stuff going on and I know I’m looking forward to a little downtime.
There will not be a new episode next week. We will be posting a repost of a prior episode as we do from time to time as I take a little downtime with family and the rest of the team take some time off as well.
What I do want to do this week though, is I do want to kind of recap some of the things we’ve learned this year, at least in part from what the data about the show tells me, what the data that you kind of tell us, what are the most important things.
And we talk about a lot of different things on the show, I talk about a lot of different things on the show. So, yeah, there is some self-reporting bias here. There’s nothing in the data that says anything about the things that Ihaven’t talked about; I’m fully aware of that.
But I would say that there are two big trends that emerged over the course of the year around the kinds of content that were important to you and the kinds of topics that are important to you.
As I said a moment ago, you know, I talk about a variety of different things here on the show, and it’s pretty clear looking at the episodes that got the most listens, the episodes that got the most shares, the episodes that got the most comments, that there are two big topics that were front and center for everybody this year.
The FutureAnd the first of these is a pretty traditional one for the show.
We always see a fair bit of activity. We get a lot of listens, we get a lot of shares, we get a lot of likes, we get a lot of comments, things like that on any show that delves deep into future trends.
Where are we going to be down the road? Where are we going to be six months from now? Nine months from now? 12 months from now? 18 months from now? And this year, that’s stayed true. Five of the biggest episodes of this year were heavily focused around the future.
Future Digital TrendsThat goes all the way back to one of the earliest episodes of the year that talked about the future digital trends you must think about today. And I would suggest that all of those trends, cuz we’re talking about the future, still have a lot of relevance.
The MetaverseI’d still see most of those topics being pretty important as we head into 2023. There was obviously a lot of interest in posts about the metaverse, podcast episodes about the metaverse. We took what I called “a far too quick look at the metaverse, web3, and the future of digital” in episode 349. And we did an even deeper dive on the metaverse in an episode called the future of the metaverse in episode 363.
ChatGPTWe also looked at pretty recently will ChatGPT kill Google, just a couple of weeks ago, in episode 367. That also was incredibly popular. I’ve gotten lots of feedback about that episode in email and the like over the last bunch of weeks, as well as shares on social media and the like. So clearly there’s a lot of interest in that topic and it’s something I’m pretty confident we’re going to return to a lot.
Where Digital Is HeadedAs we come into the early part of 2023 and maybe beyond, but as I talked about in an episode called “What Does Digital Even Mean Right Now?” The definition of digital continues to evolve. There are lots of changes afoot, lots of changes out there, that we need to pay attention to. We as marketers, we as digital strategists, we as business professionals, need to keep paying attention to that, because the definition of digital will continue to shift, will continue to evolve all through 2023.
The Economy and Execution: Running Your Business Effectively in a Weird EconomyNow, the other big trend that we saw this year was really about the economy and what that means for your business going forward. There were two episodes, one called “Marketing at Uncertain Times,” and one called “Doing Digital in the Weirdest Economy Ever” that were hugely popular.
And we saw a lot of activity around the practice of management because of the economy. Now sometimes that had to do with a topic that is near and dear to my heart, which is how you compete with Apple, Google, Facebook, Amazon, Microsoft — You know the AGFAM, as I call them or the Frightful Five. We look at their quarterly earnings each quarter and all four of those episodes were really big. We saw that with things like “Revisiting Day One at Amazon and Developing a Digital Culture,” and “Are You Destined To Lose To The Frightful Five?” Again, I will link to all of these episodes in the show notes all doing well.
Hiring and ManagementWe also saw a lot of focus on really, really tactical information. You know, how do you handle management and hiring? There was an episode called “How to Build a Digital Team,” one called “How to Build the Business Case for Digital In Your Budget.” Another called “Why Would Anyone Want To Work For You?” And of course, last week’s episode, “How to Drive Business Using Digital” that were just super popular.
There’s clearly a lot of information that people are looking for that folks like you are looking for around how do I do this successfully all year round.
Content MarketingOther big topics in that same category were things around content marketing. You know, we had episodes about the future of content marketing and how it’s already here. Episodes about where content, community and customer experience meet. Episodes about content marketing in action. Episodes about what Netflix’s struggles can teach you about your digital strategy and about your content strategy. You’ve heard me say many times that content is king, so that doesn’t come as a big shock.
Customer ExperienceYou’ve also heard me say that customer experience is queen, and a couple of episodes around customer experience were really popular as well. One about how Lively demonstrates customer experience is queen. And one called your employees and customers live in a different world now.
So those all clearly resonated with you.
Around how to do digital more effectively, how you focus on management and hiring, how you focus on content marketing, how you focus on customer experience and commerce.
CommerceAn old episode that we reposted called “The Lost Art of Value Adds in Marketing” connect the dots between content marketing and customer experience and commerce. How do you take this traffic and turn it into business for your business? How do you turn it into revenue? How do you turn it into profits?
And I can tell you, we are going to continue to focus on how you can hire, how you can build a team, how you can deal with a strange economy, because it looks like we’re going to be dealing with a strange economy for quite a while.
You Can Compete with the Frightful FiveHow you can use your content, how you can improve your customer experience, and how you can connect those with commerce to compete successfully with the Apples and the Googles and the Amazons and the Facebooks and the Microsofts of the world. They are not destined to win. You are not destined to lose to these guys.
Sure, they have advantages. It’s a fact. You have advantages as well. You have ways to compete that we’ve talked about many, many times in terms of how you can differentiate yourself and how you can move in a more agile fashion. How you can create content that speaks to the needs of your customers, And how you can use a hub and spoke strategy where the hub is your website and your email list and your community. And the spokes are social networks and distribution channels and the like to get that message in front of a customer base who cares about you,
We are going to talk about that all the time as we head into next year, all throughout 2023. I’ve talked about this in the past most recently, not that long ago, about how we owe it to our customers to make their lives better, and that you have the ability to do that. You have the tools in which to do that, As you think about how you, you know, create the right content marketing and put it in front of your customers, as you think about your customer experience and how you improve that for your customer. You have the ability to make it better. You have the ability, you have the tools to make a better experience and better content, and just better integration, better community for your customers.
ConclusionSo if you’re taking a little downtime over the course of the next week, week-and-a-half, check out the show notes for today’s episode that will have links to some of these past episodes. And feel free to listen to the ones that resonate the most with you or where you feel you need the most support right now.
These are all topics that are changing pretty frequently. But there are also topics that we talk about enough that there’s enough information and insights there to help you move forward with content marketing, with customer experience, with commerce, with management of your folks, with adapting to an evolving economy so that you are set up for the future.
Because those two larger trends:
As I said a moment ago, you get to make it better. That’s the key. So take a little time, take a break, relax a little bit, get yourself ready for where we’re going to go in 2023, and I promise you we’ll be there to support you all along the way.
Show Closing and CreditsNow, looking at the clock on the wall, we are out of time for this.
I want to remind you that you can find the show notes for today’s episode, as well as an archive of all past episodes by going to TimPeter.com/podcasts. Again, that’s TimPeter.com/podcasts. Just look for episode 369.
Subscribe to Thinks Out LoudDon’t forget that you can click on the subscribe link in any of the episodes you find there to have Thinks Out Loud, delivered to your favorite podcaster every single week.
You can also find Thinks Out Loud on Apple Podcasts, Google Podcasts, Stitcher Radio, Spotify, Overcast, anywhere fine podcasts are found.
Leave a Review for Thinks Out LoudWhile you’re there, I would also very much appreciate it if you could provide a positive rating or review for the show. The reviews, help new listeners find the podcast, help them understand what we’re all about. It helps get the word out about Thinks Out Loud and helps build our community. It means so very, very much to me and I wanna say thank you so much for helping support.
Thinks Out Loud on Social MediaYou can also find Thinks Out Loud on LinkedIn by going to linkedin.com/TimPeterAssociates.
You can find me on Twitter using the Twitter handle @tcpeter. And as always, you can email me at podcast@timpeter.com. Again, that’s podcast@timpeter.com.
Show OutroWith all that, I really just wanna say from the bottom of my heart you know, here we are wrapping up 2022. I would not do this show if you weren’t tuning in every single week. It means so very much to me. I mentioned we’re going to have a repost episode next week, but I wanna promise you I will be back right after the first of the year with all new content, all new episodes, and I just can’t wait to continue the conversation with you.
So with that said, I hope you have a wonderful weekend. I hope you have an amazing, safe, healthy, happy, holidays, and I will look forward to speaking with you here on Thinks Out Loud next time. Until then, please be well be safe, and as always, take care of everybody.
The post Recapping 2022 (Thinks Out Loud Episode 369) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
Digital is constantly evolving. And digital leaders must continually adapt their techniques and tactics to changing trends. So, what should you do right now? How can you drive business using digital in 2023?
This episode of Thinks Out Loud examines current best practices across an array of industries and companies to help you use your digital platforms to drive increased business for your organization in the coming year. We explore core frameworks that you can put to immediate use and drive results. And we look at the underlying trends to ensure your efforts pay off not only in 2023, but in the years ahead as well.
Want to learn more? Here are the show notes for you.
How to Drive Business Using Digital in 2023 — Headlines and Show NotesShow Notes and Links* Will ChatGPT Kill Google? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 367) * The Future of the Metaverse? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 363) * The Metaverse in Hospitality Marketing: Loren Gray Interview (Thinks Out Loud Episode 366) * Is It Time for Digital Marketers to Move On to The Next Big Thing? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 360) * How Much Will 2022’s Top Tech Trends Shape Your Digital Strategy This Year? Not Much (Thinks Out Loud Episode 334) – Tim Peter & Associates * A Far Too Quick Look at the Metaverse, web3, and the Future of Digital (Thinks Out Loud Episode 349) * What 2022 Trends Should Marketers Care About? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 335) – Tim Peter & Associates * Revisiting "Content Distribution Concepts to Help Your Content Marketing Succeed" (Thinks Out Loud) * The Single Biggest Myth in Digital: Content is Expensive (Thinks Out Loud Episode 275) * Revisiting Content Marketing in Action (Thinks Out Loud) * Is Content a Strategic Product for Your Business? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 319) * Your Employees — and Customers — Live in a Different World Now (Thinks Out Loud Episode 362) * The History of Internet Communities | by Richard Chen | Medium * What Does "Digital" Even Mean Right Now (Thinks Out Loud Episode 343)
Free DownloadsWe have some free downloads for you to help you navigate the current situation, which you can find right here:
Subscribe to Thinks Out Loud* Subscribe in iTunes * Subscribe in the Google Play Store
Contact information for the podcast: podcast@timpeter.com
Past Insights from Tim Peter ThinksTechnical Details for Thinks Out LoudRecorded using the travel rig: Shure SM57 Cardioid Dynamic Instrument Microphone and a IK Multimedia iRig Pro Duo IO USB audio interface into Logic Pro X for the Mac.
Running time: 26m 01s
You can subscribe to Thinks Out Loud in iTunes, Google Podcasts, via our dedicated podcast RSS feed (or sign up for our free newsletter). You can also download/listen to the podcast here on Thinks using the player at the top of this page.
Transcript: How to Drive Business Using Digital in 2023Well, hello again everyone, and welcome back to Thinks Out Loud, your source for all the digital expertise your business needs. My name is Tim Peter. This is episode 368 of the Big Show, and I think we have a really cool show for you today.
I was talking to someone the other day — about the podcast actually — and we were talking about the fact that there’s so many new things going on that we’ve been talking a lot about: the future of digital; and things like the metaverse; and all of these incredible technologies like ChatGPT and the like. And the question I was asked was, “Well, that’s great and all. But, how can I succeed right now? How can I drive business using digital in 2023? What is it that I need to do to make my business succeed using digital?”
And it’s a really important question to think about. And as we’re heading into a new year, it’s an incredibly important time to be thinking about that question.
Not as Much Variation as You Might ThinkAnd I wanted to say there’s really just a couple of simple principles that I encourage people to think about. Obviously, there is going to be some variation here based on the size of your company. There’s some variation between B2B and B2C. There’s some variation based on the industry that you’re involved in. At the same time, there are some basic principles that apply fairly universally and that I would recommend you think about as you are looking forward to next year if you want to use digital to drive business. Which:
Focus and ConsistencySo what are those principles? Well, the first principle I want you to remember is “focus and consistency.” I know that sounds like two, but to me those go hand in hand. They are inextricably linked. It is so easy in digital, it is so easy with digital marketing, it is so easy with digital transformation to get distracted by what I call, “Ooh, shiny,” right? Whatever the cool new thing is, the thing that’s getting tons of buzz and tons of media attention.
If you think back to the beginning of 2022, there was an immense amount of conversation, there was an immense amount of discussion around the metaverse, around what Facebook was trying to do with the metaverse. And at the time I said that I didn’t think the metaverse was going to be that big a deal — this year anyway — and so far that seems accurate. I want to be fair, I’m not making a prediction one way or the other about if it will ever be a big thing. I’ve done episodes about that recently and I will of course link to those episodes in the show notes.
I’m saying that you want to perform in specific areas consistently. I’m saying you want to keep your eye on the ball. When you lack focus, when you lack consistency, it is far too hard to produce results that also have any consistency to them. You’re bouncing around from thing to thing with very little long-term benefit from any of those actions, and so you want to make sure you’re maintaining focus and consistency on those areas that actually deliver benefit to your business.
Core and ExploreNow the second principle I want to talk about really gets at where do you put that focus and consistency? And you’ve heard me say this many times before. It’s a principle known as “core and explore”. Now, “Core” means the things that work for you all the time. And “Explore” means the things that you’re going to test so that you can continue to grow within the Core.
CoreHub and Spokes.There’s one key area of the Core you want to focus on, and that you’ve heard me talk about many times is “the Hub and Spoke.”
The Hub. Your Hub are the channels that you control. They’re your website, your email list, and your community.
The Spokes. The Spokes are channels that provide you reach, that provide you distribution for your content and your messages and your products. So they include things like paid and organic media., advertising, social, YouTube. Sales platforms like Amazon or Expedia or Etsy or Reverb. And I would also include creators or influencers. Among the spokes, they’re ways of reaching new customers that you cannot reach cost effectively or as easily on your own. And I want to dive into both of these a little bit.
Hub and Spoke: The HubYour Email List
When we think about the hub, the first thing that I think about is your email list.
You want to make a goal to grow your email list by a healthy percentage in 2023, you get to decide what healthy percentage means in real terms for your business. I do want you to remember, however, that there’s about a 30% churn rate every year in email. Meaning about 30% of your list either opts out or they stop opening them, or they unsubscribe, or they put a filter in place that sends you to a folder that they never look in, that they just simply stop seeing your email.
A core principle you always want to remember about email is that “if your list isn’t growing, it’s shrinking.”
If you started 2022 with a 100,000 person list, it is now a 70,000 person list. Period. And that ratio holds if you started with a thousand person list, a 10,000 person list, a hundred thousand person list, or a million person list. If it’s not growing, it’s shrinking. And it’s shrinking, on average, by about 30% per year.
Why is this so important? There’s a really simple reason. If we’ve learned anything from Facebook’s implosion this year, if we’ve learned anything from the ongoing Twitter mess, it’s that you can’t rely solely on the Spokes, the external distribution channels, to allow you to continually connect with your customer. Email remains the single best way to stay connected with customers who want to stay connected with you. They’ve said, “I want to opt in. I want to hear from you.”
Sure, that could change in the future, but look at the growth of Substack. Look at the growth of all these email newsletters. These are customers saying, “I want to hear from the people I care about.”
In 2023, that’s still going to be true. So make a goal to grow your email list by a healthy percentage.
Your Website The second part of the Hub that I think it makes sense to think about is your website, and there are a million things that you could do on your website, but I want to focus on two really quickly.
Landing pages. The first of these is your landing page.
It’s probably time for a healthy landing page tune up. If you have an email list, you’re using that email list to drive people to specific pages on your site from time to time. When’s the last time you reviewed those landing pages to make sure that they are still delivering on the promise that you make in your emails.
Site speed. The other part of your website that you want to think about in 2023, and this is true every year, but what can you do to make your website faster? It doesn’t matter how fast it is today, doesn’t matter how fast it was last year. Next year, it will seem slower by comparison. So what can you do to increase the speed of your website? Work with your development team to get your website to respond ever faster, particularly on mobile, because that’s going to have a real effect on whether or not customers convert.
Community. The last part of the hub that I want you to think about is your community. You need to continue to nurture your community. Who are the people already talking about your products or services? Do you know what they’re saying? Do you know how you’re connecting with them? What are you doing when they’re talking about your products and services?
And what can you do to foster that relationship, to deepen that relationship, to bring them ever closer to you in a really healthy, organic way? Right? We don’t want to be creeps about this. We don’t want to just randomly reach out to people and say, “Hey, can you do this for us?” But rather, “Hey, thank you so much for what you’re saying about us and for helping keep our name in other people’s, you know, worlds. How can we help you going forward? What can we do to grow this community together?”
Think about whose job it is within your business to do that, to help nurture that community, to help grow that community.
Community remains one of the biggest growth areas over the next. And it requires attention from your team. Your Hub is not complete if you are not working to foster that community more organically and more naturally.
Remember, you are an equal participant in it; you are not the sole participant in it. It’s not top down. It’s very much a dialogue. It’s very much a conversation. And if people are already having that conversation, you want to participate in a really natural way.
I’m a big fan in terms of, of seeing how people do it. Look to healthy communities on Reddit, for instance. If you’re not doing this already, but see where people are doing this well on Reddit. Because Reddit is a site that really rejects inorganic conversations. And so if you look at companies who are participating on Reddit in a really healthy, organic way, you can learn a lot about how to do that well for your own business.
Hub and Spokes: The Spokes.Now, I’ve talked a lot about the hub. Let’s talk about the spokes for just a minute. And I’m not going to go too deep on this because spokes are probably where we see the widest difference among big companies and small ones, and among B2B and B2C. The channels that you use for marketing and sale play widely divergent roles, depending on your company, your customers, your industry, the size of your business, your focus.
Some companies live and die on Instagram or LinkedIn or TikTok or Etsy. And some companies never use any of these, or they’ll use one and never touch any of the rest. There’s just tons of diversity here.
Diversify channel partners Despite that diversity, there is something everybody can do, and that is to diversify your channel partners, at least to some degree.
And again, look at the Twitter and Facebook messes. You know the line, you know the old line, “Don’t build your brand on rented land.” I’d update that to “Don’t build your brand on a single piece of rented land.” The greater you diversify the landlords with a say in your business, the lower risk to your business from any one of them.
Now, when I talk about diversifying these channels, it might sound like I’m suggesting losing focus or losing consistency. But here’s why that’s not the case. I would recommend that you pick just one or two additional marketing or sales channels that you can manage going forward with focus and consistency. If you can only do that with one, then only do it with one.
If you’re a larger company, maybe you can do two. Maybe you can do three. But it’s only those that you can do with focus and consistency that you want to test.
And that’s really the key. Test something new, see how it works for you, for your business. You can then double down on those that work. Sure, bigger companies can probably do more than one or two, but the point is all about which ones you can use with focus and consistency.
There’s lots of other things you can do with Spokes, but again, those are going to vary widely. So think more about “are we diversifying the rented land we’re using to build our brand so that we’re not dependent on a single landlord?” The better a job you do there, the better a position you’ll be in in 2023, and frankly, beyond.
Product and MessagingOne last thing I want to say about Core is think about your product and messaging. Is your product clearly defined? Even if it’s a service, is it clearly defined, especially if it’s a service, is it clearly defined? Do your customers understand what you offer and the value it provides them? I made a huge mistake when I first started consulting.
People used to ask me, “What can you do for me?” And I’d answer, “Oh, all kinds of things.” Well, the thing is, nobody can buy “all kinds of things,” right? That’s not a product, that’s not a service, that’s not an offering. That’s this amorphous mass. That’s not something that people can get their head around or their hands around.
They need a clear understanding of the value that your product or service offers. If you think of a customer in a supermarket, they can pick up a box off the shelf and they can read the ingredients. They can examine it from all sides. They can look inside. They can feel it. They can touch it. Sometimes they can even smell it. It’s tactile, it’s physical, it’s real. And particularly in digital, you want to make your products and services as tactile, as physical, as real as you can. You have to do the same with your offer. Put your benefits in “a box that customers can pick up,” at least metaphorically, so that they can have a better understanding of what it is that you do and the value that they receive if they choose you.
I did this. I eventually developed a handful of products, a digital marketing assessment that clearly laid out the benefits of companies’ digital marketing. A digital transformation framework that I could walk companies through to improve their digital transformation journey. A digital marketing agency vendor selection framework. A web development vendor selection framework.
People said, “Oh, I get that. I know what I’m buying and I understand the benefit that I receive.” They can pick up those boxes, feel them, touch them, see what’s. And remember those landing pages I referenced a minute ago? If you don’t put your benefits “in a box that customers can pick up,” whether metaphorically or real, your landing pages simply won’t work.
So these become really conjoined. They’re really joined at the hip in terms of the product, the messaging, and the landing page to drive business for, y’know, your business.
Your Content CalendarOne last thing I want to touch on here is your content calendar. What is it that you are actually saying to people all year long now, you don’t have to know about the whole year all at once.
Rocks, Pebbles, Sand
Conduct a “rocks, pebbles, sand” exercise for your content.
Rocks. Define your rocks. Rocks are these big important events or items probably defined for the next 120 to 180 days? Maybe longer if you know you have a big product release or a conference or a market event that happens further out, but these are things that you know are coming.
You know, I do a lot of work in the travel industry. We know that summer is coming, you know, on Memorial Day every year in the United States, right? The big bank holidays, if you’re around the. Those shouldn’t come as a surprise. We should put those on the content calendar now for things that might be, you know, six months away, because they shouldn’t come as a surprise to us.
And we should be thinking about what kinds of content are we going to be putting in place in support of those market events today so that we’re not scrambling in May to figure out what it is we’re trying to say to our customer.
Pebbles. Then add some pebbles to the plan. You know, these are smaller but still necessary items, and you really only have to define these, you know, 30 days out, 60 days out, depending on how long your content creation process is.
Sand. And then lastly, look for holes in the calendar and say those are opportunities for sand. Opportunistic items. They’re small messages, but they’re things that support your overall messaging for the year that at least you have a few weeks, you’re at least a few weeks in advance of where you are today, and then keep updating this content, a calendar on a rolling 60 to 90 day basis.
That way you’re not getting caught short or surprised as new things come up in all cases. Keep using your data to continually refine what’s working, learn from it, and improve, just build on it.
So again, within the Core part of “Core and Explore”, we’re talking about “Hub and Spoke.” We’re talking about products and messaging.
ExploreIn Explore, that’s really where you’re keeping a small portion of your budget to test new ideas. I’d say no less than 5%, and probably no more than 20 or 25%. Again, the size of your budget is going to play a role here. If you’ve got a $5 million marketing budget, digital marketing budget, you could probably conduct meaningful tests with a much smaller percentage. Even 1% would give you $50,000 to play with. I’d recommend more, but the basic point holds.
So what do you test? Well, again, there’s a lot of diversity here, but you could test big, wild ideas. You could test the metaverse. You could test NFTs. You could test new social channels like Twitch or TikTok or Discord if you’ve never used them before. You also could try small ideas like our one additional sales or marketing channel that we talked about before.
What you want to keep in mind is focus and consistency. If it works, if it does well for your business, are you ready to add it to your Core practices? If you’re not ready to add it to your Core practices, how would you do that?
The point is, how do you keep exploring things that you haven’t done before to learn and to grow, while also maintaining focus and consistency? That’s really what we’re trying to get.
ConclusionIf you think about everything we’ve just talked about, it might sound like a lot, but notice we’ve stayed true to a few simple principles:
Using digital to drive business in 2023 doesn’t need to be difficult. It requires focus, it requires consistency. But it’s really about learning and growing. It’s about staying open to new things while building on your prior successes. And, yes, some of those will be, “Ooh, shiny.” But instead of being distracted by them, this framework, this process, helps keep your attention, your time, your resources, and your budget focused on what works.
And when you maintain that focus, that’s what’s going to work to drive business using digital in 2023. And every year after that too.
Show Closing and CreditsNow, looking at the clock on the wall, we are out of time for this week. I want to remind you that you can find the show notes for today’s episode, as well as an archive of all past episodes by going to TimPeter.com/podcasts.
Again, that’s TimPeter.com/podcasts. Just look for episode 368.
Subscribe to Thinks Out LoudDon’t forget that you can click on the subscribe link in any of the episodes you find there to have Thinks Out Loud, delivered to your favorite podcast catcher every single week. You can also find Thinks Out Loud on Apple Podcasts, Google Podcasts, Stitcher Radio, Spotify, Overcast, or anywhere find podcasts are found.
Leave a Review for Thinks Out LoudWhile you’re there, I would also very much appreciate it if you could provide a positive rating or review for the show. Those reviews help new listeners find the podcast. It helps them understand what we are all about. It helps get the word out about Thinks Out Loud, and it means so very much to me that it helps build our community. I appreciate everything you do to help us grow that community, and I would appreciate your help here.
Thinks Out Loud on Social MediaYou can also find Thinks Out Loud on LinkedIn by going to LinkedIn.com/TimPeterAssociates. You can find me on Twitter using the Twitter handle @TCPeter, and as always, you can email me at podcast@timpeter.com. Again, that’s podcast@timpeter.com.
Show OutroWith all that said, I just want to say once again, how much it means to me to have you tune into our show here every single week. So with all of that said, I really hope you have a great rest of the week. I hope you have a wonderful weekend ahead. And I’ll look forward to speaking with you here on Thinks Out Loud next time. Until then, please be well. Be safe. And as always, take care everybody.
The post How to Drive Business Using Digital (Thinks Out Loud Episode 368) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
If you’ve been online at all the last week, you probably have heard enormous chatter about ChatGPT, the chatbot that might kill Google. It’s a really powerful tool. And the work its creators have done is incredibly impressive. But is it really a Google killer? And what should your business do about it right now?
This episode of Thinks Out Loud looks at ChatGPT and where it might be headed. We also take a tiny dive into GPT-3, the large language model ChatGPT is based on, to understand what it can do — and what it can’t. We ask what Google is doing with large language models of its own. And we explore how you might use tools like this now, and in the future, to benefit your business.
Want to learn more? Here are the show notes for you.
Will ChatGPT Kill Google? — Headlines and Show NotesShow Notes and Links* ChatGPT * OpenAI – Wikipedia * GPT-3 – Wikipedia * DALL-E – Wikipedia * OpenAI Impact Analysis: Microsoft, Google And Nvidia (NASDAQ:MSFT) | Seeking Alpha * ‘Google is done’: World’s most powerful AI chatbot offers human-like alternative to search engines * Google AI * Google Faces a Serious Threat From ChatGPT – The Washington Post * https://nlp.stanford.edu/pubs/tamkin2021understanding.pdf * The limitations of scaling up AI language models | VentureBeat * The Power and the Pitfalls of Large Language Models: A fireside chat with Ricardo Baeza-Yates. – Information Matters * Large language models have a reasoning problem – TechTalks * LaMDA: our breakthrough conversation technology * Generative AI: autocomplete for everything * AI Won’t Steal Your Job: Smart People Who Put AI to Work Will (Thinks Out Loud Episode 208) * The Future Digital Trends You Must Think About Today (Thinks Out Loud Episode 342) * Why Amazon Is Going to Launch a Search Engine (Thinks Out Loud Episode 345) * Revisiting Day One at Amazon and Developing a Digital Culture (Thinks Out Loud) – Tim Peter & Associates * Revisiting "Are You Destined to Lose to the Frightful Five?" * Why Digital Transformation is More Than Just E-commerce (Thinks Out Loud 331) – Tim Peter & Associates * 2022 Holiday Shopping Trends & Insights Report | Adobe for Business
Free DownloadsWe have some free downloads for you to help you navigate the current situation, which you can find right here:
Subscribe to Thinks Out Loud* Subscribe in iTunes * Subscribe in the Google Play Store
Contact information for the podcast: podcast@timpeter.com
Past Insights from Tim Peter ThinksTechnical Details for Thinks Out LoudRecorded using a Heil PR-40 Dynamic Studio Recording Mic and a Focusrite Scarlett 4i4 (3rd Gen) USB Audio Interface into Logic Pro X for the Mac.
Running time: 25m 27s
You can subscribe to Thinks Out Loud in iTunes, the Google Play Store, via our dedicated podcast RSS feed (or sign up for our free newsletter). You can also download/listen to the podcast here on Thinks using the player at the top of this page.
Transcript: Will ChatGPT Kill Google? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 367)Well, hello again, everyone, and welcome back to Thinks Out Loud, your source for all the digital expertise your business needs. My name is Tim Peter. This is episode 367 of the Big Show, and thank you so much for tuning in. I very, very much appreciate it. It’s always so good that you’re here. I’ve said this many times on the show, but I wouldn’t do this show without you, so thanks so much for tuning in.
Now this episode is not the episode I thought it was going to be. I intended to talk today about the holiday shopping season and what it tells us about the state of digital, what lessons we can learn from how and where people are spending their money online. But something got in the way, something that I simply can’t ignore right at the moment.
ChatGPTAnd that something is a tool that has gone just bonkers crazy over the last few days, all around the internet. Something called ChatGPT. You may have heard of it, maybe you haven’t. But ChatGPT is a chatbot built on the GPT-3 large language model from OpenAI. And it, along with other tools that have come along prior to this — like DALL-E are part of a field known as
“generative AI.”
And generative AI has enormous implications in business and in how we think about making our companies more digital. How we talk to our customers. How we connect with customers. So if you’re not familiar with generative AI, it’s
“…the field of AI that focuses on generating new data or content. Generative AI technologies such as generative adversarial networks (known as GANs) or Variational Auto Encoders (VAE) have made significant progress in recent years and are able to generate highly realistic images, texts, and other forms of data. However, there is still much work to be done in terms of improving the quality and diversity of the generated content, as well as making the generation process more efficient and scalable. In case you’re curious, generative AI can potentially be used to write marketing copy. In fact, there are already AI tools available that use natural language processing, NLP and generative algorithms to produce marketing copies such as product descriptions, headlines, and slogans.
These tools can help save time and effort by quickly generating multiple options for marketers to choose from. However, it is important to note that the quality of the generated content may vary, and it may require human review and editing to ensure that it is clear, compelling, and accurate.
Additionally, it’s important to consider ethical and legal issues related to the use of AI generated content in marketing, such as issues of transparency and accountability.”
If you think that generative AI isn’t that big a deal or isn’t going to be that big a deal, you might want to know that the last couple paragraphs I just read to you, starting with “…the field of AI that focuses on generating new data” through “…issues of transparency and accountability” were generated by ChatGPT.
I asked it a couple of questions about generative AI and how it can be used for creating marketing copy, and that’s what it gave back to me. That’s crazy. I mean, that was pretty solid information right there. It’s easy to read. It’s authoritative. It’s fairly comprehensive. Yes, the language is a bit stiff, and it used a fairly similar format for each answer — note the “howevers” in each paragraph. But it’s remarkable how far it’s come already. And the fact that we’re just a few months away from OpenAI introducing GPT-4, which is the next iteration, the next generation large language model that they will use behind tools like ChatGPT. That’s just crazy.
So, yes, generative AI does need to be more “…efficient and scalable,” and it still requires plenty of thought around “…transparency and accountability”. But we’re clearly, clearly in an age where these tools are going to play a role: demand your attention in terms of where they fit in your overall marketing, where they fit in your overall business, and where they fit in the marketplace.
Will ChatGPT Disrupt Google?I have seen a number of articles over the last few days — and I will link to them in the show notes as I do — that have talked about things like ChatGPT as a potential replacement for Google. Not least of which is because it was funded, at least in part, by another member of the AGFAM, another Big Tech member, somebody who’d love to kick Google in the teeth: Microsoft.
What we also have to think about is that what it’s doing is very different than what Google does. It’s not finding the right answers that exist on the internet; it’s creating them on the fly. It is generating them from the data that it has consumed.
Google Has Its Own Large Language ModelsI’m going to be really clear. I’m going to put a stake in the ground. I do think this is a risk to Google, but I don’t think it’s existential yet for a bunch of reasons. One, I think Google is very conscious of the risks here. They’re probably not overly worried. Google itself has a large language model known as LaMDA that’s very impressive in its own right. Google has been using machine learning and natural language processing as part of what they do for some time.
I mentioned in an episode a few weeks back that they have talked about how their ads business is the largest use case for machine learning within Google. They’ve been using these kinds of tools for a while.
Google Has a Clearer Path to Monetize Its TrafficMore to the point. One of the reasons I think they’re probably not too afraid is that they already have a way to monetize their answers.
We absolutely could see ads like, you know, if somebody put an ad alongside the text and I read you a minute ago, you know, “Want to learn more about Generative AI? Click here to see how Microsoft can help you apply these solutions to your business.” That would make a ton of sense. I absolutely could see that happening. But if the customer already got the answer they needed, the clickthrough rate on ads like that probably is going to be on the lower end.
At least that’s what I think. I plan to keep a close eye on this and I plan to update my point of view as I learn more. I don’t claim to be the expert on this yet, and I’m going to come back to that in a minute.
The Limitations of Large Language ModelsA separate issue here is that large language models like GPT-3, like LaMDA, suffer from a number of limitations.
Training Data is ExpensiveOne of them is that they can run out of the text that has the right answers to learn from. Getting quality training data to train these large language models is very expensive in computing terms and in financial terms.
Training Data Can Make the AI WorseEven more troubling is that their results can degrade as they ingest more data from less reputable sources or from other AI generated sources. You reach a point where you’re not training an artificial intelligence, you’re training an artificial stupidity.
It keeps learning from worse and worse data as you expand the net — no pun intended in this specific case. One of the things that GPT-3 does, one of the things that GPT-3 does is it does not pull data directly from the internet. It mostly comes from books and things like that. And it’s only up to date through 2021. Because when you turn it loose on the internet, the quality of data it pulls in gets, on average, worse.
Large Language Models Are Often WrongAnd that leads to problems where as we’re seeing currently some non-trivial percentage of the answers that ChatGPT provides are flat out wrong.
Estimates range somewhere between the low single digits up to maybe 10%. But that’s a tough problem to engineer away. Where can the people who create these tools consistently get training data that contains the right answers? Even worse, how do the engineers know which answers are correct, especially at scale? For that matter, given that AI is itself a black box, we don’t know how it gets to the answer it gets. How do the engineers know it will consistently produce the same answer to questions that are worded slightly differently?
I’ve seen this myself in a couple of tests that I’ve run with ChatGPT, where you ask the question one way, you get one answer, you ask it a different way, you get a slightly different answer — and sometimes contradict contradictory answers.
It’s something that they’re working through. But it’s difficult to simply deal with from an engineering perspective. Not impossible; but difficult.
Large Language Models Like GPT-3 Are Subject to BiasThe other challenge that you have when you open this up to data from anywhere, is that there’s a known problem that these models tend to exhibit biases around race, religion, gender, particularly if you turn them loose on the internet at large.
As we all know, there’s some really nasty stuff on the internet. There’s some pure garbage out there online. Large language models are very much a “garbage in/garbage out” kind of situation.
By the way, I didn’t say that. The folks at OpenAI who built the GPT-3 language model did in a recent paper. They wrote a paper and made that freely available to talk about the bunch of limitations here. And that doesn’t lead to a system that brands are going to be super comfortable putting their ads on.
So they have some ways to go before they’re an immediate threat to Google.
The Upside of ChatGPTThey are also very, very cool. And there are lots of practical applications to come from their use. I used ChatGPT earlier this week to write a difficult email that I’d been struggling with. I had to give some bad news to somebody and I had ChatGPT write the first draft. I edited it. I cleaned it up. I put it more in my voice. But it gave me something to work from that was really quite good.
And so we might see tools like ChatGPT automating away specific tasks that are maybe a little more difficult, a little more challenging, or not worth huge amounts of energy mentally for people to do.
The Risk to GoogleI also love that we’re talking about ways that Google could be challenged by it. I have talked many times before on the show about why Google’s strength is brittle and how customers can shift in a minute to something else. There’s no lock-in to Google for most searchers. And that’s where they make all their money, right?
No Lock-InIf I wanted to switch from an iPhone to an Android phone, that has a cost associated with it for me. I have to buy a new phone. I have to learn how to use the new OS. I have to pay for some apps that I had before. So it’s not free for me to switch. I have to learn how to use it if it’s a little different.
If I want to switch from my Mac to a Windows PC, same thing. There’s a cost. If I want to switch from the car I drive to a different car, there’s a cost. My insurance rates may change. There’s all kinds of things associated with it that lock me into the existing platform.
But, if I want to use Bing to conduct a search or Ask to conduct a search or ChatGPT, all I have to do is type a different URL. The switching cost to me is zero. And I can’t think of another company in history that has been as large or as powerful or as dominant in the marketplace as Google, where all of its customers and all of its revenue theoretically could go away tomorrow. Instantly.
People could just switch without doing anything all that complicated or all that expensive.
How Can Google Compete?Better User Experience? Increase Lock-In?Google has at least a couple of different ways it could respond. One is to create better experiences, better results. To learn from this, to say, “Maybe we need fewer ads. We need to create an experience that people love,” to continue to attract use among their customers if there’s a potentially better alternative out there.
The other of course, is to try to find ways to lock consumers in, make it harder for them to switch.
I would hope it’s the former. I’m also not an idiot. The second is a very real possibility. And a hybrid somewhere between those two is probably the most likely thing that we’ll see.
But I do think that it’s something that they’re probably sitting up over the last week and saying, “wow, we need to pay attention to this.” I suspect they have been all along. I doubt OpenAI — which has been open to artificial intelligence from researchers for several years — doesn’t have members of Google’s AI teams working with it.
What Can You Do?Now, I don’t like to talk about these things solely in the abstract. I like to talk about them in terms of what you can do. And I’m going to come back to two things I’ve talked about in the past, but I think they’re really important.
Core and ExploreOne, remember the principle of core and explore. ChatGPT is very cool. It’s “ooh, shiny.” Don’t get distracted by the “ooh, shiny.” You still want to spend most of your time, most of your resources, most of your budget on the things that work today.
Core. The Washington Post, in talking about the threat that ChatGPT presents to Google, noted that it had reached 1 million users in five days. For comparison, it took Instagram two and a half months to reach that same level of success. That’s extraordinary. But a million users in internet terms is… not that many. Google gets almost 4 million search queries every minute.
Online shopping revenues, the thing that I thought this episode was going to be about when I sat down to write this script the other day, are around 210 billion so far this year. So you know, ChatGPT is cool, but it’s not huge. We want to spend most of our time focusing on the core.
Explore. At the same time, if you focus only on where we are right now, that’s probably a mistake. Thatis a mistake. You know the famous line from hockey legend Wayne Gretzky, about skating to where the puck is going, not where it is? That 210 billion in online shopping revenue I just mentioned is the slowest growth we’ve seen in years. It’s clear that people also enjoy in-person experiences, both in terms of how they find the things they want to buy, and in terms of the kinds of things they want to spend their money on in the first place.
After three years of a pandemic, people don’t want to spend as much time in front of a screen. They want to go places. They want to see the world. They want to be with friends and family. They’re ready to explore.
That’s where the Explorer side of “Core and Explore” comes in. You have to allocate a small amount of your budget — 10%, 20% — to explore new possibilities, new products, new channels, new technologies. Who is using large language models to help you be more effective at what you do?
You want to test, you want to learn, you want to grow. And then put more of your resources to work in the areas that you find produce results. So it’s core; put most of your energy there. And also explore; save some energy, save some resources, save some budget to test and learn because that’s how you’re going to be ready regardless of what happens with GPT-3 — or anything else that comes down the path.
Keep LearningThe second thing you want to do, and it’s highly related, is you want to keep learning. I don’t claim to be an expert on generative AI or large language models specifically, I have experience with natural language processing (NLP) and its use in marketing. I know a little bit about artificial intelligence more broadly. But I’m still very much learning about how we can apply these tools in useful ways.
Your job is to do the same. You’ve heard me say before that AI won’t take your job, but smart people who use AI will. Economist Noah Smith and the researcher roon had a great piece the other day about the effect of AI on people’s jobs. They called it “autocorrect for everything.” They said that “AI doesn’t take over jobs, it takes over tasks.” And my favorite line in their piece stated, “Dystopia is when robots take half your jobs. Utopia is when robots take half your job.” Notice the singular and plural difference.
I think the latter is going to be much more common. And the people who do that, who put that into practice are who you really should worry about.
If you’ve listened to this show before, you’ve heard me tell the joke about two guys walking through the woods when a bear comes charging towards them. The first guy immediately pulls out a pair of running shoes. And the second guy says, “What are you doing? You’ll never outrun that bear.” The first guy says, “I don’t have to outrun the bear. I just have to outrun you.”
If you are not learning, if you’re not growing, if you’re not reading about these things and playing with it and creating a ChatGPT account for yourself, and getting some experience with it, you are leaving your running shoes in your backpack. You’re the second guy in the joke. And it won’t be funny when the bear comes for you, your job, your business, or your industry.
ConclusionOne of the reasons I’m not bearish about Google is that I don’t think they’re likely to act like the second guy. They may trip, they might fall. But they’re running. They’re learning. And that’s the lesson that you should learn. We have to keep learning. We have to use core and explore. We have to keep finding out about how these tools can be used in our business because we know the machines are learning fast.
But humans who learn fast, people who learn fast are the ones who are going to win. This may not have been the episode I originally planned for, but I certainly intend that you are one of those people who win. You can do this. Keep learning. Use core and explore. Keep those top of mind and you’re going to be fine.
Show Closing and CreditsNow, looking at the clock on the wall, we are out of time for this. I want to remind you that you can find the show notes for today’s episode, as well as an archive of all past episodes by going to Tim peter.com/podcast. Again, that’s Tim peter.com/podcast. Just look for episode 367.
Subscribe to Thinks Out LoudDon’t forget that you can click on the subscribe link in any of the episodes you find there to have
Think Out Loud delivered to your favorite podcatcher every single. You can also find Think Out Loud on Apple Podcasts, Google Podcasts, Stitcher Radio, Spotify, Overcast, anywhere fine podcasts are found.
Leave a Review for Thinks Out LoudWhile you’re there, I would also very much appreciate it if you could provide a positive rating or review for the show. Those help new listeners find the podcast. It helps them understand what we’re all about. It helps get the word out about Thinks Out Loud. And it means so very much to me that you help build our community. I very, very much appreciate it.
Thinks Out Loud on Social MediaYou can also find Thinks Out Loud on LinkedIn by going to linkedin.com/TimPeterAssociates. You can find me on Twitter using the handle @TCPeter. And as always, you can email me at podcast@timpeter.com. Again, that’s podcast@timpeter.com.
Show OutroWith all that said, I just want to say once again how much it means to me to have you tune into our little show here every single week. I do hope you have a great rest of the week.
I hope you have a wonderful weekend ahead. And I’ll look forward to speaking with here on Thnks Out Loud next time. Until then, please be well, be safe, and as always, take care everybody.
The post Will ChatGPT Kill Google? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 367) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
We’ve been talking about the possibilities and pitfalls associated with “the metaverse” for marketers over the last handful of months. In this episode of Thinks Out Loud, we’re going to…
The post The Metaverse in Hospitality Marketing: Loren Gray Interview (Thinks Out Loud Episode 366) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
It’s a relatively quiet week here around Thinks Central as we get ready for Thanksgiving, 2022. As long-time listeners know, Thanksgiving is my favorite holiday. One huge reason is that…
The post Gratitude — 2022 (Thinks Out Loud Episode 365) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
It’s earnings season again. And the earnings calls from the tech leaders, the AGFAM (Apple, Google, Facebook, Amazon and Microsoft), help provide excellent insights into the state of digital each quarter. So, what is the state of digital in Q4, 2022?
Well, if you listened to most pundits or watched the stock market, you’d think the sky was falling. Is it, though? Or is there a more nuanced story going on here?
As you might guess, I think it’s the latter. The sky isn’t falling. Instead, the tech giants are using the current moment to refocus on areas where they can continue to dominate today… and in the future. In other words, the current state of digital is "more of the same."
What does this mean for your business? What lessons can you take from what Apple, Google, Facebook, Amazon, and Microsoft are telling their investors? And how can you apply those lessons to your business? The latest Thinks Out Loud dives in and breaks down everything you need to know.
Want to learn more? Here are the show notes for you.
The Sky is Falling? The State of Digital — Q4 2022 — Headlines and Show Notes Show Notes and Links * Doing Digital in the Weirdest Economy Ever (Thinks Out Loud Episode 355) * Timothy B. Lee on Twitter: "Thread! Tech companies have started laying off workers at a time when the broader economy is still adding jobs. I think this represents a significant and possibly permanent shift for the industry. https://t.co/j5Uife5jbH" / Twitter * Deedy on Twitter: "Tech Layoff Meta – 11k (13%) Twitter – 3.7k (50%) Intel – 20% Snap – 20% Netflix – 450 Robinhood – 30% Stripe, Lyft – 13% Salesforce – 2k Amazon – 10k 120k+ layoffs. 2000-01 dot com layoffs were ~107k. Q4 layoffs have just begun. A brutally cold tech winter is coming." / Twitter * Dare Obasanjo
Most online content is never seen. Google doesn’t crawl it. Readers don’t read it. Influencers don’t share it. And customers don’t buy it. As far as most people know, it doesn’t exist. Creating great content is table stakes. But getting that content in front of your potential customers — getting them to like it and share it and tell their friends about it — requires more than just great content. It requires a content distribution plan.
What is a content distribution plan? Why does it matter for your brand and your business? What are the core content distribution concepts you need to keep top of mind to make your content work? That’s what this episode of Thinks Out Loud is all about.
Want to learn more? Here are the show notes for you.
Revisiting "Content Distribution Concepts to Help Your Content Marketing Succeed" — Headlines and Show Notes Show Notes and Links * Is Content Still King or Have the Gatekeepers Won? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 328) * Content Shock: Why content marketing is not a sustainable strategy * Content Shock and Content Ignition: A Conversation with Mark Schaefer * Content is Still the King – Tim Peter & Associates * Is "Content is King" Dead? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 306) – Tim Peter & Associates * Is Content a Strategic Product for Your Business? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 319) * The Single Biggest Myth in Digital: Content is Expensive (Thinks Out Loud Episode 275) * What Connects TikTok and the Hub and Spoke Model of Digital? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 299) * You Don’t Need a Website * Digital Gatekeepers and the Death of Organic Traffic (Thinks Out Loud Episode 247) * Whose Brand Does Google Want To Build? * Deal With It: Digital Makes Marketing Easier for Everyone, Which Makes Marketing Harder For Everyone (Thinks Out Loud Episode 213) * Social Networks “Optimize for Engagement.” What Does That Mean for Marketers?
Free Downloads We have some free downloads for you to help you navigate the current situation, which you can find right here:
Subscribe to Thinks Out Loud * Subscribe in iTunes * Subscribe in the Google Play Store
Contact information for the podcast: podcast@timpeter.com
Past Insights from Tim Peter Thinks You might also want to check out these slides I had the pleasure of presenting recently about the key trends shaping marketing in the next year. Here are the slides for your reference:
Digital Marketing Directions 2020 from Tim Peter (And, yes… you can hire me to speak at your next event, too).
Technical Details for Thinks Out Loud Recorded using a Heil PR-40 Dynamic Studio Recording Mic and a Focusrite Scarlett 4i4 (3rd Gen) USB Audio Interface into Logic Pro X for the Mac.
Running time: 18m 57s
You can subscribe to Thinks Out Loud in iTunes, the Google Play Store, via our dedicated podcast RSS feed (or sign up for our free newsletter). You can also download/listen to the podcast here on Thinks using the player at the top of this page.
Transcript: Revisiting "Content Distribution Concepts to Help Your Content Marketing Succeed" Well, hello again, everyone, and welcome back to Thinks Out Loud, your source for all the digital expertise your business needs. My name is Tim Peter. This is episode 329 of the big show. And thank you so much for tuning in, I genuinely appreciate it.
“Why To,” Not “How To” Now, I think you know that generally speaking, this show is not a how-to show. I prefer to think about what we do as a why-to or more about how to think about a problem or situation or what’s going on in the world of digital, then how-to. And I do that for a bunch of reasons, and the biggest one by far is because I want this information to be usable more than just next week.
And when you think about digital, if we talk about how you do a specific thing, it’s entirely possible that the way you do it and the things you have to do, the actions you have to take simply change too fast for this to be usable if it’s click this button, move this thing, et cetera, move this slider. The other reason is because I don’t think audio is a particularly good format for that. A video’s a great way to do that, infographics could be a great way to do that. But talking you through something you might be listening to in your car or on a treadmill isn’t going to provide enormous value to you. At the same time, I do want to make sure that you get value out of the discussion and can take the things we talk about and apply them in your day-to-day life.
Why Content Distribution is a Key Component of Your Company’s Content Marketing Strategy So this episode really is intended to follow up on our last episode where I asked, "Is content still king or have the gatekeepers won?" But because that episode was running a bit long, I didn’t go deeply into, "Okay, great. If we acknowledged that the gatekeepers have not won, and if we acknowledge that content is still king, what do you do about it? How do you take that content and use it in a way that you can win?" And of course, in fairness to my friends, Mark Schaefer and Rand Fishkin, and the folks who inspired our last episode, you cannot talk about how to win in content today — you cannot be successful with content today — if you don’t have a well-thought-out content distribution strategy as part of your content strategy. You can’t just create content and hope that it succeeds, you have to have a plan for how it will succeed, and so I thought it would be useful to talk about that today.
And as I mentioned in the last show, we have a content distribution checklist that we use that I linked to the show notes for last week’s episode. And I’ve linked to it in the show notes for this week’s episode, you can find that at timpeter.com/podcast, and you will find it for both episode 328 or episode 329. Now, I’m not going to read you the whole sheet again, I don’t think that’s necessarily high value to you. And you can download it and read it all on your own. I did think it would be helpful if we talked a little bit about the highlights of it and particularly why we take this approach.
Three Key Steps For Content Distribution So there are a handful of key steps, and I’m mainly going to focus on the three. There’s going to be some subpart A, subpart B, but in general, we can think about three big steps that you want to keep in mind when you’re talking about how you use content distribution most appropriately for your business.
Think About What Kind of Content You’re Creating — and Whether You Should Create It At All And the first step, the first thing you must do is you cannot create content that’s going to be successful if you don’t have a plan for getting it in front of people and don’t have a good rationale for why that content exists. So the first thing you have to do to ensure that your content works and your content distribution works is you need to ask the question of whether or not the content needs to be created at all. There’s a lot of content out there. You may have a lot of content about a particular topic on your website today or on your YouTube channel or on your LinkedIn page or in your email. And maybe what you need to do is not create new content, but either update or redistribute existing content.
Now, if you don’t have the content, you still should ask the question of, does this need to exist, does this solve a problem for your customer, does it solve a problem for your target market, and does it do it in a way that, maybe, hasn’t been done before? Are you bringing a particular point of view or a particular value to the discussion that hasn’t been done before? Now, I want to be fair, it doesn’t mean that everything you come up with has to be staggeringly original, it just means it has to be distinct to you. Does it have your voice, and does it speak to the needs of your customer?
I’d also argue… And I’m modeling the behavior and the way that I do my podcast that you might want to think more in terms, not always, but more in terms of how to think and how-to, why does somebody care about this. If it’s just, "Do this step, do this step, do this step," that’s pretty commodity content and, probably, a lot of that exists. But if you can get deeper under the hood and help your customers understand why this matters, that is usually higher value and usually something that needs to be created more often than simply check this box, move this slider, click this link. So that’s the first big step, make sure the content needs to be created in the first place.
Focus On Content Distribution From the Start Second, build content distribution into the ideation process, into the creation process. Before you put fingers on keyboard, before you set up a camera, before you have a designer draw something or lay something out, think about how are we going to get this content in front of our customers. You should not create what you cannot or are not prepared to promote because fundamentally, you’ll just be wasting your time. You’re creating a whole new chain of events that have to occur to get that content in front of somebody, and you’re so much better off by saying, first and foremost, "How are we going to get this in front of people? Is it going on our website, is it going on social media, is it going on our YouTube channel or our Vimeo channel?" Think about the formats you’re going to use that work best to help you get a message out.
So here’s one of my favorite tips, this is something we’ve been doing for a while now, start by doing a Google search. Once you know what the keywords are that your topic is going to be about or your piece of content is going to be about, do a Google search, see what kinds of content Google shows in the search results. If Google’s showing video, that’s a pretty good sign that to get your content in front of people, video is a really good medium. If Google is showing images, it probably means you’re better served with an infographic or some visual representation of the information you want to get out there. If they’re showing text, if they’re showing a webpage, great, then a webpage or a PDF is probably a better way to go. But this is one of the few places where a blue ocean or green field strategy, doing something different than what everybody else is doing probably doesn’t help you, doesn’t necessarily help you.
It’s unlikely your text, no matter how brilliant, is going to force Google to rethink their ranking algorithm if they’re already finding that video does a better job of answering searcher questions. So for better or worse, if Google is showing people video, it’s a clear sign that video is the type of medium, it’s the format that works best for customers. If they’re showing webpages, then it says text is a good way to go. It doesn’t mean you can’t try something else, it just means that they’re giving you a signal that that’s the most appropriate format for this specific type of content. So you want to think in terms of, "Great, now knowing that, how are we going to distribute a video, how are we going to distribute an infographic, how are we going to distribute a PDF or a webpage?" You can see how that gets built right into the creation process before you’ve actually created the content in the first place. If we know we shouldn’t create what we can’t promote, then it becomes really critical to understand what formats are we going to have to promote this content in.
Your Content Distribution Checklist and Content Reuse Now, third, once you’ve done that, start making a regular list of the various content distribution channels that you’d use to get your content in front of the customers. You can share the message, no matter the format, on social and email and your website, you can, you should. The checklist gives you a whole bunch of ones to think about, but you should be building your own checklist to say, "How quickly do we put this out on social channels?" Social channels, usually, you get about a week before the content starts to age out just because that’s the nature of that piece. I don’t love it, you probably don’t love it, but it is the reality. It doesn’t mean you can’t share it after that, it just means that you tend to get your biggest hit right within the first seven days or so. So think about your various distribution channels, the spokes of your specific wheel, and you should make a list of these.
Do you have a LinkedIn page? Do you have a Facebook page? Do you have an Instagram account? Do you have a TikTok? Do you have a YouTube page? Do you have a Medium blog? Do you have a SlideShare? And there’s tons that I’m not even thinking of, Pinterest and so on, all the various types of things we can be thinking about. How do you use them, and how do you create traction with your customers there, with your audience there, and do you use them each and every time? Now, the answer might be yes, or the answer might be yes, but we need to rethink the content slightly for that medium. This is a place where content reuse is your friend, make the content that’s in one format and look at how you can do it in other formats, repurpose it for those formats. So we’re taking something that maybe…
Again, I’m going to keep using video. One of the things I genuinely like about video, even though I don’t do it a lot for my business, is because it’s so easily repurposed. You can take the video, you can put it on YouTube, or you can put it on Vimeo. You can take that video, and you can edit it down to a 30-second clip or a 20-second clip or a quick insight, and you can put that on LinkedIn or Facebook. You can take a transcription, and you can put that up on your website as a blog post, or excerpts from it as blog post on your website. You can take the audio and make that a podcast. And then each of these, you can take any slides you have from the video, or turn it into slides and put it on SlideShare, and you can share those on LinkedIn.
So each of those individual formats become ways of getting the message into your customer’s hands, which ultimately is why we’re doing this. The checklist isn’t about, "Did I check this box, did I do this thing," but it’s about, "Am I solving a customer problem?" Brings us right back to where we started, does this need to exist, and what problem does it solve for my customer? Because if you’re doing that, you’re going to be in a much better position in terms of actually creating content that is useful to your customers and gets distributed more widely to more people. Because regardless of what we think about the gatekeepers, the Apples, the Googles, the Facebooks, the Amazons, the Microsofts of the world, they only win when we don’t actually create value for our customers.
Conclusion: Why Content Distribution is a Key Component of Your Company’s Content Marketing Strategy When we don’t create value, your customer goes looking for something else, somewhere else. And where are they going to go? They’re going to go to the place where they can find everything. So it’s not a question of whether or not they win, it’s a question of creating things that ensure you don’t lose. Create value for your customers. And while I can’t guarantee that you will win, I can guarantee that all the other steps along the way get easier. And the easiest way to do that is make sure you’ve got a great process that you follow each and every time that asks, "Is this content worthwhile, should it exist in the first place? Have we thought about content distribution from the outset, from the moment of creation? And are we using all of our content distribution channels to reach customers where and when they’re ready?"
Show Closing and Credits Now, looking at the clock on the wall, we are out of time for this week. I want to remind you that you can find the show notes for today’s episode, as well as an archive of all past episodes, by going to timpeter.com/podcast. Again, that’s TimPeter.com/podcast. Just look for episode 329.
Subscribe to Thinks Out Loud Don’t forget that you can click on the subscribe link in any of the episodes you find to get Thinks Out Loud delivered to your favorite podcatcher every single week. You can also find Thinks Out Loud on Apple Podcasts, Google podcasts, Stitcher Radio, Spotify, Overcast, wherever fine podcasts are found.
Leave a Review for Thinks Out Loud While you’re there, I would also very much appreciate it if you could provide a positive rating and review for the show. It helps new listeners find the podcast, it helps them understand what the show is all about, and it helps get the word out about Thinks Out Loud. It means so much to me, and I would very much appreciate it.
Thinks Out Loud on Social Media You can also find the Thinks Out Loud on Facebook by going to facebook.com/timpeterassociates, by going to LinkedIn at linkedin.com/timpeterassociates. And you can find me on Twitter using the Twitter handle @tcpeter. Of course, as ever, you can email me at podcast@timpeter.com. Again, that’s podcast@timpeter.com.
Show Outro With that said, I want to say, once again, how much I appreciate you tuning into the show. It means so much to me that you keep listening. Especially — we had a period where we weren’t doing episodes for a while — while we were working some things out internally, and it just really means so much that you have hung with us this year, over the last bunch of months, et cetera. It just really means so, so very much. So with that said, I hope you have a great rest of the week. I hope you have a wonderful weekend, and I will look forward to speaking with you here on Thinks Out Loud next time. Until then, please be well, be safe and as ever, take care, everybody.
The post Revisiting "Content Distribution Concepts to Help Your Content Marketing Succeed" (Thinks Out Loud) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
Did you know that this podcast is content marketing in action? It is. Really. The team originally launched Thinks Out Loud as an experiment, a way to see if we could reach more people on mobile. And it’s worked exceptionally well. Over two-thirds of all listens to the podcast occur on mobile applications. We’ve also generated leads and revenue from clients all around the globe. That’s content marketing in action.
What else have we learned from 10 years of running this podcast? What lessons can you apply to your business and your content marketing?
This episode of Thinks Out Loud looks at the lessons the team and I have learned from ten years of running a podcast. We dive into how you can use those lessons to improve your business. We explore how you can put content marketing into action for your brand. And we take a look at where Thinks Out Loud might be going in the future—and how we can all together when we get there.
Want to learn more? Here are the show notes for you.
Revisiting Content Marketing in Action — Relevant Links and Show Notes * "Touch Grass" (Thinks Out Loud Episode 358) * Content is King, Customer Experience is Queen (Thinks Out Loud Episode 188) * Is Content a Strategic Product for Your Business? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 319) * Is Content Still King or Have the Gatekeepers Won? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 328) * The Single Biggest Myth in Digital: Content is Expensive (Thinks Out Loud Episode 275) * Amazon.com: Bossypants eBook : Fey, Tina: Kindle Store * Social Marketing Integration: All Marketing Is Social * Three Content Distribution Concepts to Help Your Company’s Content Marketing Succeed (Thinks Out Loud Episode 329) – Tim Peter & Associates * Revisiting "The Future of Content Marketing is Already Here"
Free Downloads We have some free downloads for you to help you navigate the current situation, which you can find right here:
Thinks Out Loud is sponsored by SoloSegment: SoloSegment increases large-enterprise, B2B website conversion with easy-to-install software that automatically connects website visitors to the content they need to see to achieve their goals. SoloSegment does this using anonymous data and machine learning ensuring privacy compliance, addressing the many anonymous visitors, and improving the efficiency of marketing teams. Visit SoloSegment.com.
Subscribe to Thinks Out Loud * Subscribe in iTunes * Subscribe in the Google Play Store
Contact information for the podcast: podcast@timpeter.com
Past Insights from Tim Peter Thinks You might also want to check out these slides I had the pleasure of presenting recently about the key trends shaping marketing in the next year. Here are the slides for your reference:
Digital Marketing Directions 2020 from Tim Peter (And, yes… you can hire me to speak at your next event, too).
Technical Details for Thinks Out Loud Recorded using a Heil PR-40 Dynamic Studio Recording Mic and a Focusrite Scarlett 4i4 (3rd Gen) USB Audio Interface into Logic Pro X for the Mac.
Running time: 24m 29s
You can subscribe to Thinks Out Loud in iTunes, the Google Play Store, via our dedicated podcast RSS feed (or sign up for our free newsletter). You can also download/listen to the podcast here on Thinks using the player at the top of this page.
Transcript: Revisiting Content Marketing in Action Well, hello again everyone, and welcome back to Thinks Out Loud, your source for all the digital expertise your business needs. My name is Tim Peter, this is episode 359 of the big show and I am thrilled to be back with you.
I think anyone who listens regularly, knows we’ve been doing re-broadcast, revisiting posts as we call them, revisiting episodes over the last handful of weeks as we closed out the summer of 2022. I went and touched some grass, I went and relaxed a little bit—and hopefully you did as well—and started to gear up for another whole round of new episodes for you. And this one’s interesting, because this is our 10th birthday. Today, at the date this will be released, will be Tuesday, September 13th. We released our first episode September 14th, 2012. So this is 10 years of Thinks Out Loud, which is mind boggling to me.
This Podcast is Content Marketing in Action When I first thought about doing a podcast, it really was an experiment. It really was about, is there any value to this medium for my business? And for you as an audience, would people listen? Would people care? And as it happens, you do. We get a good number of downloads every week. We’ve had, over the course of 10 years, we’re now on episode 359, a few dozen interviews with people, great subscriber numbers, measurable improvements in brand awareness, leads, and some sales have come from this, which is terrific, attributable directly to the podcast.
And so, the data shows that the podcast has been successful, that it has accomplished my goals. And I love the sales, I want to be very clear. Who doesn’t love the sales? I’m a marketing guy. This is about driving business, but it’s not the only reason I do it. It’s just a reason I do it.
What Have We Learned From 10 Years of Thinks Out Loud And the other huge success that I’ve gained from this, and I think I’ve learned from this, is the sense of community and hearing from you, hearing your stories, hearing from people who have found the podcast valuable. And that’s something that’s tough to put a number on, but would make the show worth doing, even if we’d never gotten a sale out of it. And what I want to do today, for the rest of the time we’re together today is, I want to talk about what I’ve learned.
The Value of Content in Building a Community One of the core things I have talked about on this show for the entire 10 years we’ve been here, is the importance of content marketing for your business. The importance of content to digital. You’ve heard me say countless times that content is king, customer experience is queen, and data is the crown jewels. Well, this is content marketing. The reason I started the podcast, the reason the team and I put the podcasts together was, as a form of content marketing.
And we’ve definitely learned some things about how to do content marketing better over the last 10 years, and particularly how to do content marketing with a podcast. And so, what I thought I would do is, take you behind the scenes a little, tell you what I’ve learned, tell you some history, tell you a couple of stories. And then, tell you about where we might go in the future or where we’re thinking of going in the future.
Why a Podcast? Customer-centric and Data Driven So first, why did we do a podcast? Well, it was customer centric and data informed. I know that’s buzzwordy, but the reality is, it really was driven by customer behaviors. I have a blog, the company has a blog. We’ve had a blog for a very, very long time. I’m going to have to look and see how long the blog’s been around, but it’s been around for years and years and years. 2004 I think, was when I started blogging.
Podcasting as a Mobile Strategy And one of the things that I saw over time—one of the things we saw, the team saw in the data—was that, particularly on mobile, customers were engaging with blog posts less. It’s not so much that we weren’t getting traffic. It’s not so much that we weren’t getting mobile traffic. It’s that people weren’t reading the whole post. They were clicking away quickly, they weren’t engaging much, they weren’t sharing much, they weren’t spending time with the content—and again, particularly on mobile. So, we started thinking about, what could we do that would work for mobile?
The Value of Long-Form Content We also saw that generally speaking, what did do well was longer form content. The market was telling us what we got right. And we started thinking about, "Well, what can we do that works for mobile and engages people in a mobile context?" And so we thought, "Why not try a podcast?"
Now, obviously podcasts were starting to become a thing then. I think we were a little bit on the early side, but clearly there was a market out there. Clearly people were using their phones to listen to audio. And so, this really was a mobile strategy, driven by what the data told us.
And again, as I noted a minute ago, I would say it has worked quite well. We’ve learned a bunch of things over the last 10 years. We’ve learned a lot over the last 10 years. In the interest of time, I’m not going to focus on all of them, but I am going to focus on some of them.
Respect Your Audience’s Time One of the things is that, time matters. Your time matters, your listeners time matters. Your audience’s time matters. That’s true for all kinds of content, but it’s particularly true for a podcast.
Podcasts and the Attention Economy People who choose to listen to podcasts have a choice of what to listen to. Obviously you’ve heard the expression before, that we live in an attention economy. When someone chooses to listen to a podcast, when you choose to listen to a podcast, this is the only podcast you can listen to in that moment. Whatever time you spend, whatever time the audience spends listening to this episode, is time they can’t spend listening to any other episode or watching any other item. Not well, anyway. Sure, we provide transcripts for the people who want them, but clearly, we can tell from the data that most people engage with the podcast by listening to the episode.
And so, I have to make good use of your time. We’ve tried to make it that. Each episode focuses on a specific topic and gets to the point. In the early days, we covered three or four different segments and we got away from that because it seemed like the single focus worked better. We try to keep the episodes fairly tight.
There are lots of 50 minute, hour long, hour and a quarter, hour and a half long podcasts out there. I try to make mine "workout length." I try to make this show "workout length" or "commute length"—back when people commuted to the office. You can listen to it in 20, 25, 30 minutes tops.
A good friend of mine, Ed St Onge, of the travel technology firm, Flip.to, once said, "The job of every second of video, or audio in this case, is to earn another second of attention." One of the reasons I keep these episodes short is because, if that’s all we have to say, that’s all we have to say. Get in, get out, let you, let the audience get back to their lives. And that seems to have worked really well.
Differentiation: Why Should an Audience Choose Your Content? The other thing to be aware, when we talk about time and we talk about focus and the like, is just like anything else in marketing, you have to know your competition and how you’re differentiated. It’s not just that I have to make good use of your time. I have to make the case, why you should spend time here versus somewhere else.
I think we do a good job of that generally, but it’s something I’m always looking to improve. Lots of podcasts do that by trying to get specific guests, big names in whichever field they happen to be in. And in this case, it’s narrowed to business. They’re going to get a Seth Godin. They’re going to get a Neil Patel, they’re going to get Rand Fishkin, somebody like that. And all those guys are great. They’re terrific. One of the reasons I’ve rarely done interviews though, is specifically to offer an alternative to that, by keeping episodes short and focused.
I’m trying to make sure that the audience gets more value for their time. You and the rest of the audience don’t need to wait around for a long time to get to the point and hear what it is you care about. That doesn’t mean interviews are bad. I’ve done them. We will do more of them in the future. They have their benefits and there’s a lot of important voices out there for you to hear from, and often, not the people you’ve heard from before. So we are going to do more of that. We’re also going to do it in a way that I think is authentic to what we’ve tried to do here and keeping things focused, keeping things tight, and keeping things to the point.
Consistency Matters Another big lesson, and this is one I should have known. I feel like I should have known. The other people who work on the podcast with me, brought specific skills, but maybe didn’t have the content marketing background per se. And one of the things that really matters, is consistency. In the early days of the podcast, I believed that the day of the week we published on, mattered. It does a little. We are a business focused podcast, and producing something earlier in the week does seem to do better numbers than if we release on say, a Friday. That makes sense for a business focused podcast, I try to make this a fun business focused podcast, but we’re not a weekend kind of fun all the time. I get that. That’s okay. So we do a little better when we release earlier in the week. But what matters more is that, we consistently publish on the same day.
If you are releasing content, releasing in a consistent manner, matters more. There’s a funny story in Tina Fey’s book, Bossypants. She talks about a time when she was the head writer of Saturday Night Live and was talking to Saturday Night Live’s producer, Lauren Michaels. And she thought that the week’s show wasn’t as good as she wanted it to be. And Lauren Michael said to her, "Tina, we don’t start the show because it’s perfect. We start the show because it’s 11:30 on Saturday."
Balancing Quality and Consistency in Podcasts (and All Content, Really) And we’ve adopted that philosophy as best as we’re able. I want to be clear, I try to make this show as perfect as I can. The people who work behind the scenes on this show, work to make it as perfect as they can. It’s always about finding that balance between perfect and 11:30 on Saturday night. We won’t release just any old crap.
We put out a revisiting episode once, a while back, because I was writing the script and the script that I was working on for that week’s episode was frankly, terrible. And we simply weren’t going to release that. So we bagged the episode, repackaged an earlier episode, and shared it, because it was better to be consistent than put out garbage.
It was also important that we put out something consistently. So it’s one of those things that people and you, the audience, clearly prefer to get the show roughly the same day and time each week. That’s something we’ve worked hard to get better at, and it’s something we will continue to work at to get better, while also producing high quality, new content, regularly.
Plan for Consistency and Quality It’s just something that you’ve got to balance that reality of consistency and quality. I would suggest, if you’re not sure you can do quality consistently. You may want to think about how to approach that before you decide to embark on any content marketing initiative. It doesn’t mean you shouldn’t do it. It means you should come up with a plan for how you’re going to accomplish some of what you’re going to accomplish, that you can produce quality consistently, because it’s really about both of those.
Repurposing Content Another key lesson about content marketing generally, is repurposing content. You’ve probably heard this one before, but it’s something we do a lot of. Every podcast episode turns into blog posts or turns into columns for any of the other blogs or magazines I write for. Almost every talk I give, both starts as a podcast episode and ends as a podcast episode.
I’ll build episodes to help me work out the theme and the core points of the talk. And often, a single slide from a talk I’ve given, makes for a full episode, especially the way we do them.
All of this works its way into my teaching at Rutgers Business School. These all matter, because you can keep using the content:
All Marketing is Social: Community Matters I’ve said for years that all marketing is social. We have reached a point where that is completely true. Your community matters. Your community matters for all kinds of reasons. One, because your community helps you get better at what you do. You learn from them, you hear from them, you get ideas from them, you get questions from them, you get questions from them. I get questions from you, that help me understand my thinking better and sometimes change my thinking, because people will ask a question and say, "Are you sure about that?" And you go, "Oh, wait a second. Maybe I’m not."
When I talk about the lessons I’ve learned in 10 years of doing this show, most of those are lessons I’ve learned from you. So that’s something that’s incredibly important.
Great Content Needs Great Distribution Also, and I think you know this, but content only works if you also have distribution. One advantage to shows that do interviews, is that they provide built in distribution. The guest shares the interview with their friends and family and fans and followers. They promote the episode and by extension, the show, the content. As I’ve talked about plenty of times, content without distribution, doesn’t do anything for you, doesn’t benefit you much. Any content marketing plan has to have a content distribution plan as part of it. We deal with that. We do this by fostering community on Twitter, by fostering community on LinkedIn. I will tell you, there’s still work to be done there.
I think we do an okay job of it. It’s something I intend to get better at, and it’s a commitment I’m making to you very publicly now, that I want this community to grow, I want to hear from you more. I want to hear from more voices, because I think it will make the entire community better. I think it will make the show better. I think it will make me better at what I do, and I think it will be better for everyone in the community as you get to learn from each other.
Where Do We Go From Here? So those are some of the lessons we’ve learned. Those are some of the things I’ve learned and some of the things the team has learned, and some of the things we are trying to improve upon. I also want to talk a little bit about what’s next for the show.
Interviews Where are we going to go from here? One, we are going to do some more interviews. There are lots of great people with amazing points of view we can all learn from. I expect that those will be bonus episodes. I don’t think they’re going to be part of the main show. They will be, but they may be released on a different schedule, so that we keep doing what we know everybody likes. I’d also love to hear your point of view on who you want to hear from and how you want to hear from them. How can we do interviews in a way that’s a little different and a little more true to the spirit of this show, without just turning into every other show that’s out there?
New Voices It’s also incredibly important to me, to hear from new voices, people who aren’t the same as everyone else.
One, there are huge numbers of smart, talented people out there who bring alternative points of view on the digital economy. Two, as I talked about a minute ago, differentiation matters. Sure, we all like a celebrity guest and I’m sure I’ll invite some of those folks on. But part of the point of what we try to do here, is to remain a different kind of voice, a different kind of show. And doing the same interviews as everyone else does would defeat the purpose. So I’d love to hear from you about, who do you want to hear from? Who isn’t getting the opportunity to be heard as much? How would you like to hear us talk with them?
What kinds of questions should we be asking? How do we make those interviews a little more unique and a little more different than what you’re hearing everywhere else?
Video I also suspect we’re going to do some video. We’re starting to put plans together to do some video. I’m talking with a friend of mine, who’s brilliant in the video space to learn how we can do it well and how we can do it consistently and with quality. To give you another way to experience the content, and again, to increase distribution, which again, key to making your content work.
New Hotel and Travel Industry Focused Newsletter One of the things that I will be doing, it’s not really part of the podcast, but that we are going to be doing some more hotel and travel focused content. There’s a new newsletter coming for folks who subscribe, for hotel and travel insights. That’s where I got my start. It’s something that we’ve definitely gotten away from a little more than I would like, and we’re going to start working our way back towards that.
Increased Interactivity And we want more interactivity, which is my ask of you, as we come up here on the end of the episode. How do we learn even more? How do we help you learn even more? What would you like to hear? What would you like to hear me talk about? What would you like to hear me not talk about? Who else do you want to hear, besides me, talking about things?
How Can You Help? All of that. I would love it if you would drop me an email or send me a tweet on Twitter or a message on LinkedIn, to hear what matters to you. What do you want this show to be? How do we make it better and more useful to you? Because fundamentally, as I said at the beginning of this episode, that’s the most important part for me, is that we’re building a community, that we’re providing value to people, that we’re helping you learn and grow, that we’re helping each other learn and grow. And I want to work with you to do that. So I really do look forward to hearing your opinions, your thoughts, your comments, your questions, your insights, your views. Help us get better at providing the kind of community you want to be a part of and that you’re proud to be a part of, here at Thinks Out Loud.
Conclusion: Content Marketing in Action: 10 Years of Thinks Out Loud So that’s what I’ve learned in 10 years. That’s what we’ve done. That’s where we are. I expect we’ve got another 10 years in us, hopefully. We’ll see. Let’s talk in 2032 and see where we are. But I just want to say, as I say every single week, I really do appreciate you tuning in. It means the world to me. I would not have done this show for 10 years without you participating in it. I would not have done this show for 10 years without you listening. I wouldn’t have done this show for 10 years without you, period. You are the reason this show exists and you continue to be the reason this show exists, and you continue to be the reason this show will exist for however long we all decide it makes sense to join each week in conversation.
Show Credits And now, looking at the clock on the wall, we are out of time for this week. I want to remind you that you can find the show notes for today’s episode, as well as an archive of all the 358 episodes that proceeded this, by going to timpeter.com/podcast. Again, that’s timpeter.com/podcast. Just look for episode 359.
Subscribe to Thinks Out Loud While you’re there, you can click on the subscribe link in any of the episodes you find, to have Thinks Out Loud delivered to your favorite podcaster every single week. You can also subscribe on Apple Podcasts, Google Podcasts, Stitcher Radio, Overcast. Wherever it is you like to find your podcast episodes, we’ll be there. Just do a search for Tim Peter Thinks, Tim Peter Thinks Out Loud, or Thinks Out Loud. We should show up for any of those.
Leave a Review for Thinks Out Loud While you’re on those services. I’d also very much appreciate it if you could provide us a positive rating or review. Those give other listeners a window into the show. They tell them what the show’s all about. They help them understand whether they’re a community, whether we are a community they’d like to be part of. So if you would leave a positive rating or review, I would very, very much appreciate it.
Thinks Out Loud on Social Media You can also find Thinks Out Loud on LinkedIn by going to linkedin.com/timpeterassociates. You can find me on Twitter using the Twitter handle @tcpeter, and of course, you can email me by sending an email to podcast@timpeter.com. Again, that’s podcast@timpeter.com.
Show Outro With that, I want to say thanks so much for tuning into the show every single week. As I said a moment ago, I simply would not have done this show for 10 years without you. I appreciate the fact that you listen so much. I hope you have a great rest of the week. I hope you have a wonderful weekend, and I look forward to speaking with you here on Thinks Out Loud again next time. Until then, please be well, be safe, and as always, take care everybody.
The post Revisiting Content Marketing in Action (Thinks Out Loud) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
What is the future of the metaverse? Well, if I’m being perfectly honest, I don’t know. What I do know is that there is a framework you can use to think about the future of the metaverse — or any technological shift — and determine where we are, where we might be going, and what you ought to do to be ready.
This framework includes thinking about:
The future of the metaverse will reveal itself to all of us over time. Its opportunities, benefits, and limitations will become increasingly clear. But thinking about how we get there and what you can do to prepare for the metaverse, whatever it ends up being, is the subject of this episode of Thinks Out Loud.
Want to know more? Here are the show notes for you.
The Future of the Metaverse? — Headlines and Show Notes Show Notes and Links Here are this week’s show notes for Thinks Out Loud with links and news related to this week’s episode. Be sure to check out all the links that matter for your business once you’ve given the episode a listen.
Free Downloads We have some free downloads for you to help you navigate the current situation, which you can find right here:
Subscribe to Thinks Out Loud * Subscribe in iTunes * Subscribe in the Google Play Store
Contact information for the podcast: podcast@timpeter.com
Past Insights from Tim Peter Thinks You might also want to check out these slides I had the pleasure of presenting recently about the key trends shaping marketing in the next year. Here are the slides for your reference:
Digital Marketing Directions 2020 from Tim Peter (And, yes… you can hire me to speak at your next event, too).
Technical Details for Thinks Out Loud Recorded using a Heil PR-40 Dynamic Studio Recording Mic and a Focusrite Scarlett 4i4 (3rd Gen) USB Audio Interface into Logic Pro X for the Mac.
Running time: 25m 44s
You can subscribe to Thinks Out Loud in iTunes, the Google Play Store, via our dedicated podcast RSS feed (or sign up for our free newsletter). You can also download/listen to the podcast here on Thinks using the player at the top of this page.
Transcript: The Future of the Metaverse? Well, hello again everyone, and welcome back to Thinks Out Loud, your source for all the digital expertise your business needs. My name is Tim Peter, this is Episode 363 of the big show, and thank you so much for tuning in. I very much appreciate it.
What is the Future of the Metaverse? So, I was having some conversations over the last handful of weeks with some friends of mine and some clients of mine and people I know, just colleagues and the like about AR and VR and the metaverse and Web3 and the like. And I’ve said many times before, this show is called Thinks Out Loud, because sometimes, well, I’m thinking out loud.
But during the discussion, we came up with this framework that I think is really valuable when we talk about the metaverse and when we talk about new technology trends broadly and how you can think about whether or not these things have benefit or merit to your business. And I thought it would make sense to share with you what these are and what these say. I want to start by saying that I’m relatively bullish on the future of virtual reality and especially augmented reality. And so, I’m fairly bullish on the future of the "metaverse".
What I also think is true, and this is where I kind of want to dive into the framework a little bit, is that I think there are four things we need to be really conscious of when we talk about new technologies and how they might affect our businesses in the longer term. So, I’m going to be talking about this today about the metaverse and VR and AR. What is generally true though is you can substitute whatever new tech comes along for whatever it is you’re looking at instead of using the word metaverse or VR or AR or web3 or any of that kind of stuff. So, when you hear metaverse, feel free to substitute a different word when you’re thinking about technology that might affect your business in the future. And I’m going to talk about what these four things are at a high level and then I’m going to dive down into them.
A Framework for Evaluating the Future of the Metaverse 1. Define "metaverse." So, the first is that you need to define, in this case the metaverse or Web3. When we’re talking about the metaverse, what are we all saying? What do we mean when we say that? 2. Define "success." The second one of course is you have to define success. If we say we’re bullish on an object on a technology or bearish on a technology, what do we mean by success? What do we mean by bullish or bearish? What does that look like? 3. Define your timeframe. The third thing we need to define is the timeframe in which we believe these things will come to pass or won’t, right? 4. Define your confidence level. And then the last is you need to define your level of confidence. How confident are you in those other things that you say?
What Do I Mean by "The Metaverse?" What Does Anyone Mean? So, let’s dive into these a little bit. When we talk about the metaverse or Web3, define the terms. There’s a joke that I’ve been telling lately, which is that if you ask 10 different people for a point of view about the metaverse or web3, you’re going to get at least 15 different answers about what they’re talking about.
Until we have a clear definition of what comprises the metaverse, a clear and universally understood definition of what comprises "the metaverse," we’re going to get diverse responses on whether or not these things will succeed. And, don’t worry. We’ll get back to success in a moment.
Three Essential Components of the Metaverse When I talk about the metaverse, I’m definitely talking about virtual reality. I’m talking about augmented reality, and I’m probably talking about crypto or blockchain. They are essential components.
What is virtual reality in this context? And what I mean by those when I talk about virtual reality, I mean a separate space that we engage with apart from the world around us, usually through a headset of some kind.What is augmented reality in this context? When I talk about augmented reality, I’m talking about an overlay that allows us to engage in the physical spaces we live in every day.What is crypto in this context? And crypto and blockchain, I’m talking about some form of trackable currency and ownership title to objects within those virtual or augmented worlds.
I am much more bullish on augmented reality, on AR, than I am on VR. And I’m much more bullish on AR than I am on crypto and blockchain, generally. But I think we won’t have the metaverse if all three of those don’t work to some level or other, at least when I think about the metaverse.
And I do think we’re going to see a fair bit of AR augmented reality pretty soon. I think we’re seeing a lot of it already working its way into our day-to-day.
Other Technologies Shaping the Metaverse Now, some people also include other additional technologies that add to the cloudy definition of the metaverse, such as generative AI for its ability to help designers or developers create metaverse or extended reality experiences. Some people include edge computing because it will improve the performance and the customer experience. Some people include things like the internet of things, IoT, for distributed sensing and the like. Personally, I’m a little less sold on that. I could be wrong. To me, that feels like existing tools trying to burrow the hype around newer and flashier technology.
But maybe I’m wrong. I want to be fair.
How Mature is the Metaverse? At the same time, the definition of the metaverse is a bit of a mess right now. It’s not necessarily a bad thing. It is a signal that the metaverse is not a fully mature offering yet. I’ve heard a number of people compare where we are with this to the internet in, let’s say ’95 or ’96. And I would say that most early adopters had a pretty good sense in that period of what the internet was. Yahoo, Excite, MSN, they all existed by late ’95.
Today, something like Horizon Worlds for Meta or Roblox or someone else might turn into the Yahoo or the Google of the metaverse. They also might be the Alta Vista or the Geocities or the Flooz or the Second Life of the metaverse/dot-com bubble, right? I think Flooz is a particularly interesting example given that it was also a virtual currency.
At the same time, the internet, the web, and many of the business concepts of the mid ’90s did win. People like to point to Pets.com as the biggest dot-com bust. But Chewy, which is now owned by PetSmart, seems to have figured it out. So, it’s not that the idea was bad, they were just way too soon.
Many Metaverse Ideas Will Be Around for a Long Time; Not All Companies Will One of the lessons we should take from this is that it’s challenging but not impossible to identify the underlying ideas that would resonate.
Picking the companies or the precise technology that’s tougher and it borders on the impossible, particularly the less mature something is.
Define "Success" Now, once we’ve defined our term, we also need to define what we mean by success. And if we’re talking about VR headsets, selling as many units as for instance, video game consoles, we’re there today more or less.
If we’re talking about VR headsets, selling as many units as the iPhone, we’re not remotely close. We’re not remotely close to remotely close. If we’re talking daily users, it’s a very small set of daily users outside of certain industrial applications and gaming — and not a lot there.
There actually was a story the other day in The Wall Street Journal about how Meta is requiring their developers to spend more time using the tools — they’re forcing them to do it — because there’s no compelling reason for those developers to do it themselves every day.
I think we can absolutely call VR a qualified success, but it’s by no means mainstream yet. The fact remains that most people still have never used a VR headset. Most people don’t own them.
The Revenue Test I also tend to define success in terms of material to earnings or at scale for a given company. If you’re a small business, if you’re an individual hotel and you figure out how to use this to sell an extra room per night, especially at a low cost, that could be successful.
But if you’re a $100 million company, you’d probably want to see a million or 5 million in incremental revenue before you’d call any metaverse activity material or successful in real terms. And of course, companies like GM or Toyota or Marriott or Google with billions of dollars in quarterly revenue would need to see much greater returns or commensurate savings — efficiency gains — before they’d call the metaverse anything more than an interesting experiment.
I do tend to think about new technology more from the perspective of companies with maybe $50 million to $500 million in revenue. That’s where most of my clients tend to live. So that tends to be the lens I look through. You might look at it completely differently and that’s okay.
And there is of course some public relations value if you come up with a good story. Accor did some neat things with artificial intelligence a few years ago that generated some positive press for the company. I also think it’s true, and I think this is true, that they got kind of a one time hit from that and that they’re not getting much in the way of significant returns from that project today. That’s okay. Just be clear about what you mean when you’re using new tech, whether it’s the metaverse or anything else for PR.
Additional Success Measures There are plenty of examples of technology that "failed" but also did well in other ways. I always think of the Beta vs VHS example, right? Where, for those of you who remember when videotape first came around or if you’ve seen this in a business class somewhere along the way, Betamax from Sony was a better technology than VHS. But VHS won in the consumer marketplace. VHS was undoubtedly much, much, much more successful. Beta never went away. Broadcast television studios used it as their preferred format most of the time. So, it was also successful. But if you look at the two different technologies side by side and say which was more successful? Well, VHS was much, much more successful.
I think there’s some relationship there we can look at and say there are applications for VR in particular in industrial settings or entertainment or gaming that are being used today really well. I saw a presentation the other day where they were showing this idea of digital twins and building buildings, building large capital intensive projects, in virtual reality before building them in the real world so that you could determine how well it worked for the people who are going to be involved with it. That’s a really cool concept.
Other examples of Rolls-Royce is using VR to train mechanics who can actually learn at home before they airline engine airplane engine mechanics before they have to go into and start working on the actual engine themselves. So, from an industrial training perspective, that’s really cool, and that is definitely successful.
Where is the "Killer App?" What we haven’t seen yet is a killer app. We haven’t seen the thing like spreadsheets were for the home computer way back when, or the internet was, or search was, or social was for mobile that got people to say, "Oh wow, this is a thing I have to have."
So, when we get to the point of the killer app, I don’t think we’re there yet.
What’s Your Timeframe? Ten Years? Or Two Years? When we think about success, we also need to define our timeframe. I generally believe in the Bill Gates’ quote. Bill Gates once said, "We overestimate the change we’ll see in the next three years and underestimate the change we’ll see in the next 10."
Gaming. For gaming in VR, I think we’re getting close to "mass appeal" in that people who are heavy gamers probably are using it more or less. Though again, a killer title of the killer app of gaming, whether it’s a "Call of Duty" or a "Halo" or a "Grand Theft Auto" or "The Legend of Zelda" or a "Myst" still seems to be missing. I could be wrong about that. I’m not a hardcore gamer, so I might be missing one.Industrial applications. For industrial applications, I think we’re getting pretty close, so probably closer to three years than 10 from significant adoption. Again, "define success." But there are plenty of training applications or medical and telemedicine both from a training and a telepresence perspective. The pre-visualization or digital twin idea that I mentioned a moment ago that are exciting ideas, they are useful ideas and they’re getting close enough to sufficient scale to be considered meaningful to somebody’s business.Casual gaming and telepresence. If we take a step back and look at the metaverse more broadly, though, and say for casual gaming and telepresence, we are probably a little ways away. We don’t have enough penetration of the platform to where most people are going to be using it regularly. The tools, the killer apps, the comfort, the cost, the hardware penetration just isn’t there yet for mainstream adoption.Desktop replacement. And if we’re talking about desktop replacement, where we’re using the metaverse as a place, we quote go to work every day, I think that’s closer to 10 years away using the Bill Gates’ timeframe before we see mainstream adoption. The tools just aren’t there to that point.
I’ve been participating in a series of meetings using virtual reality for the last 18 months, and it’s definitely a cool system. I like it. I like it a lot. I come away from those meetings far more engaged, less tired, right? Because I’m not just staring into a screen. I actually can move my head, "walk around" to talk to people. What’s also true is it’s really hard to take notes. It’s really hard to pick up a glass of water without knocking it over while you’re wearing this headset. And even for me as a bigger guy, after about an hour of wearing the headset, it gets a little heavy, it gets a little uncomfortable. I don’t think it works for day to day. So, I think that some sort of smart glasses will replace the desktop or laptop for some applications some day, just as mobile has taken the place of the traditional desktop or laptop for some applications. But if you think about the amount of work done on traditional computing platforms, it’s still a lot even 15 years after the launch of the iPhone. I expect the amount of time it takes before VR takes the place of desktop to be… a while.
Success Happens Slowly… Then All at Once The last thing I want to say abouttime frame of course, is that when it happens, when we reach "success" for "a given timeframe", it will likely happen fast. We’ve seen this with tipping points again and again and again. All the pieces get lined up, kind of like people setting up dominoes, and then all it takes is the right push for it all to fall over.
But I still think we’re in the process of setting up the dominoes. It’s still a little ways before we’re going to see this, the metaverse reach mass adoption, particularly for day-to-day activities.
Augmented Reality (AR) is Much Closer Again, I think AR, we’re way closer there. I’ve talked about things like Houzz and Google Maps Live View, and this really cool game called The Machines. I think we’re going to see augmented reality functionality slowly creep into everyday use. Again, like tipping point. And we’ll look around and go, "Where did all this augmented reality come from?"
Think of things like the ones I’ve just mentioned. But of course Pokemon Go or as a friend of mine pointed out the little Snap hotdog dude that was really fun and everybody was using. We’re getting close and I think we’re much closer to the two years than the 10. But of course, the success and timeframe caveats still apply.
How Confident Are You About Your Answers? Finally, we need to define our confidence level on these things. How confident am I in these predictions? It depends.
It’s Easier to Predict a Future That’s Only a Couple of Years Away On the things where we’re talking two to three years down the line, I’m much more confident. Maybe 80%-90%, barring some significant change or advancement that we can’t see yet. I’m mostly looking at the trends we see right now and kind of straight lining them and expect that straight line to continue for the next year or two until or unless something’s significant and currently unknown emerges. So, something could accelerate that or something could push it back. But right now, if we’re looking at where we’re going to be in two years, it’s pretty safe to say it’s going to be like where we are now just more so.
The Longer-Term is Much Tougher to Predict For anything five years out or longer. My confidence on this drops a lot, maybe 45% on the low end, maybe 65% on the high end. But there’s a lot we know we don’t know, let alone the things we don’t know that we don’t know. So, those are the places where I would not straight line the trends because something is likely to come along that tips over all of those dominoes.
Mark Zuckerberg is Looking 7-8 Years Ahead Even Mark Zuckerberg is talking about how this will be material to his company’s earnings in the 2030s. So, even Mark Zuckerberg is not saying this is something that’s going to happen right away. Now, he may be sandbagging, Maybe it’ll really be the late 2020s, but that still puts us five/six years away, probably, on the short side.
Now, none of this means that the technology today isn’t cool or fun or eventually useful, and opportunities undoubtedly exist for smart early adopters to make some money here. It’s more just a question of how much money, how soon, and how confident I or anyone else feels about these predictions.
Point/Counterpoint In a week or two, a friend of mine is going to come on the show who’s much more bullish and give the counterpoint to this. So, if you disagree, that’s okay. I want to give equal time to somebody else who’s got a different point of view on it. So, wait a week or two and please be looking forward to that episode.
Conclusion: A Framework for the Future of the Metaverse But when we think about these things, remember we want to first define what we mean by the metaverse or define what we mean by technology. Second, we want to define what we mean by success. Third, we want to define what we mean in terms of the timeframe. And fourth, we want to define how confident we are in those predictions.
Because when you ask those questions, you’ll set yourself up for success regardless of which future comes to pass. Whether it’s the bullish future, whether it’s the bearish future, or whether it’s any of the places in between. I’m going to be okay if I turn out to be wrong on some of these predictions because I will keep asking questions along the way to get more and more confident. And that’s what I’m encouraging you to do at the same time. I can’t wait to see where we end up.
Show Credits Now, looking at the clock on the wall, we are out of time for this episode. I want to remind you that you can find the show notes for today’s episode as well as an archive of all past episodes of Thinks Out Loud by going to timpeter.com/podcast. Again, that’s timpeter.com/podcast. Just look for episode 363.
Subscribe to Thinks Out Loud Don’t forget that you can click on the subscribe link in any of the episodes you find there to have Thinks Out Loud delivered to your favorite podcatcher every single week. You can also find Thinks Out Loud on Google Podcasts, Apple Podcasts, Stitcher Radio, Spotify, Overcast, wherever find podcasts are found.
Leave a Review for Thinks Out Loud While you’re there, I would also very much appreciate it if you could provide a positive rating or review for the show.
If you like what you heard today, if you like the show, if you want to hear more, it would mean so, so much to me and it would be so helpful for other listeners to tell them about what you like about the show. It helps them find the show. It helps them understand what we’re all about here. It helps get the word out and it helps grow the community at Thinks Out Loud more and more for each of us. It would mean so very much to me, and I very much appreciate you doing so.
Thinks Out Loud on Social Media You can also find things out loud on social media by going to linkedin.com/tim Peter Associates. You can find me on Twitter using the Twitter handle at TC peter. And of course, you can use the world’s oldest and largest social network by emailing me. Just send to the email through podcast at timpeter.com. Again, that’s podcast@timpeter.com.
Show Outro With that said, I just want to say again how much I appreciate you listening. We’re in a strange new world. We have to deal with constant change and constant disruption to our businesses. And the fact that you take time out of your valuable day, your valuable week, your valuable life to tune in, to listen, to participate in the community that we’re growing here means more to me than I could possibly say. So, thank you so very, very much.
I hope you have a great rest of the week. I hope you have a wonderful weekend, and I look forward to speaking with you here on Thinks Out Loud next time. Until then, please be well, be safe, and as always, take good care of yourself.
The post The Future of the Metaverse? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 363) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
Have you heard about "quit quitting?" Do you think "kids these days" don’t want to work? Are you even a little bit frustrated by the way your employees approach their jobs? One more question: Do you think they’re to blame?
We live in a different world now. Your employees and customers live in a different world now, too. Thanks to years of economic uncertainty, digital transformation, and, I dunno, a global pandemic, your employees have decided some things are more important to them than the "same old, same old" when it comes to their employment experience. And, why shouldn’t they? We’ve been teaching customers for years to expect more, to get what they want, where they want, and when they want. Why would your employees act any differently?
The important questions are: A.) What are these changes? B.) What do they mean for your business? And C.) What can you do about it?
This episode of Thinks Out Loud takes a look at the fact that your employees — and customers — live in a different world now. And what you can do to make that world work for you, too.
Want to know more? Here are the show notes for you.
Your Employees — and Customers — Live in a Different World Now — Headlines and Show Notes Show Notes and Links Here are this week’s show notes for Thinks Out Loud with links and news related to this week’s episode. Be sure to check out all the links that matter for your business once you’ve given the episode a listen.
Free Downloads We have some free downloads for you to help you navigate the current situation, which you can find right here:
Subscribe to Thinks Out Loud * Subscribe in iTunes * Subscribe in the Google Play Store
Contact information for the podcast: podcast@timpeter.com
Past Insights from Tim Peter Thinks You might also want to check out these slides I had the pleasure of presenting recently about the key trends shaping marketing in the next year. Here are the slides for your reference:
Digital Marketing Directions 2020 from Tim Peter (And, yes… you can hire me to speak at your next event, too).
Technical Details for Thinks Out Loud Recorded using a Heil PR-40 Dynamic Studio Recording Mic and a Focusrite Scarlett 4i4 (3rd Gen) USB Audio Interface into Logic Pro X for the Mac.
Running time: 19m 03s
You can subscribe to Thinks Out Loud in iTunes, the Google Play Store, via our dedicated podcast RSS feed (or sign up for our free newsletter). You can also download/listen to the podcast here on Thinks using the player at the top of this page.
Transcript: ### Free Downloads We have some free downloads for you to help you navigate the current situation, which you can find right here:
Subscribe to Thinks Out Loud * Subscribe in iTunes * Subscribe in the Google Play Store
Contact information for the podcast: podcast@timpeter.com
Past Insights from Tim Peter Thinks You might also want to check out these slides I had the pleasure of presenting recently about the key trends shaping marketing in the next year. Here are the slides for your reference:
Digital Marketing Directions 2020 from Tim Peter (And, yes… you can hire me to speak at your next event, too).
Technical Details for Thinks Out Loud Recorded using a Heil PR-40 Dynamic Studio Recording Mic and a Focusrite Scarlett 4i4 (3rd Gen) USB Audio Interface into Logic Pro X for the Mac.
Running time: 21m 42s
You can subscribe to Thinks Out Loud in iTunes, the Google Play Store, via our dedicated podcast RSS feed (or sign up for our free newsletter). You can also download/listen to the podcast here on Thinks using the player at the top of this page.
Transcript: Your Employees — and Customers — Live in a Different World Now Well, hello again, everyone, and welcome back to Thinks Out Loud, your source for all the digital expertise your business needs. My name is Tim Peter, this is episode 362 of the big show. Thank you so much for tuning in, I appreciate it so very, very much.
I think we’ve got a really, really cool show for you today.
"Employees Don’t Want to Work Today" I just spoke with a group of Rutgers Business School students the other day, a group of dedicated, passionate, fired-up, entrepreneurial, brilliant young people. And I’ve been helping another company I work with, the plurality of whose employees are folks probably around 25 to 35-ish. Obviously it’s led by people who are older, and there’s people at all different age ranges, but again, the folks in that 25 to 35 age range who I’ve worked with, and who I see at lots of companies are, again, just dedicated and passionate and fired-up.
And it struck me how much we’re hearing people talk about how young people don’t want to work today. You’ve probably heard this. By the way, if you are in that age range and listening to the show, hang with me for a little bit. But I will fully acknowledge, I’m talking to people who might be a little bit ahead in their careers at the moment.
Are Your Employees Lazy? I find this discussion odd because I don’t see it. Now, we do see changes among employees that we haven’t seen before, kind of, but I’ll come back to that. It’s just that the people I’m working with and the people that I see most of the time, I don’t see what folks are talking about.
What Does This Have to Do With Digital? Now, before I go too deep, you may say, "Well, what does this have to do with digital? What does this have to do with marketing?" And the answer is "A lot."
And the reason that I say it’s a lot is twofold:
Switch from "Millennials" to "Adults Around 40" And if you want to compete in this world today, you need to be able to work with both your employees and your customers. You need to be able to work with people in this younger age group. Whether we call them "adults around 40," —which is the term that I prefer —or if you want to call them millennials; if we start talking about Gen Z; these are the people who are the largest single working category among folks. When we talk about adults under 40 (or millennials), they are the largest single working category, they’re one of the largest demographic cohorts in the world and in the US.
And so they’re really, really critical to your business.
At Least Three Things May Have Changed So I want to talk about what we’re running into here, and what I think might be happening. At least three things could be true:
People Said the Same Things About Gen X For those who don’t recall or weren’t there, we were literally called "slackers." There was a movie called Slackers that talked all about the Gen X generation and how we weren’t committed, we weren’t hardworking, all these different things. What the research at the time showed though was that actually we worked really hard. One study from 1999 stated that Gen X employees were, and I’m quoting,
"Flexible, adaptable, technoliterate. Yeah, they said technoliterate, I know, it was the nineties. What are you going to do? Sorry. "Technoliterate, information savvy, independent, entrepreneurial, and in perfect sync with the new just-in-time workplace."
That same study went on to say,
"We have found a generation devoutly self-confident and thoroughly convinced that the only source of success and security in their adult lives will be themselves."
I don’t know, man, any of that sounds familiar to you?
Younger Adults Live in the World As It Is What I think is happening though is that most adults around 40—or millennials if you prefer, and younger adults—Gen Z—are living in the world as it is, not the world as it was.
They’re being flexible. They’re being adaptable. They’re being technoliterate. They’re being information savvy and independent and entrepreneurial. And they are in perfect sync with the world as it is. They’re playing by a different set of rules because that’s how the world works.
Digital has changed people’s expectations in terms of, "I can get things when I want, I can get what I want when I need to." That’s different, and it may be different than what we might have experienced when we were 25, but that’s nobody’s fault. The world changed. People should live in the world as it is.
Your Employees and Customers Live In the World As It Is Too And we’ve seen it among employees to some degree—an increasing degree—and we’re seeing it among customers completely. And both of those matter.
Employers have a few options. If you’re an employer, you really have three choices available to you given this:
Of course, there’s some sort of hybrid available there too, but the basic idea is going to lend itself towards moving in one of those directions or the other.
Marketers have only one option. Now, as a marketer, or someone in the business of creating a customer, you really only have one option. You’ve got to adapt.
Yes, you might use technology to improve your products and services, as we see things with DALL·E and GPT-3, you can use AI to create new ideas and the like, and I think we will see more of that, and I’m very bullish on what AI may do for us.
You also can’t ignore that your customers see the world differently than they might have done 5 years ago or 10 years ago or 15 years ago.
We’re going to need to adapt, both as marketers and as employees. I’m simply not convinced that "kids today," and yes, please, there are definitely air quotes around that phrase, are wrong necessarily. I might have a different worldview because of the time and place where I started my career than people who are starting their careers today, or started their careers within the last decade. It may not even make my worldview right and their worldview wrong, or their worldview right and my worldview wrong. It’s that we see the world the way we see the world.
Stage, Not Age By the way, this may not be limited only to younger people. There’s a great book that I’ve been reading lately called "Stage, Not Age," and, as it says in the book title, it looks at how individuals’ behaviors are shaped by where they are in their life stage more than the age they might happen to be at any particular point.
Whether it’s stage or age, there is a whole group of people who’ve lived through some of the worst economic consequences we’ve ever seen. They’ve seen companies lay people off at a moment’s notice, they’ve seen many senior leaders at those same companies get paid huge bonuses, often as they’re laying off lots of people.
Don’t misunderstand, I’ve been in that role, the role of having to lay people off. Those businesses might be doing the right thing for the rest of their employees by laying off certain people and shifting their focus. We live in a world where things are changing rapidly. Sometimes you have to make cuts to set yourself up for future success. And those businesses might be doing the right thing by retaining and rewarding those execs.
How Customers and Employees Have Reacted to These Changes At the same time, we have to acknowledge that’s causing plenty of other people, especially younger folks—who research shows value experiences and meaning in their lives over material goods—it’s causing them to say, "Why am I working so hard if I can just be thrown away?" They’re taking a more transactional approach to the workplace. By the way, they’re taking a more transactional approach as customers too. They’re saying, "I’ll give you exactly so much effort and output, in exchange, you, the company, give me a salary and benefit, and either of us can decide to break off our relationship at any time. We should be as equal as possible in our negotiations."
Now, you may say, "That sucks." You might say, "That’s not the way the world works." But look around it is. We are seeing this incredible shift, and we have to love every second of it, we do have to acknowledge it’s a different world.
Labor is tough to come by, especially in digital, and probably will be for some time. It’s what we’re seeing with so-called quiet quitting. Employees are asking for a mutually beneficial relationship, they’re just redefining mutually beneficial, and the term is taking on their meaning, not yours.
The Data is On Their Side The data, by the way, is mostly on their side, especially in such a tight labor market. There’s a new study from a company called Remote that helps companies source remote workers, source people all around the globe, that shows people who work remote or hybrid see that as a key benefit, and are more satisfied than people who have to work in an office every day. They’re getting to balance that work-life experience in a way that makes more sense to them.
Speaking of the stage not age thing, by the way, that’s true regardless of the age of the employees. Older workers feel the same way, so we need to be thinking about the fact that to appeal to specific employees, to appeal to younger workers, to continue to grow our companies, we need to recognize we live in a different world, whether we want to or not.
Do You Really Think We’re Going to Change Their Minds? Now, I told you earlier in the episode that if you’re in these younger generations, and I said, "Hang on, I’ll come back to you," here’s where you want to rejoin the conversation in a big way, because if we shift away from employees to customers, you really think we’re going to change their minds? Again, they’ve got the control, they’ve got lots of choices.
If we think about it in stage not age terms, you could focus on particular life stages, and it’s entirely possible those life stages have a point of view more aligned with what was traditionally seen as the norm. It’s certainly possible that they still think about the life and things the way they were. I would encourage you to think about two things though:
What Can You Do to Live In This World Too? If this is the world we live in now, the question you should be asking is what can we do about it? Regardless of what you’re talking about, employees or customers, and I think there’s three things you want to think about.
Accept that the world has changed. One is, we have to accept that the world has changed. We live in a new normal, whether we want to or not. As the saying goes, "the first step is admitting you have a problem." We can agree or disagree on whether it’s a problem, that’s not really my point. My point is that you have to come to terms with the fact that this is where we are, our customers and our employees are, and I’m going to quote, remember, "Flexible, adaptable, technoliterate, information savvy, independent, entrepreneurial, and in perfect sync with the new just-in-time workplace. They live in the world as it is, and we need to accept that fact, regardless of how we may feel about that fact.
Adapt to the world as it is. We also need to adapt. If this is the world that we live in, we have to live in that world. Listen to your customers and your employees to find out what matters to them. Find ways to be flexible, whether it’s job sharing or remote work or flexible schedules, or other ideas along those lines that work for your employees, and demonstrate your values as a company.
Appeal to our employees’ and our customers’ values. And this is the last thing that we need to do, and it really ties directly into that, we need to appeal to our customers and to our employees values.
Missionaries and Mercenaries There’s a great quote, John Doerr, the venture capitalist, once came up with, where he talks about appealing to mercenaries or missionaries when you build your company. The idea being mercenaries are those people who show up because you give them a paycheck, they show up because they’re paid to do so and then they leave.
Whereas missionaries are people who are committed to what you’re trying to accomplish. They want to get paid; it doesn’t negate everything we’ve been talking about today. It also means that they’re committed, they care. We know that people are looking for deeper meaning, they’re looking for companies that share their values.
But employees and customers can’t share your values if you are not clear on what those are. And it will be great, both for employees and for customers—for attracting and retaining them— if they understand what actually matters to you and what you’re about.
Conclusion: Your Employees — and Customers — Live in a Different World Now So think about how you can accept that the world has changed. Think about how you can adapt to the world as it is, think about how you can appeal to your employees’ and your customers’ sense of values so that you’re attracting missionaries, not mercenaries.
If you can do all those things, you’re going to find your world has changed, but almost certainly for the better.
Show Credits Now, looking at the clock on the wall, we are out of time for this week. I want to remind you that you can find the show notes for today’s episode, as well as an archive of all past episodes, by going to timpeter.com/podcast.
Again, that’s timpeter.com/podcast. Just look for episode 362.
Subscribe to Thinks Out Loud Don’t forget that you can click on the Subscribe link in any of the episodes you find on timpeter.com to have Thinks Out Loud delivered to your favorite podcaster every single week. You can also find Thinks Out Loud wherever fun podcasts are found. Just look for us on Google Podcasts, Apple, Podcasts, Stitcher Radio, Spotify, Overcast. You name it, we should be there. While you’re there, I would also very much appreciate it if you could provide a positive rating and review for the show.
Leave a Review for Thinks Out Loud If you like what you heard today, if you like the show, if you want to hear more, it would mean so, so much to me and be so helpful to other listeners if you told them all about it. It helps them find the show, it helps them understand what we’re all about here, what our vision and values are. It helps get the word out and helps grow our community. It also would mean very, very much to me, so I appreciate that in advance.
Thinks Out Loud on Social Media You can also find Thinks Out Loud on social media, just look for us on LinkedIn by going to linkedin.com/timpeterassociates, look for me on Twitter using the Twitter handle @tcpeter, and of course you can email me by sending an email to podcast@timpeter.com. Again, that’s podcast@timpeter.com.
Show Outro With all that said, I want to say just one more time how much I appreciate you listening. It means so much to me. I know I say this week after week after week, but we live in a really weird world right now, lots of change going on, lots of uncertainty, lots of people struggling. It means so much to me that you take a minute or two out of your day, out of your week, out of your life, to spend that here with us at Thinks Out Loud, so thank you very, very much for doing so.
And with that said, I hope you have a terrific rest of the week. I hope you have a wonderful weekend, and I do look forward to speaking with you here on Thinks Out Loud next time. Until then, please be well, be safe, and as always, take care, everybody.
The post Your Employees — and Customers — Live in a Different World Now (Thinks Out Loud Episode 362) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
I’m not an optimist. I’m a "possibilist." And, I’m betting you are too. What’s a possibilist? It’s someone who sees the world as it is and also can see a better future. More than that, they work to make that better future happen. And that’s a very good thing for you and for your business Why? Because we owe it to our customers to make their lives better. They expect it. They want it. They need it.
What else makes me hopeful about the future? What makes me so passionate about the possibilities that await us? That’s what this episode of Thinks Out Loud is all about.
Want to know more? Here are the show notes for you.
We Owe It To Our Customers to Make Their Lives Better — Headlines and Show Notes Show Notes and Links Here are this week’s show notes for Thinks Out Loud with links and news related to this week’s episode. Be sure to check out all the links that matter for your business once you’ve given the episode a listen.
Free Downloads We have some free downloads for you to help you navigate the current situation, which you can find right here:
Subscribe to Thinks Out Loud * Subscribe in iTunes * Subscribe in the Google Play Store
Contact information for the podcast: podcast@timpeter.com
Past Insights from Tim Peter Thinks You might also want to check out these slides I had the pleasure of presenting recently about the key trends shaping marketing in the next year. Here are the slides for your reference:
Digital Marketing Directions 2020 from Tim Peter (And, yes… you can hire me to speak at your next event, too).
Technical Details for Thinks Out Loud Recorded using a Heil PR-40 Dynamic Studio Recording Mic and a Focusrite Scarlett 4i4 (3rd Gen) USB Audio Interface into Logic Pro X for the Mac.
Running time: 19m 03s
You can subscribe to Thinks Out Loud in iTunes, the Google Play Store, via our dedicated podcast RSS feed (or sign up for our free newsletter). You can also download/listen to the podcast here on Thinks using the player at the top of this page.
Transcript: We Owe It To Our Customers to Make Their Lives Better Well, hello again everyone, and welcome back to Thinks Out Loud, your source for all the digital information your business needs. My name is Tim Peter. This is episode 361 of the big show, and I am thrilled to be back with you.
Hurricane Ian Update I’ve got to tell you, it’s been a weird couple of weeks since the last time we recorded an episode. I live in Florida these days and we got humbled with a hurricane a week ago. And obviously for those people who are still dealing with the after effects of the hurricane, I cannot say enough how much I am pulling for you. And I will put a link in the show notes to places where if you’re listening and you want to help, there are credible organizations that can help you help those folks who need it. I’m very fortunate to be able to say that I and mine, me and mine are not those folks, and we were very, very lucky.
We had a little bit of damage, but nothing too terrible. So obviously, again, we’re pulling for all those folks who are in some circumstances right now and very, very thankful to be where we are.
I also very much want to say thank you to all of those people who reached out to me, whether it was text or call or an email leading up to the hurricane and after the hurricane to make sure that I was okay, to make sure my family was okay, to make sure my business was okay. It just meant so much to me to hear from you, and thanks so much for thinking of me.
Why I Believe in the Future And in a roundabout way that leads to what I want to talk about today. And this is roundabout, I’m going to be very honest. I want to start by saying that I believe in the future, and when you look at the state of the world today, when you look at where we don’t always have the best headlines or there’s some terrible things going on in various parts of the world, there’s a war going on.
There’s people who can’t agree on basic facts. Sometimes it’s understandable. If you’re like, "Well, why in the world would you believe in the future? Why in the world would you be hopeful? Are you some sort of Pollyanna or something like that?" And the reason I believe in the future is because I believe in the great work that I get to see people do every day.
Remarkable Builders in the World: "Possibilists" For instance, just the other day I was talking to someone whose company is legitimately working on a potential vaccine for cancer, which is mind boggling. It just fills me with such hope.
And I think that great marketers and great business leaders and great product innovators and great entrepreneurs are optimists to a point, but I prefer the term possibilist. I love this term. You’ve heard me mention it before. I got it from the book, Thoughtfulness by the late Hans Rosling.
What is a Possibilist? A possibilist is a bit different than an optimist. As Rosling said, possibilist means someone who neither "…hopes without reason, nor fears without reason, someone who constantly resists the overdramatic worldview. As a possibilist, I see all this progress and it fills me with conviction and hope that further progress is possible. This is not optimistic. It is having a clear and reasonable idea about how things are. It is having a worldview that is constructive and useful."
And I love that. Possiblist people who look at the world that way, recognize the reality of where we are. We know that things aren’t always great. You’ve heard me mention the Stockdale Paradox before. It’s in the book Good to Great by Jim Collins, among many other places where James Stockdale, Admiral James Stockdale, was the highest ranking prisoner of war in Vietnam, who recognized that they were in terrible situations and also looked forward to a better outcome at some point. It’s a world view that is constructive and useful.
Possibilists Try People who are possibilist aren’t afraid to try things. They’re not afraid to be wrong. Obviously you want to be right, but they’re willing to go out on a limb from time to time. It’s not blind risk. It’s about assessing where you are, assessing where you want to be in the future, assessing what might stop you and then moving forward to make that future happen.
Possibilists Build Positive Stories Another thing that I think possibilists do, and this is very much aligned with Admiral Stockdale. When faced with a setback, possibilists don’t see that setback as the end of the story. We see it, at worst, as maybe middle. Sometimes it’s even the beginning of an entirely new story.
I’ll give you an example. A company I’ve worked with for years on and off recently closed its doors. They had a number of setbacks and as sometimes happens, realized that they didn’t have a viable path forward in their current form.
And yet, even as they were working through the process of winding down the business, when I talked with the remarkable builders within the organization, when I talked with the execs and the individual contributors alike, people who were committed to successful outcomes for this organization, they talked again and again and again about being disappointed with how things ended up, being a little sad, of course, and also about all of the things that they were looking forward to accomplishing next. They don’t see the company shut down as the end of a story. They see it as the beginning of an entirely new one.
Possibilists Make Their Customers’ Lives Better And the reason that this fills me with such hope, not just about this company and not just about any company, but because they see their jobs as making their customers lives better, and they see this as an opportunity to do that, maybe not in the way they thought they would, but they still see plenty of opportunity to make their customers lives better. We owe it to our customers to make their lives better.
And by we, I mean you, right? We are all in this together.
We Don’t Tear Down; We Build I talk a lot about content marketing. I talk a lot about how we create content to tell a story to our customers and the like. And you can make a great living on the internet with hot takes that stir the pot and get people all angered up, all fired up. I refer to it as the Takes Industry, somebody with a hot take about X or Y or Z, and that is built to find flaws. It is built to incite outrage and dissent. We know that nothing goes viral as far or fast as anger. So if you want to go viral, if you want to get a message out, go ahead and piss people off. You’ll blow up all over the place. But that’s not building, that’s tearing down. That’s destroying, and it’s not making people’s lives better.
Two Things Can Be True at Once One of the reasons you don’t hear me bash the AGFAM, Apple, Google, Facebook, Amazon, Microsoft very often, or big tech, whatever you want to call them, more is because it doesn’t help necessarily. Now, I don’t want to sound like a Pollyanna. We have to remember that two things can be true at once. Sometimes the AGFAM, the big tech players do terrible things and we should 1000% hold them to account when they do. If that’s your scene, if that’s what you’re into, the team and I are working on an episode about the future of search that you’ll hear in a couple of weeks, where we’ll say some things, I’ll have some things to say about gatekeepers like Google and Amazon that you’re not going to want to miss. But the point isn’t to just bash them, it’s to hold them to account while also acknowledging, hey, they sometimes do wonderful things. I mentioned a few weeks ago about some of Google’s new AR search tools like Search with Live View and their Lens AR translate.
Two things can be true at once. We have to hold both of these things in our head at the same time to say, "How do we understand where we are? How do we understand what problems we’re facing? How do we understand what problems our customers are facing? And then how can we make it better from them?" So when we talk about big tech, when we talk about the AGFAM, it’s about how we can work with them, where we must ignore them where we can, and make our customers lives better in either case. Way back when people used to refer to it as coopetition, right? As in "cooperate" and "compete," "cooperate" and "competition" put together, because that’s the world we live in. Digital makes that a reality again and again and again.
Possibilists Fight Problems, Not People Now, you could call it knowing your enemy. You could call it picking your battles, but I would suggest that possibilists only fight where it’s truly necessary. And when we do, we fight problems, not people. Possibleists and entrepreneurs and creators aren’t about picking fights. They’re about solving problems. They don’t look at the world in terms of "either/or." We’re about "both/and."
How do we do those things together? It’s not about subtraction and division. It’s about addition and multiplication. And, if we get it really right, exponentiation. Getting exponentially better and making it exponentially better for our customers and for the people we care about.
By "We" I Mean "You" And I said this a minute ago. When I say "we," I mean "you." I know you do this too. And sure, sometimes it’s tougher. Sometimes you’re facing challenges a la the company I just referred to or the hurricane I just went through down here, everybody has bad stuff happen to them from time to time.
I’ve known plenty of people who have had more than their fair share. And yet I remember a former boss telling me the story of if you got 10 people to stand in a circle and everyone could throw their problems in a pile in the middle of the circle and then ask those folks to choose which problems they’d want, most people would take their own back. One of my long time mentors, one of my dear friends, has dealt for years with a couple of very serious health situations, not just of his own, but also of family members. So he doesn’t just have to deal with his own problems, he’s watching other people he loves deal with these things. And some of them are tough for me to imagine how I would deal with it. And yet he’s also one of the most productive, professional and downright pleasant people I’ve ever known.
I’ve seen him create new ideas and drive them to completion. I’ve seen him build new companies. More importantly, I’ve seen him build up the people around them to ensure that they’re more successful in what they do. He inspires me every day and hopefully hearing about people like this or if you know people like this in your lives, they inspire you too. And as I’ve said, we’ve all had setbacks, I’ve had setbacks, I’ve had challenges. Of course, I can see things in the world that I want to change and that I realize there are things out there that are kind of terrible for many, many people. I totally get that.
I also fully realize how very lucky I am. I have friends and family and health and resources that not everybody else is blessed with. I get that. It’s not that I have no problems, it’s just that I think it’s unfair for me to add my challenges to your pile. You don’t want to be standing in the circle looking at my stuff and saying, "Why do I have to take that on?" Remember, we are here to make it better for our customers. We’re here to make it better for our communities. And so I try to do the same for you.
Conclusion: We Owe It To Our Customers to Make Their Lives Better And that, at the end of the day, is why I believe in the future, because I’m pretty confident that if you listen to this show regularly, you believe in the future too. I believe that you believe that we owe it to our customers to make their lives better. You believe that you can see where things aren’t right today. You believe that you can come up with a solution and you believe that you can make your customers lives better when we get right down to it. That’s why I believe in the future. It’s because I believe in you, and I have to tell you, I can’t wait to see what you do next.
Show Credits Now, looking at the clock on the wall, we are out of time for this week. I want to remind you that you can find the show notes for today’s episode as well as an archive of all past episodes by going to timpeter.com/podcast.
Again, that’s timpeter.com/podcast. Just look for episode 361.
Subscribe to Thinks Out Loud Don’t forget that you can click on the subscribe link in any of the episodes you find there to have Thinks Out Loud delivered to your favorite podcaster every single week. You can also find Thinks Out Loud wherever fine podcasts are found. Just look for us on Google Podcasts, Apple Podcasts, Stitcher Radio, Spotify, Overcast, you name it, we should be there.
Leave a Review for Thinks Out Loud While you’re there, I would also very much appreciate it if you could provide a positive rating and review for the show. If you like what you heard today, if you like the show, if you want to hear more, it would mean so, so much to me and be so helpful to other listeners if you told them all about it helps them find the show. It helps them understand what we’re all about here. It helps get the word out.
It helps grow the community here, Thinks Out Loud, and it would mean so very much to me.
Thinks Out Loud on Social Media You can also find Thinks Out Loud on social media. You can find us on LinkedIn by going to linkedin.com/timpeterassociates. You can find me on Twitter using the Twitter handle @TCPeter, and of course you can email me by sending an email to podcast@timpeter.com. Again, that’s podcast@timpeter.com.
Show Outro With all that said, I just want to say once more how much I appreciate you listening. It means the world to me. We are going through weird times. I said at the top of the show, I said throughout the show that the world is not perfect, and I recognize that your life day to day may have its ups and downs, and the fact that you take a little bit out of your very, very valuable day, your very, very valuable week, your very, very valuable life to listen to the show means more than I can say. So sincerely, thank you very, very much. With that sentiment, I hope you have a great rest of the week. I hope you have a wonderful weekend, and I do look forward speaking with you here on Thinks Out Loud next time. Until then, please be well, be safe, and as always, take care.
The post We Owe It To Our Customers to Make Their Lives Better (Thinks Out Loud Episode 361) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
Finding, retaining, and developing talent is the single biggest challenge facing many organizations right now. Counterintuitive though it might seem, your company can’t "do digital" if you doesn’t have the right people. So, what does it take to develop an effective digital team for your organization? How can you build a digital team and help…
The post Revisiting How to Build a Digital Team (Thinks Out Loud) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
Finding, retaining, and developing talent is the single biggest challenge facing many organizations right now. Counterintuitive though it might seem, your company can’t "do digital" if you doesn’t have the right people. So, what does it take to develop an effective digital team for your organization? How can you build a digital team and help…
The post Revisiting How to Build a Digital Team (Thinks Out Loud) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
What is the "Next Big Thing" for digital marketers? Is it web3? Virtual reality and the metaverse? Or something else altogether? More importantly, is it time for digital marketers to move on to the "next big thing"? Well… maybe, but probably not in the way that you think. We’re living through a period of continual…
The post Is It Time for Digital Marketers to Move On to The Next Big Thing? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 360) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
What is the "Next Big Thing" for digital marketers? Is it web3? Virtual reality and the metaverse? Or something else altogether? More importantly, is it time for digital marketers to move on to the "next big thing"? Well… maybe, but probably not in the way that you think. We’re living through a period of continual…
The post Is It Time for Digital Marketers to Move On to The Next Big Thing? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 360) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
Can you believe that you’ve been listening to Thinks Out Loud for ten years? I’m amazed that the podcast has been around for that long and even more thrilled that you’ve joined us for so much of that time. But what have we learned from 10 years of the podcast? What lessons can we take…
The post Content Marketing in Action: 10 Years of Thinks Out Loud (Episode 359) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
Can you believe that you’ve been listening to Thinks Out Loud for ten years? I’m amazed that the podcast has been around for that long and even more thrilled that you’ve joined us for so much of that time. But what have we learned from 10 years of the podcast? What lessons can we take…
The post Content Marketing in Action: 10 Years of Thinks Out Loud (Episode 359) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
Well, folks, I’ve got some bad news for you: Summer is over. Which means it’s time to bear down for the rest of the year—and start planning for next year as well. In other words… it’s budget season! Yay!!! Wait… what?!? Who loves budget season? So, maybe budget season isn’t your favorite time of year.…
The post Revisiting How to Build the Business Case for Digital in Your Budget (Thinks Out Loud) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
Well, folks, I’ve got some bad news for you: Summer is over. Which means it’s time to bear down for the rest of the year—and start planning for next year as well. In other words… it’s budget season! Yay!!! Wait… what?!? Who loves budget season? So, maybe budget season isn’t your favorite time of year.…
The post Revisiting How to Build the Business Case for Digital in Your Budget (Thinks Out Loud) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
As we wind down the last days of summer and enjoy a few moments in the sun, here’s a brief reminder that you get to make it better. Yes, there are challenges in the world. Yes, some of those challenges are significant. Yes, that’s not fun. But you truly do get to make it better.…
The post Revisiting You Get to Make it Better (Thinks Out Loud) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
As we wind down the last days of summer and enjoy a few moments in the sun, here’s a brief reminder that you get to make it better. Yes, there are challenges in the world. Yes, some of those challenges are significant. Yes, that’s not fun. But you truly do get to make it better.…
The post Revisiting You Get to Make it Better (Thinks Out Loud) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
Earlier this year, I responded to my good friend Mark Schaefer’s post the other day about the future of content marketing, noting that "…across the board, Mark nailed it." That’s not the whole story though. Because, as I stated at the time, "the future of content marketing is already here." More importantly, if you want…
The post Revisiting "The Future of Content Marketing is Already Here" appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
Earlier this year, I responded to my good friend Mark Schaefer’s post the other day about the future of content marketing, noting that "…across the board, Mark nailed it." That’s not the whole story though. Because, as I stated at the time, "the future of content marketing is already here." More importantly, if you want…
The post Revisiting "The Future of Content Marketing is Already Here" appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
We’re not just living through digital transformation, we’re living through a massive transformation of our lives. A century ago, our grandparents and great grandparents lived through remarkable change with the introduction of telephones and electricity and flight, while experiencing wars and pandemics and economic disruptions (plus good stuff like romances and weddings and births). But…
The post "Touch Grass" (Thinks Out Loud Episode 358) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
We’re not just living through digital transformation, we’re living through a massive transformation of our lives. A century ago, our grandparents and great grandparents lived through remarkable change with the introduction of telephones and electricity and flight, while experiencing wars and pandemics and economic disruptions (plus good stuff like romances and weddings and births). But…
The post "Touch Grass" (Thinks Out Loud Episode 358) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
Digital transformation is all about customers. You can’t put it more plainly than that. Your customers carry the internet in their pockets — and more commonly, in their hands — everywhere they go, every single day. If you want your company to succeed at "digital transformation," however you define it, you have to start with…
The post Revisiting "Digital Transformation is All About Customers" (Thinks Out Loud) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
Digital transformation is all about customers. You can’t put it more plainly than that. Your customers carry the internet in their pockets — and more commonly, in their hands — everywhere they go, every single day. If you want your company to succeed at "digital transformation," however you define it, you have to start with…
The post Revisiting "Digital Transformation is All About Customers" (Thinks Out Loud) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
It’s earnings season once again. And, as always, we’re taking a look at what Apple, Google, Facebook, Amazon, and Microsoft — the AGFAM; Big Tech — have to say about the state of digital. If you only look at the top-line though — missed forecasts, big pullbacks in digital ad spend, hiring slowdowns — you’d…
The post The Sky is Falling for Digital… or Is It? Big Tech’s Earnings Q2 2022 (Thinks Out Loud Episode 357) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
You and your customers have lived through massive transformation in the last two-plus years. Not just “digital transformation.” But transformation of every aspect of our lives. We’re not the same people we were two years ago. You’ve changed. I’ve changed. Our customers have changed. And one feature of that change is that customers don’t want “offline” or “online.” They don’t want “physical” or “digital.” They want holistic, human, fully integrated experiences that acknowledge physical and digital and offline and online are all part of a single whole. They want you to help them, regardless of where they are and what device they happen to be using.
This episode of Thinks Out Loud takes a look at what your customers expect right now. We look at what these expectations mean for your business. And we reveal why the word of the year in digital is “integration.”
Want to learn more? Here are the show notes for you.
Doing Digital in the Weirdest Economy Ever — Relevant Links and Show Notes * Doing Digital in the Weirdest Economy Ever (Thinks Out Loud Episode 355) * Marketing in Uncertain Times (Thinks Out Loud Episode 352) * How Are You Holding Up? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 316) * Did We Break the Internet? Or Did the Internet Break Us? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 242) * We’re Living Through a Generational Shift to Digital (Thinks Out Loud Episode 317) * What Does "Digital" Even Mean Right Now (Thinks Out Loud Episode 343) * The Future Digital Trends You Must Think About Today (Thinks Out Loud Episode 342) * What 2022 Trends Should Marketers Care About? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 335) * Digital Will Drive The Next Decade of Business Growth (Thinks Out Loud Episode 308) * Why Digital Transformation is More Than Just E-commerce (Thinks Out Loud 331) * Digital is Like Gravity (Thinks Out Loud Episode 205) * You Get to Make it Better (Thinks Out Loud Episode 341) * Don’t Get Hung Up On Smartphones: Put Your Customer First – Tim Peter & Associates * We Live in the Future (Thinks Out Loud Episode 274) * Gatekeepers Gonna Gate: Apple, Google, and Antitrust (Thinks Out Loud Episode 258) * A Digital Transformation First Step: What You Can Do Right Now (Thinks Out Loud Episode 294) * Two Years of Digital Transformation in Two Months (Thinks Out Loud Episode 287) * We Live Online Now (Thinks Out Loud Episode 288) * Thinks Out Loud Episode 13: It’s All E-commerce – Tim Peter & Associates * Will Digital Turn Every Business Into a Service? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 235) – * Content is King, Customer Experience is Queen (Thinks Out Loud Episode 188) – Tim Peter & Associates * Customer Experience is Queen? What Does That Mean? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 190) * Data is the Crown Jewels: What That Means for Marketers Today (Thinks Out Loud Episode 239) * Where Content, Community, and Customer Experience Meet (Thinks Out Loud Episode 346) * Taylor Swift’s Playbook Shows Why the Modern Marketing Team is a Media Company (Thinks Out Loud Episode 324) * Are You a Legacy Leader? Or Are You a Future Leader? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 336) * How Lively Demonstrates Customer Experience is Queen (Thinks Out Loud Episode Episode 339)
Free Downloads We have some free downloads for you to help you navigate the current situation, which you can find right here:
Thinks Out Loud is sponsored by SoloSegment: SoloSegment increases large-enterprise, B2B website conversion with easy-to-install software that automatically connects website visitors to the content they need to see to achieve their goals. SoloSegment does this using anonymous data and machine learning ensuring privacy compliance, addressing the many anonymous visitors, and improving the efficiency of marketing teams. Visit SoloSegment.com.
Subscribe to Thinks Out Loud * Subscribe in iTunes * Subscribe in the Google Play Store
Contact information for the podcast: podcast@timpeter.com
Past Insights from Tim Peter Thinks You might also want to check out these slides I had the pleasure of presenting recently about the key trends shaping marketing in the next year. Here are the slides for your reference:
Digital Marketing Directions 2020 from Tim Peter (And, yes… you can hire me to speak at your next event, too).
Technical Details for Thinks Out Loud Recorded using a Heil PR-40 Dynamic Studio Recording Mic and a Focusrite Scarlett 4i4 (3rd Gen) USB Audio Interface into Logic Pro X for the Mac.
Running time: 23m 07s
You can subscribe to Thinks Out Loud in iTunes, the Google Play Store, via our dedicated podcast RSS feed (or sign up for our free newsletter). You can also download/listen to the podcast here on Thinks using the player at the top of this page.
Transcript: The Word of the Year in Digital is "Integration" Well, hello again, everyone, and welcome back to Thinks Out Loud, your source for all the digital expertise your business needs. My name is Tim Peter. This is episode 356 of the big show, and I think we’ve got a cool discussion for you today. This one’s going to be a little weird, even by my standards. This show’s called Thinks Out Loud, because sometimes I think out loud, and this is one of those episodes. I want to build on what I was talking about last week, in terms of how you can deal with marketing, how you can deal with digital in the weirdest economy many of us have ever seen. I also want to share where I think we’re going a little bit. Not about the economy, but where we’re going as professionals, where we’re going as people. So, this one’s a little broader and a little more "thinky" than many of the other topics we cover here.
I also want to point out there is research that supports some of what I’m saying, and we’ve seen lots of people talking about various pieces of what I’m saying, but I’m mostly thinking out loud. I’m mostly doing what the show title is in this specific case, and I want to hear what you think. Am I missing something here?
How Much Change is "Normal"? Because this all started with a conversation with a friend who said, "If you’d told me just a couple of years ago, that this is where we’d be in just a few short years, I’d never have believed it. There’s been too much change. It’s been incredibly fast."
And it really got me thinking, the pandemic and everything that’s surrounded it, essentially started, what, two and a half years ago? If you’re here in the States, two years and three months ago, maybe. We’re talking March of 2020. Have you ever experienced more change in three short years, at least as an adult? I mean maybe high school, maybe college, but in your adult life, have you ever seen this much change in so short a period?
How You and I Adapt to Change Now, I think many of us are coping with these changes well, and I know many of us are struggling with changes. And I don’t think it’s a binary state. I don’t think it’s entirely, "oh, yeah, the change is no big deal. It’s a piece of cake. I have no problem with it." And I don’t think it’s entirely, "oh, my gosh, it’s terrible and I can’t cope" or things along those lines. I think it’s a spectrum and I think it’s both of those things at the same time for each of us in our own way, based on where we are.
I’m sure many of you have had good days and I’m sure many of you have had bad days in coming to terms with the amount of change we’ve lived through. I know I have. I don’t think I’m alone in that by any stretch.
We Live in a Different, More Holistic, More Integrated World Now What I also think is true is that it’s leading us to a new place as business professionals, as marketers, as digital folks, as human beings. We are in a different world. We have lived into a different world than the one we left before the pandemic hit. And the word that best describes that world, to me, anyway, is integrated or integration. We live in a more integrated world than we lived in just a few short years ago. I don’t just mean digital integration, I mean all the corners and pieces of our lives have become more integrated, more connected.
Digital Delivered Integration Digital has played a key role. I think digital enabled where we are right now. If digital hadn’t existed, when the pandemic hit, I suspect we’d have experienced a very different set of changes than the ones we have lived through. And I think that’s got pros and cons. You’ve heard me say many times on this show that when we build a ship, we build a shipwreck. So, there are many, many things about this that are a shipwreck, and I think there’s many, many things that are a ship.
As I’ve long said on this show, I think the benefits of digital far outweigh the risks and far outweigh the downsides. It’s also true that, of course, there are downsides. Without digital, though, we clearly would be living in a different world than the different world we’ve ended up in. Digital has opened our homes and our offices and our worlds to people we used to interact with in entirely different ways. And it’s reshaping our behaviors and our mindsets in all sorts of ways.
"Work From Home" Integrated Our Work and Personal Lives And I want to give you some specific examples. Think about work from home. Think about when we started working from home. If you are listening to this show, I suspect you work from home a good chunk of the time, or you are a business owner who does plenty of work at home when you’re not at your business, just knowing what I know about the folks who listen to this show. So, if you think about when we started doing Zoom calls, we had pets, and kids, and spouses, and partners, and friends, roommates walking by in the background. It’s not a separate space when we’re at home in the way that it was. Yes, people need dedicated places where they can be productive, and I think we’ve mostly learned how to do that, most of us who are working from home still. We’re still seeing many people sort out though, what integrated means in this context, what it means when they’re trying to separate their work life from their home life.
And one of the things that I think has emerged from this, is we’re seeing more of each other, a more genuine, more authentic, more integrated version of our coworkers and our peers, and our leaders, and our teams. We’re literally in each other’s pockets. I’m holding up a phone right now, literally in each other’s pockets all throughout our day. We’re showing different sides of ourselves to our coworkers, and our peers, and our leaders, and our teams, in ways that we never did before. It’s a more integrated and more holistic view of who we are as people. If you look at work from anywhere, work from home has led to anywhere. People have come to realize, "Well, if I go to work, looking at a computer, I could look at a computer lots of places."
"Work From Anywhere" Integrated Our Business and Leisure Travel Experiences And so, we’ve seen an integration in the travel industry, between business travel and leisure travel. People aren’t taking business trips in the way that they used to. And in many cases, they’re not taking vacations or leisure travel in the way that they used to.
We’re seeing more "blended travel," or if you prefer in the context of this show, "integrated travel," where we’re just taking our work with us wherever we go, and we’re taking our leisure with us wherever we go. It’s not "either/or," it is "both/and." It is integrated.
It’s All E-commerce and Integrated Lives Now, long time listeners of this show know that I have said "it’s all e-commerce" for a very long time. And the idea behind "its all e-ommerce," is that there isn’t "physical or digital." There isn’t "offline or online." Our customers seek us out wherever they are, and whenever they need, based on what’s happening around them at any given time. And that’s become even more the case over the last couple of years. Customers now integrate you and your business into their lives in whatever way makes sense for them, in whatever context they happen to be.
People who listen to the show a lot are very familiar with me talking about the fact that "Content is king, customer experience queen, and data is the crown jewels." Well, if you go way back, I didn’t used to say "customer experience is queen," I used to say "context is queen." And I do think customer experience is more important than context. I think customer experience is more holistic and more integrated than context. What’s also true is we have to keep context in mind when we think about how we create these deep, enriching, engaging, engrossing experiences for our customers, in a way that is truly integrated. Think about what you see. If you have a store or if you have a hotel or you have a restaurant, think about the people who are browsing on their phone for news and information and entertainment, while they’re walking your store aisles or sitting at your tables or sitting in your lobby.
They’re not showrooming, a thing we used to talk about a lot a handful of years ago. They’re not shopping for other things—though that sometimes happens—but they’re simply enjoying other aspects of their lives while experiencing whatever they’re experiencing with you. We also see the same thing in reverse, where customers are shopping and they’re buying and they’re browsing for things that they need in the middle of their lives, while they’re picking up kids from school, or sports, or out on a date, or things like that, if the date’s not going super well. But these are things that people just do naturally.
Integration of Digital and Physical into a Holistic Customer Experience Customers don’t want a "digital experience" or a "physical experience." They want a customer experience. They want their needs met. That’s what I mean by integrated. It’s no longer any form of "either/or." It is "both/and." And you might be "and, and, and, and, and," again, and again and again because your customers are bringing all of these different pieces of themselves, all of these different parts to themselves together in one place and at one time. They are integrating all of the different components of their lives into whatever place and means works for them.
When we’ve talked about customers looking for authenticity, they’re not really looking for you to be authentic. What they’re looking for is honest communication. They’re looking for you to be present in the moment for their needs. It’s about understanding and addressing their needs more fully as a holistic human being, as an integrated person, and not just a buyer, not just a persona.
This has always been true. It’s become more necessary now, though. Customers have seen what’s possible. They’ve lived through massive transformation in their lives, digital and real life, in the last two years. They’re continuing to live through it. I talked about this last week, we’re in the middle of the weirdest economy, maybe ever, on top of one of the strangest housing markets ever, on top of a, hopefully, once in a lifetime pandemic, on top of major political upheavals in the states and everywhere else in the world. On top of recovery from, hopefully, once in a lifetime financial crisis, and on and on, and on. This ain’t normal, kids. This is not normal. This is a strange, strange time and different than what any of us have lived through at any time in our lives.
Even if, like me, you’ve been around for a while, we lived through the financial crash in 2008, we lived through 9/11, and the recession that followed that. We lived through the recession in the early ’90s. But this is new, this is strange, this is different. And this quest among customers for authenticity, for honesty, for integrity, for integration, is built on customers saying, "I can’t take any more bullshit in my lives. Integrate into my life in a natural, authentic, honest, human way, and I’ll make room for you. Treat me like a number or a means to an end, and I’m going to tell you to get lost." That’s what we’re seeing. That’s what I think we’re seeing. We’re seeing customers say, "Be here for me in a human way, be here for me in a natural way. Don’t just make this business as usual, because there is no usual anymore. That ship has sailed."
What Companies Are Customers Integrating into Their Lives? Companies that recognize this, companies that respond to it are doing better, are going to be in better shape. I’ll give you two examples.
Google. Look at all of the ways Google has tried to make search more intuitive, more responsive to where you are in the moment. Do a search for five different terms. Search for a product, search for a doctor, search for a restaurant, search for, oh, I don’t know, search for information. And note that the search results page for each of those looks dramatically different, because Google is saying, "You have very different needs when you’re asking these kinds of questions, and we are going to give you dramatically different responses to make sure you get the information that you want."
We can gripe about Google all that we want, but let’s not pretend that they don’t respond to the needs of what customers are looking for and try to do a better job of it again and again, and again. I’m going to have a lot more about Google in the next week or two. But right now, let’s just acknowledge they recognize what’s happening and they’re doing their best to respond to it.
Airbnb. At the same time, look at Airbnb and how they’ve changed their search to focus on experiences, rather than starting with a place. They’ve recognized that place doesn’t matter when we’re all connected, when our digital and our physical and our work and our personal lives are entirely integrated. So, who cares where you want to go? What do you want to do when you get there?
How You Can Provide More Integrated Experiences for Your Customers Google and Airbnb recognize that it’s all eCommerce, that it’s not limited by device, that it’s not limited by particular context, it’s really all integrated. And it’s time we start helping our customers live their lives in an integrated fashion, before they choose others who do. Well, what does that mean?
Conclusion: The Word of the Year in Digital is Integration I really believe the word of the year is integration. The way that we’re going to work best with our customers and for our customers is to think about their lives in a holistic and integrated way. And that if we can do that well, if we can do that in a way that is holistic and integrated and human, we’re not just going to create customers, we’re going to create relationships that are going to pay off for us from a business perspective, but also for us as human beings, help us be happier and be able to live more holistic, authentic, integrated lives too.
What do you think? Am I nuts? Did I miss the boat here? Am I thinking about this all wrong? I would love for you to reach out to me at podcast@timpeter.com and let me know what you think. I really want to hear from you. It matters so much to me that we get this right. Not just me, not just my business, but all of us as a community, how do we do a better job of helping our customers in times like these? So, let me hear what you think. I can’t wait to talk with you.
Show Wrap-Up and Credits Now, looking at the clock on the wall, we are out of time for this week. As always, I want to remind you that you can find the show notes for today’s episode, as well as an archive of all episodes, by going to timpeter.com/podcast. Again, that’s timpeter.com/podcast. Just look for episode 356.
Subscribe to Thinks Out Loud Don’t forget, you can click on the subscribe link in any of the episodes you find there, to have Thinks Out Loud delivered to your favorite podcatcher every single week. You can also find Thinks Out Loud on Google Podcasts, Apple Podcasts, Stitcher Radio, Spotify, Overcast, wherever fine podcasts are found.
Leave a Review for Thinks Out Loud I would also very much appreciate it if you could provide a positive rating or review for the show. If you like what you hear on Thinks Out Loud, if you enjoy what we talk about, if you like being part of our community, give us a positive rating or review out on one of those services. It helps other listeners find the podcast, it helps them understand what Thinks Out Loud is all about, it helps to build our community, and it means the world to me. I would very, very much appreciate it.
Thinks Out Loud on Social Media You can also find Thinks Out Loud on Facebook by going to facebook.com/timpeterassociates. You can find us on LinkedIn by going to linkedin.com/timpeterassociates. You can find me on Twitter using the Twitter handle @tcpeter. And of course, you can send an email to the podcast at podcast@timpeter.com. Again, that’s podcast@timpeter.com.
Sponsor Message: SoloSegment As I do each week, I’d like to thank our sponsor. Thinks Out Loud is brought to you by SoloSegment. SoloSegment provides search as a service to help customers of large enterprises find the content they need. SoloSegment powers content experiences with a focus on business results, to help customers find content that matters to them and direct customers toward business results for you.
SoloSegment uses machine learning, artificial intelligence, and natural language processing, plus a whole host of other really cool technology, but does all of this while protecting customer privacy and delivering business results. You can learn more about SoloSegment and all the wonderful work that they do by going to solosegment.com. Again, that’s solosegment.com.
Show Outro Finally, I want to say to you personally, thank you so much for tuning in. I know I say this again and again and again, but I say it again and again and again, because it’s really important to me. I would not do this show without you. Your support means everything to be. So, with that said, I hope you have a great rest of the week. I hope you have a wonderful weekend. And I will look forward to speaking with you here on Thinks Out Loud next time. Until then, please, be safe, be well. And as always, take care, everybody.
The post Top Trends: The Word of the Year in Digital is “Integration” (Thinks Out Loud Episode 356) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
You and your customers have lived through massive transformation in the last two-plus years. Not just “digital transformation.” But transformation of every aspect of our lives. We’re not the same people we were two years ago. You’ve changed. I’ve changed. Our customers have changed. And one feature of that change is that customers don’t want…
The post Top Trends: The Word of the Year in Digital is “Integration” (Thinks Out Loud Episode 356) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
You and your customers have lived through massive transformation in the last two-plus years. Not just “digital transformation.” But transformation of every aspect of our lives. We’re not the same people we were two years ago. You’ve changed. I’ve changed. Our customers have changed. And one feature of that change is that customers don’t want…
The post Top Trends: The Word of the Year in Digital is “Integration” (Thinks Out Loud Episode 356) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
We are in one of the weirdest economies in history. It’s not that the economy is terrible; it’s that it’s… strange. Some economic indicators suggest that things are awful. Others suggest that we’re doing OK. That’s not normal; it doesn’t usually happen. And it’s enough to make a poor digital marketer or strategist want to…
The post Doing Digital in the Weirdest Economy Ever (Thinks Out Loud Episode 355) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
OK, Big Thinkers, Covid has finally hit your favorite little podcast, which has put us a bit behind schedule. Of course, that makes a good time to revisit the archives for trends that continue to be important to your business. And, though this episode of Thinks Out Loud is from more than a few years…
The post Revisiting Top Trends: Is Execution the New Innovation? (Thinks Out Loud) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
We’re halfway through the year—and what a year it’s been so far. Inflation, supply chain issues, immense consumer demand, and, of course, the "I-can’t-believe-it’s-still-with-us" situation with the pandemic. And, yet… things aren’t all bad. Many companies are seeing record demand from their customers and record profits to boot. And, of course, the future keeps coming—ready…
The post Revisiting "How We Get to Brand 2030" (Thinks Out Loud) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
Trends Driving Digital in the Future: Customer Privacy (Thinks Out Loud Episode 354) There is probably no bigger trend driving digital in the future than the need to focus on customer privacy. Big shifts in government regulation and actions by major tech platforms like Google and Apple have suddenly caused marketers and business leaders alike…
The post Trends Driving Digital in the Future: Customer Privacy (Thinks Out Loud Episode 354) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
As the year goes along, we start to creep closer to everyone’s favorite exercise: Budget season! Wait, what?!? You don’t love budget season? You don’t love having to spend your days with spreadsheets and forecasts and building yet another business case for digital all to justify your team’s existence—and your own? OK, so maybe budget…
The post How to Build the Business Case for Digital in Your Budget (Thinks Out Loud Episode 353) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
Between the continued rise in inflation and the potential risks of recession, I wouldn’t blame you if you were concerned about the economy, and more specifically, where your business is heading at the moment. One way people react in uncertain times is to slash prices as a way to drive sales. We see it in…
The post Revisiting "The Lost Art of Value Adds in Marketing" (Thinks Out Loud) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
Inflation? Supply chain issues? Tough to find employees? Possible recession? The economy is all over the place, leading to very uncertain times for business leaders and for marketers. So, what’s a marketer to do? Should you lower your prices? Slash your budget? Give up on marketing your business altogether? In simple terms, how can you…
The post Marketing in Uncertain Times (Thinks Out Loud Episode 352) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
Google’s Marketing Live event last week offered some fascinating insights into how Google plans to shape the marketing environment in the next year. And core to its message was the importance of artificial intelligence, machine learning, and natural language processing to its vision. What’s more interesting though, is that Google isn’t alone in how it…
The post What’s Going on With AI in Marketing? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 351) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
My good friend Mark Schaefer wrote an amazing piece the other day about the future of content marketing. And, across the board, Mark nailed it. So, if he got it so right, why am I also talking about the future of content marketing this time around? Well, simply, because as is so often the case,…
The post The Future of Content Marketing is Already Here (Thinks Out Loud Episode 350) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
I’ve been dancing around the topics of the metaverse and web3 all year without talking about what they are and why they matter for your business—or not. And, while this is by no means a comprehensive look at these potentially transformative technologies, it’s far past time for me to take a far too quick look…
The post A Far Too Quick Look at the Metaverse, web3, and the Future of Digital (Thinks Out Loud Episode 349) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
Thinks Out Loud Episode 348: "What Do the AGFAM’s Earnings Tell You About the State of Digital in Q2?" Headlines and Show Notes Show Notes and Links Here are this week’s show notes for Thinks Out Loud with links and news related to this week’s episode. Be sure to check out all the links that…
The post What Do the AGFAM’s Earnings Tell You About the State of Digital in Q2? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 348) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
Jeff Bezos released his last letter to shareholders as CEO of the company just over a year ago. It’s an extraordinary document, filled with lessons that demonstrate why the company continues to be successful. The biggest of these lessons is Amazon’s relentless focus on its Day One culture. There’s an old expression that states, "Culture…
The post Revisiting Day One at Amazon and Developing a Digital Culture (Thinks Out Loud) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
Netflix had a truly disastrous earnings call the other day, losing more than $50 billion dollars in market cap in just a few hours. But the reasons why it’s struggling should be obvious to anyone with a solid understanding of digital strategy. It’s not that Netflix is a bad company; actually, I think they’re a…
The post What Netflix’s Struggles Can Teach You About Your Digital Strategy (Thinks Out Loud Episode 347) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
We spend a lot of time here at Thinks Out Loud and at Tim Peter & Associates thinking about digital transformation for businesses large and small. And digital transformation at its core is about business transformation, driven by changes in customer behaviors. During the pandemic, we’ve seen enormous changes in those customer behaviors. We’ve also…
The post Revisiting the Digital Transformation of You: The Skills You Need to Compete (Thinks Out Loud) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
I’ve long said that "Content is King; Customer Experience is Queen; and Data is the Crown Jewels." But a number of people I respect take different approaches, suggesting that "user generated content is king," or "the customer is king," or even "community is king." And, whenever I run across something that challenges my experiences and…
The post Where Content, Community, and Customer Experience Meet (Thinks Out Loud Episode 346) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
It’s time for a (semi) bold prediction: Amazon is going to launch its very own consumer-facing general search engine. Yes, they’ve got search on Amazon.com. Yes, they’ve got Alexa. But the evidence suggests that there may be something bigger in the works. And that’s a really Good Thing for your business even if it doesn’t…
The post Why Amazon Is Going to Launch a Search Engine (Thinks Out Loud Episode 345) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
The single biggest challenge facing many organizations at the moment is how to find talent and how to build a digital team. There’s massive demand across marketing and technology for digital talent. And it seems likely that the demand for digital talent will outstrip supply for some time to come. The shift to work from…
The post How to Build a Digital Team (Thinks Out Loud Episode 344) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
Given the recent earnings news from the AGFAM and what those mean for your business, it seemed like a good time to revisit a classic Thinks Out Loud episode, "Are You Destined to Lose to the Frightful Five?" Here’s what Tim said in that episode: They’re all set up to win and they listen relentlessly…
The post Revisiting "Are You Destined to Lose to the Frightful Five?" appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
Digital touches so many parts of your business and your life that it’s reasonable to ask "What does ‘digital’ even mean right now? How does it affect my business? And what should I be paying attention to?" Those are all great questions. And, fortunately, for the most part, there are some readily available answers for…
The post What Does "Digital" Even Mean Right Now (Thinks Out Loud Episode 343) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
I like to say that "we live in the future." After all, as William Gibson has stated, "The future is already here. It’s just not evenly distributed." Well, the Pew Research Center has a report that looks at "Visions of the Internet in 2035" that looks further into the future. The thing is, 2035 is…
The post The Future Digital Trends You Must Think About Today (Thinks Out Loud Episode 342) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
We’ve been talking about the state of the digital landscape for the last handful of weeks, exploring where the e-commerce and digital marketplace is — and where we’re headed — based on the financial results of the AGFAM, Shopify, and others. But what about you? Where do you stand? More importantly, if you’re not happy…
The post You Get to Make it Better (Thinks Out Loud Episode 341) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
Shopify just reported its earnings for the fourth quarter of and full-year 2021. And, much like the AGFAM—Apple, Google, Facebook, Amazon, and Microsoft’s—earnings, Shopify’s numbers tell a fascinating story about the “State of Digital: 2022.” The TL;DR version is that they had an amazing year and that the generational shift to digital continues. But… that…
The post What Shopify’s Latest Earnings Say About the State of Digital (Thinks Out Loud Episode 340) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
You’ve heard me say "Customer Experience is Queen" many times here on Thinks Out Loud. But what does it look like when a brand really takes that principle to heart? And what does it look like when a company doesn’t? Just this past week, I had an experience with two different companies that illustrates how…
The post How Lively Demonstrates Customer Experience is Queen (Thinks Out Loud Episode Episode 339) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
The Frightful Five, the AGFAM — Apple, Google, Facebook, Amazon and Microsoft — have all reported their quarterly or annual earnings for the past quarter. And given their dominance as digital leaders, it’s always worth combing through their releases and earnings call discussions to get a sense of the "State of Digital." So, what is…
The post What We Learned About Digital from Frightful Five’s Q4 2021 Earnings (Thinks Out Loud Episode 338) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
Finding the right talent is a struggle right now. There are too many opportunities for too few workers, which is making hiring harder than ever. So, what can you do about it? It starts by asking a simple question: Why would anyone want to work for you? The difference between future leaders and legacy leaders…
The post Why Would Anyone Want to Work For You? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 337) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
I’m not a big “there are two types of blank in the world” person. But, when it comes to leadership in a digital era, there really are two types of leaders. One, the “legacy leader,” believes that things aren’t really changing that much and that, pretty soon, things will go back to normal. A “future…
The post Are You a Legacy Leader? Or Are You a Future Leader? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 336) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
Last week, we talked about some big tech trends for 2022 and why, mostly, they don’t matter for your business this year. Which begs the question: Are there any 2022 trends that do matter for business leaders and marketers? And, if so, what should we do about them? In this episode of Thinks Out Loud,…
The post What 2022 Trends Should Marketers Care About? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 335) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
There are a number of top tech trends that will dominate 2022’s discourse. Among these are: The metaverse AI and machine learning Crypto and web3 The "techlash" (i.e., the backlash to Big Tech/AGFAM) And a few others… How will these major tech trends effect your business in 2022? Eh… probably not much. Now, that doesn’t…
The post How Much Will 2022’s Top Tech Trends Shape Your Digital Strategy This Year? Not Much (Thinks Out Loud Episode 334) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
Given that this is a quiet week leading into the New Year’s holiday, we thought you might enjoy this repost of Episode 322, "What I’ve Learned in 10 Years as an Entrepreneur" from March of 2021. Here’s what Tim had to say at the time: "I started my company ten years ago this month. And,…
The post Revisiting "What I’ve Learned in 10 Years as an Entrepreneur" appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
One of the most successful ways to "live in the future" is to learn from the past. And, of course, to apply the learnings you take away from the past. But how can you do that most effectively? What methods exist to help you learn and grow? This episode of Thinks Out Loud looks at…
The post What Do You Want Next Year to Be? Here’s How to Be a STAR (Thinks Out Loud 333) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
Tim is out this week due to a death in the family. In light of that, we thought you might appreciate his comments in an episode from 2018 called, "What Are We Doing Here?" We’ll be back with a regular episode next week. Here are the show notes from the original episode for you. Revisiting…
The post Revisiting “What Are We Doing Here?” appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
With the Thanksgiving holiday right around the corner, we’re doing something a little different this time, focusing on giving thanks to you, our listeners, for tuning in week after week. We’ll be back with a regular episode next week, but in the meantime, we hope you enjoy this look back at some of our past…
The post Thinks Out Loud Thanksgiving 2021 + Bonus Content! (Thinks Out Loud 332) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
We’ve long claimed around here that "it’s all e-commerce." But, with digital transformation top of mind for so many companies, it’s fair to ask, "Is e-commerce enough?" Can you claim that you’ve become a digital company simply because you’ve introduced e-commerce into your operations? Or is digital transformation more than just e-commerce? This episode of…
The post Why Digital Transformation is More Than Just E-commerce (Thinks Out Loud 331) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
Every quarter, we pay close attention to what the Big Tech players — Apple, Google, Facebook, Amazon, and Microsoft (AGFAM), plus Shopify and others — have to say about the state of digital. Their earnings calls often reveal key digital trends that we all need to know about if we’re going to compete. And, obviously,…
The post Key Digital Trends Revealed By Big Tech’s Q3 Earnings (Thinks Out Loud Episode 330) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
Content is still king. Period. But the king can’t rule if no one ever sees it. Which is why a content strategy that doesn’t account for content distribution isn’t much of a strategy at all. So what does a successful content distribution plan look like? And what should your content distribution plan include? Thats the…
The post Three Content Distribution Concepts to Help Your Company’s Content Marketing Succeed (Thinks Out Loud Episode 329) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
It’s that time of year again, one where someone suggests that content marketing as we know it is dead. And when it’s someone like Rand Fishkin, it’s worth listening to what he has to say. But… is he right? Is content marketing still king? Or have the gatekeepers won? Are we dependent on gatekeepers —…
The post Is Content Still King or Have the Gatekeepers Won? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 328) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
When is it a bad idea to bet on the future? How about… never. First, we’re seeing massive shifts in customer behavior during the pandemic — behaviors that look likely to last. Second, the emergence of Millennials and Gen Z as significant market segments suggest that those new behaviors are just the beginning. Third, and…
The post Why Digital Leaders Bet on the Future (Thinks Out Loud Episode 327) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
A protestor outraged by the introduction of the European Super League held a sign that said, "Fans, Not Customers." The nascent soccer competition felt its customers’ — excuse me, fans’ — wrath and shut down, all within four days of announcing its existence. Four. Days. That’s extraordinary. And it’s a testament to how fans feel…
The post Are You Using Digital to Create Customers or Create Fans? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 326) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
Jeff Bezos released his latest — and last — letter to shareholders as CEO of the company. And it’s an extraordinary document, filled with lessons that demonstrate why the company continues to be successful. The biggest of these lessons is Amazon’s relentless focus on its Day One culture. There’s an old expression that states, "Culture…
The post Day One at Amazon and Developing a Digital Culture (Thinks Out Loud Episode 325) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
This should be a fun one, Big Thinkers. You probably heard that Taylor Swift just re-recorded and released an updated version of her breakthrough album, Fearless. What in the world could that possibly have to do with digital strategy or digital marketing? A lot more than you might think. In fact, the playbook followed by…
The post Taylor Swift’s Playbook Shows Why the Modern Marketing Team is a Media Company (Thinks Out Loud Episode 324) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
It’s no secret that we think about digital transformation, digital marketing, and ecommerce constantly here at Tim Peter & Associates and Thinks Out Loud. That’s what we do, after all. But sometimes, I wonder if whether sounds like we put too much emphasis on the "digital" or on the "e" in those topics. Because digital…
The post Digital Transformation is All About Customers (Thinks Out Loud Episode 323) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
With all the changes we’ve lived through in the last year, it’s fair to ask where digital might take us next. Will the winding down of the pandemic lead to a radical resurgence of in-person, face-to-face encounters? Will it cause customers to cast aside their phones, tablets, and laptops in favor of interpersonal meetings? Or…
The post Where Digital Might Take Us Next (Thinks Out Loud Episode 321) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
Can you believe it’s been a year since the pandemic started? I mean, I’m sure you can; you’ve lived through it. And one entirely believable result of the pandemic is that we have now lived through a year of digital. Digital is how your customers live their lives. It’s how people connect with friends and…
The post A Year of Digital: The Pandemic, One Year On (Thinks Out Loud Episode 320) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
It’s cliche among digital marketers to say, "Content is King" for a reason: Because it’s true. But what does that mean for your business? More importantly, how can you put that to work for your business? Can you make content a strategic product for your business? In this episode of Thinks Out Loud, we take…
The post Is Content a Strategic Product for Your Business? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 319) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
Shopify provides a platform for businesses to sell online to customers. But their recent earnings call provides deeper insights into the generational shift to digital we’re all living through. Shopify’s customers saw a near 100% increase in merchandise sold last year. And it looks like even more is on the way. What does this mean…
The post Shopify’s Monster Year Highlights a Generational Shift to Digital (Thinks Out Loud Episode 318) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
Google’s Chief Business Officer Philipp Schindler said last week that we’re living through "a generational shift to digital." As you might imagine, I think he’s right. After all, we saw "two years of digital transformation in two months" just last May. And we know that digital will drive the next decade of business growth. Do…
The post We’re Living Through a Generational Shift to Digital (Thinks Out Loud Episode 317) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
We’ve all lost so much during this pandemic. Whether reduced business, reduced time with family and friends, or the loss of lives, it’s understandable that you might struggle at times with stress, anxiety, sadness. I know I have. This isn’t a typical episode of Thinks Out Loud. In fact, I debated multiple times whether to…
The post How Are You Holding Up? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 316) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
Google is now showing when companies offer discounts and price reductions in search results. Combine the value of search with the ongoing COVID recession and you might think that slashing prices is the best way to attract business right now. But is it? Will discounts turn your business around? Does discounting work in a recession?…
The post Does Discounting Work in a Recession? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 315) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
I know the New Year has only just kicked off and there are plenty of uncertainties facing us. But let’s forget this year for a moment and look towards the future. Let’s ask a big question: "What will the next decade of digital look like?" Obviously, it’s impossible to know with certainty exactly where we’ll…
The post What Will The Next Decade of Digital Look Like? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 314) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
After the nightmare that was 2020, we’re all expecting this year to be dreamy. But is that right? Or will this just be "2020: Part 2"? What are you doing to make 2021 your best year ever? It all comes down to asking one key question, which is, "what kind of year are you planning…
The post What Kind of Year Are You Planning to Have (Thinks Out Loud Episode 313) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
Google just announced that they’re staying away from offices until September 2021… and that most employees will continue to work remotely part time even after. New York City schools decided to hold classes online instead of having a snow day. And businesses all around the world are adapting. They all realize there’s no going back.…
The post There’s No Going Back. You Can Only Go Forward (Thinks Out Loud Episode 312) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
After recapping the top trends for 2021 last week, you might have wondered, where was AI? Is artificial intelligence a big trend for business next year? Or is AI nothing more than hype? Yes, there is a lot of hype around AI. That’s clear. But to think that artificial intelligence is nothing but hype, to…
The post Is Artificial Intelligence Still a Big Trend for Your Business? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 311) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
As we start the slide into the end of the year, it’s important to think about the trends that will shape your business next year. And, looking at the data, 4 big trends immediately head to the top of the list. They are: A predictably unpredictable economy The acceleration of digital adoption… and that it’s…
The post 4 Big Trends Shaping Your Business Next Year (Thinks Out Loud Episode 310) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
Last week’s show looked at why digital will drive the next decade of business growth. So welcome to your digital future… whether you’re ready or not. New research shows that "…the pandemic collapsed into three months a process of adopting e-commerce that otherwise would have taken 10 years in the US." Yes, that’s a wordy…
The post Welcome to Your Digital Future – Ready or Not (Thinks Out Loud Episode 309) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
All kinds of big news in the past week, Big Thinkers. The tech giants all posted huge earnings. Then we got news about a vaccine for COVID-19. Does a vaccine mean things are going back to normal? Nope. No way. In fact, the first piece of news illustrates why digital will drive the next decade…
The post Digital Will Drive The Next Decade of Business Growth (Thinks Out Loud Episode 308) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
People don’t just want great content; they want content they can trust. That desire, that need, creates an opportunity for folks who curate and cultivate great content as part of their brand. In short, it’s a market demanding the rebirth of trusted gatekeepers. As mentioned in the show, in a world where artificial intelligence and…
The post The Rebirth of Trusted Gatekeepers (Thinks Out Loud Episode 307) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
Some people are starting to question whether content is king. It’s a fair question. Content marketing has had a good run, starting at least as early as John Deere’s "The Furrow" magazine in 1895. So, it’s super smart of people like Julia McCoy and my friend Mark Schaefer to ask if "Content is King" is…
The post Is “Content is King” Dead? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 306) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
Times may be tough for many of you right now. But, in the immortal words of singer Shawn Mullins, "Everything is gonna be alright." I don’t just mean that as a platitude. Mullins’ career itself shows one path for how you can get through this. The latest episode of Thinks Out Loud looks at Shawn…
The post A Lullaby for Business in Troubled Times (Thinks Out Loud Episode 305) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
What in the world do the Frightful Five — Apple, Google, Facebook, Amazon, and Microsoft — have in common with praying mantises? And why in the world does that have anything to do with your business? Well, if you think about the mating habits of praying mantises, you’re heading in the right direction. But, here’s…
The post The Frightful Five and… Praying Mantises? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 304) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
Apple and Google and Facebook and Amazon and Microsoft are known as the "Frightful Five." Why? Because, they are huge. They are gatekeepers. And, they’re relentlessly focused on gaining market share. That’s not just "frightful;" it’s downright terrifying. Also they’re coming for your customers. Even worse, your customers want them to. Because the Frightful Five…
The post Are You Destined to Lose to the Frightful Five? (Thinks Out Loud 303) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
If we live in the future — and we do — your company must also live in the future. But what does that look like in practice? How can you get there? What do you need to do to improve? All good questions. Fortunately, we have some answers for you. The latest episode of Thinks…
The post How to Build a Digital Company (Thinks Out Loud 302) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
How We Get to Brand 2030 (Thinks Out Loud Episode 301) The best time to plant a tree is ten years ago. The second best time is today. Well, today is "ten years ago" for 2030. If you want customers to connect with your brand in ten year’s time, now is when you need to…
The post How We Get to Brand 2030 (Thinks Out Loud Episode 301) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
At the beginning of the year, I knew Thinks Out Loud would celebrate its 300th episode sometime in August. What I didn’t know was that the world would fall apart in the meantime. So, instead of looking back, it makes more sense to celebrate this show — to celebrate you and your support — by…
The post Looking to the Future (Thinks Out Loud Episode 300!) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
The "Hub and Spoke Model" has been around for a long time, dating to the Cretaceous Period of digital marketing. In case you’re wondering, that’s a long, long, long time ago. TikTok dates to just a few weeks ago. (OK, it really started in 2012, but most people hadn’t heard of it until relatively recently.)…
The post What Connects TikTok and the Hub and Spoke Model of Digital? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 299) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
Google is dominant. Google is the beast your industry’s 800lb. gorillas have nightmares about. They’re incredibly strong. But Google’s strength is incredibly brittle. In theory, Google could fail tomorrow. They’re a one-product company. They the vast majority of their revenues from one product: Advertising. What if they went away tomorrow? How could you run your…
The post How To Run Your Business As If Google Didn’t Exist (Thinks Out Loud Episode 298) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
How long do you think the current downturn is going to last? How ready are you if you if it lasts for another 6 months? Another year? Longer?
The post Four Questions Your Business Needs to Ask Right Now (Thinks Out Loud Episode 297) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
Headlines and Show Notes Digital transformation is, at its core, about business transformation. And business transformation, at its core, is about people. Research shows that many people need to learn new skills and up-skill existing ones as their companies evolve. So, what are the skills you need to compete as your company undergoes its digital…
The post Digital Transformation of You: The Skills You Need to Compete (Thinks Out Loud Episode 296) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
Headlines and Show Notes We’re living through tough times. You didn’t need me to tell you that. What you do need are some tips on what you can do about that fact. And, in last week’s episode, I talked about a “first step” that you can do right now to help your business. As a…
The post Two Key Steps Towards Digital Transformation (Thinks Out Loud Episode 295) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
Digital transformation is a process, not a destination. So, even though we’ve seen “two years of digital transformation in two months,” don’t feel like you’re late to the party. You have plenty of opportunity to improve the experience you provide customers using digital right now. Or, you do as long as you take your first…
The post A Digital Transformation First Step: What You Can Do Right Now (Thinks Out Loud Episode 294) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
The Five Drivers of E-commerce and Digital Transformation for Your Business (Thinks Out Loud Episode 293) — Headlines and Shownotes We’re seeing an enormous shift to digital during the COVID-19 pandemic. But the pandemic is only accelerating that shift. The fact is, we’ve been moving this way for some time. And regardless of what’s most…
The post The Five Drivers of E-commerce and Digital Transformation for Your Business (Thinks Out Loud Episode 293) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
There is Never a “New Normal” In Digital — Headlines and Show Notes If you’re anything like me, you’re getting tired of everyone talking about the “new normal” of the post-COVID world. We’re a long way from “normal” and aren’t likely to get there soon. However, the current state of dynamic change, rapidly evolving customer…
The post There is Never a “New Normal” In Digital (Thinks Out Loud Episode 292) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
We’re in a Recession. What Should Your Marketing Team Do? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 291) — Headlines and Show Notes Well, the news we’re all been looking for is finally here: We’re officially in a recession. That of course is on top of the existing bad news about the global pandemic, social unrest, and a…
The post We’re in a Recession. What Should Your Marketing Team Do? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 291) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
Why We Need to Use Digital to Listen (Thinks Out Loud Episode 290) – Headlines and Show Notes If you’re like me, you’re probably confused, angry, and sad at the moment. With the killing of George Floyd, the subsequent protests and riots, Covid-19, and recession all happening, it’s a challenging time for everyone right now.…
The post Why We Need to Use Digital to Listen (Thinks Out Loud Episode 290) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
When Will the Recession End? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 289) — Headlines and Show Notes It’s pretty clear we’re all living through a Covid-19 driven recession. And while we know that the recession will end, no one knows for sure when the recession will end. However, it’s probably safe to assume that it will last…
The post When Will the Recession End? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 289) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
We Live Online Now (Thinks Out Loud Episode 288) — Headlines and Show Notes Last week we showed that we’ve seen “two years of digital transformation in two months.” This week we’re starting to get a sense of what that means — and why. And, at its core, it’s because we live online now. You,…
The post We Live Online Now (Thinks Out Loud Episode 288) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
Two Years of Digital Transformation in Two Months (Thinks Out Loud Episode 287) — Headlines and Show Notes We’re facing immense change. Change in our daily lives. Change in our work. Change in digital use. Microsoft says it has seen “two years of digital transformation in two months” since the coronavirus started. And, this radical…
The post Two Years of Digital Transformation in Two Months (Thinks Out Loud Episode 287) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
Amazon, Google, and Facebook Have a Secret Plan Right Now. Here’s Why You Should Care (Thinks Out Loud Episode 286) — Headlines and Show Notes OK, let’s be fair. The plans that Amazon, Google, Facebook, Apple, and Microsoft have aren’t really a secret. But it’s clear that these digital giants (AGFAM as I have long…
The post Amazon, Google, Facebook, Apple and Microsoft Have a Secret Plan Right Now. Here’s Why You Should Care (Thinks Out Loud Episode 286) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
Looking to drive results for your business? Click here to learn more. Why You Should Be Optimistic About the Future Right Now (Thinks Out Loud Episode 285) — Headlines and Show Notes Are you pessimistic right now, optimistic, or just plain realistic? Well, there's evidence that shows you need to be both realistic and optimistic…
The post Why You Should Be Optimistic About the Future Right Now (Thinks Out Loud Episode 285) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
Looking to drive results for your business? Click here to learn more. Pandemic-Proof Digital Trends: What You Need to Know (Thinks Out Loud Episode 284) – Headlines and Show Notes The world is facing unprecedented upheaval at the moment. And it feels like everything we've known and planned for this year is changing faster than…
The post Pandemic-Proof Digital Trends: What You Need to Know (Thinks Out Loud Episode 284) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
Looking to drive results for your business? Click here to learn more. How You Can Make Digital Do Your Heavy Lifting in Difficult Times (Thinks Out Loud Episode 283) – Headlines and Show Notes Face-to-face doesn't work when we're all wearing face masks, right? And data shows that customers increasingly rely on digital to solve…
The post How You Can Make Digital Do Your Heavy Lifting in Difficult Times (Thinks Out Loud Episode 283) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
Looking to drive results for your business? Click here to learn more. The Plan is Not the Goal (Thinks Out Loud Episode 282) — Headlines and Show Notes We live in interesting times. And, at the moment, that's not a Good Thing™. Covid-19 has thrown everyone's plans for this year seriously into disarray. But, despite…
The post The Plan is Not the Goal (Thinks Out Loud Episode 282) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
Looking to drive results for your business? Click here to learn more. How Marketers Can Plan for the Recovery (Thinks Out Loud Episode 281) With the continued bad news about the Covid-19 coronavirus, I realize it might be a bit early to start talking about how marketers can plan for the recovery. But it's not…
The post How Marketers Can Plan for the Recovery (Thinks Out Loud Episode 281) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
Looking to drive results for your business? Click here to learn more. Your Big Opportunity When The Current Crisis Ends? Adults Under 40 (Thinks Out Loud Episode 280) – Headlines and Show Notes I know it's tough to see a light at the end of a tunnel right when you first enter it. We're living…
The post Your Big Opportunity When The Current Crisis Ends? Adults Under 40 (Thinks Out Loud Episode 280) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
Looking to drive results for your business? Click here to learn more. There's More Than One Path to Success (Thinks Out Loud Episode 278) – Headlines and Show Notes This week has been filled with, like, a ton of bad news. Whether its the coronavirus COVID-19, the oil shock, the stock market plunging into bear…
The post There’s More Than One Path to Success (Thinks Out Loud Episode 278) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
Whether it's the threat of novel coronavirus COVID-19, election uncertainty, or just general malaise, the economy seems to be on uncertain footing at the moment. Which may lead you to think you should cut prices to drive sales. Except, as we've discussed before, that's a terrible idea. Instead of cutting prices, we've long recommended you…
The post The Lost Art of Value Adds in Marketing (Thinks Out Loud Episode 277) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
Looking to drive results for your business? Click here to learn more. Lots of news this week that affects lots of businesses, including the coronavirus news and Expedia announcing a pretty significant set of layoffs. All of this suggests a recession is more likely this year. But, assuming a recession hits, there's a good way…
The post Is a Recession More Likely This Year? Here’s What You Don’t Want to Do (Thinks Out Loud Episode 276) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
Looking to drive results for your business? Click here to learn more. The Single Biggest Myth in Digital: Content is Expensive (Thinks Out Loud Episode 275) – Headlines and Show Notes Every day, folks from our team hear marketers at companies large and small talk about how much their content marketing efforts cost. And, they’re…
The post The Single Biggest Myth in Digital: Content is Expensive (Thinks Out Loud Episode 275) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
Looking to drive results for your business? Click here to learn more. We Live in the Future (Thinks Out Loud Episode 274) – Headlines and Show Notes When you look around, do you feel like you’re living in a futuristic utopia? Or does it feel more like a dystopian future to you? In either case,…
The post We Live in the Future (Thinks Out Loud Episode 274) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
Looking to drive results for your business? Click here to learn more. Hey Loretta, Remind Me That Google's Got Troubles (Thinks Out Loud Episode 273) – Headlines and Show Notes Google brought down the house with it's "Loretta" ad at the big game this weekend. But that ad showed the benefits and downsides of the…
The post Hey Loretta, Remind Me That Google’s Got Troubles (Thinks Out Loud Episode 273) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
Looking to drive results for your business? Click here to learn more. The 5 Tech Trends that Will Shape the 2020's (Thinks Out Loud Episode 272) – Headlines and Show Notes This week's Thinks Out Loud continues our look at the top trends you need to know to improve your marketing this year. And this…
The post What Great Marketers Know: The 5 Tech Trends that Will Shape the 2020’s (Thinks Out Loud Episode 272) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
Looking to drive results for your business? Click here to learn more. Trends for 2020: Voice Takes Off (Thinks Out Loud Episode 271) – Headlines and Show Notes We're kicking off 2020 by highlighting a key trend you need to know about. What is that trend? The growth of voice in your customer's journey. Voice…
The post Trends for 2020: Voice Takes Off (Thinks Out Loud Episode 271) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
Looking to drive results for your business? Click here to learn more. Your Digital Marketing New Year's Resolutions (Thinks Out Loud Episode 270) – Headlines and Show Notes Happy New Year, folks, and welcome to 2020. Hope your year is off to a great start already. And, if you're looking for some ideas on how…
The post Your Digital Marketing New Year’s Resolutions (Thinks Out Loud Episode 270) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
Looking to drive results for your business? Click here to learn more. The Decade in Review (Thinks Out Loud Episode 269) — Headlines and Show Notes Welcome to my (I think) last podcast episode of the 2010's and (I think) last blog post of the 2010s. Almost 2,600 posts. Almost 270 podcast episodes. What have…
The post The Decade in Review (Thinks Out Loud Episode 269) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
Looking to drive results for your business? Click here to learn more. The Lessons You Should Learn from Expedia’s Recent Troubles (Thinks Out Loud Episode 268) — Headlines and Show Notes Literally days after our episode calling out the dangers of Google forcing your company to become a "hidden intermediary" — and using Expedia’s recent…
The post The Lessons You Should Learn from Expedia’s Recent Troubles (Thinks Out Loud Episode 268) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
Looking to drive results for your business? Click here to learn more. The Biggest Risk to Your Business? Becoming a “Hidden Intermediary” (Thinks Out Loud Episode 267) — Headlines and Show Notes In business, there are suppliers and intermediaries. And both face serious competition over the next few years. Google, Facebook, Amazon and others continue…
The post The Biggest Risk to Your Business? Becoming a "Hidden Intermediary" (Thinks Out Loud 267) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
Looking to drive results for your business? Click here to learn more. It’s a short week around Thinks Central this week due to the Thanksgiving holiday, but I wanted to take a moment to think about about I’m thankful for in business and in life. I suspect you’ll find these useful too. The latest episode…
The post Giving Thanks (Thinks Out Loud Episode 266) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
Looking to drive results for your business? Click here to learn more. Amazon Go, Instant Gratification, and the Boring Future of Business (Thinks Out Loud Episode 265) — Headlines and Show Notes Amazon uses its Amazon Go stores to provide the shopping experience of the future. Swipe your phone when you enter, pick up your…
The post Amazon Go, Instant Gratification, and the Boring Future of Business (Thinks Out Loud Episode 265) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
There's an old joke that says if you laid all the economists in the world end-to-end, they wouldn't reach a conclusion. That seems entirely appropriate given the current reporting on the odds of — or against — a recession next year. Just check out the variety of (educated, mind you) opinions from an array of…
The post Worried About a Recession Next Year? Here’s How Marketers Can Cope (Thinks Out Loud Episode 264) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
Google keeps wining in the marketplace. You see this everyday. If you're like most businesses, you rely on Google for 40% to 60% of your traffic or more. They're the beast that scares your industry's 800lb. gorilla. And they keep getting better… and bigger. But they also provide a clear example for how you can…
The post Why Google Keeps Winning. And How You Can Win Too. (Thinks Out Loud Episode 263) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
Looking to drive results for your business? Click here to learn more. For Marketers, It’s Not a Mobile Phone. It’s a Window (Thinks Out Loud Episode 262) — Headlines and Show Notes Data and mobile go hand-in-hand for marketers. That's not a secret. But have you thought about what that really means for your business?…
The post For Marketers, It’s Not a Mobile Phone. It’s a Window (Thinks Out Loud Episode 262) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
Looking to drive results for your business? Click here to learn more. Should You Quit Marketing and Become a Data Scientist Instead? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 261) — Headlines and Show Notes Given the rise of data science in marketing, whether for personalization, AI, predictive analytics, or whatever comes down the pike next, you wouldn't…
The post Should You Quit Marketing and Become a Data Scientist Instead? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 261) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
Looking to drive results for your business? Click here to learn more. State of the Podcast: Does Podcasting Still Make Sense in 2020 (Thinks Out Loud Episode 260) — Headlines and Show Notes With the growth of mobile, podcasting provides a huge content marketing opportunity for many businesses. In fact, we've found it very positive…
The post State of the Podcast: Do Podcasts Work for B2B Marketing? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 260) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
Looking to drive results for your business? Click here to learn more. Mobile Is Not a Device; Mobile is a Situation (Thinks Out Loud Episode 259) — Headlines and Show Notes This shouldn't be news, but mobile is way bigger than you think. No, really. Much, much bigger. And the reason is because mobile is…
The post Mobile Is Not a Device; Mobile is a Situation (Thinks Out Loud Episode 259) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
Looking to drive results for your business? Click here to learn more. Gatekeepers Gonna Gate: Apple, Google, and Antitrust (Thinks Out Loud Episode 258) – Headlines and Show Notes Apple's getting in some trouble for how their App Store restricts access to apps that aren't Apple's. Google's getting in even more trouble with antitrust authorities.…
The post Gatekeepers Gonna Gate: Apple, Google, and Antitrust (Thinks Out Loud Episode 258) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
Looking to drive results for your business? Click here to learn more. Stop Outsourcing Your Sales & Marketing to Gatekeepers Like Google (Thinks Out Loud Episode 257) – Headlines and Show Notes Google, Facebook, Amazon, and others are starting to face a fair bit of scrutiny over whether they have too much power in the…
The post Stop Outsourcing Your Sales & Marketing to Gatekeepers Like Google (Thinks Out Loud Episode 257) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
Looking to drive results for your business? Click here to learn more. Mobile, Millennials, and…Moms? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 256) – Headlines and Show Notes I've talked before about the "end of Millennials" and how we need to think about the world's largest demographic cohort not as "Millennials," but as "adults under 40." Well, research…
The post Mobile, Millennials, and…Moms? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 256) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
Looking to drive results for your business? Click here to learn more. How Worried Are You About Google Next Year? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 255) – Headlines and Show Notes Google’s making more noise about ways to stick it to brands and businesses, potentially charging for (currently free) features in Google My Business. Even if…
The post How Worried Are You About Google Next Year? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 255) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
Looking to drive results for your business? Click here to learn more. Why Verizon Selling Tumblr Should Make Marketers Very, Very Happy (Thinks Out Loud Episode 254) – Headlines and Show Notes So Verizon dumped Tumblr earlier this week for a measly $3 million, this less than a decade after Yahoo — which sold itself…
The post Why Verizon Selling Tumblr Should Make Marketers Very, Very Happy (Thinks Out Loud Episode 254) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
Looking to drive results for your business? Click here to learn more. Why Mobile and Data Go Hand-in-Hand for Marketers (Thinks Out Loud Episode 253) – Headlines and Show Notes Mobile is a big deal. So is AI. So is personalization. When you address those in isolation, each is useful for your business. But when…
The post Why Mobile and Data Go Hand-in-Hand for Marketers (Thinks Out Loud Episode 253) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
Making Personalization Human (Thinks Out Loud Episode 252) – Headlines and Show Notes Personalization matters in 2020. Customers want it, need it, expect it. And you need to provide it to them. Especially as we enter a world where GDPR and ITP matter to your customers, it's increasingly important that you meet their needs in…
The post Making Personalization Human (Thinks Out Loud Episode 252) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
Looking to drive results for your business? Click here to learn more. What the Big Shift to Mobile Means for Your Business (Thinks Out Loud Episode 251) – Headlines and Show Notes Following up on Thinks Out Loud's 250th(!!!) episode…
The post What the Big Shift to Mobile Means for Your Business (Thinks Out Loud Episode 251) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
Click here to learn more. 4 Huge Trends Every Digital Marketer Needs to Know (Thinks Out Loud Episode 250!!!) – Headlines and Show Notes In celebration of Thinks Out Loud's 250th(!!!) episode, host Tim Peter is counting down 4 huge…
The post 4 Huge Trends Every Digital Marketer Needs to Know (Thinks Out Loud Episode 250!!!) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
In Digital, Is Google Your Enemy? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 249) – Headlines and Show Notes Looking to drive results for your business? Click here to learn more. Google's been acting pretty crappy lately. They're continuing to take a larger…
The post In Digital, Is Google Your Enemy? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 249) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
Looking to drive results for your business? Click here to learn more. What the 2019 Mary Meeker Internet Trends Report Means for Digital Marketers (Thinks Out Loud Episode 248) – Headlines and Show Notes So the 2019 edition of the…
The post What the 2019 Mary Meeker Internet Trends Report Means for Digital Marketers (Thinks Out Loud Episode 248) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
Looking to drive results for your business? Click here to learn more. Digital Gatekeepers and the Death of Organic Traffic (Thinks Out Loud Episode 247) – Headlines and Show Notes Does your company rely on organic traffic — whether from…
The post Digital Gatekeepers and the Death of Organic Traffic (Thinks Out Loud Episode 247) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
Looking to drive results for your business? Click here to learn more. What Good is Social in An AI-Driven World? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 246) – Headlines and Show Notes We’re seeing lots of changes to social in our AI-driven…
The post What Good is Social in An AI-Driven World? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 246) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
Looking to drive results for your business? Click here to learn more. So, here we are with almost a third of the year gone. And, for marketers, it’s time to ask, “Is 2019 everyhing you’ve hoped for?” If not, it’s…
The post Hey Marketers: Is 2019 Everything You’ve Hoped For? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 244) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
Looking to drive results for your business? Click here to learn more. Many businesses struggle to keep up with the changes brought about by digitally native companies in their industry. But why are they so successful? What is it that…
The post What Digitally Native Companies Do Best (Thinks Out Loud Episode 245) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
Looking to drive results for your business? Click here to learn more. AI in sales and marketing may have been somewhat oversold. While there's no doubt that artificial intelligence has had a positive impact, we're also starting to move into…
The post Is AI in Sales and Marketing Real? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 243) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
Looking to drive results for your business? Click here to learn more. Did We Break the Internet? Or Did the Internet Break Us? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 242) – Headlines and Show Notes Online plays a big role in the…
The post Did We Break the Internet? Or Did the Internet Break Us? (Thinks Out Loud Episode 242) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
Looking to drive results for your business? Click here to learn more. The History – and Future – of Trust in Digital Marketing (Thinks Out Loud Episode 241) – Headlines and Show Notes Our History – eBay Inc. Amazon: Turning…
The post The History – and Future – of Trust in Digital Marketing (Thinks Out Loud Episode 241) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
Looking to drive results for your business? Click here to learn more. Why Data Is Overrated (It’s Not What You Think) (Thinks Out Loud Episode 240) – Headlines and Show Notes Everyone talks about how important data is for marketing…
The post Why Data Is Overrated (It’s Not What You Think) (Thinks Out Loud Episode 240) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
Looking to drive results for your business? Click here to learn more. Data is the Crown Jewels: What That Means Today (Thinks Out Loud Episode 239) – Headlines and Show Notes We’ve long talked about how data is the crown…
The post Data is the Crown Jewels: What That Means for Marketers Today (Thinks Out Loud Episode 239) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.
Why Google is the Beast That Frightens Your Industry’s 800-lb. Gorillas (Thinks Out Loud Episode 238) – Headlines and Show Notes The distribution trend you care about most in 2019 Expedia CEO: Google Is Our Biggest Competitor – Skift How…
The post Why Google is the Beast That Scares Your Industry’s 800-lb. Gorilla (Thinks Out Loud Episode 238) appeared first on Tim Peter & Associates.